Skip to main content

Full text of "The Chinese repository"

See other formats 


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


<&££l/?. 


(gida-frrr       \ 


'<L ^        i!>^       ■%>         >^.^ -it:         es> 


^v-r 


^     (BjsBj^^^      \ 


./\. 


cp 


<flfc^1 


.#'  \. 


THE 


CHINESE  REPOSITORY. 


11 


VOL.  X. 


FROM   JANUARY   TO   DECEiMBER,    1841. 


CANTON: 

PR>NTE»    FOR    THE    PROPRIETORS. 

1841, 


0-1 


-2. 


V\A\^4 


In  compliance  with  current  copyright 

law,  U.C.  Library  Bindery  produced 

this  replacement  volume  on  paper 

that  meets  the  ANSI  Standard  Z39.48- 

1984  to  replace  the  irreparably 

deteriorated  original. 

1990 


USTIDISSI^ 


Accountant,  Btory  of  an 81 

Aflaira  with  the  English 529 

Acrricuiture  in  Japan 284 

AJcetfte  island,  notice  of. 371 

Alcoholic  liquor  invented 126 

America,  how  first  peopled 311 

Americans,  attempts  of,  lo  enter 

Japan 16() 

Amoy,  English  beaten  from     . . .  .443 

Amoy,  heroes  of  rewarded 445 

Amoy,  fall  of  iU  defenses 525 

Amoy,  forces  left  at '.527,623 

Amoy,  losses  of  the  Chinese  at. .  .590 
Amoy,  notices  of  the  city  . . .  .6.'^,68^ 

Amoy,  the  capture  of 524,621 

Anchbrafi;e  on  the  Chusan  shore.  .261 

Ancient  learning,  a  view  of. 4 

Anecdotes  of  the  Japanese 72 

Angling  for  frogs  by  Chinese. . .  .472 

Anglochinese  College  deed 32 

Anstruther,  capture  of  capt 506 

Anstriither  revisits  Ningpo 568 

Arms,  supply  of,  to  Chinese 527 

Arts  among  the  Japanese 279 

Authors,  a  list  of  distinguished. . .     9 
Averil's  travels  in  the  east 301 


Helcher,  a  letter  from  capt 

Benevolent  Societies  in  China. . . 

Bengal  govt,  notification 

Bible,  work  of  translating  the. . . . 
Bilbaino,  indemnity  for,  paid. . .  1 . 

Black  island,  or  Heishan 

Blackheath,  or  (^liang  too,  island. 

Black  wall  or  Tsihtsze 

Blood,  use  of,  among  tho  (Chinese, 
Bocca  Tigris,  the  fail  of  the, , .., 
B<>cca  Tigris,  the  defenses  at. . . . 
Boaue,  the  several  forts  at ...... . 

Bogue,  the  battle  of  the , , . 

Books  burnt  by  Che  h wangle. , » , 
Unm^T,  sir  J.  J.,  appointed  plenipo 
UriLain  inhutary  to  Cliiiiu 


I  British  forces  in  China. .  .57,478,688 
British  merchants  return  to  Canton  233 
Broken  island,  or  Mamuh  slian. .  .268 
Broughton  in  the  Japanese  sea.  .160 
Brown,  Rev.  S.  R.,  reports  by . . .  .564 
Budhism  introduced  into  China. .  140 
Bufialoe's  Nose,  notice  of  the. . .  .254 
Burial  places  inviolable 348 

Cabinet,  a  new  one  at  Peking.  .290 
Cabinet,  members  of  the  imperial.  56 
(>abinet«  new  measures  of. .  .682,684 

Calendar  for  the  year  1841 55 

Caine,  capt.  William,  of  Fftngkong286 

Cambridge,  the   British  ship 179 

Cannibalism,  an  instance  of 349 

Canton,  list  of  officers  at 56 

Canton,  state  of  affairs  at  . .  .5^,687 

Canton,  the  defenses  of 113 

Canton,  the  capture  of. 535 

Canton  riyer«  operations  on  the..  .179 
Canton,  attacked  by  Brit.  fors.  295,391 
Canton,  the  ransom  of  the  city. .  .296 
Canton,  the  bombard^nent  of. . . .  .340 

Cantor,  Dr.,  colIecti6ns  by 434 

Cape  Montague,  notice  of  the. . .  .253 

Cards  of  invitation  to  marry 68 

548  Cotliay,  early  attempts  to  reach.  .245 

52  Central  Asia,  notice  of 309 

535  Central  islands,  notice  of  the. . .  .257 

30  Che  hwangte,  the  reign  of. 136 

424  Ch^keang,  affairs  in 685 

371  Chesapeake,  tlie  ship,  burnt 120 

270  Chinaman,  the  character  of  a. . . .  105 
267  Chin  Lc^nshing,  shot  in  battle. .  41 
104  Chin  dynasty,  notices  of  the....  146 

116  Chow  dynasty,  notice  of  the 132 

UOl  Ciiow  dynasty,  the  after  or  second  152 

37!  Chimino,   B.  naval  secretary 475 

176t  China,  its  first  inhabitants 246 

136'  Chinese  empire,  stute  of  the 246 

352  Chinhae  attacked  and  taken 026 

34(Kriiiniiae,  Chinese  losses  at 58H 


751 M  5 


Chiatwe,  uoticea  of. wsilE  Yin,  tlie  fiithrul  miniater, 1! 

ChiDbM,  noticM  of  the  place S-ie [I Economy  of  CbioeK  woriunen  .  .4' 

Cbnatiu  books  in  Chin* >U4I  (Miui,  Lirjruiir  on  the  war 2t 

CbriitiiDs,  early  in  Chiii& SllilEdwaTd*,  Mr.  A.  P.  seizure  of. .  .6! 

CbookeatsefD.  notice  of  the 36(M  Eleplwnt  ieland,  notice  of 2( 

ChronoloKy  of  the  Chinese 131  Eleiwo,  liai  and  condemnation  of.6! 

Chuenpe,  the  battle  of 3T.1I>h  il^lizu,  Lhesliiii.  eoee  ro  Japan U 

Cbuhabao  ialand.  notice  of  tUt. .  .:)7:t  'Riii^<.Tur-.ui'ili'^TaTsin^dynMty  M 

Chiuan,the  govemmeDt  of. oTjIb^n^li.Hti  iiiiercourae  with  Japan. .It 

Chunn,  under  It  ■gottriioi  Lew.  .llslEiaminatioTii,  literary  instituted. .  1< 


Chusan  Br<:lupt3lDso,[iolic«orLbe  '^51 
ChuflBii.notictHu|-264,425,587.63B.68B 
ChuMn,  tnpographical  notice  of 
Chusao,  nicturological  obaerva- 


ExptdiiioN  luovea  northward. . 
tlxpcditioii,  progrem  of  the  aecond  5 


,  the  death  of  Mr.. . . 
irire  111  aul^urba  of  Tin^^baa. 
JFlaher'a  island,  notice  of. . 

'■'    '    and  pirates  af  "■ 


Chusan  altacki^  and  taken t)'.S;  :Fi)iirriii<i]I,  tlie  conductof i 

ChwoBtoff' a  visit  to  Japan Uilj.iFroncli  commercial  mis.  lo  E.  A..( 

Clsaaea  of  people  in  Janan iTHFrimid  of  India,  note  from i 

wical  literature  of  China. .... 'itl:ti|Puli'-  and  his  cotpmporarii-a 


Climate  of  Chusau  island. . .  .  .^ 
Coast  of  China,  surveys  uu  the.  .371 

Coins  amonff  the  Japanese 2S2 

Colle^  in  the  city  of  Tin([hae.  .490 
Colouisl  Maf^iiie,  nute  from.  '"" 
Columbine  coi>a  to  Chunn.. 

Commcrco  St  Jniian 

Cummerce  of  Cliuitan 

Corotniasioners,  tlirue  imperial 
CompaM  invented  by  duke  Cbow  13*^ 
ConfuclDB,  the  writings  of... 
CMifiiciua,  conversation  with. 

Conspiracy  iu  Japan 

Coiisnls,  foreign  in  China. . . 

Codidge,  sPixure  of  Hr 41.^ 

Corea,  coaaC  of,  noticed a/(<i,3^'0 

roHters,  or  isolati'd  ret-fs 

Coronation  of  Taoukwang. .      . 
Counsels,  division  of,  at  Peking. 

Crucifixion  of  Japanese 

Cruelty  of  Japanese  governm<:nl 
Cycle  of  sixty  yeais 122,125 


D*T,  Dr.,arecominei)dBlorj 

letter  from .W7l 

Deer  inland,  passage 

Delunscs  at  Anioy  noticed .  — 
Dictionary,  a  Latin-Chinese,  by 

Prfmsre 

Douglas,  iieut.,  shipwn-cked ... 

Dowjias,  iteut,  nonce  of  his  ..ic,  ^         ^ 

DtoM.'iy  anini I ir  tli<.' Japanese dU  Herh>-rt,  an  ufRcial  lei.  frumcapl. 

Drought,  seven  ytura  of 138  History  of  Cliiiia,  .Magaillans' 

Dual  powers,  notice  of  the 49  History  made  caiiy 

Duelling  by  Japanese,  iiotiuo  of. .   HU„Uiaiury,  iiietlinj  ui'  Hiudying. 


G«M«LiHa  by  quadrating  cash. . 

Gardeners  the  Japanese 

Gazette,  the  Hon^ong 

Geology  of  the  Chincae  coast 

GitU  coiifi'Tred  by  Taoukwang.. . 
Gods,  Kecord  of  the  Cliinese. . . . 
Gold,  ainindince  of,  in  China. . . . 

GolOH'iiin'a  visit  to  Japan 

Govi:rnaiciit  of  Japan 

Cougli,  sir  Hugh's  dispatches. . . . 

Goiigli,  sir  Hugh,  arrival  of 

Gou^'h's  Passage,  notice  of. 

(Inmiiiinr  of  the  Chineae 

:<iiiiiiiijiEiiii^n  Siiiica,  notice  of.... 
Tingbae 


utbo.. 


rock,  noticf!  of  the . . .  Si 

lli!>i  ilyiiatily.  tiqtices  of  the I'. 

HeRke  Uun,  notice  of  the 2i 

Ht'iglils  above  C«nton 3t 

Han  dvnasty,  the  rastern,  noticed  1^ 

Han  <lynaBlv,  notice  of  the. 1! 

ilan  dyna<ily.  the  After 14ti,li 

Haiigcbow,  lf>e  dt.ngnn>  of . . . .  6TU.6t 
Hungcliiw,  nodcepof  the  city. . .  .& 
tletrJeHblioy  Kusbimjue's  donation  4' 


INDF.X. 


Hobmn,  Dr.,  Medical  report  by. .  .465 
Holidajra  consecrated  to  worship.  70 
Uolderneas  Rock,  notice  of  the. .  .252 
Hongkong,  rules  and  regulations  of  2d7 
Hongkong  declared  a  British  set- 

tlement. 64 

Hongkong  made  a  free  port 350 

Hongkong,  sale  of  lands  at 351 

Hongkong,  the  population  of.  289,59*2 
Hongkong,  British  settlement  of.  .240 

Hongkong,  affairs  at 52  - 

Hongkong  Gazette,  notice  of 286 

Hospital  tbr  foreign  seamen 479 

Hospitals  in  Tinghae  city 49H 

Houki,  notice  of  the  island 374 

IcK  and  icehouses,  in  Tinghae ....  430 
llluslrations  of  men,  iSu:.,.  .49,104,172 

472,519,613,662 

Images,  invention  of. 130 

Indian  Oak,  wreck  of  the 516 

Interview  with  the  imperial  com- 

missioncr  Keshen 517 

Innes,  death  of  Mr.  James 424 

Instructions,  notice  of  the  sacred.  .593 
Island,  one  to  be  possessed 513 

JA.NCIONBT,  colonel  A.  de 6R8 

Japan,  iioUces  of 10,72,160,205 

279,309 

Japan,  the  population  of. 16 

Japanese,  the  language  of  the 205 

Japanese,  national  character  of  the  72 
Japanese,  the  relt|(ion  of  the. . .  .309 

Japanese,  some  shipwrecked 120 

Jesuit  missionaries 301 

Jocelyn's  Six  Months'  narrative.  .510 
Johnston,  A.  R..gov.ofHongko!?g  351 

Julicn  on  Chinose  particles 222 

Justice,  the  administration  of. . . .  249 

Kabpuno  foo,  Fuhe^s  capital. . . ,  124 
Katighe's  voluminous  writings. . .  .599 
Kaiighe,  character  of  the  emperor. 599 
K»;aking,  ctiaracter  oi'  the  emperor  90 
Keshen,  an  interview  with. , . , .  .517 

Kfshen's  corn^spondence 502 

Kesben's  memorial  on  state  afikiis  235 

Kt.'slieii,  a  memorial  from 10^-< 

K*nilien,  particulars  of  his  trial. .  .590 

Keshen,  edicts  respecting Ill 

KeKheii,  di>gradation  and  n^call  of.  184 

Keshen,  ciiarges  against 352 

Kintaiig,  the  island  of. 267 

Kite,  loiw  of  the  ship. 191 

Kitlu  poiui,  Uie  situatujii  of 25(5 


Krusenstjorn's  visit  t-o  Japan 1  "4 

Kungtung,  notice  of tfTii 

Kutsu  or  Kootsze,  island 287 

Kuper,  A.  L,  official  letter  of. . .  .547 
Kwan  Tei^nptii,  commander-in- 

chief. i()9 

Kwan  Teftnpei,  the  family  of. . .  .687 

Kwan  sban,  notice  of 270 

Kwakcnso,  a  military  poet 256 

LACKBR-work  in  Japan o8(l 

Luinpuon    on  govi^ifior  Taiiir 

Tingching °  ...  172 

Land  Measure,  notice  of 652 

Language,  study  of  the  Chinese. .  48 

Lanterns,  manufiiciure  of 662 

Laoukeun,  notices  of 3419 

Laws  of  the  Japanese 19 

l.A.Ymanii,  visit  of,  to  Japan 163 

Leaiig,  the  After,  dynasty 15() 

Legng,  the  dynasty 140 

Leaoutung,  cost  of 379 

Letters,  sptrcimen  of  Chinese 617 

(«ew  Vunko's  memorials 118,675 

Lew  Yunko,  conduct  of 5Q;j 

Lewchew,  death  of  an  envoy  from  688 
Lewis,  letter  of  kin^,  to  the  emp.  312 
Library,  catalogue  of  the  imperial .  2 
Library,  a  Chinese,  in  Enghtnd. .  Ii5 

Lin  goes  to  Ch^keiing 292 

Lin  sent  to  the  Yellow  river 592 

Literature  of  the  i^hinese 550,669 

Lockhart,  Dr.  medical  report  by.  .453 
Long  Measure  of  the  Chinese ....  649 

Ijonisa,  loss  of  the  cutter 407 

liOwansr,  description  of 255.256 

Luh  Tseihchang,  report  of. 676 

Macao,  medical  practice  in 465 

Macao,  the  government  of. 57 

Magaillans,  funeral  of. 611 

Mngaillans*  History  of  China 641 

Mairaillans,  life  of  father  G 605 

^lalacca,  the  college  at 32 

Malcolm,  arrival  of  major  G.  A..  .475 
Mantchous,  early  history  of  the.  .642 

Msnufactures  in  Japan 279 

Maria,  the  schooner,  lost 523 

Marriage  ceremonies 65 

Matsoo  Po,  the  goddess ...,,,,,,  84 
Mf'dical  philanthropic  society, ...  21 
Medical  practice  in  China. ,,....  22 
Medical  MiKsionary  Society , .  .52.448 

Mei-shan,  or  Plumb  island, 257 

Memorial  from  Keshen.  . , 2^)5 

Mouiorial  from  Vijishau 480 


VI 


INOKX. 


iVU^nriiiB,  hiograpliy  of :J20 

Menciuf?,  the  writings  of 64^ 

Mercy,  llu;  goddess  of. Id.*) 

Alealidu  and  L^iijiat,  ibiand  of. . .  .254 

Meterolorrical  observations l^!>4 

Miaotaou,  the  ^roiipi  of  islands. .  ,li7i) 

Mikado,  character  of  the 10 

Miicv  its  length  in  ('hinesc 651 

Military,  duty  of  the  Japanese. ...    14 


ll*arkrr,  arrival  of  sir  Williaro. . .  .475 

iParsecs,  character  of  the 65:) 

Parsces  Journals  of  two 652 

Parsees,  language  and  books  of. .  .657 

Parsees,  religion  of  the 656 

Particles,  remarks  on  (^hinese. .  ,.222 
Patahecock,  position  of  the  island  252 

P^i  ho,  mouth  of  the  river 376 

Pt'llew,  captain  of  tlin  Phcton ....   72 


Military  operations  on  the  coubt.  .4li«!J People  pncouraer«*d  to  take  arms.  .529 


Aiilitia,  native,  at  (.'anion 5S)2 

Mines,  the  opening  of,  mooted. . .  .(i85 
Ming  dynasty,  noticeK  or  the ]5(> 


i'eople  in  Canton,  bad  feeling  of.  .527 
Per^dy  of  the  Chinese  government  119 
Persians,  language  of  the  ancient.  6(t0 


Minister  to  the  court  of  Peking.  .475i|iMifBton'8  entrance  to  Nagasaki  72,168 


Miscellany,  a  Chinese  toy -book.  .613 
Morrison,  boat  of  the  ship. . .  .295,415 

Morrison,  memoir  of  Dr 25 

Morrison  Education  Society.,  .•~)1^.5(i4 
Mountain, li(.'Ut.'CuioiieK  D.  A.  G..801 
Mountaineers,  the  independent.  .644 

Na.oa.8aki,  government  of 16 

Nulional  liiUm  introduced loB 

Native  words,  bad  use  of 560 

Natural  hii«tory  uf  Chusan 4JJ4 

Navigation  through  (/hina 646 

Ntimesis,    proceedings   of  the 
steamer 6;)6 


Phiioiogical  works  of  Dr.  Morrison  31 
i^hleghthon,  arrival  of  the  steamer  424 
Picture  of  the  battle  at  Canton. .  .519 

iPihkwan,  situation  of 622 

i  Pirates,  numerouns  and  trouble* 

I     some 291 

Pirates,  destruction  of  near  Chusan  515 
Pleni|)Otentiary,  policy  of  the  new  476 

Ploughman,  an  island 254 

'Poetry  of  the  Japanese 214 

•  Policy  of  the  new  plenipotentiary. 476 
iPoo  Nang  che  tsang  sin,  iSack  of 

I     Wisdom 550 

Pooto,  notice  of  the  island 266 


Nestorian  Christians  enter  China  1481 'Population  of  Hongkong 592 

Nine  islands  in  <'husan  A rchipel..269|  Population  of  Tinghue 4&8 

Ningpo,  letter  from  the  prison  in. .  119liPottinger,  arrival  of  sir  Henry. . .  .475 
Ningpo,  military  operations  at.. .  .291|iPottinger,  commissions  of  sir  U..  .476 

Ningpo,  Brit  occupation  of. .  .588,6291 1  Powers  of  nature  illustrati  d 49 

Ningpo,  notices  of  the  city 636  Pratt,  major,  commandb  at  Chuenpe  38 

Ningpo,  fall  of  the  city 676  Princes  in  Japan,  character  of. ....  13 

Noble,  a  narrative  by  Mrs 119 1  Prisoners  at  Ningpo  released 120 

Noble,  Mrs.,  embarks  for  Gngland  424^^risons  in  Japan,  notices  of  the. .  21 


Proclamation,  an  imperial 6p'3 

Proclamations  about  Hongkong. .  63 
Proclamations  to  the  people  of 

Canton. 180 

Proclamations  by  captain  Elliot.  .344 
Promotions  in  the  Chinese  army.  .445 
Punctuation,  new  mode  of 8 


Note-book,  Leaves  from  a  soldier's  510 

Notices  of  China,  No.  5 65 

NotiHcatinus  from  Bengal  govt..  .535 
Nutiiia  Liugute  kSinicie 671 

Odb  of  Soo  Hwuy,  translation  of.  663 

Ofiicial  rank,  ssle  of 6841 

Office,  the  magistrate's,  uf  ('husan  46/ 1 {Punishments  in  Japan 19 

Opium,  Jocelyn's  notice  of  the  |Twankoo,  meaning  of  the  word  49,123 

trade  in 5riji 

Oswainong,  or  Black  rock 25U!!Q|7K8an  islands,  surveys  of  the..  .251 

Outrages  against  CJhincse 530i!Queeii,  notice  of  the  steaim.r 52^) 

jQuoin,  or  the  Ki>ioushan. . . . : . .  .374 
Painting  among  the  Japanese. .  •279|| 

Paper,  collection  of  waste 104:  Rainbow,  Chinese  name  of  the. .  50 

Pap<»r,  th«'  manufacture  of 2811  Ransom  of  the  Canton  city 349 

J*aper,  when  invented 138rl  Rnbellion  of  the  Yellow  cnps. ...     98 

I'arke's  history  of  the  Chine.se  'Rp(;n!ntionK  for  Hongkone 2^7 

(•nipin*  •  • 2 11;]  11,  liiTioiis  »ecu  111  Japau ........  VAii) 


INDEX. 


VII 


Religion  of  the  Japanese 3(H>1Snrvey»,  extension  of (j-<6 


Reminiscences  of  Chusan 481 

Report  of  the  M.  M.  Society 448! 

Report  of  the  M.  E.  Society 56^ 


Suy  dynasty,  the  northern.. .  144,146 
8uy  dynasty,  notices  of  the  After.  152 
Syllabaries  of  the  Japanese 206 


Residents  in  China,  list  of 58:  Szema  Kwang,  notice  of 152 

Residents  in  China,  address  to. .  -C^  Szema  Tseen,  the  historiographer  13b 
Rewards  for  British  subjects. .  120,174 


Robert's  passage,  notice  of 2561 

Routes,  the  various,  to  <xhina. . .  .310 

Russia,  the  discovery  of 2451 

Rusriiaa  intercourse  with  Japan.  .162 

Sabbath,  observance  of  the 49 

Sack  of  Wisdom,  review  of  the.  .d50j 
Sacred  Instructions  of  Ta  Tsiug.  .5931 

Sailing  north,  the  order  of 524 

San  Kw6  Che,  notice  of  the *98! 

Saiah  Gaily   Passage 259> 

School-books,  a  desideratum 577i 

Schools  for  Chinese  in  Macao. . .  .568i 
Schools  for  Chinese  in  Sin^pore.575| 
Schools  for  Chinese  in  Malacca.  .575 
Sciences  among  the  Japanese.  ..2.6, 

Seaouping  taou,  notice  of 379 

Senhouse,  dispatches  of  sir  Le  F..545i 
Senhouse,  sir  H.  Le  F.  death  of.  .352j 
Self-destruction  of  the  Japanese. .  72 

Seo^m,  character  of  the 11- 

ShaJuytei^n,  notice  of  the 377i 

Shakok,  the  defenses  at 110' 

Shamo,  a  small  island 373| 

Shanff  dynasty,  notices  of 128; 

Shang  dynasty,  name  changed. .  .130' 
Shantung  promontory,  notice  of. .  .373' 

Shaou  Yung,  the  report  of. 6761 

Sheihluh  mun,  or  Sixteen  passages  265 

Sheppy,  the  island  of. 269| 

Sherry,  loss  of  the  sailor-boy. . .  .4191 
Shinkca  mun,  or  Singkamong. . .  .264| 
Ships,  list  of,  for  January  1841 ...  61 

Shunche,  the  reign  of. 597 

Sickness  of  troops  at  Hongkong.  .618 
Singapore  institution  schools. .  .34,531 

Sinkong  or  Chinkcang 266{ 

Soldiers  of  righteousness 3501 

Soldiers,  character  of  Chinese. . .  .514{ 
Sovereigns,  the  three  august.  123,2311 
Sow  Shm  Ke,  Records  of  the  gods  87 
Spies,  description  of  Japanese ....   15 

Stead,  the  death  of  captain 291 

Succession  in  Japan,  rule  of 78 

Superintendents  of  British  trade. .  5S{ 
Sung  dynasty,  notices  of  the 
Southern '. 155' 


Ta  Tsing  dynasty,  notices  of  the. .  158 
Tae  Shan,  notice  of  the  island. .  270 

Taikok,  the  defenses  at 110 

Taoukwang's  succession 87 

Taoukwang's  slaughter  of  rebels. .  98 

Tang  dynasty,  the  At\er 150 

Tang  dynasty,  notices  of  the 148 

Tkng  Shun*8  paper  on  foreigners. 53 1 
T&ng  Tingching  banished  to  Ele.424 
TJing  Tingching,  memorial  from.  .443 
Tang  Tingtsae,  prefect  of  Ningpo  685 

Tang  Tingtse  of  Ningpo ?. .  .676 

Tea,  impost  on,  commenced, 148 

Tcaouchow  mun,  notice  of. 257 

Tcaohwa  Rhan,  notice  of. 259 

Teen  te,  a  Chinese  goddess 84 

Te^fnming,  first  Mantchou  sov 595 

Tecntsin,  defenses  at 686 

Time,  divisions  of,  in  Japan.... 216 
Tinghae,  capture  of  the  city.  .484,514 

Tinghae  city,  description  of 332 

Thnghae,  proclamation  at 625 

Tinghae,  notices  of  the  city 487 

Tinghae  situation  of  the  city  260,263 

Tinker,  a  cliff  steep  rock 254 

Titles  called  the  Meaou  haou 132 

Toki,  notice  of  the  island :j73 

Tower  Hill,  the  passage 261 

Toybook,  review  of  a  Chinese. .  .613 
Trade,  interruption  of,  at  Canton. 292 
Treacherous  conduct  of  Chinese.  .292 

Treachery  of  Chinese  officers 527 

Treaty,  preliminaries  for  a 63 

Troops  in  and  near  Canton 240 

Troops,  number  of,  in  Canton... 421 

Trumbnll  island  anchorage 263 

Tse  dynasty,  notices  of  the 144 

Tsin  dynasty,  notices  of  the.  .136,142 

Tsin  dynasty,  the  Basteni 14!^ 

Tsin  dynasty,  the  After 150 

Tsotan^,  new  one  in  Macao 292 

Tung  Keen  Kang  Muh,  notice  of.  7 
Tung  Yuen  Tsi  tsze,  a  toy.book.613 

Tungcha  shan,  notice  of 372 

Tungtszc  Kong,  the  bay  of 378 

Twan  Yungfuh,  notice  of 342 

Tyfoons,  notices  of  two 421 


VIII 


INDKX 


Tyloons  at  llun^'koii^ 620 

Useful  Kuowlcdge  Society 53 

Vessel,  a  sunken  one^  raised ....  82 

Vessels  of  the  Japanese 283 

Victoria  bay,  description  of. 380 

Victoria  bay,  notices  of 379 

Victoria,  speech  of  queen 290 

Walks,  Chinese  mode  of  making  172 

Wall,  notice  of  the  Great 136,519 

Walls,^Chinese  mode  of  making.  .172 

Wanton  use  of  native  words 560 

War,  the  progrress  of  the 176,688 

Warren,  an  official  let.  from  capt..549 

Whelps,  a  group  of  islands 253 

Wisdom,  review  of  a  Sack  of. . .  .550 
Woman,  Memoir  of  distinguished .  138 

Woo  Tsunle  Leih  yuen 4 

Woo  Shingkeuen  Taeotsae 7 

Woosnain,  Mr.,  assistant  surgeon  475 
Woraliipcr,  an  idolatrous 173 


Writers  on  (*hincse  afTairs 641 

Writing  apparatus,  a  portable. . . .  667 
Writing  of  the  Chinese 646 

Vangtsze  keang,  survey  of. . . .  .383 
Yellow  caps,  the  rebellion  of  the. .  98 
Yen,  memorial  from  governor. . .  .639 
Yihking  appointed  generalissimo. 683 
Yihshan,  imperial   commissioner. 234 

Yihshan's  memorials 346,402 

Yihshan's  crooked  policy 528 

Yu  Paoushan,  prefect  of  Canton.  .527 

Yu  Poojrun  general 903,670 

Yu  the  Great,  prosperous  times  of.  126 

Yuen  dynasty,  notices  of  the 154 

Yuhwhang  Shangte,  sketch  of. .  .305 

Yukeen's  memorial 438 

Yukeen's  conduct  at  Chinbae. . .  .588 
Yukeen,  notice  of  the  deatn  of. .  680 
Yungching's  character  &>  writings  603 
Yuyaou,  a  visit  to  the  city 6^ 

Zoroaster,  the  religion  of . . . .  658 


THE 


CHINESE   REPOSITORY. 

:.::•.::  v  .       •*  • 
.....    .  :"•'.'':':•'  .•;. 

Vol.  X. — January,  1841. —  No.   1. 


Art.  I.  Chinese  history:  its  value  and  rhararter,  as  viewed  and 
exhibited  by  native  historians ;  with  a  notice  of  the  work  entitled 
History  Made  Easy, 

Who  does  not  wish  to  know  the  full  history  of  the  Chinese?  The 
time,  the  manner,  and  the  route,  by  which  the  progenitors  of  the 
blackhaired  race  reached  the  hills  of  Tang — their  leader  and  his 
line  ot' ancestors,  with  aii  the  knowledge,  traditional  or  self-taught, 
possessed  by  hiin — the  rise  and  progress  of  learning  in  every  depart- 
ment, concerning  things  and  relations,  civil,  social,  and  moral, — 
such  as  the  invention  of  writing  and  the  materials  for  executing  it, 
the  wheel  and  the  loom,  and  the  successive  steps  in  bringing  to  per- 
fection the  various  products  of  the  soil  in  both  their  natural  and  arti- 
ficial states — architecture  and  the  vast  varieties  of  handicrafts,  with 
every  branch  of  knowledge  whereof  these  all  are  applications — schools, 
of  every  grade  and  class,  with  their  numerous  regulai  ions-domestic 
and  state  policy,  in  their  all-but-endless  changes— oh,  who  would  not 
like  to  draw  back  the  veil  that  now  shrouds  the  past  and  look  through 
the  vista  of  bygone  ages,  and  see  in  their  germ  and  progress  all 
those  things  which  now  fill,  or  ought  to  fill,  the  history  of  the  Chi- 
nese empire  ?  But  is  this  practicable  ?  Can  any  one  venture  upon 
such  an  uudertaking  ?  For  drawing  a  map  of  the  empire  in  its  ori- 
ginal state — for  ascertaining  the  situation  of  the  first  little  colony-^ 

and  for  marking  the  earliest  advances  iathe  arts  and  manufactures 

where  can  the  historian  collect  his  trustworthy  materials?  In  fact, 
do  any  exist?     If  so,  what  and  where?    Arc  there  monuments,  or 

VOL.    X.    NO.    I.  i 


2  Chineu   lliatory  ^\K. 

testimonies  and  witnesses  of  any  kind,  capable  of  lieing  wrought  inio 
an  edifice  so  complete  that  it  shall  exhibit  the  successive  dynasties, 
as  they  rise  one  after  another,  in  full  relief  and  in  their  true  propor- 
tions? For  completing  all  that  the  most  curious  can  desire,  doubtless 
the  requisite  materials  cannot  be  found;  but  with. our  own  present 
very  limited  knowledge  pf  Chinese  antiquities,  it  is  quite  impossible 
to  say  how  much  can  De.obtain^,  a^C.^trlfatJ  can  be  achieved.  Yet 
surely  a  faithful  exl\ilMUqp.of  ^y^^^eyer  does^^xist,  bearing  thp  stamp 
of  authenticity,  wrtf  no{,VaIfddtial{,ftp  [nXiflrestlthe  reader,  and  there- 
by secure  in  behalf  of  Sinim  a  degree  of  consideration  not  hitherto  or 
at  present  enjoyed. 

On  a  work  so  arduous,  it  were  impossible  to  enter  without  being 
impressed  with  a  deep  sense  of  its  greatness — too  great  ever  to  be 
accomplished  except  by  the  united  strength  of  many.  Brief  and  mis- 
cellaneous notes  are  all  that  we  dare  to  promise;  and  for  the  imperfec- 
tion of  those,  we  must  crave  the  most  candid  indulgence  of  the  critic. 
A  complete  history  of  China,  from  the  earliest  times,  may  be  easily 
pictured  in  fancy ;  but  in  reality  to  draw  forth  the  full  outline,  collect 
and  arrange  the  materials,  is  a  work  far  beyond  the  grasp  of  any 
single  hand  :  our  notes,  however,  though  they  must  be  brief  and*  mia- 
cellaneous,  shall  usually,  if  not  in  all  cases,  be  derived  from  original 
sources.  With  a  catalogue  of  the  imperial  library,  |][n  [^  fi^  ^  , 
Sze  Poo  Shoo  Muhy  by  our  side,  for  a  guide,  references  can  be  made 
to  the  best  authors ;  aud  these  it  will  be  our  endeavor  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable to  consult.  Sometimes  we  shall  introduce  translations,  and 
sometimes  analyses  may  be  substituted,  according  as  the  one  or  the 
other  may  seem  most  likely  to  meet  the  wishes  of  our  readers. 

The  Chinese  empire— unsurpassed  in  its  antiquity  and  almost  un- 
rivalled in  its  extent  and  resources — now  invites  our  attention.  Na- 
tive historians, — who  have  studied  with  the  best  advantages  for 
arriving  at  the  truth— denying  to  the  empire  that  duration  which 
weaker  and  more  credulous  minds  have  conjectured — assign  limits 
for  it  which  do  not  much  differ  from  the  chronology  of  our  own  inspir- 
ed records.  What  these  native  historians  have  written,  it  shall  be  our 
endeavor  to  ascertain  and  to  stale.  In  our  earlier  volumes  some  short 
papers  have  been  given — sketching  an  outline  of  Chinese  history ; 
•and  in  our  last  volume,  the  reader  has  in  his  possession  valuable 
^ographicai  notices,  by  R6musat,  of  some  of  the  most  eminent  Chi- 
nese historians  of  anoient  or  of  modern  times.  The  writings  of 
Szema  Tseen,  and  those  of  other  early  historians,  we  shall  have  oc- 
casion frequently  to  cunsult :  but  we  have  here  first  to  introduce  to 


the  notice  of  our  reaciers  a  iMjpular  work  orinocleru  date:  it  is  the 
j^^  ^  ^  ^  Artn^  Ketn  E  Che  Lih,  or  History  Made 
Easy;  The  character  and  value  of  Chinese  history,  generally,  as 
viewed  by  native  historians,  are  exhibited  in  an  Introduction  and 
Preface  to  this  work  more  fairly  than  can  be  done  by  any  equally 
brief  remarks  of  our  own.  And  our  readers,  we  presume,  will  not  be 
displeased  with  these  papers,  although  cumbered  with  the  disadvan** 
tages  almost  inseparmble  from  mere  translations.  The  first  paper  is 
a  short  Introduction,  written  by  an  uncle  of  the  principal  author,  of 
which  the  following  is  a  translation.  eiyi 

tntroduction. 

"  Succeeding  the  Annals  written  by  Confucius  [^  ^jjk  Chun 
Tsew]  and  subsequently,  in  one  grand  whole  illustrating  the  rise  and 
fall  of  states,  no  work  is  superior  to  the  SM  Q  Kang  Muk;  indeed 
the  incidents  comprised  therein  are  so  numerous,  extending  over  a 
period  of  several  thousand  years,  that  the  reader  seems  in  an  ocean, 
wide-spreading  and  boundless.  Compilers — following  brevity,  par- 
ing off  the  redundancies— -celebrated  hands,  have  appeared  in  crowds; 
but  their  nice  words  and  profound  thoughts,  the  meaning  of  their  lan- 
guage, the  reality  of  their  statements,  are  so  imperfectly  and  obscurely 
expressed,  that  even  those  who  are  the  most  fond  of  learning  and  of 
profound  thinking,  with  ininda  fitted  to  comprehend  what  they  read, 
are  yet  without  means  of  forming  a  connected  chain  of  the  events 
recorded.  And  this  they  are  unable  to  do  even  after  they  have  ex- 
amined other  books  and  consulted  their  friends  and  teachers,  being 
myself  ever  fond  of  investigating  the  great  principles  of  the  Annals 
by  Confucius,  I  have  always  found  delight  in  perusing  the  entire 
Kang  Muh  (or  Historical  Princlpia).  During  the  ten  years  and 
upwards  that  I  held  office  in  Shense,  Szechuen,  Shanse,  and  Honan, 
so  completely  was  I  engrossed  with  public  affairs,  that  very  few  were 
the  days  afforded  for  the  pleasures  of  historical  reading.  The  mo. 
ments  of  leisure  that  occasiohally  occurred  were  insotfici^tit  '•  fbp  the 
study  of  entire  histories;  and  of  the  compilations,  seized  at  intervals 
for  reperusal,  I  wals  only  able  to  comprehend  their  general  import. 

<*  Formerly  my  relative,  the  honorable  Lewtsun,  a  member  of  the 
3oard  of  War,  rising  from  the  office  of  lieutenant-governor  in  Fuh- 
keen  to  the  governorship  of  Kwangtimg  and  Kwangse,  with  Tsoptsae 
my  nephew,  having  collected  the  productions  of  many  ancient  and 
modern- worthies  of  celebrity,  compiled  a  work  which  they  called 
"fe  ^  t^  it  ^^^    ^*^''  Kwan   Che,  or    A   Complete    View  of 


4  Chituse  Uistovg.  Jan. 

Ancient  Learning  [the  Ne  Plus  Ultra  of  Ancient  Lore].     This  my 
relative  published,  with  an  introduction  of  hi9  own.     Already  it  has 
circulated  through  the  whole  empire  :  a»  a  corrector  of  youth,  and  as 
a  work  servicable  to  those  of  more  advanced  leariirng,  its  merits  are- 
neither  few  nor  small. 

*'  In  the  spring  of  this  year  I  received  an  imperial  commission, 
appointing  me  lieutenant-governor  of  Yunnan  ;  and  Tsootsae  with  his 
friends  the  Chows^  Tsingchuen  and  Singjo,  having  prepared  a  draft 
of  their  work,  entitled  History  Made  Easy,  sent  it  far  away  to  me. 
Upon  ^4  cursory  perusal  of  its  leading  parts,  I  found  it  modeled  after 
the  Kang  Muh,  as  compiled  by  Wang  and  Lew,  with  brevity  and 
diifuseness,  elegance  and  plainness,  blended  in  an  admirable  manner. 
Selecting  a  chapter  at  random  and  carefully  perusing  it,  I  found  that 
no  principles  had  been  omitted,  no  books  lefl  unconsulted;  so  that 
the  readers,  without  examining  other  writings  or  consulting  their 
friends  and  teachers,  could  convprehend  it  and  form  a  connected 
chain  of  events.  And  1  was  also  pleased  to  find  that  I  now  under- 
stood in  the  minutest  details  that  of  which  before  I  had  only  obtained 
general  ideas.  The  terms  "Made  Easy,"  are  fitly  and  correctly 
applied  to  it ;  and  as  a  corrector  of  youth  and  a  work  servicable  to 
those  of  more  advanced  learning,  its  merits  far  surpass  the  Koo 
W&n  Kwan  Che,  Will  not  its  popularity,  therefore,  excel  in  an 
equal  ratio?  I  quickly  directed  its  publication,  having  prepared  for  it 
this  Introduction. 

"  Written  by  Tsunle  Leihycn,  uncle  to  the  [principal]  author, 
lieutenant-governor  of  Tunnun,  assistant  director  of  military  affairs  in 
Keenchang  and  Peihtoee  and  of  the  military  stores  in  Szechuen  and 
Kweichow,  and  one  of  the  principal  members  of  the  Censorate,  on  an 
auspicious  day,  in  the  spring  of  1712. 

(L.  S  )     '*  Seal  of  Woo  Tsunle  Leihyen." 

Here  ends  the  commendatory  essay  of  the  patron  of  Woo  Tsoo- 
tsae,,^how  Tsingchuen,  and  Chow  Singjo,  the  three  joint  authors,  or 
rather  compilers,  of  the  History  Made  Easy.  Immediately  after  the 
Introduction,  we  have  from  Woo  Tsootsae  the  following — 

Preface. 

<<When  a  youth  I  had  a  strong  incfmation  fo  read  historical 
works,  but  had  advanced  even  to  old  age,  without  having  read 
through  a  single  one :  and  why?  Because,  being  naturally  very  dull, 
and  unable  quickly  to  comprehend  what  I  read,  it  was,  even  while 
trying  to  understand  it,  suddenly  forgotten.     Moreover,  my  know- 


1841.  Chinese  Uisioty  5 

ledge  of  word»  being  very  limited,  it  was  constantly  necestsary  to 
coosult  authorities.  Besides,  early  disabled  by  diseased  feet,  1  had 
no  mind  for  the  study  of  the  classics  anrd  general  literature ;  while 
of  cities  and  towns,  of  mountains  and  rivers,  not  one  was  visited.- 
Although  possessed  of  a  strong  inclinration  to  read  history,  I  was  yet 
like  the  deaf  devoid  of  hearing,  and  like  tlie  blind  devoid  of  sight ; 
therefore  ere  the  reading  a  single  chapter  was  completed,  1  suddenly 
became  disgusted  and  wearied.  This  was  the  reason  why  I  never 
read  through  a  single  work.  Still,  although  I  possessed  a  strong  in- 
clination to  read  history,  and  desired  to  study  a  multitude  of  books 
for  perfecting  my  inquiries,  and  to  visit  all  the  noted  hills  and  great 
rivers  for  the  extension  of  my  observations,  I  deemed  it  impractica* 
ble.  Hence  I  was  led  to  inquire,  what  method  of  reading  I  should 
adopt  in  order  to  obtain  the  accomplishment  of  my  wishes. 

*'  Always  I  have  observed  that  those  who  found  delight  in  history, 
were  for  the  most  part  far  inoce  intelligent  than  other  men,  capable 
of  compassing  much  at  a  glance,  never  forgetting  what  they  had 
once  read,  and  without  any  labored  effort  readily  digesting  what  they 
had  acquired ;  hence,  when  they  read  historical  works,  they  must 
needs  seek  for  such  as  were  ample}  and  when  they  discoursed  there- 
on they  must  necessarily  be  inclined  to  such  as  were  profound ; 
but  those  who  are  stupid^  like  myself,  should  take  that  history  which 
is  concise  rather  than  those  whicb  are  ample,  and  that  which  is 
plain  rather  than  such  as  are  profound ;  then  perchance  they  may  be 
able  to  obtain  that  to  which  they  aspire. 

"  The  two  Chows,  Tsingchuen  and  Singjo,  were  the  friends  of  my 
earliest  years,  my  youthful  fellow-students,  engaged  with  me  in  the 
study  of  history.  In  the  43d  year  of  Kanghe  (a.  d.  1705),  having 
compiled  from  the  Kang  Muh  a  complete  work,  they  submitted  it  to 
me  as  a  model  for  historical  reading;  and  immediately  in  conjunction 
with  them  1  engaged  in  its  revision,  which  without  interruption  from 
the  winter's  cold  or  the  summer's  rain  was  continued  for  six  succes- 
sive years. 

"  Displeased  with  the  diffuse  style  of  the  manuscript,  we  aimed  to 
select  what  was  most  important  and  to  pare  off  what  was  redundant ; 
and  anxious  to  remove  all  obscurity,  we  labored  to  bring  forward  the 
general  heads  and  to  present  them  in  the  most  perspicuous  order. 
Of  the  facts  which  were  recorded  therein  we  diligently  searched  for 
the  origin  and  source,  carefully  describing  and  attentively  explaining 
them,  endeavoring  to  make  them  as  distinctly  visible  as  the  finger  laid 
in  the  palm  of  the  hand,  so  as  not  to  burden  the  mind  or  oppress  the 


H  Ckinest  Histotjf,  Jan. 

memory.  The  geography  lias  been  traced  in  such  well  defined  Hues, 
and  the  ancient  names  so  compared  with  the  modern,  that  the  whole 
seem  as  reality  before  your  eyes,  without  shadow  of  error  in  any  way 
whatsoever.  The  rivers,  too,  with  their  names  and  all  their  turnings 
and  windings,  are  described  with  faithftfl  precision.  Obscure  and 
difficult  phraseology,  and  terms  that  are  unusual  or  obsolete,  are 
marked  and  pointed  with  si^ch  clearness  and  distinctness,  thai  they 
may  be  read  without  impediment  6r  hesitaincy.  The  writing  of  the 
characters  (or  words)  and  their  words  have  been  attended  to  and 
marked  with  every  possible  care,  so  as  to  avoid  following  and  perpe- 
tuating former  error  and  mistakes  scTch  as  writing  ^  too  for  |& 
yti,  "^  hat  for  ^  5A«,  dec.  If  in  every  place  required,  notes  and 
explanations  were  to  be  introduced,  they  would  be  multiplied  to  an 
indefinite  extent;  their -entire  omission  would  be  a  capital  defect^ 
their  too  frequent  repetition  cumbersome ;  hence  a  system  of  refer- 
ences has  been  adopted,  which  may  serve  to  give  life  and  animation, 
and  add  spirit  and  unity  to  (he  whole,  not  unlike  the  blood-vessels 
that  penetrate  every  part  of  the  human  body  1  Such,  as  here  deline- 
ated, is  the  method  of  studying  history,  which,  with  grateful  emotions 
for  its  completion,  I  now  submit  to  the  reader. 

"  My  former  condition  of  inability  to  read  through  a  single  work 
while  possessed  of  a  strong  inclination  to  study  history,  and  the 
impracticability  of  obtaining  such  a  method  of  reading  as  I  desired- 
obtained  at  length  by  the  completion  of  the  work  compiled  by  my  two 
friends, — although  unable  to  read  a  multitude  of  books  for  the  perfect- 
ing of  my  inquiries  or  to  traverse  noted  hills  and  great  rivers  for  the 
extension  of  my  information— -compared  with  that  previous  state  of 
having  ears  devoid  of  hearing  and  eyes  devoid  of  sight,  differs  in  a  very 
great  degree  1  Yes,  at  length  I  perceive  that  the  disinclination  for 
liistorical  reading,  and  the  inability  to  understand  discourses  on  this 
subject,  do  not  result  entirely  from  poor  natural  endowments  and  bad 
masters,  but  rather  from  the  defective  works  of  compilers,  constructed 
in  such  a  manner  that  they  are  unfitted  to  direct  the  inclination  or 
enlighten  the.  understanding. 

**  My  two  friends  desired  me  to  publish  our  work  without  delay.  To 
this  1  replied,  that  it  was  not  well  to  give  it  so  hastily  to  the  public, 
urging  that  it  should  be  delayed  for  further  correction,  so  as  to  allow 
time  to  supply  its  defects — permitting  it  to  be  used  only  as  a  text-book 
for  the  children  in  private  schools.  Unexpectedly  at  this  moment 
my  friend  Choo  Shiiighwae  s^nt  mc  the  records  of  the  Ming  dynasty, 
which  he  had  copied  out  in  a  couiplole  work.     Tliese  1  immediately 


1841.  Clnm$f   llhloryr  1 

compiled,  ihai  llipy  miofhi  h«  ndclod  lo  ihe  other  in  case  of  its  publi- 
cation,— which,  after  being  kept  under  review  for  another  whole 
year,  began  to  assume  a  finished  shape.  Again  my  two  friends  desired 
that  the  work,  introduced  by  a  preface  from  an  able  master,  should 
be  published,  believing  that  it  would  obtain  a  wide  circulation.  I 
replied,  that  it  was  yet  without  that  surpassing  erudition  which  conld 
give  it  celebrity  and  fix  with  sufficient  accuracy  the  rise  and  fall 
of  a  hundred  generations,  and  that  moreover  it  but  faintly  portrayed 
the  merits  of  those  it  describes,  and  but  poorly  exhibited  their  achieve- 
ments and  their  failures.  In  all  the  minor  points  of  style — such  as 
the  structure  of  sentences,  the  form  and  sounds  of  the  characters,  d&c, 
it  has  only  a  mediocrity  of  merit.  Though  it  may  obtain  a  place  in 
the  most  obscure  schools  and  libraries,  celebrity  it  cannot  have,  nor 
he  expected  to  acquire  a  lasting  fame.  Being  published  under  the 
terms  *'  Made  Easy,"  how  many  are  there,  except  those  who  are  as 
stupid  as  myself,  who  will  not  be  offended  by  its  conciseness,  and 
who  will  not  laugh  at  its  humble  style  ? 

*'  Written  by  Woo  Shingkeuen  Tsootsae  at  the  hall  Chibmilh  in 
Shanyin,  on  the  15th  day  of  7th  month  in  the  spring  of  the  50th  year 
of  the  reign  of  Kanghe. 

(L.  S.)     <'  Seal  of  Woo  Shingkeuen  Tsootsae.'' 

The  History  Made  Easy  comprises  a  chronological  series  of 
events,  extending  from  the  earliest  times  of  Chinese  history  to  the 
close  of  the  Ming  dynasty.  The  copy  before  us  is  bound  in  36  vols., 
the  whole  being  divided  into  112  sections  or  keuttn,  giving  a  total 
of  nearly  8000  pages.  Immediately  after  the  preface,  introduced 
above,  the  compilers  have  given  in  detail  the  rules,  ten  in  number^ 
by  which  they  have  been  guided  in  preparing  their  work  for  publi- 
cation. 

The  Ist  has  reference  to  the  mode  of  compiling  their  work.  A 
general  history  ought  to  the  studied  throughout,  from  beginning  to 
end;  but  men  of  ordinary  capacities  are  not  capable  of  performing 
such  a  task;  hence  the  necessity  for  an  abridgment  of  general  his- 
tory— which  ought  to  be  prepared  only  with  the  greatest  care,  so  as 
to  preserve  unity,  and  by  giving  brevity  to  the  narrative  render  every 
object  and  every  subject  more  lucid.  This  the  compilers  have  en- 
deavored to  effect.  Their  work  is,  for  the  most  part,  an  abridgment 
of  one  of  the  Tung  Ke'en^  or  ''General  Mirrors"  of  history — appar^ 
ently  that  of  Choo,  the  celebrated  commentator  of  the  Four  Books, 
and  is  called  jg^  j^  g    ^ung  Keen  Knng  Muh. 


'^^  <Vifnf.<f  Hhtnry.  J  an'. 

Th»f  '2i\  has  retiprencp  \o  ihe  nrrangemenf  of  ilie  Kang  and  tlip 
Muh^  in  order  to  give  metliod  and  order  to  their  work.  The  Kang 
«jj|^  are  tlie  heads  or  the  principal  parts  of  the  history  ;  they  form  a 
brief  text  of  the  whole  work,  down  to  the  close  of  the  Yuen  dynasty. 
The  Muh  are  the  subordinate  parts  of  the  history ;  they  are  to  the 
Kang  (so  the  Chinese  say)  what  the  eyes  are  to  the  head,  or  what 
the  strands  are  to  the  rope,  of  which  it  is  composed.  There  may  be 
a  Kang  without  a  Muh;  vice  vcrsA^  not. 

The  3d  has  reference  to  the  arrangement  adopted  by  the  com- 
pilers in  the  subordinate  part  of  their  work.  In  the  first  part 
down  to  the  reign  of  KJ/  7l|  WeiUe  of  the  Chow  dynasty,  ami  also 
in  the  last  part  of  it,  after  the  fall  of  the  Yuen  family,  our  compilers 
do  not  employ  the  Muh;  in  the  first  part,  prior  to  Weilee's  leign, 
they  use  iS|  Kang  and  ^P  Kt;  in  the  last  part,  afler  the  rise  of  the 
Ming  line,  they  presume  not  to  employ  either  Kang  Muh  or  Kang 
Ke^  but  content  themselves  with  a  plain  and  simple  narrative,  with- 
out any  of  these  divisions. 

The  4lh  explains  their  system  of  references,  adopted  with  the 
special  purpose  of  rendering  more  easy  the  reading  of  history  '*  by 
men  of  only  ordinary  capacities,"  like  themselves.  Having  divided 
their  work  into  sections  (112  as  specified  above),  and  numbered  the 
leaves  of  each  section,  the  references  are  easy,  and  need  no  explana- 
tion from  us.  References  in  this  manner,  so  common  in  our  own, 
are  seldom  made  by  the  Chinese  in  their  books — for,  as  they  inti- 
mate, it  argues  a  want  of  intellect  and  a  bad  memory. 

The  5th  explains  their  mode  of  referring  to,  and  specifying,  the 
original  works  from  which  their  materials  have  been  derived.  This 
they  have  done  to  enable  the  reader,  whenever  disposed,  to  refer  to 
those  authorities,  either  to  see  that  there  be  no  error  in  the  abridg- 
ment, or  to  make  himself  more  fully  acquainted  with  the  subject  in 

hand. 

The  6th  explains  their  manner  of  treating  the  stibject  of  geogra- 
phy  which  is  simply  that  of  specifying  the  place,  by  its  modern 

name,  where  each  respective  event  occurred  ,^for  if  the  reader  of 
history  is  ignorant  of  the  place,  "  the  narrative  will  be  to  him  like 

a  dream." 
Thd  7th  explains  the  new  mode  of  punctuation,  employed  by  the 

compilers.  The  Chinese  usually  omit  all  marks  of  punctuation ; 
but  in  the  History  Made  Easy,  not  only  is  the  whole  of  the  text  di- 
vided into  sentences  and  clauses  by  appropriate  marks,  but  the  good 


1841.  Chinese  Hhtory.      ^  9 

and  bad  qualities  of  men  and  things  are  indicated — the  first  by  white 
marks  or  small  circles,  the  second  by  black  marks. 

The  8th  describes  their  use  of  marks  for  indicating  sentences  or 
periods,  and  the  clauses  or  the  subdivisions  of  periods.      They   say, 

Uze  choo,  urh  t  yih  rhoo  chny,  wet  keu ;  yung  senou  keuen  yu  tsze 
che  pang;  i.  e.  **  a  complete  proposition,  where  the  sense  also  is  com- 
plete, makes  a  period  (or  sentence);  and  it  is  indicated  by  a  small 
round  mark  placed  at  the  side  of  the  word  (where  it  terminates):" 

M  ft  ffii  i:  tI^  ^  *  ;^  I*  ffl  /h  ffl  *^  ^  :t  t 

tsze  choOy  urh  e  we  choo  chay^  wei  tow;  yung  seaou  keuen  yu  tsze 
che  chung :  i.^e.  ''a  complete  proposition,  where  the  sense  is  not 
complete,  makes  a  clause;  and  it  is  indicated  by  a  small  round  mark 
placed  between  the  words." 

The  9th  explains  and  '.llustrates  the  care  which  has  been  taken  to 
secure  a  correct  text, — a  particular  in  which  Chinese  typography  is 
exceedingly  defective,  especially  in  all  books  of  light  reading. 

The  LOth  and  last  explains  and  illustrates  the  care  taken  to  mark 
the  different  readings  of  the  same  character  when  it  may  chance  to 
have  different  meanings,  distinguishable  only  by  diflerent  sounds. 

Immediately  following  these  ten  rules  is  a  long  list  of  distinguish- 
ed authors  and  literati,  178  in  number,  beginning  with  Szema  Tseen 
of  the  Western  Han,  and  closing  with  one  of  the  later  worthies  of  the 
Ming  dynasty.  Their  principal  works  are  also  given,  in  notes  attach* 
ed  to  their  respective  names.  The  list  is  a  good  one,  and  might  not, 
perhaps,  be  out  of  place  in  the  Chinese  Repository ;  but  in  case  of 
publication,  it  would  require  original  notes,  which  at  present  we  are 
unable  to  prepare — and  this  must  be  our  apology  for  omitting  it. 

Next  to  this  list  of  authors,  we  have  a  catalogue  of  sovereigns, 
from  Pwankoo  to  Tsungching  or  Chwanglee,  whose  reign  closed 
with  the  late  dynasty,  a.  d.  1643.  This  list  of  sovereigns,  if  practica- 
ble, shall  appear  in  our  next  number.  After  it,  the  compilers  proceed 
with  the  main  body  of  their  work,  commencing  with  A%  dt  Pwrni' 

A-oo,  who,  according  to  Chinese  tradition,  "M*  jji  X\j\  (jj^  show  chuh 
yu  she,  **  first  appeared  in  our  world." 

B. 


x"* 


VOL.    X.    NO.    I.  ^ 


10  JVotices  of  Japan,  JVo.    T.  Janv 


Art.  II.     Notices  of  Japan^  No,  V.:  political  state  of  the  etnpire, 
classes  of  people^  laws,  prisons,  S^c, 

The  government  of  Japan  is  supposed  to  be,  like  that  of  most  oriental  sUtes, 
despotic ;  and  so  in  fact  it  is,  altboagli  the  received  idea  of  despotism  requires 
some  little  modification  to  render  it  |>erfectly  applicable  to  the  sovereign  ruling 
authority  of  Japan.  We  must  especially  abstract  from  that  idea  one  of  its  great- 
est evils,  and  one  which  is  habitually,  whether  or  not  justly,  conceived  to  be 
inseparable  from,  if  not  an  essential  part  of,  despotism — namely,  its  arbitrariness. 
Liberty  b,  indeed,  unknown  in  Japan ;  it  exists  not  even  In  the  common  inter- 
course of  man  with  man ;  and  the  very  idea  of  freedom,  as  dbtinguished  from 
rude  license,  could,  perhaps,  hardly  be  made  intelligible  to  a  native  of  that  extra- 
ordinary empire.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  no  individual  in  the  whole  nation, 
high  or  low,  is  above  the  law ;  both  sovereigns,  the  supreme  mikada^  and  his  lieu- 
teoant-master  .the  iiogotmt  seeming  to  be  as  completely  enthralled  by  Japanese 
despotism  as  the  meanest  of  their  subjects,  if  not  more  so.  If  it  be  asked,  bow 
despotism  can  exist,  unless  wielded  by  a  despotic  sovereign,  either  monarch, 
oligarchy,  or  democracy,  which  Inst  may  be  inter^ted  tUmagogif;  the  answer 
is,  that  atileast  at  this  present  time,  law  and  established  custom,  unvarying,  known 
to  all,  and  pressing  upon  all  alike,  are  the  despots  of  Japan.  Scarcely  an  action 
of  life  is  exempt  from  their  rigid,  inflexible,  and  irksome  control ;  but  he  who 
complies  with  their  dictates  has  no  arbitrary  power,  no  capricious  tyranny  to 
apprehend. 

Japan  is  a  feudal  empire,  according  to  the  very  spirit  of  feudality.  The  mikado, 
as  the  successor  and  representative  of  the  gods,  is  the  nominal  proprietor,  as  well 
as  sovereign,  of  the  realm ;  the  siagomn,  his  deputy  or  vicegerent.  His  dominions 
are  divided,  with  the  exception  of  the  portion  reserved  to  the  crown,  into  princi- 
jialities,  held  in  vassalage  by  their  respective  hereditary  princes.  Under  them, 
the-  land  is  parceled  out  amongst  the  nobility,  who  hold  their  hereditary  estates 
by  military  service. 

The  utter  Impotence  for  good  or  for  evil  of  the  no.minally  all-powerful  mUsada 
baa  been .  sufficiently  shown  in  a  former  paper,  as  also  the  perpetual  thralldom  in 
which  be  u  held  by  the  very  honors  paid  him.  It  is,  probably,  the  ever-recurring 
annoyance  of  these  troublesome  honors,  that  stili  induces  the  mikado  frequently 
to  abdicate  in  favor  of  a  son  or  daugbter.  If  even  by  this  step  they  gain  very 
little  that  can  be  called  liberty,  they  at  least  escape  from  their  task  of  diurnnl 
immobility,  and  are  no  longer,  it  may  be  hoped,  actually  restrained  from  all  lo- 
comotion. 

Tho  next  personage  to  be  noticed.  In  speaking  of  th«  political  condition  of  Ja- 
pan, is  the  mikedo'i  vicegerent,  the  siogmmt  or  AmAo,  the  names  being  indifferently 
given  him,  without  any  clear  explanation  of  diversity  of  signification  between 
them.*  Klaproth,  however,  indicates  nogown  as  the  more  appropriate  title.    This 

*  [In  the  note  on  page  305  of  vol.  IX,  the  term  kubo  ia  applied  to  the  mikado 
at  Miyako.  It  is  however  more  commonly  applied  to  the  oiogoun  at  Yedo,  but 
an  examination  of  the  Chinese  charaetein  employed  for  tliia  title  showa  that 

>^  "^  or  *  the  lord's  palace,*  might  sometlmea  be  applied  to  the  mikado  without 

committing  a  very  glaring  blunder,  though  it  is  no  doubt  ineorreot  to  apply  th«t 
term  to  the  mikado  though  ho  if  iuiQwn  by  it  i4  some  part*  qf  Kiuaiu.] 


I8il.  Xutirts  of  Jit  pan.  Xo.   V  It 

supposed  virfiiAlly-absoliite  sovereign,  who  is  still  so  called  by  many  writers,  we 
flndt  upon  carefully  eiamining  the  details  given  by  those  same  writers,  to  be 
nearly  as  destitute  of  real  power,  as  much  secluded  from  the  public  eye,  and  en- 
meshed in  the  ineitrieable  web  of  law  and  custom,  as  his  nominal  master. 

The  atBgoitat '  scarcely  ever  stirs  beyond  the  precincts  of  his  spacious  palace 
inclose. e :  even  his  religious  pilgrimages,  and  his  Journeys  to  Mlyako  to  do 
homage,  or  in  JapaAese  phrase,  make  his  compliment,  to  the  mikado^  being  now 
performed  by  a  deputy.  The  business  of  government  is  represented  as  wholly 
unworthy  of  engaging  histhonghtst  and  his  time  is  said  to  be  so  skillfully  oc- 
cupied, as  scarcely  to  leave  him  leisure,  had  he  the  wish,  to  attend  to  the  affairs 
of  the  empire. 

The  mere  official  dtiti^  of  ceremony  imposed  upon  the  no^omi— the  obser« 
vancet  of  etiquette,  the  receiving  the  homage  or  compliment,  and  the  presents 
of  those  permitted  and  bbuiid  to  olfer  both,  upon  frequently  recurring  festival 
days  and  the  like-->are  represented  as  sufficient  folly  to  occupy  three  individuals. 
These  important  ceremonies  are  regulated  and  conducted  by  a  host  of  courtiert, 
holding  what  we  should  call  household  offices,^  and  always  about  the  person  of 
the  fisfoim.  But  lest  any  notion  of  degradation  in  this  actual  nullity,  any  percep- 
tion of  being,  like  the  mUuUh,  but  the  shadow  of  a  sovereign,  should  germinate 
In  the  imperial  breast,  or.be  planted  there  by  some  ambitious  favorite,  both  the 
nsfmM  and  his  court  are  constantly  surrounded  and  watched  by  the  innumera- 
ble spies  of  the  council  of  state,  which  now  constitutes  the  real  executive  power. 

The  members  of  the  council  of  state  are  differently  given  by  different  writers ; 
but  the  best  authority  t  makes  them  thirteen'— to  wit,  five  council  Ion  of  the  first 
class,  uniformly  selected  from  the  princes  of  the  empire,  and  eight  of  the  second 
class,  selected  from  the  nobi]ify4  Other  ministers  are  mentioned  who  do  not 
appear  to  be  comprehended  in  the  council;  these  are  the  temple  lords,  who 
seem  to  be  laymen,  though  the  actual  regulators  of  all  religious  matters,  and  the 
two  ministers,  called  by  some  writers  commissioners  for  foreign  aflfairs,  by  othera 
lieutenants  of  police,  or  heads  of  the  spies ;  and.  indeed,  the  concerns  of  Japan 
with  foreigners  should  naturally  belong  rather  to  the  polled  department  than  to 
any  especial  minister.  The  councillors  of  both  classes  are  almost  uniformly 
chosen  from  amongst  the  descendants  of  those  princes  and  nobles  who  distin- 
guished themselves  as  partisans  of  the  founder  of  the  present  tiogmm  dynasty, 
during  the  civil  war  that  preceded,  aVid  the  intrigues  that  asnisted  his  usurpation. 
Over  the  council  presides  a  councillor  of  the  highest  class,  and  he  is  inrariably  a 
descendant  of  Ino  Kamon  no  kami,  a  minister  who  rendered  an  essential  service 
to  the  same  usurper's  posterity.  This  president  is  entitled  Governor  of  the  Em- 
pire: and  his  office,  if  resembling  that  of  an  European  premier,  or  rather  of  an 
oriental  vizier,  appears  even  to  trtinscend  both  in  authority.  All  the  other 
councillors  and  eveiy  department  of  administration  are  subordinate  to  him ;  no 
affair  can  be  undertaken  without  his  concurrence ;  and  a  notion  is  said  to  prevail 
in  Japan,  that  he  is  individually  empowered  to  depose  a  jio^wm  who  should  go- 
vern HI,  and  to  substitVite  another,  of  course  tb^  legal  heir,  in  his  place;  but  this 
b  manifestly  a  mistaken  or  confused  conception^f  a  power  vested  in  the  whole 
council,  though  possibly  eiercised  by  their  president,  which  will  presently  be 
eiplained.  and  which  it  wHI  then  appear  is  not  held  gratuitously. 

*  Fischer.  t  Siebold. 


i2  yotit'cs  of  JapaHf  \v.    I*.  Jav. 

TbM  council  of  stale  transacts  the  wbule  business  of  gorerntnent ;  decides  Upon 
every  measure,  sanctions  or  reverses  every  sentence  of  death  pronounced  by  an 
im|>erial  governor,  appoints  to  all  efficient  offices,  corresponds  with  the  local 
authorities;  and  upon  the  occurrence  in  any  part  of  Japan  of  ^ny  affair  in  which 
the  course  to  be  pursued  is  not  clearly  marked  out  by  law  or  precedent,  most  be 
consulted,  and  pronounce  its  decree,  before  a  single  step  be  taken  by  even  the 
highest  local  officers.  Each  councillor  has  hb  own  specrfic  department,  for 
which,  in  the  common  routine,  he  alone  is  responaible ;  but  the  measures  of 
which,  upon  any  important  point,  must  be  discussed,  and  adopted  or  rejected,  by 
the  whole  body  of  hia  colleagues,  headed  by  their  president. 

When  any  proposition  hMs  been  duly*investigated  and  determined  upon  by  the 
pouocil,  the  resolution  taken  is  laid  before  the  iiogmtn  for  his  sanction.  This 
usually  follows,  as  a  matter  of  course,  nine  tiroes  in  ten  without  the  monarch's 
even  inquiring  what  he  is  called  upon  to  confirm.  But  if,  by  some  e&traordinary 
accident,  he  should  chance  to  trouble  himself  about  the  concerns  of  his  empire, 
and,  either  upon  rational  grounds  or  through  caprice,  withhold  the  sanction  re- 
quested, the  proceeding  consequent  upon  the  difference  of  opinion  between  the 
monarch  and  his  ministers  is  prescribed  by  law.  The  measure  is  not  at  once 
abandoned,  as  might  be  imagined  by  persons  thinking  of  the  stfl^wi  as  a  despotic 
sovereign ;  it  is,  on  the  contrary,  referred  to  the  arbitration  pf  three  princes  of 
the  blood,  the  nearest  kinsmen  of  the  monarch,  his  probable  heir,  In  default  of  a 
son,  being  one,  if  of  sufficient  age.  The  sentence  of  these  arbitrators,  whatever 
it  be,  and.  whatever  be  the  question  submitted  to  them,  is  not  only  final,  but 
fraught  with  important,  and,  to  European  minds,  painful  results. 

Should  the  verdict  be  in  favor  of  the  council,  the  nogmm  has  no  alterfiative; 
he  may  not  revoke  his  previous  refusal,  and  yield  to  the  united  judgment  of  his 
ministers  and  the  arbitrators,  but  must  immediately  abdicate  in  favor  of  his  son 
or  other  legal  heir.  Such  an  abdication,  for  various  causes,  is  an  act  so  constantly 
recurring,  that  it  bears  a  specific  name,  in/do;  and^a  regular  habitation  for  the 
abdicating  siogoim  is  as  established  and  essential  a  provision  of  the  Yedo  court, 
as  a  jointure-house  for  a  queen-dowager  in  this  country.  To  this  inferior  abode. 
the  tiogouHt  agajnst  whose  opinion  the  arbitrators  have  decided,  instantly  retires, 
and  his  successor  takes  possession  of  the  vacated  palace. 

Should  the  arbitrators  pronounce  in  favor  of  the  monarch,  the  consequences 
.are  yet  more  serious,  inasmuch  as  the  minister  who  proposed  and  most  strongly 
urged  the  obnoxious  act,  if  not  every  member  of  the  council,  headed  by  the 
president — whose  supreme  authority  should  involve  responsibility— is  under  the 
necessity  of  committing  suicide,  according  to  the  Japanese  mode,  by  ripping  him- 
self Dpi  When  to  this  always  possible,  if  not  often  recurring,  necessity,  is  added, 
that  the  whole  council,  collectively  and  individually,  is  surrounded  by  spies, 
known  and  unknown,  employed  by  superiors,  inferiors,  rivals,  and  each  other,  it 
will  t>e  evident  that  these  seemingly  absolute  ministers  cannot  venture  upon  the 
.infraction  of  any  law,  or  upon  any  deed  of  violence,  of  ra;pactty,  or  of  arbitrary 
tyranny,  except  with  the  sword  of  Damocles,  it  may  be  said,  literally  as  well  as 
metaphorically,  hanging  over  their  headr. 

Turn  we  now  to  the  vassal  princes  of  the  empire,  whose  power  appears  to  l>e 
the  chief  object  of  apprehension  to  the  wiogoun  and  his  counciL 

There  were  originally  sixty-eight  principalities,  hereditary,  but  subject  to  for- 
feiture in  case  of  treason.    Of  this  penalty,  advantage  was  taken  by  successive 


I  bio.  Aoiicea  uj  Japan  i  Ao.    I  13 

usurpers  during  the  civil  warst  to  weaken  apprehended  rivaU  by  the  subdivision 
of  their  dominions.  The  consequence  of  these  proceedings  is,  thnl  there  are  now 
said  to  be  604  distinct  administrationst  including  great  and  small  principalltiest 
lordships,  and  imperial  towns. 

■  The  princes,  called  kok-ghifu  [or  kokushi'],  or  lords  of  the  land,  are  of  two  grades, 
the  dai-mio  ('very  much  honored'))  who  hold  their  principalities  directly  of  the 
mikadot  and  the  Mt-mao  ('much  honored*),  who  hold  theirs  of  Xh&siogmm.  Both 
^i-MUO  and  MM-Mto  are  nominally  absolute  In  their  respective  states.  They  go- 
vern with  all  the  forra»  and  organization  of  actual  sovereignty,  and  each,  by 
means  of  his  noble  vassals,  mainlainis  his  own  army ;  but  they  are  entangled  in  a 
net  of  suzerain  |x>licy,  which  disables  even  the  mightiest  from  attempting  aught 
against  the  siogouH  or  his  council ;  and  so  completely  and  annoyingly  are  they 
controlled,  alike  in  their  public  duties  and  in  their  private  enjoyments,  that  in  no 
class  of  Japanese  is  the  practice  of  (inkio)  abdicating  in  favor  of  a  son  so  pre- 
valent as  amongst  these  grandees.  A  reigning  prince  of  advanced  age  is  never 
seen  in  Japan.  ..     >  bn  ■      •%•  •  >  • 

The  actual  admUiistratian  vf<ey^i{yt.princ*pality  is  condu£ted,  not  by  the  prince 
himselCoff  reiiiHslers^0f.Ni9;ohoio«/rbut  by  Iwo  |fo4»rd,  or  secretaries,  appointed 
by  the  Yedo  council,Mhe  one  to  reside  in  the  principality^  the  other  at  Yedo, 
where  the  family  of  the  absent  secretary  is  detained  in'  hostage  for  his  fidelity. 
These  double  appointments  extend- to  all  high  provincial  posttf,  and  it  is  only  by 
the  regular  annual  alternation  of  situation  of  the  two  colleagues  that  men  holding 
sueh  posts  ever  see  their  families.  Nor  are  the  secretaries,  thus'  obtruded  on  their 
nominal  master,  allowed  to  act  as  their  own  or  the  prince's  judgment  may 
dictate.  They  are,  in  fact,  the  mere  delegates  of  the  council,  whose  orders  are 
transmitted  by  the  secretary  at  Yedo  to  the  secretary  at  the  capital  of  the  prin- 
cipality. 

Either  every  alternate  year,  or  the  half  of  every  year,  fh)B  princes  are  compelled 
to  spend  at  Yedo,  and  that  is  the  only  fime  during  which  they  can  enjoy  the 
society  of  their  families,  there  kept  as  hostages.  During  their  residence  In*  their 
own  dominions,  they  are  not  only  separated  from  those  families,  illegitimate  as 
well  as  legitimate,  but  strictly  prohibited  from  holding  any  species' of  intercourse, 
innocent  or  criminal,  with  the  other  sei.  The  ceremonious  observances  that  fill 
their  time,  as  the  nogmm's,  are  prescribed  from  Yedo.  They  may  not  appear 
without  their  palace-walls,  eicept  at  stated  times  and  according  to  slated  forms; 
nay,  the  very  hours  of  their  down-lying  aud  up-rising  are  imperatively  preordain- 
ed by  the  council  That  no  infraction  of  these  intolerable  restrictions  can  escape 
the  knowledge  of  the  council  through  the  instrumentality  of  their  spies,  every 
prince  and  his  household  are  well  aware ;  biit  it  is  said  that  into  some  of  the  prin- 
cipalities those  spies  penetrate  at  the  hazard  of  their  lives ;  from  one,  Satzuma,* 
hardly  any  are  said  ever  to  return,  and  the  Yedo  government,  never  acknowledg- 
ing them  as  its  servants,  never  inquires  into  or  avenges  their  fate. 

Butali  thu  does  not  afford  sufficient  security  in  the  opinion  of  government. 

'  *  Doeff.  [lliis  prineipaiity  lies  in  the  southern  part  of  Kiusiu,  and  its  prince 
is  one  .of  the  moat- powerful  in  the  empire.  He  monopolizes  the  whole  trade  be- 
tween  Lewehew  and  Jspan,  and  governs  Lewchew  and  the  intermediate  islands 
by  his  own  officers,  and  haa  the  reputation  of  allowing  an  underhand  trade  with 
the  Chinese  in  a  few  articles.] 


Lest  (liephnbes  should,  even  at  the  sacrifice  o^all  that  is  dear  to  ttieni,  cohfederate 
against  the  siogottn,  neighboring  |)rince8  are  not  allowed  to  reside  simdltaneoas- 
ly  in  their  respective  dominions,  aniess,  indeed,  lll^\¥lll  should  l>e  known  to  eiist 
l)etweeit  them,  in  which  ease  their  mutual  jealousies  afe  sedulously  fomented,  by 
affording  tbem  occasions  of  collision.  But  the  plan  chiefly  relied  upon  for  insur> 
ing  their  subjection  is  to  Iceep  tbem  dependent  by  poverty^  To  reduce  them  to 
the  required  state  of  indigence,  many  means  are  employed. 

Nearly  the  whole  military  duty  of  the  empire  is  thrown  upon  the  princes ;  they 
are  required  to  maintain  troops  rateably,  according  to  the  extent  of  their  domin. 
.ons,  and  tofumisl^even  those  required  for  the  imperial  provinces,  the  admin- 
istration of  which  is  avowedly  In  the  hands  of  the  Vedo  council.  Thus,  at  Naga- 
saki, which  during  the  last  two  centuries  has  been  the  only  seat  of  foreign  com- 
merce, the  whole  profit  o(  which  is  devoured  by  the  iiogmm^  council,  governors, 
and  their  understrappers,  and  which  for  that  very  purpose  was  dIsmemlMfed  from 
a  principality,  and  coverted  into  an  imperial  city,  the  duty  of  guarding  the  bny 
falls  altogether  upon  the  princes  of  Fiaen  and  Chikuaen,  whose  dominions  the 
bay  divides.  The  twf>  centuries  of  profottfnd  peaoer  Which  Japan  has  enjoyed 
since  the  adoption  of  the  exclusive  systenf,  have  naturally 'lessened  the  need  of 
troops.  The  consequent  diminution  of  expense  is  felt  to  l>e  a  great  object;  but 
neKher  the  princes  nor  their  subjects  are  the  persons  destined  to  profit  by  the 
saving  thns  effected.  The  number  of  troops  to  be  maintained  by  each  prince  is, 
indeed  in  just  proportion  to  that  originally  allotted  them ;  but  the  sum  which  the 
troops  so  dispensed  with  would  have  cost  them,  they  are  required  to  pay  into  the 
treasury  at  Yedo. 

Other  modes  of  impoverishment  there  are,  to  which,  when  necessary,  reeonrsd 
is  liad.  One  is  that  of  obliging  the  princes  to  display  extmvagant  pomp  and 
magnificence  during  their  residence  at  Yedo,  involving  them  in  every  imaginable 
expense.  Should  these  ways  of  draining  his  exchequer  prove  insufllclent  with 
some  extraordinarily  opulent  or  prudent  prince,  two  resourees  are  kept  in  reserve, 
which  have  never  yet  failed.  One  of  these  ia  the  iwginm*$  inviting  himself  to 
dinner  with  his  inconveniently  wealthy  vassal,  at  his  Yedo  palace :  the  other, 
the  obtaining  for  him,  from  the  mtftcdo,  some  highly  coveted  post  at  the  dairi. 
The  expense  of  duly  entertaining  the  sissfsini.  or  of  receiving  the  Investiture  of 
an  exalted  dafrt  office,  is  such  as  no  Japanese  fortune  bat  yet  proved  able  to 
stand. 

Of  the  lordships,  it  may  suffice  to  say,  that  they  seem  to  be  merely  very  inferior 
principalities,  the  government  of  which  is  managed  and  controlled  In  a  manner 
perfectly  analogous  to  that  just  described. 

The  provinces  and  townt  retained  as  imperial  domains  are  administered  by 
in»periai  governors,  appointed  by  the  state  council  at  Yedo,  and  whose  fidelity  ia 
similarly  secured.  To  every  government,  two  governora  are  appointed ;  one  of 
whom  resideaat  Yedo,  the  other  at  his  post,  his  family  remaining  as  hostageaat 
court,  and  he  himself  being  subjected  to  the  same  restrietiona  and  anno3rancef 
as  the  princes  in  their  principalities;  the  two  governors  annually  relieve  each 
other  in  their  government.  Their  authority  in*  their  governments  is  equal  to  that 
of  the  princes,  or  ret her^f  the  princes'  secretaries  in  the  principalities;  except 
that  a  governor  cannot  inflict  capital  punishment  until  the  sentence  has  been 
ratified  at  Yedo,  whilst  the  princes  may  freely  exeroise  this  act  of  sovereignty. 
But  neither  prince  nor  governor  likes  to  pronounce  sentence  of  death,  lest  the 


/ 


If^O.  jVotins  of  J  ft  pan,  j\n.    {'.  15 

perpetration  of  crimes  reiiuiriiig  such  ptmisliaient  should  be  impnted  to  roiiiii- 
vauce,  negligence,  or  general  nial-adiuiuistration  on  their  part. 

The  governor  m  aaiiated  by  an  official  esiablishment,  appointed  by  the  council 
of  state,  moat  of  the  raembeni  of  which  are  subject  to  the  same  rcstrictionB  as 
himself;  and  their  number  would  be  incredible,  were  we  not  told  that  the  principle 
of  Japanese  government  is  to  employ  the  most  persons  possible  of  the  higher  and 
middle  classes.  The  official  establishment  of  Nagasaki,  the  only  one  of  which 
the  Dutch  writers  have  personal  knowledge,  may  be  worth  givin^^  as  a  sample.* 

The  governor  haa  under  him  two  secretaries,  and  a  number  of  go-banyoai^f  or 
superior  police^fficers,  to  each  of  whom  is  allotted  a  department,  for  which  he  is 
responsible,  and  a  number  of  banyoai,  or  mider  policcofficers,  to  execute  his 
orders.  All  these  are  subject  to  the  governor's  authority ;  but  the  foUowin^r  officers 
are  wholly  independent  of  liim :  the  tzcasurcr,  a  sort  of  district  chancellor  of  the 
exchequer,  who  is  second  in  rank  to  the  governor,  and  has  an  accountant  to 
assist  him.  in  his  labors ;  and  the  military  commandant  of  town  and  district,  the 
thiid  in  rank.  Of  all  these  official  persons — the  6aiiyoct,  who  are  of  a  very 
inferior  degree,  excepted— only  the  treasurer  and  the  military  commandant  are 
pennitted  to  have  their  families  at  Nagasaki.  It  is  needless  to  repeat,  that  all 
these  are  surrounded  by  q>iea. 

And  here,  having  again  occasion  to  mention  the  ever.recurring  spies,  it  may  be 
worth  while  to  pause,  in  order  to  say  a  word  or  two  further  upon  this  mainspring 
of  Japanese  government.  Their  Japanese  name  of  meUuke  is  interpreted  by  Dr. 
Von  Siebold  to  mean  ^steady  looker,'  or  observer ;  by  the  Dutch  writers,  ^lookers 
acraas.*  Tliey  are  of  every  rank  in  life,  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest  beneatli 
that  of  a  prince,  since  even  the  proudest  noblemen  undertake  the  base  office, 
either  in  obedience  to  commands  which  it  were  death — that  is  to  say,  imperative 
self4ilaughtex^— to  disobey,  or  impelled  by  the  hope  of  succeeding  to  the  lucrative 
post  of  him  in  whom  they  ean  detect  guilt.  Those  spies  at  Nagasaki,  who  are 
subject  .to  the  governor,  are  entitled  to  demand  on  audience  of  him  at  any  hour  of 
the  day  or  night ;  and  woe  betide  him,  should  he,  by  postponing  their  admission, 
incur  the  risk  of  their  reporta  being  transmitted  to  Yedo  otherwise  than  through 
himself.  But  there  are  other  spies,  not  officially  known,  upon  himself;  and  this, 
which  notwithstanding  the  constant  mentioa  of  spies  as  offieial  publie  characterR, 
it  is  self^vident  must  be  the  case,  is  further  proved  by  the  following  anecdote  of 
the  success  of  a  high-born  spy.  The  incident  did  not,  indeed,  fall  under  the 
personal  observation  of  the  Dutch  &ctory,  inasmuch  as  it  occurred  in  another  and 
remote  government,  Matsmai ;  but  it  is  given  upon  good  authority,  and  ia  general 
in  its  appboation. 

M  Complaints  t  of  the  governor  of  this  province  had  reached  the  eooit,  which  took 

.jts  own  meaaurea  for  ascertaining  their  truth.    The  agreeable  tidings  that  the 

governor  was  displaoed  were  speedily  received;  but  it  was  not  without  astonish. 

ment  that  the  oapttaU    Matsmai,  recognixei} '  in  hia  successor  a  journeyman 

•     Doaffand  Meylan. 

t  [€hJHnnf99i  m  a  term  of  general  desi^ination ;  go  meana  imperial  or  govern, 
mental  and  is  applied  to  whatever  appertains  to  the  government ;  ban  means  to 
watob,  to  judge,  to  oversee  (a  ban  ne  tye  or  ^an-jfo,  is  a  guard.house);  and  at  is 
officer ;  so  that  a  goJbanyoti  is  a  governmental  overseeing  officer.  These  offieere 
are  perhaps  confined  to  imperial  cities  like  Nagasaki,  for  i^one  of  our  informai^tii 
have  ever  heard  of  such  a  title.} 

\    Meylan. 


Hi  Notices  of  Japan ,  No.    V.  Jan. 

tobmcc*o.r litter,  who.'  some  months  before,  had  suddenly  dieappemred  from  his 
master's  shop.  The  journeyman  tobacco^utter  had  been  personated  by  a  noble- 
of  the  land,  who  had  assumed  that  disfruiac  in  order  to  exercise  the  office  of  a  spy, 
for  which  he  had  been  sent  to  Matsmai  by  the  court." 

To  return  to  Na)^;asaki.  The  officers  hitherto  mentioned  are  all  goTemmental 
officers ;  but  the  af&irs  of  the  towrt  itself,  its  own  police,  dus.,  are  managed,  not 
by  them,  but  by  separate  municipal  authorities — ^to  wit,  a  council  of  nine,  some- 
thing  akin  to  a.  mayor  and  aldermen,  but  holding  their  offices  hereditarily.  The 
resolutions  of  this  council  must,  however,  be  unanimous ;  if  not,  they  are  submit, 
ted  to  the  governor.  The  municipal  council  employ,  as  their  ministers  and  ser. 
vants,  a  regiment  of  ottana  and  katkira^  to  whose  superintendence  the  peace 
and  good  conduct  of  every  street  in  the  town  is  committed ;  a  superintendence 
much  facilitated  by  closing  the  gates  of  every  stfeet  mt  a  certain  hour  of  the  even, 
ing,  after  which  no  one  can  pass  in  or  out,  without  an  especial  permission  from 
his  koMhira  or  otUtna, 

But  all  this  organization  of  watchfulness  does  not  satisfy  -  the  care,  despotic  or 
paternal,  of  the  government,  or  perhaps  we  should  say  of  the  institutions,  for  the 
safety  of  the  people.  Every  town  and  village  in  the  realm  is  parceled  out  into 
lots  of  five  houses,  the  heads  of  which  are  made  answerable  for  each  other ;  each 
is  bound  to  report  to  his  kathira  every  and  any  misdemeanor,  irregularity,  or 
even  unusual  occnrrence,  in  any  of  his  four  neighbors'  houses,  which  from  the 
koMkira  is  transmitted  through  the  ottona  to  the  municipal  council ;  so  that  it  may 
be  said,  not  that  one  half,  but  that  each  half,  of  the  nation  is  made  a  spy  upon  the 
other  half,  or  that  the  whole  nation  is  a  spy  upon  itself.  The  householders  are 
further  bound  to  exercise  the  same  vigilance  over  the  portion  of  the  street  before 
their  houses;  any  disaster  that  may  there  happen,  in  a  ohanoe  broil  among  stran- 
gers, being  imputed  to  the  negligence  of  the  adj^ing  householders.  Any  neglect 
of  interference  or  report  is  punished,  according  to  the  occasion,  with  fine,  stripes, 
imprisonment  or  arrest  in  the  oiTcnder's  own  house;  which  last  is  a  very  difSerent 
thing  in  Japan  from  what  jt  is  in  other  countries.  In  Japan,  the  whole  family  -of 
the  man  sentenced  to  domiciliary  arrest  is  cut  off  from  all  intercourse  with  Uio 
external  world;  the  doprs  and  windows  of  the  house  being  boarded  up,  to  insure 
the  seclusion.  The  offender  is  suspended  during  the  whole  time,  if  in  office,  from 
his  office  and  salary ;  if  a  tradesman  or  artisan,  from'  exeroising  his  trade;  and, 
moreover,  no  man  in  the  house  may  shave,  a  disgrace  as  well  as  an  inconvenience. 
How  the  subsistence  of  the  family  is  provided  for  during  this  long  period  of  inac 
tion  and  non-intercourse,  does  not'  appear. 

One  consequence  or  necessary  concomitant  of  this  system  of  mutual  espial  is, 
that  a  man  should  have  some  power  of  choosing  the  neighbors  whom  he  is  to 
watch  and  be  watched  by.-  Acdordingly;  no  one  can  change  his  residence  without 
a  certificate  of  good  conduct  froi»*thc  neighbors  he  wishes  to  leave,  and  permit. 
sioB  from  the  inhabitants  of  tho^street  to  which  he  would  remove  to  come  amongst 
them.  The  result  of  this  minutely  ramified  and  complete  organization  is  said  to 
be  thatr  the  whole  empire  affi>rding  no  hiding-place  for  a  criminal,  there  is  no 
country  where  so  few  crimes  against  property  are  committed ;  and  doors  may  be 
left  unbaned,  with  little  fear  of  robbery. 

Tho  population  of  Japan,  which  is  variously  estimated  by  different  writers  at 
from  15,000,000  to  40,000,000  of  soub,  is  divided,  if  not  exactly  into  castes,  yet 
into  nearly  hereditary  classes.     It  is  held  to  be  the  duty  of  every  individual*  to 


1841.  iVoticu  tff  Japan,  \o.    V  It 

remain  through  life  in  the  clastf  in  which  he  was  born.  UntcM  ejtattcci  by  some 
very  peouliar  and  extraordinary  circumstance.  Tu  endeavor  to.  rise  above  hia 
station  ia  somewhat  diacrcditable ;  to  sink  below  it  utterly  lo.  These  classes  are 
eight.* 

Class  1  is  tliat  of  the  kohuhi,  or  princes,  includmg  both  dai-ihid  and  MutniO, 
whose  condition  has  been  already  sufficiently  explained. 

Class  3  is  that  of  the  kie.nin ;  Utertlly,  *  noblemen.*  These  noblemen,  as  be. 
fore  said,  hold  all  their  lands  in  fief,  by  military  service,  due  to  the  several  pruices, 
or,  m  the  imperial  provinces,  to  the  siogean.  The  number  of  warriors  due  from 
each  nobleman  is  regulated  by  the  size  and  value  of  his  estate ;  and  they  provide 
for  the  performanoe  of  his  duty  by  the  under.granting,  or  subinfeudation  of  their 
lands.  From  this  noble  class  are  selected  the  ministers  who  are  not  princes,  the 
great  offices  of  state,  governors,  &^.,  ^&c. ;  and  the  universal  passion  for  thCse 
offices  serves,  in  a  great  measure,  to  keep  the  nobility  dependent  Upon  the  court, 
but  not  sufficiently  so  to  satisfy  the  jealousy  of  government.  Many  of  the  precau. 
tiona  employed  towards  the  princes  are  likewise  resorted  to  with  respect  to  the 
nobles.  They  are  not,  indeed,  deprived  of  their  families,  except  when  holdthg 
provincial  office ;  but  they  are  compelled  to  spend  a  considerable  part  of  every 
year  at  Yedo,  and  are  there  required  to  display  a  magnificence,  which,  if  not 
quite  equal  to  that  exacted  from  the  princes,  is  so  far  beyond  their  means,  that  it 
doubly  weakens  them ;  first,  by  actually  impoverishitig,  and  secondly,  by  inducing 
them  to  lessen  the  number  of  their  military  vassals,  in  order  to  derive  a  larger 
income  from  their  estates.  In  the  profound  peace  Japan  haa  far  two  centuries 
enjoyed,  this  is  probably  esteemed  safe  policy. 

Class  3  consisto  of  the  priesthood  of  Japan,  Sintoo  and  Budhist  alike.  Of 
theee^  it  well  be  more  eonvenient  to  speak  in  an  account  of  the  religibn  of  Japan. 

Clais  4  is  that  of  the  samorai,  or  miUtary,  and  consists  of  the  vassals  of  the 
nobility.  Tlie  service  by  which  they  hold  their  lands  is  now,  and  has  long  been, 
if  not  altogether  nominal,  yet  very  easy,  as  they  have  only  to  furnish  troops 
sufficient  to  give  guards  and  splendor  to  the  courts  of  the  mikado,  the  nogoun, 
and  the  princes,  to  preserve  internal  tranquillity,  and  to  watch  the  coast.  In 
former  times,  prior  to  the  closing  of  the  empire  against  foreigners,  and  confining 
every  native  within  its  limits,  the  Japanese  soldiery  are  said  to  have  been  well 
known  and  highly  valued  throughout  Asia,  where,  as  soldien  of  fortune,  they 
servad  every  potentate  and  state  willing  to  engage  them.  That  practice  is  now 
forbidden ;  and  their  military  prowess  must  have  died  away,  since  it  has  had  no 
field  of  action.  But  still,  this  class,  useless  as  it  may  now  appear,  ranks  in  ge. 
neral  esteem  next  to  their  feudal  superiors.  The  nogoun  m  said  to  maintain,  besides 
the  oaaurrin  of  the  imperial  provinces,  a  body  of  armed  men  called  the  doztn,  in. 
eluded  in  this  class«  but  considered  very  inferior  to  the  ramerat,  aiid  bearing  more 
affinity  to  the  French  gendarmery  than  to  regular  trooiM. 

It  should  be  observed,,  whilit  upon  this  subject,  that  captahi  Golownin,  in  his 
account  of  his  captivity  in  Japan^  says  the  imperial  soldiera  were  so  superior  in' 
rank  and  appearance  to  those  of  the  princes,  that  he  at  first  mistook  the  imperial 
privates  for  officera.  No  writer  of  the  Dutch  factory  mentions  any  such  diffbr.' 
ence ;  and  generiUly  speaking,  Golownin's  situation — a  prisoner  in  a  remote  pro. 
vinCe,   conversing  only  through  rude   and  ignorant  Kurile  interpreter*,  or  by' 

•     Meylan. 

VOL.  X.  NO.  r.  3 


16  Soiicts  of  JapoHf  A0.    l^  Jan. 


tiitfthnnf  Ilia  Tiaiton  Rgiaiin  -rendered  him  eo  oboojuoue  to  eRor,  that  when  ha 
difibn  fiom  thoae  who  hmve  better,  thon^  atill  very  imperfeet,  meana  of  infanna- 
tkm»  hia  teatimony  can  have  little  weight ;  hot  upon  thia  aiibieet,  harinf  been 
afanoat  wholly  guarded  by  military,  it  ia  at  leaat  poaaible  that  he  abould  be  bettor 
infimned  than  upon  moat  othen,  and  that  auch  a  diftrenee  may  eziat.  Hieae 
four  claaaea  couatitnte  the  higher  orden  of  Japaneae,  and  enjoy  the  eapecial, 
the  enried  pririlege   of   wearing   two   aworda,  and  the   hakmmmy  or  petticoat. 


Claaa  5  comprehenda  the  upper  portion  of  the  middle  orden  of  aociety.    It 
aiata  of  inferior  offieiala  and  profeaaknml — that  ia  to  aay,  medical — men ; 
deemed  reapectable,  or,  to  borrow  an  ezpreaaiTe  French  phiaae,  eomme  it/nU,  and 
peimitted  to  wear  one  awocd  and  the  trowaera. 

Caaa  6  compriaea  the  lower,  or  trading  portion  of  the  middle  ordera ;  aa  mar. 
chanta,  and  the  more  conaiderahle  ahopkeepera.  In  thia  claaa,  regarded  with 
inel&ble  diadain,  are  found  the  only  wealthy  indiriduala  in  Japan.  Far  fiom 
being,  like  their  auperiofa,  forced  into  extravagant  oatentation  for  the  purpoae  of 
imporeriahment,  theee  peraona  are  not  allowed  to  imitate  that  oetentation.  The 
degree  of  that  q>lendor  they  may  diaplay  ia  atrictly  limited,  and  they  can  apend 
their  money  only  in  thoee  luzuriea,  comforta,  and  pleaaurea,  which  their  auperiora 
are  obliged  to  forego,  in  order  to  aupport  their  atation.  The  degrading  atap  by 
which  al^ne,  if  he  aapire  to  ape  hia  auperiora,  the  richeat  merchant  can,  aa  a 
nominal,  evade  theae  aumptuary  lawa,  haa  been  already  noticed ;  and  even  when 
thua  indulged  with  one  aword,  ntfver  may  ha,  under  any  cireumataneea,  aapiio  to 
the  trowaera. 

Claaa  7  ia  compoaed  of  petty  ahopkeepe^^  mechanica,  and  artiaana  of  all  dee- 
criptaona— one  trade,  of  which  preaently,  ezpeoted-— and  including,  atrange  to  aay, 
mrtiata.  The  general  appreciation  of  thia  claaa  it  ia  not  eaay  to  fix,  aa  eTory  aepa- 
rate  genua,  and  even  apeciea,  appeara  to  be  difibrently  valued,  according  to  the 
different  occupationa  and  tradea ;  aa,  for  inatanoe,  we  are  told  that  goldamttha  and 
painten  rank  much  above  carpentera  and  hUckamitha ;  but  whether  any  diflbranoe 
be  made  between  artiata  and  houaepaintera  doea  not  appear. 

Claaa  8  conaiata  of  the  peaaantry,  and  dayJaborera  of  all  kinda.  Of  the 
former,  the  greater  part  appear  to  be,  in  fact,  the  villaina  or  aerfii  of  the  landed 
propneton;  and  even  thoee  who  make  aome  approach  to  the  condition  of  an 
Engliah  farmer,  or  rather  of  a  continental  mettfyef^-^that  being  the  Japaneae  mode 
of  letting  land — ^are  aaid  to  be  ao  heavily  burdened  with  contributkma,  that  indi- 
gence  koepa  them  in  a  atate  of  complete  degradation. 

To  theae  recognized  eight  claaaea  might  be  added  a  ninth,  to  locate  the  ezcep- 
tioo  from  the  aeventh  above  alluded  to.  Thia  exception  conaiata  of  the  tannera, 
curriera,  and  all  unhappy  beinga  connected-  in  any  way  with  the  leather  trade. 
From  aome  peculiar  prejudice,  originating  probably  in  the  Sintoo  doctrine  of  defile- 
ment  by  contract  with  death,  thoae  dealen  in  hidea  or  leather  are  the  very  pariah*, 
or  outcaata  of  Japaneae  aociety.  They  are  not  permitted  to  dwell  in  the  towna  or 
villagea  with  other  men,  but  inhabit  villagea  excluaively  their  own,  whence  they 
are  called  into  the  towna  only  to  diacharge  the  functiona  of  executionera  and 
gaolera,  in  which,  if  they  need  aaaiatance,  the  tea.houae  proprieton  are  bound  to 
aupply  it.  They  are  not  aUowed  to  pollute  an  inn  or  public  houae  with  their 
pretence,  but,  if  in  need  of  rafreahment  on  a  journey,  they  are  aerved  with  what 


1841.  Xoiices  of  Japan,  No.    V.  1^ 

they  purchase  outiidc,  and  the  landlord  would  rather  throw  away  than  take  back 
a  vmmI  from  which  one  had  drunk.  Finally,  they  are  not  numbered  in  a  ceneua 
of  the  population ;  and,  what  is  yet  more  whimsical,  their  rillagea,  when  lituated 
upon  the  high  road,  are  not  meaaured  in  the  lenj^th  of  that  road  *-^re  subtracted 
from  it,  as  nonentities  so  that,  in  paying  by  the  distance  between  town  and  town, 
the  relays  of  men  and  cattle  stationed  at  the  poet-houses,  the  traveler  is  actually 
carried  gratis  through  a  village  inhabited  by  makers  of  leather. 

The  Japanese  laws  are  very  sanguinary,  admitting  but  little  distinction  between 
difiersnt  shades  of  guilt,  and  none  that  turn  upon  the  magnitude  of  theft.  They 
admit  of  no  fines — except,  perhaps,  in  some  trifling  t  misdemeanors  amenable  to 
municipal  jurisdiction,  because  in  the  opinioh  of  the  Japanese  legislators,  such 
pecuniary  punishments  would  give  an  unfair  advantage  to  rich  over  poor  criminals. 

Doe  pains  are  likewise  taken  to  make  the  laws  known  to  all  classes  alike.  In 
every  town  and  village  is  a  spot  inclosed  by  palisades,  where,  from  a  scaflbld, 
eveiy  new  law  is  proclaimed  to  the  people;  and  where  it  is  afterwards  placarded, 
for  the  benefit  of  such  as  may  have  been  absent  from  the  proclamatkm.  The  code 
of  polioe  regulations  is  constantly  placarded  there. 

In  fact,  the  administra  ion  of  justice  is  said  to  be  extremely  pure,  making  no 
distinction  between  high  and  low,  rich  and  poor.  If  offenses  against  the  state 
are  mofe  certainly  punished  than  those  against  individuals,  it  is  only  because  the 
oAeen  of  government  would  risk  their  own  lives  by  neglecting  to  prosecute  a 
state  criminal,  whilst  the  prosecution  of  crimes  of  the  second  class  rests  with  the 
mdividual  injured,  who  may  not  think  it  worth  his  while,  for  the  mere  gratification 
of  taking  a  fellow^reature'B  life,  to  add  the  expense  and  trouble  of  a  lawsuit  to 
the  evils  he  has  already  endured. 

Minor  complaints  and  o^hses  are  carried  before  the  ottonaA  who  act,  in  a 
manner  secretly,  as  poUce  magistntes,  under  the  advice  and  control  of  the  spies. . 
Tlie  fairness  of  their  adjudications  is  further  insured  by  a  right  of  appeal  to  the 
pnbhe  tribunals.  But  to  afiSird  means  of  escapmg  such  publicity  is  one  main  ob- 
ject  of  the  authority  intrusted  to  these  municipal  delegates,  who  redress  grievances 
and  punish  small  transgressions  nafbon,  thus  sparing  the  character  and  feelings  of 
many  an  ofiender.  The  public  tribunals  are  very  solemn,  diligent,  and  astute  in 
their  proceedings,  and  seldom  fail,  we  are  assured,  to  elicit  the  truth.  But  to 
effect  this,  when  evidence  and  other  means  are  wanting,  they  have  recourse  to 
torture.    From  their  verdict  there  is  no  appeal. 

Capital  punishment,  and  even  sentence  of  death,  necessarily  involve  confis- 
catkm  of  property,  ahd  disgrace  to  the  family  of  the  criminal.  Hence,  a  man 
of  the  higher  orden,  publicly  accused  and  conscious  of  guilt,  prevents  his  trial  by 
at  once  ripping  himself  up.  If  the  criminal  be  arrested  too  suddenly  to  allow 
of  this  step,  and  the  family  excite  sufficient  interest  to  induce  the  judicial  and 
prison  authorities  to  incur  some  little  risk  for  their  sake,  recourse  is  had  to  two 
naibom  forms  of  death  before  sentence.  When  most  kindness  is  felt,  the  prisoner  is 
privately  supplied  with  a  weapon  with  which  to  rip  himself  up ;  but  this  is  a  nre 
indulgence,  because  attended  with  oonsidenble  risk  to  the  friendly  agent.  The 
more  oidinavy  course  is,  to  order  the  prisoner  to  be  tortured,  for  the  purpose  of 
extorting  confosskm ;  at  the  same  time,  causing  an  intimation  to  be  given  to  the 
ex^utkmer,  that  should  the  operatkm  prove  faUl,  no  questions  will  be  asked.    In 

•  Siebold.  t  MeyM.  %  F^cher. 


20  Notices  of  Japan,  No.   V  Jan. 

either  cose,  the  prisoner  is  refortcd  to  have  died  of  disease;  and  betn^  prRstuned 
{Tuiltless,  because  unconvicted,  the  body  is  delivered  to  the  family  for  interment, 
and  the  concomitant  evils  of  conviction  are  avoided. 

The  criminal,  who,  not  having  thus  eluded  or  forestalled  his  &te,  is  sentenced  to 
death,  is  bound  with  cords,  set  upon  a  horse,  and  thus  led  to  the  place  of  e^^u. 
tion — an  open  field  without  the  town, — ^his  crime  being  published  both  by  word 
of  mouth  and  by  a  flag.  Upon  his  way  thither,  any  person  who  pleases  may  give 
him  refreshment— «  permission  seldom  made  use  of.  Upon  reaching  the  appointed 
spot,  the  judges,  with  their  assistants,  take  their  places,  summnded  by  the  insig^ 
nia  of  their  office,  and  with  unsheathed  weapons.  The  prisoner  here  receives  from 
the  executioner  a  cup  of  saAre,  with  some  of  its  regular  accompaniments,  as  dried 
or  salted  fish,  roots,  mushrooms,  fruit,  or  pastry ;  and  this  he  is  allowed  to  share 
with  his  friends.  He  is  then  seated  upon  a  straw  mat,  between  two  hefkps  of 
sand,  and  his  head  is  struck  off  with  a  sword.  The  severed  head  is  set  up  upon 
a  stake,  to  which  is  affixed  a  placard,  announcing  the  crime  that  had  inourxed 
such  punishment.  It  is  thus  exposed  for  three  days,  after  which  the  relationf  are 
allowed  to  bury  as  much  of  the  corpse  as  the  birds  of  prey  have  left. 

Tliis  is  the  description  given  by  the  Dutch  writers  of  an  execution,  and  doubt. 
less  is  what  they  have  witnessed  at  Nagasaki.  But  a  conjecture  may  be  haxard- 
«d,  that  tlie  forms  are  those  practiced  only  towards  criminals  of  the  lower  orders 
founded  upon  what  was  said  in  a  former  paper  of  the  mode  of  putting  high-born 
offendeiv  to  death ;  and  perhaps  a  second,  not  improbable^  conjecture  might  be 
added— to  wit,  that  however  precise  are  the  laws  of  Japan,  ijrach  is  left  to  the  plea, 
sure  of  the  judge,  in  relation  to  the  mode  of  inflicting  the  immutable  doom.  But 
whatever  be  thought  of  tlie  ideas  here  thrown  out,  it  is  very  clear  that  both  of  these 
are  the  merciful  forms  of  execution,  as  we  elsewhere  learn  that  prisoners  are  frc 
quently  and  publicly  tortured  to  death,  and  that  the  excellence  of  the  executkmer 
is  measured  by  the  number  of  wounds— sixteen  is  said  to  be  the  maximum-*  -that  he 
can  inflict  without  causing  death.*  Upon  these  occasions,  it  is  reported  that  the 
young  nobles  habitually  lend  the  executioner  their  swords,  as  a  trial  of  the  edge 
and  temper  of  a  new  blade.  It  is  further  asserted,  that  they  take  great  delight  in 
witnessing  executions,  especially  such  as  are  enhanced  by  torture.  One  species 
of  torture,  in  which  a  shirt  of  reeds,  the  criminal's  only  gaiment,  is  set  on  fire,  is 
considered  so  superlatively  entertaining  from  the  8ufierer*s  contQrtk>n«,  that  it 
has  acquired  the  name  of  *  the  death-dance.'t 

While  speaking  of  executions,  it  should  be  said  that,  in  the  Annala  of  the  sio. 
gouns,  the  abdomen-ripping  is  spoken  of  as  a  mode  of  punishment  (commanded  by 
the  monarch.  This  statement,  though  at  variance  with  every  other  upon  this 
subject,  derives  a  character  of  authenticity  from  the  book*s  Japanese  origin.  Yet, 
when  it, is  considered  that  the  nominal  translator,  Titsing^  was  very  little  ac 
qnaiAt^d  with  Japanese;  thftt  his  translation  was,  in  fact,  made  by  native  inter, 
preters  with  their  imperfect  knowledge  of  Dutch  ^  thai  the  scientific  philologist, 
Klapioth,  finds  tiie  opperhooftPs  othor  translations  full,  of  blunders ;  and,  finally, 
that  the  work  was  first  published  long  after  Titsingh'a  death  in  a  French  version ; 
the  probability  may  be  suspected  of  an  imperial  hint  to  a  great  personage,  tha,t 
he  would  do  well  and  wisely  to  perform  the  haraJnri^  being  converted  into  ^  com- 
mand. '      .»  .-.   ■:  .-r   -■ 

»  Titsingh.  t  Me^. 


1841.  Medical  Philanthropic  Society  21 

The  prison*  for  slight  off>n«ea,  and  Ihr  trcatinrnt  thetpin,  are  vrry  tolcrabla. 
Captain  Golownin  describes  the  worst  in  which  he  and  his  companions  were  con. 
fined  at  Matsmai,  as  a  row  of  cages  in  a  building  like  a  bam ;.  and,  despite  his 
bitter  compJainta,  it  is  evidont,  from  his  own  account,  that  the  cages  weie  reason, 
ably  airy,  with  provision- for  cleanliness  and  warmth  ;-  also  that  the  prisoners  were 
reasonably  well  fed,  according  to  the  dietary  of  the  country,  though  inadequately 
for  Russian  appetites.  That  this  was  the  ordinary  prison  is  likewise  evident  from 
seyeral  ciroumttances ;  such  as  his  having  been  told,  when  about  to  be  removed 
thither  (rom  another  place  of  confinement,  that  he  was  now  to  br  in  a  real  prison ; 
his  finding  in  one  of  the  cages  a  native  culprit  under  sentence  of  flagellation ;  and 
the  name,  royOf  *  cage,*  griven  by  Golownin  as  designating  this  buUding,  and  aHm 
by  old  KsBmpfer  as  the  name  of  a  prison. 

But  this  description  by  no  means  appplies  to  prisons  destined  for  heinous  offen. 
ders,  tried  or  untried,  and  which  every  account  represents  as  frightful,  and  appro, 
priately  nuntd  gokuyth^An^Uee,  hell.-  In  these  prisona*  or  dungeons,  fifteen  or 
twenty  pQrsons  ara  crammed  together  into  one  room,  situated  within  tlie  walls  of 
the  goiyeyiynantAouse,  lighted  and  ventilated  only  by  one  small  grated  window  in 
the  roof.  The  door  of  this  dungeon  is  never  opened,  except  to  bring  in  or  take  out 
a  prisoner.  The  captives  are  refused  books,  pipes,  and  every  kind  of  recreation  ; 
they  are  not  allowed  to  take  their  own  bedding  in  with  them,  and  their  silken  or 
linen  girdle  is  exchanged  for  a  straw  band,  the  wearing  of  which  is  a  disgrace. 
The  iitok.oftha  dungeon  is  removed  thiough.  a  hole  in  the  wall,  and  through,  that 
sani0  hole  the  victuals  of  the  prisoners  are  introduced.  T^esa  victuals  are  of  the 
very  worst  description ;  and  although  the  prisoners  are  allowed  to  purchase  or  to 
receive  from  their  friends  better  food,  no  individual  purchaser  or  receiver  of  sup. 
plies 'dan  derive  any  benefit  from  his  acquisition,  unless  it  b6  sufiicient  to  satisfy 
the  appetites  of  all  his  diamber  or  dungeon-fellows.  The  inmates  of  this  detestablis 
abode*  a  datentioo  in  which  might  be  punishment  adequate  to  most  ofibnses^  being 
left  wholly  to  their  own  government  whilst  confined  there,  have  established  the 
law  of  the  strongest,  and  that  in  its  worst  form ;  a  rutiiless  democratic  tyranny, 
where  the  weakest  is  the  minority. 

*  Fischer. 


AfiT.  III.     Prospeeius  of  the    Medical  PhilaHikrojnc  JSociety,  for 
China  and  the  East,    London,  184a 

[FVomUiiB  prospect  118  our  readers  will  learn  with  pleasure,  that  BAr.  Lay^is 
not  unmindful  of  the  promise  made  to  thei  Medical  Missionary  Society  at  a 
public  mcetioff  in  Canton.  Along  with  the  prospectus,  we  have  the  names 
cif'n,  jfrovisumS  comtniUee^  consisting  of ^the  following  gentlemen :  G.  TVa- 
deaoant Lay  esq.,  Joseph  H.  Arnold  esq,  Horatio  Hai^y  esq.^  'M.  Chalnners 
esq.,  M.  D.,  Rev.  Samuel  Kidd,  James  Bennet  esq.,  m.  d.,  Uezekiah  Clark 
esq.,  W.  Alers  Hankey  esq.  An  early  day  was.  to  be  named  to  organize  a 
society  for  carrying  into  eacct  the  suggestions  contained  in  the  Prospectus. 


oo 


Medical  Philanihrojnr  Society.  Jan. 


Tho  efforts  of  this  new  Society  we  hope  will  be  coimmenBuratc  with  the 
exigencies  that  have  called  it  into  being.  In  the  prospectus,  a  reference 
might,  we  think,  with  propriety  have  been  made  to  an  institution  established 
in  Afaeao  by  Or.  Morrison,  and  thus  noticed  by  Dr.  Pearson  in  ]821.  Dr.  P. 
says  :  <«  Some  months  ago,  Dr.  Morrison  instituted  a  dispensary  for  supplying 
the  Chinese  poor  with  advice  and  medicines,  which  he  superintends  himseu 
from  one  to  two  hours  every  morning,  i  have  also  been  able  to  give  pretty 
constant  attendance,  and  have  had  an  opportunity  of  observing  tho  details  of 
Chinese  practice,  in  from  about  ten  to  fifteen  cases  daily.  *  *  *  I  am  happy 
to  say  that  the  institution  has  already  done  much  good — much  human  suf- 
fering has  been  relieved.  Upwards  of  SKM)  patients  have  made  grateful 
acknowledgments  for  renovated  health. '*  A  native  physician  and  apothecary 
was  employed  as  an  assistant  in  this  establishment*  with  the  occasional  at- 
tendance  of  an  herbalist.  See  the  Anglo-Chinese  Gleaner  for  January, 
1B21,  pp.  6,  7.] 

The  honor  of  founding  the  first  institution,  for  conferring  upon  the 
Chinese  the  benefits  of  European  science  in  medicine  and  surgery,  is 
due  to  Dr.  T.  R.  Colledge,  surgeon  to  the  English  factory  in  China. 
Observing  the  prevalence  of  diseases  of  the  eye  among  this  people, 
and  their  entire  unskillful ness  in  treating  them,  he  ofiened,  in  1837, 
an  Ophthalmic  Hospital  in  Macao,  in  which,  during  the  five  years 
of  its  continuance,  more  than  four  thousand  persons  were  relieved, 
not  only  of  those  disorders,  but  likewise  of  other  maladies.  This 
establishment  was  closed  in  1832,  from  an  increase  of  medical  duties 
devolving  upon  Dr.  Colledge,  in  consequence  of  the  departure  of  the 
late  respected  Dr.  Pearson  to  England. 

The  success  which  had .  attended  it  led  Dr.  Colledge,  in  1834,  to 
suggest  to  Dr.  Parker,  a  physician  from  the  United  states,  to  esta- 
blish a  similar  institiitron  in  Canton,  which,  after  a  course  of  increas- 
ing usefulness,  has  beeu  brougnt  to  a  close  (only  a  temporary  one  it 
is  hoped)  by  the  political  events,  which  have  lately  interrupted  Brit- 
ish intercourse  with  China. 

The  eagerness  with  which  the  Chinese,  not  only  of  the  lower,  but 
the  higher  ranks,*  availed  themselves  of  the  benefits  thus  afforded 
them ;  and  the  influence  which  the  evident  superiority  of  western 
science  had  over  their  own,  in  soflening  ther  national  prejudices,  led 
the  benevolent  promoters  of  these  measures  to  contemplate  the  prac- 
ticability of  conferring,  in  union  with  them,  blessings  of  a  still  higher 
order.  It  is  well  knowr^,  that  the  late  eminent  Dr.  Morrison^  and  others 
associated  with  him,  after  translating  the  Holy  Scriptures  into  the 
Cbinese  language,  had  for  many  jears  endeavored,  by  the  circulation 
of  them  and  other  publications,,  to  lead  the  people  of  that  country  to 

*  The  author  of  the  interesting  work  on  China,  entitled  Fanqui,  itates  the  caao 
of  two  young '  ladies,  broaght  by  their  parents,  penons  of  coniideration,  from 
Nanking,  a  distance  of  many  hundred  miles,  to  the  institution  in  Canton,  for  dis. 
orders  in  their  ryes,  and  who  returned  cured. 


184  (.  Medical  Philanihrvpic  Soady.  '^ 

ft  dispassionate  consideratioo  of  the  claims  of  Cliritttiaiuty,  as  a  divine 
revel  ation. 

To  these  benevolent  efforts^  the  well  known  contempt  of  the  Chi* 
nese  for  all  that  is  foreign  had  placed  a  barrier,  apparently  insur- 
mountable. Experience  has,  however,  since  shown  that  even  this 
inveterate  prejudice  could  not  always  withstand  the  claims  to  atten-* 
tion,  which  such  convincing  proofs  of  superior  knowledge,  united  with 
disinterested  kindness,  carried  home  to  the  understanding  and  the 
hearts  both  of  patients  and  observers.  Sufficient  tokens  of  such  an 
improved  state  of  mind  were  perceived,  to  justify  the  committee  in 
China  in  saying  in  their  report — '*  We  hope  this  is  but  the  beginning, 
of  a  great  work,  that  will  eventually  remove  from  the  Chinese  nation 
all  those  unfounded  prejudices  which  at  present  prevent  general  inter* 
course,  aud  lead  this  people  to  call  those  their  enlightened  benefac- 
tors whom  they  now  call  barbarians." 

To  bring  these  two  important  branches  of  Christian  philanthropy 
into  more  obvious  union  before  the  Chinese  people,  it  was  resolved  to 
form  a  society  at  Canton,  under  the  title  of  "  The  Medical  Mission- 
ary Society,"  a  fundamental  ruie  of  which  should  be,  that  the 
agents  employed  by  it  should  possess,  in^  union  with  the  requisite 
medical  and  surgical  skill,  that  sincere  piety  and  religious  know- 
ledge, which  would  incline  and  qualify  them  to  impart  to  those  who 
might  become  desirous  of  receiving  it,  an  acquaintance  with  the 
evidences  and  truths  of  Christianity. 

The  plan  was  adopted,  and  the  Society  established  accordingly  at 
Canton,  in  February,  1838;  and  a  valuable  medical  library,  through 
the  liberality  of  its  friends,  was  attached  to  it.  Considerable  sub- 
scriptions were  made  for  its  support,  to*  which  some  of  the  Chinese 
themselves  contributed.  Two  large  hospitals,  one  at  Canton  and  the 
other  at  Macao,  were  opened,  and  so  greatly  were  these  institutions 
valued  by  the  Chinese,  that,  they  were  the  last  English  establishments 
interrupted  by  the  late  political  events.  Short  as  the  duration  of 
these  institutions  was,  it  served  to  evince  the  beneficial  tendency  of 
the  principle  on  which  they  were  founded,  and  to  encourage  the  ap- 
plication of  it  on  a  more  extended  scale,  as  the  means  of  so  doing 
shall  allow.  _ 

It  is,  therefore,  to  invite  the  benevolent  British  public  to  encoti* 
rage  the  formation  of  a  Society  in  England,  for  the  communication 
of  the  blessings  of  European  medical  skill,  and  of  the  Christian  reli- 
gion, to  the  Chinese  and.  other  eastern  nations  that  the  present  ad- 
dress is  submitted  to  their  notice. 


^i  Medical  Philanthropic  A)culf.  Jan. 

It  is  pro[N}sed  that  this  Society  shall  etatid  in  an  iiitimate,  though 
ill  its  proceedings  an  independent,  relation  to  the  Society  already 
formed  in  China ;  and  that  it  shall  extend  its  friendly  cooperation,  so 
far  as  medical  assistance  can  avail,  to  all  Missionary  societies,  in 
their  labors  in  that  quarter  of  the  world.  The  individuals  under  the 
patronage  of  this  Society  will,  in  the  first  instance  be  sent  to  the 
institutions  in  China,  for  the  sake  of  additional  information,  and  will 
diverge  from  thence  to  their  future  spheres  of  labor,  as  circumstances 
shall  direct. 

The  measures  proposed  to  be  adopted  for  the  accomplishment  of 
the  objects  of  this  Society  (subject  to  the  final  decision  of  its  direc- 
tors, when  appointed  by  the  members)  are  as  follows  :— 

I.  To  invite  and  send  out  pious  and  well  qualified  medical  men 
to  engage  in  this  Christian  labor,  and  furnish  the  means  of  their 
support. 

II.  To  afford,  under  the  superintendence  of  A  medical  committee, 
to  young  men,  intended  for  missionary  labors  in  China  and  contiguous 
countries,  in  connection  with  any  Protestant  society,  such  profession* 
al  instruction  as  will  qualify  them  for  combining  medical  and  snrgi- 
cal  benefits  with  their  religious  teaching. 

III.  To  communicate  to  the  public,  by  its  Reports,  such  infor* 
niation  as  tttay  enlarge  their  knowledge  of  the  state  of  medical  sci- 
ence among  the  Chinese. 

The  provisional  committee  trust  that  their  object  will  approve  itself 
to  the  best  feelings  of  the  friends  of  religion  and  philanthropy.  It 
aims  at  communicating  to  the  most  numerous,  and,  in  many  respects, 
interesting  portion  of  the  human  family,  blessings  which  their  pecu. 
liar  social  condition  has  hitherto  kept  them  from  attaining;  and 
which,  most  probably,  will  still  be  long  uiienjoyed,  unless  the  active 
benevolence  of  those  whom  iMy  KfTect  to  despise,  shall  prove  the 
means  of  introducing^  them.  This  office,  the  British  nation  seems 
especislly  called  upon  to  undertake ;  and  it  appears  to  the  friends  of 
the 'proposed  measure,  that  the  present  period  invites  it  to  make  the 
needful  preparations  fur  the  efforts  without  delay.  It  may  reasonably 
be  hoped,  that  the  political  differences  between  the  two  nations  will 
shortly  be  terminated,  and  that  a  basis  will  be  laid,  in  their  adjust- 
ment,* for  a  more  amicabld  and  dignified  intercourse  than  has  hitherto 
subsisted  between  theni. 


»)-•: 


IS4I  A-(/«   of  l)r    Mitrrhon.  ^.* 


Art.  IV.  Memoirs  of  the  life  anil  labors  of  Robert  Morrison 
D.  i>.,  F.  R.  s.,  ^*c.  Compiled  by  his  widow.  London,  1839. 
2  vols.  8vo.  pp.  552,  544. 

With  thankfulness,  commensurate  to  the  eager  expectation  with 
which  we  have  looked  for  its  appearance,  do  we  now  receive  this 
detailed  account  of  the  youth  and  education,  the  early  efforts  and 
matured  lahors,  of  a  valued  and  venerated  friend.  In  a  series  of  faith* 
ful  sketches, — the  chief  incidents  of  his  life,  delineated  for  the  most 
part  by  his  own  hand,  and  his  personal  characteristics  portrayed  by 
those  who  knew  hiui  well,  the  loved  wife  and  tried  friends, — we  are 
vividly  reminded  of  one  who  lived  among  us,  and  with  whom  was  our 
daily  walk  and  conversation.  Of  these  sketches,  Mrs.  Morrison  thus 
speaks:  "  In  the  compilation  of  the  work,  it  has  been  the  constant 
aim  of  the  writer  to  elucidate  social,  moral,  and  intellectual  traits 
of  character,  by  a  simple  narrative  of  facts,  which  supplies  in  itself 
such  evidence  of  sound  wisdom  and  true  piety,  as  to  reuder  unne- 
cessary the  aid  of  editorial  enibelli.shmenl,  or  indeed  any  original 
composition,  further  than  was  requisite  to  unite  the  different  portions 
of  the  narrative,  and  explain  their  mutual  connection  and  depen- 
dence. But  while  fidelity  and  simplicity  chiefly  characterize  the 
narrative,  it  is  ho|)ed  that  its  deficiencies  will  he  satisfactorily  sup- 
plied by  the  very  comprehensive  analysis  of  Dr.  Morrison's  literary 
labors,  given  in  the  appendix,  by  one  whose  extensive  acquaintance 
with  the  language  and  literature  of  China  qualified  him  to  fill  the 
office  of  principal  in  the  Anglo-Chinese  College  at  Malacca,  and  now 
fits  him  for  the  professorship  in  the  same  department  in  the  Universi- 
ty College,  London.'* 

This  is,  indeed,  so  far  as  it  goes,  what  biography  should  be,  espe- 
cially the  biography  of  one  whose  literary  life  and  extensive  corres- 
|M>ndence  have  afforded  such  ample  materials  for  the  depicting  of 
himself.  It  sets  before  our  eyes  the  person  to  be  portrayed,  in  the 
same  form  and  stature  in  which  he  appeared  when  living,  neither 
exalting  him  to  gigantic  shape,  nor  reducing  him  to  dwarfish  size, 
according  to  the  dimensions  of  the  writer's  own  mind.  And  we  are 
sfHsaking  not  our  own  sentiments  alone,  but  those  also  of  others  who 
have  read  this  life,  when  we  satisfy  ourselves  of  the  accuracy  of  the 
plan,  by  remarking  that  in  these  sketches,  the  lineaments  of  ripe  age 
are  most  readily  recognized  in  the  self-drawn  portraits  of  youth. 
Yet,  with  all  this,  it  may  be  doubted  whether  something  more  might 

VOL.   X.   NO.    1.  4 


26  Life,  of  Dr.  Morrison.  Jan. 

not  be  superadded  with  advantage.     Single  portraits  and   separate 
sketches  afford  but  glimpses  of  the  man  at  specific  periods,  in  a  few 
only  of  the  more  marked  characteristics,  or  incidents  of  his  life. 
These  wo  would  not  have  altered  or  remodeled  at  the  fancy  of  an- 
other.    But  might  not  one  who  had  carefully  studied  these  portraits, 
and  sketches,  and  to  whom  also  the  man  whom  they  represent  had 
been  well  known,— with  advantages  of  such  a  nature,  might  not  such 
a  one  have  presented  to  us  a  more  complete  and  more  perfect  paint, 
ing?     A    painting  wherein  might  be  intimately  conjoined  (as  on 
canvass    Chinnery   has  not  unsuccessfully   aimed   at  conjoining), 
historical  delineation  with  personal  portraiture, — that  we  might  see 
the  man's  life  as  a  whok^ — before  tracing  the  features  in  each  sue* 
cessive  sketch.    Such  a  painting  would  be,  as  it  were,  an  index- 
picture  to  the  separate  and  minute  etchings.    But  if  it  were  what  we 
mean,  it  would  be  far  more  than  this :  for  the  painting  that  we  seek 
should  show,  with  accuracy  of  delineation  and  mellowness  of  color- 
ing, the  man's  own  peculiar  features,  as  displayed  to  view  in  all  that 
he  did  or  suffered,  and  should  draw  together  around  him,  not  the 
work  of  one  day  or  one  year,  but  the  associated  toils  and  endurances 
of  youth  as  of  age,  of  the  plodding  student  and  the  earnest  inquirer, 
as  well  as  of  the  laborious  scholar  and  the  devoted  missionary. 

From  one  to  whom  Dr.  Morrison's  life,  as  w^  as  the  features  of 
his  mind,  were  so  well  known,  we  did  hope, — we  do  still  hope, — for 
such  a  portraiture.  But  that  we  have  it  not  yet,  is  doubtless  attribu- 
table to  Mrs.  Morrison's  ill  health,  and  the  cares  of  a  young  family, 
combined  perhaps  with  diffidence  of  her  ability  to  do  justice  to  a 
subject  to  herself  so  especially  interesting.  To  attempt  even  an  out- 
line of  what  Mrs.  Morrison  has  declined  to  undertake  will  not,  in 
this  brief  notice,  be  expected  of  us.  Rather  will  we  look  to  receive, 
hereafler,  as  the  fruits  of  renewed  health  and  increased  strength . 
such  a  view  as  we  now  seek  of  bur  friend's  life.  A  view,  it  will  be. 
not  simply  of  incidents  and  labors,  but  of  a  human  mind  of  no.  low 
order,  developing,  in  the  varied  incidents  qf  fifty  years,  and  the  ar 
duous  labors  of  a  quarter  of  a  century,  many  high  powers  and  fine 
sensibilitieSj-^raising  with  itself  ovr  minds  to  the  thankful  adoration 
of  Him  who  has  endowed  man  with  such 'capabilities.  As  one  of  lofty 
mind — when  contemplating  the  influence  pf  a  parent  over  him  in 
early  years,  not  in  any  singly  trait  but  in  all  the  character  and  con<^ 
duct— was  so  struck  with  adipiration  as  to  exclaim*  f  O  God*,  I  thanki 
thee  for  my  father,' — so,  in  a  kindred  spirit,  should  we  regard  the  me- 
mory of  our  departed  friend,  to  whose  walk  aqd  coiiverse  we  are  so 


1841  Life  of  br    Shrrmn.  27 

muoh  indebted,  for  whose  instruction  and  example  we  are  so  bound 
in  gratitude  to  the  Giver  of  every  good. 

An  outline  of  the  principal  incidents  of  Dr.  Morrison's  life  has 
been  given  in  a  former  volume  of  the  Repository,  from  the  hand  of 
one  who  is  now  also  with  the  dead.  What  We  have  here  proposed  to 
ourselves  is,  to  lay  before  our  readers  a  feW  of  the  more  observable 
of  the  sketches  with  which  these  Vofumes  furnish  us.  The  sketches 
they  give  are  no  doubt  of  varied  merit,  and  alome  perhaps  are  mere 
outlines,  so  imperfect  or  so  barren  of  much  that  can  serve  to  illus- 
trate the  mind  to  wh?ch  they  relate,  that  they  might  with  advantage 
have  been  excluded  from  the  work.  With  such  we  have  indeed 
nothing  at  present  to  do.  Yet  we  may  express  the  hope,  that,  in  a 
future  edition  of  these  memoirs,  they  may  be  lefl  out,  and  if  others 
more  worthy  cannot  be  found  to  supply  their  place,  that  the  work 
may,  by  their  omission,  be  reduced  to  a  size  more  convenient  to  the 
general  reader ,-«and  this  too  may  be  done  without  injury  to  those, 
who,  more  personally  interested  by  kindred  ties  of  blood,  of  friendship, 
or  of  similar  pursuits,-^would  study  the  minuter  traits  of  character. 
A  republication  will  also  afford  opportunity  for  remodeling  the  arrange- 
ment in  some  parts,  where  the  pressure  of  a  printer's  demand  for 
manuscript  would  appear  to  have  interfered  with  a  careful  attention 
to  method,  to  a  bringing  together— we  mean— of  all  that  bears  on 
any  one  point,  less  in  the  order  of  dates,  than  in  th)5  order  that  true 
art  would  prescribe.     But  we  must  proceed  to  our  selections. 

Robert  Morrison  was  born  at  Morpeth  in  Northumberland,  in  the 
year  1782.  He  was  of  poor  but  pious  parentage.  His  early  years, 
therefore,  though  without  the  advantages  of  fearning,  received  a  good 
moral  and  religious  training.  By  this  he  was  placed  in  a  favorable 
position  for  finding,— without  wasting  time  and  energy  in  a  long  un- 
satisfying search,— *a  distinct  and  clear  view  of  the  true  aim  of  life, — 
a  sojourn,  whereof  it  is  nowise  the  purpose  to  collect  such  things  as 
may  adorn  our  cabinets  or  (ill  out  treasure-houses,  (though  these  be 
lawful  and  well  so  long  as  they  draw  us  not  away  from,  nor  render 
us  regardless  of,  the  true  end,)  but  a  sojourn  the  object  of  which  is, 
that  all  malice,  pride,  and  self-confidence  may  be  destroyed  in  us, 
and  that  we  may  become  loving,  grateful,  humble  dependents  and 
disciples  of  the  meek  and  lowly  Master  of  this  world. 

The  advantageis  of^  such  early  religious  training  are  well  sketched 
by  the  youthful  Morrison,  shortly  after  he  had  been  favored  with  a 
clear  view  of  human  life.  Let  us  look  at  some  fragments,  selected 
chiefly  for  their  brevity. 


'28  Life  of  Dr.  Morrison.  Jak; 

The  followmg  account  was  written  by  himselfon  his  application- 
for  adniisaton  into  no:tton  Academy  in  the  year  Y802. 

"In  the  early  part  of  my  lifu,  having  enjoyed  the  inestimable  privilege  of 
godly  parents  (a  blessing  for  whioh  1  desire  ever  to  be  thankful),  l.was 
habituated  to  a  constant  and  regular  attendance  on  the  preached  gospel.  My 
father  was  ever  careful  to  keep  up  the  worship  of  God  in  our  family,  and 
educated  me  in  the  principles  of  the  (yhristian  religion.  When  farther 
advanced  in  life,  I  attended  the  public  catechising  of  the  Rev.  John  Hntton, 
from  whose  instructions  1  received  much  advantage.  By  these  means,  (under 
the  good  hand  of  God,)  my  conscience  was  somewhat  informed  and  enlight-' 
ened ;  and  1  was  kept  from  running  to  that  excess  of  riot  to  which  many- 
persons  in  an  unrcgenerate  state  do,  though  as  yet  Mived  without  Christ,' 
without  God,  and  without  hopo  in  the  world.  I  was  a  stranger  to  the  plague 
of  my  own  heart;  and,  notwithstanding  that  I  often  felt  remorse,  and:  the 
upbraidings  of  conscience,  yet  1  flattered  myself,  that  somehow  1  should  have 
peace,  though  i  walked  '  in  the  ways  of  my  own  heart.' 

•«  it  was,  perhaps,  about  five  years  ago,  that  J  was  much  awakened  to  a 
sense  of  sin,  though  1  cannot  recollect  any  particular  circumstance  which 
led  to  it ,  unless  it  were,  that  at  Ihat  time  i  grew  somewhat  loose  and  pro- 
fane ;  and  more  than  once  being  drawn  aside  by  wicked  company,  (even  at 
that  early  time  of  life,)  i  became  intoxicate<l.  Reflection  upon  my  conduct 
became  a  source  or  much  uneasiness  to  me,  and  I  was  brought  to  a  serious 
concern  about  my  soul.  I  felt  the  dread  of  eternal  damnation.  The  fear  of 
death  compassed  me  about,  and  I  was  led  to  cry  mightily  to  God,  that  he 
would  pardon  my  sin  ;  that  he  would  grant  me  an  interest  in  the  Saviour  > 
and  that  he  would  renew  me  in  the  spirit  of  my  mind.  Sin  became  a  burden. 
It  was  then  that  I  experienced  a  change  of  life,  and,  I  trust,  a  change  of 
heart  too.  1  broke  off  from  my  former  careless  companions,  and  gave  myself 
to  readmg,  to  meditation,  and  to  prayer.  It  pleased  God  to  reveal  his  Son 
in  me,  and  at  that  time  I  experienced  much  of  *  the  kindness  of  youth,  and 
the  love  of  espousals ;'  and  though  the  first  flash  of  affection^  wore  oflT,  I  trust 
my  love  to,  and  knowledge  of,  the  Saviour  have  increased.  Since  that  time 
(soon  after  wliich  I  joined  in  communion  with  the  church  under  the  Rev. 
John  Hutton,  my  present  pastor,  and  likewise  became  a  member  of  a  praying 
society),  the  Lord  has  been  gradually  pleased  to  humble  and  prove  me;  and, 
though  I  have  oflen  experienced  much  joy  and  peace  in  believing,  i  have 
likewise  experienced  much  opposition  from  the  working  of  indwelling  sin — 
•the  flesh  lusting  against  the  spirit,  and  the  spirit  against  the  flesh;  and  these 
being  contrary  the  one  to  the  other,  I  could  not  do  the  things  that  I  would.* 
I  have  gradually  discovered  more  of  the  holiness,  spirituality,  and  extent  of 
the  divine  law  ;  and  more  of  my  own  vileness  and  unworthiness  in  the  sight 
of  God  ;  and  tlie  freenera  and  richness  of  sovereign  grace.  I  have  sinned  as 
i  could ;   it  is  *  by  the  grace  of  God,  I  am  what  1  am.'  "     Vol.  1.,  pp.  4,  5. 


1841  Life  of  Dt\  Alanusoii.  liO 

About  ihe  same  time  the  Ibliowing  private  record  was  also  tnade 
by  his  own  hand  : 

••O  bJcssed  Jcsusi  long  have  1  sought  for  rest  to  my  immortal  soul,  at  one 
time«  in  llie  gratification  of  « the  lusts  of  the  flesh ;'  and  at  another  *or  the 
mind.'  When  very  youn«r,  1  was  a  companion  of  the  drunkard,  the  sabbath- 
breaker,  the  swearer,  the  profane  person ;  but  in  these  my  heart  smote  mc,  1 
had  no  rest.  Then  1  made  learning  and  books  my  god ;  but  all,  all,  are 
vain!  I  come  to  thee:  •Come  unto  me«  all  ye  that  labor  and  are  heavy 
laden,  and  I  will  give  you  reai/ — Fatigued  with  unsuccessful  pursuits' after 
happiness,  and  burdened  with  a  sense  of  guilt,  Jesus,  thou  Son  of  Gud,  I 
come  to  tliee,  tiiat  I  may  be  refreshed,  and  my  burden  removed. 

.  Jesiis!  my  Lordt  thou  art  f>os9ess'd 

Of  all  thai  fills,  th' ettiriiat  God ! 
.  Ob*!  bring  my  ^eaiy  soul  to  rest, 
:  .Remove  my  guHt/that  pondVous  load^r'^-Vol.  I,  p.  29. 

.  From  the  time  (probably  tlie  early  part  of  1708)  that  such  princi- 
ples laid  firm  hold  upon  his  mind.— ^the  course  of  hiK  thought  and 
feeling  was  changed ,  and  an  ardent  desire  was  kindled  in  his  mind 
*'to  serve  the  gospel  of  Christ/'  and  promote  thode  views  which  had 
conduced  to  his  own  enlightenment.  "At  an-  early  age  he  was  ap-- 
prenticed  U>  his  father,  and  learned  the  trade  of  a  last  and  boot-tree 
maker,  in  which  his  industry  was  very  commendable."  But  it  was 
in  a  few  years  overruled  by  an  invisible  hand  that  that  industry  should 
be  employed  in  a  higher  calling,  and,  after  many  exercises  of  mind 
he  was  induced  to  propose  himself  for  admission  into  "  Hoxtoh  Aca- 
demy (now  Highbury  College);"  one  of  the  most  valuable '  Institutions 
formed  by  Evangelical  Dissenters,'  for  the  purpose  of  afford ing  an 
extended  education  Ca  candidates  for  the  holy  ministry."  This  ap- 
plication was  made  in  November  of  1802,  and  itt  the  following  Janu* 
ary  we  find  him  commencing  the  regutar  curriculum  of  studies  at 
that  Institution.  Mea^jiUiile,  as  his  mind  developed,  a  field  of  labor 
seemed  to  offer  itself  to  him  among  pngan  nations.  The  record  of 
his  own  views  of  this  subject,  and  the  whole  correspondence  with  his 
friends  respecting  it,  are  peculiarly  interesting;  but  we  may  not 
enter-upon  them.  Having  been  recommended  to  the  directors  of  the 
missionary  society,  generally  known  under  the  designation  of  **The 
London  Missionary  Society,"  his  services  were  at  once  engaged  by 
them,  and  he  was  shortly  afler  appointed  missionary  to  China,  where 
it  was  designed  he  should  lay  the  foundation  of  a  Protestant  mission. 
It  was  in  the  early  part  of  the  year  1807,  that  he  embarked  for  Chr** 
iia,  ^vhen  commenced  a  most  Interesting;  era  of  his  life.  That  (ac- 
cording to  the  plan  of  the  memoir  which   dividet<  his  life  into  live 


30  L{fn  of  Dr  AIom60H.  Jan. 

periods)  is  the  third  period^  and  embraces  iricidenta  "  from  his  embar- 
kation for  China,  to  the  foundation  of  the  Anglo-Chinese  College." 
It  would,  however,  be  impolitic  to  enter  at  any  length  on  the  narratives 
given  of  his  checkered  Voyage  to  Canton,  of  his  reception  at  Can* 
ton,  of  his  incipient  labors,  of  his  appointment  as  translator  to  thd 
English  factory,  of  the  mission  to  Malacca,  of  his  successes  in  trans- 
lation, d&c,  <kc;  Suffice  it  to  say,  that  in  the  larger  part  of  the  first 
volume,  there  is  much  matter  to  interest  the  historian,  the  politician, 
the  merchant,  and  the  missionary. 

The  second  volume  opens  with  th^  fourth  period  of  our  friend's  "  life 
and  labors,**  and  announces  the  transfation  of  the  whole  Bible  into 
Chinese  bb  completed*  This  work  had  been  commenced  soon  after 
Mr.  Morrison's  arrival  in  China  in  1807,  and  terminated  in  1819.  He 
had  been  partly  relieved  in  this  labor  by  the  lai»-&r.  Milne,  who  join- 
ed him  in  181B;  and  had  derii^ed  sbine  assistance  in  the  translation 
of  the  New  Testament  from  a  MS.  found  in  the  British  Museum ;  but 
the  onus  was  borne  mainly  by  himself.  In  writing  to  the  directors  of 
*  The  London  Missionary  Society,'  he  speaks  candidly  his  own  senti- 
ments on  the  value  to  be  attached  to'  that  translation,  by  no  means 
regarding  it  as  the  ulthnum.  The  following  is  an  extract  from  the 
same  communication  expressive  of  his  own  views  of  the  duties  of  a 
translator  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures. 

*vThe  duty  of  a  translator  of  any  book  is  two-foldf  filrst,  to  comprehend  ac- 
curately the  sense,  and  to  feel  the  spirit  of  the  original  work  $  and*  secondly, 
to  express  in  his  version  faithfully,  perspicuously)  and  idiomatically,  (and,  if 
he  can  attain  it,  elegantlyi)  the  sense  and'  spirit  of  the  original. 

•*For  the  first  part  of  this  duty,  a  Christian  student  will  be  much  more 
competent  than  a  heathen  translator  generally  is ;  fbr  the  second  part  of  the 
work,  of  course*  a  man  who  translates  into  his  mother  tongue  (other  things 
being  equal)  will  much  exceL  Till  those  who  are  now  heathen  literati,  ceaiie 
to  be  heathens,  these  qualifications  will  not  easily  be  found)  in  tolerable  per- 
fection, in  the  same  individual. 

*•  That  the  first  is  of  more  Importance  than  the  second*  is«  1  believe,  true ; 
for  no  elegance  of  composition  can  atone  for  a  misunderstanding  of  the  sense 
of  the  sacred  page ;  whereas  a  degree  of  oncouthness  in  the  style  of  any.  writ- 
ing destroys  not  the  sense.  Some  think  that  the  doggrel  version  of  the 
Pmilms  used  by  the  Church  of  Scotland  is  a  better  translation  of  the  sense 
of  that  divine  book  than  the  most  elegant  that  ever  was  attempted.  And  I 
know,  by  much  experience  in  commercial  and  political  translation,  that  a 
very  inelegant  written  version  of  a  foreigner,  will  enable  a  native  student  to 
comprehend  very  clearly  the  sense  and  spirit  of  the  original,  and  that  also 
much  better  than  a  verbal  statement  of  tlie  meaning  can. 

**  By  tlicse  remarks,  I  mean  to  convey  it  as  my  opinion,  that  a  less  pure 


1841.  lAfe  of  f)r.  Morn  son.  -M 

and  idiomatic  tmnslation,  ina<le>  by  n  Christian  missionary  of  a  sound  jiidor. 
ment  and  moderate  acquirements,  is  likely  to  convey  the  sense  of  divine 
revelation  better  than  a  translation  made  by  the  most  accomplished  pag;an 
scholar*  who  has  not  studied  the  sacred  writings,  and  who,  if  he  possessed 
the  adequate  knowledge,  in  consequence  of  his  dislike  of  the  subject,  rarely 
brings  mind  enough  to  the  work,  to  comprehend  clearly  the  sacred  text.  Not 
to  meotioQ  the  influence  of  his  preconceived  pagan  notions  in  his  composi- 
tioo,  and  the  dishonesty  which  generally  characterizes  most  heathens,  I  think 
any  of  the  Chinese  I  have  ever  seen  would  slur  the  work  over  in  any  way, 
or,  if  they  were  more  zealous,  would  affect  to  amend  the  sense  of  the 
original,  when  it  did  not  comport  with  their  previous  opinions. 

**In  my  translations,  I  have  studied  fidelity,  perspicuity,  and  simplicity;  I 
have  preferred  common  words  to  rare  and  classical  ones ;  1  have  avoided 
technical  terms,  which  occur  in  the  pagan  philosophy  and  religion.  I  would 
rather  be  deemed  inelegant,  than  hard  to  be  understood.  In  difficult  pas- 
9age&  I  have  taken  the  sense  given  by  the  general  consent  of  the  gravest, 
most  pious,  and  least  eccentric  divines,  to  whom  1  had  access. 

*'To  the  task,  I  have  brought  patient  endurance  of  long  labor  and  seclu- 
sion from  society ;  a  calm  and  unprejudiced  judgment ;  not  enamored  of 
novelty  and  eccentricity,  nor  yet  tenacious  of  an  opinion  merely  because  it 
was  old ;  and,  I  hope,  somewhat  of  an  accurate  mode  of  thinking,  with  a 
reverential  sense  of  the  awful  responsibility  of  misinterpreting  God's  word. 
Such  qualifications  are,  perhaps,  as  indispensable  as  grammatical  learning, 
in  translating  such  a  book  as  the  Bible." 

Of  Dr.  Morrison's  Philological  works,  the  second  great  object  to 
which  he  devoted  his  time  apd  strength,  and  of  his  Dictionary  in  par*- 
ticolar,  we  need  not  here  say  much.  These  works  are  well  known  by 
reputation  to  the  literary  world  in  general,  and  to  those  with  whom 
Chinese  studj  is  an  object^  they  are  the  daily  and  invaluable  compa- 
nions. His  Grammar  was  compiled,  at  an  early  period  in  his  studies, 
chiefly  for  his  own  advantage;  and  others  of  more  vaJue  have  since 
been  published  :  yet  Sir  George  T.  Staunton  speaks  of  it,  as  '*  a  work 
which  will  prove,  both  in  regard  to  its  plan  and  its  execution,  a  most 
valuable  acquisition  to  the  student  of  the  Chipese  language."  Hia 
Dictionary  is  such  as  no  student  of  Chinese  can,,  without  great  injurv 
to  himself,  fail  to  make  daily  use  of.  A  living  sinologue  of  the  highest 
inerit  speaks  of  it  as  being  laid  aside  for  other  dictionaries,  only  by 
those  whose  means  are  so  limited  thai  they  cannot  afibrd  to  purchase 
anything  so  expensive  as  it  is.  The  Vocabulary  of  the  Canton  dialect 
has  till  lately  been  the  only  publication  for  the  advantage  of  those  who, 
residing  chiefly  at  Canton,  choose  the  study^of  the  local  dialect  in 
preference' to  that  of  the  general  language. 

The  next  great  work,  in  the  prpmopon  of  which  Di.  MotyW^u  xo^V^ 


•W  Lift  itj   I) I-    Monisatt  Jan. 

a  lending  pnrf,  was  raising  ilie  Anglo-Chinese  College  at  Malacca. 
Tlic  ton  nd  at  ion-stone  of  this  institution  was  laid  on  the  llth  ot' 
Noveml>er,  1818,  by  major  William  Farquhar,  formerly  English  resi- 
dent and  commandant  of  Malacca.  To  the  history  of  the  College 
down  to  this  time  we  cannot  at  present  refer, — its  fortune  has  been 
various.  But  for  tfie  benefit  of  our  readers,  we  transcribe  ihe'*Angh' 
Chinese  College  Deed"  given  in  Vol.  II.  pp.  47 — &I,  as  it  discovers 
the  intentions  of  the   original  founders. 

»*I,  Robert  Morrison,  t).  D.  of  the  (Jniversity  of  Glasgow,  having  been 
sont  to  China  in  theynarofuur  Lord,  One  Thousand  Eight  Hundred  and 
iiScven,  by  a  tSocioty  of  Christians  meeting  in  London,  and  composed  of  mem- 
bers of  various  British  (Churches  for  the  purpose  of  learning  the  Chinese 
language,  rendering  the  Sacred  Scriptures  into  the  said  tongue,  and  compos- 
ing an  English-Chinese  Dictionary,  with  the  ulterior  view  of  the  diffusion  of 
tlie  Christian  Religion  in  China,  and  the  Extra-Ganges  nations ;  and  having^ 
jn  the  year  1818,  nearly  brought  these  several  works  to  a  conclusion,  my 
mind  was  led  to  pray  to  God  for  direction,  and  to  meditate  on  what  further 
means  could  be  used  to  bring  about  the  final  object  of  my  mission. 

**The  Divine  Providence  having  increased  my  personal  property  in  a 
small  degree,  I  determined  to  appropriate  One  Thousand  Pounds  sterling  to 
found  a  College,  to  be  called  the  Anglo-Chinese  College,  the  object  of  which 
should  be  the  cultivation  of  English  and  Chinese  literature,  in  order  to  the 
spread  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ. 

'  ^^Asthe  above  preamble  shows,  the  cultivation  of  literature  is  not  to  be 
considered  the  final  object  of  the  Institution,  but  attended  to  as  a  means  of 
effectuating,  under  the  blessing  of  God^s  Holy  Spirit,  the  conversion  to  the 
faith  of  Christ  of  the  Extra- Ganges  nations  who  read  or  speak  tlie  Chinese 
language ;  so,  on  the  other  hand,  the  College  must  never  be  considered  as  a 
mere  dwelling-house  for  Cimstain  missionaries,  but  as  a  place,  devoted  to 
study,  with  apartments  only  for  the  Principal  of  the  College,  and  such  other 
persons  engaged  in  tuition,  or  the  appropriate  studies  of  the  College,  as  it 
can  accommodate  with  rooms. 

M  Having  intrusted  the  building  of  the  College  to  the  Rev.  William  Milne,' 
my  iirst  associate  in  the  Chinese  Mission,  and  we,  unitedly,  having  laid  our 
views  and  wishes  before  the  public,  soliciting  their  pecuniary  aid,  and  they 
having  confided  in  the  sincerity  of  our  intentions  and  deemed  our  object 
laudable,  and  deserving  the  pecuniary  aid  of  Christians, — ull  monies  received 
from  the  donors  and  subscribers  (whose  names  are  written  in  the  College; 
record)  are  to  be  consiclered  as  appropriated  solely  and  inalienably  to  tha 
objects  stated  in  the  preamble. 

'  «*  The  College,  then,  and  its  funds,  shall  never  be  diverted  from  the  original 
object,  stated  in  this  deed  by  any  authority  whatever ;  whether  by  the  will  of 
the  Founder,  or  of  the  first  Principal  of  the  Anglo-Chinese  College,  the  Rev. 
William  Milne,  or  of  any  Trustees  hereafter  to  be  appointed. 


1841.  Life  uf  Dr.  Morrison.  33 

•*  M&y  Hei  on  whose  sbouidera  is  the  jgfoverntnent  of  the  world— who  has 
all  power  tn  heaveo  and  on  earth— ^recognise  this  offuring,  humbly  designed 
to  operate  as  a  means  of  bringing  many  sinners  to  obedience  and  happiness  ; 
and  may  He  secure  the  performance  of  this  Deed.  To  His  Providence  the 
An^o-Chiuese  College  is  reverently  committed ;  and  may  the  whole  Eastern 
hemisphere  be  soon  filled  with  the  glorious  light  of  His  gospel,  and  be  taught 
to  ascribe  to  Him  the  glories  of  creation  1     Amen  and  amen. 

**  Since  neither  Doctor  Morrison  nor  Mr.  Milne,  although  the  Founders  of 
the  Institution,  have  any  power  to  alienate  either  the  building  or  the  funds  of 
the  Anglo-Chinese  College,  so,  as  long  as  they  adhere  to  the  original  object 
of  it,  as  stated  above,  it  is  but  equitable  and  seemly  that  the  first  named  should 
be  a  perpetual  Trustee,  and  the  last-named  perpetual  Principal,  during  their 
lives. 

«*  The  Honorable  the  East  India  Company's  Pinang  Government  having 
granted,  at  the  request  of  Mr.  Milne,  a  piece  of  ground  in  Malacca,  to  the 
Missionary  Society  (usually  called  the  London  Missionary  Society),  and  that 
Society  having,  at  the  request  of  Or,  Morrison  and  Mr.  Milne,  allotted  part 
of  that  ground  to  be  the  site  of  the  College ;  the  ground,  ka  well  as  the  build- 
ing and  funds  (already,  or  hereafter  to  be,  received),  cannot  be  alienated  from 
the  aforesaid  object  of  the  College.  All  books  given  by  Dr.  Morrison  and 
various  other  donors  (whose  names  are  recorded)  to  tlie  Anglo«Chinese 
College  Library,  shall  be  inalienable. 

<•  I  will  not  anticipate  the.fojiure  of  the  abject  for  which  these  grants  have 
all  been  made,  and  therefore  1  shall  not  insert  any  reservation  of  my  personal 
property,  in  case  of  the  object  failing;  nor  stipulate  that,  in  case  of  such  an 
event  occurring,  it  shall  revert  to  my  heirs  and  successors.  I  have  a  firm 
reliance  on  the  Divine  Providence. 

•*  But  should  it  happen  that  circiimstances  render  it  impracticable  to  con- 
duct the  studies  of  the  College  at  Malacca,  the  premises  shall,  in  that  case, 
be  sold,  and  the  College  be  removed  to  some  other  place  in  E^tra-Ganges 
India.  No  merely  Meal  difficulties  shall  put  an  end  to  the  Institution.  -  If  it 
be  stopped  in  one  place  from  any  unforeseen  cause,'  let  it  be  recommenced 
in  another. 

M  The  records  of  the  College  shall  always  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  the 
local  Christian  authorities  in  the  place  where  it  may  be  situated  ;  and  annu* 
ally,  at  least,  a  statement  of  its  afikirs,.  whether  showing  its  progress  or  its 
decline,  shall  be  laid*  before  the  Christian  public  in  a  printed  document. 

•«  To  the  spiritual  Church  of  Christ  on  earth,^to  the  learned,  the  scien- 
tific, and  the  opiilent,'a^d  also  to  poor  and  unlearned   Christians to  those 

who,  next  to  their  own  salvation,  desire  the  happiness  of  their  feUow-crea- 
tures,  of  every  nation  and  of  every  tongue,  the  Anglo-Chinese  College  is,  by 
this  Deed,  respectfully  commended. 

M  In  case  of  a  failure  of  Trustees,  appointed  according  to  the  constitution 
of  the  College,  or  the  demise  of  Mr.  Milne,  its  temporary  management  shall 
devolve  on  the  senior  m<?mber  of  the  Chinese  department,  and  iVie  %e\.\t^ 
roL,  X.  NO.  ii  5' 


34  Lift  of  Dr.  Morrison,  Jan. 

committee  of  the  Ultra-Gangea  Missions  ;  and  in  case  of  the  failare  of  re- 
gularly appointed  Trustees,  and  of  such  senior  member  and  committee,  tlie 
management  of  the  College  shall  devolve  on  the  above  named  Missiouary 
Society  in  London. 

•«  Sealed,  signed,  and  delivered,  at  Canton,  in  China,  where  no  stamps  are 
used,  this  •  tweotieih  day  of  March,  a.  d.  One  Thousand  Eight  Hundred 
and  Twenty. 

(Signed)  **  Hobbrt  Morrison. 

**  In  the  presence  of  us,  who  have  hereunto  set  our  names, 

"J.    B.    URMSTOff, 

•*  Chief  for  all  afSkirs  of  the  Honorable  East  India  Company  in  China. 
"•J.  Rbbvrr." 

On  thinking  of  our  revered  friend  and  on  perusing  his  memoirs, 
we  are  again  and  again  constrained  to  use  the  common  saying, .'  He 
was  far  before  his  generation.'  The  object  at  which  he  aimed  was 
great,  and  the  means  which  he  set  on  foot,  or  which  he  sought  to 
institute,  were,  as  far  as  a  mortal  could  make  them,  proportionately 
great.  And  though  the  result  of  such  agency  might  not  immeeUaieiy 
or  speedily  appear,  he  was  still  encouraged  by  a  confidence  that  "  the 
anticipated  harvest  should  be  fully  reaped."  With  such  expectations 
it  was  that,  in  conjunction  with  the  late  sir  T.  Stamford  Raffles,  Dr. 
Morrison  aided  in  commencing  the  **  Singapore  Institution,"  the 
object  of  which  was  to  exert  that  influence  on  "  the  islands  of  the 
Archipelago,  and  the  continental  nations  of  Eastern  A;iia,"  which  it 
was  intended  the  Malacca  college  should  use  in  enlightening  and 
evangelizing  China.  We  would  request  the  reader  to  peruse  pages 
186 — 190  of  the  second  volume,  which  will  throw  some  light  on  the 
formation  of  this  instittKion. 

In  the  close  of  the  same  year,  1823,  we  find  the  subject  of  this 
memoir  returning  to  England  with  a  view  to  recruit  his  strength, 
which  had  been  for  seventeen  years  spent  in  China,  and  to  promote 
the  great  objects  of  his  mission.  It  was  by  no  means  his  original 
intention  to  detain  himself  long  in  his  native  country  ;  but  he  saw  fit 
to  prolong  his  stay  with  a  view  to  the  formation  of  a  Universal  Lan- 
guage Institution.     (See*  p;  298.)     In  this  he  met  with  some  success. 

••  A  universal  language  institution  was  formed,  and  brought  into  operation, 
and  so  far  as  there  was  opportunity  of  judging,  the  result  was  likely  to  prove 
successful ;  while  from  the  catholic  principles  on  which  it  was  based,  and 
the  patronage  it  had  obtained,  there  was  every  reason  to  hope  for  its  continue 
ance." 

But,  alas!  the  mover  was  not  so  supported  as  he  should  have  been. 
The  language  institution  waned  with  the  departure  of  Dr.  Morrison 


1641.  Lift  oj   Dr.  Mttrrhan.  ifciS 

from  his  nnti?e'  shores;  so  vain  and  heartless  is  the  applause  and 
assent  of  man  !  Probably,  if  he  had  remained  on  the  9pot  and  con- 
tinued to  set  that  example  which  we  know  he  did  during  his  visit,  of 
promptness  "  to  teach/'  and  to  forward  those  who  attended  at  the 
institution,  his  coadjutors  might  have  been  stimulated.  But  it  was 
not  so,  and  we  have  at  this  day  to  lament  the  passing  away  of  another 
promising  institution,  as  a  proof  of  the  fickleness  of  humanity. 
However,  we  have  to  congratulate  ourselves,  that  at  length  something 
has  been  done  to  afford  tlic  willing  student  an  opportunity  of  study- 
ing the  Chinese  language  in  his  own  country.  Dr.  Morrison  carried 
with  him  to  England  a  Chinese  library,  numbering.  10,000  voluines, 
"many  of  them  scarce  and  expensive,  so  that  the  cost  of  the  whole 
amounted  to  upwards  of  i£2,000."  With  his  characteristic  liberality 
of  mind,. he  proposed  offering  this  library  as  a  gift  to  either  of  the 
then  existing  universities,  on  condition  of  their  instituting  a  professor- 
ship of  the  Chinese  language,  for  the  instruction  of  individuals 
desirous  of  studying  it,  for  religious,  or  other,  purposes. 

To  this-effect  he  wrote  to  the  Rev.  J.  Dealtry,  during  his  stay  in 
Loudon : 

•*On  Tuesday  morning  lart,  1  had  to  regret  that  indisposition  prevrntrd 
your  meeting  us  at  Mr.  Ware's,  for  the  purpose  of  conversing  nn  the  in- 
troduction  of  the  Chinese  language  into  one  or  both  of  the  Universities.  The 
desirableness  of  such  a  measure  may  be  made  apparent  to  three  different, 
departments  of  the  community.  First,  the  knowledge  of  (^hinese  language 
and  literature  by  the  Christian  philanthropist,  for  the  communication  of  re- 
vealed religion  to  China,  Japan,  Corea,  Loochoo  islands,  and  Cochinchina, 
which  countries  contain  a  population  equal  at  least  to  one  fourth  of  mankind. 
As  all  these  nations  read  the  Chinese  languagi?,  there  is  an  immense  reading 
population,  with,  1  believe,  scarcely  any  other  than  pagan  books  to  nrad.  1 
believe  that  it  is  practicable  to  acquire  the  Chinese  language  in  this  country 
sufficiently  well,  to  write  in  it  Christian  Chinese  books,  fur  the  instruction 
of  all  those  nations. 

**In  the  next  place,  as  the  firitisli  possessions  in  the  East  gradually  ap- 
proach  the  Chinese  empire  and  the  territories  of  Cochinchina,  and  ttiere  is 
u  very  valuable  commercial  intercourse  with  China,  which  will  probably 
require  the  attention  of  government  at  no  distant  period  ;  a  knowledge  of  the 
Chinese  language  seems  desirable  to  his  majesty's  government.  The  French 
(lovemuicvi^  although  it  has  no  immediate  connexion  with  China,  has  estab- 
lished,  in  Pafis,  a  Royal  Professorship  of  Chinese.  Again,  to  the  litemry  part 
ofUie  British  public,  the  knowledge  of  onp  of  th^  most  ancient  languages  of 
tlie  world,  in  which  is  found  a  great  variety  of  ancient  and  modern  publics^- 
tions,  is  surely  a  desirable  acquisition.  The  philosophy  of  language  ia  iu* 
complete  if  it  exclude  the  Chinese. 


36  Lift  of  Dr.  Morrison.  Jan. 

*«  These,  my  dear  Sir,  are  the  thoughts  which  (  have  to  suggest,  on  the 
reasons  for  attending  to  Chinese  in  Ibis  country.  It  is  my  opinion,  that  more 
attention,  on  the  part  of  Christians  generally^  to  the  literature  of  pagan  na- 
tions which  possess  any,  would  facilitate  greatly  the  diffusion  of  Christian 
knowledge  amongst  thtni.  i  shall  be  happy  to  furnish  any  further  ezplana- 
tions,  either  by  personal  interview  or  otherwise,  that  may  be  in  my  power. 

**  Your's  sincerely, 

••To  Rev.  J.  Dealtry.  ••  Robbbt  Morbison.'* 

But,  '*  owing  to  some  cause  which  cannot  now  be  satisfactorily 
ascertained,  he  was  obliged  to  relinquish  the  hope  of  seeing  a  Chi- 
nese professorship  instituted-  in  either  of  the  universities ;"  and  the 
Chinese  library  was,  on  the  doctor's  embarkation  for  China,  com- 
mitted to  the  shelves  of  an  upper  chamber,  whence,  it  has  oTlen  call- 
ed forth  our  surprise  and  sorrow,  that  in  England,  which  boasts  of 
her  Cambridge  and  her  Oxford,  there  was  not  zeal  enough  to  encou- 
rage the  study  of  that  language,  the  repositories  of  which  were 
spread  before  us,  exposed  to  the  corrosion  of  damp,  and  the  ravages  of 
insects. 

At  length,  through  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Morrison's  personal  and  tried 
friends,  sir  G.  T.  Staunton,  and  Mr.  W.  A.  Hankey,  some  13  years 
afler  their  introduction  into  England,  a  surer  and  more  honorable 
place  was  found  for  these  "  10,000  volumes,"  in  the  building  of  the 
University  College,  London ;  in  connection  with  which  institution 
the  first  Chinese  professorship  in  England  has  been  founded. 

To  return,  however,  to  the  *'  Memoirs."  Dr.  Morrison  led  England 
a  second  time  on  the  5th  of  May  1826,  and  with  his  family  reached 
his  former  station.  During  the  remaining  eight  years  of  his  life,  he 
was  as  laborious  as  before,  adding  to  the  number  of  his  writings  for 
the  instruction  of  the  Chinese,  continuing  his  philological  labors, 
aiding  his  younger  fellow-laborers  in  the  study  of  the  language,  and, 
amid  many  lesser  duties  and  much  official  work  on  behalf  of  the 
East  India  Company's  factory,  commencing  a  commentary  on  the 
Scriptures,  and  a  collection  of  marginal  references.  He  was  ever 
<<  diligent  in  business,  fervent  in  spirit,  serving  the  Lord ;"  and  at 
last  we  have  seen  him  sink  into  the  grave.  He  has  gone  to  his  rest, 
to  receive  the  crown  of  joy  prepared  for  him;  and,  while  his  tomb 
reminds  us  of  our  friend,  there  are  many  works  which  remain  to 
speak  his  merits,  of  each  of  which  it  may  be  written,  (as  was  written 
by  a  friend,  for  a  private  tablet,  of  the  version  of  the  Sacred  Scrip*. 

tares:)  ... 

~  ••  Moriensque  rehquit, 

Patronis  bonorem,  Patrie  decuS|  ^ 

Geati  humane  lucrum." 


1841.  Battle  at  Churnpe,  37 

Yes,  our  friend  has  gone  to  \m  rest ;  but  we  have  often  indulged  a 
sacred  pleasure  in  visiting  *' the  spot  consecrated  hy  his  honored 
remains/'  and,  while  we  have  mused  on  him,  we  have  silently  used' 
the  panegyric  which  he  passed  on  his  lamented  coadjutor  Dr.  Milne, 
"  in  the  usual  course  of  things  there  is  reason  to  fear,  that '  it  will  be 
long  ere  we  shall  see  his  like  again.'  "  M. 


Art.  V.  Battle  at  Chuenpt:  the  position  and  number  of  tke  respre- 
tive  forces  engaged  in  the  action,  with  details  of  its  progress,  and 
effects. 
Proceeding  up  the  river  towards  Canton,  about  twenty  miles  from 
Lintin  and  about  twice  that  distance  from  Macao,  you  reach  the 
first  two  forts  at  the  Bogne,  one  on  Tycocktow  (or  Taikok)  on  the 
west  side  of  the  channel,  and  the  other  on  Chuenpe  (or  Shakok)  on 
the  east  side.  Both  Tycock|ow  and  Chuenpe  are  islands :  the  battery 
on  the  first  is  built  upon  the  soiith  eastern  point ;  that  on  Chuenpe 
stands  near  the  northwestern  point ;  and  above  it,  on  the  top  of 
the  hill,  a  small  battery,  called  the  hill  fort,  hns  recently  been  built 
round  the  'old  watch-tower;'  fiirther  eastward  are  other  fortifi- 
cations. Three  miles  above  Chuenpe,  and  on  the  same  side  of  the 
river,  are  the  batteries  of  Anunghoy,  separated  from  Chuenpe  by 
Anson* s  Bay.  In  the  middle  of  the  river,  opposite  to  Anunghoy,  is 
Wangtong;  and  three  miles  farther  up  is  Tiger  Island.  There  is 
also  a  small .  fortification  on  the  west  side  of  the  river  opposite  to 
Wangtong.  On  all  these  sites  the  batteries  are  strongly  built,  well 
furnished  with  men  and  guns,  and  are  looked  upon  by  many  of  the 
Chinese  as  impregnable — and  so  they  would  be,  were  they  in  the 
hands  of  those  who  are  trained  in  modern  warfare. 

These  notices  of  the  positions  occupied  by  the  Chinese  being  kept 
in  mind,  the  reader,  though  never  having  been  at  the  Bogue,  will 
be  able*  to  understand  the  movements  of  the  British'  forces  on  ih6 
forenoon  of  the  7th  instant. 

At  8  o'clock,  orsoon  afler,tHe8qnadron,  under  command  ofSii^ 
J.*  J.  Gordon  Bremer,  having  waited  out  the  time  that  had  been 
allowed  for  the  conceftion  of  certain  demands  made  on  the  Chinese 
government — was  in  readiness  to  move  up  the  river,  (l-om  its  anchof^ 
age  off  Sampanchow,  three  mWes  below  the  first  forta. 


:5?^  Biitlh  fit  i'huntpr.  Jan. 

Boats  with  the  innrines  of  the  sf|iiadron  and  royal,  artillery  first 
shoved  off;  and  these  were  athortly  joined  by  the  rent  of  the  land 
force,  conveyed  from  the  traiis^iorts  into  shallow  water  by  the  stea- 
mers, Enterprise,  Madagascar,  and  Nemesis :  the  land  force  was  to 
distembark  near  the  watering-place  on  the  south  side  ofQhuenpe,  and 
was  then  to  march  up  a  valley,  extending  from  thence,  with  some; 
windings,   to   the    forts. 

The  Calliope,  Hyacinth,  and  Lame,  all  weighed  at  nearly  the 
same  time,  the  Queen  taking  tue  Cuiliope  in  tow.  These  nhips, 
under  the  command  of  captain  Herbert,  were  to  proceed  directly  up 
the  river  and  bombard  the  lower  fort  on  Chuenpe.  The  Queen  and 
Nemesis,  as  soon  as  disengaged  and  able  to  get  into*  posttiorr;  were 
to  throw  shells  into  the  hill  foiU,  and  into  the  entrenchments  on  the 
inner  side  of  it. 

The  8amarang,  Druid,  Modeste,  and  Columbine,  getting  under 
weigh  soon  afterwards,  steered  for  Tycocktow,  under  the  direction 
of  captain  Scc»tt,  to  whose  management  the  taking  of  the  fort  there 
had  been  committed. 

These  arrangements  having  been  made,  the  Wellesley  and  the 
other  large  ships,  weighed  and  moved  on  in  midchaniiel,  to  take  posi- 
tion above  these  two  forts  preparatory  to  an  attack  on  the  batleriea 
further  up  ihe  river.  At  half  past  eleven  o'clock  they  came  to  anchor 
above  Chuenpe,  the  action  on  both  sides  of  the  river  having  then 
closed,  but  not  without  great  slaughter  on  the  part  of  the  Chinese. 
Never  before  had  they  met  such  a  foe,  nor  witnesaed  such  dreadful 
havoc.  From  those  who  were  present,  and  from  others  who  have 
visited  the  battle-ground,  we  will  now  detail  the  particulars,  so  far  as 
we  have  been  able  to  ascertain  them. 

The  action  commenced  on  Chuenpe,  and  at  nearly  the  same  hour 
by~both  the  land  and  naval  forces.  The  troops  for  the  field  service; 
cmisisttng  of  a  battalion  of  royal  marines,  a  detachment  of  royal  artil- 
lery, having  one  24  pr.  howitzer  and  two  6  pr,  fieldpieces,  drawn  by 
a  party  of  seamen  from  the  Wellesley,  Blenheim, .  and  Melville,^ — 
detachments  of  the  26th  and  49th  regiments,  the  37th  Madras  native 
infantry  and  a  deuchment  of  Bengal  volunteer8,-^in  all  about  1400 
men,  under  the  command  of  major  Pratt  of  the  26th  or  Cameronian 
regiment,  begap  to  land  about  half .  p^t  8  o'clock,  two  miles  south 
of  the:  lower  fort  on  Chuenpe-imear  the  watering-place^  as  before 
stated.  They  landed  without  opposition ;  and  major  Pratt  having  fori 
med  them,  sent  forward  an  advanced  party  of  two  companies  of  m»« 
y-ifies;  the  guns  came  next,  dragged  by  the  seamen,  and  supported  by 


1841.  Baitlr  at  Chtunpr.  UO 

cletachtiieias  of  the  26th  and  49lh  ;  the  remaining  troops  fullowiiitr  in 
column-^the  stiips  meanwhile  moving  up  to  attack  the  lower  fort, 
atid  the  steamers  getting  ready  to  throw  shells  into  the  hill  fort. 
After  advancing  about  a  mile  and  a  half  and  reaching  the  top  of  a 
ridge,  the  troops  came  in  sight  of  tlie  hill  fort  and  of  a  very  strong 
entrenched  camp,  having  a  high  breast  work  dl  round  and  a  deep 
ditch  outside,  well  palisaded,  with  two  field  batteries  on  its  flanks, 
facing  the  way  the  enemy  was  expected  to  approach,  and  having 
one  of  its  sides  prok)nged  up  the  hill  so  as  to  connect  it  with  and 
protect  the  hill  fort.  In  the  valley,  to  the  right  and  eastward  of  this 
first  entrenchment,  there  was  a  second,  having  also  a  large  mound, 
on  which  were  placed  three  guns  in  its  front,  and' three  more  in  ano- 
ther battery  on  its  flank.  Still  farther  to  the  right  and  eastward 
there  was  a  third  entrenchment  of  a  circular  form,  with  small  bat- 
teries commanding  the  approach  in  every  direction.  There  were 
deep  ditches  in  the  rear  of  the  guns,  for  the  purpose  of  sheltering  the 
men  from  the  enemy's  fire.  From  the  freshness  of  the  materials,  it 
would  appear  that  all  these  field-works  (except  the  round  fort)  were 
of  recent  construction,  and  they*  formed  altogether  a  very  formi^' 
dable  position,  and  one  from  which,  if  held  by  a  determined  enemy, 
it  would  have  been  very  difficult  to  have  dislodged  him.  They  were 
thickly  lined  with  Chinese,  as  was  also  the  crest  of  the  hills  in  front 
of  and  near  them; 

The  confused  noise  of  rhe  warrior  was  now  heard.  The  Chinese  in 
the  entrenchments,  seeing  an  advanced  party  approaching,  cheered 
and  waved  their  flags,  as  if  in  defiance,  and  opeited  their  fire  from 
the  field  batteries,  which  was  quickly  returned  by  the  field  pieces  of 
the  artillery  which  had  been  drawn  up  and  placed  on  the  ridge  of  the 
hiir..  The  Queen  and  Nemesis  at  nearly  the  same  time  began  to  throw 
shells  into-  the  hill  fort.  Though  the  Chinese  were  the  first  in  this 
direction  to  fire  on  the  troops ;  yet  it  was  not  till  afler  several  shells 
had  been  thrown  that  they  began  to  return  from  the  forts  the  fire  of 
the  vesseb.  It  is  said,  that,-  in  consequence  of  the  firing  on  the 
Queen  from  Chuenpe  in  November,  the  high  commissioner  had 
given  an.  order,  that  not  even  the  firing  of  shotted  guns  from  this 
vessels  should  be  returned,  except  after  frequent  repetitions.  It  i^ 
further  said  also,  that,  in  consequence  of  this  order,  the  friends  of 
the  late  he^tae  are  about  to  appeal  to  the  emperor  for  redress, — they 
alledging  that  he  fell  in  consequence  of  not  being  permitted  at  once 
to  beat  back  the  assailants. 

The  first  hill  (to  the  right  of  the  gun6  on  the  ndge")  Yfa»  «oovi* 


40  Bailie  at  Chueftpt.  Jan. 

cleared  by  the  advanced- paxty  of  royal  marines— >-whO|  descending 
into  the  valley,  drove  tfie  enemy  from  their  entrenchments  and  from 
the  field  batteries  behind  them.  Major  Pratt  then  ordered  two  com- 
panies of  the  37th  native  infantry  (supported  afterwards  by  another 
company),  to  circle  round  the  other  hill— >still  more  to  the  right  of 
the  guns — which  waa  also -held  by  the  Chinese.:  These  parties  met 
with  considerable  opposition^  but  they  drove  all  before  them,  killing 
and  wouuding  not  a  few.  Seeing  that  the  guns  on  the  ridge — the 
howitzer  and  two  fialdpices,  which  had  now  been  firing  for  twenty 
minutes — were  causing  the  Chinese  to  fly  from  their  first  and  prin- 
cipal entrenched  camp,  the  main  column  moved  down  the  valley  right 
upon  it,  the  soldiers  clearing  the  field  batteries  as  they  proceeded. 

Twoof  the  leading  companies,  the  royal  marines,  were  now  ordered 
to  drive  the  Chinesie  from  a  wooded  hill  which  they  still  occupied,  a 
little  farther  to  the  north,  not  hr  firom  Anson's  Bay. 

A  small  party,  at  the  same  time,  passing  through  the  first  entrench- 
ment, already  deserted,  hastened  up  to  the  hill  fort.  Major  Pratt, 
with  only  two  men,  waa  the  first  to  reach  it.  Finding  the  Chinese 
there  at  their  posts,  as  he  looked  in  over  the  walls,  he  ordered  oiie  of 
the  men  to  fire,  whereupon  they  all  fled  in  consternation.  The 
British  flag  was  then  hoisted  on  the  fort. 

Ere  this  was  done,  the  guna  in  the  lower  fort  had  been  silenced, 
by  the  ships  which  had  taken  up  their  position  before  that  battery ;  and 
now  the  guns  of  theshi|>s  also  ceased  firing,  lest  the  shot  might  strike 
those  who  were  advancing  to  attack  the  fort  on  the  land  side.  Find- 
ing themselves  assailed  from  above,  bythote  in  the  hill  fort,  as  well  as 
from  the  ships,  the  main  body  of  the  Chinese  had  lefl  the  battery,  and 
were  retreating  eastward,  when  they  were  met  by  the  parties  of  royal 
marines  and  37th  native  infantry  that  had  circled  round  and  taken 
}>osse8sion  of  the  wooded  hill.  At.  this  unexpected  encounter,  they 
were  mowed  down  with  sad  havoc— -those  who  escaped  unhurt  either 
betaking  themselves  to  the  water:,  or  retiring  to  the  fort  and  there 
lucking  themselves  in.  Their  pursuers,  reaching  the  gate,  applied 
their  muskets  to  the  lock,  and  so  forced  it  open,  dealing  death  in 
every  direction  as  they  entered.  Resistance  was  unavailing;  the 
Chinese  were  quickly  overcome ;  their  flag  hauled  down,  and  the 
Union  Jack  displayed  from  the  ramparts.  About  a  hundred,  ac- 
cepting quarter,  were  taken  prisoners ;  but  were  released  by  the  com- 
modore as  soon  as  he  landed.  The  rest,  shutting  themselves  op  in 
small  out  houses,  or  hiding  themselves  behind  walls,  and  thence  (when 
not  perceived)  attacking  their  captors,  soon'  drew  down  upon  them- 
seJyes  Jadhfcrimiuaie  slaughter. 


i!i41.  ttaiUe  ul  CkiUnpt.  Al 

;  In  the  meaniiroei  the  fort  on  Tycocktow  was  attacked  and  earned 
by  the  division  under  the  command  of  captain  Scott.  The  Samarang 
led  the  division  y  and  poshed  straight  on  for  the  centre  of  the  battery^ 
heedless  of  the  fire  which,  on  this  side,  the  Chinese  commenced  and 
continued,  until  her  anchor  was  let  go  within .  less  than  a  oable'i 
length  of  its  guns.  At  that  moment  three  hearty  cheers  were  giveni, 
avd.then  came  her  broadside.  The  Modeste  soon  anchored  close  by 
her^  and  the  Druid  and  Columbine  were  not  far  astern^  The  broadf 
sides  from  the  long  guns  of  the  Druid  were  terrific,  and  mass  afte^ 
VMM  of  the  solid  masonry  crumbled  away  beneath  their  concentrated 
shot. I.. Though  silenced,  the  Chinese  did  .not  quit  their  posts  until 
the  crews,  landed  from  the. boats,  and,  entering  through  the  breach 
ihaLh^d  been-  made^  carried,  the  fort  by  storm.  In  doing  this  there 
wa»fiome  hard  fighting  hand  to  haiid,.  and  opportunity  afforded  for 
the  Chinese  to  display  their  best  strength.  But  they  could  not  long 
withfllaod  the  deadly  tfire  of  the  musketry,  and  numbers  of  them  were 
shot  down !. while  climbing  up  thejBides  of  the  hill,  vainly  endeavoring 
to: escape. .  Thd  guns  of  the  fort .  were  spiked  and  thrown  into  the 

..Thusyafleran  action  of  an  hour  and  a  half,  fell  the  boasted  strength 
of.Tyccksktow  and  Chuenpe^^and  the  latter  (fortunately  for  its  moral 
effiact)  was  carried  ohiedy:  by  -the  land  forces.  The  superbrityof 
foiTeign  ships  and  great:  guile  had  long  be^n  acknowledged ;  but .  on 
^ore«  hand  to  hand,  the  sons,  of  Hau  believed  themselves  inferior  to 
none*>:.  Their  defenses  ou*  Chuenp^  were  not  small;  the  lower  and 
tMO  hill  fort,  and  the  entrenchments  beyond,  were  well  constructed^ 
containing  inall  pifpbably  not  h?ss  than  2000  men,  of  whom  full  500 
wove  kiUckl,  and  many  more  wounded.  "  ■' 

Attlbng  the  killed  was.  the  heetae,  or  brigadier,  commanding  in 
the  fort,  by  name  Chin  Lt'enshing,  a  native  of  Hookwang,  and  a 
veteran  of  about.  50  years. .  He  had  risen  from  the  ranks,  and  ol^ 
uin^d  the  honorary  distinction  first  of  a  blue  and  then  of  a  peaoook's 
feather,-  .for  his  •  services  iii  the  field  against  various  insurgents: and 
mountniik-tribes^  in  Hookwang,  Saechued,  Shense,  and  Kwaogtongi 
He  remained  at  Le'enchoWy  in  the  northwest  of  this  province,  for 
several  years  af\er  the  silppresston  of  the  troubles  there  in  1833^  and 
last  year.  he<waa  called:  from  thence  to  expell  the  English  from  lIon|l- 
kong.  He  received  a  bullet  in :  his .  breast,  stanfding  at  the  head  of 
his  men;  his; ^Ui  :whO^,>.tbciugh  repeatedly  urged  to  save  himseH; 
refused  to  leave  him,  when  he  (bund  his  father  was  dead,  and  himsdf 
uudurti :  leaped  .t^ito<  the  •  water,   add .  so-  periahedi    Thts*  «LUd&\tAXi«t 

VOL,    X.    NO.    I,  .    6 


12  Batiie  ai  Ckiunpt,  jAif. 

Chinese  officers,  if  we  any  beKeve  mrany  confcurreivl  reports,  well 
sustained  the  pari  of  brave  men  ami  faithful  sokliers,  dying  at  their 
respective  posts.  Some,  nay  many,  of  the  men  in  the  ranks  too, 
Caught  bravely— -desperately.  Such  warfere  the  Chinese  seem  ttever 
before  to  have  witnessed.  The  storm  burst  on  them  like  a  thunder- 
bolt, and  iu  the  space  of  a  few  minutes,  their  forts,  their  entrench- 
ments,  their  batteries,  their  barracks,  their  magaaines,  were  all  in 
ruins— bealen-dowih,  set-on-fire^  blown-up.  \o  some  pieces,  the  dead 
lay,  literally,  *  heaps  upon  heaps.' 

The  superior  advantages  of  armed  steamers-  were  very  dearfy  seen 
during  the  engagements  of  the  morning.  The  iron  steamer  in  par- 
ticular did  masterly.  First,  she  disembarked  the  37th  regiment;  next, 
as  already  remarked,  taking  a  good  position,  she  threw  shells  with 
great  effect  into  the  hill  fort ;  then  she  rounded  the  point,-  pouring 
her  grape  and  canister,  and  other  missiles,  intor  the  lower  battery  as 
she' passed  ;  and  after  this,  she  poshed  on  into  the  shallow  water  in 
Anson's  Bay,  and  her  first  Congreve  rocket  "ux>k  terrific  and  in- 
stantaneous effect,  blowing  up- one  of  the  largest  of  the  war  junks, 
with  all  her  crew,"  the  rocket  having  passed  through  its  deck  into 
the  magazine.  Aided  by  a  number  of  boats,  she  kept  on*  in  the 
work  of  destruction,  and  junk  after  junk  was  set  on  fire  and  blown 
up,  until  eleven  were  destroyed.  Then,  to  the  great  astonishment 
of  the  Chinese,  she  pushed-  quite  across  Anson's  Baf  and,  proceeded 
up  a  creek,  where  two  more  war  jnnks  were  moored  to  the  shore^ 
Which  she  grsppled  and  dragged  away,  without  giving  or  receiving 
a  single  shot.     This  was  the  Nemesis. 

There  were  97  guns  in  the  forts  and  entrenchments  when  they 
were  carried — 25  in  Tycocktow,  the  others  on  Chnenpe,  44  mounted 
and  38  dismounted.  There  were  80  or  more  in  the  junks.  These, 
with  a  variety  of  stores  and  msgazines,  were  destroyed.  It  is  said 
•alsO)  that  a  sum  of  money,  about  95000,  which  had  been  brought 
down  to  the  Bogue  for  the  half-monthly  pay  of  the  troops,  was  blown 
up-in  one  of  the  junks,  instead  of  being  disbursed  to  the  officers  and 
soldiers  on  that  day,  it  being  the  15th  of  the  moon,  and  their 
pay-day. 

The  Chinese  suffered  severely  from*  the  burning  of  their  powder 
flasks,  and  garments  padded  with  cotton-,  which'  were  set  on  fire  by 
their  matches,  as  they  fell.  Wearing  their  cartridge-boxes  around 
their  waists,  some  of  the  men  were  literally  blown*  up,  by  the  ex- 
plosion of  the  powder  contained  in  them. 
.    The  damage  and  loss  sustained  by  the  attacking  forces  were  small, 


1841.  Battle  at  Chuenpe.  43 

exceedingly  small  i«  comparison  with  those  of  the  Chinese.  Not  one 
was  killed  ;  and  only  3d  were  wounded,  and  most  of  these  slightly. 
Of  the  wounded,  3  officers  and  27  men  were  on  shore;  and  most 
of  these  were  burnt  by  the  accidental  explosion  of  an  expense  ma- 
gazine in  the  lower  fort. 

Such  are  the  details  of  the  action  of  the  7th.  A  few  remarks  res- 
pecting the  impression  it  has  produced  on  the  Chinese,  with  par- 
ticulars of  what  succeeded,  the  renewal  of  ntegotiations,  dLC,  will  find 
a  place  in  the  Journal  of  Occurrences :  we  close  this  article  with  the 
following 

*«OB]IBRAL   MBMORANDUM. 

•«We22esley,  o^AnungAoy,  JiiijparyeA,  1841. 
•  M  Tiie  eoramaoder-in-ehief  has  to  express  his  admiration  of  the  gallant 
eondact  of  the  whole  force  during  the  afSur  of  yesterday,  and  requests  that 
the  captains  and  commanders  of  the  squadron,  and  the  commanders  of  the 
steam  vessels,  will  accept  his  best  thanks. 

M  To  major  Pratt,  commanding  the  force  on  shore, — major  Johnstone, 
commanding  detachments  of  the  26th  and  49th  regiments,— captain  Ellist 
royal  marines,— captain  Knowles,  royal  artillery, — lieuts.  Symons  of  the 
VlTellesley,  and  Wilson  of  the  Blenheim  (employed  on  shore),  captain  Dufi, 
S7th  M.  N.  1.— captain  Bolton,  Bengal  volunteers,  and  Ueut.  Foulis,  com- 
manding a  detachment  of  the  Madras  artillery,  together  with  the  officers, 
non-comissioned  officers,  and  privates, — his  best  thanks  arc  also  due.   -  • 

M  The  commander-in-chief  wishes  to  mark  in  an  especial  manner  the 
conduct  of  the  whole  of  the  non-commissioned  officers  and  privates  of  the 
European  and  native  force,  in  abstaining  from  the  least  excess  or  irregulari- 
ty,— a  circumstance  alike  honorable  to  themselves,  and  beneficial  to  the  cha- 
racter and  interests  of  their  country. 

(Signed)  *0.  J.  Gordon  Brbmbr. 

"'    '  ••Commodore  of  the  Ist  class,  and  commander-in-chief. 

'*  7b  tAe  ngptetiee  eaptami,  edmmamden,  and  commanding  effietrg  of  H.  M.  $hipg  and 
V€Mmb,  and  tk^  Hon^lk  Compantf'B  tUamen;  and  to  the  mUitarjf  officers  employed 
at  tka'eaptiKn  of  Ckaienipe  and  Tyeoektowt  the  reopecHno  $kip$*  compamee,  and  Me 
nam-aommiMnontd  qffieen  and  privatee  of  the  marine  and  Unidforeee.** 

Troops  engaged  at  the  assault  and  capture  of  Chuenpe, 

'  Royal  Artillery,  under  command  of  capt.  Knowles,  andprwai^ 

Royal  Artillery 33 

Seamen^  under  Lt.  Wilson  of  H.  M.  S.  Blenheim       -  137 

Detachments  of  20tK  and  49th  regiments  uuder 

Major  Johnstone  of  the  26th  regiment, 
Royal  Marine  battalion,  under  capt.  Ellis  of  the  Wellesley, 
37th  Madras  Native  Infantry,  under  capt.  DufT,  37th  N.  I. 
Deuchroent  of  Bengal  Volunteers,  under  capt.  Bolton 

^  Total  fotc% 


44.  Address  to  Foreign  Residenis  in  China.  Jai«.. 

Major  Pratt  26th  regiment  in  command.     Lu  Stransham  of  Rayiili 
Marines,  from  H.  M.  S.  Calliope,  acting  Brigade  Major.    Lu  Stewart 
Mackenzie,  of  the  90th  Light  Infantry,  and  roiliury  secretary,  acting' 
aid-de-camp..     Capt.   Ellis  of  the  Royal- Marines  commanded  thn 
advance.     Lt.  Symons  of  the  Wellesley  superintended  the  landing 
and.reembarkation  of  the  troops.  • 


.  . ;  • 


Art.  VI.  Address  to  foreign  residents  in  China:  the  new  year;  re* 
trospect;  present  position  of  affairs ;  opening*  prospeets;  and 
increased  responsibilities,  ''' ''J    •' 

About  commencing  a  new  era,  in  the  relations  of  foreigners  with' 
this  country,  a  glance  at  the  past  may  aid  in  the  guidance  of  future 
conduct.  With  the  opening  year,  too,  it  is  customary  and  befitting,^ 
that  there  be  made  some  recognition  of  that  bounteous  Hand,  which 
guides  the  seasons,  and  assigns  to  every  man  his  )ot  with, the  number- 
of  his  years.  Our  limits,  however,  will  not  allowv  nor  is  it  neces* 
sary,  that  we  dwell  long  either  on  the  pastor  the  present — 'Suffice 
it,  that  coming  days  find  each  one  of  us  readily  '*  doing  the  things 
that  are  right." 

A  retrospect,  touching  only  on  a  few  prominent  points  in  the  fo- 
reign relations  with  China,  will  furnish  data  sufficient  for  drawing  n 
comparison  between  the  past  and  this  present. 

'Raphael  Perestreilo  arrived  here  in  1516^' .  Adventurers  from 
Spain,  France,  Holland,  Sweden,  I>enmark,  and  Engliind,  soon  Ibl-. 
lowed  those  from  Portugal.  The  impressions  made  here  by  t)iese 
early  visitors,  like  those  made  by  adventurers  from  the  same  countries 
to  the  New  World  at  the  same  time,  were  far  from  being  salutary. 
Their's  was  an  age  of  chivalry.  In  both  the  Indies;  bold  enterprises 
were  prosecuted  with  no  regard  to  the  native  inhabitants,  whenever  ' 
their  rights  could  be  disregarded  with  impunity.  The  famed. riches 
of  Cathay  had  no  inconsiderable  attraction';  butthe  Chinese  was  not 
so  easily  beguiled  as  the  Indian.  Queen  Elizabeth  saw  this;  and 
accordingly  she  wisely  framed  her  policy,  an(|  addressed  to  the  emp^ 
ror  letters  commendatory,'  which  she  inirnsied.  to  the  chiefs  qf  an  ^ex^ 
p^ition  destined  to  this  countiy.  That,  and  various  other  eflbnta, 
m^^e  at  sundfy.times^eyen  down  to  the  present  day,  failed.     Betweeq^ 


1841.  AfJfh'tss  It*,  i'orriiiH  Hf:>{t/int>  in  i'ltimi  15 

the  Chinese  and  the  other  nations  of  the  earth  there  never  have  exist- 
ed  any  relations,  commercial  or  political,  established  on  equitnhle 
principles.  The  intercourse  with  the  sovereigns  of  Europe,  barely 
enough  to  allow  them  to  be  claimed  as  tributary,  has  been  wholly  in- 
sufficient to  secure  for  them  an  acknowledgement  of  independence. 
Ministers  plenipotentiary  from  the  states  of  Christendom  never  found 
a  residence  .  in  these  eastern  capitals.  Canton,  Amoy^  Ningpo,  and- 
Chusan,  are  the  only  commercial  marts,  of  any  note,  ever  opened  in 
thia  .empire  to  western  enterprise. 

Tbe*  ^ew  foreignfsrs  who  have  gone  into  the  interior,  have  for  the 
most  part  done  so  in  disguise — if  we  can  except  only. some  of  the 
Catholic  fathers,  who  for  a  time  were  allowed  to  reside  in  the  empire, 
and  rcpnain  close  to  the  seat  of  majesty.  But  the  privileges  which 
Ricpi  and  his  companions  enjoyed  were  of  short  duration  ;  while  from 
Chusan  and  Njngpo  and  Amoy  the  commercial  establishments  were 
by  degrees  withdrawn.  In  fact,  all  the  privileges,  of  whatever  kind, 
enjoyed  by  foreigners  in  this  country,  have  been  begged  or  bought; 
iind  hQnce  they  have  been  looked  on  by  the  Chinese  as  *' speci9.l 
favors.*'  « With  such  a  condition  of  circumstances,  honorable  relations 
wer^r  incompatible.  Thus,  during  three  centuries,  the  empire  has 
r^iotined  closed  agaiust  the  free  ingress  of  men  from  afar.  European 
embassies,  not  excepting  Macartney's,  served  only,  or  at  least  mainly^ 
to  foster  that  spirit  of  exclu.siveness  which  by  their  projectors  it  was 
intended  they  should  overcome. 

t  Id, .Canton,,  the  residence  of  European  families  has  never  been  al- 
lowed ;  and  in  Macao,  even  the.  temporary  residence  of  ladies  (no( 
Portuguese)  used  to  be  obtained  with  much  difficulty. .  In  17d8.  an 
American  ship,*  the.  Betsey,  arrived  off  Macao,,  having  on  bo^rd  Mrs, 
MlClaanoo^  pher  infant  daughter  and  a  servant  maid,  with  paift  of  \\i^ 
crewiiof  a  vessel,  wrecked  no  her  way  to  Sictney.  The  morning  after. 
hiS' 'arrival,  the  captain  *^  waited'  upon  the  governor,  araandarinor 
high  grade,  who  declared  he  woij|14  not  i only  i\ot  allow  the  female 
pasMngers  to  land^  but  must  also  refuse  a  |)ermit  and  pilot  to  enable 
the  ship  to  proceed  to  Whampoa."  Tba,next'day,  finding  him  ''as 
stubborB  as  ever^"  he  presented  the.  case  to  the  honorable.Mr.  Hall^ 
the 'president  of  the  se|ect  committee  of  the  £1^  I.  Co.'s  factory;  yef 
nqthiDg  Dvas  sufficient  |U>  induce  the  Chinese  to  allow  thc»  female  pasr 
8eDg^»;u>  land.  .Thus,  the  second,  the  third,  and  the  fouftb;  day;^ 
were  p9ie|sd,  with  t  no  more  ei^^otirageinent  on  the  last  tlian  on  the 
firsu -  Onr^lhe  iifth..<)ay  .the  case  waa  finally  arranged  by. Mr.  QaU, 
V  irhp  iiia49.M»emaQdarrn^  handsome  cumj^haw^  giving  lyxud&lWvVv^ 


46  Adfirfss  to  Furtign  Residfjuta  in  China.  Jan. 

first  Rnglish  vessel  or  Company's  ship  that  sailed  should  take  the 
females  away." 

The  Chinese  were  long,  and  until  very  recently,  supported  by 
foreigners  themselves  in  this  exclusive  policy.  British  subjects,  resort- 
ing to  China  for  commercial  purposes,  in  more  than  one  instance, 
deemed  it  necessary  to  provide  themselves  with  consulate  certificates 
from  foreign  courts,  in  order  to  prevent  their  deportation  in  ships  of 
their  own  country.  And  the  m«'in  who  has  done  more  than  any  other, 
to  improve  the  relations  of  his  country  with  China,  deemed  it  inex- 
pedient to  be  publicly  known  as  an  Englishman  for  months  after  hi» 
arrival  here  in  1807. 

The  foregoing  instances,  few  as  they  are,  present  a  faithful  view  of 
the  policy  hitherto  maintained  towards  foreigners — a  policy  restric- 
tive and  unfriendly  in  a  degree  exceedingly  unjust  and  reprehensible* 
To  the  men  from  afar  it  allowed  no  rights ;  whatever  was  received  by 
them  was  of  grace,  granted  out  of  tender  compassion.  The  sovereigns 
of  Europe  were  enrolled  as  the  liege  subjects  of  the  son  of  heaven, 
and  both  from  them  and  their  (leople  implicit  and  unconditional 
obedience  was  claimed  as  rightfully  due. 

Thus  affairs  remained  till  the  summer  of  1840,  when  first  an  al- 
tered tone  was  assumed,  and  efforts  for  amelioration  were  commen- 
ced; As  part  of  the  means  for  gaining  the  proposed  end,  the  submis- 
sion of  Chusan  was  {leremptorily  demanded.  This  demand  not 
being  complied  with,  the  island  fell  to  the  arms  of  H.  B.  M.  Of  the 
acts  which  have  since  occurred  there*,' at  the  Pei  ho,  and  in  this  vi- 
cinity, our  readers  need  not  be  reminded. 

The  interruption  of  negotiations  on  the  7th  instant,  was  followed 
by  such  a  stroke  as  the  Chinese  had  never  before  felt.  The  horrors 
of  war,  however,  lasted  but  for  an  hour;  then  peace  became  the  order 
of  the  day.  But  will  it  be  lasting  and  salutary  ?  Will  the  terms  of 
the  treaty,  now  under  consideration,  be  such  as  will  lead  to  the  pre* 
servation  and  extension  of  friendly  relations? 

These  questions  are  not  easily  answered,  in  direct  terms ;  nor  is  it 
possible  in  few  words  faithfully,  nor  even  in  many  fully,  to  describe 
the  opening  prospects.  It  is  safe  to  say,  that  things  are  not  as  they 
used  to  be.  In  some  essential  points  they  are  improved.  The  false 
notiou  of  foreigners  being  tributary  has  been  exploded ;  and>  along 
with  it  have  gone  those  assumptions  of  high  preeminence  whiolv  for 
so  long  a  time  prevented  any  acknowledgment  of  equality.  Th6 
Chinese  having  once  fttU  the  power  of  the  '*  rebellious  foreigners," 
will  in  future  be  slow  to  repeat  overt  acts,  affecting  the  lives  and  pro- 


1841.  Address  to  Foreign  Residents  in  China.  47 

perties  of  those  who  (as  they  now  know)  have  it  in  their  power  to 
ask,  and,  if  need  be,  to  take,  redress.  A  safe  channel  for  communi- 
cation has  been  opened,  oir  fair  siid  honorable  grounds,  so  that, 
whenever  necessarji  comphiints  and  demands  ixny  be  made  with 
equal  facility.  The  rule  of  right  must,  we  would  fuin  hope,  be  here 
henceforth  respected,  and  all  enmities  and  violence  laiti  aside. 

War^-an  evil-,  and  a  great  evil — is  ever  to'  be  deprecated,  whether 
ofiensive  or  defensive.  The  ezpeditbn  of  1840  will  be  viewed  very 
much  according  to  the  interest  af  those  wha  look  at  it.  If  it  termi* 
nates,  as  it  seems  likely  soon  to  do,  with  a  treaty  of  comrabrce  and 
amity,' and  without  more  bloodshed,  its  projectors  will  no  doubt  be 
well  satisfied.  The*  belligerent  parties  have  both  sufibred  mtieh,  and 
will  both:  rejdioe  at  the  risBloration  of  peace,  the  advantages  of  which 
they  can  now  more  than  ever  before  appreciate.  Chastisement  is 
sometimes  necessary.  '  It  is  an  evident  part  of  the  divine  administra* 
tioD  even*'  in  thiff  world.  And  it  was'  not  an  unnatural*  remark  for  a 
CAtfiesei  "  that  the  gods  were  angry  with  both*  his'  own*  countrymen 
and  with  foreigners  because  of  their  wickedness,  and  that  when-  a 
few  hundreds  or  a  few  thousands  of  each'  had  fallen  as  sacrifices  they 
would  then  be  satisfied."  But  with  such  sacrifices,  we  know  the 
God-  >ef  heaven  iff  not  welt  pleased.  It  is  happy  there  faa9  been  here 
comparatively  so  little  suffering.  It  is  matter  for  rejoicing  that  the 
scourge  of  war  is  stayed,  and  that  there  is  a  prospect  of  pelice  being 
hencelbrth  maintained,  and  that, ~ at  the  same  time,- foreigners  will 
bemore  respected  and  enjoy  such*  immunities  as  are  usually  possess^ 
ed  in  other  cbimtries.  .In  these  prospects,  obscure  as  they  yet  are, 
we  rejoice,' and  the  more  because  the  proposed  objecta  of  ameliora- 
tion are  likely  to  be  gained  without  protracted  war.  m 
'  '  Coinpartng  now  the  present  with  the  past,  we  see  cbhsideirable 
advan^es'have  been  made.  However  reluctantly,  the  Chinese  are 
coming:  into — nay  they  are  already  within — the  great  circle  of  na- 
tions; fromwhich' they  cannot  recede.  In  the  course  of  improvement 
there  wilf  be  checka;  these,- ho wevePi  by  degrees  will-  be  all  over* 
Aomeior  <  removed. 

These  new  and  altered  relations  sr6  happily  of  a  natul-e  stiscepti^ 
ble  of  easy  and  rapid  improvement ;  and  to  the  means  of  effecting 
<iUr^  we «wishr  to  draw  the* attention  of  our  readers,  and  of  those  par- 
ticotavly  who  reside  in  China;  for  upon  such,  the  events  of  the  past 
year  hate-  devolved  new iobligations*  with  increased  responsibilities. 
«  Firtnness  and:  decision*— -always  accompanied  with  a  itiild;  accom- 
modattugv  and- slraight-foi ward   policy — are  now   mote  AViau^.«N«t 


4^  AMres/t  to  Fot'fiffH  ResiilcHis  in  CkinH»  Jan. 

bclbfe  required  ofthot^who  may  be  in  uny.way.  drawn- hitocootact 
with  the  Chinese  authoritiesi  But  these  points  ate  of' such  promi» 
iient  importance  that  they  cannot  be  overlooked,  and*  we  pass  them 
by  without  further  comment,  assured  th^y  will  receive  all  dae  attend 
tion  from  those  whom  they  concern.  If  the  Chinese,  aa  th^y  profeasv 
really  widh  for  peace,  then  let  ihetn  cast  away  their  childish  restrict 
tioiis; — let  them,  like  nil  enlightened  and  inde|iendent  states,  freely 
allow  foreigners  to  come  or  to  go,  or  to  remain,*  as  they- please,  only 
holding  them  responsible  for  good  behavior  ;-^let  themv  talking  no 
more  of  tribute,  send  and  receive  plenipotentiaries  and  consuls,  opea 
their  ports  and  their  highways,  and  on  just  and.  friendly  terms  recir 
procate  the  honors  and  the  favors  due  alike  to  and  from  equals. 

The  acquisition  of  honorable  gain,-  though  it  may  be  the  main,  yet 
may  never  be  the  only^  nor  the  most  important^  objeet  of  pucsuk  with 
any  man.  His  strength,  his  pbwer,  his  riches^  his  honor»i  are  all 
'  fading,  transient,  uncertain.  How  muchr,  during  the  last^few  months^ 
have  we  seen  fade  anld^  disappear  1  AiA  though  all  that:  is  earthly  in 
man  vanisheth  away,  yet  it  is  not  so  with  hid  6etft^.  That  ceaaeth 
not  for  ever;  and  so  blended  with  the  present  iails  eternal  state,  that 
it  is  only  the  part  of  wisdom  carefully  to  guard  and  measure  all  the 
acta  of  our  mortal  life-— never,  forgetting  that  V  for  All  these  thiiigsv 
whether  they:  be  good<or  whetbetf  they  be  evil,Qod  will  bring:US:inlo 
judgment*".  .      .    .  ;  •  »  •  ,   .  .  ;  •  ■   }    ^r  ■,  •  •  ■,  »    •:•:.   • 

:  I  Leaving. it  with  the«oommoh  sense  and  enlightened  connoienoes  of 
our  readers-raided  always  by  the  ilight  of  Mbly  Writ-^to  determine 
,the.  things  that  are  right,:  and- to  •  choose  the  waysand  roeaftt  of  par^ 
auing  themrr^we  hope  to  be? 'excused  in  calling  their  attention. to  a 
few  particulars  of  paramount  interest.  .  i:  nr.  iv- r 

The  study  of  the  Chinese  iaHguage^  to  those  who  purpose  loBg  to 
•remain  in  this  country,  cannot  be  too  strongly  recommended.:.,  .lie 
ecquisiiion  will,  be  not  only  of  great  personal. telv;antagei.  but  itt  will 
give  us.  influence  with  others,  will  secure  respect,  laud  ipromote  goodf- 
Aviiland  friendly  feelings.  It  is,  and  Well  it  may  be,  .agaieat  uSiao 
the  eyes  of  the  Chinese,  that  we  know  so  little  of  their,  language^ 
4hetr>  litepature,  and  their  history.  .  .      H.j'i 

The  nwintenance  of  high  moral  character,  .with  special  reference 
4o.the  power  of  good  eKample,>oUiiims  from: Ais. in  China very^mtich 
.tnore  attention  than.it  has  beeit  wont  to  receive.  "Such  cbara<Uer  is 
of  great  valuef  it  can  neither  be  counterfeited^;  nbr  dishonored.  <  le 
^is  best  estatp,  it  causes  weathie  be  .conquered  by  .kindness,,  rlove  to 
he  exuijiiisediQ wards,  euemic:},  aud  frieiidkyi  offices  t  to.  be  donci.even 


1841.  nivsirations  of  Men  (wd  Things  in  China.  49 

to  -those  who  hate  us.  Its  acts  are  all  unequivocal,  and  as  salutary 
as  they  aie  powerful.  And  if  moulded  and  adorned  according  to  the 
precepts  and  rules  of  the  Christian  code,  it  is  man's  best  safeguard 
and  his  richest  ornament. 

The  observance  of  the  Sabbath ^^\^i^  not  least — would  we  recom* 
mend  with  the  utmost  earnestness  and  becoming  deference.  The 
great  Author  of  our  being,  knowing  the  infirmities  of  our  nature, 
doubtless  saw  that  man  needed  the  rest  which  this  day  aftbids  from 
th^ excitements  of  drdinary  business  and  pleasure,  with  the  opportu- 
nity also  which  it  gives  for  more  undivided  attention  to  spiritual  and 
eternal  interests,  and  therefore  ordained  the  Sabbath /or  man*s  bene^ 
Jit.  On  this  high  ground,  we  recommend  its  observance.  Careful 
recognition  of  Jehovah's  government,  cheerful  obedience  to  his  laws, 
are  most  suitable  for  such  worms  as  we  are.  The  nations  are  all  his; 
and  he  exalteth  and  abaseth  when  and  whom  he  pleaseth.  Plague, 
pestilence,  stormy  winds,  and  volcanic  fires,  are  all  his  ministers  and 
fulfill  his  pleasure.  And  shall  not  we  fear  him,  bow  submissive  to 
his  will,  and  hallow  his  Sabbath?  Judge,  ye  who  have  understand- 
ing.   Judge  ye.  B. 


Art.  VIL     illustrations  of  men  and  things  in  China:  popular  no^ 
tions  and  allusions  to  the  powers  of  nature. 

The  few  sentences  here  given  will  exhibit  some  of  the  most  current 
notions  of  the.  Chinese  upon  the  heavens,  and  metaphors  drawn  from 
them.  The  explanations  are  also  those  of  the  Chinese.  Few  people 
relish  racy  sayings*  and  neatly  turned  allusions  better  than^this  people, 
and  few  use  them  more  frequently. 

1.  When  the  primeval  chaos  was  first  separated,  then  the  dual 
powers  began  to  be  fixed. 

The  idea  of  chaot  is  eipressed  by  bubbling,  tarbid  water;  heaven  and  earth 
are  the  dual  powers;  before  the  chaos  was  separated,  these  two  powers  were 
mingled  and  pent  np  as  a  chick  mem;  bat  when  the  renowned  Pwankoo appear- 
ed, who  was  the  offspring  of  these  powers,  then  their  distinction  and  operatioir 
were  apparent.  Ptemm  means  a  basin  or  receiver,  referring  to  the  shell  of  the 
eggsipaa  usoally  means  ancient;  but  here  it  means  (we  are  told)  solid,  to  seeures, 
intending  to  show  how  the  first  man  Pwankoo  was  hatched  from  the  v*v^m«v%\ 
chaos  by  thflf  dttfli  powers,  and  then  settled  and  exhibited  the  aftancam^nV  <^  V\l% 
roL,  X.  Nu.  i.  7 


SI  Illustrations  of  Attn  and  Things  in  China.  Jan. 

eamet  whieh  produced  hini--^we  would  add)*— a  mode  of  eipiaining  the  erea- 
tion  peculiarly  Cbineae. 

3.  The  light  aud  pure  parts  of  chaoa  ascended  and  floated  forming 

heaven. 

3.  The  heavy  and  foul  parts  "Or  chaos  clescended  and  solidi&ed, 
forming  earth. 

(xodt  are  the  noble  (yong)  spirits  of  heaven ;  demons,  arc  the  ignoble  (yin) 
eiBoence  of  earth.  The  light  and  pure  ether  was  10,800  years  in  rising  and 
forming  heaven ;  the  glorious  and  animated  portions  concreted  and  made  the  son, 
mooo,  planets  and  start,  which  when  completed  all  moved  In  harmonious  con- 
cert. The  heavy  and  foul  parts  that  descended  were  also  10*800  years  in  so- 
lidifying  and  forming  thi;  globe ;  from  the  best  were  made  the  hUls»  rivers,  and 
fountains,  and  when  all  were  completed,  cities  and  towns  arose. 

4.  The  sun  is  the  Jocas  of  all  the  male  principles. 

5.  The  moon  is  the  type  of  the  great  female  principle. 

The  sun  is  the  lord  of  life;  like  a  great  prince,  he  nourishes  and  bestows  his 
favors ;  the  moon,  hi»  spouse  or  queen.  Is  matched  to  bim ;  together  they  arrange 
and  marshal  their  noiiles  and  courtiers,  t.  s.  tbc  stars  and  planets. 

6.  The  rainbow  is  called  j&  iA  toe  tung^  and  is  the  impure  vapor 

of  heaven  and  earth. 

7.  The  toad  in  the  moon  is  the  bright  spirit  of  the  moon. 

When  the  foul  vapors  rise  from  the  earth,  and  meet  those  descending  fibm  the 
sky,  a  rainbow  is  the  product ;  It  Is  always  opposite  to  and  tallies  with  the  sun,  and 
Is  duplicated.  The  Chinese  fable  that  Chang-go  drank  the  liquor  of  Immortality, 
and  straightway  ascended  to  the  moon,  where  she  was  changed  into  a  toad, 
which  they  always  trace  in  the  face  of  the*  moon. 

8.  A  whirlwind  is  called  a  ram's  horn. 

9.  A  Aash  of  lightning  is  called  the  Thunderer's  whip. 

10.  When  the  flakes  of  snow  fly  in  sixes,  it  is  a  sign  of  a  fruitful 
year. 

Snow  and  rain  come  from  the  earth,  they  do  not  descend  from  the  high 
licaven.  The  flakes  of  snow  and  the  petals  of  flowers  are  usually  in  fives,  and 
when  the  snow  is  in  siies  it  shows  a  predominance  of  the  yiii  principle,  or  that  of 
the  earth,  and  by  consequence  that  there  will  be  much  rain. 

11.  ''The  sun  is  up  three  rods/'  is  to  say  that  you  are  late. 

12.  "  The  dogs  of  Shiih  barking  at  the  sun,"  is  a  metaphor  for 
those  who  learn  little  from  what  they  see. 

13.  "  The  oxen  of  Woo  panting  at  the  full  moon,"  ridicules  those 
who  are  excessively  timid. 

The  hills  of  the  country  of  Shuh  were  so  high  that  the  days  were  very  short* 
and  the  dogs  on  seeing  the  sun  were  terrified,  and  set  up  a  simultaneous  howl.— 
The  country  of  Woo  had  oien  which  feared  the  heat,  and  seeing  the  moon,  be- 
gan to  pant,  supposing  it  to  be  the  sun ;  just  as  Poo  Fun,  who,  fearing  the  cold, 
shivered  as  he  saw  the  north  through  a  glass  screen. 

^14.  'To  cover  ones-self  with  the  stars,  and  to  put  on  the  moon,' 
3peakg  of  a  fleet  post  traveling  early  and  late. 


1841.  Illustration  of  yien  and  Things  in  China.  51 

15.  *  To  be  washed  by  the  rain^  and  combed  by  the'wind/  is  a 
figure  for  the  hard  toil  of  those  who  are  exposed  to  the  weather. 

16.  To  be  busy  without  a  purpose  is  like  the  clouds  driven  about 
without  a  thought ;  i.  e.  Fuch  a  man  is  at  the  mercy  of  circumstances, 
as  the  clouds  are  driven  by  the  wind. 

17.  A  benevolence  which  extends  to  all  around  is  likened  to  the 
vivifying  spring  having  legs ;  i.  e.  its  diffusive  goodness  is  like  the 
heat  of  spring  upon  vegetation. 

18.  When  one  makes  a  present  to  another  to  show  his  respect,  he 
says,  '  [In "giving  this]  I  have  the  simplicity  of  the  man  who  presum- 
ed to  teach  his  betters  to  sun  themselves.' 

19.  When  one  engages  another  to  be  his  advocate,  he  [politely] 
says, '  I  wish  to  put  my  case  upon  a- strength  able  to  turn  heaven.' 

I»  the  Soiig  dy^iaaty,  there  was  a  clodpole  aunning  himself  one  day;  and,  being 
ignormot  that  the  empire  contained  large  palaces  witli  deep  epertnients,  or  that  pco. 
pie  wore  silks  and  furs,  be  said  to  his  wife.  '  people  do  not  know  that  the  sun  is 
warm  to  their  backs;  I  wilt  go  and  report  it  to  the  king,  and  he  will  certainly  give 
me  a  large  reward.'— 'To  turn  lieaven'  refers  to  a  talented  statesman  of  the 
Sung  dynasty,  who  by  his  wise  counsels  turned  the  purposes  of  the  emperor,  and 
saved  the  country  from  disaster. 

20.  The  kindness  which  moves  one  to  save  another  from  death 
is  termed  a  second  creation. 

21.  The  affisction  which  induces  one  to  rescue  anotlier  from  death 
is  called  a  'second  heaven.' 

.   22.  He  whose  power  easily  vanishes  (i.  e.  depends  on  the  whim  of 
the  sovereign)  is  called  '  an  ice  hill.' 

23.  The  morning  stars  resemble  wise  and  good  men  who  are 
neglected  and  forgotten. 

24.  The  echo  of  thunder  resembles  different  accounts  agreeing. 

25.  The  man  who  frets  himself  exceedingly  to  no  ufse,  how  does 
.he  differ  from  the  man  of  Ke  who  feared  the  sky  would  fall  on  him  ? 

Thb  mfin  of  Ke  was  so  afraid  lest  the  sky  should  fall  on  him,  and  he  be  able  to 
find  no  place  to  escape  to  that,  he  could  hardly  eat  or  sleep.  One  told  him  that 
tbe^y  was  made  of  solid  ether,  and  would  not  fall.  *  If  so,'  he  replied,  '  the 
heavenly  bodies  ought  not  fall  down  (i.  e.  set).'  '  They  are  merely  the  bright 
spots  of  ether,  and  do  not  injure  when  they  fall.'  On  hearing  this,  he  was 
appeased. 

26.  He  who  undertakes  an  affair  for  which  he  is  not  capable 
nowise  differs  from  Kwafoo  who  chased  the  sun. 

27.  When  Cbnfucius  finished  the  Chun  Tsew  and  Heaou  King, 
the  rainbow  was  chaniged  to  pearls 

28.  The  Hyades  desire  wind,  Sagittarius  desires  rain ;  the^  a,\% 
like  tWo  people  whose  thoughts  and  wishes  cannot  a{T«t, 


52  Bnievoleni  Surifiicn.  Jan 


Art.  VIII.  Benevolent  Societies:  Mndical  Missionary  Society; 
Morrison  Education  Society;  Useful  Knowledge  Society;  Sin- 
gapore Institution  Free  School;  the  Anglo-Chinese  College, 
The  several  benevolent  institutions  in  China,  hitherto  supported 
chiefly  by  the  foreign  residents,  have  been  kept  very  much  from 
public  view,  by  the  disturbed  state  of  political  affairs,  during  the  last 
two  years;  it  is  matter  for  congriituluiioii,  however,  to  know  that  in 
the  meantime  their  operations  have  been  only  in  part  suspended. 
With  the  restoration  of  peace  and  a  thrifty  commerce,  we  trust  the 
friends  and  patrons  of  these  institutions  will  have  the  satisfaction  of 
seeing  them  prospering  and  extending  their  influence  more  than 
ever  before — an  influence  as  salutary  as  it  is  benevolent,  acting  with 
nearly  equal  power  both  upon  the  benefactor  and  the  beneficiary. 
Charity  is  like  the  exercise  of  mercy — 'tis  twice  blessed.  It  ia  a 
pleasure  to  know,  that  there  are  in  the  foreign  community  not  a  few, 
who  are  not  only  ready  as  they  have  opportunity,  but  who  seek  for 
occasions,  to  do,  or  to  aid  in  doing,  those  acts  of  mercy  and  of  chari- 
ty which  are  ever  due  to  the  poor,  the  ignorant,  and  the  afflicted. 

By  the  Medical  Missionary  Society,  a  very  great  amount  of  suffer- 
ing has  been  alleviated  or  removed.  The  Society  has  established 
hospitals  in  three  places— one  in  Canton,  one  in  Macao,  and  one  in 
Chusan, — at  all  of  which- collectively  there  have  been  received  more 
than  ten  thousand  patients.  Most  of  them  have  been  from  among 
the  poorer  classes,  but  there  have  been  some  from  the  highest  ranks. 
The  late  imperial  high  commissioner  and  governor  of  these  pro- 
vinces has,  very  recently,  even  since  his  removal  from  oflice,  sought 
for  medical  aid  from  foreign  practitioners.  Four  medical  oflicers  are 
connected  with  the  Society, — two  of  whom  are,  for  the  time  being, 
absent  from  China. 

The  Morrison  Education  Society,  attracting  less  public  notice, 
has  not  been  less  successful  in  its  sphere.  The  effects  of  its  labors 
are  designed  to  be  of  the  most  beneficial  and  permanent  character, — 
for  they  touch  the  mainsprings  of  society,  and  give  form  and  shape  to 
the  intellectual  machinery  of  those  who  are  to  be  the  organs  of  com- 
munication between  this  and  other  nations.  It  is  of  great  importance 
that  such  persons  should  be  thoroughly  trained.  Hence  we  think  the 
Society  has  acted  wisely,  in  resolving  so  to  limit  the  number  of  its 
pupils  as  to  make  their  education  as  thorough  and  complete  as  pos- 
sible.    In  this  ^lan  we  have  had  full  opportunity  to  observe  its  pro- 


1841.  Hvurrnlint  Siirittits.  .^i 

(▼rcss  and  success.  Its  school,  under  the  tuiiion  nf  the  Rev.  S.  R. 
Brown,  was  opened  early  in  November,  1839,  with  six  l>oys ;  though 
there  have  been  some  changes  in  the  individuals,  the  number  still 
remains  unaltered ;  and  their  course  of  studies  has  been  so  shaped  as 
to  secure  to  them,  in  addition  to  the  principal  benefits  afforded  in 
their  own  scliools,  the  best  that  are  now  enjoyed  in  European  institu- 
tions. The  want  of  |Hoper  school-books  and  apparatus  iias  been 
very  much  felt ;  and  it  has  already  become  desirable  that  there  be 
an  assistant  or  an  associate  tutor  in  the  school.  Since  the  new-year 
holydays,  the  trustees  have  visited  and  examined  the  pupils,  and 
were  much  pleased  and  well  satisfied  with  their  proficiency. 

JVbte.  -  The  Library  of  the  Institution,  contnining  between  two  and  three 
thousand  volumes,  is  open  to  those  who  desire  to  borrow  books  from  it.  at  the 
Society's  house,  near  St.  Paul's,  Macao,  under  the  care  of  Mr.  iirown. 

The  Useful  Knowledge  Society,  wanting  both  the  literary  and 
pecuniary  means  of  carrying  on  its  operations,  has  been  compelled 
during  the.  last  two  years  to  restrict  them  to  the  printing  of  one 
work — a  Chinese  Chrestomathy  in  the  Canton  dialect — which  is 
now  nearly  through  the  piess,  and  will  be  ready  for  publication  in 
two  or  three  months. 

The  sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  Singapore  Institution  Free 
School,  for  1839-40,  kindly  forwarded  to  us, — though  not  drawn  up 
in  so  perspicuous  a  manner,  nor  published  ii^  so  neat  a  style,  as  we 
should  like  to  see  it, — shows  that  a  very  considerable  advance  has 
been  made  during  the  last  year.  The  whole  number  of  boys  on  the 
lists  18  208 — thus  distributed  :  15  Macao  Portuguese,  4  Armenians, 

1  Spaniard  from  Manila,  2  Jews,  25  Protestant  Christians,  13  Rlings, 

2  Parsees,  3  Cochinchinese,  23  Roman  Catholic  Christians  (not 

including  the  Maicao  lads),  50  Malays,  and  70  Chinese.     To  the  list 

of  instructors  in  the  schools,  a  very  valuable  acquisition  has  been 

made,  by  securing  the  entire  services  of  the  Rev.  J.  T.  Dickinson. 

Of  the  Chinese  department  of  the  school,  the  Report  says :  ^ 

*^If  compared  with  European  schools,  and  especially  with  those  of 
the  better  sort,  dur  Chinese  school  cannot  be  called  good.  Bat  if  it 
be  compared  with  other  Chinese  schools  (a  much  fairer  criterion),  it 
will  not  suffer  in  the  comparison.  There  are  some  peculiarities  of 
Chinese  schools  which  strike  Europeans  unfavorably,  such  as  the 
excessive  noise,  the  committing  of  whole  books  to  memory,  and  the 
exclusive  attention  paid  for  the  first  year  or.  two  to  the  mere  learning 
of  loands  witbovt  any  reference  to  their  meaning.  In  these  respects 
the  school  is  beKeved  to  be  better  than  those  schools  which  are  un* 
der  the  tincontroled  management  of  Chinese  masters.  The  pecu- 
liarities referred  to,  however,  are  not  so  objectionable  as  ia\^U\  Vm 
supposed  by  those  unacquairjted  with  the  Chinese  \ai\g\ia^e.'  ^ 
man/  characters  are  not  to  be  learned  without  imposing  an  enottcnMia 


5t  Cnlmdar  for   IMI.  Jan. 

load  upon  (hn  mnnory,  and  nccorditi^ly  Premare,  the  (^reat  pinologisc, 
would  have  even  European  students  of  the  hmguage  commit  to 
memory  the  Chinese  classics  after  the  manner  of  boys  in  (Jhiiieae 
schools.  The  noise  of  Chinese  schools  is  also  in  some  measure 
perhaps  necessary,  for  words  and  tones  so  chisely  resembling  each 
other  are  not  to  be  acquired  with  closed  mouths." 

From  the  AngUhChiiiese  College,  M&lacca,  no  report  for  the  last 

year  has  reached  us.     By  recent   letters   from  the   Straits,  we  learn, 

with  deep  sorrow,  that  its  late  principal,  the  Rev.  John  Evans,  has 

been  suddenly  removed  by  the  cholera — which  in  November  and 

December  was  carrying  off  large  numbers  of  the  native  inhabitants. 

The  late  Rev.  J.  Hughes  was  also  one  of  its  victims.     By  the  death 

of  Mr.  Evans,  the  sole  management  of  the  Institution  has  devolved 

on  the  Rev.  James  Legge,  who  arrived  at  Malacca  in  January,  1840; 

We  hope  soon  to  be  enabled  to  lay   before  our  readers  a  particular 

account  of  the  institution ;  for  the   present  we  can  only  aay  that  its 

several   classes  of  Chinese  youth,  and  its  printing   department,  are 

both  continued  as  hitherto.    On  page  J2  of  this  volume  will  be  found 

an  account  of  the  origin  and  design  of  this  institution. 


Art.  IX.      Calendar   for  1841  ;  with  Usts   of  numbers  of  the  tm- 
perial  cabinet ;  provincial  ttfirers  at  Canton ;  Portuguese  govem- 
mentat  Macao;    British  naval  and  military  forces  in   China; 
foreign  consuls,   S^c,  and  other  foreign   residents,   commercial 
houses,  and  merchant  ships. 
A.  D.  1841  corresponds  to  the  4478th  year  of  the  Chinese  era,  which 
is  computed  by  cycles  of  sixty  years,  the  present  being  the  38th  of 
the  75th  cycle,  and  the  21st  in  the  reign  of  his  imperial  majesty 
Taoukwang.     The  Chinese  at  the  present  time  date  all  their  papers, 
official  or  otherwise,  from  the  first  year  in  the  reign  of  each  succes- 
sive emperor.  Though  the  reigning  sovereign  ascended  the  throne  in 
1820,  he  was  pleased  to  ordain  that  that  year  should  be  considered 
the  last  of  his  father  and  predecessor's,  and  the  next  the  first  of  his 
own  reign.     They  reckon  by  lunar  months;  introducing  occasional- 
ly an  intercalary  month;  their  1st  day  of  the  Ist  month  of  this 
year  corresponds  to  January  23d;.  an  intercalary  month  occurring 
between  the  2 1st  of  April,  and  the  20th  of  May.     The  comparative 
calendar,  on  the  next  page,  will  enable  the  reader  easily  to  find  the 
corresponding  date  of  any  document,  when  given  only  in  Chinese, 
4itd  a)30  vice  yersti,.  .  ..  ,..   .  i     .  "^  :.i 


1841 


Cataular  for  1??41. 


o«> 


4K 


I 


•« 


o»p^ 


ssss8SiS^^s;g{S'^<^ 


co^k/3cor«aD0»Of-«cic<»<«»A«or<-ao 


i 


E  *•  S  •m«w^«b09  g^  S«««w^<Bfi9S«*  S«««w^«%  K««  S^.'^^QQ  6%. 


I  •-<  Ol  eO  <«  lO  <0  C«  00  A  O  fM  Ot  «Q  <«  tn  CD  r*  OD  A  O  «-i  CN  CO 


Si 


m 


^s        c«aoo>o»4fite9<«t/9<0t«ape»oi-iG«m'^(A<er«aoo>o^O9C»s<«io«9r« 

0DO> 


a 


-^s<ieo<«o<0r»aoo>o»-<oiM^M)c0r*<x>diO«-<Qf09^iocor«QpAei-« 


j'T"    I   -^ f-^ ^ -« ot oi fit oi ei G« oi e« ot eft 


w9(or<-ooo»o*-^o«co<«iAC0 


J- 


«^oicf»^w9<0r«aoAO'-4c«co<«io(0r«ooAO<-«O9Cf»'«iococ« 


,SLSi 


<M  oi  ei  oi  gt 


^^g^^ 


4i 
JQJts. 


iD(Oc«XAe>MA{c«)^iA(pr»gpa>o<-Noico<«iD(or»aDAe«-4<Nco^io 


«B         «-4om^i«)cor>aD0>o^G«co^io(e('»aoo»Oi->CfeQ^io(or»aoc)e-^ 


._    ^        1         ^^   "^  ^   ^^  »^   ^^   ^   Ct  Cf  Ol  0«   Cf  Ol  Of   01   Ol   W  ^^    rm4   w^   ^^   pm^ 


* 

41 

S22J225^22SSSSSSSSSS'^^*^^*'*'®**®^®^°^ 

• 

1 

!225:£222J3S23JS5C25BS^®'*^ 

«-4«M^^«*-«0tQI0«OI0ICtCtOICVCtC) 


lO  C0  1^  00  0>  O  fx 


1 


i'i  I  2S252:22J:£2SsaSS 

CO  '      


cjsasa'^^**'^*^'**"®*2 


1 


^w«^io^»^ooo>o^222iSS£rSS8?;8gtS«8te888 


g««  8««s^i»oo  g«.  8«.v^i»%  6««  S«*s«^i»G9  E.«  8«*v^i»cc  K-»  8 


ereo 


•««  I    2222S22S:228SgJS5SSSa8"'^*^'*'^^'"" 


fc.     I     -o>co^»Q<ot^aoo>o^c;co;;>gg>;goggg;gwg;^g^|t.g 

2|[  [..«2r2Si2;22^£2S5;aasSS$;S8g'-^*''*'«^^«^^ 


56  i.isis  nf  Chinese  Ojiccrf  Jan. 

1.     Nuy  Koy  or  Imperial  Cabinet^  Peking. 

The  presiding  members  of  the  Nuy  Ku,  {Jik.  Inner  Coancil,)  are  four  principal 
(Ca  AieA«ze)  Hnd  two  assisting*  ministers -(Aie^|psii  (a  Aeotze),  alternately  mantchou 
and  Chinese.    The  present  incumbents  are 

^^t^      ^^^      fc^__, 

1.  ^^  ^  Bm   Mitchangah,  a  Mantchou. 

2.  i||[  |[{^  t^    Pwan  Shengan,     a  Chinese. 

3.  {^  ^  Keshen,  a  Mantchoii,* 

4.  ^  M{^  Wang  Ting  a  Chinese. 

5.  ^  'H^  ;fe  Elepoo,  a  Mantchou.t 

6.  If^  ^  /^\  Tang  Kinchaou,  a  Chinese. 

2.     Provincial  officers  at  Canton,  __  . 

The  list  contains  only  the  names  and  common  titles,  of  the  officers  who  are  at 
the  head  of  the  provincial  go%'eniment,  and  most  concerned  with  foreigners,  or 
who  are  resident  at  Canton  and  at  Macao.  For  a  complete  list  of  the  titles  of  the 
provincial  officers,  the  reader  is  referred  to  vol.  IV.,  page  529. 

^  |i^  governor,  ^^  ^         Keshen  (acting), 

^  1^  It.-governor,  ^  ^        ^eang. 

^Su  W  gen.-cominandant,  ppf  ^  EpT  Atsingah. 

^  ^  He  *^^  '^-8«"«"^^  M         Yuhauy. 
^  ^  )^  '^^  lt.-general,  ^  j^  Yinglang. 

^  |j**!  literary  chancellor,  Wl  ^  p^  Shen  Mowhecn. 
j^  S||  com.  mar.  customs,  il^  S  Eleang  {acting), 

tR  pjfi  1^  #  ''«^™'"''  P  ^  ^  '^^'•"  '''««°i»«'- 

^1  com. ad  ministration^ Leang 


pi   com.  of  justice^       zH  3^  ^    Wang  Tinglan. 

^  com.  ofgabel,  ^ Sung 

jS  ^  com.  for  grain,        J^ 


Choo 


g  ^  prefect,  ^  >(|.  yl^  Yu  Paoushun. 

jgj  .jfel  magistrate,  ^  ^  j^^  Leang  Singyuen. 

^  ^  magistrate,  §^  ^1  ^  ^***°^  ^^"• 

^^  ^  intendantat  Macao,  ^  &$  ^  Yih  Chungfoo. 

^  a  pftP  sub-prefect.       ^  ^  ^  Tseang  Leihngang, 
^li{  IPI  «^»g»*^*^«»        :4  JS  fe  ^^  ^^^•*'~- 


•  Imperial  high  commissioner,  and  acting  governor  of  Kwangtung  &  Kwangse. 
t  Governor  of  the  two  KeJing,  and  imperial  high  commissioner  m  ChekeSng. 


1841  List  Iff  /i.  11    M  Forces  ^  o7 

I^.     Portugiutsf  guvcrnmntt  at  Mactw, 

Adritio  Accacio  da  rtilveira  Piiito.  Governor- 
-    Jozc  Maria  Hodrigiies  de  Haslo,  Judge. 
Jofto  Teixera  Lira,  coininaiidaiit. 
BeriiHrdo  ElstevAo  Cnrneiro,  Procurador. 

Present  Membert  of  the  Senate. '•^Banho\omeo  Batretto;  Antonio  Joaquim  Cor- 
tella;  JoAoDamaiceno  Coeilio  dos  Santos;  Claudio  Ignaciu  da  Silva;  Manoel 
Antonio  d«  Sbusa-s  Bernardo  Estevfio  Carneiro. 

4.  H.  B.  JII*s  ships  atui  vessels  on  the  coast  of  China,  Jan.  1,  1841, 

Under  the^ command  of  commodore,  sir  J.  J.  Gordon  Bremer,  knt, 
c.  u.,  K.  c.  H.,  commandftr-in-chief  in  the  East  indies. 
Wellesley,        72,  captain  T.  Maitland.     (Flag-sliip) 
Blfsnlii^im,         72,  captain  sir  H.   Le  Fleming  Seniiuuse,  knt,  k.  c.  u. 
Melville,  72,  captain  the  lion.  H.  S.  Dundas. 

Druid,  44.  captain  H.  Smith. 

Calliope,  26,  cafitain  Tiiomas  Herbert. 

8amaraiig,         26,  captain  Jumes  Scott. 
Herald,  26.  captain  Joseph  Nias. 

Larne,  18,  commander  J.  P.  Blake. 

Hyacinth,  Id,  commander  W.  Warren. 

ModeMe.  18,  commander  Harry  I'yrrs. 

Columbine,       16,  commander  T.  J.    Clarke. 
Sulphur,  8.  surveying  vessel.  conimHiidor  K.  Belcher. 

Starling,  schooner,  tender  to  Sulphur,  lieuf-conimniidiiig  H.  Kvllett. 
Jupiter,  armed  en  flute  as  troop  ship,  mHster-commHncling  R.  Fulton. 
Louisa,  cutter,  tender  to  flag-ship,  'l\  Carmicheal.  r.  n..  commanding. 

rdueen.  master-commanding  W.  Warden. 

H.  Co's  arm-  j  Enterprise,      raiister-comroanding  C.  H.  West, 
ed  steamers     1  Madagascar,    master-commanding  J.  Dicey. 

V Nemesis,  master-commanding  W.  H.  Hall  r.  n. 

The  above  off  Canton  river. —  The  following  at  Chu^an, 

Blonde.  42,  captain  Thomas  Bourchier. 

I  f  HI  way, '         26,  captain  C.  R.  Drinkwater  Bethune. 

Alligator.  26,  acting  captain  A.  L.  Kiifier. 

Nimrod,  20,  commander  C.  A.  Barlow. 

Pylades,  18,  commander  T.  V.  Anson. 

Algerine.  10,  lieutenant-commanding  T.  H.  Mason. 

Rattlesnake.     28,  troop  ship,  master-conunandiiig  W.  Brodie. 

Young  Hul>M  schooner,  R.  R.  C^uiii,  tender  to  Conway,  surveying. 

Hon.  Co.'s  armed  steamer  Atalanta,  commander  J.  Rfigers,  Indian  Navy. 

o.  Detail  of  H.  B.AI.'s  military  force  at  Chusan  on  \U  January. 

18th  regiment.  Royal  Irish,  Lt.-colunel  Adams. 
26t1i  regiment,  Canieronians.  Lt.-colonel  James, 
49th  regiment.  Lieutenant-colonel  Bartley, 
Bengal  Volunteers,  Lieutenant-colonel  Lloyd. 
Madras  Artillery,  Lt.-colonel  Montgomeriec.  b. 
Madras  sappers  and  miners,  captain  Cotton. 

Staff  off  cers  with  h.  b.  m.  military  force  at  Chusan,  Jan.  \st. 

Brigadier-general  Barrel],  18th  regiment,  Commanding. 

Lieutenant  Mitford,  18th  Royal  Irish,  Aid-de-camp. 

Major  Mountain,  26lh  Camcronia'ns<  iJIcpy.  adjutant-general. 

Major  Bccher,  Bongal  anny,  Depy.  quarter-master-general. 

CapUin  Moore,  Bengal  army,  Depy.  judge-advocatc-general. 

Major  Wilson,  Bengal  army,  ]?*ay master .getieral. 

Major  Hawkins,  BtMigal  iirniy.  Deputy  commisaary-^iv^TaV. 

Captaui  SSiinlh,  Bengal  army.,  AsttUilkul      do.  Olv^.   . 

VOL.  X.  so.  /.  S 


4S7 

rank  and  flie. 

291 

326 

402 

• 

18,5 

22r 

Lisl  of  H.  B.  31.  For 


I  AS. 

Asuatant  cotnmiMcry-feDaral. 
Superintend iDg  luneon. 
CorainiMioner  of  public  prapenjr. 
Magulnte. 
AniatAnt  migistrate. 
Aoaiatant  maglstTUe. 


53 

Captain  Oavidaoii,  Bcngd  araiy. 
Surgeon  Grant,  Madna  aitiileiyi 
Utjor  Stephena,  49th  re^ment, 
Captun  Caiae,  Utith  regimeDt, 
Lieutenant  Dennis,  49ch  regioisnt, 
Lieuienaat  Dunbar,  18th  rugimcnt. 

6.  Eslabiishmtnl  of  SuperinttntUnti  of  tht  trade  of  British  lubjeUi. 

"b  r'^Kriii'ih^M".nno'iei»ihr''v'  i  ^'"'^  8ji»rint«ndeiit. 

Dapiil]'  9  u  pari  11 1  en  dent. 
Saenlary  and  TnwHmr. 

>Clerks  in  tbo  lecretarjr't  oOca. 

Chtneie  Mere  tar;  and  interprater. 
Joint  inlarpratar,* 
Juiot  lotcrpreler.t 

SCIerki  in  Ibe  Chineaa  tacrelary'i  oOc*. 


A.  U.Jahntlan.  Bsq. 
Edward  Elmilie.  ciq, 

Mr.  A.  W.  lilmiJiE. 

Mr.  1..  d'AlniadH  b  Cailro. 

Mr.  J    d'Altnada  t  Cnalro, 
Jubii  Rnlit.  Mnrrlton.  ea 
Itev.Charlui  Gulzlaff. 
Soben  Thuti 


Mr. 


.Peon 


Mr.  J.  a.  KodriEiiFE. 
Mr.  VV.  II.  Mcd^fiunl.jr. 


7.     Foreign  Voasuh. 
French. — Chnrles  Alexandre  Challaye,  Esquire. 
Amtrican. — P.  W.  Snow  enq.  ( W.  Ddiino,  jr.,evq.,  arJing  iriet-eon$mL) 
Danish.— James  Mathesoii,  eaq. 


f^ortign  Residents. 


Abeel,  Kev.  David,  a 

Almuk,  W.  t 

Amroodeen  Sunwudeen  m 

Artderaon,  Alezandiar,  6i 

Aidaseer   Fiirdoonjeu,  p 

BaUwin,  T.  R.  * 

Bateman,  J.  „ 

Baylia,H.  P.                 '  . 

Beale,  Tliunua,   '  „ 
Bell,  William, 
Blenkin,  W. 

Boatd,  Charlea,  , 

Bonunjee  Eduliee  j 
Boone,  EUv.  W.  J.,  and  Run.  e 

Borat,  L.  i 

Boyd.  W.  Sproit.  4 

Braine,  George  T.  . 

Bridgman,  Rer.  E-  C.  a 

Btooaa,  George  R.  s 
Brown,  iUv.  S.  R„  and  btn.  < 

Bull,  laaac  M.  a 

Burd,  iobn,  it 
Borbbardt,  F.  S.,  abaent 

Buijoijee  Manackjee,  p 


Bui^rjee  Manackjoe, 
Bai]oijee  tjonbjee. 
Burn,  D.  L. 
Uuah,  P.  T. 


Calder,  D. 
Canntn,  John  H. 
CbaJlaye,  C.  A. 


^■ 


Clarke,  W. 

Compton,  J.  B.  „ 

Coolidge,  J.  jr.,  and  fiunily.  am. 
Couper,  VV.  am. 

Cowaajee  Pallanjee,  pttr 

Uowai^  Horabjee,  „ 

Cowa«foe  Bbapoorjee  T^wc,  „ 
Cowamee  Sbapooijee  Lungrab.  „ 
Cox,  Richard  H.  hr. 

Crawford,  Adam  „  . 

CrooED,  A.  F.  „ 

Curaetjee  Fromraurj«e,  par. 

Cniaetiee  ttuatomjee 
Dadabnoy  Burjoqee,  „ 

ir  at  ChuHn. 


1841. 


List  of  Foreign  Resitiftnts. 


59 


par, 

*• 
6r. 

n 

am. 
am, 
br, 
•• 

u 
»• 
f« 


Dadabhoy  Byramjee, 

Dadabhoy  Ru8U>iiii«^e, 

Dale,  W.  W. 

Davis,  J.  J. 

Delano,  Edward, 

Delano,  Warren,  jr. 

Denham,  F.  A. 

Deut,  John,  jr. 

Dent,  Lancelot. 

Dent,  Wilkinson. 

DeSali8,J.H. 

Dhunjeebhoy  NasBcrwanjee,  par, 

Dickson, am; 

Dinshaw  Furdoonjee,  par. 

Di?er,  W.  fi.  m.  d.    absent  am. 
Dou^aas,L.P.  6r. 

Drysdalo,  A.  S.  „ 

Dnunmond,  F.  C.      absent    „ 
Dudgeon,  Patrick,  br. 

Durnn,  J.  A.,  jr.  fir. 

£du)jee  Furdoonjee,  par. 

filliot,  Charles,  and  family,     br. 
Ellis,  W. 

Elroslie,  Adam  W. 
Elnudie,  Edward. 
Erskine,  W. 
Fanning,  W. 
Fearon,  Christopher. 
Fearon,  Charles. 
Fearon,  Samuel.  „ 

Feasenden,  Henry.  am. 

Findlay,  George,  br. 

Fletcher,  Angus, 
Forbes,  D. 

Fox,  Thomas,       absent  „ 

Framjee  Heerajee,  par. 

Framjee  Jamsetjee,  ,, 

Fiyer,  W.  br. 

Gemmell,  W.     absent  „ 

Gibb,  Jonn  D.  „ 

Gibb,  T.  A.  „ 

Gillespie,  C.  V.  am, 

Gilman,-  Daniel,  „ 

Gilman,  J.  T.  am. 

Gilman,  R.  J.  br. 

Gray,  W.  F.  absent  „ 

Gribhle,  Henry,  and  fkmily.     „ 
Gully,  R.  „ 

GuUlaff,  Rev.  C,  and  family.  „ 
Halcon,  J.  M.  .      sp,. 

Hamilton,  L.,  and  family.       am. 
Marker,  Ueniy  R.  br» 

Halt,  C.  H.  and  fiunily.  „ 

Harton,  W.  H.     absent        „ 
Heeijeebhoy  Rustomjee,       par. 


«• 
II 
•» 
•I 
It 
II 
II 


II 


>i 


I* 


It 


It 


It 
II 
par. 


n 
n 


Henry.  Joseph.  br. 

Heras,  P.  dc  la^  ^ 

Heron,  George.  br. 

Hobeon,  B.^  m.  b  ,  and  family.  „ 

Hogarth,  ^— 

Hol^te,  H. 

Holliday,  John, 

Holmes,  R. 

Hooker,  James, 

Hormuzjee  Framjee, 

Hormuzjee  Sapoorjee,  „ 

How,  James    absent  br, 

Hubertson, 

Hughesdon,  C. 

Hughes,  W.  H. 

Humpston,  G.  „ 

Hunter,  W.  C.  am. 

imies,  Jamei",  br. 

Jalbhoy  Cursctjee,  park 

Jardine,  Andrew,  br. 

Jardine,  David,  „ 

Jeaaeret,  A.  sw. 

Johnston,  A.  R.  br. 

Jumoojee  Nasser wanjee,        par 
Just,  Leonard,        absent        br. 
Just,  L.,  jr.  „ 

Kay,  Duncan  J. 
Kennedy,  G. 

Kerr,  Crawford,  and  family, 
King,  C.  W.,  and  family,  absent   am. 
•  King,  Edward,  am. 

I  Une,  W.  br. 

!  Larnileta,  M.  sp. 

'  Le  Geyt,  W.  C.  br. 

I  Leighton,  H.  J.,  and  family      „ 
Leje6,  W.  R.  am. 

LesUe,  W.  br. 

Limjee  Bomanjee,  par. 

Lloyd,  Charles.  du. 

Lockhart,  W.  br. 

lx)w,  W.  H.  am, 

Macculloch,  A.  br. 

Mackean,  T.  W.  L.  „ 

Macleod,  M.  A. 

Mahomedbhoy  Alloo,  n^, 

Manackjee  Bomanjee,  par] 

Manackjee  Pestonjee,  par.  ' 

Markwick,  Charles  6r. 

Martin,  H.  ' 

Matliesoo,  Alexander,  absent  ^ 
Matheson,  Donald. 
Matheson,  James. 
McMinnies,  H. 
Melville,  A. 
Medhurst,  W.  H.,  jr. 


II 


II 


II 


It 
•t 

n  f 


60 


List  of  Forrign  Residents^. 


Jan: 


Moller,  Edmund. 

pru. 

M Oliver,  A, 
Monk,  J. 

dan. 

br. 

Morgan,  W. 

» 

Morrison,  J.  K. 

„ 

Morse,  VV.  U. 

am. 

Moul,  Henry 

br. 

Murrow,  Y.  J. 

«ff 

Mercer,  J.  A.,  and  family, 

«f 

Merwanjee  Dadabhoy, 

par. 

Merwanjee  Eduljee, 

n 

Merwaniee  Jecjecblioy, 
Millar,  John 

• 

br. 

Mihie,  Rev.  \V.  C. 

n 

Nacoda  Elias 

moh. 

Nacoda  Saboo 

n 

Nacoda  Seieman. 

It 

Nasserwanjee  Bhic&jce, 

par. 

Neave,  Thomas  0. 

br. 

No¥m)jee  Cowasjce, 

par. 

Nye,  Gideon,  jr. 

atn. 

Nye,  Thomas, 

If 

Oswald,  R. 

br. 

Palanjee  Dorabjee, 

par. 

t  Scott,  W.  '  br. 

Sacksen,  C.  F.    absent  jirus, 

Shaikamod  Dossboy,  mok. 

Shaikassen  Bbdroodin  moh. 

Shawuxshaw  Rustomjce,  ^tar. 

Sherifkhan  Kanjee,  mvk. 

Shillaber,  John  am. 
Shuck,  Rev.  J.  L.  and  family 


Pallanjee  Nasserwanjee  Patell,    par. 


Parker,  Rev.  Peter,  m.  d.    abs'.  am.  I  Strachan,  Robert 


Silverlock,  John 

Simpson,  J.  W. 

Skinner,  John 

Slade,  John 

Smith,  Gilbert 

Smith,  John.,  and  family 

Smith,  J.  M. 

Snow,  P.  W.    absent 

Somjee  Visram, 

Spooner,  D.  N. 

Stanton,  Vincent. 

Staples,  Edward  A. 

Stevens,  T.  Woodhouse 

Stewart,  C.  B. 

Stewart,  Patrick,  and  family. 

Stewart,  W. 

Still,  C.  F. 


br. 


i» 

^% 
♦» 
f» 

am. 

moh. 

anL 

br. 

n 

ttm% 
br. 
I* 

M 


Paterson,  A.,  and  family,       br. 
Pattullo,  Stewart  K.  „ 

Pestonjee  Cowasjee,  par 

Pestonice  Dinshaw,  „ 

Pestonjee  Jiimsetjce,    '  „ 

Pestonjee  Ruttonjec  Shroff,    „ 
Pestonjee  Nowrojee, 
Pestonjee  Rustomjec, 
Pitcher,  N.  W. 
Prosh,  John 
Pyke,  W. 
Ragoonath  Juvan. 
Racine,  H.     absent 
Rees,  Thomas 
Rickctt,  John,  and  family 
Ritchie,  A.  A.  and  family. 
Roberts,  Rev.. I.  J. 
Robertson,  P.  F. 
Rohin  Raypall 
Ryan,  James, 


If 
If 

br. 

If 
ft 

ind, 

br. 


A.  A;  Ritchie.  . .    '-^^ 

A.  &•  D; '  Furdoonjee.     . 
Augustine  Heard  6l  C6.'  ' 

BeU  tft  Co.  •     .  '"  ' 

Boveti  Brothers,  &  Co.'   "     " 
Christopher  Fcaron.        ,    /     ' 
Daniell  &  Co. 
Dent  ^  Co. 


Strachan,  W. 

Sturgis,  J.  P. 

Tait,  James,        abfient 

Talbot,  W.  R.     absent 

Thom,  Robert, 

Thomson,  W. 

Van  Loffelt,  J.  P. 

Varnham,  VVarner, 

Walker,  J. 

Waterhouse,  B. 

Webster,  Robert, 

VVetmore,  S.,  jr. 

Wildrrdge,  P. 

Wilkinson,  Alfred, 

Williams,  S.  Wells, 

Wookeijee  Janisetjee, 

Wright,  Henry 

Voung,  Peter 

Vriarte,  H.  sp. 

Yruretagoyena,  G.  de,  and  fain. 

Commercial  Houses. 

Dirom  &  Co. 

O.  d^  M.  Rustomjee  ^  Co.  - 

Elgar&Ca. 

Fergusson,  Leighton,  &  Co. 

Fox,  Rawson  d&  Co. 

Gibb,  Livingston,  &  Co. 

Gribble,  Hughes,  di  Ca 

Gideon  Nye.,  jr. 


ff 

am. 
am. 
br. 
moh. 
am. 


If 
am. 

hr. 

am. 

br. 

If 

du. 
br. 

If 

If 

If 
am. 
br. 

ff 

am. 

par. 

br. 

If 


ip. 


1841 


Mvrrhunt  Ship$. 


G1 


H<*crje**bhoy  Rustomjcc 

• 

Holiiday,  VVifu?, 

&  i!o. 

Hooker  and  ijanc. 

[saac  M.  Bull. 

Iniics,  Fletcher, 

&Co. 

■ 

J.  A.  Mercer. 

James  Ryan. 

Jamieson  &.  How. 

Jardine,  Matheson,  (Si  Co. 

John  8mith. 

» 

Merchant  Ships  in 

AcastB, 

br. 

R)de, 

Akbar, 

Ain. 

Dumaresq, 

Aim 

Ar. 

Denhuni, 

Ann  Gales, 

br. 

Giles, 

Ariel, 

br. 

Warden, 

Bengal  Packet, 

br. 

Steward,    . 

Brigand, 

br. 

Paddou,    . 

Caroline, 

br. 

Fryer, 

Charles  Kerr, 

br. 

Arnold, 

Danish  Oak    - 

dan. 

Kab6, 

Uos  Amigos,  - 

so. 

Matta, 

Duchess  of  Clarence  br. 

Buck 

Eagle. 

br. 

Patterson, 

Elizabeth, 

br. 

Geffrey, 

Eben  Preble  - 

am. 

Hallet, 

Fort  William  - 

br. 

Hogg, 

Frances  Smith 

br. 

Edmonds, 

George  4th,    • 

br. 

Brownless,  • 

Gertrudes, 

sp. 

Good  Success 

bf. 

Fraser, 

Harriet, 

br. 

Martin, 

Hellas, 

br. 

Baylis, 

Hope, 

br. 

Simpson, 

Horatio, 

am. 

Hgwland, 

John  0*Gaunt 

br. 

Robertson, 

Kelpie, 

br. 

Forbes, 

Konohasset,    • 

am. 

Waterman, 

Kosciusko, 

am. 

Peterson, 

Lady  Hayes  - 

br. 

W.  Strachan, 

Lambtou, 

br. 

High, 

Lamheart, 

br. 

Hopkins, 

Lloyds, 

br. 

Green, 

Lowell, 

am. 

Remmonds, 

Lydie, 

frr 

Meshek, 

Ljrra,              -    , 
Manly, 

br. 

Huberston, 

br. 

PhUlips, 

Meilish, 

br. 

James, 

Monarch, 

br. 

Robertson, 

Maulmein,      - 

br. 

Guy, 
Swift, 

Oneida, 

am. 

Or\reil, 

br. 

Hews, 

Parrock  Hall, 

br. 

Parsans, 

Premier, 

br. 

Were, 

Prima  Donna, 

br. 

Kelt, 

SMiiderson, 

br. 

Bushby, 

Scaiisby  Castly, 

br. 

Johitstoue, 

Scotland. 

br. 

Cunningham. 

Snipe, 

br. 

Ada, 

li.  Just  ^  Hon. 

Lindsay  &  Co. 

Mac  vicar  6l  Co. 

(3lypliant  &  Ca 

Robert  Webster. 

Rusaell  &  Co. 

Turner  &  Co. 

W.  &  T.  Gemmell  &  Co. 

Wetmore  &  Co. 

William  Scott. 


China,  Jan.  1841. 

Jardine  Matheson  ^  Co. 

294  tons 

Russell  &  Co. 

t>42 

Jardine  Matheson  &  Co. 

Dent  &  Co. 

203 

Dent  &  Co. 

Lifulsay  &,  Co. 

331 

Heerjeebhoy  Rustomjee. 

C.  Fearoo,    . 

Jardine  Matheson  &,  Co. 

463 

Russell  (&  Co. 

300 

J.  P.  Sturgis. 

W.  &  T.  Gemmell  &  Co. 

274 

Jardine  Matheson  &  Co. 

Russell  &  Co, 

4d8 

Jardine  Matheson  &  Co. 

1231) 

Macvicar  ifc  Co. 

600 

229 

Jardine  Matheson  Sc  Co. 

Jardine  Matheson  ^  Co. 

Jardine  Matheson  &,  Co. 

Macvicar  &  Co. 

3(»0 

Gideon  Nye,  jr. 

Turner  &.  Co. 

449 

Jardine  Matheson  Sl  Co. 

Jardine  Muthesuu  «&.  Co. 

432 

J.  Shillaber. 

Jardine  Matheson  &.  Co. 

' 

C.  Hughesdon. 
Dent  &  Co. 

■- 

9fi8 

Lindsay  &  Co. 

46» 

Russell  SlCo. 

4£4 

T.  W.  Stevens. 

%0 

ai& 

J.'  A.  Durran. 

Elgar  Sc  Co. 

200 

Dent  &  Co. 

424 

HoUiday  Wise  6c  Cq. 

46U 

G.Nye  Jr. 

Dent  Sl  Co. 

Dent  it  Co. 

Gribble-Hughes  &  Co. 

Dent  Sl  Co. 

Dirom  Sl  Co. 

H..  Rustomjee. 

W.  &t.(iemmeUfi^.Ca. 


561 

822 

308 

12&6 


&2 


Journni  of  OrrurrrncfiS' 


Jan. 


Si.  Cfoorge. 

Syed  KliMii. 

Terimte. 

Tomnliii. 

Uri;eiit, 

Water  Witch, 

Wifttmoreland, 


hr.  Wright. 

br.  Pnt^r*on, 

br.  Hunburgh. 

yr.  Cleverly, 

hr,  Wintete 
6r 

hr.  Rffynell. 
br.     .  Eiiiery, 


Wilhelmine  Marin,  ham.    Valeiitio, 
WiiliHiu,         -        ttiM«,  ;  Uudttrwuocl. 
Vouii^  Hiieeii.        br.        IIciIidci, 


Runell  &.  Co. 

Jardine  Malheton  &  Co. 

Fergiisson  Leiefaton  &.  Co. 
Jamieson  &  How. 

Dent  iL  Co. 
Lindsay  6l  Co. 


388 


371 
4*28 

seo 

406 


;i 


1st .  Bella  Marina,  hr. 

„     Eagle,        ''  hr. 

•  3d    Mysore,  kr. 

.  4th  Giraffe.  Ar. 

:-  „    Defiance,  br, 

.,     Eimaad,  br, 

5th  Chieftain.  kr. 

'  „    Florida,  am-.* 

„    Rafaela,  tp. 

„    Isabella  II,  wp,  • 

14th  Clifford.  br, 

1 5th  Dartmouth,  br. 


Jardine  jilatlicson  &•  Co. 

Skips  arrived'  in  January, 

Wickham,     Sinf.  and  Liv.     Bell  &  Co.. 
Patterson,     Chtisan,  •     .^.- 

Singapore, 

Manila, 


*  •  I    / 


Wkrd. 

Wright, 

Evatt, 

HiR. 

ClaHii    ' 

Falcond; 


Jardine  Matheson  Sl  Co. 


Chosan.  Innes,  Fletcher  A! 

U.  8.  A  Manila,    G.  Nye,  Jr. 

Manila, 

Manila, 

Manila  *  ' 

Bombay.  Jardine  Matheson  &  Co. 


Sharpe, 
Jacob, 
H.  M.  F.  S.  Danaide  18,  Rosamel,      Manila. 

19th  Lema,  mm.    Endicott,  Sing  and  Bbin.     Russell  Sl  Co. 

21st  Herald,  br.     Watt,  London, 

88d  Kingston.        br.     Markan,  Sing  and  Bom. 

„    Biacic  Swan,^.     Hart,  Singapore,* 

'  .,    Hamilton,     am.     ffilham.-  Manila, 

31  St  Folkestone,    br.     Jolly,  London. 


Co. 


:  f 


.  If  • 


-  I.I  I" 


.1  M 


•  M 


■  »      * 


.»    '• 


,Art.  X.      Journal  of  Occurrences;  commercial  business;    negotia^ 
Hans ;  cession  of  Hongkong  ;  treaty ;  Ckusan ;  public  affairs, . 

FsB*  18th..    The  occurrences  duriog  the  past  month,  do  space  ib  lefl  us  now 
to  detail :  suffice  it  to  say :  I;  the  blockade  not  being  raised,  conuneicial 
business  remains  in  statu  quo ;  a  few  merchants  only  are  in  Canton,  and 
they,  ••  in  a  very  unpleasant  neiffbborhood  just  now,"  are  ready  to  leave  i  2 ; 
DSffOtiations  have  nearly  reached  their  ne  plus  ultra :  3 ;  Hon|pcoDgr  has  been 
ceded  to  the  British  crown,  and«Gbuenpe  restored  to  the  Chinese :  4;  a  trea- 
ty  is  understood  to  be  in  an  advanced  state,  and  must  soon  be  ezchaii^|[ed 
or'Tejected:  5;  tbeevacuation  of  Chusan  1ms- commenced;  and  the  whole 
'of  the  British  forces  there,  with'  the  prisoners  at  Ningpo,  are  soon  expected  to 
arrive  at  Hongkong :  6 ;  the  aspect  of  public  afihirs  is  indeed,  at  this  moment, 
'of  a  very  ominous  castr  and  it  is  believed  bv  almost  every  Chinese,  so 
flur  as  we  know,  that  the  emperor  will  discard  the  acts  of  his  minister  Ke- 
shen ;  and  in  this  belief  they  are  j^pported  by  the  assembling  of  troops  and 
other  hostile  movements,  and  by  imperial  edicts  and  other  official  papers. 
•Some  of  these  documents  are  in  our  possession,  and  shall  appear  in  our  next 
.number.    We  are  inclined •  to  think,  but  are  by  no  means  strong  in  the  opi- 
nion, that  Keshen  will  stand,  lit  is  saidthree.newcamroiasionerB  are  on 
•  their  way  to  join— or  ap  some  will '  have  it— to  supersede  him.    We  subjoin 
4hree  official  papen.- 


1841.  Journal  of  Orcitrnnrcs.  GJ 

No.  1.  To  Her  Britanmc  Majedif^t  StibjecU   Miicau.  20th  Jduuary,  1041. 

Her  Majesty's  plenipotentiary  has  nuw  to  announce  tli«!  conclusion  of  ))er- 
liminary  arrttngeui*;ots  between  I  be  iuiiierial  coinmissioiier  and  biniself  involving 
the  foilouring  conditions. 

i.  The  cession  of  the  island  and.  harbor  of  Hongkong  to  the  British  crown. 
All  jnst  charges  and  duties  to  the  empire  upon  the  oonimerce  carried  on  there 
to  be  paid  as  if  the  trade  were  conducted  at  Whanip<>a. 

2.  An  indemnity  to  the  British  government  of  sii  millions  of  dollars,  one  million 
payable  at  once,* and  the  remainder  in  equal  annual  instalments  ending  in  1646. 

3.  Direct  official  intercourse  between  the  countries  upon  equal  footing. 

4.  The  trade  of  the  port  of  Canton  to  be  opened  within  ten  days  after  the  Chi- 
nese new-year,  and  to  be  carried  oa  at  Whampoa  till  further  arrangements  are 
praeticable  at  the  new  settlement.  ^ 

Details  remain  mutter  of  negotiation.  Tbe  pleni^xitentiary  seiaes  the  earliest 
occasion  to  declare  that  Her  Majesty's  government  has  sought  for  no  privilege 
in  China  eiclusivelv  for  the  advantage  of  British  shifw  and. merchants,  and  he 
is  only  performing  his  duty  in  offering  the  proti^ction  of  the  British  flac  to  the 
sabjeets,  citisens,  and  ships  of  foreign  powers  that  may  resort  to  Her  Majesty's 
possession.  Pending  Her  Majesty's  further  plea»urv!,  there  will  be  no  port  or 
other  charges  to  the  British  government. 

The  plenipotentiary  now  |)«rmits  himself  to  make  a  few  general  observations. 
Tbe  oblivion  of  past  and  redressed  injuries  will  follow  nnturally  from  the  right 
feeling  of  the  queen's  subjects  :-T-Indf)ed  it  should  be  remembered  that  no  iextent 
of  modification  resulting  only  from  political  intervention  can  be  efficacious  in 
the- steady  improvement  of  our  condition,  unless  it  be  systematicallv  seconded 
by  conciliatory  treatment  of  the  people,  and  becoming  deference  for  the  country, 
upon  the  threshold  of  which  we  are  about  to  he  established.  The  pienipotenii- 
ary  can  only  presume  to  advert  very  briefly  to  the  seal  and  wisdom  of  the  com- 
mender  of  the  eipedition  to  China:  and  to  lliat  rare  union  of  ardor,  patience, 
and  forbearance  which  has  distinguished  the  officers  and  forces  of  our  arms  at 
all  points  of  occupalinn  and  operation.  He  is  well  assured  the  British  communi- 
ty will  sympathise  cordially  with  him  in  their  sentiments  of  lasting  respect  for 
his  eicellency  and  the  whole  force,  which  he  is  ashamed  to  eipreas  in  such  in- 
adequate language. 

He  catinol  conclude  without  declaring  that  next  to  these  causes  the  peaceful 
adjustnent  of  difficulties  must  be  ascribed  to  the  scrupulous  good  faith  of  the 
very  eminent  person  with  whom  negotiations  are  still  (tending. 

(Signed)        Charlcs  Elliot,    H.  M.   Plenipotentiary  in  China. 
Ciretdar,     To  Her  Majettff^e  nijetU. 

Macao,  ^th  January,.  1821. ' 

Her  Majesty'^  plenipotentiary  considers  if  inrunilH-nt  upon  himself  to  lose  no 
time  in  assuring  the  commercial  community  that  he  will  use  his  best  efforts  with 
her  majesty's  government  to  srcnre  an  early  and  entire  advance  of  their  claims 
fur  indemnity.  And  mindful  of  the  interests  of  parlies  in  India,  he  will  not  fail 
respectfully  to  move  the  Right  Honorable  the  Governor  general  of  India  to 
second  these  purposes  as  far  as  may  seem  just  to  hin  lordship. 

XBigned)        Charlks  Elliot.    Her  Majesty's  Plenipotentiary. 

No.  a.  .:      V  f 

PkoGLAMATioN.    By  CAarCst  EUml.  esq  ,  a  captain  in  the  rmfol  iwey,  CkufSmmnm- 
tmimt  of  the  trade  afBritiek  mbjeets  in  China,  and  hoUtingfidl  powen,  mnder  the 
Qnat  Seal  ef  lAs  Vinkbd  Kia^Jjm  of  Great  Britain  and  hrdamd,  to  exacaU  the 
e§Be  ef  HarMtneHliife  oommumonmr,  proeurater,  and  pUawoteatinrff  in  CMna. 
Tbb  island  of  Hongkong  hiiving  been  ceded  to  the.  British  crown   under 
the  seal  of  the  Imperial  minister  and  high  coromissionnr  Keshen,  it  has  be- 
come necessary  to  provide  for  the  government  thereof,. pending  Her  Majesty's 
fnrtlier  pleasure. 

By  virtaejof  tbe  authority  therelbre  in  me  vested,  all  Her  Majesty's  Higbts, 
Royalties,  Privileges  of  all  kinds  whatever,  in  and  over  the  said  island  of 
Hongkong,  whetmr  to  or  over  lands,  harbors,  property,  or  pereonal  service^ 
ace  hereby  dedared,  proclaimed,,  and  to  Her  Majesty  fuUy  reserved. 


M  Journal  of  Occurrences. 

And  i  du  hereby  duclaru  and  prociaiui,  that^  pcndinfr  (for  Majesty's  lurtlier 
pleasuroi  the  government  of  the  said  island  shall  devolve  upon«  and  be  exer- 
cised by,  tlie  person  filling-'the  office  of  Chief  Superintendent  of  tho  trade 
of  British  subjects  in  China  for  the  time  being. 

And  1  do  hereby  declare  and  proclaim,  that,  pending  Her  Majesty's  further 
pleasure,  the  natives  of  the  island  of  Hongkong,  and  all  natives  of  China 
thereto  resorting,  shall  be  governed  according  to  the  laws  and  customs  of 
China,  every  description  of  torture  excepted. 

And  I  do  further  declare  and  proclaim,  that,  pending  Her  Majesty's  further 
pleasure,  all  offenses  committed  in  Hongking  by  Her.  Majesty's  subjects,  or 
other  persons  than  natives  of  the  island  or  of  China  thereto  resorting,  sliall 
fall  under  Xhe  cognizance  of  tlio  criminal  and  admiralty  Jurisdiction,  preseQU 
ly  existing  in  China. 

And  i  do  further  declare  and  proclaim,  that,  pending  H.  M.'s  further  plea- 
sure, such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  necessary  from  time  to  time  for 
the  government  of  Hongkong,  shall  be  issued  under  tho  hand  and  seal  of  the 
person  filling  the  office  of  Chief  Suptirintendent  of  the  trade  of  firitish  sub- 
jects  in  China  for  the  time  bein^f. 

And  1  do  further  declare  and  proclaim,  that,  pending  Her  Majesty's  fur* 
ther  pleasure,  all  British  subjects  and  foreigners  residing  in,  or  resorting  to  the 
island  of  Hongkong,  shall  enjoy  full  security  and  protection,  according  to  tlie 
principles  and  practice  of  British  law,  so  long  as  they  sliuil  continue  to  con* 
form  to  the  authority  of  Her  Majesty's  government  in  and  over  the  island  of 
Hongkong,  hereby  duly  constituted  and  proclaimed. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  of  office,  ^ 
on  bo  ird  of  Her  majesty's  ship    VVellesley, 
at  anchor  in  Usngkong  Bay,  this  twenty- 
ninth  day  of  January,  in  the  year  one  thou-  I 
sand  eight  hundred  and  forty-one.  J     (Signed)  Charles  Elliot. 

God  savs  tus  Qvebn. 
(True  Copy)      Edward  Elmslib  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  &c. 

No  3. 

Brbmbr,  Commander-in-chief,  and  Elliot,  plenipotentiary,  &c.  &c.,  by 
this  Proclamation  make  known  to  the  inhabitants  of  tlie  island  of  Hongkong, 
that  that  island  has  now  become  part  of  the  dominions  of  the  Queen  of  Eng. 
land  by  clear  public  agreement  between  the  high  officers  of  the  (Celestial  and 
British  Courts :  and  all  native  persons  residing  therein  must  understand,  tliat 
they  are  now  subjects  of  the  Queen  of  England,  to  whom  and  to  whose 
officers  they  must  pay  duty  and  obedience. 

The  inhabitants  are  hereby  promised  protection,  in  her  majesty's  gracious 
name,  against  all  enemies  whatever;  and  they,  are  further  secured  in  the 
free  exercise  of  their  religious  rites,  ceremonies,  and  social  cusUhos  ;  and  in 
IM  enjoyment  of  their  lawful  private  property  and  interests.  They  will  be 
governed,  pending  her  majesty's  fhither  pleasure,  according  to  the  laws, 
customs,  and  usages  of  the  Chinese  (every  description  of  torture  ezoepted), 
by  the  elders  of  villages,  subject  to  the  control  of  a  British  magistrate  ;  and 
any  person  having  complaint  to  prefer  of  ill-usage  or  injustice  against  any 
Englishman  or  foreigner,  will  auietly  make  report  to  the  nearest-  officer,  to 
the  end  that  full  justice  may  be  done. 

.  Chinese  ships  and  merchants^  resorting  to  the  port  of  Hongkong  for  pur- 
poses of  trade  are  hereby  exempted,  in  the  name  of  the  Queen  of  England, 
from  charge  or  duty  of  any  kind  to  the  British  government;  ;  Th^  pleasure 
.'of  the  government  will  be  declared  from.time  to  time  by  further  proclama- 
tion:  and  all  heads  of  villages  are  held  responsible  that  the  commands  arc 
' duly  respected  and  observed.  *■  ■      ■ 

Oi^u  under  Seal  of  office,  this  1st  day  of  f^ibruary,  1841.  . 


9CU 


*« 


THE 


CHINESE   REPOSITORY 


Vol.  X. — February,  1841. —  No.  2. 


Aet.  I.  Notices  of  China^  No.  V:  marriage  ceremonies^  translat' 
ed  and  abridged  from  the  Annates  de  la  Propagation  de  la 
Foi,  From  a  letter*  of  M.  Bohet,  missioDary  in  Fuhkeen. 
By  S.  R. 

It  18  no  UDCommoD  thing  in  China,  to  contract  matrimonial  alliances 
for  children  before  they  are  born,  as  follows.  Two  women  mutaally 
promise  to  marry  their  expected  offspring,  provided  they  be  of  differ- 
ent sexes;  and  to  render  the  promise  more  obligatory,  pledges  are 
given ;  as  for  instance,  a  ring  and  bracelet  for  her  who  shall  be  the 
mother  of  a  daughter,  and  two  fans  of  the  same  shape  and  color,  for 
the  one  who  shall  give  birth  to  a  son.  When  this  agreement  is  enter- 
ed >  intos  it  is  almost  impossible  to  withdraw  from  it«  The  miitaal 
prosnise  is  afterwards  written  in  a  book  with  gilt  leaves,  consisting 
of  a  single  sheet  of  paper.  Afler  the  birth  of  the  daughter,  her  name 
is  recorded  upon  this  document,  together  with  those  of  her  father 
and  mother,  and  the  place  of  her  birth.  As  a  matter  of  etiquette,  the 
book  is  then  sent  to  the  parents  of  the  boy,  ^  who  receive  it,  and  on 
their  part  return  a  similar  one  to  the  other  party.  These  formalities, 
being  finished,  it  is  impossible  to  draw  back,  and  the  marriage  must 
take' place,  except  in  case  one  of  the  children  becomes  a  leper«  We 
see  then,  that  the  affair  of  marriage  is  not  a  question  of  consent 
between  the  affianced  parties,  since  it  is  concluded  by  the  parents, 
long  before  the  children  are  of  an  age  to  give  '¥L.  This  is  the  leasoa 
*  Dated  Uinghwa  foo,  March  4tb,  1833. 
VOL.   X.    MO.    I.  9 


66  Moticcs  of  China,  So.    V.  Feb. 

Avhy  there  are  m)  many  unhappy  women  who  find  no  end  to  their 
domestic  troubles,  but  in  suicide.  Ordinarily,  the  parents  take  the 
first  steps  towards  concluding  a  matrimonial  contract,  but  there  are 
persons  in  the  country,  men  and  women,  intrusted  with  the  business 
of  match-making.  These  people  make  it  their  profession,  get  their 
livelihood  by  it,  and  generally  follow  no  other.  Marriage  is  a  sort  of 
trade,  of  which  these  go-betweens -are  the  monopolists! 

It  is  dishonorable  to  a  girl  ten  years  of  age  not  to  have  been  be- 
trothed, and  after  that  period,  the  saying  is,  'the  market  is  dull.'  At 
the  age  of  fourteen  or  fifteen  years,  a  girl  can  no  longer  go  out  of  the 
house,  though  she  may  be  pardoned  if  curiosity  hais  led<her  now  and 
then  to  peep  out  at  the  door.  But  when  strangers  enter  the  house 
she  is  obliged  to  hide  herself  in  the  most  retired  apartment.  Every 
thing  being  ready  for  the  espousals,  the  parents  of  the  Ind  inform 
those  of  the  girl,  that  they  may  fix  the  day.  At  the  appointed  time, 
the  go-between,  attended  by  two  men  and  as  many  women,  goes  to 
the  house  of  the  future  spouse  with  the  usual  presents  in  baskets.  In 
one  are  found  the  two  gilt  books,  mentioned  above,  around  which  are 
arranged  diverse  kinds  of  fruits,  according  to  etiquette ;  and  in  the 
four  corners  are  coins  ranged  in  piles.  Another  contains  a  small 
fresh  ham,  the  foot  of  which  must  be  sent  back  to  the  intended  fsl- 
ther-in-laW.  A  third'  basket  has  vermicelli  in  it.'  On  the  arrival  of 
the  bearess  of  the  presents,  crackers  are  fired  to  proclaim  the  news  to 
the  neigh bot-s^  and  two  red  tapers  are  lighted  in  the  hall  of  entrance.' 
AflierwarHs,  the  betrothed  apportions  the  ham  to  those  present;  but 
the  number  is  often  so  great,  that  there  is  scarcely  a  morsel  for  each. 
Shcf  also  sends  the  little  book,  containing  the  promise  of  marriage,  to' 
hef  intended  husband  ;  and  her  parents  send  him  as  many  bsUikets* 
containing  articles  of  the  same  value  as  those  presented  to  her.  -They* 
are,  however,  of  a  different  kind,  and  consist  of' various  fruits,  of 
vvhich'they  make  six  separate  parcels,  each  having  a  certain  flower, 
set  upon  red  paper,  fastened  to  its*  four  corners.  ; 
:•  The  afiianced  boy  likewise  receives  from  his  mother-in-law '(that 
is  t6  be)  some  small  tokens  of  trifling  value,  which  he  immediately* 
diatribtites  td'= those  who  may  be  present.  Theseed  of  the  gourdj 
dried  in  the  ^  sun v  forms  t>ne  of  the 'latter:  Afle^  these  ceremonies; 
th^'y<>uth' cannot  upon  any  account  see  hts  iBSpoiis^d  ;  he  has  never 
seen  her  yet,  nor  will  he  till  the  day  of  their  nuptials.  If  hehasnot 
done  it  aheady, 'the  father  of  the  girl  is  not  tardy  to  demand  her 
price,  about  (33  being  the  most  moderate  sum  for  a  vt^ife.  More 
commonly  it  is  from  66  to  80  taels.     In  all  caseSj  tlte  young  man 


1841.  Molices  uf  China,  No.    V  67 

cannot' have  his  bride  Lrll  the  stipolated  price  has  been  paid^  and  .hft 
is.  further  more  obliged  to  pay  ithe  additional  expenses  incurred /when 
she^uitsrthe  paiernal  roof,  and.  goes  to  live  with  her  husband,  i..  n 
At  length;  when  the-  money  isfpaid^  and  the  time  for  the  marriage 
comes,  the  guesta resort  to  the  house  of  ihe  bridegroom,  to.celebratejt. 
The  courier,:  who  acts  aa  guide  to  the  chair*bearers,. accompanied  by 
a  person  appointed  to  direct  the  movements  of  the  bride^ takes  the  lead  ( 
yet  before  starting,  they  consult  an  astrologer,  to. ascertain  whether*  the 
day  is  propitious  or  unfavorable.  In  the  latter  :case^  they' take  care  to 
provide  themselves  with  a  large  piece  of  pork ^  so  that  the  demon,  which 
in  the- form  of  a  tiger,  may  be  likely: to  oppose  them,  being  wholly 
.occupied  in  devouring  the  meat,  may  leave  them  unmolested.  Mean- 
time the  maiden,  rising  before  dawn,  makes  her  toilet  in  the  haui  tan 
of  elegance,  dressing  herself  with  her  richest  jewels  >and  ^apparel. 
The. beat  garments  are  concealed  by  others  less  beautiful  worn  over 
them,,  and  the  whole  is  covered  by  a  bridal  dress,  which  is  simply 
a.large  mantle  that  completely  envelops  tier.  She  is  also  mulfled.  up 
in  an  enormous  hat,  .resembling  a  Hat.  wide  basket,  thai  descends  to 
the..8houldf3rs.and  covers  the  whole  ftgure.  Tiius  attired  she  takes 
her  seat  iu  ajred  [and  gilt]  sedan,  < borne  by  four  men.  All  who  meet 
her. 4ipon  the  road  are  obliged  to. yield. the  path,  even  though  it  be 
the -viceroy  of  the  province  that  passes  by.  The  sedan  is  entirely 
closed,  so  that  she  can  neither  see  nor  be  8een.  At  a  little  distance 
from  it,  one. or  more  chests  of  the  same  color  as  the.  sedan*  contain- 
ing the  apparel  of  the  bride,,  are  borne  in  state.  Moat  commonly 
they. contain  nothing  but  old  petticoats  and  small  linen,  the  apori  of 
all  aorta  of  vermin.  Custom  requires  that,  during. the  time  of  the  pro- 
.ceasion,,all  those  who  form  the  train .  should  weep  and- cry,. and-:until 
ithey  arrive  at  the  bridegroom's  house,  no.  music  is  heariii:  bul.that  of 
wails. [?]  If  however  the. distance  is  great  they  make  apause^cand 
only  resumetheir  lamentations  when  near  the  eiidof  the  jourjiey. 
..  At  last,  the  courier,  who  is  in  adi^ce  of  the  train  some  minutes, 
arrives  at  the  house  all  panting  Ton  breath,  knocks  loudly  at  the  door, 
and  cries  out  with  vehemence,  ''There  she  is!'\  and  at  once  a  mulli- 
tude  of  crackers,  tp  the:  noise  of  which  are  added  the  discordant 
BQuods  of  man.y  instruments  of  music,  announce  to  the  neighborhood 
the.afri)ial  of.the  bri4e»^  As  she,  stops  at  the  cbor,  the  bridegroo|n 
hi^stieiia:to  conceal  himself,  in  the  most  retired  part  of  ithe  house,  and 
there  closets  himself,  now  and  then  putting  his  eye  to  the  key-rhole  tp 
.se^.whi^t.  is? transpiring  without. .  The  go-between,,  wlio  accompanies 
tbeispoMse,  then  takes  a  little,  child,  if  there  be  one  iu  ihe  touttey^w^ 


68  Noiices  of  China,  No.    V  Frb. 

makes  him  salute  the  young  bride,  after  which  she  also  enters  the 
chamber  of  the  intended  husband,  to  inform  him  of  his  bride's  arrival. 
He  at  first  affects  indifference  to  all  that  is  going  on  around  him, 
and  seems  occupied  in  other  matters ;  however  he  goes  out  with  the 
go-between,  advancing  with  a  grave  step,  and  approaching  the  sedan, 
opens  the  door  with  an  air  of  agitation  and  trembling:  the  bride  steps 
out,  and  they  both  go  forward  together  to  the  ancestral  tablet,  which 
they  salute  with  three  genuflections,  and  then  seat  themselves  at 
table  opposite  to  each  other  face  to  face.  The  go*between  serves 
them,  and  the  bridegroom  eats  and  drinks,  but  the  bride  merely 
makes  a  pretense  of  it,  for  the  large  hat,  which  all  the  time  screens 
her  and  conceals  her  figure,  prevents  her  from  raising  anything  to 
her  mouth.  The  repast  being  finbhed,  the  now  wedded  pair  enter 
their  chamber. 

All  the  guests  have  a  lively  curiosity  to  know  the  result  of  this 
first  interview,  for  it  is  then  only  that  the  husband  removes  the  mask 
from  his  wife's  head,  and  for  the  first  time  in  his  life  beholds  her 
features.  Whether  pretty  or  ugly,  blind,  blear-eyed,  or  deformed,  he 
must  make  up  his  mind  to  have  her  for  his  lawful  wife,  and  whatever 
may  be  his  disappointment,  he  must  disguise  it,  and  outwardly  ap- 
pear content  with  his  lot.  Afler  he  has  considered  his  wife  for  some 
time,  the  guests,  parents  and  friends,  men  and  women,  all  enter  the 
apartment  to  do  the  same,  and  view  her  at  their  leisure.  Every  one  is 
allowed  to  express  his  opinion  aloud,  but  the  criticisms  of  the  women 
are  most  severe.  They  closely  scrutinize  the  newly  married  lady, 
and  make  every  little  natural  defect  which  they  observe,  the  subject 
of  remark  and  malicious  exaggeration.  They  are  the  more  severe  in 
their  censures,  from  the  recollection  that  they  themselves  have  been 
ill-treated  in  like  circumstances,  and  find  great  pleasure  in  having  an 
opportunity  to  be  avenged.  This  cruel  examination,  during  which 
she  who  is  the  object  of  it,  must  keep  silence,  and  cannot  in  any 
manner  complain  of  the  sever?1remarks  that  are  made  upon  her  per- 
son, being  finished,  she  is  at  first  introduced  to  her  father-in-law  and 
mother-in-law,  who  respectively  salute  her  according  to  etiquette,  and 
afterwards  into  the  presence  of  her  own  father  and  mother. 

It  should  be  observed  that  neither  of  the  parents  of  the  bride  ap- 
pear at  that  wedding.  Neither  of  them  can  be  invited  on  the  oc- 
casion, that  matter  belonging  entirely  to  the  bridegroom,  who  invites 
hift  parents  and  friends  a  fortnight  beforehand. 

The  cards  of  invitation  are  peculiar  in  their  form.  They  consist 
of  a  large  red  sheet  of  paper  folded  into  two  small  ones,  in  the  form 


1841.  Notirrs  of  fViina,  Xq.    V  m 

of  letters,  but  on  which  there  i»  nothing  written.  Only  those  who 
have  received  these  cards  in  du6  form  can  be  present  at  the  nuptials. 
The  bride^oom  is  always  the  bearer  of  them,  and  in  delivering  them 
to  the  guests,  he  at  the  same  time  makes  to  each  a  present  of  two 
cakes  made  of  rice  flour,  cooked  in  water  and  colored  red.  The 
persons  invited  must,  a  few  days  before  the  flf^te,  send  him  a  sum  of 
money  equal  to  and  even  greater  than  the  expenses  they  will  be  con- 
sidered as  occasioning.  The  least  sum  is  eighty  cash  for  a  child, 
and  a  hundred  and  forty  or  more  for  an  adult.  This  contribution 
serves  not  only  to  cover  the  cost  of  the  bridal  feast,  but  the  additional 
expenses. 

The  second  day  of  the  wedding,  the  husband  carries  to  the  same 
geata,  another  card  of  invitation,  like  the-first  and  with  the  same 
formalities,  and  everything  passes  oft*  as  on  the  preceding  day.  On 
the  second  day,  the  bride  goes  to  present  her  respects  to  the  ladies 
who  have  honored  the  nuptials  by  their  presence,  and  makes  a  genu- 
flection to  each.  They,  in  return,  each  make  her  a  present  of  a 
ring,  or  something  else,  of  indeterminate  value.  The  smallest  they 
can  give,  however,  must  be  vrorth  at  least  40  cash;  The  young 
gentlemen,  invited  to  the  wedding,  unite  together  ailer  the  feast, 
and  make  the  bridegroom  a  present  of  two  Chinese  lanterns.  In  tiie 
course  of  the  night  the  guests  in  concert  get  up  a  hurly-*bnrly  to  the 
wedded  pair.  In  the  midst  of  the  uproar,  and  when  the  latter  are 
supposed  to  be  asleep,  the  former  try  to  break  into  their  apartmeiftt, 
either  by  forcing  the  door,  or  by  making  a  hole  in  the  wall,  in  order 
to  carry  off  some  of  the  garments,  or  other  things  belonging  to  tlie 
married  couple.  If  they  succeed,  the  husband  is  obliged  to  repur- 
chase the  stolen  articles. 

In  the  ceremonies  that  accompany  marriage  entertainments,  the 
gravity  of  Chinese  manners  does  not  allow  of  those  animated  signs  of 
mirth,  which  we  oflen  see  among  us  under  similar  circumstances, 
but  on  the  other  hand  they  indulge  in  many  indecencies  which  our 
morals  forbid.  Throughout  the  whole  of  the  fl^te,  music  is  incessant, 
and  the  scene  closes  with  a  comedy,  performed  by  professional  actors, 
whose  theatrical  pieces  are  in  as  bad  taste  as  those  of  the  merry* 
andrews  that  go  about  our  country  to  amuse  people  with  their  farces. 
Before  the  guests  retire,  they  make  an  image  of  |>aper»  or  something 
else^  representing  a  little  child,  which  they  carry  to  the  bridal  bed  to 
secure  a  son  for  the  flrst-born.  The  comedians  receive  a  handful  of 
cash  for  their  services.'  Should  the  father  and  mother  of  one  of  the 
betrothed  happen  to  die,  the  marriage  ia  postponed  duiing  \\v^  ««^<su^ 


TO  Notices  of  China,  So.    V.  ilVx. 

of  mourning.     An. interdict  to  the  same  effect  is  laid  npon  the.  whole 
empire  when  the  emperor  dies. 

-  Marriage  among  die  poor  is  more  simple.  They  often  purchase  for 
a  smalt  sum,  a  little  girl  whom  they  train  up  to  be  their  son's  wife, 
when  he  is  of  a  suitable  age,,  and  in  that  case  the  exfienses  are  very 
much  reduced.  On  the  other  hand,- poor  parents,  who  have  a 
daughter  already  affianced,  whom  they  find  it  dillicult  to  maintain, 
send  her  with  ceremony  to  the  parents  of  her  intended  husband,)  who 
are  obliged  to  receive  and  support  her; 

The  12th,  13th  and  L4th  days  of  the  Chinese  moon,  are:  holidays, 
consecrated  to  the  worship  of  the  genii  or  spirits,  to  whom  the  people 
address  themselves  praying  for  health  and  riches,  the  only  blessings, 
alas!  which  these  poor  .idolaters  know  or  desire.  .  At  theae  times,  in 
villages,  where  there  are.  persons  that  have  been  married  in  the 
course  of  the  year,  the  •  inhabitants,  men  and  women,  join  together 
on  one  of  these  days,  and  go  by  night  to  visit  the  new  wife,  who,  shut 
up.  in  the  house  from  which,  she  cannot  go  out,  as  yet  knows  nobody 
in  the  place  of  her  confinement.  ! .     .<    ;    .:      i         !• 

The  ydung  woman  receives  her  visitor^  standing  by  her  bed,  wttli 
her  husband  at  her  side.'  The  men  enter  first j  and  carefully  scruti- 
nize her  j :  but .  na  one  can  say  a  word.  She  too  is  silent,  but)  her 
husband  being  the  speaker  on  the  occasion,  makes  a  pompous  pane- 
gyric upon  his  wife,  especially  upon  her  external;  perfections,  calling 
their  attention  to  her  pretty  little  feet,  her  beautiful  hands,  d&c.,.dbc. 
Meantime  tliey  are  going  and  coming,  incessantly,  and  from  their 
eager  appearance,  one  might  take  them  for  people  going  to  see  rare 
beasts  shut  up  in  a  menagerie;  As  fast  as  they  retire,. they  are  regal- 
ed with  a  cup  of  tea  and  a  pipe  of  tohacco.  Afler  the  men  have 
satisfied  their  curiosity,  then  comes  the  ivomen's  turn.  The  husband 
withdraws,  and  leaves  them  the  open  held  with  his  young  wife.  They 
notice  her  person,  with  the  closest  scrutiny  from  head^to  foot,  and 
afterwards  every  article  of  her  apparel.  She  must  take  good,  .heed 
not  to  be  abashed^  and.  to  be  .very  discreet  in  her  wordSy^for  her  per- 
son, her  conversation,  her  carriage^  .everything  about  her  is  noticed, 
remembered,  and  very  soonj  divulged  and  maliciously  exaggerated. 
Every  defect  which  they  can  discover  becomes  the  common  topic  of 
conversation  for  along  time,  among,  those  of  her  sex,  so  that  we  may 
say  that  her  reputation  for  life  turna  upon  hef* discretion  at  that  time, 
and.  besides,  however  grave  and  reserved  may  be  her  manner,  how- 
ever  wise  her  words^  however  accomplished  her  person^. the  tongues 
of  jealous  women  will  always  find  matter  for  their  censures.     The 


1841;  Notices  of  Jnpmi.   \v     Vf  71 

poor  creature,  well  knowing  thai  she  cannot  plcaae  every  body,  some- 
times resolves  to  say  nothing,  and  remains  motionless  as  a  statue, 
with  an  elongated  visage,  her  eyes  half-shut  and  fixed  upon  the 
ground,  making  no  reply  to  any  address,  and  suffering  herself  to  be 
examined  without  uttering  a  word. 

After  the  wedding  is  over,  the  son-in-law  will  not  enter  the  house 
of  his  father-in-law,  and  vice  versi,  unless  they  are  mutually  antici- 
pated by  a  formal  invitation  to  a  feast,  in  which  no  point  of  etiquette 
can  be  dispensed  with.  When  this  duty  has  been  performed  they 
can  visit  each  oth(*-  at  pleasure. 

As  the  husband's  father  is  considered  as  having  purchased  his 
daughter-in-law,  she  belongs  to  him,  and  he  has  the  right  to  dispose 
of  her.  Hence  it  is,  that  many  sell  their  son's  widow  to  other  per- 
sons, and  oflen  at  a  low  price.  If  she  has  had  children  by  her  first 
marriage^  they  appertain  by  right  to  the  father-in-law,  and  she  cannot 
take  them  away  with  her.  Henceforth  these  children  have  no  rela- 
tion to  her,  and  no  longer  regard   her  as  their  mother. 

In  China,  no  account  is  made  of  relationship  on  the  mother's  side, 
and  therefore  the  childien  of  sisters  may  lawfully  marry ;  each  other ; 
but  on  the  side  of  fathers  and  brothers  it  has  no  end,  and  relatives 
by  the  male  line^  though  of  the  hundredth  generation  from  the  com- 
mon stock,  can  in  no  case  intermarry.  The  laws  severely  forbid  it, 
and  such  a  marriage  would  be  null. 

A.  woman  cannot  visit  her  parents  for  at  least  a  year  afler  her 
nuptials,  unless  the  most  urgent  circumstances,  such  as  the  death  of 
one  of  her  parents,  oblige  her  to  do  so.  Before  she  pays  them  a  visit, 
they  must  call  upon  her.'  After  that  she  is  at  liberty  to  go,  accom- 
panied by  her  husband,  carrying  presents  with  her,  in  great  fprmaii- 
ty^  tvith  a  sedan,  music,  dec,  and  returns  to  her  home  only  when  her 
father-in-law  recalls  her  in  state,  after  having  repeated  her  presents 
anew.r  •••' 

ifote.  These  notices  of  Chinese  iisnges  are  by  us  the  more  valued,  because 
they  afTord  information  concerning  things  wiiicb  exist  in  (he  interior  of  the  coun- 
tiy,  wbei^  ihey  have  been  described  by  eyewitnesses ;  but  more  notes  are  requir- 
ed than  «re  here  added,  especMly  where  the  usages  described  are  different  from 
W-halw»  find  in  this  part  of  the.  mupire-.  >  Thus,  in  the  present 'article,  the  writer 
speaks  of  the  weeping  and  crying  of  those  who"  go  in  procession  when  carrying 
the  bride  tothe  home  of  her  new  husband:  in  this  part  of  the  country,  nothing  of 
the  kind,  so  far  as  we  know,  exists;  but  previously  (u  her  leaving  the  home  of  her 
pdrenf^^Mltid'tyaually  some  ten  or  twenty  days  previously — there  is  a  long  season 
of  weepin^'Awk^'wailing,  in  which  she  is  joined  by  many  >  of  her  friends  and 
relatives.       ^..        .      ■ 


TZ  Voiiceii  of  Japan,  \n    VI  Vv.b. 


Art.  11.      Notices    of  Japan^    l\o,    VL:   anecdotes  illustrative  of 

Japanese  character ;  the  visit  of  the  Phaton ;  a  conspiracy ;  a 

wrecked  ship;  a  magistrate's  sagacity ^  S^c,  S^c, 

Of  this  kind  of  illustration,  the  Dutch  writers  afibrd  very  little,  and  that  little 
is  chiefly  found  in  DocfTs  Recollections ;  though  from  Titsingh's  unreadable  An- 
nals  a  few  anecdotes  may  be  gathered,  that  strongly  exemplify  some  national- 
peculiarities  both  of  mind  and  manRers;  for  example,  the  vindictiTe  spirit  and 
inflexible  constancy  of  the  Japanese,  tlic  sHght  account  they  make  of  human  life 
(save  as  its  loss  would  imply  an  act  of  it^iustice),  their  love  of  a  jest,  and  tlieir 
ideas  of  good  breeding.  Upon  the  established  principle,  that  tragedy  should  pre. 
cede  fsirce,  wo  will  begin  with  an  instance  given  by  DoefTof  the  abdomen-ripping. 
lie  does  not  give  it  as  an  anecdote,  but  relates  it  as  part  of  the  history  of  his 
presidentship.  His  story  is  too  prolix  to  be  given  in  his  own  words,  to  say  noth- 
ing  of  his  ignorance  of  the  object  of  the  English  officer. 

In  the  year  1808,  Capt.  Pellow  of  the  Phcton,  while  cruizing  in  the  Indian 
seas,  projected  tJic  capture  of  the  annual  Dutch  vessels  trading  with  Japan.  His 
search  for  them  proved  unsuccessful,  that  being  one  of  the  years  in  which  none 
were  dispatched ;  but  ho  prosecuted  it  even  into  the  bay  of  Nagasaki.  The  con- 
sequences of  this  step,  unintentionally  and  unconsciously  on  his  part,  were  such 
as  to  excite  a  fierce  hatrad  of  England  in  the  minds  of  the  Japanese. 

Upon  captain  Pcllow's  making  the  coast,  and  the  report  of  a  strange  vessel  in 
sight  reaching  Nagasaki,  the  usual  deputation  was  sent  forth ;— ^the  previous  in- 
quihes  and  taking  of  hostages,  described  by  Siebold,  have  been  ordered  in  conse- 
quenne  of  this  transaction.  The  boat  bearing  the  members  of  the  Dutch  factory 
was  in  advance  of  that  with  the  Japanese  commission,  and,  as  tlie  ship  displayed 
Dutch  ooloiB,  advanced  joyfully  to  meet  her  shallop,  when,  as  soon  aa  they 
were,  within  reach  of  each  other,  the  Dutch  officials  were  grappkMl*  dragged  for- 
cibly  into  the  ship's  boat,  and  carried  on  boards  -  The  Japanese  police-officers  and 
interpreter,  in  utter  dismay  at  so  unexpected,  so  inconaprehensible  a  catastrophe, 
rowed  back  to  relate  the  misadventure  of  their  foreign  colleagues.  The  governor 
of  Nigasaki,  to  whom  the  loss  of  two  of  the  strangers  in  his  charge  was  matter 
of  hie  and  death,  ordered  the  two-  go-bany99i  to  bring  back  the  captured  Dutch- 
men, or  not  to  return  alive;  and  then  sent  to  ask  Doeff  what  could  be  the  mean. 
ing  of  the  occurrence,  and  whether  he  saw  any  means  of  recovering  his  people. 
DbeflT  replied,  that  he  conceived  the  ship  to  be  an  English  man.of.war,  and  that 
the.  Dutchmen,  being  civilians,  might  be  recovered  by  negotiation.  But  even 
whikt  these  mesasgea.  were  passing,  the  PluBtQA  made  her  way,  unpiloted,  into 
the  harbor,  and  the  Japanese,'  oonfimmded  at  an  expknt  altogether  unprecedented^ 
raised  4.  qtj  that  she  was  beArmg  down  upon  Dezima. 

The  governor,  who  now  feared  to  k)se  his  whole  factory,  ordered  all  the  Dutch, 
men,  with  their  moat  valuable  effects,  to  the  govemment-house,  therfi.^tieaat,  to 
be  aa  safe  as  himself.  They  found  him  m  a  fearfoi  rage,  and  he  gNSrted  Doeff  with 
the  words:  **Be  you  easy,  opperhoofd;  I  will  have  your  Dutchmen liack  for  you." 
Soon  afterwards  came  a  note  Ixom  one  of  the  captives,  stating  that  the  ship  was 
English,  and  that  captain  FcUew  requested  provisions  and  water. 


1841.  yotices  of  Japan,  No.    17.  73 

With  tills  demand  the  governor  declared  himself  little  disposed  to  comply ;  and 
he  was  busily  engagred  in  making  preparations  for  destroying  the  strange  yessel,  ae- 
cording  to  the  general  tenor  of  his  instructions.  His  first  measure  was  to  summon 
the  troops  from  the  nearest  post,  one  of  the  prince  of  Fizen's,  whers  a  thousand 
men  were  bound  to  be  constantly  on  duty ;  only  sixty  or  seventy  were  found  there*  th« 
commandant  himself  being  amongst  the  missing.  This  neglect  of  orders  by  others 
nearly  sealed  the  governor's  own  fate :  but  he  did  not  intermit  his  efforts  to  regain 
the  Dutchmen,  and  his  scheme  for  succeeding  by  negociation  was  truly  Japanese. 
The  chief  secretary  watted  upon  Doeff,  informing  him  that  he  had  received  orders 
to  fetch  back  the  captives ;  and  to  the  question,  "  How  7"  replied,  "  Even  as  the 
ship  ha*  seised  the  Dutchmen,  treacherously ;  so  shall  I  go  on  board  quite  alone, 
and  with  the  strongest  professions  of  friendship ;  I  am  then  to  ask  for  the  captain, 
to  request  the  l^storation  of  the  Dutchmen ;  and  m  case  of  a  refusal,  to  stab  him 
first,  and  then  myself."  DoeiPs  representations  to  both  the  seeretazy  and  the 
governor,  that  such  an  act  must  infallibly  cause  the  death  of  the  captives  by  the 
hands  of  the  enrsf^ed  crew,  could  with  difficulty  induce  them  to  abandon  this 
wildly.vindictive  project. 

One  of  the  Dutch  captives  was  now  sent  on  shore,  on  parole,  to  fetch  the  pro* 
visions  asked  for:  He  reported  that  he  and  his  comrade  had  been  strictly  Inter- 
rogated  as  to  the  annual  Dutch  ship;  and  that  the  English  captain  threatened, 
should  he  detect  any  attempt  at  deception  respecting  them,  to  put  both  captives 
to  death,  and  bum  every  vessel  in  the  harbor,  Japanese  or  Chinese.  The  go. 
vemor  was  most  unwilling  to  let  his  recovered  Dutchman  return  to  captivity,  but 
was  at  length  convinced  of  the  necessity  of  suffering  him  to  keep  his '  word, 
for  the  sake  of  the  other.  He  then  gave  him  provisions  and  water  to  take  on 
board,  but  in  very  small  quantities,  hoping  thus  to  detain  the  ship  until  he  should 
be  ready  for  hoetihties.  Capt  Pellew  had  by  this  time  satisfied  himself  that  his 
intended  prizes  were  not  in  Nagasaki  bay,  and  in  consequence,  upon  receiving 
this  scanty  supply,  he  sent  both  Dutchmen  on  shore.  Their  release  was  to  the 
two  police-officers,  who  were  still  rowing  despondingly  round  and  round  the 
PluBton,  meditating  upon  the  impossibility  of  executing  their  commissiouf  a  respite 
from  certain  death. 

Meanwhile,  the  governor  was  collecting  troops  to  attack  the  English  frigate : 
bnt  his  operations  proceeded  slowly,  and  other  subsidiary  measures  were  suggest- 
ed. The  prince  of  Omura,  who  came  to  Nagasaki  witli  his  troops  before  dawn, 
advised  burning  her,  by  means  of  fifty  small  boats  filled  with  (Sombustibles,  the 
Dutch  president  preventing  her  escape  by  sinking  vessels  laden  with  stones  in  the 
difficult  passage  out  of  the  harbor.  But  whilst  all  these  plans  were  under  con- 
sideration,  whilst  troops  were  assembling  as  fast  as  possible,  and  commissioners 
rowing  from  shore  to  shore  to  gain  time  by  proposals  to  negociate  respecting  com. 
meroe,  tHe  Englishman,  who  had  no  further  object  in  remaiiyng,  sailed  out  of  the 
harbor  as  he  had  sailed  in,  unpiloted,  leaving  the  Japanese  even  more  confounded 
than  before. 

The  Dutch  now  returned  to  Dazima,  and  as  far  as  they  were  concerned,  the 
whole  afiUr  was  over.  Not.  so  with  respect  to  the  Japanese.  The  governor  had, 
involuntarily  indeed,  disobeyed  his  orders,  by  suffering  the  escape  of  the  intruder; 
and  he  felt  that  he  had  be^n  negligent  in  not  knowing  the  state  of  the  eoast-guanl 

VOL.    X.    NO.    If.  10 


74  yotires  of  Jnpnn,  So     VI.  Fkb. 

poMU.     To  a  Japanese,  hiR  propf^r  roiine  under  such  circum^tancM  eould  not  re. 
quire  deliberation.     Nor  did  it.    The  catantiophe  in  thus  told  :* 

"He  ao  well  knew  the  fate  awaitinfr  him,  that,  witliia^half  an  hour  of  our 
departure,  he  aaaembled  his  household,  and  in  their  presence,  ripped  hiinaeU*  up. 
The  cominanders  of  the  deficient  posts,  officers  not  of  the  Miogmm  but  of  the  prince 
of  Flzen,  followed  his  example ;  thus  saving  their  kindred  from  inevitable  dishonor. 
That  their  neglect  would  indeed  have  been  punished  with  the  utmost  severity,  ap- 
pean  from  the  circumstance  that  the  prince  of  Fizen,  although  not  then  in  his 
dominiona,  but  compulsorily  resident  at  Vedo,  was  punished  with  a  hundred  days  of 
imprisonment,  because  the  servants  whom  he  had  left  behind  him  had  not  duly 
obeyed  his  orders.  On  the  other  hand,  the  young  sou  of  the  governor  of  Nagasaki, 
who  was  altogether  blameless  on  the  occasion,  is  at  this  hour  m  high  favor  at 
court,  and  has  obtained  an  excellent  post.  When  I  visited  the  court  of  Yedo  in 
1810,  I  was  told  the  following  particulars  respecting  thin  youth.  The  prince  of 
Fizen,  considering  that  the  death  of  the  governor  of  Nagasaki  might  in  a  great 
measure  be  imputed  to  him,  inasmuch  as  the  desertion  of  the  guard  posts,  though 
occurring  without  his  fault,  had  nuuiily  contributed  to  it,  requested  permission  of 
the  council  of  state  to  make  a  present  of  two  thousand  kohan  (about  X2,650)  to 
the  son  of  the  unfortunate  governor.  Not  only  was  this  request  granted,  but  the 
wholly  unexpected  and  unsolicited  favor  was  added,  that,  to  spar^  kim  further 
appUeationMt  he  might  repeat  the  gift  annually.  This  permission,  being  equivalent 
to  a  eommatid,  compelled  the  prince  of  Fizen  to  pay  an  annuity  to  the  governor's 
orphans."  t 

This  story,  falling  within  Heer  Doeff^s  personal  knowledge,  accurately  eha. 
racterizes  the  spirit  of  the  Japanese  government,  and  the  occasions  rendering 
suicide  imperative.  It  is  metanclioiy  to  be  obliged  to  add  that,  according  to  re. 
port,  Dr.  Von  Siebold  has  had  the  misfortune  of  causing  a  similar  catastrophe, 
though  upon  a  smaller  scale.  The  details  are  not  yet  before  the  public;  but  are 
said  to  be  these.  The  high  reputation  of  the  doctor  for  science,  and  the  favor  of 
influential  Japanese  friends,  obtained  for  him  permission  to  remain  at  Yedo  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  instruction  to  the  learned  members  of  the  college,  when  Col.  Van 
Sturler  returned  to  Dezima ;  and  afterwards  permission,  more  extraordinary  still* 
to  travel  in  the  empire.    He  was,  however,  prohibited  from  taking  plans  or  nmking 

•    Doeff. 

t  Both  Meylan  and  Fischer,  in  speaking  shortly  of  this  unfortunate  vi^it  of 
the  Phnton  to  the  bay  of  Nagasaki,  assert  that  captain  Pellew  insisted  upon  a 
supply  of  fresh  beef,  as  the  ransom  of  his  Dutch  prisoners,  threatening  to  hang 
them  in  case  of  a  refusal ;  that  the  governor,  out  of  pure  humanity,  sacrificed  a 
buUock  to  save  the  lives  of  two  men,  and  killed  himself  to  expiate  tdis  sin  of  com. 
miaBk>n,  this  violation  of  a  positive  law.  Now,  to  say  nothing  of  the  improbability 
of  an  English  gentleman's  being  guilty  of  an  act  so  idly  and  so  foolishly  violent 
and  cruel,  neither  Meylan  nor  Fischer,  who  were  not  then  in  Dezima,  could  know 
this  story  save  by  hearsay ;  while  Doeff  was  not  only  on  the  spot,  but  one  of  the 
chief  actors  in  the  prologue  to  the  final  tragedy ;  and  the  narrative  in  the  text  is 
taken  from  his  pages,  with  no  other  alteration  than  compression,  explanation  of 
captain  Pellew's  views,  and  omission  of  some  vituperatkm  of  that  officer  in  par- 
ticular,  and  bis  countrymen  in  general.  Doeff,  who  explicitly  states  the  govema's 
reasons  for  killing  himself,  says  not  a  word  of  beef;  and  he  assuredly  desires  not  to 
favor  England  or  the  En^ish,  to  whom  he  imputes  every  body'^  misdemeanors. 
The  tale  nad  grawn  more  marvelous  by  tradition  when  told  to  the  later  writer»« 
that  is  all. 


1841.  AWiff5  of  Japan,  Xo.   Vl.  75 

tiuipt,  but  wt*  detected  in  the  tran^tpr^emoti  of  this  prohibition,  Alid  imprisoned. 
His  escape  was  eflectcd  by  the  fidelity  and  attachment  of  his  Japanese  domestics; 
but  the  person  or  penons  who  were  rv^sponsible  for  his  safe  custody  had  no  re- 
source but  the  kmrm^kiri,  Thia  is.  the  story  circulated  on  the  Continent ;  the  ac- 
cnraoy  of  the  details  cannot  be  airouAhed;  but  of  the  fact,  that  the  German 
doctor's  escape,  like  the  British  sailor'Sf  caused  Japanese  suicide,  there  seems  to  be, 
unhappily,  no  doubt. 

But  to  leave  the  subject  of  self-slaughter.  The  following  fraf^ment  of  history, 
Mn  the  Annals  of  the  nogomia  of  the  Gon^en  d3masty,  is  characteristic  alike  of 
the  vindictive  temper,  resolution,  high  sense  of  honor,  and  ferocity  in  punishment 
of  the  Japanese,  and  4lad  of  their  long  enduring  hereditary  gratitude. 

Dttring  *  the  civil  waia  (which  will  be  related  in  a  succeeding  paper  on  Japan, 
ese  hbtory)  between  Gongen  and  his  grand.daughtei's  husband,  Hideyosi,  the 
prince  of  Toza  had  been  a  faithful  adherent  of  the  latter ;  after  whose  discomfiture, 
he  fen  into  thd  conqueror's  hands.  He  endured  much  cruel,  much  degrading 
treftlment;  and  at  last,  his  hands  were  ordered  to  be  struck  off,  which  in  Japan  is 
dM  very  extremity  of  dishonor.  The  prisoner  upbraids  the  usurper,  who  thus 
appeam  to  have  been  present  throughout,  with  his  peijury  to  Hideyosi,  and  his 
barbarity  -to  himself.  The  answer  to  his  reproaches  was  sentence  of  decapitation. 
The  prince's  son,  Marubasi  Chuya,  instantly  resolved  to  avenge  Ills  father's 
death ;  but  being  then  a  destitute  and  helpless  child,  but  nine  years  old,  he  careful- 
ly  eonceaied  his  purpose  imtil  he  should  find  himself  in  a  condition  to  efibct  it. 
This  did  not  happen  until  the  accession  of  Gongen's  great-grandson,  Mlttamoto 
no  Ycjretsuna,  in  1^1,  when  he  was  appointed  commander  of  the  pikemen  of 
Vorinobo,  the  new  whgotMfM  uncle.  Chuya  now  deemed  the  moment  of  revenge 
arrived.  Ho  concerted  his  schemes  with  Ziositz  [or  Yuino  Sioslts],  the  son  of  afir 
emiaent  dyer  but  a  man  of  slich  talent,  that  he  had  been  tutor  to  Yorinobu.  Thii 
prinoe  himself  was  suspected  of  being  implicated  in  the  conspiracy;  if  he  was,  the 
prosenee  of  mind  and  firmness  of  Kis  confederates  effectually  screened  him.  Ydt, 
when  we  are  told  that  the  drift  of  the  plot  was  to  extermmate  the  whole  race  of 
Gongen,  and  to  divide  the  empire  betwben  Chuya  and  Siosita,  this  seemi  a 
design  so  unlikely  fot*  a  prince  of  the  proscribed  family  to  participate  in,  that  we 
mart  suppoee  the  views  of  the  conspirators  to  be  misrepresented,  or  Yoflnoba 
to  h4ve  been  duped  by  his  accomplices,  as  the  issue  of  the  transaction  renders  it 
hardly  possible  to  acquit  him  of  all  knowledge  of  the  plot. 

An  -  act  Of  indiseretion  on  the  part  of  Chuva,  after  so  many  years  (nearly 
fifty)  of  prudence,  betrayed  the  conspiracy,  and  orderrwore  issued  fcir  his  arreit, 
and  that  of  Sioeitaw  It  was  deemed  important  to  seise  both,  or  at  leist  Chuyt, 
who  resided  at  Yedo,  alive,  in  the  hope  of  extorting  Airther  disc]Oiinras;'uid 
measures  were  taken  accordingly.  An  alarm  of  fire  was  raised  at  Chuya*i 
door,  and  when  he^ran  Out  to  aaeertain  the  degree  of  danger  threatening  his  house, 
he  was  suddenly  iurrounded  iuid  attacked.  He  defended  himself  itoutly,  outtlflg 
down  two  of  his  sssailahta;  but,  in  the  end,  was  overpowered  by  numbert,  and 
seeured.  His  wifef  meanwhile^  hid  heard  the  sounds  of  confilet,  and  apptvhend- 
iiig  its  caune,  immediately  caught  up  those  of  her  husband*!  papers  which  would 
have  revealed  the  ntmee  of  his  eohff*derateB  (amongst  whom  were  men  of  distine. 
tion  and  princes  of  th^  land),  and  burnt  them;    Her  presence  of  mind  rematBA 

«    Tltsingh,  ptge  14. 


76  \otiui  of  Japan,  No.   VI.  Feb 

eren  to  this  day  a  topic  of  admiration  in  Japan,  where  the  highest  eutogy  for  judg« 
mont  and  reiolution  that  can  be  bestowed  upon  a  woman,  ia  to  compare  her  to  the 
wife  of  Chuya.  Such  qualities,  it  may  be  oonjectored,.  had  procuisd  her  the 
honor,  contrary  to  Japanese  oustora,  of  being  her  husband's  confidant. 

The  plans  of  government  being  thus  foiled,  even  in  their  apparent  sacoessi  the 
next  orders  were  to  arrest  all  the  known  friends  of  Chuya*  Sioaits  avoided  cap- 
^ure  by  the  usual  form  of  suicide;  but  two  of  his  friends,  named  Ikeyemon  and 
Faohiyemon,  were  seixed  and  interrogated.  They  promptly  acknowledged  their 
participation  in  a  conspiracy  which  they  esteemed  honorable,  but  refused  xt« 
betray  a  confederate.  The  destruction  of  Chuya*s  papers  left  no  possible  mean* 
of  disoovering  the  parties  implioatad,  except  the  confession  of  one  of  the  prisooArs, 
and  they  were  therefore  subjected  to  tortures  sickening  to  ralato,  but  which  moat 
nevertlieless  be  known,  if  we  would  justly  appreciate  either  the  firmness  or  the 
ferocity  of  the  Japanese  character. 

Chuya,  ikeyemon,  and  Fachijremon  were,  in  the  first  instance,  plastered  all 

over  with  wet  clay,  then  laid  upon  hot  ashes,  until  the  drying  and  contracting  of 

the  clay,  rent  and  burst  the  flesh  into  innumerable  wounds.    Not  one  of  them 

changed  countenance,  and  Fachiyemon,  taunting  his  tormentors  like  a  Biohawk  in 

the  hands  of  hostile  Cherokees,  observed,  **  I  have  had  a  long  journey,  and  this 

warming  is  good  for  my  health;  it  will  supple  my  joints,  and  render  my  limbe 

more  active.**    llie  next  form  of  torture  tried  was  making  an  incision  of  aboni 

eight  inohee  k>ng  in  the  back*  into  which  melted  copper  was  poured;  and  this  oop. 

per,  when  it  had  cooled,  was  dug  out  again,  tearing  away  the  flesh  that  adhered 

to  it.  Thia  likewise  failed  to  conquer  the  fortitude  of  the  victims :  Fachiyemon  at. 

faotod  to^  consider  it  a  newAshJoned  application  of  the  simm,  a  Japanese  mode  of 

medical    treatment  by  actual  cautery;  and   Chuya  thus  repbed  to  the  judge- 

mioister,  who  urged  him  to  avoid  further  sufeing  by  revealing  his  aocompUeea : 

**8oaroely  had  I  completed  my  ninth  year,  when  I  resolved  to  avenge  my  fotlier* 

and  aeixe  the  throne.    My  comage  you  can  no  more  shake  than  a  wall  of  iron. 

I  defy  your  ingenuity !     Invent  new  toiiaiea;  my  fortitude  is  proof  againsa  tiiem  !** 

The  government  now  deapeiiedof  obtaining  more  victime  than  those  they 

alieady  held,  and  the  day  of  exeentaon  was  appointed.    When  it  dawned,  the 

death  dnomed,  amounting  in  nnmber  to  thirty  Jour,  were,  condneled  in 

IhsMigh  the  streets  of  the  town,  headed  by  Chuya;  his  wife  and  mother, 

Ikeyemon^B  wue,  and  four  other  wonen,  ekieed  the  mehmehQly  train.    It  may 

bare  be  remarked,  that,  out  of  thirtyJbor  praonen.  only  three  were  tortured; 

bah^  became  the  rmgkadeie  only  were  supposed  to  pTisnoM  the  knowledge 

•d;  and  Chuya^s  wifo,  who  was  mantfestly  in  the  secret  of  the  names  so  keenly 

and  foiooiouBly  sought,  could,  aa  a  woman,  give  no  available  evidence,  even  if 

oanlassnn  were  extorted  Item  her. 

Aa  the  procession  reached  the  plaee  of  execution,  a  man,  beanng  two  jr>idJultrd 
broke  through  the  encirrhng  crowd,  approached  the  minister  of  jwtiee 
duty  It  was  to  aapaintend  the  work  of  death,  and  thw  iridrossed  him:  •*  I 
ua  Sibata  Zahiobe,  the  tamA  of  Chnya  and  of  Siosita.  Living  for  rcino«e,  I 
kaie  bel  latslT  heard  of  thaw  discovered  coaspuacy.  and  immediatejv 
to  Teda.  Hitherto  I  have  resDained  in  coaecahnent,  hoping  thai  the 
dsmmiey  ^  woeU  pardon  Chnya ;  bnt  as  he  w  now  rnndnmned  to  die,  I 
as  eaa^taee  him.  and  if  need  be.  to  sufler  with  hon.* — '*  You  aiv  a  worthv  man.* 


1841.  Noiicc^  tif  Japaity  So.   VL  77 

lepliaci  the  Juiiicial  officer,  **  knd  I  would  dLll  the  world  were  like  you.  t  need  hot 
awmit  the  goTemor  of  Yedo^s  penniMion  to  grant  your  wi»h ;  you  are  at  liberty  to 
join  Chnya." 

Thd*  two  friendfl  conversed  awhile  undisturbed ;  then  Stbata  produced  a  jug  of 
ssAe,  which  he  had  brought,  that  they  might  drink  it  together,  and  as  they  did  so, 
they  bade  each  other  a  last  £axeweU.  Both  wepL  Chuya  earnestly  thanked 
Sibata  for  ooming  to  see  him  once  more.  Sibata  said :  **  Our  body  m  this  worid 
wisembles  the  magnificent  flower  osa^tfaoo,  that,  blossoming  at  peep  of  dawn, 
Cides  and  dies  as  soon  as- the  sun  has  risen ;  or  the  ephemeral  kogaro  (an  insect). 
Butafler,  death,  we  shall  be  in  a  better  world,  where  we  may  uninterruptedly 
enjoy  each  other's  society.**  Having  thus  spoken,  he*  rose,  left  Chuya,  and 
thaakod  the  superintending  officer  for  his  indulgence*    .  \ 

.  All  the  prisoners  were.  then,  fastened  to  separate  crosses,  aud  the  executioners 
bvaadiahed  their-  fata^^jnkes.  Chuya  was  first  dispatched,  by  ripping  him  up 
with  two  cuts  in  the  form,  of  a  craos.  The  others  were  then  successively  execut- 
ed;  Chnya'B  wife  dying  with  the  constancy  promised  by  her  previous  conduct.  . 

It  may  here  be  observed»  that  the  difference  between  this  execution  and  all  the 
deeeriptkipi  given  in  tbe.last-  paper,  tends  to  confirm  the  conjecture  there  hasard. 
ed  that  the  manner  is  not  fixed*  but  depends  much  upon  the  judge.  The  different 
writers  describe  what  they  haveseeor  rather  than  what  is  prescribed.  This  rip« 
ping  up  of  Chuya  does,  not  affisct  what-  was  there  said  of  the  har^kiri^  the 
essence  of  which  is,  its  being  suicidal,  or  the  proper  act  of  the  sufierer.  This  is 
merely  a  substitute  for  decapitation.     But  our  story  is  not  yet  finished. 

When  this  judicial  massacre  was  over,  Sibata  presented  his  two  valuable  swords 
to  tha  official  superintendent,  with  these  words:  "To  you  I  am  indebted  for  my 
conversation  with  my  lost  friend ;  and  I  now  requests  you  to  denounce  me  to  the 
stegvoii*  that  I  may  suffer  like  Chuya." — **The  gods  forbid  that  I  should  act 
thnat'f  rejoined  the  person  addressed.  **  You  deserve  a  better  fate  than  to<die  like 
him;  you,  who  whilst  all  his  other  friends  were  consulting  their  own -safety  by 
lurking  in  concealment,  came  boldly  forward  to  embrace  him.** 

As  the  name  of  Sibata  Zabrobe  does  not  again  occur  in  the  Annals^  it  may  be 
hoped,  that  this  stoutJiearted  and  faithful  friend  was  sufiered  toietum  safely  to 
his  distant  home.  Bi^t  the  £kte  of  another  of  the  suspected  conspirators  is  still  to 
be  told,  and  the  manner  of  his  esc;ipe  .exemplifies  one  of  the  lofy  characteristics  of 
the  nation — ^their  devoted  fideUty. 

The.  burning  of  Chuya's  papers  had  destroyed  all  proof,  if  any  had  existed,  of 
Yodnobu's  compUcity ;  but  circumstances  were  strong  against  him.  His  palace 
was  eearched,  but  nothing  found  that  could  decidedly  inculpate  him;  and  now  his 
seeretary,  Kanno  Heyemon,  came  forward  with  a  declaration,  that  he,  and  only 
he,  in  the  prince's  establishment,  had  been  cttgniaaut  of  the  conspirsicy,  confirming 
his.assertion  by  ripping  himself  up.  The  fruit  of  this  self-immolation  was,:  that 
Yorinobu,  although  still  suspected,,  remained  unmolested  at  Yedo^j  and  that  a 
suspected  prince  did  so  remain*  may  show  bow  mo<lified  and  bound  by  law  is 
Japanese  despotism.  Some  g-»erations.  afterwards,  Yosimune,  descendant  of 
Yofinobu's,^  became  sfogoan,  and  evinced  the  gratitude  of  the  family  for  the 
pieservation  of  their  ancestor,-  by  raising  the  posterity-  of  Kanno  Heyemon  to 
some  of  the  highest  honors  of  the  sUte,  and  rendering  them  hereditary  in  his  race. 

The  i^ext  anecdote,  taken  from  the  same  iiource,  will  both  show  that  the  wo. 


78  XqHm  of  Japan,  No,   VI  Fku. 

m«n  thare  in  tbui  lofty  eoiilempt  for  life,  whether  iheir  own  or  •nothet'at  wh«ii 
they  conceive  duty,  or  the  public  iiitereet,  to  require  the  seoriliae ;  and  that«  if  a 
9i»gonn  poeeeeaca  deapotic  power,  there  ia  little  diapoaition  to  let  hini  cierolae  it 
arbitrarily  > 

Early  in  the  eighteenth  century,  the  mQgmtm  Taunayoaii  a  proHiifate  prinee, 
who  by  hia  vicea  had  deatroyed  hie  conatittttion,  aooidentally  ktat  hia  only  aon, 
and  reaolved  to  adopt  an  heir,  the  dignity  of  ata^fwn  having  nef er  been  Uiherited 
by  a  daughter.  Thia  ia  a  conatant  praatk)e  in  Japan  with  tha  ehildleia,  whether 
aovereign  or  aubjeot ;  but  the  eatahliahed  rale  iai  to  aeledt  for  adoption  the  aon  of 
a  brother,  or  other  near  relation ;  in  diroet  contravention  of  which,  Taonayoai, 
diarogarding  the  olsima  of  hia  nephew,  dzed  hia  choice  tipon  an  alien  to  hia  blood, 
the  aon  of  a  mere  favorite  of  inferior  birth. 

The  prime  miniater,  Ino  Kamon  no  hami,  remonatrmted,  alleging  that  a  atep  ao 
wipraoedented  would  esaapemte  not  only  the  princea  of  the  blood,  hot  aU  the 
grnndeea  of  the  empire.  Hli  rapreaentationa  proved  unavailing  againat  tho  fa. 
vorito^  mfluence ;  whereupon  he  aooght  the  empraaa,  or  widmL  To  her  tho 
miniater  revealed  hia  maator'a  illegal  and  dangerooa  deaign ;  explained  the  pro. 
bablUty,  if  not  certainty,  that  a  general  inamrectkm  would  be  ita  immediate  eon. 
aeqoence ;  and  declared  that,  unleia  ahe  could  avert  it,  the  adoption  and  Ita  fearful 
raaulta  were  inevitable*  The  midmi  *%  daughter  of  -the  nigning  mtitecfa,  and 
high-minded,  aa  became  her -birth  and  atation-^meditated  profoundly  for  aOnle 
minalaa ;  then  raiamg  her  head,  ahe  bade  the  alarmed  miniater  be  of  good  cheer, 
for  ahe  had  deviaed  meana  of  prevention.  But  what  theae  meana  might  be  ahe 
poaittyely  reluaed  to  tell  himt 

Upon  the  day  preceding  that  appointed  for  the  adoption,  the  daughter  of  the 
^aon  of  heaven,*  who  had  long  been  whoUjr  negleeted  by  her  libertine  haaband« 
invited  him  to  take  aalra  with  her;  and  upon  hia  aaaenthig,  prepared  a  aumptooua 
entertainment.  While  he  waa  drinldngi  ahe  retired  for  a  moment  to  her  private 
apartment,  wrote  and  diapatehed  a  note  of  inatructiona  to  Ino  Kamon,  and  then, 
placing  in  her  girdle  the  ornamented  dagger  worn  by  women  of  exalted  rank,  ahe 
retomed  to  the  banqueting-room.  Shortly  afterwank,  ahe  announced  her  wiah 
for  a  private  convemtioir  with  the  aiei^aiifi,  and  diamiaaed  her  atiendanta. 

The  Japaneae  annaliat  relatea,  that  when  they  were  akme,  the  princeaa  ear-' 
neatly  impkired  her  conaort  to  grant  the  requeat.  ahe  waa  about  to  pniftff  to  him. 
He  refuaed  to  pledge  hia  word  until  he  ahould  know  what  ahit  deaii^d ;  and  ahe 
then  aaid :  **  I  am  aaanrad  that  you  purpoae  adopting  the  aon  of  Dewa  no  kami 
aa  your  heir.  Such  a  atepf  my  moat  dear  and  honored  lord,  muat  grievooaly 
offnid  all  thoae  princea  whoae  olauna  are  thus  aupnrMded  \  it  will  unavoidably 
provoke  a  general  faiaurrection*  and  occaakm  the  deatruetion  of  the  empiie.  My 
prayer  therefore  ia,  that  you  would  renounce  ao  ruinooa  a  deaign.**  The  tta^mm 
waa  inoenaed  at  auch  feminine  interference  with  hia  prqjeot,  and  mdignantly 
rapUad;  **llow  darett  thoiu  a  mora  woman*  apeak  open  aute  af&iraT  The 
empire  ia  mine,  to  rule  at  my  pleaattre»  1  need  not  ibmale  oomiael,  nor  will  I  aee 
or  apeak  to  thee  more!***  With  thoae  Worda  he  ardae.  and  waa  leavmg  the  apart, 
ment  in  a  rage.  The  midair  followed^  and  detainmg  him  by  hia  aleeve,  peniated 
with  humble  urgency.    **  Yet  bethink  you  my  aoveraign  ford.  Refleot,  I  impk>re 

•  Whether  this  lady's  high  birth  woultf  have  saved  her  from  divorce  or  not,  ia 
not  aaid.    This  threat  might  imply  Only  ne,gl«ct. 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  So.    17.  79 

you,  that  Bhould  you  execute  this  baneful  reM>luty>n,  to.morrow'i  tun  may  see 
all  Japan  in  rebellion."  The  tiogoun  wa9  indexible ;  her  expoetulationa,  gentle 
and  aubmiMive  aa  they  were,  serving  only  to  exaaperate  hia  resontnient.  The 
heaveo^leaoencled  lady,  finding  ai|n>n^0nt  and  Miicitation  I'ruitleaa  of  otherwiae 
avartiog  the  impending  disaater,  suddenly  plunged  her  dagger  into  hia  braaat,  and, 
withdrawing  it«  repeated  the  blow.  Her  aim  waa  true ;  the  monarch  fell,  and  hia 
conaort,  sinking  on  her  kneea  by  hia  side,  implored  his  pardon  for  having  in  an 
emapgenoy  ao  critioal/  employed  the  only  poaaible  meana  left  of  securing  the 
thrtno  to  the  -Gongen  dynaaty.  She  ooncluded  with  an  aaaarance  that  she 
draamed  not  of  aunriTingkhim.  The  moment  the  aso^im  Tsunayoai  had  breathed 
hia  iMtt  ahe  atabbed  herself  with  the  same  dagger,  and  fell  lifelesi  upon  his  corpse- 
liar  ladiea,  hearing  the  noiae  of  her  fall,  ran  in  and  found  both  weltering  in  their 
blood. 

AL  -thia  moment  appeared  Ino  Kamon,  who,  startled  by  the  purport  of  the 
cmppsasPs  billet,  had  flown  to  the  place.  He  waa  inatantly  admitted  to  the  cham. 
bar  of  death,  and  stood  eonlbunded  at  the  fearAil  speetaole  it  preaented.  After 
a  while,  recovering  himself^  he  exclaimed,  **Lo  i  a  woman  haa  saved  the  empire ! 
But  Idt  her  bold  deed,  Japan  would  to-roorrowhave  been  convulaed,  perhaps 
deatroysdr* 

Tha  self.alain  princess  had  not  it  seema,  thought  it  suiBoient  thus  effectually 
to  prevent  the  mogmm  from  executing  his  illegal  design :  she  had  Anther  given 
Ino  Kamon,  in  her  note,  precise  instructions  aa  to  the  course  he  waa  to  pursue* 
By  obeying  them,  tlie  minister  aecured  the  acceaaion  of  the  lawful  heir,  and 
aUavimtad  the  diaappointment  of  the  youth  whom  Tsunayosi  had  intended  to 
adopii  by  obtaining  a  principality  for  him  frm  Yeyenobn,  the  monarch  he  had 
bean  intended  to  supplant.  Ino  Ramon's  own  services  were  reeompensed  by  the 
ness  and  gimteftil  stofvaifi,  who  rendered  the  office  of  governor  of  the  empire 
hereditary  in  his  family ;  and  the  mt'dai  is  said  to  divide  the  admiration  of  Japan 
with  the  wifii  of  Chnya. 

In  m  subsequent  reign,  that  of  Yosimune,  the  following  incident  occurred.* 
He  reigned  thirty  years,  and  from  Titsingh's  account »  would  appear  to  have 
been  elected  Btogmm^  after  the  death  of  the  preceding,  who  whs  a  mere  boy. 

One* of  the  inferior  servants  of  the  siogoun,  named  Iwaso  Gnao,  had  a  daughter, 
who  was  constantly  ill;  he  took  her  to  the  hot  Jiiaths.  in  hopes  of  reestablishing 
her  health.  He  had  been  there  three  weeks,  when  three  men  belonging  to  the 
retinae  of  the  prince  of  Satsoma  came  to  see  him,  and  requested  him  to  lend 
them  ten  Man,  promising  to  repay  him  at  Yedo.  Goao  declined,  alleging  that 
he  was  poor,  and  his  danghtcKs  illness  very  expensive,  and  expressing  his  regret 
that  it  was  not  in  his  power  to  accommodate  them.  They  appeared  to  be  satisfi- 
ed  with  his  excuses;  and  as  he  was  to  set  off  the  next  day,  they  invited  him  fiy 
supper,  purposing  to  detain  and  make  him  drunk  with  soAsi  Goao,  having  no 
suapieion  of  their  design,  accepted  the  invitation,  and  after  supper,  finding  that  it 
waa  late,  he  returned  thanks,  and  begged  permission  to  retire,  that  he  might  take 
a  little  rest  before  his  departure.  Next  morning,  very  early,  he  set  out,  but  had 
scarcely  proceeded  three  miles,  when,  on  examining  bis  sabre,  which  seemed 
heavier  than  usual,  he  discovered  that  it  was  not  his  own.  He  Immediately  rr* 
turned,  went  to  the  persons  with  whom  he  had  supped  the  preceding  night.  ii|d 

•    Titsingh,  page  70, 


J^O  yjlires  of  Japan,  \o,    VI.  Feb*. 

di*iiveriiig  to  fhprn  thr  sobre.  bagged  pardon  for  hnving  taken  it  away  in  a  roiv 
tiike.  In.ftenii  of  nccepliiig  hi^  exciiiws,  they  replied,  that  thU  wns  an  affair  which 
could  not  be  mi  tightly  passed  over;  that  he  conld  not  have  offered  them  a  great- 
er  affront  than  in  exchanging  his  sabre  for  one  of  theirs:  and  that  they  would  be 
dishonored,  it*  it  were  known  at  Yedo  that  they  had  not  taken  a  signal  revenge 
for  it.  They,  therefore,  declared,  that  he  must  fight  them,  and  urged  bim  to  fix 
the  time  and  place  for  the  combat.  Gozo  complained  of  their  injustice ;  remind, 
ed  them  that  he  had  with  him  a  sick  daughter,  who  would  lie  left  destitute  if  he 
were  to  perish  by  their  huuds  -,  and  ai^aiu  ititreated  them  to  pardon  him,  asraring 
them  that  his  daughter  and  himself  would  never  cease  to  bear  'heir  kindness  in 
grateful  remembi'ance.  .^11  his  remonstrances  were  fruitless*  Finding,- therefore^ 
that  he  could  not  appease  them,  he  was  compelled  to  accept  the  challenge,  and 
agreed  to  meet  them  the  following  day. 

Goso,  on  leaving  them*  reflected  on  his  situation,  which  was  in  reality  terrible; 
for  he  had  no  other  alternative  than  either,  to  perish  in  the  combat,  or,  if  he 
vanquished  his  enemies^  to  die  by  his  own  hand.  Such  was  the  law  established 
by  the  prince  of  Satsuma.  In  this  dilemma,  he  called  upon  one  of  hn  friends, 
who  was  a  servant  of  the  prince  of  Mito,  related  to  him  what  had  happened, 
and  begged  that  he  would  tend  him  a  pike  to  equip  him  for  opposing  his  aota* 
gonists.  His  friend  not  only  'gave  him  his  pike,  but  assured  him  that  he  would 
accompany  him  as  his  second*. and  assist  him  if  he  saw  him  in  danger. 

Next  day,.Saitsuma's  tliree  servants  repaired  to  the  field  of  battle,  where  they 
were  met  by  Goso.  They  were  armed  with  long  sabres,  while  he  had  oothing 
but  his  pike,  which,  however,  he  plied  with  such  dexterity  and  success,  that  with 
the  two  first  thrusts,  he  extended  two  of  his  adversaries  at  his  feet  t  the  third,  ap^ 
prehensive  of  sharing  their  fate,  ran  away.  Goso,  after  pursuing  him  for  some 
time,  but  without  being  able  to  overtake  him,  because  fear  lent  him  wings,  re* 
turned  to  the  place  ot  combat  for  the  purpose  of  dispatching  himself.  At  this 
moment  his  friend  ran  up,  wrested  his  arms  from  him,  and  cheered  him,  by  repre> 
senting  that  justice  wa«  on  his  side,  as  he. had  been  provoked  in  an  unwarrantable 
manner,  and  obliged  to  defend  himself.  "I  witnessed  the  combat,*'  added  he; 
"  \  will  make  my  report  of  it,  and  be  bail  for  you.  Meanwhile,  the  best. thing 
you  can  do  is  to  lose  uo  lime  in  acquainting  tlie.gpvernor  of  Vedo  with  what  has 
happened.*' 

The  governor  wrote,  in  consequence,  to  the  prince,  of  Satsuma,  who  soon 
afterwards  returned  for  answer,  that  on  inquiry  he  learned  that  the  maiefactora 
were  not  his  subjects,  but  must  have  come  from  some  other  province.  Goso 
was  in  consequence  set  at  liberty,. and  thus  the  affair  terminated. 

We  may  now  turn  to  anecdotea  leaa  painful,  illuatiatiTe  of  lighter  parta  of  the 
Japanese  character.  The  following  will  prove  that,  .if  an  implacable  vindiotive 
spirit,  over  which  time  caa  exeit  no  softening  influence,  be  part  of  that  character* 
at  least  it  ia  not  excited  by  petty  provocations,  and  may  likewiae  afibid  a  speoimeo 
of  the  gopd-homor  and  love  of  drollery  that  mingle  rather  oddly  with  the  na  tkmal 
ferocity  and  passion  for  ceremony.  ^ 

About  the  middle  of  the  laat  century,*  Fota  Sagsmi  nokami*  a  man  of  Ugh 
reputation  for  learning  andtalent^  waa  advanced  to  an  eminent  place  in  the  oonnv^ 
cil  of  ataie  by  the  young  SM^eMti,  Yeye-sige,  upon  his  acceaaion.     In  the  busineas 

•    Titsingh. 


1841.  NotUts  of  Japan,  No.    VI.  81 

of  mdministratkm,  FoU  Sagami  fulfilled  all  the  expectations  to  which  hia  reputed 
ability  had  fiven  birth ;  but  he  provoked  great,  if  partial,  animoaity,  by  the  in. 
eioraUe  eeverity  with  which  he  treated  the  officers  of  the  old  mogmm,  who  had 
abdicated,  depriving  them  of  the  rewards  their  former  master  had  bestowed  upon 
them  for  their  sernces. 

The  despoiled. men,  having  vainly  petitioned  for  redress,  meditated  revenge, 
but  deteimined  first  to  make  an  effort  for  the  recovery  of  their  lost  wealth  by 
intimidation^  -In  pursuance  of  this  scheme,  a  pumpkin,  carved  into  the  form  of 
a  human  head,  appeared  one  morning  over  the  state  counseloifs  door,  with  tha 
following  inscription  attached  to  it :  **  This  is  the  head  of  Fota  Sagami  no  kami, 
cut  off'and  set  up  here  in  reoompedfee  of  his  cruelty.*' 

Fota  Sagami*s  servants  were  enraged  at  the  insult  offered  to  their  master,  but 
yet  more  tenified  at  the  idea  of  the  fary  they  anticipated  it  woulcf  awake  in  him, 
and  which  ■  they  feared  might  in  some  measure  fall  upon  themselves,  as  though 
their  negligence  had  giveil  the  opportunity  for  so  daring  an  outrage.  Fkle  and 
trembling-  they  jueeented  themselves  before  him,  and  reported  the  ominous  appari. 
tioift  of  the  pumpkin-headi  with  its  inscription.  The  effect  was  far  diffbrent  ftom 
what  they  had  expected.  Fota  Sagami's  fancy  was  so  tickled  by  hearing^  whilst 
full  of  life  and  health,  that  his  head  was  announced  to  be  actually  cut  off"  and  set 
up  over  his  oifn  door,  that  he  laughed  heartily  at  the  joke ;  and,  joining  his  col- 
leagues in  the  counciLchamber,  related  his  vicarious  decapitation  in  the  person  of  a 
pumpkin.  There,  likewise,  the  jest  excited  bursts  of  laughter,  amongst  which, 
however,  unboonded  admiration  was  expressed  of  Fota  Sagami  no  kami's  fortitude. 
Whellier  the  jesters  were .  permitted  again  to  enjoy  the  rewards  assigned  them  by 
tha  iBT'iSM^fnHi,  does  not  appear. 

Another  incident  of  the  same  reign,  at  a  later  date,  exhibits  a  Japanese  view 
oif  good  breeding,  and  mode  of  testing  talent  and  character.*  Oka  Yechizen  no 
kami,  one  of  the  govemore  of  Yedo,  was  directed  to  seek  out  able,  men  for  the 
service  of  the  Mgtmn,  and  amongst  otherst^a  skillful  accountant.  A  person  named  . 
Noda-bonnsa  was  recoomiended  to  him  as  an  able  arithmetician,  and  in*  other 
respects  well  fitted  for  office.  Oka  Yechizen  sent  for  Noda.bounsa,  and  when 
thia*  master  of  the  science  of  niunbeis  presented  himself,  gravely  ksked  him  for 
tho^  quotient  of  lOQ,  divided  by  3.  The  candidate  for  place  as  gravely  took  out 
hirtahlete,  deliberately  and  regularly  worked  the  sum,  and  then  answered  50. 
**i  "now  sec  that  you  are  a  man  of  discretion  as  well  as  an  arithmetician,**  said 
thflp  governor  of  Yedo,  **and  in  ev^  way  fitted  for  the  poet  you  seek.  Had  you 
anawered  me,  off-hand,  I  should  •have  conceived  a  bad  opinionof  your  breeding. 
Such  men  as  yon  it  is  that  the  nogaun  wants,  and  the  place  is  yours.** 

Yejre-sige  did,'  indeed,  want  men  of  discretion  about  him,  to  supply  hJKOwn 
deficiency,  for  he  had  by  this  time  so  completely  destroyed  hia  intellectual  £a6ul. 
taea  fapf  excesses  of  various  kinda,  as  to  reduce  himself  to  idiotcy.  To  have  plainly 
tUUad  the  fact,  'hdwever,  or  to  have  applied  to  the  monarch  the  appellation  be. 
longing  to  hia  mental  disease,  would  have  been  treason.  The  wit  (^  his  subjects 
devised  means  of  guiltlessly  intimating  his  condition,  by  giving  him  the  name  of 
a  herb  that  is  said  to  cause  temporary.,  insanity,  and  Yeye-iige  waa  sumamed 
Amtp^nianA'.' .  .....    i.. 

•    Tltsin^.  v^ 

t  [The  disposition  to  caricature  and  ridicule   high  officers  is  veiy  coniiAon 

yoL.  X.  NO.  II.  U' 


82    •  Noiices  of  Japan^  No.    VI.  Feb. 

An  inBtuice  of  the  quick  talent  and  ingenuity  evinced  by  the  leut  educated 
portion  of  the  conununity,  akin  to  this  sort  of  wit,  occurs  in  the  history  of  the 
transactions  at  Dczima  during  the  long  administration  of  president  Doeff;  but^ 
upon  the  occasion  in  question,  these  qualities  were  directed  towards  a  man 
useful  purpose  than  nicknaming  a  sovereign.  An  American  ship,  hired  by  the 
Dutch  at  Batavia  to  cany  on  their  permitted  trade  with  Japaiy  whilst  the  Eng. 
lish  cruizcrs  rendered  the  service  too  hazardous  for  their  own  vessels,  or  for  any 
but  neutrals,  as  she  set  sail  in  the  night,  laden  with  her  return  cargo  of  copper 
and  camphor,  struck  upon  a  rock,  filled,  and  sunk.  The  crew  got  on  shore  in 
boats,  and  the  problem  that  engrossed  the  attention  alike  of  the  American  cap. 
tain,  the  Dutch  factory,  and  the  constituted  authorities  at  Nagasaki,  was  how  to 
raise  the  vcwel. 

**  The  first  idea*  was  to  employ  Japanese  divers  to  fetch  up  the  copper ;  but 
the  influx  of  water  had  melted  the  camphor,  and  the  suffocating  effluvia  thus 
disengaged  cost  two  divers  their  lives.  The  attempt  to  lighten  her  was  neoes^ 
sarily  abandoned,  and  every  effort  to  raise,  without  unloading  her,  had  proved 
equally  vain,  when  a  simple  fisherman,  named  Kiyemon,  of  the  principality  of 
Fizcn,  promised  to  efl^t  it,  provided  his  mere  expenses  were  defrayed;  if  he  fail, 
cd,  he  asked  nothing.  People  laughed  at  the  man«  who  now,  perhaps,  for  the 
first  time  in  his  life,  ever  saw  an  European  ship;  but  he  was  not  to  be  diverted 
from  his  purpose.  He  fastened  on  either  side  of  the  vessel  under  water  fifteen 
or  seventeen  boats,  such  as  those  by  which  our  ships  are  towed  in,  and  connected 
them  all  with  each  other  by  props  and  stays.  Then,  when,  a  high  spring.tide 
favored  him,  he  came  himself  in  a  Japanese  trading.vessel,  which  he  similarly 
attached  to  the  stern  of  the  sunken  ship,  and  at  the  moment  the  tide  was  at  the 
highest,  set  every  sail  of  every  boat.  Uprose  the  heavy-laden,  deep.sunken  mer. 
chantman,  disengaged  herself  from  the  rock,  and  was  towed  by  the  active  fisher, 
men  to  the  level  strand,  where  she  could  be  conveniently  discharged  and  repaired. 
Kiyemon  not  only  had  his  expenses  repaid  to  him,  but  the  prince  of  Fisen  gave  him 
permission  to  wear  two  swords,  and  to  wear  as  his  arms  a  Dutch  hat  and  two 
Dutch  tobacco-pipes!** 

Without  making  any  remark  upon  either  the  extraordinary  coat-of-arms  assign- 
ed  to  the  fisherman,  or  the  yet  more  extraordinsry  want  of  liberality  evinced  in 
the  payment,  or  rather  the  apparent  non-payment,  of  his  successful  exertions'  for 
no  hint  is  given  that  either  the  American  captain,  or  the  Dutch  president  made 
him  any  pecuniary  recompense— it  may  be  observed,  that  the  permission  to  wear 

among  the  Chinese,  and  we  should  infer  from  this  instance,  and  fiom  others  reiat- 
ed  by  different  authors,  that  it  is  also  common  in  Japan.  One,  more  allied  to  a 
pun  than  anything  else,  we  give,  which  was  made  on  the  present  sio^un,  Tenpo, 
by  taking  the  elements  of  his  title,  and  making  a  sentence  out  of  it    The  two 

character<^r  iSL  Ten  po  are  made  into  the  following  sentence :  — ^  r^    iV 

n    yk^  icM  dai  fhtono  kuchi  hdzo,  which  means  that  "people's-  mouths  are 

not  well  supplied**  by  the  monarch.  This  waa  made  of  hhn  in  tsonsequenoe 
of  a  famine  that  occurred  about  ten  yean  ago,  in  1831.  The  point  of  it  is,  that 
these  five  characters,  when  combined,  make  the  imperial  title ;  and  their  meaning 
when  read  is  an  imputation  upon  his  want  of  goodness  and  carefulness,  by  which 
the  people  suffer  from  hunger.  The  last  character  does  not  mean  wood^  as  it  usn. 
ally  does  in  Chinese,  but  is  the  Japanese  word  Ao,  to  nourish,  which  is  written  in 
this  way.] 
.     •     Doeff. 


1841.  \oiires  of  Jaimn,  \o.    Vi.  (^ 

two  twords  18  A,  wtiafactory  proof  that  the  line  of  demarcation  beween  the  difierent 
ciaaset  of  lociety  ii  not  absolutely  impasBable. 

Another  Japanese  fiehennan  seems  to  have  displayed  ingenuity  equal  perhaps  to 
Kiyomon's,  though  in  a  less  honorable  and  useful  form,  for  the  mere  purpose  of 
making  money  by  his  countrymen's  passicm  for  STerything  odd  and  strange.*  He 
contrived  to  unite  the  upper  half  of  a  monkey  to  the  lower' half  of  a  fish,  so 
neatly,  as  to  defy  ordinary  inspection.  He  then  gave  out  that  he  had  caught  the 
creature  alive  in  his  net,  but  that  it  had  died  shortly  after  being  taken  out  of  the 
water;  and  he  derived  considerable  pecuniary  profit  from  his  cunning  in  more 
ways  than  one.  The  exhibition  of  the  sea.monster  to  Japanese  curiosity  paid 
well ;  but  yet  more  productive  was  the  assertion  that  the  creature,  having  spoken 
during  the  few  minutes  it  existed  out  of  its  native  element,  had  predicted  a  certain 
number  of  years  of  wonderful  fertihty,  and  a  fatal  epidemic,  the  only  remedy  for 
which  would  be,  possession  of  the  marine  prophet's  likeness.  The  sale  of  these 
pietnred  mermaids  was  immense.  Either  this  composite  animal,  or  another,  the 
ofl^>ring  of  the  success  of  the  -first,  was  sold  to  the  Dutch  factory,  and  transmit. 
ted  to  Batavia,  where  it  fell  into  the  hands  of  a  speculating  American,  who  carried 
it  to  Europe,  and  there,  in  the  jrears  1832-S3,  exhibited  his  purchase  at  every 
capital,  to  the  admiration  of  the  ignorant,  the  perplexity  of  the  learned,  and  the 
filling  of  his  own  purse,  as  a  real  mermaid. 

Ere  elosing  this  paper,  let  us  for  a  moment  recur  to  the  Japanese  Annals  for  a 
gratifjring  proof  of  the  care  with  which  justice  is  administered  by  the  delegated 
representatives  of  the  council  of  state ;  although  even  that  care,  it  must  be  allowed, 
smacks  somewhat  of  despotic  power  in  the  whole  manner  of  the  transaction.  The 
mode  of  trial  alone  renders  the  story  worthy  of  attention,  especially  considering 
the  asserted  success  of  the  Japanese  tribunals  in  eliciting  Uie  truth.  The  uicidcnt 
oeenned  at  Ohosaka. 

An  usur8r,t  named  Tomoya  Kiugero,  lost  a  sum  of  money,  amounting  to  500 
koban  (upwards  of  £650).  As  no  stranger  had  been  seen  about  his  premises, 
suspicion  fell  upon  his  servants,  and  after  considerable  investigation,  finally  settled 
upon  one  of  the  number  called  Chudyets.  No  proof  was  found,  and  the  man,  in 
spite  of  cresa4]Uestioning,  menaces,  and  cajolery,  positively  denied  the  crime 
imputed  to  him.  Tomoya  now  repaired  to  the  governor  of  Ohosaka,  preferred  his 
complaint,  and  demanded  that  Chudyets  should  be  tried  and  punished.  The  go. 
vemor,  Matsura  Kawatche  no  kami,  who  had  been  promoted  to  his  post  in  consc 
quence  of  his  reputation  for  ability,  wisdom,  and  virtue,  sent  for  Chudyets,  and 
examined  him.  The  accused  protested  his  innocence,  and  declared  that  torture 
itself  should  never  compel  him  to  confess  a  crime  of  which  he  was  mnocent. 
Matsura  Kawatche  now  committed  Chudyets  to  prison,  sent  for  Tomoya  and  his 
othisr  servants,  told  them  the  result  of  his  inquiries,  and  asked  what  proof  they  had 
of  the  prisoner's  guilt  They  had  none,  but  persisted  nevertheless  in  their  firm 
conviction  that  Chudyets  was  the  thief,  and  Tomoya  insisted  upon  his  immediate 
executkm.  The  governor  asked  if  they  would  set  their  hands  to  this  conviction 
of  guilt,  and  demand  of  execution.  They  assented,  and  master  and  men,  together 
with  the  master's  relations,  signed'  a  paper  to  the  following  efieet ;— *<  Chudyets, 
servant  to  Tomoya  Kiugero,  has  robbed  his  nuster  of  500  kobeu.  This  we 
attest  by  these  presents,  and  demand  that  he  be  punished  with  death,  as  a  warning 
•     Fischer.  t    TiUiiigh,  page  38. 


84  Sktith  of  Tcttt  Ft,  or  3faisoo  Po,  Fe«. 

to  others.  We,  the  kintmen  And  aerrants  of  Tomoya  Kiugero,  in  eotifitlnAtwii 
of  this  affix  to  it  our  si^aturei  and  seals.  The  second  month  of  the*  first  year 
Genboun  (1736).**  The  (governor,  taking  the  paper,  said  to  the  complainant, 
"  Now  that  I  am  relieved  from  all  lesponsibUity,  I  will  order  the  head  of  Chadyeta 
to  be  taken  off.  Are  you  so  satisfied  7**  Tomoya  replied  that  he  was.  ratarned 
his  thanks,  and  withdrew  his  party. 

Soon  after,  a  robber  who  was  taken  up  for  a  different  offense,  and  put  to  the 
torture,  confessed,  amongst  other  crimes,  the  theft  of  Tomoya's  money.  This 
discovery  was  communicated  to  M atsura  Kawatche.  who  immediately  sent  for 
Tomoya,  his  relations  and  servants,  laid  before  them  the  true  thief's  confession, 
and  thus  addressed  them: — '* Behold!  you  accused  Chudyets  wKhout  proof, 
attesting  your  accusation  under  your  bands  and  seals.  I,  upon  the  strength  of 
your  assertion;  have  commanded  the  death  of  an  innocent  man.  In  eipiation 
of  this  crime,  you.  your  wife,  kindred,  and  servants,  must  all  lose  their  heads; 
and  It  for  not  having  investigated  the  business  with  sufficient  care,  shall  rip  myself 
up."  At  these  dresdful  words,  Tomoya  and  his  friends  were  overwhelmed  with 
despair.  They  wept  and  bemoaned  their  sad  fate,  and  implored  merey,  whilst 
the  magistrates  and  officers  present  united  in  praying  for  some  mitigation  of  so 
terrible  a  sentence.     But  the  governor  remained  steroly  infleiible. 

When  this  scene  of  agony  had  lasted  a  considerable  lime,  Matsnre  Kawatche 
suffered  his  features  to  relaa  into  a  milder  eipression,  and  said,  "  Be  dbmforted ; 
Chudyets  lives.  His  answers  convinced  me  of  his  innocence,  and  I  have  kept 
him  concealed  in  the  hope  that  the  truth  would  come  to  light"  He  then  ordered 
Chudyets  to  be  introduced,  and  proceeded  thus: — "Tomoya,  your  false  accusa- 
tion has  caused  this  innocent  man  to  suffer  imprisonment,  and  nearly  cost  him 
his  life.  As  this  irremediable  misfortune  has  been  happily  averted,  your  lives 
shall  be  spared  ;  but  as  some  compensation  for  what  he  has  undergone,  yon  shall 
give  him  500  hahan,  and  treat  him  henceforth  as  a  faithful  servant.  Let  the 
pangs  you  have  this  day  eiperlenced  be  graven  on  all  your  minds,  as  a  warning 
how  you  again  bring  forward  accusations  upon  insufficient  grounds." 

This  decision  of  Matsure  Kawatche's  gave  universal  satisfaction,  and  in 
testimony  of  the  siofouA*^  approbation,. he  was  soon  afterwards  promoted  to  the 
more  important  and  lucrative  government  of  Nagasaki. 


Art.  III.  Sketch  of  Teen  Fe,  or  Matsoo  Po,  the  goddess  of  Chu 
nese  seamen.     Translated  from  the  Sow  Shin  Ke.'     By  J.  L.  S. 

Fe'b  surname  was  Lin.  She  formerly  dwelt  in  the  department  of 
Hinghwa,  and  district  of  Ninghae,  being  the  present  Pooteen 
been,*  about  eighty  U  from  the  sea*board,  in  the  village  of  Mechow. 
Her  mother,  whose  family  name  was  Chin,  dreamed  that  she  saw  the 
goddess  Kwanyin'  of  the  southern  ocean,  who  presented  her  a  fig 
flower  which  she  swallowed.     This  done  a  pregnancy  of  fourteen 


Ib4l  Sketch  of  Teen  IV,  nr  Mahoo  Po  ho 

months  ensued,  at  the  end  of  which  period  slic  gave  birth  to  the  god- 
dess Fe.  Her  birth  took  place  in  the  tirst  year,  third  month,  and 
twenty^hrst  day  of  the  reign  of  Teenkwan  of  the  Tang  dynasty.  At 
the  time  of  this  birth  a  wonderful  fragrance  was  perceptible  for  a 
mile  around,  and  at  the  end  of  ten  days  it  was  not  dispersed.  In  her 
infancy  her  intelligence  was  extraordinary.  During  her  tirst  year, 
while  she  was  carried  in  the  ktdng  paou*  when  beholding  any  of  the 
gods  she  folded  her  hands,  and  manifested  desires  to  do  them 
reverence.  At  the  age  of  five  she  could  recite  the  sacred  books  of 
Kwanyin ;  and  at  eleven  she  was  able  with  gravity  to  attend  upon  the 
feasts  and  music  of  the  gods. 

Now  Fe  concealed  her  sacred  proceedings,  thus  rendering  them 
obscure  to  vulgar  eyes.  She  would  attend  to  her  toilet,  but  would 
speak  but  little.  She  had  four  brothers,  who  in  their  mercantile 
pursuits  proceeded  backward  and  forwards  among  the  islands  of  ibe 
sea.  Upon  a  certain  day  while  Fe  was  busily  engaged,  all  her  ener- 
gies were  suddenly  paralized,  and  closed  were  her  eyes  fur  a  time. 
Her  father  and  mother  perceiving  that  a  great  storm  had  arisen  call- 
ed out  for  her.  Fe,  upon  awaking,  sighed  and  said,  why  did  you 
not  allow  me  to  assist  my  brothers  that  there  might  have  been  no 
misfortune  ?  To  her  father  and  mother  her  meaning  w^s  inexplicable, 
nor  did  they  make  any  further  inquiries  of  her.  Her  brothers  having 
gained  a  competency  and  returned,  they,  weeping,  said,  three  days 
ago  a  mighty  gale  of  wind  aroset  the  waves  reached  the  heavens,  and 
we  brethren  being  each  in  different  vessels,  our  oldest  brother's  ves- 
sel was  driven  by  the  storm  beneath  the  surge.  Each  one  of  them 
declared  that  during  the  prevalence  of  the  gale  they  beheld  a  female 
child  leading  the  vessels  along,  and  proceeding  over  the  waves  as  if 
upon  level  ground.  The  parents  now  at  once  perceived  that  when 
formerly  Fe  had  closed  her  eyes,  her  spirit  had  gone  to  the  rescue  of 
her  brothers.  The  eldest  brother  was  not  saved,  owing  to  Fe's  being 
too  hastily  aroused,  and  the  spirit  therefore  could  not  achieve  his 
deliverance,  which  caused  the  parents  unceasing  regret.  When  Fe 
became  of  sufficient  age  to  wear  the  hair-pin,^  she  made  oath  that  she 
would  not  become  the  bride  of  any  man,  nor  did  her  parents  presume 
to  force  her  to  marry.  She  did  not  remain  long  with  them,  for  sud« 
denly  while  sitting  in  a  grave  dignified  posture  her  spirit  passed 
away.  Again  the  fragrance  was  perceptible  for  several  miles  around, 
just  the  same  as  upon  the  day  of  her  birth.  At  first  her  spirit  was 
frequently  observed,  and  in  aftertimes  there  have  been  many  who 
have  seen  her.     These  f)ersons  who  saw  her,  supposing  her  to  be  an 


H»  Skdrh  of  Teen  /V,  or  Mai.^oo  Po  FkB. 

aiUindant  upon  the  mother  of  Sewang,'  said  she  thoroughiy  under- 
iitaiids  the  superintendency  of  posterity. 

A  whole  city  publicly  worshiped  her,  and  in  that  city  there  was  a 
certain  woman  who  had  been  ten  years  married  but  had  no  son.  She 
traveled  into  various  regions  to  worship  the  gods,  but  in  the  end 
received  no  favorable  response*  At  last  she  paid  her  adorations  to 
Fe,  and  then  she  became  the  mother  of  sons.  Thus  all  who  have  no 
sons  let  them  forthwith  come  and  worship  Fe,  and  at  once  will  their 
prayers  be  answered. 

During  the  Sung  dynasty,  Yuentelh  and  Le  Foo  were  followers  of 
the  imperial  messengers,  who  were  dispatched  to  the  country  of  Co- 
rea,  and  as  they  were  proceeding  by  the  village  of  Mechow,  a  mighty 
wind  arose,  and  when  their  vessel  was  about  to  be  engulfed,  bright 
clouds  of  variegated  beauty  suddenly  appeared,  and  they  saw  a  per- 
son ascending  the  mast,  and  then  proceeding  round  and  taking  hold 
of  the  helm.  This  person's  strength  being  exerted  for  a  long  time, 
they  were  at  length  enabled  to  cross  over  the  sea.  The  above  honora- 
ble officers  made  inquiries  about  the  matter  of  the  people  of  the 
boats.  Their  followers  Yuenteih  and  Le  Foo  both  placing  themselves 
in  respectful  attitudes  towards  the  south,  and  thankfully  worshiping 
said,  now  as  we  have  the  golden  paper  and  ruby  book,^  we  have 
therefore  verily  escaped  being  devoured  by  the  monsters  of  the  deep. 
His  majesty  diffuses  rain  and  dew  throughout  the  various  regions  of 
foreign  lands,  and  his  aid  is  afforded  to  his  embassadors  who  do  not 
disregard  his  commands.  The  gods  lend  their  assistance,  and  special- 
ly are  wc  assisted  by  the  soul  of  Fe.  These  gentlemen  remember- 
ed this,  and  on  their  return  represented  it  to  the  court,  and  it  was 
royally  declared  that  she  was  a  divine  personage.  A  temple  was 
erected  for  her  in  Mechow,  at  which  a  hundred  families  maintained 
their  worship,  and  they  carved  images  of  wood  for  the  use  of  vessels. 

At  the  beginning  of  our  country,  in  the  seventh  year  of  the  reign 
of  Ching  Tsoowan,  an  imperial  officer  named  Tsangwo,  was  deputed 
to  the  south-western  barbarians.  He  worshiped  at  the  shrine  of  Fe, 
and  obtained  a  favorable  response,  as  those  did  in  the  time  of  Sung, 
so  he  returned,  and  made  the  matter  known  to  the  court,  and  she  was 
proclaimed  the  safeguard  of  the  nation,  the  assbter  of  the  people,  the 
excelling  spiritual  essence,  the  illustrious  answerer  of  prayer,  of 
enlarged  benevolence,  affording  universal  aid,  the  celestial  Fe  ! 
Those  who  worship  her  are  to  be  found  throughout  the  empire. 

Fe  when  living  obtained  the  essence  of  highest  spirituality,  and 
cherished  the  |}crbpicuiiy  of  the  divine  excellence,  and  dying  she 


1^41.  Thf    I'jm/Jtror    'i'tttmktrfnti'.  "^7 

contruls  poBtcrity.  Thus  men  arc  not  ilekicieni  in  progeny.  She 
rules  the  seas,  and  their  waters  therefore  cannot  become  billows. 
She  creates  happiness,  and  largely  bestows  it  upon  men.  I,  having 
examined  the  historical  annals  of  the  district  of  Uinghwa  (Pe's 
native  region),  and  uniting  the  traditions  of  the  people  with  the  re- 
corded tablets,  have  herewith  drawn  up  this  abridgement,  and  thus 
submit  the  informalion. 

1.  The  jS^  jlim  sP  Sow  Shin  Ke,  or  Record  of  Researches  concerning  the 

Cjods,  are  comprised  in  3 octavo  vols.,  and  was  compiled  during  the  Ming,  the  last 
Chinese  dynasty.  The  compiler's  name  is  not  attached  to  the  edition  which  we 
have  translated  from,  nor  are  any  dates  affixed.  The  work  contains  brief  sketches 
ol'one  hundred  and  eighty-one  popular  Chinese  deities,  and  a  pretty  good  idea  is 
given  of  what  the  natives  themselves  regard  as  the  origin  of  their  idols,  and  an 
enlightened  mind  will  perceive  how  debased  must  be  a  people  who  worship  as 
divine,  objects  whose  history  according  to  their  own  accounts,  is  enveloped  in 
such  unreasonable  and  superstitious  fancy.  There  are  other  different  traditions 
fif  Matsoo  Po  besides  the  notice  found  in  the  Sow  Shin  Ke.  Mr.  Medhurst  has 
written  a  Christian  tract  entitled  the  '*  Birthday  uf  Matsoo  Po,"  which  well  ex- 
poses the  absurdity  of  the  history  and  worship  of  the  idol. 

2.  Pootei^n  he<^n  is  in  the  province  of  Fuhkeftn,  and  hence  the  Fubke&n  sea- 
men are  more  attached  to  Fe  than  any  other  class  of  seafaring  men. 

3.  Kwanyin  is  the  Chinese  goddess  of  mercy,  and  is  a  very  popular  idol.  A 
sketch  of  her  history  is  also  contained  in  the  Sow  Shin  Ke. 

4.  The  Xrvdn^  iNimi  is  a  cloth  by  means  of  which  small  children  are  carried 
upon  the  backs  ot  their  mothers  and  nurses.  It  has  four  bands  attached  to  it, 
one  of  which  goes  over  each  shoulder,  and  two  around  the  waist  of  the  nurse, 
and  are  tied  upon  the  breast.  The  cloth  is  sometimes  of  various  colors,  and 
highly  wrought  with  ornamental  figures. 

B.  That  is  became  of  a  marriageable  state.  Young  ladies  do  not  put  up  their 
hair  with  pins,  but  allow  it  to  hang  down  until  they  are  about  to  be  married. 

6.  Se  wang  is  the  superintendent  of  the  female  genii,  as  Tung  wang  kung  is 
of  the  male  genii. 

7.  The  golden  paper  and  ruby  book  have  reference  to  the  dispatches  of  the 
great  emperor. 


Art.  IV.  ITie  emperor  Taoulcwang :  his  succession  to  the  throne 
of  his  fat/ier,  coronation^  with  notices  of  his  character  and  gO' 
venunent. 

When  the  destinies  of  an  empire  so  vast  and  populous  as  the  Chi- 
nese, are  swayed  by  one  man,  we  naturally  wish  to  know  something 
of  the  history  and  character  of  such  a  monarch.  At  the  present 
time,  this  wish  is  strengthened  by  an  expectation  that  his  imperial 
majesty  is  about  to  change  (or  to  have  changed)  his  relations  with  the 
other  potentates  of  the  earth,  with  whom  he  is  io  fellowship  as  brothers, 


*^  '  The  J'htiperur   Ttmnhrang  Feb. 

coiisiii.s,  6lc.  Kltherto  men  from  afar,  albeit  richly  imbued  with  his 
great  favors,  have  known,  or  had  the  means  of  knowing,  but  little 
of  the  '  son  of  heaven.'  Once  we  saw  what  was  said  to  be  a  portrait 
of  his  august  person ;  and  once  we  had  in  our  possession  an  auto- 
graph, writteu  with  the  vermilion  pencil.  A  great  many  and  very 
diverse  sayings,  touching  the  character  and  conduct  of  H.  L  M.  we 
have  heard  first  and  last;  but  having  failed  to  write  them  in  a  book 
at  the  time,  we  dare  not  now  trust  to  memory  for  a  portraiture  of  one 
whose  person  and  character  are  so  sacred  as  his  majesty's  are.  Could 
we  borrow  the  note-books  of  certain  historiographers,  then  perhaps 
afaithfui  and  full  picture,  might  be  given.  But  being  without  these 
ample  materials,  we  hope  our  readers  will  not  be  displeased  with  the 
few  fragments  we  have  been  able  here  and  there  to  collect.  We 
subjoin  three  state  papers,  to  which  we  add  a  few  explanations  and 
some  brief  notices. 

No.  1. 

The  chambeir  of   ministers  (Nuy   Kd)    has  received   with  due 
respect  the  following  imperial  edict : 

"  From  the  late  emperor,  who  has  now  gone  the  great  journey,  I  received 
the  utmost  possible  kindness  and  care  ;  and  from  him  [  derived  my  being ; 
his  gracious  kindness  was  infinite,  like  that  of  the  glorious  heavens  above. 
Although  his  benevolent  life  had  been  continued  more  than  six  decades  of 
years,  bis  celestial  person  was  still  robust,  and  his  energy  and  spirits  undi- 
minished.   I,  the  emperor,  who  continually  waited  on  him  in  the  palace, 
desired  his  days  to  be  protracted,  and  hoped  he  would  reach  his  hundredth 
year.    This  year,  on  a  tour,  he  was  to  solace  willi  his  presence  Lwangyang, 
in  Tartary,  and  1,  the  cmperon  followed  in  his  train.     His  sacred  person 
was  on  the  journey  as  strong  as  usual,  till  he  happened  to  be  affected  by 
very  hot  weather ;  however,  he  still  ascended  his  chair  without  weariness  ; 
but  finally  he  became  ill,  aud  after  three  days,  a  great  encroachment  on  life 
was^apparent.     I,  tfie  ernperor,  beat  the  ground  With  my  liead,  and  called 
on  heaven  to  bring  him  back — but,  in  vain  !     With  reverence  I  meditate  on 
his  late  majesty's  reign  during  twenty-tive  years, — how  cflTectually  he  sup- 
pressed banditti  and  rebellion,  and  gave  tranquillity  to  millions  of  common 
people.     Night  and  day  he  diligently  labored;  and  never  idled  away  a 
single  day.     His  official  servants,  and  the  black- haired  race,  all  looked  up 
gratefully  to  his  benevolent  rule,  under  which  they  enjoyed  the  happiness  of 
a  glorious  tranquillity.     Now,  when  but  a  feu*  days  of  his  tour  had  elapsed, 
the  great  event  has  occurred  ;  the  dragon  on  horseback  has  ascended  and  be- 
come a  guest  on  high.     All  creatures,  endued  with  blood  and  breath,  mourn 
with  grateful  feelings,  proceeding  from  the  most  perfect  sincerity  ;  and  how 
much  more  deeply  do  I,  the  emperor,  feel ;  and  how  much  more  durable  will 
be  my  grief»  who  have  received  such  vast  benefits,  ten  thousand  times  re- 


1841  Thf  Empvi'in    TtmiliWatig.  *9 

pealed  i  t  received  IiIh  lato  iiuijesty^s  last  wilU  cuiiitiiaiiding  that  tlii) 
fiiiieml  mourning  should  be  the  same  as  ibrmerly.  That  in  twenty-seven 
days  1  should  put  off  deep  mourningi  is  what  my  heart  submits  to  with 
difficulty ;  but  1  yield  obedience  to  ancient  rules*  and  will  reverently  wear 
mourning  for  three  years ;  and  shall  therebyi  in  some  small  degree,  manifest 
the  affectionate  grief  which  1  feel  Let  the  govemmontal  officers  and  people, 
throughout  the.  empire,  observe  tlie  former  laws  for  national  mourning.  The 
kings  and  great  officers  of  state  are  hereby  ordered  to  assemble  to  dehbtsrato 
and  report  to  the  emperor.     Riespect  this." 

Copies  of  this  paper  were  circulated  in  Canton  early  in  Oct.,  1820. 
Doubts  were  then  entertained  of  its  authenticity,  the  document  being, 
contrary  tu  what  is  usual  on  such  occasions,  without  the  names  of 
the  ministry  or  any  titles  for  the  emperor,  excepting  only  his  kwo 
haoUy  or  *  national  designation,'  which  was  TH  ^^  Yuenhwiiy, 
meaning  "  an  original  assemblage  of  natural  beauties."  (See  the 
Indo-Chinese  Gleaner,  for  January  and  February,  1821,  from  which 
we  borrow  these  papers.)  This  fir;tl  one  purported  to  have  been 
issued  on  the  9th  of  September,  six  days  after  the  demise  of  Keaking, 
which  occurred  on  the  2d.  On  the  20th  of  October,  the  governor  of 
Canton  received  a  dispatch  from  the  Bonrd  of  Rites,  ordering  him 
*'  to  close  the  seals  of  office  on  the  20th  of  the  12th  month  of  the  25th 
year  of  Keaking,  and  to  open  them  on  the  19th  of  the  1st  month  of 
\\\e  first  year  of  3^  -^  7\wulaoang,"  which,  instead  of  Yuenhwuy^ 
was  to  be  the  national  designation,  or  imperial  title  of  the  new  em« 
peror.  Dr.  Morrison,  commenting  on  this  title  says,  **  the  meaning 
of  the  taoUf  is  similar  to  the  *  eternal  reason '  of  some  European 
writers,  the  '  ratio '  of  the  Latins,  and  the  A^yn  of  the  Greeks ;  in 
a  political  sense,  the  Chinese  use  it  for  a  perfectly  good  government, 
where  reason,  not  passion,  dictates  its  acts :  kwang  means  light,  lus- 
tre, glory,  illustrious,  and  so  on.  The  new  imperial  title  of  Taou- 
kwang  may  be  rendered  by  the  two  words,  '  reason  illustrious,*  by 
which  the  monarch  wishes  to  intimate  that  his  reign  shall  be  *  the 
glorious  age  of  reason  *  in  China,  that  he  will  rule  gloriously,  accord- 
ing to  the  pure  dictates  of  eternal  reason."  Dr.  Morrison  further 
adds,  referring  to  this  first  paper,  and  the  title  Yutnhwuy  therein  as- 
sumed, "  Whether  it  be  suppoiwd  that  the  people  dared  to  print  and 
hand  about  a  spurious  imperial  proclamation,  or  that  the  emperor  and 
hia  advisers  changed  their  minds  on  the  subject  of  the  title,  the  pre- 
cefling  appears  very  strange." 

The  second  of  the  three  papers  is  cafled  he  chaou,  or  '  joyful  pro- 
clamation,' and  was  thus  prefaced  :  ''On  the  (7th  of  the  8th  month 
(Septeuiber  23d,   1820),  the  great  curpcror,  who  ha^i  received  from 

VOL.    X.    NO.    II.  12 


90  The  Eifiperor  Tavukwang,  Feb. 

heaven  and  revolving  nature,  the^overnment  of  the  world,  issued  the 
following  proclamatiou." 

No.  a. 

*'  Oar  Ta  Tsing  dyiiasly  has  received  the  meet  subntantial  indications  of 
heaven's  kind  care.  Our  ancestors,  Taetaoo  and  Taetsung,  began  to  lay 
the  vast  foundation  (of  our  emptte) ;  and  Shetsoo  became  the  sole  monarch 
of  China.  Our  sacred  ancestor  Kanghe,  the  emperor  Yungching  the 
glory  of  his  age^  and  Keenlung  the  eminent  in  honor,  all  abounded  in  vir- 
tue, were  divine  in  martial  prowess,  consolidated  the  glory  of  the  empire, 
and  moulded  the  whole  to  peaceful  harmony. 

**  His  late  majesty,  who  has  now  gone  the  great  journey,  governed  all 
under  heaven's  canopy  twenty-five  years,  exercising  the  utmost  caution  and 
industry.  Nor  evening  nor  morning  was  he  ever  idle,  lie  assiduously 
aimed  at  the  best  ptissibic  rule,  and  hence  his  government  was  excellent  and 
illustrious ;  the  court  and  the  country  felt  the  deepest  reverence,  and  the 
stillness  of  profound  awe.  A  benevolent  heart  and  a  benevolent  administra- 
tion were  universally  diffused;  in  China  proper,  as  well  as  beyond  it^  order 
and  tranquillity  prevailed,  and  the  tens  of  thousands  of  common  people  were 
all  happy.  But  in  the  midst  of  a  hope  that  this  glorious  reign  would  be  long 
protracted,  and  the  help  of  heaven  would  be  received  many  days,  unexpec- 
tedly, on  descending  to  bless,  by  his  majesty's  presence,  Lwanyangv  the 
dragon  charioteer  (the  holy  emperor)  became  a  guest  on  high.. 

^*  My  sacred  and  indulgent  father  had,  in  the  year  that  he  began  to  rule 
alone,  silently  settled  that  the  divine  utensil  (the  throne,)  should  devolve  on 
my  contemptible  person.  1,  knowing  the  feebleness  of  my  virtue,  at  first 
felt  much  afraid  I  should  not  be  competent  .to  the  office;  but  on  reflecting 
that  the  sages,  my  ancestors,  have  left  to  posterity  their  plans ;  that  his  late 
majesty  has  laid  the  duty  on  mo— and  heaven's  throne  should  not  be  long 
vacaut — I  hav«  done  violence  to  my  feelings,  and  forced  myself  to  intermit 
awhile  my  heartfelt  grief,  that  1  may  with  reverence  obey  the  unalterable 
decree  ;  and  on  the  27th  of  the  8th  moou  (October  3d),  i  purpose  devoutly  to 
announce  the  event  to  iieaven,  to  earth,  to  my  ancestors,  and  to  the  gods 
of  the  land  and  of  the  grain,  and  shall  then  sit  .down  on  the  imperial  throne. 
Let  the  next  year  be  the  first  of  Taoukwang. 

•»  I  look  upwards  and  hope  to  be  able  to  continue  former  excellencies,  f 
lay  my  hand  on  my  heart  with  feelings  of  respect  and  cautious  awe. — When 
a  new  monarch  addresses  himself  to  the  empire,  he  ought  to  confeV  benefits 
on  his  kindred,  and  extensively  bestow  gracious  favors :  whatever  is  proper 
to  be  done  on  this  occasion  is  stated  below. 

"  First.  On  all  persons  at  court,  and  those  also  who  are  at  a  distance  from 
it,  having  the  title  of  wang  (a  king)  and  downwards ;  and  on  those  of,  or 
above  the  rank  of  a  kung  (a  duke),  lot  gracious  gifts  be  conferred. 

*«  Second.  On  all  the  nobles  below  the  rank  of  kung^  down  to  that  of 
hih'kih,  let  gracious  gifts  be  conferred. 

«« Third.  Whether  at  court,  or  abroad  in  the  provinces,  Mantchou  and  (.Chi- 
nese ofticers,  great  and  buiall,  civil  and  military,  Fhall  ail  be  promoted  one  step. 


KS-II.  Tlu  ICtttperor   Tutudwatig  91 

•*  Koiirlh.  Those  otHcore,  whose  docenaed  parHnis  havp  received  poathu- 
iitouM  titles  of  honor,  shall  have  those  titles  increased,  to  correspond  with 
ihe  promotion  of  their  sons. 

**  Fifth.  Officers  at  court  of  the  fourth  degree  of  rank,  and  in  the  pro- 
v)nces  those  of  the  third,  shall  have  the  privilege  of  sending  one  son  to  the 
nattoiiai  college  (Kwd-tsze-keen). 

"Sixth.  Officers  who  have  been  deprived  of  their  rank,  but  retained 
in  office,  and  whose  pay  has  been  stopped  or  foifeited,  shall  have  their  rank 
and  pay  restored. 

*«  Seventh.  Let  the  number  of  candidates  to  be  accepted  at  the  literary 
examinations,  in  each  province,  be  increased  from  ten  to  thirty  persons. 

«*  Gighth.  Let  the  required  time  of  residence  in  the  national  college  be 
diminished  one  month  on  this  occasion. 

••  Ninth.  Let  ail  the  graduates  of  the  degree  of  a  m.  be  permitted,  as 
a  mark  of  honor,  to  wear  a  button  of  the  sixth  degree  of  rank. 

••  Tentli.  Let  officers  be  dispatched  to  sacrifice  at  the  tombs  of  departed 
emperors  and  kings,  of  every  past  dynasty  ;  at  the  grave  of  Confiicitis,  and 
at  the  five  great  mountains,  and  the  four  great  rivers  of  China. 

'•  Eleventh.  Excepting  rebels,  murderers,  and  oiher  unpardonable  often- 
dors,  let  all  those  who  may  have  committed  crimes  before  daybreak  of  the 
27th  of  the  Sili  moon  (ttie  day  of  ascending  tiie  throne)  be  forgiven.  If  any 
person  again  accuse  them  with  the  crimes  already  torgiven,  punish  theac 
cuser  according  o  the  crime  alleged. 

**  Twelfth.  All  convicts  in  the  several  provinces  who  havt'  been  transport- 
ed for  crimes  committed,  bnt  who  have  conducted  tiirmselves  quietly  for 
a  given  time,  shall  be  permitted  to  return  to  their  homes. 

•«  Thirteenth.  Tartars  under  the  different  banneni,  and  persons  of  the 
imperial  household  convicted  of  the  embezzlement  of  property,  and  punished 
by  forfeits,  if  it  can  be  proved  that  they  really  podsess  no  property,  let  them 
be  all  forgiven. 

**  Fourteenth.  Let  all  officers  of  government  whose  sons  or  grandsons  were 
cliarged  with  fines  or  forfeits  on  account  of  their  father's  crimes,  be  forgiven. 

•*  Fifteenth.  Li;t  officers  and  privates  in  the  Tartar  army,  to  whom  go< 
vernment  may  have  advanced  money,  not  be  required  to  repay  it. 

••Sixteenth.  Let  all  old  soldiers  of  the  Tartar  and  Chinese  armies,  who 
have  seen  Berv)ce«  and  are  now  invalided,  have  their  cases  examined  into, 
and  have  some  favor  conferred  on  tliem  in  addition  to  the  legal  compassion 
they*  already  receive. 

«« Seventeenth.  Let  there  be  an  inquiry  made  in  all  the  provinces,  tor 
those  families  in  which  there  are  alive  five  generations ;  and  for  those  persons 
who  have  seen  seven  generations ;  and  rewards  be  conferred  in  addition  to  the 
usual  honorary  tablet  conferred  by  law. 

M  Eighteenth.  Agriculture  is  of  the  -first  importance  to  the  empire — let 
the  officers  of  government  everywhere,  and  always,  laud  those  who  are  dili'. 
gent  in  ploughing  and  sowing. 


*«  Nineteenth.  Old  men  have  in  every  age  been  treated  with  great  respect ; 
lot  a  report  be  made  of  all  above  seventy,  both  of  Tartars  and  Chinese,  with 
the  exception  of  domestic  slaves,  and  people  who  already  possess  rank. 

^  Twentieth.  Let  one  moutirs  pay  be  given  to  certain  of  the  Mantchou 
and  Mongolian  Tartar  soldiers,  and  also  to  the  Chinese  troops  who  joined 
the  Tartar  standard  at  the  conquest. 

^  Twenty.iirst.  Let  men  who  belonged  to  the  Tartar  army,  and  who  are 
now  above  seventy  years  of  age,  have  a  man  allowed  to  sttend  upon  tliein, 
and  excuse  them  from  all  service.  To  those  above  eighty,  give  a  piece  of 
silk,  a.  catty  of  cotton,  a  sliih  measure  of  rice ;  and  ton  catties  of  flesh  meat ; 
and  to  those  above  ninety,  double  these  largesses. 

*«  Twenty  second.  L3t  all  overseers  of  saylums  for  widows  and  orphans, 
and  sick  people,  be  always  attentive,  and  prevent  any  one  being  destitute. 

**  Lo !  now,,  on  succeeding  to  the  throne,  I  shall  exorcise  myself  to  give 
repose  to  the  millions  of  my  people. — Assist  me  to  sustain  the  burden  laid 
on  my  shoulders!  With  veneration  1  receive  charge  of  heaven's  great  con- 
cerns.—>  Ye  kings  and  statesmen,  great  and  small,  civil  and  military,  every 
one  be  faithful  and  devoted,  and  aid  in  supporting  the  vast  afikir ;  that  our 
family  dominion  may  be  preserved  hundreds  and  tens  of  thousands  of  yeare, 
in  ,never  ending  tranquillity  and  glory  !  Promulge  this  to  all  under  heaven — 
cause  every  one  to  hear  it  !** 

The  following  paper  was  issued  previously  to  the  august  ceremony  to 
which  it  relates,  which  took  place  on  the  27th  of  the  8th  month,  and 
was  called  t&ng  keih,  *  ascending  the  summit/  meaning  evidently  the 
summit  of  power,  honor  and  glory.  There  does  not  seem  to  have 
been  literally  any  coronation  or  putting  on  of  a  crown ;  the  term, 
however,  is  a  fair  equivalent  for  the  ascension  act. 

No.  3. 

'<  The  members  of  the  Board  of  Rites  beg  respectfully  to  state  the 
usual  ceremonies  observed  at  the  ascension  of  the  emperors.  On 
the  day  appointed  for  the  ceremony,  the  commander  of  the  foot- 
guards  shall  lead  in  the  troops  to  take  their  station  at  the  several 
gates  of  the  imperial  city.  The  members  of  the  Board  of  Rites,  and 
of  the  Hung-loo  office,  shall  assemble  in  the  imperial  Council  Cham- 
ber, and  set  the  seal-table  (on  which  the  imperial  seal  is  to  be  placed) 
in  the  palace  of  Peace,  to  the  south  of  the  imperial  throne,  and 
exactly  in  the  middle.  Let  them  set  the  report-table  (on  which  the 
petition,  requesting  his  majesty  to  ascend  the  throne,  is  to  be  laid)  on 
the  south  side  of  the  eastern  pillar  of  the  palace ;  the  edict-table  (on 
which  is  to  be  placed  the  imperial  proclamation,  announcing  the  ac- 
cession,) on  the  north  side  of  the  eastern  pillar,  {jet  the  writing-table 
(on  which  the  pencil  and  ink,  used  on  the  occasion,  are  to  lie)  be  set 
on  the  right  or  left  of  the  western  pillar;  and  (he  yellow-table  (from 
which  the  proclamation  is  to  be  proniulgisd)  o|i  the  red  steps,  (or 
elevatioii  ut  the  foot  of  the  tl\rone,  where  ministers  advance'to  pay 


|j^4l  'Vhi'    hliiifh-ror    'i\ionktrn$tu  <X\ 

their  olieisniice,)  nxaciiy  in  ilie  iniildlo.  The  im|ipri'il  crnnrds,  hmh 
otiicers  and  men,  shall  iheii  enter,  and  set  forth,  in  order,  the  impe- 
rial  traveling  equipage,  in  front  of  the  palace  of  Peace.  They  shall 
next  make  ready  his  majesty's  foot-chariot,  (i.  e.  one  usually  drawn 
by  men)  without  the  palace  gate.  The  live  (ancient)  imperial  car- 
riages shall  then  be  set  forth  without  the  Woo  gate.  The  docile 
elephants  shall  be  placed  to  the  south  of  the  five  carriages.  Let  ihem 
draw  up  the  imperial  horse-guards,  on  the  right  and  left  of  the  middle 
path  of  the  vestibule,  fronting  each  other,  east  and  west.  Let  the 
imperial  canopy  and  cloud-capt  basin  (in  which  the  imperial  pro- 
clamation, announcing  the  emperor's  ascension,  is  placed)  be  set 
within  the  vestibule.  Afler  this,  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Music 
shall  arrange  the  ancient  musical  instruments,  used  by  Shun,  to  the 
east  and  west,  on  the  palace  causeway ;  and  the  musical  instru- 
nieiiis,  used  on  state  occasions,  they  shall  set  in  order  within  the 
palace.  These  shall  be  thus  placed,  but  not  (lor  the  present)  used. 
— Next,  the  musical  instruments,  used  at  the  arrival  and  departure 
of  his  majesty,  together  with  the  dragon-dome,  and  the  incense- 
dome,  (i.  e.  a  kind  of  portable  shed,  or  portioo)  shall  be  set  forth 
without  the  Woo  gate.  The  officers  of  the  Board  of  Public  Works 
shall  place  the  golden  phcBiiix  at  the  gate  of  Celestial  Repose,  direct- 
ly in  the  middle ;  and  set  the  stage,  from  which  the  proclamation  is 
to  be  made,  in  the  first  chamber,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  gate.  The 
second  officer  of  the  Board  of  Rites,  having  ready  the  petition,  (re- 
questing the  em|>eror  to  ascend  the  throne)  shall  take  it,  reverently, 
in  both  his  hands,  and  place  it  on  the  petition-table,  already  set  on  the 
southern  side  of  the  eastern  pillar.  One  of  the  officers  of  the  Coun- 
cil Chamber,  taking  the  proclamation,  to  be  subsequently  issued,  in 
both  his  hands,  shall  place  it  on  the  edict-table,  standing  to  the 
north  of  the  eastern  pillar.  One  of  the  secretaries  of  the  Council 
Chamber  shall,  in  the  same  manner,  take  the  pencil  and  ink-stone, 
and  put  them  on  the  table,  on  the  western  side  of  the  palace. 

**  The  prime  minister  shall  then  lead  forth  the  members  of  the  Coun- 
cil Chamber  to  the  gate  of  Celestial  Purity  (i.  e.  his  majesty's  private 
apartments),  and  beg  for  the  imperial  seal.  One  of  the  members 
shall  receive  it  with  profound  reverence,  and  the  prime  minister  shall 
follow  him  from  the  gate  of  Celestial  Purity  to  the  palace  of  Peace, 
where  it  shall  be  laid  on  the  seal-table,  which  is  in  the  middle  of  the 
hall,  on  the  south  of  the  imperial  throne ;  after  which  they  shall  re- 
tire. Then  the  officers  of  the  Hung-loo  office,  shall  bring  up  the 
kings  and  nobles  of  the  imperial  kindred,  from  the  highest  down 
to  those  of  the  eighth  rank,  on  the  elevation  at  the  foot  of  the 
throne.  Then  the  great  officers  of  state,  civil  and  military,  all  in 
their  court  dresses,  shall  range  themselves  in  order  accoording  to 
their  rank,  within  the  vestibule. 

'*At  the  appointed  hour,  the  president  of  the  Board  of  Rites  shall 
go  and  intreat  his  majesty  to  put  on  his  mournings,  and  come  forth 
by  the  gate  of  the  eastern  palace,  and  enter  at  the  left  door  of  the 
middle  palace,  where  his  majesty,   liefore  the  altar  of  his  deceased 


iinfierial   lather,    will    reH|)ecirtilly   announce,    ihat   he  receives   the 
decree — knef>l  ihrice,  and  Imw  nine  times. 

**  This  finished,  the  emperor  will  then  go  out  by  the  eastern  d(M>r, 
into  tiie  side  palace.  The  president  of  the  Board  of  Rites  shall  issue 
orders  to  the  governor  of  the  palace,  officers  of  the  iniperiaJ  guard, 
and  the  chief  ministers  of  the  interior,  to  go  and  solicit  his  majesty 
to  put  on  his  imperial  robes,  and  proceed  to  the  palace  of  his  mother, 
the  empress-ilowager,  to  pay  his  respects.  The  empress-dowager 
will  put  on  her  court  robes,  and  ascend  her  throne ;  before  which  his 
majesty  shall  kneel  thrice,  and  bow  nine  times.  After  the  pertbrm- 
aiice  of  this  ceremony,  the  governors  of  the  palace  s»hall  let  down 
the  curtain  before  the  door  of  the  emperor's  private  apartments,  and 
the  officers  of  the  interior  imperial  guards  shall  have  in  readiness 
the  golden  chariot,  directly  in  the  middle,  in  front  of  the  door  of  the 
imperial  residence  The  president  of  the  Board  of  Rites  shall  then 
bring  forward  the  officer  of  the  Astronomical  Board  whose  business 
is  U>  observe  times ^  to  the  gate  of  his  majesty's  residence,  to  announce 
the  arrival  of  the  chosen  and  felicitous  moment.  His  mojesty  will 
then  go  out  by  the  left  door  of  his  apartments,  and  mount  the  golden 
chariot.  The  president  of  the  Board  of  Rites,  together  with  ten  of 
the  great  officers  of  the  same  Board,  shall  take  their  stations  in  front 
of  the  imperial  chariot,  to  lead  on  the  procession.  Two  officers  of  the 
fiersonal  guard  shall  walk  behind.  Ten  chief  officers  of  the  leopard- 
tail  legion  uf  guards,  liolding  spears  (perhaps  muskets),  and  ton  bear- 
ing swords,  shall  form  the  wings  of  the  personal  guard.  The  proces- 
Hioii  shall  then  move  in  order,  to  the  palace  of  Protection  and  Peace, 
where  his  maJ€>stY  will  deftcend  from  the  chariot.  Here  the  president 
of  the  Board  of  Kites  shall  solicit  his  majesty  to  sit  down  in  the  roy- 
al middle  palace.  . 

*'Then  the  president  of  the  Hung-loo  office  shall  lead  forwaid  the 
great  officers  ofthi^  interior,  the  officers  of  the  imperial  guard,  of  the 
Council  Camber,  of  the  National  Institute,  of  the  Ckin^szt  office, 
of  the  Kc'keu  office,  of  the  Board  of  Rites,  and  of  the  Censorate, 
arranging  them,  in  front  and  rear,  according  to  their  rank.  He  shall 
then  call  upon  them  to  kneel  thrice,  and  bow  nine  times. 

**  This  ceremony  over,  the  president  of  the  Board  of  Rites  step- 
ping forward,  shall  kneel  down,  and  beseech  his  majesty,  saying, 
*  Ascend  the  imperial  throne.' — ^The  emperor  shall  then  rise  from 
his  seat,  and  the  procession  moving  on,  in  the  same  order  as  above 
described,  to  the  imperial  palace  of  Peace,  his  majesty  shall  ascend 
the  seat  of  gems,  aud  sit  down  on  the  imperial  throne,  with  his  face 
to  the  south.  At  the  Woo  gate  the  bells  shall  then  be  rung,  and  the 
drums  beaten  ;  hut  no  other  instruments  of  music  shall  be  sounded. 
The  •chief  officer  of  the  imperial  guards  shall  say  aloud,  *  strike  the 
whip'  (a  brazen  rod  called  by  this  name).  The  whip  shall  accord- 
ingly be  struck  below  the  throne.  The  master  of  the  ceremonies 
shall  command  tlie  attendant  ministers  to  arrange  themselves  in 
ranks.  The  president  of  the  Hung-hjo  office  shall  bring  up  the  kings 
and  dukes  on  the  elevation,  at  the  ro<»i  of  the  throne;  and  Ihe  niasiier 


iRll  The  Unifienn    i'ttunkmafW  VKi 

ot  the  ccreirloiitea  shall  load  forward  ihe  civil  and  thilitnry  rittlccrh, 
and  range  them  in  due  order  within  the  vestibule.  lie  shall  say — 
'  advance;'  they  shall  accordingly  advance,  lie  siiall  say-^'  kneel ;' 
then  the  kings^  and  all  the  ranks  downward,  shall  kneel.  When  he 
says — '  how  your  heads  to  the  ground, '-^and,  *  ride/--^then  the  kings, 
and  downward,  shall  kneel  thrice,  Ik>w  the  -hcud  to  the  ground  nine 
times,  and  rise  accordingly.  When  he  says — '  retire,'  the  kings, 
and  downward,  shall  all  retire,  and  stand  in  their  former  places. 

*'  Then  the  prime  minister,  entering  by  the  led  door  of  the  palace, 
shall  go  to  the  table^  and  taking  the  proclamation  in  both  his  hands, 
shall  place  it  on  the  middle  table ;  after  which  he  shall  retire  for  a 
moment,  and  stand  with  his  face  to  the  west.  The  president  of  the 
Council  Chamber,  advancing  to  the  middle  tablej  with  his  face  to 
the  north,  shall  seal  the  proclamation,  and  retire.  The  president  of 
the  Board  of  Rites  shall  then  approach  near;  and  the  prime  minister, 
taking  the  proclamation  in  both  hands,  shall  walk  out  with  it  by  the 
imperial  door  of  the  palace  of  Peace,  and  deliver  it  to  the  presi- 
dent of  the  Board  of  Riles,  who  shall  kneel  and  receive  it.  After 
rising,  he  shall  carry  it  to  the  table,  in  the  middle  of  the  elevation, 
below  the  throne,  and  lay  it  thereon,  with  profound  reverence — shall 
kneel  once,  and  bow  to  the  ground  three  times.  Next,  he  shall  kneel 
and  take  up  the  proclamation  in  both  hands — shall  rise,  and  descend 
by  the  middle  steps.  The  president  of  the  Board  of  Rites,  kneeling, 
shall  take  up  with  both  hands  the  cloud*capt  basin,  into  which  he 
shall  receive  the  proclamation,  and  then  rise.  The  officers  of  the 
imperial  guard  shall  spread  out  the  yellow  canopy  (or  umbrella)  over 
the  said  basin,  and  go  out  with  it  by  the  middle  door  of  the  palace 
of  Peace.  The  civil  and  military  officers  shall  follow  out  by  the 
gate' of  Resplendent  Virtue,  and  the  gate  of  Virgin  Felicity.  The 
chief  officer  of  the  guard  shall  then  say — *  strike  the  brazen  whip;* 
it  shall  accordingly  be  struck  thrice,  below  the  steps. 

<*  His  majesty  shall  then  rise,  step  to  the  back  of  the  palace,  moimt 
his  chariot,  and  go  forth  by  the  left  door,  to  the  outside  of  the  door 
of  his -private  apartments,  where  he  shall  descend  from  the  chariot ; 
and,  entering  the  side  palace,  by  the  left  door,  shall  change  his 
robes,  and  return  to  the  mat  (where  the  funeral  obsequies  are  perform* 
"ed).  The  prime  minister  shall  lead  forward  the  presidents,  who  shall 
reverently  take  the  imperial  seal,  and  drliver  it  at  the  door  of  the  im- 
perial residence,  to  one  of  the  groaf  officers  of  the  interior. 

''At  this  time  the  proclamation-bearer,  taking  the  document  in  both 
his  hands,  shall  proceed  to  the  outside  of  the  Woo  gate,  and  place  it 
iu  the  dragon-dome — shall  kneel  once,  and  bow  to  the  ground  thrice. 
Then  the  officers  of  the  guard,  and  sword  bearers,  shall  carry  for- 
ward the  domes,  in  the  following  order : — the  incense-dome  in  front, 
and  the  dragon-dome  behind.  The  officers  of  the  Board  of  Music 
shall  lead  on  the  procession,  immediately  behind  the  imperial  insignia, 
but  shall  not  play  (the  national  mourning  forbidding  this).  One  of 
the  judges  of  the  Board  of  Rites  ^hiill  then  a:3ccnd  to  the  tower  on 
the  wall,  op|>ositc  the  gale  uf  Cclebtiul  R(;|m>sc,   and   (hey  bliult  bet 


(luwii  tiic  ificciise-iloiiie :  the  proclamfltinii  being  plHccd  tht;rc  al:K>, 
ill  tlie  middle  of  the  dragon-dome.  The  proclamation^bearer  shall 
then  kneel  once,  and  bow  to  the  ground  thrice :  after  which,  taking 
the  proclamation  in  both  hands,  he  shall  lay  it  on  the  yellow*table, 
which  is  placed  on  a  high  stage.  The  dragon  and  iiiceose-dooies 
sliaJI  be  removed,  and  set  down  directly  in  front  of  the  gate  of  Celes- 
tial Repose.  The  officers,  civil  and  military,  shall  arrange  them- 
selves at  the  southern  end  of  the  golden  bridge.  The  master  of  the 
ceremonies  shall  say — *  form  ranks ;' — also,  *  enter/  The  officers, 
civil  and  military,  shall  accordingly  form  ranks,  and  the  venerable 
elders  of  the  people,  a  little  behind,  shall  form  themselves  into  two 
files; — and  all  stand  facing  the  north.  The  faerald-mintster  shall 
then  ascend  the  stage.  The  master  of  the  ceremonies  shall  say — 
*  an  edict!'  Then  all  shall  instantly  fall  on  their  knees.  The  herald 
shall  next  read  the  proclamation,  in  the  Chinese  language,  after 
which  he  retires  to  the  table.  The  words  *  bow'  and  '  rise'  being  pro- 
nounced (by  the  master  of  the  ceremonies),  and  answered  by  three 
genuflections  and  nine  prostrations,  from  all  present,  the  proclama- 
tion-bearer, taking  the  said  document  in  both  hands,  shall  place  it 
again  in  the  cloiid-capt  basin,  and  suspend  it,  by  an  ornamental  cord, 
from  the  bill  of  the  golden  phcenix.  The  judge  of  the  Board  of  Rites, 
receiving  the  same,  shall  set  it  again  in  the  dragon-dome,  and  going 
out  by  the  gate  of  Exalted  Purity,  the  procession  shall  be  led  on  as 
formerly,  by  the  officers  of  the  Board  of  Music,  behind  the  imperial 
insignia,  but  without  playing,  to  the  office  of  the  Board  of  Rites, 
where,  an  incense-table  being  placed,  the  president  of  the  Board  of 
Rites  shall  bring  forward  the  judges,  who  shall  kneel  thrice,  and  bow 
to  the  ground  nine  times.  These  ceremonies  all  finished,  let  the 
proclamation  be  reverently  printed,  and  promulgated  throughout  the 
empire.     Such  is  our  statement  laid  before  your  majesty." 

**  The  imperial  pleasure  has  been  received  thus :  'Act  according 
to  the  statement.     Respect  this.'  " 

Shortly  after  the  new  emperor  had  assumed  the  reins  of  govern- 
ment, he  issued  another  paper.  It  begins  abruptly,  and  some  of  the 
first  words  of  the  original  are  probably  wanting. 

No.  4. 

•«  Mine  is  not  a  vacant  office.  For  a  long  period  the  whole  empire  receiv. 
ed  from  the  late  emperor  the  most  gracious  beneficeocc;  the  utmost  liberali. 
ty  in  times  of  distress ;  and  the  most  perfect  admonition  and  correction. 
It  sometimes  happened  that  hidividuals  willfully  violated  the  laws ;  but  when 
the  time  of  signing  deathowarrants  occurred,  he  examined  the  papers  con- 
taining the  cases  of  capital  offenders  with  the  utmost  care ;  and  if  any  way 
of  saving  them  could  be  discovered,  he  exercised  benevolence  beyond  the 
laws.  All  my  people  should  be  dutiful  to  their  parents,  respectful  to  supe- 
riors, ashamed  of  crime,  and  cherish  a  dread  of  punishment,  to  aid  me  in 
imitating  his  late  majesty,  who  showed  a  love  of  the  lives  of  others,  such  as 
heaven  displays.  Now,  in  contieqitonce  of  ail  the  kings,  Tartar  nobles,  great 
statusinen,  the  civil  and  military  officers,  having  oaid  with  one  voice,  *  lleav- 


\M\  Tht  Emperor  Taotikwnn^  97 

en's  throne  *fnti8l  not  b«  lon^f  unoccupied,  it  is  incunrtbpnt  trhat,  by  the  con^ 
Bent  of  ilie  imperial  manes,  and  the  gods  of  the  land,  a  soverpign  do  early 
aaaume  hia  away.*  In  consequence  of  their  again  and  again  remonstrating 
with  me,  I  forced  myself  to  yield  to  the  general  voice,  and  interrupting,  for  a 
short  time,  ray  keen  sorrows— on  the  3d  day  of  the  8th  month  (September 
9th,  18*^,  having  announced  the  circumstance  to  heaven  and  to  earth, 
and  to  tho  manes  of  my  imperial  ancestors,  I  sat  down  on  the  imperial  throne. 
Let  the  next  year  be  the  first  of  the  reign  of  Taoukwang. 

^  1  look  up  reverently  to  tho  altars  of  the  land  and  of  the  grain,  and  desire 
to  receive,  and  to  continue  the  will  of  my  predeoessois :  and  i  profbundiy 
hope  tltat  the  iroperiai  throne  will  remain  eternally. 

••  iX>  all  of  you  my  relations  behave  as  eminent  worthies^  you  -civil  and 
military  officers  be  unitedly  faithful  and  devoted,  and  exert  yourselves,  tliat 
the  dominion  may  be  continued  to  an  illimitable  period,  and  that  you  may 
for  ever  enjoy  the  repose  of  a  well  regulated  government. 

^  Proclaim  this  to  the  whole  empire,  and  cause  every  one  to  know  it." 

Prom  the  several  foregoing  papers,  the  reader  will  l)e  able  to  form 
an  opinion  respecting  the  character  of  the  one  man  who  now  rules, 
as  absolute  monarch,  the  360,000,(K)0  of  human  beings  inhabiting  the 
Chinese  empire.  Whether  the  imperial  title  was  or  was  not  chang- 
ed,  there  are- in  the  history  of  his  reign  repeated  instances  of  some- 
thiDg  very  much  like  change.  Repugnant  as  this  idea  may  be  to 
the  mind  of  a  true  son  of  Han,  changes  there  have  been,  and  changes 
there  will  be.  There  are  in  this,  as  in  all  other  human  governments, 
imperfections  with  abuses  of  administration,  which  ought  to  be  cor- 
rected, it  augurs  well,  therefore,  that  there  are  changes  and  signs 
of  changes.  How  have  Turkey  and  Egypt  changed  their  relations ! 
And  must  not  China  and  Japan  likewise  change  ?  If  illustrious 
reason,  instead  of  brute  force,  is  to  have  ascendency  here,  then  well ; 
and  the  changes,  for  the  amelioration  of  the  condition  of  the  people, 
and  the  improvement  of  the  state,  shall  be  hailed  with  acclamations 
of  joy. 

It  is  not  right  to  speak  evil  of  dignities,  and  we  forbear  to  repeat 
sundry  idle  tales  which  have  been  told  derogatory  to  th«  character  of 
his  majesty.  •  During  the  twenty  years  he  has  filled  the  throne,  there 
has  been  a  very  tolerable  degree  of  prosperity,  though  the  present 
state  of  affairs  is  by  no  means  flattering  or  pleasing  to  the  imperial 
mind.  But  we  will  not  dwell  on  this  topic.  Some  noble  and  valorous 
acta  are  put  to  the  credit  of  the  emperor.  In  the  18th  year  of  his  illus- 
trioQs  father's  reign,  when  a  plot  was  formed  to  destroy  the  monarch 
and  subvert  the  government,  the  young  prince  (though  ignorant  of 
his  being  the  heir,  the  will  of  his  father  not  having  then  been  made 

VOL.    X.    NO.    II.  13 


08  The  Rebrllim  of  the  Yellow  Caps,  Feb. 

known,)  with  his  own  hand  destroyed  two  of  the  rebels  who  were  at- 
tempting to  climb  over  the  palace  walls.  This  bold  act  caused  the 
other  rebels  to  fall  back  with  terror,  and  thus  the  sacred  abode  was 
preserved  in  quiet.  Judging  from  the  protrait  which  we  have 
seen,  hb  majesty  is  tall,  thin,  and  of  a  dark  complexion.  He  is  now 
sixty  years  of  age,  and  apparently  strong  and  robust.  He  is  reputed 
to  be  '*  of  a  generous  disposition,  diligent,  attentive  to  government, 
and  economical  in  his  expenditure."  He  is  greatly  revered  by  his 
subjects,  and  apparently  much  swayed  by  the  counsels  of  his  minis- 
ters, of  whom  some  are  very  able  men, — though  we  much  fear  as  he 
says,  "they  know  not  what  truth  is.'*''  Of  the  emperor^s  present  line 
of  policy  much  remains  to  be  said.  It  will  be  questioned  and  scanned 
as  that  of  his  predecessors  never  was.  The  old  order  of  things  is 
passing  away,  and  now-— 

Magnus  ab  initgro  sichrum  nascitur  ordo. 


Art.  V.      The   Rebellion  of  the  Yellott  Caps,  compiled  from  the 
History  of  the  Three  States.* 

As  the  insurrection,  that  ended  in  that  dismemberment  of  the  Chil 
liese  empire  which  became  the  foundation  of  the  |X>pular  San  Kwo 
Che,  or  "  History  of  the  Three  States,"  forms  the  subject  of  an  in- 
teresting passage  in  the  records  of  former  times,  we  take  the  liberty 
of  inserting,  in  the  pages  of  the  Repository,  a  short  digest  of  the 
account  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  Yellow  Caps  to  the  death 
of  their  first  leaders,  as  given  in  the  first  and  second  sections  of  that 
work. 

The  history  of  the  Three  States — Shiih,  Wei,  and  Woo— opens 
by  dating  the  origin  of  those  causes,  which  led  to  the  division  of  the 
empire  into  three  kingdoms,  at  the  reigns  of  Hwan  (a!  d.  147)  and 
Ling  (a.  d.  168),  the  immediate  predecessors  of  Heuen,  the  last  emper- 
or of  the  Han  dynasty.  The  historian  finds'occasion  for  the  civil  wars, 
that  caused  the  downfall  of  that  house  and  disjointed  the  whole  em- 
pire,  in  the  corrupt  state  of  the  government,  which  had  shut  up  the 
avenues  to  preferment  against  the  good  and  the  wise,  and  admitted 

*  See  VQlume  seventh,  number  fifths  gp.  232-S49,  for  a  brivf  account  of  this 
work. 


1841  Tht  Rebellion  hf  the  Vcllotfi  Caps  99 

cunuoh6,<^that  class  of  weak,  low,  and  depraved  courtiers, — iiilo  the 
councils  of  the  state.  It  was  the  emperor  Hwan  wha  began  this 
course  of  degeneracy,  and  the  dire  consequences  of  it  were  gradually 
evinced  during  the  reign  of  his  successor,  more  weak  than  himself. 
Soon  afler  Ling  had  ascended  the  throne,  signs  most  strange  and 
alarming  appeared  in  the  heavens  and  on  the  earth,  all  portentous  of 
some  approaching  calamity.  The  sagacious  and  patriotic  of  the 
princes  knew  full  well  the  occasion  of  all  this,  and  presumed  to  warn 
their  sovereign  of  a  crisis  at  hand.  His  own  fears  were  to  some  de- 
gree excited,  but  they  were  speedily  dispelled  by  the  crafl  of  the 
eunuchs,  who  induced  their  master  to  degrade  those  ministers,  who 
had  dared  to  remonstrate  with  imperial  majesty.  Finding  that  their 
opportunity  had  now  come,,  the  eunuchs  formed  themselves  into  a 
body  of  counselors,  called  the  shlh  chang  she,  or  "  the  ten  constant 
attendants,"  and,  enjoying  the  emperor's  implicit  confidence,  they 
took  the  reins  of  government  into  their  own  hands.  Having  thus 
briefly  pointed  out  the  causes  of  future  calamities,  the  historian,  like 
a  patriot,  sighs  over  the  weaknesses  of  his  sovereign  and  the  misfor- 
tunes of  his  country,  "  Alas,  my  father  1  The  imperial  government 
waxed  worse  «very  day,  until  there  was  universal  disaflection,  and 
in<irauders  rose  up  like  wasps.'' 

At  this  time,  when  the  country  had  become  disposed  for  change,  a 
leader  appeared  in  a  family  of  the  principality  of  Keuluh.  in  this 
family  there  were  three  brothers,  whose  surname  was  Chang.  Chang 
Kcd,  the  eldest  of  them,  was  chief  in  the  insurrection,  to  which  he 
had  been  incited  by  an  interview  with  a  singular  personage,  who 
gave  himself  out  to  be  one. of  the  mountain  genii.  This  sage  of 
Nanhwa  called  Chang  Keo  aside,  and  put  a  book  into  his  hands,  at 
the  same  time  announcing  that  he  was  to  be  the  "  liberator  mundi,** 
and  threatening-  the  worst  of  evils,  if  he  should  decline  his  appoint- 
ment. On  this,  the  stranger  vanished.  Kee  took  the  book  and  de- 
voted himself  to  its  study,  till  at  length  he  gained  superhuman  power, 
and  was  able  to  control  the  elements  of  nature. 

It  happened,  that  in  the  eighteenth  year  of*Ling's  reign,  and  in 
the  first  mouth,  a  pestilence  broke  out,  and  raged  furiously  among 
the  people.  During  that  plague,  Chang  Keo  rendered  himself  po- 
pular, in  curing  large  numbers  by  the  successful  use  of  magical 
papers  and  charm-waters,  and  increased  his  own  influence  by  send- 
ing (brtli,  to  every  part  of  the  country,  men  who  had  been  inspired  by 
him,  with  supernatural  virtue  to  overcome  the  same  distemper.  In 
his  way  1k!  gained  the  couiidencc  of  myriads,  who  were  disposed  by 


100  The  Rebellion  of  the   Yellow  Caps.  Fc0. 

him  in  various  districts  ander  regular  leaders,  and  he  only  waited  for 
a  fit  time  when  to  carry  his  projects  into  execution. 

Very  shortly  after,  he  gave  oat  that  the  time  had  arrived,  when  the 
reigning  family  should  cease  and  give  place  to  another  line  of  em- 
perors; and  he  assured  his  'countrymen  thst  heaven  would  favor 
them,  as  a  new  cycle  was  just  opening.  Thus  he  won  an  immense 
body  of  the  nation  over  to  his  side«  •  To  render  the  plot  complete,  he 
sent  one  of  his  trusty  followers  to  form  an  alliance  with  one  of  the 
eunuchs,  and,  lest  they  should  lose  vhe*  present  opportunity  through 
delays  he  dispatched  a  second  confidant  to  apprize  the  intriguing 
party  at  court  of  th^  badge  adopted  by  their  allies,  and  of  the  day 
when  they  would  rise ;  but  the  messenger,  who  had  been  intrusted 
with  the  final  instructions,  repented  and  discovered  the  scheme  to  the 
imperial  cabinet. ' 

This  disclosure  led  to  the  immediate  seizure  snd  imprisonment  of 
Fung  Seu  and  his  paity,  who  formed  the  court  cabal ;  and  the  imperial 
troops  were  ordered  out  to  crush  the  first  symptoms  of  insnrrection. 

When  the  rebel  generals  Chang  Ke6,  Chang  Paon,  and  Chang 
Leang  heard  that  their  secrets  had  been  betrayed,  they  took  it  as  a 
sign  for  an  instantaneous  rise,  and,  assuming  high  sounding  titles,  they 
put  forth  a  public  manifesto,  calling  for  the  aid  of  their  countrymen- 
They  were  at  once  joined  by  400,000  or  500,000  men,  who  all  wore 
yellow  caps,  in  sign  of  their  attachment  to  the  new  cause,  from  which 
circum.Htan€e  this  insurrection  is  generally  designated  in  history,  "the 
rebellion  of  the  Yellow  Caps.'*  While  the  rebels  were  scattering 
themselves  over  the  country,  orders  were  issued  by  the  emperor  that 
every  district  sliould  be  rn  readiness  to  defend  itself,  and  that  three 
of  his  chung  laiig  tsuang  (high  generals)  should  proceed  with  troops 
to  subdue  the  Yellow  Caps. 

The  first  act  of  aggression,  on  the  part  of  the  malcontents,  was  iti 
'the  district  of  Yew,  the  lieutenant  of  which  immediately  issued  a  pro- 
clamation for  a  general  levy  of  troops. — This  call  brought  forth  the 
famous  Lew  Pe  Hcuentih,  a  descendant  in  the  line  of  the  Han  family, 
who,  it  had  been  predicted  by  his  relatives  and  comrades,  would 
some  day  rise-  to  eminence.  It,  at  the  same  time,  brought  Ueuentih 
in  contact  with  the  heroes  Chang  Fei  and  Kwan  Yu,  the  result  of 
which  interview  was  that  these  three  persons  entered  into  a  solemn 
-covenant,  to  stand  by  each  other  in  supporting  the  interests  of  the 
house  of  Han,  and  to  keep  the  unity  of  mind  and  purpose  inviolate^ 

Thus  leagued,  these  heroes  of  the  San  Kw6  Che  sally  forth  to 
joni  the  ranks  of  lieutenatit  Lew  Yen,  who  gladly  weleoined  thein. 


i>il.  The  RebtUion  of  the   Yellow  Caps  101 

His  eyttiiiifcy.  hearing  in  a  few  days  that  a  party  of  the  enemy  was 
coming  down  upon  one  of  his  districts)  gave  orders  to  his  officer  Tsow 
Tsing,  to  proceed  against  them  and  avail  himself  of  the  assistance  of 
Heuentih)  whose  comrades  signalized  themselves  in  the  first  onset,  by 
killing — the  one  a  colonel,  the  other  the  general  of  the  rebel  troops. 
On  this,  a  large  body  of  the  enemy  seeing  themselves  thus  early  de- 
prived of  some  of  their  leaders,  joined  the  imperial  party;  and  the 
Iteiitenant  of  Yew  conferred  rewards  on  the  victors. 

But,  on  the  day  following  the  victory,  he  received  a  dispatch  from 
the' governor  of  Tsing  department,  to  the  eftect  that  he  was  placed  in 
imminent  danger  by  the  siege,  which  had  b«if.n  laid  against  him.  His 
request,  that  auxiliaries  should  be  sent  to  him,  was  forthwith  grant- 
ed ;  and  in  a  ve>y  little  time  the  siege  wan  raided,  chiefly  through  the 
stratagems  of  the  three  brothers. 

Immediately  on  the  distribution  of  rewards  by  the  gov.  of  Tsing, 
Heucntih  and  his  comrades  separated  themselves  from  the  troops  of 
Yew,  to  hasten  to  the  relief  of  Loo  Chih,  (Heuentih's  former  tutor, 
and  one  of  the  chunglang  tseang  already  spoken  of,)  who  was  then  en- 
gaged in  contest  with  Chang  Keo,  the  leader  of  the  rebellion.  On  their 
reaching  the  scene  of  warfare.  Loo  Chih  was  much  pleased  with  this 
mark  of  attachment  in  his  late  pupil,  but  directed  him  to  proceed  to 
the  assistance  of  his  colleagues  Hwangfoo  Sung  and  Choo  Sun  who 
were,  in  the  Ying  district,  waging  war  against  Chang  Ked's  brothers. 
While  Heuentih  was  advancing  towards  Ying,  the  imperialists  had 
routed  the  Yellow  Caps, — who  fled  in  all  directions  before  the  con- 
querors. At  that  instant,  another  hero  of  those  times,  Tsaou  Tsaou, 
(called  by  a  Spanish  writer  'the  Buonaparte  of  China,')  made  his 
appearance,  to  share  in  the  glory  and  the  spoils  of  the  day. — This 
Tsaou  Tsaou  displayed  early  in  life  a  roving  and  wily  disposition, 
which  it  was  impossible  for  his  father  or  his  uncle  to  curb.  However, 
men  perceived  that  he  was  qimlified  for  the  times,  and  foresaw  his 
future  eminence,  at  the  prediction  of  which  Tsaou  Tsaou  was  not  a 
little  delighted.  At  the  age  of  twenty,  he  entered  office,  and  con- 
ducted himself  with  strict  impartiality,  so  that  he  became  a  terror  to 
evil-doers.  After  a  few  minor  promotions,  he  was  made  an  officer 
of  cavalry »  and  it  was  then  he  led  forth  a  company  to  assist  the  im- 
perial house; 

Heuentih  arrived  only  in  season  to  congratulate  the  victors  on  the 
repulse  of  the  enemy,  and  detailed  his  interview  with  his  tutor  Loo 
Chih,  to  whom  the  two  chung  lang  tseang  directed  the  three  bro- 
thers to  return,  as  they  felt  persuaded  the  liigitives  would  inmicdiatc- 


Ij  nsmt  u> 

oolj  bai£  the  fenTTy  mbem  thef 
and  gwiietf  bj  a  P^^  ^ 
capcuL    Tbe 

bees  xiad(jii»«  oo 
tempcsr  iae  faadt  finie»  froa  die 
ami  t^at 


tfii 

ttigk  becB  doicii,  biit  iff  taa  i^ii^ippf 

be  heard  (his  iccssnf,  jpx  iirisss,  axui  vas  os  ibe  poisft  of  cuttis^ 

ikrss  Uk.  piar*le^  7>ch  ac  »#«x<L  vbfl«  Hcaestik  c^akted  bus  b^  ike 

incnatihle  arz^uiKttt  eisac^  as  s  tna  tbe  csi^erar  a  viil^  srxbing  conid 

be  <iase  ia  oppiantJCMi  is  it.     So  Lss  Ckih  was  ailoserf  is  pass  as  is 

Bieet  his  dfMiBu 

Ai  the  advice  of  Rsas  To,  the  fsors  brodiers  leaoiveii  «t>  retxira 
witbosi.  «ieiaf ,  go  ciietr  aauve  di^rict.  Bat  os  ikeir  ptu^icsa 
sard,  they  perceive^  frooi  Uie  dia  of  war,  that  eosHactiag  poftKS 
haiuL  It  ■  the  impeTiai  boads  raaic^  and  put  to  dight  b;  Cbaag 
Keo'a  Oferpofrenffji  aambera.  Ilesestih  asd  his  firirada  take  a  stosd 
and,  by  a  f  i(^o«»  attack,  beat  the  rebeia  bock,  and  savcii  the  kusar 
of  the  throne.  It  vaa  Taa^  Cho  (Loo  Chih'a  sabslitaie,)  vho  had 
bees  thoa  rcKsed  by  as  BakiMiss  braack  of  tke  impehai  boaae,  but 
thia  jpsseral  u^t^ied  his  deiivefert  oalj  vitk  diaicapect,  whick  tke  ever 
ardeat  Chants^  Fet  cosld  sot  brook,  and  be  swore  that  sothing  sfaoaki 
j^iycjir  him,  short  of  tke  biood  of  tke  baagfatj  and  anctvii  Tun^ 

Cho. 

However,  bia  brotkera  Ueoentih  and  Rsaa  To  ssceeasfullj  nmam- 
•iraied  with  him;  bitt,  as  it  saa  their  onited  opioion,  that, ratker tkas 
jr>fs  the  corpa  of  mck  as  officer,  tkey  ahoold  pot  tkeanelvea  ssder 
the  banner  of  CVio  9«in  one  of  his  cotieagues,  they  acoordingij  pro- 
ceeded to  enter  hui  ranks,  and  were  treated  by  btis  with  all  srbasitj. 
As  that  i^eoerai  was  ent^aged  in  an  attack  on  tke  rebel  Paos's  iscesy 
be  took  the  Cuthfui  three  with  him*  In  this  instance,  Hcsestlk  aiso 
etgnaiized  hioMeif  \n  a  tJUmm  combat  with  ooeof  tke  eneay'seokMek, 
whom  ke  left  d«ad  on  the  fUUL  H  general  engagestest  inatastij 
ensued,  when  ^  nerai  Piioo,  by  some  magical  art  (whick  ptodsced  a 
ttiorm  of  wind  and  thimder,  and  drew  down  a  Mack  dood  froaa 
licaten,  in  which  4pp«!aif^d  a  countless  host  of  matchless  warrnirs,) 
drove  Iih  opptjncuLt  bA4;h  in  fear  and  cooatcrDalion. 


1 84 1  The  HfMlion  of  the    Yfttlow  Caps.  -      103 

But,  on  the  next  assault,  Paou's  juggle  was  not  so  successful,  as  it 
was  rendered  futile  by  the  superior  stratagem  of  Choo  Sun.  lie,  im- 
mediately afler  he  found  Paou  having  recourse  to  his  magical  powers, 
had  arranged  that  n  quantity  of  the  blood  of  pigs,  sheep,  and  dogs, 
should  be  collected  and  carried  up  to  a  neighboring  height,  and  that, 
on  the  first  appearance  of  the  same  phenomena  which  had  occurred 
before,  this  should  be  poured  down.  When  the  assault  was  made, 
''Chang  Paou  acted  the  magician,  there  was  a  tremendous  wind  and 
thunder,  the  sand  flew,  and  the  stones  ran  (along  the  ground),  a  black 
cloud  overcast  tlie  sky,  and  an  immense  number  of  men  and  horses 
fell  from  heaven.".  .  Ileuentih  turned  his  horse  and  hastily  retreated, 
while  Chang  Paou  pursued  him,  with  all  his  men,,  as, far  as  the  ris- 
ing ground,  when  the  mixture  was  thrown  down  from  its  top,  and  then 
there  could  be  seen  "  in  the  air,  paper-men  and  grass-horses,  falling 
in  confusion  to  the  ground.  The  wind  and  thunder  ceased,  nor  did 
the  sand  and  stones  continue  to  fly  about."  Chang  Paou,  finding 
himself  baffled  in  this  attempt,  was  obliged  to  flee  for  his  life,  and, 
with  difficulty  reached  one  of  his  fortresses,  where  he  shut  himself 
up  and  his  troops. 

While  Choo  Sun  was  occupied  in  besieging  Chang  Paou,  he  heard 
that  his  colleague  Hwangfoo  Sung,  had  been  appointed  to  take  the 
place  of  Tung  Ch5,  whose  frequent  losses  had  occasioned  his  degrada- 
tion from  office ;  that,  when  Hwangfoo  entered  upon  his  office,  Chang 
Keo  died,  and  was  succeeded  in  command  by  his  brother  Chang 
Leang ;  that  Chang  Leang  had  been  cut  ofi*  by  Hwang,  for  which 
achievement  the  emperor  promoted  him,  and  yielded  to  his  interces- 
sions in  behalf  of  the  defamed  Loo  Chih,  whose  misfortune  has  been 
noticed ;  and  that  Tsaoa  Tsaou  also  had  been  promoted  in  consi- 
deration of  the  services,  he  had  lent  in  support  of  the  imperial  cause. 
Choo  Sun,  on  hearing  all  this  intelligence.  wa$  stimulated  to  a  simul- 
taneous attack  of  the  town,  in  which  Chang  Paou  had  taken  shelter, 
and  he  brought:  the  besieged  to  such  a  stress  at  length,  that  one  of 
Paou's  own  officers  beheaded  his  master  and  delivered  up  the  city 
to  the  imperial  general.  Thus  fell  the  first  leaders  of  **  the  rebellion 
of  the  Yellow  Caps."  W.  C. 


104  Illustrations  of  Mm  and  Things  tn  China.  Feb 


Art.  VL     lliusirations  of  men  and  things  in  China:   priest  col- 
letting  paper ;  uses  of  blood;  mode  of  cutting  glass ;  a  .'China- 


Pribst  collecting  papers — I  niet  h  respectable  looking  fiudhistic 
priest  one  day,  perambulating  the  streets  with  two  small  baskets  slung 
on  his  arm,  on  which  were  written  the  four  characters  w^  ^  !?  jffi^ 
king  stih  tsze  che,  meaning,  'respect  and  pity  paper  having  charac- 
ters on  it.'  I  asked  him-  what  he  was  doing;  *I  am  going  about 
picking  up  ail  written  paper,'  said  he^  *  lest  sacred  names  should  be 
defiled.'  His  baskets,  so  far  as  I  could  see,  held  as  much  orange 
peel  as  paper ;  but  I  suppose  he  thought  that  all  useful  things  coming 
in  his  way»  were  noi4o  be  passed  by^  ^ny  more  than  pieces  of  written 
paper/  This  respect  for  paper  with  characters  on  it.  is  universal 
among  the  Chinese,  and  among  this  class  of  religionists  it  is  deemed 
meritorious  to  go  about  and  rescue  all  printed  and  written  paper  from 
defilement.  The  reader  must  not  infer,  however,  that  this  is  done 
gratuitously,  for  the  priests  collect  money,  from  shopmen  and  others 
ivho  write  much,  io  order  to  pay  themselves  for  picking  up  waste 
paper  in  the  streets  in  their  stead;  thus  making  gain  out  of  their 
reverence  for  holy  characters. 

Uses  of  blood, — ^The  butcher  receives  the  blood  of  the  ox  or  hog  into 
a  tub,  and  after  it  coagulates,  drains  off  the  watery  serom,  and  sends 
the  rest  to  market.  It  is  cooked  in  various  ways  by  the  people,  both 
alone  and  combined  with  other  viands.  The  blood  of  ducks,  after  co- 
agulation, is  warmed  over  a  fire,  and  when  the  color  has  changed, 
and  the  mass  become  a  little  concrete,  it  is  cut  into  cakes  and  ex- 
|X)Bed  for  sale  lying  in  water ;  the  purchaser  adds  sak  and  other 
condimenu  when  he  ooofcs  it  a  second  time.  The.  blood  of  hogs 
and' 'cattle  is  also  extentrively  used  as  a  paste.  It  is,  after  ooij^ula* 
tion,  thoroughly  worked  by  squeezing  it  through  a  handful  of  straw, 
to  separate  the  fibrine,  and  then  simmered  over  r  slow  fire  with  the 
addition  of  a  little  lime.  When  made  it  is  of  a  dingy-red  color; 
it  must  be  used  soon,  for  it  spoils  in  a  day  or  two ;  the  shopmen 
paper  tea-chests,  boxes  of  goods,  &c.,  with  this  paste. 

Mode  of  cutting  glass, — ^The  diamond  and  corundum  are  both 
employed  by  glaziers;  they  select  the  natural  grains,  or  break 
them  into  fragments,  and  insert  them  in  a  pencil,  so  as  to  expose 
a  corner  ;  none  of  the  lapidaries   here  can  cut  these  gems.    The 


1841.  lUustratinmt  of  Men  and  Things  in  China,'  I05i 

itineriting  workmen  who  mend  and  clamp  broken  glass  and  china- 
wftre,  have  one  set  into  the  point  of  their  drill.  But  the  corandum  is 
far  too  expensive  for  a  common  workman^  and  he  employs  another 
method  of  trimming  his  pane  of  glass.  He  marks  an  ink-line  where 
he  wishes  it  to  be  divided,  and  then  files  a  notch  on  the  edge  to  com- 
mence :  after  this,  he  slowly  follows  up  the  line  with  a  lighted  joss- 
stick  ;  the  glass  cracks  pretty  evenly  afler  the  fire/ which  is  detained 
-upon  a  spot  until  it  splits ;  the  edge  of  the  pane  is  rather  uneven,  but 
the  putty,  says  he,  will  hide  all  those  defects. 

A  *  Chinaman.' -^^ hat  a  number  of  things  there  are  to  which  we 
prefix  the  adjective  China  as  a  convenient  mode  of  designating  them ! 
Porcelain  and  China  are  synonymous  with  many  persons ;  &  set  of  chi- 
na, or  chinmware,  China  silks,  China  sweetmeats*  China  root,  China 
orange,  China  rose,  are  all  sufficiently  marked  merely  by  th^  adjec^ 
tive;  for  ages  have  the  productions  of  this  country  excited  the  com- 
mercial enterprise  of  other  lands,  so  that  the  terms  China  ship,  China 
merchant,  and  China  cargo,  in  common  life,  designate  a  peculiar 
branch  of  commerce.  But  among  all  the  odd  things  this  country 
produces,  a  Chinaman  himself  is  the  oddest.     Ever  since  the  day 

whea  Milton  sang 

*  Of  Sericana,  where  ChineMS  drive. 

With  sails  and  wind  their  cany  wagom  light,,* 
down  to  these  matter-of-fact  times  of  tea  and  Patna,  a  Chinese  has 
remained  an  image  of  himself.  He  is,-  in  truth,  a  curious  speci- 
men. Judge  him  by  our  standard,  and  he  is  to  it  a  very  antipodes, 
but  weigh  him  in  his  own  scales,  he  is  of  great' gravity  r  try -him 
by  his  own  measure  he  is  faultless.  It  is  hard  to  say  which  of 
this  two  standards  is  the  best  (or  arriving  at  a  fair  decision.  Next 
to  the  son  of  heaven,  a  true  Chinese  thinks  himself  to  be  the  greatest 
man  in  the  world ;  and  China,  beyond  all  comparison,  to  be  the  most 
civilized,  the  .moat  learned,  the  most  fruitful,  the  moat  ancient— in 
abort,  the  best  country  under  the  starry  canopy.  It  is  useless  te  toll 
him  to  the  contrary,  for  he  will  no  more  believe  you  than  you  do  him ; 
"  If  your  country  is  so  good,  why  do  you  come  here  after  tea  and 
rhabarb?"  is  a  puzzler ;-^''ir your  people  are  so  good-  why  do  you 
bring' opium  here  to  destroy  lis?"  is  unanswerable  in  his  mmd  to 
prove  his  own  goodness  and  our  wickedness ;— ''  We'  can  do  with- 
out  you,  but'  you  cauQOt  live  without  us,"  says  he,  to  clinch  them 
both ;  and. when,  a  Chinese  is  th&s  intrenched  in  his  own  wisdom,  he 
is  beyoi^d  persuaaion.  ., 

If  w^  examine,  some  of  the  minuter  shades  of  his  character  we 

VOL.   X'  NO.   II.  14 


104  Ulmtrations  of  Men  and  Things  in  China^  F^b. 

shall  at  once  perceive  that  he  was  cast  in  a  different  mold  from  *  ms. 
barbarians  y*  and  albeit  the  outlines  of  the  two  are  alike,  theic  linisli' 
is  quite  diverse.  Let  us  gjance  at  some  of  these  lesser  traits^  sa  ihey. 
are  grouped  in  the  following.,  sketch : 

.^Od,  inquiring  of  the  boatman  in  which  direction  our  port  lay,  i  was 
answered  west-north;  and  the  wind,  he  said,,  was*  east-south.  ^We  do  not 
say  so,  in  Europe,'  thought  I,  but  imagine  my  surprise  when  in  explaining  the 
utility  of  the  compass,  he  added  that  the  needle  pointed  south.  On  landing, 
the  first  object  that  attracted  my  attention  was  a  military  mandarin, '  who 
wore  an  embroidered  petticoat,  with  a  string  of  beads  around  his  neek,  and  a 
fan  in  his  hand.  His  insignia  of  rank  was  a  button  on  the  apex  of  his  sugar- 
loaf  cap,  instead  of  a  star  on  his  breast,  or  epaulettes  on  his  shoulders ;  and  it 
vras^with  some  dismay,  I  observed  him  mouDt  on  the  right  side  of  hisi  horses 
Several  scabbards  hmig  from  his  belt,  which  of  course  I  thought  must  contain 
dress-swords,  or  dirks*  but  on  venturing  near-  through  the  crowd  of  atten- 
dantSy  I  was  surprised  to  see  a  pair  of  chopsticks  and  a  knife-handle  sticking 
out  of  one,  and  soon  his  fan  was  folded  up  and  put  into  the  other,  whereupon 
I  concluded  he  was  going .  to  a  dinner  instead  of  a  reytew.  The  natives 
around  me  had  their  hair  all  shaven  on  the  front  of  their  head;  and  let  it 
grow  as  long  as  it  would'  behind ;  many  of  them  did  not  shave  their  faces^ 
but  their  mustaches  were  made  to  grow  perpendicularly  down  over  their 
mouths,  and  lest  some  straggling  hairs  should-diverge  cheek-waysy  the  owners 
were  busily  employed  pulling  them  down.  *  We  arrange  our  toilettes  difibrent- 
ly  in  £urope,'  thought  I,  but^  could  not  help  acknowledging  the  happy  device 
of  chopsticks,  which  enabled  theso  gentlemen  to  put  their  fbod  intothe  mouth 
endwise,  underneath  thia  natural  fringe. 

.*«Un  my  way  to  the  house  where  i  was  to  put  up«  1  saw*  a  group  of  old;  peoN- 
pleii  some  of  whom  were  greybeards;  a  few  were,  chirruping  and  chuckling 
to  singing  birds,  which  they-  carried  perched  on  a  stick  or  in  cages ;  others 
were  catching  flies  to  feed  the  birds ;  and  the  remainder  of  the  party  seemed 
to  be  delightedly  employed  in  flying  fantastic  paper  kites,  while  a  group  of 
boys  were  gravely  Idbking  on,  and  regarding  these  innocent  occupations  of 
their  seniors  with  the  most  serious  and  gratified  attention.  As  i  had  come 
to  the  country  to  reside  for  sometime,  i  made  inquf/ies*  respecttnga  teacher, 
and  the  next  morning  found  me  provided  with  one  who  happily  understood 
English.  On  entering  the  room,  he  stood  at  the  door,  and  instead  of  ooming 
forward  and  shaking  my  hands,  he  politely  bowed,  and:  shook,  his  own*. before 
his  breast,  (looked  upon  thia  custom,  as  a  decided  improvement*  upon  our 
mode,  especially  in  doubtful  cases;  and  requested  him  to  be  seated..  1.  knew 
1  was  about  to  study  a  language  without  an  alphabet,  but  was  somewhat 
astonished  to  find  him  begin  at  what  I  had  all  my  life  previously  considered 
the  end  of  the  book.  He  read  the  date  of  the  publication,  'The  fifth  year, 
tenth  month,  and  fltst  day.'  'We  arrange  our  dates  diflerently,'  i  observed, 
and  begged  him  to  begin  to  read,  which  he  did  from  the  top  to  the  bottom, 
tNen  proceeding  from  the  right  to' the*  tefl.    >  Yda  have  an  odd  book  here,' 


1841  Jllusiratwns  of  Men  and  Things  in  China.  107 

remarked  1,  taking  it  out  of*  hie  hands  i  and  looking  farther^  saw  tiial  the 
running  title  was  on  the  edge  of  the  leaves  instead  of  the  top ;  that  the  pag- 
ing was  near  the  bottom  ;  that  the  marginal  notes  were  on  the  top  of  the 
page  ;  that  the  blank  space  at  the  top  of  the  page  was  very  much  larger  than 
at  the  bottom  ;  that  the  blanks  for  correction  were  largo  black  squares  in  the 
middle  of  the  column  instead  of  white  openings;*  that  the  back  was  open, 
and  the  name  written  on  the  bottom  edge ;  and  lastly  that  the  volume  had  a 
heavy  line  near  the  middle  of  every  page,  which  he  said  separated  the  two 
works  contained  in  it.  I  asked  the  price  of  the  work,  and  he  said  it  was  a 
dollar  and  eight  thirds,  and  on  counting  out  93}  he  gave  me  back  92^,  say- 
ing I  had-  paid  him  too  much ;  1  asked  an  explanation,  and  learned  that  in 
China  eight  thirds  meant  three  eighths  ;  a  long  time  after  I  learned  still  fur- 
ther that  it  was  really  eight  divided  by  three,  a  mode  of  expression,  which, 
by  placing  the  numerator  after  the  denominator,  is  just  opposite  our  own.  An- 
other  small  volume  which  he  took  out  of  his  pocket,  had  the  number  and 
caption  of  the  chapters  at  the  foot  instead  of  the  head ;  and  my  astonishment 
was  increased,  when  on  requesting  him  to  find  a  word  in  a  small  dictionary, 
he  told  me  the  words  were  arranged  by  the  end  instead  of  the  beginning — 
ming,  sing,  king,  being  all  in  a  row. 

••  Giving  the  book  back  to  him,  i  begged  him  to  speak  of  ceremony.  He 
commenced  by  saying,  «When  you  receive  a  distinguished  guest,  do  not' 
fail  to  place  him  on  your  lefl  hand,  for  that  is  the  scat  of  honor ;  and  be 
cautious  not  to  uncover  the  head,  as  it  would  be  an  unbecoming  act  of 
familiarity.'  This  was  a  severe  below  to  any  established  notions,  but  re- 
quested him  to  continue.  He  reopened  the  volume,  and  read  with  becoming 
gravity,  *The  most  learned  men  are  decidedly  of  opinion,  that  the  seat  of  the 
human  understanding  is  in  the  belly.'  'Better  say  it  is  in  the  feet,  and  done 
with  it,'  exclaimed  I,  for  this  so  shocked  ail  my  principles  of  correct  philoso- 
phy, that  i  immediately  shut  up  the  book,  and  dismissed  my  moonshe  to 
come  another  day. 

•*  On  going  abroad,  I  met  so  many  things  contrary  to  all  ray  preconceived 
ideas  of  propriety,  that  I  readily  assented  to  a  friend's  observation  •  that  the 
Cbtnese  were  our  antipodes  in  many  things  besides  geography.'  'Indeed,'  said 
I,  Mt  is  so;  I  shall  almost  expect  shortly  to  see  a  man  walking  on  his  bead  ; 
look,  there's  a  woman  in  trowsers,  and  a  party  of  gentleman  in  petticoats  ; 
she  is  smoking  a  segar,  and  they  are  fanning  themselves ;'  but  I  was  taught 
not  to  trust  to  appearances  too  much,  when  on  passing  them,  I  saw  the  latter 
wore  tight  under-garments.  We  soon  afler  met  the  comprador  of  the  house 
dressed  in  a  complete  suit  of  white,  and  I  stopped  and  aiiked  him  what  mer. 
ly. making  he  was  invited  to  ;  with  a  look  of  the  deepest  concern,  be  said, 
he  was  just  returning  from  burying  his  father.  Soon  we  passed  a  house, 
where  we  heard  sobbing  and  crying,  and  desiring  to  alleviate  grief,  1  inquir- 
ed who  was  ill.  The  man,  suppre&^ing  a  smile,  said,  •  it  is  a  young  giri 
just  about  leaving  her  father's  house  to  be  married,  and  she  is  lamenting 

*  The  liUck  places  which  occur  in  some  boolcp.  as  for  instance  the  Court  Ca- 
lendar, are  caused  by  the  hiock  being  iett  uncut  Hut  subsequent  correction. 


lOd  Memorial  from  Kcsheu.  Fc0i 

with  A  party  of  her  teliuws.'  i  thougiitt  atler  these  unlucky  essays,  1  would 
ask  no  more  questions ;  but  carefully  use  my  eyes  instead.  Looking  into 
a  shop,  I  saw  a  stout  strapping  fellow  sowing  lace  on  a  bonnet ;  and  going 
on  to  the  landing-place,  behold,  there  all  the  ferry-boats  were  rowed  by 
women ;  and  from  a  passage-boat  just  arrived,  I  saw  the  females  get  out 
of  the  cabin  which  was  iii  the  bow.  *What  aro  we  coming  to  nextl*  said 
I,  and  just  by  I  saw  a  carpenter  take  his  foot-rule  out  of  his  stocking,  to 
measure  some  timber,  which  his  apprentice  was  cutting  with  a  saw  that  had. 
the  blade  set  nearly  at  right  angles  witli  the  frame.  Before  his  door  sat  a 
man  busily  engaged  in  whitening  the  solesof  a  pair  of  shoes  with  white 
lead.  We  next  passed  a  fashionable  lady  who  was  just  stepping  out  of  her 
chair,  hobbling,  1  should  rather  say ;  for  unlike  our  ladies  with  their  com- 
pressed waiats,  her  feet  were  not  above  three  inches  long;  and  her  gown, 
instead  of  having  gores  sewed  into  the  bottom,  was  so  contracted  by  embroi- 
dered plaits  as  apparently  to  restrain  her  walking.  *  Come  let  us  return 
home,*  said  I,  *  for  1  am  quite  whirled  about  in  this  strange  laud.'  " 

Thi&  sketch  will  somewhat  illustrate  a  Chinaman's  ideas  of  pro- 
priety; it  is  very  manifest  from  it  that  there  is  no  accounting  for 
or  reasoning  against  tastes,  and  that  if  we  wish  to  judge  fairly  of 
many  things  that  he  does,  and  of  many  of  his  notions,  some  know- 
ledge of  their  rationale  is  desirable.  If  this  his  outer  man  is  unlike 
what  we  deem  good  taste,  we  shall  find,  alas,  that  his  inner  man  is 
much  more  unlike,  much  farther  estranged  from  what  we  are  taught 
to  regard  as  (and  know  to  bo)  good  morals. 


Art.  VII.    Memorial  from  Keshen,  concerning  the  attack  on  Chuen" 
pe;  ufith  replies  thereto  from  the  emperor. 

Memorial  from  your  majesty's  slave,  Keshen,  with  reference  to  the 
English  foreigners'  not  waiting  for  replies,  but  straightway  attacking 
the  forts  of  Shakok  and  Taikok  ;— even  now,  while  the  contest  yet 
rests  undecided,  is  this  report  sent  with  all  speed,  by  an  express, 
traveling  diligently  more  than  500  ie  daily,  in  order  to  be  humbly 
submitted  to  your  majesty's  sacred  perusal. 

Afler  your  slave  had  this  morning  dispatched  his  respectful  re- 
port, regarding  the  communication  he  had  prepared  to  send  in  answer 
to  the  English  foreigners,  and  regarding  the  actual  warlike  display 
i}i  banners, — a  dispatch  was  received  by  express,  at  a  later  period  of 


1841.  Atemdrial  from  Keshen*  lUtt 

the  day»  from  your  uiiuwteri  Kwan  Teeopei,  the  commauder^iu-clnef 
of  the  naval  forces^  .  It  reported,  that  all  the  vesbels  of  the  Eoglish 
foreiguers  had  weighed  anchor,  during  the  morning  of  the  7th,  and 
in  distinct  squadrons  had.  proceeded  to  attack  the  forts  of  Shakok 
aqd  Taikok,  outside  the  fiocca  Tigris  :  that  the  fire  of  the  guns  was 
kept  up  incessantly,  and  the  contest  sustained  all  around,  from  8  a.m. 
till  2  p.  M.,  during  which  the  foreign  vessels  had  fired  above  10 
[rpuods  of]  cannon:  that  our  forces,  with  all  their  strength  and 
energy,  responded  to,  the  attack,  till  about  2  p.  m.,  when  from  a  dis- 
tance some  of  the, foreigners  were  seen  to  have  fallen  into  the  water : 
that,  as  it  happened^  the  tide,  began  to  ebb,  and  the  foreign  vessels 
ceased  firing,  and  are.  now  anchored  in  the  middle  of  the  stream, 
between  Shakok  and  Taikok,  each  side  maintaining  its  ground :  that, 
probably,  with  the  making  of  the  flood,  the  next  morning,  the  con- 
test would  recominei\ce:  and,  further,  that  there  were  four  steam « 
vessels,  which,  fell  upon  the  war  junks,  but  finding  the  attack  res- 
ponded to  by  our  vessels,  drew  off  again  without  having  decided  the 
contest  on  either  side. 

Your  slave,  since  his  arrival  at  Canton,  has  in  repeated  instances 
exchanged  communications  with  the  English  foreigners  :  and  has  at 
all  times  given  them  admonitory  commands,  with  mildness:  and  as 
regards  the  several  things  solicited  by  them,  though  he  has  not  been 
able  completely  to  satisfy  their  rapacious  cravings,  still  he  has  with 
a  liberal  hand  granted  a  measure  of  what  they  desired.  Yet  these 
fpceigners,  on  the  present  occasion,  having,  upon  the  6ih,  sent  in  a 
foreign  letter,,  hastily^n  the  morning  of  the  7th,  without  W;aiting  for 
a  reply,  proceeded  straightway  to  attack  the  forts  — to  such  a  degree 
has  their  presumptuous  overbearing :  and  unruly  violence  been  car^ 
ried !  Some,  giving  their  advice^ii  this  matter,  express  it  as  their 
opinion,  that  if  the  whole  defensive  and  preventive  guard  be  firmly 
maintained,  that  will  suffice  in  time  to  weary  them  out..  Or,  it  is 
said,  if  they  only  be  granted  commercial  intercourse,  a  restraining 
cordon  may  then  be  kept  around  what  they  have.  Whether  or  not 
these  schemes  are  worthy  of  confidence,  your  sacred  majesty's 
wisdom  and  thorough  knowledge  will  determine, — and  to  escape  it 
would  be  impossible. 

These  foreigners,  now,  having  dared  to  commence  this  attack,  and 
having  begun  troubling  and  disturbing,  the  present  quarrel  is  then 
Q^f  their  own  creation;  in  their  behalf  nothing  can  be  said f  and,  as 
they  would  not  wait  for  the  communication  prepared  for  them,  there 
.would  be  no  propriety  in  now  sending  it  to  them.' 


110  Memorial  from  Kesktn.  h\u. 

The  fort  of  Shakok  stood  solitary,  cut  off  by  the  sea;  atid  it  Is  to 
be  observed,  that,  before  this  collisioti,  from  apprehension  that  it  was 
insufficiently  protected,  200  men  of  the  lieut>gdvernor^s  brigade  had 
been  sent  to  occupy  the  important  entrance  into  Tnngkw&n  district  ; 
and  300  of  the  personal  brigade  of  the  commander-in-chief  had  been 
sent  to  defend  such  places  as  should  need  increased  protection. 

The  fortified  point  of  Taikok  nearly  adjoins  the  range  of  land  call- 
ed Nansha  (the  southern  sands),  and  it  is  to  be  apprehended,  lest  the 
said  foreigners,  making  a  circuit  behind  the  hills  should  make  theif 
way  inwards.  Having  sent  an  express  to  your  majesty's  minister, 
Kwan,  the  commander->in«chief,  to  inquire  of  him  what  points  will 
require  the  addition  of  forces,  he  has  himself  personally  examined 
those  positions  near  to  that  place,  where  it  will  be  suitable  to  post 
military  guards,  and  having  reported  the  same  he  has  received  in- 
stractions  accordingly  to  post  forces  thereat.  At  the  same  time  direc- 
tions have  been  given,  to  prepare,  with  all  celerity,  large  quantities 
of  gunpowder,  iron  ball,  and  so  forth,  sufficient,  it  is  hoped,  for  many 
months'  use, — in  order  thus  to  facilitate  the  defense  of  the  various 
places. 

The  Bocca  Tigris  is  the  post  of  which  the  commander-in-chief 
retains  the  defense.  To.  coopenite  with  and  aid  him  in  its  defense, 
your  slave  has  sent  Le,  general  of  the  Chaouchow  division,  who  will 
be  able  to  give  him  efficient  counsel  and  assistance. 

A  detachment  of  naval  forces  has  also  been  posted  on  shore  at 
W<k>chung  kow,  distant  about  sixty  U  (roughly,  about  20  miles)  from 
this 'City  of  Canton;  the  river  has  been  filled  up  by  sinking  stones ; 
and  tiifU  of  spars  h&ve  been  so  placed  as  to  prevent  any  passage 
beyond.  The^e  arrangements  were  all,  on  the*  27th  of  December, 
successively  reported  complete,  under  the  superintendence  of  the 
chungke'e^  Keshow,  und  the  foosze,  Cho  Szeleang. 

At  Canton  itself,  adjoining  the  walls  of  the  city,  are  the  houses 
of  the  people,  rendering  it  a  matter  of  difficulty  to  fire  from  thence* 
But  at  the  same  time,  the  river  flows  airround,  leaving  no  place  for 
the  encnimpment  of  troops.  There  are  found,  however,  on  the  river 
Itself,  forts  of  old  standing,  for  the  better  defense  of  which  the  gar- 
risons have  been  increased ; — and  to  such  as  have  flats  adjoining 
them,  encamped  forces  have  also  been  attached,  to  aid  in  the  defense 
of  each  place.  \ 

'  .  With  regard  to  the  provinces  of  Fuhkeen  and  ChSkeang,  your 
slave,  as  early  as  the  first  decade  of  last  month  (the  close  of  Novem- 
ber), having  carefully  inquired  into  the  acttial  and  daily  more  press- 


1841.  Tlie.  Emperors  Reply.  Ill 

uig  condition  of  things  with  all  the  said  foreigners,  felt  renson  tci 
apprehend  that  they  might  go  to  other  ports  and  inlets ;  and  therefore 
communications  were  immediately  sent  to  your  majesty's  minister 
Woo  Wanyung,  governor  of  Fuhkeen  and  Chekeang^  and  to  the  high 
Qommissioner  in  Chekeang,  Elepoo,  to  afford  them  every  informa- 
tion; and  they  were  moved  to  transmit  the  same  in  formation,  to  the 
adjoining  government  of  Keangsoo,  that  there  also  all  requisite  ob- 
servation and  defense  might  be  maintained.  The  distance  being 
however  considerable,  and  the  regulation  of  the  governmental  posts 
being  rather  lax,  it  is  uncertain  whether  the  dispatches:  then  sent 
wilL  have  yet  ^rrived^  and  whether  the  information  sent  has rbeen 
commui^icated  toth<i  various  provinces  along  the  coast. 

Whether  or  aot  pur  forceq  have  suffered  in  this  conflict,  and  to 
what  extent  wounds  may  have,  been  inflicted,  shall  be  reported  with 
all  haste  as  soon  as  ascertained.  And  of  the  stat;e  of  things  hencefon* 
ward,  full  reports  shall  be  transmitted  from  time  to  time.  The  me- 
morial is  now  flrst  sent  by  an  express,  traveling  with  diligence  to 
exceed  the  rate  of  500  k  daily,  in  order  to  convey  intelligence  of  the 
circumstances  attending  the  attack  made  by  these  foreigners,  with- 
out waiting  for  replies,  and  of  the  collision  which,  in;  consequence 
took  place.  The  memorial  is  respectfully  submitted,  imploring  the 
august  sovereign  to  cast  on  it  his  sacred  glance.  (Jan.  8th,  1841.) 


Imperial,  edict  issued  on  the  5th  day  of  the  Ist  month  (January 
27th,  1841), 

A  report  haa  beea  received  from^Keshen,  setting  forth  the  circum- 
stances of  an  attack  on,;  and  capture  of,  certain  forts,  by  the  English 
foreigners. 

These  rebellious,  foreigners,  from  the  time  of  their  return  tO'Can- 
tol^  have  been  daily  increasing  in  disorderliness  and  insubordination*. 
And  we  have  therefore  issued  repeated  and  strict  commnids  to-  all 
the  provinces^  that  the  moat  attentive  and  well  ordered  guard  o(  pre- 
veniionr  should  be  maintained ;  and  that  fit  oceaaioni should  betaken 
to  proceed  against  them  for  their  destruction.  With  what  oajre,  then, 
did.  it  Uacome*  ail.  the  high  officers,  civil  and  military j.  of  the  pro- 
vinces,, to.  have  arranged  their  defense  I  Bui^te-day;  the  report  is 
.received -Jiopi  Keshen,  that- where  he  is,  the  fort  of  Shakok. has  .been 
auacked.  and.  taken  by,  the  rebeUioos  foreigners^  andi  that v  that  of 
Taikok  alsa  haa,  beea  destroyed ;  and  withal  that  the  soldiery  of  the 
government  haxe  fallen7.d^ad  and)  wounded,  and  Ihe  naval  vessels 
have  been  carried  off  and  plundered.     It  is  plain  from  thia^  that  |he 


11-2  The  Emperor's   Re^^ly.  Feb. 

said  acting  governor,  and  his  fello\v-oHicer<t,  have  in  no  way  taken 
the  needful  preparative  arrangements  for  prevention  and  defense. 
I^t  the  proper  Board  take  into  its  severest  consideration  the  conduct 
of  Keshen.  At  the  same  time,  let  him  have  direction  of  the  forces 
sent  from  all  parts,  and  exert  his  utmost  efforts  to  clrtve  oiTor  destroy 
these  foreigners,  speedily  reporting  an  entire  victory. — Kwan  Teen- 
|)ei,  though  filling  the  post  of  commander-in-chief,  and  having  under 
his  control  the  whole  naval  force,  has  shown  himself  at  all  times 
devoid  of  talent  to  direct,  and,  on  the  approach  of  a  crisis,  perturbed, 
alarmed,  and  resourceless.  Let  his  button  and  insignia  of  rank 
be  at  once  taken  from  him, — but  let  him,  at  the  same  time,  bearing 
his  offenses,  labor  to  attain  merit,  and  show  forth  his  after-endeavors. 
The  said  acting  governor  and  his  colleagues  will  make  clear  inquiry 
and  full  report  as  to  all  the  officers,  subalterns,  and  soldiers,  wounded 
or  slain.     Respect  this. 


On  the  same  27th  day  of  January,  this  further  imperial  edict  was 
issued. 

An.  express  from  Keshen  reports  that  the  rebellious  foreigners  have 
attacked  and  destroyed  certain  forts.  In  consequence  of  the  daily 
increasing  disorderliness  and  insubordination  of  these  rebellious  fo- 
reigners, our  commands  were  before  repeatedly  issued,  declaring  it  as 
our  pleasure,  that  secure  preparative  arrangements  should  be  made, 
and  fit  occasion  taken  to  proceed  to  their  destruction— considering 
that  they  have  coveted  Canton,  and  that  not  merely  for  a  day. 

The  said  high  commissioner, — sustaining  a  most  weighty  trust, — 
and  knowing,  as  he  did,  that  the  temper  of  these  foreigners  is  proud 
and  overhearing,  seeing  also  that  the  military  condition  of  the  pro- 
vince-where  he  is  has  fallen  into  decay  for  this  long  time  past, — 
should  have  begun  with  defensive  precautions,  with  the  view  of  being 
prepared  to  avert  any  disaster:  Yet  is  this  report  now  received  from 
htni,> that  the  rebellious  foreigners  have  seized  upon  the  fort  of  Sha- 
kok)  and  further  attacked  that  of  Taikok.  From  the  fact  that,  when, 
these  foreigners,  on  the  7th  of  January,  let  loose  their  passions,  and 
began  firing  upon  these  two  forts,  they  were  at  once  able  to  destroy 
them,— *-it  is  to  bp  seen,  that*  no  preparations  whatever  could  have 
been  made  in  that  province:  such  neglect  calls  forth  bitter  indigna- 
tion. Our  commands  have  therefore  been  plainly  declared,  that 
Keshen  and  Kwan  Teenpei  be,  the  last  deprived  of  his  button  and 
other  insignia  of  rank,  and  the  former  subjected  to  the  severest  con- 
sideration of  his  conduct. 


IH4I.  The   Emperor's   Reply,  U^ 

The  rrtbellioiis  dispositions  of  these  foreigners  being  now  plainly 
manifested, — there  remains  no  other  conrse  than,  without  remorse,  to 
destroy  and  wash  them  clean  away,  and  thus  to  display  the  majesty 
of  the  empire.  What  room  can  there  yet  be  led  for  showing  them 
consideration  and  exhibiting  to  them  reason  !  Expresses  have  con- 
sequently been  sent  to  Hoonan,  Szechuen,  and  Kweichow,  to  direct 
thai  forces  be  sent  from  each  of  those  provinces,  with  all  dpeed,  to 
Canton.  And  to  Keangse,  an  express  has  also  been  sent,  directing 
that  the  2000  men  before  ordered  from  thence  shall  proceed  with  all 
haste  to  join  these.  All  the  forces  of  the  province  of  Kwangtung  itself 
shall  be  under  the  control  and  direction  of  the  said  acting  governor. 
Andj  the  posture  of  affairs  being  at  this  time  urgent  and  pressing,  let 
him  at  once  proceed  to  occupy  each  several  post  and  passage  of  im- 
portance: let  him  not  suffer  the  least  remissness  or  negligence  to 
appear.  The  forces  ordered  from  various  parts  may  all  successively 
reach  Canton  within  the  second  month  (beginning  21st  February). 
And  let  him  then  proceed  immediately  to  take  command  of  all  the 
officers  and  subalterns,<and  lead  them  on  to  the  extermination  of  these 
foreigners, — thus  hoping  to  atone  for  and  save  himself. 

Regarding  the  forts  of  Kwangtung,  it  was  before  represented  by 
T&ng  and  his  then  colleagues,  that  they  were  protected  by  rafts  and 
chains  thrown  across  so  as  to  stop  the  progress  of  the  foreign  vessels. 
Let  Kesben,  then,  ascertain  and  duly  report,  whether  or  not  these 
places  now  taken,  Shakok  and  Taikok,  are  the  same  places  (as  those 
'where  the  rafts  were  thrown  across).  That  these  commands  may  be 
made  known — let  them  be  sent  by  an  express  traveling  600  h  (about 
200  miles)  daily.     Respect  this.   '  y 

Upon  the  same  day  this  further  imperial  edict  was  also(  received  : 
Our  ruling  dynasty  has  kept  in  good  order  and  discipline  the  ex- 
terior foreigners,  wholly  by  the  perfect  exercise  of  good  favor  and  of 
justice.  So  long  as  those  foreigners  have  been  tru4y  compliant  and 
dutiful,  they  have  unfailingly  been  treated  with  generous  liberality, — 
in  the  hope  that  all  might  rejoice  together  in  the  blessing  of  peace. 

Some  time  back,  owing  to  the  daily  increasing  prevalence  of  the 
poisonotiB  opium,  introduced  by  western  fpreigners,  commands  were 
issued  to  make  vigorous  endeavors  to  arrest  the  growing  contumacy* 
But  the  English  alone,  staying  themselves  upon  their  pride  of  power 
and  fierce  strength,  would  not  give  the  required  bonds;  and  for  this 
it  waa' commanded,  that  they  should  be  cut  ofT  from  commercial 
intercourse.  But,  in  place  of  repenting  themselves,  they  daily  in- 
creaaed  in  boastful  arrogance.  -  And  suddenly,  in  the  6th  month  of 

VOL.   X.   NO.    It.  15 


114  The.  Emperor's  Reply.  Feb. 

last  year,  they  went  so  far  as  to  invade  with  several  tens  of  vessels, 
the  district  of  Tinghae,  seizing  and  occupying  its  chief  town.  And 
they  further  came  and  went,  as  they  would,  along  the  coasts  of  the  • 
several  provinces  of  Fuhkeen,  Ch5keang,  Keangsoo,  Shantubg,  Chlh- 
le,  and  Moukden,  causing  disturbance  and  trouble  in  many  ways. 
The  violence,  presumption,  and  disobedience,  of  thede  rebellious 
foreigners  having  reached  such*  a  degree, — it  would  have  been  no 
hard  thing  to  array  our  forces,  and  to  exterminate  and. cut  thcim  off 
utterly.  But,  considering  that  these  foreigners  had  presented  letters, 
complaining  of  what  they  called  grievances  and  oppressions,  it  was 
deemed  unsuitable  to  refuse  to  make  investigations  for  them,  and  thus 
to  fail  of  displaying  the  perfect  justice  of  our  rule.  Hence  special 
commands  were  given  to  our  minister,  Keshen,  to  proceed  with  speed 
to  Canton^  and  to  examine  and  act  according  to  the  facts.  Had 
these  foreigners  possessed  a  spark  of  heaven-bestowed  goodness,  they 
would  assuredly  all  have  returned  to  Canton  to  await  his  arrange- 
ment of  matters.  But  a  half  only  weighed  their  anchors  and  proceed- 
ed southward,  while  a  half  still  remained  at  Tinghae, — thus  exhibitp 
ing  the  craft  and  dipperiness  of  their  dispositions,  too  clearly  to  need 
pointing  out.  And  we  have  recently  received  intelligence,  that  at 
Tinghae,  during  these  months  past,  they  have  debauched  and  ravish- 
ed women,  plundered  and  carried  off  property,  erected  fortifications, 
and  opened,  out  canals,— even  setting  up  a  mock  officer,  to  issue  pro- 
clamations demanding  of  the  people  payment  of  the  revenue.  What 
evil  have  our  people  done,  to  be  subjected  to  this  bane  and  hurt  ? 
To  speak,  or  to  think,  thereof  removes  even  from  sleep  and  from  food 
their  enjoyment.  After  the  arrival  of  Keshen  at  Canton,  when  he 
proceeded  plainly  to  admonish  and  point  out  the  right  course,  they 
still  continued  insatiable  in  their  covetous  desires.  Having  first 
thought  to  extort  the  cost  of  the  opium,  they  further  requested  that 
places  of  trade  should  be  given  them. 

« We  had  anticipated  finding  them  changeable  and  inconstant,  and 
had  estimated  them  as  persons  not  to  be  influenced  by  truth  and  jus-, 
tice :  we  had,  therefore,  made  provision,  last  year,  for  the  selection 
of  veteran  troops,  of  the  provinces  of  Szechuen,  Hoonan,  and 
Keangse,  to  be  ordered  for  service  in  Kwangtung;  and  we  had  also 
ordered  4brce9  from  Hoonan,  HoopTh,  and  Nganhwuy,  to  proceed  to 
Ch^keang,  .as  a  precaution  against  attack.  And  now  the  report 
received  by  express  from  Keshen  is,  that  on  the  15th  day  of  the  i2th 
month  of  last  year  (7th  January,  1841),  these  foreigners,  in  combina- 
tioq  with  A^hinese  traitors,  proceeded  pn  board  many  yessels,  directly 


1841.  Vke  Mmpeiors  Reply.  .      il5 

for  the  offing  of  the  Bocca  Tigris;  aud  that,  having  opened  the  than* 
der  of  their  fire,  they  inflicted  wounds  upon  our  officers  and  soldiers, 
and  also  destroyed  the  fort  of  Taikok,  and  possessed  themselves  of 
that  of  Shakok.  Thus  rebellious  have  they  been  against  heaven,  op- 
posers  of  reason,  one  in  spirit  with  the  brute  beasts, — beings  that  the 
overshadowing  vault  and  all-containing  earth  can  hardly  suffer  to 
live, — obnoxious  to  the  wrathful  indignation  alike  of  angels  and  of 
men.  There  can  only  remain  one  course,  to  destroy  and  wipe  them 
clean  away,  to  exterminate  and  root  them  out,  withput  remorse. 
Then  shall  we  manifestly  discharge  our  heaven-conferred  trust,  md 
show  our  regard  for  the  lives  of  our  people. 

The  various  forces  that  have  been  ordered  for  service  must  now 
speedily  reach  their  posts.  Let  Elepoo  instantly  advance  with  the 
forces  under  him,  and  recover  Tinghae,  that  he  may  revive  its  peo- 
pie  from  their  troubles.  And  let  Keshen  on  his  part,  stir  up  the 
soldiery,  and  with  energy  and  courage  proceed  right  on,  making  it 
his  determined  aim,  to  compel  these  rebellious  foreigners  to  give  up 
their  ringleaders,  that  they  may  be  sent  encaged  to  Peking,  to  re- 
ceive the  utmost  retribution  of  the  laws.  The  base,  and  vile  fellows 
among  those  foreigners,  and  the  Chinese  traitors  who  abet  their  re- 
bellious practices,  are  yet  more  to  be  sought  after.  Measures  must 
be  devised  for  seizing  them,  nor  must  proceedings  cease  till  they  be 
utterly  slain. 

Regarding  the  coasts  of  all  the  maritime  provinces,  it  has  repeatedly 
be^n  declared  to  be  our  pleasure,  that  strict  and  well  arranged  mea; 
sures  of  precaution  be  every  where  taken.  Let  all  the  authorities,-r 
generals,  governors,  lieut.-governors — with  increased  diligences  main-- 
tain  a  constant  plan  of  observation,  and,  as  soon-  as  any  come,  attack 
them.  And  let  them  also  proclaim  it  to  all,  whether  officers  or  people, 
that  it  becomes  them  to  regard  these  foreigners  with  a  hostile  spirit, 
to  cherish  towards  them  the  asparity  of  personal  enemiiis.  Speedily 
report  perfect  victory,  and  all  shall  enjoy  rewards  from. their  sove- 
reign.    That  it  will  be  so,  we  indeed  cherish  strong  hopes.- 

^^  ihese' our  commandk  made  known  universally.     Respect  this. 


.Art.  VIII.     Journal  of  Occwrrencts:  perfidy  with  inUrrupHon  of 

mgoltiaiions;   baitie  ai  the  BogMt;   rewards  for  EngUshmta; 

;   d^Uniion  of  prisoners  ai  ChusOn  r  imperial  ediU  declaring  war 

of  extermination;  present  stat€ 6f  affairs  ;  shipwrecked  Jitpanese. 


110  Journal  of  OccarfeKUS.  t*ur. 

From  the  following  noiicm,  and  from  the  docUmetits  coiiUiiicd  iu 
Ihe  preceding  article,  may  be  seen  of  what  son  of  government,  aud 
of  what  son  of  men,  the  celestial  empire  is  composed. 
No.  I.  Cinatar  U  her  majtM/'M  oAjtetM. 
The  impariiE  niin'uler  anri  IhltIi  <'<,Riml'>''i»ii''r  linvine  fniled  In  cnncliicie  Ihe 
trealjrorpeBCi.  lalelf  Bgreed  i<|miii  liy  H.M  'f  plenipolenitsry,  wilbin  Ibe  allolied 
parlod.  hoilililiei  wers  raium  i  >  •■•\i-rday  aflernoun.  A  Cliineie  force,  employ- 
channel  of  the  fiver  at  Ihe  bl:  ' 
effectuell]'  cloired  nwey,  (hi-  . 
80  plecei  of  verioiM  CBlibre,  r  I 
maleri^l  deitroyetl,  Thl>  alt- 
l^o  boun,  by  captain  Harheri. 
mandlheileam  veuel  NenM-si 
.  Henid,  and  Alligator 


nghoj 

',   w'tts  dislodged,  tlie  obilruclion* 

Ulrry 

and    depoiit 

.  amountinf:  lo  about 

:nble.  Knd  Ibc 

1  whole  oni.e  mililary 

v\ee   1 

VII s  accompli 

shed   without  lo«>.  in 

.'■  lb 

ip  Calliope, 

having  under  hi*  com- 

1  of  H.  IW  ■! 

ships  Calliope,  Sum- 

ledt  0 

f  (he   enemy 

's   loss   has   nol   been 

On  boird  H.  H,'i  ship  Calliope,  olTaoolb  Wanjclong.  Febniar734,  1641. 

(Signed)     Ck*m.m  Elliot,    H.  H,'i  Plenipolanliarj. 
No.  3.     To  her  majalf't  tutjtcu. 
Tha   batleriei  of  Ihe  Boeoa  Ttpii  have  thia  day  fallen  to  her  inajeily'B  forcni 
Several   hundred   pritotien  have  been  captared,  Ihe  enemy  it  in  flight  io  all 
direcliont,  and  no  Inu  reported  up  to  Ihii  hour  on  our  side. 
'    H.  M.  ihip  Calliu|ie.  off  North  Wanglong,  28tfa  February.  3  p.  m. 

(Signed)  CHtmLii  Elliot,  H.  M.'i  PlenipotanlJary, 

No.  3.     Pailie  mHiee. 
H.  H.'i  ihip  Wetleitey,  at  anchor  oflT  North  Wangtong,  3(Hh  Feb.  1841. 
The  balteriea  at  Ihe  Boeca  Ti^i  having  Ihla  day  fallen  to  her  majeaty'*  anna, 
DoliE*  ii  hereby  given  thai  all  HritJih  and  foreign  merchant  vasaala  are  pernillml 
Id  repair  to  that  point,  and  that  Ifaey  will  be  allowed  to  proceed  hi^er,  ■■  •oon 
at  it  li  aaeertainad  that  the  river  li  clear  of  alt  obilroclioni. 

(Signed)  J.  J.  G,  BaiMiR,   Commander-in-chief. 

This  failure  to  conclude  the  trenty  of  peace,  this  perfidy  with  I'n- 
terrvptian  of  ntgoHntioni,  can  be  rightly  understood  only  when  view- 
ed in  connection  wilh  the  whole  course  of  events  since  the  arrival  here 
of  H.  B,  M.'s  expedition  last  June.  Its  objects  were  to  obtain  redress 
and  indemnity  for  the  past,  with  securities  and  iromuniiies  for  the 
future.  However ;  the  instructions  to  the  plenipotentiaries  not  having  . 
been  here  published,  their  import  can  only  be  conjectured  from  what 
has  transpired.  It  should  be  carefully  borne  in  mind,  as  we  pro- 
ceed, that  to  make  war  on  Ihe  Chinese,  formed  professedly  no  part  of 
the  objects  of  the  expedition,  provided  its  ends  could  bo  secured  by 
^her  means;  cousequeotly  a  trial  of  pacific  measures  must  needs  first 
be  made. 

The  first  queslion  with  the  plenipotentiaries  was  (or  appears  to 
hare  been)  whether  the  forts  at  the  Bogue  should  be  demolished  or 
left  standing,  while  the;  with  the  naval  and  military  force  should 
move  northward.  The  feeling  of  the  British  and  foreign  community 
here  was  almost  unanimoua  in  favor  of  the  first  measure;  they  chose 
the  latter,  and  wisely — at  leael  so  we  were  inclined  to  think. 

Il'havihg  been  determined  on — we  presume  in  accordsnce  with  in- 
'slructions  from  the  queen's  government  at  home — to  take  immediate 
possession  of  Chusan,  an  advanced  force  under  commodore  Bremer 
'  moved  forward  for  ihat  purpose.    The  pleuipoteutiaries,  wilh  llic 


I?r4l  JoHtnal  of  Occut'tujue^,  117 

reisaitider  of  the  expedition ,  followed  soon  after.  VVlieu  otf  the  coast 
of  Fuhkeeii,  one  of  the  vessels,  bearing  a  flag  of  truce,  was  sent  with 
a  dispatch  to  the  port  of  Amoy.  The  ship  was  fired  on,  and  the 
communication  refused.  As  Chinese  policy  forbade  the  reception  of 
this  dispatch,  it  would  have  been  wise,  perhaps^  not  to  have  given 
opportunity  for.  the  committal  of  such  an  outrage. 

As  to  the  right  and  expediency  of  occupying  Tinghae— which  fell 
on  the  5th  of  July, r— we  have  been  in  doubt.  Indeed,  the  occupation 
of  any  insular  position  has  always  seemed  to  us  objectionable.  There 
may  have  been  reasons  for,  and  advantages  resulting  from,  taking 
Chusan,  of  which  we  are  ignorant;  but  judging  from  what  we  know, 
it  would  have  been  better  to  have  rendezvoused  at  some  small  island 
(of  the  size  oC  Shachow  in  this  vjisinity ).  This  would  have  prevented 
the  long  deteution  of  the  expedition  at  Chusan,  and  would  have  al^ 
lowed  the  entire  force. ta  have. gone  up— a  part  upon  the  Yangtsze 
keang,  and  a  part  to  the  moqth  of  the  Pei  ho,  early  in  July :  and  at 
these  two  positions — the  nearest  to  the  court  that  it  was  possible  for 
them  to  reach — the  forces  should  have  remained  until  all  questions 
at  issue  were  settled.  "Let  us— *a  great  desideratum" — says  Mr. 
Warren,  *'  penetrate  to  Peking^  and  learn  what  is  the  real  state  of 
things  there ;  and  let  us  cheerfully  yield  to  what  we  shall  And  to  be 
the  reasonable  and.  just  wishes  of  the  emperor."  So  we  have  always 
argued ;  and  accordingly  would  have  abstained  from  attacking  Chu- 
san, and  from  every  oUier  hostile  act,  save  only  to  lay  oil  a  blockade. 
.  A  different  course  wasjresolved  on,  and  it  may  have  been,  the  right 
one.  With  its  principal  details,  our  readers  are  familiar.  Afler  a 
month's  delay,  and  the  rejection  of  lord  Palmerston'a  communication 
by ;  the  provincial  authorities,  the  plenipotentiaries  proceeded  north, 
and  arrived  off*  the  mouth  of  the  Pei  ho,  August  9th.  The  presence 
of  so  large  a  squadron,  (though  not  the  half  it  might  have  been)  so 
near  the  capital,  had  no  small  effect.  The  tone  of  the  imperial  go-. 
vernment  was  changed,  and  in  correspondence  it  became  respectful 
and  courteous  and  pacific.  No  doubt  the  blow  on  Chusan  helped  to 
produce  this  effect;  and  perhaps  it  may  on  this  account  be  justified. 
Negotiations  soon  commenced  between  the  plenipotentiaries  and 
the  imperial  minister  Keshen. ..  The  twice  rejected  letter  was  at  once 
received  ;  a  long  interview  was  held  ;  and  at  length  it  was  agreed, 
that  Keshen  should  meet  the  plenipotentiaries  at  Canton,  that  half 
the  forces  should  immediately  withdraw  from  Chusan,  and  hostilities 
jQ^ase  all  along  the  coast. 

The  emperor's  participation  in  this  agreement,  is  fully  attested  by 
H;  I.  M.'s  own  edict,  dated  September  I7th  at  Peking,  appointing 
Keshen  high" commissioner,  and  ordering  his  officers  in  the  provinces 
to  obeerve  the  armistice.  See ^ vol;  IX.  page  411. 
-'  The  accepting  of  this  agreement  was  an  act  of  great  generosity 
oni'fhe  part  of  the  plenipotentiaries,  who,  at  the  moment  the  edict 
nbove  alluded  to  was  being  issued,  were  on  their^retum- with  the  squa- 
dron to  Chusan.  There  they  found  that  the  Kite  had  been  lost,  and 
thai  her  crew,  with  others,  had  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  Chinese. 


118  Journal  of  Occur tmcfs,  Feh. 

Uiiwiiliiig  to  do  aught  that  could  infriage  the  agreement  with  the 
emperor,  the  prisoners  were  left  at  Ningpo,  while  they  with  half  of 
their  forces. returned  to  Canton.  .  They  arrived  here  November  ^th, 
Keshen  soon  after,  and  negotiations  were  resumed. 

The  armistice  agreed  on  with  the  emperor,  it  should  be  remariced 
here  en  passant^  was  of  a  somewhat  doubfful  nature-— doubtful,  we 
say,  because  it  became -necessary  for  the  plenipotentiaries  to  obtain  a 
new  one  for  Chusan  before  leaving  that  neighborhood  ;  because,  im- 
mediately upon  their  arrival  here,  one  of  their  vessels  was  fired  on 
from  the  Chinese  guns  at  Chuenpe;  and  because  the  blockade  was 
not  raised.  For  firing  on  the  flag  of  truce, .  ample  apology  was 
made,  and  negotiations  went  on. 

At  this  early  period ,^aiiparefi//y  there  was  but  one  sentiment  pre* 
vailing  on  all  sides*  The  troops  at  Ningpo  were  being  disbanded  ; 
the  people  began  to  return  to  the  city  of  Tinghae  ;  and  Keshen,  in 
a  very  generous  manner,  released  Mr.  Stanton  and  others  who  had 
been  prisoners  in  Canton.  Such  were  the  friendly  appearances  early 
in  December. 

His  excellency  governor  Lin,  the  principal  agent  in  the  oiTensive 
acts  complained  of,  had  already  been  displaced  and  censured  by  his 
roaster.  Filled  with  chagrin,  this  true  son  of  Han  and  strong  sup- 
porter of  all  the  objectionable  principles  of  his  country's  policy,  just 
before  delivering  up  the  seals  of  his  office,  addressed  a  long  and  very 
passionate  memorial  to  the  throne,  urging  hostilities.  This,  which 
he  circulated  widely  among  his  friends  in  various  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, was  quickly  followed  by  others  of  similar  spirit.  They  took 
effect.  The  mild  sovereign  paused;  vacillated;  and  then  changed 
his  purposes— so,  at  least,  we  are  constrained  to  think.  The  first 
indication  of  this  change  which  came  under  our  observation  was 

''An  imperial  edict  Issued  on  the  14th  day  of  the  13tb  month  of  the  30th  year 
of  Taoukwang  (January  dth,  1841). 

"  To*day  Lew  Yunho  has  reported  by  memorial  that,  having  gone  in  person  to 
Chinhae,  he  made  faithful  inquiry  concerning  the  dispositions  of  foreigners, 
&c.  Keshen  has  also  reported,  concerning  the  dispositiooa  of  the  foreigners  at 
Canton,  that  they  appear  more  violent  and  overbearing.  Already  our  instructions 
have  been  given  to  all  the  generals,  governors,  and  It.-goternors  to  increase  the 
strength  of  their  defenses,  and  to  be  timely  prepared  for  sudden  attack.  The  pro- 
vincial city  of  ChSlceang  is  a  place  of  much  importance  i  whatever  measures  are 
requisite  for  Tinghae,  let  Lew  Yunho  in  concert  with  Clepoo  faithfully  deliberate 
upon  and  draw  out.  and  then  immediately  return  to  the  provincial  city,  and  in- 
struct the  civil  and  military  officers  there  to  maintain  strone  defenses.  If  the  said 
foreigners  again  come  to  present  any  petitions,  let  them  all  be  utterly  rejected ; 
should  any  of  their  ships  sail  near  the  ports  on  the  coast,  at  onoe  let  matchlocks 
andaitillery  be  opened,  and  thf  thundering  attack  be  m^de  dreadful.  There  must 
be  no  wavering,  so  as  to  eihibit  the  slightest  degree  of  awe  or  fear.  Respect  this.^' 

Such  was  the  imperial  pleasure  on  the  6th  of  January.  It  virtually 
fiullified  the  armistice  announced  in  bis  edict  of  Nov.  17tb.  At  Chu- 
san, under  the  administration  of  Lew  Yunho,  the  new  lieut.-governor, 
affairs  had  already  changed  for  the  wocse,  and  the  people  of  Tinghae 
were  abandoning  the  city  and  carrying  off  their  effects.  Here  Ke^ 
shen, — according  to   his  estimation — having  "  with  a  liberal  baud 


1H4I.  .  JuUi'Hfil  of  Otcin'reures.  119 

granted  a  measure  of  what  was  desired,"  faltered.  The  action  of 
the  7th  followed;  and  the  cession  of  Hoii|rkonsr,  an  indemnity  of 
six  millions  of  dollars,  direct  official  intercourse  upon  ter/ns  of  equa- 
lity in  favor  of  the  English,  the  restoration  of  Ghuenpe  and  Chusan 
to  the  Chinese,  their  return  of  prisoners,  &c.,  were  agreed  on, 
in  due  form..  The  squadron  immediately  withdrew  from  the  Bogue, 
which  was  to  have  b^en  attacked  on  the  8th,  and  the  two  captured 
forta  were  restored.  Dispatches  were  hastened  up  for  the  speedy  eva- 
cuation of  Chusan.  Formal  possession  was  taken  of  Hongkong. 
Trade  with  Canton  was  to  be  opened  on  or  before  the  1st  of  Febru- 
ary, and  a  treaty  signed  on  or  before  the  20th  of  the  8na^  month. 

In  the  teeth  of  all  these  friendly  professions,  hostile  preparations 
were  in  progress  in  and  about  Canton,  at  the  Bogue,  and  else- 
where— by  order  of  the  emperor— of  which  the  following  is  proof. 

*'  Od  the  1 1th  of  February,  Keshen  the  imperial  minister  and  high  commiMion- 
er  and  governor  of  the  two  Kwang  provinces.  Ah  the  commandant  of  Kwang- 
chow,  and  Kwd  general  in  command  of  the  land  forces,  received  a  dispatch  from 
the  General  Council,  covering  an  imperial  edict  issued  on  the  90th  of  January. 

"  A  memorial  has  this  day  been  received  from  Keshen,  setting  forth  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  capture  of  forts,  and  of  the  difficulties  of  warding  off  danger 
and  of  maintaining  the  defenses.  Also,  in  a  supplementary  memorial,  kt  emnuatly 
aatiaiM  an  aereite  of  favor,  &,c.  A  glance  at  these  memorials  filled  us  with  Indigna- 
tion and  grief.  The  said  high  ■  minister,  because  the  provincial  citv  on  account 
of  its  granaries  and  treasuries  b  an  important  place,  and  because  of  the  very  nu- 
merous population,  being  anxious  lest  disturbances  might  break  out,  therefore 
devising  a  scheme  of  temporary  expediency, pretsiuisd  io  promtfs  ^okat  loot  rejMuUd, 
and  for  the  time  being  did  not  restrain  and  seise  them.  But  now  already  our 
.pleasure  has  been  sent  down,  investing  Ylhshan  with  the  office  of  '*  general-pacifi- 
catoi*  of  the  rebellious,'*  and  LungwAn  and  Yangfang  with  that  of  assistant  minis- 
ters, to  repair  to  Canton  to  co6perate  in  the  work  of  extermination ;  also  wa 
have  anpointed  an  additional  force  of  2000  troops  from  each  of  the  provinces  of 
Hoopili,  Ssechuen^  and  Kweichow,  to  proceed  thither  in  haste.  .  On  their 
arrival,  it  wiU  not  be  difficult  to  arrange  our  martial  ranks,  and  with  great  celerity  < 
carry  out  the  work  of  attack  and  extermination. 

*'Ah  the  commandant  residing  near  (or  ini  the  provincial  citv,  and  Kw6  com- 
manding the  whole  of  the  land  forces,  are  intrusted  with  the  duty  of  protection 
and  defense.  Let  the  abovenamed  high  ministers  with  pressing  diligence  exercise 
oar  brave  soldiers,  encourage  them  by  rewards,  und  timely  prepare  the  requisite 
munitions— provisions,  money,  matchlocks,  cannon,  and  gunpowder;  and  on  the 
arrival  of  Yihsban  and  the  others,  let  them  ail  act  together  in  perfiect  harmony, 
with  combined  strength,  advance  to  the  work  of  extermination,  recover  back  the 
lost  points,  clearly  display  the  vengeance  of  heaven,  and  achieve  for  themselves 
great  merit.  There  jpust  not  be  the  slightest  awe  or  fear,  that  may  lead  to  fail- 
ure.- Let  these  instructions  be  urged  oh  with  haste,  at  the  rate  of  more  than  t300 
k  per  day,  that  our  commanda  may  quickly  be  made  known.-    Respect  this.** 

Oo  the  19th,  before  the  preceding  edict  had  been  made  public, 
hottiJe  movements  became  so  conspicuous,  that  commodore  Bremer 
determined  to  return  with  his  forces  to  the  Bogue.  The  notices  at  the 
head  of  this  article,  show  what  followed.  The  details  of  the  battle 
we  cannot  now  give.  Henceforth  it  will  certainly  be  hard  to  say  that 
pacific  measures  havtf  not  beee  sufficiently  tried.  It  was,  ^we  think, 
meet  and  fit  thai  they  should  be  tried ;  and,  though  we  had  no  san- 
guine expectations  of  thdr  success,  it  must  be  a  satisfaction  to  know 
that  they  ht^ve  been  put  to  the  t^si;  The  question  of  indemnity  was 
settled  ;  it  was  with  regard  to  the  future  that  the  collision  came  on. 


V'^i  Juttmai  of  (hrnrrmrrs. 

Htwartis  for  KH^HyhmeM  were  oflTereil,  under  the  seals  itfihe  hi|rh 
provincial  oflicent,  on  the  25th,  the  day  belbre  the  battle.  For  each 
ot'  the  ringleaders,  950fiOO  were  offered ;  for  others  a  smaller  sam. 
This  measure  was  de?ised  some  days  previously  to  the  interruptioo  of 
negotiations ! 

On  the  27th  a  battery  of  some  50  intn^  was  demolished,  aboot  200 
Chinese  killed,  the  Chesapeake  burnt,  and  a  sqoadron  of  40  vessels 
<li^))er9ed  at  or  near  VVhampoa.  The  next  day  the  Calliope,  Herald, 
Alli^^^tor,  Modeste,  Sulphur,  with  tho  steamers  Nemesis  and  Madagas- 
car were  at  anchor  above  the  First  Bar  off"  the  Brunswick  Rocks. 

On  the  ;>rf5fif/  stffte  of  pttbiir  nfnirs  it  is  not  easy  to  form  any 
opinion  which  may  not  be  shaken  or  changed  the  next  hour.  The 
Chinese  are  dumb,  and  some  of  them  even  deny  the  capture  of  the 
forts  at  the  Bogue.  It  is  certain,  however,  that  they  have  been  de- 
molished, excepting  one  which  is  to  be  reserved  by  the  captors. 

What,  now,  is  the  proper,  course  to  be  pursued  ?  With  whom  can 
the  plenipotentiary  now  treat,  and  where?  At  Canton  and  with  the 
imperial  commissioner  f  But  can  his  promises  be  received  ?  Will  he 
not  again  make  false  pretenses  ? 

•  Shipwrecked  Japanese, — The  American  brig  Ar^yle,  captain  F. 
Codman,  which  arrived  from  South  America  on  the  I9lh  instant, 
brought  three  Japanese  sailors  who  had  been  rescued  from  a  wreck 
in  the  North  Pacific  (June  9th,  1840),  in  lat.  34^  N.,  long.  170^  30' 
E.,  niore  than  2500  miles  from  their  home.  They  were  bound  to 
Yedo,  and,  driven  beyond  their  port  by  a  westerly  gale,  had  been 
drifting  about  for  181  days  when  found;  the -vessel  was  a  single 
masted  boat,  loaded,  with  a  cargo  of  400  peculs  of  rice.  They  are 
(Vom  the  village  of  Okinosu  in  the  principality  of  Tootomi,  lying  aboot 
100  miles  SW.  from  Yedo.  Their  names  are  Akahori  Shentaro,  aged 
37,  the  captain  of  the  vessel ;  Kamfyama  Matsonoski,  aged  50,  who 
has  lefl  a  family  at  home ;  jind  Asayama  Tatsuzoii,  aged  28.  They 
were  much  pleased  to  find  some  of  their  countrymen  in  China.  From 
them  we  leaA  that  in  many  parts  of  the  empire,  especially  among 
the  eastern  principalities  of  Nippon,  severe  famines  have  been  ex- 
perienced for  three  or  four  years  past,  so  that  the  poor  had  died  by 
the  roadside  of  starvation ;  some  of  the  princes  had  prohibited  the  ex- 
portation of  all  provisions  out  of  their  own  dominions.  The  cargo  of 
this  vessel  was  designed  foroneofthe  princes  of  Tootomi  then  at 
Yedo.  They  represent  the  country  as  generally  at  peace  internally; 
Much  praise  is  due  to  capt.  Codman  for  thekindness  he  has  shown  to 
these. men  since  they  were-rescuedv  ^and  the  hope  is  not  a  groundless 
oner  that  they  may  still  be  returned  to  their  native  land.« 

P.  8.  March  5th.  We  4earn  that,  the  prisoners  at  Ningpo  have 
been  released,  and-  are  with  the  trbops  and  transports  on  their  way 
down  from  Chusan.    Some  of  them  kavci  already  arrived. 

On  W-ednesday  the. 3d-  the  ships  were  at  Whampoa,  and  a  force 
was  preparing  to  move  on  Uowqua's  fort,: when  a  flag  of  truce  came 
odi  and  a  conference  was  held  betweeii  the  plenipotentiary  and 'offi- 
cers from  Canton  at  3  <p:  m.:      ;•     )     t' 


THE 


CHINESE   REPOSITORT. 


Vol.  X.— March,  1841.— No.  3. 


Art.  I.  Chronology  of  the.  Chinese :  their  era  and  mode  of  reck- 
oning by  cycles,  with  a  complete  series  of  their  successive  dy- 
nasties  and  sovereigns. 

Chronology  is  so  intimately  connected  with  the  record  of  historical 
events,  so  essential  to  the  proper  arrangement  of  facts,  that  the  study 
of  the  latter  cannot  be  pursued  with  pleasure,  without  some  attention 
to  the  former.  Without  chronology,  history  will  be  dark  and  con- 
fused, and  its  study  devoid  of  the  advantages  it  would  otherwise 
possess.  Waving  here  all  questions  .respecting  the  accuracy  of  the 
Chinese  mode  of  computing  time,  it  will  suffice  for  our  present  pur- 
pose, if  we  can  lay  before  our  readers  a  concise  account  of  their  cycle, 
with  complete  series  of  their  successive  dynasties  and  sovereigns. 
For  the  cycle  of  sixty  years,  which  the  Chinese  call  ;{^    Q   JZ. 

hwa  ke&  tsze,  they  acknowledge  themselves  indebted  to  JU  J^  Ta 
Naou,  or  Naou  the  Great,  one  of  the  ministers  of  Hwang  te,  or  the 
Yellow  emperor.  By  command  of  his  sovereign,  in  the  sixty-first  year 
of  his  reign,  Naou  the  Great,  taking  the  +  ^  sheik  kan,  or  ten 

horary  characters,  ^^p^X/^cEIiJI^SE'l^ 
ke&,  yeih,  ping,  ting,  mow,  ke,  kdng,  sin,jin,  kweiy  and  together  with 
them  the  4-  ^  ^  sheih  urh  che,  twelve  other  horary  characters, 

=f'm%9\^M,  e  ^tI^  ^  ®  ft'  ^ '*«.«*««'. y.». 

maou,  shin,  sze,  woo,  r«^,  shin,  yew,  scuh,  hoe,  he  formed  this 
cycle.  The  sluih  kan  have  been  called  the  <  ten  stems,'  and 
the  shcih  urh  che,  the  *  twelve  branches.'     Naou,  commencing  with 

vol..    X     NO.    III.  10 


(Timnbgjf  oj  tkt  Ctim 


=-ilOtS:tt-54flTj"^|:Sr-!vH4»^i 


E-J  •Ot!Cl!-|=iSlaJ-«l*S»f!  5,SKJ 


■:£  -T    X  ^    X  -i- 


t~  n     I-??     ''5     *~W     r-T^     i~S     x-v     "^3     *'»■      ''T 


■ffi-J  a  1,0?  5 -issl  +  =  ffl  J -S -S:  i  lis  J  U  ^ 
H-|^J1.K|Hl«Ji^J4«l^«-s^7^:S,^S--i 


B-J  kIIkIi-I  "£?  I  !UJ«I*I  vfl:S.se<J 
S2  32  S£  K2  S2  gs  SJ  5=  ga  ga 


fr|rtj<f!aig;iiiKlaJ.J!-|-iff§-g-isil 


1841.  CkroHoiogy  nf  the  Chinese  123 

ibe  first  of  the  stems  and  the  first  of  the  branches,  formed  coup- 
lets, and  by  repeating  the  first  series  stz,  and  the  second  ^ve  times, 
framed  the  cycie-«>a  tabular  form  of  which  stands  on  the  opposite 
page.  This  being  completed,  was,  according  to  tradition,  imme- 
diately adopted  by  the  emperor,  and  the  61  st  year  of  his  reign  thus 
became  the  first  year  of  the  first  cycle, — seventy-four  of  which,  mak- 
ing 4440  years,  were  completed  a.  d.  1803.  The  present  year  1841 
is  the  38th  year  of  the  75th  cycle ;   it  is  called  ^  'O   sin  ckow. 

Besides  the  mode  of  indicating  time  by  the  cycle,  the  Chinese 
date  from  the  commencement  of  each  successive  monarch ;  thus  the 
first  day  of  the  present  month  of  March  they  write  according  to  their 

calendar,  thus,  ^jfc  —  i"  —  ^Jl^  l^ijA-B* 
Taoukwang,  21st  year,  2d  month,  9th  day. 

We  now  proceed  to  give,  in  their  order,  the  names  of  the  several 
dynasties  with  the  titles  of  the  sovereigns  in  each. 

I.     The  Three  August  Sovereigns; 
1.     H  ^  It  San  Hwang  Kb. 

1.  M^  db*  Pwan  koo,  the  first  on  earth. 

2.  ^  -^  Teen  hwang,  the  celestial  sovereign. 

3.  W|  J^  Te  hwang,  the  terrestial  sovereign. 

4.  A   ^  Jin  hwang,  the  human  sovereign. 
5     ife  §£  Yew  chaou. 

6.  (H  A  ®"y  J*"- 

The  2d,  3d,  and  4th,  in  this  series,  are  generally  considered,  by 
way  of  eminence,  as  the  three  sovereigns.  For  an  explanation  of 
Fwankoo,  see  page  49 ;  for  the  meaning  of  the  imperial  and  royal 
titles,  see  volume  11.,  page  309. 

This  period,  even  by  the  Chinese,  is  regarded  as  wholly  mytholo- 
gical. After  the  separation  of  the  heavens  from  the  earth,  Pwankoo 
was  the  first  that  appeared  in  the  world.  Teen  hwang  is  sometimes 
regarded  as  a  line  of  sovereigns,  thirteen  in  number,  reigning  18,000 
years.  Te  hwang  is  another  line,  eleven  in  number,  reigning  18,000 
years ;  and  Jin  hwang,  a  third,  nine  in  number^  reigning.  45,600 
years. 


124 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 
2.     £  ^  ^  ^<'0  '^^  KE* 


March, 


Names  of  the  Soverei^^o. 


Cotemporary  Chineio  Events. 


1.  >{/^^Fuhhe. 

2.<  ^\j|f|l  ShinDung. 

3.  jS  j^  Hwang  tc. 

4.  /|f  ^  Shaouhaou. 

5.  IJ^  jfg  Chuenheuh. 
a  ^         Kuh. 

7.  ^  Yaou. 

8.  ^  Shun. 


Fishing,  grazing,  d&c,  instituled. 

Agriculture  commenced. 

« 

Calendar  adopted. 


Destruction  by  a  deluge,  ^  ^j^ 


Fuhhc,  Shinnung,  Hwang  te,  Yaou,  and  Shun  are  regarded,  by 
most  historians,  as  the  ^vc  sovereigns.  During  this  period,  from 
2852  B.  c.  to  2204,  very  little  can  be  ascertained  concerning  the 
persons  who  then  lived,  or  the  events  that  occurred  ;  in  Chinese  his- 
tory, a  few  particulars  are  recorded,  handed  down  by  tradition.  They 
are  worthy  of  notice,  chiefly  because  they  are  so  frequently  referred 
to  by  the  Chinese  in  all  their  writings. 

The  capital  of  Fuhhe  is  reputed  to  have  been  situated  on  the 
southern  bank  of  the  Yellow  river,  in  the  province  of  Honan,  near 
the  present  provincial  capital  Kacfungfoo,  lat.  34"*  52'  5'^  N.,  long. 
r  65'  30''  W.,  from  Peking. 

Shinnung,  the  Divine  Husbandman,  known  also  as  Yen  ie  Shin- 
nungf  is  chiefly  renowned  for  his  attention  to  agriculture. 

To  Hwangte  credit  is  given  for  several  useful  inventions,  of  which 
that  of  the  cycle  is  the  most  notable.  The  honor  of  inventing  letters, 
the  calendar,  d&c,  are  claimed  for  him  and  his  principal  ministers. 
He  was  born  in  Kaefung  the  ancient  capital. 

Of  Shaouhaou  called  also  Shaouhaou  Kinteen,  of  Chuenheuh 
called  also  Chuenheuh  Kaouyang,  and  of  Kuh  called  also  Kuh 
Kaousin,  little  comparatively  is  recorded. 

Of  Yaou  and  Shun,  volumes  have  been  written  ;  they  are  by  the 
Chinese  even  to  this  day  regarded  as  the  illustrious  patterns  of  all 
that  is  good  in  everything. 


I8U 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 


\'Z3 


*i.     The  Five  Sovereigns 


*    No. 


Length 
Rcip:n. 


B.C. 


Number 
and  Year 
of  Cycle. 


Coiemporary  Ei'ents. 


'J 

4. 
a. 
f» 
7. 

8 


115 

140 
100 

84 
78 
78 
102 
50 


2852 
2737 
2697 
2597 
2513 
2435 
2357 
2255 


Cycle 
begins. 
:41 

2:05 

3:22 

4    49 

($    23 


The  creation  4000,  or  accord- 
ing to  Hales  5411  b.c. 

Adam  dies,  aged  930  years, 
3070. 

Noah  born  2944. 


The  universal  deluge  2344,  or 
according  to  Hales  3155. 
!  The  tower  of  Babel  commenc- 
led,  2230. 

I  The  Assyrian  and  Egyptian  cm- 
spires  commenced,  about  2229. 


The  numbers  of  sovereigns  in  each  successive  dynasty,  given  on 
the  right  hand  page,  in  the  first  column,  correspond  to  the  same  num- 
bers on  the  opposite  or  left  hand  page. 

The  cycle  era  is  that  of  the  Chinese,  it  begins  with  the  61st  year 
in  the  reign  of  Hwang  te,  who  occupied  the  throne  100  years,  conse- 
quiently  his  successor's  reign  commenced  in  the  41st  year  of  the  1st 
cycle,  marked  .41,  the  next  reign,  in  succession,  commenced  on  the 
5th  year  of  the  3d  cycle,  and  is  marked  2:05 ;  and  so  on  of  the  rest, 
as  indicated  in  the  fourth  column  of  figures.  Thus  2:05  shows  two 
complete  cycles  und  Jive  odd  years,  or  a  total  125^which  number, 
125  is  the  year  in  which  Chuenheuh's  reign  began.  In  like  man- 
ner 6:23  indicates  six  complete  cycles  and  Iwcnty'tkru  odd  years,  or 
a  total  383  years,  this  number  383  being  the  first  year  of  Shun*s 
reign,  dating  from  the  61st  of  Hwang  te,  which  is  adopted  as  the 
commencement  of  the  Chinese  era. 

A  few  coiemporary  events,  on  the  remaining  part  of  the  page,  are 
selected  from  Lempriere  and  Calroet,  (the  former  following  Dr. 
Blair's  chronology,)  unless  it  be  otherwise  stated. 

The  Chinese  names  are  copied  from  the  Kang  Keen  E  Che ;  and 
the  Chinese  chronology  is  selected  from  a  native  work,  called  the 

^  tC  'P  "T"  ^^  y^^^  ^^^  '^*^- 


126 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 


March  ; 


it 


HCA    RE. 


Names  of  the  Sovereign. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


'  A^ 

TaYu. 

2   f  QP 

Te  Ke. 

a  ill 

Tae  Kang. 

4.f+J^ 

Chung  Kang. 

^fSia 

Te  Seang. 

e^ii 

Shaou  Kang. 

7  «t* 

Te  Choo. 

8^* 

Te  Ilwae. 

^^^ 

Te  Mang 

10.^^ 

Te  Se£. 

»'  *^p^ 

Te  Puhkeang 

»2*1 

Te  Keung, 

»3*ji 

Te  Kin. 

14.  f^  a  ¥ 

Te  Kungkeft. 

15.  $^ 

Te  Kaou. 

»«^» 

Te  FE. 

17.  1^51 

KeS  Kwei. 

It  was  in  this  age  that  j^  ^ 
yv  kin,  it  rained  gold. 

About  the  same  time,  also, 

ilK  f^  i@  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^*  ^^^ 

made  wine :  Yu  banished  him  and 
interdicted  the  use  of  the  tsew — 
a  strong  and  jdcoholic  liquor,  and 
not  simple  wine,  since  it  is  known 
that  the  grape  is  not  indigenous  in 
China. 


This  dynasty,  commencing  b.  c.  2205  and  terminating  1767,  oc- 
cupied the  throne  439  years,  the  records  of  which  are  brief  and  of 
doubtful  authenticity.  Of  all  the  seventeen  emperors,  the  first,  Ta 
Yu,  or  Yu  the  Great,  was  the  most  celebrated  for  his  virtues ;  the 
last,  Keg  Kwei,  was  the  most  notorious  for  his  vices.  Of  the  other 
monarchs  of  this  family,  little  is  recorded  besides  their  names,  and 
these  read  like  mere  chronological  characters. 


1841 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese 


127 


3.  The  Hea  Dynasty. 


No 


so 


1. 


4. 


5. 


6. 


7. 

8. 


61 


17 
26 


9.  i  18 

I 
10  '  16 


II 


59 


12.  21 
13. 1  21 
14. 1  31 
15.  II 

IG.  19 

\ 

17. !  52 


B.C. 


2.;  9 

I 

3.  29  I  2188 


2205 
2197 


13  !  2159 
28  2146 


2118 
2057 
2040 
2014 
1996 
1980 
1921 
1900 
1879 
1848 
1837 


Yenr 

of 
Cvclc. 


Colemporary  Events. 


7:  13 

7:21 

7:30 

7:59 

8:  12 

8:40 

9:41 

8:58 

10:24 

10:42 

10:58 

II  :57 

12:18 

12:39 

13:10 

13:21 


Division  of  the  earth,  2200 ;  Gen.  xi.  18. 


The    kingdom   of   Sicyon    established, 
2089,  and  the  first  pyramid  built 


1818     13 :  40 


Abraham  born  1992. 


Abraham  goes  into  Egypt,  1916. 


Kingdom  of  Argos  founded  1856. 

Memnon,  the  Egyptian   invents  letters, 
1822. 


Dating  the  commencement  of  the  building  of  Babel  from  about  the 
year  2230,  and  presuming  that  the  dispersion,  which  soon  followed, 
drove  mankind  eastward  to  the  Yellow  river,  it  is  possible,  and  per- 
haps probable,  that  Yu  was  the  founder  of  the  Chinese  empire.  The 
allusion  to  his  draining  off  the  waters  of  a  deluge  seems  to  support 
this  supposition.  All  the  records  extant,  regarding  this  dynasty,  are 
of  very  doubtful  authenticity. 


1-28 


Chronology  oj  the  Chinese. 


;V|aR(  H 


iSi^ 


SlIANG    Ke. 


Namcfl  of  the  Sovereif^n. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  Events 


1  ^  m 

Chingtang. 

'^  A^ 

Tackea. 

^^T 

Wuhting. 

*-:kM 

Taekatig. 

5.  /J>  ^ 

Scaoukeft. 

«JSE 

Yungke. 

^Jv/lc 

Taemow. 

s-ttT 

Cliiingting. 

«  ^h  i 

Waejiii. 

10.  H 1  ^ 

[Iotanke&. 

up  21 

Tsooyeih. 

'2.pt 

Toosin. 

•»i^¥ 

Wuhke^ 

»^  ffi  T 

Taooling. 

Seven  years  of  great  drought, 
"Jsr  ML  J--*  4E  ta  knn  iseih  neen. 

The  emperor  then  ^  -T*  ^ 
n  ^Aotf  yu  5011^  lin  prayed  in  a 
grove  of  mulberries  :  he  prayed, 
saying  M  )cl  ^  —  h  t. 

ytf  yet^  jin  che  jmh  min,  skang 
tnin  eke  ming,  do  not,  on  account 
of  the  negligence  of  Ourself,  de- 
stroy the  lives  of  the  people. 

With  regard  to  bis  own  conduct 
in  six  particulars  he  blamed  him- 

"^"^  "I*  tIs:  £.  A  M  y«»  •"' 

f'9  ta  yu^  his  words  were  not  end- 
ed, when  the  rain  descended  co- 
piously. 

In  the  25th  year  of  the  IGth  cy- 
cle (b.  c.  1713).  j^lp-^E  Yin 

hungy  E  Yin  died,  loaded  with 
honors.  "  In  ancient  or  modern 
times,  no  one  has  ever  used  power 
better  than  E  Yin,  nor  any  dis- 
coursed of  it  better  than  Mencius." 


This  dynasty  reigned  644  years,  the  throne  being  occupied  in  the 
meantime  by  twenty-eight  sovereigns  in  succession. 

The  first  <mperor  of  this  line  is  reputed  to  have  been  a  very  pious, 
devout,  discreet,  and  humane  prince,  distinguished  by  the  worship 
and  honor  which  he  paid  to  Shang  Te,  the  Supreme  Ruler.  In  the 
chronological  table  before  us,  his  name  first  appears  b.  c.  1783, 
seventeen  yeers  before  he  ascended  the  throne.  He  was  a  descendant 
of  Hwang  te,  and  saw  with  grief  and  indignation  the  abuses  that  pre- 
vailed at  court  and  throughout  the  empire.  Some  of  the  ministers  of 
state  were  beheaded,  others  fled,  and  found  a  safe  retreat  at  his  resi- 
dence.    Among  these,  was  the  renowned    E  Yin.     This   minister 


1841 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 


129 


3.     The  Shang  Dynasty. 


No. 


1. 
2. 


13. 
14. 


B.C. 


Year 

of 
Cycle. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


13  I  1766  I  14:32 

( 


33   1753 


3. 

29 

4 

25 

5. 

17 

1 

6. 

12 

7. 

75 

8. 

13 

9. 

15 

10. 

9 

11. 

19 

12. 

16 

1720 
1691 
1666 
1649 
1637 
1562 
1549 
1534 
1525 


25  I  1490 

I 

32  i  1465 


14:451 
15:18 
15 :  47 
hf6:12 
16:29 
16:41 
17:56 
18:U9 
18:24 
18:33 
18:52 
19:  OP 
19:33 


The  deluge  of  Ogyges  in  Attica,  1764* 
Joseph  born  1741. 

The  shepherds,  expelled  from  Egypt,  set* 
tie  in  Palestine,  1714. 

The  seven  years  of  famine  begin  in 
Egypt,  1704. 


Jotseph  dies,  aged  110  years,  1631. 

Moses  born,  1571,  according  to  Blair. 

The  kingdom  of  Athens  begun  under 
CJecrops,  who  came  from  Egypt  with  a 
colony  of  Saites,  1556. 

Scamander  migrates  from  Crete,  and  be- 
gins the  kingdom  of  Troy,  1546. 


The  deluge  of  Deucalion  in  Thessaly 
1503. 

Cadmus  comes  into  Greece,  and  builds 
the  citadel  of  Thebes,  1493. 

The  ten  plagues  inflicted  by  Jehovah  on 
the  Egyptians,  begin   1887. 


again  and  again  remonstrated  with  his  degenerate  sovereign,  but 
always  in  vain.  At  last  he  advised  Chingtang  to  assume  the  reins 
of  government;  in  this  counsel,  he  was  joined  by  many  other  high 
officers.  With  great  reluctance,  he  yielded  to  theix  solicitations,  and 
took  the  throne,  1766.  Upon  the  fall  of  the  Hea  dynasty,  two  suns 
were  seen  fighting  in  the  firmament,  the  stars  lost  their  brightness, 
mountains  were  precipitated,  and  the  earth  quaked  !  So  deeply  did 
all  nature  sympathize  with  the  suffering  state. 

The  wars  which  broke  out  during  this  dynasty  were  numerous; 
nearly  every  succession  w«is  followed  by  a  state  of  anarchy.  The 
droughts,  famines,  and  other  calamities  which  occurred;  were  like- 
wise frequent,  and  were  attended  by  dreadful  omens  and  fearful 
sights.     Now  and  then  were  found  a  few  who  respected   virtue  and 

VOL.    X,    NO.    III.  17 


130 


Chronology  of  the  Cftineae. 
4.     c^  &P  SiiANG  Ke  (Continued), 


Ma 


Jirif 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


Cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


15.  p^  J^  Nacik&ng. 

16.  ^  ^  Yangkea. 

17.  J8  J^  Pwank&ng. 

18.  /p  -^  Seaousiii. 

19.  /]\  2j  Seaoiiyeih. 

20.  f^  "J"  Wooting. 

22.  jpJI  ^  Tsookei. 

23.  J^  ^  Linsin. 

24.  1^  y  Kftngting. 

25.  ^  2^  Wooyeih. 

26.  ^  "J*  Taeling. 

.  ^-  ^  2i  '^^y^'^ 

28.  A^  ^  Chowsin. 


The  coiid^  of  the  twenty-fifth 
emperor  is  most  notable:  the  his- 


The  seventeenth  emperor  of  this 
dynasty,  Pwank&ng, — having  re- 
moved his  capital  to  Yin,  PAr  ^ 

§^  1^  Wi  ^^  ^^  haou,  yue 
yin, — changed  the  name  of  the 
nation,  and  called  it  Yin. 

Hid^t 

is  mos 
torian  thus  describes  it : 

ooyeihy  devoid  of  reason,  made 
images,  called  them  gods,  and 
gambled  with  them,  having  order- 
ed a  man  to  play  for  them ;  ti)e 
gods,  being  unable  to  win,  he  dis- 
graced them. 


IjH  jP    Tankf.f  the  infamous  fe- 
male companion  of  Chowsin. 


truth,   and  acted   the  part  of  good  men  ;  but  the  great   mass  of  the 
people   were  vicious  and  miserable  in  the  extreme. 

Of  the  rulers  none  could  be  more  wicked  than  Wooyeih.  Having 
made  his  images  of  clay  in  the  shape  of  human  beings,  dignified 
them  with  the  name  of  gods,  overcome  them  at  gambling,  and  set 
them  aside  in  disgrace,  he  then,  in  order  to  complete  his  folly,  made 
leathern  bags  and  filled  them  with  blood  and  sent  them  up  into  the 
air,  exclaiming,  when  his  arrows  hit  them  and  the  blood  poured 
down,  I  have  shot  heaven — i.  e.  I  have  killed  the  gods  of  heaven. 
AfVerwards,  when  abroad  hunting,  he  was  suddenly  overtaken  by  a 
storm  and  killed  by  a  thunder-bolt.  This  is  the  first 'Instance  of 
idolatry  recorded  in  the  Kang  Keen  E  Che. 


ib4l 


VhroHolvgif  of  the  Chinese. 


131 


4.     The  Shanu  Dynastv. 


2 

Year 

No. 

40 

B. 

C. 

of 
Cycle. 

15 
16 
17 


25 

7 

'28 


18  !  20 


19 
20 
21 


28 
59 


•22      33 

i         I 
I  23  !    6 

I  24      21 


'25 
26 
27 

28 


4 
3 
]7 


^2 


Cotemporary  Events. 


1433  [20:05 
1408 


1401 
1373 
1352 
1324 
1265 
1258 
1225 
1219 
1198 
1194 
1191 
1154 


Servitude  of  the  Israelites  in  Egypt,  under 
Cushan-Rishathaim,  king  of  Mesopotamia, 
eight  years,  1409. 


20:30 

20  :  37|  Othniel  delivers  them,  1401. 

i 

21  :  051  The  Eleusiriian  mysteries  introduced  at 

i Athens  by  Eumolpus,  1356. 
21  :26| 

21  :  54{  Servitude  of  the  Israelites  renewed,  1339 

land  1321. 

22  :  53)  The  Argonautic  expedition,  1263. 

I 

22  :  60!  Gideon  delivers  Israel,  and  governs  them 

during  nine  years,  commencing  1241. 

23  :  33!  The  Theban   war  of  the  seven   heroes 

against  Fheocles,  1225. 
23 :  39J 

23  :  601  ^neas  sails  to  Italy,  1184. 

I 

24  :  04  The  city  of  Troy  taken,  1184. 

Samuel  born,  1151. 
24:07!  Samson    marries  at  Timnath   11!)3,  and 
20  years  aflerwards  kills  himself  under  the 
2  4  :  44  ruins  of  the  temple  of  Dagon. 


The  last  of  this  line  of  emperors  was  also  remarkable  for  his 
crimes  and  his  follies.  He  was  proud,  cruel,  and  debauched.  Pos- 
sessed of  great  strength  and  good  natural  abilities,  he  abandoned  him- 
self to  every  species  of  vice,  and  to  the  most  dreadful  cruelties.  In 
every  thing  that  was  base  and  wicked,  he  found  a  fit  companion  in 
the  infamous  female  slave  Tanke.  ''  They  collected  a  vast  concourse 
of  people  devoted  to  pleasure  and  dissipation ;  they  had  made  for 
them  a  lake  of  wine,  and  surrounded  it  with  meat  suspended  on 
trees;  to  this  banquet  naked  men  and  women  resorted,  and  passed 
long  nights  in  drunkenness  and  debauchery.  Profligacy  to  this  ex- 
tent is  more  than  the  common  sense  of  mankind,  in  the  worst  of 
times  can  approve.  The  king  and  court  fell  into  contempt."  Most 
horrible  crimes  and  punishment  followed. 


IM 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese, 


March, 


d. 


mm 


Chow  Ke. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


Cotemporary  Chineie  Gveats. 


I.  ^  5E  ^^  wang. 

4.  B^  3£  Ch&ou  wang. 

^-  ^  3&  ^^  ^*"fif- 

6.  Jil  ^^  Kung  wang. 

7.  i^  2E.  ^  wang. 

8.  ^  ^p  Heaou  wang. 

9.  ^  2E  ^  wang. 

10.  IS  ^  ^  wang. 

11.  ^  ^   Seuen  wang. 

12.  ^  ^  Yew  wang. 

13.  ZIl  ^  Ping  wang. 

14.  J^  '^  Hwan  wang  . 

15.  lU[  ^  Chwang  wang. 

16.  tk  1C   Le  wang.> 
17.^  -F  Hwuy  wang. 


With  thia  line  of  emperors, 
posthumous  titles  commenced ; 
and  from  their  being  inscribed 
on  tablets  deposited  in    temples, 

they  were  called  j^    ^   meaou 

haou,  or  temple  titles.  That  of 
Woo     wang    is    thus    explained, 

IS  y*  ^  ^  IS  IL  0  ^ 

shef&t  heth  ting  ho  Iroofi,  yui  woo, 
according  to  the  rules  for  pos- 
thumous titles,  one  able  to  settle 
the  calamitous  disorders  is  called 
martial. 

kung  tso  cht  nan  chay,   the  duke 

of  Chow  made  the  compass,  about 

1112. 

E&  AJ/    fi    ma  fa  jin,   a  horse 

transformed  into  a  man. 

piing,  rivers  became  dry  and 
mountains  fell.  * 

M  Pji  ^P  ^-  "''^  y"«>«  y«. 

stars  fell  like  rain. 

(Falling  rocks  and  stars  appear 
to  have  been  very  frequent  in  these 
early  times.) 


Amidst  all  the  cruel  and  shameful  abominations  that  marked  the 
close  of  the  Shang  dynasty,  a  few  able  and  virtuous  men  were  con- 
spicuous; among  these,  the  members  of  the  Chow  family  were  chief. 
W&n  wang  <  the  king  of  letters,'  or  civil  king  as  he  has  sometimes 
been  called,— 'was  born  about  the  year  1231  b.  c,  and  in  the  reign 
of  Taeting  was  raised  to  the  rank  of  prime  minister.      He  wis  a  ta- 


1841. 


CkroHologff  of  the  ChincH. 


133 


5.    Thb  Chow  Dynasty. 


No. 


^   ,  3T 

3    i  26 


4: 

51 

5 

55 

6 

12 

7 

I  25 

\   8 
I 

I 

I 

9 
10 
U 
12 


15 
16 
51 
46 
11 


13  I  51 


14 
15 
16 
17 


23 
15 
o 
25 


B.C. 


Year 

of 

Cycle. 


■ 

Cotemporary  Events. 


1122 

1115 

1078 

1052 

1001 

946 

934 

909 

894 

878 

827 

781 

770 

719 

696 

681 

676 


25:16 

25:23 

25:60 

5}6:26 

27:17 

28:15 

28:24 

28:49 

29:04 

29:2C 

30:11 

30:57 

31  :08 

31  :59 


The  ark  taken  by  the  Philistines,  1112. 
Saul  made  king  over  Israel,  1095. 

The  kingdom  of  Athens  ends  in  the  death 
of  Cod  rus,  1070. 

The. migration  of  the  Ionian  colonies  from 
Greece,  and  their  settlement  in  Asia  Min- 
or, 1044. 

The  temple  of  Solomon  finished,  1000. 

Visit  of  the  queen  of  Shcba,  988. 

Solomon  dies,  971. 

•Homer  and  Hesiod  flourished,  according 
to  the  Marbles,  about  907. 

Elijah  the  prophet  taken  up  into  heaven 
about  892. 

Lycurgus  establishes  his  laws ;  the  Olym- 
pic games  restored  about  884. 

Carthage  built  by  Dido,  869. 

Fall  of  the  Assyrian  empire,  820, 
Kingdom  of  Macedonia  (bunded,  814. 


32:22 
32:37 
32:42 


Kingdom  of  Lydia  begins,  797. 

Isaiah  begins  to  prophesy,  757. 

Rome  built,  753. 

End  of  the  kingdom  of  Israel,  717. 

Draco  establishes  his  laws  at  Athens,  623. 


tented  and  upright  man,  and  for  his  fidelity  was  thrown  into  prison, 
where  he  completed  the  Yeih  King,  or  Book  of  Changes.  From  his 
iiicaroeration  he  ia  said,  to  have  been  liberated  by  the  influence  of  his 
sqn  Woo  wang — the  first  rmonarch  of  the  Chow  dynasty;  grieved  at 
the  imprisonment  of  his  father,  the  son  sent  to  the  emperor  a. beautiful 
lady,  with  whom  he  waa  charmed,  and  by  whose  influence  the  libera- 
tioa  of  the  minister  was  effected.  Wftn  wang  1^  celebrate^  for  erudi- 
tion, and  for  the  good  counsels  which  he  gave  to  those  who  were  in 
authority. 


134 


o. 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese, 
Chow  Kfc  f^l  |£  (Continued). 


March, 


Names  ol'  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


i8^3E 

Seang  wang. 

•«^3E 

King  wang. 

20g£ 

Kwang  wang. 

2»:£3E 

Ting  wang. 

^fi£ 

Keen  wang. 

23  f^  q: 

Ling  wang. 

*-^f:3£ 

King  wang. 

25(j^aE 

King  wang. 

20  7ti 

Yuen  wang. 

2^  ^  JiE  3l  Chingiing  wang. 
^  ^  3E         Kaou  wang. 
^  ^  fA  3E.  Weilce  wang. 
^  ^  jE         Ngan  wang. 

31  ^1  .£         Lee  wang. 

32  j^  3E         Hecn  wang. 

33  i|m  |ij£  ^  Chintsing  wang. 
^  lis.  i         Nan  wang. 

^  W  ^^  Tungchow  keun. 


>E|  PM  ^heihyun^  stones  fell  from 
heaven  ;  these  were  probably  me- 
teoric stones. 

^  j^  Ckun    Tsew,  or   Spring 

and  Autumn  Annals,  written  by 
Confucius,  and  by  some  called  the 
history  of  his  own  times,  extend 
through  a  period  of  242  years. 

?l<  "?  ^  Kungtszesang,  Con- 
fucius born  the  21st  year  of  Ling 
wang  (b.  c.  519)  the  1 1th  month, 
21st  day.  He  was  a  native  of  the 
state  of  Loo,  now  a  part  of  Shan- 
tung province. 

^  :^  Laoutsze,  or  ^  ^ 
Laoukeun^  the  founder  of  the 
^  J^  taou  sze^  or  sect  of  Ra- 
tionalists, was  cotemporary  with 
Confucius. 


Mencius  or  ^  ^  M&ng  tsze 
flourished. 


« 

His  son,  Woo  wang,  'the  martial  king,'  is  represented  as  able,  and 
pious— one  who  acknowledged  the  Supreme  Riiler,  to  whom  he  of- 
fered prayers  and  sacrifices.  His  brother,  known  as  Chow  kung,  or 
the  duke  of  Chow,  is  also  ranked  among  the  worthies  of  antiquity. 
The  words  and  actions  of  these  great  men  are  recorded  in  the  Shoo 
King,  or  Book  of  Records. 


1841. 


Chronohgy  of  the  Chinesf.. 


\^5 


5.     The  Chow  Dvnasty. 


e 

Year 

No. 

to 

B.  C. 

of 
Cvcle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

18 

33 

651 

33:07 

A  canal,  between  the   Nile  and  the  Red 
Sea  begun  by  king  Necho,  610. 

19 

6 

618 

33:40 

The  Phoenicians  sail  around  Africa,  604. 

20 

6 

612 

33:46 

Ezekiel,  Solon,  Thaleti,  Epiinenides,  and 

21 

21 

606 

33:52 

iEsop  flourish  about  591. 

22 

14 

585 

34:13 

Jerusalem  taken,  587. 

23 

27 

571 

34:27 

Cyrus  begins  to  reign,  559. 

24 

25 

544 

34:54 

1 

Babylon  taken  by  Cyrus,  538. 

25 

44 

519    i35:l9 

Darius   Hystaspes  chosen  king  of  Persia, 
521.     The  battle  of  Marathon,  490. 

26 

7 

475 

36 :  03 

. 

27 

29 

468 

36:10 

Herodotus  read?  his  history  to  the  coun- 
cil of  Athens,  445. 

28 

15 

440 

36:38 

29 

24 

425 

36:53 

The  history  of  the  Old  Testament  closes 
about  430. 

30 

26 

401 

37:17 

• 

Cyrus  the  younger  killed,  401.    Socrates 
put  to  death ,  400. 

31 

7 

375     37:43 

■ 
Plato,  Damon,  Pythias,  flourished  about 

32 

48 

1 

368 

37:50 

388. 
Lycurgus,   Eudoxus,  Ephorus,  Datames, 

33 

6 

320     3d :  38 

flourished  about  354. 

• 

Sicily  and  Syracuse  usurped  by  Agatho- 

34 

59 

314 

38:44 

cles,  317. 

36 

6 

255 

39:43 

Regulus  defeated  by  Xanthippus^  256.  - 

During- this  dynasty  China  was  still  divided  into  many  little  princi- 
palities; at  one  time,  the  number  of  Anod,  nations  or  states,  amounted 
to  125:  at  another -time  their  number  was  41 ;  again  there  were  the 
lei  kwdyM.  term  thought  by  some  an  equivalent  to  United  States  ^  as 
used  in  America. 

Confucius  and  Menckis,  with  their  disciples,  gave  lustre  and  re- 
nown-to  this  period ;  and  their  doctrines  have  influenced  the  charac* 
ter  of  every  succeeding  age. 


1^6  Chronologjf  of  the  Chiiust,  Marc  h. 


Name  of  the   Sovereign. 


With  cotemponiry  Chinese  Eventi. 


^  ^  ^  Chwangseang  w»ng.      This  emperor  ^fft  Bj  we^  CAoip, 

exterminated  Chow. 


.Voce.  These  two  dynasties — if  they  are  to  be  separated— may  b«*  «oosidered 
as  one.  They  are. separated  here -because  they  are  thus  arranged  in  the  work 
irom  which  we  obtain  theai-Hbe  Ulslory  Madfe  Eas}\ 


-     t^  ^  lj£  ^^^  '^^^^   ^^' 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  CJiinefe  event*. 


itrf  ^  'i^  ^^"^  Hwaogte.  i  ^  ^j^  ckuk   chang 

—  tit  ^  "i^  Urhshe  Hwangte|  Che  built  the  great  wall,  and  ^ 

ftM  shoo,  burnt  the  books. 


Parts  of  the  Chinese  history  are  involved  in  much  obscurity,  and  few 
more  so  than  that  of  this  period.  The  ^  unravelmeni  of  hiaCory/  has 
been  made  an  object  of  particular  attention  with  some  of  their  best 
scholars,  and  one  of  their  works  bears  such  a:name.  But  it  forms  no 
portion  of  our  present  object  of  enter  upon  the  discussion  of  these 
entanglements,  or  to  attempt  their  unravelment. 

In  the  year  250  B.  C,  a  prince  named  Heaoum&n  wang  obtained 
the  throne,  but  died  a  few  months  afterwards;  in  the  Kang  Keen 
£  Che,  his  name  does  not  appear  upon  the  list  of  sovereigns ;  it  has 
a  place  however  in  the  chronological  tables,  San  yutn  ke6  isxe, 

Che  Hwangte,  the  successor  of  Chwangseang  was  a  reroarkble 
person,  and  his  acts- more  memorable  than  those  of  any  other  sover- 
etffn  who  ever  occupied  the  throne  of  this  empire. 

With  all  his  greatness  there  was  much  that  was  base  and  ^execrable 
111  his  character.  His  name  .was  Clung,  and  his  sifDaaieor  the  name 
of  his  family  was  Ltu:  he  was  of  mean,  parentage  and  an  illegitimate 
Aon— at  least,  our  historiana«>  affirm.  Hehad  reigoed  twenty-five 
years  when  he  gained  possession  of  the  whole  emphre;  Hitherto  he 
hWd  borne  the  name  of  Tjtn.  wang  ching;  he'now^^  on  becoming 
utiWersal  monarch  of  the  whole  world  as  he supposedy  took;  the- naiae 


•}■  ;• 


1841. 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese, 
6.     The  Tsin  Dynasty. 


137 


No. 

• 

e 

MB 

1 

B.  C. 

Veer 

of 
Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

1 

3 

249 

39  •  49  i  '^^^  sea-fight  at  Drepanum  in  Sicily,  and 
.the  Romans  defeated  by  Adherbal. 

iVoCe.  It  may  be  remarked  here,  once  for  all,  that  the  object  of  the  writen 
of  the  History  Made  Easy  is  to  give,  in  this  concise  form,  only  what  they  regard 
as  the  true  imperial  line ;  consequently,  all  the  minor  and  cotemporary  states 
ore  omitted ;  but  in  the  body  of  their  woric  they  supply  the  details. 

7.     Thb  After  Tsin  Dynasty. 


No. 

e 

MB 

B.C. 

Year 

of 
Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

I  !  37 

I 
2i    7 

t 
j 

246 
209 

39:52 
40:29 

Hamilcar  passes  with  an  army  and  his  son 
Hannibal  to  Spain,  237.  The  temple  of 
Janus  at  Rome  closed,  235. 

Plautus,  Evander,  Zeno,  Cnnius,  Epi- 
cydes,  flourished  about  this  time. 

Ckt  hwangte,  the  First  Emperor,  and  entertained  the  vain  and  am- 
bitious purpose  of  obliterating  the  names  of  all  those  who  had  pre- 
ceded him. 

The  building  of  the  great  wall,  and  the  order  for  destroying  all  the 
sacred  and  classical  books  in  the  empire,  are  the  principal  acts  that 
gife  character  to  his  reign.  The  first  was  achieved  at  an  amazing 
expense,  and  will  remain  among  the  wonders  of  the  world  down  to 
the  end  of  time.  How  far  the  other  was  executed  it  is  impossible  to 
determine.  It  was  an  iron  rule  that  could  draw  forth  men  and 
means  sufficient  to  erect,  in  the  course  of  a  few  years,  that  immense 
pile  which  stretches  along  the  whole  northern  frontier  of  the  empire ; 
a  power  that  could  do  all  this,  would  be  able,  we  may  suppose,  to 
achieve  almost  anything  in  the  range  of  possibilities.  The  emperor 
did  cause  great  numbers  of  the  literati  to  be  put  to  death ;  and  he  did 
command  all  the  sacred  and  classical  books  to  be  burnt,  but  it  seems 
to  us  impossible  that  such  a  decree  could  be  obeyed.  Over  so  great 
an  extent  of  territory  thousands  of  copies  had  been  multiplied  ;  and 
on  the  promulgation  of  decrees,  it  were  easy  for  the  admirers  of  the 
classics  to  conceal  them  in  secret  places,  utterly  beyond  the  reach 
of  the  public  authorities.  However,  many  of  the  Chinese  believe  that 
no  entire  copy  remained  uudestroyed. 

VOL.    X,   NO.    III.  18 


138 


Chronology  of  the  Chinesr. 


Marph. 


8. 


m^ 


Han  Ke. 


Namei  of  (be  Sovereigni. 


With  colemporary  Chinese  Eventi . 


1 


2  2^^ 


Kaoutsoo. 
Hwuy  te. 
Leu  how. 
W&n  te. 
King  te. 
Woo  te. 
Chaou  te. 
Seuen  te. 
Yuen  te. 
Ching  te. 
Ngae  te. 
Ping  te. 


Jootsze  ying. 
Hwaeyang  wang. 


^  #  a  i  II  ^  "''n 
Sm  was  without  an  equal. 

1^  ^  y  Aeti^,  it  rained  blood. 

Leu  how  (i.  e.  the  empress  Leu) 
the  first  female  sovereign. 

Paper  said  to  have  been  invent- 
ed by  the  Chinese  in  this  reign. 

quaked  for  22  successive  days. 

^  ^  f^  Szema  Tan  received 
the  title  of  first  historiographer. 

p1  ^  i^  Szema  Tseen,  his 
son,  the  Herodotus  of  China,  was 
born  146  b.  c. 

In  the  time  of  Seuen  te  the 
Chinese  empire  extended  to  the 
Caspian  sea. 

J&llpl 4^  gj  ^  1*  ,^- 

Heang  wrote  the  Memoirs  of  Dis- 
tinguished Women. 

(This  dynasty  down  to  the  time 
of  Ping  te  is  sometimes  called  the 
Western  Han,  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  that  which  arose  soon 
after.) 


Lew  Pang — for  this  was  the  name  of  the  first  emperor  of  the  new 
dynasty--did  not  gain  full  possession  of  the  empire  till  202  b.  c, 
which  year  is  marked  in  the  tables  before  us,  as  the  5th  of  his  reign ; 
by  most  writers,  however,  202  is  regarded  as  the  1st  year  of  the  Han 
dynasty. 

It  should  be  remarked  here  that  the  sovereigns  of  this  line  intro- 
duced what  is  known  ad  the  kw6  haou  or  '  national  title ;'  historians 
however  have  preferred  to  give  the  first  place  to  the  meaou  haou,  and 
to  regard  it  as  the  proper  name  of  each  emperor ;  but  it  could  be  used 
only  after  the  sovereign's  demise  ;  while  the  other,  the  kw6  haou  was 
used  during  his  lifetime,  and  by  some  of  the  emperors  was  often 
changed,  and  frequently  more  than  once.  In  this  concise  view,  we 
venture  to  omit  the  introduction  of  all  these  kwo  haou. 


I8U 


Chronology  nf  the  Chinese- 


V^ 


8.     The  Han  Dynasty. 


No. 


e 

•as 


B.  C. 


Year 

of 

Cycle. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


1 


I 


8 


3  i  8 


I 


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 


23 
16 
54 
13 
25 
16 
26 
6 
5 
17 


202 
194 
187 
179 
156 
140 
86 
73 
48. 
32 
6 


40:36 
40:44 
40:51 
40 :  59 
41  :22 
41:38 
42:32 
42:55 
43 :  10 
43:26 
43:52 


A.  D.  1  43  :  58 


6 


23 


44:03 


The  battle  of  Zama,  202. 

The  first  Macedonian  war  begins,  200. 

The  luxuries  of  Asia  brought  to  Rome 
among  the  spoils  of  Antiochus,  189. 

Numa's  books  found  iu  a  stone  coffin  at 
Rome,  179. 

After  the  fall  of  the  Macedonian  empire 
168,  the  6rst  library  was  erected  at  Rome 
with  books  from  Macedonia,  167. 

Restoration  of  learning  at  Alexandria, 
137. 

Sylla  conquers  Athens,  and  sends  its  li- 
braries to  Rome,  86. 

The  reign  of  the  Seleucidae  ends  in  Sy- 
'ria  about  65. 

Alexandria  taken  by  Csesar,  47.  The 
war  of  Africa,  and  Cato  kills  himself,  46. 

Egypt  reduced  into  a  Roman  province. 

About  this  time^urished,  Virgil,  Stra- 
bo,  Horace,  Livy,  Ovid,  6lc, 

Jesus  Christ  born. 

Ovid  banished  to  Tomos,  9. 


44  :  20    Augustus  dies  at  Nola,  14. 


For  a  pretty  full  explanation  of  imperial  names  and  titles,  the 
reader  is  referred  to  our  last  volume,  page  389 ;  those  who  wish  for 
the  ku^  haau  will  find  them  in  Dr.  Morrison's  View  of  China,  Mr. 
Gutzlaff's  Sketch  of  Chinese  history,  and  in  the  introduction  to  the 
Kang  Keen  E  Che. 

This  dynasty  has  been  more  celebrated  than  any  other  that  ever 
occupied  the  throne  of  China.  Its  heroes  and  its  literati  were  nu- 
merous, and  of  high  and  noble  character.  To  be  called  a  Htm  isze, 
or  a  son  of  Han,  even  at  this  day,  is  regarded  as  a  high  honor. 

A  remarkable  coincidence  is  noticable  in  the  name  of  the  12th 
emperor,  who  ascended  the  throne  in  the  year  of  Immanuel's  advent, 
and  after  a  reign  of  five  years  received  the  title  of  Ping  fe ,  **  prince 
of  |)eace." 


140 


Chronology  of  the  Ckinescr 
9.     ^  ^  j^l^  I'l^^'o  Han  Kl, 


March, 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  coteroporary  Chinese  Events. 


»^^ 

Kwang  woo. 

^m% 

Ming  tc. 

3  ^  i^  Chang  te. 

4#$ 

Ho  te. 

^^flr 

Shang  te. 

«*^ 

Ngan  tc. 

"^mw 

Shun  te 

8H(l^ 

Chung  te. 

»tW 

Cheih  te. 

10  fi* 

Hw&n  te. 

"M* 

Ling  te. 

'««* 

Heen  le. 

(This  emperor)  eastward  built  his 
capital  Loyang,  (the  modern  Ho- 
nau  foo)  and  therefore  the  dynasty 
was  called  the  Eastern  Han. 

Mingte,  .\.  o.  65,  sent  messen- 
gers to  India  to  search  for  and 
bring  back  the  religion  of  Budha. 

Shang  te  becoming  emperor 
when  a  child,  his  mother  establish 
ed  a  regency,  placed  heiself  at  its 
head,  and  on  the  demise  of  her 
son  placed  her  nephew  on  the 
throne.  She  was  a  pupil  of  the 
great  authoress  Pan  Hwuypan. 

In  the  reign  of  Hw&n  te  people 
came  from  India  and  other  west- 
ern nations  with  tribute,  and  from 
that  time  foreign  trade  was  carried 
on  at  Canton. 


NoU.    It  was  near  the  close  of  this  dynasty  that  the  three  states— Shah,  Wei, 
and  Woo — arose  and  flourished. 


10.     ;}^  ^  ^  How  Haw  Kb. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  events. 


^  H3  ^1  ^  Chaoule^  te. 
2  ^^  3|5  How  te. 


A  law  passed  by  the  state  of 
Wei,  viz.:  From  this  time  queens 
shall  not  assist  in  the  government. 


The  messengers  of  Ming  te,  according  to  the  wishes  of  their  mas- 
ter, proceeded  to  India,  where  they  found  the  doctrines  and  disciples 
of  Budha;  and,  having  obtained  some  of  their  books  with  shamun, 
they  brought  them  to  China.  It  is  said  that  the  emperor  dreamed 
that  he  saw  a  golden  man  walking  in  his  palace,  and  in  the  morning, 


iy4l, 


ChrQUology  of  the  Chittrst 


til 


9.  The  Eastern  Han  Dynastv 


No. 


3 
4 


I- 


6! 


7 
8 

9  I 

10  i 
11 

12 


e 
Z 


33 
18 
13 
17 

I 

19 
19 

1 

1 

21 
22 
31 


Cotempornry  £veuls. 


25   44:22 


58  44:55 

! 

76  45:13 

89  45:  26 

106  45  :  53 

107  45 :  54 
126  46  :  03 


145 
146 
147 
168 
190 


46:22 
46  :  23 
46:24 
46 :  55 
47:07 


St.  Paul  converted  to  Christianity,  36. 

The  expedition  of  Claudius  to  Britain, 
43. 

Nero  visits  Greece.  The  Jewish  war 
begins.  Josephus  and  Pliny  the  elder 
flourish,  abont  66. 

Death  of  Vespasian,  and  succession  of 
Titus,  79. 

About  106  flourished  Florus,  Pliny  jun., 
Dion,  Plutarch,  6lc, 

Adrian  visits  Asia  and  Egypt,  126;  and 
rebuilds  Jerusalem,  130. 

Antoninus  defeats  the  Moors,  Germans, 
and  Dacians,  145. 

Lucian,  Hermogenes,  Appian,  Justin  the 
martyr,  flonrished  about  161. 

Commodus  makes  peace  with  the  Ger- 
mans, 181.  Albinus  defeated  in  Gaul,  198. 

Severus  conquers  the  Parthians,  200 ; 
and  soon  after  visits  Britain. 


NoU.    The  historical  novel,  called  the  &iii  Kw6  CAe,  eiteiids  its  narrative 
from  A.  D.  170  to  317. 

10.     The  After  Han  Dynasty. 


No. 


s 

*s 


A.  D. 


Year 

of 
Cycle. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


1 
2 


2 
42 


221 
223 


47  :  38  i  The  age  of  Julius  Africanus,  222.     The 

'Goths  exact  tribute  from  Rome. 
47:40i 


when  he  received  his  ministers  at  public  audience,  he  told  them  of 
the  dream ;  whereupon  one  of  them  gave  him  an  account  of  what  he 
had  heard  of  Budha.  The  consequence  was  the  embassy  and  the  in- 
troduction of  Budhism  into  China.  The  writers  of  the  History  Made 
Easy  reprobate  this  conduct  of  the  emperor,  and  denounce  both-  the 
ehamun  and  their  doctrines  as  being  false,  and  wicked.  Shamun  is  a 
Sanscrit  word,  used  as  an  equivalent  for  hoskang^  priets  of  Budha. 


1 1*2 


Chronology  of  the  Ckinest. 


Ma  Rett, 


II. 


IMC 


TstN  Kis. 


Namcf  of  (he  Sovereign!. 

Cotemporary  Chineae  Cventi. 

1  ^  ^  Woo  te. 

U  ^  ^  Hwae  tc. 
'J  ^  -i*  **'"  '«'• 

Wet  ching  te^  destroyed  Wei  and 
made  himself  emperor. 

Min  te's  reign  was  an  age  of 
wonders :  a  sun  fell  from  the  fir- 
mament ;  and  the  earth  changed 
ita  course  and   went  backwards  ; 
6lc 

Sou.    This  dynasty  is  sometimes  called  the  5s  Tmn,  or  Western  Tsin,  in  con- 
tradiction to  the  next,  the  Eastern  Tsin. 

12.     ^  ^  |£  Tung  Tsin  Ke. 


Names  or  the  Sovereigns. 


Cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


Yuen  te. 
Ming  te. 
Shing  tc. 
Kang  te. 
Muh  te. 
Ngae  te. 
Te  yeih. 
Keenw&u. 
Heaouwoo. 
Ngan  te. 
Kung  te. 


.0  ^ '44  ^  =  5t '»•«"'"> 

in  the  night  rose  30  cubits  high ; 
and  again  black  sppts  were  seen 
upon  his  disk.  Other  strange 
phenomena  were  noticed,  with 
many  fearful  signs.  It  was  a  dark 
age. 

A  stamp  duty,  ^  ^     shwuy 

A:e,  on  the  sale  of  lands  and  houses 
said  to  have  been  introduced 
about  the  year  367. 

"Children  of  concubines,  priests, 
old  women,  and  nurses"  were  the 
administrators  of  government. 


Among  the  great  men  of  the  Han  dynasty  there  was  a  good  deal 
uf  the  heroic  and  chivalrous,  especially  in  those  leaders  whose  actions 
Hfc  described  in  the  History  of  the  Three  States.     With  all  their 


1841. 


Chronology  of  thr  Chinese. 


N:l 


11.     The  Tsin  Dynasty. 

• 

c 

Year 

No. 

1 

A.D. 

of 
Cycle. 

Coleroporary  Events. 

1 

26 

265 

48:22 

The  Scythians  and  Goths  defeated  by 
Cleodomus  and  Athenseus,  267. 

2 

17 

290 

48:47 

Britain  recovered,  and  Alexandria  taken, 
296. 

3 

6 

307 

49:04 

About  this  time  flourished  Gregory  and 
Hermogenes,  the  lawyers. 

4 

4 

313 

49:10 

Note,    'The  much  to  be  commisenited  emperor,'  Mio  te  '  had  grief  and  sorrow 
for  his  lot,  while  presiding  over  the  nation/ 

12.     Thb  Eastern  Tsin  Dynasty. 


No. 


• 

e 
to 

A.D. 

Year 

of 
Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 


6 
3 
3      17 


5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 


17 
4 
6 
2 
24 
22 
1 


317 
323 
326 
343 
345 
362 
366 
371 
373 
397 
419 


49 :  14 1  The  emperor  Constantine  begins  to  favor 
the  Christian  religion,  319. 
The  first  general  council  at  Nice,  325. 


49:20 
49:23 
49:40 
49:42 
49:59 
50:03 
50:08 
50:10 
50 :  34 
50 :  56 


The  seat  of  empire  removed  from  Rome 
to  Constantinople,  328. 


An  earthquake  ruins  150  cities  in  Greece 
and  Asia,  358. 


Julian  dies,  and  is  succeeded  by  Jovian, 
363. 

The  Goths  permitted  to  settle  in  Thrace, 
on  b^ing  expelled  by  the  Huns,  376. 

The  Vandals,  Alani,  and  Suevi,  permit- 
ted to  settle  in  Spain  and  France  by  Hon- 
orius,  406. 

Rome  plundered  by  Alaric,  king  of  the 
Visigoths,  410. 


knight-errantry  there  was  no  lack  of  superstition,  magic,  witchcraA, 
and  the  many  nameless  vagaries  usually  accompanying  them.  But  in 
the  time  of  the  Tsin,  the  heroic  and  chivalrous  degenerated  into  the 
most  pitiable  weakness.  Base  and  cruel  women  exercised  great  influ- 
ence at  court;  the  religions  of  Budha  and  Laou  keun  were  in  vogue ; 
and  the  people  suffered.      Some  few  writers  are  found  during  this 


Ill 


t  %rontilo^if  of  thf  Chinru. 
•'»     ^  tIc  j^  P'"  «•  '*«  Kk 


AFarch, 


\anies  ol'  ilie  Sovereigns. 


With  cuteiiiponiry  Chinese  eventi. 


'  i^iTfl 

Kaou  tsoo. 

2  /J; ;?]? 

Shaou  te. 

»^m 

Win  te. 

m% 

VVcx)  le. 

'f^H 

Fei  te. 

^mw 

Ming  te. 

^U    /V    •A'S  ^t    i^unff  jin  haou 

yu,    the   people   of    Sung    loved 
praise  and  commendation. 

■  :fc  T- It  f J II "'" '*"  *^ 

wet  nan,  a  woman  transformed  into 
a  man. 

!  chuh  lin  tang  (the  emperor)  shot 
.         ^  i  a  demon  in  the  court  of  the  bam^ 

tp  ib  Tsangwoo  woo.      boo  grove. 


J^nr 


Shan  te. 


Sott,    This  is  often  called  the  ATaii  PtA  Sung;  it  is  also  styled  Sung  Ke  foo 
Peih  Wei,  or  the  Sung  attached  to  the  Northern  Wei. 


14.     ^  ^  TsE  Ke. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


2  ^  ^        Woo  te. 

4  ^  @  j£  Tunghw&n  how. 

5  ifP  ^        Ho  '«• 


^  tIc  in  ^  '""«» ^•«s' 

tseih  ufeit  (this  is  said  of  the 
founder  of  the  new  line)  he  exter- 
minated Sung  and  took  the  throne. 

^  ^r  ^£  Woo  choo  tseen,  five 
pearl  cash. 


period.     It  was  about  the  year  286  that  the  literary  title  setetsae 
was  introduced. 

In  the  reign  of  Shaou  te  of  the  Sung  family,  Budhism  was  inter- 
dicted. Under  the  reign  of  his  successor,  W&n  te,  learning  began 
to  revive.  The  prince  of  Wei  also  persecuted  the  Budhists,  burnt 
their  temples  and  put  the  priests  to  death. 


1841. 


Chronology  of  the.  Chinese.. 


145 


13.     The  Northern  Sung  Dynasty. 


No. 


e 


A.D. 


lear 

of 
Cycle. 


Cotemporery  Events. 


1 

3 

420 

50:57 

2 

I 

423 

50:60 

3 

30 

424 

51:01 

4 

10 

454 

51:31 

5 

1 

464 

51:41 

6 

8 

465 

51:42 

7 

4 

473 

51:50 

8 

2 

477 

51  :  54 

The  kingdom  of  the  French  begins  on 
the  lower  Rhine. 

The  Romans  take  leave  of  Britain,  and 
never  return,  426. 

The  Saxons  settle  in  Britain  ;  Attila, 
king  of  the  Huns,  ravages  £urope,  about 
449. 


The  paschal  cycle  of  532  years  invented 
by  Victorius,  463. 

The  western  empire  is  destroyed  by  the 
king  of  the  Heruli,  who  assumes  the  title 
of  king  of  Italy,  476. 


N&U.    The  founder  of  this  line  (the  Sung,  or  Northern  and  Southern  dynas- 
ties) was  Lew  Yu. 


14.     The  Tse  Dynasty. 


!  No. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


1 

4 

479 

2  11 

483 

3 

5 

494 

4 

2 

4d9 

5 

1 

501 

51:56 
51  :60 
52:11 
52:16 
52:18 


Constantinople  partly  destroyed  by  an 
earthquake,  which  lasted  40  days  at  in- 
tervals, 480. 

Theodoric,  king  of  the  Ostrogoths,  con- 
quers Italy,  493. 

Christianity  embraced  in  France  by  the 
baptism  of  Clovis,  496. 


Seaou  Taouching  was  the  founder  of  the  Tse  dynasty,  which  took 
its  name  from  a  dukedom  of  which  Seaou  was  master. 

The  Tse  ke^  like  the  Sung,  and  like  the  Leang  and  Chin  which 
follow  it/ was  called  Nan  Pih,  Southern  and  Northern,  there  being 
most  of  the  time  two  distinct  governments,  one  Tartar,  the  other 
Chinese,  the  former  occupying  the  northern  part  of  the  country,  and 
the  i  latter  the  southern,  and  hence  styled  Northern  and  Southern 
dynasties.. 

VOL.    X.    NO.    III.  19 


140 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 


March, 


15. 


m^ 


Leang'Ke. 


Namei  of  the  Sovereigns. 


Cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


1  ^  ij^  Woo  te. 

2  ^  ^  Keen  wftn. 

3  ^  ^  Yuen  te. 
4^^Kingte. 


^  ^  ^^^'^  ^5eeit,  short  cash, 
were  interdicted  by  this  emperor. 
The  depreciation  amounted  to  10, 
and  sometimes  20,  and  even  30, 
in  a  hundred. 

"  The  people  began  to  sit  with 
their  legs  hanging  down,"  i.  e. 
they  used  chairs! 


NoU.    Biidhism  which  hnd  been  discarded,  again  revived.  .  The  first  empervir 
himself,  when  old,  became  a  priest,  and  lived  according  to  the  rites  of  the  order. 


•6-    1$  ^  C"'N  Kb. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


1  MW 


Kaou  tsoo. 
W&n  te. 
Fei  te. 
Seuen  te. 
How  choo. 


Cloth,  paper,  and  iron  money  had 
been  sometime  in  vogue  when, — 

^  i^  It  w<>«  yen  tseen, 
goose-eyed  money — now  came 
into  use.  Pearl  •  money  was  soon 
used  in  i|S  stead. 

4h  &  -J^  neu  hed  sze,  make 
their  appearance. 


»7-     WIESoyKe. 


NamM  of  the  Sovereigni. 


With  cotemporary  Chinew  Eventi. 


»  ^  IB.        Kaou  tsoo. 
2  ®  #        Yang  te. 

'  ^  '^  f^  ^^"^  ^  '**• 


^  "FT  tih  st  teen  hed  te  chin, 

an    earthquake    throughout    the 
whole  empire. 

^  Jb*    lung  chow,  an  imperial 

^boat — built.      This  was  45  cubits 
high,  200  long,  having  four  sto- 


ries. 


Yang  Keen  was  the  founder  of  the  Suy  dynasty.    He  was  fond  of 
power  and  extended  his  rule  over  the  whole  of  the  empire,  uniting  in 


1841. 


Uhronohgy  oj  the  Chut  est. 


147 


15.     The  Leang  Dynasty. 


No. 

• 

e 
« 

A.D. 

Year 

of 
Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

1 
2 
3 

,  4 . 

48 
2 
3 
2 

502 
550 
552 
555 

52 :  19 
53:07 
53:09 
53:12 

Aiaric  defeated   by   Clovis,  507  ;    and 
Paris  made  the  capital  of  the  French  do- 
minions, 510. 

The  Turkish  empire   in   Asia   begins, 
545 ;  and  the  manufacture  of  silk  intro- 
duced into  Europe  from  the  east,  553. 

Note.    Daring  this  short  dynasty,  the  empresses  exerted  great  inflaence  in  the 
councils  of  state.    One  of  them  was  a  distinguished  heroine. 


16.     The  Chin  Dynasty. 

No. 

m 

B 

fie: 

AD. 

Year 

of 

Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

I 

3 

i    557 

53:14 

A  dreadful  plague  in  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Africa,  commences  558. 

2 

7 

560 

53:17 

Part  of  Italy  conquered  by  the  Lom- 
bards, 568. 

3 

2 

567 

53:24 

4 

14 

569 

53 :  26 

Latin  ceases  to  be  the  language  of  Italy 
about  581. 

5 

6 

583 

53:40 

/Vote.    The  capital  of  the  empire  was  frequently  changed ;  the  last  sovereign 
of  Chin  reigned  at  Nanking. 


17.     The  Suy  Dynasty. 


No. 


A.  D. 


Year 

of 
Cycle. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


1 

2 
3 

4 


16 

13 

1 

1 


589 
605 
618 
619 


53:46 
54:02 
54:15 


The  Saxon  heptarchy  begins  in  England 
about  600. 

The  Persians  take  Jerusalem  with  a 
slaughter  of  90,000  men,  614. 

Mohammed  in  his  53d  year,  flies  to  Me- 
dina, and  this  becomes  the.  1st  of  the  He- 
54  :  16  gira,  622. 


one  the  northern  and  southern  empires.     Corea,  which  had  drawn  off 
from  its  allegiance,  was  humbled  and  made  to  sue  for  peace. 


148 


Chrwiob^y  of  iht  Chitust. 


March, 


18.     pS-  jg^  Tano    Ke. 


Namei  of  Ibe  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporery  Chinese  Events. 


2;k^ 


3  S  S 


7 


715 


1    ^C   f±* 


w  7F 


2 
3 


^je* 


^J^ 


6 


7  t*  i^ 


20  p3 


Kaou  tsoo. 
Tae  tsuDg. 
Kaou  tsung. 
Chung  tsung. 
Juy  tsung. 
Heuen  tsung. 
Siih  tsung. 
Tae  tsung. 
Tih  tsung. 
Shun  tsung. 
Heen  tsung. 
Mdh  tsung. 
King  tsung. 
W&n  tsung. 
Woo  tsuug. 

Seuen  tsung. 
£  tsung. 

He  tsung. 

Chaou  tsung. 
^  Chaouseuen  te. 


WL  W  ^  '""^  P^'^'*'  ise'etif  the 
copper  coin,  now  current,  first 
comes  into  use. 

The  Nestoriana  enter  China 
about  this  time,  when  the  empress 
Woo  Tseihteen  lived. 

And  books  began  to  be  bound  ; 
previously  scrolls  only  were  used. 

^  ^  ||&  ^  theatricals  com- 
mence. 

^  ^  ^'"^  ***»  ^^^  literary  ex- 
aminations— instituted  about  this 
time. 

peror  heard  in  the  fimament  di- 
vine words. 

tTI  ^  ^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^*  ^^ 
impost  on  tea  began  in  the  9th 

year  of  Tih  tsung. 

The  feast  of  lanterns  comes  in- 
to vogue. 

Heen  tsung  brought  one  of  the 
fingers  of  Budha  in  procession  to 
his  capital. 

BR  ^  :5- M  ffl  The  emp«. 

or  Miih,  a  devotee  of  the  Ration- 
alists' school,  fuh  kin  ion  urk 
pang,  swallowed  the  philosopher's 
stone  and  died. 

^  %!  ^VL  ^^^  ^^^  ching,  a 
city  without  sorrow. 

Eunuchs  exercise  great  influ- 
43nce  in  the  affairs  of  state. 

The  emperor  Chaou  commanded 

one  of  his  prisoners  to  be  ^  v^ 
keu  che,  sawn  asunder. 


Le  Yuen,  of  the  house  of  Leang,  was  the  founder  of  this  dynasty, 
which  is  second  to  none  except  perhaps  that  of  Han.     During  this 


1841. 


Chronology  of  ihe  Chinese. 
18.    The  Tano  Dynasty. 


149 


No. 


A.D. 


Year 

of 
Cycle. 


Cotemporery  Events. 


1 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

le 

17 
18 
19 
20 


7 
23 
34 
26 

3 
43 

7 
17 
25 

1 
15 

4 

2 
14 

6 
13 
14 
15 
15 

3 


620 
627 
650 
684 
710 
713 
756 
763 
780 
805 
806 
821 
825 
827 
S4l 
847 
860 
874 
889 
904 


54:  17 

54:24 

54 :  47' 

55:21 

55:47 

55:50 

56:33 

56:40 

56 :  57 

57:22 

57:23 

57 :  38 

57:42 

57:44 

57:58 

58:04 

58:17 

58:31 

58 :  46 

59:01 


Constantinople  besieged  by  the  Persians 
and  Arabs,  626. 

Mohammed  dies,  632;  Jerusalem  taken 
by  the  Saracens,  634 ;  Alexandria  taken, 
and  its  library  destroyed,  637.  The  Sa- 
racens ravage  Sicily,  669. 

The  venerable  Bede  among  the  few  men 
of  learning  of  this  age.  Pepin  engrosses 
the  power  of  the  French  monarchy,  690. 

The  Saracens  conquer  Africa,  709;  and 
Spain,  713. 

A  market  opened  at  Canton,  and  an  offi- 
cer appointed  to  receive  the  imperial 
duties. 

Bagdad  built  and  made  the  capital  of  the 
caliphs  of  the  house  of  Abbas,  who  greatly 
encourage  learning,  762. 

Irene  murders  her  son  and  reigns  alone, 
797 ;  Charlemagne  emperor  of  Rome, 
800;  Egbert  ascends  the  throne  of  En- 
gland, 801. 

The  Arabians  arrive  in  China,  and  settle 
in  Canton  prior  to  805. 

The  Saracens  of  Spain  take  Crete,  which 
they  call  Candia,  823. 

Origin  of  the  Russian  monarchy,  839. 


The  Normans  get  possession  of  some 
cities  in  France,  853. 

Clocks  first  brought  to  Constantinople 
from  Venice,  872. 

Paris  besieged  by  the  Normans,  and 
bravely  defended  by  bishop  Gosl in,  887. 

King  Alfred,  after  a  reign  of  30  years 
dies,  900. 


I   .rff 


line  of  emperors,  China  stood  comparatively  higher  than  at  any 
other  period.  The  darkest  age  of  the  West,  was  the  brighest  in  the 
East.  • 


loO 


Chr^fnotogy  of  the  Chinese. 
19.     ;|^  ^  jf£.  H^^  Leano  Ke, 


March, 


Names  of  ihe  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  events. 


J  iC  ffl        Tac  two. 

2  ^  ^  {^  Leang  Choo  teen 


The  greatest  hero  of  this  age 

Tsin  at  one  step  could  execute  a 
hundred  stratagems ! 


20.    ^^  ^  How  Tang  Ke. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


Cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


1  ^  ^  Chwang  tsung. 

2  Ijq  ^  Ming  te. 
3g^Minte. 
4^^Feite. 


ihis  emperor  (Chwang)  painted 
his  face  and  with  stage  players 
engaged  in  theatricals. 

#^*/f  »5t7^.  'his 

emperor  (Min)  every  evening 
burnt  incense  and  paid  his  vows 
to  heaven. 


21.    ^  ^  ]^  Ho^  Tsin  Kb. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  events. 


ipj  |E  Kaou  tsoQ. 
2  }i5  /if  Chah  te. 


*i  ^  US:  III  ft  Yang  Yen. 
ching  flayed  the  poor  people.  He 
set  up  his  throne  in  Fuhkeen. 


22.  ^  g  IE  How  Han  Ke. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  Chinese  cotemporary  events. 


p€»t  overturned  the  houses  and 
uprooted  the  trees. 


These  woo  tae,  or  five  dynasties— Leaug,  Taug,  Tsiu,  Han,  and 


1641 


Chronology  of  the.  Chinese. 


lol 


19.    The  After  Leang  Dynasty. 


No. 


& 


A.D. 


Year 

of 
Cycle. 


1 
2 


6 

10 

I 


907 
913 


59 :  04 
59 :  10 


Cotemporary  Events. 


The  Normans  establish  themselves  un* 
der  Rollo  in  France. 

Romanus  the  First,  general  of  the  fleet, 
usurps  the  throne. 


20.  The  After  Tang  Dynasty. 


No. 

m 

a 

A.D. 

Year 

of 
Cycle. 

1 

3 

923 

59:20 

2 

8 

1 

926 

59 :  27 

3- 

934- 

59 :  3L 

■   4 

;   ! 

2 

■ 

034 

59:31 

•  1  • . . 

Cotemporary  Events. 


Fiefs  established  in  France,  923. 


•  I' 


21.^;  The  After  Tsin  Dynasty. 


|N« 


o. 


'A.D. 


-Year 

of 
Cyclef. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


8 


936 
944 


59  :  33  j  The  Saracen  empire  divided  by  usur- 
pation into  seven  kingdoms,  936. 

59: 41  i  .  Naples  seized  by  the  eastern  emperors, 
942. 


»  i 


22.     The  After  Han  Dynasty. 


Iftt// 


A.D. 


Year 

of 
Cycle. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


1 


f2v;:;.3- 


■I  *■■"»■  ibi 


947 

948 


59:44 
59)45 


The  sons  of  Romanus  conspire  against 
their  father. 


iguji  I    ' 


€liow,'OCcupy>th6  >throne  from  907  to  the  dose  of  959,  a  period 
of  fifty<4hre0  yearsii  giving  an  average  of  little  more  than*  ten  years 
toieiachi-hotisei  '  There  <  were  other  families  that  claimed  authority, 
and  the  several  Hionarchs  had  to  contend  moreover,  with  foreign > 
foei;  consequently  thisperiod'  j^eaenta  one  unbrokem  series  t>fdisor« 
dervand'Tevolutions.  '        •        «  .i-      .    /  '       •:    t  .. 


152 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 
23/    ^  ^  J£^  How  Chow  Ke. 


March, 


Names  of  the  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporaiy  Chinese  Events. 


^  ;k  1^  Tae  tsoo. 
2  tft  ^  She  tsung. 
^  ^^  Kung  tc. 


i  ■•  • '  ' ' 


:  #  f^  ^  M  ^^"^  '°'*«^  ''^- 

fittdha  were  made  into  cash :  Ihis 
.wa^done  by  an  imperial  order 
iaaiied  by  She.taung. 


•  ■  1 
/  I 


/Vote.    The  first  and  second  of  these  three  emperors  eihibHed  wisdom ;  ai^d 
She  tsang  was  zealous  i'u  promoting  the  welfare  of  his  people. 


24.    ^^  SuNo  Kb: 


Names  of  (he  Sovereigns. 


With  cotemporary  Chinese  Events. 


8 


m 


Tae  tsoo. 
Tae  tsung. 
Chin  tsung. 
Jin  tsung. 
Ying  tsung. 
Shin  tsung. 
ChS  tsung. 
Hwuy  tsung. 
Kin  tsung. 


i-<  : 


.1  •> 


ting  sun  reascended  for  a  day: 
this  was  seen  and  attested  by  the 
astronomer  iMeaol]  Heun. 

the  emperor's  ministers)  obtained 

celestial  books  from  Taeshan. 

Pop.  0,955,729.  I  * 

In  the    fourth    year    of  Ying 

^sung,  Canton  was  first  walled  in. 

^  A  Hi  ^  *  """"^  «*^® 

birth  to  a  child. 

"iC  A  4:  ^  *  woman  wore 
a  long  beard. 


Learning  received  much  attention  during  both  this  reign  and  ihe 
next  succeeding  it.  The  first  emperor  was  raised  lo.4h^thn>6e  by 
military  men,  who  were  about  to  wage  war  against i! seine  northern^ 
hordes;  and  being  iinwiiling  to  serve  under  the  rule  of  a  mere/child,, 
the  emperor  <Kuiig«being  only .  nine  years  oldt—thby  determined >tor 
elerate  in  his  stead,  a  serf  ant  o£  the  deceased  monarch.  Th^y  \m^ 
mediately  dispatched  a  messenger,  who  found  him  lying  finder  the 
influence  of  wine,  and  in  that  state  communicated  to  him.  theif 


1841. 


Chronolugif  of  tht.  Chiimse. 


153 


23.     The  After  Chow  Dvnasty. 


No. 

• 

B 

A.D. 

Year 

of 

Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

1 

3 

951 

59:48 

2 

6 

954 

59  :  51      Romanus  11.,  son  of  Constantine  VII., 

3 

960 

jby  Helena,  the  daughter  of  liecapenus, 
59  :  57  'succeeds,  to  the  Eastern  Empire  959. 

NcU.  She  tsung  not  only  desCroyed  the  images  of  Budha,  he  also  pulled  down 
their  temples,  and  took  their  sacred  utensils  and  converted  them  into  money, 
having  established  a  mint  for  this  specific  purpose. 


^ 


24.     The  Sung  Dynasty. 


• 
B 

Year 

No. 

,fap 

A.D. 

of 

Cotemporary  Events. 

cS 

Cycle. 

1 

16 

960    l59:57 

Italy  conquered  by  Otho,  and  united  to 

the  German  empire,  964. 

2 

22 

976 

60:13 

The  third  or  Capetian  race  of  kings  in 
France  begins,  987 ;  arithmetical  figures 

3 

25 

998 

60:35 

brought  into  Europe  by  the  Saracens,  991. 
A   general  massacre  of  the   Danes  in 

4 

41 

1023 

60:60 

England,  Nov.  13th,  1002. 

5 

4 

1064 

61:41 

The  kingdoms  of  Castile  and  Arragon 
begi»rl035.     The'  Turks  invade  the  Ro- 

6 

18 

1068 

61:45 

man  empire,  1050;  take  Jerusalem,  1065; 
William  the  conquerer  crowned,  1066. 

7 

15 

1066 

62:03 

Asia  Minor  taken  by  the  Turks,  1084 ; 

8 

25 

1101 

62 :  17 

■ 

first  crusade  1096;  Jerusalem  taken  by 
the  crusaders,   1099;  learning  revived  at 

9 

1 

1126 

62:43 

Cambridge,  IJIO. 

decision ;  and  ere  he  had  time  to  reply,  the  yellow  robe  of  state  was 
placed  upon  him.  Thus  he  was  made  emperor,  the  exalted  sire  of 
the  blackhaired  nation.  Rude  and  ignorant  as  he  himself  was, 
learning  flourished  under  his  auspices,  encouraged  by  the  colleges 
he  built,  and  the  rewards  he  conferred. 

The  number  of  authors  given  to  this  and  the  southern  Sung 
families,  by  the  writers  of  History  Made  Easy,  is  sixty-one ;  among 
this  crowd  of  literary  men,  Choo  He  is  the  most  distinguished. 


VOL.    X.    NO.    III. 


20 


154 


Chronology  of  the  Chintst. 
25.     ^  ^  j^  Nan  Sdho  Kb. 


MARrn, 


Nmum  of  the  SoveNigu. 


Cotemporaiy  ChioMe  ETonti. 


I 


Kaou  tsung. 
Heaou  tsang. 
KwaDg  tflung. 
Niog  uung. 
Le  uaiig. 

Too  tSUDg. 

Kuog  tiiuiig. 
Twan  taang. 
Te  Ping. 


A^  J^  Choo  He,  the  able  critic 

and  historian,  known  as  Choofoo- 
tsze,  floariflhed  early  in  this  reign. 

1^  4r  ^  P  *  white  rain- 
bow seen  passing  through  the  sun. 

5^  ^  ^P  J&l  ^^^  heavens  red 
as  blood. 

a,  f^^-^aie^tB  of  uk^ 

obscure  the  heavens. 

An    oflScer    appointed    by  the 
emperor  to  reside  at  Canton  as 
commissioner  of  customs. 
Gunpowder  and  fire-engines  used. 
Movable  characters,    made  of 
burnt  clay  and  placed  in  a  frame 
I  for  printing. 


26. 


TClEi 


YUBN  Ke. 


Names  of  the  Sovereigni. 


With  cotemporery  Chinese  Eirents. 


1  i;p 


She  Tsoo. 
Ching  tsung. 
Woo  tsung. 
Jin  tsung. 
Ying^  tsung. 
A  Taeting  te. 
Ming  tsung. 

W&n  tsung. 
Shun  tsung. 


1?i  ijL  fj\  ^^/nthpeUda,  or  Kii- 
blai,  was  the  founder  of  this  dy- 
nasty. 

Foreign  trade  for  a  time  inter- 
rupted at  Canton. 

>(%  ^  Fangtih  lived  more  than 

20  days  without  eating  any  food. 
The  Grand  Canal. 


gip  a  child  one  year  old  suddenly 

grew  to  more  than  four  cubits  in 
height. 

PI  ^  ^0  j^  ifij  It '*«^"» 

rained  down  like  thread  of  a  green 
color. 


Kttblai's  life  and  actions— especially,   his  attention  to  the  Polo 


1841. 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese* 


165 


25.  The  South  brn  Sung  Dynasty. 


• 

Year 

No. 

be 

A.Dr 

of                         Cotemporary  Eveots. 

Cycle. 

1 

36 

1J27    62:44 

Accession  of  Stephen   to   the  English 

crown,  1135. 

2  '  27 

1163 

63:20 

The  Teutonic  order  begins,  1164;  the 
conquest  of  Egypt  by  the  Turks,  1 169. 

^^ 

3 

5 

1190 

63:47 

Third  crusade  and  seige  of  Acre,  1 188 ; 
John  succeeds  to  the  English  throne,  1199. 

4 

30 

1105 

63:52 

Genghis  khan's  reign  and  conquests. 
The  Magna  CharU,  1215.    Origin  of  the 

6 

40 

1225 

64:22 

Ottomans,  1240. 

6 

10 

1265 

65:02 

The  uncle  and  father  of  Marco  Polo  the 
Venetian  traveler  in  China. 

7 

1 

1275 

65:12 

Edward  I.  on  the  English  throne,  1272. 

8 

2 

1276 

65:13 

The  famous  Mortmain  act  passes  in 
England,  1279. 

9.|    2 

1278    65 :  15 

26.  Thb  Yuen  Dynasty. 


No. 

e 
JSP 

<s 

A.D. 

1 

16 

1280 

2 

13 

1295 

3 

4 

1306 

4 

9 

1312 

5 

3 

1321 

6 

r 

5 

1324 

7 

1 

1329 

8 

3 

1330 

9 

.35 

1333 

Year 

of 

Cycle. 


Cotemporary  Events. 


65:17 
65:32 
65:45 
65:49 
65:58 
66:01 
66:06 
66:07 


During  the  Sicilian  vespers,  8000  French 
murdered,  1283.  Wales  annexed  to  Eng- 
gland,  1283.  Regular  succession  of  En- 
glish parliament  begins,  1293. 


The  mariner's  compass  said  to  be  invent' 
ed  or  improved  by  Flaveo,  1302. 


The  Swiss  cantons  begin  1307.  Edward 
II.  succeeds  to  the  English  crown. 

Edward  III.  on  the  English  throne, 
1327. 

The  first  comet  observed,  whose  course  is 
described  with  exactness,  in  June,  1337. 


family,  his  embassy  to  the  pope,  his  predilection  to  Christianity, — 
are  narrated  in  the  travels  of  Marco  Polo, — an  historiaa  .of  no  mean 


Chronology  nf  Ihe  Vhiiuic. 


9^ 


Nimei  of  Ibe  Sovereigni. 


Coletnporarj  Cbioeie  svenli. 


](lB  'f  sae  isoo. 
^  "Sf  Keenwikn  te. 
tEj  Tae  Isiiiig. 
^  Jill  laung. 

^  Ying  tBiing. 


^  King  le. 
^  Heen  tsung. 


"  iSr  ^  Shelsung. 

12  jEfr  ^  MahtauDg. 

13  j^  ^  Shin  tauDg. 


HungiFoo. 

Krtntean. 
Yunglo. 
lluaghe 
Scuentih. 

{Chingtung. 
Teenskun. 

ChinghtPa. 

Chingtili 

Keatsing. 

Wanhik. 

Taechang. 

Teenkt. 

Tsungehing. 


-  +  ;^  ^  P  S|5 

£®i:i=-  AW 

t  eg  ^  E  =f  A 
■§•+- 

In  the26lhyearorHung- 
woo,  the  Board  or  Revenue 
reponed  that  the  number  of 
farailies  wu  16,052,860, 
tnd  the  perrana  60,545,81 1 
in  the  empire. 

(in  the_lllh  year  of  this 
reign)  there  waa  an  earth- 
quake at  the  capital  ac- 
cArapanied  bj  a  noise. 

X  ^  "E  *"""*  °^  ■ 
dram  in  the  heaTens. 

In  the  4th  year  of  Hnng- 
che,  it  wasonly  9,113,446 
famUies,  and  63,281,158 
■ndividuaia. 

In  the  6th  year  of  Han- 
leih,  the  families  were 
10,621 ,436,  and  the  per- 
sona 60,692,8S6. 


rank.  He  held  his  court  at  Peking,  which  was  called  Kambalu.  Tlie 
history  of  his  anceetora,  Genghis  and  others,  and  (hat  of  his  own 
limes,  are  full  of  interest.  They  were  great  men,  and  achieved  great 
things.  Central  Asia — their  theatre  of  action-^nay  again  erelong 
become  a  scene  of  intereBting  erents,  and  opened  and  free  for  the 
European  traveler. 

The  native  historian  says,  'in  Ibe  beginning  of  the  Ming  dynasty, 
ihe  government  paid  no  regard  to  rank  in  (he  employment  of  its  sub- 
jects.    Id  commencing  the  dynasty,  there  was  an  urgent  demand  for 


1641. 


ChroHologif  nj  ihc  ChittvM 
27.     The  Mini;  DynastV. 


la 


Oi 


Vo. 

• 

s 
*S 

A.D. 

Year 

of 

Cycle. 

1 

30 

1368 

66:45 

2 

5 

1398 

67 :  15 

3 

22 

1403 

67  :  20 

4 

I 

1425 

67:42 

5 

10 

1426 

67:43 

6 

21 

1436 

67:53 

7 

8 

1457 

68:  14 

8 

23 

1465 

68:22 

9 

18 

1488 

68:45 

10 

16 

1506 

69:03 

11 

45 

1522 

69:  19 

12 

6 

1567 

70:04 

13 

47 

1573 

70:10 

14 

1 

1620 

70:57 

15 

7 

1621 

• 

70:58i 

1 

16 

16 

1628 

71:05 

Colemponiry  Evenls. 


Timur  on  the  throne  of  Samarkand. 

William  Occam,  Peter  Apono,  Wiclif, 
and  Chancer  flourish. 

Henry  V.  succeeds  his  father  Henry  IV, 
1413. 

Constantinople  is  besieged  by  Amurath 
II.,  the  Turkish  emperor,  1422. 

Cosmo  de  Medici  recalled  from  banish- 
ment, and  rise  of  that  family  at  Florence, 
1434. 

Glass  first  manufactured  in  England, 
1457.  The  arts  of  engraving  and  etching 
invented,  1459. 

The  Cape  of  Goocf  Hope   discovered. 

Shillings  were  first  coined  in  England, 
1505. 

Edict  of  Worms  proscribing  Luther  and 
his  adherents,  1521.  The  pope  taken 
prisoner,  1527. 

Huguenots,  i.  e. '  the  allied  by  oath,'  first 
so  called,  1560;  massacre  of  them  at 
Paris,  1572. 

The  Turks  invade  and  ravage  Russia, 
1575. 

A  British  colony  established  in  Virginia, 
1614;  and  an  English  settlement  made  at 
Madras,  1620. 


70  :  58 1  War  commenced  by  England  against 
France  in  favor  of  distressed  French  pro- 
testants,  1627. 


talents ;  and  the  people  of  the  empire  being  roused  by  the  hope  of 
rank  and  nobility,  the  human  intellect  at  once  rose  above  mediocri- 
ty.'    At  this  time  they  had  fire^hariots,  fire  umbrellas,  d&c. 

Again  the  historian  says :  '  In  the  dd  year  of  Keatsing,  people 
came  in  foreign  vessels  to  Macao,  and  affirmed  that,  having  encoun- 
tered a  gale  of  wind,  their  ships  were  leaky:  it  was  desired,  that 
Macao,  on  the  coast,  might  be  allowed  them  to  dry  their .  goods;' 
Hence  originated  the  foreign  settlement. 


lod 


Chfotwlogy  of  the  Chinese. 


March, 


28.     ^  ^  ^  '^^  TsiNG  Chaov. 


The  Names  of  the  Sovereigns,  or  Meaou  Haou. 


Rwd  Haou. 


2  a  fa  t  M  -t  ''hwCe'"^* 

ate  Kingtfloo  Yeih 
n*      hwaDgte. 
A  Heentfloo  Seuen 
'W      hwangte. 
^  Taetaoo  Kaou 
/^v  n—  iRj  .a=k  rft      hwangte.  i 

«  ;fc  ^.  *  M  #  '^.eju^l  «*-{ 


11  ^  ^  ^ 

r^  /J>  '^  =i:a  iH     hwangte. 
12  (  The  reigning  monarch,) 


»  Shetfloo  Chang 

''•  hwangte. 
K  Shingtsoo  Jin 

•W  hwangte. 
iSS  Shetaung  Heen 

*»'      hwaugte. 

pfe  Kaoutsang  Shan 

'''     hwangte. 

jt&  Jintsung  Juy 

'M        hurnncrtA. 


N.  B.  These  were  mere 
chieftains^  withoui  no- 
Honal  titles. 


^  W  Teenming. 
A  %  Teentaung. 
^  ^  Tsungtih. 
^  t0  Shanche. .  / 

^  ^  Kanghe.   y 

jR  Yungching.^ 

^  @|  Keenlung.  .^ 

^  R  Keaking.  ^ 

jl^  7^  Taoukwang. , 


AecajittttZa/toii. 


1.  The 

2.  The 

3.  The 

4.  The 
^.    The 

6.  The 

7.  The 
a  The 
9.    The 

10.  The 

11.  The 

12.  The 

13.  ^The 

14.  iThe 

15.  iThe 

16.  iThe 


three  August  Sovereigna  reigned  81,600  years. 


&ve  Sovereigns 

Heft  dynasty 

Shang  dynasty 

Chow  dynasty 

Tsin  dynasty 

After  Tsin  dynasty 

tian  dynasty 

Eastern  Han  dynasty 

After  Han  dynasty 

Tsin  dynasty 

Eastern  Tsin  dynasty 

Northern  Sung  dynasty  reigned    59 

Tse  dynasty  reigned    23 

Leang  dynasty  reigned    55 

Chin  dynasty  reigned    32 


reigned  647  yrs.,  commencing 

reigned  439 

reigned  644 

reigned  873 

reigned      3 

reigned    44 

reigned  226 

reigned  196 

reigned    44 

reigned    52 

reigned  103 


N 


n 


«• 


n 


n 


If 


N 


I* 


n 


n 


n 


»f 


I* 


(• 


II 


I.  O. 

2205 
1766 
1122 
,'248 
246 
202 

A.  D.  25 

221 
265 
317 
420 
479 
502 
557 


1841. 


Chronology  of  the  Chinese. 


159 


28.    The  Great  Tsing  Dtnastt. 


No. 

• 

e 

1 

A.D. 

Year 

of 
Cycle. 

Cotemporary  Events. 

1 
2 
3 

N.  B.  The  reigning  family  feign  to  derive 
their  origin  from  the  sods:  it  is  believed,  however, 
that  the  nation  was  formed  of  Tongouse  tribes, 
situated  on  the  banks  of  the  Amour,  north  of 
Corea;  and  daring  comparatively  very  modem 
times. 

4 

1583 

5 

! 

1616 
1627 

• 

6 

7 
8 

18 
61 

1636 
1644 
1662 

71:21 
71  :39 

War  declared  between  the  Turks  and 
Venetians,  1645.  Charles  L,  king  of 
Cnffland,  beheaded,  1649.  Carolina  plant- 
ed  by  English  merchants,  1676. 

First  king  of  Prussia  crowned,  1701. 

9 
10 

13 
60 

1723 
1736 

72:40 
72:53 

W  ar  between  the  Ottoman  Port  and  Per- 
sia, 1730;  the  Russians  invade  Tartary, 
1338. 

11 
12 

25 

1796 
1821 

73:53 
74 :  18 

An  emigration  of  500,000  Tourgouths 
from  the  Caspian  to  China,  1771. 

17.  The 

la  The 

19.  The 

20.  The 

21.  The 

22.  The 
28.  The 

24.  The 

25.  The 

26.  The 

27.  The 

28.  The 


Suy  dynasty 
Tang  dynasty 
After  Leang  dynasty 
After  Tang  dynasty 
After  Tsin  dynasty 
After  Han  dynasty 
After  Chow  dynasty 
ISimg  dynasty 
Southern  Sung  dynasty 
Yuen  dynas'y 
Ming  dynasty 
Ta  Tsing  dynasty  has 


reigned    31  yra.,  commencing  a.  d. 

reigned  287 

reigned    16 

reigned    13 

reigned    11 

reigned      4 

reigned      0 

reigned  157 

reigned  158 

reigned    88 

reigned  276 

reigned  196 


f» 


•9 


99 


99 


9} 


99 


99 


99 


99 


99 


99 


569) 
620*^ 
907^ 
923 
986  >  0 

947! 

95U 
960  <> 
1127^ 
1280  0 
ito  o 
1644    0 


The  whole  number  of  sovereigns  in  the  foregoing  lists,  exclusive 
of  the  mythological  line,  is  243. 

The  number  of  years— excluding  the  reign  of  the  three  august 
sovereigns— is  4692,  which  gives  to  each  dynasty  a  fraction  more 
than  173  years ;  and  to  each  sovereign  a  period  of  little  more  than 
19  years. 


UK)  Nolu'ts  of  Japan,  No.    Vli,  March, 


Art.  II.     Notices  of  Japan,  No,  VI I.:  recmU  attempts  by  foreign" 

ers  to  open  relations  with  Japan ;  by  Americans ;  by  Russians ; 

and  by  EngHsh,* 

Wnsif  Christianity  was  finally  extiipated  throufrhoat  Japan,  and  the  remnant  of 
the  European  trade  committed  to  the  Dutch  factory  at  Dezima,  the  resolute  secla- 
sion  of  the  insular  empire  was  lon^  respected  and  left  undisturbed  by  other  nations. 
The  slight  attempt  made  by  the  Englkh  under  Charies  Iln  which  the  Dutch  foil- 
ed by  proclaiming  the  English  queen  to  be  a  Portuguese  princess,  can  hardly  be 
called  an  exception. 

This  abstinence  from  any  endeavors  to  transgress  the  prohibitory  laws  of  Ja- 
pan allowed  the  strong  feelings  in  which  they  originated  to  die  away ;  and  towards 
the  close  of  the  last  century,  the  continuance  of  the  system  appears  to  have 
proceeded  rather  from  indifibrenoe  to  foreign  trade  and  respect  for  existing  eus- 
toms,  than  from  hatred  or  fear.  Whilst  the  public  mind  of  Japan  remained  in  this 
'easy  state,  although  no  trade,  nor  unnecessary  interooune  with  foreignen,  was 
permitted,  foreign  ships  in  distress  for  proyisions  or  other  necessaries,  were  freely 
suffered  to  approach  the  coast,  and  their  wants  were  cheerfully  reliered.  Captain 
Broughton,t  when  exploring  the  Japanese  seas  in  the  yean  1795-6-7,  was,  perhaps, 

*  [Sereial  napers  on  foreign  intercourse  with  Japan  have  already  appeared  in 
the  pages  of  the  ^Repository;  see  Vols.  VI  and  VII.  In  this  paper,  some  things 
are  repeated  that  are  found  in  those  articles,  but  much  that  is  here  given  concern- 
ing Russian  and  American  intercourse  has  not  been  before  related,  and  we  retain 
it  in  the  series.] 

t  [  Capt.  Broughlon  published  an  account  of  bis  cruise  in  the  Japanese  waters 
in  1804,  In  a  small  quarto  of  393  pages.  Speaking  of  the  conduct  of  the  Japanese 
towards  him  and  bis  ship,  he  says;  "The  same  unreniitted  jealousy  of  foreign- 
ers seems  to  have  pervaded  every  place  in  those  seas  where  the  Providence 
touched  at;  and  although  the  desires  of  the  crew  for  wood  and  water  were  readi- 
ly complied  with,  yet  any  wish  of  exploring  the  interior  of  the  country,  or  of 
gaining  a  more  perfect  knowledge  of  its  government,  produce,  and  manners,  was 
Invariably  and  pertinaciously  resisted."  The  Providence  was  a  strongly  built 
ship  of  400  tons.  After  taking  her  departure  from  Oahu  in  1796,  she  made  a  cruise 
north  of  Nippon,  and  in  the  spring  of  the  next  year  anchored  at  Macao.  Here, 
her  enterprismg  commander  having  purohased  a  tender,  left  in  April  for  the  same 
seas,  and  on  17th  of  May,  he  was  unfortunately  wrecked  on  a  reef  at  the  north  of 
Typinsan,  ^oe  of  the  Madjicosima  (or  more  correctly  Hachi  kosima,  the  Eight 
Islets),  a  group  of  small  islands  between  Lewchew  and  Formosa.  The  tender 
now  proved  to  be  of  great  service,  and  by  the  kind  assistance  of  the  natives  of  the 
group,  who  from  his  account  are  much  like  the  Lewchewans  in  dress,  language, 
.and  appearance,  he  was  able  to  provision  her  and  return  to  Macao  in  June.  Hav- 
ing discharged  some  of  his  crew,  captain  Broughton  planned  a  continuation  of  his 
cruise  in  the  tender,  notwithstanding  she  was  only  87  tons,  and,  as  he  adds,  <*  in- 
adequate in  many  respects.  But  still  there  was  some  prospect  of  acquiring 
geographical  knowledge  of  the  Tartarean  and  Corean  coasts;  and  I  was  unwill- 
ing, even  under  the  existing  circumstances,  not  to  use  every  endeavor  to  the 
utmost  of  my  power,  that  could  tend  to  the  Improvement  of  science  by  the  ex- 
ploration of  unknown  parts."  With  these  wishes,  so  characteristic  of  British 
navigHtors,  and  seconded  by  his  officers,  he  left  for  the  Japanese  seas;  he  touched 
at  Lewchew,  Endermo  harbor  in  Yesso  or  Insu,  Matsmai,  Tsns  sima,  Chosan  in 
Corea,  and  Cluelpaert  I.;  and  returned  to  Macao  in  Nov.  1797.  The  ivolume 
contains  but  little  else  than  nautical  observations  and  remarks,  which  may  be  one 
reason  why  it  has  since  its  publication  been  so  little  s|)okeD  of  or  quoted.] 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  No,  VIL  161 


Ui0  Itoi  Engliah  nilor  who  thus  benefited  by  unBinpickras  JapaneM  hospiUlity.* 
Since  that  period,  attempts  have  been  made  and  accidents  have  happened,  the 
eflfocts  of  wliich  are  represented  by  the  Dutch  to  have  been  the  reriral  of  their 
alienation  from  foceignen  in  all  its  original  inTeteracy.  Siebold«  however,  rather 
questions  this  resttsoitation ;  and  thinks,  that  if  it  did  take  place,  the  feeling  has 
again  died  away. 

The  first  aggression  o^n  the  Japanese  prohibitory  code  was  made  by  the 
Americans,  and  originated  in  the  war  between  England  and  Holland,  daring  the 
Bobjection  of  the  latter  to  France.  It  has  already  been  intiniated,t  that  the  Dutch 
autfaoritiBs  at  Batavia,  when  they  durst  not  expose  their  own  merchantmen  to 
captore  by  British  cruisers  in  the  Indian  seas,  engaged  neutrals  to  carry  on  their 
trade  with  Japan.  The  first  NortluAmerican  ship  thus  hired  was  the  EHiza  of 
New  Yoric,  eaplain  Stewart,  m  1797;  and  her  appearance  at  once  aroused  Japan. 
wHf  snsffiffton  -X  ••. 

A  vessel,  bearing  the  Dutch  flag,  but  of  which  the  crew  spoke  English,  not 
Dutch,  was  an  anomaly  that  struck  the  Nagasaki  authorities  with  consternation. 
It  ooal  the  president  of  the  fixtory  some  trouble  to  convince  the  governor  of 
Nagasaki  that  these  English  wen  not  the  real  English,  but  English  living  in  a  dis- 
tant  country,  and  governed  by  a  difibrent  king.  All  this,  however,  even  when  belie  v. 
ed,  was  of  no  avail;  the  main  point  was,  to  prove  that  the  Americans  had  nothing 
to  do  with  the  trade,  being  only  employed  by  the  Dutch  as  carriers,  on  account  of 
the  war.'  The  governor  was  at  length  satisfied  that  the  American  was  no  inter, 
loper,  the  emplojrment  of  neutrals  being,  under  existing  ciroumstances,  unavoida. 
ble;  and  he  consented  to  consider  the  Eliza  as  a  Dutch  ship. 

^poo^iis  second  voyage,  the  folk>wing  year,  captain  Stewart  met  with  the  ac 
cident  mentioned  in  the  last  paper;  and  it  seems  not  unlikely  that  his  increased 
inlsRMNirse  with  the  Japanese,  during  the  attempts  to  raise  his  ship  and  her  repain, 
gave  birth  to  his  project  of  establishing  a  connection  with  them,  independent  of 
his  ei'jpbyeis,  the  Dutch.  His  scheme  and  his  measures  do  not,  however, -very 
distinctly  appear  in  Doeflfs  narrative,  either  because  the  Dutch  fuUfey  president 
is  perplexed  by  his  eagerness  to  identify  them  with  Engtish*  incioechment,  or 
beeanse  the  successful  foiling  of  captain  Stewart's  hopes  prevented  the  clear 
deveiopment  of  his  intended  proceedings. 

When  repaiied  sad  reloaded,  the  Elisa  sailed,  but  was  dismasted  in  a  storm, 
and'ietamed  again  to  refit.  All  this  occasioned  such  delay,  that  the  American 
Bubatitnte  for  the  Dutchman  of  1799  arrived,  and  had  nearly  completed  her  load, 
mg  for  Batavia,  when  captain  Stewart  was  at  length  ready  to  prosecute  the  voyage 
thai  shoold  have  been  completed  in  the  preceding  year,  1798.  For  his  consort 
he  ebstinateiy  refused  to  wait,  and  sailed  eariy  in  November,  1799.  The  follow, 
ing  year  capt.  Stewart  again  made  his  appearance,  bat  in  a  dififerant  vessel  and 
andsr  a  different  character.    He  had  still  not  reached  Batavia,  and  told  a  piteous 


*  [So  for  as  merelv  supplying  the  necessary  wants  of  distressed  mariners  who 
may  be  wrecked  on  their  imores,  we  are  inclined  to  think  the  Japanese  are  as  kind 
now  ee  they  have  ever  been ;  that  is,  they  would  feed  and  clothe  such  persons,  and 
get  them  sent  out  of  the  country  as  soon  as  possible.  When  the  Morrison  was  at 
Satsoma,  the  Japanese  on  board  were  told  that  three  sailon  foom  a  foreign  ship 
had  some  yean  before  been  sent  to  Nagasaki.  CapL  Gordon  in  the  Brothen  (see 
Chi.  Rep.,  Vol.  VIL;  page  589)  was  not  treated  at  all  inhospiUbly.1 

t  No.  VI.  page  88.  t  Doeff. 


VOL.    X.    NO.    111.  21 


\^ 


Xnii€t$  ^  Japan,  No.   VIL  AlAJUcifi 


^^^  .s  >  «Ht^M>«,<  vM  tW  loM  of  hk  own  all,  m  well  it  of  his  whole  Ddtefa  cwgo, 
>i^>u^  %*^  •^*«'  tM^vMif  Wen  kindly  enabled  by  a  friend  at  Manila  to  boy  and' 
t.v^ak    i»w  H4t«  'M  whieh  ho  was  noi^oome  for  the  porpose  of  discfaaiiging,  by  the 
••4.M    i  Xi  o<<aa^  hMown  propeity,  his  debt  to  the  Duteh  factory,  inenmdon 
.*,vvv<4ii  -4  i*w  biiiaa*a  lepaiia. 

twL  tu  Uw  atu»rvaU  an  able  and  ener^tic  president  had  succeeded  io  a  very 
'Uv^Uvit/ui  ou««  Uoer  Wardenaar  saw,  in  this  visit  of  the  American,  an  inaidioos 
AUvo^i'i  w  ^Aiu  a  oonnneroial  footing,  for  himself  indtvidnally,  if  not  for  his  ooim- 
(4,) ,  «vi  N^gASiJu :  and  his  suspicions  of  the  Teimcity  of  CapL  Stewart's  story  were 
lu'  Uavi  Av^Akoiwd  by  the  recognition  in  the  Manila  brig  of  some  irtides  that  had 
Ih  ivu^^vU  la  Uu»  £liia,  ftom  the  wreck  of  which  it  was  avened  that  nothmg  what- 
VS04  \UksX  bvott  saved.  He  took  his  measures  accordingly.  He  caused  captain 
>tiv^v4it'«  ^^argo  10  be  sold  in  the  usual  manner,  and  his  debts  to  be  paid  from  the 
(ii^H  vvUiti  but  he  procured  no  return  caigo  for  the  brig,  and  sent  the  captain  in 
lUa  Uutdi  Hhips  of  that  year  to  Batavia,  to  be  there  tried  for  the  loss  of  the 
fc^ltA^'n  cargo. 

t'«uiUug  the  investigation  of  his  conduct  at  Batavia,  CapL  Stewart  made  his 
(^Mi-Apo  trimt  the  Dutch  settlement,  and  for  a  year  or  two  was  not  heard  of.  But 
.;:  Iti03,  he  again  appeared  in  Nagasaki  bay,  this  time  more  openly  declaring  liis 
^iurpMM).  Ho  now  presented  himself  under  the  American  flag,  brought  a  cargo, 
iivtmttdiy  American  property,  fiom  Bengal  and  Canton,  and  solicited  pennisaon 
Ui  lrade«  as  alio  to  supply  himself  with  Iresh  water  and  with  oiL  The  first  request 
wa«  piMiUvely  revised,  the  second  granted;  and  when  his  wants  were  gratuitoosly 
»i4(i)ilied,  he  was  compelled  to  depart.  Captain  Stewart  now  gave  up  his  interloping 
MtiUttUM  as  hopeless;  he  returned  no  more,  and  the  only  Ameiican  ship  subsequent. 
ly  witniionsd  is  one  in  1807,  which  professedly  in  distress  between  Canton  and 
iho  western  coast  of  America,  prayed  for  wood  and  water,  with  which,  at  Doeff's 
suitoitatioiii  she  was  supplied,  and,  as  CapL  Stewart  had  been,  gratuitoosly. 
Wksiher  she  was  really  in  distress,  or  was  thus  prevented  from  endeavoring  to 
trad««  tlio  factory  did  not  ascertain. 

One  very  recent  attempt  of  a  mixed  commercial  and  ■usskmary  chancter  has, 
iMiWdver,  been  made  by  American  merchants  from  Macao.  A  vessel,  with  a  mis- 
Miunary  at  once  clerical  and  medical,  and  that  able  oriental  linguist,  the  Rev.  C. 
iiutslaif,  sailed  ftom  Macao  m  July,  1887,  professedly  to  cany  home  some  ship- 
wrsoksd  Japanese  sailon.  She  steered  for  the  bay  of  Yedo,  and  after  a  short  inter- 
cuurse  with  boats  which  the  misskmariee  thought  promising,  the  ship  was  fired  upon. 
Mtis  made  her  escape  to  sea,  and  next  anohorsd  m  the  bay  of  Kagosima,  m  the 
prinotpftUty  of  Batsuma,  where  she  experienced  a  precisely  similar  repulse.  And 
nuwt  indignant  at  what  the  reverend  physician.  Dr.  Parker  in  his  Narrative, 
(laila  the  treachery  of  the  Japanese,  the  missMnaiy  adventuren  determined  to 
rvtum  In  Macao,  without  visiting  the  only  port^-to  wit,  Nagasaki — ^n^iere  they 
had  i  chance  of  being  permitted  even  Io  land  their  Japaneee  pnteg6».  Whether 
thia  blunder  or  omission  were  the  Qonaequenoe  of  ignomnce,  or  of  their  ascribing 
Ut  Dutch  Intrigue  the  uniform  repulse  of  all  their  predeceesors,  doee  not  appear. 
The  shipwrecked  JapanoM  accompanied  them  back  to  Macao. 

'riie  neit  foreign  attempts  to  be  noticed  were  mkde  by  the  Russians ;  and  it 
iiliiiiNit  look*  ai  If  liiey  had  ones  a  chance  of  success.  But  if  it  were  so,  the  op. 
piiriMniiy  wai  net  miiai>iI  by  lite  (orolmiki  and  it  never  recurred,    * 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  No.    VIL  163 

During  the  reign  of  Catherine  II.,  a  Japanese  veeael  was  wrecked  on  the  coast 
of  Siberia,  and  the  empress  ordered  such  of  the  crew  as  had  been  saved  to  be  con. 
veyed  home.  A  Russian  ship  accordingly  landed  the  rescued  Japanese  at  Matamai 
in  1793,  and  the  captain,  Adam  Lazmann,  made  overtures  respecting  trade.  He 
was  formally  thanked  for  bringing  home  the  shipwrecked  sailors,  and  permitted  to 
repair  to  Nagasaki,  there  to  negotiate  with  the  proper  authorities  upon  his  com- 
mereial  propositions.  He  was  further  informed  that  at  Nagasaki  alone  could  fo. 
reigners  be  admitted,  and  if  the  Russians  ever  again  landed  olsewherei  even  to 
bring  home  shipwrecked  Japanese,  they  would  be  made  prisoners. 

Capt.  Lazmann  did  not  go  to  Nagasaki,  and  the  attention  of  the  empress  being 
probably  withdrawn  from  so  small  a  matter  as  trade  with  Japan  by  the  engrossing 
character  of  European  politics  at  that  moment,  the  opening  was  neglected.  It 
must  be  stated,  however,  that  Dr.  Von  Siebold  doubts  of  there  having  been  any 
real  opening.  He  ascribes  the  implied  possibility  of  the  Russian  overtures  for 
trade  being  entertained  at  Nagasaki,  to  the  prince  of  Matsmai,  or  his  secretary, 
feeling  that  the  town  was  in  no  condition  to  sustain  a  conflict  with  a  maa4>f.war, 
and  being  consequently  anxious  to  get  amicably  rid  of  the  Russian  visitor. 

In  1804,  exertions  were  made  to  repair  this  omission.  A  Russian  maa4>f.war 
appeared  in  Nagasaki  bay,  conveying  count  ResanoiT,  ambassador  from  the  czar 
to  the  sio^otifi,  and  empowered  to  negotiate  a  treaty  of  friendship  and  commerce 
between  Russia  and  Japan,.  Tlie  count  brought  with  him  official  Dutch  recom. 
mendations  to  the  president  of  the  factory,  who  had  previously  received  advices 
upon  the  subject  of  the  embassy,  and  recommendations  from  Batavia.  These 
Heer  Doeff  had  communicated  to  the  governor,  so  that  the  constituted  authorities 
of  Nagasaki  were  not  altogether  unprepared  for  the  embassador's  arrival. 

It  was  on  the  7th  of  October  *  that  the  Russian  vessel  was  reported  to  be  off  the 
mouth  of  the  bay.  The  usual  commission  was  sent  out  to  visit  her  and  roceive 
her  arms  in  deposit ;  and  upon  this  occasion,  in  compliment  to  the  embassador, 
the  president  was  requested  to  accompany  the  deputation  in  person.  Even  at  this 
first  meeting  the  dissensions  between  the  Russian  and  Japanese  dignitaries  began. 
The  commissionerB,  regarding  themselves  as  the  representatives  of  the  nogoun^ 
required,  as  usual,  that  the  marks  of  rapeot  due  to  his  person  should  be  paid  to 
themselves;  whilst  the  embassador  deemed  it  inconsistent  with  either  his  indi. 
vidual  or  his  official  rank  to  humble  himself  befora  the  deputies  of  a  provincial 
govemor.t  The  next  dispute  related  to  the-  arms,  which  Resanoff  positively  re- 
fused  to  surrender,  this  quarrel  turning,  like  the  former,  upon  the  point  of  honor, 

•  Doeff. 

t  Upon  the  subject  of  this  representation  of  the  8ioffoun*s  person,  a  difficulty 
that  occurred  with  the  Coreans,  and  was  settled  during  &oeff*s  presidentship,  may 
be  mentioned.  The  king  of  Corea  sends  an  embassy  to  pay  a  sort  of  homage  to 
every  new  tiogoun  upon  his  accession.  They  formerly  repaired  to  Yedo  for  that 
purpose,  but  upon  the  accession  of  Ibe  present  monarch,  the  Cqrean  embassy  was 
refused  permission  to  visit  the  capital,  and  required  to  do  homage  to  the  prince  of 
Tsu-sima,  the  immediate  superior  of  Corea,  who  has  a  garrison  upon  the  peninsula. 
This;  the  Corean  refused  as  a  degradation,  claimmg  admission  at  Yedo ;  and  the 
dispute  remained  for  years  unsettled,  the  homage  unpaid.  At  length,  the  prince 
of  kokura,  grand  treasurer  of  Japan,  and  the  grand  accountant  (probable  the  Japa. 
nese  chancellor  of  the  exchequer),  were  sent  as  representatives  of  the  tiogoun,  to 
Tsu^ma,  to  receive  the  Corean  homage ;  and  to  this  representation  of  majesty 
the  embassy  were  content  to  pay  it.  The  deputation  from  Yedo  visited  Doeff  at 
Pczima  upon  their  return  to  court. 


164  Notices  of  Japan^  No,    VII.  March, 

not  of  sftfety,  m  he  readily  eoflfered  the  ammunition  to  be  landed  and  held  by  the 
Japanese. 

President  Doeff  aven,  that  it  was  solely  owin^  to  his  good  offices  and  personal 
infloence  with  the  governor,  that  the  ship,  thus  imperfectly  disarmed,  was  permit, 
ted  to  enter  the  harbor,  and  take  up  a  secure  anchorage,  there  to  await  the  answer 
from  Yedo,  not  as  to  the  future  opening  of  negotiations,  but  as  to  the  present 
ceremonial.  This  single  evening  the  Dutchmen  were  indulged  in  spending  cheer, 
fully  in  European  society.  But  the  next  day  a  suspicion  seems  to  have  arisen  of 
possible  confederacy  between  the  two  sets  of  foreigners,  iiowever  manifestly  op. 
posed  their  interests,  and  they  were  never  again  allowed  to  exchange  a  word. 
They  contrived,  however,  to  correspond  in  French,  throufrh  the  medium  of  the 
interpretara,  always,  ready  apparently  to  favor  the  violation  of  the  rigid  code : 
the  way,  indeed,  in  which  excessive  rigidity  is  in  most  eases  usefully  though 
illegally  compensated. 

The  jtelousy  of  combination  between  the  Dutch  and  Russians  went  so  fkr,  that 
the  annual  ship,  this  year  really  Dutch,  and  then  in  course  of  loading,  was  remov- 
ed  from  her  wonted  berth  to  a  distant  station,  and  when  she  set  sail,  the  captain 
and  crew  were  forbidden  to  answer  the  kindly  greetings  and  farewell  of  the  Rus- 
sians.  Tlie  Dutch  captain  durst  only  wave  his  hat  in  replyi  and  this  want  of 
politeness  seems  to  have  given  great  offense  to  the  courteous  Muscovites,  who 
imputed  it  to  mercantile  ill-will. 

Meanwhile,  the  Russian  embassador  earnestly  soUcted  permission  to  land,  and 
Capt.  Krusenstem,  the  commander  of  the  ship,  as  earnestly  desired  leave  to  repair 
his  vessel.  These  requests,  being  contrary  to  law,  required  a  reference  to  Yedo. 
But  Nagasaki  now  witnessed  an  unprecedented  phenomenon— the  simultaneous 
presence  of  the  two  governors :  the  relief  governor  having  arrived,  and  the  reliev. 
ed  governor  fearing  to  depart  at  so  critical  an  emergency.  Whilst  awaiting-  the 
orders  from  Yedo,  the  colleagues  deliberated.  They  inquired  whether  the  Dutch 
factory  could  accommodate  the  embassy  at  Dezima,  which  Doefi^  though  straiten, 
ed  for  room  in  consequence  of  a  recent  fire,  agreed  to  do.  But  the  proposal  was 
not  repeated,  and  the  governors  next  talked  of  giving  the  Russians  the  use  of  -a 
temple.  This  idea  likewise  was  abandoned,  and  finally  a  fish  warehouse,  over 
against  Dezima,  but  at  the  further  extremity  of  Nagasaki,  was  selected  for  the 
residence  of  the  Russian  embassy.  It  was  accordingly  cleared  out,  eleaaed,  and 
prepared,  for  their  reception,  by  inclosing  it  with  palisades,  to  prevent  external 
communication.  These  preliminary  arrangements  being  completed,  count  Re- 
sanoff  was,  about  the  middle  of  December,  installed  with  his  suite  in  this  strange 
hotel  d'amboMode^  where  the  Russian  soldiers  mounted  guard  with  unloaded  mus. 
kets.  It  is  said  that  the  court  of  Yedo  decidedly  disapproved  of  this  ungentle- 
manlike  treatment,  in  minor  points,  of  the  rejected  European  embassy.  A  former 
siogoun  had,  indeed,  beheaded  a  Portuguese  embassy,  leaving  only  enough  sur. 
vivors  to  carry  home  the  report  of  their  reception,  but  he  had  not  degraded  or 
insulted  them. 

All  these  delays,  difficulties,  and  annoyances,  which  Doeff  ascribes  to  Resanoff*s 
refusal  to  give  up  his  gruns  and  perform  the  kotow^  were  unputed  by  the  Russians 
to  Dutch  influence  and  misrepresentation.  This  question  requires  no  investiga. 
tion ;  of  course,  the  Dutch  did  not  wish  the  Russian  mission  success,  but  under, 
hand  efforu  were  scarcely  wanted  to  insure  its  failure.    Tlie  affair  was,  however. 


1841.  Xutices  of  Japan,  i\o.    VII.  I(i5 

deemed  important  cvnn  at  Yedo,  as  thifl  is  said  to  have  been  one  uf  the  very  f<>w 
occasionB  upon  which  the  aiogoun*  consulted  the  mikado ;  probably  wishing  for 
his  sanction  of  a  refusal  that  mif^ht  lead  to  war. 

Towards  the  end  of  March,  a  commissioner,  who  appears  to  have  been  a  spy  of 
the-higrher  grade,  arriyed  from  Yedo  with  the  answer  of  the  9iogoun^  and  the 
Russian  embassador  was  invited  to  an  audience,  at  which  he  should  hear  it  read. 
The  governor  requested  DoeiT  to  lend  his  own  norimono  for  the  conveyance  of  the 
embassador  from  his  warehouse-lodging  to  the  govemment-house.  The  other  pre. 
parations  made  were  directed  solely  towards  preventing  the  European  intruder 
from  acquiring  any  knowledge  of  Nagasaki  or  its  inhabitants.  The  shutters  of 
the  windows  of  all  the  houses  in  the  streets  through  which  he  was  to  pass  were 
ordered  to  be  closed ;  the  ends  of  all  the  streets  abutting  upon  those  streets  to  be 
boarded  up,  and  every  inhabitant,  not  called  by  official  duty  to  the  processien  or 
the  audience,  was  commanded  to  remain  at  home. 

A  pleasure-boat  of  the  prince  of  Fizen's  conveyed  the  Russian  embassy  aemas 
the  bay  to  the  landing-place,  where  the  Dutch  presidenfs  sedan  awaited  the 
embassador;  a  solitary  acknowledgment  of  rank,  as  his  whole  suite  followed  on 
foot.  The  next  day  a  second  audience  was  granted,  and  in  consequence  of  a 
heavy  rain,  cago  were  provided  for  the  Russian  officers.  The  answer  was  a 
decided  refusal,  and  DoeiF  was  requested  to  assist  the 'interpreters  in  translating 
the  Japanese  official  document  into  Dutch.  He  observed  that  the  Russians  pro- 
bably  did  not  understand  this  language,  and  offered  to  make  a  French  versbn  of 
the  paper.  But  the  Japanese,  knowing  nothing  of  French,  could  not  have  judged 
whether  a  translation  into  that  language  was  correct;  a  point  far  more  unportant 
in  their  eyes,  than  such  a  trifle  as  the  answer  being  intelligible  or  not  to  those  to 
whom  it  wss  addressed. 

But  though  the  object  of  the  negotiation  was  peremptorily  rejected,  the  negotia. 
tion  itself  was  not  yet  over.  The  9iogoun  had  rejected  the  presents  ofiered  him 
from  the  czar,  whereupon  count  Resanoff  naturally  declined  accepting  the  Japan, 
ese  presents  sent  for  himself.  This  was  a  point  of  vital  importance  to  the  go. 
vemor  of  Nagasaki  individually ;  he  had  been  ordered  to  make  the  embassador 
acoept  these  presents,  and  a  failure  would  have  left  him  no  alternative ;  he  must 
.have  ripped  himself  up,  imitated,  most  likely,  by  a  reasonable  proportion  of  his 
subordinate  officen.  By  dint  of  intreaty,  the  interpreters,  who  had  by  this  time 
picked  up  a  little  Russian,  prevailed  upon  Resanoff  to  acoept  something ;  and  in. 
deed  if  they,  or  Doeff  by  letter,  explained  to  him  the  inevitable  consequence  of  his 
pertinacious  refusal,  a  man  of  common  good-nature  could  not  bat  yield. 

The  Japanese,  according  to  custom  upon  occasioa  of  rejecting  overtures,  deftay. 
ed  the  expenses  of  the  Russians  at  Nagasaki,  and  gratuitously  supplied  the  ship 
with  necessaiies  at  her  departure.  The  bitter  reciprocal  accusations  between  the 
baffled  Russian  diplomatist  and  the  Dutch  president  are  irrevelant  to  our  object; 
the  more  so,  perhaps,  that  Resanoff  did  not  live  to  hear  Doeff*s  charges  against 
himself,  or  even  to  give  an  account  of  his  mission.  *  But  short  as  was  the  remain, 
der  of  iiis  life,  it  allowed  himt  time  to  take  measures  for  the  gratifloation  of  his 
own  anger  at  his  treatment  at  Nagasaki,  which  must  have  determined  for  a  long 
time,  if  not  permanently,  the  exclusion  of  his  countrymen  from  any  interoourse 
with  Japan. 

»  Fischer. 


H5C  yoiires  of  Japan,  No.    VTl.  March, 

Instii^atcd  by  these  vindictive  feelings,  he  appears  to  have  resolved  upon  mak. 
injET  Japan  feel  the  wrath  of  Russia.  For  this  purpose,  during  his  stay  in  Siberia  or 
Kamtschatka,  he  directed  two  ofHcora  of  the  Russian  navy,  named  Chwostoff  and 
Davidoff,  then  temporarily  commanding  merchant-vessels  trading  between  the 
eastern  coaat  of  the  Russian  dominions  in  Asia  and  the  western  coast  of  North 
America,  to  eifect  a  hostile  landing  upon  the  most  northern  Japanese  islands,  or 
their  dependencies. 

It  must  here  be  stated  that,  before  this  period,  the  Russians  had  gradually 
possessed  themselves  of  the  northern  Kurile  islands,  the  whole  Kurile  archipelago 
having  for  centuries  been  esteemed  a  dependency  of  the  Japanese  empire,  and 
more  immediately  of  the  prince  of  Matamai.  Whether  this  loss  of  a  few  islands 
in  a  rude  and  savge  state  were  even  known  at  Yedo,  the  Dutch  factory  were  of 
cotusft'Ognorant ;  and  it  soems  not  unlikely  that  the  prince  and  his  secretary-mas- 
ters,  if  they  could  secure  themselves  against  spies,  would  deem  it  expedient  to 
conceal  a  disaster  rather  disgraceful  than  otherwise  important. 

It  was  upon  SagaUen,  one  of  the  southern  Kuriles,  still  belonging- to  Japan, 
thai  Chwostoff  and  Davidoff,  according  to  Resanoff*s  orders,  landed  in  the  year 
1806.  This  being  the  most  unguarded  part  of  the  empire,  they  were  able,  unop. 
posed,  to  plunder  several  villages,  commit  great  ravages,  and  carry  off  many  of 
the  natives.  On  reftmbarking,  they  left  behind  them  papers  in  the  Russian  and 
French  languages,  announcing  that  this  was  done  to  teach  the  Japanese  to  dread 
the  power  of  Russia,  and  to  show  them  the  folly  of  which  they  had  been  guilty, 
in  rejecting  count  Resanoff*s  friendly  overtures. 

The  Japanese  government,  provincial  and  supreme,  was  utterly  confounded  at 
tliia  whole  transaction.  The  governor  of  Nagasaki,  evidently  by  orders  from  on 
high,  repeatedly  asked  the  Dutch  president's  opinion  of  its  object ;  and  the  French 
papers  were  sent  to  the  factory  with  a  request  that  Doeff  would  translate  them. 
Some  of  the  interpreters  had  gained  sufficient  Russian  during  the  six  months' 
detention  of  the  embassy  to  make  a  sort  of  translation  of  the  Russian  copy ;  and 
thus,  by  comparing-  the  two  versions,  the  council  of  state  would  be  enabled  to 
judge  of  the  fideUty,  as  to  matter  and  spirit,  of  Doeff's. 

The  only  immediate  result  of  this  really  wanton  outrage,  was  the  degradation 
of  the  prince  of  Matsmai.  He  was  judged  incapable  of  protecting  his  subjects  or 
defending  his  dominions;  for  which  reasons,  the  principality  of  Matsmai  was 
converted  into  an  imperial  province,  and,  with  its  dependencies,  Yezo  and  the 
Kuriles,  thenceforth  committed  to  an  imperial  governor. 

Four  years  later,  Capt.  Golownin  was  sent  in  a  frigate  to  explore  the  Japanese 
seas,  and  especially  the  portion  of  the  Kurile  archipelago  still  belonging  to  Japan. 
In  the  ooune  of  a  voyage  of  discovery  so  likely  to  offend  the^feelings  of  the  Japan, 
ese,  some  of  Grolownin's  crew  indiscreetly  landed  upon  the  Kurile  island  Eeterpoo 
.—or,  according  to  Siebold's  orthography,  Jetorop— near  a  fortress,  and  they  were 
in  danger  of  being  taken;  but  Golownin  persuaded  the  commandant  that  the  hos. 
tile  incursion  of  Chwostoff  and  Davidoff  had  been  a  sheer  act  of  piracy  on  their 
part,  for  which  they  had  been  punished— they  had  been  imprisoned,  but  suffered 
to  escape,  and  as  far  as  appears,  not  dismissed  the  service— and  that  he  himself 
had  only  approached  the  coast  because  in  want  of  wood  and  water.  A  Kurile 
who  spoke  Russ,  and  a  Japanese  who  spoke  the  Kurile  tongue,  were  Golownin's 
usual   media  of  conversation.    The  commandant  was  satisfied,  treated  Golownin 


1841.  Nolkc.<  of  Japan,  No,   VIL  1 07 

bovpitably,  and  gave  hiin  a  letter  to  tile  commandant  of  anotlier  Jeloitjp  fortress, 
where,  the  anchorage  being  aafer,  Jvood  and  water  might  be  more  easily  0hipped. 

Golownin  made  no  use  of  thid  friendly  introduction,  but  continued  for  weeks  to 
sail  about  amongst  the  islanda,  exploring,  according  to  hid  instructions.  When  at 
length  the  wants  he  had  prematurely  alleged  really  pressed,  he  did  not  seek  the 
Jetorop  harbor  recommended  to  him,  btit  cast  anchor  in  a  bay  of  another  yet 
more  southern  Korile  island,  Kunashir*  Here  a  similar  misunderstanding  occur, 
red  with  the  commandant  of  an  adjoining  fortress,  but  was  not  so  happily  got  over. 
The  Japanese  officer  merely  affected  to  be  satisfied  till  he  had  lulled  Golownin  in. 
to  security ;  and  then,  upon  his  landing  without  his  usual  precautions,  surprised 
overpowered,  and  made  prisonors  of  him,  his  officers,  and  his  boat's  crew. 

Tlie  mixture  of  cruelty  and  kindness  that  marked  their  treatment  astonished 
the  Russians,  -but  is  easily  intelligible  to  those  who  have  made  acquaintance  with 
the  Japanese  character.  Tlie  cruelty  was  deemed  essential  to  their  safe  custody, 
and  any  torture  contributing  to  such  an  object  would  be  unhesitatingly,  as  relent, 
lessly,  inflicted.  The  kindness  was  the  genuine  of&pring  of  Japanese  good.natnre, 
ever  piompt  to  confer  favors,  grant  indulgences,  and  give  pleasure,  even  at  the 
cost  of  some  personal  inconvenience. 

Tlius  the  Russians  were  bound  all  over  with  small  cords  so  tightly,  as  to  render 
them  perfectly  helpless,  aa  to  induce  the  necessity  of  their  meat  and  drink  being 
put  into  their  mouths :  whilst  their  legs  were  allowed  just  sufficient  liberty  to 
enable  them  to  walk.  The  ends  of  each  man's  cord  were  held  by  a  soldier ;  and 
in  this  state  they  were  driven  over  land  or  piled  upon  one  another  in  boats,  when 
they  were  to  cross  the  sea.  Their  complaints  that  the  cords  cut  into  their  flesh 
were  totally  disregarded,  and  tliough  the  wounds  were  carefully  dressed  every 
night,  the  cords  were  neither  removed  nor  slackened ;  but  their  guards,  who 
tmderwent  more  fatigue  than  themselves,  were  always  ready  to  carry  them  when 
tired,  and  seemed  to  grant  with  pleasure  the  frequent  requests  of  the  compas- 
sionate  villagere  of  both  sexes  upon  their  road,  to  be  permitted  to  give  the  prison, 
ers  a  good  meal :  when  the  given  stood  around,  and  feeding  them  like  infants, 
seemed  to  enjoy  the  refreshment  they  aflbrded.  The  Russians  were  moreover 
constantly  assured  that  they  were  only  bound  aa  Japanese  prisoners  of  their  rank 
would  be. 

They  were  finally  conveyed  to  Matsmai,  and  there  kept  in  prison.  After  a  while, 
a  good  house  was  perpared  for  their  accommodation,  where  they  could  be  guarded 
with  less  annoyance  to  themselves.  The  use  they  made  of  this  indulgence  waa 
to  attempt  an  escape,  which  of  course  led  to  their  being  again  committed  to  the 
surer  custody  of  a  prison.  The  continued  friendship  of  the  governor  after  this  eva. 
sion,  the  success  of  which  must  have  compelled  him  to  the  hara-kiri  operation^ 
and  they  were  not  retaken  for  some  days — is  a  lively  example  of  the  good  disposi. 
tion  of  the  Japanese.  So  is  the  behavior  of  one  of  their  guards,  who,  though 
degraded  from  a  soldier  to  a  prison  servant,  because  on  duty  at  the  time  of  their 
flight,  exerted  liimself  unremittingly  to  procure  them  comforts.  The  great  topics 
of  Golownin's  complaints  in  prison,  where  he  and  his  companions  were  inmiediate. 
\j  unbound,  are  want  of  food  and  troublesome  que8tu>nB;  but  this  simply  means, 
that  the  abstemious.  Japanese  could  not  even  conceive  tlic  appetite  of  a  Russian 
sailor,  and  that  tlie  Europeans  were  above  answering  questions  which,  under 
reversed  circumstances,  thvy  woidd  gladly  have  put. 


U)H  iXotices  of  Japan,  No.    VtL  MaRcii* 

The  Japanoee  government  endeavored  to  profit  by  the  captivity  ol  the  RusBtans, 
both  to  instruct  and  improve  the  interpreters  in  that  iangoage,  and  to  acquire 
aatronomical  science,  of  which  they  hoped  to  learn  more  from  naval  officers  than 
from  merchants.  Amongst  the  learned  men  sent  from  Yedo  for  this  purpose  was 
Doeff's  friend,  the  astronomer  Takahaso  Sampai,  who  was  likewise,  according  to 
the  opperhoofd,  a  commissioner  apix>inted  to  act  with  the  governor  of  Matsmai. 
As  Golownin,  who  calls  him  Tesk6^  and  speaks  of  him  with  affection,  seems 
unconscious  of  this  branch  of  his  mission,  it  may  be  suspected  that  even  the 
philosopher  upon  that  occasion  played  the  part  of  metmke,  or  spy. 

Nearly  two  years  from  the  seisure  of  Golownin  elpased  ere  such  a  disavowal 
of  Chwostoff  and  Davidoff  was  obtained  fronr  competent  Russian  authority,  as 
would  satisfy  the  court  at  Yedo.  When  the  disavowals  and  explanations  were 
at  lengtli  admittedt  and  the  prisoners  allowed  to  retaibark  in  Golownin's  own 
shipi  which  had  carried  on  the  negotiation  between  the  two  empires,  the  cordial 
joy  and  sympathy  of  the  Russians'  Japanese  friends  are  described  as  really 
affecting*  Golownin,  upon  his  departure,  was  charged  with  a  written  document, 
warning  the  Russians  against  further  seeking  an  impossibility,  such  as  permission 
to  trade  with  Japan.  The  warning  seems  to  have  been  respected,  as  no  subse. 
qiient  attempts  with  or  upon  the  southern  Kuriles  are  mentioned. 

The  English  attempts  at  opening  a  commercial  intercourse  with  Japan  are  the 
next  and  last  to  be  narrated.  The  first  of  these  was  too  slight  to  give  offense, 
and  may  be  briefly  dispatched.  Soon  after  CapL  Stewart's  last  visit  to  Nagasaki, 
another  strange  vessel  was  reported  to  be  off  the  bay.  She  was  visited  by  the 
accustomed  Japanese  and  Dutch  deputation,  and  announced  herself  as  a  British 
merohantuian  firom  Calcutta,  sent  thither  to  endeavor  to  open  a  commercial 
intercourse  between  India  and  Japan.  The  cross  was  *  omitted  in  her  flag,  in 
compliment  to  the  prejudices  of  the  latter  nation.  The  captain's  request  for  leave 
to  trade  was  refused,  and  the  ship  ordered  away. 

The  next  British  vessel  that  visited  Japan  was  the  Phtston.  Her  intrusion 
into  the  bay  of  Nagasaki,  as  has  been  explained,  had  no  connexion  with  views 
of  traffic ;  but  its  unfortunate  result  left  u  hatred  of  the  English  name  rankling  in 
the  hearts  of  the  Japanese,  very  unpiopitious  to  subsequent  amicable  or  mer. 
cantile  relations.  Various  additional  measures  of  precaution  were  ordered,  of  which 
the  demand  of  hostages  from  every  strange  sail  prior  to  her  entering  the  bay,  as 
mentioned  by  Siebold,  is  one. 

The  British  merchants  made  no  second  efibrt  to  trade  with  Japan ;  but  in  the 
year  1811,  Batavia  was  attacked  by  an  English  armament,  and  governor  Jansens 
capitulated  for  Java  and  all  its  dependencies.  One  of  these  dependencies  the 
factory  at  Dezima  undoubtedly  was,  the  president,  as  well  as  the  inferior  officers 
and  members,  having  alwa3rs  been  appointed  and  sent  thither  by  the  governor  of 
Batavia  for  the  time  being,  with  whom  the  opperhoofd  corresponded,  and  to  whose 
authority  he  was  alwajTs  subject.  The  English  governor  of  Java,  sir  Stamford 
Raffles,  naturally  considered  the;  Japanese  factory  as  part  of  his  government,  and 
in  the  year  1813,  proceedod  to  enforce  his  authority  in  that  quarter,  and  thus  effect 
the  transfer  of  the  factory  and  the  trade  to  England.  The  measures  he  took  for 
this  purpose  were  the  quietest  possible ;  he  dispatched  two  ships,  as  the  annual 
iraders,  having  on  board  a  new  Dutch  opperhoofd — now  British  by  allegiance — 
ilcer   Cassa,  to  relieve   president  Doeff,  who  had  already  held  his  offtce  more 


184  L  yoiicfs  of  Japan,  No,   VIL  16» 

then  double  the  unuai  time,  and  two  cummimioncii»— one  Dutch,  DooiF'i  pro- 
deceseor  and  patron,  Wardenaar ;  the  other  English,  Dr.  Ainalie— to  examine  and 
settle  the  affiun  of  the  factory. 

To  tha  Japaneee,  these  ships  upon  being  visited  appeared  simply  two  more 
Americana,  hired  by  the  Dutch ;  and  although  to  the  factory  deputation  there 
seemed  a  something  mysterious  about  them,  it  was  not  till  Wardonaar  landed  and 
explained  to  the  president  and  the  warehouae-maater  that  Holland  was  no  morei, 
the  European  provinces  being  incorporated  with  France,  and  the  foreign  coloniear 
surrendered  to  England,  that  the  state  of  the  case  was  understood.  Neither,  in. 
deed,  was  it  properly  understood  then,  for  the  first  of  the  facts  stated  Heer  Doeff 
refused  to  believe,  and  consequently  to  acknowledge  English  authority. 

The  question  between  sir  Stamford  Raffles  and  Heer  Doeff|  who  was  assuredly 
bound  by  the  act  of  his  superior,  governor  Jansens,  is  perhaps  somewhat  com- 
plicated  by  the  English  governor,  like  the  Russian  embassador,  not  having  lived 
to  know  the  charges  brought  against  him.  It  is  one  not  to  be  investigated  without 
the  examination  of  official  documents,  and  even  then  the  discussion  would  be  mis. 
placed  here,  being  irrelevant  to  the  peculiarities  and  nationality  of  the  Japanese. 
It  may  suffice  to  point  out  the  improbability  of  Heer  Doeff's  statement,  that  not 
only  no  proofs  were  given  him  of  the  facts  alleged,  but  that  none  were  even  sent 
^he  following  year,  although  he  had  grounded  his  disobedience  upon  the  want  of 
such  proofs— even  of  European  newspapers. 

Be  this  as  it  may,  Heer  Doeff  resolved  to  remain  opperhoofdy  keeping  the 
factory  Dutch,  and  the  trade  in  his  own  hands.  The  animosity  againat  the  Eng. 
lish,  originating  in  the  suicides  occasioned  by  the  adventure  of  the  PhsBton,  placed 
power  in  his  hands,  and  he  used  it  skillfully  for  his  own  purposes.  He  was  obliged, 
however,  to  seek  the  aid  of  the  interproters,  as  in  all  underhand  proceeding's. 

Heer  Doeff  invited  the  five  chief  interproters  to  Dezima,  and  in  Wardenaar's 
presence  communicated  to  them  that  gentleman's  statements,  his  own  disbelief 
of  all  beyond  the  conquest  of  Java  by  the  English,  and  the  fact  that  the  ships 
then  in  the  harbor  were  English.  The  Japanese  were  confounded  at  the  idea 
of  public  vicissitudes  foreign  to  their  experience,  and  terrified  at  the  weight  of 
responsibility  impending  over  the  authorities  of  jtiagasaki,  who  had  again  been 
duped  hnto  sufferuig  the  intrusion  of  English  vessels.  Willingly,  therefore,  did 
they  agree  to  the  scheme  by  which  Doeff  proposed  to  avert  such  consequences. 
This  was  to  suppress  the  whole  history  of  the  conquest,  and  to  state  that  a  sue. 
cesser  had  been  sent  him,  in  case  the  Japanese  should  object  to  the  further  pro. 
longation  of  his  already  unwontedty  prolonged  presidentship ;  but  that  the  go. 
vemor  of  Batavia  wished,  if  not  disagreeable  to  the  governor  of  Nagasaki,  to 
continue  him  yet  a  while  as  opperhoofd,  that  he  might  profit  by  a  few  years  of 
trade,  after  so  many  blank  seasons.  This  amnged,  Doeff  proposed  to  buy  the 
cargoes  of  the  ships,  negrotiate  their  sale  and  the  purchase  of  return  cargoes  on 
his  own  account  with  the  Japanese,  and  finally  sell  the  latter  to  the  English 
commissioners. 

The  strong  representatioDs  made  by  Doeff  and  the  interpreters  of  the  hatred 
entertained  by  the  Japanese  towards  the  English,  of  the  conflict  and  bloodshed 
that  must  ensue  upon  revealing  the  truth,  evils  they  had  not  been  sent  there  to 
provoke,  induced  the  intended  president,  the  commissioners,  and  the  captains 
of  (he  vessels,  to  submit  to  Doeff's  terms.    The  stratagem  succeeded ;  the  vessels 

VOL.  X.  NO.   111.  ^ 


170  NoiUes  of  Japan,  Nu.    VII,  March. 

paiied  for  Americani  in  the  Dutch  lervice,  and  Doeff  remained  Dutch  president, 
Desima  alone  in  the  whole  world  then  being  in  fact  Dutch. 

Dr.  Ainalie,  who  now  visited  in  Nagasaki,  according  to  DoefT.  as  an  American 
physician,  appears,  from  the  rery  slight  report  of  his  mission  given  in  sir  Stam- 
ford Raffles'  Memoir,  to  have  eiperienced  great  kindness  and  hospitality,  and  to 
have  been  much  pleased  with  the  Japanese  character,  especially  with  the  treat- 
mentof  women,  and  the  elegant  manners  of  the  ladies.  It  is  to  be  observed  that 
this  report  gives  the  impression  of  Dr.  Ainsiie's  having  been  known  as  an  Eng. 
lishman.  Indeed,  he  positively  states  that  the  Japanese  spoke  to  him  of  his  coun- 
trymen with  respect,  averring  their  conviction  that  the  English  would  never  play 
a  second  act  of  the  Russian  embassy.  But,  as  before  said,  this  is'not  the  place 
for  discussing  the  question  as  mooted  between  sir  S.  Raffles  and  president  Doeflf; 
and  the  subject  may  be  dismissed  with  the  wish,  that  the  publication  of  the 
Recollections  of  the  latter  may  induce  some  one  who  possesses,  or  has  access  to 
the  requisite  knowledge  of  the  facts  to  give  a  British  statement  of  them  to  the 
world. 

In  1814,  Hoer  Cassa  again  appeared  at  Desima  as  appointed  opperkoofi,  bring- 
ing tidings  of  the  great  events  of  1813  in  Europe,  especially  of  the  Dutch  insur- 
rection in  behalf  of  the  House  of  Orange,  and  the  consequent  prospect  of  the 
immediate  restoration  of  the  Dutch  colonies  by  England.  Sir  S.  Raffles  and 
Heer  Cassa  probably  expected  thai  this  information  would  remove  all  Heer 
DoeflT's  patriotic  objections  to  follow  the  fate  of  his4awful  superior,  governor 
Jensens,  and  obey  orders  from  Batavia,  as  of  old.  But  Doeff  still  professed  dis- 
belief, and  recurring  to  the  measures  of  the  preceding  year,  inforced  compliance 
by  the  same  threats  then  employed.  He  was  now  energetically  aided  by  the 
interpreters,  whose  lives  would  be  forfeited  should  their  previous  complicity  be 
discovered. 

This  year,  however,  Heer  Cassa  was  less  unprepared  for  the  conflict — he 
counter-manoeuvred ;  and  had  he  engaged  no  lady  •domestics  from  the  tea-houses, 
might  possibly  have  triumphed.  He  gained  over  two  of  the  confidential  inter, 
preters,  and  negotiated  through  them,  not  the  disclosure  replete  with  danger  to 
all,  but  the  procuring  from  the  court  of  Yedo  a  refusal  of  Doeff 's  request  for 
leave  to  remain.  But  some  of  the  women  in  Cassa's  service  were  Doeff 's  spies ; 
from  them  he  learned  what  was  going  forward,  and  by  threatening  the  interpreters 
to  lay  the  whole  truth,  at  all  hasards,  before  (he  governor  gf  Nagasaki,  he  car. 
ried  his  point,  and  again  sent  away  his  appointed  successor.  Sir  S.  Raf  es  did 
not  apparently  think  it  worth  while,  under  the  circumstances,  to  renew  the  at- 
tempt. He  sent  no  more  ships;  and  as  some  time  elpased  ere  a  Dutch  govern- 
ment was  reestablished  and  in  full  action  in  Java,  Heer  Doeff  paid  the  price  of 
hia  triumph  in  another  interval  of  years  without  trade,  emoluments,  or  European 
comforts.  It  was  not  till  1817  that  Dutch  vessels  brought  him  a  Dutch  appointed 
successor,  Heer  Blomhoff. 

All  that  need  be  added,  upon  the  subject  of  these  attempts,  is.  that  Japan  now 
possesses  interpreters  understanding  English  and  Russian  as  well  as  Dutch,  and 
that,  since  the  year  1830,  these  interpreters  are  according  to  Siehold,  stationed 
at  different  points  all  round  the  external  coast,  in  preparation  for  the  possible 
approach  of  any  strange  ship.  It  seems  something  singular  that  in  Dr.  Parker's 
account  of  his  repulse  in  1837,  these  interpreters  are  not  mentioned;  unless  we 
nre  to  suppose  that  they  might  be  present,  but  finding  Mr.  Gutzlaff  perform  their 


1841.  Noiices  of  Japan,  i\o,    ill  171 

pnrt,  thought  it  well  to  conceal  their  own  knowledge  ot'  English.  If  this  were  so, 
they  might  thus  discover  the  missionary  scheme,  and  hence  the  virulence  of  the 
hostile  attack,  without  the  vessel  having  been  first  ordered  away— the  osaal 
course.* 

Dr.  Siebold  speaks  of  squabbles  in  his  time  with  English  wha1ers,*wliich  neces- 
sarily or  unnecessarily  violated  the  Japanese  harbors.  Yet  as  it  appears  that 
some  of  these  very  offending  whalers  have  since  been  supplied  with  wood  and 
water,  it  may  be  hoped  that  the  bitterness  of  animosity  to  England  has  subsided^ 
unless  revived  by  Dr.  Parker's  missionary  views,  as  it  must  still  and  ever  be 
difficult  for  the  Japanese  to  distinguish  between  English  and  Americans.! 

*  [The  account  already  given  of  this  voyage  in  a  previous  volume  (see  vol.  VI., 
page  353)  obviates  the  need  of  any'further  remarks  here  aa  to  its  objects  and  doings, 
but  when  that  article  and  Dr.  Parker's  Narrative  were  both  before  the  writer  of 
this  paper,  we  think  the  character  and  intentions  of  the  voyage  might  have  been 
mora  finiriy  stated.  It  was  not  a  miaaionary,  but  a  commercial,  voyaffe ;  and  the 
medical  services  of  the  physician  with  the  aid  of  interpreters,  and  Uie  bringing 
back  of  shipwrecked  natives,  were  made  use  of  to  obtain,  if  possible,  an  interview 
with  the  Japanese  authorities,  and  learn  their  present  foelinga  regarding  a  trade. 
It  ia  indeed  something  singular,  that  if  the  interpreters  mentioned  by  Siebold  are 
stationed  along  the  coaat  none  came  on  board  the  Morrison,  and  the  difficulty  is  moat 
eaaily  removed  by  conciodinflr  that  there  are  none ;  for  how  are  they  to  obtain  the 
knowledge  of  Russian  and  English,  two  most  difficult  languages  for  foreigners 
to  learn  to  speak,  even  with  living  teachers,  while  shut  up  in  tlieir  own  land  and 
having  never  seen  an  Englishman,  and  very  seldom  a  Ruasian  7  Even  if  there 
are  such  interpreters,  they  would  have  found  great  difficulty  in  discovering  a 
*  missionary  scheme*  wli\ch  had  no  existence.  In  ihe  bay  of  Yedo,  the  vessel  waa 
fired  upon  before  she  came  to  anchor,  or  even  her  national  flag  could  be  seen  or 
knowji ;  and  at  Kagosima,  she  waa  told  that  at  Naffasaki,  there  were  proper  au- 
tharitiea  with  whom  she  could  treat ;  and  the  probable  reason  of  her  being  fired  at 
was  from  misunderstanding  her  intentions  in  laying  at  anchor  after  the  officers 
had  declined  to  receive  the  men.  These  very  officers  expressed  the  most  lively 
sympathy  for  thoir  unfortunate  countrymen,  and  regretted  that  they  were  for. 
bidden  to  receive  them.] 

t  [If  the  Japanese  government  so  sedulously  guard  their  coasts  from  the  ap- 
proach of  foreign  ships,  anH  forbid  their  people  from. (ping  abroad,  the  winds 
which  prevail  on  their  coasts  are  constantly  driving  their  vessels  out  to  sea,  and 
scattering  the  natives  over  the  face  of  the  earth,  thus  bringing  them  in  contact 
with  other  nations.  Last  month  we  had  occasion  to  mention  the  arrival  in  Ma- 
cao of  three  tempest-tost  mariners  picked  up  in  the  Pacific ;  and  a  bhip  from  the 
Sandwich  Islands  this  month  brings  an  account  of  the  arrival  there  of  seven  taken 
off  a  wreck  in  lat.  34*  N.,  and  long.  174*  E.,  on  the  6th  of  June.  1840,  by  captain 
CaChcart  of  the  whale  ship  James  Loper;  this  happened  only  three  days  before 
the.  rescue  of  the  three  men  by  captain  Codman,  ihe  two  junks  being  about  800 
miles  from  each  other.  The  seven  men  were  sent  to  Knmtschatka.  In  Decem- 
ber, 1832;  a  Japnnese  junk  anchored  in  the  harbor  of  Waialua  in  Oahu,  which 
had  drifted  about  in  the  Pacific  almost  a  year;  it  had  on  board  only  three  men, 
who,  after  remaining  at  Honolulu  for  eighteen  months  were  also  sent  to  Kam-  » 
tschatka.  Besides  these  two  instances,  there  are  the  two  mentioned  in  vol.  VI.  of 
the  Repository,  page  309.  In  1636,  six  Japanese  were  broueht  to  Canton,  by  the 
Chinese  authorities,  who  had  been  wrecked  on  the  island  of  Hainan ;  and  in 
1838,  four  more  were  brought  to  Canton,  who  were  supposed  to  be  Lewchewans. 
The  case  mentioned  by  Siebold  in  No  I.  of  this  series  of  papers  (see  vol.  LX,  pare 
181,)  is  another  that  had  like  to  have  proved  fatil.  The  men  brought  in  the  Arsyle 
say  that  two  junks  left  fheir  village  last  year,  which  were  never  heard  of  after- 
wards. Ktaproth,  too,  derived  mach  of-his  knowledge  of  Japan  from  shipwrecked 
men.  whom  the  Russians  took  op;  and  we  cannot  doubt  that  many  more  vessels 
are  driveii  off  from  the  coast  which'  foutider,  dr  are  never  more  heard  of.]     • 


\7i    ^-         lllttslraiions  of  Mtn  nod  Things  in  China*         March, 


Art.  III.     Illustrations  of  men   and  things  in   China f    mode  of 
making  waUs  and  walks 9  a  lampoon;  a  worshiper. 

Mode  of  making  watts  and  walks.  The  Chioese  have  a  aubatitute 
for  atone  or  brick  pavemeDta,  called  by  foreignera  cAuiuim,  derivep 
from  an  Indian  word  meaning  lime,  from  the  uae  of  lime  in  ita  com- 
poaiiion,  and  which  they  call  sha  hwuy,  or  'aanded  lime.'  It  ia  made 
by  mixing  aided  aand  with  quicklime  in  the  proportion  of  aboat  15 
to  1,  and  thoroughly  working  them  together  with  a  hoe,  occaaionally 
aprinkling  the  heap.  It  ia  then  thinly  apread  upon  the  ground,  and 
beat  very  solid  with  a  kind  of  wooden  peela,  now  and  then  wetting 
the  place  to  asaiat  the  solidification.  The  materials  for  walla  are  the 
same,  but  the  gravel  is  rather  coaraer.  In  conatructing  a  wall,  boards 
are  set  within  posts  on  each  aide  of  the  foundation  just  the  thick neaa 
of  the  intended  wall,  and  the  prepared  gravel  poured  in  and  pounded 
down  solid  with  long  heavy  beaters.  When  full  to  the  top  of  the 
boards,  additional  ones  are  placed  above  them,  and  the  proceas 
repeated,  till  by  succesaive  incrementa  the  wall  ia  done.  When 
thoroughly  dry,  it  ia  coated  with  coarae  piaster  for  preservation  from 
rain,  and  if  the  coating  ia  well  done,  the  wall  becomes  in  time  very 
hard  and  atony.  Beaides  the  usual  mode  of  layinj|[  brick  to  make 
the  walls  of  dwellings,  either  plaatered  or  not,  houaea  are  alao  con* 
atruoted  in  the  aame  manner  of  thia  aanded  lime ;  but  more  commonly 
tiers  of  bricka  are  loosely  laid  in  to  render  it  more  aubstantial,  and 
the  whole  covered  with  plaater,  and  whitewaahed. 
'  In  placea  where  burned  bricka  are  expensive,  the  people  have 
devised  a  aubatitute,  viz.,  large  blocka  made  of  diaintegrated  felapar 
and  lime.  Localitiea  oflen  occur  in  the  granitic  atrata  in  thia 
region  where  the  felapar  predominates,  lind,  by  expoaure*,  haa  disinte- 
grated and  fallen  down  in  the  form  of  coarae  cUy.  The  workman 
brings  hi^  toola  to  the  place,  consiating  of  a  alidihg  wooden  form  of 
th^  aize  of  his  intended  bricka^  and  a  long  beater.  He  turna  up  the 
clayey  felapar,  and  mixing  more  or  lessb  lime  with  it  aa  he  aeea  fit, 
pours  the  aame  into  the  mold,  and  pounda  it  in  aa  aolid.aa  poaaible ; 
then  opening  the  frame,  he  dries  the  maaa  in  the  aun.  These  blocka 
are  about  14  inchea  long  by  6  square,  and  aell  for  t3'tO(  93}  a  hun- 
dred- Almost  all  the  house*  on*  the  island  of  Hongkong  are  built  of 
this  material,  which  in  dry  situ ationa- ana wera  well  enough  toauatain 
a  roof,  and  sltt^iter  the  inmatea  from  wind  and  rain ;  but  when  a  freafaet 


184 r  llluslratiOfL<  of  Men  and  Things  ui  China  IVA 

flows  itito  a  village  of  such  dwellings,  it  soon  causes  them  to  bo 
dissolved, — an  event  by  no  means  unknown  in  some  seasons. 

A  Uimpoon.  The  following  satirical  piece  was  written  and  circulat* 
ed  soon  after  the  riot  in  Canton,  Dec.  I2th,  1838,  to  which  the  ninth 
and  tenth  lines  refer.  The  two  persons  named  in  the  third  and  fourth 
lines  were  notorious  opium  dealers,  and  while  holding  office  were  sup- 
posed to  be  screened  by  gov.  T&ng,  who,  from  them  and  others  of 
the  inferior  magistracy,  is  charged  with  having  received  *  three  tens 
and  six,'  or  36,000  taels  per  month  for  the  use  of  the  revenue  cutters 
for  purposes  of  smuggling.    It  is  a  pretty  close  translation. 

In  truth,  there's  no  luck  at  all  in  Canton, 

For  Tingching  in  governor's  hall  is  found, — 

Who,  of  Cheih  Shakwang,  is  the  well  known  patron. 

And  Ta  Luhchuh  by  him  rose  from  the  ground. 

The  boats  of  Two  Kwang  are  privily  let. 

For  a  monthly  sop  of  three  tens  and  six. 

Poor  Uo  Laoukin  !   he  strangled  him  to  death. 

Because  his  cash  and  coin  could  not  suffice ; — 

How  was  the  cross  all  broken  down  and  lost. 

And  the  curtained  tent  quite  overset  and  tost ! 

He  put  a  tell-tale  cangue  on  Punhoyqua, 

And  squeezed  the  pelf  from  uncle  Howqua. 

He  scared  poor  Fung  Suhchang  almost  to  death, 

And  Lew  Shoolub  had  well  nigh  lost  bis  breath. 

If  we  hope  for  halcyon  days  of  peace  to  come. 

Unbutton  and  dismiss  this  infamous  Tang ; 

For  if  he  stays  three  years  in  power. 

Canton  will  be  just  like  one  hot  cauldron. 
A  worshiper,  I  was  walking  one  day  in  the  environs  of  Honan, 
when  I  came  across  two  respectable  elderly  matrons  worshiping  be- 
fore a  small  shrine,  which,  from  all  appearances,  they  had  themselves 
placed  there  among  the  graves  by  the  wayside.  No  image  was  visi' 
ble  ,  but  my  attention  was  arrested  by  the  inscription  over  the  shrine, 

^  W]  ^  -^  ^^^^  ^^^'^  ^  ^>  freely  rendered  by,  '  Ask  and  ye 
shall  receive.'  One  of  the  women  was  kneeling  on  the  grass,  and 
devoutly  praying,  while  her  companion  was  making  ^eady  the  paper 
to  burn  before  the  deity.  In  the  streets  of  Canton,  altars  are  erected, 
and.  before  some  of  them,  six,  ten,  twelve,  and  more,  women,  are 
sometimes  seen  worshiping,  lighting  incense  sticks,  kneeling,  and 
endeavoring  by  repeated  throws  of  the  keen  pei,  or  divining  blocks, 
to  ascertain  the  answer  to  their  prayers.  This  worship  in  the  streets 
is  not  deemed  indecorous,  nor  does  it  appear  to  be  done  by  them  to 
be  seen  of  nieu. 


1T4  iUwafdsfvr  Oriitsh  shipn^  MAMCli, 


Art.  iV.  Rcwurfls  for  Driiish  skips  and  British  subjects ,  offered 
by  Eiedngf  the  lieutenant  governor  of  Canton^  in  a  procior 
motion,  dated  February  27th,  1841. 

Bounties  have  again  been  offered  for  British  subjects  and  British 
ships.  Early  in  the  summer  of  1840,  about  the  time  the  expedition 
arrived  in  Chma,  the  governor  of  this  province  issued  a  proclamation 
promising  large  rewards  for  the  capture  of  Enghish  vessels,  and  for 
the  seizure  of  British  subjects.  One  or  two  seizures  were  made,  but 
no  notice  seems  to  have  been  taken  of  the  proclamation  by  those 
against  whom  it  was  designed  to  operate.  This  second  document 
holds  out  the  promise  of  still  larger  rewards,  and  is  apparently  attract- 
ing no  more  notice  than  the  first  It  is  issued,  however,  under  cir 
cumstances  *  which  fix  a  very  foul  stain  on  the  character  of  the  pro- 
vincial government — none  the  less  foul,  because  it  may  have  been 
occasioned  by  the  spirit  and  letter  of  the  emperor's  own  commands. 
The  document  is  chiefly  deserving  of  notice  on  occount  of  the  exhi- 
bition it  makes  of  that  bad  spirit  which  is  so  characteristic  of  the 
Chinese  government,  especially  in  its  relation  to  foreign  countries. 
It  was  resolved  upon,  drawn  up,  and  made  known  in  private  circles, 
while  ostensibly  amicable  negotiations  were  going  on  with  those  who 
were  to  be  its  victims— dead  or  alive.  It  is  not  simply  a  declaration 
of  war,  it  is  a  call  for  hostilities  in  their  worst  forms.  The  emperor's 
edicts,  given  at  Peking  on  the  27th  January,  show  unequivocally 
what  line  of  policy  had  been  fixed  upon  by  the  imperial  counsels. 
" There  can  only  remain  one  course,''  says  the  emperor,  viz.,  "to 
destroy  and  wipe  them  clean  away,  to  exterminate  and  root  them 
out,  without  remorse."  Accordingly  he  instructs  his  high  officers 
"  to  compel  these  rebellious  foreigners  to  give  up  their  ringleaders, 
that  they  may  be  sent  encaged  to  Peking,  to  receive  the  utmost  retri- 
bution of  the  laws;''  i.e.  to  be  cut  into  ten  thousand  pieces,  to  under- 
go death  in  the  most  ignominious  and  cruel  manner. 

Before  introducing  the  proclamation,  which  we  borrow  from  the 
Canton  Register,  a  few  things  must  be  remarked  concerning  his  ex- 
cellency, the  lieutenant-governor,  by  whom  it  is  issued.  E,  or 
Eleang,  is  a  Mantchou,  and  is  said  to  be  (as  is  evidently  the  case) 
much  under  the  influence  of  Lin,  to  whose  measures  he  adheres,  and 
by  whose  policy  he  is  guided.  His  proclamation  of  rewards  is  a 
mere  second  edition  of  that  issued  by  Lin.     Indeed,  since  Liu's  de- 


1841.  Rewards  for  British  Ships,  ITiS 

gradation,  Eleang  has  been  the  principal  local  agent  in  hastening 
on  that  collision  which  has  been  so  disastrous  to  the  military  and 
naval  forces  and  defenses  of  this  province.  To  the  rational  and  very 
pacific  policy  advanced  by  the  imperial  commissioner  Keshen,  he  has 
been  violently  opposed,  and  very  likely  chief  actor  in  causing  his 
removal  and  recall  to  Peking.  It  is  said,  and  on  good  authority, 
that  he  has  charged  Keshen  with  having  received  bribes  from  the 
British  plenipotentiary !  It  is  said  also,  that  he  compelled  Keshen, 
before  giving  up  the  seals  of  governor,  which  he  was  temporarily 
holding,  to  affix  them  to  this  infamous  proclamation, — which  he  him- 
self had  issued,  Keshen  having  declined  taking  any  part  in  getting 
upHhat  paper.    The  following  is  the  translation. 

E,  lieutenant-governor,  Slc,,  inuea  the  following  scnie  of  rewards. 

1. — If  the  native  traitors  can  repent  of  their  crimes  and  quit  the  service  of  the 
(English)  foreigners,  come  before  the  magistrates  and  confess,  their  offenses  will 
be  forgiven;  and  those  who  are  able  to  seise  alive  the  rebellious  foreigners,  and 
bring  them  before  the  magistrates,  as  well  as  those  who  offisr  up  the  foreigner's 
heads,  will  be  severally  rewarded  according  to  the  following  scale. 

2.^)n  the  capture  of  one  of  the  line-of-battle  ships,  the  ship  and  guns  will  be 
confiscated,  but  all  that  the  ship  contains,  as  clothes,  goods  and  money,  shall  be 
the  reward  of  the  captors^  with  an  additional  reward  of  $100,000 ;  those  who 
bum,  or  break  to  prices,  or  bore  holes  through  a  line-of-battle  ship's  bottom,  so 
that  she  sinks,  upon  the  facts  being  substantiated,  shalf  be  rewarded  with  $30,000; 
for  ships  of  the  second  and  third  class  the  rewards  will  be  proportlonably 
decreased. 

3. — The  capture  of  one  of  the  large  steamers  shall  be  rewarded  with  $50,000, 
for  the  smaller,  one.  half. 

Those  among  the  brave  who  are  foremost  in  seising  men  and  ships,  and  who 
distinguish  themselves  by  their  daring  courage,  besides  receiving  the  above 
pecuniary  rewards,  shall  have  buttons  (official  rank)  conferred  on  them,  and  bei 
reported  for  appointments  in  the  public  service. 

4. — Fifty  thousand  dollars  shall  given  to  those  who  seiie  either  Elliot,  Mor- 
rison, or  Bremer,  alive ;  and  those  who  bring  either  of  their  heads— on  the  facts 
being  ascertained — shall  get  $30,000. '  -' 

5.— Ten  thousand  dollars  shall  given  to  those  who  seise  an  officer  alive,  and 
$5000  for  each  officer's  head. 

6. — Five  hundred  dollars  shall  be  given  for  every  Englishman  seised  alive;  if 
any  are  Icilled  and  their  heads  brought  in,  three  hundred  dollars  will  be  given. 

7. — One  hundred  dollars  will  be  given  for  every  sipahe  or  lascar  taken  alive, 
and  fifty  for  their  heads. 

8. — ^Those  among  you  who,  in  their  efforts  to  seize  the  English  rebels,  may  lose 
their  lives,  on  eiamination  and  proof  of  the  facts,  a  reward  of  three  hundred 
dollars  shall  be  given  to  your  families.  ' 

Tlie  foreigners  of  every  other  country  are  respectful  and  obedient,  and  do 
not  like  the  English  cause  commotions;  it  is  not  permitted  to  seise  and  annoy 
them— thus  will  the  good  and  virtuous  remain  in  tranquillity.  (February  27.) ' 


1"**  Progress  of  the   War.  March, 


Art.  V.  Progress  of  the  war;  battle  of  the  Bogne  and  destrue^ 
tion  of  the  forts  there  and  on  the  river  up  to  Canton ;  armistice 
and  arrangements  for  trade  agreed  on. 

In  our  last  number,  we  briefly  summed  up  the  proceedings  of  the 
expedition  to  China,  from  the  time  of  its  arrival  on  the  coasts  in 
June  last,  to  the  breaking  oflTof  negotiationSj  resumption  of  hostilities, 
and  taking  of  the  Bogue  forts,  on  the  26th  of  Feb.  The  details  of  the 
battle  at  the  Bogue  we  were  then  unable  to  give.  That  omission 
we  now  supply,  by  insertion  of  the  following  extract  from  a  commu- 
nication made  to  our  cotemporary  of  the  Canton  Press.  After  parti- 
cularizing the  opening  of  hostilities,  on  the  expiry  of  the  time  allowed 
for  the  conclusion  by  Keshen  of  the  treaty  arranged  with  him,— our 
cotemporary's  correspondent  thus  proceeds:  in  his  narrative,  we  have 
ventured  to  make  a  few  changes  and  omissions. 

'•  Owing  to  the  calmness  of  the  weather,  the  progress  of  the  fleet  was  very 
tedious;  the  steamers  here  came  into  requisition,  and  the  forces  now  assem- 
bled consisted  of  the  following  vessels : — Calliope*  Samarang,  Herald,  Al- 
ligator*  Sulphur,  and  steamer  Nemesis,  forming  the  advanced  squadron, 
wnich  arrived  at  the  Bogue  on  the  19th ;  the  WeUesley,  Blenheim,  Melville* 
Druid,  Modeste,  and  steamers  Queen  and  Madagascar,  which  arrived  be- 
tween  the  23d  and  25th,  with  the  transports  Sophia,  Minerva,  Thetis,  Eagle. 

M  During  the  whole  of  the  25th,  the  note  of  preparation  for  the  approach, 
ing  struggle  was  sounded  through  the  fleet.  In  the  forenoon  a  landing 
was  effected  on  South  Wangtong,  of  three  howitzers,  and  about  15U  men 
of  the  37th  M.  N.  1.,  with  pulies  of  the  royal  and  Madras  Artillery,  under 
the  superintendence  of  sir  Le  Fleming  Senhouse.  The  landing  was  re- 
markably well  managed ;  the  Nemesis,  having  towed  the  troop-boats  ashore, 
took  up  a  snug  berth,  nearly  shut  in  from  the  fire  of  Anunghoy  and  the  fort 
on  the  western  side  of  the  river,  backed  out,  and  gave  it  to  Anunghoy  with 
her  bow-gun,  and  to  the  western  fort  with  her  stern.  Some  of  the  shot  (bom 
these  forts  fell  pretty  near  her ;  from  North  Wangtong  the  i^hinese  could 
make  nothing  of  it,  their  shot  falling  a  long  way  outside  of  her.  The  position 
taken  by  the  landing  party  was  perfectly  covered  from  the  fire  of  the  Chi- 
nese. It  is  singular,  that  with  all  the  care  with  which  they  appear  to  have 
fortified  and  protected  North  Wangtong,  they  should  not  have  seen  how 
easily  a  landing  coidd  be  effected  on  South  Wangtong,  without  being  exposed 
to  their  fire.  This  was  a  fatal  mistake,  for  it  gave  us  a  position  that  com- 
manded their  stronghold  of  North  Wangtong. 

•«  At  daylight  on  (he  morning  of  the  memorable  26th,  the  three  howitzers 
opened — ^from  the  sandbag  battery,  raised  during  the  night  by  our  men  on 
South  Wangtong^— upon  the  Chinese  fortifications  on  the  northern  island. 
The  firing  was  kept  tip  with  spirit,  and  the  shells  told  with  great  precision,  for 
the  buildingB  and  wooden  huts,  under  the  walls  of  the  custom-house  fort, 
were  perceived  to  be  on  fire,  and  were  soon  demolished.  The  shells  and 
rockets  must  have  made  considerable  havoc  in  a  large  encampment,  stretch- 
ing from  the  fort  on  the  west  end  of  the  island,  behind  the  round  fort  on 


1841.  Progress  of  the  IViir,  177 

the  hiU,  towards  tiie  upper  cuatom-house  fort.^  The  whole  defenBes  of  North 
Wangtong  were  very  strong,  and  exceedingly  well  co^red  and  protected  by 
8and4»g  battahee,  most  regularly  and  neatly  made,  and  had  they  been  brave- 
ly served,  would  have  cost  a  severe  struggle,  and  the  blood  of  many  a  gallant 
raliowt  before  them. 

Mlt  was  arranged  that  a  combined  and  simultaneous  attack  should  be 
made  on  all  the  Bogue  forts,  shortly  after  daylight  on  the  morning  of  the 
26th,  but  owing  to  its  fidling  oilm,  with  a  strong  ebb-tide,  it  was  found  im- 
practicable, some  of  the  ships  that  weighed  being  obliged  to  bring  to  sgain^ 
and  wait  for  the  flood*tide  to  serve.  About  11  o'clock,  a.  m.  the  Blenheim  was 
seen  under  weigh,  bearing  down  for  the  great  Anunghoy  fort,  accompanied 
by  the  Quecui  steamer,  with  three  rocket  boats,  keeping  a  little  away  into 
Anson's  bay,  and  foUowed^by  the  Melville  about  one  mile  distant.  The  ships 
for  the  attack  of  Wangtoug  were  also  on  the  move.  It  was  nearly  calm,  and 
the  ships  dropped  down  very  slowly :  the  suspense  became  oppressive;  it  was 
with  breathless  interest  we  watched  the  majestic  gliding  of  the  ships  slowly 
to  their  work  of  destruction ;  not  a  sound  breaking  the  ominous  stillness  that 
hung  over  the  waters.  The  hills  above  Animghoy,  and  stretching  far  away 
inland,  were  covered  with  large  bodies  of  the  enemy,  posted  at  commanding 
points,  covered  by  sand -bag  batteries.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  along 
the  ridge  of  the  Tanan  hills,  the  enemy  also  were  seen  in  great  strengtii. 

<«The  Queen  steamer  commenced  the  action,  firing  the  Mst  shot.  The 
Chinese  replied  promptly  from  the  strong  sand-batteries  lately  raised  towards 
Anson's  bay,  and  the  lower  Anunghoy  fort.  The  Blenheim  coolly  dropped 
down,  without  returning  a  shot  to  the  brisk  fire  o^ned  on  ber,  till  within  600 
vards  of  Anunghov,  when  she  brought  to,  clewed  all  up,  and  opened  ber 
broadside.  The  Melville  followed  about  10  minutes  later  in  the  same  gallant 
style,  and  took  up  an  admirable  position  about  400  yards  off  the  fort,  a  short 
way  ahead  of  the  Blenheim.  Like  the  Blenheim  she  did  not  fire  a  shot  till 
she  had  brought  &,  then  she  gave  her  starboard  broadside  in  quick  succes. 
sion.  Mer  firing  was  splendid,  and  did  considerable  damage  to  the  fbrt.  The 
Blenheim's  fire  was  directed  more  against  the  sand  batteries  than  against 
the  people  at  the  guns  in  the  fbrL  The  practice  of  the  Qneen  and  the 
rocket-boats  deserves  the  greatest  praise.  During  the  beat  of  the  action, 
a  boat  broke  adrift  from  the  Melville,  and  drifted  close  in  under  the  guns  of 
Anonghoy.  A  boat  waS'  dispatched  to  bring  her  back,  which  was  edited 
in  -cool  and  gallant  style  without  loss.  After  a  few  broadsides,  the  dragon> 
hearted  Tartars  were  seien  flying  out  of  the  fort  in  great  munberst  up  the 
hill  at  the  back  of  it,  and  around  its  base  towards  Anson's  bay.  Sir  Le  F. 
Senhouse  then  landed  with  about  300  men,  consisting  of  the  Blenheim  and 
Melville's  marines  and  blue  jackets,  and  carried  the  forts,  sweepinfi[  them  clean 
from  one  end  to  the  other.  The  British  jack  was  hoisted,  and  the  famed 
Anmighoy  forts  were  in  our  possession  at  half-past  one  o'clock,  llieloss 
of  the  Chinese  at  this  point  was  not  so  severe  as  one  would  have  thought 
from:  the  heavy  broadsides  of  the  74s.  They  only  lost  about  20  killed, 
amongst  whom  were  two  officers,  one  of  whom  was  a  fine  stont  elderly  man, 
Iving  near  the  officer-house,  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  lower  Anunghoy 
rort,  with  a  bayonet  wound  in  the  right  breast.  By  some  he  was  supposed  to 
be  Kwan ;  one  or  two  low  officers  were  taken  prisoners,  but,  after  being  taken 


batteries  of  earth  and  sand,  on  the  northern  and  southern  fides.    In  the  centre  of 
aU  these  was  the  encampment  referred  to. 

VOL.   X.   NO.   III.  33 


178  Progrtss  uf  the  War.  March, 

on  board  of  the  «hip«,  were  let  go.  On  our  aide  not  k  lingle  CMUklty  oe- 
corred.  The  rigpng  mnd  tfmtm  of  the  diipB  werea  good  deal  cut  np,  i  Ebw 
■hot  aiao  dulled  them.  Two  hundred  mnd  five  giu»  ware  Ukea,  spikMl,  mnd 
dertnqrod.  It  ie  tianat  inr.rwdihle,  conudenng  the  beavf  fin  mainuincd  bf 
the  forta  od  theea  vchhIo,  that  Utej  ahonld  have  eacaped  wttbont  keii^  a. 

*•  WhUtt  the  BBBhaim  and  H«lnlle  wan.  engaging  Aturngbaf^  on  tin 
latem  eida.  the  CalUMe  proceeded  op  the  other  chanoali  oa  the  weatent 


Bidft  tf  Wangtoog  (or  Tbwart.tha.wav>  idaadtand  opened  tha  actkn  at 
Motlh  Wangtting',  doaa)]!  feUowadby  the  Baoiaraa);,  Hacald.  Alligahnv  tha 


eaief.Oraid,  and  Uodeata  attacked  tha  weatemdefenaaa.  Tha 

cratiiwed  flringi  of  the  fleetand  fbrta^  producad  a  looiv  echoed  beck  b^  tha 
oeigbbodii^  billa,  like  inceaaaot  peak  oT  thundeTF  peifteUv  awfal,  and  farmed 
tbegiaadwtkpeclaolQoflbiKiDeiDorahlB  dayl  About  12  o'clock,  the  Chi~ 
neae  fire  on  Wangtong  alacfcened.  and  the  Nemaaia  wai  seen  towing  th»  * 
tioope  to  the  landing  place-,  dooe  In  the  Snt  on  tbe  weatem.  end  of  North 
WangtoBg.  The  laDding  waa  aoen  cycled,  the  gallint  major  Pntt  leading, 
with  detaeluMBta  of  the  26th  and  4Sth,  in  two  boati,  onder  major  Johiunn, 
eloaaljr.  fbUowed  b;  the  muinea  under  capUin  Eltlia,  tha  37th  U~  N.  L  under 
captain  Ouf^  and  thoi  Bengal  Vohiataen  under  captain  Mee.  The  fcroa 
puafaed  rapidly  up  the  aacent,  p«Ming  in.  lbs  rear  of  the  tirat  batteiy,  aod-to 
the  topofrBtoep  bilL  The  fort  here  waa  expected  UrcoatnaaaevoraBtnwgle 
and  great  loaa  to  take,  which  it  certaiolv  would  have  done^  had  it  boen  held. 
by  bnve  men.  It  waa  carried  ia  splendid  itylet  major  Johnaon,  closely  fol- 
lowed bycaptaio  MoorheadilaadiiwtheeaealtuIiDg  party.  The  Chineae  wei0 
driven  out  with  conaiderBble  ataughter,  and  fled  down  the  bill  toward  the 
cuatom-hoiwe  fbrt,  cloaeljr  preaaed  by'  our  force.  Il  wa«  an  inimating  and 
cheering  light  to  oee-  our  bra.r»  lellowf  pursuing  the  enem^ ;  but  it  waa  with 
teeliii^f  "■       '  :■!■■■.■  ''relcbea  abot 

down.      .    '/  ''   I '.I J-  I'..'.''  ,  ,'.  1^1^   Li  ;..''  lUitom-houaa 

fort,  aiitl  Ju>iiieii  uiLiiut  LUi  *u..f>.  u>...ii.i.f;  a  <,iia.-(i  U:<:  .4' .jju:5.,i.[fy  on  tham. 
A  few  uiiiiLiltM  niuro  saw  Uiu  British  tlog  lioisied  on  Uic  iuwur  (.-natom-boaea 
fo«,  which  WM  gmeted  with  cheers  iVom  the  IransporW.  Tliiia  Wangtong 
WES  in' our  poasession.  The  detaelunont  for  the  eecvKe  of  iha  engineer 
department  waa  FUrrtisiied  by  tho  aeaoitiaaf  U.  M.  S.  Welltsluv,  under  con»< 
mand  of  lieul-  Jiirdwood,  Madnui  engiuiier. 

"  The  loss  ol*  the  Chinese  on  North  VVaitgtong  amounted  to  uliOBt  250  kill- 
ti)  and  101)  wouuded :  alMve  1000  were  made  pnmnera  m  ttio  cijaiMii-hauan 
fort,  all  of  ihem  excepting  about  ILW,-  who  were  kupi  to  bury  tlia  dead*  wwa 
lauded  and  net  at  liberty  on  the  western  side  of  the  river. 

•'  Wbtlat  the  vessek  were  dropping  down  to  cngase  the  fariK.  4  boolAwera 
observed  to  leave  the  island,  and  sUnd  away  Ihr  Tiger  ifhirHJ.  the' ChiaoM 
from  the  upper  cuatom-house  tort  opeoing  a  lire  upon  tliem,  but  without  efibct. 
It  waa  sAerwarda  afcerUtincd,  that  thvoe  boats  contained,  most  of  the  offiMEm 
and  their  immediate  foUoweni,  who  Bed  panic-struck  the  momont  they  aaw 
our  ships  under  n-ei^^h,  Inking,  it  has  been  Bupposad.  the  base  aiid  cniu  pE» 
caution  ofbarting  iTie  gatec,  to  prevent  their  xounCry men  tron-  fbUowing 
their  I'xiuaple. 

"About  4  o'clock  in  the  anornoon  the  Niimesia,  having  in  tow  several 
boats  filled  with  the  Welleaiey's  marines,  proceeded  to  occupy  the  Art  on  the 
western  sitoro  under  the  Tanan  hills.  This  fott  had  been  prpvioualy  lilenc- 
cd  by  the  admirable  tiring  of  the  WeDesley.  The  iroopg  olfecled  a  landing 
without  difficitlty,  the  Nemesia.  throwing  an  occasional  shot  or  tvto  to  keep 
the  Chinese  in  play.    The  force  [irocecdud  up  the  bills  and  dtfipeitedthsChi* 


1844.  PvBgress  of  ike  War  179 

ne0e«  Itai  dcstMyyed  and* fired  their  ettcampments.  The  ficc  biased  tagiiilttr 
dark,  and  formed  a  grand  doeing  spectacle  to  this  eventful  day's  work.  Th6- 
UaSQ ;  intfst  hufe  bees  seen  Ibr  milesoft  and  told  the  sad  tale  to  the  Gbmese 
of  the  fall  of  the  Bo^e  forts.  It  bnrned  in  «  cirde^of  nearly  two  milM,  cast*^ 
ing  a  strong  ^lare  over  the  heavens  and  waters  of  the  fiogaoi  forming,  as  it 
weie«  a.  vast  illumination  in  commemoration  of  our  triumph  over  the  olack- 
haiied  ntce  of  Uanl  1  did  not  hear  the  number  of  Chinese  killed  in  Uiis  fort 
stated ;  they  lost  80  guns.  AH  the  fortifications,  those  on  Wangtong  ex- 
cepted, are  now  being  dismantled  and  leveled." 

On  the  mornlDg  of  the  t27th,  the  advanced  squadron;  ufidiBr  captain 
Heisbert,  tUMwisting  at  this  time  of  the  Calliope,  Herald,  Alligator, 
Sulphur, .  and  Modeste,  (the  Samarang  having  been  sent  to  lie  in 
Macao  Roads»  where  the  Hyacinth  had  previously  remained,)  pro- 
4se6ded  up  the  river,  with  the  steamers  Nemesis  -and  Madagascar.  la 
Xtte  evening  vi^as  issued  the  following. 

(^redar  to  Hef  Majeshfs  SyJbjuU. 

A  Chkieae  force  of  upwards  of  2000  troops  of  €LiU  (strongly  intrenched  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  river  at  (his  point,  and  defended  by  upwards  of  100  pieces  of 
artillery),  was  entirely  routed  this  afternoon,  after  an  obstinnte  resistance,  at- 
tended with  great  Joss  of  life.  The  cannons  were  rendered  unserviceable,  the 
encampment  and  ammunition  destroyed,  and  the  late  British  ship  Cambridge 
blown  up,  she  having  previously  taken  part  in  the  action  from  a  position  close  to 
the  opposite  side  of  a  mft. reaching  across  the  river  from  the  west  of  the  intrench- 
ed  camp.  This  signal  service  was  achieved  by  an  advanced  squadron,  consbting 
of  the  vessels  named  in  the  margin,  under  the  command  of  captain  Herbert  of  H. 
M.*s.  ship  CaFliope.  The  casualties  on  the  side  of  H.  M/s  forces  have  been  in- 
considerable, but  are  not  yet  accurately  ascertained. 

H.  M.'s  ship  Calliope,  at  anchor  off  Brunswick  Rock, 
Wfaampoa  Reach,  27tb  February,  1841, 9  p.  m. 

(Signed)  CHAai.KsEh.LtnT,  H.  M.*8  Plenipotentiary. 

Vessels  erigaged :  Calliope,  Herald,  Alligator,  Modeste,  Nemesis,  Madagascar. 

We  have  been  informed,  by  an  .eye-witnes.s,  that  two  of  the  Chi* 
nese  officers  fell  on  the  bayonet^f  the  marines..  When  driven  to  the 
rear  of  their  intrenched  camp,  some  of  t<he  soldiers  stood  'lik«  men, 
fighting  hand  to  hand.  About  200  fell;  and  it  was  .suppbsfsd  that 
the  chief  officer  in  cororoaiKl  was  among  that,  number,,  he  having 
recently  arrived  from  Hoonan.  The  steamers  received  a  few  shot, 
one  grazing  the  top  of  the  steam  coiMlenser  of  the  Nemesis. 

On  Monday,  1st  March,  the  raft  that  had  been  built  across  the 
river  near  the  above-named  fort,  ivas  tnken  away.,  and  theahips  pro- 
ceeded.   The  taking  of  the  next  fort  was  thus  announced. 

Whampoa  Reach,  3d  March,  1841. 

A  masked  battery  <sitiiated  on  the  N.  E.  end  of  Whampoa  island)  fired  upon 
H.  M.'s  jhip  Sulphur  and  m  division  of  boats  yesterday  morning,  and  was«(alla«itly 
carried  by  Ike  hoaia'  crews.  The  advanced  squadron,  contisting^of  tbe4bips 
mttntionad  an  the  margin,  isat anchor  off  Howqua's  Folly,  and  that  pilace  is  oo- 
cnpied  by  fl.  M.'s  fonee*.  Jl.  M.'j  plenipotentiary  was  tfais  «da¥  visited  by  the 
KwmHgchowfoo^  under  a  flag  of  Iruoe,  aiid  there  is  a  suspension  oi  hostilities. 

.    (Sigaed)  Coamlm  Eluot,  iL  lf«'s  Plenipoieatfary. 

Skips  in  adwince^  Herald,  Alligator,  Sulphur,  Modeste,  aad  Awo  sail  of  tfmt- 
porta. 

About  tw<enty  Chinese  were  killed  here,  and  twenty-three  guns 
destroyed.  Ttre  Pylades  from  Chusan,  Starling,  transports,  Slc, 
joined  the  advanced  s(|uadron  in  the  afleiriioon. 


180  Progreit  of  tkt    War.  Makck, 

'oHi^dCugh  Gough,  major-general  and  comntander-in-cbier of  tin 
-4and  forcei,  arrived  on  the  3d. 

The   Mveral    circalars  and  notices   which    follow    bringdown  the 
narratire  to  the  close  or  the  month. 

CiraUar  to  Her  Britanue  Majatf't  SKtjteta. 
The  Brmistlce  granted  la  (he  enemy  tiaviiig  ei|)1redy<MlerdHy  morning,  at  II  *. 
■.,  Ibe  works  in  iramediale  adviinco  of  Howtiua'i  Fort  wrre  occupied.     Th»  ac- 
companying iirnclamalion  was  Ibeii  issued  lo  the  people  of  Canlon. 

(aiened)  CuiRLEt  Elliot,  H,  M.'s  PlenipotiDliary. 

1.  Onboard  H.  M.  S.  CalNope,  Wbampon  Reich,  7!h  Mojwb.  ihi4l. 

'■  Bf  Ciaiia  EUiiH,  Etq..  Itc.  H.  !«.   PUidpoUmiaTg  in  China.— a  Proelamtitm^ 
,,,"Pion,i  Of  Ctttot:    . 
'■  Voof  cily  is  sinired,  bccatiie  Ihe  gracious  sovereign  of  Greaf  Britain  haa  com- 

msnded'the  high  Engli*!     "  '       •    -       '  •  - 

"  "le  tenderly  considi 

bstruclion  to  Ibe  British  Sofat  in  tbeir  present  Blalions.  Il 
neceuary  lo  answer  force  by  force,  and  Iha  cily  may  suffer  lerrible  injury.  And 
if  the  merchants  be  -prevented  from  buying  and  selling  freely  with  the  British 
and  foreign  merchanls.  then  (he'whole  trade  of  Canlon  must  immediately  ba 
Mopped.  The  high  officers  of  the  English  nnlion,  hare  faithfully  used  their  bM( 
eSbrti  In  prevent  the  miseriei  of  war ;  and  Ihe  responsibility  uf  Ibe  actual  alata  of 
Ihings  must  rest  upon  the  heads  of  the  had  advisers  of  Ihe  emperor.  Furlhar  avil 
enns«qnences  can  only  be  prevented   by  wisdom  and  moderation  on  ibe  part  of 

"  Dated  off  (he  fort  of  Ethama.  near  to  Canton,  Ihe  6th  day  uf  Marcli,  1841." 
Ciradar. 

Haaao.II)lh  March,  1841. 
A  rapoK  bai  thi*  day  reached  ibe  undarri|;ned  tcjba  effact  that  Ihn  autborilici 
at  Canton  hev«  granted  pllnl  chops  to  ships  other  iban  BrHlah  to  proceed  lo 
Whampoa.  The  pnri  of  Canton,  from  its  entrances  In  ibe  Apiwaile  ailreme.  bo- 
ing  in  the  mililary  occupation  of  ber  mBJesly's  arras,  ihnre  b  no  reaMin  lo  beliove 
that  his  eicellency  the  eommandfr-ln-Dhief  of  the  nnvn  I  forcei  will  tinder  preienl 
circumstances  atimit  the  efficacy  of  passports  or  papen  granted  hy  Iha  Cbineaa 
governmnni ;  the  undsrsifned.  tbeiefore.  apprehensive  that  dinppoinlment  may 
be  created,  considers  it  riglil  to  give  notice  that  it  is  highly  improbable  that  sbipi 
will  be  allowed  permission  to  enter  Ihe  river  under  anv'  authority  other  than  that 
of  the  commander-in-chief.  Il  shonid  also  be  staled,  that  a  close  embargo  will 
very  ahortiv  bit  hid  on  Ihe  cily  and  trade  of  Canton,  iialen  and  aniil  tbe  whole 
foreign  tracJe  proceeds  upon  a  perfectly  er]ual  footing. 

(Signed)  Churlgs  Ell'ot,  H.  H.'a  Plenipotentiary. 

Fwtae  Ifcba. 

Macao,  I3tb  March,  1841. 
Al  the  request  of  bis  excellency  Ibe  naval  commander^n-ohier,  Dolioe  it  hereby 

K'ven  (bat  Elrilish  and  foreign  merchant  ihipa  will  not  be  permilled  to  proceed 
giiar  than  North  Wanglone  nnlil  further  notice.         '  '         ' 

By  order  of  H.  M.'i  plenipo(en(iary,  Edwlbd  ELKiLta.  Sec.,  its. 
dradTta  Hrr  m^tttftSt^JKtt. 
H.  H.  H.  Calliopa,  Wbempoa  Reach,  15lh  Harcft.  I!MI- 
Tbe  fori  in  Ihe  Haeao  pansaga  near  Can(on.  which  had  been  considerably 
ilrenrlbened  and  supported  by  flanking  field  works,  wai  carried  on  Iha  evening  of 
the  131  h  insl..  by  ihe  force  mentioned  in  Ihe  margin,  under  the  command  of  cap- 
lain  Herbert,  of  H.  H.  ship  Calliopa  ;  the  enemy  manifesting  more  spirit  than  baa 
been  observable  since  Ihe  afiairoribe  37(h  ulto.  The  fort  has  been  li nee  nrriaon- 
ed  and  Ibe  Hodeste  is  at  thai  point.  On  Ihe  morning  of  the  same  day,  the  Nemeai* 
wilb  Ibe  boat*  and  marioei  ot  H.  M.  ship  Samanng.  and  aboat  from  Ihe  H.  C.'s 
sleam  ihip  Atalanla,  proceeded  from  Hacao  towards  Canlon  bylhe  Inner  Pits- 
ta^.  Seven  small  worfct  or  hnlleriei  have  been  carried.  105  pic e«t  of  cannon  deo- 
Iroyed,  and  9  sail  of  men-of-war  j units  blown  up,  between  Hacao  and  Tszeaaiiihe 


1841.  Progresi  of  the   War,  Idl 

cliop-boase  al  tlie  last  place  was  burnt  dowoi  Tlie  briefest  notice  of  this  ser%*icc 
would  be  unsuitable,  which  failed  to  mention  the  admirable  steadiness  and  ability 
displayed  by  Mr.  William  H.  Hall,  a.  n.,  commander  of  the  Nemesis,  in  the 
navieation  of  that  eitraordinary  vessel.  She  was  moved  onwards  for  some  suc- 
ceeding miles  in  her  own  depth  of  water,  and  with  the  breadth  of  Ihe'river  so  near 
her<own  length,  that  it  became  necessary  on  several  occasions,  to  force  her  bow 
into  tlie  bank  and  bushes  on  one  side  to  clear  her  heel  of  the  dry  ground  on  the 
opposite.  Formidable  obstructions  to  the  navigation  were  removed  by  the  steam- 
er with  characteristic  energy. 

By  order.  (Signed)  Eowaad  Elmblik.  Secretary,  &«. 

H.  M.  ships  Modeste»  Starting,  and  the  H*  Co.'s  steamer  Madagascar:  boats 
of  H.  M.  ships  Blonde,  Conway,  Herald,  Alligator,  Hyacinth,  Mimrod,  Pylades, 
andCmizer. 

..':,,:  CiraUar to  Her  Majetiifs  SubfeUs. 

■  ■::.    I .       H..M.  cutter  Louisa,  at  anchor  off  Canton,  19th  March,  1841. 

A  flag  of  truce  having  been  fired  upon  from  a  work  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Ma- 
cao Passage^  near  this  city,  on  the  16th  inst,  captain  Herbert,  in  command  of  the 
squadron  in  advance  moved  forward  tlie  sbi|)s  and  vessels  named  in  the  margin 
(Modeste.  Algerine,  Starilne,  Hebe,  Louisa,  Nemesis,  Madagascar,  boats  of 
H.  M.  ships.  Calliope,  Blonde,  Conway,  Herald,  Alligator,  Sulphur,  Hyacinth, 
Pylades,  Nimrod,  Cruiser,  and  Columbine),  and  a  flotilla  of  bcMts  under  the  com- 
mand of  captain  Bourchier  of  H.  M/  ship  Blonde,  formed  into  3  divisions  under 
the  immediate  charge  of  commanders  Barlow  and  Clarke  and  lieutenant  Coul- 
son  of  the  Blonde,  captain  Bethune  of  H.  M.  ship  Conway  seconding  and  assisting 
capt.  Bourchier  in  the  general  direction  of  this  branch  of  the  service.  U.  M.  S. 
Hyacinth  and  a  division  of  boats  under  the  command  of  commander  Belcher, 
seconded  by  commander  Warren,  were  placed  at  the  south  entrance  of  a  branch 
of  the  river  re-communicating  with  the  main  stream  at  Fatee;  this  movement 
being  made  with  the  purpose  to  cut  off  the  retreatof  a  numerous  flotilla  which 
had  taken  part  in  the  aggression  of  the  16th  iust.  The  necessary  arrangements 
having  been  completed,  the  whole  force  was  moved  forward  simultaneously  yes- 
terday at  about  noon,  carrying  in  the  course  of  two  hours  all  the  works  in  im- 
mediate advance,  and  before  the  clly  (the  Dutch  Folly  inclusive),  and  taking, 
sinking,  or  destroying  the  enemy's  flotilla.  .  The  Chinese  defended  themselves 
with  constancy  at  the  main  point  of  attack,  notwithstanding  th6  eicellent  fire  of 
H.  M.  S.  Afodeste  and  the  other  attacking  vessels,  some  of  the  people  standing 
to  their  guns  till  they  were  dislodged  by  the  musketry  from  the  seamen,  and 
marines.  H.  M.  S.  Herald,  brought  over  the  flats  by  dint  of  great  care  and 
eiertion,  entered  the  reach  during  the  engagement,  and  the  appearance  of  such 
a  reserve  no  doubt  contributed  to  the  success  of  the  day.  These  important  and 
admirably  conducted  operations  have  placed  Canton  under  the  guns  of  the  squad- 
ron, and  the  vessels  remain  at  an  anchorage  commanding  all  approaches  to  the 
city,  from  the  sonthern  and  ivestern  branches  of  (he  river.  The  casualties  on 
(he  side  of  H.  M.  forces  have  been  inconsiderable. 

(Signed)  Cuarlics  Elliot,  Her  Majesty's  Plenipotentiary. 

CiremUur  to  Her  Majegttf's  Subjedt. 

Caiiton,  Hall  of  (he  British  Factory,  20th  Marcl)ri84i. 

A  suspension  of  hostilities  at  Canton  in  this  province  has  this  day  been  agreed 
u|H>n  between  the  imperial  commissioner  Vnng  and  the  undersigned.  It  has 
further  been  publicly  proclaimed  to  the  people  under  the  seals  of  the  commis- 
sioner and  of  (he  ac(ing  governor  of  the  province,  that  the  trade  of  the  port  of 
Canton  is  open,  and  that  British  and  other  foreign  merchants  who  may  see  fit 
to  proceed  therefor  the  purposes  of  lawful  commerce  shall  be  duly  protected. 

No  bond  will  be  required  by  the  provincial  government,  but  there  will  l>e  no 
objection  on  the  part  of  the  British  authorities  to  the  like  liabilities  for  (he  in. 
tfoductlonof  prohibited  merchandize,  or  smuggling  (duly  proved),  which  would 
follow-such  offenses  in  England,  detention  of  the  person  or  penal  consequence.** 
of  all  kind  excepted.  Pending  the  final  .settlement  of  affairs  between  the  two 
ronntries,  the  undersigned  Unn  consented  to  (he  payment  of  the  u.<iual  port 
charges  and  other  established   d«ities.     Ship?  of  war  will    remain  in  (he  near 


\9^l  Progress  of  fhc  War.  March, 

neigh iKifljoud  of  ihe  factories  for  the  lictter  protection  of  Her  Majesty^B  sub- 
jects engaged  in  trade  at  Canton. 

(Signed)       CttARLSs  Eluot,  Her  Mfvjesty's  Plenipotentiary. 

Public  AoticB. 

Notice  is  hereby  eiven  that  British  and  foreign  merchant  vessels  have  permis- 
sion to  proceed  to  Whampoa,  all  consequences  arising  from  the  |iossibie  and  sud- 
den resumption  of  hostilities  of  course  remaining  at  the  risk  of  the  parties. 
Given  on  board  the  Wellesley  off  Wangtong,  2lst  March,  1841. 

(Signed)   J.  J.  Gordov  Brkmcr,  Commodore  1st  Class,  Commander-in-chief. 

Prodamaliim  ^  tkt  pmpU  qf  CtmUm. 

Yang,  joint  Imperial  commissioner,  a  noble  of  the  second  -order,  &c.,  and  E, 
acting  governor  of  the  Two  Kwang,  &c.,— hereby  issue  a  proclamation,  to  carry 
on  commercial  intercourse  as  uraal,  and  peacefully  to  punue  ordinary  avocations. 

Whereas,  upon  the.  I9th  of  the  present  month,  tne  'English  plenipotentiary 
officially  represented,  that  It  was  his  desire  to  maintain  peace,  and  he  demanded 
nothing  else,  hut  only  Immediate  permission  for  the  trade  to  be  carried  on,  as 
usual :  and  whereas  the  commercial  intercourse  enjoyed  by  various  countries 
is  owing  to  the  good  pleasure  of  the  celestial  court  that  all  should  cherish  ten- 
derly men  from  afar:  therefore,  the  English  plenipotentiary  having  so  nefire- 
sented,  that  he  demands  nothing  else  but  trade  only ;  and  the  merchant  ships  of 
America  and  other  countries  having  in  consequence  of  the  war,  suffered  deten- 
tion, so  that  their  cargoes  remain  unsold,  and  there  is  no  prospect  to  them  of 
retiirning  homeward : — a  change  cannot  but  be  made,  commensurahly  to  these  cir- 
mmstanccs,— [permitting  them  alike  to  trade,  and  thus  displnyin|(  a  compassionate 
res^ard.  While  the  facts  will'  be  duly  represented  to  the  thrr<ne.these  special  com- 
mands are  at  the  same  time  issued  for  the  information  of  all.  For  this,  then,  it  is 
proclaimed  to  all  the  tradesfolk.  snMiers,  and  people  in  general,  (v.v  their  full  infor- 
mation, that  henceforward  the  merchants  of  all  nations  are  alike  permitted  to 
repair  to  Whnmpoa  and  trade.  Vou  will  hold  intercourse  with  them,  and  pass  to 
and  fro,  as  usual ;  and  there  shall  lie  no  hindrance  or  obstruction  made,  nor  any 
trouble  created.  After  the  English  vcsssels  of  war  shall  he  withdrawn,  it  will  yet 
more  be  right  and  seeming,  to  protect,  and  carefully  to  look  to  and  well  treat  the 
merchant  vessels  at  Whampoa.  and  the  mertthants  dwelling  at  Canton.  Let 
every  one  tremblingly  obey.  Oppose  not  this  special  proclamation. 
Taoukwang,  21st  year.  2d  month,  2dth  day.    (20th  March,  1841.) 

To  the  foregoing  brief  enumeration  of  engagements  and  results, 
our  limits  allow  us  at  present  to  add  no  details.  It  is  worthy  of  spe- 
cial notice,  that,  during  all  these  successive  engagements,  in  which 
the  Chinese  have  lost  above  2000  men  (counting  from  the  engage- 
ment of  7th  January,  at  Chuenpe),  there  have  been  killed  by  their 
shot,  on  the  side  of  the  English,  only  one  man)  a  seaman  wounded 
on  the  3d  of  March,  and  who  has  since  died  of  his  wounds.  Three 
others  have  been  killed,  by  accidents  with  guns,  and  in  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  fortifications  of  the  Bogue.  We  regret,  however,  to  have 
to  add  the  death  of  the  master  of  the  Pestonjee  Bomanjee,  transport, 
by  the  hands  of  the  Chinese,  at  Chusan,  since  the  evacuation  of  that 
island.  He  was  sent  out  with  stores,  direct  from  England  ;  and  on 
his  arrival  atlJhusan,  finding  no  part  of  the  force  there,  he  laiided  to 
learn  the  cause,  when  the  party  was  instantly  attacked.  He  Fell, 
and  was  supposed  killed ;  some  of  the  boat's  crew  were  wounded,  but 
succeeded  in  making  igood  their  retreat  back  to  the  vessel.  An 
attempt  was  made  the  next  day  to  take  the  vessel,  but  wholly  without 
success. 

On  the  2(Uli  two  ofBcers  of  the  Blenheim,  proceeding  to  their  ship 
in  Macao  Lluadsi,  were  in  company  with  another  Britibh  subject,  uti 


1841.  Juunial  of  (hturrvjues.  IK{ 

board  a  small  cutter,  when  a  dark  night  and  contrary  winds  compelled 
them  to  anchor.  About  3  a.m.  a  Chinese  lM)at  ran  foul  of  the  cutter, 
when  these  three,  from  alarm  of  sinking,  or  some  other  cause,  jumped 
on  board  the  Chinese  boat— de.«icribed  to  be  a  fishing  vessel.  The 
boat  made  off  immediately,  and  nothing  has  since  been  learned  of 
the  fate  of  the  three  persons,  thus  unfortunately  made  captives. 


Art.  VI.  Journal  of  Occurrences:  the  British  erpedition;  major - 
general  Gough;  Kcshen's  degradation  and  recall;  new  commis- 
sioners :  foreign  factories  in  Canton  ;  return  of  the  shipping  to 
VVhampoa  and  of  the  foreigners  to  t/ie  rity ;  evacuation  of 
ChusaUf  release  of  the  prisoners ;  war  between  the  Cochinchinese 
and  Siamese ;  renewed  declaration  of  war. 

Heferring  the  reader  to  the  preceding  article  for  an  account  of  the 
(M-ogress  of  the  war,  vvc  will  here  briefly  describe  the  situation  of  the 
expedition  as  we  now  find  it,  nine  months  after  its  ariival.  Though 
no  one  of  its  great  objects  has  yet  been  gained,  it  does  not  follow  of 
course  that  it  has  been  badly  conducted,  or  that  no  advantages  have 
been  secured.  By  pursuing  a  paciiic  line  of  action,  and  reducing 
the  demands  to  the  lowest  point,  an  experiment  of  great  value  has 
been  made :  before  all  natious  the  Chinese  have  now  proved  them- 
selves to  be — what  long  ago  many  believed  they  were — false,  faith- 
less, impotent,^  merciless,  hostile  to  all  the  world,  in  a  degree  far  be- 
yond what  hns  generally  been  supposed.  It  is  now  clear, — clear  as 
the  sun, — that  the  Chinese  government  will  yield  nothing  to,  nor 
keep  any  faith  with,  foreign  sstates,  except  by  constraint.  Happily 
this  constraint  they^  already  begin  to  feel ;  and  it  is  devoutly  to  be 
wished,  that  this  may  be  continued  on  them,  until  tliey  are  well  esta- 
blished in  their  right  position  among  the  great  nations  of  the  earth. 
We  admire  the  moderation  and  generosity  that  have  been  displayed 
by  the  commander-in-chief  and  those  who  are  with  him.  Such  qua- 
lities exhibited  in  the  exercise  of  overwhelming  power  are  most  salu- 
tary. Negotiate,  treat— ^with  whom  and  where  ?  .  .  .  Dictation  must 
now  become  th^-  order  of  the  day.  If  possible,  let  there  be  no  more 
destruction  of  life,  no  taking  possession  of  empire ;  but  henceforth, 
as  in  other  countries,  let  direct  access  be  had  to,  and  intercourse 
maintained  with,  the  emp^r  and  his  court;  and  let  the  foreigner 
enjoy  the  same  protection  and  the  same  immunities  here,  and  be 
held  responsible  in  the  same  manner,  as  is  usual  among  the  most 
favored  nations.  Such  an  achievement,  good  as  it  may  t)e  to  the 
foreigner,  will  be  as  life  from  the  dead  to  the  Chinese: — it  will  wake 
them  from  the  long  slumber  of  ages  and  put  them  at  once,  in  a  day, 
on:  the  great  march  of  modern  improvement.  Let  the  son  of  heaven 
know  that  he  is  not  al)Ove  the  other  potentates  of  the  earth.  By^  the 
course  pursued,  notwithstanding  any  enors  that  may  have  been  com- 
mitted^ the  expedition  has  gained  high  vantage  ground ;  and  though 


|J^4  Juurnnl  of  OrntrrenrfH. 

small  iiuiiiericully,  and  late  in  action,  it  lias  given  h  bluw  tliut  will 
shake  the  empire  to  its  centre.  Its  commanding  attitude,  however, 
must  be  maintained  unwaveringly,  till  every  just  right  he  gained  ; 
and  until  the  ratification  of  new  arrangements,  for  permanent  peace, 
shall  have  been  signed  at  Peking. 

The  naval  force  at  present  is  thus  distributed  :  Wellesley,  at  the 
Bogue;  Blenheim,  in  Maaco  Roads;  Druid,  at  Hongkong;  Calliope, 
Blonde,  Conway,  Sulphur,  Nimrod,  and  Columl:ine,  at  VVhampoa; 
Alligator,  Pylade.s,  and  Cruizer,  at  Howqua's  fori,  six  miles  east  of 
Canton ;  Herald,  Myacinth,  Modeste,  and  Algerine,  in  Macao  Pas- 
sage, two  miles  south  from  Canton ;  Starling,  Young  Hebe,  and 
Louisa,  passing  to  and  fro;  the  Atalanta  with  the  advanced  squa- 
dron ;  the  Nemesis,  at  Macao.  The  Melville  sailed  for  England  on 
the  2(Uh,  the  Samarang  on  the  29lh,  and  the  Madagascar  for  Cal- 
cutta on  the  3Uth  inst.  The  naval  coinmander-in>chief,  we  hear,  will 
proceed  in  the  Queen  to  Calcutta  this  day,  the  :Hst.  The  land  forces 
and  transports  are  in  company,  at  various  points,  with  the  naval. 

The  arrival  of  major-general  sir  Hugh  Gough,  on  the  2d  instant, 
we  have  already  noticed.  He  is  an  experienced  officer,  of  high  re- 
putation, and  comes  on,  as  we  understand,  from  Madras,  to  command 
in  chief  the  land  forces. 

KesheUf  the  late  high  minister  and  imperial  commissioner,  has  been 
degraded,  and  recalled  to  Peking,  to  be  put  on  trial  for  traitorous 
conduct  towards  his  master.     He  left  Canton  on  the  12th. 

Of  the  nno  commissioners,  only  Yang  Fang  is  known  to  have  ar- 
rived. He  is  an  old  man  of  more  than  70  years,  deaf  and  doltish  ; 
and,  instead  of  exterminating  the  rebellious  at  the  head  of  his  30,000 
veteran  troops,  has  been  compelled  to  proclaim,  on  the  walls  of  the 
city,  their  admission  to  Canton,  with  protection  for  their  persons  and 
property.     There  is  a  rumor  of  Yihshan's  arrival. 

The  foreign  factories  were  approached  and  occupied  by  British 
arms  on  the  18th — just  two  years  from  the  date  of  Lin's  notable 
edict  demanding  the  surrender  of  opium. 

The  foreign  shipping,  for  months  past  anchored  in  the  Roads  off 
Macao,  is  proceeding  up  the  river,  several  sail  are  akeady  at  Wham- 
poa,  and  a  few  of  the  merchants  in  Canton,  with  the  expectation 
that  business  will  be  immediately  resumed. 

Chusan  was  evacuated  by  the  British  troops,  on  the  24th  ultimo. 
Some  particulars  respecting  it,  and  the  captivity  of  Mrs.  Noble  and 
others,  intended  for  this  article,  must  be  postponed. 

Early  this  year,  a  stockade  belonging  to  the  Cochinchinese  on  the 
frontiers  of  Camboja,  was  taken  by  the  Siamese.  The  prisoners  were 
released,  on  condition  they  would  never  again  be  found  in  arms 
against  their  conquerors. 

A  paper,  parportuiK  to  be  an  imperial  edict  issued  on  hearing  of  the  cnptore  of 
the  Bogue  forts,  has  just  reached  us.  The  emperor,  it  appears  from  this,  has 
sworn  that  he  and  such  rebellious  people  as  the  English  shall  not  stand  together 
under  the  same  heavens.  He  requires  that  they  be  entirely  exterminated.  For 
allowing  the  fall  of  the  forts,  he  deprives  of  their  rank,  but  retains  in  office,  all  the 
officers  in  and  of  Canton ! 


I'HF. 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY. 


Vol.  X.— April,  1841.— No.  4. 


Art.  I.      Sketch  of  Kwanyin^    the    Chinese    Goddess    of  Mercy, 
Translated  fioiii  the  Sow  Shin  Ke.     By  J.  L.  S. 

KwANYiN,  originally  called  Shen,  was  the  third  child  of  Shekin  senior, 
who  dwelt  in  the  mountains  of  Tsewling,  situated  in  the  district  of 
Keshoo  of  the  state  Koochuh— and  by  spiritual  transformation  of  per- 
son wasre*born  in  the  state  of  Pihheue.  Her  father  was  kingMeaoa* 
chwang,  his  surname  being  Po,  and  his  name  Hea,  while  the  mo- 
ther was  of  the  family  of  Pihya.  The  parents  having  hitherto  had  no 
male  issue,  repaired  for  worship  to  a  temple  among  the  fragrant  hills  of 
the  west.  The  celestial  emperor,'  however,  declared  to  the  father  that 
he  was  at  heart  a  murderer,^  and  therefore  his  hopes  of  male  posterity 
should  be  cut  of)',  but  that  daughters  should  be  granted  to  him.'^  His 
eldest  daughter  was  called  Meaou  Tsing,  the  next  Meaou  Yin,  and 
the  third  Meaou  Shea  (Kwanyin).  Now  at  the  time  of  Meaou  Shen's 
birth  a  wonderful  fragrance  filled  the  apartments,  and  red  clouds  and 
brightness  filled  all  parts  of  the  house.  When  she  was  an  infant  she 
was  remarkably  intelligent,  and  had  no  desire  to  attend  to  human 
aflfairs.  When  she  had  reached  her  ninth  year,  she  became  strenu- 
ously disobedient  to  her  father's  commands,*  and  took  oath  that  she 
would  never  marry.  Afterwards,  in  consequence  of  her  two  elder 
sisters  having  taken  husbands  who  could  not  succeed  to  the  throne, 
her  father  then  pressed  her  to  conclude  a  matrimonial  alliance,  but 
Shen  still  positively  refused.  She  was  consequently  placed  under 
strict  prohibitions  at  the  back  part  of  the  garden,  where  she  gave 
herself  up  to  the  hearty   and  sincere   study  of  moral  principles.     On 

VOL.    X.    NO.    IV.  '^4 


186  Skitch  of  Kwanyin.  A^litL, 

her  being  released,  she  entered  the  dietrict  of  Lungshoo,  in  the  de- 
partment of  Yuchow,  and  at  the  White  Bird  temple,  she  became  a 
nun.  Eyew,  the  chief  of  the  temple,  received  aecret  instructions 
(from  her  father)  to  endeavor  to  change  Shon's  determination  in 
relation  to  her  vows  of  celibacy,  but  she  continued  steadfastly  to 
refuse. 

Meaou  Shen  was  then  (for  her  refusal)  subjected  to  the  most  bitter 
drudgery.  In  the  mornings,  she  was  made  to  draw  water  from  the 
well,  and  her  evenings  were  spent  in  listening  to  the  Budhistic  doc- 
trines. At  break  of  day  she  had  to  burn  the  incense,  and  sweep  the 
apartments,  while  her  noonday  task  was  to  bring  the  wood  with 
which  to  cook  the  rice;  but  notwithstanding  all  these  difficulties  not 
a  murmur  escaped  her.  Heaven  was  aware  of  the  sincerity  of  her 
principles,  and  dispatched  three  thousand  of  the  celestial  army  to 
lend  her  their  assistance  and  protection.  The  god  Kealan  brushed 
the  halls,  Teenwang  swept  the  kitchen,  Ldhting  offered  incense, 
while  Yaouyeih  lighted  the  candles.  The  ke  bird  prepared  the  tea, 
a  nimble  monkey  carried  in  the  vegetables,  a  white  tiger  brought  fuel 
in  his  mouth,  and  the  goddess  Peking  and  Maouchang  entered  the 
inner  courts  bearing  flowers,  while  the  genii  offered  up  fruits.  Dur- 
ing every  night  the  noise  of  the  clouds,  as  if  shaken  by  the  winds, 
were  heard,  and  the  rapid  movements  of  these  gods  were  observed. 
The  whole  company  of  the  priests  became  alarmed,  and  conveyed 
the  information  to  her  father,  who  sent  five  of  the  city  cavalry  under 
Hwuhpeihleih,  ordering  him  to  hasten  and  with  the  soldiers  sur- 
round the  temple  and  set  fire  to  it.  But  Shen  prayed  to  the 
god  Budha,  and  biting  her  forefinger  spurted  forth  the  blood,  causing 
crimson  colored  rain  to  descend,  which  put  out  the  fire,  and  thus 
rescued  five  hundred  priests,  not  one  failing  a  prey  to  the  flames. 
Peihleih  again  fired  the  temple,  and  in  like  manner  was  it  put  out. 
Three  times  was  it  set  fire  to,  and  three  times  was  it  ^extinguished  as 
aforesaid.  The  impossibility  of  burning  the  temple  was  announced  to 
her  father,  and  his  anger  being  aroused,  he  ordered  Peihleih  to  go 
and  bind  Meaou  Shen  fast  with  cords  and  bring  her,  under  arrest,  in- 
to the  common  execution  ground,  but  at  the  same  time  intimated  his 
willingness  for  her  mother  to  rescue  her;  for  toward  the  tender  and 
amiable  disposition  of  this  his  third  daughter  he  felt  very  kindly  af- 
fectioned,  and  his  only  wish  was  that  she  was  married,  and  he  had  a 
son-in-law  that  might  take  charge  of  the  affairs  of  the  state. 

This  murderous  design  did  not  even  change  the  color  of  Meaou 
Shen's  countenance,    but  her  intention  became  still    more  firm,  and 


1841.  iS.7.7Yr/i  oj   Ktrtitit/in  \^7 

she  was  imprisoned  in  a  cold  and  desolate  room  of  the  palace.  Day 
and  night  the  female  attendants  of  the  palace,  as  well  as  her  father  and 
mother  pressed  their  intreaties  upon  her,  but  Meaou  Shen  remained 
inexorable,  and  becoming  outrageous  she  railed  in  angry  speech  at 
her  father.  The  father  himself  also  became  greatly  enraged,  and 
forthwith  granted  his  permission  to  Peihieih  really  to  decapitate  her. 
The  god  Tooshin  hastened  and  announced  this  intention  to  Yah  te,^ 
who  gave  her.  a  red  brilliant  light  to  screen  her  body,  and  when  the 
ax  of  the  executioner  attempted  to  do  its  work  it  broke  in  sunder ; 
and  trying  to  spear  her  the  instrument  was  severed  to  pieces ;  and 
they  then  put  her  to  death  with  a  long  red  silken  cloth.  Just  then  a 
tiger  leaped  in  and  bearing  the  corpse  upon  his  back  ran  off  with 
it; — upon  which  her  father  exclaimed,  '*Unfilial  child  ;  it  is  right  that 
you  should  obtain  a  woful  recompense !"  But  he  was  not  aware  that 
Heaven  had  sent  for  her.  This  fierce  tiger  bearing  the  corpse  as  be- 
fore entered  a  forest  of  black  fir  trees,  and  vorily  was  Shen  fully  allow- 
ed to  be  a  genuine  religious  contemplator.  For  a  time  she  remained 
in  unbroken  sleep,  and  her  spirit  roamed  in  regions  unknown.  Sud- 
denly there  appeared  to  her  a  lad  holding  a  r.kwfng  fan*  in  his  hand, 
and  making  his  obeisance,  said,  *  the  Yenkeun  ^  have  ordered  me  to 
make  known  their  requests  to  your  royal  highness.'  Shen  said,  'what 
are  they  ?'  The  lad  replied,  '  having  heard  that  your  royal  highness* 
exercises  the  most  enlarged  mercy  and  benevolence,  ten  of  the  yen 
gods,  are  waiting  your  appearance  at  the  Pooteen  bridge.'  Shen 
yielding  to  their  commands  accompanied  him,  and  at  the  entrance 
of  the  gate  of  perdition  she  beheld  a  god  with  the  head  of  a  cow 
kneeling  at  the  door,  and  saw  the  god  Taycha  holding  a  candle, 
while  a  god  with  an  iron  head  was  sweeping  the  yard.  Entering  per* 
dition  she  saw  one  prison  house  where  punishment  was  inflicted  by 
cutting  the  flesh  from  the  body.  Shen  inquired  about  it,  and  she  was 
told  that  such  punishment  was  for  unfaithful  ministers,  and  unfilial 
children.  She  saw  another  den  where  punishment  was  inflicted  by 
pounding  with  a  pestle,  and  grinding  in  a  mill,  and  they  told  her 
that  this  punishment  was  for  those  who  would  throw  away  what  they 
had  to  spare  of  the  five  grains  rather  than  give  it  to  the  poor ;  and  for 
those  also  who  would  take  the  life  of  any  living  thing.  She  also  saw 
a  place  where .  punishment  was  administered  by  means  of  a  large 
brass  boiler,  and  was  told  that  this  was  for  those  who  prided  them* 
selves  in  their  overbearing  wickedness.  Shen  asked,  Why  are  your 
punishments  so  very  rigorous?  They  told  her  that  they^had  punish- 
ments than  still  more  severe  even   these.     At  present,  said  they,  in 


188  Skeirk  ttj   KwanyiH.  April. 

these  regions  ofohe  lost  we  have  forests  of  swords  in  order  to  lecoin- 
pense  those  who  make  it  their  business  to  transgress  with  their 
mouths  by  everywhere  dealing,  out  to  vulgar  eyes  and  ears,  their 
insidious  calumnies.  We  inflict  the  punishment  of  plucking  out 
eyes,  and  extirpating  tongues,  in  order  to  recompense  those  who  sow 
discord  among  friends,  and  those  also  who  curse  and  swear.  We 
have  too  the  punishment  of  ripping  out  the  intestines  for  the  purpose 
of  awarding  retribution  to  tliose  whose  hearts  are  daggers,  and  whose 
tongues  are  spears  (persons  of  dark  and  intriguing  designs).  Those 
who  dash  people  into  wells  are  rewarded  by  being  plunged  into  a 
deep  river ;  those  who  beat  and  flog  both  males  and  females  receive 
the  punishment  of  the  whip  and  the  club ;  those  superiors  who  oppress 
inferiors,  and  who  injure  birds  and  beasts  with  stones  and  arrows,  are 
punished  by  tigers  and  serpents :  those  who,  when  living,  were  not 
benevolent  with  their  riches  are  ptniished  by  being  made  to  become 
hungry  devils,  and  those  who  inveigle  their  fellows  are  recompens- 
ed by  means  of  a' forest  of  spears.  All  the  certain  punishments  of 
hell  are  innumerable,  and  who  can  say  that  the  eyes  of  Heaven  are 
not  discriminating,  and  who  can  escape  from  the  net  of  hades  ? 

All  the  kings  of  perdition  who  attended  Kwanyin  at  the  golden 
bridge  had  immense  and  ornamented  umbrellas,  and  under  foot  was 
a  red  cloud  colored  carpet,  while  they  also  had  a  ruby  chariot  in 
which  to  receive  Kwanyin,  attendcsd  by  singing  girls.  Shen  express- 
ing her  thanks  to  them,  said,  *  1  have  no  virtue,  and  how  dare  I  dis- 
grace your  affectionate  summons  ?'  The  kings  all  replied, '  We  have 
heard  of  your  vast  mercy  and  tender  compassion,  and  we  wish  to  at- 
tend at  the  banquet  of  your  sacred  books  that  we  may  not  lose  the 
smallest  portion  of  your  instructions.'  Shen  then  exclaimed,  Ometo,* 
the  supremely  excellent !  and  they  beheld  her  folding  her  hands,  and 
offering  up  prayers,  upon  which  flowers  indiscriminately  fell  from 
heaven,  the  earth  became  covered  with  the  golden  water-lily,  the 
whole  of  hell's  iron  instruments  and  brass  frames  were  shivered  to 
pieces,  and  more  than  eight  thousand  regions  of  perdition  were 
entirely  annihilated,  while  all  the  guilty  were  released  from  hell,  and 
permitted  to  ascend  to  the  mansions  of  heaven.  Then  all  the  execu- 
tioners of  the  said  punishments  represented  to  Shen,  saying,  There  is 
a  superior  and  there  is  an  inferior  principle;  there  are  those  who  are 
good  and  those  who  are  wicked ;  if  there  is  no  hell  what  will  be  the 
lot  of  murderers?  And  what  will  there  be  for  those  to  foar  who  com- 
mit  wickedness  in  the  world  ?  Such  places  for  repaying  a  guilty 
world  should  not  be  few,  but  you  have  come  here,  and  in  your  a« 


1841.  Skttth  of  Ktoaiiytn.  •  lr^> 

bounding  mercy  and  compassion  have  delivered  your  doctrines,  and 
hell  has  crumbled  to  pieces.  Were  you  to  remain  long  here,  then 
even  iron  itself  would  be  insufficient  for  a  durable  perdition.  When 
the  celestial  emperor  hears  that  this  wrong  has  lieen  inflicted  he  will 
at  once  call  you  to  return  to  earth. 

All  the  infernal  kings  attended  Kwanyin  to  Mangpo  Ting,  and 
there  separating  from  her,  commanded  the  troops  of  perdition  to  lead 
her  to  the  black  fir  forest,  and  give  her  spirit  back  to  her.  Shen  awa^ 
kening  said,  I  have  ascended  to  the  very  borders  of  heaven,  and 
how  is  it  that  1  have  returned  hither  ?  She  sat  upon  the  grass  burir*d 
in  deep  thought  not  knowing  whither  to  bend  her  course.  In  a 
little  time  Budha  came  riding  upon  the  clouds,  and  bowing  and  wor- 
shiping, playfully  said,  We  can  well  endure  to  dwell  together  in  a 
thatched  cottage,  and  there  together  let  us  live.  Shen  answered, 
why  profane  me  by  such  a  sensual  speech  ?  Budha  said,  I  am  only 
jesting  with  you,  my  heart  is  really  e:itablished  toward  you,  and  I 
desire  to  proceed  with  you  to  the  fragrant-  hills.  Shen  making  no 
reply,  Budha  farther  said,  I  am  no  other  than  the  real  Sheihkea 
(Budha),  and  specially  proclaim  to  you  the  place  to  which  you  can 
repair.  Shen  bowing  her  head  and  expressing  her  thanks  asked,  To 
what  place?  Budha  replied,  In  the  country  of  Yuc  (present  Ciie- 
keang),  near  the  southern  seas  are  the  isles  of  Pooto  Yen,*^  which  is 
the  place  to  which  you  can  repair,  and  I  will,  in  your  behalf,  call 
upon  the  dragons  of  earth  to  create  a  water-lily  stand  upon  which 
you  can  cross  over  the  seas.  At  Pooto,  a  white  tiger  gnawed  wood 
for  her,  the  god  Kealan  opened  out  for  her  a  pleasant  piece  of 
ground,  eight  dragon  kings  both  day  and  night  took  charge  of  th<% 
rising  tides,  and  four  celestial  kings  arranged  the  stone  pillars  for  her 
dwelling.  Shen  dwelt  on  the  isle  of  Pooto  Yen  nine  years,  and  hav-* 
ing  perfected  herself  in  merit  cut  out  flesh  from  her  arm  in  order 
to  rescue  her  father  from  illness,  and  she  held  a  bottle  containing  a 
sweet  dew  in  order  to  secure  long  life  to  all  the  people.  She  was 
attended  on  her  left  by  Shen  Tsae  who  possessed  universal  intelli- 
gence, and  on  her  right  by  Lung  New  of  unbounded  virtue.  Shen 
converted  the  whole  of  her  family,  and  cultivating  the  principles  of 
virtue,  they  all  ascended  to  heaven.  The  supreme  emperor,  be- 
holding that  Kwanyin's  merits  filled  the  world,  and  that  her  miracles 
were  everywhere  manifest,  assented  to  the  representations  of  the  gods 
Laoukeun  and  Meaouy5,  and  proclaimed  her  the  deity  of  abounding 
mercy  and  vast  compassion,  the  rescuer  from  distress  and  difficulties, 
the  most  faithful  one,  the  spiritual  assist^^r,  and  the  guardian  sound  of 


100  Sh'firh  of  Kirani/iv.  April. 

the  world.  The  precious  ivater-tily  was  fafiveri  to  her  for  a  throne,  aiul 
she  became  the  sovereign  of  the  isles  of  Pooto  Yen  in  the  southern 
seas.  Her  father,  the  king  Meaouchwaiig  was  allowed  to  become 
the  god  Shen  shing  seen  kwan,  and  her  mother  Pihya,  was  made  the 
goddess  Keuenshen.  Iler  eldest  sister  became  the  goddes»  Tae 
shea  w&n  choo,  and  sat  upon  a  sky  colored  lion  ;  and  her  other  sister 
Meaou  Yin  was  deified  as  the  goddess  Tae  shen  poti  been,  and  rode 
iipcm  a  white  elephant. 

1.  The  idea  of  the  Cliinese  classics  seems  to  be  that  ^    ^   Hwang  Te 

is  the  emperor  who  has  under  his  jurisdiction  all  the  nations  of  uartht  and 

that  ^  ^  Teftn  Te,  and  ^jg  ^  Yuh  Te,  and  J^^  ^  Shang  Te,  are 

only  different  designations  of  a  supreme  emperor  who  controls  the  heavens 
and  the  earth,  and  the  gods. 

2.  Kwanyin  is  an  exceedingly  popular  goddess  among  the  Chinese,  and  her 
images  and  her  shrines  may  be  found  in  almost  itvory  t'mple  of  any  note 
throughout  the  land ;  but  Kwanyin's  father,  according  to  the  published  ac- 
counts of  her  votaries  themselves,  was  declared  by  the  highest  power  of  the 
universe  which  they  acknowledge,  to  be  a  murderer  at  heart. 

3.  The  Chinese  notions  of  female  baseness  and  inferiority  are  fully  de- 
veloped  in  this  passage.  This  man  was  denied  sons  because  he  was  *a  mur- 
derer at  heart,'  while  at  the  same  time  he  was  deemed  sufficiently  worthv  of 
daughters.  Female  degradation  is  intimately  connected  with  all  the  raminca- 
tions  of  heathenism. 

4.  Two  other  characteristics  in  the  history  of  the  goddess  Kwanyin's  origin 
are  disobedience  to  parents,  and  angry  railing !  Heathenism  is  as  inconsis- 
tently absurd  according  to  the  principles  of  true  reason  as  it  is  daringly  blas- 
phemous according  to  the  principles  of  true  religion. 

5.  ^  *^   Yuh  te,  the  Gem  Ruler,    considered  as  the  god  above  all 

gods,  and  the  great  director  of  all  other  deities. 

6.  The  ehioang  fan  are  long  streamers  which  are  used  in  the  temples  of 
Budba.  They  are  sometimes  made  of  variegated  silk  with  groups  of  fan- 
tastic figures  of  men,  women  and  children  wrought  upon  them  with  much 
tediouslabor,  and  at  great  expense.  The  most  beautiful  and  costly  of  these 
banners  are  only  used  on  occasion  of  processions  and  feast-days  in  honor  of 
the  idol. 

7.  There  are  ten  of  the  ^  "^  Yen  kean  gods,  who  are  denominated 

kings,  and  who  have  the  entire  supervision  of  the  various  regions  of  hades,  a« 
weU  as  all  devils  and  evil  spirits. 

8.  ^S  ^  Kung  choo  is  the  title  by  which  the  daughters  of  emperors 

and  kings  are  addressed.  Kwanyin  being  the  daughter  of  king  Meaou- 
chwang  was  consequently  entitled  to  the  epithet  of  kung  choo. 

9.  Ppf  iiS  Ome  is  an  epithet  of  Budha.  Messrs.  Modhurst  and  Stevens 

visited  Pooto  during  their  missionary  tour  in  the  brig  Huron  in  the  latter 
part  of  1835,  and  Mr.  M.  thus. refers  to  this  phrase.  ••The  only  thing  we 
heard  out  of  the  mouths  of  these  dull  monks  was  •Ometo  Fuh,  or  Amida 
Budba.  To  every  observation  that  was  made  re-echoed  •Ometo  Fuh ;'  and 
the  reply  to  every  inquiry  was  •Ometo  Fuh.'  Bach  pnest  was  furnished 
with  a  string  of  beads,  which  be  kept  continually  fingering,  and  while  he 


1841.  .     I. OSS  of  the  ;S/np  Kilt  VM 

countedi  he  atill  repeated  the  suine  dull  monotonous  uxcliimatiou.  The 
charactera  for  tliis  name  met  the  eye  at  every  turn  of  the  road,  at  every 
corner  of  the  temples^  and  on  every  scrap  of  paper :  on  the  hills,  on  tti'e 
altars,  oo  the  gateways,  and  on  the  walls,  the  same  words  presented  them- 
selves, even  the  solid  rocks  were  engraven  with  Budha's  titles,  and  the 
whole  island  seemed  to  be  tinder  the  spell  of  this  talismanic  phrase,  as  if  it 
were  devoted  to  the  recording  of  •Ometo  Fuh.*"  Ometo  Fuh  is  a  phrase 
used  also  by  all  devout  Chinese  as  well  as  priests  when  they  wish  to  express 
a  strong  affirmation  of  solemnity  or  serious  concern,  and  also  by  the  careless 
and  profane  swearer. 

10.  The  island  of  Pooto  is  a  part  of  the  Great  Chusan  archipelago,  and  is 
cDtiiely  devoted  to  the  religion  of  Budha.  The  island  is  said  to  contain  live 
thousand  priests ;  and  two  of  the  largest  and  handsomest  temples  are  covered 
with  yelioiD  tiles  in  order  to  show  that  they  were  erected  by  imperial  patron- 
age. Mr.  Stevens  refers  to  the  island  of  Footo  in  his  account  of  the  voyage 
of  the  Huron  ;  see  Chi.  Rep.  vol.  IV.,  page  'S3if, 


Art.  II.  Loss  of  the  ship  Kite^  and  Mrs.  Sublets  narrative  of 
her  captivity  and  sufferings  in  prison  in  China  in  1840-41; 
in  a  letter  to  a  friend, 

Ningpo  prison,  Feb,  19/A,  1841. 
My  ever  dear  friend. — On  Sunday,  the.  14th,  I  received  your 
kind  letter,  containing  the  glad  tidings  of  peace,  and  the  joyful  hope 
of  a  speedy  release  from  prison;  and  in  which  you  so  sweetly  and 
afTectionately  oflfer  a  home  to  the  homeless.  The  Almighty  alone, 
who  searcheth  the  heart,  knows  how  deeply  grateful  I  feel  for  all 
your  abundant  goodness  towards  me  in  my  great  afflictions,  but  as 
ray  last  letters  were  sent  publicly,  I  could  not  express  my  feelings ;  I 
sincerely  hope  you  have  not  thought  me  ungrateful.  As  1  may  now 
do  so  with  safety,  I  will  try  to  write  to  you  the  sad  particulars  of  the 
dreadful  wreck  of  the  Kite,  and  of  following  events,  as  far  as  memory 
and  the  few  notes  1  have  been  able  to  make  from  time  to  time,  will 
enable  me  to  do.  May  the  Almighty  in  mercy  strengthen  me  for  the 
truly, nielancholy  duty. 

I  shall  infer,  that  you  know  all  our  affairs  up  to,  I  think,  the  10th 
of  September,  when  the  Kite  was  again  on  her  way  to  Chtisan ;  all 
went  well  till  the  loth,  and  we  then  hoped  to  reach  Chusan  in  two 
days.  Alas  for  earthly  prospects;  they  are  indeed  fallacious.  About 
twelve  o'clock  in  the  forenoon,  the  vessel  struck  on  a  quicksand, 
liut  laid  down  in  the  chart.  The  shock  was  as  sudden  as  it  was  dread- 


P.vi  •  Ufs  of  Hw  Ship  Kiif  A  Pit  ft, 

till;  all  ellbrts  at  the  moment  were  Used,  but  in  vain,  and  in  a  few 
moments,  almost  before  we  could  think  or  speak,  or  alas  I  even  have 
time  to  fetch  my  sweet  child  from  the  cabin ^  the  vessel  went  over 
with  a  tremendous  crash  on  her  broadside,  and  every  creature  on 
board  (except  .my  dear  child)  was  precipitated  with  great  violence 
into  the  sea.  The  moment  was  so  dreadful  1  saw  nothing,  and, 
whether  my  beloved  husband,  who  was  giving  orders  till  the  last  mo- 
ment, ran  to  the  cabin  to  save  his  darling  child,  or  whether  he 
fell  with  the  rest,  I  know  not ;  but  he  was  never  seen  or  heard  of 
more;  his  last  words  to  me  were  'hold  on,  AnneP  Never,  never  shall 
I  forget  them.  My  child  must  have  perished  in  his  cradle.  I  trem- 
ble to  think  of  the  sufferings  of  them  both.  Oh !  how  often  have  I 
wished  I  had  shared  the  same  grave,  yet  the  will  of  God  was  other- 
wise, and  I  know  it  is  very  wicked,  but  when  you  know  my  almost 
unparalleled  sufierings  you  will  not  wonder  at  it.  To  return  to  the 
wreck  ;  after  struggling  under  water  for  some  time,  I  caught  hold  of 
one  of  the  iron  bars  that  hold  the  boat  on  the  quartec^  to  which  I 
clung,  my  body  being  still  in  the  water,  and  the  breakers  coming 
over  me  with  great  force.  A  poor  little  dog  saved  itself  on  my  breast 
for  some  time,  but  at  last  I  was  obliged  to  put  it  off;  oh  I  had  it  been 
my  child,  I  would  have  died  rather  a  thousand  times.  Lieutenant 
Douglas  arose  close  by  me,  and  although  for  a  time  he  could  not  help 
tne,  yet  I  shall  ever  remember  with  the  deepest  gratitude  the  kind 
manner  in  which  he  stood  by  nie,  doing  all  in  his  power  to  soothe  me, 
and,  by  his  orders,  to  save  the  lives  of  all.  Oh !  could  I  picture  to 
you  the  scene  at  this  moment, — the  vessel  on  her  broadside,  her 
masts  and  sails  in  the  water,  numbers  of  persons  rising  and  clinging 
to  the  wreck,  the  horror  of  every  countenance,  and  the  dreadful  noise 
of  the  breakers :  but  it  is  too  much  even  to  tell  you  I  saw  it  all ; 
never,  never  shall  I  forget  the  sight.  Lieut.  Douglas,  with  Mr.  Witts 
the  chief  officer,  who  now  kindly  came  forward  to  my  aid,  did  all 
in  their  power  to  save  me,  and  they  were;  by  the  blessing  of  God, 
the  means  of  preserving  my  life.  These  two  gentlemen,  with 
the  poor  cabin  boys,  got  into  the  boat.,  1  had  just  strength  to  raise 
my  foot,  of  which  one  of  the- gentlemen  took  hold,  drew  the  boat  to, 
and  lifted  me  in.  The  boat  being  nearly  full  of  water,  and  the 
breakers  still  coming  over  it  every  .moment,  the  gentlemen  were 
obliged  to  cut  the  rope  to  prevent  her  sinking.  The  current  imme- 
diately took  her,  and  nothing  could  prevent  her  from  leaving  the 
wreck.  The  people  got  on  the  upper  side  of  the  vessel.  I  strained 
my  eyes  in  vnin  to  find  those  so  dear  to  me.     I  saw  all  but  them.     I 


1841.  Losi$  oftht  Ship  Kite.  193 

tore  my  hair  in  despair,  and  called  till  they  could  hear  me  no  longer, 
telling  them  to  seek  my  husband  and  child.  Hour  after  hour  the 
wreck  was  seen  ;  at  last  we  lost  sight  of  it  entirely.  You  will  fancy 
me  weeping  and  screaming  all  this  time;  I  assure  you,  No;  my  trou- 
ble was  too  overwhelming ;  I  could  not  shed  a  tear,  although  my 
heart  was  fit  to  break ;  I  sat  more  like  a  statue,  my  eyes  seeking  in 
vain  for  the  wreck.  The  boat's  little  kedge  was  thrown  out,  and  the 
water  rushing  by  was  almost  like  a  wall  on  either  side  of  our  boat. 
We  saw  many  things  washed  from  the  wreck  pass  us.  About  4 
o'clock  the  current  turned  in  our  favor,  and  after  some  hours  of  anxi- 
ety we  came  in  sight  of  the  wreck  ;  as  we  drew  near,  we  found  the 
vessel  had  sunk  in  the  sand,  and  only  her  maintop  was  now  in  sight, 
to  which  all  the  poor  sufferers  clung  for  life.  Efforts  were  made  to 
reach  the  wreck,  but  it  was  impossible.  Lieut.  Douglas  spoke  to  the 
men  and  told  them  to  make  a  raft,  hoping  on  the  morrow  to  be  able 
to  render  them  some  assistance.  We  now  again  left  the  wreck  and 
night  began  to  set  in ;  the  gentlemen  lay  down  in  the  bottom  of  the 
boat,  and  I  sat  and  kept  watch  by  the  stars.  Lt  was  a  beautiful  moon- 
light night,  but  I  need  not  say  it  appeared  very  long,  and  often  did  I 
speak  to  lieut.  Douglas  who  slept  very  little. 

On  the  I6th,  we  again  passed  the  wreck  early,  and,  as  before, 
strove  in  vain  to  reach  the  poor  crew.  A  few  words  were  spoken, 
until  we  were  carried  away  by  the  current.  In  the  afternoon  we 
passed  the  wreck  for  the  last  time ;  everything  possible  was  done  to 
reach  it  but  to  no  purpose ;  and  after  speaking  a  few  words,  once 
more  we  had  to  endure  the  trial  of  being  carried  past.  What  our 
feelings  were,  none  but  those  in  a  like  situation  can  conceive.  It 
was  again  night,  and,  as  before,  I  kept  my  melancholy  watch.  Afler 
this  we  could  not  find  the  wreck,  and  we  were  obliged  to  come  to 
the  dreadful  conclusion,  that  all  the  crew  must  have  perished,  or 
have  been  taken  from  the  wreck  by  the  Chinese.  I  now  felt  almost 
sure  that  I  was  a  widow,  and  all  alone  in  the  world ;  but  yet  I  think 
I  hoped  eyen  against  hope,  and  lieut.  Douglas,  who  was  most  kind  to 
me,  rather  led  me  to  believe  such  happiness  possible.  Oh !  could  I 
only  tell  you  all  of  the  kindness  I  received  from  that  gentleman. 
One  remark  he  made,  when  I  felt  almost  heart  broken,  was,  ''depend 
on  it,  my  dear  Mrs.  Noble^  the  Almighty  has  preserved  you  for  a 
future  and  a  better  purpose."  Thus  did  he  at  all  times,  in  the  most 
kind  and  soothing  manner,  try  to  cheer  my  truly  sad  heart.  Picture 
for  a  moment  our  situation, — five  of  us  in  a  small  boat :  with  little 
clothing,— the  gentlemen  being  but  thinly  clad^  and  myself  in  a  thin 

VOL.    X.    .NO.    IV.  25 


194  Loss  of  the  Ship  KiU.  April. 

morning  gown,  no  bonnet,  no  shawl,  and  no  shoes,  ihe  latter  having 
been  washed  otf:  no  food,  no  water,  no  sail,  only  two  oars  and  near 
an  enemy's  country.  On  this  day,  we  went  on  board  a  fishing  boat ; 
the  men  were  kind  to  us  and  gave  us  a  little  dry  rice,  some  water, 
and  an  old  mat  to  try  to  make  a  sail  of.  Soon  after,  we  thought  we 
saw  a  small  English  sail ;  never  shall  I  forget  the  excitement  we  felt ; 
but  after  a  long  time,  vie  found  we  were  mistaken.  Towards  even- 
ing we  picked  up  a  small  pumpkin,  of  which  I  took  a  little, — the  first 
food  I  had  taken  since  the  wreck.  WhiJst  we  were  thus  driven 
about  from  place  to  place,  again  we  thought  we  saw  a  steamer,  and 
we  did  all  in  our  power  to  make  them  observe  us,  raising  a  signal  of 
distress  on  one  of  our  oars,  and  once  more  we  were  disappointed. 
On  Wednesday  night  the  breakers  came  over  our  little  boat  with 
such  violence,  that  we  thought  she  would  have  sunk ;  it  washed  away, 
one  of  our  oars,  and  we  were  all  wet  through ;  but  still  the  Almighty 
preserved  us.  Thursday  the  i7th,  we  boarded  another  boat  and 
asked  them  to  take  us  to  Chusan,  which  they  promised  to  do,  but  to 
this  the  master  of  the  party  would  not  accede.  However,  they  took 
us  up  a  canal,  and  told  us  that  was  the  way.  It  now  began  to  rain  a 
little,  and  at  night  we  found  ourselves  in  a  small  creek,  with  numbers 
of  Chinamen  round  us.  They  appeared  kind  and  brought  us  a  little 
boiled  rice.  Wonderful  to  say,  although  we  had  been  so  long  with- 
out food,  not  one  in  the  boat  complained  of  hunger,  and  of  the  rice 
now  brought  very  little  was  eaten ;  the  rain  now  fell  fast,  and  we  all 
lay  down  in  the  bottom  of  the  boat,  laying  the  old  mat  over  the  top. 
About  12  o'clock,  [  thought  I  heard  footsteps,  and  on  looking  up 
saw  about  twenty  Chinese  around  our  boat,  carrying  gay  lanterns.  I 
awoke  lieut.  Douglas  in  alarm ;  however,  they  still  appeared  kind  and 
gave  us  more  food.  In  the  morning,  it  being  very  wet,  we  went 
barefooted  to  a  Chinese  house.  Af\er  sitting  a  short  time,  they  told 
us,  that  they  would  get  us  something  to  eat,  and  then  take  us  lo  Chu- 
san. We  followed  ;  they  took  us  to  a  temple  for  shelter  from  the 
rain.  One  of  the  party  now  lefl  us,  and  we  began  to  suspect  that  all 
was  not  right,  and  set  off  to  regain  our  boat.  But  it  was  too  late. 
We  had  scarcely  ascended  the  bank,  when,  on  looking  behind,  we 
saw  a  large  party  of  soldiers,  an  officer,  and  numbers  of  Chinese,  pur- 
suing us.  We  saw  at  once  we  were  betrayed ;  flight  was  impossible, 
resistance  as  vain.  I  was  leaning  on  lieut.  Douglas'  arm ;  he  stood 
boldly  in  my  defense,  but  it  was  of  no  use,  for  they  struck  me  several 
times.  They  then  put  chains  around  our  necks,  hurrying  us  along  a 
path  not  half  a  yard  in  breadth,  tc^  a  large  city,  through  every  street 


1841.  Loss  of  ly  Ship  Kite.  I9n 

of  which  they  led  us.  The  people  thronged  by  thousands  to  stare,  so 
that  we  could  scarcely  pass.  Their  savage  cries  were  terrific.  From 
this  they  led  us  to  a  temple  full  of  soldiers,  and  one  of  the  wretches 
stole  my  wedding-ring  from  my  finger,  the  only  thing  i  treasured, 
Alas!  that  I  was  not  to  keep  that  one  dear  pledge  of  my  husband's 
affection.  Never  shall  I  forget  that  temple,  their  fierce  grimaces  and 
savage  threats.  Hitherto  lieut.  Douglas  had  been  my  only  friend, 
and,  I  think  I  may  say,  that  we  have  been  a  mutual  comfort  to  one 
another  throughout  our  sufferings.  But  we  were  now  to  part.  The 
soldiers  bound  lieut.  Douglas'  hands  behind  him,  and  tied  him  to  a 
post,  and  in  this  situation  I  was  forced  from  him.  We  took  an  affec- 
tionate leave  of  one  another,  as  friends  never  expecting  to  meet 
again,  until  we  met  in  heaven.  (le  gave  me  his  black  silk  handker- 
chief to  tie  around  my  waist,  which  1  shaH  ever  treasure  as  a  remem- 
brance of  that  truly  sad  moment.  We  anticipated  instant  death  in 
its  most  cruel  form,  and  I  think  1  could  say,  surely  the  bitterness  of 
death  is  past.  I  now  felt  indeed  alone.  Mr.  Witts,  one  of  the  boys, 
and  myself,  were  now  again  dragged  through  the  rain,  and  my  bare 
feet  slipped  at  every  step,  so  that  they  were  at  last  obliged  to  bring 
me  a  pair  of  straw  sandals.  I  was  obliged  to  hang  to  the  coat  of  a 
tall  man,  who  held  me  by  the  chain.  We  must  have  looked  wretch* 
ed  in  the  extreme,  our  clothes  being  much  covered  with  dirt 
as  well  as  drenched  with  rain.  My  hair  hung  disheveled  around  my 
neck,  in  this  state  we  must  have  walked  at  least  20  miles,  and  pass- 
ed through  numberless  cities,  all  the  inhabitants  of  which  crowded 
around  us ;  their  hooting  and  savage  yells  were  frightful.  We  twice 
passed  through  water  nearly  up  to  our  waist.  Afler  having  reached 
a  temple,  we  were  allowed  to  rest  ourselves  on  some  stones.  They 
here  gave  us  some  prison  clothes  and  food.  At  night  they  laid  down 
some  mats  and  a  quilt,  on  either  side  of  a  large  temple.  Mr.  Witts 
and  the  boy  took  one  side,  and  afler  a  short  prayer  to  my  heavenly 
Father,  I  lay  down  but  not  to  sleep;  the  chain  round  our  necks 
being  fastened  to  the  wall.  Would  that  I  could  describe  to  you  the 
scene: — the  temple  beautifully  lighted  up  with  lanterns,  our  miserable 
beds,  all  the  dark  faces  of  the  frightful  looking  Chinese  (of  whom  I 
think  there  were  eight),  the  smoke  from  their  long  pipes,  the  din  of 
the  gongs  and  other  noises  which  they  kept  up  all  night.  Long,  very 
long,  did  this  night  appear.  Morning  at  last  dawned,  the  keepers 
brought  us  a  little  water  to  wash  with,  which  was  a  great  comfort ; 
after  which  they  led  us  to  an  open  court,  to  be  exposed  to  the  public 
gaze  of  numberless  spectators  to  coiuc  throughout  the  day.  Here  they 


196  Loss  of  the  Ship  Kile.  April, 

took  our  height,  the  length  of  our  hair,  and  noted  every  feature  in  an 
exact  manner,  and  then  made  us  write  an  account  of  the  wreck  of 
the  Kite.  In  the  evening  1  wan  taken  to  see  the  mandarin's  wife 
and  daughters,  but  although  my  appearance  must  have  been  wretch- 
ed in  the  extreme,  they  did  not  evince  the  least  feeling  towards  me, 
but  rather  treated  me  as  an  object  of  scorn.  This  I  felt  the  more, 
as  I  was  enabled  to  make  them  understand,  that  I  had  lost  both  my 
husband  and  child  in  the  wreck.  We  remained  here  two  days  and 
three  nights,  derided  and  taunted  by  ail  around  us.  On  the  morn- 
ing of  Monday  the  21sti  they  took  the  end  of  our  chains  and  bade  us 
follow  thenj.  They  put  our.  coats  and  quilts  into  small  cages,  just 
such  as  we  should  think  a  proper  place  to  confine  wild  beasts,  in  : 
mine  was  scarcely  a  yard  high,  a  little  more  than  ^of  n  yard  long, 
and  a  little  more  than  half  a  yard  broad.  The  door  opened  from  the 
top.  Into  these  we  were  lifted,  the  chain  around  our  necks  being 
locked  to  the  cover.  They  put  a  long  piece  of  bamboo  through  the 
middle,  a  man  took  either  end,  and  in  this  manner  we  were  jolted 
from  city  to  city  to  suffer  insults  from  the  rabble,  the  cries  of  whom  were 
awful ;  but  my  God  had  not  forsaken  me,  and  even  then,  although  a 
widow  and  in  the  hands  of  such  bitter  enemies,  and  expecting  death 
at  every  moment,  I  could  remember  with  delight,  that  Christ  my 
Savior  had  said, — **  I  am  the  resurrection  and  the  life,  he  that  be- 
lieveth  on  me  though  he  were  dead  yet  shall  he  live."  I  need  not  tell 
you,  my  friend,  how  much^I  thought  of  my  sweet  and  once  happy 
home,  and  my  fatherless  child,  and  how  fervently  I  prayed  to  that  God 
of  mercy,  who  had  so  wonderfully  upheld  me  in  all  my  sufferings,  to 
bless  her  also.  Death  was  nothing  to  me :  I  longed  to  be  with  my 
Savior  to  praise  him  for  ever,  and  to  meet  again  my  affectionate  hus- 
band and  sweet  child,  who  were  more  than  life  to  me.  Oh  my  dear 
friend  !  how  often  do  my  feelings  at  this  and  many. other  limes  of  my 
suffering  shame  nie,  when  I  feel  myself  cold  in  my  duty  towards  my 
Redeemer. 

We  again  stopped  at  another  city  and  were  taken  out  of  our  cages, 
having  heavy  irons  put  on  our  legs,  with  a  chain  half  a  yard  long. 
Mr.  Witts  and  the  boy  had  also  irons  on  their  wrists ;  although  I  saw 
mine,  they  did  not  put  them  on  at  that  time.  The  former  were  car- 
ried on  board  one  boat,  and  I  myself  put  into  another,  and  thus  we 
proceeded  two  days  and  three  nights  on  a  canal,  during  which  time 
I  did  not  taste  any  food,  as  they  would  not  permit  me  to  get  out  of 
my  little  cage  on  any  account.  You  may  judge  what  my  sufferings 
were.     I  believe  it  was  Wednesday  the  23d,  that  we  arrived  at  Ning- 


1841  Liis^  of  the  Ship  /LiVt.  lOt 

po.  Vou  may  imagine  my  h«ippiness  in  finding  my  friend  tieut. 
Douglas,  and  my  delight  to  hear  that  he  had  been'  treated  rather 
better  than  myself,  and  had  arrived  there  a  short  time  before.  I  also 
heard  \f iih  gratitude  and  joy^  that  all  the  Kite's  crcAV  had  been  taken 
from  the  wreck  by  the  Chinese  and  were  prisoners  in  the  city.  But 
alas,  alasl  with  all  this  good  news  ray  worst  fears  were  confirmed, 
that  all  I  treasured  lay  buried  in  the  ocean.  What  can  I  say  1  My 
dear  child  could  not  have  lived  in  an  open  boat  and  suffered  as  I  had 
done,  and  my  devoted  husband,  being  of  a  warm  and  most  affection- 
ate temper  would  not,  could  not,  have  lived  to  have  seen  me  suffer 
as  I  have  suffered,  and  how  would  it  have  torn  my  heart  to  have  seen 
those,  ten  thousand  times  dearer  to  me  than  my  own  life,  endure  so 
much!  I  humbly  pray  to  be  enabled  to  say,  '*  Thy  will  be  done!" 
God  has  i  believe  in  gcjodness  and  mercy  taken  my  treasures,  who 
was  able  to  do  for  them  more  than  I  could  even  ask  or  think.  And 
although  1  am  left  destitute  and  alone  and  far  from  home,  yet  in  his 
mercy  he  has  raised  you  up,  my  Christian  friend,  with  many  others 
for  my  comfort,  on  account  of  which  I  shall  praise  the  Savior  both 
in  time  and  eternity  ;  and  want  whatever  1  may,  may  [  ever  possess 
a  thankful  heart. 

At  Ningpo  I  was  sorry  to  find  another  prisoner,  captain  Anstruther 
of  the  Madras  artillery,  who  has  since  proved  to  me  a  most  kind  and 
true  friend ;  there  was  also  the  comprador,  whom  I  think  you  have 
some  knowledge  of  My  most  cruel  sufferings  were  now  at  an  end, 
and  of  course  I  felt  more  deeply  my  sad  loss;  yet  I  knew  that  I  still 
enjoyed  many  blessings.  Captain  A.'s  prison  was  next  door  to  mine, 
and  I  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  him  often.  The  mandarins  gave 
me  some  Chinese  clothes  of  the  gayest  colors ;  distressing  as  it  was  to 
my  feelings,  I  was  obliged  to  wear  them,  and  1  was  put  into,  what 
the  keeper  styled,  a  clean*  prison,  with  a  woman  to  attend  on  me  in 
my  captivity.  Afler  breakfasting  with  lieut.  Douglas  at  the  man- 
darin's, I  went  to  my  lonely  cell, — a  small  dirty  room,  two  sides  of 
which  were  a  mere  grating,  in  many  places  daylight  appeared  through 
the  rafters,  and  it  was  scarcely  fit  to  live  in,  its  only  furniture  being 
my  cage,  (in  which  I  still  slept  at  night,  and  into  which  I  was  put 
whenever  I  went  to  any  of  the  mandarins,)  a  lamp,  an  old  table,  and 
a  stool.  For  the  first  time  after  the  wreck,  i  was  enabled  to  undress 
myself  and  arrange  my  hair.  I  could  not  butrojoice  when  a  large  room 
was  prepared  for  the  three  gentlemen  to  reside  together  in, — lieut. 
Douglas  having  been  hitherto  obliged  to  endure  all  the  discomforts  of 
tli«  common  prison.  ^Subsequently  we  met  only  when-  we  visited  and 


11)1?  Loss  of  ihi  Ship  HiU  Aprii., 

dined  at  the  mandarin's,  which  we  did  at  first  frequently,  but  after 
their  curiosity  was  satisfied  T  seldom  saw  them.  When  at  iheir  house, 
they  amused  themselves  by  questioning  us  about  H.  B.  M.,  and  her 
government,  the  number  of  her  navy  and  army^  and  the  rank  and 
income  of  the  officers.  Often  I  had  to  repeat  my  sad  tale,  particu- 
larly on  the  arrival  of  other  officers;  this  t  thought  a  great  trial, 
especially  when  alone.  Their  inquiries  about  our  respective  familieiv 
were  most  minute,  particularly  what  relatives  we  were  to  queen  Vic- 
toria, and  whether  I  myself  was  not  her  sister,  which  I  was  declared 
to  be,  notwithstanding  what  was  said  to  the  contrary.  But  it  would 
be  endless  to  repeat  all  the  foolish  questions  they  asked;  however,  they 
made  notes  of  all  our  replies. 

Two  days  after  the  removal  of  the  gentlemen  from  the  common 
prison,  all  the  remaining  captives  were  taken  to  a  far  distant  jail 
under  the  pretence  of  better  accommodations,  excepting  two  who 
were  sick.  I  had  the  melancholy  satisfaction  of  seeing  them  passing 
my  door,  but  was  not  allowed  to  speak  to  them ;  it  made  my  heart 
bleed  to  observe  their  distressed  looks  and  haggard  countenances. 

It  was  October  the  8th,  that  captain  Anstruther  received  some  sup- 
plies from  Chusan,  with  letters  that  held  out  hopes  of  release.  He 
kindly  sent  me  a  large  share  of  his  clothes.  The  comprador  was 
now  taken  away  from  us,  which  distressed  mc  greatly,  as  I  had  now 
not  a  creature  to  whom  to  speak.  They  now  gave  me  a  bedstead, 
which  £  found  a  great  luxury,  having  hitherto  lain  on  a  dirty  floor. 
I  was  sometimes  allowed  to  see  and  converse  with  the  sick  prisoners, 
and  I  almost  felt  a  consolation  in  dwelling  upon  the  dreadful  past. 
Frequently  my  heart  was  sadly  torn,  on  account  of  different  reports 
about  my  late  dearly  beloved  husband  and  child.  I  was  once  told, 
that  he  was  seen  going  to  his  cabin  to  rescue  his  child,  and  was 
afterwards  seen  dead  with  the  baby  on  his  bosom.  Many  were  the 
sleepless  nights  that  such  accounts  gave  me,  but  I  found  subseqikent- 
ly^ — when  meeting  all  the  prisoners  at  the  mandarin's,  and  minutely 
examining  into  the  fact,— 'that  this  rumor  was  unfounded,  for  they 
had  n6t  seen  the  captain  after  the  ship  had  heeled  over. 

On  the  8th  of  October  I  was  far  from  well ;  two  days  afterwards  I 
suffered  much  from  violent  pain,  and  was  not  able  to  lie  down  during 
the  whole  night,  on  account  of  the  pain.  This  I  felt  deeply,  not 
being  able  to  speak  to  a  creature,  and  being  threatened  to  have  irons 
put  on  my  wrist ;  they  had  let  them  off  only  one  night  on  account  of 
my  being  so  ill.  On  the  0th  I  was  too  glad  to  see  the  comprador 
return,   who  had  been  sent  to  Chinhae  in  order  to  ascertain  whether 


1841.  Loss  of  the  Ship  Kite.  199 

the  British  delegate  was  really  captain  Elliot,  and,  if  this  was  not  the 
case,  the  individual  who  dared  to  appear  under  an  assuuiid  name 
was  to  be  taken. 

On  the  14th,  they  sent  another  woman  to  wait  on  me,  with  a  little 
cross  boy  about  four  years  old,  who  cried  the  whole  day  long.  This 
I  felt  to  be  a  great  trial,  as  1  could  not  have  a  moment  to  myself. 
The  other  old  woman  brought  also  her  girl,  so  that  there  were  four 
dirty  creatures  in  my  dirty  hovel.  This  was  scarcely  endurable,  but, 
after  many  intreaties  and  the  lapse  of  a  considerable  time,  both  the 
children  were  removed.  On  Sunday  the  18th,  I  heard  the  melancholy 
tidings  of  one  of  our  sailors  being  removed  by  the  hand  of  death.  I 
had  seen  the  poor  boy  several  times,  and,  as  I  felt  sure  he  could 
never  recover,  the  few  moments  we  were  allowed  to  ^peak,  were 
spent  in  dwelling  upon  solemn  subjects.  Though  he  was  a  mere 
skeleton  and  weak  as  a  child,  still  he  wore  his  irons  to  the  last.  A 
day  or  two  before  his  death,  he  told  me  he  knew  that  he  would  never 
be  well  again,  but  his  mind  was  calm,  and  I  fervently  hope  that  the 
Savior  was  present  with  him.  As  we  parted  for  the  last  time,  he 
said  with  much  earnestness  " God  bless  you.  Mistress;"  these  words 
I  still  remember,  they  have  been  fulfilled,  and  God  has  remembered 
me.  The  two  sick  marines  were  much  distressed  at  the  death  of  the 
poor  boy,  and  I  was  delighted  to  afford  them  some  comfort,  temporal 
as  well  as  spiritual. 

On  the  26th,  we  were  all  summoned  by  the  superior  mandarins. 
1  felt  much  grieved  on  my  way  being  entirely  alone, — little  thinking 
what  joy  was  in  store  for  me.  Clothes  and  letters  had  arrived  from 
Chusan,  clothes  in  abundance  for  myself  and  also  for  my  dear  boy, 
which  I  had  not  the  least  reason  to  expect,  but  for  which,  as  I  sub- 
sequently heard,  1  was  indebted  to  dear  Mrs.  Proudfoot.  The  sight 
of  clothes,  intended  for  my  dear  lost  one,  was  overwhelming.  May 
the  Almighty  reward  the  kind  donor,  and,  by  his  gracious  and  merci- 
ful providence,  ever  protect  her  from  requiring  such  a  comfort  as  she 
bestowed  upon  me.  Among  the  above,  I  received  a  very  kind  note, 
with  an  acceptable  present  of  shoes,  from  my  friend  captain  Baily. 
The  gentlemen^  received  large  supplies  of  clothes,  wine,  ale,  and 
other  articles,  with  300  dollars  from  the  plenipotentiaries ;  and  all  the 
prisoners  had  clothes  given  to  them.  All  the  Englishmen,  except  the 
two  sick,  were  present,  and  to  our  great  satisfaction  our  fetters  were 
struck  off;  we  were  also  informed,  that  we  should  be  free  within  five 
or  six  days  for  a  certainty.  Gladness  then  pervaded  every  breast, 
but,  as  usual,  mine  was  mixed  with  bitter  grief^-^^IVIliink  how  short 


'iOO  Loss  of  ihf  Ship  Kite.  April, 

a  time  since  a  happy  wife  and  a  joyful  mother,  and  that  I  must  now 
return  Oesoiate .  and  alone.  However,  I  could  but  be  thankful  lo  ImT 
freed  from  my  fetters,  having  worn  them,  as  i  imagine  aright,  for  ^ 
days ;  and  on  our  way  home, — if  our  wretched  prisons  deserve  such 
a  name,— our  hearts  were  much  lighter  and  we  began  to  put  confi- 
dence in  the  glad  tidings.  But  little  did  I  then  think,  that  we  should 
be  obliged  stillto  drag  on  four  long  months  of  our  existence  in  the 
dreary  abode. 

About  the  1st  of  Nov.,  it  was  reported  publicly  that  I  should  be  sent 
to  Chusan  alone,  and  that  the  gentlemen  would  be  sent  to  Canton. 
On  the  strength  of  this  account,  they  wrote  letters  for  their  friends, 
which  I  Wiis  to  have  taken,  but,  like  the  many  rumors  we  had  before 
heard,  this  also' proved  groundless.  Sometime  afterwards  the  two 
marines,  already  mentioned,  were  removed  to  the  other  prison.  I 
felt  sure,  that  one  of  them  was  then  dying,  and  I  greatly  feared  that 
he  would  never  reach  the  prison.  His  weakness  was  so  excessive, 
that  he  once  fell  down  on  his  way,  though  supported  by  a  Chinese ; 
after  a  few  days,  the  news  of  his  death  was  brought  to  me.  Notwith- 
standing all  the  representations  of  lieutenant  Douglas,  the  irons  were 
not  taken  off  this  poor  man,  until  he  breathed  his  last.  The  prison 
was  so  excessively  small  that  they  could  not  turn  around,  without 
squeezing  each  other,  and  though  their  commander  remonstrated 
and  insisted  upon  their  being  allowed  to  walk  ahout  and  enjoy  the 
fresh  air,  they  were  never  permitted  to  take  any  exercise  in  the 
court.  I  frequently  wrote  a  few  lines  to  the  lads,  for  whom  I  felt 
roost  deeply,  as  well  as  for  the  crew  in  general.  Lieut.  Douglas  was 
now  able  to  provide  them  with  money,  and  once  only,  during  the 
four  months'  imprisonment,  was  he  permitted  to  visit  his  men :  for, 
on  seeing  the  deep  interest  he  took  in  their  welfare,  and  his  great 
anxiety  to  better  their  condition,  they  never  permitted  him  to  see 
them  any  more.  I  was  delighted  to  observe  the  noble  feelings,  evinc- 
ed by  lieut.  Douglas  towards  the  crew  of  the  Kite,  who  suffered  great 
hardships. 

Our  joy  was  inexpressible,  when  a  channel  of  private  communis 
cation  with  our  friends  at  Chusan  was  opened,  and  when  I  receiv- 
ed from  you,  my  friend,  the  first  letter  (Dec.  29th),  which  afforded 
us  very  great  consolation.  Before  thi^  we  heard  of  the  death  of 
another  marine,  which  affected  us  all  deeply,  and  especially  his 
master.  Death  has  made  sad  havoc  amongst  us,  and  the  Almighty 
alone  knows  the  reason  why  he* afflicted  us,  and  I  fervently  hope  that 
these  many  solemn  warnings  may  be  sanctified  to  us. 


I«4I.  Loss  of  thf   Ship  Kih.  201 

Oh  ihe  9tli,  f  had  again  the  great  happiness  of  receiving  two  letters 
from  you,  from  one  of  which  I  learned  our  then  contemplated  rescue, 
which  at  that  time  gave  roe  great  uneasiness,  as  I  trembled  at  the 
idea  of  any  of  my  countrymen  running  the  risk  of  such  suflferinga  as 
I  had  undergone.  But  it  is  wonderful  how  often  we  heard  of  our 
speedy  release  and  were  as  oAen  disappointed  ;  still  for  the  time  being 
our  spirits  were  kept  up  by  such  good  news. 

Your  first  letter  was  accompanied  by  a  copy  of  the  holy  Bible,  an 
inestimable  treasure  for  which  I  had  long  and  earnestly  prayed  ; 
but,  to  avoid  discovery,  1  had  to  read  it  during  the  night,  so  that  it 
was  in  truth  a  secret  treasure,  and  henceforth  my  constant  compa- 
nion.  On  Tuesday,  the  2d  of  February;  I  heard  that  the  gentlemen 
had  been  summoned  by  the  mandarins  to  receive  clothes  and  letters, 
and  with  an  anxious  heart  I  watched  the  whole  afternoon,  expecting 
every  moment  a  visit  from  them.  However,  I  was  obliged  to  con- 
tinue in  suspense  till  the  next  day,  when  I  was  called  to  appear  be^ 
fore  the  mandarins  to  obtain  another  most  affectionate  letter  from  you, 
my  friend,  with  an  abundant  store  of  clothes  and  every  comfort  I 
could  desire.  Grateful  and  thankful  as  I  felt  for  them,  my  spirits  be- 
came deeply  affected,  inferring  as  I  did,  that  so  many  things  would 
not  have  been  sent,  if  my  captivity  was  not  to  be  prolonged  ;  yet  the 
linguist  cheered  roe  by  the  assurance,  that  I  should  be  free  within 
three  weeks,  or  a  month.  At  this  time  they  treated  me  with  great 
kindness,  and  I  went  to  see  the  mandarin's  lady,  who  gave  me  some 
fruit  and  artificial  flowers,  the  first  mark  of  kindness  I  had  received 
from  a  Chinese  lady.  They  allowed  me  to  remain  until  the  evening, 
and  I  was  once  more  gladdened  by  meeting  my  countrymen,  and, 
after  staying  some  time,  we  all  went  to  my  prison  to  write  answers  to 
our  letters. 

February  the  8th,  I  had  the  pleasure  of  a  visit  from  some  Chinese 
naval  officers,  who  told  me,  that  we  were  to  leave  Ningpo  within  a 
fortnight.  We  thought  there  was  truth  in  the  news,  but  we  were  not 
certain  until  the  14th,  when  1  received  the  glad  tidings  from  yourself. 
It  would  be  impossible  to  describe  what  our  feelings  were  on  that 
occasion.  I  had  thought  that  the  gentlemen  had  known  it  the  day 
before,  so  that  our  meeting  at  the  first  moment  was  not  so  joyful  as  it 
otherwise  would  have  been,  but  they  had  no  sooner  read  my  letter, 
than  our  mutual  congratulations  were  warm  and  most  sincere,  and  I 
again  had  the  happiness  of  welcoming  them  to  my  prison^  where  we 
wrote  answers  to  our  friends. 

VOL.    X.   NO.    IV.     •  36 


2()2  I.oss  of  fhf  Ship  Kite..  April, 

On  hoard  ship  Blundeliy  March  1  si. 
On  the  22cl  Feb.,  before  1  arose,  my  attendant  came  to  my  bedside, 
exclaiming  *'  Chinhae;  Chusan,  get  up!''  and  immediately  the  compra- 
dor called  to  me,  saying  that  we  were  4ndeed  to  go  to  Chinhae.  But 
he  little  thought  that  he  was  not  to  form  one  of  the  party;  as  to  myself, 
I  am  sure,  you  will  believe  me,  when  1  tell  you,  that  I  knew  not 
which  thing  to  do  first.  Numbers  of  people  came  around  my  prison, 
and  I  was  obliged  to  shut  the  door  to  keep  them  out.  After  my  morn- 
ing duties,  I  g<H  all  my  boxes  packed  with  the  comprador's  aid. 
While  thus  engaged,  he  was  sent  for  by  the  mandarins,  who  told 
him,  that  he  was  not  like  the  other  English  prisoners ;  they  would 
therefore  not  allow  him  to  accompany  them,  but  send  him  down  to 
Canton.  This  threw  an  immediate  gloom  over  my  spirits,  and  I  felt 
deeply,  when,  a  few  minutes  afterwards,  I  saw  him  locked  up  in  his 
prison, — for  he  had  long  been  my  friend  in  adversity.  I  now  with 
difficulty  got  through  the  crowd  to  the  gentlemen's  prison,  where  I 
received  a  hearty  welcome  and  the  warmest  congratulations,  and  was 
forbidden  to  speak  of  past  troubles.  Captain  Anstruther  now  insisted 
upon  seeing  the  comprador  to  give  him  money,  and,  after  many 
intreaties  made  to  the  officer,  whom  he  had  greatly  offended  by 
withholding  a  picture  for  some  un kindness  shown,  he  at  last  succeed- 
ed in  beating  his  way  through  the  crowd.  We  walked  a  great  while 
in  the  prison-yard  until,  by  dint  of  perseverance  and  much  pushing 
among  the  immense  crowd,  we  got  into  our  palankeens. .  We  had 
a  guard  to  escort  us, .  find,  having  crossed  the  river  in  our  convey- 
ances, I  looked  back  and  was  astounded  at  the  dense  mass  of  specta- 
tors. Mandarins  of  every  grade  were  in  attendance.  Indeed  the 
excitement  at  Ningpo  was  indescribable.  Our  road  to  Chinhae  led 
principally  along  the  river  side,  and  our  traveling  was  anytlj^ing  but 
comfortable,  the  way  being  so  bad,  that  X  feared  our  palankeen 
bearers,  would  slip.  When  near  Chinhae,  one  of  my  bearers  tum- 
bled, and  the  palankeen  thumped  on  the  ground.  ,1  struck  my 
head,  but  the  alarm  was  more  than  the  injury.  I  thought  my  trou- 
bles would  not  be  at  an  end,  until  I  reached  Chinhae.  On  the  road 
we  met  several  emissaries  urging  on  the  bearers  to  use  all  speed,  to 
the  mutual  gratification  of  both  parties.  At  last  we  arrived  safely  at 
Chinhae,  where  we  were  received  with  due  honor  by  the  mandarins. 
We  had  not  breakfasted,  and,  when  the  gentlemen  asked  for  food,  a 
tUthy  fellow  came  in  with  an  apron-full  of  cakes.  Afterwards  they 
brought  us  each  a  bason  of  meat  Captain  Anstruther  was  now  taken 
to  see  commissioner  E,  and,  after  remaining  a  little  while,  he  re- 


1841  Loss  of  the  i^hip  KtU.  'MS 

turned  telling  us,  that  we  should  soon  be  sent  for  to  hear  the  same 
story  tpid  htm, ^namely,  that  we  should  not  have  come  to  China  if 
the  admiral  had  not  sent  us,  and  that  we  must  now  return  and  tell 
the  commanding  officer,  he  nmst  get  the  ships  away  with  all  speed, 
as  a  great  many  soldiers  were  waiting  to  enter  Chusan  so  soon  as  the 
English  evacuated  it,  but  at  the  same  time,  he  intreated  us  to  labor 
under  no  apprehensions,  for  they  had  no  hostile  intentions.  At  first 
it  was  concluded,  tliat  lieutenant  Douglas  was  to  accompany  me  to 
Chusan,  while  captain  Anstruther  should  remain  and  see  all  the 
men  embark ;  but  when  we  were  with  E,  lieutenant  Douglas  told 
him,  that  captain  Anstruther  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  people,  arid 
begged  that  he  might  be  allowed  to  remain  with  his  crew,  and  that 
captain  Anstruther  might  accompany  me.  It  was  at  length  determin- 
ed, that  both  the  gentlemen  should  stay  behind,  and  only  Mr.  Witts 
accompany  me.  I  made  every  inquiry  for  my  only  bonnet  and  other 
things  which  the  mandarin  had  previously  sent  for  to  inspect,  but  in 
vain,  as  the  officer  had  kept  them  and  would  not  re!*tore  them.  Soon 
after,  I  took  leave  of  the  gentlemen  and  reentered  my  palankeen 
which  conveyed  me  to  the  water's  side,  where  the  linguist  presented 
me  with  a  fan.  On  the  mandarin's  premises  I  had  the  pleasure  of 
meeting  all  my  fellow-prisoners,  which  relieved  my  mind,  as  I  was 
not  before  aware  that  they  had  come  down  from  Ningpo,  and  had 
not  seen  them  for  several  months.  I  spoke  a  few  words  to  them  as  my 
sedan  passed.  On  our  way  we  were  taken  to  the  soldiers'  tents ;  it 
being  a  late  hour,  and  quite  dark,  I  could  see  but  little  of  them, 
but  they  appeared  to  be  numerous,  and  to  occupy  a  very  Targe  space 
of  ground.  Every  attention  was  now  shown  me ;  they  carried  me 
close  to  the  boat,  and  fixed  a  chair  in  the  sampan  for  my  comfort. 
The  mandarin,  who  accompanied  me,  showed  me  every  attention. 
For  some  hours  our  boat  lay  at  anchor,  to  enable  the  other  prisoners 
to  embark  and,  during  the  night,  proceeded  on  her  way  to  Chusan. 
About  seven  o'clock' in  the  morning  of  the  26th,  I  wns  once  more 
gladdened  by  the  sight  of  an  English  vessel.  Soon  after,  we  were 
boarded  by  two  naval  officers,  and  Mr.  Johnson  was  the  first  to 
welcome  me  to  freedom.  In  a  short  space  of  time,  we  saw  several 
other  vessels  which  lay  at  the  outer  anchorage;  a  few  moments 
more,  and  the  whole  fleet  was  before  us.  I  thought  I  saw  as  great 
a  change  on  Chusan  as  on  myself;  the  tents  were  no  longer  on  the 
hills  and  to  me,  at  least,  all  things  looked  strange.  As  the  boat 
drew  near,  captain  Bourchier  of  the  Blonde  sent  his  gig  to  convey 
me  on  board,  and  ^lad  indued  was  I  to  step  into  it,  and  thus  quit  for 


204  Loss  of  the  Ship  Kile.  ApRlLf 

ever  a  people,  at  whose  hands  I  had  received  such  bitter  wrongs. 
When  safely  arrived  on  the  deck  of  the  Blonde,  £  received  the  warm- 
est congratulations  of  captain  Bourchier  and  the  many  friends  to 
whom  I  was  then  introduced.  What  my  feelings  were  at  that  mo- 
ment none  but  one  so  long  in  captivity  can  conceive.  Every  one 
seemed  a  participator  in  my  enjoyment,  and  each  countenance  wore 
the  smile  of  heartfelt  sympathy.  I  once  more  sat  down  to  a  comfor- 
table breakfast,  but  my  joy  was  too  exquisite  to  allow  me  to  partake  of  it. 
I  remained  on  board  the  Blonde  until  the  arrival  of  my  fellow-pri- 
soners, whom  I  was  most  anxious  to  see  once  more.  Lieutenant 
Douglas  and  captain  Anstruther  soon  joined  us,  and  it  heightened 
my  pleasure  greatly  to  see  those,  I  so  much  esteemed,  restored  to 
their  usual  comforts  and  warm  friends ;  and  erelong,  the  European 
part  of  the  crew  came  safely  on  board.  I  was  much  distressed  at 
seeing  their  wasted  frames  and  pale  countenances,  yet  it  was  a  cheer- 
ing certainty  that,  every  kindness  would  now  be  shown  them.  It  is  to 
be  hoped,  that,  by  the  blessing  of  God,  they  will  soon  regain  their 
wonted  strength,  and  I  trust  the  sad  lesson  they  have  so  dearly 
learned  will  never  be  erased  from  their  memories.  Being  most  anxious 
to  see  you,  my  dear  friend,  and,  Dr.  Lockhart  being  in  waiting  to  ac- 
company me,  I  lost  no  time  in  hastening  on  board  the  Blundell,  where 
you  had  so  carefully  provided  for  my  comfort.  My  dear  friend  lieut. 
Douglas  did  not  leave  me,  until  I  was  safely  on  board ;  and  no  sooner 
had  I  reached  the  deck,  than  I  received  the  loud  and  hearty  cheers 
of  the  whole  crew,  which  not  being  anticipated  was  completely  over- 
whelming, combined  as  it  was  with  the  cordial  welcome  of  captain 
Trail  and  his  officers.  To  describe  our  meeting  would  be  needless, 
it  is  too  indelibly  engraven  on  the  heart  of  each  ever  to  be  forgot- 
ten ;  but  I  would  not  conclude  without^ a  sincere,  solemn,  and  heart- 
felt ascription  of  praise  and  thanks  to  the  almighty  Father,  the 
gracious  Savior,  and  the  all-sustaining  Spirit,  who  has  so  truly 
fulfilled  his  promise,  "  1  will  not  leave  thee,  nor  forsake  thee." 

Anne  Noble. 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  No.    Vltl  405. 


Aar.  III.     Notices  of  Japan,  No*  VllL:  character  of  ike  Japanese 

language;    its   various  syllabaries;  poetry ^  science^  divisions  of 

timCf  4rc.  "  - 

Tub  Japanese  lanipiage  was  king  suppoeed  to  be,  if  not  a  mere  dikleot  of  the 
Chineee,  yet  as  closely  connected  therewith  as  the  Italian  and  Spanish  langroages 
are  with  each  other,  or  with  their  common  parent,  the  Latin.  This  supposition, 
not  based  upon  any  knowledge  of  the  two  languages,  was  probably  deduced  from 
the  (act,  that  the  Japanese  understood  written,  though  not  spoken,  Chinese,  whilst 
the  Chinese  reciprocally  understood  Japanese  when  written  in  the  Chinese  cha- 
racter—one of  the  many  used  in  Japan:  a  ciroumstance  perfectly  intelligible,  when 
it  ia  recollected  that  the  Chinese  characters  express,  not  letters  or  unmeaning 
sounds,  the  mere  constituent  elements  of  wordsr  but  the  words  themselves,  or 
rather  the  ideas  which  those  words  signify ;  and  therefore  must  convey  the  same 
ideas,  expressed  by  different  words,  to  whomsoever  knows  the  meaning  of  the 
characters :  just  as  the  numerals  1,  2,  3,  convey  the  same  ideas  of  numbois,  ex- 
pressed by  di^rent  names,  to  the  natives  of  different  countries.* 

The  more  profound  and  accurate  knowledge  of  the  oriental  languages  acquir- 
cd  of  late  yean  by  the  scientific  philologists  of  England,  France,  and  Germany, 
has  thrown  light  upon  this  erroneous  idea  respecting  the  Japanese  tongue.  The 
erudite  Klaproth  explicitly  declares,  in  his  Asia  Polyglotia^  the  Japanese  to  be  so 
dissimilar  to  all  known  languages  in  structure,  grammar,  and  every  characteristic, 
as  to  prove  the  nation  who  speak  it  to  be  a  distinct  race  A  disquisition  on  this 
subject  would  be  out  of  place  here ;  but  a  glance  at  the  specimens  given  by 
Meylan  and  Fischer,  is  sufficient  to  show  one  essential  dissimilarity  between 
Chinese  and  Japanese.  Every  body  knows  the  former  to  be  a  monosyllabic  Ian- 
guage^  while  Japanese  is  polysyllabic;  nay,  it  might  be  called  hyper.polysyllabic, 
since  the  simple  pronoun  /  cannot  be  expressed  in  Japanese  by  a  smaller  number 
of  syQables  than  four,  watahm;  and  to  multiply  /  into  toe,  requires  the  further 
addRwn  of  a  dissyllable,  as  watakundomo.  At  the  same  time,  it  must  be  admitted 
that,  of  these  syllables,  some  are  held  so  far  supernumerary  as  to  be  dropped  m 
speaking.  Thul^  in  the  Japanese  dialogues  given  by  Oveimeer  Fischer,  who 
avows  hm  knowledge  of  the  language  to  be  merely  adequate  to  the  common  pur. 
poses  of  every-day  life,  the  toataJnui  and  watakundamo  of  Mey]an*s  gram, 
matical  specimens  are  contracted  into  -the  less  euphonous,  but  much  shorten 
wtUakft^  and  watakftdomoA 


*  [It  b  not  quite  correct  to  say  that  the  Chinese  uhdentand  Ji^wnese  when 
written  in  the  Chinese  character.  A  sentence  written  this  way  is  nothing  more 
or  less  than  Chinese,  and  when  thus  expressed  it  can  with  propriety,  no  more  be 
called'  Japanese  than  it  can  be  called  Corean,  or  Cochinchinese,  or  even  English. 
The  comparison  introduced  of  the  Arabic  numerals  is  an  apposite  one ;  see  also 
Chinese  Repository,  volume  III,  page  15.  That  the  Japanese  understand  the 
Chinese  language  when  written,  after  the^  have  learned  the  moaning  of  the 
characters,  although  they  cannot  converse  m  it,  is  no  more  surprising,  however, 
than  that  an  Englishman  comprehends  French  when  iie  sees  it  in  a  book, 
but  hardly  undentands  one  word  of  what  a  Parisian  says  to  him  when  he  fint 
eroiiBes  the  Channel.] 

t  [Like  the  Chinese,  the  Japanese  have  a  great  variety  of  terms  for  expressing 


206  Soiicts  of  Japan,  No.   VllL  Aphil, 

Fiicher  sayi  iliat  the  aound  of  J&paaead  ii  lofl  and  iweet ;  Meylaii,  that  iotne  of 
the  lettera  cannot  be  artioul&ted,  lave  by  native  organs  **  to  the  manner  bom  ^  a 
matter  that  fleems  not  tmlikely,  judging  ftom  the  difficult  contraction  of  the  per- 
■onal  pronoun.  The  president  adds,  that  in  Japanese  there  are  no  articles ;  and 
that  the  declension  ot  nouns  is  by  small  Words  following  the  noun  to  be  declined, 
like  the  domo  following  and  attached  to  tostoiriMi,  for  the  purpose  of  making  it 
plural.  In  fact,  the  name  and  nature  of  the  preposition  ars  simply  reverMd,  by 
being  made  to  follow  instead  of  preceding.  With  respect  to  verbs,  they  remain 
unvaried  by  perMn  or  number,  though  changing  with  the  tense  and  voice.* 

The  Japanese  have  a  syllabary  of  lbrty..eight  letters,  which  may  be  in  a  man-  > 
ner  doubled,  by  affixing  marks  to  the  consonants  that  modify  their  sound,  render- 
ing  it  harder  or  softer.  This  syllabary  dates  from  the  eighth  century,  and  may  be 
written  in  four  dififorent  sets  of  characters.  These  are,  the  kataJMna,  which  is 
held  appropriate  to  the  use  of  men ;  the  kirtukantk,  similarly  appropriated  to  wo* 
men ;  the  manyo-kana  and  the  yomato-ikana,  the  difference  between  which,  in  use 
or  nature,  is  not  explained,  but  they  are  said  to  show  the  original  type  of  every 
letter.  In  addition  to  these  four  sets  of  characters,  the  Chinese  is  used  as  a  sort 
of  learned  character;  probably  a  symptom  and  consequence  of  the- arts  and 
sciences  liaving  been  brought  from  China  to  Japan.  In  this  Chinese  character 
all  works  of  science,  or  appertaining  to  the  higher  departments  of  literature,  as 
also  official  p^^pers  and  public  documents,  are  still  written  or  printed.  But  even 
learned  men  employ  their  own  katA-kana  in  writing  annotations  upon  books,  the 

the  personal  pronouns,  mmy  of  which  convey,  in  themselves,  an  intimation  of  the 
relative  standing  of  the  parties,  or  in  some  degree  indicate  deference  to  the  person 
sdoken  to  or  spMLcn  of,  and  respect  from  the  perK>n  speaking.  This  feature  of 
the 'Japanese •language  is  not  confined  to  the  pronouns,  but  extends  to  many 
words  indicating  an  action,  decree,  a  thing,  a  word,  or  aoffht  else,  of  the  high  per- 
sonage,  be  it  a  divinity,  emperor,  or  honored  friend,  who  forms  the  subject  of  the 
sentence ;  so  that  a  highly  polished  and  deferential  sentence  is  much  loneer  than 
one  in  ordinary  conversation.  Thus,  in  speaking  to  a  friend,  they  say,  Koimichi 
amaxifewa  nam  no  toAonmt  yukuka  ?  meaning,  where  are  you  going  tailay  7  But  to 
a  superior,  the  phrase  would  be,  KonnUhi  no  kimiwa  narti  no  tokoroni  on  ide 
aoobaoarvka  ?  In  the  instance  given  above,  toast  is  the  word  for  the  firat  person 
speaking,  among  equals  or  to  an  inferior,  while  wiUakuai  is  used  when  speaking 
respectfully  to  a  superior  or  to  a  stranger;  so  with  wiuidamo  and  maUkuoidomo 
for  the  plural  100.  The  syllable  that  is  dropped  is  not  a  supemumenry  one,  but 
is  contracted  in  speaking,  as  is  the  case  with  words  generally  in  convermticm. 
for  the  Japanese,  in  rapid  enunciation,  frequently  make  an  elision  of  the  last 
vowel,  wherever  the  euphony  of  sentence  requires  it,  in  this  respect  resembling  the 
French.] 

•  [The  examples  of  Japanese  poetry  given  in  this  paper  will  somewhat  Olustrate 
the  pronunciation  of  the  language ;  it  is,  in  truth,  an  agreeable  tongue,  and,  more, 
over  considerable  changes  are  permitted  for  the  sake  of  euphony.  When*it  is 
written  in  English,  almost  everv  other  letter  is  a  vowel,  and  when  consonants 
unite  and  the  vowels  are  drt^^iea,  it  is  for  the  most  part  in  words  where  they  readily 
coalesce ;  thus  akrano  for  $hirmw»  There  are,  however,  many  exceptions  to  this 
apparently  simple  rule,  and  study  is  required  before  the  student  can  read  correctly 
even  after  he  knows  the  syllables.— -The  contraction  of  watakft  is  probably  written 
by  the  Dutch  to  express  a  kind  of  aspirated  clipping  of  the  word,  for  there  is  no  / 
■ounded  by  those  whom  we  have  seen  from  other  provinces,  nor  is  it  thus  written 
in  Rodriguez'  Grammar.  The  language  is  very  copious,  for  it  has  not  only  its 
own  native  stores  to  draw  from  in  expressinff  ideas,  but  unlimited  use  is  also  made 
of  the  Chinese ;  and  the  two  arowcombined,  and  separated,  appaientiv  altogether 
according  "to  the  fancy  of  the  writer.    'The  verb  especially  is  very  full  m  moods 


1841.  Notires  of  Japan,  No.    VIIL  207 

text  of  which  is  in  the  Chinese  character.  The  Japanese,  li)Le  the  Chinese,  write 
in  columns,  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  the  paper,  and  begin  from  the  right  side.* 

and  voices.  For  some  general  remarks  on  the  Japanese  tongue,  see  Chi.  Rep., 
Tol.  .VI.,  page  105.] 

*  We  give  a  few  additional  particulars,  concerning  the  syllabaries  of  the  Japan, 
ese  -language,  most  of  which  are  abridged  from  an  article  by  Klaproth,  in  the 
Nonveau  Journal  Asiatique  for  Jan.  1839.  The  following  is  his  account  of  the 
tntroduction  of  the  Chinese  literature  into  Japan. 

*'  Up  to  the  time  of  the  sixteenth  lialrt,  named  W^.  jjjA  ^r    ^  (Htxin  tenwo^ 

the  Japanese  had  no  writing,  all  ordinances  and  proclamations  being  made  vivd 
voce.    Under  the  reign  of  this  prince,  Chinese  characters  began  to  be  employed. 

In  the  year  384  s.  c,  OtLzin  tenwo  sent  an  embassy  to -the  kingdom  of  "ST  ^A 

Haku-mil,  which  then  existed  in  the  southeastern  part  of  Corea,  to  obtain  learned 
persons,  who  were  able  to  introduce  the  civilization  and  literature  of  China  into 
his  dominions.    The  embassador,  on  his  return,  brought  the  celebrated  Woniu 

"^C*  f^  or  Wangjin,  who  perfectly  fulfilled  the  object  prdposed.    He  was  des. 

cended  from  the  emperor  Kaoutsoo  of  the  Han  dynasty,  and  on  his  arrival  was 
appointed  the  instructor  of  two  princes.  His  descendants  subsequently  filled  high 
muitary  dignities,  and  his  own  merit  appeared  so  groat  to  the  Japanese  that  they 
afterwards  accorded  him  divine  honors.  Since  the  time  of  Wonin,  the  Chinese 
characters  have  bisen  in  use  among  the  Japanese.  In  the  form  of  pure  Chinese, 
they  are  employed  principally  in  works  of  learning ;  but  this  does  not  hinder  their 
difiusion  throughout  the  country. 

**  However,  as  the  construction  of  the  Japanese  language  difiers  materially  from 
that  of  the  Chmese,  lind  as  the  same  Chinese  chancter  frequency  has  many 
meanings,  the  need  of  a  remedy  for  this  inconvenience  was  soon  perceived,  and 
consequently,  a  syllabary  was  formed,  in  the  beginning  of  the  8th  century,  from 

parts  of  Chinese  characters,  which  was  caDed  for  this  reason  kataJsana^  ( liji  ijSt 
4^)  meaning  *parU  of  letters.*    This  syllabary  is  used,  at  the  side  of  Chmese 

chazactera,  to  indicate  their  pronunciation  or  their,  vgnification  in  Japanese,  or 
between  tham  to  mark  the  gprammatical  forms  of  the  idiom  rendered  difficult  by 
the  use  of  isolated  characters.    It  is  not  known  certainly,  who  is  the  author  of 

this  syllabary,  but  traditkm  ascribes  its  invention  to  the  illustrious  ^  |tt  Kiln.  An- 
other  Japanese  work  called  ^  ^  |[^  Wa  Zi  Si  (Origin  of  Thmgs  in  Japan) . 

assures  us  that  Kibi  composed  the  k^ta-kana  syllahary,  and-  that  ha  traveled  to 
China,  fh>m  whence  he   returned  in  a.  d.  733.    After  his  death,  flourished  the 

famous  Hf.  4^  JCoOto,  the  inventor  of  another  syllabary,  which  could  be  used 

for  the  Japanese  language  alone,  without  having  reconrM  to  the  Chinese.    It  is 

called  iktr«.Aafia  ^  |S   ^  or  *  equal  writing,' and  like  the  AMKoOwiMr  is  derived 

ftom  Chinese  cfaaraeters. 
•«0f  the  invention  of  the  third  syllabary,  wa  read  as  follows:  *In  the  year 

1006  A.Dn  a  prieat  of  Budha,  called  Ziiiku  '^  ^  P3  (^'^  Skikhekmn^  m  Chi. 

neae)  went  from  Japan  to  cany  tribute  to  China.  He  did  not  understand  the 
s]Soken  Chinese,  but  as  he  wrote  it  ver]^  well,  he  was  directed  to  make  out  a  list 
of  Chinese  characters  with  their  meanings  in  Japanese.  At  this  time  it  was  he 
made  some  letters  for  his  country,  forty.seven  in  number ;  this  number  was  adopt- 
ed because  the  svUabary  brought  from  India  had  that  number.'  The  forty.eighth 
'syllable  was  added  afterwards.  This  syllab^,  which'  is  used  indiscriminately 
with  the  kiraJumoj  is  called  after  the  name  of  its  inventor.  * 

^  There  is  still  another  ancient  syllabary,  with  which  was  written  the  collection 
of  odes  called  thd  Mjrriad  Leaves,  and  which  for  this  reason  is  called  Mmn/oSmnm* 


aoe  Xoliru  of  Jayun,  S«.    Vlll.  Apmii., 

Booki  inteniliHl  fur  the  iiulmction  or  either  children  or  the  luwur  urtter*  tre 
invuiabl;  printed  in  ilira-ihiiM  lettera ;  bul  we  arc  told  that,  in  thoaa  dengnMl  for 


both  in  llie  common  mnd  in  the  running  huid.  uid  nuay  eh&racten  aro  frequently 
employed  to  repreaent  the  *>me  BfUable.  Tlie  following  list  oontanu  the  nfoUk- 
tvpea,  bat  othen  t.n  u  freqnanlly  used  u  Iheae ;  and  it  should  be  obearred  that 
the  Cbineae  chmetan  which  compoae  thii  lyliabuy,  u  likewiae  of  all  the  otheiiv 
da  not  Blwayi  repreaent  the  Chinese  sound  of  tho  worda  that  thoy  dcaifnata.  Thoa, 
the  Chineae  character  ktiag  yT  »  liTBT  lepnaanta  the  ayllable  ye,  which  in 
Japaneae  has  the  nme  wgnification ;  alao  ikb  'ff*  a  feniala  ia  called  me,  mean, 
log  the  nma  thing'.' 


t&,(fe» 

ft£ 

mu, 

ȣ 

W" 

t;i. 

h; 

mt 

•®i; 

^J^ 

nz 

»:: 

aii 

jflS;' 

s^ 

^ZJa'^ 

e.L° 

i^^ 

*::. 

i^j: 

?iJ2 

ift^- 

*S. 

*:: 

iiji^xJ^ 

IZivici 

fer 

^% 

t^iii 

%t. 

&a 

«z 

m 

gs. 

%ii'° 

j^*i.i 

z^ 

"*;- 

s- 

.-t^ 

^"^r.i: 

■jfiili;- 

le  Repoailory,  page  &G.' 

"There  ia  atill  another   ^llabaty,  made  or  Chin 


Thia  ayllabuj  cominencea  on  the  riifat,  and  reads  in  the  Chineae  manoet. 
The  syllables  in  italic  are  tho  aounda  of  the  ehsiaeters  according  to  the  eomt 
dialect  of  China,  aa  given  in  Maniaon's  Dictionary ;  the  others  are  their  Jtpamtae 

anda,  written  aa  the^  are  eipreaaad  in  ■  taUe  given  in  the  Vllth  volnma  of 

>lera  oonaiderably 
which  is  call  Yamata.haa  ^fc  4g  ^g  or  'Japaneaa  writing.' '  On* 
of  the  modea  of  employing  Chineae  charaotera  in  Japaneae  is  bete  exhibilsd. 
Yawala  koKa  ia  fonnod  of  three  chanelera  rtlie  fint  one  j^R  ia  an  old  name  for 
Japan,andIaTead  raaMto,tlMM^itaMandlai;oftb«ot^tWD 'll^  j^,  the 
lirat  is  called  according  to  its  sound  in,  the  other  ie«ordnig  to  ita  meaning  in 
Japanese  nd,  i-  e.  a  name»  and  by  tlie  combine '         "'  ^  '        "  " 

syllable  or  a  character.     The  Chinese   charai 
mamfo.katut  are  all  used  in  the  awne  manner. 

It  may  b«  added.  Ihm  with  the  eiception  of  llic  k-ttaJcana,  theaa  varioua  ajlhu 
baries  are  ■oldom  used  alone.  Ordinarily,  llit  chsnurwaa  of  two  or  three  are  mixed 
toEether,  without  any  rule,  which  renders  llie  H4.'<:ypbering  of  the  whole  muclr 
more  troublesome,  .^d  aa  if  it  was  not  already  fiifficienUT  difficult,  Chinese 
characters  ate  interspersed  here  and  there,  somelimea  with  and  aometimea  withnat 

the  mesninj  or  sound  given  on  the  side,  just  accori"— '-  ■■■ ■■- '■■- ' 

So  Uial  if  lie  take  into  cunsideration  the  number  o< 


1641.  Notices  nf  Japan,  fio,    Vtlt.  209 

the   welLoducalod,  all  four  kinds  of  letters  are  often   indiscriniinalely  unod   and 
intermixed  with  the  Chtneee  ideographic  characters ;  one  word,  or  even  one  sylla- 


.  with  the  variations  (or  sjmonymous  characters  as  they  mav  be  called),  ali 

of  which  cannot  be  much  less  than  three  hundred,  tosrether  with  the  unlimited 
use  made  of  Chinese  characters,  both  in  the  running.hand  and  in  the  common 
form,  it  must  be  conceded  that  the  scholars  of  Japan  have  succeeded  in  making 
their  language  one  of  the  most  difficult  to  read  of  any  in  the  world,  if  indeed  it  is 
not  the  hrst  in  this  respect.  So  close  and  so  extensive  is  the  connection  between 
the  two  lanffuages,  that  before  the  native  student  can  make  much  satisfactory 
progress  in  his  own  literature,  he  jnust  acquire  a  knowledge  of  three  or  four  thoa 
sand  Chinese  characters,  and  ascertain  how  they  are  used  by  authors  in  his  own 
country,  the  various  modes  of  combining  the  two  languages,  and  the  different  wayi 
.  nf  writing  the  same  character.  Indeed,  as  it  may  easily  be  supposed,  much  of  the 
time  of  the  scholar  is  consumed  in  merely  learning  to  read  and  write.  We  give  a 
specimen  of  a  conunon  Japanese  book,  in  which  me  hira^kana  forms  the  ground, 
work  as  it  were,  intermixed  with  numerous  Chinese  characters,  and  with  syllables 
from  the  yamaUt^kana,  A  translation  of  it  can  be  seen  by  turning  to  vol.  IX., 
page  90,  bottom  paragraph,  on  *  roasting  ore.*  The  first  three  lines  are  read  as 
follows: 

Haku  thekiwo  yaku  dzu, 
Haku  thekiwo  yaku  nite^  hazhitneie  kanadowo   tskuru;   kanadoni  arashi  gttehi 
wrrij  hiwo  totoatu  kuehi  nari,    kanado  no  sotoni   iakigiwo  shiki,  ^.,  j^. 

It  will  be  observed  that  many  of  the  common  Chinese  characters  arc  without 
either  coUateraJ  explanations,  or  sound ;  and  aliio  tliat  such  chaiacters  as  liavc 
been  explained  once  arc  left  unmarked  when  repeated  soon  after. 

Specimen  of  common  Japanese  Writing, 


VOL.-X.    NO.    IV.  i7 


210 


Notices  of  Japan,  No.   VllL 


AraiL, 


ble,  being  written  in  one  chancter,  and  the  next  in  another  i  no  mtall  additkm  lo 
the  difficulty  of  making  any  [migiew  io  Japaneee  Uteratnre. 

In  order  to  bring  the  ▼arioas  tyUabaries  which  ate  emp!oyed  in  Ja|iaiieae 
writing  into  view  at  once,  we  hatfe  combined  them  together  in  a  tababr  form. 
Thii  table  m  made  out  from  thoee  in  Rodriguez  Grammar,  and  Siebold'e  Epitome 
lingua  Japonicc.  The  list  of  ejmonymoua  ChiDeee  chaiacten  empioyed  to  repra. 
sent  the  eounda  of  the  ayllablee  given  by  R^muaat  in  Rodrigues'  Grammar  amounts 
to  382 ;  a  few  of  them  are,  however,  used  to  represent  the  sound  of  two  syllables. 

Soundi  cf  the  Japanese  Iroha^  or  St^labary, 


* 

1 

chi 

•  • 

yo 

raofla 

y» 

a 

y« 

roorlo 

ri  or  li 

ta 
da 

ma 

ma 

aa 
za 

hi  or  fi 
bi 

pi 

ha  or  fa 
ba 

P* 

uu 

re  or  le 

u 

ke 

g« 

ki 

gi 

mo 

ni 

ruoflu 

60 

zo 

i  dLwi 

fu 
bu 
pu 

yu 

80  or  she 
ze  or  zhe 

ho  or  fo 
bo 

PO 

• 

wo 

tsu 
dzu 

no 

ko 
go 

me 

BU 

zu 

heorfe 
be 

PC 

wa 

ne 

0 

ye&e 

mi 

•n 

to 
do 

ka 

Da 

ku 

te 
de 

si  or  shi 
zi  or  zhi 

This  syllabary  is  read  perpendicularly,  commencing  on  the  left  side,  and  each 
space  corresponds  to  a  space  in  the  table  on  the  opposite  pace.  In  each  square 
are  inserted:  1.  The  kataJuma^  which  occupies  the  centre,  Laving  the  inflected 
syllables  immediately  underneath,  them,  as  An,  6a,  ^;  the  addition  of  two  marks, 
( '' )  called  a  nigarU  changes  the  initial  into  a  harder  or  rougher  sound ;  the  addi. 
tion  of  a  maru  C )  or  circle,  ohanses  the  initial  h  or/  of  six  syllables  into  p.  3. 
The  Chinese  characters,  from  whidi  the  kataJtana  is  derived,  placed  in  the  top 
comer  on  the  left  side  of  each  square.  3.  The  yamato-kana  immediately  beneath 
it,  in  the  left  lower  comer ;  it  will  be  seen  that  this  is  sometimes  a  contraction 
of  the  preceding,  and  sometimes  not.  4.  The  hira-kana  occupying  the  upper 
right  haiid  comer ;  a  few  of  these  syllables  are  derived  ftom  the  Chinese  chaiao. 
ters  in  the  opposite  comer.  5.  The  syllabary  of  Ziakoad  immediately  underneath 
the  kira-kana,  together  with  some  other  forms  used  for  certain  syllables,  as  in  ta, 
MM,  no,  na^  Sic,  Many  of  the  syllables  in  this  are  identical  with  those  in  the  kira. 
kana.  There  are  also  other  forms  of  hira-kana  besides  these,  for  which  see  Ro. 
driguez'  Grammar,  or  Klaproth  in  Journal  Asiatique.    Tlic  last  and  forty-eighth 


1841. 


Notices  of  Japan,  No.    VIII. 


211 


• 

> 

4C 

• 

4t 

A 

1^  ?t 
t; 

t 

it 

1 

r 

4i    4 

4.       ^ 

Si 

t    3 

7>    ^ 

en 

4 

DB.      ^ 

^ 

V 
;5»     ^ 

1 

212  Nutkfs  oj  Japan,  No.    VJii.  April, 

Japan  has  long  pomesscd  the  art  of  printing,  after  a  fashion  sufficient  for  the 
diffuajon  of  Uterature,  but  not  emulating  the  tplendor  of  the  London  prcn.  Tlie 
Japanese  printers  are-  unacquainted  with  movable  types,  and  they  rather  multiply 
manuscript  copies^by  means  oTa  very  inferior  sort  of  stereotype  in  wood,  or  by 
wood.cuts,  than  rcaUy  print,  as  we  undersUnd  the  process.  Still,  they  supply  the 
public  with  books,  and  we  are  assured  that  reading  is  the  favorite  reeieation  of 
both  sezea  in  Japan,  especially  al  the  mikadtfa  capital. 

Japanese  literature  comprises  works  of  science,  history,  biography,  geography, 
travels,  moral  philosophy,  natural  history,  poetry,  the  dnma,  and  encyclopndias. 
Of  the  merits  of  the  productions  of  Japanese  genius  in  most  of  these  departmentq, 
the  Dutch  writers  speak  highljri  but  considering  thatithe  members  of  the  Dezima 
factory  are  np^  likely  in  general  to  have  enjoyed  the  most  finished  or  scholarlike 
education,  wSSiay  be  allowed  to  receive  their  judgment  with  some  distrust.  Nor 
is  this  want  of  confidence  in  the  critical  taste  of  tliese  eulogists  of  Japanese  lite^ 
atuie  diminished  by  turning  to  the  very  few  data  upon  which  we,  in  this  country, 
can  form  an  opinion  for  ounclves. 

syllable  is  an  imperfect  nasal  sound,  and  was  added  subsequently  to  tlie  formation 
of  the  preceding  syllabary,  (Klaproth  says  by  one  Sal-chiu,  who  employed  the 

character  cp    king  to  represent  it,)  and  apparently  for  the  purpose  of  repeesent. 

ing  Chinese  sounds  ending  in  ng.  In  composition  its  sound  is  always  n  (some- 
limes  m  for  sake  of  euphony  in  the  middle  of  words),  but  alone  it  resembles  a  half 
enunciated  n^,  and  is  formed  by  putting  the  tongue  on  the  roof  of  the  mcMith, 
and  then  making  a  sound  in  the  throat. 

•  The  cliaractcTs  in  tlie.  last  square  of  the  table  are  marks  used  in  writing.  Tlie 
first,  when  used,  shows  a  repetitmn  of  the  preceding  syllable;  tlie  second  is 
placed  between  Chinese  characters  to  show  Uiat  ihey  are  to  be  read  continuously, 
or  joined  together  as  a  single  word  in  Japanese ;  its  use  may  be  seen  in  tlie  speci. 
men  plate  given  below.  It  is  also  employed  in  kata-kana  after  a  syllable- to 
lengthen  its  sound.  The  last  two  marks  show  that  a  dissyllable  or  word  is 
repeated ;  for  instance  in  the  word  kologoto^  this  mark  is  written  instead  of  goto, 
and  with  a  nigori  to  show  the  change  in  the  first  syllable  from  ko  to  go. . 

The  sounds  of  some  of  these  syllables  vary  in  different  parts  of  Japan,  *  and'^if. 
ferent  modes  of  writing  Japanese  words  have  also  been  adopted  by  scholars  of 
different  countries.  Siebold  writes  Jo,  and  Klaproth  ro,  for  the  second  syllable, 
and  so  of  ra,  re,  ri^  «id  ru ;  those  natives  whom  we  have  heard  pronounce  them, 
say  rat  re,  but  yet  cannot  distinguish  between  the  two  sounds  of  ra  or  la.  When 
either  of  these  five  syllables  begins  a  word,  the  r  is  sometimes  pronounced  as  if 
preceded  by  a  soft  d.  Siebold  remarks,  "that  the  sound  is  diflicuH  to  express, 
but  vibrates  between  /  and  r,  something  like  the  first  efibrts  of  children  to  soand  it : 
in  Yedo,  the  r  predominates,  and  in  some  principalities  the  /  obtains."  Those 
syllables  beginning  witli  A,  except /u,  we  have  always -heard  pronounced  Ao,  he. 
At,  Ao,  &«.,  but  Kkp^roth  writes  /a,  /e,  A  and/o,  and  this  was  the  old  Portaevese 
mode,  now  retained  in  Fatsisio,  Firado,  Figo,  &.c.  Those  whom  we  heard  also 
say  «Ae  and  «At,  but  Siebold  and  Klaproth  kioth  writes  «e  and  st.  The^  appears 
to'  be  little  or  no  difference  between  the  sounds  of  the  syllables  i  and  toi,  e  and 
y«,  and  we  have  written  them  thus  in  this  table  because  it  can  be  hardly  be . 
supposed  there  are  two  syllables  of  precisely  the  same  sound ;  the  natives  whom 
we  have  consulted,  however,  (and  they  are  from  three  principalities,)  make  no 
diflbrenoe  between  them  either  in  sound  or  use. 

In  preparing  Chinese  books  for  the  Japanese  public,  or  when  writing  Cjiineso, . 
the  grammatical  additions  ars  more  or  less  numerous  according  to  the  caprice  of 
the  editor  or  writer.    Sometimes,  however,  the  works  are  simple  reprints.    The. 
easss  of  nouns,  the  teiiQinatk>ns  and  tenses  of  verbs,  and  the  marks  to  show  the 
transposition  of  characters  ars  seldom  omitted.    The  perpendicular  lines  between 
characters,  and  the  meaning  of  difficult  and  unusual  characters  or  their  sounds^  are  - 


1841.  Nutues  uj  Japan,  No.    VI 11  l\\\ 

Klaprotti  lias  given  a  version  of  a  geographical  treatise,  and  TitsingU  has  trans, 
^ated,  or  caused  to  .be  translated,   Annals  of  the   Dairi,  and  Annals  of  the  Sto- 

introduced  into  books  which  it  is  desirable  to  make  very  plain.  In  the  specimen  here 
given,  the  small  figures  at  the  right  hand  comer  of  many  of  the  charactera  are 
tlie  grammatical  terminations ;  the  catches  and  figures,  at  tlie  other  comer  of 
many  othera  show  that  they  &re  to  be  transposed  in  reading.    For  instance,  the 

fint  two  charactera  ^j^  £jk  are  transposed,  being  read  kawawo  toru^  and  the 
catch  at  the  left  hand  comer  of  torn  pa  shows  that  it  is  to  be  read  after  tlie 

other.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  second  of  the  two  has  hinukana  syllables  on 
the  side ;  this  is  an  instance  of  their  use  in  explanations,  for  the  character  is  an 
unusual  one,  and  moreover  is  here  used  in  an  uncommon  sense.  The  circles 
are  marks  of  punctuation.  A  translation  of  this  paragraph  also  will  be  found  on 
pag«  9Gth  of  vol.  IX. 

Specimen  of  Chinese  Writing  toith  Japanese  explanations. 


"    ^  >^^    -y  ^^  PJb^    JT^^'^    Vj^     l.^'^ 

,*  -^  5f  ji  ^'  Jk  p.^  ffiM  m 

p.  >*  M-^M-  |e>,  -=■  ^  in  T  ^'*- 
*  p  '4fhij.  V  X  %  :^  ii  *.?! 
^,  ki  *  3..  A  pt  if  4  %  i*^^ 
^,^  ^  #0  *!t;  ^  %M^^^ 


'^v  -^■'  7-  'T  -#■  T  **  -I  i^y  w^' 


Prefaces  of  books  ars  frequently  written  iir  Chinese,  while  the  body  of  the  work 
is  in  kira-kana ;  in  these  cases,  the  nmntng.hand  is  often  employed,  which  much 
increases  the  labor  of  decyphering  the  text,  if  the  reader  has  learned  only  the  com. 
muftfonn.] 


•214  Notices  of  Japan,  No.    VIII.  April, 

gQunB  of  the  Gongen  dynasty.  Of  these  works,  the  first  is  hy  far  the  best ;  it  is 
minute,  and  no  doubt  imparts  accurate  knowledge  of  the  geography  and  form  of 
administration  of  the  three  claimed  dependencies  of  the  Japanese  empire,  Corea* 
the  Lewchew  islands,  and  Yezo,  including  the  Kurile  archipelago.  Its  faults  are 
dryness  and  dullness,  unaToidable,  perhaps,  in  a  geographical  description,  and  a 
great  deficiency  of  statistical  information.  The  Annals  of  tlie  Datri  have  been 
recently  corrected  and  edited  by  Klapioth ;  and  a  more  jejune  account  of  births, 
marriages,  accessions,  abdicatwns,  and  deaths,  with  a  few  siekne«es,  pilgrimages, 
and  rebelliona — but  even  these  last  uninterestingly  told — it  would  be  difficult  to 
conceive.  The  Annals  of  the  Siogowu  are  similar  in  character,  though  inter- 
spersed  with  curious  anecdotes ;  but  even  these  are  very  heavily  narrated,  whilst 
soma  of  them  are  evidently  gleaned  by  Titsingh,  or  his  Japanese  translators,  fnmi 
other  sources  than  the  original  Annals.  Altogether,  the  three  works,  though 
valuable  for  the  information  they  supply  are  such  as  it  is  a  serious  task  to  wade 
though.  — 

Of  the  moral  philosophy,  all  that  can  be  gathered  is,  that  it  deals  in  cormmenta. 
ries*  upon  the  moral  precepts  of  the  Chinese  philosopher  Kung  footsie,  or  Cohfu. 
cius,  commentaries  upon  the  Sintoo  mythology,  which  the  highest  philosophy 
allegorizes  into  the  epochs  of  creation.  The  encyclopsBdias  (of  which  M.  R^musat 
has  given  an  excellent  speciment)  appear  to  be  little  mora  than  picture-books, 
with  letter.press  explanations,  arranged,  like  other  Japanese  dictionaries,  sometimes 
alphabetically,  and  sometimes  according  to  a  not  very  scientific  claasificatkm  of 
the  subjects. 

Of  the  Japanese  art  of  poetry,  of  its  metre  or  rhyme,  or  substitute  for  either, 
nothing  is  said  by  any  of  these  writers ;  but  presidents  Mcylan  and  Titsingh 
furnish  some  specimens,  as  far  as  prose  translations  can  be  said  to  afibrd  a  speci- 
men of  poetry.  A  selection  from  these  examples  may  be  here  introduced ;  and 
as  these  gentlemen  give  the  originals,  printed  in  Roman  characters,  the  insertion 
of  one  or  two  of  these  will  show  the  form  of  the  stanza,  rhyme,  d&c.  They  will 
also  fehow  that  either  the  Japanese  language  has  great  power  of  compression,  or 
the  Dutch  translation,  from  which  ours  is  rendered  line  by  line,. is  very  difiuse. 

At:a  Kampeit 

KaiDO  mita  Kampei, 

Mamani  kanoMtwo  Uanta  Kampei, 

Uchi  fin  tara  yakamati  Kampti, 

Seketmi  waru  Kampti, 

Yes!  eager  is  my  longmg 
To  look  upon  thy  face, 
X  '  With,  thee  somd  words  to  speak  ;    -  - 

But  this  I  must  renounce ; 
For  should  it' in  my- dwelling 
Once  chance  to  be  divulged, 
That  I  with  thee  had  spoken. 
Then  grievous  "were  the  trouble 
On  me  would  surely  light.  •  -  -     - 

For  certain  my  good  name 
Were  kist  for  evermore. 

*  Siebold  and  Fischer.  t~  MSS,  de  la  Bibl  du  Roi,  vol.  zi.  p.  123. 


1841.  Notices  of  Jiipauy  So,    VllL  ^il5 

Thd  foiloWihg  eliiical  aUnza  is  likewi»e  given  in  the  original,  because  in  it  are 
some  lines  longer  than  in  any  of  the  other  specimens ;  but  whether  this  be  ac- 
cidental,  or  regulated  by  the  nature  of  the  subject,  is  not  eiplaiued. 

Kokorodani  makoiona^ 

MUhi  ni  kanal  fia6d, 

inorazu  totemo  katniya^ 

Mamoran, 

Upright  in  heart  be  tbou^  and  pure« 

So  shall  the  blessing  of  God, 

Through  eternity  be  upon  thee  \ 

Clamorous  prayers  shall  not  avail. 

But  truly  a  clear  conscience. 

That  worships  and  fears  in  silence. 
One  of  Tilsingh's  specimens,  a  sliort  poem  upon  the  murder  of  Yamasiro,  a 
councillor  of  state,  is  both  rather  more  poetical,  and  exemplifies  the  allusions  to 
old  stories  or  legends,  and  the  play  upon  words,  said  to  chaiacterize  Japanese 
poetry.  This  president,  or  rather  his  French  translator,  has  added  to  his  Dutch 
a  Latin  version,  professedly  literal,  and  no  longer  than  the  original ;  for  which 
reason,  it  may  be  better  to  translate  tliat  (even  if  not  literally,  which  the  singular 
collocation  of  the  words,  dislocated  beyond  ordinary  Latin  dislocation,  would,  even 
more  than  the  extreme  compression,  render  difficult  in  English),  than  to  copy  tlie 
doubly  and  trebly  translated  translations;  his  work  being  published  only  in  French 
and  English,  not  in  Dutch.  It  must  be  premised,  that  the  constituent  parts  of 
the  murdered  man*s  name,  being  yama^  *■  a  mountain,'  and  9iroi  *■  a  castle,'  afibrd 
a  happy  opportunity  for  puns. 

"'Hiat  the  young  councillor  is  cut  off  at  the  castle  on  the  hill  by  a  new  guard, 
exciting  a  tiunult,  I  have  just  heard. 

"  Yamasiro's  white  robe  being  dyed  with  blood,  all  behold  in  him  the  reddening 
councillor. 

**  Along  the  eastern  way,  throu^fh  the  village  Sanno,  the  rushing  waters  poured, 
burst  the  dyke  of  the  swamp,  and  the  mountain-castle  fell. 

**The  precious  trees  planted  in  vases,  tlie  plum-trees  and  cherry-trees  beautiful, 
with  their  blossoms,  who  threw  them  into  the  fire  ?  *Twas  Sanno  cut  them  down.* 

(This  alludes  to  an  old  tale  of  one  Sanno^s  still  unbounded  hospitality,  when 

reduced  to^  extreme  indigence.) 

"  Cut  down  is  the  insane  councillor.  We  might  say,  had  such  things  ever  before 
been  heard  of,  this  was  tlie  chastisement  of  Heaven." 

These  specimens  may  suffice ;  but  as  the  compression  and  style  of  Japanese 

verse  have  certainly  not  been  displayed  in  the   Dutch  translations,  perhaps  one 

stanxa  of  the  Latin,  which  professes  to  be  line  for  line,  may  not  be  unacceptable. 

Kiraretawa^  Frecidisse 

BakadoMhi  yorito,  Consiliamm  minorem 

Kikuto  haya  ;  Nuper  audivi ; 

Yamamo  o  thiro  mo  In  mentis  castello 

Sawagtt  shinpan.  Turbas  excitantem  novum  eustodem. 

With  the  statement  that  ballads,   romances,  and  songs  are  said  to  constitute 

the  greater  number  of  Japanese  poems,  this  subject  may  now  be  dismissed.    Of 

the  drama,  all  that  could  be  found  has  already   been  given,  in  speaking  of  tlie 

theatrical  representations  at  Ohosaka;  and  we  turn  from- light  literature  to  eciencc. 


iUi  Molices  of  Japan,  No,    VltL  April, 

l^hc  only  sciences  that  can  be  said  to  be  cultivated  in  Japan,  are  inedicine  and 
astronomy,  and  upon  these  were  are  assured  that  origitial  works,  as  well  as  transla- 
tions of  all  accessible  European  publications,  are  ootistantly  appearing.  Of  the 
merits  of  the  original  works  we  have  no  means  of  judging,  save  by  inference  from 
the  reports  of  the  abilities  and  knowledge  of  the  Japanese  physicians  and  astrono- 
mers ;  and  on  this  head,  those  of  the  medical  travelers  ara  favorable.  Dr.  Von 
Siebold  dwells  eulogistically  upon  the  teal  with  which  phyneians  from  all  parts  of 
the  empire  thronged  about  him  to  acquire  medical  science  of  a  higher  chaimeter 
than  their  own ;  and  his  opinion  of  the  intelligence  and  knowledge  evinced  by 
their  questions  has  been  already  mentioned.  The  latter  remark  applies  equally  to  * 
the  astronomers ;  and  it  may  be  added,  that  their  sense  of  the  scientific  superiority 
of  Europe,  alone  places  the  Japanese  far  above  the  self-sufficient  Chinese. 

Of  the  proficiency  of  the  medical  profession  in  Japan,  some  further  notion  may 
be  formed  from  the  assertion  that  acupuncture  and  mo»a  burning  are  native  inven- 
tions.  The  former  of  these  ramedies,  having  been  introduced  into  this  country, 
needs  no  description ;  but  it  may  be  worth  mentioning,  that  among  the  books 
brought  to  Europe  by  Heer  Titsingh,  is  one  containing  accurate  directions  for  its 
use,  with  an  enumeiation  of  the  maladies  it  is  calculated  to  relieve,  and  accom- 
panied  by  a  doll,  upon  which  is  marked  every  part  of  the  frame  adapted  to  the 
operation,  according  to  the  several  cases.  Moxa  burning  is  a  means  of  blistering, 
or  making  an  issue,  by  actual  cautery,  or  burning  balls  of  flaxen  down,  made  by 
triturating  the  leaves  of  mugwort  {Ariemitia  mtlgarit),  upon  the  skin.* 

The  dmga  employed  in  Japanese  pharmacy  are  mostly  animal  and  vegetable, 
chemistry  being  for  too  superficially  and  imperfectly  known  to  allow  physicians 
to  venturo  upon  mineral  remedies.  But  botany,  as  connected  with  the  knowledge 
of  simples,  is  diligently  cultivated,  and  the  medicines  used  are  said  to  be  generally 
beneficial ;  the  chief  reliance,  however,  is  upon  diet,  acupuncture,  and  the  moxa, 
Supentition  is  the  main  obstacle  to  tha  progress  of  medicine  and  surgery ;  its  baneful 
influence  was  apparent  in  what  has  been  incidentally  mentioned  respecting  the 
obstetric  department  of  the  science  t  and  the 'pollution  incurred  by  c^tact  with 
death  renden  dissection,  and  consequently  anatomical  science,  impossible. 

In  astronomy,  the  proficiency  made  is  yet  greater,  periiaps,  from  there  being 
no  superstitious  impediments  in  the  way  of  progress  in  this  science.  The  Japan- 
ese  astronomers  study  the  most  profound  works  that  have  been  translated  into 
Dutch,  and  have  learned  the  use  of  most  European  instruments.  These  they  have 
taught  Japanese  artists  to  imitate,  and  Meylan  saw  good  telescopes,  barometers, 
and  thermometers,  of  Japanese  workmanship.  In  consequence,  the  almanacs, 
which  were  formerly  imported  from  China,  are  now  constructed  at  home,  the  caL 
culation  of  eclipses  included,  in  the  colleges  at  Yedo  and  Miyako. 

Tlie  measurement  and  division  of  time  are  in  Japan  very  peculiar,  and  not  very 
easy  to  be  understood.  For  chronological  purposes,  cycles  are  employed ;  of  these 
there  are  three,  unconnected  and  concurrent.  The  one  is  formed  by  a  somewhat 
complicated  blending-of  astronomy  with  other  branches  of  natural  philosophy ; 
tlie  remaining  two  are  simple,  and  may  tfierefore  be  first  mentioned. 

The  cycle  habitually  used  in  history  for  dates  is  the  neng9.  This  is  a  period 
of  arbitrary,  and  therefore  ever-varying  length,   from  one  year  to  any  number  of 

•  [The  use  of  the  actual  cautery  is  very  common,  seconding  to  Kaempfer :  and 
A  great  number  of  the  people  who  crowded  the  decks  of  the  Morrison  had  scars  on 
their  bodicK  showing  where  U  had  been  applied.] 


i&41.  Noticts  of  Japan,  No.    VilL  217 

yean,  it  is  regulated  by  the  pleatfure  of  the  reigning  mikado^  accurding  to  any 
remarkable  or  accidental  occurrence  that  he  thinks  worthy  of  such  coinmemo. 
ratkm;  he  may,  for  instance,  appoint  a  new  nengo  to  begin  from  the  building  of 
a  temple,  from  an  earthquake,  or  the  like ;  and  he  gives  it  a  name  descriptive  of  its 
origin,  either  simply,  or,  in  the  oriental  style,  metaphorically,  allegorically,  and 
enigmatically.  Thus,  a  mikado  ordered  a  new  nengo  to  begin  on  his  abdication, 
and  named  it  the  nengo  genrokf;  literally,  the  nengo  of  the  happiness  of  nature 
and  art  ;*  implying  that  he,  in  his  retirement,  should  have  leisure  lo  enjoy  both. 
The  new  nengo  lasts  till  some  new  event  induces  the  same  mikado^  or  his  succes- 
sor,  immediate  or  remote,  to  terminate  it  and  commence  another. 

The  other  simple  mode  of  computation  is  by  the  reign  or  dal  of  every  sue 
cessive  mikado.  This,  as  the  most  straightforward,  is  the  one  in  common  use. 
The  only  difficulty  to  which  it  seems  liable,  mamely,  the  interruption  of  a  reign 
in  the  middle  of  a  year,  is  obviated  by  the  provision,  that  the  whole  year  in 
which  a  mikado  abdicates  or  vanishes  is  reckoned  to  him  who  begun  it,  and  the 
^f  of  the  successor  calculated  only  from  the  next  new]rear*s  day.* 

The  third,  the  astronomical  cycle  of  sixty  years,  is  far  other,  and  a  very  com. 
plez  affair,  being  constructed  by  calculation  out  of  the  signs  of  the  Zodiac  and 
the  elements.  The  former  are  reckoned  in  Japan,  as  perhaps  wherever  astronomy 
has  been  studied,  twelve,  and  differ  from  ours  only  in  their  names.  They  are  col. 
Icctively  called  ziyuni  no  «At,  or  the  *  twelve  branches,*  and  run  thus: 

1.  Ne,  -^  the  rat,  answers  to  Aries. 

2.  Uohi  JJ*  the  cow,  answers  to  Taurus. 

3.  Tora,  ^||*  the  tiger,  answers  to  Gemini. 

4.  £7,  ^6n  tlie  rabuit,  answers  to  Cancer. 

5.  TaUt      J^  the  dragon,  answers  to  Leo. 

6.  ilft,         M^  the  snake,  answers  to  Virgo. 

7.  ^Mtna^    IslL  the  horse,  answers  to  Libra. 


8.  Hitouzi  -^  ^  the  goat,  answers  to  Scorpio. 

9.  Saru, 


the  ape,  answers  to  Sagittarius. 

10.  Tori,      ^  the  cock«  answers  to  Capricorn. 
IL  Inur      fjf  the  dog,  answers  to  Aquarius. 
12.  /,  "X^  the  wild  boar,  answers  to  Pisces. 

The  t  elements  of  the  Japanese  are  more  original.  They  are  held  to  be  five  in 
number^  excluding  air,  and  incliiding  wood  and  metal  as  elementary  substances. 
But  these  five  are  whimsically  doubled,  by  taking  each  in  a  twofold  character ; 
separately  as  one  in  its  natural  state,  and  another  as  adapted  to  the  use  of  man 
yet  in  each  an  element.  This  is  so  strange  as  to  be  worth  giving  at  length,  and* 
in  the  proper  order. 

*  [The  year  of  the  nogoun*9  reign  is  also  employed  ss  a  mode  -of  computing 
time,  for  the  dates  of  all  the  Japanese  books  we  have  seen  are  reckoned  by  the 
number  of  years  he  has  sat  on  the  throne.] 

t  Mcylan. 

VOL.   X.   NO.   IV.  '28 


216  Notictz  of  Japan,  \o.    Vltt,  April, 

\.  Ki  no  yt  [repreiented  by  the  Chinese  character  ffl  ]  is  wood  in  it«  natural 
state,  as  tree ;  this  is  the  first  element,  and  becomes, 

2.  Kino  to  [represented  by  ^  ]  when  cut  down  and  converted  into  timber. 

3.  Fi  no  ye  [by  |^,]  is  the  element  of  lire  in  its  original  state,  as  appearing  m 
the  sun's  heat,  lightning,  volcanic  eruptions,  dus. 

4.  Fi  no  to  (by    J  ']  is  fire  kindled  by  man,  with  wood,  oil,  incense,  dus. 

5.  Tmioki  no  ye  [by  Xjf]  is  earth  in  its  uncultivated  state,  on  mountain«tops, 
at  the  bottom  of  the  sea,  dtc. 

. 6.  Ttueki  no  to  [by  p^  ]  is  earth  as  wrought  by  the  hand  of  man  into  por. 

cekin,  earthenware,  and  the  like.  Tilled  ground  appertains  to  this  element,  and  it 
is  sometimes  represented  by  a  rice-field. 

7.  Ka  no  ye  [by  ^^]  is  the  metallic  element  m  its  native  state  of  mineral  ore ; 
sometimes  also  symbolized  by  manufactured  metal,  as  a  sabre  or  a  bell. 

8.  Ka  no  to  [by  'S]  is  the  metallic  element  smelted,  worked  into  hammers, 
nails,  shears,  dus. 

9.  MUzu  no  ye  [by  ^^]  is  water  as  it  flows  from  springs  and  in  rivers ;  and 
10.  Midzu  no  to  [by  the  character  Sr  ]  is  the  other  watery  element,  as  stag. 

nant  in  pools  and  morasses :  a  curious  deviation  from  the  principle  laid  down,  that 
adaptation  to  human  use  constitutes  every  second  element.  [It  is,  however, 
sometimes  represented  by  water  issuing  from  a  pipe  or  reservoir.] 

Now,  these  ten  elements  being  five  times  combined  with  the  twelve  signs  of 
the  Zodiac  in  some  way  more  complicated  than  intelligible,  sixty  compound 
fignns  are  said  to  be  obtained,  each  of  which  stands  for  a  year  in  this  most  scien- 
tific  cycle.* 

The  year  is  divided  into  twelve  lunar  months,  but  contains  mors  than  336 
days,  because  the  mikado  and  his  astronomers  add  a  couple  of  days  to  several  of 
the  months,  announcing  always  in  the  almanac  of  the  year  how  many  and  which 
of  the  months  they  have  thus  increased.  The  difierence  between  the  lunar  jrear. 
even  thus  lengthened,  and  the  sidereal  year,  is  corrected  by  inserting  every  third 
jTCtr  an  intercalary  month  of  varying  length,  according  to  the  number  of  days 
the  mikado  has  been  pleased  to  make  requisite.t 

*  [The  mode  of  combining  the  ziyuni  no  tAs,  or  twelve  branches,  with  the 
five  doubled  elements,  or  rather  with  the  ten  characters  which  stand  for  them, 
collectively  called  Mkikkan^  or  *  the  ten  stems,*  is  the  same  in  China  as  in  Japan, 
and  was  no  doubt  adopted  from  the  former  by  the  latter.  The  subsequent  adaption 
of  the  *  ten  stems*  to  the  five  elements  belongs  to  the  Japaneee,  and  has  no  con- 
nection with  the  anginal  formation  of  the  cycle ;  nor  do  the  latter  in  numbering 
the  yean  by  it  do  mors  than  express  the  Chinese  characters  which  stand  for  any 
given  year.  The  apparently  complicated  nature  of  the  arrangement  is  chargeable 
more  to  its  Dutch  commentators  than  to  the  system  itself.  The  mode  of  combin- 
ing  the  two  is  explained  on  page  122  of  this  volume.] 

t  [The  division  of  the  ]rear  into  months  is  the  same  in  Japan  as  in  China,  and 
we  rather  suspect  that  the  mUutdo^  or  his  officer  the  Roki  Hakiotf  who  superintends 
the  proparation  of  the  almanac  at  Miyako,  does  no  more  ihan  publish  the  already 
settled  arrangement  of  the  various  lunar  and  solar  periods  of  the  year.  The  vear 
ie  ltini.§olmr^uMXid  consists  of  twelve  months,  except  when  by  this  mode  of  reckon, 
ing,  the  lunar  time  falls  behind  the  solar  time  one  whole  revolution  of  the  moon ; 
then  an  intercalary  month  is  added  by  the  following  rule :  if  during  any  lunar 
month  the  sun  does  not  enter  any  sign  oi  the  zodiac,  (that  is,  if  there  are  two  full 


1841.  Notirrs  of  Japan,  AV    1777.  219 

But  perhaps  ttie  mjst  whimsical,  and  certainly  the  most  inconvenient,  division 
of  time  in  Japan,  is  that  by  hours.  A  natural  day  and  ni^t  is  there  divided  into 
twelve  hours,  of  which  six  ara  always  allotted  to  the  day— that  is  to  say,  to  the 
interval  between  the  rising  and  the  setting  of  the  sun ;  the  other  six  to  the  night, 
or  the  period  between  sunset  and  sunrise.  Thus,  the  hours  of  t-j  day  ^d  of  the 
night  are  never  of  equal  duration  in  Japan,  except  at  the  equinoxes ;  in  summer, 
the  hours  of  the  day  being  bug,  those  of  night  short,  and  in  winter  nice  vcrstf . 

moons  in  any  one  sign)  that  month  is  intercalary,  and  the  year  consequently  con- 
tains  thirteen  months.  The  intercalated  year  contains  384  days,  and  the  common 
year  354;  the  1st,  3d,  4th,  8th  and  12th  months  have  39  d^ys ;  the  others  30  each. 
Besides  these  monthly  divisions  depending  on  the  moon,  the  year  is  still  Auther 
divided  into  twentv.four  periods  of  about  fifteen  days  each,  the  settlement  of 
which  depends  on  the  time  when  the  sun  is  in  the  first  and  fifteenth  degree  of  any 
zodiacal  sign.  This  division  was  also  obtained  from  the  Chinese. 
The  Japanese  have  a  sort  of  descriptive  term  for  each  of  the  months  called  its 

iM  sttyd  -in   ^jL  t  CUT  harmonising  name ;  they  are  thus  explained  in  the  chapter 

entituM,  Nippon  gets  rei  zen,  or,  AH  the  monthly  festivals  of  Japan,  found  in  the 
work  called  the  Mirror  of  Feinale  Education. 

Ist  month,  or  ghiyo  gwatt,  is  called  [|^    M    mo  isuki,  the  amicable  month^ 

because  the  hearts  of  people  are  then  mild  &nd  goodnatured  from  the  festivities  of 
the  newyear. 

2d  month,  ni  gwat$^  is  called  >p^  ffl^  ^^  ki.$ara.gi,  the  month  to  change 
clothes,  because  tlien  the  winter  clothing  is  laid  aside. 

3d  month,  tan  gwaU,  is  called  SBS  ^b  yayoi,  the  budding  month,  becauiie 
nature  then  revives  from  the  slumber  of  the  winter. 

4th  month,  «At  gwatt,  is  called  Qn    S    u  dxuki^  or  flourishing  month,  when 

the  flowers  arc  in  bloom. 

5th  month,  go  gwau,  is  called  «a  tiuki,  or  transplanting  month,  at  which 
time  the  crop  of  rice  is  ti-ansplantcdK 

6th  mouth,  roku  gwats,  is  called  7!^  jffi  J9    fnuna  dxuki,   or  dry  month, 

because  no  rain  falls. 

7th  month,  tiehi  gwats,  is  called  aT    S  fumi  Uuki^  or  letters^  month,  be- 

cause  in  this  month  an  ode  to  the  stars  is  written  on  papers  and  suspended  on 
poles. 

8th  month,  haeki  gwate,  is  called  ^B   B   ha  dzuku  or  leaf  month,  because 
the  leaves  of  autumn  begin  to  fall. 
9th  month,  ku  gtoatt,  iA  called  ^    S   naga  Uuki,  or  the  long  month,  for 

the  nights  begin  to  grow  long. 
10th  month,  Ktyu  gwaU,  is  called  jjj^  ^    B    kamuna  dxuki,  or  godless 

month,  because  it  is  supposed  that  all  the  deities  leave  th'^ir  shrines  this  month, 
and  go  to  Idzumo  on  the  north  of  Japan. 

11th  month,  ziyu-ieki  gwato,  is  called  ^^    Q    ohimo   tsuki,  or  haur.froet 

month,  because  the  rains  congeal  into  snow  and  hoar  frost. 

12th  month,  giyuni  gwaU,  is  called  $hiwa9u,  the  final  or  seaaon^nding  month. 

The  number  of  f  jstivals,  and  civic  and  religious  oeremonies,  occurring  through- 
out the  year,  is  very  great,  and  the  important  ones  are  carefully  observed  by  all 
classes.  Titsingh  lus  ffiven  an  account  of  some  of  the  mat  festivals,  and  others 
that  m  observed  by  the  court ;  see  his  Annali.  ptges  114-144.] 


^20  Notir.f.^  of  Japan,  No.    17//.  April. 

Strictly  Bpeakingr,  the  lengtli  of  the  hour*  should  vary  from  day  to  day  :  but  such 
extreme  accuracy  is  dispensed  «wit.h,  and  the  variations  are  regrulated  only  four 
times  in  the  year,  upon  averages  of  three  months. 

Again,  the  numbering  of  these  twelve  hours,  which  seems  so  straightforward 
a  matter  for  peof^s  who  can  count  twelve,  is  in  Japan  so  strangely  complicated, 
that  had  not  the  expedient  been  adopted  of  bestowing  upon  each  hour  the  name 
of  a  sign  of  the  Zodiac,  in  addition  to  its  number,  it  would  there  be  no  easy  task 
to  answer  the  seemingly  plain  question  of  **What's  o'clock  7"  An  attempt  must  be 
made  to  explain  this  abstruse  and  original  system. 

Nine  being  esteemed  '.ho  perfect  number,  noon  and  midnight  are  both  called 
**9  o^dock** — the  one  of  the  day,  the  other  of  the  night ;  while  sunrise  and  sunset 
are  respectively  "  six  o^clock**  of  the  day,  and  "  six  o'clock  **  of  the  night  If  it  be 
asked  how  nine  can  occur  twice  in  twelve,  the  answer  is,  that  the  arithmetical 
impossibility  is  conquered  or  obviated  by  omitting  the  first  and  the  last  three  num. 
hers,  beginning  with  four  and  ending  with  the  perfect  nine.  The  intermediate 
numbers  are  laboriously  evolved  from  the  multiplication  table,  and  the  system 
is  baaed  upon  the  profound  rpspect  entertained  for  the  number  nine.  Here  is  the 
process:— 

Nine,  being  the  hour  of  noon  andk  midnight,  is  the  point  from  which  the  num. 
bering  begins,  and  considered  as  the  first  hour.  Twice  9  is  18 ;  subtract  the 
decimal  figure  and  8  remains,  therefore  the  hour  following  noon  or  midnight, 
say  the  second  hour,  is  8  o'clock  of  the  day  or  of  the  night.  Three  times  9  is  27 ; 
subtract  the  decimal  figure  and  7  remains,  and  Uio  third  hour  becomes  7  o'clock 
of  the  day  or  the  night.  Four  times  9  is  36 ;  repeat  the  operation,  and  we  find 
the  fourth  hour,  wliich  must  invariably  be  sunset  or  sunrise,  6  ci'clock  of  the 
night  or  the  day.  Five  times  9  is  45 ;  and  the  usual  operation  makes  the  hour 
following  sunset  or  sunrise,  fifth  from  either  noon  inclusively,  5  o'clock  of  the 
night  or  the  day.  Finally,  six  times  9  is  54 ;  and  by  the  same  operation  we  obtain 
a  4  for  the  sixth  and  last  hour,  which  becomes  4  o'clock  of  the  night  or  the  day. 
Then  comes  again  the  noon,  or  9  o^dock  of  the  night  or  the  day.  A.  table,  which 
without  previous  explanations  must  have  been  unintelligible,  will  now  place  the 
sequence  of  the  twelve  hours  of  a  natural  day  distinctly  before  the  reader. 

Midnight  is  kokonoU  or  9  o'clock  of  the  night,  the  hour  of  the  Rat. 
S  A.  M.  is  yalM  or  8  o'clock        do.  do.  Cow. 

4  A.  M.  is  nanaU  or  7  o'clock        do.  do.  Tiger. 

Sunrise  is  mutm^ioki  or  6  o'clock  of  the  day,  do.  Rabbit. 

8  A.  M.  is  itsutiu  or  5  o'clock        do.  do.  Dragon. 

10  A.  M.  is  you  or  4  o'clock        do.  do.  Snake. 

Noon,  is  kokonoU  or  9  o'clock        do.  .do.  Horse. 

S  p.  M.  is  yotf  or  8  o'clock        do.  do.  Goat  or  Sheep. 

,^,.4  F.  M.  is  nanaU  or  7  o'clock        do.  do.  Ape. 

''exit  * 

Sunset,  is  muUw-doki  or  6  o'clock  of  the  night,       do.  Cock. 

8  p.  M.  is  iUuUu  or  5  o'clock        do.  do.  Dog. 

10  p.  M.  is  yott  or  4  o^clock        do.  do.  Boar.* 

*  [Each  of  these  hours  is  divided  in  eighths  (equivalent  to  our  quarters),  and 
the  nbtatkm  of  the  intervals  is  done  by  additions  to  the  word  denoting  the  hour ; 
thus,  kokonoU  kan  is  1  a.  m.;  kokonot$  han  tugi  is  half  past  one;  kokonoU  han 
sugi  .maye  is  quarter  past  one,  ^^  ^^^  The  use  of  the  *  twelve  branches '  to  design 
nate  the  hours  is  borrowed  fipm  the  Chines^  but  the  other  arrangement  of  num. 
bering  the  six  hours  as  here  explained  is  peculiar  to  the  Japanese.] 


IS4I.  Notirfs  nf  Japmt.  \\»,    Viii,  ->i5l 

Time  houn  are  always  smiimM  by  the  brlki  of  tlie  tem|»lr«,  T\»  mrasunnf 
tbem  aeena  a  more  difficult  matter,  althouffa  fenftheninf  and  ahofteniiif  the 
pendolmn  w  apoken  of  as  sufficaent  for  thia  purpoae  *  (of  comae,  daily,  or  twi(<e 
a  day,  at  aonrin  and  wmwrt,  moat  be  meant).  Two  indiipenoaa  modea  are  akn^ 
mentioned.  The  one,  which  may,  evidently  anawer,  by  the  bmninf  of  bodioa  <t|' 
determinate  mafnitndn  ana  Vogooa  to  our  AlfkedTa  candlea ;  the  other,  by  a  peculiar 
aort  of  dock,  deaciibed,  not  very  intelligibly,  to  consist  of  a  horiiontal  balanc^c, 
haTinf  a  weight  at  either  end,  and  moving  backwards  and  forwards  upon  a  pin.  llie 
aubgect  of  hoora  and  clocka  may  be  concluded  with  the  deecription  of  a  clock — not 
ita  mechanism,  onlnckily— ordered  in  1836  by  the  governor  of  Nagasaki  as  a  prts 
aenl  tat  the  SMjfvvn,  and  considered  as  a  master>piece  of  mechanieal  geniua.  As 
aneh  it  waa  proodly  exhibited  to  the  Dutch  factory,  and  certainly  indicatea  more 
akiU  than  taste. 

"  The  t  clock  is  contained  in  a  frame  three  feet  high  by  five  feet  long,  and  prc« 
senta  a  fair  landscape  at  noontide.  Plum  and  cherry  trees  in  full  blossom,  with 
other  plants,  adorn  the  foregroond.  The  background  conaiata  of  a  hill,  ham 
which  falla  a  cascade,  akillfnlly  imitated  in  glaas,  that  forms  a  aodly  flowing  river, 
firrt  winding  around  rocka  placed  here  and  there,  then  running  across  the  middle 
of  the  landscape,  till  lost  in  a  wood  of  fir.tiees.  A  golden  sun  hangs  aloft  in  the 
sky,  and,  turning  upon  a  pivot,  indicates  the  striking  of  the  hours.  On  the  fhime 
below,  the  twelve  houn  of  day  and  night  are  marked,  where  a  slowly^orooping 
tortoiae  serves  as  a  hand.  A  bird,  perched  upon  the  branch  of  a  plum>trce, 
by  ita  song  and  the  clapping  of  its  wings,  announces  the  moment  when  an  hour 
ezpirea,  and  as  the  song  ceases,  a  bell  is  heard  to  strike  the  hour ;  during  which 
operation,  a  mouse  comes  out  of  a  grotto  and  runs  over  the  hill.  •        •        • 

Every  separate  part  waa  nicely  executed ;  but  the  bird  waa  too  large  for  the  tree, 
and  the  sun  for  the  sky,  while  the  mouse  scaled  Uie  mountain  in  a  moment  of 
time." 

The  Japanese  possess  some  little  knowledge  of  mathematics,  mechanics,  tri. 
gonometry,  and  civil  engineering ;  they  have  canala,  intended  chiefly  for  irriga. 
tion,  and  a  great  variety  of  bridges;  they  have  learned  to  measure  the  height  of 
mountains  by  the  barometer,  and  have  latterly  constructed  very  good  maps  of 
the  Japanese  empire.  In  mechanica,  they  have  not  got  much  beyond  lathes  and 
water-millfl,  nor  do  they  desire  to  make  further  progress.  The  views  entertained 
upon  this  subject  were  explicitly  announced,  upon  occaaion  of  the  model  of  an 
oiLmiU,  forming  part  of  the  Dutch  present  one  year,  oflcrod  to  the  tio^nttn.  The 
ingenuity  of  the  invention  and  its  admirable  mechanism  were  highly  eommendcd, 
but  the  model  was  returned,  because  the  adoption  of  such  an  aid  to  labor  would 
throw  out  of  work  all  thoae  Japanese  who  earn  their  broad  in  the  ordinary 
mode  of  making  oil. 

♦  Fischer.  t  Moylan. 


2*2'2  Eiamiuntion  uj  Pour  Cliinesf  Characters.  April, 


Art.  IV.     A  short  tract  respecting  four  Chinese  characters ^  which 
perform  a  very   remarkable  office    in   the  writings  of  Mmcius 
and  his  cttmmentators,  published  at  Paris ^  a.  d.   1830.     Trans- 
lated from  the  Latin  of  Stanislaus  Julien,  by  S.  R.   , 
Whilb  reading  and  treating  of  Chinese  books,  it  has  long  since  ap- 
peared to  me  (and  the  opinion  has  every  day  become  stronger),  that 
some  characters,  in  certain  cases  determined  by  a  certain  law,  throw 
off  altogether  their  primitive  and  accustomed  signification,  and  then 
become  merely  the  plionetic  signs  of  regimen,  by  which  the  accusa- 
tive case  is  denoted. 
Those  we  shall  at  present  consider  are  four  in  number : 
IsU  The  character  ^f  e,  commonly  signifying  tilt,  utor,  e,  ex, 
etc.,  to  use,  I  employ,  of,  from,  dtc. 
2d.  The  character  j^  yu,  usually  meaning  a,  ab,  in,  etc.,  from, 

in,  &'C. 
3d.  The  character  ^^  yti,  commonly  meaning  in,  causA,  propter, 

etc.,  in,  by  reason  of,  on  account  of,  6lc. 

4th:  The  character  SEl  hoo,  ordinarily  importing  in, propter,  nota 
interrogaiionis,  etc.,  in,  on  account  of,  a  mark  of  interrogation,  d^c. 

Until  1  shall  attempt  in  a  special  dissertation  more  fully  lo  set  forth 
the  doctrine  from  which  flows  a  most  copious  abundance  of  princi- 
ples, and  by  the  aid  of  which  the  greatest  and  most  frequent  diffi- 
culties are  solved,  I  cannot  refrain  from  submitting  to  my  readers  in 
a  brief  and  compendious  way  the  principal  and  most  obvious  uses  of 
these  characters,  so  far  as  they  denote  the  accusative  case;  supported 
by  some  proofs  from  among  the  thousands  which  I  have  from  time  to 
time  .collected  and  arranged.  For  in  my  '  emendationes,'  and  espe- 
cially in  the  4th  section  of  Mencius,  which  embraces  the  V,  V I,  VII, 
and  VIII  chapters,  many  things  occur  which  might  justly  be  charg- 
ed upon  me  as  faults,  should  I  not  openly  avow  my  reasons  for  never 
having  once  declined  from  the  royal  way.* 

*  The  -f^  ^M  tmii^  cook,  or  regia  via,  is  the  great  subject  of  the  disconraes  of 

Menciiu,  and  we  eqnceive  that  M.  Julien  here  delicately  compliments  himself  for 
his  rigid  adherence  to  the  opinions  of  the  best  Chinese  commentators,  many  of 
whose  writinn  he  has  most  carefully  studied  and  compared,  and  without  whose 
sanction  he  has  never  advanced  any  interpretation  of  Mencius.  M.  Julien  cer- 
tainly deserves  the  thanks  of  all  Chinese  students  for  his  translation  of  Mencius ; 
and  the  industry  and  judgment,  which  are  displayed  in  it,  reflect  the  highest 
rrodit  on  the  author.  He  gives  us  in  his  preface  the  names  of  eight  editions  of 
thi;  Four  Books,  embracing;  the  interpretations  of  more  than  forty  authors,  all  of 


!84l.  Eiaminatiun  of  Ponr  (Jhinc.i  Chmuiclti;^  *l'X^\ 

Of  the  character  V]  e^  .commonly  rendered  uti  (se  servir),  ct/m, 
ut^  causA,  e,  ex,  etc.,  to  use,  employ,  with,  as,  by  reason  of,  of,  from, 

^  I.  All  sinologaes  have  plainly  perceived  and  known  that  in  the 
more  modem  Chinese  books  the  characters  j^  pa  and  ^  tsedttg 
(otf(^o,  to  take,  hold),  when  prefixed  to  words  that  precede  the  active 
verb  by  which  they  are  governed,  place  those  words  in  the  accusative 
case.  These  characters  so  situated  are  very  often  prefixed  to  things 
that  cannot  be  taken  hold  of,  and  they  so  entirely  lose  their  usual 
signification  that,  to  the  mind  of  the  reader  or  hearer,  they  appear  to 
be  mere  potential  characters,  indicating  the  accusative  case.  It  is 
almost  the  same  thing  as  if  in  writing  Latin,  one  should  cut  off  the 
termination  of  the  accusative,  which  is  inseparably  sufiixed  to  the  last 
syllable  of  the  noun,  and  place  it  before  the  same  noun.  I  beg  leave 
te  do  this  in  the  following  examples,  that  I  may  more  clearly  and 
distinctly  explain  the  peculiar  property,  as  (  regard  it,  of  these  cha- 
racters. 

I  shall  adduce  first  an  example  from  the  learned  Grammar  of  the 
distinguished  M.  Abel-R6musat ;  see  §  392. 

Literally :  preliendeiis      veii  cordis        verba  enuntiavit. 

I  write :        as  veri  cordis        loqaeU  enantiavit. 

That  is,  veri  cordis  loquelas  (sive  verba)  enuntiavit :  *'  He  spoke 
the  words  of  a  true  heart/' 
Another  example  ; 

B         IC  jpa  ^  Chung     \  jin  ^  tow      ^  km 

Literally:  prehendens  hominam-turbani  furtlm  aspieiebat. 

I  write :        am    '  hoininain*turb-  furtim  aspieiebat. 

That  is,  homines  furtim  aspieiebat :  '*  He  stealthily  beheld  the 
men."  Observe  that  ^  chung^  (vulg.  many,)  a  multitude,  denotes 
the  plural  number. 

That  the  character  V\  «,  which  appears  in  the  "^  "Ar  Koo.w&n, 
or  ancient  style  of  writing,  performs,  in  certain  cases,  the  same  office 
as  that  of  the  aforesaid  characters  J^Q  pa  and  ^  tsedng,  will  be 
evident  from  the  following  proofs.    . 

whicby  he  informs  us,  he  has  felt  bound  to  read  again  and  again,  while  he  has 
admitted  no  sense,  nor  criticised  any  rendering  of  others,  unless  the  authority  of 
many,  or  at  least  some,  of  these  commentators  favored  him.  And  in  addition 
to  this  he  has  studied  and  compared  with  eoual  care  the  two  Tartar  versions  of 
the  same  .books.  The.  man  who  has  the  aoility  and  patience  to  da  all  this,  in 
order  to  eipound  (he  Chinese  classics,  certainly  does  not  boast,  if  he  says  he  has 
adhered  to  the  royal  road  (u  true  interpretation,  though  unlike  the  modern  regia 
via  it  is  long  and  tedious.     Tr. 


"irZi  Eiaminutivn  of  Four  Cklneit  Characiers.  April, 

Mciicius,  Book  II.  page  56,  line  2d.** 

C  m  e  JZ  Ji>^  ^  isuH  j^^  sin. 

em  humanitat*  conservat  corde. 

That  is,  huinaniuteni  conservat  iii  corde:  *'He  (the  superior  man) 
preserves  humanity  in  the  heart,'*  which  exposition  three  of  the  four 
editions  of  the  Four  Books  which  have  been  compared  confirm. 
Two  of  them  explain  the  word  1^1  «  ^y  i^  P^t  ^^^  <hc  third  by  U^ 
tsedngy  as  indicating  the  accusative  case,  to  wit  in  this  manner. 
B.  ^fl  pa  ^  jin  ;fe  tsun  jij^  sin. 

D    C.    ^I4  tsedng      ^J««  >jS  tsun  gf^  sin. 

Compare  ^  I.,  examples  A  and  B,  and  also  ll^musat's  Grammar, 
§  34G  and  392.  Hence  it  appears  that  the  learned  Noel  erred  egre- 
giously,  when  servilely  adhering  to  the  usual  signification  of  Vl  t 
like  a  tyro  he  interprets  the  same  passage  *'  by  the  aid  of  humanity 
he  preserves  the  heart,''  as  if  b-^  had  written,  "  using  humanity  he 
preserves  the  heart." 

Respecting  the  office  of  ITI  e,  each  of  the  Tartar  interpreter^ 

agrees  with  us. 

go9m  6e  mMUMUtM  dt  tebmtmbi. 

humanitat  em  in-oorde  reponit. 

That  is,  "  he  preserves  humanity  in  the  heart." 

For  every  one  knows  that  in  the  Tartar  language,  the  particle  6e, 
in  construction  with  the  direct  compliment  preceding  an  active  verb, 
points  out  the  accusative,  as  if  it  were  a  separable  termination  of  the 
fourth  case. 

The  reader  will  find  it  to  his  advantage  if  he  can  have  access  to 
the  Tartarico-Chinese  Grammar  entitled  ^m  ^  JS^  ^  Tsing 
WiSm  Ke  Mung,  where  (Book  3d,  page  6)  the  particle  be  just  quoted, 
inasmuch  as  it  denotes  the  accusative  case,  is  explained  by  the  cha- 
racters j[£  pa,  ^  tsedng,  and  j^  e. 

*  The  edition  of  the  Four  Books  to  which  all  the  quotations  in  this  tract  are 
referred  is  the  one  styled  Q  ^  "^  ^  ^>«  ^^  ^^   *«V-     The  mode 


of  reference  is  as  follows  J    ^       ,      .  w    u        a.u     .u       r       ' 

The  pages  have  been  numbered  as  they  are  in  our  books,  and  thus  the  reference 
is  to  each  pace,  and  not  to  the  sheet  as  in  the  Chinese  mode  of  numbering.  The 
lines  are  counted  from  the  right  to  the  left,  and  the  space  between  every  two 


Thus  counted,  every  page  has  eighteen  lines,  and  the  reference  u  easy.  This 
work  has  been  chosen  because  it  is  a  common  one  and  supposed  to  be  in 
hands  uf  every  student  of  Chinese ;  and  because  all  the  editions  of  it  are  very 
Huiformly  printed.  Tr. 


1841.  Ezaminatiitn  of  Four  Chinese  Characters.  225 

Another  example.     Mencius  B.  11.,  page  167,  line  12.* 

em  i]4ililat-  eloqui  Kgi* 

That  is,  utilitatem  (seqiiendam)  regi  proponere,  "to  propose  to  the 
king  utility  (to  be  followed)."     Both  of  the  Tartar  versions  taking 

IXI  e  to  fill  the  place  of  ^  P^  or  ^  tsedng,  as  in  the  foregoing 
examples,  render  the  passage  thus : 

am  be  dehafafi  voang  de  kisowrtfi, 

Litersily,  ulilitat-    em         prebendens     reg-  i  eloculus, 

utility  tailing  to  the  king  spoke. 

^11.  If  an  active  verb,  in  company  with  Ul  e,  has  two  com- 
plements, the  one  direct  and  the  other  indirect,  three  forms  of  con- 
struction may  occur,  which  the  following  examples  will  elucidate. 

1st.  Either  the  verb  is  followed  immediately  by  the  complement 
indirect,  and  the  complement  direct,  with  J/J  e  before  it,  is  placed 
after  the  indirect  complement;  as  Men.  B.  I.  page  164,  line  16. 

A  ^fun  l^jin  [2'  It'**" 

dividere  bominihus  as  divili- 

That  is,  hominibus  divitias  (suas)  dividere,  "  To  divide  to  men 
(comp.  indirect)  his  riches  (comp.  direct).  The  Tartar  version 
agrees  with  this. 

be  dendeme  pottre  be 

as  dividendo        dare. 

by  dividing        to  give. 

2d.  Or,  the  direct  complement,  preceded  by  the  word  ffl  e,  is 
placed  before  i^e  active  verb,  and  the  indirect  complement  is  subjoin- 
ed. We  will  adduce  an  instance  from  Kanghe's  Dictionary  under  the 
word    ij^  shwuy, 

B.     VX^   ^"^^^  m.  '""^  A  ^^^  Q  y^  ^  **"«y 

m  re-  legare       bomini         dicitiir  skwttg. 

a    thing  to  devise         to  a  man    is  called  skum^. 

Another  example  from  Mencius,  B.  II.  page  SI,  line  10. 

«i  fia§iXit  dare  bomini. 

That  is,  the  kingdom  to  give  to  a  roan. 

*  The  translator  ventures  to  sng^est  to  those  who  write  for  the  public,  and  who 
have  occasion  to  cite  examples  from  Chinese  works,  that  in  every  case  sonM 
standard  edition  of  the  work  be  selected,  and  page  and  line  referred  to  as  has 
been  done  in  this  tract,  that  the  aaotations  may  be  readiiy  found  and  reed  in  the 
connection  in  which  they  stand  in  the  respective  books  from  which  they  are 
quoted. 

VOL-  X.    NO.    IV.  29 


niabna 

de 

auHn 

homini- 

bas 

diviti- 

to  men 

riches 

226  Examination  of  Four  Chinese  CJiaratters.  April, 

The  Tartar  version  renders  in  a  like  manner: 

aj^luu  fdchargMi  bt  niaimA  dt  homu, 

French,      eid  du         desmnu  U  hommB  d  dtnuur. 

"To  gi?e  to  a  man  that  which  is  under  the  heavens  (i.  e.  the 
empire)." 

3d.  Or  again,  the  word  ITl  e,  is  placed  afler  the  direct  comple* 
ment  preceding  the  verb,  and  then  as  we  have  seen  above  (^  II.  A 
and  B),  the  indirect  complement  is  put  after  the  verb;  e.  g.  Mencius, 
Book  II.  page  89,  line  4. 

D.         —  ycU    ^  keat    T^  puh    W  *     ^  y**     /^  ^*" 

un  festao-  non  am  dare  homini 

That  is,  unam  festucam  non  dare  liomini,  <'  Not  to  give  a  straw  to 

a  man." 
In  the  same  place  there  follows  a  correlative  passage  entirely  like 

it  in  construction. 

^  ytth    ^  keae    ';^^puh    ^e    "S^tseu    JS^jin 
un  fesluc-  non  am  dare  komini. 

'<  Not  to  take  a  straw  from  a  man."    The  Tartar  version  agrees  with 
our  interpretation. 

Another  example.  One  interpreter,  explaining  a  passage  of  Men- 
cius,  says, 

pise-  em  cumparat  vilie 

a  fish  he  compares        to  life.* 

*  Bat  if  as  is  the  custom  of  many  with  such  passages,  we  render  1*1  e,  by  the 

preposition  ez,  of^  or  from,  then  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  the  '>.rtar  interpreters, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  take  the  direct  complement  for  the  indirect,  and  indirect  for 
the  direct,  vis. 
$  I.  Example  C :  ex  hvnaniU  conaervat  ear. 

**  From  or  according  to  humanity  he  preserves  the  heart." 
$  II.        „        A :  dividen  Aomtnes  ex  dititiis. 

"  To  divide  men  from  riches." 

—  „        B I  ex  re  Ugare  hamkum. 

"  Of  or  from  a  thin^  to  devise  a  men." 

—  „        E:  ex  pifce  eomparare  miam. 

"From  a  fish  to  compare  life." 

In  these  examples,  the  Tartar  interpreters,  who,  as  every  one  knows,  consider  it 

a  matter  of  conscience  to  give  the  Chinese  words  their  genuine  signification  and 

proper  ollice  in  every  place,  oppose  such  an  exchange  in  the  regimen.     We  are 

persuaded  that  P.  Basile  fell  Into  an  error  which  should  be  guarded  against,  when 

in  his  Chinese  dictionary,  under  j^  wei,  he  renders  yl  e,  the  sign  of  the  ac- 
cusative by  the  preposition  ex ;  e*  g. 

J|^  e  ^  chih  '  ^  wei  ^  keuh 

ex  recto  lacere  curvum. 

from  the  straight  lo  make  the  crooked. 


1841.  Examination  of  Four  Chinese  Charactirs,  227 

%  III.  It  often  happens  that  y\  «,  in  conjunction  with  the  verb 
^  kaou  (to  tell),  when  no  complement  precedes  it  (the  verb),  repre- 
sents the  remark  of  some  one  brought  forward  from  above,  although 
no  mention  is  made  of  the  remark,  as  if  it  (the  remark  understood) 
were  the  compliment  of  the  verb  J^  kaou  in  the  accusative  case ; 
e.  g.  Mencius,  B.  I.,  p.  171,  line  6. 

A     ^  Seu     ^  tsze    j^l  «     ^  ^a»ii  ^  JUang  ^  isze 
Sen               tsze      sign  of  ace.      dixit  Mencio. 

Which  passage  the  interpreters  expound  by  subjoining  the  words 
that  are  understood  afier  t^  e.     Thus; 

B  t^  'Sbi       ^  tsze       yj^  e        ^  tsze      "^  yen 

Sen  tsze  as  ill-  luqiie- 

"^  Araott     3[  Mang    -^  tsze 
dixit  Mencio. 

That  is,  Seu  tsze  told  these  words  (i.  e.  the  speech  of  £  tsze,)  to 
Mencius.* 

Mencius  himself  sometimes  expresses  the  word  "g"  y^i,  which  is 
understood  in  the  former  example.  Hence  it  is  plain  that  his  inter- 
preters, justly  supposed  that  the  words  ^  "=*  tsze  yen,  in  the  sen- 
tence quoted  above,  were  to  be  understood.  £.  g.  Mencius,  Book 
I.  page  131,  line  IG. 

C  J^t  «  ^  she      ^  tsze       -^  die      "^  yen 

em  She  tsze  tq%  sermon- 

^  ArooM   ^  Mang  ^  tsze 
dixit  Mencio. 

That  is,  *'  the  disciple  Chen  tsze  narrated  to  Mencius  the  speech 
of  She  tsze." 

The  Tartarico-Chinese  Grammar  in  an  example  precisely  similar,  Vf\  e  "^t 
^^^'  ^  *^  il^  ^*  (Gallice.  rendre  faux  ce  qui  est  vrai,  '* to  render  false 
that  which  is  true,")  translates  the  word  VJ  e  by  the  particle  be,  as  denoting 
the  accusative  case  and  answering  to  the  words  ;|^  pa  and  j|«h  Uedng,  which 
point  out  the  same  case.  Moreover,  if  in  P.  Basile's  example  above  ci(ed,  fp 
pa  and  jlS-  tsedng,  which  are  signs  of  the  accusative,  be  substituted  for  ImI  e, 
|he  explanation  will  be: 

Literally  prehendens  rectmn  facere  curvum. 

(or  as  ^  1  A)  um  rect-  facere  curvum. 

That  is,  rectum  curvare,  **  to  bend  the  straight,"  or  that  which  is  straight.  . 
*  Compare  Book  I.  tmn^e  69.  line  li.     Page  131.  line  16.     Page  135.  line  12. 
PHge  175.  line  Id.     Uouk  II.  page  93,  line  6.    Page  IGO.  liuc  d.    Page  Jd4,  line  ij. 


228  ExaminaiioH  of  Four  Ckintst  Charaeiers,  Apbil, 

or  the  word  j^  yti,  commonly,  a,  ii6»  ad,  in,  etc., "  by,  from,  to, 
ill,"  dtc. 

^  IV.  The  word  j|A  yu  denoleft  the  accusative  case  as  oflen  as 
it  is  subjoined  to  an  active  verb  that  is  separated  from  its  direct 
complement  by  the  intervention  of  one  or  more  words,  especially 
when  the  latter  are  in  the  genitive;  e.  g.  Mencius,  Book  I.  page  125, 
line  12. 

e&haarire  um  hominis  enim- 

That  is,  « to  exhaust  the  heart  of  a  roan."  The  Tartar  version 
assents. 

Another  example.     Mencius,  Book  II.  page  21,  line  12. 

B  E^  keae  -^  yu  J^.  ke  ^  iih 

mutare  era  ejus  indol- 

That  is,  « to  change  his  disposition."    The  Tartar  version  assents. 

^V.  But  when  the  verbs  ^  tsin  and  R^  keae  are  not  separat- 
ed from  their  direct  complements  by  the  interposition  of  one  or  more 
words,  Mencius  omits  the  word  Jf^  yu;  e.  g.  Mencius,  Book  I,  page 
16,  line  6. 

A  ^  hoa  J^  jin  ^  isin  jj(^  sin 

eiiguus  vir  e&haurio  animam. 

That  is,  <*  I,  the  man  of  little  virtue,  exhaust  my  heart  (in  reliev- 
ing the  people)." 

Another  example.     Mencius,  Book  I.  page  136,  line  2. 

B         ^  wang     |#  shoo        ^  ke         Kr  keae       ^  che 
rei  fonitan  mutabit  illud. 

That  is,  rex  forsitan  illud  animi  consilium  mutabit.  '*  Your  ma- 
jesty perhaps  will  change  that  purpose  of  the  mind." 

^VI.  Still  however  instances  occur,  but  they  are  rare,  where  jjl^ 
yu,  the  mark  of  the  accusative  is  prefixed  to  the  direct  complement 
following  an  active  verb.  But  since  in  examples  altogether  similar, 
sometimes  in  the  same  passage,  Mencius  at  one  tim^  uses  the  word 
itA  yu,  and  at  another  omita  it  without  at  all  changing  the  sense,  it 
is  plainly  redundant  in  all  cases  when  it  is  placed  before  the  direct 
complement  following  an  active  verb.  Mencius,  Book  II.  page  19, 
line  2. 

A  fjfcyue  jj^yu  ^  tsin 

gaodio^fficere         §04  yw 

That  is,  gaudio-ofiicere  (nvc)  y«ff«f ,  vel  parentcs,  "  to  make  glad 
one's  parents."     The  Tartar  version  assents. 


1841.  Examination  of  Four  Chinese  Characters.  220 

In  the  same  passage,  a  little  above,  the  phrase  occurs  without  "J^ 
yu. 

gaudio-officiendi  parentes  est  ratio. 

That  is,  "  there  is  a  way  of  delighting  parents.^'  The  Tartar 
version  assents.  Compare  also  Mencius,  Book  It,  page  43,  line  16. 
Page  55,  line  10.     Page  76,  line  10.     Page  125,  line  2. 

Another  example.    Mencius,  Book  II.  page  206,  line  12. 

C  ^  kwan  ^  yu  ^  hoe  j^  chay 

aspectat  am  P®l"g-  q"i 

That  is,  *'  he  who  looks  at  the  sea."  The  Tartar  version  assents. 
See  above  §  VI.  A. 

In  the  passage  above  quoted  a  little  below  line  18  we  find, 

^  fSi  ^^"^  ?JC  ^hmiy      "*  >^  yew  ijte  shuh 

aspectandi  aquam  est  ars. 

That  is,  **  there  is  an  art  in  viewing  water." 
Another  example.     Mencius,  Book  1.  pnae  144,  line  2. 

E  Pr^  wan  jjfS  yu  ^  Mang  J^  tszc 

interrogavit  ium  Menc- 

That  is,  interrogavit  Mencium,  or  **  asked  Mencius." 
In  another  place  we  read,  (see  Book  I.  page  65.  line  18.) 

F  ^  ^«»  f^  ^^  ^  f^^  -J-  ^^^ 

ausim  interrogare  magistnim. 

"I  presume  to  ask  the  master."  Compare  Mencius,  Book  II.  page 
159,  line  18,  where  the  name  of  the  person  inquiring  is  subjoined  to 
the  verb  PM  ufdn,  and  the  word  jfcN  yu  omitted. 

The  reason  is  not  obscure  to  me,  why  Mencius  in  the  passages 
adduced  above,  at  one  time  uses  the  word  "j^  yu,  and  at  another, 
without  at  all  changing  the  sense,  omits  it.  But  it  is  not  my  purpose 
to  run  at  large  over  the  domain  of  grammar  and  syntax,  nor  do  my 
proposed  limits  allow  me  space  to  undertake  it. 

^  VII.  Sometimes  the  word  ^  yu,  placed  before  a  noun  preced- 
ing the  verb  by  which  it  is  governed,  places  that  noun  in  the  accu- 
sative absolute,  to  which  the  relative  ^  che  answers,  so  that  the 
noun  is  plainly  governed  by  the  verb  next  directly  following;  e.  g 
Mencius  Book  II,  page  223,  line  4. 

^yu         ^  min        ^  ^ay        fz  J»«         '^  che 

urn  popul-  humaniter-tractat    ilium. 

That   is,  populum  humanilcr-tractat;  **hc  treats  the  people  hu- 


*230  Euamuiution  of  Four  Chinese  Characters.  April, 

nianely."  Tartar  version  asdents^  In  this  place,  f^  yu  performs 
almost  the  same  office  as  j^  e  iu  the  following  example,  which  may 
be  referred  to  ^  11.  rule  2d,  example  B.  Mencius,  Book  II.  page  202, 
line  2. 

VJl^  ^  t^o  glj  tsdh        yj^  puh        ^  sheih 

(cibos)  OS  matern*  :  non  comedit. 

OS  uxori*  t  comedit  illoi. 

This  is,  maternos  cibos  (sen  a  matre  oblatos)  non  comedit,  uxorioa 
vero  comedit.  *'  He  would  not  eat  maternal  food  (i.  e.  food  brought 
by  his  mother);  but  he  ate  food  brought  by  his  wife."  This  is  con- 
firmed by  the  Tartar  version. 


Of  the  words  ^  yu  and  ^  hoo. 

^  VIII.  The  words  -^  yu  and  -*f*  hoo  have  the  same  uses  as 
the  word  i^  yu  of  which  we  have  treated  in  ^§  IV.,  V.  and  VI. 

To  save  paper  and  time  it  will  suffice  to  )M>int  out  a  few  fit  exam- 
ples for  the  reader  to  refer  to  the  principles  already  laid  down. 

Examples  which  answer  to  ^  IV. 

An  example  of  ^  yu;  compare  ^  IV.  A  and  B. 

An  interpreter,  explaining  a  passage  in  Mencius,  says; 

^  pttA      ^  ndnff        ^  keae        ^  yu        ^  tsze 
non  possum  ezpUcare  urn  hiijus 

0  y«*    ^  ^^       iU  "" 

diet  not  gen.  anim- 

That  is,  non  possum  (mihimet)  explicare  hujus  diei  animum,  vel 
quisnam  illo  die  animi  sensus  mihi  fuerit ;  i.  e.  **  I  cannot  to  myself 
explain  the  mind  of  that  day,  or  what  emotions  of  mind  I  had  that  day. 

An  example  of  -^  hoo;  compare  §  IV.  A  and  B.     Mencius,  Book 

I.  page  89,  line  4. 

^  seih     iji  hoo    ^  teen    ^  ^«    ;^  che     f^  keen 
Implet  um  caeli  terrae        sign  of  poss.   interval  1- 

That  is,  implet  csli  et  terrrs  intervallum :  "  fills  up  the  interval 
between  heaven  and  earth." 
Examples  that  answer  to  ^  VI. 
An  example  of  ^  yu;  (compare §  VI.  A,  C,  E.)     Mencius,  Book 

1.  page  187,  line  12. 

g(  tseu  ^  y«  ^  '*«» 

comprebendam  um  tyranu- 

*•  I  will  seize  the  tyrant." 


1841.  San  Hwnns  Ke.  231 


o 


In  the  same  passage  we  read  (line  18)  the  letter  -^  yu  being 
omitted ; 

^f  tseu  ^t  ^«  8^  ^san 

comprehendani    ra»  Iryrannum. 

*'  I  will  seize  the  tyrant." 
An  example  of  j3L  hoo  (compare  ^  VI.  A,  C,  E).     One  of  the 

commentators  explaining  the  passage  in  Mencius,  at  Book  I.  page  28, 
line  2,  says — 

^  p.*au  ^  hoo  J^  min 

conserrare  not  popul- 

That  is,  conservare  populum,  '*  to  protect  the  people  ;  where  Men- 
cius simply  writes  JBt  EB.  paou  min,  conservare  populum,  "  to  pro- 
tect the  people." 

Another  example.     Mencius,  Book  I.  page  77,  line  14. 

]^  hwd  |S9  wan        i^  hoo        ^  Tsang    "^  se 

aliquls  intenrogavit       urn  Tsfingse- 

That  is,  aliquis  interrogavit  Ts&ngsium  vel  Ts&ngse.  "  Some  one 
asked  Ts&ngse." 

Which   indeed   is  the  same  as  if  Mencius   had   written  p^  69 

^  ^  S§  ^^^  ^^  ^  Ts&ngse  (compare  ^  VI.  £);  or  ]^  [^ 
^  flB  ^^^  ^^  TsUrngse  (compare  §  VI.  F). 

Not  only  on  the  words  W  *»  >Jl^  y"»  T  y"»  "^  Aoo,of  some  of 
the  uses  of  which  we  have  summarily  treated,  but  also  on  many 
others  of  no  less  moment,  at  which  tyros  oflen  stumble,  we  have  at 
hand  the  greatest  abundance  of  examples  and  rules;  but  these  must 
be  reserved  for  another  work. 


Art.  V.'    San  Hwang  Ke^  or  Records  of  the  Three  august  Sovere- 
ignSf  subjects  of  the  early  mythological  history  of  the  Chinese. 

Cblestial,  Terrestrial,  and  Human  sovereigns — Teen  hwang,  Te 
hwang,  Jin  hwang — are  the  appellations  of  three  august  one^,  oAen 
alluded  to  by  the  Chinese,  but  whose  existence  is,  beyond  all  ques- 
tion, purely  mythological.  The  authors  of  History  Made  Easy*, 
commence  this  part  of  their  work  with  a  prefatory  note,  quoted  from 
one  of  the  learned  writers  of  (he  Sung  dynasty,  who  says,  the  desig- 


^^2  San  Hwang  Ke.  April, 

nation  Ulirne  nugust  ones'  appears  in  the  Ritual  of  Chow,  which 
however  dors  not  point  out  their  names.  The  scholars  of  Tsin,  about 
24(>  B.  c,  are  the  next,  who  are  found  discoursing  about  the  celestial, 
terrestrial,  and  human  sovereigns.  A  writer  of  the  Han  dynasty,  in 
the  preface  to  his  history,  speaks  of  Fuhe,  Shinnang  and  Hwang  te 
as  the  three  sovereigns,  but  he  fails,  unfortunately,  to  give  any  au- 
thority for  his  statement.  In  the  Domestic  Sayings  of  Confucius,  all 
the  sovereigns  after  Fuhe  are  called  ^  te.  The  author  of  the  note 
in  question,  after  adducing  some  further  evidences,  concludes  that  the 
designation  *  three  august  ones '  cannot  be  obliterated*  and  refers  it 
to  the  celestial,  terrestrial,  and  human  sovereigns,  spoken  of  above; 
but  who  these  were  or  whence  they  originated,  he  has  no  means  of 
ascertaining.     Thus  the  question  ends  with  mere  conjecture. 

The  traditions  respecting  Pwankoo  are  briefly  noticed  by  our  his- 
torians. They  say,  **  when  heaven  and  earth  were  first  divide  asun- 
der, Pwankoo  was  born  in  their  midst,  able  to  comprehend  the  height 
and  depth  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  also  the  principles  of  creation  : 
hence  the  vulgar  traditionary  saying,  Pwankoo  divided  asunder 
heaven  and  earth.''  Further  they  say,  "  Pwankoo  was  the  first  who 
came  forth  to  rule  the  world."  For  the  production  of  all  the  numerous 
orders  of  beings,  which  have  appeared  on  earth |  reference  is  made  to 
ik.  ^^  ^^'^  ^^^'  ^^  great  extreme,  identical  with  ^P  U^  or  reason. 
The  operations  in  nature  which  were  produced  by  the  far  famed  but 
undefinable  dual  powers,  were  possessed  of  this  reason,  to  which  as 
master  dominant  they  were  subject.  This  toe  keih  produced  two 
principles;  the  two  principles,  fbur  forms;  and  by  IheM  operations 
were  commenced;  and  great  was  the  multitude  of  beings  which  then 

arose  I 

The  celestial  sovereign  succeeded  Pwankoo  in  the  government  of 
the  world.  Thirteen  persons,  all  of  one  family  name,  as  tradition 
goes,  constituted  this  celestial  sovereign  (or  sovereignty),  that  ruled 
in  undisturbed  tranquillity,  while  the  manners  of  the  people  enjoyed 
self-renovation.  The  names  of  the  ten  stems  and  twelve  branches, 
designed  to  mark  the  periods  of  the  year,  were  now  first  formed. 
These  names  were  different  from  those  in  use  at  the  present  time. 
The  reign  of  this  sovereign  was  1800  years. 

Next  in  succession  came  the  terrestrial  sovereign,  with  eleven  per- 
sons all  of  the  same  family  name,  continuing  through  another  period 
of  1800  years,  during  which  the  flun,  moon  aud  Maits,  night  and  day^ 
becattie  known. 

The  human  sovereign,  with  oioe  peraons  of  the  same  samaiiie^ 


1841.  Journal  of  Ocrnrrfncfs.  283 

succeeded ;  he  inspected  the  hills  and  the  rivers,  and  divided  the 
world  into  nine  parts,  allowing  one  to  each  of  the  nine  persons.  AH 
things  were  now  multiplied  in  great  abundance. 

Yewchaou  and  Suyjin  next  appeared.  **  In  high  antiquity,  the  peo- 
ple, having  dens  and  deserts  for  their  abodes  and  dwelling-places,  lived 
in  friendship  with  the  brute  creation,  and  there  was  no  disposition  to 
injure  or  to  harm  each  other."  This  happy  age  was  not  of  long  du- 
ration. The  people  soon  acquired  subtilty  and  wisdom,  but  were 
unable  to  cope  with  the  wild  beasts,  which  had  become  numerous 
and  savage.  In  this  unprotected  condition,  Yewchaou  built  log-huts, 
and  caused  the  people  to  live  in  them,  so  that  they  might  escape 
from  danger.  Yet,  still  ignorant  of  husbandry,  they  ate  the  fruit  of 
trees,  drank  the  blood  of  animals,  and  clothed  themselves  with  their 
skins.  In  this  stage  of  their  improvement,  Suyjin,  observing  the 
times  and  seasons,  and  inspecting  the  elements,  obtained  fire  from 
wood,  and  introduced  the  art  of  cooking.  At  this  time  there  were 
no  letters  in  use,  and  Suyjin  formed  cords,  in  order  to  preserve  a 
record  of  passing  events,  and  to  aid  in  carrying  on  the  affairs  of  go- 
vernment.    Schools,  commerce,  dtc,  also  received  attention. 


Art.  VI.  Journal  of  Occurrences :  return  of  British  merchants 
to  Canton ;  business  of  the  season ;  H.  B.  M.*s  plenipotentiary ; 
new  commissioners  and  governor;  Keshen's  memorial  on  the 
defenses  of  the  province;  court  of  inquiry  at  Hongkong;  settle" 
ment  on  the  island;  Chinese  troops;  British  forces ;  future  opc' 
rations. 

Immediately  after  the  opening  of  the  trade  at  Canton,  by  proclama- 
tion of  the  joint  commissioner  Yang  Fang,  and  the  acting  governor 
Eleang,  on  the  20th  of  March,  British  merchants  with  those  of  other 
nations  repaired  to  their  old  residences  at  the  provincial  city,  and  the 
shipping,  so  long  detained  outside  the  Bogue  in  Macao  Roads  and  its 
neighborhood,  proceeded  to  Whampoa ;  so  that  at  the  beginning  of 
this  month,  the  river  was  again  crowded  with  passers  to  and  fro,  and 
the  foreign  factories  showed  signs  of  becoming  again  what  they  for- 
merly were. 

The  business  of  the  season,  though  commenced  under  many  dis- 
advantages, has  steadily  increased  throughout  the  month ;  and  confi- 
dence that  no  further  contest  is  to  be  carried  on  in  this  neighbor- 
hood has  been  daily  increasing.  Native  capitalists  and  merchants, 
who  had  removed  from  the  city,  have  returned,  and  their  shops  and 
warehouses  are  being  reopened.  The  new  governor  has  issued  a 
proclamation,  requiring  the  people  in  the  city  to  remain  quiet,  advis- 

VOL.   X.   NO.   IV.  30 


234  Journal  of  Occur rtnces.  Apkil, 

ing  those  who  had  removed  to  return,  and  commanding  them  all  to 
go  actively  about  their  own  business.  '*  Their  families  are  as  his 
family,  and  their  bodies  as  his  body  ;''  therefore  they  are  to  be  kept 
in  perfect  safety. 

H.  B.  M.'s  plenipotentiary  returned  to  Canton  and  took  up  his 
temporary  residence  in  the  British  Hall  on  the  morning  of  the  5th 
instant,  where  he  remained  till  the  17th.  The  day  after  his  arrival, 
captain  Elliot  was  called  upon  by  the  prefect,  who  came,  it  is  said, 
to  speak  with  him  on  various  subjects  of  detail,  and  to  convey  to  him 
the  actual  intentions  of  the  high  officers.  The  prefect  repeated  his 
visit  on  two  subsequent  occasions — the  last  being  on  the  1 0th,  to 
convey  a  communication  from  the  joint-commissioner  Yang  Fang, 
relative  to  the  dispositions  of  his  newly  arrived  colleagues,  general 
Yeihshan,  and  the  first  joint-commissioner  Lungwan. 

The  new  commissioners,  Yeihshan  and  Lungwan — with  Ke  Kung 
the  new  governor— entered  the  city  on  the  14th, — and  in  s^ans 
from  the  land  side,  instead  of  taking  the  boats  that  had  been  sent  out 
to  meet  them,  thus  avoiding  any  exposure  of  themselves  to  the  British 
naval  force  on  the  river.  On  the  same  or  the  following  day,  the  seal 
of  a  fourth  member  of  the  imperial  mission — a  third  joint-commis- 
sioner— reached  Canton  :  the  officer  for  whom  this  seal  is  destined  is 
coming  on  from  Szechuen,  of  the  troops  of  which  province  he  has 
been  for  some  years  commander-in-chief.     Mis  name  is  Tscshin. 

The  following  notices  have  been  made  public;  No.  3.  was  publish- 
ed in  Chinese  at  Canton,  and  printed  copies  of  it  were  widely  circu- 
lated by  the  people. 

No.  1. 

It  IB  publicly  resolved, — That  on  all  commodities  exported  and  imported 
in  the  2l8t  year  of  Taoukwaiig,  the  consoo  charge  called  Uongyung  (••for 
the  use  of  the  hongs,*'^  profit,  &c.,  shall  all  be  the  same  as  in  the  business 
arrangements  of  the  20Ui  year  of  Taoukwang:  nor  shall  there  be  anything 
taken  in  excess  thereof.    In  witness  of  which  this  is  given. 

(April  12tb,  1841.)        (Signed)  By  the  ten  Hong  Merchants. 

No.  2. 

A  aatisfaclory  communication  has  this  day  been  received  from  H.  E.  commis- 
sioner Yang,  declaratory  of  the  faithful  intentions  of  his  newly  arrived  colleagues 
concerning  the  arrangement  concluded  between  H.  E.  and  the  andersiened. 

The  Kwangchow  foo  baving  also  issued  a  proclamation  by  desire  of  their  ex- 
cellencies intended  to  reassure  the  trading  people,  the  plenipotentiary  has,  for  a 
like  reason  (with  the  concurrence  of  the  government),  made  public  the  accompa- 
nying notice  under  his  seal.  (Signed)    Chablks  Elliot,  H.  M.  Plenipotentiary. 

No.  3.        A  Notice.         British  Factory,  Canton,  16th  April,  ]841. 

Elliot,  dtc,  &c.,  learning  that  the  quiet  and  industrious  people  of  (>anton  are 
disturbed  by  constant  rumors  of  warlike  preparations  against  this  town  and  pro- 
vince, upon  the  sida  of  the  British  force»— clearly  declares  to  all  the  people  that 
these  reports  are  false  and  mischievous. 

The  commissioner  Yang  and  the  high  officers  of  the  province,  acting  with 
good  faith  and  wisdom,  have  now  opened  the  trade;  and  wbtlst  their  excelrancies 
are  fulfilling  their  sealed  engageroenls  with  Elliot,  there  will  not  be  the  least 
disturbance  of  the  peace  at  Canton  by  the  Briiish  forces. 

The  hi^b  officers  of  the  English  nation  have  clearly  and  manifestly  proved,  thnt 
they  cherish  the  people  of  Canton,  and  if  misfortunes  befall  the  city  and  the  whole 
trade  of  the  provmce,  assuredly  the  evil  will  not  be  justly  attributable  to  them. 


1841.  Journal  nj   Orrurrences.  235 

No.  4.        FuUie  Notiit.  Macro.  20th  April,  1841. 

Notice  is  hereby  given,  that  all  persons  requiring  passports  for  small  craft  pro- 
ceeding up  the  river  after  this  date  will  receive  the  same,  on  application  at  the 
office  of  the  superintendents  of  trade. 

The  passports  must  be  exhibited  on  board  the  senior  officer's  ship,  oflTjNorth 
Wangtong,  and  it  is  particularly  notified  that  all  small  craft  attempting  to  pass  with- 
out examination  will  be  liable  to  be  brought  to  by  the  ships  of  war  or  their  boats. 

(Signed)  Charlss  Elliot,  H.  M.  Plenipotentiary. 

No.  5.        PttUte  Notiu.  British  Factory,  Canton,  17th  April,  1841. 

To  prevent  general  and  serious  inconvenience  to  the  trade,  notice  is  hereby 
given,  that  her  majesty's  plenipotentiary  has  applied  to  the  senior  officer  in  com- 
mand of  H.  M .  ships  on  the  coast  of  China  (and  received  his  consent),  not  to  suf- 
fer any  schooner  or  other  small  craft  to  pass  inwards  beyond  North  Wangtong 
without  producing  on  board  of  the  senior  officer's  ship  at  that  anchorage  a  pass- 
port signed  by  the  plenipotentiary.  And  it  is  further  notified,  that  all  small  vessels 
without  such  passes  will  be  liable  to  dismissal  from  the  river  by  the  commanding 
officer  of  H.  M.  ships.  To  except  vessels  furnished  with  his  own  passports  from 
the  visit  or  examination  by  the  officers  of  the  provincial  government,  upon  the 
ground  of  protecting  the  revenue,  or  any  other,  the  plenipotentiary  has  also  pro- 
cured licenses  bearing  the  seal  of  the  Kwahgchow  foo. 

Bat  the  plenipotentiary,  has  at  the  same  time  pledged  himself,  not  to  issae  his 
own  or  these  passes  of  the  government  to  any  other  than  persons  who  shall  afford 
him  assurance,  to  his  own  sntisfactiun.  that  the  boats  shall  only  be  employed  in 
the  conveyance  of  letters,  passengers,  or  supplies  of  table  provisions  or  conve- 
niencies  for  the  use  of  H.  Af .  ships  in  the  river.  The  passports  therefore  will  be' 
canceled,  whenever  the  plenipotentiary  shall  see  cause  to  determine  that  such 
a  course  is  necessary  in  discharge  of  his  engagements.  Subjects  or  citizens  of  fo- 
reign states,  desiring  passports  for  boats  to  be  employed  in  the  abo\'ementioned 
pursuits,  will  be  pleased  to  refer  to  their  respect ivi;  consuls,  upon  whose  appli- 
cation to  the  plenipotentiary  they  will  immediately  be  issued. 

And  notice  is  further  eiven,  that  H.  M.  plenipotentiary  will  apply  to  the  senior 
officer  in  command  of  IT  M.  ships,  to  remove  out  of  the  river  any  ship  or  vessel, 
proved  to  his  satisfaction  to  be  engaged  in  dangerous  pursnits,  calculated  to  dis- 
turb the  trace,  and  interrapt  the  general  trade.  (Signed  Charles  Elliot,  &c. 

About  Keshen  there  have  been  many  reports  and  several  docu- 
ments in  circulation,  some  of  which  we  know  to  be  false.  His  me- 
morial, which  we  here  introduce,  will  enlist  the  reader's  feelings  in  his 
favor.  Some  of  the  other  documents  shall  appear  in  our  next  number. 

Na  6. 

Memorial,  from  the  minister,  &c.,  Keshen,  to  the  f>mperor,  showing  the 
posture  of  affairs,  and  the  condition,  offensive  and  defensive,  of  Canton. 

Your  majesty's  slave,*  Keshen,  minister  of  the  Inner  Council,  and  acting 

governor  of  the  two  Kwang, — kneeling  presents  this  respectful  memorial, 

setting  forth,  how  that  the  English  foreigners  have  dispatched  a  person  to 
Chekeaiig  province  to  deliver  back  Tinghae, — how  that  they  have  restored  to 
us  the  forts  of  Shakok  and  Taikok,  in  the  province  of  Kwangtung,  along  with 
the  vessels  of  war  and  salt-junka  which  they  had  previously  captiu^,  all 
which  have  been  duly  received  back, — and  bow  that  the  war  ships  of  these 
foreiffners  have  already  retired  to  the  outer  waters  : — all  these  &ct8,  along 
with  nis  observations  upon  the  military  position  of  the  country,  its  means  of 
offense  and  defense,  the  quality  of  its  soldiery,  and  the  disposition  of  its 
people^  observations  resulting  from  personal  investigation, — he  now  lays  bc- 

*  Slave  or  nootBot.  It  is  always  the  practice  of  the  Tarter  officers^n  ad- 
dressing the  throne,  to  apply  to  themselves  this  humiliating  epithet,  except  when 
associated  with  Chinese  officers,  and  then  for  unifunnily  they  use  chin,  a 
*'  miuister.*^ 


236  Journal  of  Occufttncts,  April, 

fore  your  imperial  majesty,  praying  that  a  aacred  glatice  may  be  beatowed 
upon  the  same. 

Previoualy  to  the  receipt  of  your  majesty's  sovereign  commands,  your  slave 
bad,  with  a  view  to  preserve  the  territory  and  the  lives  of  the  people,  ventur- 
ed,— rashly  and  foraetful  of  his  ignorance, — ^to  make  certain  conditional 
concessions  to  the  English  foreigners,  promising  that  he  would  earnestly  im- 
plore in  their  behalf  a  mcious  manifestation  of  imperial  goodness.  Yet,  having 
done  this,  he  repeate(Uy  laid  before  your  majesty  the  acknowledgment  of  his 
offense,  for  which  he  desired  to  receive  severe  punishment.  It  was  subse- 
quently thereto,  on  the  20th -of  January,  1841,  that  he  received,  through  the 
General  Council,  the  following  imperial  edict. 

^  Keshen  has  handed  up  to  Us  a  report  on  the  measures  he  is  taking  in  regard 
««to  the  English  foreigners,  under  the  present  condition  of  circumstances.  As 
"  these  foreigners  have  shown  themselves  so  unreasonable  that  all  our  com- 
•*mands  are  lost  upon  them,  it  behoves  us  immediately  to  make  of  them  a 
••  most  dreadful  example  of  severity.  Orders  have  now  been  given  that,  with 
••  the  utmost  speed,  there  be  furnished  from  the  several  provinces  of  Hoonan, 
«« Szechuen,  and  Kweichow,  4000  troops,  to  repair  without  loss  of  time,  to 
M  Canton,  and  there  to  hold  themselves  under  orders  for  service.  Let  Keshen, 
'« availing  himself  of  the  assistance  of  Lin  Tsihseu,  and  T&ng  Ting^hing,  take 
••the  necessary  measures  for  the  due  furtherance  of  the  object  in  view.  And 
••  if  these  rebellious  foreigners  dare  to  approach  the  shores  of  our  rivers,  let 
••  him  adopt  such  measures  as  circumstances  shall  point  out  for  their  exter- 
"  mination." 

Again,  on  the  26th  of  Janua^,  your  maiesty's  slave  received  the  following 
imperial  edict,  sent  him  direct  from  the  cabinet : 

••  Keshen  has  presented  a  report  regarding  the  measures  he  is  pursuing 
••  against  the  English  foreigners  :  which  We  have  perused  and  on  the  sub- 
••  stance  of  which  We  are  fullv  informed.  In  conformity  with  our  previous 
•*  commands,  let  a  large  body  of  troops  be  assembled,  and  let  an  awful  display 
*<  of  celestial  vengeance  be  made.  Whatever  may  be  reauiied  for  the  expenses 
••of  such  military  operations,  may  be  drawn  equally  from  the  duties  arising 
*•  from  commerco,  and  the  revenues  derivable  from  the  land-tax,  the  drafts 
••  being  made  afler  due  consideration,  and  a  correct  statement  being  drawn 
••out  of  the  expenditure.  If  these  united  sources  do  not  afibrd  a  sufficient 
••amount,  let  it  be  9^  reported  to  us,  and  our  further  pleasure  awaited." 

With  respect,  your  slave,  humbly,  upon  his  knees,  has  heard  these  com- 
mands. He  woidd  remark,  that,  while  he  had  indeed  made  certain  condi- 
tional concessions  to  the  English,  these  amounted  to  nothing  more  than  that 
he  would  lay  their  case  before  your  maiesty ;  and  thus,  in  the  article  of 
trade,  though  it  was  expressly  said,  that  tney  desired  the  trade  to  be  opened 
within  tlie  first  decade  of  the  first  month  of  this  year  (23d*Jan.  to  1st  Feb.), 
he  still  has  not,  up  to  this  time,  ventured  to  declare  it  open.  Yet  have  these 
foreigners,  nevertheless,  sent  a  letter,  in  which  they  restore  to  us  the  forts 
Shakok  and  Taikok,  sJong  with  all  the  vessels  of  war  and  the  salt-junks 
which  they  had  previously  captured ;  and,  at  one  and  the  same  time,  they 
have  dispatched  a  foreign  officer  by  sea  to  Chekeing,  to  cause  the  withdrawal 
of  their  troops,  and  have  given  to  your  slave  a  foreign  document  which  he 
has  forwarded  to  Elepoo,  at  the  rate  of  600  U  a  day,  by  virtue  whereof  he 
may  receive  back  Tinghae  ;^onduct,  this,  which  on  their  part  shows  a 
more  meek  and  compliant  disposition  than  they  have  evinced  before.  But 
alas !  your  slave  is  a  man  of  dull  understanding  and  poor  capacity,  and  in 
his  arrangement  of  these  things,  he  has  not  had  the  happiness  to  meet  the 
sacred  wishes  of  his  sovereign.  Trembling  from  limb  to  limb,  how  shall  he 
find  words  to  express  himself!  He  humbly  remembers  that  in  his  own  person 
he  has  received  the  imperial  bounty.  Nor  is  his  conscience  hardened.  How 
then  should  he,  while  engaged  in  the  important  work  of  curbing  these  unruly 


1841.  Journal  of  Occurnnca.  *J37 

forcignersf  [ii'esuuie  to  shrink  t'roni  danger  or  to  court  unlawful  repose !  So 
far  from  thus  acting,  he  has,  from  the  moment  he  arrived  in  Canton  Until 
now,  been  harassed  by  the  perverse  craftiness  of  these  presurainff  foreigners, 
who  have  shown  themselves  every  way  obstinate  and  impracticablef— yea,  till 
head  has  ached,  and  heart  has  rent,  with  pain*  and  with  the  anxiety,  ere 
even  a  morning  meal,  quickly  to  exterminate  these  rebels.  Had  be  but  the 
smallest  point  whereon  to  maintain  his  ground  in  contest  with  them,  he 
would  immediately  report  it,  and  under  the  imperial  auspices  make  known  to 
them  the  vengeance  of  heaven.  But  circumstances  are«  alas !  opposed  to 
the  wishes  of  liis  heart.  This  condition  of  circumstances«  he  has  repeatedly 
brought  before  the  imperial  eye,  in  a  series  of  successive  memorials. 

Now,  after  that  these  said  foreigners  had  dispatched  a  person  to  Che- 
ke&ng  to  restore  Tinghae. — and  had  delivered  up  all  that  had  been  captured 
by  them  in  the  province  of  Kwangtung,^>after,  toO|  their  ships  of  war  had 
all  retired  to  the  outer  waters,— it  so  happened  that  Elliot  solicited  an  inter- 
view :  and  as  your  slave  had  not  yet  inspected  the  entrances  of  the  port, 
and  the  fortifications  of  the  Bocca  Tigris, — as  also  the  troops  ordered  from 
the  several  provinces  had  not  yet  arrived,— it  did  not  seem  prudent  to  show 
anything  that  might  cause  suspicion  on  the  part  of  the  foreigners,  and  so  to 
bring  on  at  once  a  commencement  of  troubles  and  coUision  from  their  side. 
Therefore,  the  occasion  of  visiting,  for  inspection,  the  Bocca  Tigris,  was 
taken  advantage  of  to  grant  an  interview. 

Having  left  Canton  for  this  purpose,  on  the  2dth  of  January,  your  slave  had 
to  pass  by  the  Szetsze  waters  (the  Reach  from  First  to  Second  Bar):  and  here 
he  was  met  by  Elliot,  who  came  in  a  steam-vessel,  desiring  that  he  might 
see  him.  His  retinue  did  not  exceed  a  few  tens  of  persons,— he  brought 
with  him  no  ships  of  war, — and  his  language  and  demeanor  upon  that  occa- 
sion were  most  respectful.  He  presented  a  rough  draft  of  several  articles 
on  which  he  desired  to  deliberate, — the  major  part  having  regard  to  the  trou- 
blesome minutie  of  commerce ;  and  he  agreed,  that,  for  the  future,  in  any 
cases  of  the  smuggling  of  opium,  or  of  other  contraband  traffic  or  evasion  of 
duties,  both  ship  and  cargo  should  be  confiscated.  Among  the  number  of  his 
proposals,  were  some  highly  objectionable,  which  were  at  the  moment  point- 
ed out  and  refused, — upon  which  the  said  foreigner  begged  that  emendations 
should  be  offered  and  considered  of.  It  has  now  accordingly  been  granted 
him,  that  alterations  and  emendations  be  made,  and  when  these  shall  be 
determined  on  and  agreed  to,  the  whole  shall  be  presented  for  your  majesty's 
inspection. — Your  slave  then  parted  with  Elliot. 

He  now  found  that  the  Szetsze  waters  were  yet  distant  from  the  Bocca 
Tigris  about  60  U  (or  nearly  20  miles).  Even  there,  the  sea  is  vast  and 
wide,  with  boisterous  waves  and  fbaming  billows,  lashed  up  into  fury  by 
fierce  winds.  Majestically  grand  !  How  widely  different  the  outer  seas  are 
from  our  inland  river-waters ! — Having  changed  his  boat  for  a  sea-going 
vessel,  your  slave  stood  out  for  the  Bocca  Tigris :  and,  there  arrived,  he  made 
a  most  careful  inspection  of  every  fort  and  battery  in  the  place. 

Such  forts  as  did  not  stand  completely  .isolated  in  the  midst  of  the  sea, 
he  yet  found  to  have  channels,  affording  ready  water  communication,  behind 
the  hills  on  which  they  were  situated.*  So  that  it  were  easy  to  co  round  and 
strictly  blockade  them ;  nor  would  it  in  that  case  be  even  possible  to  intixK 
duce  provisions  for  the  garrison.  After  this  careful  inspection  of  the  place, — 
the  depth  of  water  in  the  river,  beginninff  here  and  proceeding  all  the  way  to 
the  very  city,  was  next  ascertained  ;  and  the  soundings,- taken  at  high  water, 
were  found  to  be  irregular,  from  one  ehang  (or  two  fkthoms^  and  upwards,  to 
three  and  even  four  ^ihang.  Hence,  then,  it  has  become  known  to  all,  that 
the  reputation  of  the  fortifications  of  the  Bocca  Tigris  as  a  defense,  has  been 
acquiied,-*first,  by  the  circumstance,  that  merchant- vessels  require  a  some- 
wliat  greater  depth  of  water ;  and  secondly,  because  that  in  ordinary  times, 


4iJS  Journai  of  Ocrnvrmces.  Aprit., 

when  tlic  fon'ignora  oliAcrve  our  laws  and  rcfltraints,  thoy  naturally  do  not 
venture  to  avoid  the  forts  by  passing  through  circui..oiis  courses.  But  when 
they  bring  troops*  to  resist  and  oppose  rather  than  to  obey,  tiiey  may  sneak 
in  at  every  hole  and  corner4  and  are  under  no  necessity  of  passing  by  the 
forts,  to  enter  the  river,  and  so  can  easily  proceed  straight  up  to  the  provin- 
cial metropolis.  For  as  soon  as  they  may  have  in  any  way  got  beyond  the 
ik)cca  Tigris,  there  are  communications  open  to  them  in  every  direction.  It 
is  then  clear,  that  we  have  no  defenses  worthy  to  be  called  such.  This  is  in 
truth  the  local  character  of  the  country«— ^hat  there  is  no  important  point  of 
defense  by  which  the  whole  may  be  maintained. 

In  reference  to  the  guns  mounted  in  the  forts,  their  whole  number  does 
not  exceed  some  two  hundred  and  odd,  hardly  enough  to  fortify  the  fronts 
alone,  while  the  sides  are  altogether  unfurnished.  Moreover,  those  guns 
that  are  in  good  order«  ready  for  use,  are  not  many.  The  original  model  baa 
been  bad,  and  they  have  been  made  without  any  due  regard  to  principles  of 
construction  :^*thus  the  body  of  the  gun  is  very  laige,  while  the  bore  is  very 
small:  and  the  sea  being  at  that  place  extremely  wide,  the  shot  will  not 
carry  above  half  way.  As  regards,  then,  their  number,  they  are  not  so  many 
as  are  those  which  the  foreign  ships  carry,  and  in  point  of  quality  they  are 
no  less  inferior  to  those  on  kKiard  the  foroiffn  vessels.  Again,  the  embrasures 
in  which  they  are  placed  are  as  large  as  doors,  wide  enough  almost  to  allow 
people  to  pass  in  and  out :  from  a  sustained  fire  from  the  enemy,  they  would 
afford  no  shelter  at  all  to  our  people ;  and  thoy  may,  then,  at  once  be  said,  to 
be  utterly  ineffective.  A  founder  of  cannon  has  recently  presented  himself, 
who  has  already  given  in  a  model,  and  is  about  to  make  some  experimental 
pieces  of  artillery.  But,  should  he  really  succeed  in  casting  good  cannon, 
yet  can  he  only  do  so  as  a  preparation  for  the  future,  and  in  no  way  can  he 
be  in  time  for  the  business  we  have  now  in  hand.  These  are  the  proofs  of 
the  inefiiciency  of  our  military  armament,  which  is  such  that  no  reliance 
can  be  placed  upon  it. 

Further,  with  reference  to  the  quality  of  our  troops:  we  find  that  the  only 
way  to  repel  the  foreigners  is  by  fighting  them  at  sea,  but  to  fight  at  sea  it  is 
necessary  to  have  a  good  marine  force.  Now,  we  have  at  present  to  ac- 
knowledge the  forethought  and  care  of  your  majesty,  in  dispatching  land 
forces  from  the  several  provinces  to  Canton  :  but  these  troops,  before  they 
can  meet  the  foreigners  in  battle,  will  require  to  embark  in  ships  of  war  and 
proceed  to  the  outer  waters.  Though  the  objection  be  not  maintained,  that, 
being  unaccustomed  to  the  seas  and  waves,  they  needs  must  meet  with  dis- 
aster and  overthrow ;  yet,  seeing  that  the  conduct  and  management  of  the 
vessels  is  a  thing  with  which  they  are  quite  unacquainted,  the  services  of 
the  naval  force  still  cannot  at  all  be  dispensed  with.  The  recruits  to  the 
naval  force  of  this  province  are,  however,  all  supplied  by  its  own  sea-coast, 
by  encouraged  enlistment ;  and  their  quality  is  very  irregular.  Your  slave 
had  heard  a  report  that,  after  the  battle  upon  the  7th  of  January,  all  these 
men  went  to  their  teti^  (or  commander-in-chief),  demanding  of  him  money, 
under  threats  that  they  would  otherwise  immediately  dislMmd.  The  other 
day,  therefore,  when  on  the  spot,  your  slave  made  inquiries  of  the  iettih  on 
this  matter, — when  he  answered,  that  the  report  was  perfectly  true,  and  that 
he,  having  no  other  remedy  at  band,  was  obliged  to  pawn  his  clothes  and 
other  things,  by  which  means  he  was  enabled  to  give  each  of  them  a  bonus 
of  two  dollars,  and  thus  only  could  get  them  to  remain  until  now  at  their 
posts.  Hereby  may  be  seen,  in  a  great  measure,  the  character  of  the  Canton 
soldiery.  And,  supposing  when  we  had  joined  battle,  just  at  the  most  critical 
moment,  these  marine  forces  were  not  to  stand  firm,  the  consequences  would 
be  most  disastrous.  For  although  we  should  have  our  veteran  troops  serving 
with  them,  yet  these  would  have  no  opportunity  of  bringing  their  skill  into 


1841.  Juuntal  of  Oicurrences.  '2.*)9 

play.  Still  further,  our  ships  of  war  are  not  large  and  strong,  and  it  is  ditti- 
cuit  to  mouut  heavy  guns  on  board  them.  By  these  observntions,  it  is 
evident,  that  our  force  here  as  a  guard  and  defense  against  tlie  foreigners 
is  utterly  insufficient. 

Your  slave  has  also  made  personal  observation  of  the  character  and  dis^ 
potkion  of  the  people  of  this  province.  He  has  found  them  ungrateful  and 
avaricious.  Putting  out  of  view  those  who  are  actual  traitors,  and  of  whom, 
therefore,  it  is  unnecessary  to  say  anything,  J(he  rest  dwell  indiscriminately 
with  foreigners,  they  are  accustomed  to  see  them  day  by  day,  and  aller  liv- 
ing many  years  together,  the  utmost  intimacy  has  grown  up  between  them. 
They  are  widely  different  from  the  people  of  Tinghae,  who,  having  had  no 
previous  intercourse  with  foreigners,  felt  at  once  that  they  were  of  another 
race.  Let  us  reverse  the  circumstances,  and  suppose  that  the  Ene^lish  had 
craftily  distributed  their  gifts  and  favors,  and  set  at  work  the  whole  niachi- 
nery  of  their  tricks,  here  as  at  Chusan :  and  it  might  verily  be  feared,  that 
the  whole  people  would  have  been  seduced  from  their  allegiance ;  they  would 
certainly  not  have  shown  the  same  unbending  obstinacy  that  the  people  of 
Tinghae  did.  These  plain  evidences  of  the  want  of  firmness  on  the  part  of 
the  people  here,  give  us  still  more  cause  for  anxiety. 

We  find,  on  turning  over  the  records  of  the  past,  that,  when  operations 
were  being  carried  on  against  the  pirates  of  this  province,  although  these 
were  only  so  many  thieves  and  robbers,  with  native  vessels  and  guns  of 
native  casting,  vet  the  afikir  was  lengthened  out  for  several  years  ;  and  was 
only  put  an  ena  to  by  invitations  to  lay  down  their  arms  under  promise  of 
security.  And  it  is  much  to  be  feared,  that  the  •  wasp's  sting  is  fiir  more 
poisonous  '  now  than  then. 

Your  slave  has  again  and  again  revolved  the  matter  in  his  anxious  mind. 
The  consequences,  in  so  far  as  they  relate  to  his  own  person,  are  trifling : 
but  as  they  regard  the  stability  of  the  government,  and  the  lives  of  the  peo- 
ple, they  are  vast  and  extend  to  distant  posterity.  Should  he  incur  guilt  in 
giving  battle  when  unable  to  command  a  victory,  or  should  he  be  criminal  in 
making  such  arrangements  as  do  not  meet  the  gracious  approbation  of  his 
sovereign, — he  must  equally  bear  his  ofiense  ;  and,  for  his  life,  what  is  i/, 
that  he  should  be  cared  for  or  pitied  ! 

But  if  it  be  in  not  acting  so  as  to  meet  the  gracious  approbation  of  his 
sovereign  that  he  becomes  guilty, — the  province  and  the  people  have  yet 
their  sacred  sovereign  to  look  to  and  rely  upon  for  happiness,  protection, 
justice,  and  peace.  Whereas,  if  his  guilt  should  lie  in  giving  battle  when 
unable  to  command  a  victory,  then  will  the  celestial  dignity  of  the  throne  be 
sullied,  the  lives  of  the  people  sacrificed,  and  for  further  proceedings  and 
arrangements  it  will  be,  in  an  increased  desree,  impossible  to  find  resource. 

Entertaining  these  views,  a  council  has  been  held  of  all  the  officers  in  the 
city ;  namely,  tho  general  and  lieutenant-generals  of  the  garrison,  the  lieuten- 
ant-governor, the  literary  chancellor,  and  the  commissioners^  intendants, 
prefects,  and  magistrates,  as  also  the  late  governors,  Lin  Tsihseu  and  Tftus- 
Tingching ;  all  of  whom  agree,  that  our  defenses  are  such  as  it  is  impossible 
to  trust  to,  and  that  our  troops  would  not  hold  their  ground  on  the  field  of 
battle.  Moreover,  the  troops  ordered  fWim  the  difibrent  provinces  by  yocnr 
majesty  having  yet  a  long  journey  to  come,  time  is  still  necessary  for  their 
arrival ;  nor  can  they  all  arrive  together.  The  assemblage  of  a  mige  body 
of  troops,  too,  is  a  thing  not  to  be  efiEected  without  sundry  rumors  flving 
aboatr--our  native  traitors  are  sure  to  give  information ;  and  the  said  fo- 
reigners will  previously  let  loose  their  contumacious  and  violent  dispositions. 
Your  slave  is  so  worried  by  grief  and  vexation,  that  he  loathes  his  food»  and 
sleep  has  forsaken  his  eyelids.  But,  for  the  above-cited  reasons,  he  does 
not  shrink  fh>m  the  heavy  responsibility  he  is  incurring,  in  submitting  ail 
these  facts,  the  rcsulls  of  penooal  iavestigAtiou,  to  your  celestial  majesty. 


2i0  Journal  of  Orrurrences. 

And,  at  tbe  sanie  lime  he  pret^nU  for  perusal  the  letter  of  the  aaid  foreign^ 
('»,  wherein  thoy  make  the  various  restorations  before  enumerated.  He 
humbly  hopes  his  sacnnl  sovereigrn  will  with  pity  look  down  upon  the  black- 
iiaired  flock — his  people, — and  will  be  graciously  pleased  to  grant  favors 
beyond  measure,  by  acceding  to  the  requests  now  made.  Thus  shall  we  be 
spared  the  calamity  of  having  our  people  and  land  burned  to  ashes,  and  thus 
shall  we  lay  the  foundation  of  victory,  by  binding  and  curbing  the  foreigners 
now,  while  preparing  to  have  the  power  of  cutting  them  on  at  some  future 
period. 

It  is  humbly  hoped  that  your  sacred  majesty  will  condescend  to  inquire 
regarding  the  meeting  in  council,  and  state  of  circumstances,  here  reported. 
And  your  slave  begs,  that  a  minister  of  eminence  may  be  specially  dispatched 
hither,  to  re-investigate  matters.  Your  slave  has  been  actuated  entirely  by  a 
regard  to  the  safety  of  the  land,  and  the  people.  He  is  not  swayed  by  the 
smallest  particle  of  fear.  And  still  less  dare  he  use  false  pretexts,  or  glozing 
statements.  For  the  real  purposes  herein  declared,  he  humbly  makes  this 
report  (which  he  forwards  by  express  at  tlie  rate  of  600  le  a  day), — in  the 
hope  that  it  may  be  honored  with  a  sacred  glance. — A  most  respectfiil 
memorial. 

A  court  of  inquiry,  concerning  the  mortality  of  the  British  troops 
in  Tinghae  last  year  is  in  session  at  Hongkong* 

A  British  settlement  on  that  island  is  about  being  commenced, 
and  captain  W.  Caine  of  the  26th  or  (Cameronian)  regiment  of  foot, 
is  to  enter  on  the  duties  of  chief  magistrate. 

Chinese  troops  to  the  number  of — some  say — 50,000  are  collected 
in  and  near  Canton.  Not  more  than  one  fourth  of  these,  judging  from 
all  we  have  seen,  are  fit  to  bear  arms.  Many  of  them  are  wandering 
as  vagrants  about  the  suburbs.  Even  those  on  guard  at  the  gates 
of  the  city  appear  unarmed. 

The  position  of  the  British  forces  is  nearly  the  same  as  at  the  close 
of  the  last  month — the  guns  of  the  advanced  squadron  commanding 
the  whole  city,  the  Union  Jack  waving  over  the  factories.  General 
Gough,  and  the  senior  officer  of  the  squadron,  sir  Le  Fleming  Sen- 
house,  visited  Canton  on  the  4th.  Some  officers  and  a  small  guard 
of  marines  are  daily  at  the  factories. 

The  late  hostile  movements  of  the  expedition  seem  to  have  stopped 
at  the  right  point.  It  must  have  been  hard,  when  at  the  gates  of  the 
defenseless  metropolis,  the  heights  in  its  rear  covered  with  troops,  to 
stop  short  of  actual  possession.  Such  possession,  however,  would 
most  assuredly  have  broken  to  pieces  the  provincial  government,  and 
thrown  the  whole  of  this  part  of  the  empire  into  anarchy — a  state  of 
things  as  much  to  be  deprecated  by  the  foreigner  as  by  the  native. 

The  future  operations  of  the  expedition  are  becoming  a  subject  of 
daily  increasing  attention.  Recent  operations  here,  notwithstanding 
the  wrathful  edicts  of  the  emperor,  have  induced  H.  I.  M.'s  high 
officers  to  act  '  with  good  faith  and  wisdom,'  and  open  Canton  to 
whomsoever  pleases  to  go  thither  for  lawful  purposes.  Similar  ope- 
rations,  at  other  points  along  the  coast,  will  very  likely  lead  to  simi* 
lar  results.  If  the  emperor  is  wise,  he  will  hasten — with  grace  to 
yield,  what  otherwise  force  will  erelong  demand  of  him — to  open  his 
empire,  and  treat  foreigners,  and  receive  the  plenipotentiaries  of  other 
states,  as  they  are  treated  aad  received  elsewhere. 


THE 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY^ 


Vol.  X.— May,  1841.— No.  5. 


Art.  I.  The  historic  of  the  great  and  mightic  kiiigdomc  of  CJuna^ 
and  the  situation  thereof;  togithcr  with  the  great  riches^  huge 
citties,  poUtike  gouernement^  and  rare  inuentions  in  the  same* 
Translated  out  of  Spanish  by  R.  Parke.  London.  Printed  by 
I.  Wolfe  for  Edward  White,  and  are  to  be  sold  at  the  little  north 
doore  of  Paules,  at  the  signe  of  the  gun.  1588. 

SoftiB  months  have  now  elapsed  since  any  of  the  old  writers  on  China 
have  been  served  up  for  the  entertainment  of  our  readers.  In  the 
meantime  several  authors  have  fallen  in  our  way,  the  oldest  and  the 
rarest  of  which  ia  the  one  here  introduced.  The  reasons  assigned 
by  Parke  for  translating  the  '  historie'  out  of  Spanish  and  putting  it 
into  print,  two  centuries  and  a  half  ago,  would  be  a  sufficient  apolo- 
gy, if  any  were  needed,  for  our  now  taking  the  work  <  in  hande.' 
As  the  '  good  courteous  reader '  may  like  to  know  these  reasons, 
we  introduce  them  here  entire.  They  are  addressed,  *<  To  the  right 
worshipfull  and  famous  gentleman,  M.  Thomas  Candish  esquire, 
increase  of  honore  and  happie  attempts."  And  thereupon  the  trana- 
lator  thus  proceeds. 

"  It  is  now  aboue  fine  and  thirty  years  passed,  right  worshipful], 
since  that  young,  sacred,  and  prudent  prince,  king  Edward  the  sixt 
of  happie  memorie,  went  about  the  disoouerie  of  Catbaia  and  China, 
partly  of  desire  that  the  good  young  king  had  to  enlarge  the  Chris- 
tian faith,  and  partlie  to  finde  out  some  where  in  those  regions  ample 
vent  of  the  cloth  of  England,  for  the  mischiefs  that  grew  about  that 
time  ncerer  home,  aswel  by  contempt  of  our  commodities,  as  by  the 

VOL.    X.    NO.    v.  31 


242  Historit  of  the  Mightit  Kingdiftne  of  China.         May, 

arrestea  of  his  merchaiites  in  the  Empire,  FlanderSi  France,  and 
Spaine :  foreseeing  withall  how  beneficial]  ample  vent  would  rise  to  all 
degrees  throughout  his  kingdome,  and  specially  to  the  infinite  number 
of  the  poore  sort  distressed  by  lacke  ofwoike.  And  although  by  a  voy- 
age hereuppon  taken  in  hande  for  this'purpose  by  sir  Hugh  Willobie, 
and  Richard  Chauncellour  a  discouerie  of  the  bay  of  St.  Nicolas  in 
Russia  fell  out,  and  a  trade  with  the  Muscouites ;  and  aAer  another 
trade  for  a  time  with  the  Persians  by  way  of  the  Caspian  sea  ensued, 
yet  the  discouerie  of  the  principal]  intended  place  followed  not  in  his 
time,  nor  yet  since,  vntil  you  tooke  your  happie  and  renowned  voyage 
about  the  worlde  in  hande,  although  sundrie  attemptes,  at  the  great 
charges  of  diners  honorable  •  and  well  disposed  persons,  and  good 
worshipfull  merchants  and  others  haue  beene  made  since  the  death 
of  that  good  king,  in  seeking  a  passage  thither  both  by  the  northeast 
and  by  the  northwest.  But  since  it  is  so  (as  wee  vnderstande)  that 
your  worshippe  in  your  late  voyage  hath  first  of  our  nation  in  this  age 
discouered  the  famous  rich  ilandes  of  the  Luzones,  or  Philippinas, 
lying  neare  vnto  thecoast  of  China,  and  haue  spent  some  time  in  tak- 
ing good  view  of  the  same,  hauing  brought  home  three  boyea  borne  in 
Manilla,  the  chiefe  towne  of  the  said  ilands,  besides  two  other  young 
fellowes  of  good  capacitie,  borne  in  the  mightie  iland  of  lapon, 
(which  hereafter  may  serue  as  our  interpreters  in  our  first  traficke 
thither)  and  that  also  yourselfe  haue  sailed  along  the  coast  of  China 
not  farre  from  the  continent,  and  haue  taken  some  knowledge  of  the 
present  state  of  the  same,  and  in  your  course  haue  found  out  a  nota- 
ble ample  vent  of  our  clothes,  especially  our  kersies,  and  are  in  pre- 
paring againe  for  the  former  voyage,  as  hee  that  would  constantly 
perseuer  in  so  good  an  enterprise :  we  are  to  thinke  that  the  know- 
ledge and  first  discouerie  of  the  same,  in  respect  of  our  nation,  hath 
all  this  time  beene  by  the  Almightie  to  you  onely  reserued,  to  your 
iromortall  glorie,  and  to  the  manifest  shew  of  his  especiall  fauour 
borne  towards  you,  in  that  besides  your  high  and  rare  attempt  of  sail- 
ing about  the  whole  globe  of  the  earth,  in  so  short  a  time  of  two 
yeares  and  about  two  monethes,  yoii  haue  shewed  yourselfe  to  haue 
that  rare  and  especial  care  for  your  countrie,  by  seeking  out  vent  for 
our  clothes,  that  ought  vpon  due  consideration  to  moue  many  thou- 
sands of  English  subiects  to  pray  for  you,  and  to  loue  and  honor  your 
name  and  familie  for  euer.  For  as  you  haue  opened  by  your  attempt 
the  gate  to  the  spoile  of  the  great  and  late  mightie,  vniaersall,  and 
infested  enimie  of  this  realme,  and  of  all  countries  that  professe  true 
religion :  so  haue  you  by  your  great  eare  wrought  a  way  to  imploie 


\M\.  Historie  of  the  MiglUit    Kiugthnif  oj   China.  243 

the  merchtints  ofEnglandc  in  trade,  to  increase  our  naiue,  to  benefite 
our  clothiers,  and  (your  purpose  falling  out  to  your  hoped  eflfcct)  to 
releeue  more  of  the  poorer  sort,  then  all  the  hospitals  and  almes 
houses  can  or  may,  that  haue  beene  built  in  this  realme,  since  the 
first  inhabiting  thereof. 

"And  sir,  if  to  this  your  late  noble  attempt,  it  might  please  yon,  by 
your  incouragement,  and  by  the  help  of  your  purse  to  adde  your  pre- 
sent furthesance  for  the  passage  to  be  discouered  by  the  northwest 
(for  the  proofe  whereof  there  bee  many  infallible  reasons,  and  diuerse 
great  experiences  to  be  yeelded)  our  course  with  our  commodities 
to  the  rich  iland  of  lapon,  to  the  mightie  empire  of  China,  and  to  the 
ilandes  of  the  Philippinas,  for  the  vent  that  you  haue  found  outf 
should  be  by  the  halfe  way  shortened,  and  you  should  double  and 
many  folde  treble  the  credite  of  your  fourmer  late  enterprise,  and 
make  your  fame  to  mount,  and  your  self  to  liue  for  euer  in  a  much 
higher  degree  of  glorie,  then  otherwise  it  might  be,  or  that  by  any 
other  mean  you  could  possibly  deuise :  in  which  action,  so  highly 
importing  the  general!  state  of  this  lande  [  haue  perfect  experience 
that  many  worshipfull  and  wealihie  marchants  of  this  citie  and  other 
places  would  most  willingly  ioyne  their  purses  with  yours :  and  to 
play  the  blabbe,  I  may  tell  you  they  attende  nothing  with  greater 
desire  and  expectation,  then  that  a  motion  hereof  being  made  by 
some  happie  man,  your  selfe  and  they  might  friendly  and  seriously 
ioyne  together  for  the  full  accomplishing  of  this  so  long  intended  dis- 
couerie.  And  to  descende  to  some  particulars,  there  is  one  speciall 
reason  that  giucth  an  edge  vnto  their  desires,  proceeding  from  the 
late  worthie  attemptes  of  that  excellent  and  skilful  pilot  M.  lohn 
Dauis,  made  for  the  search  of  the  aforesaid  northwest  passage  these 
three  late  yeares,  hauing  entered  into  the  same  foure  hundred  lea- 
gues further  than  was  euer  hitherto  thoroughly  knowen,  and  returned 
with  an  exact  description  thereof,  to  the  reasonable  contentment  for 
the  time,  of  the  aduenturers,  and  chiefely  of  the  worshipfull  M.  Wil- 
liam Sanderson,  whose  contributions  thereunto,  although  they  haue 
beene  verie  great  and  extraordinarie,  yet  for  the  certaine  hope  or 
rather  assurance  that  he  conceiueth  vpon  the  report  of  the  captaine 
himselfe  and  all  the  rest  of  any  skill  employed  in  these  voyages, 
remayneth  still  constant,  and  is  readie  to  disburse  as  yet  to  the 
freshe  setting  on  foote  of  this  enterprise  entermitted  by  occasion  of 
our  late  troubles,  euen  this  yeare  againe  for  the  final!  perfection  of  so 
profiuble  and  honorable  a  disDOuerie,  a  farre  greater  portion  then  in 
reason  would  be  rec^uired  of  any  other  man  of  his  abilitie.     And  all 


244  HUtorif  of  thi  Migktit  Kingdomc  of  China.  May, 

beit,  air,  that  you  have  taken  in  your  late  voyage,  besides  the  know- 
ledge of  the  way  to  China,  the  intelligence  of  the  gouernment  of  the 
countrie  and  of  the  commodities  of  the  territories  and  prouinces  of  the 
same,  and  tbfit  at  the  full,  according  to  the  time  of  your  short  abode 
in  those  partes,  yet  neuerthelesse  for  that  of  late  more  ample  vnder- 
standing  hath  beene  in  more  length  of  time,  by  woonderfull  great 
endeuour  taken  by  certaine  learned  Portingals  and  Spaniardes  of 
great  obseruation,  and   not  long  agoe  published    in  the   Spanish 
tongue,  I  haue  for  the  increase  of  the  knowledge  of  the  subiectes  of 
Englande,  and  specially  for  the  illuminating  of  the  mindes  of  those, 
that  are  to  take  the  voyage  next  in  hande  to  lapon,  China,  and  the 
Philippinas,  translated  the  same  worke  into  English,  and  committed 
it  to  print,  passing  ouer  Paulus  Venetus,  and  sir  lohn  Mandeuill,  be- 
cause they  wrote  long  agoe  of  those  regions :  which  labour,  to  say  trueth, 
I  haue  undertaken  at  the  earnest  request  and  encouragement  of  my 
worshipfull  friend  master  Richard  Hakluit  late  of  Oxforde,  a  gentle- 
man, besides  his  other  manifolde  learning  and  languages,  of  singular 
and  deepe  insight  in  all  histories  of  discouerie  and  partes  of  cosmo- 
graphie :  who  also  for  the  zea)e  he  beareth  to  the  honour  of  his  coun- 
trie and  countrimen,  brought  the  same  first  aboue  two  yeares  since 
ouer  into  this  court,  and  at  this  present  hath  in  hande  a  most  excel- 
lent and  ample  collection  of  the  siindrie  trauailes  and  nauigations  of 
our  owne  nation,  a  matter  long  intended  by  him,  and  serving  to  the 
like  beneficiall  and  honorable  purpose,  which  I  hope  will  shortly 
come  to  light  to  the  great  contentation  of  the  wiser  sort.     In  the 
meane  season,  hauing  nowe  at  length  finished  according  to  my  poore 
skill  and  leasure  this  my  translation,  I  thought  best  to  dedicate  and 
commende  the  same  to  your  worshipfull  patronage,  as  the  man  that 
I  holde  most  worth ie  of  the  same,  and  most  able  of  our  nation  to 
iudge  aright  of  the  contentes  thereof,  and  to  correct  the  errors  of  the 
author  whensoeuer  you  shall  meete  with  them ;  beseeching  you  to 
accept  in  good  part  the  traiiaile  and  good  meaning  of  the  translator: 
and  so  wishing  vnto  yqu,  health,  increase  of  knowledge,  with  fortu- 
nate and  glorious  successe  in  your  further  cquragioiis  attempts,   [ 
leaue  you  to  the  protection  of  the  Almightie. 
*^  From  London  the  first  of  lanuarie,  1589. 

''Your  worships  alwaies  to  command,  Robert  Parke." 

Bancroft,  alluding  to  the  anticipated  discovery  of  a  new  and 
pearer  passage  to  southern  Asia,  says : 

•f  Thrice,  at  least,  perhaps  thrice  by  Cabot  a)one,  the  attempt  at  a  north- 
^eimni  P9S»^c  ^d  ^°  made,  and  always  in  vain.    A  northeast  pasn^ge 


1841.  Hiitorie'of  the.  Mi((htie  Kingdumf  of  China  •24;'» 

was  now  proposed ;  the  fleet  of  VVilloughby  tnd  Chancellor  was  to  reach  the 
rich  lands  of  Cathay  by  doubling  the  northern  promontory  of  Laphuid.  a.  d.- 
1553.  The  ships  parted  company.  The  fate  of  Willoughby  was  as  tragical 
as  the  issue  of  the  voyage  of  Chancellor  was  successful.  The  admiral,  with 
one  of  the  ships,  was  driven,  by  the  severity  of  the  polar  autumn,  to  seek 
shelter  in  a  Lapland  harbor,  which  afforded  protection  against  storms,  but  not 
against  the  rigors  of  the  season.  When  search  was  made  for  him  in  the  fol- 
lowing spring,  Willoughby  himself  was  found  dead  in  liis  cabin ;  and  his 
journal,  detailing  his  sufferings  from  the  polar  winter,  was  complete  probably 
to  the  day  when  his  senses  were  suspended  by  the  intolerable  cold.  His 
ship's  company  lay  dead  in  various  parts  of  the  vessel,  some  alone,  some  in 
groups.  The  other  ship  reached  the  harbor  of  Archangel.  This  was  ^^the 
discovery  of  ilussia,"  and  the  commencement  of  maritime  commerce  with 
that  empire.  A  Spanish  writer  calls  the  result  of  the  voyage  *a  discovery 
of  new  indies.'  The  Russian  nation,  one  of  the  oldest  and  least  mixed  in 
Europe,  now  awakening  from  a  long  lethargy,  emerged  into  political  distinc- 
tion. We  have  seen  that,  about  eleven  years  from  this  time,  the  first  town 
in  the  United  States'  territory  was  permanently  built.  So  rapid  are  the 
changes  on  the  theatre  of  nations!  One  of  the  leading  powers  of  the  age, 
but  about  two  and  a  half  centuries  ago  became  known  to  Western  Europe ; 
another  had  not  then  one  white  man  within  its  limits." 

The  work  in  hand  is  a  small  octavo,  of  410  pages,  printed  in  old 
German  text,  and  is  divided  into  three  parts,  which  are  further  sub- 
divided into  numerous  books  and  chapters.  It  must  have  been  in  its 
day  a  notable  production.  The  work  opens  with  a  description  of 
China  and  'the  confines  it  hath  belonging.'  After  a  very  few 
words,  by  way  of  introduction,  Parke  brings  his  reader  at  once  in 
mediiis  res. 

**  You  shall  understande  that  this  mightie  kingdome  is  the  orien- 
talest  part  of  all  Asia,  and  his  next  neighbour  towards  the  ponent  is 
the  kingdome  of  Quachinchina,  whereas  they  doo  observe  in  whole 
all  the  customes  and  rites  of  China.  The  greatest  part  of  this  king- 
dome  is  watrcd  with  the  great  orientall  ocean  sea,  beginning 
at  the  iland  Aynan,  which  is  hard  by  Quachinchina,  which  is  19 
degrees  towards  the  north,  and  compassing  towards  the  south, 
whereas  their  course  is  northeast.  And  beyond  Quachinchina  to- 
wards the  north,  the  Bragmanes  do  confine,  which  are  much  people 
and  verie  Hch,  of  golde,  silver  and  precious  stones,  but  in  especiall, 
rubies:  for  there  are  infinit.  They  are  proud  and  hawtie  men,  of 
great  courage,  wel  made,  but  of  browne  colour:  they  hdue  had  (but 
few  xmi^)  warre  with  them  of  China,  in  respect  for  that  betwixt 
|)0th  the  kingdomes  there  are  great  and  mightie  mountaines  qnd 


246  Histone  of  the  Mightk  Kingihmt  nj  China.  Mav, 

rocks  thai  l)otli  disturbe  them.  And  harde  unto  this  nation  ioyneth 
the  Patanes  and  Mogores,  which  is  a  great  kingdome,  and  warlike 
people,  whose  head  is  the  Gran  Samarzan :  they  are  the  true  Scythas 
or  Massagetas,  of  whom  it  is  affirmed  that  they  were  neuer  ouercome 
by  any  other  nation :  they  are  a  people  well  proportioned  and  while : 
by  reason  they  dwel  in  a  cold  countrie.  Betwixt  the  west  and  the 
south  is  the  Trapobana,  or  Samatra,  a  kingdome  very  rich  of  gold, 
pretious  stones  and  pearles :  and  more  towards  the  south,  are  the 
two  lauas,  the  great  and  the  lesse,  and  the  kingdome  of  the  Lechios : 
and  in  equall  distance,  are  the  lapones :  yet  notwithstanding  those 
that  are  more  indifferent  to  this  kingdome  are  the  Tartarians,  which 
are  on  the  selfe  fit  me  land  or  continent,  and  are  alonely  deuided  by 
a  wal,  as  shalbe  declared  in  the  9  chapter  of  this  booke.'' 

In  Parke's  day  the  empire  was  divided  into  15  provinces,  591 
cities,  1593  towns.    The  temperature  of  the  climate  and  the  fertility, 
of  the  soil  and  its  productions  are  carefully  noted. 

**  The  inhabitants  in  this  countrie  are  perswaded  of  a  truth,  that 
those  which  did  first  iinde  and  inhabiie  in  this  lande,  were  the  neue- 
wes  of  Noe,  who  after  they  had  traueiled  from  Armenia,  (whereas  the 
Arke  stayed,  which  God  did  preserue  their  grandfather  from  the 
waters  of  the  flood),  went  seeking  a  land  to  their  contentment:  and 
not  finding  a  countrie  of  so  great  fertilitie  and  temperature  like  vnlo 
this,  wherein  was  ail  things  necessarie  for  the  life  of  man,  without 
comparison :  they  were  compelled  with  the  aboundance  thereof  for 
to  inhabite  therein,  vnderstanding  that  if  they  should  search  through- 
out all  the  world  they  should  not  finde  the  like :  and  I  thinke  they 
were  not  deceiued,  according  as  now  it  is  to  be  seene,  and  what  may 
be  considered  in  the  proces  of  this  chapter,  of  such  fruits  as  the 
earth  doth  yeeld.  And  although  there  is  declared  here  of  such  as 
shall  suffice  in  this  worke,  yet  is  there  led  behind  a  great  number 
more :  of  whose  properties,  as  well  of  herbes  and  beasts,  which  of 
their  particulars  may  be  made  a  great  volume,  and  I  do  beleeue  that 
in  time  there  will  bp  one  set  forth."  •  •  • 

<*  Jn  all  parts  of  ibis  kingdome,  there  is  great  store  of  sugar,  which 
is  the  occasion  thai  it  is  so  good  cheape :  for  you  shall  haue  a  quin- 
tall  of  yerie  excellent  white  and  good  sugar,  when  it  is  most  deerest, 
for  the  value  of  five  ryals  of  plate.  There  is  great  abundance  of 
honie,  for  that  their  delight  is  in  hiue9,  by  reason  whereof  not  only 
honie,  but  waxe  is  very  good  cheape :  and  there  is  so  great  quantity 
thereof,  that  you  may  lade  ships,  yea  fleetes  thereof.  They  do  make 
great  store  of  silke  and  excellent  good,  and  giue  it  verie  perfite 


lb4L  llisluric  of  tht  Mi^/i'ic  Kiif^'ftumr  nf  Vhinu.  15 H 

colours,  which  dooth  exceed  very  much  the  silke  of  Granada,  and  is 
one  oftlie  greatest  trades  that  is  in  all  that  kingdome.  The  veluets, 
damaskes,  sattens,  and  other  sortes  of  webs  which  is  there  made,  is 
of  80  small  price,  that  it  is  a  wonder  to  speake  it,  in  especiall  vnto 
them  that  doo  know  how  their  prises  be  in  Spaine  and  in  Italic. 
They  do  sell  none  of  their  silkes  there  by  the  yard,  neither  any  other 
kinde  of  websterie,  though  it  be  lynnen  :  but  by  the  waight,  wherein 
there  is  least  deceit  They  haue  great  store  of  flaxe,  wherewith  the 
common  people  doo  apparel]  themselues :  also  liempe  for  the  cawlk- 
ing  of  their  ships,  and  to  make  ropes  and  hasers.  And  on  their  drie 
and  tough  landes,  although  they  be  stonie,  they  gather  great  stoore 
of  cotton  wooU."  •  •  •  • 

'*  Besides  the  fertilitie  of  this  countrie  bcforesaid,  all  the  fields  be 
verie  faire  to  behold,  and  yeelde  maruellous  odoriferous  emelles,  by 
reason  of  the  great  quantitie  of  sweete  flowers  of  diuers  sorts.  It  is 
also  garnished  with  the  greene  trees  that  be  planted  by  the  riuer 
sides,  and  brookes :  whereof  there  is  great  quantitie.  And  there  is 
planted  there,  orchards  and  gardens,  with  banketing  houses  of  great 
pleasure :  the  which  they  doo  use  vcrie  much  for  their  recreation 
and  avoyding  the  troubles  of  minde.  The  loytias  or  gentlemen  doo 
use  to  plant  great  forrests  and  thicke  woods,  whereas  doo  breed 
many  wilde  boores,  bucks,  hares  and  conyes,  and  diuers  other 
beasts :  of  whose  skins  Uiey  make  very  excellent  furres,  but  in  espe- 
ciall of  martas  ceuellinas,  of  which  there  is  a  great  number.  There 
is  great  aboundance  of  muske,  the  which  they  do  make  of  a  little 
beast  that  doth  feede  of  nothing  else  but  of  a  roote  which  is  of  a 
maruellous  smell,  that  is  called  camarus,  as  big  as  a  mans  finger. 
They  do  take  them  and  beat  them  with  blowes  till  they  be  brused  all 
to  peeces  :  then  they  do  put  them  in  a  place  whereas  they  may  soon, 
est  putrifie,  but  first  they  do  bind  very  fast  such  parts,  whereas  the 
\Aood  may  run  out  of  their  brused  bones  all  to  peeces  remaining  with- 
in them.  Then  afler  when  they  thinke  they  be  putrified,  then  they 
do  cut  out  sroal  peeces  with  skinne  and  all,  and  tie  them  up  like 
bals  or  cods,  which  the  Portugals  (who  doth  by  them)  do  call  papos : 
And  this  is  the  finest  that  is  brought  out  of  all  Indies  (if  there  be  no 
deceit  used  in  it),  for  many  times  they  will  put  amongst  it  small 
peeces  of  lead,  and  other  things  of  weight.  There  is  also  great  store 
of  kyne,  that  are  so  little  wortb,  that  you  may  buy  a  very  good  one 
for  eight  rials  of  plate :  and  beefes  that  are  bought  for  halfe  the  mony : 
one  whole  venison  is  bought  for  two  rials:  great  stores  of  hogs* 
whose  flesh  is  as  holesome  and  good  as  our  mutton  in  Spaine.  There 


i4t?  Uisloric  nf  the  Mightic  Kingdonu  nj  China.  Mav. 

is  great  aboundancc  o\  goates,  and  of  other  beasts  that  are  to  be 
eaten  :  which  is  the  occasion  that  they  drc  of  little  value.  The  flying 
foules  that  doo  breed  about  the  lakes  and  riuers,  are  of  so  great 
quantitie,  that  there  is  spent  daily  in  small  villages  in  that  countrie 
many  thousands,  and  ihe  greatest  sort  of  them  are  teales.  The 
fashion  how  they  do  breed  and  bring  them  up  shalbe  declared  in  a 
chapter  particularly :  for  that  which  is  said  shal  not  seeme  impossi- 
ble. They  be  sold  by  waight,  and  likewise  capons  and  hens,  for  so 
smal  value,  that  two  pounds  of  their  flesh  being  plucked,  is  woorth 
ordinarily  two  foys,  which  is  a  kinde  of  mony  like  unto  the  quartes 
of  Spaine:  hogs  flesh,  two  pounds  for  a  foy  and  a  halfe,  which  is  6 
marauadiz.  Likewise  all  other  victuals  after  the  same  rate,  as  it 
doth  plainly  appeare  by  th6  relation  made  by  the  friers. 

**  There  are  also  many  herbs  for  medicines,  as  very  fine  reubarbe, 
and  of  great  quantitie  :  and  wood  called  palo  de  China :  great  store 
of  nutmegs,  with  the  which  they  may  lade  fleetes,  and  of  so  lowe  a 
price  that  you  may  buy  foure  hundreth  for  a  ryall  of  plate :  and 
clones,  five  pound  for  half  a  ryall  of  plate :  and  the  like  in  pepper. 
Synamom,  one  roue  which  is  25  pound,  for  foure  ryals  of  plate,  and 
better  cheape.  I  do  leaue  to  speake  of  many  other  hearbs  medacina- 
ble  and  profitable  for  the  use  of  man :  for  that  if  I  should  write 
the  particular  vertue  of  euerie  of  them,  it  would  require  a  great  vo- 
lume. Of  fish,  both  swimming  and  shell  :fish  of  all  sorts,  that  they 
have  with  them  is  to  be  wondred  at :  not  onely  vpon  the  sea  coasts, 
but  also  in  the  remote  places  of  that  kingdome,  by  reason  of  the 
great  riuers,  which  be  nauigable  vnto  suck  places.  Besides  all  this 
it  is  verie  rich  of  mines  of  golde  and  siluer,  and  other  mettals,  the 
which  (golde  and  siluer  excepted)  they  do  sell  it  so  good  cheape  that 
a  quintal  of  copper,  yron  or  Steele  is  to  be  bought  for  eight  rials  of 
plate.  Golde  is  better  cheape  there  then  it  is  in  Europe,  but  siluer 
is  more  woorth.  There  is  founde  great  store  of  pearles  in  all  this 
kingdome :  but  the  most  part  of  them  are  not  rounde,  by  the  which 
you  may  gather  and  vnderstande  the  goodneste  and  fertilitie  of  the 
same.  And  that  the  first  that  did  discouer  and  inhabite  that  king- 
dome,  were  not  deeeiued,  for  that  they  founde  all  things  necessarie 
vnto  the  preseruing  of  the  life  of  man,  and  that  in  aboundance :  for 
the  which  with  iuaft  reason,  thef  inhabitants  may  thinke  themselves  to 
possesse  the  best  and  fertilest  kingdome  in  all  the  whole  world." 

To  these -descriptions  of  natural  objects,  our  worshipful!  and  fa- 
mous author  adds  several  chapters  respecting  the  antiquitie  and  big- 
ncssc  of  the  kingdome,  its  wonderful  buildings,  the  mightic  wal,  the 


1641.  Uisiorie  of  the  Mightit  Kingdome  of  CAuut.  *i49 

dispositioDB,  roannere  and  customs  of  the  people  i  and  hazards  the 
opinion  that  the  time  will  come  when  all  these  things  will  be  fully 
described  so  as  to  make  a  great  booke !  Me  then  proceeds  to  dis- 
course of  the  religion  that  is  among  the  people,  and  of  the  idols  that 
they  do  worship,  and  of  other  things  '  that  they  do  use  above  nature.' 
Their  temples  aud  their  various  ceremonies,  burying  of  the  dead, 
mourning,  marriages,  d&c,  are  all  briefly  noticed.  Parke's  account 
of  the  poor  tallies  badly  with  what  exists  in  these  degenerate  times. 
The  luxury  of  smoking  opium  was  unknown  in  his  day.  Respect- 
ing the  poor  he  says : 

"  Manie  things  of  great  gouernment  hath  beene  and  shall  be  de- 
clared in  this  bistorie  worthie  to  be  considered :  and  in  my  opinion, 
this  is  not  the  least  that  is  contayned  in  this  chapter,  which  is  such 
order  as  the  king  and  his  counsell  hath  giuen  that  the  poore  may  not 
gO!a  begging  in  the  streets,  nor  in  the  temples  whereas  they  make 
orations  vuio  their  idols :  for  the  auoyding  therof  the  king  hath  set 
downe  an  order,  vpon  great  and  greeuous  penal  tie  to  be  executed 
upon  the  saide  poore,  if  they  do  begge  or  craue  in  the  streetes,  and  a 
greater  penaltie  vpon  the  citizens  or  townes  men,  if  they  do  give  vnto 
any  such  that  beggeih,  but  must  incontinent  go  and  complaine  on 
them  to  the  justice :  who  is  one  that  is  called  the  justice  of  the  poore 
ordayned  to  punish  such  as  doo  breake  the  lawe,  and  is  one  of  the 
principallest  of  the  citie  or  towne,  and  hath  no  other  charge  but  only 
this.  And  for  that  the  townes  be  great  and  many  and  so  full  of  peo- 
ple, and  an  infinite  nomber  of  villages,  whereas  it  cannot  be  chosen 
but  there  is  many  borne  lame,  and  other  misfortunes,  so  that  he  is 
not  idle  but  alwaies  occupied  in  giuing  order  to  remedie  the  necessi- 
ties of  the  poore  without  breaking  of  the  lawe.  This  judge  the  first 
day  that  bee  doth  enter  into  his  office,  hee  commaundeth  that 
whatsoeuer  children  be  borne  a  creeple  in  any  part  of  his  members, 
or  by  sicknes  be  taken  lame,  or  by  any  other  misfortune,  that  incon- 
tinent their  fathers  or  mothers  doo  giue  the  judge  to  vnderstande 
thereof  that  he  may  prouide  for  all  things  necessarie,  according  vnto 
the  ordinance  and  will  of  the  king  and  his  counsell,  the  which  is,  the 
man  child  or  woman  child,  being  brought  before  him,  and  scene  the 
default  or  lacke  that  it  hath,  if  it  be  so  that  with  the  same  it  may 
exercise  any  occupation,  they  giue  and  limit  a  time  vnto  the  parents, 
for  to  teach  the  child  that  occupation  ordayned  by  the  judge,  and  it 
is  such,  as  with  their  larnenes  they  may  vse  without  any  impediment, 
the  which  is  accomplished  without  faile :  but  if  it  so  be  that  his  larne- 
nes is  such,  that  it  is  impossible  to  learne  or  exercise  any  occupation, 

VOL.   X.    NO.    v.  3"^ 


'ioO  Historic  vj  the  Mightit  Kifigdome  of  China.  Mav, 

this  judge  of  the  poore  doth  command  the  father  to  sustaiiie  and  main* 
taine  him  in  his  uwne  house  all  the  dayea  of  his  life,  if  that  hee  hath 
wherewithall :  if  not,  or  that  hee  is  fatherlesse,  then  the  next  rich 
kinsman  must  maintaine  it :  if  he  hath  none  such,  then  doth  all  his 
parents  and  kinsfolkes  contribute  and  pay  their  parentes,  or  give  of 
sUch  thinges  as  they  haue  in  their  houses.  But  if  it  hath  no  parentes, 
or  they  be  so  poore,  that  they  cannot  contribute  nor  supply  any  part 
thereof:  then  doth  the  king  maintaine  them  in  verie  ample  manner 
of  his  owne  costes  in  liospitalles,  verie  sumptuous,  that  be  hath  in 
euerie  citie  throughout  his  kingdome  for  the  same  effect  and  purpose: 
in  the  same  hospitalles  are  likewise  maintayned,  all  such  needie  and 
olde  men,  as  haue  spent  all  their  youth  in  the  wars,  and  are  not  able 
to  maintaine  themselves :  so  that  to  the  one  and  the  other  is  minis- 
tred  all  that  is  needofuil  and  necessarie,  and  that  with  great  diligence 
and  care:  and  for  the  better  accomplishing  of  the  same,  the  judge 
doth  put  verie  good  order,  and  dooth  appoint  one  of  the  principallest 
of  the  citie  or  towne,  to  be  the  administrator,  without  whose  licence, 
there  is  not  one  within  that  hospital  I  that  can  goe  foorth  of  the 
limittes:  for  that  licence  is  not  granted  vnto  anie,  neyther  doo  they 
demaund  it,  for  that  there  they  are  prouided  of  all  thinges  necessarie 
so  long  as  they  doo  Hue,  as  well  for  apparell  as  for  victualles.  Besides 
all  this,  the  olde  folkes  and  poore  men  within  the  hospitall,  doo  bring 
vpp  hennes,  chickens,  and  hogges  for  their  owne  recreation  and  pro- 
fit, wherein  they  doo  delight  themselues.  The  judge  doth  visite 
often  times  the  administrator  by  him  appointed.  Likewise  the  judge 
is  visited  by  another  that  commeth  from  the  court,  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  the  king  and  the  counsell  to  the  same  effect :  and  to  visite 
all  such  hospitalles  as  bee  in  the  prouincea  limited  in  his  commission, 
and  if  they  doo  iinde  any  that  hath  not  executed  his  office  in  right 
and  iustice,  then  they  doo  displace  them,  and  punishe  them  verie  rigo- 
rouslie :  by  reason  whereof  all  such  officers  have  great  care  of  their 
charges  and  Hue  vprightly,  hauing  before  their  eyes  the  straight  ac- 
count which  they  must  giue,  and  the  cruell  rewarde  if  to  the  con- 
trarie.  The  blinde  folkes  in  this  countrie  are  not  accounted  in  the 
number  of  those  that  of  necessitie  are  to  bee  maintayned  by  their 
kinsfolkes,  or  by  the  king :  for  they  are  constrayned  to  worke,  as  to 
grind  with  a  querne  wheate  or  rice,  or  to  blowe  smythes  bellowes, 
or  such  like  occupation,  that  they  have  no  neede  of  their  sight.  And 
if  it  be  a  blinde  woman,  when  she  commeth  vnto  age,  she  doth  vse 
the  office  of  women  of  love,  of  which  sorte  there  are  a  great  number 
in  publike  places,  as  shall  bee  declared  in-  the  chapter  for  that  pur- 


Id4l.  Chusan  Archipelaga.  251 

pose.  These  haiie  women  that  doo  tende  vpon  them,  and  doo  paint 
and  trim  them  vp,  and  they  are  sueh  Chat  with  pure  age  did  leaue 
that  office.  So  by  this  order  in  all  this  kingdome,  although  it 
be  great,  and  the  people  infinite  ;  yet  there  is  no  poore  that  dooth 
perish  nor  begge  in  the  streetes,  as  was  apparent  vnto  the  austere 
and  barefoote  fryers,  and  the  rest  that  went  with  them  into  that 
countrie." 

These  extracts  must  suffice.  The  subsequent  chapters  of  this  first 
part  of  the  book  are  occupied  with  moral  and  political  topics.  The 
remainder  of  the  pages  are  filled  with  miscellaneous  matters,  curious 
and  miraculous— *at  least,  the  agthpr  doth  so  aver.  The  story  of 
Limahon,  and  the  particulars  of  his  attack  on  Manila,  are  related  at 
great  length.  This  roving  pirate  came  into  notice  about  1570,  and 
the  narrative,  *done  into  plain  Euglish,'  would  be  worth  reading. 
The  notices  of  several  Spanish  friars,  who  visited  the  coast  of  China 
about  the  same  time,  are  not  without  interest  and  instruction.  But 
we  must  close  the  boo|<. 


Art.  II        Chusan    Archipelago:  sailing   directions ,  derived  from 
nautical  surveys,  made  by  //.  B,  M.^s   squadron  in  1840-41. 

[We  are  proud  of  beinff  able  to  lay  before  our  readers  the  collection  of  very 
valuable  details  comprised  in  the  following  article ;  as  surveys  progress  and 
extend,  we  hope  often  to  have  the  pleasure  of  furnishing  them  with  many 
similar  communications.  While  making  grateful  acknowledgement  for  this 
paper,  wo  beg  to  solicit  from  friends  (and  from  strangers  also)  such  addition- 
al information  as  it  may  be  in  their  power  to  communicate.] 

The  ^  |(i  Kew  shan  (or  Quesan  islands)  are  eleven  in  number, 

besides    several  rocks.     The  largest  is  three    miles  long,    and  its 

greatest  breadth  1^  mile ;  in  some  places,  however,  it  is  not  more 

than  a  cable  *  or  a  cable  and  a  half  wide :  the  others  are  much  smaller, 

varying  from  J  to  ^  of  a  mile  in  extent.    They  are  thickly  populated, 

probably  to  the  amount  of  1500  inhabitants,  who  primpally  subsist 

on  fish.    They  have  goats,  pigs,  and  fowls.    The  sweet  potatoe  is 

cultivated  upon  most  of  the  islands,  and  forms  during  the  winter  their 

principal  article  of  food. 

The  geographical  extent  of  the  group  is  from  lat.  29"*  ZV^  N.,  to 
29^  28'  N.,  and  from  long.  122'  10'  to  122'  Ig'J  C- 

*    A  cable's  length  is  one  tenth  of  a  mile. 


252  Chuian  Archipelago.  Mav, 

Paiahecock  or  Ptitszeked,  The  south-easternmosit  island  is  called 
Patahecock  (/^fz!  P|  Patsze  ked.ox  the  'letter  P&  Point/  so 
named  from  its  resemblance  to  the  form  of  the  character  y\?) 
Its  flat  and  table  appearance  will  cause  it  to  be  easily  recognised, 
when  compared  with  the  adjacent  islands  to  the  south,  ^  ^J  Hlh- 
shan  or  Hesan,  which  are  rugged  and  uneven.  Four  small  islets  lie 
off  its  northeastern  shore,  and  one  off  the  southern.  The  summit  is 
more  than  450  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  in  lat.  29^  22'  N., 
and  122''  13^  40''  E.  The  northeastern  islet  of  the  group  is  a  nar- 
row cliff,  an  islet  uninhabited.  To  the  westward  are  four  small  islands, 
inhabited  and  cultivated ;  and  north  of  them,  three  cables,  is  a  flat 
precipitous  rock;  its  colored  appearance  renders  it  remarkable,  being 
composed  of  red  porphyritic  hornstone.  This  face  of  the  island  may 
be  approached  without  danger. 

The  westernmost  island  is  the  second  in  size  and  attains  an  eleva- 
tion of  400  feet.  The  body  of  the  large  island  lies  due  south  from 
it.  Between  the  two  is  a  mud  bank,  gradually  shoaling  to  the  shore 
of  the  large  island.  By  keeping  the  western  extreme  of  the  west  island 
to  the  eastward  of  N.N. E.,  not  less  than  3  fathoms  will  be  found  and 
good  holding  ground  without  much  swell.  The  highest  part  of  the 
large  island  forms  a  sharp  peak,  near  the  western  extreme,  and  is 
490  feet  high.  The  coast  line  of  the  island  consists  of  steep  high 
cliffs,  with  the  exception  of  six  small  sandy  bays. 

South,  and  separated  by  a  channel  a  cable  and  a  half  wide,  there 
is  another  island,  which  is  also  high,  with  steep  cliffs.  Off  the  west- 
ern point  is  a  half  tide  rock,  and  a  reef  runs  off  from  its  south 
extreme. 

Holdemess  Rock.  The  Holderness  rock  lies  N.  88^  W.  1  mile 
from  the  highest  part  of  this  island.  It  has  1  fathom  over  it,  and 
breaks  occasionally.  From  it,  the  highest  part  of  the  western  island 
bears  N.  24*"  E;  a  small  peaked  islet  to  the  S.E.S.  52''  E.,  and  Pa- 
tahecock table,  S.  &f  £.  The  reef  of  rocks,  lying  off  the  south  ex- 
treme of  the  nearest  island,  being  in  line  with  it. 

Sunken  rock.  Another  sunken  rock,  with  only  three  quarters  of  a 
fathom  on  it^i^s  i^.  SO**  W.  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  summit 
of  the  island,  south  of  the  large  Kewshan,  and  N.  TO**  W.  from  Pata- 
hecock, the  east  extreme  of  the  large  island  being  in  line  with  the 
east  extreme  of  the  nearest  island  bearing  N.  50"*  E.  Thfe  inhabit 
tants  were  civil,  and  sold  their  pigs,  potatoes,  and  goats  readily. 
Fresh  water  probably  could  not  be  procured  in  any  quantity. 

During  the  expedition  against  Chusan  in  1840,  M.  M.  ship  Pyladea 


1841.  Chusaii  Afchiptiago.  253 

encountered  three  piratical  junks  here,  one  of  which  wns  taken  and 
burnt.  The  inhabitants  did  not  appear  to  participate  at  all  in  the 
crimes  of  these  marauders,  and  expressed  themselves  well  pleased  at 
their  being  driven  away. 

Cape  Montague,  Several  small  islets  lie  off  Cape  Montague  (or 
D9  ^  ULl  Szcchaou  shan),  the  depth  of  water  close  into  them 
being  4^  and  5  fathoms.  The  cape  is  in  latitude  29°  10'  N.,  and 
longitude  122°  5'  £.  A  passage  exists  between  it  and  the  main, 
which  is  used  by  the  junks.  Between  it  and  BuflTaloe's  Nose  many 
deep  inlets  occur,  which  render  the  extremity  of  the  continent 
doubtful. 

Half  Tide  Rock.  The  half  tide  rock  lays  S.  32°  W.  from  Pata- 
hecock  7.8  miles,  being  in  a  straight  line  for  Cape  Montague  and  from 

the  Bear  (an  island  called  ^  S  ill  '^^■nAh  sh^n  by  the  Chinese, 
with  a  sharp  peak  at  its  eastern  extreme),  S.  42°  E.  11  miles.  It  is 
uncovered  two  thirds  of  the  tide.  High  tide  and  smooth  water  some- 
times prevent  its  being  seen. 

High  Water,  The  time  of  high  water  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
Kewsan  islands  is  2h,  30m.  before  the  moon's  transit,  and  the  rise  and 
fall  14  feet.  The  change  in  the  direction  of  the  stream  does  not  take 
place  until  2  hours  subsequent  to  the  change  in  depth.  The  flood 
tide  comes  from  the  southward  and  seldom  exceeds  2  knots  per  hour. 
The  variation  of  the  compass  (1840)  is  1°  57'  westerly. 

Between  the  Kewshan  group  and  the  Bear,  the  depth  of  water 
varies  from  3^^  to  6  fathoms,  gradually  shoaling  towards  the  latter. 
Two  small  groups  of  islands  lie  between  the  Half-tide  rock  and  the 
Bear,  lying  5  miles  from  the  main.  From  the  N.E.  extreme  of  the 
Kewshan  islands,  Buifaloe's  Nose  bears  N.  53°  W.,  16  miles^  and  a 
small  rock  called  the  Mouse  (nearly  level  with  the  water's  edge  at 
high  water)  N.  24°  W.  6  miles. 

The  Whelps.  The  Whelps  are  a  group  of  four  small  islands,  N. 
70°  W.,  10  miles  from  the  Kewshan. 

Starboard  Jack.  Starboard  Jack  is  a  low  flat  reef  with  two  rocks 
off  its  eastern  ends,  N.  47  W.,  10  miles  from  the  Kewsan. 

Corkers.  Between  Starboard  Jack  and  the  outer  rock  or  the  Cor- 
kers, (a  number  of  isolated  reefs  lying  between  the  Whdps  and 
Buffaloe-s  Nose),  the  distance  is  3^  miles,  with  a  depth  of  from  5  to  6 
fathoms.  The  outer  rock  of  the  Corkers  is  occasionally  covered,  and 
bears  from  the  extreme  of  Buffaloe's  Nose  S.  31°  E.  Two  islets,  a 
cable's  length  farther  to  the  westward,  are  always  above  water,  and 
will  s;ive  warning  should  the  sea  not  break  on  the  outer  rocks. 


2<'>4  Chtismi  Arrhiprfagn.  Mav, 

Tinker.  N.  20''  E.  1 J  mile  from  thn  Starhnnrd  Jack,  is  the  Tinker 
(a  cliff  steep  rock  80  feet  above  the  water).  This  passage  has  G^ 
fathoms  water,  and  will  be  fonnd  the  more  eligible  of  the  two,  during 
the  N.W.  monsoon,  as  vessels  will  be  farther  to  windward  and  have 
better  anchorage  under  Luhwang,  than  they  would  at  BufTaloe's  Nose. 
A  sunken  rock  lies  S.  56**  C.  (nearly  in  line  with  the  Mouse)  from 
the  Tinker,  distant  2  cables. 

Buffaloe*$  Nose.  BufTaloe's  Nose  ( lh>  ^  lij  New  pe  shan)  is 
1^  mile  from  north  to  south,  and  three  quarters  from  east  to  west. 
Its  eastern  shore  is  rocky,  and  off  the  western  extreme  lies  a  small 
islet.  The  western  shore  has  several  deep  indentations,  one  of  which 
nearly  separates  the  island  into  two  parts.  The  harbor  is  formed 
between  this  island  and  the  Ploughman,  and  is  secure ;  during  the 
northwesterly  monsoon,  however,  the  wind  blows  directly  through, 
and  occasional  violent  squalls  are  experienced. 

Fresh  provisions  and  water  may  be  obtained  here,  but  the  supply 
of  the  latter  is  not  always  certain.  On  the  main  (two  miles  distant) 
are  several  villages,  the  inhabitants  of  which  showed  themselves  hos* 
tile,  and  endeavored  to  intimidate  us  from  landing.  There  are  three 
peaks  on  the  island,  the  central  of  which  is  the  highest,  being  about 
500  feet  above  the  sea.  Near  the  northern  extreme  the  island  is  per- 
forated, whence  its  name  is  supposed  to  be  derived. 

Ploughman,  The  largest  island  of  the  Ploughman  ,  which  is  si- 
tuated in  latitude  29'  37'  N.,  longitude  122'  0'  15^'  E.  lies  W.N.W. 
nearly  1  mile  from  Buffaloe's  Nose,  the  depth  of  water  varying  from 
5  to  18  fathoms.  It  is  an  even  flat-topped  island,  with  a  reef  extend- 
ing from  its  northeastern  extreme;  another  reef  lies  N.  34'  W.,  4  ca- 
bles from  its  N.E.  extreme.  The  other  two  islands  are  narrow  and 
small,  and  lie  to  the  N.W.  of  the  large  one.  The  junks  usually  pass 
inside  the  Ploughman  and  the  Buffaloe's,  and  to  the  westward  of  the 
Corkers.  The  passage  is  not  recommended  for  square  rigged  ves- 
sels, as  there  are  many  reefs  and  the  tides  are  strong. 

Meson  and  Lanjett  The  islands  of  iVfesan  and  Lanjett  lie  three 
quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  N.E.  of  the  Tinker.  There  are  four  large, 
and  several  smaller  islets  or  rocks.  The  largest  is  not  a  mile  in  ex- 
tent and  about  400  feet  high.  Its  barren  summit  forms  one  of  the 
roost  remarkable  features  in  the  Buffaloe's  Nose  passage.  In  the 
channel,  between  it  and  the  Tinker,  there  is  7  and  8  fathoms  :  sunk- 
en rocks  extend  a  short  distance  from  both  shores. 

Harbor.  Between  this  group  and  Front  island,  which  lies  3  miles 
to  the  li.E.y  is  the  entrance  to  a  convenient  harbor  (in  the  north- 


1841.  Chusun  Af'chiptla^o.  ^5J.5 

west  nioiii>ooii).  A  small  castellated  rock  lies  near  the  centre,  and 
the  depth  of  the  water  varies  from  5  to  9  fathoms. 

Lowang.  The  southren  face  of  Ix)wang  or  Luhwang  has  two 
deep  indentations,  with  sandy  baytj,  and  a  reef  extends  from  the 
point  opposite  to  Mesan  and  Lanjett  3  cables.  The  reefs  also  extend 
from  the  northern  extreme  of  the  Mesan  and  Lanjett  group  5  cables, 
narrowing  the  passage  to  less  than  a  mile.  From  the  small  castellat- 
ed rock  above  mentioned,  a  N.  64**  W.  course  will  carry  you  to 
Tree*a-top  (a  small  island  without  a  tree  on  it,  at  the  entrance  of 
Gough's  and  Duffield's  passage),  and.  keep  a  mid  channel  course  be- 
tween the  reefs.  The  coast  line  of  Lowang  immediately  after  the 
reef  point  trends  to  the  northward,  forming  a  deep  bay  which  extends 
to  the  entrance  of  Duffield's  passage. 

South  1  mile  from  the  first  island  in  the  bay  is  a  mud  bank  with 
3^  fathoms:  to  avoid  which,  you  can  keep  the  island  on  board, 
avoiding  a  rock  half  a  cable  from  its  extreme. 

From  this  island  to  Dufiield's  reef,  (which  lies  off  the  western  en* 
trance  to  Duffield's  passage,  and  consists  of  throe  rocks,  with  a  sunk- 
en rock  between  them  and  Lowang,)  there  is  5  to  9  fathoms,  good 
holding  ground. 

Buffaloe's  Nose  through  DuffitUJUs  passage.  From  the  anchorage 
at  Buffaloe's  Nose,  Tree*a-top  island  bears  N.  4"*  W.,  5J  miles:  it  is 
about  4  cables  in  circumference,  and  180  feet  high.  There  is  a  pile 
of  stones  on  the  summit,  but  no  tree. 

Duffield's,  or  the  passage  between  the  islands  of  Lowang  and 
Futoo  shan,  is  the  nearest  towards  Ketow  point. 

When  between  Duffield's  reef  and  Tree-a-top,  the  water  suddenly 
deepens  from  5^  to  40  fathoms.  The  course  through  is  N.N.E.  3.7 
miles.  It  is  1.2  mile  broad  at  the  entrance,  and  5  cables  at  the  nar- 
rowest part,  which  is  near  the  centre.  On  the  Futoo  shan  shore  are 
several  small  islets,  and  off  the  fourth  point  on  the  Lowang  side  is  a 
reef  one  cable  from  the  shore.  The  Lowang  shore  otherwise  is  very 
steep,  having  35  fathoms  to  within  a  cable  of  the  mud.  On  the  Fu- 
too shan  side,  among  the  islets,  the  water  shoals  to  4^  and  5  fathoms, 
where  a  ship  may  stop  a  tide  if  necessary. 

Between  the  Notches  (2  small  islands  in  the  centre  of  the  passage) 
and  Futoo  shan  is  a  half-tide  rock ;  unless  it  shows,  vessels  should 
not  tack  within  the  Notches  so  as  to  fetch  to  the  westward  of  them. 

The  Bird  rock  lies  off  the  north  end  of  the  passage,  and  has  a 
stone  pillar  on  it.  It  is  one  cable  from  the  shore.  The  distance  from 
hence  to  Ruund-about  inland  (olT  Ketow  point)  is  9  miles,  N.  25''  E. 


'ioO  Chnsan  Archipeldgo,  Mav, 

Oough^s  passage.  This  passage  (by  far  the  best  of  any  leading 
to  Chusaii)  is  formed  by  Futoo  shan  on  the  east,  and  the  Central  is- 
lands (four  in  number)  on  the  west.  In  the  passage  both  shores  arc 
steep  to ;  but  south  of  the  southern  islet  of  the  central  group  is  a 
shoal,  of  which  the  lead  will  give  warning.  The  passage  is  1.4  mile 
through,  and  5  cables  wide. 

Robertas  passage,  *  Robert's  best  passage '  is  formed  by  the  Cen- 
tral islands  on  the  east,  and  the  mud  extending  from  Mei  shan 
on  the  west,  which  dries  one  mile  from  the  solid  ground.  The 
boundary  of  the  passage  westerly,  therefore,  is  not  known,  except  at 
low  water,  the  lead  giving  no  warning.  The  depth  of  water  varies 
from  6  to  40  fathoms.  The  channel  is  1 .8  mile  through,  and  5  cables 
wide. 

Ketow  or  Kitto  jhjj^  ^S  (also  on  some  Chinese  maps  written 
mt  QS)-  The  course,  afler  you  are  -through  these  two  passage?, 
for  Ketow  point,  will  be  N.  41°  E ,  9^  miles.  Anchorage  will  be 
found  anywhere  along  the  Ketow  shore,  until  one  mile  to  the  north- 
ward of  Singlosan,  a  small  islet  near  the  Ketow  shore,  where  the 
water  deepens  suddenly ;  and  as  there  is  no  anchorage  beyond  this, 
until  you  get  to  Elephant  island,  ships  are  advised  not  to  proceed, 
unless  they  have  sufficient  wind  or  tide  to  carry  them  in. 

Tides,  In  these  passages  the  first  of  the  flood  comes  from  the 
northward,  and  runs  sometinfes  for  three  hours  before  it  takes  the 
same  direction  as  the  ocean  tide. 

Ten  foot  Junk  passage.  Between  Mei  shan  and  the  Ketow 
shore  there  is  a  narrow  passage  2^  cables  wide.  It  has  deep  water 
5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  through,  until  yon  arrive  at  its  southern  extrem- 
ity, where  it  shoals  considerably.  There  may  be  more  than  10  feet, 
as  only  one  line  of  soundings  was  run  across  the  bar.  There  is  how-^ 
ever  no  likelihood  of  its  ever  being  used.  Near  the  centre  of  the 
passage,  on  the  Ketow  side,  there  is  a  custom-house,  and  two  canals 
which  communicate  with  large  villages  in  the  neighborhood. 

Kwdkeu  so  ^  |&  j^.  Two  miles  from  the  northern  entrance 
is  the  walled  town  of  Kwokeu,  a  military  station  ;  interruption  to  our 
sounding  operations  in  1840  was  experienced  from  this  quarter. 

The  several  islands  which  form  these  passages  may  be  here  briefly 
described. 

Lotoang  or  Luhwang  ^  t^  is  OJ  miles  long,  and  6  miles  across, 
at  the  broadest  part,  which  is  the  western  extreme.  Near  the  centre 
it  is  little  more  than  two  miles  across,  and  very  little  elevated  above 
ihc  level  of  the  sea.     The  southeast  body  of  the  island  rises  to  the 


height  of  dG5  feet,  being  a  conical  bnre  hill.  On  the  isthmus  i^  an 
isolated  peak.  On  the  northwestern  side  of  the  island  aro  Ave  high 
|ieaks,  the  highest  being  020  feet  above  mean  -tide  level.  The  south- 
western  coast  has  been  already  described  :  thai  io  the  west,  in  the 
Duffield's  passage,  has  several  small  bays,  with  stone  einbankment5 
stretching  from  point  to  point,  by  which  means  a  considerable 
quantity  of  land  has  been  gained  from  the  sea.  The  points  of  these 
bays  form  nearly  a  straight  line.  Beyond  the  Bird  rock,  the  coastline 
takes  a  sudden  turn  to  the  northeast.  Cape  Lowang,  the  northern 
extreme  of  the  island  is  high  and  bold.  The  island  is  26  miles  iu 
circuniference,  very  populous,  and    well  cultivated. 

Futoo  skan  Y&  Sj^  |.L]-  Futoo  shan  is  not  quite  three  miles 
long  and  one  broad  :  the  southern  extreme  forms  a  narrow  point,  con- 
nected, at  low  water,  with  St.  Andrew's.  The  channel  between  the 
point  and  Tree-a-top  is  3^  cables  wide,  and  has  deep  water.  A  spit 
runs  off  the  northern  extreme  of  Futoo  shan,  to  the  northward  of 
which  are  three  small  islands. 

Central  islands.  The  south-western  most  of  the  Central  islands  is 
a  small  islet,  connected  by  a  reef  and  spit  with  the  next,  which  is 
the  largest  of  the  group.  This  island  is  one  quarter  of  a  mile  long, 
and  is  the  resort  of  several  fishermen,  whose  stakes  and  nets  in  7  fa- 
thoms water  will  be  seen  in  the  neighborhood. 

3Iei  shan  j^  |J_|  (or  Plum  island)  appears  formerly  to  have 
been  eight  islands,  now  however  united  by  substantial  stone  walls, 
one  of  which  is  I^  mile  in  extent.  The  mnd^  dries  1^  mile  from 
its  southern  extreme,  and  2j^  cables  from  the  northern.  Oflf  the 
northwest  side  are  two  small  islands,  from  the  northernmost  of  which 
a  shoal  extends  northerly,  there  being  3  fathoms  at  the  distance  of  4 
cables  from  the  shore.  By  keeping  the  Central  islands  open  of  the 
two  islands  mentioned  above,  until  you  are  passed  them  half  a  mile, 
the  shoal  will  be  avoided,  and' the  Ketow  shore  may  be  approached 
with  safety. 

Teaauchow  3Iun  ^  ^  p^.  The  passage  next  to  BufTaloe's 
Nose  is  called  Teaouchow  mun  by  the  Chinese.  The  entrance  to  it 
is  N.  8*  E,  18  miles  from  the  northeast  extreme  of  the  Kewshan 
islands. 

The  island  called  Beak  Head  (or  ^  ^  ll|  Tuirglo  shan)  forms 
its  southwest  extreme,  off  the  east  end  of  which  lie  three  small  islets; 
and  two  hummocks  near  the  end  of  the  island,  render  it  sufficiently 
remarkable.  Between  the  Beak  Head  and  Front  islands  are  three 
islets  and  a  rock,  which,  with  Lowang,  form  Harbor  Rouse. 

VOL.    X.    NO.    V.  33 


'^58  Ckusttii  Archipclttgo.  Mav, 


There  is  a  narrow  passage,  having  3^  Tathoins,  between  Lowang 
and  the  Beak  Head,  but  there  would  be  no  object  in  using  it,  while 
there  are  other  passages  so  much  superior. 

Beak  Head  is  5  miles  long,  and  very  narrow  IJ  mile  from  the 
east  extreme.  Two  reefs  lie  close  in  shore  upon  the  northeastern  side. 
The  distance  across  to  Vernon  island  or  Heake  is  2.8  miles,  with 
18  and  20  fathoms.  Near  the  west  extreme  of  Beak  Head  the 
channel  narrows  to  5  cables,  and  there  is  no  bottom  with  34  fathoms. 
A  reef  of  rocks,  the  northernmost  of  which  is  always  above  water, 
bounds  the  channel  on  the  south  side;  and  an  island  with  a  conical 
hill  and  two  small  islets  on  its  south  side,  bound  it  on  the  northern  : 
this  island  is  situated  midway  between  Vernon  and  Beak  Head ;  be- 
tween it  and  the  former  are  two  small  islets  and  a  reef,  which  render 
the  channel,  on  that  side,  more  intricate. 

Having  steered  N.  59"*  W.,  8.^  miles  from  the  entrance  you  will 
pass  another  island,  to  the  northwest  of  which  good  anchorage  will 
be  found,  in  9  to  ID  fathoms.  The  same  course,  and  4  miles  farther 
will  carry  you  clear  of  the  passage.  On  the  north  side  of  the  chan- 
nel are  four  small  islets,  and  between  them  and  Taou-hwa  shan  is  an 
archipelago  of  reefs  and  islands.  There  is  a  passage  through  into  the 
Heake  mun,  but  it  is  awkward  for  sailing  vessels.  On  the  Lo- 
wang side  is  a  reef,  and  an  islet,  with  a  small  pinnacle  on  it  The 
reef  bears  S.  34°  E.  from  cape  Lowang,  and  is  generally  uncovered. 
The  mud  dries  7  cables  off  Lowang  .in  the  bight.  Vessels,  there- 
fore, beating  through,  should  not  stand  into  this  shore,  so  as  to  bring 
cape  Lowang  to  the  northward  of  the  bearing  given  above  to  avoid 
the  reef  On  this  side  of  Lowang  it  will  be  found  difficult  to  land, 
except  at  high  water. 

The  southeast  passage,  or  Heake  mun,  j^  j^  ^^,  lies  five 
miles  further  to  the  northward.  It  is  formed  by  Vernon  island  on 
the  south,  and  Taouhwa  shan  on  the  north.  The  east  extreme  of  the 
former  island  is  rugged,  with  large  boulders  of  granite.  There  is  a 
cove  at  this  end  of  the  island,  which  runs  in  three  quarters  of  a  mile, 
and  would  afford  good  shelter  for  boats. 

Vernon  island  (Heake  shan  l|^  |ll^  lLi  ^^  Crab-cape  island)  is 
five  miles  long.  On  the  northwest  side  of  the  island  there  is  a  long 
bay,  where  vessels  may  anchor  in  4  to  5  fathoms,  and  procure  water 
from  the  island  of  Taouhwa  shan  opposite.  There  are  several  cas- 
cades, and  the  water  might  be  obtained  without  removing  the  casks 
from  the  boats.  The  passage  here  is  1^  mile  wide.  Six  miles  fioni 
the  cuirance  it  narrows  to  \ih  cables.     Two*  small  iblaiids  and  some 


1841.  Chnsan  Anhipelagn.  259 

rocks  on  the  Taoiihwa  shan  side,  and  an  island  with  a  sharp  peak 
(half  a  cable  off  the  northern  extreme  of  which  is  a  rock),  form  the 
boundaries. 

Tatm-'hwa  shan  (Idk  'ip  iX|)  shore  is  bold  and  precipitous.  The 
peak  rises  to  the  height  of  16ti0  feet.  Near  the  western  end  the  island 
becomes  very  low,  rising  however  again  towards  the  extreme,  where 
it  is  surmounted  by  a  peculiar  crag,  which  will  be  recognized  nearly 
throughout  all  the  southeastern  part  of  the  archipelago. 

The  depth  of  water  in  the  channel  is  60  fathoms  in  some  parts, 
and  the  tide  is  very  strong.  It  will,  however,  be  found  a  convenient 
passage  to  sea  from  Chusan  during  the  northwesterly  monsoon  :  the 
distance  from  Elephant  island  to  the  open  sea,  by  this  passage,  being 
only  17  Tniles.  It  should  not  however  be  attempted  in  light  winds, 
as  vessels  are  liable  to  be  becalmed,  and  to  experience  flaws,  under 
the  high  land  of  Taouhwa  shan.  The  passage  is  8  miles  through, 
and  from  its  northeast  entrance  to  Round-about  island  the  distance 
is  5  miles,  N.  4  r  W. 

Sarah  Galley  passage.  This  passage  is  by  no  means  so  eligible 
as  those  already  mentioned.  The  entrance  is  situated  N.  12°  £.,  21 
miles  from  the  Kewshah  group,  near  which  will  be  seen  the  Jansen 
rock,  a  steep  cliff  islet  with  a  reef  1.]-  cable  from  the  east  extreme. 
Another  rock,  uncovered  at  half  title,  bears  from  the  Jansen  S.  25"* 
W.,  1.3  mile.  From  it  the  highest  part  of  Oswamong  island  bears 
N.  IS""  W.,  1.8  mile,  and  the  highest  part  of  Taouhwa  shan  S.  S"*  E. 
The  coast  line  of  Oswamong  is  high  cliffs,  and  off  the  southeastern 
extreme  is  a  ledge  of  rocks. 

Oswamong  is  called  by  the  Chinese  ^  ifh  Woosha,  or  Usha, 
that  is, '  Black  sand.' 

Two  patches  of  rock.  South  of  Oswamong,  5  cables,  are  two 
patches  of  rock,  lying  northwest-half-west  and  southeast-half-east 
from  each  other,  not  quite  2  cables  apart.  From  the  southeastern 
patch  the  Jansen  bears  N.  52**  E.,  and  a  flat  peaked  island  between 
them  and  Taouhwa  shan  S.  16°  E.  Very  high  tides  may  cover  them, 
but  they  are  generally  above  water.  The  distance  between  them 
and  some  rocks  extending  from  the  north  extreme  of  the  flat  peaked 
island  is  7  cables.  There  is  no  bottom  with  31  fathoms  in  the  vici- 
nity of  the  rocks,  afler  passing  which  the  course  is  west  2}  miles, 
leaving  two  small  islets  with  a  reef  between  them  to  the  southward. 
The  channel  is  here  7  cables  broad,  between  Tangfow  on  the  south, 
and  an  island  (with  a  hut  on  its  summit  and  a  reef  of  rocks  off  the 
southeast  extreme)  to  the  northward.    From  hence  the  course  is  S. 


3G0  Chusan  Archipelago.  May, 

50""  W.,  1.7  mile.  The  channel  is  now  1^  mile  broad,  between  a 
small  island  with  two  hummocks  (nearly  divided  at  the  centre,)  and 
an  island  to  the  westward  with  a  building,  something  similar  to  a 
Druidical  temple,  on  its  summit ;  between-  this  island  and  Chookea 
tseen,  the  mud  dries  nearly  all  the  way,  leaving  only  a  small  passage 
for  boats.  In  standing  over  to  the  Chookeatseen  shore,  vessels  should 
not  bring  a  small  flat  islet  (with  two  rocks  off  its  southeast  extreme) 
to  bear  to  the  southward  of  S.  15**  W.,  as  the  depth  of  water  decreas- 
es very  suddenly.  Off  the  eastern  end  of  the  island,  with  the  Druidi- 
cal temple  on  it,  the  small  flat  island  (above  mentioned),  which  is  at 
the  west  extreme  of  the  Sarith  Galley  passage,  bears  S.  21°  W.,  2.6 
miles.  Before  reaching  the  flat  island  the  southeast  extreme  of  Chu* 
san  will  be  seen.  There  is  a  bulding  constructed  of  slabs  of  stone 
(similar  to  the  one  already  mentioned  on  the  island,)  on  the  hills 
over  the  point,  and  a  small  tower  or  a  fort  near  the  water's  edge. 
From  the  flat  island  to  Round-about  island  the  distance  is  7.7  miles, 
W.  7'  S. 

Between  Chookeatseen  and  Oswamong there  is  another  navigable 
passage,  two  cables  wide,  which  may  be  used  with  a  fair  wind,  by 
which  means  the  reefs  in  the  entrance  uf  the  Sarah  Galley  passage 
will  be  avoided.  Off  the  north  end  of  Oswamong  is  a  small  island. 
The  passage  between  Tangfow  and  Taouhwa  shan  isi  very  narrow 
in  one  part. 

Chookea  tseen  (^  ^  ^  or  Choo's  Peak,)  is  6  miles  from  east 
to  west.  The  west  line  has  many  deep  indentations,  some  of  which 
are  inclosed  from  the  sea  by  stone  walls.  On  the  eastern  extreme  are 
4  remarkably  high  peaks ;  and  near  the  centre  of  the  island  is  a  smooth 
cone-topped  one,  which  is  1164  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and 
forms  one  of  the  most  remarkable  features  in  this  part  of  the  archi- 
pelago. On  the  west  face  of  the  island  are  several  sandy  bays,  and 
the  hills  in  this  neighborhood  are  covered  with  large  isolated  masses 
of  granite.  Off  its  northeast  extreme  is  a  group,  consisting  of  five 
islands ;  and  to  the  eastern  are  three  small  islets,  the  outermost  of 
which  is  8|  miles  distant.  A  half-tide  rock  bears  N.  H""  E.,  7  miles 
from  the  cone-topped  hill.  From  the  summit  of  Pooto  it  bears  S. 
78°  E.,  and  from  the  south-easternmost  island  of  the  northeast  group, 
S.  49°  W. 

Tinghae,  ^  ^^.  The  harbor  of  Tinghae  is  difficult  of  ingress 
and  egress,  owing  to  the  strong  tides  and  narrow  passages.  The  best 
entrance  is  that  round  Tower  hill,  and  between  Bell  and  Tea  is- 
lands, in  which  no  hidden  danger  has  been  found. 


1S41.  Clnt.iatt   An  hi [H I  ago.  -IC^X 

Tower  hill  passage.  The  course  for  vessels  iiitending  to  enter  by 
this  passage,  will  be  west  by  north  8  miles  from  Ketow  point.  The 
depth  of  water  in  this  part  of  the  passage  varies  from  35  to  1 10  fa- 
thoms, and  no  anchoring  ground  is  to  be  found  unless  close  to  the 
shore.  Vessels,  therefore,  not  having  sufficient  tide  to  carry  them 
round  Tower  hill,  or  wind  enough  to  stem  the  current,  should  re- 
main at  anchor  to  the  eastward  of  Round-about  island,  or  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Singlo  shan.  If  possible  the  time  of  starting  should 
be  so  arranged  as  to  obtain  the  first  of  the  ebb  after  rounding  Tower 
hill.  After  having  rounded  Tower  hill.  Tea  island  may  be  steered  for. 
The  depth  of  water  between  Tower  hill  and  Bell  island  varies  from 
30  to  40  fathoms.  On  the  northwest  side  of  Tower  hill  a  bank  ex- 
tends a  cable's  length  from  the  shore  with  3  to  4  fathoms  on  it. 
Spring  tides  set  at  the  rate  of  3  to  3.^^  knots;  and  vessels,  in  light 
winds,  should  be  careful  that  they  are  not  set  into  the  archipelago 
between  Tea  and  Elephant  islands,  where  the  channels  are  narrow, 
and  the  water  deep  with  foul  ground. 

Anchorage  between  Bell  and  Tea  islands.  Between  Bell  and 
Tea  islands  good  anchorage  will  be  found  in  10  to  12  fathoms.  Ships 
intending  to  remain  here  should  not  open  the  channel  between  Bell 
island  and  Chusan,  as  the  tides  are  stronger  and  the  ground  loose. 
Proceeding  from  thence  to  the  inner  harbor  of  Tinghae,  another  an- 
chorage will  be  found  on  the  Chusan  shore.  A  sunken  rock,  with  2^ 
fathoms  upon  it  at  low  water,  lies  due  south  of  a  small  hillock  in  the 
valley,  and  2^  cables  from  the  shore. 

Anchorage  on  Chusan  shore.  Opposite  to  a  canal  entrance  is  a 
mud  bank,  with  3  fathoms  in  the  shoalest  part,  and  deep  water  be- 
tween it  and  the  shore.  The  tides  are  irregular  at  this  anchorage, 
but  it  Ls  convenient  for  watering.  In  light  winds  vessels  should  avoid 
the  strength  of  the  ebb,  when  passing  through  the  channel  between 
Tea  and  Guard-house  island,  which  otherwise  is  liable  to  set  them 
through  the  Straight  or  Southern  Passage.  A  ledge  of  rocks  extends 
off  the  northeast  extreme  of  Tea  island,  1  cable.  It  is  steep  to,  and 
between  the  islands  40  fathoms  will  be  found. 

Middle  Ground.  After  passing  Guard-house  island  it  is  necessary 
to  steer  for  Macclesfield  island,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Middle  Ground, 
which  has  two  feet  in  its  shoalest  part.  The  3  fathoms  line  extends 
within  2f  cables  of  the  latter  island,  and  Tower  hill  on  with  the 
slope  upon  the  south  rise  of  Tea  island  will  keep  you  in  4  fathoms,  or 
not  to  open  the  fort  on  Trqmball  island,  with  the  north  end  of  Mac- 
clesfield. 


•J0*2  f^uaan  Arrhiiiflago.  Mat, 

The  middle  fl[roiiiid  is  situated  at  the  western  extreme  oftlie  har- 
bor.  On  all  but  the  western  edge  the  water  shoals  suddenly.  The 
passage  between  it  and  Chusan  is  1^  cable  wide,  with  12  to  14  fa- 
thoms. Between  Guard-house  island  and  it,  the  channel  is  1  cable 
broad. 

Smith  passage.  The  South,  or  Straight,  passage  lies  between  Deer 
and  Elephant  islands.  Two  sunken  rocks  lie  near  the  centre  of 
the  channel,  which  narrow  it  to  I  j  cable.  It  should  never  be  at- 
tempted without  a  commanding  breeze.  The  tides  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  sunken  rocks  flow  from  three  channels,  forming  eddies  which 
render  a  ship,  in  light  winds,  totally  unmanageable.  Intending  to 
enter  this  passage,  the  course  from  Round-about  island  is  northwest 
by  north  4^  miles.  '^ 

Elephant  islemd  is  remarkable  for  a  curious  crag  near  the  sum- 
mit, and  cannot  be  mistaken.  The  tides  or  wind  not  suiting  to  go 
into  the  harbor^  anchorage  will  be  found  abreast  of  it  in  16  to  18 
fathoms  water;  the  bottom  is  gravel  and  not  good  holding  ground. 
Beyond  Round  island,  which  is  a  small  islet  lying  to  the  northeast  of 
Elephant  island,  the  water  deepens  from  28  to  34  fathoms,  until  you 
arrive  at  the  Southern  rock,  which  has  I J  fathom  on  it  at  low  water. 
The  marks  for  it  are  the  Cap  rock,  or  with  the  saddle  of  Kintang, 
N.  75**  W.,  and  the 'joss-bouse  on  the  hill  near  the  suburbs  showing 
between  Trumball  and  Sarah  Galley  islands;  it  lies  S.  6!y*  E.,  2 
cables  from  the  Black  rock,  and  N.  Td""  E.,  1|  cable  from  the  ledge 
extending  off  the  island  to  the  southward  of  Tea  island. 

The  North  Rock  lies  due  north  of  it  1 J  cable.  The  marks  for 
which  are  a  bushy  tree  on  the  eastern  slope  of  Sarah  Galley  island,  in 
line  with  the  square  beacon  on  the  east  hill,  and  the  Black  rock'v 
north  extreme  on  with  the  south  part  of  the  Cap;  it  bears  from  the 
former  N.  63°  E.,  2^  cables;  it  has  9  feet  at  low  water.  This  patch 
is  about  30  feet  by  20,  the  water  deepens  suddenly  on  all  sides  of  it. 

To  avoid  these  dangers,  the  best  direction  is  to  keep  the  western 
shore  on  board,  taking  care  not  to  avoid  the  ledge  of  rocks  which 
extend  three  quarters  of  a  cable  from  the  island  south  of  the  Cap  and 
Black  rock,  the  latter  is  steep  to;  at  this  part  of  the  channel  the  bot- 
tom is  rocky  and  the  depth  very  irregular.  Having  passed  Sarah 
Galley  island,  steer  for  Macclesfield,  which  may  be  rounded  close,  to 
avoid  the  Middle  Ground,  the  marks  for  which  have  been  already 
given,  in  the  direction  of  Tower  hill  passage. 

i/t/ier  harbor.  The  inner  harbor  of  Tinghae  is  formed  by  the 
/ioikst  of  Chusan  on  the  north,  Trumball  and  Macclesfield  islands  on 


1841.  Chasua  Archipdnf^o.  '^63 

the  south,  Grave  island  and  the  Beacon  rock  on  the  east,  Guard, 
house  and  Tea  islands  to  the  west.  It  is  3j  cables  wide  and  6  cables 
long,  the  depth  of  water  varies  from  4  to  8  fathoms ;  at  the  eastern 
extreme,  is  a  patch  of  rocks  with  two  fathoms,  lying  S.  85**  W.  1 
cable  from  the  Beacon  rock,  which  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  the 
Chusan  shore  on  board  until  Sarah  Galley  is  open  by  Trumbali. 

Deer  island  passage.  The  inner  harbor  also  may  be  entered  from 
the  eastward  b}  passing  between  Deer  and  Sarah  Galley  islands, 
which  are  l^  cable  apart.  The  Beacon  rock,  to  the  northeast  of 
Sarah  Galley,  may  be  passed  close  on  either  side.  The  Chusan  shore 
may  then  be  steered  for,  keeping  1  cable  to  the  eastward  of  Grave 
island,  and  when  the  harbor  Beacon  rock  opens  with  Grave  island  it 
may  be  steered  for :  pass  between  it  and  Chusan,  and  keep  the  Chu- 
san shore  on  board  until  Sarah  Galley  island  iff  shut  in  with  Trum- 
bali. This  passage  is  superior  to  the  South  or  Straight  passage,  as 
although  in  some  parts  it  is  only  1^  to  1^  cable  wide,  the  limits  are 
always  marked,  except  off  the  northeast  end  of  Deer  island,  from 
whence  a  spit  extends  1  cable  northerly.  It  is  also  the  only  passage 
into  the  harbor,  in  which  the  flood  tide  is  in  your  favor  all  the  way. 

Anchorage  between  Trumbali  and  Sarah  GaUey,  There  is  good 
anchoring  ground  between  Sarah  Galley  and  Trumbali  islands,  in  8 
to  10  fathoms.  A  spit  extends  from  the  southeast  extreme  of  the  lat- 
ter, the  3  fathoms  line  being  3  cables  from  the  shore,  ^y  keeping 
the  south  end  of  Macclesfield  open  of  the  summit  of  Tea  island  it  will 
be  avoided. 

Suburbs.  The  suburbs  called  Taoiitow  ^  ^  contain  many 
houses,  forming  a  long  street,  running  parallel  to  the  beach.  To  the 
eastt  and  close  to  the  water's  edge,  is  a  small  hill,  with  a  temple  or 
joss-house  on  it  (the  mark. for  the  south  rock)  122  feet  high. 

The  level  ground  intersected  by  canals  extends  1^  mile  to  the 
eastward,  where  it  is  terminated  by  a  ridge  of  hills  642  feet  high, 
extending  down  to  the  beach,  upon  which  are  3  beacons,  2  round 
and  1  square ;  the  latter  is  595  feet  high,  and  also  one  of  the  marks  for 
the  north  rock.  Westerly  from  the  suburbs  the  level  ground  extends 
1.1  mile,  a  ridge  of  hills  450  feet  high  run  down  to  the  coast,  form- 
ing two  pointo.  There  are  also  3  beacons  on  this  ridge,  the  central 
one  is  323.7  feet  above  mean  tide  level. 

The  latitude  of  the  eastern  of  these  points  (the  one  opposite  Guard- 
house island)  was  ascertained  to  be  30''  0'  20^'  N.  and  its  longitude 
I22'5M8"E. 


WA  Chusnii   Anhipriu^o,  Ma%-, 

The  variiiiioii  of  the  compass  was  'Z^  33'  E.  in  1840 :  and  high 
water,  on  (iill  and  change  days,  1  hour  befure  the  moon's  transit. 

Rise  and  fall  of  the  tide  \'2  feet  and  G  inches.  Scarcely  any  change 
takes  place  in  the  depth  of  the  water  three  quarters  of  an  hour  pre- 
vious and  subsequent  to  high  water.  At  low  water  the  change 
in  the  depth  occurred  more  rapidly.  Ordinary  tides  rise  and  fall 
from  5  to  7  feet. 

In  all  the  channels,  generally  speaking,  the  change  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  stream  does  not  alter  until  lA.  40m.  after  the  change  has 
taken  place  in  the  depth.  In  the  inner  harbor,  and  along  the  coast 
of  Chusan,  the  flood  comes  from  the  eastward ;  at  the  outer  an- 
chorage, otr  the  Elephant,  from  the  southeast;  between  Bell  and 
Tea  islands,  ships  flood-rode  tend  to  the  northward.  The  strength 
of  the  tide  varies  from  2  to  3|  knots.  Strong  breezes  from  the 
northward  materially  affect  the  rise  and  fall,  the  range  in  two  conse- 
cutive days  being  sometimes  2  feet  and  6  inches. 

Chusan,  The  island  Chusan  (or  Chowshan  i|l«  ijj  so  called  from 
its  supposed  resemblance  to  a  boat)  is  51.5  miles  in  circumference, 
its  extreme  length  being  20.8  miles;  it  lies  in  a  northwest  and 
southeast  direction.  The  greatest  breadth  in  any  part  is  10.5  miles. 
From  the  beach  at  Tinghae  to  the  northern  shore,  the  distance  is  7 
miles.  Towards  the  eastern  end  of  the  island  it  becomes  narrower, 
never  however  being  under  6.1  miles. 

The  city  of  Tinghae  is  a  walled  town  (.8  miles  in  circumference, 
situated  0.5  cables  from  the  beach.  There  are  four  entrances  situat- 
ed at  each  of  the  cardinal  points,  which  are  through  double  arched 
gateways  at  right  angles  to  one  another.  The  span  of  the  outer  one 
is  7  feet  and  6  inches,  and  9  feet  high.  The  city  wall  is  14  feet  and 
9  inches  high,  surmounted  by  a  parapet  4  feet  and  6  inches.  The 
width  of  the  wall  is  13  feet,  and  the  parapet  2  feet.  The  southern 
face  runs  east  and  west.  The  western  face  north  and  south.  The  east 
face  north  350  yards  and  then  northwest.  The  northern  face  is  irre- 
gular. On  the  northwest  side  the  city  is  overlooked  by  a  hill,  part  of 
which  is  inclosed  by  the  wall.  A  canal  33  feet  wide  and  3  feet  deep 
nearly  encircles  the  city  and  enters  it  near  the  south  gate.  A  canal 
and  paved  foot  path  communicate  with  the  suburbs,  but  the  principal 
means  of  communication  with  the  sea  is  by  a  canal  further  to  the 

east. 

There  are  three  other  commercial  ports  in  the  island,  viz..  Shin* 

kca  mun,  (Singkamong),  Chinkeang  (Singkong),  and  Shaou. 

SShinktii  mun,  ^  ^  P^  <"'  Sinqkamvng,    This  is  situated  at  the 


1 84 1  Chusati  Arrlniielngo.  265 

southeast  extreme  of  the  island.  The  town  is  sitaated  at  the  water's 
edge,  and  is  a  miserable  assemblage  of  huts.  The  principal  occupa- 
tion of  the  inhabitants  is  fishing.  About  35  junks,  of  100  tons  bur- 
den, and  carrying  from  30  to  35  men,  with  250  smaller  boats,  each 
containing  5  men,  are  employed  for  this  purpose.  The  harbor  is  form- 
ed by  the  island  of  Lookea  (which  is  divided  into  six  islands  at  high 
water),  and  is  1^  cable  wide,  with  4  to  5  fathoms  abreast  the  town. 
The  southwest  extreme  lies  between  Lookea  and  Takan,  and  has 
not  more  than  1^  fathom  at  low  water.  A  reef  and  mud  spit  extend 
easterly  from  Takan  one  cable,  and  the  mud  extends  westerly  from 
Lookea  4^  cables. 

H.  M.  ship  Pylades  laid  between  Takan  (^  ^)  and  Chusan  in 
5  fathoms,  the  width  here  being  2^  cables.  The  high  land  (600  feet) 
on  the  Chusan  shore,  occasioned  the  squalls  to  be  sometimes  very  vio- 
lent. IL  M.  ship  Conway  laid  to  the  westward  of  Lookea,  with  the 
small  flat  island  (with  two  rocks  off  it),  at  the  entrance  to  the  Sarah 
Galley  passage,  bearing  west  0.7  miles  in  5  fathoms.  The  distance 
from  Shinkea  mun  to  Tinghae  is  1 1  ^  miles.  The  channel  along 
the  Chusan  shore  has  deep  water.  It  is  not,  however,  advisable  for 
ships,  owing  to  a  number  of  small  islands  3  miles  to  the  east  of  the 
suburbs,  which  render  the  passage  narrow  and  crooked. 

Sheik'luh  mun  -4^  -^  M^,  or  sixteen  passages,  is  the  name  given 
to  this  narrow  and  crooked  passage  by  the  Chinese. 

Several  islands  with  extensive  mud  banks  confine  the  channel  be- 
yond this  to  half  a  cable,  occasionally  it  is  I  cable  wide.  Vessels, 
therefore,  bound  from  Tinghae  to  Shinkea  mun  must  use  one  of  the 
passages  already  described,  or  must  pass  to  the  northward  of  Deer 
island  and  the  island  east  of  it:  this  passage  is  not  above  1^  cable 
wide.  It  has  deep  water,  except  at  the  southeast  entrance,  where 
there  are  only  3  fathoms. 

Between  Takan  and  Aou  shan  there  is  shoal  water,  to  avoid  which 
vessels  should  not  stand  so  far  to  the  northward  as  to  bring  the  reef 
off  the  southern  end  of  Aou  shan  in  liae  with  the  crag  on  Ele- 
phant island.  The  channel  between  the  east  end  of  Chusan  and 
Pooto  has  only  1.^  fathom  at  low  water,  and  ofT  the  southeast  end  of 
Chusan  it  is  only  2  cables  wide,  owing  to  a  reef  with  a  stone  pillar 
on  it,  near  the  centre  of  the  passage. 

After  rounding  the  flat  island  wiCh  two  rocks,  this  Beacon  will  be 
seen  bearing:  N.  liS""  £.  A  course  should  be  steered  to  pass  between 
it  anil  Cliucfan.     Shoal  water  extends  3^  cables  from  Lookea,  and  6 

VOL.    X.    NU.    V  34 


2G(i  Ckusan  Archipelago  Mav, 

cables  from  the  isUiid  with  the  Druid's  temple  on  the  summit.  To 
avoid  which,  do  not  stand  further  to  the  eastward,  when  a  cliff  islet 
off  the  east  extreme  of  Chusan  is  in  line  with  a  building  on  the  sum- 
mit of  the  flat  peninsula  at  the  northeast  extreme  of  Chusan.  The 
Beacon  rock  in  line  with  the  cliff  islet  is  a  good  mid  channel  mark. 
After  passing  between  the  Beacon  rock  and  Chusan,  keep  the  cliff 
islet  on  with  the  building  upon  the  peninsula,  which  will  keep  you  in 
the  deepest  water.  The  flat  is  extensive,  the  2^  fathoms  line  extend- 
ing 1.7  mile.  On  it  were  several  hard  casts  of  the  lead.  Vessels 
therefore,  should  cross  the  flat  under  easy  sail. 

Pooto  :^  R^.  The  island  of  Pooto  is  3.4  miles  from  the  south- 
east point  of  Chusan,  and  1.6  mile  from  the  east  point.  The  channel 
is  termed  by  the  Chinese  ||^  }||^  ^^  Le'enhwa  yafig^  or  sea  of 
water-lilies.  After  passing  the  flat  noticed  above,  the  water  deepens 
suddenly  to  6  and  then  to  12  fathoms.  There  is  also  a  good  passage 
between  Pooto  and  Tsing  shan  7^  |1|  or  Green  island  which  is  7 
cables  wide.  The  flat  extends  within  5  cables  of  Pooto,  which  must 
therefore  be  kept  on  board.  The  island  is  ^h  miles  long.  In  one 
part  it  is  only  six  tenths  of  a  mile  broad.  A  narrow  projecting  point 
extends  from  the  west  side,  forming  a  deep  sandy  bay,  with  3 
fathoms  in  it.  A  stream  runs  into  the  bay,  which  might  be  used 
during  the  northwesterly  monsoon,  by  vessels  in  want  of  water. 
There  are  two  reefs  in  the  bay,  but  they  are  always  above  water. 
This  island  and  the  Chookea  tseen  group  belong  to  the  priests  of 
Budha.  The  temples  on  Pooto  are  very  numerous,  the  largest  of 
which  is  situated  on  the  western  side  of  the  island,  and  a  broad 
flagged  road  leads  to  it  from  the  south  side. 

Singkong  or  |[|A  ^  Chin  kedng,  Chinkeang  harbor  is  situated 
at  the  western  extreme  of  Chusan,  and  is  distant  7^  miles  from  Tiiig- 
hae.  From  the  Inner  harbor  to  the  southwestern  point  of  the  island, 
the  distance  is  4  miles.  The  passage  between  Bell  island  and  Chu- 
san is  not  recommended,  owing  to  the  strong  tides  which  exist  in  it. 
Near  the  centre  is  a  half  tide  rock,  with  a  beacon  on  it ;  and  to  the 
southwest  of  it,  two  cables,  a  rocky  patch  with  only  If  fathom  on  it. 
Vessels  bound  to  Chinkeang  had  therefore  better  use  the  passage 
between  Bell  island  and  Tower  hill.  Should,  however,  the  other  be 
used,  that  part  of  the  channel  between  the  Beacon  and  the  Chusan 
shore  will  be  found  the  best. 

Between  Kiddisol  and  Chusan  there  is  no  danger,  the  distance 
being  rather  less  than  a  cable  and  a  half. 


1641.  CkuRan  Archipelago.  '207 

From  the  southwest  point  of  Chusan  the  coast-line  is  mud  (with 
the  exception  of  a  small  islet)  to  the  point  of  Chinkeang  harbor. 
Anchorage  will  be  found  along  this  shore  in  from  10  to  12  fathoms. 
A  small  islet  (the  Steward)  lies  midway  between  Chusan  and  Kin- 
tang.  There  is  45  fathoms  water  in  its  vicinity  :  2  cables  to  the 
eastward  there  is  a  rocky  patch,  on  which  9  fathoms  were  found^ 

Chinkeang  harbor  is  formed  by  three  islands,  (Waeteaou  ^k  &^y 
Chungteaou  (t^  ^,  and  Leteaou  ^  ^,  i.  e.  Outer-hook,  Mid. 
die-hook,  and  Inner-hook,)  and  Chusan;  a  reef  of  rocks  lies  off  the 
southwest  point  of  the  first  island,  and  the  mud  extends  from  the 
island  nearly  to  the  reef.  Between  Waeteaou  and  Chusan  the  dis- 
tance is  6  cables,  with  7  to  8  fathoms.  The  mud  extends  half  a  cable 
fVom  the  island ;  on  the  Chusan  shore  is  a  circular  fort,  which  can 
only  be  approached  along  the  embankments. 

Opposite  the  island  of  Chungteaou,  the  channel  is  less  than  a 
cable  wide,  with  7  fathoms.  The  passage  increases  but  little  in 
width,  until  you  have  passed  the  island  of  Leteaou,  opposite  to  which 
is  the  landing-place,  and  the  entrance  of  a  stream,  which  is  naviga- 
ble up  to  the  town,  distant  6  cables,  at  high  water.  Near  the  beach 
arc  a  few  houses. 

Upon  the  islands  forming  the  harbor,  and  also  on  the  point  near 
the  entrance,  are  extensive  quarries  of  stone.  The  passage  through  is 
1.7  mile  long,  and  being  both  narrow  and  crooked  can  only  be  avail- 
able for  steamers  and  small  vessels. 

Kutsu  ^|[  ^^  or  Koo-tsze.  To  the  northward  of  Leteaou,  is  a  flat' 
island,  Kootsze.     A  reef  of  rocks  extends  from  it  towards  the  island 
of  Chusan,  narrowing  the  passage  to  one  cable,  in  which  there  is  no 
bottom  with  30  fathoms. 

Channel  between  Blaehoall  and  Chusan.  Between  Kootsze  and 
Blackwall  or  Tsatsu  (||H  ^  Tsih  tsze)  the  distance  is  three  cable. 
The  eastern  side  of  Blackwall  has  several  deep  bays  and  indenta- 
tions ;  a  sunken  rock  lies  off  the  northeast  point,  distant  1^  cable,  and 
between  it  and  Chusan,  the  water  varies  from  12  to  19  fathoms. 

Kintang  ^  4^.  From  the  Steward,  or  Pwanyang  tseaou  (half- 
way rock),  to  Kintang,  the  distance  is  two  miles ;  near  the  south- 
east extreme  of  the  latter  is  a  remarkable  saddle  hill,  which  with  the 
Cap  rock  forms  one  of  the  marks  for  the  southern  sunken  rock,  in 
the  South  or  Straight  passage.  There  is  a  peninsula  (connected  by 
mud  which  is  overflown  at  high  water)  at  the  southeast  point,  from 
which  a  ledge  of  rocks  extends,  the  Roulhwestern  part  of  which  is 


208  Chusan  Archipelago.  May, 

alwujrs  above  water.    Nearly  opposite  to  Gliinkeang,  there  is  another 
sharp  peak  on  Kintang,  which  is  1519  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Channel  between  Kintang  and  Blackmail.  Vessels  bound  from  Chin- 
keang  to  Seaou  Sha-aou,  or  to  sea  by  the  northwest  passage,  must 
bear  in  mind  that  there  is  no  anchorage  after  leaving  Chin  keang, 
until  to  the  northward  of  Black  wall,  the  distance  being  6  miles. 
The  channel  between  Kintang  and  Blackw^l  is  half  a  mile  wide. 
A  small  islet  lies  off  the  southwest  extreme  of  the  latter.  Between 
the  two  there  is  deep  water,  and  from  the  summit  of  the  islet,  Chin- 
hae  (at  the  entrance  of  the  river  leading  to  Ningpo)  may  be  seen 
over  Kintang,  which,  abreast  of  this  pi^rt  of  the  channel,  is  very  low. 
After  passing  the  islet  there  is  a  long  bay  on  Blackwall  island,  from 
the  northern  point  of  which  a  reef  extends  1}  cable.  Off  the  north 
extreme  of  Kintang  there  is  a  group  of  6  islands. 

Broken  isUmd,  or  Mamuh  skan  S  ^  ih.  The  northern  rock 
off  Broken  island  bears  from  the  northwest  extreme  of  Blackwall 
N.  15°  £.,  6^  miles.  Between  it  and  Broken  island  there  is  a  good 
channel.  The  latter  is  connected  with  Chusan  at  low  water ;  it  is 
about  700  feet  high.  The  ridge  of  hills  at  the  northwest  extreme  of 
Chusan  rises  to  the  height  of  76 1  feet,  and  on  them  are  three  beacons. 
The  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  Seaou  Sha-aou  is  between  Broken  and 
Fisher's  island  (Chang  pih  shan  ^  |^  ljj)»  &nd  is  G  cables  wide- 
Broken  island  is  steep  to,  except  on  the  S.  £.  side,  where  it  joins 
Chusan.  A  shoal  extends  5  cables  off  the  west  side  of  Fisher's  islaird. 

The  harbor  is  formed  by  Fisher's  island  and  Chusan ;  it  is  2  niik>s 
long  and  1.7  mile  broad,  with  a  depth  of  water  from  5  to  9  fathoms 
This  harbor  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  easy  of  ingress  and 
egress.  The  coast  of  Chusan  is  lined  with  a  mud  bank,  which  ren- 
ders  lauding  (only  at  one  spot,  which  is  at  the  eastern  extreme  of 
the  harbor)  difficult  except  at  high  water.  Near  the  landing-place  is 
a  small  village ;  the  principal  town  is  situated  some  distance  up  the 
valley  from  the  landing-place.  The  south  shore  of  Fisher's  island  ia 
also  an  extensive  mud  bank,  a  considerable  portioa  of  which  has 
been  inclosed  from  the  sea.  Off  the  southeast  extreme  of  the  island 
the  three  fathoms  line  extends  five  cables.  The  depth  decreases  gra- 
dually, so  that  the  lead  will  give  warning.  Tlie  eastern  entrance  to 
Seaou  Sha-aou  harbor  is  8  cables  wide.  A  small  isljst  and  a  rock  lie 
off  the  north  extreme.  They  may  be  rounded  close,  passsing  between 
the  islets  mentioned  above  and  the  islets  to  the  fsaatward. 

Passage  between  Sheppey  and  Chusan.     Vessels  Intending  to  go  to 
the  eastward  from  Seaou  Sha-aou  may  pass  either  between  Slieppey 


1841.  Cluisan  Archiprlago  '2(i9 

(Lan  and  Lew  shaii)  and  Chusan,  or  to  the  northward  of  Sheppey. 
The  latter  is  the  more  eligible.  The  former  is  2  cables  wide  in  the 
narrowest  part.  The  Houbland  islands  lie  between  Sheppey  and 
Fisher's  island.  Vessels  should  pass  between  them  and  two  small 
islets,  which  lie  off  the  southwest  side,  between  which  and  Chusan  is 
the  narrowest  part  of  the  passage.  Having  passed  this  islet,  vessels 
may  either  stand  along  Sheppey,  or  steer  a  course  for  the  open  sea. 

Passage  bettpeen  Sheppey  and  Blackheath,  To  pass  to  the  north- 
ward of  Sheppey y  a  N.  56°  E.  course  must  be  steered  for  a  long  bar- 
ren island,  with  a  round  peak  upon  it.  The  distance  between  which 
and  Sheppey  is  1.6  mile.  The  mud  runs  off  the  latter  0.5  mile.  The 
bariren  island  is  steep  to,  on  the  southeast  shore.  .  In  the  channel, 
between  Kwan  shan  and  Sheppey,  are  several  islets;  and  in  standing 
over  to  the  Sheppey  side  of  the  channel  the  mud  may  be  avoided  by 
keeping  the  north  end  of  the  largest  of  these  islands  open  of  the 
northern  extreme  of  Sheppey. 

Having  passed  the  barren  island  a  course  must  be  steered  to  pass 
close  to  Kwan  shan,  which  lies  west  from  the  barren  island  1^  mile, 
in  order  to  avoid  a  reef  which  is  covered  at  high  water.  It  is  distant 
from  Kwan  shan  2^  cables.  From  it  the  barren  hill  bears  N.  Sd"*  W., 
and  the  highest  part  of  Sheppey  S.  26""  W. 

Having  passed  the  reef,  the  large  island,  mentioned  as  the  mark 
for  avoiding  the  mud  bank  extending  westerly  from  Sheppey,  bounds 
the  passage  to  the  southward.  A  reef  extends  a  short  distance  from 
its  northern  extreme. 

Nine  islands.  Besides  Kwan  shan  there  are  nine  islands  lying  off 
the  southeast  end  of  Tae  shan.  A  reef  of  rocks  lies  off  the  southern 
point  of  the  one  east  of  Kwan  shan.  The  channel  then  lies  between 
these  Nine  islands  to  the  north,  and  the  large  passage  island  on  the 
south.  A  due  west  course  will  carry  you  along  Changtoo  and  the 
northwest  group  to  the  open  sea. 

Vessels  wishing  to  anchor  under  Sheppey,  which  will  be  found  a 
secure  anchorage  in  the  northwesterly  monsoon,  may  haul  to  the 
southward,  after  passing  the  first  island  to  the  eastward  of  the  large 
Passage  island,  and  run  between  them  and  a  cluster  of  rocks  to  the 
eastward.  The  east  extreme  of  Sheppey  is  a  low  cliff,  which  may  be 
passed  within  a  cable ;  good  anchorage  will  then  be  found  in  five  fa.- 
thoms,  the  water  shoaling  gradually  towards  the  shore. 

Sheppey.  The  island  of  Sheppey  is  7.5  miles  long,  and  5.6  broad. 
On  the  east  side  are  several  deep  sandy  bays.  A  considerable  por- 
tion of  the  east  extreme  is  separated  from  the  islnnd  by  n  nnrro^y 


370  Chnsan  Archipelngn.  Mat, 

channel  at  high  water.  The  island  appears  formerly  to  have  been 
two  (^  lLi  ^^^^  ^^^^'^  ^^^  ^  lIj  S^'^  shan)  the  land  being  very 
low  and  protected  from  the  sea  by  wails,  near  the  northern  extreme. 

H.  M.  ship  Pylades  anchored  here  in  I  he  month  of  Feb.,  in  5^ 
fathoms,  six  tenths  of  a  mile  from  the  west  point  of  Sheppey,  bearing 
N.  8^  W.;  the  island  south  of  Sheppey  bearing  S.  54°  W.;  and  the 
highest  peak  of  Chusan  S.  7**  E.  To  the  eastward  of  Sheppey  are 
two  cliff  islets,  the  nearest  is  1.8  mile  distant,  and  the  further  4^ 
miles.  South  from  the  western,  2  cables,  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  which 
IS  occasionally  covered ;  and  0.6  of  a  mile  W.N.W.  from  the  eastern, 
is  another  small  islet.  The  mud  bank  from  Sheppey  gradually  deep- 
ens to  the  eastward,  the  depth  of  water,  when  the  island  of  Pooto 
bears  due  south  being  8}  fathoms. 

Toe  shan  ^^  ij[i.  To  the  northeast  of  Fisher's  island,  5}  miles, 
is  the  island  oTTae  shan,  which  is  very  populous.  The  centre  of  the 
island  is  an  extensive  flat  with  many  villages  near  to  its  eastern  ex- 
treme ;  the  hills  also  separate,  leaving  a  level  plain  across  the  island. 
Midway  between  Fisher's  island  and  it  are  two  small  islets;  and 
between  Barren  island  and  it  are  three  others,  off  the  south  end  of 
the  westernmost  of  which  is  a  sunken  rock.  Rocks  also  extend  off 
the  southwest  and  north  points  of  the  central  one  of  the  three.  A 
mud  bank  extends  from  the  northwest  point  of  Barren  island  nearly 
to  the  first  islet  of  the  three,  which  lies  to  the  N.  W.  of  it.  Between 
them  and  Tae  shan  the  bottom  is  sandy  with  irregular  soundings. 

Kwan  shan  'g*  |Jj.  The  passage  between  Kwan  shan  and  Tae 
shan  is  3  cables  wide ;  on  the  Tae  shan  shore  are  several  small  islets ; 
the  channel  is  deep.  H.'M.  ship  Pylades  anchored  in  a  small  cove 
to  the  north  of  Kwan  shan  on  the  island  of  Tae  shan,  and  rode  out  a 
heavy  gale  of  wind.  The  cove,  however,  is  too  small  to  be  recom- 
mended, and  the  deep  water  in  its  vicinity  is  also  disadvantageous. 

To  the  westward  of  Tae  shan,  the  islands  extend  about  15  miles, 
and  from  the  summit,  the  termination  of  the  group  northerly  could 
not  be  defined. 

Changtoo  J^  ^.  To  the  eastward  of  Tae  shan,  and  separated 
by  a  channel  1.5  miles,  is  another  large  island,  called  Changtoo  by 
the  Chinese,  and  is  probably  the  Biackheath  of  Thornton's  chart. 
The  southern  face  of  this  island  has  many  deep  indentations,  and 
may  be  composed  of  several  islands.  The  time  allotted  for  the  ser- 
vice did  not  admit  of  a  closer  investigation. 
The  breadth  of  the  channel,  between  Changtoo  and  the  two  islands 


1841.  Chusan  AnhipcUtgo.  "271 

to  the  eastward  of  Sheppey,  is  2.3  miles.  The  group  of  islands  con- 
tinaes  to  the  eastward  of  Changtoo,  and  a  little  to  the  southward  of 
the  same  parallel  for  25  miles. 

Eastern  Chroup,  The  easternmost  island  of  this  group  is  in  lati- 
tude 30^  7'  45^'  N.,  and  longitude  122^  46'  30^'  £.  From  the  an- 
ohorage  under  Sheppey  it  bears  £.  5"*  S.,  27  miles,  and  from  the 
summit  of  Pooto  £.  20**  N.,  21  miles.  From  the  outer  islet  east  of 
Chookea  tseen  N.  29''  £.,  18^  miles.  It  is  five  miles  in  circumfer- 
ence, and  about  500  feet  high.  There  is  a  small  village  on  its  north- 
western side.  The  shores  are  precipitous  cliflTs.  The  intervening 
islands  between  this  and  Changtoo  were  not  examined,  their  outline 
therefore  has  only  been  inserted  in  the  chart.  Two  small  islets  lie 
N.  74"*  £.  about  two  miles  from  the  eastern  island. 

Coast'lifu  of  Chusan.  The  coa.st*lino  of  Chusan,  after  passing 
between  it  and  Sheppey,  trends  to  the  northeast.  At  the  distance  of 
three  miles  there  is  a  small  island  with  a  narrow  passage  between  it 
and  the  shore,  and  a  deep  bay  to  the  westward,  in  which  the  mud 
dries  out  a  considerable  dbtance,  rendering  it  difficult  to  land,  except 
at  the  extreme  points. 

Three  miles  and  a  half  further  to  the  southeast  there  is  a  larger 
island  with  a  remarkable /a//  in  the  hills  near  its  centre;  a  small  isle^ 
lies  half  a  mile  west  from  its  extreme. 

To  the  eastward  are  three  islands  at  the  distance  of,  a  half,  one 
and  a  half,  and  three  and  a  quarter,  miles.  The  nearest  b  the  largest 
of  the  three,  and  has  a  patch  of  rocks  2  cables  from  it  to  the  north- 
east. Northeast  also  from  the  centre  of  the  three,  is  another  reef  4 
cables  from  the  island.  The  outer  island  is  a  narrow  cliff  with  a 
rock  off  its  northeast  end. 

To  the  northward  and  northeast  of  Pooto  are  three  islets,  and  threo 
rocks,  which  are  steep  to,  except  to  the  westward  of  the  southern 
and  largest  of  the  three,  where  there  is  a  reef.  To  the  northeast  of 
these  islands,  and  3}  miles  from  the  summit  of  Pooto,  is  a  small  co. 
nical  islet  £.  8°  S.;  2  miles  from  it  is  a  group  of  4  sharp  pinnacled 
rocks,  with  several  reefs  among  them.  The  reef  already  described 
(when  treating  of  the  island  of  Chookea  tseen)  lies  S.  42''  E.,  6^ 
miles  from  these  rocks,  and  is  the  last  danger  in  the  passage.  The 
northeast  extreme  of  Chusan  is  high,  rising  probably  1400  feet,  the 
hills  approaching  near  the  coast-line.  A  flat  peninsula,  with  2  build- 
ings composed  of  slabs  of  stone,  forms  the  extremity  of  the  island. 

Ships  bound  to  the  north  side  of  Chusan,  ought  to  make  the  land 
in  about  latitude  30'',  when  the  easternmost  island  of  the  northern 


'iT'2  Ckusan  Arckipdtiffo  May, 

group  will  be  seen  to  the  northward,  and  the  high  land  of  Ohookea 
tseen  to  the  westward.  On  closing  the  land,  three  small  islets  to  the 
eastward  of  Chookea  tseen  will  be  made  out,  and  also  the  island  of 
Pooto,  which  may  be  known  by  a  small  lookout*house  on  its  summit. 
Intending  to  communicate  with  Chinkea  mun  (Sinkeamoon),  the 
most  eligible  anchorage  will  be  found  to  the  southward  of  Pooto,  for 
which  purpose  a  course  may  be  steered  to  pass  between  that  island 
and  Lookea,  taking  care  to  avoid  a  half  tide  rock  which  lies  E.  12** 
S.,  9  miles  from  the  highest  part  of  Pooto.  The  best  anchorage  will 
be  found  opposite  two  sandy  bays,  near  the  west  extreme.  It  is  re- 
commended not  to  open  the  passage  between  Chusan  and  Pooto,  as 
by  standing  too  far  to  the  westward  vessels  may  get  on  the  flat  be- 
ween  Pooto  and  Chinkea  mun.  Good  water  may  be  obtained  from 
a  well  in  the  sandy  bay  near  the  temple. 

If  bound  to  Shep|)ey  or  Seaou  Sha-aou,  a  group  of  sharp  pinnacle 
rocks  must  be  kept  to  the  southward,  a  remarkable  island  near  Chu- 
san with  a  sudden  fall  in  the  land  near  the  centre,  will  be  seen  to  the 
westward.  There  are  three  islands  with  rocks  off  them  to  the  east- 
ward of  it :  when  abreast  the  easternmost  of  these— one  course  may 
be  steered  so  as  to  pass  between  Sheppey  and  Kwanshan,  in  which 
case  a  vessel  should  get  to  the  northward  of  a  small  cliff  island  one 
quarter  of  the  way  between  Changtoo  and  Chusan>  and  keep  mid- 
channel  between  it  and  Changtoo ;  3}  miles  to  the  westward  of  the 
first  cliff  island,  there  is  a  second,  which  must  also  be  kept  to  the 
southward,  you  will  then  be  abreast  several  small  crooked  islets, 
which  lie  off  the  southeast  extreme  of  Tae  shan  ;  and  Kwan  shan,2^ 
miles  to  the  W.N. W  of  the  second  cliff  island,  is  high  with  a  flat 
summit ;  keep  it  close  on  board  to  avoid  the  sunken  rock  near  its 
south  extreme,  bearing  from  the  highest  part  of  Sheppey  N.  St^"  E., 
you  may  then  steer  a  west  course  to  pass  close  to  Barren  island,  from 
whence  a  S.  56°  W.  course,  5  miles,  wiil  carry  you  to  Seaou  Sha-aou 
harbor ;— or,  instead  of  passing  between  the  islands  of  Changtoo  and 
Kwanshan,  you  may  pass  between  Sheppey  and  Chusan,  in  which 
case  keep  the  Chusan  shore  on  board,  passing  between  it  and  a  small 
islet  (which  lies  S.  23°  E.  from  the  south  end  of  Sheppey).  The 
course  then  lies  between  an  islet  on  the  Chusan  shore  and  the  south 
islet  oft' Sheppey,  from  thence  steer  so  as  to  pass  to  the  northward  of 
three  small  islets,  and  a  reef  which  lies  2  miles  to  the  westward, 
from  whence  a  west  course  will  carry  you.,  past  a  rocky  point,  and 
into  Seaou  Sha-aou  or  Small  Sand-harbor. 


t^wjiwii  Archprlii^a 


1 
1 

ii 

U  c   =!             2        i,        2 

ii  i!  ii      ii    s    i 

1 

1 

It 

31 

^"  b  ;,         s»     ^     1- 
s  i:  ?,         5     gi     s 

s  a  s        Ii     Ii     s 

!i 

i. 

S 
ii 

1 

u 

1-^ 

i 

M     1     it          1 

•s  i 

1! 

i  ^ 

J  1   i^       1 

:=   K       «       *  a                - 

.r1 
1 

i  1 

i 

i 
1 

1 
f 

s 

1 

1 

Jiilijiiiiiiy 

■^T4  Chnsun  Archiptlago.  Mav 


u 

U 
^ 

^     ©1 

i       I 

QO 

^ 

c 
o 

Cl 

"^            V 

U5     10 

\ 

V 

r* 

H 

X 

n 

\        » 

!>• 

OD 

N 

i 

c: 

^         mm 

t^    o 

1^ 

c 

o 

O              O 

o          o 

o 

o 

e 

2 

( 

^ 

01    <o 

5 
o 

^ 

fc 

s 

^  g 

> 

O 

N 

^ 

^ 

lO 

J 

.  o 

o         o 

Si  S 

e        e 

o 

o 

e 

8      1 

1             • 

U 

B 

C0 

m 

• 

■Si 

9 

* 

as 

B 

on 

1 

2 

■ 

M     1 

1 

4V 

s 

on 

M)' 

B 

$ 

B 
cd 

i 

B 
cd 
n 

1 

1  i 

w. 

C3 

c 

-5    = 
S   :2 

bO 

s 
<o 

1 

9 

S 

9 

* 

B 

• 

O 

V 

0)    x: 

w 

a 

J   ^ 

H 

t<: 

s 

u: 

S 

ij 

u: 

.J 

M    U 

• 

9 

B 
cd 

B 
cd 

^^ 

a 

>N 

V 

c 

es 

«c 

JB 

Q 

H 

OS 
D 
O 

y 

9 

s 

N 

02 

M 

flO 

IL 

2 

B       S 

3^ 

o 
c 

9 

1 
1 

US 

a 

flO 

§ 

9 

c 

Id 

s 

cd 
:(« 

0) 

X 

cd 

■g 

B 

s 

1 

9 

S 

S 

9 

>o 

CO 

J 

CO 

9 

S 

1  1 

• 

-3 

^ 

( 

•3 

^-3-3i£ 

( 

t 

I 

1 

1 

g 

^  «sk  ^^ 

mK^^-a^.^^l^lIBgti^^dt: 

S 

ii-  <p4 

K<?<S^^^.4i^l^^'^«ki 

• 
• 

Q.     'S 

• 

1 

«rf 
v 

1 

•  W4 

1     • 

• 
* 

1 

4> 

1 

1 

1        • 

Tinker 

'c* 

c 

CO 

s 

1 

1     1 

9       S 

s  §-    ^ 

1 
B 

m 

s 
1 

B 

Cd 
.5 

B 

O 

s 

> 

B 

■ 

.Id 

Cd 

B 
O 

1       ■ 

•    8 

i2  (^ 

S4I. 

Ckufott  Arrkipflagfi. 

275 

b  i  2 

Sis 

'% 

',  i- 1. 

=  53 

s 

s  n  ii 

s 

I       sJ?  s 

^     5     *l.i     i> 


.S     'S    .6  ^    ^      £      i    J    "S    iS     "J"     *     a    i     '"       -*     c* 


II 

.5SS  5^.5jJoS^S«SS       S-2 


■a 


.  =  •  -I  =      "I    - 


27R                                Chvsan  Archiptlaga. 

Mai. 

z     is 

5       5 

is. 

1                    St 

;> 

e 

s 

as          J*     =     "          Si's- 

MiflHill  ill 

Ijlflljlfjljlljl 

1 
1 

si 

II 

-3  -ar-g: 

ifiiiii  H  i{  f 

J. 

ISll. 

Chum  AnUpilagn. 

■KT 

j 

i 

Si 

11 

.lis 
Ilia 

1 

II! 

JSI3 

B 

r  =    i  1  s 

jIjIII  , 
lllllll  J 

1. 

«    U    Eri 

SISZ 

s: 

4- 

Singka  moon 
Two  Boitaays      - 

l 

Pooto  I. 

SiogkoDg  mooa.  • 
Blackwall  island  • 
Broken  island  (h.  p.) 

11 
It 

Chusau  ArchiptUiga. 


a            ^     .U     « 

i       =22 

i   lis 

s 

a     '-»  "  » 
1      :a  o  ^ 

'      HI 

(0 

is 

Ifljlj 

lli.il 

J 
: 

1 

H=iiii 

Miilil 

u  i-  i  a  i  !£ 

Singlo  shan 
Teaouhwa  shan 
CJiinlow  shan 
Tseihiuh  shan 
Chang  ,u 

.1 

i  ■B-3:«?«i|H»HI^®E^  |l 

Do.            do.  (h.  p.) 

1.' 

1841.  Xotictt  oj  Japan^  \u.  tA\  '^79 


Art.  III.      Notices    of  Japan f   No.   IX.:  arts  and  manu/tuturcs 
among  the  Japanese:  lacker'Warey  paper y  commerce^  tea^  6^c. 

The  state  of  the  irts  in  Japan  is  another  point  upon  which  tliere  is  some  dif- 
ficulty in  fonning  an  opinion,  partly  from  a  little  distrust  in  the  coRfiOM«tfur.ship 
of  the  members  of  the  factory  at  Dezima,  and  partly  from  the  unanimous  assu- 
ranees  that  the  best  specimens  in  any  department  are  utterly  unattainable  by  fo. 
reigners.  Some  notion  tnight,  indeed,  be  formed  upon  the  subject  from  the  station 
of  the  artist  in  the  classification  of  society,  but  for  tlie  possibiUty  that  this  may 
denote  rather  a  past  than  the  present  state.  All  that  can,  theiefore,  be  safely 
affirmed  is,  that  the  arts  are  more  advanced  in  that  country  than  in  Chma. 

Respecting  the  art  of  music,  there  needs  no  addition  to  what  has  been  already 
stated.  We  are  told  that  the  Japanese  are  extremely  fond  of  painting,  and  eager 
collectors  of  pictures ;  that  they  sketch  boldly  with  charcoal  and  often  in  ink, 
never  having  occasion  to  efface ;  that  their  outlines  are  clear,  and  their  drawing  as 
good  as  may  be  compatible  vnth  ignorance  of  perspective  and  anatomy.  From 
this  ignorance,  probably,  arises  their  acknowledged  inability  to  take  a  likeness, 
the  professed  portrait-painters  bestowing  their  care  rather  upon  the  dress  than  the 
features  of  their  sitters.  In  birds  and  flowers  they  succeed  better;  and  two  folio 
volumes  of  paintings  of  flowers,  with  the  name  and  properties  of  each  written  on 
the  opposite  page,  the  work  of  a  Japanese  lady,  and  by  her  presented  to  Heer 
Titsingh,  her  husband's  friend,  are  spoken  of  as  beautiful.  Delicate  finishing 
seems  to  be  the  chief  excellence  of  all  Japanese  artists. 

Of  the  higher  department  of  the  art,  landscape  and  figures,  some  specimens  are 
afforded  by  the  writers  upon  the  subject,  but  so  various  in  merit,  that  they  perplex 
almost  as  much  as  they  assist  the  judgment.  Titsingh's  plates  of  weddings, 
funeral  processions,  &«.,  from  paintings  by  native  artists,  are,  as  nearly  as  may 
be,  on  a  ievel  with  Chinese  pictures.  Meylan's  are  a  shade  better,  and  such  as 
the  qualified  praise  bestowed  might  lead  one  to  expect*  Siebold's,  although  he 
visited  Japan  prior  to  Meylan,  are  far  better,  at  least  those  of  them  which  are 
taken  from  pictures  painted  for  him :  and  this  he  explains,  by  stating  that  the 
yotmg  native  artist  whom  he  employed  was  studying  the  European  principles  of 
his  art.  But  the  plates  in  Overmeer  Fischer's  splendid  volume  are  of  a  character 
so  very  superior  to  all  the  others ; — ^they  are  so  highly  finished,  and  have  so  much 
of  light  and  shade,  though  defective  enough  in  drawing  and  perspective,  that  it  is 
difficult  not  to  suspect  some  few  improving  touches  to  have  been  given  in  Holland 

*  A  story,  told  by  Meylan,  of  the  proficiency  of  Japanese  artists  two  centuries 
ago,  might  startle  those  who  have  read  the  opinions  of  these  writers,  or  looked  at 
most  of  their  plates.  It  is  that,  when  the  ceremony  of  image-trampling  wta  first 
ordained,  there  being  a  scareity  of  Portuguese  pictures  of  the  Madonna  and  Child 
for  simultaneous  trampling,  a  Japanese  painter  was  ordered  to  make  a  copy  of 
one,  and  the  copy  was  not  to  be  distinguished  from  the  original.  It  is  to  be  ob. 
served  that  the  president  never  saw  the  copy,  and  the  connoisseurs  who  had  pro- 
nounced upon  its  undistinguishableness  were  Japanese.  The  painter  was  rewarded 
with  decapitation.  This  story,  however,  is  quite  compatible  with  very  poor  dc 
signing  on  the  part  of  the  artists,  for,  like  the  Chinese,  they  are  no  doubt  excellent 
iniitatoxb. 


iSO  Notices  of  Japan,  \o.  tX.  Mat, 

before  the  Japanese  pictures  pined  into  the  engraver's  hands ;  a  suspicion  cer- 
tainly  not  weakened  by  the  mspectioii  of  the  Japanese  rooms  in  the  Royal 
Museum  at  the  Hague,  where  we  are  told  to  seek  the  best  specimens  of  every 
description  that  can  be  smuggled  into  Dezima  and  on  ship-board.* 

l*he  Japanese  are  unacquainted  with  oil-painting,  but  skillful  in  the  manage- 
men!  of  water-colors.  These  they  prepare  from  minerals  and  vegetables,  obtain- 
ing tints  far  more  brilliant  and  bisautiful  than  ours. 

Prints  they  have  in  abundance,  but  only  wood.cut£.  The  art  of  engraving  up. 
on  cbpi^r  has,  however,  been  recently  introduced  amongst  them,  and  adopted 
with  an  eagerness  which  promises  Well  for  its  cultivatbn. 

Of  the  art  of  sculpture,  no  trace  appears  in  any  of  the  authors,  beyond  the  oc 
casional  mention  of  a  little  ornamental  carving;  but  we  are  told  that  the  Japanese 
have  attained  as  much  ezceUenoe  in  casting  as  is  compatible  with  utter  disregard 
of  proportions.  They  are  said  to  east  handsome  vases  and  images,  and  their  bells 
are  remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  the  bas-reliefs  that  adorn  them.  These  bells 
have  no  metallic  tongues,  but  are  sounded  by  striking  them  externally  with  wood. 

or  architecture,  as  an  art,  no  idea  exists  in  this  country.  Of  military  engineer- 
ing and  navigation,  as  sciences,  the  Japanese  are  also  ignorant,  though  they  have 
the  compass,  and  probably  also  possess  such  knowledge  of  military  tactics  as  is 
sufficient  for  their  purpose. 

Of  the  lacker. work,  known  in  this  country  as  Japan,  all  the  writers  assert  that 
tio  adequate  idea  can  be  conceived  from  the  specimens  commonly  seen  in  ESurope. 
What  is  really  fine  cannot  be  purchased  by  foreigners ;  and  the  best  ever  obtained 
by  the  members  of  the  factory  are  received  as  presents  firom  their  Japanese 
friends.  These  are  mostly  deposited  in  the  Royal  Museum  at  the  Hague ;  and 
although  esteemed  at  home  scarcely  second-rate,  are  so  really  superior  to  the 
ordinary  Japan,  that  no  opinion  should  be  given  upon  the  beauty  of  the  art,  with- 
out having  inspected  that  collection. 

The  whole  process  of  lackering  is  extremely  slow.  The  varnish,  which  is  the 
resinous  produce  of  a  shrub  called  urun  no  4n',  or  *vamish  plant,*  requires  a  tedious 
preparation  to  fit  it  for  use.  It  is  tinted  by  slow  and  long-continued  rubbing  upon 
a  copper-plate  with  the  coloring  material;  and  the  operation  of  lackering  is  aa 
tedious  as  its  preUminaries.  Five  di&rent  coats,  at  the  very  least,  are  successive- 
ly  applied,  suffered  to  dry,  and  then  ground  down  with  a  fine  stone  or  a  reed ;  t 
and  it  is  only  by  this  patient  labor  that  the  varnish  acquires  its  excellence.  The 
brilliant  mother-of-pearl  figures  consist  of  layers  of  shell,  cut  and  fashioned  to  the 
shape  required,  and  colored  at  the  back ;  then  laid  into  the  varnish,  and  subject- 
ed to  the  same  coating  and  grinding  process  as  the  rest,  whence  they  derive  their 
glittering  splendor. 

The  Japanese  do  not  understand  cutting  precious  stones,  and  therefore  set  no 
value  upon  them,  which  may  accotmt  for  the  want  of  jewellery  in  the  drees  of  both 

*  Dr.  Von  Siebold's  JapanieuM  museum  is  said  to  be  richer  and  superior  to  the 
Japanese  rooms  in  the  Royal  Museum.  It  has  very  recently  been  purchased  by 
the  Dutch  government  to  add  to  their  museum  at  the  Harue. 

t  Grindmg  with  a  reed,  or  rush,  sounds  strange ;  but  Visher's  words,  **  Met 
enn  figmn  9teen  of  hie9  afgetUpen!*  admit  of  no  other  hiterpretation,  the  diction, 
ary  am>rding  no  other  signification  of  hiet  than  *  rush,*  or  *  reed.'  If  we  suppose 
the  warehouse-master,  or  the  interpreter  through  whom  he  obtained  his  informa- 
tion, to  have  included  bamboo  in  the  genus  reed,  the  difliculty  would  be  much 
lessened. 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan  ^  No.  IX.  281 

■exes.  In  metallurgy,  they  are,  however,  very  skillful ;  and  the  heautiful  work 
called  Myakudo,  in  which  varioua  roetala  are  partly  blended,  partly  combined,  pro. 
dacing  an  effect  much  reeembing  fine  enanleU  ia  used  in  lieu  of  jewels  for  girdle- 
clasps,  boxes,  sword-hilts,  ^cc.  But  the  branch  of  this  art  in  which  they  surpass 
most  other  nations,  is  the  tempering  of  steel,  and  their  sword-blades  axe  said  to  be 
of  transcendent  excellence,  bearing  the  fine  edge  of  a  raxor,*  and  capable  of  cut- 
ting  through  an  iron  nail.  They  are  valued  accordingly ;  as  we  are  told  that  a  sum 
equal  to  jCIOO  is  not  thought  too  much  to  give  for  a  peculiarly  fine  sword-blade, 
whibt  an  old  one,  of  exquisite  temper,  is  esteemed  beyond  all  price.  Their  ex- 
portation is  prohibited,  from  some  superstitious  idea  of  an  intimate  connexion  be- 
tween  Japanese  valor  and  Japanese  arms,  as  a  joint  heritage  from  their  divine 
ancestors. 

Of  the  manufactures  of  the  country,  it  is  enough  to  say  that  they  make  every, 
thing  wanted  for  their  own  use ;  that  their  porcelain  has  degenerated  from  its 
pristine  superiority,  it  is  said,  owing  to  a  deficiency  ef  the  peculiar  fine  clay ;  and 
that  their  most  beautiful  silks  are  woven  by  high-born  criminals,  who  are  confined 
upon  a  small,  rocky,  unproductive  island,  deprived  of  their  property,  and  obliged 
to  pay  for  the  provisions,  with  which  they  are  supplied  by.  sea,  with  the  labor  of 
their  hands.    The  exportation  of  these  silks  is  likewise  prohibited,  t 

*  Fischer. 

*  [The  manufacture  of  paper  in  Japan  is  worthy  of  a  more  particular  notice 
than  has  been  given  to  it ;  the  following  account,  compiled  from  Kaempfer,  is  ex- 
tracted from  the  Saturday  ^Magazine.    The  troe  from  which  the  paper  is  made  is 

the  Brouuonetia  papyrifera^  called  kaji  by  the  Japanese,  and  bHoo  Wk  by  the 

Chmese.  Some  of  the  finest  specimens  we .  havo  seen  are  much  whiter  than  the 
bamboo  paper  of  the  Chinese  ;  the  color  of  t)ic  common  sorts  is  a  yellowish  white  ; 
and  by  much  use  the  surface  becomes  furred  though  it  does  not  soon  wear  out. 

'*  From  a  strong,  branched,  woody  root,  rises  a  straight,  thick,  equal  trunk,  very 
much  branched  out,  covered  with  a  fat,  firm,  clammy,  cliestnut-colored  bark, 
rough  without  and  sm30th  on  the  inside,  where  it  adheres  ta)'the  wood,  which  is 
loose  and  brittle,  with  a  large  moist  pitli ;  tlie  branches  and  twigs  are  very  fat, 
covered  with  a  small  down,  or  wool,  of  a  green  color,  inclining  to  purple. 

**  Every  year,  when  the  leaves  are  fallen  ofi',  or  in  the  tenth  Japanese  month, 
which  answere  to  our  December,  the  twigs  are  cut  into  longths,  not  exceeding 
three  feet,  and  put  together  in  bundles,  to  be  afterwards  boiled  in  an  alkaline  lye. 
These  faggots  are  placed  upright  in  a  Isrge  kettle,  which  must  be  well  covered, 
and  boiled  till  the  bark  shrinks  so  far  as  to  allow  about  half  an  inch  of  the  wood 
to  appear  naked  at  the  top ;  when  the  sticks  have  been  sufiiciently  boiled,  they 
are  taken  out  of  the  water  and  exposed  to  the  air  to  cool ;  the  bark  is  then  stripped 
from  the  wood  and  dried,  and  laid  up  to  be  manufactured  at  a  future  time. 

"  When  a  sufficient  quantity  is  collected,  it  is  soaked  in  water  for  three  or  four 
days,  and  when  soft,  the  blackish  skin  which  covered  it  is  scraped  off  with  a 
knife ;  at  the  same  time  also,  the  stronger  bark,  which  is  of  full  a  year's  growth, 
is  separated  from  the  thinner,  which  covered  the  younger  branches,  the  former 
yielding  the  best  and  whitest  paper,  and  the  latter  orily  a  dark  and  indifferent 
sort.  If  there  is  any  bark  of  more  than  a  year's  growth,  it  is  likewise  picked  out 
and  laid  aside  for  the  purpose  of  msking  a  coarser  description  of  paper.  All 
knotty  particles,  and  discolored  portions,  are  also  picked  out  and  laid  on  one 
side.  After  it  has  been  sufficiently  cleansed  and  separated,  it  must  be  boiled  in 
clear  lye.  During  the  time  it  is  boiling,  it  is  kept  constantly  agitated  with  a  strong 
reed ;  this  part  of  the  process  must  be  continued  until  the  baik  has  become  so 
tender  as  to  separate,  when  gently  touched  with  the  finger,  iQto  flocks  and  fibres. 

**  After  the  bark  has  been  boiled,  it  has  to  be  washed,  and  this  part  of  the  busi. 
pess  is  of  no  small  consequence  in  paper-making,  and  must  be  managed  with  great 

VOL.   X.   NO.    V.  36 


'282  Notices  of  Japan,  No.  IX,  May, 

With  respect  to  commerce,  the  external  trade  ii  now  limited  to  two  Dutch 
shipe,  and  twelve  Chineae  jmika  yearly.  Nor  is  this  all.  The  valne  of  the  eufpntm 
these  vesselB  import  is  limited;  for  the  Dutch  to  about  JC75,000  sterUng,  for  the 
Chinese  to  half  as  much  mora,  aanuallj.  The  exports  have  been  piugresaively 
narrowed,  until  they  are  nearly  confined  to  camphor  and  copper,  and  the  quantity 
of  the  latter  to  be  allowed  is  matter  of  constant  dispute  between  the  Dutch  &c. 
tory  and  the  exchequer  of  Nagasaki.  The  foremment  dreads  the  exhaustion  of 
the  mines. 

The  intemal  trade  is  said  -to  be  very  considerable,  its  aotirity  and  importance 
originating  in  the  Tariety  of  produce,  resulting  from  the  great  variety  of  climate. 
The  islands  constituting  the  empire  of  Japan  and  its  dependencies,  the  Lewchew 
iaUnds  to  the  south,  and  Yezo  and  the  Kurile  archipelago  to  the  north,  extend* 
from  the  94th  to  the  50th  degree  of  north  latitude,  and  from  the  193d  to  the  150th 
of  east  longitude.  Hence  the  southern  islands,  although  all  of  them  are  not  hot 
enough  for  the  sugar-cane,  teem  with  meet  of  the  fruits  of  the  tropics,  n^lst  the 
no^lthem  yield  those  of  the  temperate  looes.  The  mountains  abound  in  mineral 
wealth  of  every  description,  and  the  volcanic  districts  in  sulphur. 

The  droidatiog  medium  of  the  country  is  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  but  only  the 
gold  and  higher  silver  pieces  can  prafterly  be  called  coin.  They  bear  the  mint 
stamp,  and  are  of  ascertained  value;  the  smaller  silver  pieces,  and  all  the  copper, 
appear  to  pass  by  weight.  Paper-money  is  likewise  current  in  some  principalities,  t 

judgment  and  attention ;  if  it  is  not  washed  long  enough,  the  paper  will  be  strong 
and  of  a  good  body,  but  coaneand  of  little  value.  If,  on  the  contrary,  the  washing 
has  been  continued  too  long,  it  will  afibrd  a  whiter  paper,  but  too  spongy  in  its 
texture  and  unfit  to  write  on ;  so  that  the  greatest  care  and  judgment  is  necessary 
to  avoid  either  extreme.  The  washing  taJLCs  place  in  a  running  stream,  the  bark 
being  placed  in  a  sort  of  fim  or  sieve,  which  will  let  the  water  run  through ;  it  is 
stirred  continually  with  the  hands  until  it  becomes  a  delicately  soft  woolly  pulp. 
For  the  finer  sort  of  paper  the  washing  must  be  repeated ;  but,  in  this  case  the 
bark  must  be  put  into  a  linen  bag,  instead  of  a  sieve,  for  fear  it  shonld  escape 
along  with  the  water.  The  bark  having  been  sufficiently  washed,  it  is  spread  on 
.a  thick  smooth  wooden  table,  and  beaten  with  a  wooden  mallet  until  it  is  suffi. 
ciently  fine. 

**  The  bark,  thus  prepared,  is  put  into  a  narrow  tub  with  a  slimy  infusion  of 
rice  and  of  a  root  called  oreni.  It  is  then  stirred  with  a  thin  clean  reed,  until  the 
ingredients  are  mixed  into  a  uniform  liquid  mass  of  a  proper  consistence ;  this 
succeeds  better  in  a  narrow  tub,  but  the  piilp  is  afterwards  placed  in  a  larger  and 
wider.mouthed  vessel.  The  moulds  on  which  the  paper  is  to  be  made  are  formed 
of  the  stems  of  bulrushes  cut  into  narrow  strips,  instead  of  brass  wire,  as  in 
Europe.  Out  of  this  larger  vessel  the  leaves  of  paper  are  lifted,  one  by  one,  by 
means  of  the  mould.  Nothing  remains  now,  but  proper  management  in  tlie 
drying  of  them.  In  order  to  th&,  they  are  laid  up  m  heaps  upon  a  table  covered 
with  a  double  mat,  and  a  small  piece  of  reed  is  placed  between  every  leaf^  which 
standing  out  a  little  way,  ^rves  afterwards  to  lift  them  up  covenientlv,  leaf  by  leaf. 

«•  Every  heap  is  covered  with  a  small  plank  or  board  of  the  same  shape  and  size 
as  the  paper,  on  which  are  laid  weights,  first,  indeed,  very  small  ones,  for  fear  the 
leaves,  being  yet  very  wet  and  tender,  should  be  pressed  Into  a  solid  mass ;  but, 
by  degrees,  the  pressure  is  increased,  for  the  purpose  of  pressing  out  all  the  water. 
The  next  day,  the  weights  are  taken  ofi^  and  the  leaves  lifted  up  singly,  by  the 
help  of  the  small  reeds  already  mentioned,  and  carried  on  the  palm  of  the  hand 
to  a  long  rough  plank,  on  which  they  are  placed,  and  afterwards  dried  in  the  sun.**] 

«  Siebold. 

t  [We  have  lying  before  us  a  Japanese  work  on  numismatology,  :he  Kin  Gin 

Dxu  Roku,  ^^  ^^  1^  iSr  Memoir  and  Plates  on  Gold  and  Silver  [coinsj, 


1 84 1 .  Notices  of  Japan,  No.  IX.  283 

A  post  for  letters  is  established  thoaghout  the  empire,  whicli  thougrh  pedestrian, 
is  said  to  be  wonderfully  expeditious.*  Every  carrier  is  aciiconipanied  by  a  part 
ner,  to  guard  against  the  possibility  of  delay  from  any  accident  that  may  chance 
to  befal  him.  The  men  run  at  their  utmost  speed,  and  upon  nearing  the  end  o^ 
their  stage,  find  the  relay  carriers  awaiting  them,  to  whom  the  packet  is  tossed 
the  moment  they  are  within  reach  of  each  other.  The  relay  postmen  haye  started 
before  the  arriving  postmen  have  stopped.  The  greatest  prince  of  the  empire,  if 
he  meets  the  postmen  on  the  road,  must  give  way,  with  his  whole  train,  and  take 
care  that  their  course  be  not  obstructed  by  him  or  his. 

By  land,  goods  are  conveyed  on  pack-horses  and  pack4>xen,  that  ascend  and 
descend  the  already-mentioned  staircase  roads  over  the  mountains.  But  the 
principal  carriage  of  merehandize  is  by  water;  and  for  the  navigation  of  their 
rivers  and  lakes,  for  fishing  on  the  coasts,  and  even  crossing  the  sea  from  island 
to  island,  the  Japanese  vessels  are  very  sufficient.  That  they  are  utterly  inade- 
quate to  long  voyages  arises  from  the  governmental  system  of  seclusion.  A  sort 
of  Japanese  navigation  act  prescribes  the  form  in  which  ships  must  be  built,  re- 
quiring  them  to  be  so  weak  about  the  Btem,t  and  the  rudder  to  be  so  hung,  that  a 
rough  sea  must  be  almost  certain  to  carry  away  the  latter,  if  not  to  break  a  leak 
in  the  stem:  a  device  pretty  effectual  to  prevent  the  voluntary  undertaking  of 
long  voyages,  but  that  must  cause  the  loss  of  many  fishing,  boats  and  coasting- 
vessels. 

Almost  all  the  Japanese  craft  are  equally  calculated  for  sailing  and  rowing. 
The  largest  are  of  sixty  tons  burden,  and  have  one  heavy  mast,  bearing  an  im- 
menae  square  sail,  with  a  small  mast  and  sail  at  the  prow.  The  oan  are  very 
long,  and  not  taken  out  of  the  water  in  rowing*  The  rowen  stand  to  their  work, 
and  are  said  to  impel  the  vessel  with  extraordinary  swiftness*  Japanese  sailon 
are  generally  bold  and  skillful.  The  fisheries  are  very  productive,  and  the  fisher, 
men  in  constant  activity,  fish  being  the  principal  food  of  the  people.1 

in  7  vols.,  octavo,  published  at  Yedo  in  the  6th  year  of  the  reisn  of  Buneheu  (a.  d. 
1893),  which  gives  an  account  of  ancient  and  modem  coins.  There  are  550  kinds 
described,  most  of  which  are  figured ;  the  figures  are  colored  by  means  of  painted 
stamps,  a  branch  of  the  typographical  ait  wmch  we  have  never  seen  attempted  in 
any  Chinese  book.  GrolcC  silver,  and  copp«ir  coins  of  different  values  are  common 
in  Japan ;  they  are  cast  (Lf  we  are  rightly  informed)  and  not  coined,  but  the  finish 
of  the  workmanship  and  distinctness  of  the  die  would  do  cYedit  to  any  artist,  and 
far  surpass  that  of  the  Chinese  coins.  We  suspect  there  must  be  some  uninten. 
tional  mistake  in  this  place,  since  Japanese  coins  have  long  been  known  and 
prized  by  amateur  numismatologists.  Thunberg's  collection  sold  for  a  large  sum, 
and  Titsingh  also  brought  many  specimens  from  Japan.  The  paper  money  in  the 
principality  of  Figo  is  issued  by  the  sovereign,  and  cannot  be  carried  out  of  his 
dominions.  Various  devices  are  resorted  tu  for  the  purpose  of  rendering  the  bills 
difficult  of  imitation.    The  law  punishes  forgery  with  death.] 

•  Siebold.  [It  appears  that  this  post,  like  that  in  China,  is  ahnbst  wholly  for 
the  convenience  of  the  government,  and  its  officen.  Some  of  the  princes  too 
have  their  own  postmen;  private  letten  and  pareela  are  carried  much  on  the  same 
plan  as  among  the  Chmese.    See  ChL  Rep.,  vol.  IX.  page  636.] 

t  Fischer. 

t  [The  Japanese  coast  is  filled  with  vessels^  engaged  in  carrying  cargoes,  and 
in  fish'nf .    La  Peyrouse  met  several  of  them,  one  of  which  he  thus  describes. 

**  This  vessel,  which  would  carry  about  a  hundred  tons,  had  but  one  mast,  very 
tall,  placed  in  the  centre,  and  appaientiy  composed  of  several  spars,  bound 
together  by  copper  hoops  and  wooldings.    The  sail  was  made  of  linen ;  and  the 


281  NoiUts  of  Japan,  No.  IX.  May, 

In  aipiculture,  tlie  Japanese  are  equally  dilig^ent  and  ■uccewful.  Willi  the  ex. 
ception  of  the  roads,  and  of  the  woods  required  to  supply  timber  and  charcoal, 
hardly  a  foot  of  ground,  to  the  very  tops  of  the  mountains,  is  left  uncultivated.* 
Where  cattle  cannot  draw  the  plough,  men  take  their  place,  or  substitute  manual 
husbandry.  The  soil  is  naturally  sterile,  but  the  labor  bestowed  upon  it,  aided 
by  judicious  and  diligent  irrigation,  and  all  the  manure  that  can  in  any  way  be 
collected^  conquers  its  natural  defects,  and  is  repaid  by  abundant  harvests. 

The  grain  principally  cultivated  is  rice,  said  to  be  the  best  produced  in  Asia. 
Barley  and  wheat  are  likewise  grown — the  former  for  feeding  the  cattle ;  the  lat. 
tcr  is  little  valued,  and  chiefly  used  for  cakes  and  soy.  This  last  is  made  by 
fermenting  together;  under  ground,  wheat,  a  pecuhar  kind  of  bean,  and  salt. 
Beans  of  all  sorts,  some  other  vegetables,  and  various  roots,  are  sedulously  cul. 
tivated,  as  is  the  mulberry,  solely  for  the  sake  of  the  silk. worm.  A  coarse  sugar 
is  said  to  be  obtained  from  the  sap  of  a  tree  as  welt  as  from  the  cane. 

BiA  the  grand  object  of  cultivation,  next  to  rice,  is  the  tea-plant.  This  was 
introduced  into  Japan  about  the  beginning  of  the  ninth  century,  when  the  bonze 
Yeitsin,  returning  from  China,  presented  the  fint  cup  of  tea  to  the  mikado  Saga. 
its  consumption  is  now  almost  unlimited.  To  supply  this  demand,  in  addition  to 
the  large  plantations  where  it  is  grown  and  prepared  for  sale,  the  hedges  upon 
many  farms  consist  of  the  tea-plant,  and  furnish  the  drink  of  the  farmer's  fami- 
ly  and  laborers.  The  finer  sorts  of  tea  require  especial  care  in  the  cultivation.* 
The  plantations  are  situated  remote  from  the  habitations  of  man,  and  as  much  as 
may  be  from  ail  other  crops,  lest  the  delicacy  of  the  tea  should  suffer  from  smoke, 
impurity,  or  emanations  of  any  kind.  They  are  manured  with  dried  anchovies  and 
a  liquor  pressed  oUt  of  mustard^seed.  They  must  enjoy  the  unobstructed  beams 
of  tlie  morning  sun,  and  thrive  best  upon  well-watered  hill  sides.  The  plant  is 
pollarded  to  render  it  more  branchy,  and  therefore  more  productive,  and  must  be 
five  yean  old  before  the  leaves  are  gathered.  The  process  of  harvesting  the  tea, 
or  rather  of  storing  the  harvest,  is  one  of  extreme  nicety.  The  leaves  for  the  finer 
and  coarser  teas  are  sorted  as  they  are  plucked ;  and  no  more  of  either  kind  are 
gathered  in  a  day  than  can  be  dried  before  night.  There  are  two  modes  of  dry. 
ing,  called  the  dry  and  the  wet  process.  In  the  one,  the  leaves  are  at  once  roast, 
ed  in  an  iron  pan,  then  thrown  upon  a  mat  and  rolled  by  hand ;  during  the  whole 
operation,  which  is  repeated  five  or  six  times,  or  till  the  leaves  are  quite  dry,  a 
yellow  juice  exudes :  this  is  called  the  dry  preparation.  In  the  wet  process,  the 
leaves  are  fint  placed  in  a  vessel  over  the  steam  of  boiling  water,  where  they 

breadths  were  not  sewed  together,  but  laced  in  the  direction  of  the  length  of  the 
saii.  It  appeared  of  vast  size  ;  and  two  jibs,  with  a  spriUsail,  composed  the  rest 
of  the  suit.  A  Utile  gallery,  three  feet  wide,  projected  on  each  side  of  the  ves- 
sel, ana  reached  one-lliird'  of  her  len^h  from  the  stem.  Over  her  stem  were 
projecii:i|r  beams  painted  green.  The  boat  placed  athwart  her  bows,  exceeded 
by  seven  or  eiffht  feet  the  width  of  the  vessel,  which  had  a  very  ordinary  sheer,  a 
flat  stern,  with  two  small  windows,  very  little  carved  work,  and  resembled  the 
Chinese  jnnks  in  nothing  but  the  manner  of  fastening  the  rudder  with  ropes.  Her 
side  galleries  were  only  two  or  three  feet  above  the  water-line,  and  the  ends  of  the 
boat  must  touch  the  water  when  the  ship  rolled.  Every  circumstance  led  me  to 
presume  that  these  vessels  were  intended  only  for  coaaten,  and  could  not  be  very 
safe  during  a  gale  of  wind."  See  also  Chi-  Rep.,  vol.  VI.  pages  220  and  3G1.] 
•  M<5ylan.  t  Siebold. 


1841.  Av(ifM  of  Japan,  Av.  tX.  &!5 

nnuiu  till  they  are  williered ;  lliey  are  Ibeii  railed  by  hind,  and  diivd  iii  Ihe  iron 
routmg.pan.  When  thus  preparBd,  lc»  of  the  yellow  juica  exuding,  Ihe  leaven 
retain  a  bri^^hter  green  color,  aod  more  of  their  narcotic  quality .  Hence  Dr.  Von 
SieboLd  conjecturea  that  all  black  and  green  teas  dilfer  eolulj  from  the  mode  of 
drying  the  leavea,  i>ut  without  the  uae  of  copper.  Yet  it  muit  be  remembared  that 
LiniiKiu  held  them  to  be  of  two  distinct  plants ;  and  that  in  the  best  European 
botanical  gaidens— e.  g.  at  this  rooraent  at  Laydon,  where  Dr.  Sieboid  reiidea — 
two^  distinct  platits,  with  -somewhat  diSareatly  ihaped  leaves,  are  shown  as  the 
bhMh  and  the  green  tea  plants.  When  freih  dried,  the  tea  is  delicately  susceptible 
of  odors,  and  ret^uiEes  to  the  carefully  guarded  from  Iheir  iofluenoe. 

Ere  quitting  this  subject,  a  few  words  must  he  uid  of  Japanese  gardeners, 
although  their  horticultural  skill  iliould  rather  entitle  Uiem  to  rank  amongst  the 
artista  or  artificers  than  the  agriculturista.  These  gardeners  value  themselves 
alike  upon  the  art  of  dwarfing,  and  also  of  unnaturally  enlarging, '  all  natural 
productions.  Thej  exhibit^  in  the  miniature  gardens  uf  the  towns,  fuU.groum 
Inns  of  vaiiouB  Jcinds,  three  feet  high,,  with  heads  three  feet  in  diameter.  Th^« 
dwarf-tisBs  arc  reared  in  llower.pota,  as  alluded  to  in  one  of  the  poenu  before 
quoted;  and  when  tlicy  beat  luxuriant  branchos  upon  a  distorted  stem,  the  very 
acmi  of  perfection  is  attained:  or.  to  ipeak  more  correctly,  it  might  be  supposed 
attained,  had  not  president  Aleylan,  in  the  year  1B3S.  seen  a  box,  which  he 
describe!  as  one  inch  in  diameter  by  throe  inches  high,  but  which  Fischer  repre- 
sents, somewhat  less  incredibly,  as  four  mchea  long,  one  and  a  half  wide,  and  sii 
high,  in  which  were  actually  growing  and  thriving  a  binibDo,  a  iir,  and  a  plum- 
tree,  the  latter  in  full  blossom.  The  price  of  this  portable  grove  was  1,200  Dutch 
gulden,  at  about  £100. 

As  examples  of  the  success  of  these  horticulturiats  in  the  opposite  branch  of 
their  art,  Mcylan  describe*  plum.trees  covered  with  blossoms,  each  blossom  four 
limes  the  siie  of  the  cabbage-rose — of  course,  not  producing  fruit,  which  tba 
Japanese  appear  not  greatly  to  value— and  of  radishes  weighing  from  fifty  to  sixty 
pounds;  radishes  of  fifteen  poundi  weight  he  speaks  of  as  of  common  occurrence. 
This  gigattifying  ut,  to  coin  a  word,  is  more  beneficially  applied  to  fir-trees: 
many  of  these  growing  in  the  grounds  of  temples  are  rspresented  as  extmordinari- 
ly  large.  No  dimeiuionB  of  Irunka  are  stated,  but  ive  are  told  that  the  branches 
springing  at  the  height  of  seven  or  eight  feet  are  led  out,  sometimes  across  ponds 
and  supported  upon  props,  to  such  a  length,  that  they  give  a  shade  of  thraa  hund- 
red feet  in  diameter.  Thunberg  also  mentions  a  pine  he  aaw  near  Odowara  near 
Yedc,  the  branches  of  which  were  twenty  paces  long,  and  supported  on  poles,  the 
whole  forming  a  vegetating  covering  over  a  sunmier-bouse.' 

•  [To  the  person  acquainted  with- Chine-''  art'*  and  lencuUiirc,.  many  of  llio 
operations  described  in  this  article  will  be  seer  !■.  Ixar  a  very  close  tesembisnce  lo 
those  pncticed  in  the  former  kingdom.  The  "jluvaiiori  of  ncc  and  tea  is  con- 
ducted on  the  same  plan  ;  the  taste  for  vegetiil.k-  ruonatrofiilics,  as  dwarfed  IrtcB, 
crooked  and  fantastic  shaped  bamboos,  tLC.  i;-  pticuliar  (n  tio-lb  ;  many  of  rhc 
processes  employed  in  agriculture,  as  will  as  m  other  occupations,  are  the  same 
in  both  countries ;  and  lastly,  many  of  the  foaturci  of  the  social  system  are 
apparently  identical.] 


280  The  Hongkong  GazeiU,  May, 


Art.  iV.  The  Hongkong  Gaxeiie:  Nos.  I  and  2,  May  1st  and 
iSih^  1841,  containing  official  notices  of  the  govemmaU  and 
population  of  the  island. 

These  two  numbera  affotd  the  best  information  we  have  of  the  new 
possession  of  the  British  crown  in  the  east.  "  A  gazette  will  be 
published,  under  the  authority  of  the  government  of  this  island 
(Hongkong),  at  semi*monthly  periods  from  this  date,"  May  1st  1841, 
"  with  a  view  to  afford  greater  publicity  to  the  general  orders  that 
may  from  time  to  time  be  issued  by  the  officers  of  the  British  go* 
vernment  and  forces.  The  sheet  will  be  filled  up,  when  it  is  found 
necessary,  by  the  insertion  of  such  statistical  returns  and  other  pub- 
lic documents  as  shall  be  deemed  valuable  or  interesting."  The 
Ist  number  contains  a  translation  of  Keshen's  memorial,  published  in 
our  last,  with  the  following  public  notices. 

No.  1. 

Captain  William  Caine,  of  her  majesty^  96th  (or  Cameronian)  regiment  of  in. 
fantry,  in  appointed  Chief  Magiatrate  of  the  island  of  Honj^kon^^,  pending  her 
majeaty's  further  pleasure,  and  all  peieons  repairing  thither  are  required  to  respect 
the  authority  in  him  vested,  agreeably  to  the  annexed  warrant. 

(Siffned)  Charlbs  Eluot,  H.  M.  Plenipotentiary, 

Charged  with  the  government  of  the  island  of  Hongkong. 

WARRANT,  Bt  CmaUiKs  Eluot,  esquire,  her  majesty's  plenipotentiary, 
&C.,  6lc^   charged  with  the  govemment  of  the  island  of  Hongkong: 

Pending  her  majesty's  further  pleasure,  I  do  hereby  constitute  and  appoint  you, 
William  Caine,  esquire,  captain  in  her  majesty's  36th  (or  Cameronian)  regiment  of 
infantry,  to  be  Chief  Magistrate  of  the  island  of  Hongkong;  and  I  do  further 
authorize  and  require  you  to  ezercise  authority,  according  to  the  laws,  customs 
and  usages  of  China,  as  near  as  may  be  (every  description  of  torture  excepted), 
for  the  preservation  of  the  peace,  and  the  protection  of  life  and  property  over  ail 
the  native  inhabitants  in  the  said  island  and  the  harbors  thereof. 

And  I  do  further  authorize  and  requiro  you,  in  any  case  where  the  crime,  ac 
cording  to  Chinese  law,  shall  involve  punishments  and  penalties  exceeding  the 
following  scale  in  severity,  to  remit  the  case  for  the  judgment  of  the  head  of  the 
govemment  for  the  time  being. 
Scale: — Imprisonment,  with  or  without  hard  labor,  for  more  than  3  months;  or 

penalties  exceeding  9^^* 
Corporal  punishment  exceeding  100  lashes.  Capital  punishment. 

And  I  do  further  require  you,  in  all  cases  followed  by  sentence  or  infliction  of 
punishment,  to  keep  a  record,  containing  a  brief  statement  of  the  case,  and  copy 
of  the  sentence. 

And  I  further  authorize  and  require  you  to  exercise  magisterial  and  police  au. 
thority  over  all  persons  whatever  (other  than  natives  of  the  ishmd,  or  persons  sub- 
ject  to  the  mutiny  act,  or  to  the  general  law  for  the  govemment  of  the  fleet),  who 
shall  be  found  committing  breaches  of  the  peace,  on  shore  or  in  the  harbors  of  the 
island,  or  bxeacbes  of  any  regulation  to  be  issued  from  time  to  time  by  this  govcm- 
ment,  according  to  the  customs  and  usages  of  British  police  law. 

And  I  do  hereby  authorize  you,  for  the  police  purposes  herein-bofore  speeifled, 
to  arrest,  detain,  diaeharge,  and  punish  such  offenders,  according  to  the  principles 
and  practice  of  general  British  poUce  law. 


1841.  The  liongkotig  Gazette.  -^ST 

And  mil  penons,  subject  to  the  mutiny  act,  or  the  general  law  for  the  govern, 
ment  of  the  fleet,  found  committing  police  or  other  oSenaeB,  ihall  be  han£d  over 
to  their  proper  military  Buperion  for  punishment. 

And  I  do  further  authorize  and  require  you,  to  detain  in  safe  custody  any  per. 
son  whatever,  found  committing  crimes  and  offenses  within  the  government  of 
Hongkong,  amounting  to  felony,  according  to  the  law  of  England;  forthwith  re. 
porting  your  proceedings  herein,  and  the  grounds  thereof,  to  tlie  head  of  the 
government  for  the  time  being.  And  for  idi  your  lawful  proceedings  in  the  pre. 
mises,  this  Warrant  shall  be  your  sufficient  protection  and  authority. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  of  office  at  Macao,  at  this  thirtieth  day  of  April, 
in  the  year  1841.  Charles  Elliot. 

No.  2. 

Rules  and  Regulations  for  the  British  Merchant  SmmNG. 

The  following  Rules  and  Regulations  for  the  preservation  of  the  peace,  and  the 
maintenance  of  due  subordination  on  board  the  British  merchant  shipping,  now  at 
anchor  or  hereafter  arriving  within  the  port  of  Hongkong,  are  published  for  the 
information  of  all  whom  it  may  concern. 

Sbotiom  1.     Cf  the  functions  of  the  magiUrate. 

Rbo.  No.  J.  To  repair  forthwith  on  board  of  any  British  ship,  sending 
or  making  the  signal  for  assistance  (signals  hereinafter  specified),  by  reason 
of  the  riotous  state  of  the  crew,  and,  if  a  state  of  actual  violence  or  resistance 
to  authority  shall  exist,  to  take  instant  and  energetic  measures  for  the 
restoration  of  the  peace  and  due  subordination. 

RjBo.  No.  2.  Fire-aniis  in  no  case  to  be  used  on  such  occasions,  except 
for  the  protection  of  life,  till  the  magistrate,  or  in  his  absence  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  ship,  or  one  of  the  constables  ofpoUce,  shall  have,  audibly 
and  ineffectually,  made  the  following  proclamation  (or  words  to  the  like 
effect):  "  Our  sovereign  Lady  the  Queen  commands  aJl  persons  here  assem- 
bled, immediateiy  to  duperse  themselves,  and  to  return  peaceably  to  the  per- 
formance of  their  duties.    God  save  the  Queen." 

Rbo.  No.  3.  The  Magistrate  on  the  spot,  after  summary  inquiry  into 
the  occasion  of  any  riot,  may  issue  his  warrant  for  the  apprehension  of  any 
persons  who  shall  appear  to  him  to  have  acted  as  ringleaders,  either  leaving 
them  for  safe  custoay  on  board  their  own  ships,  or  committing  them  to  jail, 
as  he  may  judge  best  under  the  circumstances. 

Sbotion  2.     Of  the  offenses  cognixable  by  the  magistrate,  and  the  penalties 
thereunto  attached. 
Reo.  No.  1.  Offence. 

1.  Drunkenness  with  riot,  either  on 
board  a  ship,  or  on  shore. 


Penalty. 

1.  Confinement,  with,  or  without, 
hard  labor,  not  eiceeding  two  weeks,^ 
or  a  penalty  not  eiceedmg  2U  shillings, 
or  both — according  to  the  particular 
gravity  of  the  offense,  and  its  frequency . 

2.  Either  .of  the  above  pemdties. 


2.  Contempt  of  the  authority  of  the 
magistrate  on  any  occasion  of  mquiry. 

3.  Disobedience  of  orders  to  desist 
from  riotous  conduct,  or  abusive  and 
menacing  language  tending  to  the  dis- 
turbance of  the  peace  and  of  due  subor- 
dination. 

4.  Ringleaders  in  riots,  attended  with 
violence  towards  officers,  or  resistance 
to  the  magistrate,  or  the  constables  of 
police,  engaged  in  the  restoration  of 
the  peace. 

Rbg.  Na  2.  A  decision  against  a  prisoner  involving  higher  penalties, 
or  longer  confinement,  than  those  set  down  in  the  1st  and  2d  specification, 
needs  the  the  souctioa  of  the  head  of  the  guvenimuut,  ur  in  his  absence  of 


3.  Confinement  in  the  like  manner, 
not  exceeding  14  days,— or  a  penalty, 
not  exceeding  £2  10s.;  or  both  accord- 
ing to  the  circumstances. 

4.  Confinement  in  like  manner,  not 
exceeding  one  calendar  month,^r  a 
penaltv  not  exceeding  £5,-M>r  both, 
according  to  the  circumstances. 


•188  The  Hongkong  Gmcih,  Mav, 

the  deputy  superintendent,  and  is  therefore  not  to  be  pronounced  by  the 
Magistrate,  till  that  sanction  has  been  received,  the  prisoners  being  re- 
manded after  the  closing  of  the  evidence  on  the  defence. 

Reg.  No.  3.  All  other  offenses  of  a  more  aggravated  nature,  or  not  spec- 
ified above,  to  be  reported  to  the  head  of  the  government  by  the  Magistrate, 
and  the  prisoners  to  be  left  in  confinement  according  to  the  customs  and 
usages  of  the  sea  service,  pending  further  instructions  under  his  hand ;  or 
to  be  committed  to  jail. 

Reo.  No.  4.  All  prisoners  to  be  maintained  on  the  half  allowance  of 
provisions  (without  spirits),  for  which  maintenance,  a  sum  of  9(/  per  diem 
shall  be  paid,  and  charged  against  their  wages. 

Reo.  No.  5.  If  the  prisoner  shall  have  been  confined  on  board  the  ship 
to  which  he  belongs,  no  charge  shall  be  made  for  his  maintenance. 

Reo.  No.  6.  Commanders  of  ships  to  whiuh  prisoners  belong,  under 
confinement  according  to  these  rules  and  regulations,  are  at  liberty  to  hire 
laborers  to  supply  their  place,  charging  the  daily  expense  to  the  wages  of 
the  prisoners. 

Reo.  No.  '7.  [n  the  case  of  prisoners  not  having  wages  enough  to  meet 
the  penalties  they  have  incurred,  the  magistrate  may  remit  the  same  at  the 
end  of  their  confinement,  and  the  want  of  funds  may  not  be  made  a  ground 
for  detention  beyond  the  period  orimnally  determined. 

Reo.  No.  8.  Commanders  of  snipe,  who  have  been  called  upon  to  pay 
penalties  out  of  seamen's  wages,  to  be  furnished  with  a  certificate  by  this 
government. 

Reo.  No.  9.  Nothing  herein  contained  to  be  construed,  to  prevent  the 
commander  of  any  ship  from  restraining  his  crew,  by  such  lawful  means  as 
he  may  see  fit  to  use  on  his  own  responsibility,  and  without  making  applica- 
tion for  police  assistance. 

Section  3.  Of  the  signals  to  be  made  by  British  ships^  requirvng  assis- 
tance^  by  reason  of  the  riotous  state  of  the  crew. 

Reo.  No.  1.  In  the  day  time,  ensign,  union  downwards  to  be  hoisted 
wherever  most  conspicuous  or  convenient,  and  a  musket  to  be  fired  to  draw 
attention.  In  the  night  time,  three  or  four  lights  in  the  after  rigging,  at 
irregular  heights,  and  firing  of  single  muskets,  to  be  repeated  at  intervals  till 
assistance  arrives. 

Section  4.  Of  the  rate  at  which  payments  art  to  be  made^  and  the  dis^ 
posal  of  penalties. 

Reo.  No.  1.  All  payments  and  penalties,  made  or  incurredunder  these 
rules  and  regulations,  to  be  at  the  rate  of  55.  the  Spanish  dollar. 

Reo.  No.  2.  All  penalties,  levied  agreeably  to  these  regulations,  to  be 
for  the  use  of  Her  Majesty,  in  part  payment  for  the  police  expenses  of  this 
government. 

Seotion  5.  Of  the  manner  in  which  seamen  or  others  on-  board  British 
ships  are  to  seek  redress. 

Reo.  No.  1.  Any  person  having  a  complaint  of  ill  usage  to  proceed 
respectfully  to  the  commander,  or  commanding  officer,  and  to  request  to  be 
allowed  to  repair  on  shore  to  the  office  of  the  magistrate ;  and,  fkiling  redress 
by  that  means,  to  forward  a  letter  to  the  head  of  the  government,  in  order 
that  such  present  inquiry  and  remedy  may  be  had  as  the  case  demands. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  of  office  at  Macao,  this  thirtieth  day  of 
April,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty -one. 

Charles  Elliot,  H.  M.  Plenipotentiary, 
Charged  with  the  government  of  the  island  of  Hongkong. 

In  the  second  number  are  given  the  names  of  the  villages  and 
hamlets  on  the  island  with  the  number  of  their  estimated  population. 


I  ear  The  ilangkmig  OautU  389 

The  lisl  ia  as  fullows,  ihe  nam^  being  written  an  tliey  ue  praboun- 
cfld  OD  the  epot. 

No.  3. 

Chek-chu,  ff!  ^  the  capiul,  a  large  (own.  Populalion  2000 

Heongkoog,^  1^  A  large  fishfog  Viir>ge.  EHW 

Weug-nei-chung,  K  %  j^  An  agricutlural  village.  300 

Kung-lam'  vv  ^  Slone-quarfy— Pob'^  village.  200 

Shek-lup,  ^  [i{]             Do,                     bo.  150 

Soo-ke-wan,  ^  1^  ^         Do.         Large  village.'  1200 

Tai-aliek-ha,  ;^  ^  H"  Stone  quarry,  a  hamlet,  20 

Kwun-tai-loo,  f^  ;/t  SD"  Fishing  village.  50 

Soo-koon-iKKj,  -1^  ^  1^  A  hamlet.  10 

Hung-heong-loo,  ;fvt  §  )t^  Hamlet.  60 

Sai-wan,  ^  ^  Hamiei.  30 

'l'^  long,  ^  -J^  Fishing  hnmlet.  5 

Too-lc-wan,     i  jIJI,  j^  Sione  quarry,  a  bamlet.  CO 

Tai-tam,  ^  ^  Hamlet,  near  Tytam  bay.  20 

Soo-koo-wan,  ^  gX  '^  Hamlet.  30 

Shek>tong'chuy,  /p  Jp  IJq  Stone^uarry.     Hamfet.  25 

Cfami-bum,  ^  j^  Deserted  fibbing  hamle)'.  60 

Tseen-suywan,  ^^M             ^  ^ 

Sum-Miy-wan.  j?^  tK  ^                ^-  Wl 

Shek-pae,  ^  S^                             Do.              .  00 

43S0 

In  Ihe  Bazaar.       - 800 

In  the  Boala, 2000 

Laborers  from  Kowlung.         ......        QpQ 

Actual  present  p^ulatioD.  7,450 

'1*he  Isthmus  of  Kowlung,  or  Treabmbhatauy,  ^  M?  1^  con- 
tains about  600  people. 

kowlung  ^  ^,  TaipSng  ^  |||,  and  Lye  mboh  gg|  gp^  f^. 
are  villages  and  places  near  (hte  isthmus. 

■  IIm -pcipalalioD  of  thii  pitca  ti  migMarj:  die  pl&cis  ii  attxn  complalel^ 
dewrted,  uid  the  preMnt  influx  tiS  inliabitant*  dBpenda  upon  tiie  gnkt  dcmtnil 


'2U0  Jounta/  oj   OcnonnceB  Ma  v. 


.Art.  V.    :Jt>urHal   of   Oejcurrette6s -t  iUi>*  war  .spirit;  ihentw  cabi^ 

net;  military  operations  at  Nittgpo  and  CUuiaa;  murder  of  capr 

^  '     tain  JStead,  and  visit  of  iki  CdlU/fibim;  [death  of  Mr:  FiM  ofid 

the  loss  of  twa '  BfiUsk  •  ^ficers v*  pirates .  and  fishertken.;  .the  Meib 

tsotang  in    Macao   and  his,. edicts;    Lin^s  depjarture  for    Cher 

^    '  ke'dng;  punishnunt'  for  'talkihg  oh  politics;  intermption  of  trade 

"    ]  at  Canton;  perfidy  and  cruelty  of  tht  government;  the  prefect*  i 

edict   atid  captain    EIUqVs  notice;  the  plot  and  attack  on  the 

'  '     British  forces;  'Seizure  and  release  of  Afuerican  merchants;  fires 

r     in  the  suburbs;  >  rifling,  the  factories;  flrc'rafts ;  bombardment; 

future  operations.  .,  .        .' 

War,  and  nothing  but  war,  seems  now  contemplated  and  resolved 
!on  by  the  Chinese,  from  one  extreme  of ^he-^mpire  to  the^  other. 
War  against  queen  Victoria  and  her  subjects  is  to  be  waged,  withoitt 
mercy,  at  all  points,  and  by  all  means.  '  Exterminate  the  rebels !'  '  ex- 
terminate the  rebels!'  are  the  reiterated. orders  that  come. in  quick 
succession  from  the  one  man  occupying  the  dragon-throne.  It  is 
said  by  many  of  the  Chinese,  who  suppose  they  know  the  truth  of  the 
'matter,  that  the  emperor  will! isten  to  no  proposals  for  an* amicable 
arrangement  with  the  rebels,,  and.is, angry  when  any  such  are  brought 
to  his  notice,  while  he  threateiis  with  death  the  man  who  may  dare 
to  talk  of  making  peace  with  the  English ! 

The  gratification  hoped  for,  as  expressed  on  the  26th  of  January, 
in  the  address  to  '  my  lords  and  gentlemen '  from  the  British  throne, 
cannot  be  realizefl :  it  was  a  vain,  hopie :.  iher  majesty's  sentiments; 
hpwever,  deserve  to  be  put  on  Record,  in  'contrast  with  the  imperial 
will  of  her  elder  brother.     Sfi'e  says,  *    ' 

!'<>*  Having  deemed  it  neceraary.to  lend  to  the  cqatt  of  China  atiaval  and  mill- 
tagry  force  to  demand  reparation  and  redress  for  injuries  inflioted  upon  some  of  my 
Btibjects  by  the  officers  of  the  empefdr  of  China,  and  for  indignities  offisrid  to  ah 
agent  of  my  crown,  I  at  the  same  time  appointed  plenipotentiaries  to  treat  tipon 
'thea6  matters  with  the  Chinese  government.  The  plenipotentiaries  were,  by  the 
lasi- accounts,  in.  negrotiation  with- the  government  of  China;  and  it  will; be  a 
80urce  of  much  gratilication  to  me,  if  that  government  shall  lie  induced,,  (>y  its 
own  aense  of  justice,  to  bring  tlicae  matters  to  a  speedy  settlement  by  an  amicable 
arraiigement."  •    ./      i  ..    . 

-  Anew  cabinet  has  been  formed  b^  the  emperor.    Keshen  the  3d, 
andElepoo  the  5th,  members  of  the  Nuy  Kd,  or  Imperial  Cabinet, 

J^avjB  been  displaced,,  and  Paouhing,  ^  .^.  a  Mantchou,!  and'Yi- 
king  ^  ^M  ^^^  ^  Mantchou,  have  been  placed  in  thjeir,  steady 
These  new  members  ar^e  leading  ministers  of  the*  war  party  ;  ,th^J}rst 
is  distantly,  and  the  second  closely,  connected  with  the  imperial 
family.  Concerning  the  fate  oF  K^sheh  we  have  nothing  as  yet  but 
rumors.  We  trust  his  life  will  not  be  reqnired  to  appease  the  wrath 
of  his  master.  The  opinion  has  been  expressed  by  many — officers 
and  gentlemen — in  (Janton,  that  it  will  not. 


.18-11.  Journal,  oj  •  i Prcitrneun.  % .  201 

MiHlary  operations  for  tlcjense^  of  Nhtgpo  and  Chusan,  since  the 
British  evaeiiatecl  the  latter  pJace,  have  been  carried  forward < with:  the 
utmost  ^dispatch  of  which-  the  fChinese  are  capablei  This;  we  wepe 
led  to  suspect' from  tlie  tenor  of!  imperial  orders;  and  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case.  By  'the .  visit  of  the  Columbine  the  facl  of  such 
woiks  being  in  progress  is  confirjoed^  Similar  preparations  are  going 
on  along  the  whole  line  of  coast,  and  heavy  drafts*  are  being  made  on 
theimperiaiand  provincial  tieasuries  for  their  accomplishment. 

The  \report  of  tike'  death  of  captain  Stead;  of  the:  Pestunjee  Bom  an* 
jee,  noticed  on  page  182  in  our  number  for  March,  is' confirmed  .by 
intelligence  which  captain  Clarke  obtained  at  or.near  Singlo,  a-  few 
miles  from  Ketow  point.  .The  natives  in  one  village  fled  in  cousterna- 
-tioii;:  as  the  Cokimbifie's  boat  .approached  the  shore:  At  another, 
notifar  from  the  same,  the  people,  who  manifested  foo  alatm,  declared 
thai  the  foreigner  had  been  beaten  to  death  at  tbeTormier  village. 

xThe  visit  of  the  Cohtmbine,  capt.i  Clarke,  wiihaidispatch  for  the 
government  of  Chekeahg,  was  spurned,  and  all  intei-course  deniied  ; 
and  not  only  so,  but  ttiemost  unequivocal  demonstrations  of  hos- 
tilities: were  made.     She  returned  to  Hongkong  on  iihe  ;l  Itb. 

The  death  of  Mr,  Fields  who  was  iost  with  two  oflioers  of  the 
Blenheim:  on  the  26th  of  March,  has  been  already  noticed,  on  page 
182.  The  body  of  Mr. :  Field  was  found;  washed  up  onishore,  off  the 
this  Barrier  on  the  morning  of;  the  .1  st  ultimo. ,  li  was  easily  recognis- 
ed, und  the  marks  it  bore  left  little  or  no  room rlo  doubt  .that  his 
death  hadJ>6en  caused  by  vtolenca. /. The  only? conclusion  regarding 
the  two  officers  is:  that  they  .have/ also  suffered  the  same  fate,  by.  the 
same  hands^— doubtless  pinatical.  The  iwholo  truth  of  thia  ease,  and 
that  of  the  Black  Joke  and  some  others,  will  probably  never  be  fully 
disclosed  in  this  world:  if  it  could,  and  the  government  were  impli- 
cated, the  case  of  these  sufferers  should  be .  registered  with  .that  of 
those  in  the  Spanish  ship  Bilbaino.  That  the  provincial  auihorities 
deny  all  knowledge  of  the  case  is  naught — for  again  and  again  it  has 
been  proved  that  *  they  know- not  what  truth  is.'  .!.    .  : 

Pirates,  always  numerous  in  troublesome  times  on  these  coasts, 
have  of  late  showed  themselves  unusually  bold  and  daring,  in  re- 
peated in.nances  they  have  approached  European  boats  y, but,  except 
it  may  be  in  the  case  of  Mr«  Field's  boat  noticed  above,  they  seem 
not  to  have  had  any  success.  ;  ..  i 

On  the  unarmed  fishing-boats,  these  Vwater^lhieves,-  as.  the  Chi- 
nese call  pirates^  have  been  more  successfuL.  Several- have  been 
cutoff — the.  boats  destroyed  and  the  people  killed.  This  (the  go- 
vernment being  otherwise,  occupied)  has  constrained  the  fishermen 
toarmi  for  sejf-protection.  On  the  10th  x>f  the  month  some :  three 
hundred  of  these  fishing  smacks  were  in  the  Inner  Harbor  of  Macao. 
They  have  procured  a  few  small  guns  and.  again  ^disappeared;  The«e 
aro'Other  reasons  assigned'.for  their  presence  hece :  one,  given  by  the 
'mandarins,'  is  that  the  fish  outside  are  scarce  Just  .now  1  Another 
is  that  they  were  going  to  carry  divers  up  the  river  to  attack  the 
queen's  ships  near  Canton  1  It  is  quite  true  that  they-  have,  ^succeeded 
in  capturing  some  of  the  pirates.  -u    . 


392  Journal  of  Octurrenas.  May, 

A  new  tsoiang,  or  under-magistrote,  armed  in  Macao  about  the 
middle  of  the  month,  and  has  issoed  several  proclamations^- one  for- 
bidding the  Chinese  to  sell  strong  drink  to  foreigners,  another  threat- 
ening pnnishnieut  to  bandits  and  robbers,  a  third  prohibiting  all 
the  good  natives  to  embrace  the  religion  of  the  foreigners  or  to  as- 
sume their  dress,  and  s  fourth  disallowing  their  serving  the  barbae 
rians  as  chair«bearer8,  nurses,  dl6c« 

Xfin,'  late  commissionery  governor,  &d.,  left  Gaqton  for  Ghikeaog 
early  in  this  month,  leading  2000  soldiers,  fpr  the  defeqse  of  If  ingpo, 
Chinhaei  Chusan,  6lc. 

Smnmary  pumshmeni  was  inflicted  upon  a  'traitoroiis  native-  on 
the  8th  instant  in  the  streets  of  Canton.  The  maq  had  presuiqei  to 
speak  regarding  the  business  in  hand  betweeq  the  Chinese  and  fo- 
reiffners.  Accordingly  it  was  necessary  that  he  should  be  disciplined 
and  others  admonished.  T^o  small  sticks — ^little  mimic  flags — were 
stuck  one  througl^  each  ear,  so  as  tq  stand  erec|  one  oq  either  side 
of  his  head.  His  hands  were  boqnd  bel^ind  his  back,  and  theq  witl| 
one  man  beaming  a  gong  l^efore  him,  anc)  another  following  to  beaf 
his  ^re  back  with  a  rattaq,  he  was  marched  tl^rough  the  streets  of 
the  city  under  a  guard  of  soldiers. 

Interruption  (^the  trade,  which  lyad  been  carried  on  with  pnusqal 
dispatch  during  the  last  moqth,  and  first  half  of  the  present,  was  at 
leqgth  again  to  be  interrupted.  The  Horatio  was  the  first  ship  that 
sailed  from  Whampoa  after  the  raising  of  the  blockade ;  she  went 
to  sea  on  the  12th  ult.  The  Akbar  followed  on  the  Uth^  and  others 
soon  succeeded.  Thus  business  weqt  on  qntil  Friday  night,  ^he  21st 
instant,  when  the  scene  changed,  hostilities  by  fire  and  sword  com- 
mencing at  dead  of  n.ight. 

The  perfidy  and  cruelty  of  the  Chinese  government  has  been  exr 
hibited  in  the  late  ruptqre  in  a  manner  that  wijl  deprive  its  officers 
of  all  syn^pathy  for  whatever  sufferings  they  may  have  lo  bear.  Thf? 
conduct  of  these  officers  has  been  false  and  treacherous  to  a  degree 
of  which  we  had  si^pposed  man,  even  but  half-civilized^  quite  incapar 
ble.  Siich  treachery  deserves  the  strongest  reprehension,  with  pii- 
nisbment  the  most  signal  and  exemplary.  When  such  treachery  can 
be  practiced  with  impunity  a  government  cannot  long  exist.  And 
if  the  Great  Pure  dynasty  n^qst  be  supported  by  such  means,  its 
downfall  will  be  no  matter  of  surprise  or  regret. 

When  the  advanced  squadron  reached  the  gates  of  the  city,  on^  the 
18th  of  March,  its  governmeqt  and  people  were  spared  without  ran- 
som, on  condition  of  their  ceasing  from  hostilities,  and  allowing  an 
immediate  restoration  of  trade.  There  was  neither  doubt  nor  equi- 
vocation in  the  terme  of  agreement.  Nothing  btit  goo<)  faith  was 
needed  to  render  the  engagement  permanent  and  safo.  In  a  melisqre, 
the  Chinese  officers  siicceeded  in  restoring  cpnfydence.  Thit  peopfe 
returned  to  their  homes  and  shops  in  the  city,  and  bfisiqess  com? 
menoed.  On' the  first  of  this  month,  there  were  all  the.  appearances 
of  peace,  and  little  concern  was  msnifesled  for  the  safety  of  persons 
or  property  in  the  provincial  city.  Such  were  the  appearances ;  buf 
^hey  were  all  false  and  treacherous. 


1841.  Journal  of  Orrurrmrea.  "^:J 

This  falsehood  and  this  treachery  were  early  known  to  many  na- 
tives, as  they  now  confess,  and  were  suspected  by  some  few  foreign- 
ers. Fresh  troops  were  daily  arriving  at  the  city :  but,  it  was  said^ 
they  had  been  ordered  hither  by  the  emperor,  and  sufficient  time  had 
not  elapsed  for  the  orders  to  be  countermanded.  They  were  quar- 
tered in  the  city,  because  the  temples  there  afforded  them  convenient 
shelter  from  the  raiqs  of  the  season.  New  cannon  were  being  cast  at 
Fatshan,  because  many  of  the  old  ones  had  become  useless.  Thus 
and  thus  the  Chinese  excused  every  overt  act  that  attracted  notice, 
while  in  secret  they  were  manuring  their  plans  and  collecting  the 
means  for  destruction. 

When  it  was  stipulated  that  Canton  should  be  spared,  it  was  known 
to  the  Chinese  that  the  objects  of  the  expedition  would  be  pressed 
northward.  The  I5lh  of  this  month,  according  to  common  report, 
was  the  day  fixed  for  a  detachment  to  move  from  Hongkong  and 
proceed  to  Amoy.  Preparations  Were  made  accordingly.  But  before 
this  day  arrived,  alarm  in  Canton  had  caused  thousands  of  natives  to 
leave  the  city ;  while  the  foreign  merchants  were  by  no  means  free 
from  anxiety,  believing,  as  maily  of  them  did,  that  the  local  govern- 
ment was  meditating  evil. 

On  the  10th,  H.  B.  M.'s  plenipotentiary  proceeded  to  Canton  in 
the  Nemesis;  on  the  Llth  had  an  interview  with  the  prefect,  and  lefl 
the  city  the  s^me  evening.  Captain  Elliot  was  accompanied  by  Mrs. 
E\\iQi — thus  showing  the  Chinese  that  he  entertained  no  suspicions 
of  their  breaking  faith.  We  do  not  know  what  information  was 
gained  by  this  visit  and  interview  with  the  prefect,  but  we  suspect 
there  was  no  longer  any  doubt  in  the  plenipotentiary's  mind  of  the 
fiBTtainiy  of  a  speedy  rupture.  Operations  were  planned  accordinrgly. 
The  expedition  to  Amoy  was  postponed ;  and  the  only  question  ap- 
peared to  be ;  Ifow  it  should  move  on  Canton — should  it  wait  for  the 
Chinese  to  complete  their  plans,  or  should  it  strike  first? 

On  the  17th  captain  Elliot  again  lefl  Macao;  and  the  commander- 
in-chief,  sir  Hugh  Qough,  and  the  senior  officer  of  the  squadron  sir 
I^e  Fleming  Senhouse,  at  nearly  the  same  time,  proceeded  with  their 
forces  towards  Canton. 

The  new  gqns,  cast  at  Fatshan,  had  been  brought  to  the  city,  and 
numerous  batteries  were  erected  along  the  river's  bank  from  one  end 
of  the  suburbs  to  the  other,  manned  by  full  complements  of  soldiers. 
iGuns  and  soldiers  were  also  lodged  in  wariehouses  and  temples  near 
the  river,  and  elsewhere  in  the  suburbs. 

Under  such  circumstances  it  was  not  surprising  that  men,  women, 
and  children.  Bed  from  the  city  jn  crowds.  Mapy  of  the  foreign 
merchants  also  hastened  to  remove  with  their  e^Tecfs,  when  the  pre- 
fect issi^ed  the  following  edict,  under  the  seals  of  his  office. 

■-•■  .••  •  ■  •••• 

"  Yv,  the  acting  prefect  of  Canton,  issues  this  edict  for  public  information,  in 
order  to  calm  the  feelings  of  the  merchants,  and  to  tranqi|ilize  commercinl  bu- 
siness. It  anpears  that  the  detachments  of  troops  for  Canton  have  all  succes- 
sively arriveo;  the  laws  for  the  army,  however,  are  very  strict,  and  without  beinp; 
cpnraii«sioned,  soldiers  can  never  mo«*«  nhnut  to  create  disturbance.     StiM  it  if 


t<>»rpd  that,  as  ilitr  iiiiliiary  hostx  an*  «athrn*(i  in  cloiiiU.  iImv  merr.hanlft  ofi  hII 
nntiuiis  h(M'e  fiigageil  in  commerce,  iiearitig  (hereof,  will  tromble  with  aUnii^ 
not  knowing  where  these  things  w'ill  end.  Some,  friglitened  out  of  their  wits, 
may  abandon  their  goods  and  secretly  go  away;  and  others  may  not  know 
whether  to  expect  qaiet  or  danger ;  while  afl  cherisb  their  fearful -apprtbensionfl] 
Those  foreign  mere liants  who  are  res|iectfNlly  obedieiH,  are  viiswed  as  nuwayi9 
dilterent  from  the  children  of  tlie. celestial  dynasty  ;.and  llie.impei;ial  commtST 
sioner  and  general  pacificator  of  the  rebels,  and  the  high  ministers  and  Joint 
commissioners,  with  their  excellencies  the  governor  and  Ileiitenant-gov^rnbr,  ma« 
naging  all  things  with  due*  consideration,  assuredly  will  hot-involve  the  good  and 
the  upright  in  tmnble.  These  merchants;  being  respectfully:  obedient,  ought  ,to 
be  .protected  from  all.  injury,  and  the  goods  which  they  have,  brought  with  them 
ought  also  to  be  preserved  in  safety.  It  is  therefore  right  to  issue  this  edict  for 
full  information.  And  accordingly,  this  is  published;  (ot  \h4  assurahce  6f' (h6 
merchants  of  every  country  trading  at  Canton  :  to  yoir,  who  have  filway«4ieen 
res|iectfully  obedient  and  long  enjoyed  our  commerce;  theihigh  o.fllcen  of  .-the 
celestial  dynasty  in  fulfilling  the  gracious  pleasure  of  his  iiirperiali majesty  to- 
wards foreigners,  will  give  full  protection  la  the  utmost  of  their-strengthJ  Should 
native  robbers  and  bandits  come  out  to  plunder  or  molekt  ybu,'they  shall  be 
puuished •  with  increased  severity;-  aird  any  'goods  carried  ofT-^hall  hie  restored; 
so  thai  ifae  smallest  lost  shall  not  be  sustained.  And  :you»  the,  iaid  foreign,  men* 
chants,  ought  also,  on  your  |Mii^,  to  remain  4|uiet  in  your  lawful  pursuits,  continu- 
ing vour  trade  as  usual  without  alarm  or  suspicion ;  but  joining  with  the  disturbed 
atiairs  willgive  occasion  for  subsequent  rtipeiitance.    A  special  ^dict.'* 

Copies  of  this  edict  were  put  into  the  handsi  of  the  foreign  mer- 
chants, and  pasted. up  on  tlieir  factories  and  in-  the  steets.  This  was 
done  Thtirsday,  the.^Oth..  The  next  .day  capfain  Elliot  issued  at 
Canton  the  follo^yinff,  , 

"CircM/ar.""'       -  ..    .    m  •.!  •;:   .:<  , 

"  In:  the  present  situation  of  circuoistanoes  her  Brilannic  .mi^esty 's  pleiupoten- 
tiary  feeb  it  his  duty  to  recommend  that  tli^  British  and  other  foreigners,  now 
remaining  in  the  factories,  should  retire  fron^  Canton  before  sunset. 

(Signed)  CiIarlks  Elliot,  H.  B.  M.'s  plenipotentiory. 

"  British  Factory,  21st  May,  1841. 

The  plot  was  now  to  be  developed — we  say  plot,  because  there  is 
no  doubt  that,  in  violation  of  Itheir  engagement,  the  high  officers  had 
concerted  and  matured  a  scheme  to  attack  simultaneously  the  Brit- 
ish forces  at  all  points,  and  also  to  make  prisoners  of  aU  the  foreign 
merchants  in  Canton. 

At  about  M  0^ clock,  Friday  night,  the  Chinese  began  the  attack, 
with  fire  rafts,  which  were  sent  off  against  the  vessels  of  the  advanc- 
ed squadron  at  Canton,  and  at  the  same  time  against  th6  Alligator 
off  Howqua's  fort.  This  was  the  signal  for  general  attack,  when  the 
cannonading  commenced  at  every  point  'where  the  Chinese  could 
bring  their  guns  to  bear  on  their  enemies,  and  was  continued  during 
the  whole  flight.  They  failed  utterly.  The  cutter  Lbi!iida  and 
schooner  Aurora,  anchored  off  the  factories,  were  in  imminent  danger 
both  froiti  the  rafts  and  from  the  giins  of  a  battery  which  hid  been 
erected  abreast  of  them  on  shore.  The  Algerine  returned  the  fire 
from  the  battery  at  Shameen  with  good  effect;  and  the  < Goddess 
of  Vengeance,'  hastily  getting  up  her  steam,  gave  the  Tartar  lads  on 
shore  a  good  supply  of  round-shot,  shells,  and  rockets.  A  few  spent 
shots  struck  the  factories,  but  did  no  great  damage.  Messrs.  Cooljdge 


1811  Juui*nni  of  Onui'imrtb  •405 

aud  MorsM,  with  a  few  of  their  people,  were  the  only  tbrcigiicra  who 
remained  at  the  factories  during  the  night. 

Saturday-morn iag,  the  22d,  at  an  early  hour,  a  boat,  belonging  to 
the  American  ship  Morrison,  with  four  seamen,  an  officer  and  three 
passengers j' pushed  off  for  Whampoa,  carrying  a  ''chop  "  written  in 
large  characters,  and  so  displayed  that  it  could  easily  be  read.  The 
bo<t  was  fired  on,  before  she •  was  out  of  sight  of  the  factories,  and 
ihe, passengers,  and  the  crew  (excepting  one  mani  who  is  said  to. have 
bqem  killed).  wef«  taken*  prisoners,  and  carried  into  the  city.  Of  the 
.whoka- party,  one  on^y  escaped  without  wounds,  and  some  were  se<r 
vHrely  injiired.  Such  conduct  in  the  face  of  the  prefect's  ^dict  ought 
not  to  be  passed  .-without  the  severest  chastisement. 

The  Louisa  and  Aurora  received  a  few  shot^  but  succeeded  in  re^ 
tiring  in  good:  style  down  the  Macao,  passage* 

;  Atfdaylight,  the  Modeste,  Pylades,  Algerine,  and  Nemesis— ^hav- 
ing.'now  done  with  the  [ire-rafl8,<^moved  up  to  silence  the  western 
fort  at  Shameen.  This  done,  the  Nemesis,  followed  by  boats  at  some 
distance,  pushed  further  on  to  the  destruction  of  a  large  flotilla,  lying 
near, the  westernmost  packhouses,  where  39  war-junks  and  fishing 
smacks,  and  about  as  many  fire-boats,  were  burnt.  ,; 

:  During  the  morning — at  about  8  o'clock, — the  rabble  began  to  en- 
ter the  factories;  and  all  those  east  of  Hog-lane  wem  gutted.  The 
large,  mirrors,  chandeliers,  d&c,  in  the  British  Hall  were  all  dashed 
to  pieces^  The  dock  and  all  its  appurtenances  were  hauled  down, 
not:  excepting  the  vane  on  the  top  of  the  belfrey.  The  rabble  alsQ. 
entered  the  chapel,  .destroying  everything  they  could  lay  their  hands 
onj;not'excdpting  the  beautiful  stone  monument  .and  tablet,  erected 
On  i:  the  .east  wall  in  memory  of  one  of  the  former  chiefs  of  the  British 
factory.    .■•..;••  ,  .      .  .■  ■;;, 

In^thQ  midst  of  this  confusionv  Mr.  Moras : succeeded  in  getting  his 
boat  from  the  factory -to  the-  river,  and  effected  aa. escape  to  the  Ne- 
mesifl,.  and^in.  safety  reached  Whampoa.  :  Mf . r:Cooiidge.  was.  pot  so 
foftbnate^bulwaa  carried  off  into  the  city,  where  he:  met  the  party 
thailihadbe6r>  taken tfromt the  boat  of  the  Mofrison.  More,  particii- 
lars  concerning  their  treatment  shall  be?  given ;iii:  the  sequel — suffice 
itihere  tosremack)  thai  .they  Were  all  released  on. Monday.      ..   ..\ 

Therconfusibn  and  consternation  of  Saturday  were  evidently. soinc^ 
what)increased:  by  two*  fires,-  one  of  which  broke. out  in  the^westero 
suburb»vnear.< the  fort  at  Shameen;  the  other  was  on  the? south  of 
the  ffi^en  in:  Honam.     They i did  not  :burn  ^ery  eXteDmvely.4  By .  ^igijitr 

.fail  all; was t|ui«t   -.  .r     -i.  .j  !••  ■•      '      :■"«••'•«  •••j'i. ,;•••••  r.j.  ,,• 

..  ^Keijirt^afts^  boats  and  jttnkshyriere  .numerou&h,i and  the. Chinese 
hoped.'ib  have^>doHe  great  damage  ^ (herewith.  Besides  those  which 
were*  ptil^  in;  motion  .  in  .Fridayu  nighty  others  on  subsequent  dayp 
-were  set<  on. ifire_ further  dow»  the  river, i attempting. the  destruction^, 
sdmaiat  the  Bogtie  of  that iWellefl)e^,>aDd  some  otlibe  Scaleby^Qa^tle 
maari  i  thei Second  :  Baiu ' .  Iiv  the  latter  inistance,  iwhioh * .  happj^e4 '  on 
the:24thv  a  very,  iserious.  accident  occurred..  By:  a  boat's. crew  froiu 
the  Scaleby,  one  of  the  cafts  on  shore  was  boarded,  and  boiue  of  the 


*4i)t»  Joufnai  oj  OceiitfeHces 

combustibles  being  thrown  into  the  boat,  and  the  raft  set  on  fire,  thti 
boat  drew  off;  but  the  (tre  seeming  not  to  take^  the  boat  returned  and 
on  reaching  the  raft  an  exploSsion  took  place,  throwing  combustibles 
and  cinders  into  the  air,  some  of  which  fell  into  the  boat  causing  the 
powder  there  to  explode:  eighteen  men  were  injured,  of  whom  three 
or  four  are  dead. 

On  Monday,  the  24th,  sir  Hugh  Qough  and  sir  Le  Fleming  Sen* 
house,  hatmg  the  preceding  day  come  up  with  their  forees,  move:* 
tnents  commenced  foir  gemrai  aiiack  and  bimAardmeni^  Full  and 
exact  details  of  these,  it  is  <not  now  in  our  power  to  give: — but  our  rea- 
ders shall  have  them  in  our  next.  The  course  of  the  river  is  nearly 
due  east  from  Canton  to  Whampoa ;  and  a  few  rods  west  of  the  fac« 
fbties,  which  are  say  150  yards  from  the  eouthwest  corner  of  the  city, 
b  the  Macao  Passage  running  dm  south ;  a  tittle  farther  west  there 
IS  a  bend,  and  yon  may  ascend  one  branch  of  the  river  in  a  northerly 
direction,  while  the  other  brancb- leads  off  to  Fatshan.  Up  this 
northern  branch,  the  land  forces,  about  2000  strong,  with  some  ten 
6r  twelve  pieces  of  artiikery,  chiefly  in  native  boats,  were  tnoved  by 
the  Nemeisis  from  the  Macao  passage;  and  during  the  same  night, 
or  early  on  Tuesday,  they  took  possession  of  the  heights  on  the  north 
iW  t&e  Tear  of  the  city— a  position  commanding  the  whole  plain  on 
which  Canton  arid  its  suburbs  are  built.  While  this  was  being  done, 
the  forces  for  the  attack  on  the  south  side  had  got  into  position  at 
proper  distances  on  the  I'tver  from  one  extreme  ofthe  suburbs  to  the 
other.  Attacked  nearly  ai  the  same  time  both  on  the  north  and 
sRsuth,  theChinese  troops  soon  fled  from  the  hills  and  the 'suburbs  into 
the  city.  Once  on  Tuesday  the  prefect  came  out  to  the  Hyacinth 
with  a  flag  of  truce,  h\xi  his  proi^als  could  not  be  accepted,  and 
the  cannonading  continued  during  the  25th.  The  report  is*  that 
91,000,000  were  delivered  on  board  the  Hyacinth  on  the  27th,  and 
t'hat  similar  payments  were  to  be  made  on  seven  more  days  in  sue- 
'ce8si6n-^*4s  a  ransom  for  the  city;  Ofthe  losses  sustained,  and  of 
the  arrangements  for  the.esiptured,  we  areas  yet  aninformed.  The 
liumbets  of  killed-  and' wounded,,  on  the  part  of  the*  Chinese  must 
have  been 'great.    Seme  of  the  Eo^isk  troops  'have  also  fallen. 

Fuiftre  operaHons^  oik  the  part  ofthe  British  govermnent,  must 
-ROW  needs  be  put^d  on  with  all  possible  dispatch  and  decision— the 
forces  stopping  nothing  short  of  the  walls  of  the  capital.  ''China 
must!  bend  or  break.''  The  ejccTusive  spirit  of  the  government,  and 
thelibe  and  treacheppuB  conduct  of  itfi  officers,  are  incompsitible 
with  every  principle  of  I'ight  and  reason.  Strong  reinforcements  are, 
Wis'suppoto,  near  ati  hand,  and  the  i¥orld  has  now  just  reason  to  ex^ 
petXthtiL  Greai  Briiam  mU  do  what  is  neusswry  to  tstabUsh  free 
€mdfHe9tiUfrehiiens  between  tAis  empire  and  the  other  nations  ofthe 
4arth.  T^heprinoij^-and. usages  common  among  other  states,  set> 
ciii4ng  ^ee  intei^cettTse  with  redprocal 'rites  and  pririlsges,  must  be 
'licknowledged*  and  established  here.  Nothing  short  of  this  will  aw> 
sweir  the  demands  of  ihe  age,  or  the  expectations  ofthe  many  millions 
of  spectators  of  the  British  expedition  to  China. 


PAGES  NUMBERED  C305-3123   SHOULD  BE  pp.   297-304. 


THE 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY. 


Vol.  S^.— June,  1841.— No.  6 


■ 

Art.  I.  7V<weh  in  (Uvers  parts  of  Europe  and  Asia;  underta" 
km  by  the  French  king*s  order  to  discover  a  new  way  by 
land  to  China,  By  father  Avril,  of  the  order  of  the  Jesuits. 
London,  Tim-Goodwin,  1693. 

Park's  narratives—or  rather  those  translated  by  him — were  mainly 
concerned  with  travelers  who  came  hither  by  sea ;  but  those  compiled 
by  Avril  refer  to  adventurers  who  reached  China  by  land.  Avril, 
however,  was  himself  a  traveler,  having  been  pitched  upon  by  his  su- 
periors to  discover  an  overland  route  for  the  Jesuits  to  China.  *  Fa- 
ther Couplet,'  says  he,  '  had  made  it  his  business  to  form  an  exact 
computation  of  the  number  of  Jesuits  who  had  set  forward  out  of  the 
several  parts  of  Europe,  iii  order  to  undertake  the  mission  which  he 
had  quitted  (after  a  residence  of  thirty  years  in  China);  and  he  found 
that  of  six  hundred  who  had  taken  shipping  for  China,  since  our 
Company  were  permitted  entrance  into  that  kingdom,  .not  above  a 
hundred  safely  arrived  there,  all  the  rest  being  sacrificed  by  the  way, 
either  by  sickness  or  shipwreck.'  The  trai^ls  contain  many  curious 
remarks  in  natural  philosophy,  geography,  and  history,  with  a  descrip- 
tion of  ^  Great  Tartary,'  and  of  the  different  people  who  inhabit  there, 
to  which  is  added  at  supplement  extracted  from  the  works  of  Hak- 
luyt  and  Purchas,  giving  accounts  of  several  journeys^  overland  from 
Ruana,  Persia,  and  the  country  of  the  Moguls  to  China,  with  the 
roads  and  distances^>f  the  places,  dtc,  6lc,  The  author's  preface  is 
worth  reading.  He  says : 
»» It  will  not  be  improper  in  giving  the  publick  an  account  of  my  travela,  to 
VOL.  X.  no;  VI.  38 


3C6  TrattU  in  Europe  and  Asia*  Jvst, 

■peak  a  word  or  two  about  the  reaioiM  that  firrt  ioduce'd  me  to  uodeitake 
them.  Some  yean  ago,  the  R.  F.  Verbieet  of  the  society  of  Jeeus,  a  famone 
miMionary  in  China,  acquainted  hie  ■ttperion  in  Europe,  that  the  miieioni  of 
the  East  were  in  great  want  of  evangelical  labourers ;  and  that  it  would  be 
easy  to  fuuiah  a  coniiderable  number  of  them,  without  expoeiog  them  to  the 
hastrda  that  had  etopt  the  best  part  of  those  who  were  going  into  China 
heretofore  by  sea.  He  show'd  them  that  the  Tartars  in  making  themselves 
masters  of  China,  have  made  a  passage  into  that  vast  empire  through  Great 
Tartary,  and  that  it  would  be  easy  to  take  the  advantages  of  the  commerce 
the  Tartars  had  maintain'd  ever  since  with  the  Chinese,  to  introduce  the 
light  of  the  gospel  among  both  nations. 

••  This  project  prov'd  the  more  acceptable,  by  reason  that  the  loss  of  an  in- 
finite number  of  zealous  missionaries,  who  had  consummated  the  sacrifice  of 
their  life,  before  they  could  reach  the  place  of  their  mission,  was  sen- 
sibly regretted ;  and  that  this  way,  though  difficult  in  the  beginning,  did  not 
seem  impracticable,  since  history  mentions  some  travelers  who  have  had  the 
good  fortune  to  reach  China  by  land.  But  whereas  the  way  thither  was  not 
particularly  known,  I  was  pitch'd  upon  by  Providence,  and  by  my  superiors, 
for  the  better  discovery  thereof,  and  to  get  such  instructions  and  informa- 
tions as  were  most  proper  to  that  end.  I  hope  this  relation  may  prove  ser- 
viceable to  such  missionaries  who  find  themselves  inclin'd  to  carry  the 
gospel  into  those  countries ;  and  that  charitable  persons  who  are  sealous  for 
the  glory  of  God,  will  the  more  willingly  contribute  to  a  design  so  glorious, 
the  execution  whereof  will  daily  become  the  less  difficult. 

••  Besides  the  advantage  of  those  missions  which  were  the  principal  aim  of 
my  travels,  my  relation  will  give  several  new  insights  into  sciences,  and 
particularly  into  geography,  i  wiU  give  an  instance  of  it  in  this  place. 
None  had  yet  been  able  to  discover  the  exact  distance  of  Peking.  It  is  true, 
that  the  last  relation  of  Siam,  and  the  observations  of  the  stars,  and  of  the 
eclipses,  taken  in  that  country,  and  by  the  way,  by  the  fiuhers  of  the  socio* 
ty  of  Jesus,  sent  thither  by  his  majesty  as  his  mathematicians,  had  already 
show'd  us,  that  our  geographical  miqw  had  plac*d  the  extremities  of  Asia 
above  25  degrees  too  far.  But  yet  Mr.  Isaac  Vossius,  who  had  already  print- 
ed  his  sentiments  about  the  measures  of  longitude,  taken  according  to  the 
principles  of  astronomy,  seem*d  to  distrust  those  kind  of  proofs,  and  was  so 
far  from  allowing  China  to  be  nearer,  that  be  pretended  it  lay  even  farther. 
The  relation  of  Siam  not  having  been  able  to  convince  him,  he  publisd'd  a 
small  pamphlet  to  maintain  his  first  sentiments.  But  fkther  Gouye,  profes- 
sor of  the  mathemathics  at  the  college  of  Lewis  the  XIV  ,  refuted  all  his 
reasons,  in  a  very  solid  manner,  which  satisfied  the  publick.  The  truth  is, 
that  both  the  ancient  and  modern  astronomers  have  effectually  made  use  of 
the  eclipses  of  the  moon  to  determine  longitudes ;  and  those  who  are  anywise 
vers'd  in  those  matters,  know  how  much  we  are  oblig'd  to  Gralileo  fbr  the 
discovery  of  the  satellites  of  Jupiter,  and  the  value  we  ought  to  set  upon  the 
learned  and  easy  method  the  illustrious  M.  Capini  hea  given  us  to  find  out 


1841.  Trapeis  in  Europe  and  Asia.  "MT 

loogitttdefl  with  certainty,  in  diBcoveiing  the  emersions  and  immeraiens  of 
stars,  it  is  childish  to  say,  that  wo  will  not  find  wherewithal  to  fill  up  the 
other  hemisphere ;  and  since  M.  Vodsius  was  no  better  vers'd  in  the  those 
principles  of  astronomy  and  geography,  as  M.  Hire  observes  with  reason,  he 
might  at  least,  to  satisfie  himself,  have  taken  the  trouble  to  look  upon  fkther 
Ricdoli's  geographical  tables,  or  Dudly's  maps.  Vossins  was  undoubtedly  a 
great  man,  and  incomparably  well  read,  nay,  beyond  any  other;  but  at  the 
same  time  it  is  undeniable,  that  the  desire  of  appearing  universal,  often 
plunged  him  into  gross  errors,  in  taking  him  out  of  his  province. 

*•  In  fine,  I  am  persuaded,  that  were  Vossius  alive  still,  though  never  so 
prepossessed  with  his  hypothesis,  he  would  yield  to-the  proofs  that  are  set 
down  in  this  book.  And  indeed,  i  have  not  only  observed  the  stars  to  take 
the  altitudes  of  the  countries  where  I  have  been  myself:  i  have  also 
followed  the  rules  he  has  prescribed  to  discover  the  exact  extent  of  every 
country,  the  which  he  prefers  to  astronomical  demonstratioas  {  i  have  taken 
information  from  the  inhabitants ;  I  have  spoken  to  them,  I  have  heard  from 
them  how  many  days  they  employed  in  traveling  to  China,  and  how  many 
leagues  they  travelM  a  day :  1  have  seen  them  go  from  Moscow,  and  come 
back  from  Peking :  in  a  word,  1  have  taken  such  precautions,  that  i  have 
reason  to  believe,  i  have  not  been  deceiv'd.  Ail  my  third  book  is  chiefly 
employed  in  relating  the  different  roads  the  Muscovites  and  Tartars  use  to 
travel  into  China ;  for  which  reason  i  call  this  book,  Travels  into  China, 
though  £  have  not  had  the  happiness  to  reach  it  myself,  according  to  my 
expectation. 

••  1  may  add  in  this  place,  that  though  our  profession  in  general  obliges  us 
not  to  be  sparing  of  our  lives  and  health,  and  to  run  to  the  utmost  bounds 
of  the  world,  through  the  greatest  dangers,  to  the  assistance  of  souls  that  are 
redebm'd  by  the  blood  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  that  we  are  engaged  so  to  do  by 
a  solemn  vow ;  yet  people  may  the  better  rely  upon  the  certainty  of  the 
way  1  have  discovered,  by  reason  that  this  project  has  been  approved  and 
followed  by  the  superiors  of  our  society,  who  have  always  a  particular  eye 
upon  our  foreign  missions,  as  the  most  essential  and  most  holy  part  of  our 
profession,  and  are  always  cautious  not  to  expose  their  inferiors  too  rashly, 
without  a  reasonable  ground,  thereby  to  derive  some  advantage  for  the  good 
of  the  church,  and  for  the  propagation  of  the  true,  faith.  So  that  it  may 
be  inferred  from  thence,  that  they  would  not  have  hazarded  twelve  of  their 
brethren,  all'persons  of  singular  merit,  who  are  gone  within  these  few 
months  for  China,  and  all  of  them  by  land,  unless  they  had  found  some 
solidity  in  the  memoirs  and  instructions  i  have  given  them.  There  are  yet 
several  others,  who  being  moved  by  these  examples,  and  the  desire  of  suffer- 
ing much  for  God's  sake,  are  disposing  themselves  for  the  same  journey,  who 
are  resolved  to  take  the  way  of  the  Yoosbecs  and  of  the  Thibets,  according 
to  the  design  that  had  been  proposed  to  me  by  the  late  count  Byri,  which  he 
would  have  put  in  execution  before  this,  had  not  death  stop  him  in  the  mid* 
die  of  his  glorious  enterprise. 


308  Travels  in  Europe  and  Asia.  June^ 

<«  In  order  not  to  lose  time,  and  to  make  that  road  the  easier  for  those  that 
shall  follow  them,  they  go  first  to  Constantinople,  where  they  will  find  fkther 
BeanvoUier,  my  companion  of  mission,  who  will  be  the  bearer  of  the  king's 
iettets  to  the  sha  of  Persia,  and  who  will  conduct  this  apostolical  company 
to  Trebizond,  to  Erzerum,  to  Irivan,  and  to  Schamaki.  They  will  tarry 
some  time  in  all  those  cities,  there  to  get  new  information,  and  to  estabUsh 
good  correspondencies,  as  also  to  leave  two  or  three  of  their  company  there 
to  serve  towards  the  conversion  of  the  people  of  the  coontiy^  and  to  give 
instructions  to  the  miBsiooaries  that  shall  henceforward  go  that  way.  FVmi 
thence  they  are  to  repair  to  Ispahan,  which  is  the  metropolitan  of  Poriia» 
where  they  shall  desire  the  sha's  protection,  and  deliver  our  monarch's 
letters  to  him,  whose  recommendation  and  zeal  will  be  very  material  for  the 
solid  establishment  of  our  design.  From  Ispahan  they  will  repair  to  Bamar* 
kand,  or  to  Bokars,  there  to  make  the  like  establishment,  while  father  Gri- 
maldi,  who  has  been  chosen  by  the  emperor  of  China  to  succeed  the  late 
fioher  Verfoiest  in  his  place  of  president  of  the  tribunal  of  the  mathematics, 
will  use  his  utmost  endeavore  to  fiusilitate  their  design  in  Chiua.  They  may 
likewise  in  that  journey  learn  the  language  of  the  Chinese  Tartars.  They 
are  also  in  hopes  to  meet  in  their  way  from  Bokara  to  Peking,  among  the 
Chinese  Tartars,  some  of  those  that  have  been  converted  in  coming  to  the 
court  of  Peking.  This  road  has  been  chosen  preforably  to  that  of  the  Mus* 
covites,  both  for  the  reasons  set  down  in  my  book,  and  because  father 
Grimaldi  is  always  diffident  of  those  schismatics,  and  dreads  their  appearing 
too  much  in  China  to  the  shame  of  Christianity,  which  they  diegraoe  by  their 
ignorance  and  brutality. 

**  Our  superiorB  design  to  send  yearly  some  missionaries  whp  shall  follow 
the  same  road,  and  stop  at  Constantinople,  at  Trebiaond,  at  Erserum,  at  Iri- 
van,  and  at  Schamaki,  in  the  room  of  those  who  shall  be  sufficiently  acquaint- 
ed  with  the  languages  to  continue  the  voyage  of  China.  The  Persian  tongue 
will  also  be  of  use  to  them,  siQce  it  may  serve  to  convert  the  Chinese- MahQ. 
metans,  whose  convereion  St.  Fmncis  Xavier  did  not  neglect.  It  is  much 
easier  to  bring  them  to  the  true  fkith,  than  those  who  are  under  the  Turk's 
dominion*  They  may  likewise  usefully  employ  themselves  during  their  jour, 
oey  in  bringing  back  the  Greeks  to  the  church  of  Rome,  which  some  of  them 
are  pretty  well  inclined  to,  as  it  appears  particularly  by  what  I  have  related  of 
Ihe  Armenians,  and  by  the  relation  fVom  Julfk,  which  1  have  annexed  to  thia 
book.  Julfk  is  a  suburb  of  Ispahan,  and  one  of  the  chief  estfthliahments  of 
the  Armenians  in  Persia.  % 

M  Those  missionaries  wfU  likewise  have  the  advantages  of  being  versed  in 
the  apostolical  functions  at  their  arrival  in  China,  by  the  essays  they  shall 
have  madtf  by  the  way,  and  by  the  experience  they  shi^l  have  acquired. 
They  will  consequently  be  in  a  condition  to  labor  effectually  at  their  first 
arrival  into  China,  which  oould  not  be  expected  from  those  who  have  hither, 
to  been  sent  there  by  sea. 

MAlthough  these  precautions  seem  to  be  very  good,  we  are  sensible  at  th^ 


1841.  Travels  in^urope  and  Asia.  >309 

same  time,  that  be  that  plants,  and  he  that  waters,  ia  nothing,  and  that  none 
but  God  ia  capable  to  grant  aucoeaa  to  this  great  undertaking..  The  revolu- 
tion that  happened  in  the  kingdom  of  Siam  has  showed  08»  that  God  through 
the  secret  judgments  of  his  providence,  sometimes  permits  the  best  contrived 
measures,  and  the  designs  that  are  best  laid  for  his  glory,  to  miscarry,  con- 
trary to  our  expectation.  However,  we  shall  have  the  satisfaction  of  having 
done  our  duty ;  and  after  all,  we  shall  be  too  happy  to  acknowledge  ourselves 
useless  servants :  we  hope  that  all  good  Catholics  will  be  willing  to  second 
this  design,  and  to  move  the  mercy  of  God  by  their  prayers,  since  our  sins 
perhaps  hinder  Jiim  from  pouring  his  mercies  upon  China  and  Great 
Tartary." 

Most  of  father  Avril's  observations,  good  and  useful  enough  no 
doubt  in  his  day,  have  been  rendered  valueless  by  subsequent  and 
more  accurate  researches.  Some  facts  and  incidents  are  worthy  of 
remark.  The  practice  of  medicine  among  pagan  people  which  has 
attracted  so  much  notice  within  these  few  years,  is  not  a  new  thing. 
At  Diarbeker,  the  capital  city  of  Mesopotamia,  our  traveler  was  de- 
Jighetd  to  find  thajt  the  Jesuit  fathers  had  made  an  advantageous  use 
of  physic,  to  settle  themselves  in  a  post  most  favorable  to  the  Catholic 
religion,  as  appeared  from  the  surprising  progress  they  had  made. 
Both  in  Kurdistan  and  Armenia  the  practic  of  physick  had  *'  gained 
more  credit  than  the  most  authentic  credentials/' 

The  first  book  of  the  travels  is  filled  with  notices  of  Armenia.  The 
second  is  occupied  with  memoranda  of  things  seen  or  heard  of  in 
Tartary.  The  veteran  traveler  seems  not  to  have  thought  much  of 
the  difficulties  of  passing  across  central  Asia,  nor  would  it  be  very 
strange  if  railways  should  erelong  be  constructed  through  those  re- 
gions from  ppe  extreme  q{  the  continent  to  the  other.  Avril  thus 
speaks  of  tbe  way  tp  China  by  land.        , 

M  Now  in  regard  that  every  degree  of  the  equator  of  the  earth  consists  of 
twenty  leagues,  and  every  league  of  a  tliousand  geometrical  paces,  follows, 
that  every  degree  pf  the  forti'th  parallel,  containing  no  more  than  fifieeii 
lea^ue%  and  nine  hundred  and  fifty-nii>e  g^metncal  paqe8»  the  distance  from 
Bokara  to  Peking  in  a  straight  line  pould  bp  no  more,  then  About  sixhundred 
and  thirteen  leagueSf  and  tp  Kokutan  the  first  city  of  the  Chinese,  four  hun* 
dre'd  sixty-three  only.  This  being  so,  as  it  19  easy  fpr  every  pne  to  be  coiw 
vinc'd  of  it,  there  is  np  question  but  that  the  way  by  land  tp  China  is  much 
more  safe  and  shprt  than  to  go  by  ^ea,  let  the  wind  serve  never  so  fkir.  i 
nrast  confess  that  things  speool^ivdy  consider'd,  appear  always  more  easy- 
than  they  prove  tp  be  in  practice,  because  we  cannot  certainly  foresee  all  the 
accidents  we  may  meet  with  in  a  k>ng  journey ;  nor  dp  i  pretend  to  warrant 
the  person  that  undettakea  them  from  all  accidents.  But  as  I  have  tmvel'd 
enough  in  the  east. to  know  what  success  a  man  may  have ;  i  da^e 


-•^'.y 


310  Traveh  in  En  rap  f  and  Asia.  June, 

assure  him  aflcr  a  long  experience,  that  it  appcar'ed  to  me  more  easy  in  the 
practical  part  than  it  appears  perhaps  to  otliers  in  the  speculative.  For  not 
to  speak  of  those  who  have  formerly  attempted  very  near  the  same  thinga 
with  success,  as  Paul  the  Venetian,  Benedict  Goes  the  Jesuit,  and  some 
others  who  happily  arriv'd  m  China,  by  a  way  that  was  but  very  little  known 
at  that  time,  and  then  to  come  to  a  display  that  makes  our  way  more  plain« 
by  that  little  knowledge  we  have  of  the  eastern  countries,  which  are  the 
nearest  to  us,  there  is  no  dispute  of  the  easiness  to  go  from  France  to  Bo- 
kara,  or  Samarkand ;  from  whence  it  is  apparent  by  what  I  have  said,  that 
there  remains  no  more  then  a  fourth  part  of  the  way  to  reach  Peking. 

••The  voyage  from  Marselles  to  Constantinople  is  usually  made  in  a 
month ;  from  Constantinople  to  Teflis,  and  by  the  Black-sea,  is  but  eight  or 
ten  days  sail  at  most ;  from  thence  to  Erzerum  is  but  seven  or  eight  more ; 
from  Eszerum  to  Irivan  the  most  heavy  laden  and  encumber'd  caravans  get 
to  their  journeys  end  in  twelve  .or.  thirteen ;  from  thence  to  Tauris,  the 
ancient  Ecbatina  of  the  Medea,  much  about  the  same  time.  From  this 
cityt  which  is  the  second  of  Persia  for  spaciousness  and  beauty,  and  which 
is  the  resort  and  thoroughfair  for  all  nations  that  traffick  almost  over  all  the 
East,  there  are  two  different  ways  to  reach  the  Yousbecs.  The  first,  which 
is  the  shortest,  leads  to  the  province  of  Kilan,  so  well  known  to  aQ  the 
world  for  the  beautiful  silks  which  are  there  wrought ;  and  ihis  journey  is 
perform'd  in  three  weeks;  and  being  arriv'd  there«  you  may  embark  upon 
the  Caspian  sea,  the  southern  part  of  which  ia  callM  the  sea  of  Kilan ;  from 
whence  you  may  in  a  straight  line  to  Bokara,  enter  the  river  Oxus,  which 
washes  the  wall  of  it.  The  second  road  lies  through  Ispahan,  the  capital 
of  all  Persia,  and  which,  though  it  be  the  longest,  is  however  the  most  com* 
modiouB,  and  the  most  advantageous  to  pass  securely  to  the  prince  of  the 
Yousbec's  court.  For  in  regard  to  this,  it  is  a  usual  thing  for  that  same  Tartar 
prince  to  send  ambassadors  to  Ispahsn,  and  for  the  king  of  Persia  to  send 
arfrequeotly  his  envoy  to  Bokara,  to  accommodate  diflbrences  that  arise 
between  those  two  princes,  by  reason  of  the  vicinity  of  their  territories,  'tis 
an  easy  things  to  step  into  the  trains  of  those  publique  ministers,  when  they 
return,  or  are  sent  to  Bokara,  which  is  not  above  a  month  and  a  halfs  jour- 
ney from  Ispahan." 

Book  third  contains  an  account  of  several  roads  into  China,  by 
land.  The  Ist,  is  that  through  Tndia  and  the  Mogul's  cauotry. 
The  2d,  is  that  which  the  jnerchants  of  Bokhara  take,  through 
Kaboul,  Kashmere,  Tourfao,  Barantola  (the  residence  of  the  delae- 
lama).  The  3d,  is  that  frequented  by  Usbecks,  and  Muscovites, 
along  by  the  lakes  oear  Jrticks  and  Kama  to  the  city  of  Sinkame, 
and  thence  through  the  territories  of  the  Kalmucks  and  Mongols. 
The  4th,  carries  you  through  Tobolsk  along  the  Obi,  Szelinga,  and 
thence  through  Mongolia.  The  5th  is  through  Siberia,  '*to  thecity 
of  Nero-Sinki  ifpon  the  river  Szilka  ;  after  that  to  Datiri  not  far  from 


1841.  Travels  in  Europe  and  Asia  311 

Naiunai,  and  to  Cheria  that  lies  upon  the  entrance  of  China.''  The 
6th,  18  through  Nerczinski  and  Mongolia  to  the  lake  Dalai.  '*  Out  of 
this  lake  the  river  Argus  takes  its  rise,  which  carries  you,  by  water, 
to  the  river  Yamour,  into  which  it  falls*  Near  the  Argus  are  several 
mines  of  silver." 

The  inhabitants  of  all  these  central  regions  are  next  noticed,  with 
cursory  remarks  respecting  the  Nestorians,  Catholics,  and  the  delae- 
lama,  "  the  patriarch  of  the  idolatrous  Tartars."  This  patriarch,  by 
the  by,  **  is  without  all  contradiction  that  same  famous  Preste-Jean, 
concerning  whom  historians  have  written  so  variously."  Avril  is 
inclined  to  think  that  St.  Thomas  reached  China,  and  does  not  fail 
to  notice  the  celebrated  monument  found  at  Singan  foo  in  1625. 
Haylon,  a  Christian  author,  of  the  blood  rcyal  of  Armania,  '*  testifies 
that,  in  the  thirteenth  age,  Tartary  was  full  of  Christians,  that  Kublai 
their  emperor  embarccd  the  Christian  faith,  and  that  his  brother 
entered  into  a  religious  war  for  the  sake  of  Christianity."     Albazin 

« 

and  its  inhdbitants,  itnd  the  war  in  which  they  had  been  engaged,  are 
briefly  noticed. 

Concerning  the  little  colony  that  first  peopled  America,  father  Avril 
obtained  the  following  particulars  from  the  vaivode  of  Smolenks, 
Mouchim  Pouckhim  "  a  person  of  as  great  a  wit  as  a  man  can  well 
meet  with,  and  perfectly  acquainted  with  all  the  countries  that  lie 
beyond  the  Obi,  as  having  been  a  long  time  intendant  of  the  chan- 
cery of  the  government  of  Siberia. 

•*  There  is,  said  he,  beyond  the  Obi,  a  great  river  cali'd  Kawoina,  into 
which  another  river  empties  itself,  by  the  name  of  Lena.  At  the  mouth 
of  the  first  river  that  discharges  itself  into  the  Frozsen  sea,  stands  a  spacious 
island  very  well  peopl'd,  and  which  is  no  less  considerable  for  hunting  the 
bebemot,  an  amphibious  animal,  whose  teeth  are  in  great  esteem.  The  in- 
habitants go  frequently  upon  the  side  of  the  frozen  sea  to  hunt  this  monster ; 
and  because  it  requires  great  labor  and  assiduity,  they  carry  their  families 
usually  along  with  them.  Now  it  many  times  happens,  that  being  surpris'd 
by  a  thaw,  they  are  carry'd  away,  1  know  not  whither,  upon  huge  pieces 
of  ice  that  break  ofi'one  from  another.  For  my  part,  added  he,  I  am  per. 
suaded  that  several  of  those  hunters  have  been  carry'd  upon  these  floating 
pieces  of  ice  to  the  most  northern  parts  of  America,  which  is  not  far  oflf  from 
that  part  of  Asia  which  juts  out  into  the  sea  of  Tartary.  And  that  which 
confirms  me  in  this  opinion  is  this,  that  the  Americans  who  inhabit  that 
country  which  advances  fkrthest  toward  that  sea,  have  the  same  physiogno- 
my as  those  unfortunate  islanders,  whom  the  over-eager  thirst  after  gain 
exposes  in  that  manner  to  be  transported  into  a  foreign  cUmate." 

Travels  in  Muscovy  and  Moldavia  fill  the  fourth  and  fifth  books, 


»»•* 


^M'i  'IVavtU  in  Enropt  and  Asia^  Jgni:, 

Avrirs  object  in  traveling  in  those  countries  was  to  gain  information 
from  those  who  had  traveled  in  the  east,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
awaken  in  those  he  visited  an  interest  i  n  behalf  of  the  eastern  mis- 
sions. He  had  also  to  search  for  new  missionaries,  fitted  for  this  hard 
service.  His  efforts  were  successful.  He  had  with  others  enlisted 
the  feelings  of  count  Syri,  and  from  king  Lewis  they  obtained  the 
following  recommendatory  letter  to  the  emperor  of  China : 

"  Meet  high,  roost  excellent,  most  puissant,  and  most  magnanimous  prince, 
our  dearly  beloved  good  friend,  may  Grod  increase  your  grandeur  with  a 
happy  end.  Heing  inform'd,  that  your  majesty,  was  desirous  to  have  near 
your  person,  and  in  your  dominions,  a  considerable  number  of  learned  men, 
very  much  vers'd  in  the  Guropean  sciences.  We  resolved  some  years  ago,  to 
send  you  six  iearn'd  mathematicans,  our  subjects,  to  show  your  majesty  what 
ever  is  most  curioiis  in  sciences,  and  especially  the  astronomical-  observa- 
tions of  the  famous  accademy  we  have  establish«d  in  our  good  city  of  I'aris  : 
But  whereas  the  length  of  the  sea  voyage,  which  divides  our  territories  from 
yours,  is  liable  to  many  accidents,  and  cannot  be  perforro'd  without  much 
time  and  danger:  We  have  form'd  the  design,  out  of  a  desire  to  contribute 
towards  your  majesties  satisfaction,  to  send  you  some  more  of  the  same  fa- 
ther Jesuits  who  arc  our  mathematicians,  with  count  Syri,  by  land,  which 
is  the  shortest,  and  safest  way,  to  the  end  they  may  be  the  first,  near  your 
majesty,  as  so  many  pledges  of  our  esteem  and  friendship,  and  that  at  the 
return  of  the  said  count  Syri,  we  may  have  a  faithful  account  of  the  admira- 
ble and  most  extraordinary  actions  that  are  reported  of  your  life.  Whereupon 
we  beseech  God,  to  augment  the  grandeur  of  your  majesty,  with  an  end 
altogether  happy.    Written  at  Marly,  the  7th  of  August,  1688. 

«•  Your  most  dear,  and  good  friend,        LbWib." 

The  volume  closes  with  **  notes  collected  by  Richard  Johnson, 
who  was  at  Bogh^r  with  Mr.  Anthony  Jenkinson,  of  the  reports  of 
Russes,  and  other  foreigners  giving  an  accouut  of  the  roads  of  Rus- 
sia to  Cathay,  as  also  of  sundry  strange  people."  The  first  note  is 
from  one  Sarnichohe,  a  Tartar:  he  makes  the  way.  thus;  from  Astrakau 
to  Serachich  ten  days ;  thence  to  Urgense  fifteen ;  on  to  Boghar 
fifteen ;  thence  to  Cascar  thirty  ;  and  from  Cascar  to  Cathay  thirty 
days  more.  Notes  by  other  Tartars  give  a  different  course,  one  of 
which  is  from  Astrakan  through  Serachich,  Urgense,  Boghar,  Ta- 
shent,  Occient,  Cassar,  Sowchich,  Camchick,  to  Cathay.  The  next 
note  "  was  sent  out  of  Russia  from  Giles  Homes."  This  contains 
an  account  of  the  "Samoeds,"  who  feed  upon  the  fiesh  of  harts,  and 
sometimes  eat  one  another.  *<They  are  very  ill  favored,  with  flat 
noses,  but  are  swifl  of  foot  and  shoot  very  well :  they  travel  upon 
liarts  and  dogs,  and  cloath  themselves  with  sables  and  harts  skins." 
Boyond  -this  people  *'live  another  kind  of  Samoeds  by  the  sea  side, 


184  L  Skttch  of  yukwang  ShdfigU.  'MS 

who  Bpeak  another  language :  these  people  one  month  in  a  year  live 
in  the  sea  and  never  dwell  upon  land  for  that  month."  Another  road 
to  China  is  described  as  follows :     It  is 

**The  relation  of  Chaggi  Mcmet«  a  Persian  merchant,  to  Baptista  Kamu- 
sitts,  and  other  eminent  citizens  of  Venice,  concerning  the  way  from  Tauris 
in  Persia,  to  Campion*  a  city  of  Cathay  by  land ;  which  he  traveled  himself 
before  with  the  caravans. 

From  Tauris  to  Sultania^        ...     Days  journey  6 
From  Sultania  to  Casbin,        .....  4 

From  Casbin  to  Veremi,  ......  6 

From  Veremi  to  £ri«      -        •        -        •        -        •        15 
From  Eri  to  Bogara,  (Bokhara)      ....        20 

From  Bogara  to  Samarchand,  ....  5 

'  From  Samarchand  to  Cascar,  (Kashgar)  ...        25 

From  Cascar  to  Acsu .20 

From  Acsu  \o  Cuchi,      ......        20 

From  Cuchi  to  Chialis, 10 

From  Chialis  to  Turfon,  (Turfan)    .        -        -        -        10 
From  Turfon  to  Camul  .....        13 

From  Camul  to  Succuir, 15 

From  Succuir  to  Gauta* 5 

From  Gauta  to*Campion,        .....         6 
••Campion  is  a  city  in  the  empire  of  Cathay,  in  the  pirovince  of  Tangut, 
from  whence  comes  the  greatest  quantity  of  rhubarb." 

'A  long  and  dangerous  journey  from  Labor  to  China,  by  Bene- 
dict Goez/  is  not  so  easily  traced  as  the  preceding  one.  It  was  per- 
formed in  the  years  1603-05.  Goez  died  in  China;  his  companion,  an 
Armenian,  returned  from  Peking  to  Macao,  and  from  thence  to  In- 
dia. The  day  may  not  be  far  distant  when  Europeans  will  again 
traverse  every  part  of  Central  Asia,  and  with  far  greater  facilities 
and  better  securities  than  were  enjoyed  in  father  AVril's  day. 


Art.  II.  Sketch  of  Yuhwang  Shangte,^  one  of  the  highest  deities 
of  the  Chinese  mythology.  Translated  from  the  Sow  Shin  Ke 
by  J.  L.  a 

In  the  holy  records  it  is  inscribed,  saying.  In  the  former  ages  there 
was  a  country  named  Kwangyen  meaou  15  (brilliant  majesty  and  vast 
delight).     The  name  of  the  monarch  of  this  country  was  Tsingtih 

VOL.    X.    NO.    VI.  39 


IJOC  Skrtth  of  Ynkiraiig  Shangte.  JtNE, 

(purest  virtue).  At  thia  time  the  king  had  a  royal  consort,  nainedr 
Paou  yue  kwaiig;  (the  gem  moon-light).  This  monarch  had  no  aons^ 
and  upon  a  day  he  thought  thus  to  himself:  *  I  am  now  well  slriekeD  i» 
yeartf,  and  am  still  destitute  of  a  royal  heir,  and  when  my  body  shall 
have  fallen  and  is  no  more,  who  then  will  there  be  to  assume  the  care  of 
the  altars,  the  shrines,  and  the  temples  V  Having  finished  his  musings 
he  forthwith  issued  orders,  summoning  a  large  company  of  Taou 
priests  to  repair  to  his  palace  in  order  to  perform  religious  rites. 
They  hung  up  their  banners  and  screens,  and  arranged  out  in  due 
order  the  offerings  and  utensils  of  worship.  Throughout  each  day 
they  unceasingly  recited  the  sacred  books,  and  offered  up  prayers  to 
all  the  true  sages.  And  when  they  had  continued  their  worship  for 
half  a  year  their  hearts  were  as  deeply  attentive  as  at  the  beginning. 

Upon  a  night  the  flowery  empress,  Paou  yue  kwang,  dreamed 
that  she  saw  the  great  and  eminent  Laoukeun,  together  with  a 
great  number  of  superior  deities,  nmong  whom  were  Poso,  Yuhtsee, 
and  Tsingtsing.  Tliey  rode  in  cinque  colored  carriages,  bearing 
vast  resplendent  banners,  and  shaded  by  bright  variegated  umbrellas. 
Here  was  the  great  founder  Laoukeun  '  sitting  in  a  dragon  carriage, 
and  holding  in  his  arms  a  young  infant,  whose  body  was  entirely 
covered  over  with  pores,  and  out  of  which  came  forth  unbounded 
splendors  illumin  ating  all  the  halls  of  the  palace,  and  producing  a 
hundred  precious  colors.  Banners  and  umbrellas  preceded  Laou- 
keun iu  the  way,  while  he  came  floating  in  the  air.  Then  was  the 
heart  of  the  (dreaming)  empress  elated  with  joy  and  gladness,  and 
receiving  Laoukeun  with  the  ceremonies  of  congratulation  and  rever- 
ence, she  kneeled  down  before  him,  and  to  him  addressed  her  words 
as  foUows :  '  At  present  our  monarch  has  no  male  descendants,  and  I 
wishfully  beseech  you  for  this  child,  that  he  may  become  the  sove- 
reign of  our  hearths  and  our  altars.  Prostrating  I  look  up  to  your 
mercy  and  kindness,  and  earnestly  implore  thee  to  commisserate,  to 
give  ear  and  grant  my  request!'  Taoukeun'  at  once  answered  saying, 
it  is  my  special  desire  to  present  the  boy  to  you ;  whereupon  the  em- 
press, with  much  thankfulness  received  him.  When  she  had  thus 
received  the  child,  her  spirit  returned  from  pursuit  of  the  dream  (i.  e. 
she  awoke),  and  she  then  found  herself  a  year  advanced  in  preg- 
nancy. 

In  the  forty-third  year  of  the  cycle,  first  month,  ninth  day,  and  at 
twelve  o'clock,  the  birth  took  place  in  a  near  apartment  of  the  palace. 
At  the  time  of  the  birth,  a  resplendent  light  poured  forth  from  the 
pores  of  the  child^s  body,  which  filled  the  wlioie  country  with  brilliant 


1841.  Sketch  of  Yuhwan^  ShatigU.  307 

glare.  His  entire  countenance  was  supereminently  beautiful,  so  that 
nooe  became  weary  in  beholding  him.  When  in  childhood,  he  pos- 
aested  the  clearest  intelligence  and  compassion,  and  taking  the  posses- 
sions of  hie  country,  and  the  funds  of  the  national  treasury,  distributed 
the  whda  to  the  poverty  stricken,  to  those  burdened  with  afiltctions, 
to.  widowers  and  widows,  to  orphans  and  the  childless,  to  those  who 
had  no  hooMs,  to  the  sick,  to  the  halt,  the  deaf,  the  blind,  and  the 
lame.  To  all  classes  of  people  he  was  benevolent,  affectionate,  kind, 
and  accommodating.  Songs  of  commendation  resounded  in  his 
praise,  and  the  fame  of  his  principles  extending  to  distant  regions  all 
hearts  beneath  the  heavens  were  drawn  out  in  reverence  toward  this 
eminent  youth,  while  his  father  the  king  rejoiced  with  increasing  joy. 

Not  long  after  this  the  demise  of  the  king  took  place,  and  the  son 
succeeded  to  the  government.  Seriously  reflecting  upon  the  insta* 
bility  of  human  life,  he  gave  orders  for  his  high  ministers  to  assume 
the  duties  -of  the  throne.  Then  forsaking  his  kingdom  he  repaired 
to  the  hills  of  Pooming,  and  gave  himself  up  to  religious  devotedness, 
and  having  thus  perfected  himself  in  merit  he  ascended  to  heaven, 
where  he  secured  eternal  life.  He,  however,  descended  again  to 
earth  eight  hundred  times,  but  still  rejecting  his  kingdom,  and  sever- 
ing his  affections  from  all  worldly  care  he  became  a  companion  of  the 
common,  people,  and  instructed  them  in  his  doctrines.  At  the  close 
of  these  eight  hundred  descensions,  he  engaged  in  medical  practice, 
and  in  his  attendance  upon  the  sick  he  successfully  rescued  the  peo- 
ple from  disease,  and  administered  to  them  peace  and  gladness. 
Theae  eight  hundred  descensions  being  all  ended,  he  made  still  eight 
hundred  more,  and  throughout  all  places  from  hades  to  earth  he  ex- 
ercised universal  beneficence,  expounded  all  abstruse  doctrines,  eluci- 
dated the  spiritual  literature,  magnanimously  promulged  abroad  the 
correct  renovating  ethics,  gave  glory  to  the  widely  spread  merits  of 
the  gods,  assisted  the  nation,  and  saved  the  people. 

AHer  the  above  had  terminated,  he  again  descended  eight  hundred 
times  to  earth,  and  though  men  destroyed  his  body  and  put  an  end 
tO'hb  earthly  existence,  yet  he  patiently  bore  it  all,  even  parting  with 
his  own  blood  and  flesh.  Thus  in  the  dissemination  of  his  holy  prin- 
ciples, he  made  three  thousand  two  hundred  visitations  to  earth,  and 
became  the  first  of  the  verified  golden  genii,  and  was  denominated 
the  pure  and  immaculate  one,  self-existing,  of  highest  intelligence. 

In  the  records  of  Chintsung  of  the  Sung  dynasty,  it  is  stated  that 
in  Che  seventh  year  and  ninth  moon  of  the  reign  of  Tachung  tseang 
foo,  his  majesty  addressing  himself  to  bis  privy  ministers,  said,  I  have 


308  Sketch  of  Yuhwang  Shangte.  June, 

been  desirous  together  with  all  the  ministers  and  people  of  the  em- 
pire to  make  an  unanimous  exaltation  of  the  tide  and  offiee  of  the 
gem  imperial  holy  one  (Shangte).  During  the  first  year  of  the  reign 
of  Teen,  the  first  moon,  and  first  day,  his  majesty  repaired  to  the 
Taetsoo  palace,  and  reverently  proclaimed  Yuhwang  (Shangte)- the 
great  celestial  and  holy  emperor,  to  be,  the  great  predecessor  who 
spread  out  the  heavens,  the  holder  of  charms,  ruler  of  the  times  of 
the  heavenly  bodies,  containing  the  spiritual  essence  and  enveloped 
in  reason,  the  most  venerated  of  the  luminous  heavens,  the  gem  like, 
imperial,  vast  and  celestial  emperor. 
The  couplets  (on  the  door-posts  of  the  temples)  are 

1.  The  holder  of  the  charms  of  the  luminous  heavens,  while  all  are 
everywhere  the  recipients  of  his  cherishing  bounty. 

2.  The  emperor  Shangte  in  his  gem  palace  rules  all  spirits  and 
men,  and  the  whole  universally  remain  subject  to  his  instructions. 

(The  translator  subjoins  an  eitract  from  a  sketch  of  the  three  great  original  * 
potentates,  also  found  in  the  Sow  Shin  Ke.) 

The  three  great  original  supreme  ones  in  the  beginning  became 
the  bones  of  the  genuine  genii,  and  by  a  transformation  were  change 
ed  into  life,  and  being  re-born  became  human  beings.  Their  father's 
surname  was  Chun,  and  his  name  Tszechun ;  and  he  was  also  desig- 
nated the  man  Chunlang.  He  was  possessed  of  supereminent  intel- 
ligence and  excellence. 

Upon  a  certain  time  there  were  three  daughters  of  the  dragon 
king'  who  of  their  own  accord,  vowed  that  they  would  become  the 
wives  of  Chunlang.^  These  three  sisters  bore  him  three  sons,  all  of 
whom  possessed  intellectual  capacities  of  vast  extent,  and  were  un- 
bounded in  their  knowledge  of  the  recondite  arts.  Xbei  celestial 
superior,'  perpeiyipg  that  they  possessed  such  vast  intellectual  capaci- 
ties, and  that  the  manifestations  of  their  illustrious  powers  were  inex- 
haustible, forthwith  bestowed  upon  them  their  respective  ranks  aa 
follows : 

Shanoyuen  to  become  a  celestial  ruler,  the  sovereign  prince  of 
the  red  mystery  and  the  bestower  of  happiness ;  the  anniversary ;  of 
whose  birth  to  be  celebrated  on  the  fifleenth  of  the  first  moon. 

Chungyuen  to  become  a  terrestriaj  ruler,  the  sovereign  prince  of 
departed  spirits,  and  pardoner  of  sins — anniversary  to  occur  on  the 
fifleenth  of  the  seventh  moon. 

Hbayuen  to  become  a  ruler  of  the  waters,  the  sovereign  prince  of 
the  regions  of  the  rising  sun,  and  disperser  of  difficulties.  Anoiver? 
sary  to  take  place  on  the  fifleenth  of  the  tentkpiopth- 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  No.  X.  309 

1.  The  Chinese  worship  two  deities  under  the  title  ofjShangte,  the  one 
they  fdenominate  "E  ^  Jl  ^  Yuhw^ng  Shangte,  the  gem  imperial 
Shangte,and  which  is  me^t  in  the  sketch  here  translated;  and  the  other  JT 
^^  Jt  fn  ^^^^o^^Q  Shangte,  or  Shangte  of  the  soipbre  heavens,  a 
sketch  of  winch  is  also  contained  in  the  Sow  Hhin  Ke.  The  Yuhwang  Shangte 
holds  the  highest  rank  in  the  whole  Chinese  mythology,  and  is  a  very  popu* 
lar  idoU  Mr.  Medhurst  has  written  a  Christian  tract  of  eight  pages,  enti- 
tled The  Birth-day  of  Shangte,  which  seems  to  haVe  more  especial  reference 
to  the  Eieuenteen  Shangte. 

2L  The  sect  of  Taou,  or  Rationalism,  was  founded  by  ^*  ^@^  Laoukeun 

who  was  cotetnporaiy  with  Confucius,  about  550  years  bcifore  the  Christian 
era.  The  Sow  Shin  Ke  contains  a  sketch  of  the  wonderful  origin  of  Laou- 
keun. 

8.  jl^  ^  7*&oukeun,  the  Prince  of  Keason,  is  only  another  appellation 

of  Laoukeun. 

4.  The  Chinese  make  three  of  their  cycles  of  sixty  years  comprise  one 

period  or  age;  the  first  of  the  three  they  call  J[^  "TH  Shangyuen,  the  second 

ip  "Tr  ChuDgyuen,  and  the  third  "R  -jh  Heiijruen,  and  as  these  three 

deities  bear  respectively  the  same  appellations  it  is  possible  that  they  might 
have  derived  it  from  this  manner  of  reckoning  the  cycles.  The  Shangyuen, 
Chungyuen,  and  Heayuen  deities  are  said  to  be  principally  worshiped  by  the 
doctors  of  the  Taou.  sect. 

5.  jgg  ^  Lungwang,  the  dragon  king,  is  represented  as  the  deity  pre- 

sidinff  over  oceans,  seas,  and  fishes,  but  is  not  regarded  as  an  object  of 
worship.    He  is  tho  Chinese  Neptune. 

6.  ^  ^  Teentsun    tho   celestial    superior,   here   means.    Yuhwang 

Shangte.  The  phrase  is  given  in  Morrison's  Dictionary  as  « an  epithet  of 
Budha.'  it  is  perhaps  so  applied  on  certain  occasions,  but  not  in  the  present 
instance. 


Art.  III.  Notices  of  Japan,  No,  X.:  sketch  of  the  religious  sects 
of  the  Japanese,  and  principal  particulars  of  the  modem  At's- 
tory  of  Japan, 

The  history  of  Japan  is,  in  its  con^n^enceinent  at  least,  so  connected  with  the 
religion  of  the  country,  that,  in  thjB  little  here  intended  to  be  said  of  either,  the 
latter  seems  naturally  to  take  prepedence  of  the  former. 

The  original  national  religion  of  Japan  is  denominated  Sinsyu,  from  tho  words 
ttfi  (the  gods)  and  »yUt  (faith)  ;  and  its  votaries  are  called  Sintoo,  Such,  at  least, 
is  the  general  interpretation  ;  but  Dr.  Von  Siebqld  assprt^  the  proper  mdigenous 
name  of  this  religion  to  be  iram».iio.fittcAt,  meaning,  *  the  way  of  the  kami,*  or 
gods,  which  the  Chinese  having  translated  into  SMn-taou,  the  Japanese  subset 
qoently  adopted  that  appellation,  merely  modifying  it  into  Sintoa, 


^10  -yoiices  of  Japan,  No.  X.  June, 

The  Sintoo  mythology  and  counogony,  being  as  eztraYagantly  absurd  as  those 
of  most  oriental  nations,  possess  little  claim  to  notice,  except  in  such  points  as  are 
essentisl  to  the  history  of  Japan,  and  the  supremacy  of  the  miMmda, 

Fhun*  primeval  chaos,  according  to  the  Japanese,  arose  a  self^reated  supreme 
god,  throned  in  the  highest  hcaTen— as  implied  by  his  somewhat  long.winded 
name  of  Ame-na^mt-naka  mwimsJfeemi  and  far  too  great  to  have  his  tranquillity 
disturbed  by  any  cares  whatsTer.  Next  arose  two  creator  gods,  who  fiuhionod 
the  oniTerse  out  of  chaos,  but  seem  to  have  stopped  short  of  this  planet  of  our% 
leaving  it  still  in  a  chaotic  state.  The  universe  was  then  governed  for  some 
myriads  of  years  by  seven  successive  gods,  with  squally  long  names,  but  col. 
lectively  called  the  celestial  gods.  To. the  last  of  these,  Izaauugi-mikoto,  the 
only  one  who  married,  the  earth  owes  its  existence.  He  once  upon  a  time  thus 
addressed  his  consort,  Iza.na.mi4nikoto :  **  There  should  be  somewhere  a  habita. 
ble  earth ;  let  us  seek  it  under  the  waters  that  are  boiling  beneath  us."  He  dipped 
his  jeweled  spear  into  the  water,  and  the  turbid  drops,  trickling  from  the  weapon 
as  he  withdrew  it,  congealed,  and  formed  an  island.  This  island,  it  should  seem; 
was  Kiusin,  the  largest  of  the  eight  that  constituted  the  world,  aliaa  Japan.  Iza- 
na-gi-mikoto  next  called  eight  milUons  of  gods  into  existenee,  created  *  the  ten 
thousand  things '  (yorvM^n  ne  meno),  and  then  oommittad  the  government  of  the 
whole  to  his  favorite  and  best  child,  his  daughter,  the  sun-goddess,  known  by  the 
three  different  names  of  Ama-terasQ-oho-kami,,  Ho-hinMneno-mikoto^  and  Ten^sM- 
dti-«K  which  last  is  chiefly  given  her  in  her  eoaneotkm  with  Japan. 

With  the  sovereignty  of  Ten-sio-dai-zin  began  a  new  epoeh.  She  reigned. 
Instead  of  myriads,  only  about  250,000  years,  and  was  followed  by  four  mors  gods 
or  demi-gods,  who,  in  suceesaon,  governed  the  world  3,091,042  yeaxs..  Thees  are 
tenestrial  gods ;  and  the  last  of  them,  having  manisd-a  mortal  wife,  left  a  mortal 
son  upon  earth,  named  Zin-mu-ten-woQ,  the  immediate  ancestor  of  the  wnkada. 

Byl  of  all  these  high  and  puissant  gods,  although  so  essentially  belonging  to 
Sintoo  mythology,  none  seen»  to  be  objects  of  worship  except  Ten  sk>  dsi  xin, 
and  she,  though  the  especial  patron  deity  of  Japan,  is  too  great  to  be  addressed 
in  prayer,  save  through  the  mediation  of  the  kami^  or  of  her  descendant,  the 
mikado.  The  iromi,  again,  are  divided  into  superior  and  inferior,  493  being  bom 
gods,  or  perhaps  spirits,  and  9.640  being  deified  or  canonized  men.  They  are  all 
mediatory  spirits. 

But  with  divinities  thus  numerous,  the  Sintoo  are  no  idolaters.  Their  temples 
are  unpoUuted  by  idols,  and  the  only  incentives  to  devotion  they  contain  are  a 
mirror,  the  emblem  of  the  soulPs  perfect  puiky,  and  what  is  called  a  gokei,  coik 
sisting'  of  many  strips  of  white^paper, \whidi,  according  to  eonBS.wxiCen,  are  blank, 
and  merely  another  emblem  of  purity ;  according  to  others,  ar&  .inscribed « with 
foaai  and  religious  sentences.  The  temples  possess,  indeed,  images  of  the  kami 
to  whom  they  are  especially  dedicated,  but  those  images  are  not  set  up  to  be 
worshiped ;  they  are  kept,  with  their  temple  treasures,  in  some  secret  receptacles, 
^only  exhibited  upon  particular  festivals.  Private  families  are  said  to  have 
images  of  their  patron  kand  in  shrines  and  chapels  adjoining  the  verandah  of  the 
temple ;  but  Keylan  confidently  avejni  that  every  yanro  is  dedicated  solely  to  the 
one  Supreme  God,  and  Siebold  considers  every  image  as  a  corrupt  innovation. 
He  seems  to  think  that  in  genuine  Simyu,  Ten.sio^ai.zin  alone  is  or  was  wor. 

•  Siebold ;  the  authority  for  nearly  the  whole  of  this  chapter. 


1811. 


AWtccs  ^J  Jttpam^  AV  «f. 


31t 


ijamodhf  Smmfm*  Urn  ^neliee  «r  vbidi  It  to 
wnttw  (ImnMiwi  Inn,  BnuMif « 
of  pan  fire,  m  tl»  ci^Uhh  of  pon^*  lad 
9d.Pteity  of  wol,  iMut*  ani  body  to  be  pimirni;  to  tl» 
to  tl»  dictotai  of  raMOB  and  Uh  kw;  to  Iko  tottatv  by 

9d.  ObnrfUMo  of  fiiitival  days,    tib   THiitowtOi   lib 
of  tbo  Ian,  botb  to  tbo  tonplH  and  at  boHo. 
TVi  toiporily  to  bo  oo  aodabNaly  avoidbd  ■  contnelod  to  vaitovt  wa|o ;  by 
withtbotoiriife;  by  toiaiii^  obMMBo.  WMhod»  or  bratol  laiigaa|{o ;  by 


if 
in 


tof  toHa 


;  and  ato»  by  oontaol  with  blood  and  witb  doBlIu    Hoboo« 
aamtii  to  toddinf  a  tomplo,  ho  ii 
tho  ncred  odifioo  baa  boon  poUod  doffn 

■    that  io  to  aay,  of  loogor  or  ihafUr 

and  tho  lonfoal  of  aB  ia  oooaakmBd  dy  tho  *  daath  of  m.  Mat  Mto. 
tion.  Doitof  imparity,  aooaaa  to  a  tomplo,  and  moot  aela  of  niifWB»  aiofciw 
bidden,  and  tho  head  mart  be  eovorad,  that  the  ami^  beama  OMiy  not  bo  Mttod 
byfallmg  opon  it. 

Bat  parity  ia  not  raooforad  by  the  mero  hipoe  of  tho  apooiliod  ttoM.  A  oooma 
ofparifieataon  moot  bo  gono  throogh,  oonaiattog  chiefly  to  toattof,  pmyor,  and 
the  otodyof  edifying  booka  to  wditodo.  Thiiaia  tho  poiiod  of  mounuof  to  tho 
dead  to  be  pimnd  DwaDmga  aio  purified  by  fin.  TIm  porifiod  ponoa  thiowo 
aride  the  whito  nwaming  draaa,  won  daring  imparity,  and  rotoiaa  to  oooioty  to  a 
feotal  gan>. 

TIm  nnmerooa  Soitoo  foatiTala  hafo  been  ahoady  aUodod  to;  aad  it  may  aoflleo 
to  add,  that  all  begm  with  a  Tiait  to  a  tempto,  oomottoiaa  to  ono  oopoobUly  ap^ 
poiotod  lor  the  day.  Upon  appraaofaing,  thoworahipor.  to  hia  dmn  of  otiaBMny, 
perfanna  hia  aMutkma  at  a  seaenroir  prorided  for  tho  poipooa ;  ho  thoa  knoob  to 
thovoiaDdah,  oppoaito  a  gtatod  window,  ttooogh  whioh  ho  gaaoaat'tho  minor; 
than  oflen  op  hia  pnyon,  together  with  a  aaerifiee  of  rioa,  Ihiit,  tea,  «a*t,  or  tho 
like;  aad  when  ho  haa  ooneloded  hia  oriaona,  depoaittog  money  to  m  box,  he  with, 
dnwa.  The  remainder  of  the  day  ho  aponda  aa  ho  pleaaaa,  eotoapi  whan  appro. 
pmto  apoita  bdoof  to  it.  Thia  ia  the  ooomian  tana  of  kmmi  womhip  at  tho 
templee,  whieh  are  not  to  be  approaebad  with  a  aonowfhl  apirit,  leat  aympathy 
the  happmeaa  of  the  goda.  At  home»  pnyor  ia  aimihuiy  olftrad 
the  demeetic  houae  oratory  and  garden  auye;  end  prayer  praoedaa  erfry 


*  Siebold. 


312  Notices  of  Japan,  No.  Jt.  iuNii, 

Th4  money  couiributkiiii,  dqxMited  by  the  wonhipen,  are  desiin^  for  the 
support  of  the  priests  bclon^ili^  to  the  temple  The  Bintoo  priests  are  called 
kikmi  nUMi^  or  the  landlords  of  the  gods^  and  in  oonforaiity  with  their  name,  they 
restde  in  houses  built  within  the  grounds  of  thblr  respective  temples,  where  they 
receive  strangeite  vefy  bbepitably.  The  Isasitt  ^uti  marry,  and  their  wives  are 
the  priestesses,  to  whom  specific  reU)^uB  rit^s  and  dntjes  are  allotted;  as,  for 
instance^  the  ceremony  of  naming  children,  alrftidy  described. 

But  pilgrimage  fs  the  grand  act  of  Shitoo  devotion,  and  there  are  in  the 
empire  two^and-twenty  sfarfnei  eomnknding  such  homage )  one  of  these  is,  how. 
ever,  so  much  more  sac^d.  tiian  the  rest,  that  of  it  Alone  ii  there  any  occasion 
to  speak.  This  shrine  is  the  temple  of  Ten^siOi^lai-xin,  at  Isye,  conceived  by 
the  great'  body  of  ignorant  and  bigoted  devotees  to  be  the  original  temple,  if  not 
the  birth-place,  of  the  sun^goddess. .  To  perform  this- pilgrimage  to  Isye,  at  least 
once,  is  imperatively  incumbent  upon  man,  woman,  and  child,  of  eveiy  rank,  and, 
it  might  almost  be  said,  of  every  reiigion«  since  even  of  professed  Budhists,  only 
the  bonus  ever  exempt  themoelyes  fhntf  this  duty.  The  pious  repeat  it  annually. 
Ilie  nogoun,  who- has  upon  economical  grounds  been  permitted,  as  have  some 
of  the  greater  princes,  Ur  discharge  this  duty  vicariously,  sends  a  yearly  embassy 
of  pilgrims  to  Isye.  Of  course,  this  mkjority  of  tlte  pilgrims  journey  thither  as 
conveniently  as  their  circumstances  admit ;  but  the  most  correct  mode  is  to  make 
the  pilgrimage  on  ibdt,  and  as  a  mendicant,  carrying  a  mkt  on  which  to  sleep, 
kad  a  wooden  ladle  with  which  to  drinks  The  greater  the  hardships  endured, 
tMf  greater  the  merit  of  the  voluntary  mendicant. 

'  It  need-  hardly  be  said  that  -no  person  in  a  state  of  impurity  may  undertake 
thia  pilgrimage ;  and  that  all  risk  of  impurity  must  be  studiously  avoided  durinir 
its  continuance ;  and  this  is  thought  to  be  the  main  reason  why  the  Budhist 
jiriesfs  are  exempt  from  a  duty  of  compDanoie  with  Sintffu,  enjoined  to  their 
flocks.  The  bonzes,  from  their  attendance  upon  the  dying  and  the  dead,  are, 
in;Sintd6  estimation,  in  an  ahnost  uninterrupted  state  of  impurity.  But  for  the 
Isye  pilgrimage,  even  the  pure  prepare  by  a  courre  of  purification.  Nay,  the 
contamination  of  the  dwelling  of  the  absent  pilgrim  would,  it  is  conceived,  be 
attended  with  disastrous  consequences,  which  are  guarded  against  by  afilxing  a 
.piece  of  white  paper  over  the  door,  as  a  warning  to  the  impure  to  avoid  defilhig 

the  house. 

'  When-  the  prescribed  rites  and  prayers  at  the  Isye  temple  and  its  subsidiary 
•mtya  are  completed,  the  pilgrim  receives  from  the  priest  who  has  acted  as  his 
director  a  written  abedution  of  all  his  past  sins,  and  makes  the  priest  a  present 
proportioned  to  his  station.  This  absolution;  called  the  okoJkaraki,  is  ceremo- 
niously carried  home,  and  displayed  in  the  absolved  pilgrim's  house.  And  fnm  the 
•importance  of  holding  a  recent  absolution  at  the  close  of  life,  arises  the  necessity 
of  frequently  repeating  the  pilgriinage.  Among  the  Isye  priestesses,  there  is 
almost  always  one  of  the  daughters  of  a  mikado. 

The.  bye  temple  ii  a  peculiarty  plain,  humble,  and  unpretending  structure, 
and  really  of  great  antiquity,  though  not  quite  so  great  as  is  ascribed  to  it,  and 
is-  surrounded  by  a  vast  number  of  inferior  miya.  The-  whole  too  is  occupied 
by  priests,  and-rpersons  c6nne<ited  with  the  temple,  and  depending  upon  the  con* 
course  of  pilgrims  for  their  support.  Every  pilgrim,  upon  reaching  the  sacred  spot, 
applies  to  a  pricjit  to  guide  him  through  the  course  of  devotional  exercises  incum- 
bent  upon  him. 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  Ao.  A.  \iVi 

In  addition  to  the  kami  niwt,  who  conititute  the  tefpilar  clergy  of  Japan,  there 
are  two  institntknis  of  the  blind,  which  are  called  relisrious  ordera,  although  the 
memben  of  one  of  them  are  eaid  to  rapport  themselves  chiefly  by  mnsio— even 
oonslititting  the  usual  orchestra  at  the  theatres.  The  incidents  to  which  the 
foimdation  of  these  two  blind  fraternities  is  severally  referred,  are  too  romantic, 
and  one  is  too  thorooghly  Japanese,  to  be  omitted. 

The  origin  of  the  first,  the  BuMsto  soto,  is,  indeed,  purely  sentimental.  This 
fraternity  was  instituted,  we  are  told,  very  many  centuries  ago,  by  Senmimar, 
the  youngrer  son  of  a  mikado,  and  the  handsomest  of  livmg  men,  in  commemo- 
ration of  his  having  wept  himself  blind  for  the  loss  of  a  princess,  whose  beauty 
equaled  his  own.  These  Buuata  sato  had  existed  for  ages,  when,  in  the  course 
of  civil  war,  the  celebrated  Yoritomo  (of  whom  more  will  be  spoken)  defeated 
his  antagonist,  the  rebel  prince  Feki  (who  fell  in  the  battle),  and  took  his  general, 
Kakekigo»  prisoner.  This  general's  renown  was  great  throughout  Japan,  and 
earnestly  did  the  conqueror  strive  to  gain  his  captive's  friendship ;  he  loaded  him 
with  kindness,  and  finally  offered  him  his  liberty.  Kakekigo  repUed,  **  I  can 
love  none  but  my  slain  master.  I  owe  jrou  gratitude ;  but  you  caused  prince 
Feluhi  death,  and  never  can  I  look  upon  you  without  wishing  to  kill  you.  My 
best  way  to  avoid  rach  ingratitude,  to  reconcile  my  conflicting  duties,  is  never  to 
see  you  more ;  and  thus  do  I  insure  it.**  As  he  spoke,  he  tore  out  his  eyes  and 
pvesented  them  to  Yoritomo  on  a  salvor.  The  prince,  struck  with  admiration, 
released  him;  and  Kakekigo  withdrew  into  retirement,  where  he  founded  the 
second  order  of  the  blind,  the  FekiMado.  The  superiors  of  those  orders  reside  at 
Bftiyako,  and  appear  to  be  rabject  alike  to  the  mikado,  and  to  the  temple  lords  at 
Yedo. 

Sinsyu  is  now  divided  into  two  principal  sects :  the  Yuitx,  who'  profess  them, 
selves  strictly  orthodox,  admitting  of  no  innovation ;  they  are  ssidr  to  be  few  in 
numAMT,  and  consist  almosi  exclusively  of  the  ibimtnust;  and  Siebold  doubts 
whether  even  their  Sintyu  is  qniie  pure :  the  other,  the  Riobu  Sinioo,  meaning 
twobsided  kami  worship,  but  which  might  perhaps  be  flnglished  by  Eclectic  Sinayu^ 
and  is  much  modified,  comprises  the  great  body  of  Sinioo,  Any  explanation 
of  this  modification  will  be  more  inteUigible  after  one  of  the  co-existent  religions— 
namely,  Budhism— shall  have  been  spoken  of. 

It  might  have  been  anticipated  that  a  religion,  upon  which  is  thus  essentially 
founded  the  sovereignty  of  the  country,  must  for  ever  remain  the  intolerant, 
exclusive  faith  of  Japan,  unless  superseded  for  the  express  purpose  of  openly  and 
avowedly  deposing  the  son  of  heaven.  But  two  other  religions  coi^xist,  and 
have  long  co-existed,  there  with  Situyu, 

.  The  first  and  chief  of  these  is  Budhism;  the  mdst  widely  diffused  of  all  false 
creeds,  as  appears  by  an  authentic  estimate  of  their  respective  fdlowers,  in  which 
we  find,  353,000,000  Mohammedans,  111,000,000  believers  hi  Brahma,  and 
315,000,000  Budhists.  A  very  few  words  tionciemmg  this  creed  may  help  to  ex- 
plain its  coexistence  and  actual  blending  with  Shuyu, 

Budhism  does  not  claim  the  antiquity,  the  dosmogonie  dignity,  or  the  self, 
creative  origin  of  Siiuyu,  Its  founder,  Sakya  8inha--Ksalled  Syaka  m  Japai^^ 
was  not  a  god,  but  a  man,  who*  by  his  virtuesand  austerities,  ■♦♦fiining  to  divme 
honofs,  was  then  named  Budha,  or  the  Sage,  and  founded  a  reKgion.  His  birth 
is  placed  at  the  earliest  3430,  and  at  the  latest,  543  yean  before  the  Christian 

VOL.   X.   Nt>.   VI.  40 


314     ^  Soiicen  of  Japan,  Av.  -t'.  June, 

•im.  Since  hu  death  and  deification,  Budha  is  suppoeed  to  have  been  incarnate 
in  aome  of  hia  pnnci|ial  dif  ciplee,  who  are,  like  himaelf,  deified  and  wonhiped, 
in  aubordination,  however,  to  the  Supreme  God,  Budha  Amidm.  Budhiam  ia 
eeaentially  idolatroue ;  and  in  other  reapeeta,  ita  teneta  and  precepta  diffiw  from 
thoee  of  SinMyu,  chiefly  by  the  doctrine  of  metempaychoaia,  whence  the  prohibi- 
tion to  take  animal  life,  the  theory  of  a  future  state,  placing  happineaa  in  abaoip. 
tion  into  the  divine  easence,  and  puniahment  in  the  prolongation  of  individoabty 
by  revivification  in  man  or  the  inferior  animale ;  and  by  making  the  prieathood  a 
diitincL  order  in  the  etate,  bound  to  celibacy. 

The  Budhiat  somewhat  hyper-philoeophic  theory  of  heaven  doea  not  appear 
to  have  been  taught  in  Japan ;  and  in  the  rest,  there  is  evidently  nothing  very  in- 
compatible with  Sinsifu.  The  Budhiat  bonze,  who,  after  it  had  for  five  hundred 
years  failed  to  gain  a  footing,  establiahed  hia  faith  in  Japan  a.  d.  559,  skillfully 
obviated  objections,  and  enlisted  national  prejudicea  on  his  side.  He  represented 
either  Ten-sio.dai.zin  aa  having  been  an  avatar  or  incarnation  of  Amida,  or  Bud- 
ha of  Ten-sio.dai.zin — which  of  the  two  does  not  seem  certain — and  a  young 
boy,  the  eldest  son  of  tbf  reigaing  mikadtfa  eldest  son,  aa  an  avatar  of  some 
patron  god.  This  flattering  aniiounceuisnt  obtained  him  the  training  of  the  boy, 
who,  as  a  man,  refused  to  accept  the  dignity  of  mikado,*  although  he  took  an 
active  part  in  the  government  of  hia  aunt,  raised  subsequently  to  that  dignity. 
He  founded  several  Budliist  temples,  and  died  a  bonze  in  the  principal  of  these 
temples. 

Budhism  was  now  fully  establiahed,  and  soon  became  blended  with,  thereby 
modifying,  Situyu,  thus  forming  the  second  sect,  called  Riobu  Simffu.  There 
are  many  other  sects  in  whidh,  on  the  other  hand,  Budhism  is  modified  by 
Sinvyui  and  these  varieties  have  probably  given  rise  to  the  inconsistencies  and 
contradictions  that  frequently  occur  in  the  different  accounta  of  Sintyu,  Fur- 
ther,  Budhiam  itself  is,  in  Japan,  said  to  be  divided  into  a  high  and  pure  mjrstic 
creed  for  the  learned,  and -a  gross  idolatry  for  the  vulgar.  The  YamaJtuti  hermita 
are  Budhiat  monks,  although,  like  the  priests  of  the  Ikko^tffu,  they  are  allowed 
to  marry  and  to  eat  animal  food. 

The  third  Japanese  religion  is  called  Sinioat  meaning  'the'  way  of  philoso- 
phexw  ;*  and,  although  by  all  writers  designated  aa  a  religkm,  far  more  resem- 
bles a  philosophic  creed,  compatible-  with  almost  any-  faith,  true  or  false.  It 
conaiats  merely  of  the  moral  doctrinea  Uught  by  the  Chineae  Kung  footaza 
(Confuciua),  and  of  some  mystic  notions  touching  the  human  soul— not  very 
dissimilar  to  those  of  high  Budliism — totally  unconnected  with  any  mythology 
or  any  religious  rites. 

Sintoo  is  said  to  have  been  not  only  adopted,  immediately  upon  its  introduc 
tion  into  Japan,  by  the  wise  and  learned,  but  openly^  professed,  accompanied  by 
the  rejection  of  Sintyu  mythology  and  worship,  and  by  utter  acorn  for  Budhiat 
idolatry.  But  when  the  deteatation  of  Christianity  arose,  some  suspicions  appear 
to  have  been  conceived  of  Sintoo^  as  tending .  that  way.  Budhiam  waa,  on  the 
contrary,  eapecially  favored,  aa  a  sort  of  bulwark  against  Christianity;  and  thence, 
forward  every  Japanese  waa  .required  to  have  an  idol  in  hia  house  some  say  a 
Budhiat  idol ;  others,  the  image  of  his  patron  kami.  The  last  is  the  more  proba. 
ble  View,  aa.Dr.-  Von  Siebold  dtatinctly  states  that,  at  the  present  day,  the  lower 

*  Klaproth. 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  No.  X.  315 

orden  are  Badhitts;  the  higher  orders,  etpecially  the  wiaeet  amongtf  them, 
secretly  SintooiwtMf  profeeeing  and  respecting  Situyu,  avowedly  despising  Bud- 
hism ;  and  all,  SinioouU  and  Budhists  alike,  professed  Sintoo. 

Such  is  said  to  be  the  present  state  of  religion  in  Japan.  But  the  subject 
must  not  be  closed  without  mentioning  a  story  told  by  president  Meylan,  of  a 
fourfh  religion,  co-existing  with  these  three,  prior  to  the  arriTal  of  the  first  Chris- 
tian  missionaries.  He  says  that  about  a.  o.  50,  a  Brafiminical  sect*  was  introduc 
ed  into  Japan^  the  doctrines  of  which  were,  the  redemption  of  the  world  by  the 
son  of  a  virgin,  who  died  to  expiate  the  sins  of  men,  thus  insuring  to  them  a 
joyful  resurrection ;  and  a  trinity  of  immaterial  persons,  constituting  one  eternal, 
omnipotent  God,  the  creator  of  all,  to  be  adored  as  the  source  of  all  good  and 
goodness. 

The  name  of  a  Brahminical'  sect  given  to  this  faith  cannot  exclude  the  idea, 
as  we  read  its  tenets,  that  Christianity  had  even  thus  early  reached  Japan ;  and 
this  is  certainly  possible  through  India.  But  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  neither 
Dr.  Von  Siebold,  nor  any  other  writer,  names  this  religion ;  that  Fischer,  in 
his  account  of  Japanese  Budhism,  states  that  the  qualities  of  a  beneficent  crea- 
tor are  ascribed  to  Amida,  and  relates  much  as  recorded  of  the  life  of  Syaka, 
stnngely  resembling  the  gospel  history  of  our  Saviour,  whilst  the- date  assigned 
to  the  introduction  of  this  supposed  Brahminical  sect  pretty  accurately  coincides 
with  that  of  the  first  unsuccessful  attempt  to  introduce  Budhism.  Further, 
and  lastly,  whoever  has  read  anjrthing  of  Hindoo  mythology  must  be  well  aware 
that  the  legends  of  the  Brahmins  afibrd  much  which  may^  easily  be  turned  into 
seemingly  Christian  doctrine.  But  whatever  it  were,  this  faith  was  too  like 
Christianity  to  survive  its  fall,  and  has  long  since  completely  vanished.* 

*  [For  a  few  additional  particulars  concerning  the  religious  sects  and  creeds 
found  among  the  Japanese,  the  reader  is  referred  to  an  article  In  the  second 
volume  of  the  Repository,  page  318.  The  statements  there  made  correspond 
very  well  to  those  In  this  abstract  of  Siebold's  notices.  We  add  a  few  eiplana- 
tions  of  some  of  the  terms  used  in  both  that  article  and  this.     Skntfit  is,  according 

to  Siebold*8  eiplanation,  tiffi  /^t  meaning  the  faith  in  gods  or  spirits ;  nntoo 
jjim  jg^  (shin  taau  in  China)  or  kanUno  mkki  as  it  is  when  translated  into- 

Japanese,  and  a  mere  synonime  with  it,  strictly  means  not  the  '  way  of  the  gods,' 
but  the  '  doctrine  of  the  gods.'    Ama-ierasu-oho-kami  are  the  native  words  for  the 

four  characters  npr   ^^*  -f^  f^  Ten-tio-dai-zin,  (as  tbey  are  written  for  us,) 

which  mean  the  '  great  god  of  the  pure  heavens.'  The  gohei  are  long  strips  of 
white  pafier,  standing,  we  are  told,  instead  of  the  spirit  worshiped,  just  as  the 
ancestral  tablet  stands  for  the  ancestor  whose  name  it  bears.' 

The  Budhistic  sects  appear  to  be  much  more  numerous  than  the  Sintoo,  and 
the  priests  are  employed  by  all  classes  on  occasions  of  burial  and  mourning. 

from  which  no  doubt  their  influence  is  also  great.  Buddoo  or  Budtoo  is  /lA  S|^ 
the  doctrine  of  Budha  or  Amida.    The  yama^lnui  |J_|  \j^  are  a  class  or  sect, 

who,  as  their  name  is  explained  in  a  Japanese  work,  and  as  the  Chinese  charac- 
ters also  signifiy,  hide  themselves  in  the  mountains.    They  are  also  called,  (or 

perhaps  more  properiy  their  tenets,)  A^  M^  ^  jyn-fsii-iM,  practicing  and 

investigating  doctrine.  The  account  p;oes  on  to  state  regarding  the  yemo^Ksi, 
that  "they  keep  their  bodies  in  subjection  and  practice  austerities,  lending  high 
and  dangerous  mountains.  They  study  heavenly  principles,  the  doctrine  of  the 
eight  disgrams  (hMu),  chiromancy,  the  determination  of  good  and  bad  luck,  the 


^Ifi  Ntfiiees  of  Japan,  No.  X.  June, 

HllTOKT  OP  JaTAN. 

Of  the  hiitory  of  Japui,  it  w  needloM  to  trouble  the  reader  with  moie  then 
the  few  ancl  fax  dirtaat  erente  out  of  which  hae  frown,  and  upon  whieh  ie  boeed, 
the  pieaent  condition  of  that  empire  of  3,850  iilawb,  m*»iiufaiy  -ffiT»K«iii»«kb> 
roeke. 

Thia  may,  howerer,  be  not  inappoaitely  introdoced  by  a  few  woids  tooehinf 
the  name,  whieh  in  Japaoeae  ia  Dm  Nippom,  or  •Great  N^ipon'— a  name  of  great 
^^giutjf  and  refeninf  probably  to  the  patronage,  if  not  the  birth,  of  the  aonifod. 
deal ;  the  word  mint  signifying  nhe  son,*  and  pen,  or  fim,  Siffigin  f  and  these, 
when  eomponnded  according  to  the  Japanese  raie,  become  Nippon,  or  Nilbn. 
The  laigest  island,  upon  which  stands  the  Isye  temple,  be  it  remembered,  bean 
the  simple  name  of  Nippon,  without  the  dot,  or  'great;f  and  hence  it  might  be 
infeired  that  Nippon  was  the  island  originally  fished  up  by  Iia.na.gi4nikoto»  rather 
than  the  smaller  and  less  holy  Kiusiu.  The  name  JajMn*  is  derived  from  the 
Chinese  JU-pim,  'origin  of  the  sun.'  Maroo  Polo  calls  the  country  Zipamgu 
(not  Zipmngrh  as  most  editions  of  his  work  have  it),  which  is  the  Chinese  Jik~ 
fum  kwd,  or  •  kingdom  of  the  origin  of  the  son.' 

The  mythological  or  legendaiy  portion  of  Japaneee  history  has  been  suffi. 
eiently  explained  in  the  preceding  portion  of  this  paper — though  it  may  be  added, 
that  the  whole  nation  claims  a  descent  from  the  kami  and  what  is  deemed 
authentic  history  need  only  be  adverted  to  here. 

The  authentic  history  of  Japan  began  with  the  firrt  mortal  ruler,  Zin^no-ten. 
woO,  whose  name  imports  the  *  Divine  Compwror.'  Aeoordingly,  Zin.nMK.ien.wo6 
did,  it  is  said,  conquer  Nippon ;  and  having  done  so,  he  there  built  him  a  defrii 
or  temple-palaoe,  dedicated  to  the  sun-goddess,  and  founded  the  sovereignty  of 
the  mikado.  Whatever  were  his  new  origin — ^whether  he  was  a  son  of  the  last 
tetrestrial  god,  or,  as  Klaproth  thinks,  a  Chinese  warrior  and  invader — finom  him 
the  mtibado,  even  to  this  day,  descend.  His  establishment  in  the  abeolute  sove- 
reignty  of  Dai  Nippon  is  generally  placed  in  the  year  660  a.  c. 

For  some  centuries,  the  miibado,  ciaiming  to  rule  by  divine  right  and  inheri. 
tanoe,  were  indeed  despotic  sovereigns ;  and  even  after  they  had  ceased  to  head 
their  own  armies,  and  intrusted  the  dangerous  military  command  to  sons  and. 
kinsmen,  their  power  long  remained  undisputed  and  unoontroled.  It  waa,  per. 
haps,  fint  and  gradually  weakened  by  a  habit  into  whieh  the  mikado  fell,  of  ab. 
dicating  at  so  early  an  age,  that  they  transferred  the  sovereignty  to  their  sons 
whQe  yet  children ;  an  evil  the  retired  sovereign  frequently  strove  to  remedy,  by 
governing  for  his  young  successor.  At  length,  a  mikado,  who  had  married  the 
daughter  of  a  powerful  prince,  abdicated  in  ^vor  of  his  threcyear  old  son ;  and 
the  ambitious  grandfather  of  the  infant  mikado  assumed  the  regency,  placing  the 
abdicated  sovereign  in  confinement.  A  oivil  war  ensued;  during  which,  Yoritomo, 
one  of  the  most  celebrated  and  most  important  perrons  in  Japanese  history— who 
has  been  already  incidentally  mentioned,  and  was,  seemingly,  a  distant  scion  of 
the  mikado  stock— first  appeared  upon  the  stage.    He  came  forward  aa  the  oham- 

mode  of  finding  stolen  things,  and  other  such  like  scieocea.'^  The  wamahm  wear 
a  sword,  and  have  a  peculiar  cap  and  neck  strap  to  distinguish  them.  The  ex- 
planation off  the  name  foma-^uti,  given  by  Dr.  Burger  (vol.  11. ,  page  394}  mnj 

also  be  correct,  as  nr,  which  means  a  soldier,  is  also  called  Ami.] 

*  Klaproth. 


1841.  Notices  of  Japan,  No.  X,  317 

pMm  of  the  imprifoned  ex-miibMto  mgainst  his  usurping^  father.in.law.*  The  war 
lasted  for  sereral  .yeanK  and  in  the  ooiirse  of  those  years  occurred  the  incident 
in  which  originated  one  of  the  institutions  of  the  blind.  At  length,  Yoritomo 
triumphed,  released  the  imprisoned  fiither  of  the  young  wikai^  and  placed  the 
regency  in  his  hands ;  but  the  /owe,  as  he  was  called,  held  it  only  nominally, 
leaving  the  real  power  in  the  hands  of  Yoritomo,  whom  he  created  «io  t  iai  sto- 
gwn^ '  generalissimo  fighting  against  the  barbarians.'  The  er-mtilrado  died,  and, 
as  lieutenant  or  deputy  of  the  soTcraign,  Yoritomo  yirtually  goremed  for  twenty 
years.  His  power  gradually  acquired  solidity  and  stability,  and  when  he  died  he 
was  sneoeeded  in  his  title,  dignity,  and  authority,  by  his  son. 

After  this,  a  si|coession  of  in&nt  mOsmdo  strengthened  the  power  of  the  9u^ 
gWK^  and  their  office  soon  became  so  decidedly  hereditary,  that  the  Annals  begin 
to  tell  of  abdicating  fioigettii,  of  infant  stoigmm,  of  rival  heirs  contending  for  the 
•iflgviifisiUp.  Etbu  during  the  life  of  Yoritomo^s  widow,  this  had  advanced  so  far, 
that  she,  who  had  beeome  a  Bndhist  nun  upon  his  decease,  returned  from  her 
convent  to  govern  for  an  in&nt  mngowa.  She  retained  the  authority  till  her  own 
death,  and  is  called  in  the  Anna^  of  the  Dain,  oima  tiogamm,  or  the  nun  sib. 
gmm.  She  seems  to  be  the  only  instance  of  a  female  9iogoun,  But  still,  if  the 
actual  authority  were  wielded  by  these  generalissimos,  all  the  apparent  and  much 
real  power  amongst  the  rest,  thst  of  appointing  or  confirming  his  nominal  vice, 
geient,  the  «to,goi»fi — remained  with  the  mikado.  In  this  state,  administered  by 
an  autocrat  emperor  and  a  soveieign  deputy,  the  govenunent  of  Japan  continued 
until  the  latter  half  of  the  sixteenth  century,  the  mogotm  being  then  eflieient  and 
active  rulers,  not  the  secluded  and  magnificent  puppets  of  a  council  of  state  that 
we  have  seen  them  at  the  present  day. 

It  was  during  this  phasis  of  the  Japanese  empire,  that  the  Portuguese  first  ap. 
peered  there ;  one  of  their  vessels  being  driven  by  contrary  winds  from  her  intend, 
ed  coarse,  and  upon  the  then  unknown  coast  of  Japan.  The  occurrence  is  thus 
recorded  by  a  national  annalist,  as  translated  by  Siebold ;— -"  Under  the  nUkmdo 
Konaru  and  the  9iogimn  YosiJiaru,  in  the  twelfth  year  of  the  Neng9  Tetibwut  on 
the  twenty-second  day  of  the  eighth  month  (October,  1543),  a- strange  ship  made 
the  island  Tanega  sima,t  near  Koura,  in  the  remote  province  Nisimura.  The 
crew,  about  two  hundred  in  number,  had  a  singular  appearanee ;  their  language 
was  unintelligible,  their  native  land  unknown.  On  board  was  a  Chinese,  named 
Gohou,  who  understood  writing ;  from  him  it  was  gathered  that  this  wasa  nm^-ham 
ship  (*  southern  barbarian,'  in  the  Japaneee  form  of  the  Chinese  words  mm  wdi}! 
On  the  36th,  this  vessel  was  taken  to  Aku.oki  haibor,  on  the  northwest  of  the 
island;  and  Toki.taka,  governor  of  Tanega  sima,  instituted  a  strict  investigation 
concerning  it,  the  Japanese  bonse,  Tsyu.syu.su,  acting  as  interproter,  by  means 
of  Chinese  ehaxaoters.    On  board  the  nanrban  ship  were  two  oommande^s^  Mura. 

«  Klaproth;  and  Titsingh's  Japanese  Annals  of  the  Dairi, 
t  It  has  been  safd  that  nma  means  *  island  ;*  whence  it  follows  that  Siebold's 
expression,  **  the  island,  Tanega  sims,**  is  tautological ;  but,  in  translating  a  Ian- 
guage  and  speaking  of  a  country  so  little  known,  such  tautdogy  could  hudly  be 
avoided  at  a  less  saorifioe  than  that  of  perspicuity.  This  reman  is  also  applioable 
to  many  other  terms  used  when  speaking  or  writing  of  Japan,  by  which  the  native 
word  that  olasdfies,  or  explains  the  proper  name  has  becoone  incorporated  with  it. 
For  instance,  to  say  the  bridge  Nippon-bqi^  where  has  (or  Aosi)  means  bridge, 
is,  like  Tanega  sima  L,  tautological. 


318  Soiiees  a/  Japam,  No.  X.  JviCK, 


«yakj>  and  Kri«U.muU  ;  they  iitoaf  ht  fife-anna.  ana  6n«  HMde  thi 
qoamted  with  ■hooCaif.«nH,  mo4  the  jMcpafatna  of  diootiBf. powder." 

The  Japaaeae  have  pt».aMwi  portiaita  (and  cnrioaa  T«*-i-»^—  of  tba  giaphie 
art  they  axe)  of  MmB-^fofcym  and  Kriata,mata,  who  are  amniuaed  to  be  AaloBio 
Mota  and  Fianeeaoo  gU»imoto»  the  lint  Poftofinoe  known  to  have  landed  in  Japan. 

The  Japaoeae  weie  at  thia  tune  a  mercantile  ptopki,  canymf  on  an  active  and 
laeiatire  coounerBe  with,  it  m  «id*  utecn  different  eoimtiiaa.  lliey  gladly 
weleooied  the  atianfen,  who  breast  there  new  onnnfiKtnRa  and  new  warea; 
they  traffieked  freely  with  there,  and  crelonf  even  gave  their  daofhtan  in  rear. 
riafe  to  aoeh  aa  aettled  anoofst  theaa.  The  Jeanit  miaBionahea,  who  aoon  JbU 
lowed,  were  equally  well  reeeived,  and  permitted  to  pnaeh  to  the  people  without 
interruption.  The  eztnMardinary  and  npid  aiicciare  of  the  Fatham  haa  bean  aL 
ready  mentioned.  Even  at  Miyaho,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  defrt,  if  not  in  it,  they 
boaated  neophytea.  There  bright  praapecta  were  biigfated  by  the  civil  war,  whkh 
had  aafmrd  for  a  moment  to  pramire  the  complete  iieliMlatinMinl  of  Chriatiantty 
in  Japan.  '     •-  *  -• 

Aboot  the  middle  of  the  aizteenth  centory  two  brothere  of  the  race  of  Toritono 
contended  for  the  tiogwmakip:  the  prinoea  of  the  empire  took  part  on  either  aide, 
or  againat  both,  athving  to  make  themwlvea  independent ;  and  civil  war  raged 
thiooghout  Japan.  In  the  ooaiw  of  it,  both  the  rival  brothere  prriahwd,  and  the 
vaaml  princei  now  contended  for  the  vacant  dignity. 

The  ablcat  and  mightieat  amongat  them  waa  Nobmaga^  prince  of  Owaii,.  the 
champion  of  one  of  the  rival  brotheri  ao  long  aa  he  UiMd.  After  the  death  of  the 
claimant  he  80pported,.he  ret  up  for  himaelf.  Powerfully  aided  by  the  courage 
and  talenta  of  a  low-bom  man,  named  Hidcyoei,  who  had  attached  himealf  to 
hie  aervice,  and  gradually  gained  hia  confidence,  the  prince  of  Owari  triumphed 
over  hie  opponenta,  and  become  tiagumMt  the  auiade  confirming  to  him  a  dignity 
that  he  felt  himaelf  unable  to  withhold.  The  new  negfonn  recompenaed  Hide- 
yoai*8  aervicre  by  inveating  him  with  a  high  military  office,  and  Bhowed  himaelf  a 
warm  friend  to  the  Chriatiana  and  the  mirejonariea. 

In  piocere  of  time,  Nobunaga  waa  murdered  by  an  aapirant  uaurper,  who  thua 
poreerecd  himaelf  of  the  ato^oviiaAtp.  The.  murderer  waa  ahortly  afterwardain 
hia  turn,  murdered ;  and,  amidat  the  conf naion  that  enaoed,  i{ide.yoei  reiied  upon 
the  generally  coveted  office.  •*  The  mikada  again,  without  beaitation,  approved 
and  confirmed  Hide-yoai  aa  no^otin,  by  hia  newlyoueumed  name  of  Taiko,  or 
^Auko-aama,  i.  e.  the  lord  Taiko. 

Taiko  retained  upon  the  throne  the  energiea  and  warlike  apirit  that  had  ena. 
bled  him  to  aacend  it ;  and  he  ia  atill  conaidered  by  the  Japanere  aa  nearly,  if  not 
quite,  the  greateat  of  their  heroea.  It  waa  he  who  made  the  greateat  piugiere  in 
reducing  the  mikada  to  the  mere  ahadow  of  a  aovereign ;  with  him  origmated  the 
ayatem,  already  deacribed,  aa  inthralling  the  princea  of  the  empire  ;  he  aubdned 
Corea,  which  had  emancipated  itrelf  aince  ita  oonqueat  by  the  empren  8in.gon- 
kwOi^on;  and  he  had  announced  hia  intention  of  conquering  China,  when  hia 
career  waa  arrreted  by  death,  at  the  age  of  aizty.three,  ii^  the  year  1598.  Taiko- 
aama'a  only  aon,  Hide-yori  waa  a  child  of  eix  yean  old  rand  to  him,  upon  hia 
deathbed,  he  thought  to  aeoure  the  auceeaaion  by  marrying  him  to  the  grand- 
daughter of  lyeyaa  (or  aa  aome  write  it,  Yejre-yaau),  the  powerful  prince  of 
Mikawa,  hxn  own  eiipecial  friend  and  counsellor,  whom  he  had  rewarded  with  three 


184I.V  Notices  of  Japan,  Xo.  X  819 

additkmai  principalities.  Hjb  obtained  from  lyeyas  a  solenin  promise  to  procure 
the  recognition  of  Hide-yori  as  nogoun,  as  soonas  the  boy  should  have  completed 
his  fifteenth  year. 

The :  death  of  Taiko-sama  was  the  signal  for  the  renewal  by  the  vassal  princes 
of  their,  efforts  to  emancipate  themselves  from*  the  yokci  nominally  of  the  tnikad^t 
really  of  the  wiogoun;  whilst  the  ambitious  and  treaoheroos  lyeyas,  who  had 
long  ■  aspired  to  the  office  he  had  promised .  to  secure  to  his  gimnd.daughter's 
husband,  secretly  fomented  diMirders  so  propitious  urhis  designs.  As  regent  for 
Hide-yori,  he  gradually  extorted  higher  and  higher  titles  fVom  the  mikado  s  at 
length,  he  demanded  and  obtained  that  of  nogoun,  and  waged  open  war  upon 
thejirard  to  whom  he  was  bound  by  so  many  ties,  to  whom  he  had  sworn  al- 
legiance. Hide-yori,  was  supported  by  all  the  Japanese  Christians,  whose  zeal 
in  behalf  of  the  son  of  the  universally  admired  and  regretted 'TaikOi^ama  was, 
to  say  the  least,  warmly  approved  and  enoouiaged  by  the  Jesuits ;  and  the  re. 
verend  Fathers  had  good  cause  to  e^ert  themselves  strenuously  on  his  side,  inde- 
pendently even  of  any  idea  of  the  justice  of  his  cause,  since  the  young  prince- 
showed  them  so  much  favori  that  they  actually  indulged  the  flattering  hope  of 
seeing  him  erelong  openly  profess  Christianity,  and,  should  he  triumph,  make  it 
the  established  religion  of  Japan. 

But,  in  1615,  lyeyas  besieged  his  grandchild's  husband  in  Ohosaka  castle, 
and  took  this,  his  rival's  last  remaining  stronghold,  as  perfidiously,  it  is  said* 
as  he  had.  gained  the  tiogounskip.  Over  the  (ate  of  Hidcyori  a  veil  of  mystery 
hangs.  According  to  some  accounts,  after  setting  fire  to  the-  castle,  when  he~ 
found  it  betrayed  into  his  enemy's  hands,  he  perished  in  the  flames ;  according  to 
others,  he  effected  his  escape  amidst  the  confusion  caused  by  the  conflagration, 
and  made  his  way  to  the  principal  city  of  Satzuma,  where  his  posterity  is  still 
believed  to  exist.  It  is  certain  that  the  princes  of  Satzuma  are  much  courted  by 
the  tib^otm;  who  seek  their  daughtera  as  wives.  The  consort  of  the  present 
sio^oitn  is  a  Satzuma  princess. 

lyeyas,  who  in  the  progress  of  his  usurpation  had  successively  taken  the  names 
of  Daifu-sama  and  Ongonchio,  had  now  only  to  secure  the  wiogoumkip  to  him- 
self  and  his  posterity.  For  this  purpose,  he  confirmed  all  the  measures  devised  by 
Taiko-sama  for  insuring  the  fidelity  of  the  princes,  bestowed  many  confiscated 
principalities  upon  his  own  partisans  and  younger  sons,  and  weakened  all,  as  fiu 
as  he  could,  by  diunemborment.  He  deprived  the  mikado  of  even  the  little  power 
that  Taiko.sama  had  left  him,  reducing  the  absolute  autocrat  to  the  utter  help, 
lessnese  and'  complete  irremediable  dependence,  which  have  been  described  as  the 
present  and  actual  condition  of  the  son  of  heaven ;  and,  finally,  he  proceeded  to 
enforce  the  persecution  of  his  rival's  supporters,  the  native  Christians  and  foreign 
m|s8kmaries»  which  Siebold  decidedly  ascribe^  to  political,  not  religious,  motives  on 
the  part  of  the  new  Japanese  potentate ;  and  .which,  in  the  reign  of  his  successor, 
resulted  in  the  system  of- exclusion  and  seclusion  still  followed  in  Japan.  ^* 

lyeyas,  upon  his  deatl^  was  deified  by  the  mikado  under  the  name  of  Gongen- 
sama;  and  his  policy  has  proved  successful.  His  posterity  still  hold  the  oiogomn- 
^kipM  und^turbed  tranquillity ;  and  although  efidenUy  so  degenerated  from  the 
energy.and  talent  of  their  ancestor,  that  they  have  suflfored  the  power  to  fall  from 
their  own  hands  into  that  of  their  ministers,  the  change  is  one  which  they  perhaps 
feel  as  gratifying  to  their  pride  as-  to  their  indolence. 


3tlO  Biographical  Xviice  of  MeHcius.  ivst, 

Every  writer  belonging  to  the  DatcK  factory,  tnd  therefore  poewing  the 
best  attainable  meana  of  knowledge,  affinna  that  rebellion  haa  been  prevented  by 
the  mthraUment  of  the  princea,  and  that  the  empife  haa,  ainoe  the  qnelling  of  the 
Arima  insurrection,  enjoyed  profound  peace,  internal  aa  well  as  external.  Dr. 
Parker,  in  his  little  journal,  tells  us,  indeed,  that  he  waa  assured  rebellion  was 
everywhere  raging ;  but  when  it  is  considered  that  he  waa  hostilely  driven  away, 
without  being  Buffered  even  to  set  foot  on  shore,  little  reliance  can  be  placed  upon 
such  hearsay  information.  Were  any  further  change  to  be  anticipated  for  Japan, 
it  might  perhaps  be  that  the  hereditary  primcminister  may  play  against  the  tta- 
^Hii  the  game  they  played  against  the  mikado ;  abandon  Yedo  to  the  general, 
issimo,  as  Mi3riJto  is  abtodoned  to  the  son  of  heaven,  and  establish  elsewhere  a 
third  court  of  the  vicegerent's  vicegerent,  the  governor  of  the  empire.* 

*  [  Two  articles  in  the  sixth  volume  of  the  Repository,  pages  460  and  553, 
contain  additional  particulars  concerning  the  history  of  Japan  during  the  entire 
century  (1540— 1640)  when  ita  porta  were  open,  its  princes  striving  for  supremacy 
and  independence,  and  ita  internal  polity  undergoing^  the  revolution  which  haa  for 
two  centuries  since  been  so  strictly  maintained.  Dr.  Parker's  sources  of  information 
were  probably  as  little  to  be  depended  upon  as  is  stated  above;  and  the  three 
shipwrecked  men,  who  arrived  in  Macao  in  Februair  last,  confirm  the  declaratwn 
of  the  Dutch  that  peace  has  generally  existed  throughout  the  empire ;  but  they  add 
that  at  the  time,  Dr.  Parker  waa  in  the  coast  (1837),  and  subsequently,  faminea 
have  been  so  severe  in  some  parts  as  to  lead  the  sufibring  people  to  commit  many 
excesses.  If  any  inference  can  be  drawn  from  the  nature  of  Japanese  poUtico. 
religious  education,  the  close  espionage  maintained  bv  the  government  over  all 
elaases  in  society,  and  the  feebleness  of  purpose  which  such  popish  domination 
over  all  the  powers  of  the  intellect  naturally  produces,  we  should  sav  that  ther« 
waa  little  prospect  of  any  change  in  the  internal  or  external  policy  of  the  country. 
Causes  for  change  muat  come  from  without ;  nor,  judging  from  the  changea  now 
going  on  in  Asia,  do  we  think  that  the  opinion,  that  even  the  exclusive  policy  of 
the  sea-girt  empire  of  the  siogoim  will  give  way  before  the  progress  of  events,  is  at 
all  chimerical ;  and  that  thia  too  will  take  place  long  before  another  two  oenturiea 
have  rolled  away,  perhaps  even  beforo  this  one  is  completed.] 


Art.  IV.  Biographical  notice  of  Mhng  tsze,  or  Mencius^  the 
Chinese  philosopher.  Translated  for  the  Repository  from  the 
French  of  H^musat. 

Mano  tsze,  who  during  his  life  was  called  M&ng  Ko,  and  by  the 
early  missionaries,  Mencius,  is  considered  as  the  first  of  Chinese 
philosphers,  after  Confucius.  He  was  born  at  the  beginning  of  the 
fourth  century  before  Jesus  Christ,  in  the  city  of  Tsow,  at  this  mo- 
ment a  dependency  of  Tenchow  foo,  in  the  province  of  Shantnng. 
His  father,  Keih  Kung-e,  descended  from  a  certain  M&ngsun,  whose 
prodigal  administration  incurred  the  censure  of  Confucius,  was  origi- 
nally of  the  country  of  Choo,  but  established   in  that  of  Chin. 


V. 


1841.  Biographical  Notice  of  Alencius.  321- • 

He  died  a  short  time  after  the  birth  of  his  son,  and  left  the  guardian-^* 
ship  of  the  boy  to  his.  widow. Chaog  she.  ^    .  i     . 

Ther  care  that  this  prudent. and  attentive  mother: took  to  educate    . 
her  son,  has  been  cited  as  a  model  for  ail  virtuous  parents..    The      \ 
house  she  occupied  was  ne^r'that  of  a  butcher:  she.  observed  that  at - 
the  first  cry  of  the  animals  that  were  being  slaughtered,  the  little  M&ng. 
Ko  ran  to  be  present  at  the  sight,  and  that  on  his  return  he  sought 
to  imitate  what  he  had  seen.     Fearful  that  his  heart  might  become 
hardened,  and  be  accustomed  to.  the  sight  of  blood,  she  removed  to: 
another  house  which  was  in  the  neighborhood  of  a  cemetery.    The^ 
relations  of  those  who  were  buried  there,  came  often  to  weep  iipon< 
their  graves,  and  make  the  customary    libations.     Mencius.  soon 
took  pleasure  in  these  ceremonies,  and  amused  himself  in  imitating 
them.     This  was  a  new  subject  of  uneasiness  to  Chang  she:  she 
feared  that  her  son  might  come  to  consider  as  a  jest  what  is  of  all 
things  the  most  serious,  and  that  he  would  acquire  a  habit  of  per- 
forming with  levity,  and  as  a  matter  of  routine  merely,  ceremonies 
which  demand  the  most  exact  attention  and  respect.      Again^  there- 
fore she  anxiously  changed  her  dwelling,  and  went  to  live  in  the  :city, 
opposite  to  a  school^  where  MftngKo  found  examples  the  most  worthy 
of  imitation,  and  soon  began  to  profit  by  them.     I  should  not  have 
spoken  of  this  trifling  anecdote,  but  for  the  allusion   which  thei 
Chinese  constantly   make  to  it,  in    the  proverb  so. often  quoted: 
'  M&ng  tsze's  mother  was  particular  about  her  neighbors/  '    •       rn  : 

M&ng  tsze  did  not  fail  to  practice  those  virtues,  which  the  Chinese 
suppose  to  be  inseparably  connected  with  the  study  of  belles-lettres. 
He  devoted  himself  early  to  the  classics,  and  by  the  progress  which  he 
made  in  the  right  understanding,  of  these  venerated  books,  he  waa 
thought  worthy  to  become  one  of  the  diciples  of  Tsze  szse,-  the  grand- 
son aud  not  unworthy  imitator  of  Confucius  himself.  When  he  was 
perfectly  versed  in  that  moral  philosophy,  which  the  Chinese  call,  par 
excellence,  "the  Doctrine,"  he  made  a  tender  of  his  services  to  Seuen 
wang,  the  king  of  Tse :  but  not  succeeding  in  obtaijiiog  employment 
from  him,  he  next  went  to  Hwuy  wang,  king  of  Leang«j>r  of  Wei ;  for 
at  thistime,  the  country  of  Kaefung  foo,  in  Honan,  constituted  a 
little  state  which  was  known  by  these  two  names..  This  prince  gave 
a  cordial  welcome  to  Mencius,  but  took  no  particular  pains^  as  the 
philosopher  would  have  wished,  to  profit  by  his  insUuotioiis;:.  .1 
; '  Menciusf!. views  of  antiquity  appeared  to  him;  perhaps  not  without 
reason,  to  be  of  a  nature  not  applicable  to  the  present  moment  The 
men  to  whom  were  committed  the  administration  of  the  difirent  provin- 

VOL.    .^.    NO.    VI.  4i 


322  Bi^gftftde^  N9ii€e  •/  Mmdms.  Jom, 


oes  into  which  Chioa  wis  at  that  tiiae  divided,  were  boi  ca|iehle  of  f«- 
storiog  tranquillity  to  the  eeipiie,  ooQiiiieall j  diamrbed  by  leaywa,  divi- 
aiooa,  and  intestine  wan.  For  then,  the  tiwe  science  was  the  art  of 
war.  Meneins  might  weU  boast  to  them  of  the  gomnmm t  and  the 
Tirtoes  of  Taoo,of  Shan,  and  of  the  fbonders  of  the  three  Int  dynas- 
ties; bot  perpetual  wars  broke  cot  on  evctj  side,  and  eztending 
themselTes  wherever  he  went,  destroyed  the  good  efcci  of  his  seaching, 
and  thwarted  all  his  plans.  At  length,  oonvinoed  of  the  isBpoosibili- 
ty  of  doing  any  good  toprinoes  snob  as  these,  he  letniwed  to  his  own 
eoontry;  and  there,  in  concert  with  Wan-chang,  and  others  of  bis 
disciples,  be  employed  hiasseif  in  arranging  the  Book  of  Odea,  and 
the  Shoo  King,  ibUowing  in  this  the  example  of  Confiicios,  and  an* 
to  execute  the  task  in  the  spirit  of  the  great  pbilosopbm.  Ho 
also,  at  ibis  time,  the  work  in  cbapiera  wbich  bean  bis 
He  died  abont  314  yean  before  Christ,  aged  84  years. 

The  boDk  of  wbich  I  have  jost  spoken  n  Meneins*  chief  claim  to 
fcpntation:  always  united  to  the  three  works  on  morals  which  contain 
theexposition  of  the  doctrine  of  Confucius,  it  Ibrms  with  these,  what  is 
distinguishingly  called  the  fteOse,  or  the  Four  Books.  Itisofitaelf 
longer  than  the  other  three  united,  nor  n  it  lem  esteenwd,  or  less 
worthy  of  being  read.  In  the  words  of  a  Chinese  author;  *  Meneins 
has  gathered  in  the  heritage  of  Confucius,  developed  his  principles, 
as  Confucius  did  those  of  Win  wang,  of  Woo  wang,  and  of  Chow 
knng;  but  at  bis  own  death  no  one  was  found  to  do  the  like  for 
binL  Not  one  of  those  who  came  after  htm  can  be  compared  with 
him,  not  even  Seen  tsxe,  and  Tang  tsse.'  I  will  not  transcribe,  even 
briefly,  the  pompous  eulogies  which  this  author,  and  a  hundred  others, 
have  emuldusly  bestowed  on  our  philosopher.  Let  it  suffice  to  say, 
that  by  unanimous  consent  he  has  been  honored  with  the  title  of  A 
8kmg^  which  signifies,  the  Second  Saint,  Confucius  being  regarded 
as  the  first.  He  has  also  been  honored,  by  public  act,  with  the 
title  of  Holy  Ponce  of  the  Country  of  Tsow ;  and  in  the  great  tern* 
pie  of  the  literati,  they  pay  him  the  same  honon  as  to  Confucius. 
A  portion  of  this  distinction,  according  to  Chinese  custom,  has  been 
transmitted  to  the! descendants  of  Mencius,  who  bear  the  title  of 
Masten  of  the  Traditions  concemiog  the  clamic  Books,  in  the  impe- 
rial academy  of  Hanlin. 

The  kind  of  merit  wl|ich  has  procured  for  Mencius  so  great 
celebrity,  froold  not  be  regarded  as  of  much  value  in  the  eyes 
of  Europeans;  but  he  has  othera  which,  if  his  book  were  adequately 
uanslated,  would  procure  him  favor.    His  style,  less  dignified  and  ieaa 


184 1  •  Biograpkical  Notice  of  Mencius.  323 

coneidd  than  thai  of  ihe  prince  of  letters,  is  equally  Doble,  inote  em* 
bellishedf  and  more  elegant.  The  form  of  dialogue  which  he  has 
retained  in  his  philosophic  conversations  with  the  gteat  personages 
of  his  time,  admits  of  more  variety  than  We  can  expect  to  find  in  the 
apothegms  and  the  maxims  of  Confucius.  Their  philosophy  also 
differs  equally  in  character.  Confucius  is  always  grave  and  even 
austere ;  he  elevates  the  good,  of  whom  he  draws  an  ideal  portrait,  and 
speaks  of  the  bad  only  with  cold  condemnation.  Mencius,  with 
the. same  love  of  virtue,  seems  to  feel  for  vice  contempt,  rather  than 
horror ;  which  he  attacks  with  the  force  of  reason,  and  of  ridicule.  His 
style  of  argument  is  like  the  irony  of  Socrates.  He  contests  nothing 
directly  with  his  adversaries;  but  while  he  grants  their  premises,  he 
seeks  to  draw  from'  them  consequences  the  most  absurd,  which  cover 
his  opponents  with  confusion.  He  does  not  spare  the  great,  nor  the 
princes  of  his  time,  who  often  pretended  to  consult  him  only  that 
they  might  have  an  opportunity  of  boasting  of  themselves,  and  of  ob- 
taining the  praises  which  they  conceived  to  bis  their  due.  Nothing 
could  be  more  cutting  than  the  answers  he  made  them  on  these  oc- 
casions; nothing  in  short  more  opposed  to  that  character  for  servility 
and  baseness  which  a  too  common  prejudice  attributes  to  eastern 
nations,  and  especially  to  the  Chinese.  Mencius  resembled  Aris- 
tippus  in  nothing ;  but  rather  Diogenes,  though'  with  more  dignity 
and  decency.  At  timiss  we  are  tempted  to  condemn  a  vivacity  which 
almost  amounts  to  harshness;  but  we  forgive  it,  when  we  fibd*  it  in- 
spired only  by  a  zeal  for  the  public  good. 

The  king  of  Wei,  one  of  those  princes  whose  ditensiohs  and 
continual  wars  desolated  China  at  this  time,  dietailisd  complkcently 
to  Mencius  the  pains  he  took  to  make  his  peoplis^  bap|>y ,  add  expressed 
his  astonishment  that  his  little  kingdom'  was  rtbt  more  fiburishing  nor 
more  populous  than  those  of  his  neigfabotrs.  *  Prince,'  said  the  phik)- 
sopher,  'you  love  war;  permit  me  to  draw  a  comparison  from  thence: 
two  armies  are  in  presence;  this  charge  is  sounded,  the  battle  begins, 
one  oIHhe  parties  is  conquered ;  half  its  soldiers  have  fled  an  hundred 
paces,  the  other  half  has  stopped  at  fifty.  Will  this  last  have  any  right 
to  mock  at  those  who  have  fled  further  than  themselves?' 

*  No,'  said  the  king, '  they  have  equally  taken  flight,  and  the  same 
disgrace  must  attend  them  both.' 

'Prince,'  says  Meneius  quickly,  'cease  then  to  boast  of  your  efforts 
as  greater  than  your  neighbors.  Yoii  have  all  deserved'  the  same 
reproach,  and  not  one  has  a  right  to  take  credit  to  himself  over 
another.'    Pursuing  then  his  bitter  interrogations,  he  asked,  'Is 


ibere  a  d'ltttrtuce,  ob  kiog  t  between  killio|r  m  auui  wiib  a  dub,  or 
witb  a  iword  V 

*  SOf  said  tbe  prioce. 

'  fielweeo  bim  wbo  kilU  wiib  tbc  aword,  or  dcatioja  by  an  iobooMii 
tjrraoo  J  V 

'  No/  again  replies  tbe  prince, 

*  Well  V  said  Menciua,  '  your  kiicheos  are  incnoibered  wiib  food ; 
joor  stoda  are  fall  of  bones;  wbile  jonr  subjects,  witb  emaciated 
countenances,  are  worn  down  witb  misery,  or  found  dead  of  hunger  in 
tbe  middle  of  tbe  fields  or  tbe  deserts.  Wbat  is  tbis,  but  to  breed  ani- 
mals lo  prey  on  men?  and  wbat  is  tbe  diffisrence  between  de- 
stroying them  by  tbe  sword,  or  by  unfeeling  conduct?  If  we  detest 
tbose  sa? age  animals  wbicb  mutually  tear  and  devour  each  other, 
how  much  more  should  we  abhor  a  prince,  who,  instead  of  being  a 
father  to  his  people,  does  not  hesitate  to  bring  up  animals  to  destroy 
them.  What  kind  of  father  to  his  people  is  he  who  treats  bis  chil- 
dren 80  unfeelingly,  and  has  less  care  of  them  than  of  the  wild  beasts 
he  provides  for  V 

'  I  have  heard,'  said  the  king  of  Tse,  one  day,  'that  the  old  king 
W&n  wang  had  a  park  of  seven  leagues  in  extent:  can  it  he  true?' 

'Nothing  is  more  true,'  said  Mencins. 

'  It  was,'  replied  the  prince, '  an  unwarranted  extent.' 

'  And  yet,'  said  Mencius, '  the  subjects  of  W&n  wang  thought  this 
park  too  small.' 

'My  park/  said  tbe  prince,  'is  only  four  leagues,  and  my  people 
complain  of  it  as  too  large.     Why  this  difference  ?' 

'Prince,'  replied  Mencius,  'tbe  park  of  W&n  wang  was  of  seven 
leagues ;  but  it  was  there  that  all  who  wanted  grass  or  wood  went 
to  seek  it,  as  well  as  game.  The  park  was  common  to  the  people  and 
the  prince.  Had  they  not  reason  therefore  to  find  it  small  ?  When 
I  entered  your  dominions,  I  inquired  what  was  particularly  forbidden 
there,  and  was  told  of  an  inclosure  beyond  the  frontiers,  of  four 
leagues  in  extent,  wherein  whoever  should  kill  a  stag,  should  be  pu- 
nished as  if  he  had  slain  a  man.  This  park  of  four  leagues,  therefore, 
is  like  a  vast  pit  in  the  centre  of  your  estates.  Are  the  people  wrong 
to  find  it  Ux>  large?' 

We  need  not  hesitate  to  borrow  from  the  conversations  of  Mencius 
other  passages  fitted  to  give  us  a  just  idea  of  his  work,  since  they 
afford  us,  at  the  same  time,  details  of  his  life,  and  a  type  of  bis  cha- 
racter ;  and  it  would  be  impossible  to  describe  him  better  than  he  has 
done  himself  in  his  book.     '  The  man  who  has  lost  his  wife ;  the 


1841.  Biographical  Notice  of  Mtncius.  3*25 

woman  bereaved  of  ber  husband ;  the  old  man  who  has  no  children  ; 
the  orphan  who  has  seen  his  parents  die :  these/  said  Mencius  one 
day  to  the  same  prince,  *  in  all  >our  kingdom  are  the  most  unhappy. 
They  have  none  to  whom  they  can  tell  their  sorrows,  or  who  will 
listen  to  their  grieC;  and  therefore,  W&n  wang,  extending  to  all  the 
blessings  of  a  good  government,  yet  acknowledged  the  higher  claims 
of  these  four  classes  of  unhappy  persons :  as  we  find  it  expressed  in 
the  fiook  of  Odes :  '  The  rich  can  escape  from  the  common  sufferings 
but  how  great  should  be  our  compassion  for  the  isolated,  who  haoe  no 
resource  /' ' 

'  The  saying  is  a  noble  one  V  exclaimed  the  king. 

'Prince,'  replied  Mencius  instantly,  'if  you  find  it  so  noble,  why 
not  conform  your  conduct  to  it  ?  One  of  your  subjects,  O  king  1  being 
about  to  leave  for  the  kingdom  of  Tsew,  intrusted  his  wife  and  chil- 
dren to  a  friend ;  but  on  his  return  he  found  that  they  had  been  left 
to^uffer  the  pains  of  hunger  and  cold :  what  ought  he,  then,  to  do?' 

'Reject,  entirely,  so  false  a  friend !'  answered  the  king  of  Tse. 

'  If  the  higher  functionaries  were  unequal  to  their  duty  ;  what 
would  you  do  V 

'  Deprive  them  of  their  rank.' 

'And  if  your  own  kingdom  is  not  well  governed,  what  then?' 

The  king  turned  from  lefl  to  right,  and  spake  of  other  things. 
Sometime  afler  this,  Mencius  speaking  to  the  same  prince,  said,  'it 
is  not  the  the  ancient  forests  of  a  country  which  do  it  honor ;  but  its 
families  devoted  for  many  generations  to  the  duties  of  the  magistracy. 
O  king !  in  all  your  service  there  are  none  such ;  those  whom  you 
yesterday  raised  to  honor,  what  are  they  to-day  ?' 

'  Tn  what  way,'  replied  the  king, '  can  I  know  beforehand  that  they 
are  without  virtue,  and  remove  them  V 

'  In  raising  a  sage  to  the  highest  dignities  of  the  state,'  replied  the 
philosopher, '  a  king  acts  only  as  he  is  of  necessity  bound  to  do.  fiut 
to  put  a  man  of  obscure  condition  above  the  nobles  of  his  kingdom, 
or  one  of  his  remote  kindred  over  princes  more  nearly  connected 
with  him,  demands  most  careful  deliberation.  Do  his  courtiers  unite 
in  speaking  of  a  man  as  wise :  let  him  distrust  them.  If  all  the 
magistrates  of  his  kingdom  concur  in  the  same  assurance,  let  him  not 
rest  satisfied  with  their  testimony.  But  if  his  subjects  confirm  the 
story,  then  let  him  convince  himself;  and  if  he  finds  the  individual 
is  indeed  a  sage,  let  him  raise  him  to  oflice  and  honor.  So  also,  if  all 
the  courtiers  would  oppose  his  placing  confidence  in  a  minister,  let 
him  not  give  heed  to  them ;  and  if  all   the  magistrates  are  of  this 


3*26  Biogtaphicat  Notice  qf  MaunkS.  JtiNlfi, 

opiniou,  lei  him  be  deaf  to  their  solicitations;  but  if  the  people. unite 
in  the  same  request,  then  let  him  examine  the  object  of  their  iil-will, 
and  if  guilty,  remo?e  him.  In  short,  if  dl  the  courtiers  think  that  a 
minister  should  suffer  dfeath,  the  p'ritfce  must  not  content  himaelf 
with  their  opinion  merely.  If  ill  this  high  officers  entertain  the  same 
sentiment,  still  he  must  not  yield  to  thlsir  convictions ;  but  if  thewkok 
people  declare  that  such  a  man  is  unfit  to  live,  then  the  prince, 
inquiring  himself,  and  being  satisfied  that  the  charge  is  true,  most 
condemn  the  guilty  to  death :  in  such  a  case,  we  may  say  that  the 
people  are  his  judge.  In  acting  thus,  a  prince  becomes  the  parent 
of  his  subjects.'  It  is  impossible  to  attribute  more  importance,  to 
that  which  in  our  own  times  and  country  is  called  pubtic  opvwm. 

But  Mencius  goes  further  in:  thd  foHoWing  passage,  in  Wllich  bis 
zeal  for  the  good  of  tfate  peoptie  calls  forth'  stki  apology,  such  as  we  did 
not  expect  to  find  iiT  a  Ghhiese  work.  The  king  of  Tse,  inquiring 
of  the  philosopher,  respecting  events  which  took  place  in  periods 
already  remote,-  spbke  to  him  of  the  last  prince  of  the  Hea  dynasty, 
who  was  dethroned  by  Chingtang,  and  of  the  last  prince  of  the  Shang 
dynasty,  put  to  death  by  W<x>  wang  the  founder  of  the  third, '  are 
these  things  true?'  said  he  to  Mencius. 

<  History  vouches  for  them,'  replied  he. 

*  A  subject  put  his' sovereign'  to  death !  Can  it  be? ' 
/The  true  rebel,'  retorted  Mencius,  'is  he  who  insults  humanity. 
The  true  robber,  he  who  is  guilty  of  injustice.     A  rebel  or  a  rob* 
her  is  a  simple  individual;  what  was  Chow  but  such?  and  in  him  the 
individual  was  punished,  and  not  the  pHnce.' 

Mencius  did  not  often  give  way  to  this  tokie  of  bitterness,  but  his 
replies  are  commonly  full  of  vivacity  and  energy,  and  sometimes  his 
language  has  met  with  disapprobation. 

We  are  told  that  Hungwoo,  the  founder  of  the  Ming  dynasty,  was 
one  day  readings  Mencius,  and  lighted  on  this  passage :  *  The  prince 
looks  on*  his  subjects  as  thid  ground'  beneath  his  feet,  or  as  grains  of 
mustard^eed,  of  no  account :  his  subjects,  in  return,  look  on  him  as 
a  robber,  and  an*  en<6my.'  These  expressions  shocked  the  new  em- 
peror. 'It  is  not  thus,'  said  he,  *  that  kings  should  be  spoken  of.  He 
who  has  given  utterance  to  such  language  is  not  worthy  to  share  the 
honors  which  are  rendered  to  the  wise  Confucius.  Let  Mencius  be 
degraded,  and  let  his  name  be  stricken  from  the  temple  of  the  prince 
of  letters !  Let  no  otie  dare  to  remonstrate  with  me  on  this,  or  to 
transmit  any  memorial  on  the  subject,  until  they  shall  have  first  pierc- 
ed with  arrows  him  who  has  prepared  ihem." 


1841.  Biographical  Notice  of  Jiencius.  327 

This  decree  threw  men  of  letters  into  consternation.  One  of  their 
number,  named  Tseen-tang^  president  of  one  of  the  supreme  courts, 
resolved  to  sacrifice  hinself  for  the  honor  of  Mencius.  He  drew  up 
a  memorial,  in  which,  after  quoting  the  passage  entire,  and  explaining 
the  true  sense  in  which  it  should  be  understood,  he  described  the 
empire  such  as  it  was  in  the  time  of  Mencius,  and  the  deplorable 
condition  to  which  petty  tyrants  had  reduced  it  by  their  incessant 
wars  with  one  another,  and  all  against  the  lawful  authority  of  the 
princes  of  the  Chow  dynasty. 

'It  is  of  this  sort  of  sovereigns,'  said  he  in  conclusion,  *  that 
Mencius  has  spoken,  and  not  of  the  son  of  Heaven.  What,  after  so 
many  centuries," shall  it  now  be  imputed  to  him  as  a  crime?  f  die, 
since  such  is  the  command;  but  posterity  will  hallow  my  death.' 
After  having  drawn  up  this  appeal,  and  made  ready  his  coffin, 
Tseen-tang  repaired  to  the  palace,  and  being  arrived  at  the  outer 
gates:  'I  come,'  said  he  to  the  guards,  Uo  present  a  petition  in 
favor  of  Mencius;  here  is  my  memorial;'  and  then  exposing  his 
breast,  added,  <  strike,  I  know  your  orders.'  Instantly  one  of  the 
guards  wounds  him  with  an  arrow,  and  taking  the  petition,  transmits 
it  to  the  emperor,  who  had  already  been  informed  of  what  had  hap- 
pened. The  emperor  read  the  appeal  attentively,  and  approved  or 
feigned  to  approve  it.  He  gave  orders  to  heal  the  wound  which 
Tseen-tang  had  received ;  and  decreed  that  the  name  of  Mencius 
should  remain  in  possession  of  all  the  honors  he  had  enjoyed.  1  have 
thought  it  proper  to  relate  this  anecdote  as  showing  at  the  same 
time  the  fanaticism  of  the  class  of  mei^  of  letters,  and  the  veneration 
which  attends  the  name  of  our  philosopher. 

His  book  being,  as  I  have  said,  an  Integra)  part  of  the  Four  fiooks, 
must  be  learned  entire  by  tlipse  who  submit  to  the  examinations  and 
aspire  to  literary  honors.  It  is,  of  course,  one  of  those  which  has 
been  most  often  reprii^ted.  Thousands  of  editions  exist,  with  and 
without  commentaries.  Numberless  men  of  letters  have  devoted 
themselves  to  elucidating  and  explaining  it :  it  has  twice  been  trans- 
lated  into  Mantchou;  and  tl^e  last  versiqn,  revised  by  the  emperor 
Keenlung,  fqrms,  with  the  ^ext,  three  of  the  six  volumes  of  which 
the  Mantchou«Chinese  copy  of  the  Four  Books  in  the  Royal  Library 
is  composed.  Father  Noel  ha^  iricluded  Mencius  in  the  Latin  tran- 
slation that  he  has  made  of  "The  six  classic  fy^k^  of  the  Chinese 
empire,"  but  we  look  in  vain  i(i  this  translation  for  ^ny  of  those 
qualities  which  we  have  remaf ked  ii)  the  style  of  Mencius ;  and  the 
meaning  is  too  often  lost  in  a  verbose  and    fatiguing  paraphrase. 


'^*2T<  Topogrnfthiral  Atuonnt  of  C/msan.  Junk, 

Thus  ihis  author,  who  of  all  Chinese  writers  is,  possibly,  the  most 
calculated  to  please  Europeans,  is  one  of  those  who  have  been  the 
least  read  and  admired. 

There  is  a  biographical  notice  of  Mencius  in  the  Sze  Ke  of  Szema 
Tseen ;  and  some  particulars,  literary  and  bibliographical  about  his 
works,  in  the  184th  book  of  the  Library  of  Ma  Twanlin.  Father  Du 
Halde  has  given  a  copious  analysts  of  Mencius;  and  we  have  some 
details  about  his  life  in  the  memoirs  of  the  missionaries.  J.  B.  Carp- 
zou  has  written  a  meagre  dissertation  on  Mencius,  which/ consists 
only  of  passages  taken  from  Noel,  and  is  unworthy  of  notice.  A 
work,  every  way  remarkable,  is  the  beautiful  Chinese  and  Latin  edi- 
tion of  Mencius  by  Stanislas  Julien,  since  it  required  not  merely  a 
study  of  the  text  of  Mencius,  but  of  all  the  commentaries  of  this 
author  which  have  reached  Europe.  (For  a  more  extended  notice 
of  this  translation,  see  page  222  of  this  volume.) 


Art.  V.     Topographical  Account  of  Chusan;  its  territorial  dim- 
sions,  population f  productions,  climate,  Sf'c.,  Sf'c. 

TiNGHAE,  under  the  Chinese  rule,  forms  a  keen,  or  district,  having 
the  town  of  the  same  name  for  its  chief  town  and  seat  of  government. 
This  is  what  by  Du  Halde,  and  other  European  writers,  is  called  a 
city  of  the  third  order :  the  two  superior  orders  being  chow  and  ybo — 
(or  tcheou  and/ou), — words  that  do  not,  however,  properly  distinguish 
the  cities  and  towns,  but  rather  the  territorial  divisions  which  are 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  such  cities  and  towns.  A  chow  contains, 
sometimes,  several  he'en  subordinate  to  it ;  at  other  times  it  does  not : 
nfoo  always  comprises  several  he'en,  and  frequently  also  one  or  two 
of  such  chow  as  have  no  subordinate  he'en  within  their  precincts. 
By  regarding  these  last  chow  as  nowise  different  from  the  he'en,  and 
the  others  (those  that  have  jurisdiction  over  several  subordinate 
he'en)  as  answering  to  the  foo*,  we  may  confine  to  two  names  the 
distinctions  of  the  more  marked  territorial  divisions: — the  higher 
of  these  we  may  call  prefectures  or  departments ;  and  each  prefecture 
will  contain  a  number  of  districts,  as  many  sometimes  as  ten,  twelve, 
or  even  more. 

*  Tliey  differ  only  in  the  number  and  f|rradation  of  officers,  and  the  consequent 
expense  of  eiitablishinents. 


1 841 1  Topographical  Account  of  Chusan.  329 

Tinghae  keen  is  one  of  these  districts.  It  is* subject  to  the  pre- 
fecture of  Ningp/y'foo;  Ghinhae  keen,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river 
of  Ningpo,  is  another  district  in  the  same  prefecture.  . 

The  keen  is  the  smallest  division  of  territory  in  which  the  presiding 
officer  is  invested  with  all  the  powers  of  government.  This  officer  is 
.called  a  chehe'en^  i.  e. '  knower  of  the  district.'  His  powers  and  position 
relatively  to  the  high  officers  of  the  provincial  government  resemble, 
in  a  great  measure,  those  of  magistrates  over  districts  in  India;  and 
he  has  hence  often  been  called  a  magistrate.  The  territory  under  him 
is  frequently  declared  by  Chinese  writers  to  be  analogous  to  the 
states  or  kingdoms  of  former  days.  And  in  accordance  with  this 
view  of  it,  the  actual  '*  knower"  of  a  district  has  under  him  clerks 
in  the  six  several  departments,  of  administration,  revenue,  civil 
and  religious  rites,  war,  justice,  i^nd  public  works,  into  which  the 
business  of  the  general  national  government  is  divided.  To  no  officer 
of  subordinate  rank  are  these  general  powers  given.  The  magis- 
trate's district  is,  however,  subdivided  into  portions,  under  officers  of 
police  at  times,  otherwise  under  village  elders.  The  duties  of  these 
parties  consist  chiefly  in  the  preservation  of  the  peace,  and  the  col- 
lection of  revenue.  In  addition,  there  is  generally  in  each  subdivi- 
sion of  the  district  a  tepaou,  or  **  protector  (or  insurer)  of  the  country,'' 
a  person  held  responsible  for  all  disturbances  and  crimes  committed 
within  bis  beat.  The  village  elders  are  called  by  various  names,  in 
different  parts  of  the  empire,  and  are  much  more  recognized  by  the 
government  in  some  parts  than  in  others.  The  police  officer,  with 
powers  for  collection  of  the  revenue,  above  spoken  of,  is  generally 
called  setm  keen  (  ^  iQt )  i.  e.  officers  who  "  go  around  "  and  "ex- 
amine," and  the  divisions  of  country  under  them  are  called  sze  ('pi ); 
another  common  designation  of  divisions  of  country  subordinate  to  a 
keen  \a  ckwang  ( j[j^ ).  The  primary  sense  of  this  word  being  a 
farmstead,  it  has  been  employed  probably  with  a  special  reference  to 
the  collection  of  revenue.  And  thus  in  each  chwangKxe  to  be  found — 
besides  the  officers  of  police,  the  village  elders,  and  the  responsible 
tepaou  or  constables — sundry  officers  subordinate  to  the  collectors  of 
revenue,  who  are  at  times  military  men,  but  in  general  men  looking 
forward  to  a  place  on  the  civil  list. 

With  these  explanations  premised,  it  will  be  more  easy  to  under- 
stand the  following  brief  remarks  respecting  the  district  of  Tinghae 
and  its  divisions. 

Ghusan,  the  largest  of  the  cluster  or  archipelago  of  islands  to 
which  it  gives  its  name,  is  but  a  part  of  the  district  of  Tinghae.  The 

VOL.    X.    NO.    VI.  .  4^ 


L^ 


330  Topographical  Aceouni  of  Ckusan»  JuNie, 

heen,  or  district,  includes  also  all  the  islands  to  the  southward  as  far 
as  the  Kewshan  islands,  and  all  to  the  northward  of  the  group,  except 
a  few  of  the  mo9t  northerly  ones  which  belong  to  the  next  province. 
The  position  of  the  town  of  Tinghae  is  in  lat.  3(r  (f  W  north,  and 
long.  122"  5"  \Q^  east;  the  island  is  51}  miles  in  circumference,  and 
20J  miles  long ;  the  greatest  breadth  is  10}  miles,  and  the  narrowest 
6  miles ;  the  direction  of  the  island  is  from  northwest  to  southeast. 
The  general  aspect,  and  that  of  all  the  neighboring  islands  and  coasts, 
is  ridges  of  lofty  hills,  very  steep  and  occasionally  runniqg  into  peaks. 
These  ranges  of  hills  inclose  beautiful  and  fertile  vallies;  some  of 
those  in  the  interior  of  the  island,  are  almost  completely  sheltered 
by  the  hills,  but  the  greater  number  run  from  the  interior  towards 
the  sea.  In  passing  around  the  island,  the  various  vallies  are  seen  to 
good  advantage ;  all  the  larger  ones  have  a  stream  of  water  running 
through  them,  which  are  sometimes  honored  by  the  name  of  rivers, 
though  none  of  them  pos^ss  a  depth  of  water  sufficient  for  large 
boats  more  than  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  shore. 

The  mouths  of  those  vallies  that  are  open  to  the  sea  appear,  without 
exception,  to  have  a  retaining  wall  or  bound  running  along  the  beach, 
so  as  to  make  the  valley  behind  an  alluvial  plain  of  more  or  less  ex- 
tent ;  in  that,  for  instance,  in  which  Tinghae  is  situated,  the  bound  is 
fully  two  miles  long,  and  the  valley  runs  up  into  the  gorge  .of  the  hills 
at  least  three  miles  in  some  parts,  but  this  varies  according  to  the 
slope  of  the  hills.  These  retaining  walls  have  sluices  for  regulating 
the  quantity  of  water  which  flows  from  all  the  subordinate  ravines. 
The  plain  is  intersected  by  canals  navigable  for  small  boats,  and 
consists  principally  of  paddy  fields,  though  here  and  there  occur 
patches  of  brinjal,  maize,  and  beans.  Up  the  slopes  of  the  hills, 
in  every  spot  capable  of  cultivation,  sweet  potatoes,  yams,  or  some 
other  vegetable  is  grown ;  on  those  parts  where  the  soil  is  unfit  for 
general  cultivation,  a  sort  of  dwarfish  fir  is  planted  for  fuel. 

In  traversing  the  island,  and  ascending  some  of  the  higher  ridges, 
cultivation  is  found  to  be  carried  even  to  the  summit,  in  every  spot 
where  the  rock  is  covered  with  earth.  It  would  appear  that  much 
more  rice  b  produced  than  can  be  wanted  for  the  inhabitants ;  the 
surplus  is  either  directly  exported,  or  distilled  into  the  spirit  called 
samshoo;  when  the  island  was  occupied,  immense  stores  of  this 
spirit  ready  for  exporution  were  found  iii  the  city ;  in  fact  the  chief 
trade  of  Chusan  seems  to  have  been  in  this  article. 

Timber  trees  are  scarce,  nor  are  fruit-trees  plentiful ;  the  timber  for 
building,  whether  for  houses  or  junks,  is  principally  fir,  and  comes 


1841.  Topographical  Arcouni  of  Chusan.  331 

from  the  central  provinces  of  China.  Charcoal  is  plentiful  and 
cheap,  and  mineral  coal  is  brought  in  small  quantities  from  the  main* 
land,  but  appeared  not  to  be  of  very  good  quality.  The  horned  cattle 
are  evidently  few ;  nor  are  there  many  goats,  and,  so  far  as  could 
be  learned,  no  sheep ;  but  hogs  are  numerous,  as  also  are  geese,  ducks, 
and  fowls.  Fish  at  first  was  brought  only  in  small  quantities,  but 
afterwards  the  market  was  abundantly  supplied. 

The  roads  which  intersect  the  island  are  paved  footpaths  passing 
in  every  direction  across  the  lowest  parts  of  the  ridges,  and  are  in 
many  places  steep  and  difficult  of  ascent.  There  are  no  wheel-car- 
riages of  any  description,  so  that  all  goods,  even  the  most  weighty 
articles,  are  transported  by  men. 

Great  diversity  of  opinion  exists  regarding  the  population  of  the 
island.  The  official  reports  to  the  native  government  give  40,000 
families  or  houses;  and,  allowing  five  individuals  to  each,  (and  this  is 
perhaps  by  no  means  too  large  an  allowance,)  the  population  would 
be  200,000.  From  all  that  was  seen  of  the  number  of  people  in  the 
large  villages,  this  estimate  will  probably  be  found  to  be  lower  than 
the  actual  number. 

This  district  is  divided  into  34  chwang, — 18  are  upon  the  chief 
island  or  Chusan, — and  16  include  all  the  islands  of  any  conse- 
quence subordinate  to  it.  Pooto  forms  an  exception,  being  free  from 
all  imposts,  and  under  the  direction  of  a  chief  priest  or  abbot  residing 
in  the  principal  temple.  He  possesses  the  island,  and  a  few  others  to 
the  south  of  it,  as  the  property  of  the  monasteries,  paying  no  revenue, 
and  only  being  in  penal  matters  under  the  control  of  the  magistrate 
of  Tinghae. 

The  chwangf  or  divisions,  on  Chusan,  are  composed  chiefly  of  large 
valleys,  and  are  hence  called  aou.  Each  has  one  or  more  streams 
running  through  it,  and  afibrding  means  of  irrigation ;  and  every  large 
valley  is  separated  from  its  neighbors  by  hili^  surrounding  it  on  three 
sides,  leaving  only  one  side  open  to  the  sea.  To  this,  there  are  two 
exceptions,  namely  of  two  inland  valleys,  one  communicating  with  a 
more  southerly,  the  other  with  a  more  northerly,  one.  There  are 
also  two  or  three  chwang  that  comprise  two  large  valleys,  with  a  com- 
munication between  the  two  through  a  gap  in  the  hills. 

The  sixteen  chwang  under  which  the  subordinate  islands  are  rang' 
ed  are  here  briefly  mentioned. 

1*3.  Kintang  (or  Silver  island),  comprising  three  chwang. 
4.  Tsihtsze  (Tsatsu  or  Blackwall  island). 

5-6.  Taeseay  (or  Tygosan),  divided  into  two  chwang. 


332  Topographical  Account  of  Chusan.  June, 

7.  Taouhwa,  west  of  the  Sarah  Galley  channel. 

8.  T&ngfoo  (Tingboo)  in  nearly  the  same  part  of  the  archi- 
pelago. 

9-10.  Luhwang  or  Lowang  island,  divided  into  two  chwang. 
1 1.  Heache,  comprising  also  several  islands  between  Lowang 
and  the  Great  Chusan. 

12.  Sewahan,  or  Lan-Sew  shan  (the  two  islands  called  Sheppey). 

13.  Changpih,  or  Fisher's  island. 

14-15.  Taeshan,  or  Large  island,  near  the  northern  extremity  of 
the  archipelago,  divided  into  two  chwang, 

16.  Changtoo,  a  long  island  to  the  northeastward  of  Sheppey. 

Pooto,  with  Chookea  tseen  (or  Chuttatham)  and  other -small  is- 
lands, are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  priest. 

The  eighteen  chwang  of  the  chief  island  of  Chusan  are, 

1.  The  town  itself,  with  its  southern  suburb  called  Taoutow. 

2.  Yungtung,  the  large  valley  within  which  the  town  is  situated. 
3^.  Eastward  of  Yungtung,  are  four,  namely;  Wooseay,  Tung 

aou,  Loohwa  or  Loo-Poo,  and  To  aou. 

7-13.  On  the  northern  side  of  the  island,  are  six ;  viz.  Tachen 
(facing  northeastward),  Petan,  Pihtseuen  (or  Pejuen),  Kanlan,  Ma 
aou,  Seaousha,  and  Tasha. 

14-15.  On  the  west  side,  Sinkong  (also  called  Chinting),  and 
Tszewei  or  Tsevi. 

16.  On  the  southwest,  or  westward  from  Yungtung  and  the  town, 
Yentsang,  off  which  is  the  outer  harbor,  where  large  ships  lie. 

lY-18.  Two  inland  valleys,  Chaeho,  on  the  north  of  Yentsang, 
and  Kaousee  on  the  south  of  Pihtseuen.  These  eighteen  chwang  are 
here  briefly  described  in  the  same  order. 

1.  Ching  chwang  j^  j[^,  which  comprises  the  town,  or  ^  ^  fl£ 
Jm  Tingh(u  heen  ching^  the  city  of  the  district  of  Tinghae,  is  situat- 
ed in  the  valley  of  Yungtung,  about  half  a  mile  from  the  beach.  Whe- 
ther or. not  the  ditch  and  walls  form  the  limit  of  this  division  does  not 
appear.  The  city  is  of  an  irregular  pentagonal  form,  about  1200  yards 
in  extreme  length  from  north  to  south,  ancl  1000  yards  in  average 
breadth.*     It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  of  2|  miles  in  length,  having  4 

*  References  to  reconnoitering  aurvey  of  the  town  and  eaburtio  of  Chusan,  taken 
durinff  the  week  after  the  occupation,  by  captain  Anstruther,  and  lieuts.  Little  and 
CadeU  of  the  artillery.  A.  Encampment  of  the  26th  Cameronians.  B.  Camp  of 
the  artillery,  Sappers  and  Miners,  and  Bengal  Volunteers.  C.  Pagoda  hiU,  the 
headquarter.',  of  the  18th  Royal  Irish.  D.  Main  ffuard.  E.  Arsenal.  F.  Pay 
office.  G.  Chief  magistrate's.  H.  Brigadier  Burrell's.  I.  Guard  chiefly  in  th» 
joss  houses.  J.  A  Large  pawnbrrker's  establishment  {Madras  Artillery  Mecord^ 
from  which  the  accompanying  plate  is  taken.) 


1841  Topographical  Account  of  Chusan.  333 

gatesy  each  supported  by  an  outer  gate,  and  defenses  at  right  angles 
to  the  inner  gate,  and  distant  from  it  about  20  yards.  The  wall  is 
about  18  feet  high  and  15  feet  thick,  surmounted  by  a  parapet  of  4 
feet  high  and  2  feet  thick.  This  wall  is  surrounded  on  those  sides 
where  it  looks  on  the  rice  fields  by  a  canal  running  parallel  to  it, 
about  30  yards  distant,  the  interval  being,  as  all  the  flat  land  is,  oc* 
cupied  with  rice. grounds.  The  southern  face  of  the  wall  runs  due 
east  and  west  1000  yards,  nearly  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  gate- 
way, and  at  very  irregular  intervals  five  towers,  each  8  yards  square. 
From  the  eastern  end  of  this,  the  wall  turns  due  north  350  yards. 
In  this  face  is  another  gateway  and  two  of  the  towers  just  described ; 
from  the  northern  point  of  this  face,  the  wall  runs  nearly  straight 
950  yards  to  the  northwest,  defended  by  three  small  towers,  one  of 
these  being  the  extreme  northern  point  of  the  city. 

The  fourth  face,  about  700  yards  long,^  is  crooked  and  irregular, 
with  a  gateway  and  three  towers.  At  200  yards  from  the  western 
end,  the  line  of  wall  ascends  a  steep  hill,  on  the  top  of  which  is  a 
large  bastion.  A  fifth  side,  800  yards  long,  joins  this  bastion  to  the 
western  end  of  the  southern  face,  and  completes  the  wall.  The  hill 
spoken  of  above,  as  partly  inclosed  by  the  northwest  angle,  is  a  spur 
from  a  high  peak  of  the  surrounding  hills,  due  west  from  the  north- 
west bastion,  and  slopes  down  to  the  angle  of  the  city. 

The  steeets  are  all  roughly  paved  with  granite,  having  sewers  run* 
ning  down  the  centre,  covered  with  large  slabs  of  the  same  stone ; 
these  sewers  except,  when  cleansed,  are  at  all  times  very  offen- 
sive, especially  in  the  narrow  streets  which  are  much  crowded. 
None  of  the  streets  are  more  than  20  feet  wide,  and  generally  do 
not  exceed  12  or  15  feet.  The  houses  are  low,  and  the  great  majo- 
rity of  them  built  of  wood. 

The  city  possesses  no  large  gardens  or  squares,  but  a  considerable 
extent  of  open  ground  on  the  eastern  side  is  devoted  to  the  cultiva- 
tion of  rice.  The  canal,  which  nearly  surrounds  the  city,  sends  a 
large  branch  through  a  water-gate  near  the  southern  gate,  which, 
dividing  into  many  branches,  traverses  the  greater  part  of  the  city  in 
all  directions.  These  branches  form  several  large  pools  of  foul  stag- 
nant water  into  which:  every  description  of  filth  was  thrown;  and 
the  street'sewers  also  opening  into  the  canals,  rendered  the  latter  ex- 
tremely offensive,  and,  during  the  warm  weather,  caused  a  most  un- 
pleasant smell  throughout  the  city.  Added  to  this  source  of  malaria, 
great  numbers  of  large  jars  were  placed  at  the  corners  of  most  of  the 
ireeu,  and  in  all  vacant  spaces,  which  were  filled  with  a  fermenting 


334  Topographical  Account  of  Chusan.  June, 

mass  of  animal  and  vegetable  oflfal  gathered  from  the  streets,  and 
preserved  for  manuring  the  fields  in  the  neighborhood ;  as  may  be 
supposed  in  some  of  these  places  the  stench  was  dreadful. 

No  very  exact  account  of  the  population  of  the  city  can  be  given, 
but  it  may  be  estimated  at  from  5^,000  to  30,000,  before  the  arrival 
of  the  British  force  there;  but  not  more  than  10,000  ever  returned 
during  the  occupation  of  the  place. 

At  the  distance  of  800  yards  from  the  southern  gate  of  the  city  is 
Pagoda  hill,  an  eminence  150  or  200  feet  high,  which  commands  the 
city  and  harbor.  The  hill,  in  its  greatest  length  from  north  to  south, 
is  600  yards  at  the  bas#v  with  a  breadth  of  200  yards ;  a  canal  skirts 
its  eastern  face.  On  its  southern  slope  is  a  roomy  and  commodious 
temple.  The  southern  descent  is  steep  and  rocky  directly  down  to 
the  beach. 

The  sea-port  town  or  suburb  ^^^^  '^o,  Taaviaw  is  a  street 
of  900  yards  long,  running  due  west  of  the  Pagoda  hill.  It  is  inter- 
sected by  numerous  lanes  of  iOO  yards  long  leading  to  the  various 
jetties,  and  at  the  foot  of  the  Pagoda  hill  is  a  square  landing-place 
well  faced  with  stone,  measuring  55  yards  long  by  20  yards  broad. 
It  is  also  paved  and  flagged,  and  is  the  point  at  which  the  troops 
first  landed.  Nearly  the  whole  of  this  suburb  is  composed  of  shops 
and  stores.  There  were  also  one  or  two  extensive  samshoo  manu- 
factories and  some  large  paddy  stores,  and  several  well  stocked  tim- 
ber yards.  This  sea-port  or  trading  town  is  probably  attached  to 
the  city  division,  a  number  of  paddy  fields  and  vegetable  beds  inter- 
vene between  the  two. 

2.  Yungtung  ^  ^S  (an  ancient,  name  originally  pertaining  to 
Ningpo).  This  valley,  in  which  the  city  is  situated,  is  of  conside- 
rable extent,  and  stretches  far  to  the  eastward,  and  incloses  a  range 
of  hills.  The  southern  portion  of  the  eastern  ridge,  and  the  spurs  or 
offsets  from  these  inclosed  hills  make  several  subordinate  vallies 
which  open  into  the  larger  one.  That  portion  of  the  valley  which 
particularly  belongs  to  the  city  is  almost  surrounded  on  three  sides  by 
hills,  the  harbor  is  the  southern  bound ;  it  is  about  4  miles  long  and 
3  broad.  This  valley  is  wholly  occupied  by  rice  fields,  except  a  few 
patches  for  brinjal,  sweet  potatoes,  millet,  and  buckwheat. 

One  large  stream  runs  through  the  valley  from  the  eastward  and 
falls  into  the  sea ;  near  the  east  gate,  and  about  1^  mile  from  the  sea, 
there  is  a  large  sluice  which  dams  up  the  water,  so  that  in  rainy 
weather  a  large  quantity  is  collected  here  which  overflows  and  thus 
inundates  a  great  portion  of  the  valley.    This  sluice  is  the  nearest 


1841.  Topographical  Account  of  Cha^an,  333 

point  to  the  city,  which  heavy  laden  boats  can  reachi  and  hence  it  is 
a  spot  of  considerable  importance ;  there  is  a  substantial  stone  bridge 
over  the  stream,  and  several  shops  and  other  buildings  near  at  hand. 
At  the  mouth  of  the  stream  is  a  tolerably  good  landing-place,  to  which 
the  Ningpo  boats  come  in  great  numbers  to  all  hours  of  the  day,  when 
the  tide  permits,  (for  at  low  tide  the  bed  of  the  stream  as  far  as  the 
sluice  is  always  dry);  hence  this  is  a  place  of  much  bustle.  A  respec- 
table house  of  entertainment  for  the  travelers  who  pass  to  and  fro,  is 
in  the  vicinity,  with  its  sign  at  the  side  of  the  door,  giving  notice 
that  all  customary  viauds  ate  procurable  there.  About  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  above  the  sluice,  the  stream  divides  into  two  main  branch- 
es, one  runming  to  the  east,  and  the  other  to  the  northward,  and 
just  beyond  the  separation,  the  streams  are  crossed  by  two  handsome 
stone  bridges.  The  span  of  one  is  formed  by  long  slabs  of  stone 
with  a  central  support,  the  other  consists  of  a  well  spanned  large  arch, 
formed  of  stones  hollowed  on  the  inner  and  outer  faces  to  the  slopes 
required. 

The  other  branches  of  the  stream  are  crossed  by  smaller  bridges, 
some  flat,  others  formed  by  flat  stones,  the  upper  one  slightly  over- 
lapping the  lower,  to  the  top  of  the  arch;  one  or  two  are  also  made 
with  the  wedge-like  stones  used  in  European  bridges,  but  here  there 
is  nothing  like  a  keystone,  at  the  point  of  junction  of  the  two  sides. 
Great  pains  are  taken  at  the  sluice  to  dam  up  the  water,  and  throw  it 
over  the  flat  land,  so  that  the  greatest  part  of  the  surface  is  usually  co- 
vered with  water,  and  the  whole  face  of  the  country  is  very  damp 
and  muddy,  rendering  it  at  all  times  impossible  to  walk  across  the  fields 
with  comfort.  Passengers  must  confine  themselves  to  the  causewys, 
which  though  narrow,  not  more  than  3  or  4  feet  wide,  are  kept 
in  good  order  and  well  paved  with  granite;  indeed  were  the  foot 
paths  not  made  with  slabs  of  stone  or  well  paved,  they  would  be 
completely  washed  away  during  the  heavy  rains. 

The  passes  in  this  chwang  areHeaoufung  ling  (|^  ^L  j^)  over 

the  west  Beacon  Hill,  into  Yentsang;  Maou  ling  (%  j^)  near  the 
head  of  a  small  tributary  valley, — leading  to  the  point  of  junction  of 
Chaeho  and  Yentsang.  Tsing  ling  (  ^  /^ ),  directly  north  of  the 
town,  leading  into  the  tributary  valley  just  named :  Chaeho  ling, — 
( pQS  ^  ^ )  eastward  of  north  from  the  town,  and  hid  from  it 
by  a  hilly  spur, — Pleading  into  Chaeho  and  so  directly  across  the 
island  to  Ma  aou :  YiiUn  ling  (  fi^  ^  ||[  )i  a  low  pass,  leading 
into  Pihtaeueu,  probably  the  shortest  road  to  the  sea  on  the  north ^idc ; 


3<Ui  Topographical  Account  of  Ckusan.  June, 

Tiiiigkaoa  iing  (^  |^  m)'  ^^^^'"^  ^^^^  Plhtseuen,  and  the  inland 
valley  of  KaouaeS:  Tangkeen  {0- jj^)*  ^^^  {^t.  £%)  Shinkung 
ling,  leading  into  Kaousee  from  a  long  tributary  valley  northeastward 
from  the  town:  Rwangtoo  ling  (^  -hV leading  into  Wooseay  and 
Sekeih  ling  (jQ  j^)  leading  into  the  leaser  valley  before  mentioned, 
which  is  called  Yang  aou  {^^  jB,). 

Saddle  Hill  (Shwangke  tseen  ^  M  ^)  is  a  Very  marked 
highland  on  the  north. 

3,  4.  Woo  seay  (^  jjjj^)  and  Tung  aou  (^  j^)  are  contermi- 
nous valleys.  The  former  reaches  to  the  sea  only  at  its  southwest  corner ; 
the  latter  overlaps  it,  and  lies  between  it  and  the  sea,  along  the  rest  of 
its  southern  boundary, — the  two  being  separated  only  by  a  stream  and 
embankment.  Wooseay  seems  also  at  some  portion  of  its  northwest- 
ern boundary,  to  join  its  fields  to  those  of  Yungtung,  no  hill  interven- 
ing. On  the  southwest,  hills  separate  the  two.  It  seems  to  consist 
of  one  principal  and  one  lesser  valley,  besides  four  still  smaller  val? 
leys  on  the  west  and  north,  nearly  surrounded  by  hills.  The  road  into 
Wooseay  from  Yungtung  seems  to  be  over  the  Sekeib  ling  into  Yang 
aou(^iM  A)t  by  which  road  the  small  western  valley  of  (^  Au\ 
Tsing  aou  is  reached;  thence  over  the  Woopoo  (£  ^)  ling,  across 
a  second  valley,  over  the  Yew  ling  ^  >^,  into  the  principal,  which 
is  also  the  most  easterly,  valley.  The  second  roul  continues  in  a 
soutli-easterly  direction  into  Tung  aou :  and  it  branches  off  northeast- 
ward over  the  Wan  ling  (^  >^\,  then  through  a  small  valley,  and 
again  across  the  Shinkang  ling  (^  J^),  into  KaouseS. 

There  is  much  land  in  cultivation  and  of  varying  quality.  -For 
this,  and  for  several  valleys  that  are  to  follow,  we  have  at  present 
little  beyond  written  Chinese  authority  of  a  rather  old  date. 

Tung  aou  consists  of  two  valleys,  a  northern  and  a  southern,  and 
several  smaller  tributary  ones.  The  high  peak  of  Hwangyang  tseen, 
(1^  jjA  dl)  apparently  the  highest  on  the  island,  distinguishes  it. 
No  hills  intervene  between  it  and  Wooseay  on  the  northeast  Shakang 
ling  ^ij/  ^)  '^^^^  ^°^  Tachen :  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any 
pass  directly  intoKaouseS;  eastward  the  Changkea  ling  ij^  ^  >^ 
leads  into  I^oohwa. 

Its  fields  are  numerous,  but  not  very  fertile.  There  seems  to  be  a 
considerable  quantity  of  salt  prepared  here. 

5.  Loohwa  f^  ^  is  divided  into  two  principal  valleys.  Poo  aou, 
and  Loohwa  proper :  and  hence  it  is  called  Loopoo  sometimes :  a  num- 
ber of  short  hilly  spurs  give  to  each  principal  valley  several  tributary 


1841.  Topographical  AccoiitU  of  ChusaH,  337 

ones;  txxihwa  proper  counts  six  or  seven  such.  Its  soil  is  good,  and 
its  fields  fertile :  adjoining  To  aou  on  the  southeast,  without  any  hills 
to  divide  them,  a  very  great  extent  of  level  ground,  completely  under 
cultivation,  may  be  seen  from  the  northern  heights.  The  character 
of  this  part  of  the  country  is,  bare  heights,  with  partial  culture,  and 
a  few  stunted  firs,  overtopping  richly  cultured  plains.  The  tallow 
tree  is  not,  however,  uncommon,  and  honey  is  to  be  found.  The 
T&ling(;&  >^)  on  ^hc  north  leads  into  Tachen;  the  Se  aou  (ffi 
Jj^)  ling,  on  the  northeast,  into  To  aou. 

The  sharp  peak  of  Tingleangtseen  (TS  }^  ^)  distinguishes  it. 

6.  To  aou  j^  A  bears  much  the  same  character  as  Loohwa. 
Beyond  its  eastern  hills  is  the  channel  of  Pooto,  (^  ^  ^)  and 
at  their  foot  on  the  seaside,  two  small  valleys.  The  principal  valley 
is  to  the  west,  adjoining  Loohwa :  between  it  and  the  eastern  hills  is 
a  small  valley  attached  to  the  little  trading  town  of  Singkea  moon 
(^  1^  P^)  ^^  Shinkea  mun,  so  named  from  the  channel  which 
orms  its  harbor.  There  are  several  other  small  valleys  on  the  sea- 
shore. The  fields  are  represented  as  being  far  from  fruitful.  This 
place  was  formerly  the  station  of  a  police  officer,  (seunkeen):  many 
of  the  inhabitants  of  Shinkeal  mun  are  Fuhkeen  people. 

7.  Tachen  {4^  j@)»  on  the  east  side  of  the  island,  seems  to  be 
more  hilly  than  any  other  of  the  valleys  opisn  to  the  sea,*— if  it  is  al- 
lowable to  judge  from  the  Chinese  maps ;  for  the  opportunity  has  not 
been  afibrded  for  speaking  from  personal  observation.  S^'ven  or  eight 
hilly  spurs  running  into  the  principal  valley  inclose  as  many  small 
tributary  valleys.  The  fields  are  represented  as  very  unfruitful.  It 
has  communication,  over  passes,  with  Loohwa,  with  Tung  aou,  and 
with  Pihtan. 

8.  Pihtan  ;;)|^  ^11,  at  the  north-east  corner  of  the  island,  is  as 
little  known  as  Tachen.  It  consists  of  two  valleys,  Seaouchen,  for- 
merly attached  to  Tachen, — and  the  piroper  valley  of  Pihtan.  Its 
fields  are  represented  as  rather  fertile,  (t  has  the  inland  valley  of 
KaouseS  on  its  south.  The  islands  known  <by  the  name  of  Lan-Sew 
shan  (tt  ^  |J-|)i  ^^^  in  the  old  European  maps  as  Sheppey  island, 
lie  opposite  its  northern  coast  at  a  short  distance.  Its  communica- 
tions with  adjoining  valleys  are  entirely  over  hill-passes,  one  leading 
into  Tachen,  one  into  Pihtseuen,  and  one  or  two  into  Kaousee. 

9.  Pihtseuen  (^  S^)-    This  is  an  extensive  and  rather  important 
valley.    There  are  two  passes  into  it  from  the  valley  of  Yungtung ;  it 
receives  the  waters  of  the  inland  valley  Kaousee,  and  it  is  only  by  the 
VOL.  s:.  NO.  VI.  13 


•336  Topogfafihicul  Account  of  Chusan,  Juke, 

hilly  nucleus,  (so  to  tipeak),  which  the  pass  out  of  Ma  aou  crosses,  that 
it  is  separated  from  the  other  inlaud  valley  of  Chaeho.  Its  fields  are 
extensive  and  fertile ;  it  carries  on  some  little  trade ;  and  its  shores 
produce  some  salt.  There  are  a  number  of  small  tributary  valleys. 
The  landing  is  easy  for  Chinese  Doats  when  the  tide  is  not  very  low. 
It  is  moderately  wooded  in  some  parts. 

10.  Kaouse^  (^  vA)  is  an  inland  valley,  nearly  surrounded  by 
hills,  but  opening  towards  the  northwest  into  the  valley  of  PThtseuen. 
Its  fields  are  few,  and  do  not  produce  very  abundantly.  What  the 
character  of  the  higher  ground  on  the  hill  sides  is,  must  be  learned 
from  personal  experience.  Its  direct  communication  with  Yungtung 
is  over  the  Tungkaou  ling. 

U.  Kanlan  (^  i^^'^lSj^  ^)  ^PP^^''^  to  be  a  small  valley 
compared  with  most  of  the  others;  it  is  wider  however  inland;  than 
on  its  seaward  face.  There  appears  to  be  a  nucleus  of  hills  north 
of  Yungtung,  south  of  Ma  aou,  and  between  the  two  inland  valleys  of 
Chaeho  and  Kaousee,  on  the  west  and  east.  The  pass  through  this 
nucleus  is  from  Ma  aou,  very  gradually  rising  for  a  long  distance, 
under  the  name  of  (Zli  >Ff)  Pingshih  ling,  "the  low  stone  pass,*' 
till  it  reaches  the  summit  of -^  ^  ^  Changtsing  ling,  when  it 
descends  into  Chaeho,  and  reascends  the  Chaeho  ling,  north  of  the 
town  of  Tinghae.  A  branch  from  the  Pingshih  ling  leads  off  eastward 
into  Kanlan.  There  is  also  a  pass  directly  from  Ma  aou,  not  far 
from  the  seashore. 

12.  Ma  aou  /S^  ti||)  is  a  very  extensive  valley  lying  nearly  due 
north  from  the  town  of  Tinghae.  The  character  of  the  hilly  coun- 
try lying  between  Yungtung  and  Ma  aou  has  just  been  alluded  to. 
This  hilly  country  presents  little  besides  barren  granite  and  grass, 
except  near  the  banks  of  a  stream  which  runs  parallel  with  the 
Pingshih  ling  road  nearly  all  the  way  till  it  reaches  the  elevation  of 
the  Changtsing  ling.  At  the  southern  extremity  of  Ma  aou,  the  hill 
sides  are  well  clothed  with  wood,  chiefly  firs  and  cedars.  The  valley 
is  almost  unbroken  by  hills,  the  land  very  flat^  producing  good  crops, 
the  water  deep,  and,  as  the  chief  point  of  intercourse  with  the  large 
island  Taeshan  ("f^  ijj).  the  place  possesses  some  trtide,  and  a 

very  large  village. 

13.  Seaousha  has  communication  with  Ma  aou  through  a  gap  in 
the|hill  near  the  sea,  and  over  a  hill-pass  near  its  southern  limits.  It 
communicates  with  Tasha  both  by  a  hill-pass  and  a  sea-side  road. 
With  the  inland  valley  Chaeho,  and  with  Singkong,  it  communicates 
by  hill  passes ;  communication  with  T:5zcwei  also  exists,   that  valley 


1841.  Topographical  Account  oj  Chusati.  3d9 

running  up  into  a  narrow  neck  called  ^k  P^  Keamun  or  KJimeng. 
Nearly  opposite  to  it  is  the  fine  island  of  Changpih  shaii  J^  Q  \Lf 
or  Fisher's  island.  It  is  very  populous :  but  its  fields,  though  nu« 
merous  are  not  considered  fertile.  The  hills  on  its  southern  side  are 
well  clothed  with  wood,  especially  the  fir,  the  bamboo,  and  the  tallow 
tree.  It  is  considered  as  good  pasture  ground  for  cattle.  The  pass 
into  Singkong  is  very  beautifully  wooded. 

14.  Tasha  aou  {4^  ^j/Y  ^  ^''^y  <listrict,  with  no  very  wide  val- 
lies,  but  several  rather  long  ones  communicating  the  one  with  the 
other.  It  is  regarded  as  a  poor  and  unfruitful  land,  but  appears  to 
be- well  wooded.  Changpih  shan  is  directly  opposite  to  it.  Passes 
from  it  lead  into  Seaousha,  and  into  both  portions  of  the  division  of 
Singkong. 

15.  Singkong  ( j^  ^)  o^*  Singting  (|I|4  Jj^),  the  latter  name 
being  derived  from  the  district  comprising  two  perfectly  distinct  val- 
lies  of  considerable  size,  Tingche  or  Tingtse  (I^  "d^)  ^^^  Sing- 
kong or  Chinkeang  proper.  There  are  also  two  very  fine  vallies  of 
smaller  size.  The  northern  one  is  not  known  from  personal  obser- 
vation ;  but  the  southern  one  is  a  beautiful  valley  stretching  between 
the 'hills  for  a  length  of  three  or  four  miles  ;  it  is  well  cultivated, 
abounding  in  sweet  potatoes,  in  the  native  cotton,  and  in  the  tallow 
tree,  bamboo,  and  firs.  The  island  lying  off  Singkong,  called  Teaou- 
shan  {&^  lLi)  forms  a  channel,  and  a  good  and  perfectly  secure 
anchorage  during  the  northerly  monsoon.  There  are  some  granite 
quarries  both  on  the  external  islands  and  on  the  chief  Chusan  itself, 
filackwall  island  or  Tsihtsze  ( Iffl*  ^)  ^^^  ofi*  the  coast  of  Singkong. 
There  are  several  passes  into  the  next  southern  valley  Tszewei. 
Singkong  was  the  station  of  a  seunke'en  police  officer,  and  a  place 
of  trade. 

16.  Tszewei  (4^  1^)  is  a  wide  valley,  richly  cultivated  with  rice, 
sweet  potatoes,  and  other  vegetables.  It  is  divided  by  a  hilly  spur 
running  nearly  east  and  west.  It  has  two  passes  into  Seaousha,  two 
into  Chaeho,  and  one,  the  Sekaou  ling  (^  {^  ^)  '"^^  Yentsang. 
It  is  the  nearest  point  for  communication  with  the  main.  The 
Hwangshwuy  yang  {jjS^  ^  )^)  forms  a  channel  between  it  and 
Kintang  (^  ^,)  or  Silver  island.     It  is  pretty  well  wooded. 

17.  Yentsang  (&t  jk')  ^^  ^^^  valley  opposite  to  which  the  men- 
of-war  have  been  lying.  The  inland  valley  of  Chaeho  opens  into  it, 
and  sends  its  waters  through  it  to  the  sea.  Its  rice  fields  are  consi- 
dered fertile,  and  in  some  parts  it  is  well  wooded. 


:i40  Aitark  ,tfi   Canton  Ji'N'E, 

18.  Chaeho,  (jQ9  ^p| )  has  been  so  ofieq  mentioned  in  speaking 
of  the  vallies  all  around,  that  nothing  more  need  be  said  hereof  its 
communications.     It  is  well  wooded,  and  moderatelj  fertile. 

Note.  In  the  Sailing  Directions  for  the  Chusan  Archipelago»  commenc- 
ing at  page  251«  in  our  last  number  are  the  following  errata,  which  owinf 
to  circumstances  could  not  be  corrected  while  the  sheets  were  going  through 
the  press. 

On  page  253,  line  95  from  top,  for  or  read  of;  p.  200,  1.  25,  for  line  read 
coaai;  1.  33,  for  eauem  read  eastwari;  p.  262,  I.  21,  for  or  read  on ;  L  S3, 
erase  not;  p.  263, 1.  6,  for  by  read  of;  p.  204, 1.  10,  for  i£  lies  read  which  U; 
I.  25  for  0.5  read  5 ;  p.  265, 1.  8,  for  extreme  read  entrance ;  1.  0,  for  1^  read 
2^ ;  1.  35, 1^  read  1^ ;  p.  270,  lines  15  and  16,  the  punctuation  shomd  be 
thus : . .  with  many  villages ;  near  to  its  eastern  extreme  the  hills,  ^.;  1.  22, 
for  lies  read  lie;  p.  271,  1.  38,  for  2  read  a;  p.  272, 1.  26,  for  ami  Kwan 
shan,  read  Kwan  shan  lies, 

N.  B.  The  latitudes  and  longitudes  in  the  article  are  given  in  degrees, 
minutes,  and  decimaUt  instead  of  degrees,  minutes,  and  seconds.  On  p.  278, 
the  latitude  of  the  east  islet  of  Chookea  tseen  should  be  29*  51'  7"  instead  of 
29'  5'  7". 


Art.  VI.     Notices  qf  the  hombardmaU  of  CkaUon  by  the  British 
forces  under  sir  Hugh  Oough,  on  the  25th  of  May,  1841. 

The  bombardment  of  the  city,  and  some  of  the  events  connecteil 
with  it,  were  noticed  in  our  last  number;  the  further  details  there 
promised  we  now  proceed  to  lay  before  our  readers.  It  had  been 
agreed,  as  they  will  remenber,  that  no  military  preparations  were  to 
be  made  by  the  Chinese,  while  the  trade  of  the  port  was  to  be  allowed 
to  proceed  at  usual.  These  terms,  on  which  the  city  was  spared, 
were  simple  and  explicit.  However,  not  long  after  the  arrival  of  the 
new  governor  Ke  Kung,  and  the  principal  commissioner  Yihshan,  a 
diflerence  of  opinion  was  found  to  exist  among  the  high  officers  at 
Canton.  The  advocates  for  war  gained  ihe  ascendant;  and  plans 
accordingly  were  framed,  and  preparations  made  for  attempting,  by 
one  grand  movement,  to  effect  the  entire  destruction  of  the  *  rebel- 
lious English.' 

Rebellious — so  the  Chinese  term  them ;  and  it  is  worthy  of  remark, 
that  such  indeed  they  are,  according  to  the  statqtes  of  the  imperial 
court.  The  name  of  Great  Britain  is  enrolled  in  the  Ta  Tsing 
Hwuy  Teen,  among  the  states  that  are  tributary  to  China.  National 
honor,  and  the  rights  of  supremacy,  therefore,  are  deeply  concerned 
in  this  contest.     Reproof  and  remonstrances  have  all  ft^iled,  aiid  the 


1841.  Attark  tm  Canton.  341 

• 

impiety  of  the  rebels  has  attained  to  such  a  degree,  that  nothing  but 
their  blood  can  appease  the  wrath  of  offended  heaven,  whose  vice- 
gerent has  resolved  no  longer  to  exercise  mercy  towards  his  disobe- 
dient subjects.     This  is  not  an  exaggerated  view  of  the  case,  as  it 
appears  in  the  eyes  of  the  Chinese.    The  emperor,  in  maintaining 
the  honor  and  rights  bequeathed  to  him  by  heaven,  hiis  already  issued 
his  decree  for  an  entire  and  indiscriminate  extermination ;  and  this 
the  high  officers  are  sworn  to  execute.     The  promises  of  Yangfang 
and  Eleang,  to  abstain  from  hostilities,  were  to  be  observed  no  further 
than  was  necessary  for  purposes  of  deception,  in  keeping  from  public 
view  the  preparations  going  on  to  fulfill  the  imperial  will.     While 
promising  to  abstain  from  hostilities,  these  officers  engaged  with 
the  other  authorities,  in  erecting  new  batteries,  iu  rearming  old  ones, 
and  in  collecting  an  immense  flotilla  of  war  and  fire-boats — all  of 
which,  at  the  proper  time  and  at  the  points  moa»i  convenient,  were 
to  be  put  in  requisition.    Complete  success  in  these  deceitful  pur- 
poses was  to  be  the  sure  and  triumphant  result.     As  the  advantages 
were  to  be  great,  no  expense  was  to  be  spared.     With  such  high 
anticipations,  these  officers  deceived  both  themselves  and  their  adhe- 
rents.    The  better  to  carry  out  their  plans  for  destruction,  both  the 
native  inhabitants  and  the  foreign  merchants  at  Canton,  were  assured 
by  repeated  proclamations,  that  their  properties  and  their  persons 
should  be  protected  in  perfect  safety.  These  solemn  assurances,  made 
in  the  most  public  manner  under  the  seals  of  the  imperial  commis- 
sioners and  of  the  principal  and  subordinate  authorities  of  the  city, 
were  repeated  until  the  very  day  on  which  their  '  combined  attacks ' 
were  to  be  made. 

Thus,  by  the  Chinese,  the  terms  of  the  armistice  were  broken  both 
in  their  letter  and  spirit  When  duly  called  upon  to  return  to  the 
conditions  of  their  agreement,  and  to  remove  the  guns  with  which 
they  had  been  rearming  their  batteries,  they  refiised  compliance. 
This  conduct  leil  but  one  course  open  for  the  British  officers.  The 
commander-in-chief  of  H.  B.  M.'s  forces  was  not  long  pn  bringing  them 
in  from  the  outer  waters,  while  the  foreign  merchants  were  advised 
by  captain  Elliot,  then  in  Cantoo,  to  prepare  for  an  early  withdrawal 
from  the  provincial  city. 

Before  sunset  on  Friday  nighty  May  2l8t,  captain  ^IiQt  had  em- 
barked, the  guard  had  been  withdrawn,  and  no  British  merchants 
(as  such)  remained  in  the  factories.  The  busiqess  and  bustle  of  the 
day  closing  in  as  the  darkness  of  the  evening  came  on,  no  signs  of 
immediate  hostilities  were  visible.      Everything  and  i|U  apparently 


34*2    .  Attack  on  Canton.  JimK, 

were  quiet.  Yihsli«in,  supposing  the  victory  would  lie  certain  and 
easy,  had  determined  *  to  lake  the  lion  by  surprise.  The  second 
watch  of  the  night  had  not  closed,  ere  his  operations  commenced. 
The  Modeste  was  then  at  anchor  west  from  the  factories,  and  at  that 
point  where  the  fort  at  Shameisn  nearly  due  north  was  within  the 
range  of  gunshot. '  The  Pylades,  Algeriue,  and  Nemesis  were  some 
rods  further  to  the  southward  and  eastward.  The  cutter  Louisa,  and 
the  Aurora  a  private  schooner,  were  at  anchor  in  front  of  the  factories. 
The  Alligator  was  at  her  old  anchorage  near  Howqua's  fort,  three  or 
four  miles  east  of  the  city.  

It  is  not  quite  certain,  whether  the  Chinese  officers  had  selected 
this  day  as  a  fortunate  moment  for  putting  in  operation  their  hostile 
forces,  or  whether  they  were  induced  to  antici|)ate  the  hour  of  attack, 
finding  as  they  did  that  their  designs  had  been  detected.  There  are 
those  who  pretend 'to  affirm  that  many  of  the  Chinese,  and  even  the 
prefect  of  the  city,  were  not  aware  the  attack  was  to  be  made  that 
night.  We  are  constrained  to  think  far  otherwise,  for  many  persons 
in  the  city  have  assured  us  that  early  on  the  morningof  the  21st  they 
were  apprised  of  the  intended  attack. 

The  Western  fort,  or  Se  paoutae,  situated  about  a  mile  beyond  the 
factories  on  the  north  bank  of  the  river,  is  a  small  square  piece  of 
work,  built  of  stone  and  brick,  and  had  recently  been  lined  with  a 
great  number  of  sand  bags.  Directly  in  front  of  it,  one  small  sand 
battery  had  been  quite  recently  thrown  up,  and  also  a  second  one 
on  a  projecting  point  a  few  yards  further  to  the  east.  In  this  last 
battery  was  one  very  large  gun,  weighing  8000  catties,  with  a  10 
inch  bore.  Some  of  the  other  pieces  were  large  and  well  made.  In 
command  of  these  works  Tihshan  had  placed  Twan  Yungfuh  (E^ 
3^  jng)  a  brave  veterap  oQcer  from'  Szechuen,  with  a  detachment 
of  picked  men.  On  the  river  beyond  the  fort  were  collected  more 
than  two  hundred  fire-vessels  of  various  sizes. 

•    *  .  '  •  •  . ' 

It  was  from  this  quarter,  and  by  these  forces,  that  the  'combiiied 
attack'  was  commenced.  Eight  or  ten  of  these  boats,  chained 
together  two  and  two,  filled  wi(h  combustibles,  and  well  manned  with 
<  water  braves,'  or  naval  militia,  bore  down  in  disguise  upoii  the  En- 
glish ships.  This  was  at  10  o'clock,  p.  m.,  and  near  the  ebb  of  the  tide. 
When  within  a  few  yards  of  the  Modeste,  the  advanced  ship,  being 
hailed  by  the  sentry  oh  the  forecastle,  thesej  boats  were  simulta- 
neously set  on  fire,  aiid  almost  instantly  wrapped  in  a  blaze.  This  bold 
onset  was  promptly  warded  off,  with  some  hazard,  bat  no  serious 
damage.    The  water  braves  were  so  near  the  Modeste  when  they 


ieU.  .lltacL  iiH  CunloH.  <14d 

abandoDed  iheir  lire^liips  for  their  flmall  boalu,  lliat  aoiue  of  ihem 
drilling  alongside  were  ahot  down  by  the  musqueiry  from  the  ship's 
deck.  la  concert  witii  (he  moveinenls  of  these  flre-TGsaels,  the  guns 
in  the  batteries  at  the  Western  Tort  opened  on  the  ships.  Other  bat- 
teries, imiiatiog  them,  commenced  &ring  on  the  Louisa  and  Aurora. 
By  the  light  of  the  burning  boats,  a  large  aUmber  of  other  similar 
craft  were  seen  under  sail,  intending  no  doubt  to  have  followed  the 
first  ones,  had  they  taken  efleci.  At  nearly  the  tiame  hour,  the 
Alligator  was  menaced  by  similar  boats  brought  up  the  river  with  (he 
first  flood  tide.  They  also  made  a  second  attempt  by  Are-boats  from 
the  Honam  shore,  to  burn  the  Modeate,  which,  however,  with  the 
other  vessels  and  the  Louisa  and  Aurora,  succeeded  in  keeping  them 
at  bay,  and  in  maintaining  a  safe  position  in  the  Macao  passage  dur- 
ing the  night.  The  principal  damage  caused  by  all  these  operations 
was  the  deatrnclion  of  some  houses  which  were  e>et  on  lire  by  one  of 
the  burning  boats.  The  Chinese  kept  up  their  fire  at  intervals  dur- 
ing the  whole  night. 

Soon  al\er  it  was  light  on  S.iturday  morning,  the  Modeste  with  the 
other  vessels,  moved  up  and  silenced  the  guns  in  the  batteries  at  the 
Western  fort.  A  great  many  round  shot  were  thrown  into  the  suburbs 
all  about  above  and  below  the  batteries.  During  the  cannonading,  a 
fire  broke  out,  which  spread  nearly  a  hundred  rods,  destroying  many 
poor  and  a  few  very  valuable  houses. 

Thegunsin  the  batteries  having  been  silenced,  the  Goddess  of  Ven- 
geance turned  her  head  up  the  river.  Of  the  scenes  that  followed  (he 
Chinese  give  most  amusing  accounts.  Of  the  whole  flotilla  of  boats, 
more  than  200  in  number,  about  one  half  were  destroyed  in  the 
course  of  Uiree  or  four  hours,  and  (he  remainder  had  either  been 
abandoned,  run  on  shore,  or  had  disappeared  in  some  of  the  shallow 
creeks.  In  the  midst  of  the  Autilla,  the  Chinese  had  prepared  some 
gun*boat8  or  floating  batteries,  furnished  with  a  few  heavy  guns^ 
which  had  they  been  properly  served  might  have  made  sad  havoc. 
As  it  was,  however,  they  did  no  harm.  The  Nemesis  returned  from 
her  trip  decked  with  Chinese  flags  and  banners,  and  her  crew  habit- 
ed in  the  coats  and  caps  of  those  who  had  fled. 

..  While  this  pa^toT  the  scene  was  being  r^itacied  on  ihc  river,  Yih- 
shao  sent  3000  of  his  troops  to  search  ibc  factories  for  guns.  These 
men  entered  the  Creek,  Dutch,  and  English  factories,  compriaing 
some  fifteen  or  twenty  suits  of  rooms — llie  whole  of  which  weie  ran< 
sacked  and  everything  in  thcro  destroyed  or  carried  oil.  Not  a  door, 
not  a  window,  not  a  loi:k,  not  a  Uuigc,  waa  spared,     Olliccrs  having 


344  Attack  OH  Canton •  Jl'NE, 

loaded  their  horses  with  gbods,  woolens,  &c.,— were  seen  trudging 
off  with  their  booty  into  the  city.  In  the  course  of  the  morning,  the 
rabble  joined  the  soldiery  in  their  strife  for  plunder.  And  it  was  not 
till  near  evening,  wlien,-  iTihshan's  troops  having  been  recalled,  the 
Kwangehow  foo  and  Nanhae  heen  appeared  at  the  head  of  their  police 
and  dispersed  tfie  mob;  having  done  this,  they  intrusted  the  custo- 
dy of  the  pillaged  factories  to  the  care  of  armed  coolies  under  the  su* 
pervision  of  the  hong  merchants. 

Sbmetime  in  the  course  of  this  day  captain  Elliot  issued  the 
following  procliAnation  to  the  people  of  Canton. 

No.  1. 

"It  is  well  known  to  all  tlie people  of  Canton,  that  the  city  and  the  while  trade 
of  the  province  have  twice  Deen*  anared  by  the  high  officera  of  Great  Britain,  in 
reccillection  of  the  long  and  peacetiii  intereourM  which  bat  sulnifted  bistween 
fhem  and  the  western  nations.  But  now  it  is  already  ascertained  that  the  three 
high  commissioners  have  violated  the  agreement  lately  entered  into  with  the 
Bhtish  officers,  by  arming  one  of  the  furts.  given  up  to  them  on  the  distinct  as- 
surance, that  no  guns  should  be  put  there,  till  all  the  difficulties  were  settled  be- 
tween the  two  nations.  And  it  is  further  known  to  the  English  officers  that  fresh 
troops  are  constantly  poured  into  the  city  from  the  other  provinces,  and  that 
secret  preparations  aro  in  progress  to  attack  the  British  forces  who  are  the  real 
protectors  of  the  city.  Let  the  people  remember  the  hour  of  battle,  and  oonsider 
whether  they  owe  the  safety  of  their  lives  and  properties,  to  the  wisdom  and 
valour  of  the  commissionera  from  the  court,  and  the  troops  of  the  other  provinces, 
or  to  the  forbearance  of  the  British  officers.  The  troops  of  the  other  provinces 
■re  no  more  than  scourges  to  the  good  and  industrious  inhabitants,  and  if  they  are 
suffered  to  remain  in  Canton  they  wilt  draw  down  destruction  upon  the  city,  and 
upon  the  Wealth  of  the  whole  province.  It  is  now  therefore  plainly  proclaimed 
(o  the  people  of  the  province  of  Canton,  that  if  the  commissioners  and  all  the 
other  troops  have  not  departed  from  the  city  (with  an  understanding  that  they 
shall  immediately  leave  tne  province)  within  twelve  hoara,  the  high  officers  of 
the  English  nation  will  be  oblized  to  withdraw  their  protection  from  the  city, 
and  take  military  possession  of  it,  confiscating  all  the  property  to  the  queen  of 
England.  But  if  the  commissioners  and  their  troops  do  indeed  retire  within  the 
period  indicated,  it  will  still  be  possible  to  enter  into  arrangements  with  the  high 
officers  of  the  province ;  prudent  men  acquainted  with  the  foreign  character, 
mindful  of  this  lives  and  property  of  the  people,  and  responsible  to  the  emperor 
for  their  safety.  The  commissioners  have  no  property  at  stake  in  Canton,  and 
care  nothing  for  the  prosperity  of  the  province,  but  desire  only  to  make  reports 
which  may  serve  their  interests  at  court.  The  troops  they  have  brought  with 
them  are  aniious  for  trouble  and  confusion,  that  they  may  plunder  the  city, 
eiiriched  by  the  foreign  trade.  Let  the  people  of  Canton,  as  one  man,  call  for 
(be  departure  of  the  commissioners  and  their  troops,  and  by  these  means  it  will 
still  be  possible  to  save  the  city  and  the  whole  province  from  the  miseries  of  war. 
At  Canton,  the  9Sd  day  of  May,  184L" 

On  Monday  the  24th,  the  necessary  reconnoitering  having  been 
made,  and  the  forces  having  arrived  in  the  Macao  passage  two  or 
three  miles  from  the  city,  the  movements  for  a  combined  attack  on 
Canton  commenced. 

At  noon  the  royai  salute  was  (ired,  it  being  the  anniversary  of 
queen  Victoria's  birthday.  Soon  after  this,  the  Sulphur  proceeded 
ifp  the  north  branch  of  the  rivcfi  towards  Neshing  and  Tsangpoo,  at 


IS4I.  Attack  on  Canim.  34S 

which  latter  place  the  debarkation  of  the  troops  waa  to  be  efiected  ; ' 
the  Niinrod  and  Pylades  took  up  their  position  opposite  the  batteries 
at  Shameen ;  while  the  Hyaciuth,  Modesie,  Cruizer,  Columbioe,  and 
AJgerine,  having  moved  up  to- the  head  of  the  Macao  Passage, 
rounded  the  point  of  HoDam,  and  anchored  in  front  of  the  fac- 
tories, the  Algerine  at  a  later  hour  taking  up  her  berth  before 
a  heavy  sand  battery  between  the  Dutch  and  French  follies.  At 
about  3  o'clock,  p.  u.,  the  Aialania  came  in,  and  the  Cameroninns, 
under  major  Pratt,  disembarked  in  the  garden  of  the  British  consa- 
late.  The  Chinese  now  opened  their  fire  from  every  point  where 
they  could  bring  their  guns  to  bear  upon  the  ships.  They  also  put 
in  motion  some  more  Gre-vessels,  which  drifting  across  iheriver,  got 
on  shore  near  the  hongs  a  few  rods  east  of  the  factories,  where  the 
flames  communicated  to  the  suburbs,  causing  no  small  damage  ere 
they  could  be  extinguished.  During  the  remainder  of  the  afternoon, 
the  lighting  was  kept  up  by  the  Chinese  tyilh  much  fortitude,  they 
sometimes  engaging  hand  to  hand  with  the  parties  that  landed  to 
dismantle  their  batteries  and  spike  their  guns.  The  Nimrod  and 
Algerine,  in  pailicular,  were  exposed  to  a  direct  lire.  In  addition 
to  the  cannonading,  the  fire  which  had  broken  out  along  the  north 
bank  uf  the  river  increased  the  excitement  and  alarm  among  the 
Chinese,  and  drew  their  attention  away  from  the  movements  of  the 
land  force. 

Thus  far  had  we  written,  when  a  "  Brief  account  or  the  capture  of 
the  heights  and  forts  above  the  city  of  Cnriion,  d^c,  &c.;  by  an  eye- 
witness," was  laid  on  our  table.  This  shall  appear  in  our  next;  and 
we  close  this  article  with  the  following  documents,  extracted  from 
the  Hongkong  Oazette. 

No.  9. 
By  Charles  Elliol,  iStc,  &c.,  i,c.     Proclamalion  to  (be  psople  of  Canlon. 

L«t  all  Ilie  peoplii  ofCBQlon  underiland  itiat  Ihuy  may  return  and  continue 
their  punuitf.  in  peaceful  aecurily  whilal  Ibo  high  officen  are  fBuhfully  fulfilling 
Ihair  engBgementa.  The  recent  boillliliea  in  tliis  province  have  been  a^inst  the 
will  of  the  high  British  oJBcen.  and  are  allribulahlB  to  the  breach  of  failh  and 
violBQce  of  the  imperial  cornralHioners.  Fop  although  the  general  meaiurei 
Hgalnit  the  iiQperial  court  ivill  not  be  related  till  full  juitica  be  done,  an u redly 
there  never  would  have  been  any  disluibance  of  the  people  of  Canlnn  and  thii 
province,  unlaw  it  had  beon'  provoiied  by  Iho  miiconduct  of  (he  imperial  commii- 
sioaers.  What  slie  have  Ihe  imperial  cuntmiisionen  done  in  lliii  province  than 
to  Injure  llie  dignity  of  the  imperial  court  by  a  violHlion  of  their  pledgei  under 
Iheir$eal^andlooccBsiongrielBndloi)  to  lens  of  thouiandi  of  innocent  people! 
When  the  cummlssioners  and  all  Ihe  other  troops  lave  those  of  Ihe  prtivlnce  have 
departed,  the  people  of  Canton  will  onco  more  enjoy  peace  and  lecurity.  At 
i;Bulon,  (hii  3il  day  uf  June.  1B4'I  ' 

No.  3.     Public  NoTtoi  to  II  e  a  MajcitVb  Subjkoti. 

TliD  porlidy  of  the  iniperitl  t 
>'OL.    X.    NO.    VI, 


346  Attack  on  Canton.  June, 

operations  by  land  and  water,  plaeiiif^  II.  M.  forces  in  commanding  poaitions  oyer 
the  walla  of  Canton,  the  authorities  on  the  97th  ultimo  made  overtures  for  the  pre. 
▼eutiou  of  further  hostilities,  upon  which  the  following  terms  were  granted  to  them : 

"  lat.  It  is  required  that  the  three  imperial  commissionen  and  all  the  troopt, 
other  than  those  of  the  province,  quit  the  city  within  six  daya,  and  proceed  to  a 
dbtance  of  upwards  of  60  miles. 

"  Sd.  Six  millions  of  dollars  to  be  paid  in  one  week,  for  the  uee  of  the  crown  of 
England,  counting  from  the  37th  of  May,  one  million  payable  before  sunset  of  the 
said  i27th  of  May. 

**  3d.  For  the  present,  British  troops  to  remain  in  thoir  actoU  poeitioin ;  no 
additbnal  preparations  on  eifher  side.  If  the  whole  sum  agreed  upon  be  not  paid 
williin  seven  days,  it  Bhall  be  increased  to  seven  milUons.  If  not  within  14  days, 
to  eight  millions.  If  not  within  30  days,  to  nine  millions.  When  the  whob  is 
paid,  all  the  British  forces  to  return  without  the  Bocca  Tigris,  and  Wangtong  and 
all  fortified  places  witliin  the  river  to  be  restored,  but  not  to  be  re&rmed,  till  affiurs 
are  settled  between  tlie  two  nations. 

**4th.  Losses  occasioned  by  the  destruction  of  the  iactoriee,  and  of  the  Spanish 
brig  *'  Bilbaino,*  to  be  paid  within  one  week. 

*'  5th«     It  is  required  that  the  Kwangchow  foo  sliall  produce  full  powers  to  con. 
elude  these  arrangepients  on  the  part  of  the  three  commissioniers,  the  govemor, 
the  general  of  tlie  garrison,  and  the  fooyuen,   bearing  their  excellencies*  seals. 
**  Agreed  to."  Seal  of  the  Kwangchow  foo. 

An  extensive  evacuation  of  troops  having  taken  place  from  the  citT«  with  their 
arms,  but  without  display  of  banners,  and  five  millions  of  dollars  bemg  paid  up, 
and  securities  taken  for  the  remainder,  her  majesty's  forces  have  retirsd  from 
their  positions  over  the  city.  The  places  to  be  restored  will  be  deliverod  up,  as 
soon  as  the  departure  of  the  two  chief  imperial  commissioners  has  been  ascertained, 
and  officially  reported  by  the  officer  left  in  command  before  Canton.  In  this  brief 
campaign  of  less  than  ten  days,  a  resolute  night  ^tUtmipt  to  destroy  the .  ahips  of 
war  by  fire  and  other  means  has  been  repelled :  a  flotilla  of  upwards  of  100  sail  of 
armed  and  fire.vessels  has  been  destroyed ;  a  line  of  woiks  mounting  upwards  of 
sixty'^icces  of  artillery  has  been  carried ;  and  by  an  unsurpassable  oombmatton  of 
masterly  disposition,  ardor,  and  constancy,  a  small  British  force  (moved  through  a 
country  presenting  excessive  difficulty,  in  the  face  of  a  numerous  army,)  wrested 
from  the  enemy,  in  the  short  space  of  8  hours,  a  line  of  fortified  and  steep  heights, 
protected  by  a  well.sustained  fire  from  the  city  wall,  and  dislodged  a  heavy  and 
menacing  mass  of  troops  from  a  strong  encampment  on  the  left  of  their  position. 
The  whole  course  and  result^of  these  most  remarkable  and  admirably  ezocuted 
operations,  will  reflect  lasting  honor  upon  the  distinguished  officen  under  whose 
oommand  they  have  been  aenieved,  and  upon  all  anns  of  the  force  taking  part  in 
the  success.  CiiAaLBs  Eluot, 

Her  Majesty's  Plenipotentiary. 

No.  4. 

The  following  translation  is  from  a  Chinese  document  purporting  to  be  the 
substance  of  a  report  from  the  commissioner  and  general-in-cnie^  Ylhsban,  to  his 
imperial  master. 

On  the  39th  of  May,  1841,  a  memorial  was  forwarded  to  Peking,  at1he  rate  of 
600  is  a  day,  extra  express.    The  tenor  of  it  was  as  follows : 

"Your  majesty's  minister,  sinee  the.  time  of  his  arrival  in  Canton,  seeing  that 
Woochune,  Tatiwang-kaou,  and  Fqnghwang  kong  (First-Bar,  Macao  passage 
fort,  and  Swallows'-oest  battery)  had  all  been  lost,  bss  been  engaged,  in  concert 
with  the  joint-commissioners,  Lungwan  and  Yangfang  hi  forming,  defenses  along 
the  whole  shore-line.  At  Nelsbing  (northwest  of  thfrcity),  at  the  stone  fort,  at 
Wongsba  (in  the  western  snburb),  at  the  landing  opposite  the  Tsinghae  gate 
(iouth  of  the  city),  at  the  grove  of  the  temple  of  Hungwoo,  on  Wongsha  and 
Eeshamee  (alluvial  islets  to  the  eastward),  4bc.,  &c,  guns  were  planted,  and 
hands  of  men  and  officers  were  stationed.  They  were  fenced  round  with  doable' 
lines  of  sand-bags,  supported  by  bedms  of  wood  snd  heaps  of  stones  and  shot; 
and  to  Ihese  were  added  pits  dug  in  the  ground  to  enable  the  soldiers  to  screen 
themselves  from  the  enemy's  fire.    Everywhere,  too,  at  the  foot  of  the  fortified 


paua,  Mnd-bKp  were  pinced.  renderinf  all  moil  firm  and  complete.  Vour  mini*- 
ler,  ■ecomptnieil  by  hia  colleaguei,  and  aitended  by  bii  wldiery,  went  round 
•bout  all  «dBi  of  Ifae  cily,  making  llie  proper  defanaive  arrangemciiU.  In  >ddi' 
Ikin  lo  all  Ihi*.  •  Pohkefin  militia  corpi  and  a  naval  mllltla  coqw  were  ronned; 
■nd  rafli  were  prepared,  and  launched,  and  iiraw  eiillccUd.  ready  (o  make  an 

'Un  llie  nifthi  nl  Ihc  SUt  ol  May.  liipn.  a  grrai  l.niile  was  loughl  iviih  Ihs 
foreigners  DlT  Ihe  iveilern  fort,  when  lliey  Mere  allai:ked  \>y  a  cumbined  move 
meal  wilb  fire  and  cannon.  Five  foreign  boati  were  inslanlly  burned;  and  two 
of  the  foreign  gum  hoving  been  deilroyed,  and  two  ships'  masti  (hot  awny,  ihey 
forlbwitb  retired.  Al  Ihe  lil'lh  walcli  your  miniiler  ivai  on  Ihe  point  of 'lending 
on  Ihe  troops  to  put  them  all  lo  llie  iword.  when  suddenly  Ibe  foreign  vesseli 
were  reinforced  bv  Ibe  arrival  of  siiteen  ahipi.  eiE;ht  atcam  vesiels,  and  more 
ich  pushed  an  to|Blher.  In  contequence  of  having 
night,  the  troops  wpre  weary  and  fatigued;  and  the 
gum  Coo  were  few.  Neverlheless.  Ihe  guns  were  fired  levenil  lens  of  limes  in 
rapid  succnssioo:  but  the  foreign  ships  being  strong,  and  withal  so  numerous, 
■  her  could  not  be  driven  back.  In  fine,  conlinuine  to  advance,  they  made  a 
tudden  rush,  and  landed  near  the  city,  nnd  Ihen  toarcTied  ttraight  up  lo  the  forts 
flanking  Ihe  great  and  lillle  norlfaern  gates,  and  pnisesied  themselves  thereof . 
They  now  atlarked  Ihe  city  upon  three  sides; — wildly  flew  their  arrows  eboul; 
on  all  sides  fell  their  cannon  balls:  Ihe  houses  of  Ihe  people  were  in  all  direclions 
un  fire;  anrt  Ihe  soldiery  had  no  place  h  hereon  lo  stand.  By  ihe  burning  of  the 
houses,  and  the  disahllne  of  gins,  the  artillery  was  rendered  inelTectuaJ ;  and 
troops  of  all  arms,  including  olScera  of  rank,  also  tulfered  Iota  in  wounded  (the 
precise  eiteni  of  which  has  not  yet  been  distinctly  ascertained}  ;  this  condition  of 
things  compelled  all  lo  retire  within  Ihe  walls  of  the  city.  A  whole  people, 
weeping  and  wailing,  sending  up  loud  cries  lo  heaven,  choked  every  palhwav  i 
and  earnestly  did  they  beg  that  peaceful  arrangemonls  should  be  entered  into. 
Vour  minister,  as  he  lonked  upon  them,  lost  all  heart;  and  bol^'ing  to  their  de- 
sires, he  went  to  the  city  wall  lo  ask  Ihe  foreigners  what  they  wanted.  They  all 
said,  that  the  price  of  the  opium  they  had  delivered  up.  amounting  to  several  mil- 
lions of  Inels.  had  not  yet  been  given  lo  Ihem  :  and  they  earnestly  wished  thai  a 
million  of  laell  of  silver  might  be  granted  to  ihem.  when  Ihey  would  immediately 
call  in  their  forces  and  retire  witboul  the  Bocca  Tigris;  they  had  nothing  else  to 
ask  for.— and  all  Ihe  people  would  Ihui  he  left  in  Ihcir  ordinary  slate  of  quiet. 
Inquiring  of  them  regardini;  Hongkong,  if  they  would  give  it  back,  they  answer- 
ed that  it  had  been  given  lo  them  by  the  minister  Keilien.  and  Ihat  of  its  being  so 
given  they  possessed  documentary  eviderice. 

"  Your  minister,  calling  to  mind  Ihat  Ihe  cily  had  bean  id  frequently  iroubled 
and  Bfldan^ere^,  ihat  the  whole  people  wore  as  dead  men. — Ihonght  it  right  lem- 
pararily  to  accede  to  and  promise  their  requests.  In  turning  Ihe  matter  over 
again  and  again,  in  his  mind,  it  seems  to  your  minister,  thai  for  a  solitary  cily 
thus  to  staniTall  Ibe  brunt  of  bnllle  Is  utteriy  destructive  of  its  proiperily;  and 
thai  in  such  a  position  Ihe  grand  army  can  Hnd  no  opportunity  lor  displaying  its 
strength:  he  deemed,  therefore.  Ihal  it  iva*  his  undoubted  duly,  to  draw  the 
enemy  forth  without  the  Bocca  Tigris;  and  then  to  renew  all  the  fortifl  cut  ions. 
and  seek  another  occasion  for  attacking  and  destroying  Ihem  al  Hongkong,  and 
thus  lo  restore  the  ancient  territory. 

"He  has  In  beg  thai  he  and  his  cnlleagaiei  may  be  delivered  over  lo  the  Board, 
for  punishment  of  their  olfenses:  and  also,  that  Ke  Kung,  Cleang,  and  Ihe  other 
bigh  offlcen.  may  be  subjected  lo  a  scruliniiing  inquiry. 

"Respectfully  he  presents  Ihis  report  of  the  circumstances  under  which  he  yield. 
«d  to  Ihe  intrealies  of  Ihe  people,  that  he  should  make  peaceful  arrangements: 
ivitb  trembling  awe  he  dors  it,  conscious  thai  hp  lacks  underslaiiding.  and  is  most 
IplHly.     A  respectful  memorial  " 

The  following  proclamation,  betring  date  June  1st,  1841,  wis 
issned  at  Canton  by  Chin«ae  officers,  in  order  to  preaerre  rrom  injury 
the  graves  of  those  foreigners  who  had  fallen  in  the  attack  on  the 
heights  in  the  rear  of  the  cily. 


< 


34d  Aiiatl'  on  Cantptf,  J^ns, 

No.  5. 
Changr,  Twan,  and  Chang,  brigadien  in  command  of  divisions, — forming  the 
committee  of  superintendence  of  military  concerns  of  the  force  serving  in  Kwang. 
tmig, — issne  this  prochunation.  Whereas,  the  square  fort  was  lecentlj  in  tEs 
occupation  of  the  English  foreigners;  and  now  that  thoee  foreigners  k^ve  been 
left  buried  near  to  the  fort :  it  is  hereby  forbidden  that  any  of  the  adjoining  inhabi- 
tants, or  of  the  soldiery  or  militia,  or  any  others,  loiter  idly  about  such  places,  or 
attempt  to  dig  up  the  bodies  of  the  said  foreigners  there  intnred.  Should  any 
willfully  disobey,  and  venture  to.  dig  up  and  disinter  such  bodies,  no  sooner  shall 
thev  be  discovered  and  apprehended,  than  they  vhall  receive  such  punishment  as 
shaii  be  then  detennined.  Not  the  slightest  indulgence  shal!  be  shown.  To  this 
end  clear  proclamation  is  hereby  made :  each  should  with  implicit  submission 
obey.  Be  there  no  opposition.  A  special  proelamation.  The  above  is  for  general 
inmnation.    Taoukwang,  ^Ist  year,  4th  month,   12th  day.    [1st  June,  l&ll.] 

No.  6. 

^       GSHKRAL  OrDKRS. 

Ship  Marion,  June  5(h,  1841. 

T^e  pperatinna  before  Canton  having  now  closed,  major-general  Hugh  Googh 
f^eiy  the  highest  gratification  in  recording  that  every  individual  of  tne  force, 
native  ju  well  as  European,  gallantly  and  sealoosly  did  their  duty.  The 
^ajor-general  further  desires  to  record  bis  thanks  to  officers  commanding  brigades 
and  corps, ^nd  heads  of  departments,  for  their  able  assistance. 

To  major-general  Burreli,  commanding  right  brirade,  supported  by  lieutenant- 
colonel  Adams,  commanding  18th  regiment,  and  captain  Ellis,  commanding 
royal  qnarines:  To  captain  Bourchier,  H.  M.  ship  Blonde,  commanding  the 
naval  brigade,  aided  by  captain  Maitland  H.  M.  snip  Wellesley,  and  captain 
Barlow,  p.  M.  ship  Nimrod,  commanding  battalions :  He  offers  his  best  ac- 
knowledgments. • 

It  was  the  first  time,  that  air  Hugh  Gough  had  hnd  the  honor  to  command  a 
body  of  seamen,  and  the  whole  conduct  of  captain  Boarchier's  brigade  was  such, 
that  it  will  always  be  matter  of  proud  recollection  to  the  major-general  to  have 
bad  it  under  his  orders  on  the  occasion. 

To  lieutenant-colonel  Morris,  commanding  the  led  brigade,  seconded  bv  major 
Stephens  commanding  49th  regiment,  and  major  Blythe  who  commanded  that 
corps,  during  the  latter  part  of  the  day :  To  captain  Duff  commanding  37lli  M. 
N.  I-,  and  captain  Mee,  commanding  Bengal  volunteers:  to  major  Pratt,  com- 
manding 26th  Camerbnians;  to  captain  Knowles,  commanding  the  Artillery 
brigade,  captain  Ahstruther.  commanding  M<(()ra>  Artillery,  and  captain  Cotton, 
field  engineer:  To  all  the  general  and  personal  staff,  the  mtijor^eneral's  best 
thanks  are  due  for  the  senlous  support  he  has  received  from  them. 

Having  thus  eipressed  his  sense  of  the  services  of  officers  commanding  brigades 
and  corps,  and  heads  of  departments,  sir  Hugh  Goueh  has -no  less  pleasure  in 
noticing  the  praiseworthy  conduct  of  the  sailors  and  soldiers  under  his  command ; 
during  eight  days  that  the  force  was  on  shore,  there  were  but  two  cases  of  drun- 
kenness, and  the  soldiers  of  the  49lh,  having  found  a  quantity  of  samshoo  in  the 
village  they  had  taken,  brought  it  to  their  officers  and  broke  the  vessels  in  thefr 
presence.  It  is  by  conduct  such  as  this  that  the  sailor  and  soldier  secure 
the  confidence  of  their  officers,  and  that  their  gallantry  in  action  remains 
untarnished. 

Discipline  is  as  indispensible  to  success  as  courage,  and  the  major-general  has 
the  satisfaction  to  find  that  the  trust  which  he  rep<^d  in  the  force  uocfer  his  com- 
mand has  been  fully  justified. 

Sir  Hugh  Gough  feels  that  such  remits  are  only  produced  by  tbe  attention  of 
all  to  their  duty  in  their  several  capacities,  and  pe  requests  that  his  sentiments 
and  approval  may  be  made  known  to  the  officers  of  every  grade,  and  to  the  non- 
commissioned officers  and  'soldiers,  by  their  respective  commanders,  and  that 
captain  Bourchier  will  be  pleased  ^to  convey  them  to  the  officers,  petty  officers, 
and  seamen  that  composed  his  brigade. 

By  order,        (Signed)  Arhini  S.  H.  Mountaiit, 

Lieutenant-colonel r  and  deputy  adjutant-general. 


Journal  ttf  Ocfurrenees. 


Abt.  VII.     Journal  of  Occurrences!  rnults  nf  the  tear;  cannibal- 
itmi    payment' of  ransom  {   the  piopU  nrming ;    Yihshan's   anil 
Itungioan'i  departure  from  the  city;  loit/tdraioril  of  the  British 
forces  t  port  of  Hongkong  pruclaimed  free ;  sale  of  lands ;  Mr. 
Johnston  appointed  governor;  drath  if  sir  H.  Le  Fleming  Sen- 
house;    new  plenipotentiary;    charges   against    Keshen;    seatjut 
movement  of  the  British  forces  lo  the  north. 
The  course  of  events  here,  since  ihe  return  from  Chusan  of  H.  B. 
M.'a  plenipotentiaries  last  November,  lins  been  singular  enough.     On 
the  part  of  the  Chinese  the  losses  have  been  gieat.     Mure  ibnn  n 
score  of  their  Torts  have  been  dismariiled  or  destroyed  ;  hundrerls  of 
vcsmIb  sunk  or  burned;  upwards  of  ■  thnusHnd  cannon  rendered  un- 
Mfvicable.     These  sre  a  part  only  of  their  snflerin^a.     The  losses 
oeeasioned   by    moving  families  and  effecis  rrom   Canton  must  be 
computed  by  millions,  while  not  less  tlian  a  thousand  liousea,  with 
great  quantities  of  goods,  Alz.,  have  Leen   reduced   to  ashes.     Go- 
tremment  and  the  nalire  merchants  hkve  been  the  principal  sufferers. 
Direct  lasses  on  mechanics  and  the  yeomanry  have  been  few  ;  and  the 
prospects  of  the  husbandman  in  the  cnnimsr  summer  harvest  are  very 
fair.     Generally  too,  good  health  has  jirevailed  among  the  Chinese  in 
Canton  and  its  vicinity.     But  tfler  alt  that  has  occurred,  there  is  ap- 
parently no  disposition  to  succumb,  nor  is  it  certain  that  the  provin- 
cial aullioriliet.  and   high  l^Qmm!3gioners  will  abstain  from  makitig 
preparationa  for  a  renewal  of  hostilities. 

2.  Cannibalism.  We  have  been  assured  by  msny,  some  of  ihem 
very  credible  witnesses,  thai  during  the  recent  rencontre  in  Canton 
between  the  imperial  troops  from  Hoopih  and  the  local  militia,  some 
of  the  former  cut  off  and  ate  the  flesh  of  the  latter!  We  shall  feel 
obliged  lo  any  of  our  neighbors  for  additional  information  about  this 
matter.  The  contest  rose  very  high  ;  some  say  hundreds  of  lives  were 
lost.  We  suppose  there  may  have  been  ten  or  twenty.  This  occur* 
red  while  the  British  forces  w<^re  on  the  heights,  before  the  armistice 
had  been  concluded. 

3.  Regarding  the  paymrnt  of  ransom,  we  are  Indebted  to  a  com^ 
mercial  friend  for  the  following  memoranda. 

The  Bulhontiea  piid  four  millions  of  dollan  in  sycee  (owardi  ths  recent  \evr 
inB.da  upon  the  city,  and  the  hang  merchantii  oantribuled  two  millions  in  the  tlX. 

Iowide;  pioporlionB.    Howqiia  paid $890,000 

Pw»iiJiequa 260,000 

SamquB,  ;Saaqu>.  FooUc,  uid  Gowqui.  each  $70,000  280,000 

Mawqui,  Kiogqua.  M  iii^qua  and  Punhoyqiia,  each  8]a.000  60,000 

Cash  in  the  coosdo  ireasucf.  bcinj;  taxes  upon  thu  forcien  Inds. 

and  intended  to  pay  the  debts  of  broken  hone  mr.rchants,    280.000 
The  obligations  of  Sunqiia,  Saoqua,  FooCie.  and  Gowqua.  eacli 
for  850,000.  which  i«  to  be  reinibursod  from  the  firat  surplus 
m  the  coiuoo  fundi,  or  oRsot   i^inat  any  duties  Ihey  may 


350  Journal  uj  Oreurrrnres.  JivNV., 

The  four  hon^  merchants  who  contributed  970,(MM)  each,  at  first  reruscd  to  give 
more  than  l|20,000,  aayinr  that  as  Howqua  had  most  at  stake  he  should  bear  the 
burden,  and  that  they  had  Uttle  to  tear  for  themiiel?es ;  for  the  loss  of  the  eotton 
and  other  foreign  merchandize,  if  destroyed,  would  fall  on  the  foreign  owners  or 
importers.  Besides  Howqua's  contribution,  he  has  lost  more  than  8750,000  by 
the  burning  of  two  packhouses  in  Shameen. 

Indemnity  for  the  Bilbaino  and  for  the  demolished  factories  has 
been  promised,  and  some  part  of  it  has  been  paid. 

4.  The  people  commenced  arming  for  their  own  defense,  in  the 
neighboring  villages  soon  after  the  British  landed  above  Canton.  On 
the  1st  instant,  this  had  extended  to  113  villages,  each  numbering 
from  15  to  100  fighting  men,  including  the  whole  male  population, 
between  the  ages  of  sixteen  and  fiflj  years.     They  called  themselves 

^^  JEc  e  ping^  I,  e.  '  soldiers  of  righteousness,'  and  have  these  two 

words  written  on  their  banners.  We  have  been  told  that  it  was  with 
great  reluctance  that  these  '  soldiers  of  righteousness '  yielded  to  the 
commands  of  the  native  authorities,  who,  at  the  instance  of  sir  Hugh 
Gough,  went  out  on  the  31  st  to  require  them  to  cease  from  their 
attacks.  Their  leaders  have  published  several  manifestoes,  some  of 
which  have  appeared  in  the  papers  of  the  day ;  and  they  have  got 
into  circulation  some  very  bad  and  exaggerated  stories  regarding  the 
conduct  of  the/angut. 

5.  Yihshan  and  Lungwan  took  their  departure  from  Canton  on  the 
6th,  having  received  a  visit  from  captain  Warren  of  the  Hyacinth  as 
they  proceeded  on  their  way.  Nearly  all  the  troops  from  the  other  pro- 
vinces had  at  that  date  left  the  city,  and  the  people  were  beginning 
to  resume  their  usual  avocations  and  in  their  usual  manner.  On  the 
16th  it  was  rumored  that  Yihsban  had  returned  to  the  city  incog. 
It  has  been  said  also  that  levies  of  trodps,  as  recruits,  are  still  being 
made  in  this  province. 

6.  All  the  British  forces  had  withdrawn  on^the  l5<,  from  the 
heights,  and  all  have  since  left  the  river.  Twelve  merchant  vessels 
were  at  Whampoa,  on  the  15th,  and  among  the  number  were  two 
opiuQ)  vessels. 

7.  Hongkong  has  been  declared  a  free  port,  by  the  British  autho- 
rities.  The  following  has  bieen  made  public. 

"  Bv  Chvrles  Elliot;,  Ac.  &e.,  4kc.  A  proclamation. 
"  It  b  hereby  declared  to  the  merchants  and  traders  of  Canton  and  all  parts  of 
the  empire,  that  they  and  their  ships  have  free  permission  1o  resort  to  and  trade 
l^t  the  port  of  Hongkong,  where  tbev  will  receive  full  protection  from  the  high% 
olBcery  of  the  Britub  nation;  and.  Uoqgknn£  being  on  the  shores  of  the  Chinese 
empire,  neither  will  there  be  any  charges  on  imports  and  exports  payable  to  the 
British  government.  And  it  b  (Virther  clearly  declared,  that  there  will  be  an 
immediate  embargo  upon  the  port  of  Canton  and  all  the  large  ports  of  the  empire, 
if  there  be  the  least  obstmotion  to  the  freedom  of  Hongkong.  Persons  bringing 
information  to  the  British  officers  which  shnll  lead  to  the  detection  of  pirates 
will  be  liberally  rewarded;  and  the  pirates  will  be  taken  and  delivered  over  to 
the  officers  of  the  Chinese  goyemment  for  piinishment.  At  Macao,  this  7th  day 
of  June,  1841." 

8.  The  first  sale  of  land,  with  a  view  to  permanent  settlement 
has  been  made,  of  which  the  following  account  is  extracted  from  the 
llongkoiig  Gazette. 


Jouruat  Hj   On  urn 


ten. 

1.  U|>oii  a  cirul'ul  cxarainatioii  of  the  grouod,  ia  haabeeo  fwod  impoaaible 
to  put  up  Ihe  number  of  lota  named  in  the  ^veracneDlal  advertiaeraeDt  of  the 
7th  inatant;  and  only  4U  loisi  liavjng  sua  frontage  of  100  feet  each,  can  at 
pmeiit  be  oifered  for  sale.  Theae  lots  will  all  be  on  the  aeawatd-aide  of  tfaa 
road.  IxAa  on  the  lond-side  of  it,  and  hill  and  suburban  lota  in  general)  it 
will  yet  require  aome  time  to  mark  out. 

2.  Each  lot  will  have  a  aea-fronLage  of  100  feet  nearly.  The  doptfa  from 
the  sea  to  the  road  will  necessarily  vary  considerably.  The  actual  extent  of 
each  lot  as  nearly  aa  it  haa  been  possible  to  ascertain  it,  will  be  declared  on 
the  ground.  And  parties  will  also  have  tbe  nppartutity  of  obeerringtlM 
extent  for  tliemselves. 

3.  The  biddings  are  to  be  for  annual  rate  of  quit-rent,  and  ahall  be  made  ia 
pounda  sterling,  the  dollar  in  all  traymenla  to  be  computed  at  the  rate  of  4i. 
Ad.  The  upset  price  will  be  £1U  tor  each  lot,  the  bidding!  to  advance  by  10*. 

4.  Each  lot  having  been  knocked  down  to  tbe  highest  bidder,  be  will 
receive  an  acknowledgment  that  be  is  tlie  purchaser  of  the  lot;  and  this 
acknowledgment  will  be  exchanged  for  a  more  formal  title,  as  aoon  aa  the 
precise  nieasureinciit  and  registration  of  the  lota  ahall  be  completed. 

5.  Upon  delivery  of  the  titles,  the  purcliaacra  will  be  called  on  to  pay  the 
rent  tor  the  first  year,  reckoning  from  the  dtil«  of  sale. 

6.  They  will  also  ba  required  to  erect  upon  each  k-i  a  buiWmg  of  the 
appraised  value  of  QIOOU,  or  to  incur  upon  the  land  an  oullay  to  that  amount. 
within  a  period  of  six  months  from  the  date  of  sale.     As  security  for  the 

Eerfonnance  of  this  engagement,  a  deposit  of  8500  ahtll  be  paid  into  the 
anda  of  the  Ireasurar  to  the  auptrintendents  within  ona  iveek  fronn  the  day 
of  aale, — the  deposit  repayahla  as  soon  as  an  equal  amuunl  shall  have  been 
expended.  Non-com  pi  iaiice  with  these  terms  will  incur  forfeiture  ef  the 
deposit  and  allotment.  J.  Host.  MoaaiBON, 

Acting  Sec.  and  Tr.  to  the  SuperinteiMlents  of  Trade. 

No.     Sq.  Fl.  Knocked  down  lo,  price      No.     -Sq.  Fl.     Knocked  down  ic 


1—3  tiTOOGribblB,Kiighca&,Co  X60 

9_3  TnnO  Lindsay  &.  Co.  «0 

3—4  7800  Uenl  Sc.  Cn.  G4 

1—5  mm  Denl  4.  Co.  G.iilO 

S— 6  5400  n.  &.M.Rustonii(ie..iO 

It— 7  1)300  Hooker  and  [«ne.    '13 

7—8  7500  PoatonJeeCowuiJce.aO 

8—9  1^100  Dirom&CD.  57 

9-10  8400  Reserved. 

10-11  0000  H.  Ruatoniiee.  S9 

11-19  11300  II,  Ru«tomj«a  S3 

13-13  10600  Holliduy  &.  Co. 

13-14  lOSOO  C^ininell  &.  Co. 

14-15  150O0  F..  Leiehion  St  Co.  31 

15-16  15900  Robert  Web.ter.       20 

16-90  .     .  Rcnerved. 

20-3116200  D.  Ruelon.jee.  Ill 

21-99  14400  Innw.  Flcicher&.Co.  150 

93-33  lST00W&.TGemmeU&X;o.U0 

93-34  Ueoo  Reserved. 


£160 


14-35  KSaOO  H.  Rush 

■25~S6  .    .    .  Reserved. 

I&SI  18000  J.,  MBtheBondtCo.  ISO 

17-28  17300  J.,  Matheaoo  &.  Co.  185 

39-29  fliaSO  J,.MilheBonfcCo.  230 

30-31  4tH4  R.  Gully.  35 

32-33  8755  Jaminon  and  How.   SO 

33-.1t  SOnO  John  Smith.  57 

34-35  9600  John  Smith.  67 

4GO0  Fnmjee  Jinueljee.  35 


36-37 

33-39 

40-41 

33;l(Jt41-ia 


7616  Charie*  Hirt. 

6000  Macvicir  St  Co.  75 

9700  MMvioar  &,  Co.  95 

43-13     11500  Foj,  Rawron&Co.  100 

43-14     I6.S0()  Turner  A.  Co.  115 

41-46        -     .  Reaerved. 

46-47     30600  CapUin  Urkina.  965 

47-13    35000  r.  F.  RobertwHi.  '950 

49^0     .     -  Not  .old. 

51         ...  Captiin  Morgan.  905 


9.  Mr.  Johnston  deputy  superintendent,  has  recently  been  ap- 
pointed acting  governor  of  the  island,  and  has  proceeded  thither  ac- 
cordingly.    The  following  ia  also  from  the  Gazette. 


3S2  Journal  of  Oecntfences, 

island  of  Hoiig^kong,  on  behalf  of  the  chief  luperintendent :  and  aU  whom  it  may 
concern  are  hereby  reqoiied  to  respect  his  aathority  accordingly. 

By  order,  J.  Robt.  MoaamoN, 

Acting  Secretary  and  Treaaoier  to  the  Superintendents. 
Macao,  June  23d,  1841. 

10.  The  death  of  captain^  sir  Humphrey  Le  Fleming  Senhouse, 
K.  c.  H.,  &c.,  61,0:^  of  H.  B.  M.'s  ship  Blenheim,  and  senior  officer  in 
command  of  the  British  naval  forces  on  the  coast  of  China,  is  an- 
nounced in  the  Gazette.  -  "  He  participated  in  all  the  privations  that 
the  trodps  underwent  on  the  heights  above  Canton,  and  has  fallen  a 
sacrifice  to  the  zeal  which  marked  his  character."  This  mournful 
event  occurred  at  Hongkong  on  the  13th  instant  His  remains  were 
interred  at  Macao  on  the  17th,  in  style  becoming  his  rank  and 
Station. 

11.  Sir  J.  J.  Gordon  Bremer  arrived  here  on  the  I8th,  in  H.  C 
steamer  dueen  from  Calcutta. 

Public  NoTLricATioN. 

Her  Majesty  lias  been  graciously  pleased  to  appoint  his  excellency,  sir  Jambs 
John  Gordon  BaiuiKa,  Knt.,  c.  b.,  k.  c.  11.,  Commodore  of  the  first  class, 
comm'ander.in -chief  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  and  vessels  in  the  east,  Slc.,  Slc^  to 
be  joint  plenipotentiary.     By  order.  J.  Robt.  MoaamoN, 

Acting  Secretary  and  Tieasarer  to  the  Superintendents. 

Macao,  June  22,  1841. 

12.  A  series  of  charges  has  been  brought  against  Keshen,  in  a 
memorial  to  the  emperor  by  the  imperial  commissioner  Yukeen,  It.- 
governor  of  Keangsoo.  At  ranslation  of  the  memorial  has  ap> 
peared  in  the  Canton  Register  of  the  22d.  The  crime  of  being 
thrown  into  consternation  and  using  deceit  is  the  first  charge  which 
Yukeen  brings  against  Keshen  ;  that  of  tarnishing  the  honor  of  his 
country,  by  being  absent  from  the  post  of  danger,  and  by  being  un. 
prepared  to  resist  the  enemy,  is  the  second ;  an  undue  assumption  of 
the  emperor's  power  is  the  third ;  his  base  accommodation  of  matters 
to  his  country's  disgrace  is  the  fourth ;  having  lowered  the  dignity  of 
his  coutitry,  and  thereby  provoked  a  bloody  and  mortal  war  is  the 
fifth.  Yukeen  has  issued  to  the  people  of  Keangsoo  a  proclamation, 
offering  rewards  for  Elliot,  Bremer,  Morrison,  and  others.  Possibly 
he  may  have  the -satisfaction  of  seeing  them  near  his  own  residence 
in  the  course  of  a  few  weeks.  Among  the  newsmongers,  there  is  an 
inventory  of  Keshen's  property.  The  amount  of  gold,  silver,  and 
precious  stones  is  immense.      ^^ 

18.  A  second  mdvement  of  the  British  forces  to  the  northward  is 
expected  to  be  made  in  a  few  days.  It  is  supposed  they  will  first 
Visit  some  places  along  the  coast,  and  then  upon  one  of  the  great 
rivers  move  into  the  heart  of  the  country.  We  hope  ways  and  means 
may  be  devised  to  gain  direct  access  to  the  court  What  forces  are 
to  be  employed  we  do  not  yet  know.  It  may  be  easy  to  take  property 
and  obtain  ransom  money,  but  a  difficult  task  it  will  be  to  gain 
security  for  the  future  :  this  never  .can  be  done  until  the  foreign  rela- 
tions with  this  country  are  changed.  It  is  rumored  that  the  emperor 
has  issued  new  orders  for  extermination,  add  proposes  to  cut  off  all 
foreign  trade. 


THE 


CHINESE    REPOSITORT. 


Vol.  X.— July,  1841.— No.  7.   ' 


Art.  I.     Meteorological  observaiions  made  at  the  island  of  Chusan 
from  the  month  of  September,  1840,  to  February,  1841. 

The  barometer  employed  was  one  of  Newman's  mountain  barometens : 
the  difference  between  which  and  the  standard  barometer  at  the  observatory. 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  was  -(-  0.014  inches.  The  elevation  of  the  cistern  above 
the  level  of  the  sea  during  the  month  of  September  was  72  feet,  during  which 
tim(e  the  observations  were  made  on  a  point  at  the  western  extreme  of  the  har- 
bor, opposite  to  a  small  island  called  Guardhouse  island  in  Thornton's  chart, 
and  Seaou-chuk  san  by  the  Chinese.    The  subsequent  months  the  observa- 
tions  were  made  in  a  house  at  the  western  extreme  of  the  suburbs,  where  the 
level  of  the  cistern  was  21  feet  above  the  mean  tidal  level.    The  temperature 
of  the  air  in  the  shade  was  ascertained  by  a  box-wood  thermometer  (Fah- 
renheit's scale),  close  to  which  was  placed  a  similar  one,  with  a  piece  of  cotton 
attached  to  the  bulb,  which  was  kept  moist  and  registered  at  the  same  period 
to  show  the  degree  of  dryness  in  the  atmosphere.  The  observations  for  radia- 
tion  were  made  with  similar  thermometers,  the  bulbs  of  which  were  ex- 
posed to  the  sun's  rajrs,  one  of  them  blackened  by  indian  ink.  A  self-regis- 
tering thermometer  was  placed  near  to  the  shade  thermometer,  and  the 
maximum  and  minimum  temperature  registered  every  morning.     The  ram 
guage  during  the  month  of  September  was  a  copper  cube  of  6  inches,  which 
was  surrounded  with  straw  to  check  the  evaporation.  Upon  the  removal  of 
the  instruments  to  the  suburbs,  one  of  the  rain  guages  supplied  by  H.  E. 
the  Governor-general  was  obtained.  The  register  in  the  table  indicates  the 
actual  measurement  daily,  (the  rain  guage  never  being  emptied.)    The 
observations  during  the  month  of  September  were  made  by  Mr.  VV.  H. 
Symonds  mate  of  H.  M.  S.  Blenheim,  and  subsequent  to  that  period  by  Mr. 
A.  Roger  of  U.  M.  S.  Blenheim.     The  hourly  register  on  the  2l6t  of  each 
month  was  taken  in  accordance  with  the  directions  of  the  committee  for  the 
antarctic'  expedition  and  magnetical  observatories. 

TOL.    X.   NO.    VII.  45 


:i54 


Meteorological  Observations  at  C^usan, 


July, 


o 


o 


ii 

as  ^ 


<  — 


m| 


< 


«  8 


he 

m 


e 

8  . 

"I 


6 

2 


if- 

■< 

9i  6 

n 


n^ 


w  8 
dS 


^00  00 


QB  OO  QC  CO 


s 


«0  0) 
00  00 


O) 


o»S 


Ok        O)  A  QC  a>  1^  00 


o 


oor*oox9QoacaO|^r* 


I* 


S^oo      u)er*^o     ^oe<«otoa         cdodm^cs  ^o>-4 

00  r*      ooooooooOo      oo  oo  oo  r<- 1^  r*  cor«f*t^r«  t^t^t^ 


00  Ob  00 


0)  00  00  00  X       00 


oddd  i«  c^oo 


r«- «*•  I*  I*  00  00 


o 


cor*  CD 


3 


1*1*00^ 


iAr*«D^^      ^  Of  i<*  OD  o  «i<  o  cp  r- Of -^  9>  r*  r- 
r*r»r*r*r*      r- r«  «D  <o  r- r- r*  t«  r*  r*  r*  «o  «d  «d 


t^ooco     (OAO»t^to     »Aco»A<^e<o      t-i  03  io  r«  0)  en  o  lA  (O  ei  oi  ^  t^  t^ 


s 


8i 


coo  ** 

00  00  00 


o  f-«  r- 

00  00  00 


s 


OO'* 
O  •-•  t^ 

n  00  00 


9)00 


00  t^  00  00       00  1^ 


»AGI  CO  CO 


«      r«co^     00 


o«oo     eo 
oocoQD     om 

OOODOO       0>  0) 


oco 

ss 


CI  2!^ 

0>  CO  ^ 

r*oo 


Of       cs 


SSS'' 


00 


ift  5  »o  ^co  o 

00  00  00  00  t«  00 


000)''^OO00Q0'^         -     — 

r<-r<"0000aooot^t^t^<oi*- 


9 


TT  QCDOO 

r*  »o  CO  ^ 

00  00  00  00 


Ok  do  t*  1^00 


kO 


o  Q«  e  «e  (o  c«  «o  00 

SO)  tf) 00 1« o> e •1 
O^O)  t«Ok  00  O  vN 


eo 


sss     £  s  ss  sssa     s^iesssssss  ^  s;;: 


<5! 

00 


Qoo      cooooo  ^coeeococeci     o     ;20 

00^     (OiS^         ScoSokuogo^^     «     (go 
000%      r*r<"ao  t«o)0>0)0»  A  a  A      o^     o^^ 


S5S5    $SS8    SSoSSSSS       RSSSSSSSSS    Sff 


°^s  ssse^  "SSSiH     liillisisi  f§ 

S®      oJoSSoo     o»«OJOoS6ao  ab*©o>.o>o^o»o»o>»-«     o»^ 


SSS    SSSSS    SSSSC?^    SiTSPSS 


eo<ooi(S 


ooo      ^  ^  o  to  00      9^ 

S  00  V        0)0)00  00  00        O)  O) 


i?S     o>  «o  Sci 

o     00  ooo 


ocooooo 

S8 


fMAn      (ftp-«>^ooo      000000  r«"^^«^OffiCI!  i^glE'Sill'CCSS 


SSs^ 


lO 


80  CO        OCOtDODCO        S^SSiSSSSfSS 
ooSS    85SSSS    So5Sff8S8iSSd»o)0)0) 

g[  8S    SS  S 


322 


::;:£ 


^tttorological  ObstrvatioHs  at  Ckusm. 


N 

=■  ^     ... 

,s 

5 

S* 

JT. 

;;s.. 

6  1-'-    "  ." 

,-4 

f    ii 

5  "S"-    "..i-» 

S^i 

1     il- 

5.  !»:-=    .-OS" 

:;"£ 

•  a,      ■■               '-.-.. 

Si=;.|i.'  ,  ^M. 

s  ;  ^..  i-;-S;jS 

»'I".S.S,^  ^aai^ 

r  liM  ssi-rtf 

•^%-i">.^''=t"z 

=  — o 

S  Sil*  **5sll 

''i%iim'tt« 

';"• 

3ia 

=,,=,  .SS.  S,.6 

s  ,    ss? 

■i'T 

SS8 

;:EffiSS  ESSKSSSKSSESgEBSKSS 

5^S 

sjissj!  S3Ss;gS£sgsss3a:ssgf:S! 

9. 

4 

383 

s  s  ss  sss 

SSSS  s 

"i 

i"t'l 

g!  S  =3  SS5 

assis  s 

ii 

3SS 

SSSS  S£JS£gS 

ssss  s 

sss 

8SSS  SSSESBS 

ssss  s 

i 

s?S- 

;»S5^g  gissss 

3SSS 

'- 

3SS 

assss  ssssss 

Sg^g 

< 

4 

Sg 

gSC   S  ES 

S   g   8g 

RS 

gSS   £  S!! 

E  K   t:  Esc  S 

SBS3 

SRCg  EE  SKS 

l:SK,-RS  c   S 

4 

3SS 

SSS3  SEESeg 

s  asESElEEs  e 

3BZ 

s  3  ss  esg 

SESSSS  E   S 

SSS 

s  s  se  iss 

S:  S|SS!!S  g   C 

356 


Meteorological  Observations  at  Chusau. 


JULV, 


o 


o 


'I 


^.i: 
-< 


ri^ 


9»   g 


^^ 


PQ 


i^ 


C<9 


»P 


:o  CO  CO  CO  SS  t0  S  CO  3  w  <o  S  S  %  u)  u)<o    to  SS  u)  tf)  U3  lo ce  uS  te 


8 


i^ 


O 


■  

»^ 

*   • 

a  B 


3 


;eaoaDr»t^t^(or*ce(0:0t^ 


«  f^ -*  O  I*  »*  •-«  I*  CD      — 

ce  «D  r»  t*  lA  o  t«  r»  «0    r* 


« 
«* 


SS8s«SSSs&|s   ^^s^SS^s^  S- 


to 


S      r«  (O  00  u5  ^•  r«  (0 1^  t^  «o  ^•  »ft  to  I/)  te  ^•  to  m  «/)  to  to  to  ce 


I/)  W)  I/) 


%tiui      %n      lo 


»AU) 


»o  i/i  _.  o 


to 


lo 


SO)^0D  GDO        iDmm*^  01  O)  to        tA  CO  t^  «^  O  O  r«  —  CD  91 

^-t^(0  cor*      r*t«cot^  toco  co      co  co  lO  co  »«  r*  co  t«  co  i^ 


eooo 


SS      aS-^oi^  xco 


3     «fi"^e«2322*::£':? 


kA 


!:s?;f!  f!S  f;gs:g{:!3&ss     s  ssss?&&  ^k 


O  A  O)  A 

n9 


i 


§i 


ioSS 


toSot* 


t*  00  00  00  00  OD  «»  X  t*  1^  t*  Fo  1^ 


t^?!3 


1^1^  I* 


1^1^ 


00 


kA  kA  kA 

^  s'w  S  55  w  •-•  -*-o"»-*  •-«  CO 
l<*oDODODaoaoi^aoi^l^t^r* 


!<•        h>  t»  CO  CC  t»  !>•  r«  r«  CO  !>• 


o 

* 

o 

CO 


»       -«SS 


co<« 


SSSS§?! 


O  flO 


-*«o«i^ceooco-<eo  t*         ^     •^•- 

»-«  O  r^  O  v^  *-«  f-«  ^4  M  04  Of  vii^  •-•       ««■*«-* 


^^  kA 


iSi 


r»r^Ki*t^?4NSt*ao«SNSSSi^i^ 


»*  •5C0  i-HOi     oc  a 
kAco  CD  t*co      :o^ 


Si 


Qocp^^o-voodo^oo^^cc 

o 

CO 

kA 


1AO74  0  ^       CO^ 


O0'«ro  CO  COIN  9^99^0940  CD  O  CO  CO  ^9O0}OQS!*9$<30ta 

88       a - 


IS41.  .Meteorological  Observations  at  Ckusaa. 


S-?.iff.:l     ;ii-  SSi 


■.JS    zs 

is 


Eo-^HnTJOOD^-iioin^TiJ^ 


agssKKSSSSszSiSKSssia     ss^ksssssks 


:3£ss23sssss3£SSKS     sssssSiEsses 


ss  ss  ss       ss 


ss        a      E   SS      S3 


"< 

gSB 

si  KSSS   ss. 

3S3SSSSj£i3uS 

ssss 

|s  kSssbssss 

sssssssss 

'5 

ssss 

SS3  ESSSiSSSsS 

gssssssis  ss 

»S 

SSK 

SSS?SS2SSSSS 

S£3ISS  e!:S   ;: 

■^.6 

3SI 

gsssaissgSKK 

-SS3  «' 

rpt.  X.   .VO.   til.  45 " 


O" 


iSd 


Meteorobgieal  Obstrvations  at  Ckusam, 


Jolt, 


as 


o 
s 

EC 

5- 


'^ 


<  — 


< 


> 

O 
9^ 


25  ^ 


«  E 


(2 


< 


n^ 


•I 

OQ 


119  kfi 
•^  ct  ^  fitoin 


S3S{3(SS83    S3S       9:SS    3S&S?: 


33SSS3SSSS;$SI       9$;^    3SS9:S 


u) 


SSSSSSSS3SS33S&S9$;;SS?999$SSS«!? 


^3SSS|SS3S3SS8|S399SS!; 


e«^ 


r*QO  lA 


toioS  la*^  '^ 


5S3SSS«S33&SSSS9(S$SS  ^iJi^i^S   9 


Ss|;SSSissSS3SisSS$i?s:^99^9$eSS9 


^  «D  «  O        ^ 


u^^ooi-^^toetooQOoiaoQo^ooeao^o 


Sc«aoo      ^ 
f^  "V  CO        c 
C«  Of  1-4  Ol        9) 


ce  r« 


e  e*»  A 

CC  (O  lO 


Stee  mte 


«om 


coop 

CO'* 


eo 

o 


lO 


(O 


CO 


s;sss?ss  ss  sss  sss  .    $ss  ssss 


acoeit*ooj^oi^ 
^  "^  e«  w  1-H « -^  o 

O 
CO 


Sf 


^  <9   o  i-^o  r<« 


»o 


^SSSSS  S88SSSSSSS9S   992;  sssss 


SS3SSS?SS3^SSSSS3^$StS99^&S3S&^ 


SoaoG«G«scego'«aoaoeaD^ei09aD«PSOO 
o,ss:;?c;ig:g;s;=:sss8e;ssiss 

88 


CI  ^^  oi  ^-  c«  I 


;:sssss3S8S8^sssss!;!;s:s9999SSsst; 


o)^4^^coet*<^GtQ*oeo  o^^o^i-*  »-4  o  ©  o 


r- ©f  S  «**-*•«  !S  t: 

"  W  CT  ^^  '^  "*  ^Cf  ^^ 


et 


riKlSj^flT^fe 


Ct  Of  Ol  CO 


JUeteorohgUal  Obsenations  at  CAuson. 


I^«l 

^s       ....    f 

4 

[fa 

;  ^'^.^f.  °i  s"  -j"  s  "ill- :  ?ir. 

81 

Iz    ^ 

a"     aj 

»z»sir 

dZi  ezbSz  J"  jz»z  |Z.^^^J. 

ii----5 

KZZSoo 

j  Z  Z  o  ^*  P^  £  2'  ?'  £  o  Z  Z  Z' 

ze 

I  ^ 

»??«-,-„ 

■  < 

d 

stssSss 

S  S  3  S  S  g  ig  S  S  J?  S  5  5 

f.«n- 

a- 

SSJSSg 

i^ 

' 

s;:ssssS'^s;rs3$ 

9 

= 

^ 

= 

E 

- 





j; 

1 

S  1- 

SSS35; 

SSSSSSLi 

SS 

*s 

- 

S3S 

SSS 

SSSISS 

SsSssss 

s-s 

3SS 

5 

sss 

s 

ssssss 

ss: 

SSE 

S3 

SS 

S     SEES 

^Ksssessssss  ss^ 

SSES 

S    SSSSiS 

1     SSsESSS    SS    SIS 

ssi 

:3S    ssss 

7     E3SESSS     SS     SSg 
5         « 

S|S 

SSS     S5SC 

360 


Meiearologicai  Observations  at  Chusan. 


July, 


in 
^  tfa  in  ^ 


&3 


»:  oi  Q  r- c*>  CD  CO  CD  Y  9)  o  «-i  Of      «fO)0)kO      «ntoi^ot     AAcecooc^x* 

<  I 


»o 


O     <  — 


&3 


t     < 


^    i 


o 


a 


CO.S: 


i^ 


9SJS$$SS3$9S9IS3!;s$99<;S?Si;SlS?!:«9^s;^ 


O) 


• 

PQ 


<o  8 

PQ 


i- 

PQ 


>H 


CI 


^        O '^t  Vw  ifl -#  •^^W'V^'V^  ift-V  ^^OtC«  W«C90f  ««CO'V  ift 


lo     to  to  »5 ^  •* 'v ^     u5ii«o55«S»o««  w     -^j  S5  ^ -* -^  •«  «  « "* 


goteooDtotot^to      T*  to  o  to '— o  00  c»  00      aD®S2ffi22825£ 
o)eoo«r«^ococ«      rMoio>*-*o»0'^c»50»      lr^292S2S5RS 
Cfw^oicoiflioifl'^      fii^oco?«oiio»A^     «tf:r»io5icio«c« 


o 
« 


'^Qf     t>>  o      o  o  00  tet^oi  toco  00  lA  tf)     oi     0)r««-tG«^     SSfS^!^ 


oQOi      CO      o  00  go  00  to -^ '^  to  <«<  <v  o      o     29S^^ 


CO 


^toooeo      lOin^^oioO'O  lO  «o  ^ 


%^      ^      '^      <n»n      *o 


09O(N  to       O 


s; 


00  to 


^ 


8 


I  I  II  I 


S«-4  00AeaoQoiooeott^     eo«90)io      tototooi     &£22!£^£«SI 


StoootctoQO-rtoQQQ     ocs!^     !S^25&     225RS$SSS 


% 


SSS9    SSSS$!S9S&S£SS?S^$9!9iSS&$S)ZS 


;7.1l§i  iSimiillliMSI§lallil§Ss 


(8 


PQ 
IQ  8 


?i 


gSS5?5SS3l?«3?SS8SSSSS?JS8S8SS8§StS 


iPIIliIflfililSIS5llfiiilii^§2 


CO 


^«C0-»»0<0t^C0  0>g^0»g;;»ggt^«gOg?g>9aa«^SS%'c9 


Mttetntogieat  Obiirvationt  at  Ckusmt. 


'OOooe*o30>AooooopdoSAokc^^no^^oi^ 


BBSaajssssasssgESsajsssxssssssg 


S3 


as8S3as°tt  sgasssasa  aaasss 


l2  SS  3$SS$3SSSS3  B  SiSSSS  SXSS 


iS  SS  3s»s$$338sg  s  SgsaS  SSES 


•>i! 


Meteorological  Observations  at  Chusan, 


July, 


X 


c 
a 


ill 


»«      '^  en  J5 -^  •9'      u5  »o  <c  ift  «5  ^  ^  ^  ^  "V  ^  »fl  "*  e*5  "^ -^  ^ 


<  — 


•    mmmm 


••=  e 

ft 


< 


S  . 


jH 


^'  2 

CI 

a 


< 

OQ 


8' 


CO 


CO  ^' 


1!?  (D  X  O  i-i 
^  ^  5*3  SO  CO 


l^  X  O  •-*  COi 

1"^'^  00  r^ 


5iocosc«ce     c«»-i«o»oeoic3      tjo  S292^ 

^  lA  uS  *0  ^        -^ -^  ^ 'V  4rt  "^  CO        -^  CO  CO  CO  w  « 


eO'«J'aoooooo»^o»ace*o&r*»A 

^'^eowcoeocoeococO'Vf^'^ 


C0^^lO^C0?0^?^C*.l*!rt!*idC0 


"*  CO  CO  CO  CO  en  «  eo  "^  r^  MO  35  <^   co«^^35'«*coeo'vcococ0eor:c<et 


SOS  •;;•  CO  op  O 
'^coco  rt  "V 


COCOiOCHOTfOtCtiOOCOOO©*© 


'(J'COCOCO^COCO  ?c 


Jm 


0«©  '^  '^<© 

"    £1  t*  (M  O 

CO  ^  I/O  lO 


s^ 


«0        VOtM^-^OXtSC 

"^  •  cocouo^-^wocn-T 


»A  o  cS  CO  9 


o>o 

^  lO 


o  uo  r«  CO 

kO  lA  lA  ^ 


'xf  CO  kA 

■^  -^  "V 


3 


'^tCO 


coo»ocgoco"^coa 

^  ^  CO  CO  ^  CO  CO  sc 


C^OI"^«AM0 

eoci 

l§§g 

CO  CO  CO 

oooao 

OCOOO^O'^COO 

•rt  ocN  00  o  ^  r«»«c 

COCOUO'^^tiOO'*' 

uo 

C«CO  ^  UO  A  ^  t^ 
*A  lO -^  CO  CO  5  •* 


»-4  C»  •-*  t^  00  00 

»Aiote  uo  ^0-9 


!$!;!$SS? 


'S.^ 


3DOiooco<o»cocooooo<o      <9!SS99:S 


o 


^i 


tfO 


^QStiSS^S^??? 


«A 

ro      ^00 

^       CO  •' 


5^     "ttuouSiAco     coc*o«^oet     •^cocooioco'^coct  ^ 


O)       o> 

^        «0 


;;^ 


fS 


5^98885       5555385    5>S5g5S5S    58       S88S 


'^  O  Q  '^  00 
.-X  '«>•  «io  Ol  »0 

CO  91  >«  WO  «A 

» 

o 
eo 


(A  CO  01  •-<»-<  •^  o«      ^co^cooco-^      «^ 


:5  ««o  (N 


•:55?aaaa2§j85gg?g5    SS^^SSJSJS^^SSnSIRSS?: 


^<Nco^»oo»^gpq>o^otw^*2^^£^^^SS7|giffi^g>SS8c= 


Mtteorotogica!  Obstrvitiont  at  Chutan. 


f.E'ir.^J";":^ 


I   Z»B=>.'.Ji--Ii-;-5--E-l.. 

o  a  i.  KE*  =•  ^-fiJ  o  "  "  K"io  »<"  »vi-*>-  "i-Jp"  Si,*^^ 


ii=  i 


5  !;»  "" 


IS«0^'-3[N        -'il>a9<CON«E4-'««4«inO-«'V0DS 


ca 

A 

S 

4 
4 

"J 

■i 

"5 

SK3 

sSS    s 

3S- 

:ss 

■a 

SB3 

r.SX 

s 

s 

s 

asK 

SSfS 

i° 

•     s 

s 

s 

SgK 

5S 

- 

s 

ss 

s 

ss? 

3IS 

s 

s 

3S 

ssssa 

$!!!!;» 

iUKS 

!;%^ 

;;s!;«;; 

sssss 

;ss;5 

iSS5 

SiSS 

JSSSSSS 

;•;«?! 

3    SS8 

g    S5S 

^s;^ 

sss 

SSSiSS 

ssas'sj; 

«  sss 

5!    5S3 

sss 

^ssssssai 

sssss 

S5S35 

sss 

s 

Xfi 

sssa  S5 

SS33S:! 

SJSS5 

sss 

7 

iiil 

364 


Meiearobgieat  Ohservaiiams  ai  Ckusan. 


JCLY, 


tf» 


8-- 


j|%SS3S9$9       Sg9S;3$99 


n 


Oi 


ifiSiti^^^fi       999ig9!$S 


*fi 


Sg^SS!g:?K{3£;S;gSgSg;sig       S;    t^ti 


!oSS8ig9Si3£;gigissSSSSS    S    $? 


O 
QQ 


W  CO  CO  CO        ^ 


Oi 


>H 


CO 


§ 


V 


a 

8- 


eo      ^coco'^^tfi      CO     lO 


;;9 


00(0 


Ol^^CO^Ct       "^       co^ 


7   (3   t$>;!;   t;   9?   3   3   28   ;$«; 


i  i  ^§1  I  ^ 


00       «•      o>o 
CO      M*      co^ 


CO 


lA 


9S%93S$t;S9S99S    S    9      $ 


o 


9S»S9!$3^9    Si;9    $s& 


^aii^l^^'g  l§i  g^s        I 


to  g 


S 


C3  C3  73  n  CO  ^  ^  CO  CO  CO  CO  00  ^  ^ 


00 


09 


3 


mSii^Sztlim^l  I  g| 


CO 


-^o«eo^io«ONaoo>o^c«eO'viA<Oh*coa»ef-4 


8018I 


lUgttwologiccd  Obseroations  at  Otusan. 


!  s'S-i-i-i"  i  J  «  ii  ^ii  -  i  J  3^  iw  ^  X 


js;Kg;iS$s;E!;£!i  ^gj^sKSKSsssi^  ss 


KS^^sa?:;  £;$S7!;ss!Sss 


= 

s  3  sas  as  s  s 

J 

SSXS   £  S  J.SSS 

n 

q  =  g!:   g  C  3  3SS!i 

i 

SSS5S    3SSSSB 

1 

SSSS3    SS3SES 

J  saaa  8S  a  a  asas  s  sg 


iRsa  sijs  a  ss  «  s  a  sq 


eaa  aja  ^  9i>  s  x  a 


VOL,    X.    NO.   Til.    46" 


:it>(5  Meteorological  Observations  at  Chusan.  JVl^  . 

Meteorological  Abstracts  Deduced  frc)\i 

BSonth  of 


•BAROMETER:- 


■^    r" 


b  A.  M.    j     9  A.  M.    I     Noon,     j     3  p.  m.    j     6  r.  m.    j     9  p.  m.    I  6  a.  m. 
Baro.  I  Th.|Baro.  |  ThjBMP.  |  Th.|Bto>.  |  Th.|Baro.  |  Th.lBaro.  |  ThJAir  |  Wr> 

39:9I7l75.5i29.952l79.4l29.963l8a.7i29.914l79.  I29.906|77.7l90.937i77.6  73.71  73.J • 

The  month  generally  fine,  only  four  rainy  days  for  short  periods  : 
1.8  in.  of  rain   fell.     The  barometer  generally  standing  below  3(1 
inches :  falling  in  strong  southeasterly   winds,  and  rising  with  nor- 
agonth  of 

3Q.I26  66.   357155  71.   30.147. 69.4  30.113  77.8  30.116  69.6  30.134  68.    64.     6lT7 

The  first  10  days  fine,  the  remainder  of  the  month  overcast ;  wea- 
ther squally,  much  rain  during  the  last  week.  E.xcept  the  four  first 
days  of  this  month,  the  barometer  never  was  below  30  inches,  and 
rosfras  high  as  30.335  in.,  and  rising  with  fresh  breezes  from  tht* 
northwest.     The  winds  variable,  changing  frequently  several  time^« 

Month  of 

3¥.lo6"55.5  30.184  56.6  30.190  59.    30.173  59.    30.173  60.    30.199  58.     51.  ""50. 

This  month  generally  overcast  with  rain,  the  barometer  in  easterly 
uinds  fell  below  30  inches.  Winds  were  northeast  2  days,  N.  N.  W. 

Month  of 

MUO'S  ry2.    30.350  48.   30.326  52.    30.311  53.    30.314  52.   3(U35  47.     43.     40.!» 

Weather  finer  that  last  month;  the  barometer  kept  very  high,  beini; 
^i(>;588  inches  on  the  10th;  winds  light  from  the  northwest;  it  gene- 
rally rose  as  the  winds  freshened  from  that  quarter,  and  during  calnis^ 

•     •      ~  Month  of 

:<i).332  3<).7  30.447  4±  30.377  45.5  30.304  45.   30.354  JT^MMI  43.  .  35.    33. 

Misty  weather  with  a  good  deal  of  rain ;  barometer  ranging  from. 
:{().(K)6  to  30.084  tn.,  falling  previously  to  southeasterly  winds.  Snow 
the  last  two  days ;  winds  fresh,  with  squalls.     From  the  northwest 

Mtonth  of 

:iiyjb(r3b.7  30.403  39.  30.389  44.8  30.368  45.3  30.367  45.8  30.387  41.  34.8  3.3." 

Month  generally  fine;  winds  northwest  5^  days,  north  2^  days.. 

The  climate  of  Chusan  is  subject  to  a  range  of  temperature  similar 
to-  Uiat  iu  the  same  latitude  upon  the  coast  of  North  America :  the 
thermometer  in  the  shade  standing  at  lOS**  in  the  month  of  Septem- 
l>€r,  and  at  25"  in  the  month  of  February.  The  following  is  the 
range  of  tmperature  during  the  months  that  the  island  was  occupied. 
September  from  103"  to  65".    October  92°  to  51'. 


I?^4l.  Meteorological  Observations  at  Chusan.  ;W 

ffHH    PRECEDING    MoNTHLY    REGISTERS. 

September. 

T HERMOMETE R '. ,  Baeom.      Thermometer . 


!)  A.  M.    I     Noon.    I  3  p.  M.    I  6  p.  M.    •  9  p.  h.     I  •«  .  *. 

Air  I  Well  Air  |  Wet  |  Air  |  Wet' Air  |  Wet|Air  |  Wet|  ^^*"'  |  ^"• 


Mill. 


l\K\i    78.3id5.4i      80(85.91  81.3178.  ,  85.3175.71    74.71    ^,^^7\        l63  I         61^ 

tlierly  breezes;  height  of  the  cistern  above  the  sea  72  ft.  7  in.  Very 
strong  breezes  were  not  experienced  during  this  month.  Winds  Ely 
M»  days,  S.Ely  6  days,  N.Ely  8  days,  and  from  north  to  west  6  days. 

Octeber. ___^ 

71.     70.7  74TT3.2  74.4   68.8  67.     66.    65.6     65.       30.148  92  51 

during  the  24  hours ;  they  were  from  the  north  6  days,  northeast  12 
days,  northwest  9  days,  and  4  days  from  southeast  to  southwest.  On 
the  29th,  the  meteorological  instruments  were  removed  to  the  suburbs, 
wliere  the  height  of  the  cistern  of  the  barometer  above  mean  tide 
level,  was  24  feet. 

Wovember. 

5U.     55.    61.     57.    66.6   56.    59.      58.   59.       57.      30.179  73  42  " 

8  days,  northwest  4  days,  northerly  4  days,  westerly  4  days,  S.  S.  W. 
*i  days,  and  calm  4  days. 

Becember. ■ 

46.     43.4  52.     49.2  51.    48^  48.     46.6  41.      43.4    30.323  77  27 

fell  to  30.02  inches.  Winds  southwesterly  ^  a  day,  westerly  2^  days, 
northwesterly  15  days,  northeasterly^  a  day,  northerly: 5^  days, 
easterly  I  day,  and  calm  6  days;  much  rain  during  the  last  week. 

Jamiary» :  -  _ •!    ^ 

4-2.     45.    45.     43.    46.     43.3  40.      39.    39.      38.    |,30.360  62.  ^       28 

20^  days,  west  2  days,  southwest  1  day,  southeast  1  day,  north  2^ 
days,  southeast  1  day,  and  caim  2|  days. 


M  <\  I 


Pebmary. ■      •'■    " 

39.7"39.    45.8   43.8  44.2  42.2  41.9   40^37.8    36.       30.380  65.  25" 

southwest  i  day,  southeast  2^  days,  calm  5  days. 

November,  from  74''  to  40^    December,; 7r  to  27^ 
January,  from  60*  to  28^    February  W  to  25^ 
The  greatest  range  of  temperature  during  24  hours  was  28''.   Dur- 
ing the  month  of  January,  the  barometer  was  at  the  height  of  30.60i> 
inches,   and  generally  speaking  fell  in  light  or  easterly  winds.     A 
few  days,  southeasterly  winds  occurred  in  the  month  of  September, 


.'ir  h^  :»Ar;i^r''>'  .ium«Mfi  &miit  one  be  suit  »  ii2s«  cammeiirwi 
.»ini,  '11*5:  i^.niun^  ^  ^r'^tMi^r  Tie  iulawui^r  »«  die  aumiKr  h 
'flit'*   't^^t  ^   ««fj«.   iuvtr;u     ^l^oosmiMr  4  tfaTt.   Oisooer  I  ^^ei* 

F'^frnt^  ^A  409i^A  the.  /V<«  «/  ti^  ksii^ 

I  Xa^m.  t^r    '    -      Or  |nt  jntfio«iic  w  pw?  Meein/^  w^t. 

Z  t^yt  iMTiiKXie,        I  Or  tA4t  ia  wftirii  a  •«!  eoad^  ^  I  :»  i  i:i»:T- 

y  /  _    ^ ;    CtTMieil  maiiHo^^qnr,  wxa  ail  szii  ^  ^  ^  ,       _ 

'      f    ifsc,  sad  eu»att  ttui,  9oai4i  fo  iK> 
I  KM<er:t«(  »n9»«,  ^    iiwaflffli  93ii«r^  firooi  *         '  ^  us  »>  «ji*Tr> 

<Mi4  jMC  carry  «<    ;,b.  Itr. 


,  foil 


V 


np&e-fceeii  tco^i,  4l^ 


7  M^ji|^«l«  f»^^ 

eloar-f eefed  nanMopsaii  and  reeaed  toresaii 
II  5k/)¥m^  '  '  Or  tlkat  vbieli  voald  reduce  ber  to  norm  saj-saa?^ 
I'i  Ht$fftC9n€f  '    '    Or  tbat  which  do  caaras  couid  whbsuxid. 

If  ih«  alMrre  mode  were  adopted^  the  icate  of  the  wind  mizht  b^ 
r^,%n\%fSj  marked,  in  a  narrow  eoiamn,  on  the  log4>oard  ererj  hour 

IjiiUr$  U  deitoU  ike  $iaU  of  ike  weather. 

Sf    Btoe  fkjr;  whether  clear  or  hazj  atmosphere. 

c   Ooodn;  detached  piMog^  cloods. 

d    Df'tzzUng  rain.  f    Foggj ;    f  Thick  fog. 

(   Oloomj  dark  weather.  h    HaiL 

I    Ligbtninf..,  m  Mistj  hazj  atmosphere. 

o   Otefcmfi;  or  the  whole  fky  eorered  with  thick  cloods. 

p   Pasfing  temporary  showers.      q  Sqoallj. 

r    Rain;  continued  rain.  s  Snow. 

t    Thnnder.  u  Ugly  threatening  appear  icce. 

V    Visible  dear  atmosphere.         w  Wet  dew. 

9   Under  sny  letter  indicates  an  extraordinary  degree. 

By  the  combination  of  these  letters,  all  the  ordinary  phenomena  oi 
the  westher  may  be  expressed  with  facility  and  brevity.  Examples  : 
BcfUf  Bloe  sky,  with  passing  cloods,  and  a  hazy  atmosphere.  Gv, 
Oloomy  dark  westher,  but  distant* objects  remarkably  visible.  Qpdif, 
V0tj  hard  squalls,  with  passing  showers  of  drizzle,  and  accompanied 
by  lightning  with  fwj  hesry  thunder; 


yhUoftilogictil  IJhitrvnlivn!  ill  Chmaii. 


•i 


W     6 


U  Z  ^  S  S  K  KtC  U  SE  ZZ  Z  sd  Z  Z  ZZ  e  ZSSE  E 


SS£^|S8Si8!B 

sggjagigss 

SSKKSSSCSSKgSSSSSSSgSgSS 

SSSCSSSSSS'iSSSK 

:;;:cEKSCSi: 

v:?:KE:S3SSSSSEKSi: 

iSiiliilMisMi 

5  «   SS       Sa 

:iii:sj!;s 

JS=¥i  J!"8-i"l.   JJiJJil 

3»  ^i*™      MZ—  iV^  oo_'oooo  ges  — 


^'U 

«^i==^*SS*5 

S5=SS|8S:S6 

=  1  t 

SSSsSaSsgsSRSKCRgsSgSBS 

H 

.^•cu;.»u)u,u,  u,  uju»  u;u]  >a~a 

BRSSSESSSSSSiSESRESRKRSie 

it 

KEiJSSSSSSSSSSSSgSSSSES 

jSSS      2,.,;,Eg 


370 


Metivrolugual  ObBervaliom  at  i^hasaii 


Ji  i.\. 


Of  the  Barometer,  Thermometer,  Radiation,  ami  Weather, —  Taken  on  the  21sC  of  the  Month. 

• 

u 
n 

M 
D 

u 

CQ 

o 

h 

o 
o 

4 

■21 

•  s 

:S  0 

IS": 

:   't 

•  <   . 

1     -J -T 
>>    m 

m 

.  « 

•    C 

Q 

ii 

o    . 

4 

IB  — 

■      < 
1       u 

it 

'PQ  g 

:  «a 

t  . 

>     i 

a                                  > 

•        •        •        •                                                              •        • 

ZZZZ                         Z2 

r       >  g  ..     «r 

CIO^^             CIOO       « 

•  •••                          •■•                 • 

^^^^     >>>  > 

ZZZZ         ZZZ     z 

•  •••                      •••               • 

ZZZZ         ZZZ     z 

p-*c«3aD^C|^r«V0 

SotSSsnSSScS^SSc) 

CO  rt  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO 

u 

?l  C9  W  W  09  CO  W  W  W  CO  w  w  cn 

9 

§S!iiS!;ss;jgt;9$$$8iS 

oeococoK^cocOfSS^fSJ 

14 

u 
o 

H 

^^'V^'^cococococom 

si§S§S22SS5S§5 

ff<-e>o-4Ot^e«c«coio<0 

>  > 

^           .. ..     if  JS 

j^      .-              u  o  -J-     dOi 

^  iju  Z"iJ  ^5i 

.      o«o«o»      >>«      ^^ 
Z       >>>*^     ^>  X     ZZ 

z    zzz    zzz    zz 

Wly  3  bcv; 

Ely4b€vq; 

Ely  2  bcv; 
.  Ely  1  bcv; 
.  Ely  Ibcv; 

Elylc; 
.  Ely  1  c; 
.  by  E.  1  be; 
.by  E.Obc} 

zzzzzzzzz     1 

S              S 

S            s 

SSSSSS&S3SSSS 

SSS&&SS3&SS 

SSSS«S«S««o 

SSS^S^eStKSES 

&S188SSSS88 

||§|SS^SSS 

•'vffiwv.':      i»r.«-ift      «^         ^         op             S!2*2  1 
2  f>i  X  oi  2  r:  "^  "  *'  "  V  •.':  'X> »-  -X  Oi  o  ;^  2?  ""  ®*  ^» "  »'^  1 

Bonrly    JLerister 

Of  tht  BAitOHrrxR,  dec.,— Toiten  on  the  2lM  ^  At  Moitih. 
JANUARY, 


TiinT 

B. 

"o. 

Th 

EH. 

1  R.« 

Trio-T'. WnTiitii 

..  M. 

Bim.  1  Tht. 

Air.  1  Wet.  1  Blk.  |  Com.  1        Direcimn.  Force,  ic.        ' 

lak. 

3U.U7b 

42       41 

,N.W]y6mqr; 

7.3 

270 

4S 

■IS        43 

N.  Wlj.  e  iBori                           ' 

8J) 

376 

45 

43       41 

JN.WlJ.S^r; 

9.5 

3tG 

44 

42       41 

1 

10.10 

33S 

44 

43       43 

i 

11.0 

333 

45 

43  '    42 

iN.Wly.oiq:                            i 

0.1S 

339 

44 

42       42 

N,  Wy.  5  mq  ; 

1.0 

314 

45 

41        40 

N.Wly.Soa: 

a.o 

3oe 

44 

40  1    40                          ,  N.Wl>.ori                              ! 

30 

sod 

44 

40       33  1                                             ■ 

4.5 

■wo 

43 

37  ;    37                             N.  N.  W.  S  MB  i 

5.5 

308 

42 

37  1    37  1                     !  N.  N.  W.  5  OKI : 

6.0 

380 

40 

37       37 

7.0 

38U 

40 

37 

36 

8.10 

4(W 

39 

37 

36 

9.0 

40O 

37 

36 

N.  N.  W.4o:                          1 

1D.5 

423 

36 

37 

33 

N.  N.W.4oi                          1 

11.10 

4^ 

36 

34J 

32 

\2X> 

m 

36 

31.5 

32.S 

I.IO 

422 

36 

34.5 

32.5 

2.0 

432 

33 

33 

32  1                          N.  N.  W.  Sea:                       '. 

3.5 

428 

35 

33  i  31                              "               ; 

4.1S 

432 

33 

M  i   39,5l                          N.N.W.  4  c:                          1 

5.0 

42-J|     35 

33]    32;                                                                   1 

-Lrria 

rS" 

»ge3r 

i.Sor 

A.  Ro 

eruHl   M   S    mtDhrim.  mti  A.  Koftr  otH. 

Akt.  II.      Coast    of   China,    ^c.:-  sailing  dirtctiom  dtrivtd  from 

naxttical  obsmations  made  by  H.  B.  M.'s  iquadron  m  1840. 
Hci  Shan,  or  Black  Islands.  H.  M.  ship  Wellesley,  being  in  lit. 
S8*  40'  north,  and  Ion.  121'  57'  eui,  hauled  in  to  make  the  Black 
itiandi,  aieerini;  north,  and  having  a  depth  of  IS  faihonu.  A  point 
of  land,  supposed  to  be  one  of  the  Black  islands,  bore  N.  W.  by  W. 
^  W.:  shortly  aflerwards,  islands  were  seen  to  the  noftheast,  and  the 
ship  was  kept  to  the  eastward,  to  psis  without  (hem.  They  were 
found  to  consist  of  a  group  of  4  or  5  small  islands,  with  several  high 
detached  rocks.  The  noriheasternmoal  of  the  group,  apparently  about 
a  mile  dniached  from  the  others,  is  a  small  round  rock,  abaped  like 
a  haycock,  with  a  rock  not  much  above  water  some  distance  to  the 
norihitnst.     Ttii^  group  ii  cillnd  ihe  Ileishin   isl.inds  ))y  Dalrymple, 


•^7''^  Cua$t  o/  China  and  Ctn&a.  Jn.Y. 

but  is  entirely  omitted  both  in  Horaburgh^s  chart  of  the  <^ast  coast  of 
China,  and  in  the  new  Admiralty  chart,  which  give  the  name  of  Hih 
shan  or  Black  islands,  to  another  larger  group,  which  bears  about 
W.  S.  W.,  6  or  7  leagues  from  the  first.  Returning  to  Canton  in 
company  with  the  Melville,  Blenheim  and  Modeste,  we  all  passed 
within  these  groups,  having  a  depth  of  15  and  16  fathoms,  6  or  7 
miles  to  the  westward  of  the  outer  group ;  the  southeastern  islet  of 
which  is  in  lat.  28'  55'  north,  and  long.  122°  17'  9^  £.,  or  8'  east  of 
the  Pagoda  hill  near  the  suburbs  in  Chusan.    WeiUsUy, 

Black  islands.  These  islands  have  a  black  appearance,  correctly 
resembling  the  description  given  in  Horsburgh  of  the  Heishan  is- 
jands.  They,  are  distant  from  the  main  6  or  7  miles.  Good  oliser* 
vations  were  obtained,  which  place  them  in  latitude  28*  25'  north, 
and  longitude  121**  55'  east.  They  are  not  laid  down  in  the  Admi- 
ralty chart. 

Hihskan  islands.  II.  M.  ship  Blonde  anchored  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  Hihshan  islands,  in  7  fathoms  water  near  the  northwest 
part  of  the  group.  These  islands  are  laid  down  as  four  in  number  in 
the  Admiralty  chart,  but  there  are  at  least  twelve:  the  latitude 
was  ascertained  to  be  28**  52'  N.,  and  long.  122''  5'  C.     Blonde. 

On  the  9th  July,  at  noon,  Patahecock,  one  of  the  Kewshan  islands, 
bore  by  observation  N.  VZ*  W.,  distant  65  miles ;  soon  afterwards, 
steering  N.  by  W.,  land  was  reported  ahead,  distant  eight  leagues. 
These  proved  to  be  the  Heishan  or  Black  islands,  whose  position  in 
all  the  charts,  except  Dalrymple's,  is  incorrectly  laid  down.  Our 
reckoning  from  noon  places  them  in  lat  28""  50^  N.,  and  long.  122"* 
18'  E.     Fylades. 

From  Chusan  to  Shantung  promontory.  On  the  31st  of  July 
H.  M.  ship  Wellesley  left  the  Kewshan  group  for  the  gulf  of  CheihJe. 

Thingcha  shan.  On  the  following  morning,  several  small  islets  of 
the  Chusan  group  were  seen,  the  northeastern  of  which  were  two 
small  rooky  islets,  which  were  supposed  to  be  Tungcha  shan.  These 
islets,  by  their  bearing  would  be  in  lat.  30**  15'  N.,  and  long.  123"* 
E.,  or  52^'  to  the  eastward  of  the  Pagoda  Hill,  Chusan.  The  ship 
passed  6  miles  to  the  eastward,  and  had  no  bottom  with  25  fathoms. 
The  whole  space  between  these  islets  and  Ghusai^  appears  to  be  filled 
up  with  islands.  On  the  ship's  return  in  September,  we  obeerved  a 
great  many  that  were  not  laid  down  in  the  charts.     W. 

On  the  31st  of  July,  H.  M.  ship  Pylades  sailed  from  the  Kewshao 
islands  in  company  with  the  squadron.  On  the  following  day  passed 
the  islands  of  Tsinshan  and  Teching.     The  latter  is  laid  down  cor? 


1841.  Coast  uj   China  ami  dorea.  Xi'^ 

rectly  in  the  Admiralty  chart.  The  t'orincr  is  in  lai.  '^iV  29^  N,  and 
long.  123*'  6^  E.  Off  the  southwest  end  of  Techiug,  we  observed  a 
heavy  break  extending  more  than  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore. 

Shantung  Promontory.  From  our  leaving  the  Kewshan  islands, 
until  the  4th  of  August,  being  then  iq  lat.  Sq"*  12^  N.,  and  long.  123'* 
35'  £.,  the  wind  was  from  the  southeast  with  misty  weather.  It 
then  drew  round  to  the  S.  S.  W.,  still  continuing  hazy.  On  the 
rooraing  of  the  5th  of  August,  we  observed  the  promontory  of  Shan- 
tung. This  is  a  high  bold  point,  with  a  rugged  termination  towards 
the  sea,  and  it  has  a  small  pagoda  near  its  end. 

Aleeate  island  is  small  but  high,  and  appears  surrounded  by  reefs. 
A  rock,  high  above  water  oiT  its  northeast  point,  bore  S.  S.  £.  when 
on  with  the  north  point  of  Shantung.  There  is  a  small  island  about 
5  miles  to  the  westward  of  Alceste  island.  The  promontory  north- 
west  of  Shantung  is  high  and  rugged,  having  a  small  barren  island 
near  it ;  opposite  to  the  island  is  a  bay  with  a  sandy  beach  upon 
which  several  boats  were  hauled  up. 

Kungtung  ^  ^  (Kungkung  tao)  and  ^  ^  Chefow,  The 
north  rock  of  the  Kungtung  group  is  high  and  square.  Chefow  cape 
is  high,  and  at  a  distance  from  the  eastward,  appears  like  an  island  : 
to  the  southwestward  is  a  remarkable  hill  with  a  top  resembling  a 
chimney. 

ChuhshoH  fft  iIj.  At  6  p.  m.,  with  the  northern  rock  of  Kungtung 

bear'mg  S.  by  W.  \  W.,  and  Chefow  S.  W.  \  W.,  Great  Chuhshan  was 
plainly  visible  from  the  poop,  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.,  about  11  leagues  dis- 
tant. The  ship  anchored  for  the  night  in  11}  fathoms,  with  the  Great 
Chuhshan  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.,  cape  Chefow  S.  S.  W.  \  W.,  north  rock 
of  Kungtung  S.  by  £.  easterly.  Very  little  tide  or  current  was  found 
at  this  anchorage.  Weighed  the  next  morning*  at  daybreak,  and 
carried  regular  soundings  of  12  to  10}  fathoms  towards  the  Great 
Chnhsan,  which  is  higher  than  the  islands  in  its  vicinity,  and  although 
of  a  very  barren  appearance  has  a  small  village  on  its  southeastern 
side,  and  cattle  were  observed  on  the  sides  of  the  hills.  Little  Chuh- 
shan bears  N.  85"*  40'  E.,  from  Great  Chuhshan,  distant  about  3 


Shamo  ^  K.  A  small  island,  named  Shamo,  lies  N.  57*"  W.  from 
Great  Chuhshan,  and  N.  15""  W.,  about  3  miles  from  Little  Chuhshan. 

ToH  Vb  jjl^  lies  about  7  miles  to  the  northwestward  of  Shamo; 
the  Weilesley  subsequently  visited  the  island  twice:  it  is  mode- 
rately high  and  has  a  high  peak  near  the  centre,  and  is  nearly  the 


:i74  l^oast  of  China  and  (Wen.  Jri.v. 

form  of  a  right  angled  triangle,  the  shortest  sides  heing  those  upon 
the  south  and  west.  There  are  four  villages  upon  the  southern  side, 
and  one  or  two  on  the  side  facing  the  northeast.  This  island  is  well 
cultivated.  Fresh  provisions,  vegetables,  and  water  may  be  procured. 
On  the  ship's  first  visil,  34  bullocks  were  procured,  which,  though 
small,  were  in  good  condition  ;  a  quantity  of  poultry,  eggs,  and  vege* 
tables,  and  from  the  wells  at  the  villages  upon  the  ."louth  side  of  the 
island,  30  tons  of  water,  were  obtained  in  a  day.  On  the  second 
visit  15  bullocks  were  procured.  The  Wellesley  was  anchored  in 
10  fathoms  muddy  bottom,  with  Mnchangshi,  asmall  but  high  islet  off 
the  southwest  end  of  Toki,  bearing  N.  IS"*  E.,  and  Toki  from  N. 
64'  VV.,  to  N.  56"*  E.  A  rock  high  above  water  off  the  southeastern 
end  of  Toki  bore  N.  78""  E. ;  Great  Chuhshan  S.  45"*^  E.  The  ship 
was  910  yards  S.  11**  20"  W.  from  the  southeastern  point  of  a  little 
bay,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  small  village.  This  point  is  in  lat. 
38**  9'  20''  N.,  and  long.  I^O**  52'  17"  W.  E.,  or  V  16'  30"  ivcst 
of  the  Pagoda  hill  on  Chusan.     Variation  V  20'  W. 

The  whole  of  this  part  appears  perfectly  clear  with  regular  sound- 
ings; the  little  rock  at  the  southeastern  end  of  Toki,  and  the  small 
island  of  Machang  shi  at  the  southwestern  end  may  be  passed  within 
a  cable's  length.  The  whole  of  the  channels  between  these  islands 
are  said  to  be  clear,  with  the  exception  of  the  channel  between  Toki, 
and  the  islands  north  of  it,  nearly  in  the  centre  of  which  there  is 
said  to  be  a  small  sunken  rock,  with  about  5  feet  water  on  it,  and 
deep  water  all  round.  The  information  respecting  this  rock  was 
derived  from  the  people  at  Toki. 

Quoin  or  Kiaoushan,  The  Wellesley  passed  twice  between  Toki 
and  the  Quoin,  and  twice  between  the  Quoin  and  the  island  south 
of  it,  called,  in  the  charts,  Se  Keusan,  carrying  in  each  case  regular 
soundings  10^  to  14  fathoms.  There  is  also  a  very  good  passage,  with 
the  same  depth  between  the  Hihshan  or  Miaotao  islands  and  Keu- 
san. In  a  strong  wind  from  the  north  we  anchored  under  the  Quoin 
in  12  fathoms,  with  that  island  bearing  from  N.  to  N.  26**  C.,  about 
one  mile  distant;  Chuhshan  bearing  S.  68*"  B.,  and  Toki  from  N. 
47**  E.  to  N.  72**  E.  In  the  Admiralty  charts,  a  rock  is  laid  down  to 
the  southward  of  the  Quoin,  but  we  found  it  perfectly  clear  in  that 
direction. 

Houki,  1^  ^«  The  island  to  the  southward  of  it,  called  Hou* 
ki  (on  the  charts  written  Keusan),  has  a  reef  running  some  little 
distance  from  i^  northern  end,  and  another  off  its  e?^s|ern  end. 


Itf4l.  Ctm;ii  nf  China  mid  CuffM.  3M 

From  tlie  Quoin,  it.  M.  ship  Wellcsley  sailed  from  Toki  on  ihe 
18ih  of  September  at  6  a.  m.,  with  the  tide  running  to  the  westward, 
carrying  a  depth  of  to  and  10^  fathoms  water  from  the  anchorage, 
until  passing  the  southeast  end  of  ilouke,  where  it  deepened  to  13 
and  14  fathoms,  then  shoaled  again  to  10  and  9  fathoms. 

Heskan,  or  Miaotao  group.  When  passing  the  west  point  of 
the  Heshan  islands,  to  which  we  gave  a  berth  of  3  miles  to  avoid  a 
reef  that  extends  from  the  west  point  in  a  southwest  direction  t^  to 
2  miles,  and  which  broke  when  we  passed  it,  after  having  rounded  the 
southwestern  point  of  the  Heshan  island,  we  hauled  up  gradually  to 
the  eastward,  carrying  a  depth  of  7  fathoms.  The  first  anchorage 
was  in  6}  fathoms,  good  holding  ground,  with  the  western  Hetshan 
island  bearing  from  north  38°  west  to  north  15°  west ;  and  Long  is- 
land or  Chang  shan,  the  easternmost  of  the  group,  from  N.  53°  40' 
E.  to  S.  78°  E. 

The  next  day,  we  weighed,  and  ran  further  to  the  E.  N.  E.,  and 
anchored  in  6  fathoms  mud,  with  a  rocky  islet  off  the  west,  Heshan, 
bearing  north  62°  40'  west,  the  southwestern  point  of  Long  Island 
or  Changshan  being  N.  3°  E,  distant  ^  of  a  mile.  Bluff  point 
with  a  fort  on  it  at  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  T&ngchow  foo,  S. 
15°  20'  E.,  and  the  pagoda  on  the  hill  over  T&ngchow  ibo,  S.  6°  20' 
E.    Variation,  1°  32'  W. 

There  is  an  extensive  and  good  anchorage  under  these  islands. 
The  holding  ground  is  good  and  soundings  regular  from  6  to  7  fa- 
thoms water,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds,  except  the  westward,  and 
even  with  a  strong  wind  from  this  quarter  the  land  is  sufficiently  near 
to  prevent  any  sea  from  rising ;  and  should  it  blow  so  hard  from  the 
westward  as  to  prevent  a  vessel  riding  in  safety,  she  might  weigh  or 
slip  and  run  out  through  the  eastern  passage.  We  could  discover  no 
danger  to  the  southward  of  these  islands,  except  the  shoal  running  off 
the  southwestern  point  of  the  Heshan  islands,  and  a  spit  extending 
1}  mile  or  more  from  the  southwest  end  of  Changshan.  This  spit 
has  irregular  soundings,  4^  and  2  fa^ms,  and  the  latter  depth  neas 
to  its  southern  extreme.  A  smaUlDi^nd  hill,  with  a  heap  of  stones 
on  it,  forming  the  extreme  of  the  land  to  the  northeastward  of  a  vil- 
lage on  the  central  island,  kept  open  of  the  southwest  point  of  Long 
island  N.  30°  W.,  will  lead  without  the  shoal  in  5  fathoms.  The 
southwest  point  of  Long. island  is  a  low  bluff,  and  of  a  reddish  color. 
The  hill  which  forms  the  mark  is  low;  and  to  the  northeast  of  the 
village  is  another  hill  higher  than  this,  having  also  a  heap  of  stones 
un  its  summit. 


t^TC  Coast  of  China  and  Cdtea.  JuL\, 

Another  mid-channel  mark  is  to  bring  two  distant  points  on  the 
hiain  land  in  oiiie  line  with  each  other,  bearing  S.  TS**  E.  When  the 
Whole  of  Toki  comes  open  of  Dong  island,  N.  4**  W.,  you  will  be  to 
the  eastward  of  the  shoal >  and  may  haul  out  to  the  northward. 

As  a  stranger  may  have  some  difficulty  in  distinguishing  the  lead- 
ing marks,  he  had  better  keep  nearly  as  possible  in  mid«channel  be- 
tween TUngchob  fob'  and  Long  island,  not  coming  too  near  the  main  to 
avoid  a  reef  of  rocks  which  extends  2  or  3  miles  to  the  northward 
from  the  east  part  of  T&ngchow  fbo  with  deep  water  near  it. 

The  south  side  of  Long  island,  to  the  westward  of  the  spit,  is 
clear,  with  6  and  7  fathoms  within  ^  a  mile  of  the  beach.  There  is 
ahw  the  same  depth  near  the  south  side  of  Middle  island ;  between 
(bese  two  islands  a  deep  bay  is  formed,  with  a  depth  of  3  fathoms, 
irhere  snfali  vessels  might  be  well  sheltered.  The  southwest  point 
6f  Long  island  is  in  lat.  37'  54'  N.,  and  130*  48'  30^^  C,  or  1*  20' 
15''  W.  of  Pagoda  hill  in  Chusan. 

Tne  Miaotao  group  is  composed  of  4  principal  islands,  and  some 
rocks  or  islets.  To  the  west  are  the  greater  and  lesser  Heshan  (or 
Black  islands),  the  small  middle  islands  is  Mioatao  (or  Temple  is- 
land), and  Changshan  (or  Long  island)  considerably  the  largest,  is 
the  easternmost.  The  harbor  for  Chinese,  junks  (which  is  the  por^ 
of  T^ngchow  foo),  is  the  bay  formed  between  Miaotao  and  Chang- 

sban. 

/Vom  To/d  towards  the  mouth  of  the  Pei  ho.  Prom  the  Quoin',  the 
Wellesley  steered  a  W.  N.  W.  course  towards  the  Pei  ho,  carrying 
t^gvAhf  soundings  12  and  14  fathomis  water  until  in  latitude  38"*  41' 
N.,  and  feiigitude  IIS**  15'  E.,  when  it  shoaled  to  9^  fathoms,  and 
then  decreased  gradually  to  6,  in  which  depth  the  ship  was  anchored 
hi  lat.  38*'  55^'  N.,  and  long.  US'*  4'  E.  From  this  anchorage  the 
fand  (which  is  very  low  near  the  entrance  of  the  Pei  ho),  could 
Scarcely  be  distinguished  in  clear  weather.  By  the  Chinese,  Pei  ho  is 
tailed^   ^^>   i.  e.  " White  river." 

At  another  anchorage  in  6  fathoms,  in  lat.  38*"  58'  N.,  and  long. 
118*  7'  E.,  a  fort  at  the  entrance  of  the  Pei  ho,  seen  from  the  mast 
bead,  bore  N.  87*  W.  by  compass. 

About  7  miles  to  the  eastward  of  this  anchorage  is  the  southwest 
point  of  an  extensive  shoal,  composed  of  coarse  sand  and  rocks, 
to  avoid  which,  when  running  in  for  the  anchorage  off  the  Pei  ho, 
ships  shouid  keep  2  or  3  miles  to  the  southward  of  38*"  50'  N.  until 
the  water  shoals  to  8  or  7  fathoms,  when  they  may  keep  to  the  north- 
ward, anchoring  so  as  to  be  sheltered  from  the  sea  which  sets  in  dur- 
Vng  strong  northeasterly  winds. 


184  L  Coast  of  China  and  Corea.  3Tt 

The  Skatuyieen  islands  are  low  and  apparently  barren.  The  Chi- 
nese name,  which  signifies  *  field  of  sand/  ^ery  well  describes  them. 
The  southernmost  of  these  islands  has  a  small  temple  upon  it,  which, 
standing  alone  and  upon  an  elevated  spot,  is  conspicuous.  We  pass- 
ed on  two  occasions  about  8  or  9  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  is- 
land, carrying  .12^  to  14  fathoms,  but  the  Volage  had  20  fathoms  within 
a  mile  of  the  island.  The  temple  is  iri  latitude  38**  55'  N.,  and  long. 
118**  97^  G.,  by  good  observations  taken  both  times  iii  passing.    W. 

From  the  Quoin,  the  anchorage  off  the  Pei  ho  is  W.  N.  W.,  and  the 
distance  46  leagues,  with  regular  soundings  of  12  arid  14  fathoms. 
After  a  strong  southeast  wind,  we  were  set  considerably  to  the  north- 
ward; therefore,  in  running  to  .the  westward,  care  must  be  taken  to 
avoid  the  dangerous  shoal  off  the  Shaluyteen  islands.  The  latitude  of 
the- southern  island  is  38"*  53'  N.,  and  longitude  118"!  45'  E.;  from 
this,  the  shoal  extends  about  W.  N.  W.  The  northwest  end  bore 
from  the  anchorage  off  the  Pei  ho,  which  was  in  latitude  39*  58'  N., 
and  longitude  1  IS""  8'  G.,  N.  87**  E.,  9  miles.  The  southern  part  of 
the  west  end  is  very  steep ;  in  three  casts  we  shoaled  the  water  from 
where  we  lay  at  anchor  with  the  shoal  bearing  N.  ^  W.,  in  10  fa- 
thoms, to  8,'6,  and  3.  This  part  is  composed  of  rocks  and!  shingle, 
leaving  a  channel  for  junks  between  it,  and  a  line  of  sand  extending 
to  the  eastward.  The  depths  of  water  over  the  bank  are  1,  ^,  and 
1}  fathoms;  some  places  are  dry  at  low  water,  with  numerous  fishing 
stakes,  and  affording  shelter  for  junks.  From  the  west  end,  the  shoal 
treads  to  the  northward  and  N.  N.  G.,  about  4  miles,  and  then  east- 
ward, making  it  channehfor  trading  junks  between  it  and  the  shoal 
that  extends  from  the  main. 

Go6d  anchorage  and  smooth  water  were  found  in  lat.  39^  1',  and 
99"*  2jfi  in  6  fathoms,  particularly  during  northeasterly  gales,  at 
wht6h  time  vessels  off  the  Pei  ho  ride  heavily.  .  i  : 

In  mnning  for  the  anchorage,  haying  sighted  the  southern  Shaluy- 
tecD,  which  is  low  and  has  deep  water  on  the  south'side  ( 17  fathoms 
1^  mile  distant),  steer  due  west,  and  do  not  come  to  the  northward 
of  38*  54'.  You  will  soon  shoal  your  water  to  9,  then  10,  and  12 
fathoms.  The  latter  depth  you  will  carry  untif  the  west  end  of  the 
shoal  is  north  of  you.  The  soundings  then  will  decrease,  gradually 
towards  the  Pei  ho,  to  8  and  7  fathoms,  when  you  may  either  haul  up 
for  the  anchorage  off  the  latter  ptaee,  or  more  to  the  northward  under 
the  ieejof  the  west  side  of  the  shoal. 

High  water  at  lOA.  45iii.;  rise  and  fait  10  feet;  at  the  anchorage  off 
ihe  Pei  ho  the  flood  tide  sets  to  the  northwest,  and  ebb  to  the  south^ 

VOL.    X.    NO.    VII,  48 


«>78  Coast  af  China  and  Cona.  July, 

east.  Along  tltc  south  side  of  the  shoal,  the  flood  follows  the  direo 
lion  of  it  VV.  N.  W.,  at  the  rate  of  4^  knots  per  hour  at  spring  tides; 
and  the  ebb  to  the  southeast  at  the  rate  of  3  knots ;  on  the  west  side 
it  sets  to  the  northward,  but  not  with  so  much  velocity.     P. 

H.  M.  ship  Blonde  anchored  off  the  mouth  of  the  Pei  ho  in  latitade 
38°  56'  N.,  and  longitude  US'*  9'  E.,  in  7  fathoms  water.  The  rise 
and  fall  of  the  tide  was  7  feet. 

On  the  16th  of  August,  the  Blonde  weighed  for  the  watering 
place  at  Tungtszc  kow,  in  Chinese  Tartary.  The  delineation  of  the 
coast-line  in  this  neighborhood  in  the  Admiralty  charts  appeared 
correct. 

Bay  of  Tungtsze  kow.  On  the  18th  of  Aug.,  we  were  in  iat.  39^ 
45'  N.,  and  long.  120**  3'  E.,  in  8  fathoms  water,  when  the  towers 
on  the  Great  Wall  were  distinctly  seen,  bearing  from  N.  by  W.  to 
north,  distant  5  leagues.  Thence  the  ship  steered  to  the  eastward, 
having  regujar  soundings  in  1 1  to  16  fathoms,  when,  in  iat.  39*  12' 
N.  and  long.  120**  24'  E.,  the  water  suddenly  shoaled  to  10  fathoms ; 
for  a  short  period  after  which  we  had  16  fathoms,  until  approaching 
the  anchorage  which  is  in  8^  fathoms;  the  north  point  bearing 
N.  N.  W.  i  W.;  village  E.  j.  N  ;  remarkable  hill  £.  ^  S.;  watering 
place  E.  by  N.  i  N.;  south  point  S.  ^  W.  The  latitade  was  39*  30' 
N.,  and  longitude  by  chronometer  121*  20'  E.,  and  by  lunar  obeer* 
vations  121°  16'.  Variation  2*  50'  W.  High  water  at  2A.  30m. 
Direction  of  tide  W.  N.  W.;  rise  and  fall  9  feet. 

On  a  nearer  approach  to  this*  bay,  the  north  point  appears  abrupt, 
and  is  of  a?  reddish  color,  sloping  towards  the  north,  and  perpendicu* 
lar  towards  the  sea ;  it  cannot  well  be  mistaken  for  any  other  part 
of  the  coast.  The  bay  is  extensive,  being  7  or  8*  miles  wide,  and 
affords  ample  room  for  any  number  of  ships ;  but  within  2  or  3  milea, 
within  the  point  where  the  watering  bay  is,  there  is  only  ^  fathoms 
at  low  water,  and  it  is  prudent  not  to  approach  nearer.  This  is  on 
the^outh  side  of  the  bay  (-^  J^)  Changhing  opposite  to  (|^  4{4) 
Fohchow  on  the  main. 

Coast  of  Corea  and  Leaoutung,  On  the  17th  of  September,  at 
10  o'clock  A.  M.,  the  south  headof  Leaoutung  bearing  N.  W.  by  W. 
4  miles,  discolored  water  was  seen,  but  it  was  occasioned  either  by 
meeting  of  the  tides  or  muddy  bottom,  as  not  less  than  31  fathoms 
were  found.  At  noon,  th^  latitude,  was  38*  58'  N.,  and  longitude 
121*  18'  EN  Blonde. 

The  south  head  of  Leaoutung  is  in  latitude  38*  40'  N.,  and  longt- 
tude  121*  12'  E.     The  head  is  a'  bold  high  promontory.     With  it 


Id4l.  f^aast  of  China  and  Corea.  3T9 

beiring  E.  N.  EL  15  miles,  we  anehoicd  in  15  Talhoms  mud  ;  and  Uie 
ebb  tida  Ktling  Btrong  lo  ihe  aoutheast.  Steering  Ttom  ibence  to  the 
He&d,  the  water  deepened  ta  20,  25,  and  30  fathoms.  The  coast-iine 
from  the  Head  trends  to  the  northeast,  and  \a  high  and  bold,  with 
deep  sind  bays,  affording  sheiier  to  junks  from  the  prevaiiing  winds 
rroffl  the  nortbwird-.  We  anchored  in  a  b;iy  with  the  Head  bearing 
N.  70"  W.,  Itf  miles.  The  latitude  of  the  anchorage  was  38°  48°  N.. 
and  longitude  121*  34'  C  It  is  well  sheltered  from  northeast  lo 
euterly  winds,  but  expcsed  to  southward  and  southwest.  Prom  the 
anchorage,  the  west  point  of  s  rocky  island,  which  forms  the  bay, 
bore  S.  71'  £.;  centre  of  a  town  N.  66'  E.;  offshore,  one  mile.'in  16 
f^tbomi.  The  depth  of  water  is  irregular,  but  the  holding  ground  is 
good.  Wood  appeared  to  be  scarce,  snd  cattle  were  seen  in  consi* 
derable  numbers.     P. 

Seamt  Ping  taou  to  Victoria  bag.  The  first  anchorage  on  this  coast 
was  in  SO  fsihoms,  in  a  small  bight  called  in  the  chart  Seaou  Ping, 
taou,  exposed  to  the  southwest  (winds.  The  soundings  from  noon  to 
tbfl  anchorage,  were  38,  33,  3S,  27, 35,  and  20  fathoms,  with  hard 
ground  at  the  distance  of  17  miles  from  the  cape,  bearing  S.  66°  W.; 
a  high  steep  rocky  cliff,  N.  63°  E.;  centre  of  a  town  N.  42°  E.  Lati- 
tude  38*  46'  N.,  longitude  121 '  37'  E.  Three  islands  lie  off  the  end 
of  this  bay.    Two  of  them  are  connected  by  a  spit  of  sand. 

On  (he  18th,  th«  Blonde  weighed,  ran  down  between  the  Cap 
island  and  Quoin  rock  lo  the  anchorage  in  Victoria  bay,  the  sound- 
ings  being  SO,  17  and  20  fathoms,  and  anchored  in  the  latter  depth, 
with  tbe  following  bearings:  Cap  island,  S.  W.  by  W.  }  W.;  white 
rugged  point,  W.  by  S.  %  S.;  Sanpan  shan  tow  east.  Latitude  of 
anchorage  38*  5S'  N.,  longitude  131*  53'  E.  The  outer  part  of  (his 
bay  affords  shelter  to  winds  from  westward  and  northerly  to  east. 
During  onr  Slay  here  we  obtained  some  catile  from  the  large  island 
of  fianshan  taou.     B. 

Easterly  from  the  bay  in  which  H.  M.  ship  Pyladea  aoohored  upon 
the  I7(h  of  September,  and  distant  about  5  miles,  is  a  small  island, 
which  on  ibis  bearing  appears  round  and  mach  like  the  Cap  in  the 
straits  of  Sanda,  but  on  the  opposite  direction,  it  appears  like  a 
qnoin ;  a  rock  lies  off  it  to  the.^uthward.  We  passed  between  it 
and  the  coast,  running  along  the  land  to  the  eastward,  having  no  bot- 
tom^with  25  fathoms.  Running  from  the  Cap  id  the  E.  N.  E.,  at 
tbe  disUnce  of  6  miles,  we  passed  close  to  two  other  islands,-  one  ap- 
pearing like  a  ship  under  sail.  These  islands  appeared  steep  to ;  no 
bottom  with  35  fathoms  was  obtained  A  a  mite  from  ihe  shore,  S.  W 


38U  Coast  of  China  and  Cortt$.  Jri.v, 

bjr  W.,  5  or  G  leagues  from  the  Cap.  We  anchored  in  a  small  bay 
to  examine  the  coasL  This  anchorage  is  protected  from  N.  W.  to 
S.  W.  winds,  but  otherwise  exposed.  The  bay  is  formed  by  an 
island  upon  the  south  stde»  and  high  bold  land  to  the  north.  Here 
fresh  water  may  be  had.     The  inhabitants  were  civil. 

Victoria  gulf.  From  this  place,  the  coast  trended  away  to  the 
northward  and  westward,  into  a  deep  bay  or  gulf,  with  good  shelter 
and  excellent  anchorages.  The  distance  across,  at  the  entrance,  is 
about  13  miles,  with  two  islands  nearly  in  the  centre.  They  are  high, 
and  appear  as  three,  one  having  a  ueck  of  sand  which  is  covered  at 
high  water.  The  gulf  may  be  easily  known  by  these  islands  and  s 
very  high  black  looking  hill  ou  the  main.  The  depth  of  water  at 
the  entrance  is  21  and  20  fathoms.  On  running  in,  the  water  soon 
shoaled  to  10,  9,  8,  and  7  fathoms.  We  ran  in  direct  for  the  hill, 
and  carried  the  latter  depth  to  the  entrance  of  a  fine  haven,  where 
we  anchored  0.8  of  a  mile  offshore. 

Plenty  of  cattle  were  seen  on  the  hills,  but  the  natives  appeared 
hostile,  coming  down  in  hundreds  armed  with  matchlocks  and  spears. 
The  entrance  is  in  latitude  38"  56'  N.,  and  longitude  12^  50'  E. 
The  northwestern  side,  or  head  of  the  gulf,  was  examined,  and  good 
anchorages  found  (protected  from  all  winds),  in  5  and  5^  fathoms, 
stiff  mud. 

E.  N.  E.  from  the  islands,  at  the  entrance-of  the  gulf,  and  about 
5  leagues  distant,  is  a  dangerous  reef,  which  lies  some  distance  off 
the  coast.  It  appeared  about  1  mile  in  extent,  and  level  with  the 
water's  edge;  we  passed  two  miles  to  the  southward,  having  35  fa- 
thoms. From  this  we  steered  £.  by  S.  for  the  south  extreme  of  a  num» 
ber  of  islands,  and  found  good  shelter  on  the  east  side  of  an  island, 
in  latitude  39''  2'  N.,  and  longitude  122''  49'  E.  This  anchorage 
is  in  17  fathoms,  and  well  protected  from  all  but  northerly  winds. 
There  are  two  islands  4  miles  to  the  eastward  of  this,  lying  N, 
and  S.,  which  form  a  channel  with  deep  water.  Stock  of  every  de- 
scription and  vegetables  were  abundant ;  but  water  was  scarce. 
The  high  water,  on  full  and  change  days,  is  at  6A.,  and  the  rise  and 
fall  6  feet     Vsiriation  of  the  compass  V  30'  W. 

There  is  a  remarkable  rock,  bearing  S.  S.  W.  from  the.  south 
point  of  the  island,  distant  6  miles,  appearing  like  a  jij^nk  undec 
sail.  It  is  high,  and  may  be  seen  4  or  5  leagues.  We  passed  inside 
of  it,  and  had  no  bottom  with  30  fathoms.     P. 

Coast  of  Carta.  H.  H.  ship  Blonde  weighed  from  Victoria  gulf, 
on  the  21st  of  September,  and  ran  between  the  north  island  and  tha 


Ici'li.  «>«"'  "/  t«'a«  «Hrf  Cm-itt.  A-H 

main,  in  Id  to  20  faiiiom?.  There  t!'  a  dBii^erous  reef  or  rocks  s>ome 
distance  from  the  land.  Ai  8  v.  m..  iha  Iniitude  being  :1S°  .^iti'  N.. 
'  and  longitude  122*  15'  E.,  it  bore  north,  being  )^  oi  '2  miles  distant. 
Squally  weather  witli  rain  preveciied  anv  observations  at  noon,  and 
deprived  us  of  a  further  view  of  the  land  tvhich  appeared  to  irenil 
northerly.  The  depth  of  water  v.iried  from  18  to -20  fathoms.  We 
then  altered  our  course  for  the  north  extreme  of  an  island,  passiug 
between  it  and  aonie  remarkable  rocks  resembling  junks  under  sail, 
and  anchored  to  the  eastward  of  the  largest  and  weaierniaoxt  ef  a 
group  of  5  islands  in  -^U-V  fathom?,  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and 
well  sheltered  from  westerly  winds.  The  bearings  were,  the  east 
pusage  E-  N.  E.  toN,  N.  E,;  villages  W.  by  S.;  rocks  lo  the  north, 
N.  W.  by  N. 

The  Blonde  weighed  from  this  anchorage  at  0  o'clock  a.  h.  on  the 
20lh,  taking  the  noriheromosi  passage,  and  at  noon  was  off  south 
part  of  an  extensive  group  of  islands,  being  in  latitute  30*  8'  N.,  und 
longitude  122*  57'  E.;  the  soundings  being  2U,  23,  sad  24  failioms. 
We  then  hauled  to  the  northward,  for  a  deep  bay  in  which  were 
numerous  islands,  on  the  eastern  side  of  which  our  soundings  gradtt- 
ally  decreased  to  18,  12,  10,  and  9  fathoms.  We  then  hauled  out, 
giving  the  island,  which  has  numerous  remarkable  rocks  off  its  south- 
ern end.  a  good  berth,  carrying  13  and  17  fathoms,  and  anchored  on 
llie  eastern  side.  The  latitude  by  account  being  OO"  20' N,  and 
longiltide  12^°  12'  E.,  about  '2  miles  olf  shore  in  12  fathoms  mud. 
This  island  affords  good  shelter  from  northwest  winds.     B. 

The  Pylades  weighed  from  her  anchorage  in  iat.  39°  3'  N,,  and 
long.  122°  49'  E  ,  at  8  o'clock  a.  m.,  steering  N.  N  E  ,  and  at  noon 
was  in  lal.  39°  10'  N.,  and  long,  122°  .54'  E,,  in  22  (alhoms,  the  east- 
ern point  of  a  group  of  islands  bearing  N.  1  W,,  3  or  4  miles.  Steer- 
ing from  this  to  the  northward,  we  entered  an  inlet  formed  by  (he 
above  group  and  others  to  the  eastward.  The  high  land  of  Corea 
WBS  distant  about  12  miles.  Shoaling  our  water  from  15  to  9  fathoms, 
we  hauled  to  the  eastward  and  anchored  under  the  last  mentioned 
islands. 

The  southernmost  islands  of  the  group  are  barren,  with  aharp 
pointed  rocka  appearing  much  like  the  Needles.  We  saw  something 
resembling  a  fen,  or  walled  town,  on  the  main,  at  the  distance  of  5 
leagues-  The  line  of  coast  appeared  to  trend  to  the  northeast.  The 
Rood  tide  set  to  the  northward,  at  the  rate  of  ^^  knots,  and  the  eb^ 
to  the  eastward  :  high  water  ai  8li.  30ni. 


382  Coast  of  China  and  Corea.  July, 

The  next  day  at  noon,  being  in  latitude  39""  2^  N.,  and  longitude 
124°  BO""  E.,  lost  sight  of  the  main  land,  a  group  of  low  islands  being 
in  sight,  bearing  N.  by  W.  disunt  10  miles;  and  the  east  extreme  of 
a  number  of  high  islands  S.  E.  by  E.,  16  to  18  miles.  This  position 
on>the^dmiralty  chart  places  us  17  miles  within  the  coasi-line. 

Dangerous  reef.  From  noon,  steering  S.  by  E.,  running  at  the  rate 
of  7  knots,  at  OA.  50m.,  we  suddenly  shoaled  from  15  to  7  fathoms, 
rocky  bottom;  hauled  off  W.  S.  W.,  and  soon  deepened  the 'water 
again  to  20  and  22  fathoms.  Altered  our  course  again  to  S.  by  E., 
and  afler  running  a  short  time  shoaled  again  suddenly,  passing 
from  17  into  10,  7,  6,  and  4  fathom:^.  From  the  appearance  of  the 
broken  water  and  birds,  there  appeared  to  be  much  less  water  on  the 
shoal.  The  latitude  of  the  4  fathom  cast  was  38"*  56'  N.,  and  lon- 
gitude 124'  37'  E.     P. 

JHdes  in  the  gulf  of  Cheihle.  At  the  anchorage  off  the  Pei  ho, 
about  16  miles  from  the  land,  it  was  high  water  on  fall  and  change 
days  at  4  o'clock  p.  m.  Flood  tide  set  to  the  northwestward,  and  ebb 
to  the  southeast.  Its  velocity  was  1}  knot  per  hour,  during  spring 
tides ;  rise  and  fall  about  7  feet.  At  Toki  and  the  Heshan  group, 
the  tides  are  very  irregular.  While  at  anchor  off  Toki,  the  stream 
ran  22  hours  to  the  westward,  while  the  water  rose  and  fell  by  the 
shore.    High  water  on  full  and  change  days  about  8A.  30m. 

During  the  Wellesley's  stay  in  the  gulf  of  Cheihle,  from  the  5th  of 
Aug.  until  the  2 1st  of  September,  the  weather  generally  speaking  was 
fine,  w>th  the  wind  from  every  quarter,  but  rarely  blowing  stronger 
than  4,  or  a  moderate  breeze.  On  her  passage  from  the  gulf  to  Chu« 
san,  between  the  2l8t  and  26th  of  September,  light  and  moderate 
breiBzes  were  experienced,  and  from  every  point  of  the  compass. 
When  in  latitude  34"*  3'.  N.,  and  longitude  124"*  8'  E.,  an  island, 
apparently  high,  was  in  sight  from  the  deck,  bearing  E.  ^  N.  If  this 
(as  was  supposed  at  the  time)  was  Alceste  island,  it  would  appear  to 
be  laid  down  too  far  to  the  eastward  in  the  chart. 

Chusan  to  Canton  in  November,  Returning  to  Canton  river,  from 
Chnsan  in  the  middle  of  November,  the  winds  varied  from  N.  W.  to 
E.  N.  E.,  generally  fresh  breezes  with  overcast  thick  weather.  The 
current  was  not  so  strong  as  we  expected  ;  between  Patahecock  and 
Chapel  island  it  set  the  ship  S.  40"*  E.,  17  miles  in  48  hourtf;  and 
from  thence  to  the  Lema  channel  S.  41*  W.,  15  miles  in  48  hours. 


Survttyi  in  th  Yangtizt  KnaAg. 


Art.  III.      Yanglsze  Kcatig:  saiUng  direciions  for  it  dericed  front 

nautical  suroeffs  made  by  H  B.  SI.  skip  Conway  m  1840. 
Arrivino  in  ihe  bay  of  Ningpo  rrom  the  CMtwnrd,  care  must  be 
taken  to  ovoid  a  lide  roch.  which  liea  a  ahori  half  nriie  to  the  north- 
word  of  the  Deadman.  'I'he  bearings  from  the  rock,  by  compass, 
are  U  follows :  left  extreme  Square  islanil.  N.  6S°  W.,  or  W.  N,  W.; 
left  extrema  of  the  islet  north  of  Kinmng,  N  5°  E,.  or  N.  }  E.;  right 
extreme  of  Dumb  island.  3.  52°  W.  or  9.  W.  J  W.  Passage  islet 
shnt  in  b]r  the  aoutti  extreme  of  the  Triangles,  or  the  Beacon  hill  on 
witb  thft  fort  (Chnou  paou),  cleara  the  rock.  There  u-*  patch,  with 
3}  fathoms,  S.  E.  bj  S.  from  Square  islitnd,  distant  one  half  mile ;  the 
Boacon  hill  on  with  the  fort  also  clears  the  paicli.  The  Conwnj  lay 
in  a  good  berth,  haTing  Passage  islet  south,  and  Square  island  E.  N. 
E.  This  anchorage  during  the  summer  is  safe  ;  during  the  autumn 
and  winter,  strong  noclherly  breezes  prefnil,  and  shelter  must  be 
sought  over  on  the  Kintaiig  shore, .Qr  off 'iuat<in-the-wa)',' (called  by 
the  Chinese  Hwangnew  taeaou  'S  it-  ^S)  bringing  it  to  bear 
northwest  about  one  mile.  The  steam  vessel  Ma<lagascar  anchored 
under  Passage  islet  during  a  blow,  but  was  glad  to  get  out  to  Just-in. 
the-way. 

Running  to  the  northward,  pass  on  either  side  of  Square  island, 
and  then  keep  over  towardr  Kintang,  so  as  to  bring  Square  island  to 
bear  south  as  soon  as  possible ;  do  not  bring  it  to  the  eastward  of  this 
bearing,  as  the  western  part  of  the  bay  is  supposed  to  be  shallow,  a 
patch  of  3  fathoms  having  been  passed  over  lying  N.  by  W.,  3  miles 
from  Square  island. 

Proceeding  to  the  northward,  you  pass  the  North  islands  to  port, 
the  largest  and  oaateromost  being  about  220  feet  high,  with  an  islet 
north  of  it.  To  starboard  is  a  small  island,  named  East  island,  with 
3  or  4  isleU  or  rocks  north  of  it ;  and  to  the  northward  of  this  lies 
Middle  group,  the  largest  of  which  has  a  conical  hill  on  its  north 
end.  Another  of  the  group,  west  of  the  largest,  is  also  high  and 
conical;  several  islets  and  rocks  lie  west  of  this  group,  all  above 
water. 

Vessels  may  pass  to  the  northward  between  Kintang  and  Black- 
wall.  The  water  is  deep  in  the  Steward  passage;  but  when  through^ 
anchorage  is  found  in  8  or  d  fathoms.  Then  keep  to  the  northwest, 
leaving  East  island  to  starboard.     .1  vessel  can  pass  to  the  eastwiinl 


384  Suriffys  in  the  Yangtsze.   Ktang.  Jw*-** 

of  Bast  island  and  of  the  Middle  group;  but  east  of  the  latter,  there 
is  a  bank,  which  has  not  been  sufficiently  examined.  The  Conway 
passed  over  it  in  3  fathoms. 

Steering  still  to  the  northward,  you  make,  on  the  port  bow,  the 
Seshan  islands.  On  the  starboard  bow  is  a  more  numerous  group, 
called  Rugged  islands,  bottom  was  found  at  6  fathoms  throughout. 
Over  the  Seshan  islands,  a  solitary  hill  on  the  main  will  probably  be 
seen,  which  is  supposed  to  be  in  the  neighborhood  of  Chapo.  (Of 
Chapo  more  will  be  said  in  the  sequel.) 

Hauling  to  the  eastward,  round  the  Rugged  islands,  a  small  islet, 
the  Htn  and  C/uckens^  will  be  seen ;  and  also,  beyond  this,  to  the 
N.  E.,  GutzlafT's  island  of  the  Amherst ;  it  appears  in  this  direction 
as  a  cone,  and  is  about  25U  feet  in  heit^ht.  GutzlafT's  island  is  sup^ 
posed  to  be  what  (he  Chinese  call  S^  J^  Ma  tseih^  or  '  Horse 
Rocks.'     This  however  needs  verifying. 

To  the  eastward  lies  a  large  group  of  islands,  up  to  which  you 
carry  6  Hithorns;  to  the  northward  of  these,  at  a  distance  of  8  or  10 
leagues,  lies  Saddle  island  of  the  Amherst's  voyage,  making  in  this 
direction  one  conical  hill.  To  port  the  low  land  of  the  main  will 
probably  be  seen.  There  is  anchorage  throughout  in  from  6  to  8 
fathoms. 

To  proceed  still  to  the  northward,  steer  N.  N.  E.  for  the  Dange- 
rous rocks.  These  are  not  at  all  dangerous y  being  10  or  12  feet 
above  water ;  passing  these  close,  steer,  if  required,  to  the  N.  W.  for 
Shawei  shan  .]^  1^  ^. 

To  enter  the  faugtsze  keang  (^  ^  ^  or  'Child  of  the  ocean') 
with  a  large  ship,  it  probably  woidd  be  necessary  to  station  a  couple 
of  small  vessels,  one  on  the  edge  of  the  outer  bank,  the  other  on  the 
spit  higher  up.  She  might  anchor  4  or  5  leagues  off  Gutzlaff's  island, 
while  they  were  being  placed.  Attention  to  the  following  directions 
ought  to  carry  in  20  fbet. 

Leaving  GutzlaflTs  island,  keep  it  on  a  S.  S.  E.  bearing;  and  having 
^un  7  ot  8  leagues,  Shawei  shan  will  bear  N.  E.  by  N.  From  this 
point  the  break  or  ripple  on  the  bank  should  be  seen,  and  you  may 
steer  N.  W.  When  you  have  got  hold  of  the  bank,  steer  W.  N.  W. 
The  low  land  to  port  should  be  visible  from  aloft;  and  a  tree. suffi- 
ciently remarkable  will  be  distinguished.  Keep  this  tree  two  points 
on  the  port  bow.  It  must  be  passed  at  a  distance  of  at  least  two 
miles,  as  the  bank  extends  far  out  from  it.  When  the  tree  bears 
S.  ^  £.,  close  the  port  shore  to  I  or  J  of  a  mile,  steering  N.  W.  by 


1841.  Surveys  in  the  Vangtszr.   Ke./ing.  38.5 

W.  for  a  large  clump  of  trees.  The  soundings  will  now  gradually 
increase  to  9  or  10  fathoms. 

The  outer  extreme  of  the  fortifications  at  Woosung  will  be  seen  at 
7  or  8  miles  distance,  abreast  a  clump  called  the  *  Treble  trees :'  run 
on,  keeping  from  ^  to  1  mile  off  shore,  and  anchor  with  the  eastern 
fort  S.  by  W.,  and  the  extreme  of  the  wail  N.  W.  by  W.;  or  you  may 
select  any  other  berth  you  prefer  from  the  chart.  Bush  island  will 
be  seen,  the  Bush  bearing  about  north.  A  bar  extends  some  dis- 
tance from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  with  2^  and  4  fathoms,  deepening 
suddenly  to  10  and  12  fathoms.  Bush  island  must  not  be  approach- 
ed nearer  than  2^  miles. 

Being  in  mid-channel  betwixt  Woosung  and  Bush  island,  steer 
about  N.  W.  by  W.,  keeping  l^  or  2  miles  off  shore,  and  you  will 
shoal  gradually  from  8  to  4^  fathoms :  this  point  is  about  2  miles  off 
shore,  abreast  of  the  deepest  bight:  proceeding,  you  deepen  to  14 
fathoms,  until  abreast  a  grove  or  clump  of  trees,  17  or  18  miles  from 
Woosung.  When  the  west  end  of  the  trees  on  Mason  island  begins 
to  open  of  the  west  point  of  Tsungming  (point  Harvey),  steer  to  the 
northward,  opening  them  gradually,  and  pass  point  Harvey  at  A  a 
mile  distance :  it  is  quite  steep. 

From  point  Harvey,  steer  N.  W.  }  W.,  on  for  3  distant  hills  and  a 
pagoda,  approaching  no  nearer  to  Mason  island,  than  2  miles.  When 
past  it  steer  west,  keeping  about  mid-channel.  The  trees  on  Mason 
island  must  not  be  brought  to  the  southward  of  east,  to  avoid  a  shoal 
running  out  from  the  north  shore,  one  third  of  the  distance  across. 
When  the  Pagoda  hill  bears  N.  W.,  and  a  large  bush  on  the  south 
shore  S.  ^  W.,  you  are  abreast  the  shoalest  part,  and  must  steer  N. 
W.  by  W.  ^  W.,  for  Round-tree  point,  distant  four  miles.  The 
soundings  about  this  point  are  deep  and  irregular.  When  past  it,  and 
abreast  of  a  creek  and  mud  fort,  the  bank  is  very  steep,  shoaling  from 
20  to  2  fathoms,  and  then  to  4  feet.  This  you  avoid  by  keeping  the 
large  bush  in  sight  S.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.;  and  a  course  W.  by  N.  8  miles 
leads  abreast  of  a  small  circular  fort  and  other  buildings,  the  highest 
point  reached  by  the  Conway.  The  whole  south  shore  appears  very 
shoal  to  ^  or  1  mile  off.  The  channel  from  this  point  runs  probably 
about  N.  N.  W.,  but  it  requires  examinaticm.  Running  in  from  sea- 
ward, the  most  eligible  land  to  make  is  Saddle  island.  No  land  was 
seen  north  of  Saddle  island  from  the  summit  of  Shawei  shan. 

IVinds,  tides^  ^e.  Off  the  Seshan  islands,  the  time  of  high  water, 
at  full  and  change,  is  lU.  45m;  rise,  12  feet.  The  flood  seu  W.  N. 
W  ;  the  ebb  E.  S.  E.  Generally  off  the  mouth  of  the  river,  it  is  high 
VQL.  X.  NO.  vn  49 


•386  Surveys  in  the  Vangfsze  Keang.  Jolv, 

water  on  full  and  change  days  at  about  noon,  or  half  an  hour  after. 
The  rise  at  spring  is  13  feet ;  at  neaps,  10  feel ;  qnce  18  feet  were 
noted,  but  this  was  probably  caused  by  the  ship  baring  swung, 
so  as  to  change  her  depth.  The  stream  of  the  flood  comes  from  the 
eastward,  drawing  to  the  southward  about  its  last  quarter,  passing 
round  to  the  ebb  from  the  westward,  and  so  on  round  by  north.  The 
greatest  velocity  measured  was  4^  knots,  off  the  northern  entrances ; 
but  the  usual  velocity  at  springs  is  about  3^  knots. 

In  the  river  off  Woosung,  high  water  at  full  and  change  occurs 
about  lA.  30m.  The  rise  is  uncertain,  but  ranges  froip  15  to  5  feet. 
The  stream  of  flood  comes  from  S.  E.  passing  round  by  east  to 
northward ;  the  ebb  comes  from  N.  W.,  passing  round  by  south. 

At  the  farthest  point  reached,  high  water,  at  full  and  change,  oc- 
cured  about  4A.  30m.  The  rise  was  14  feet ;  the  ebb  running  6 
hours.    The  flood  at  the  neaps  was  nearly  obliterated. 

In  July,  the  barometer  stood  at  29.74 ;  and  the  thermometer  at 
78"*.  The  prevailing  winds  were  southeast,  freshening  about  the 
change  of  the  moon. 

In  August,  the  barometer  stood  at  29.78;  and  the  thermometer  at 
8r.  The  prevailing  winds  were  southeast,  easterly,  and  northerly. 
For  a  day  or  two  there  was  blowing  weather,  with  a  little  rain, 
at  the  change  of  the  moon. 

In  September,  the  barometer  stood  at  29.90;  and  the  thermometer 
at  77*.  The  winds  variable,  but  drawing  roand  from  southeast  to 
north.  Blows  with  rain  occurred  at  full  and  change.  Mornings  were 
much  colder  than  the  average  temperature. 

The  temperature,  haying  been  taken  on  the  main  deck,  is  not 
probably  very  correct.  The  periodical  breeies  appeared  to  increase 
in  intensity  at  full  and  change.  The  barometer  rose  with  the  north- 
erly winds,  and  fell  with  westerly  and  southerly.  One  hard  blow 
occurred  with  the  barometer  at  30.10. 

Supplies^  ^*c.  The  island  of  Tsungming  is  highly  cultivated,  par- 
ticularly on  its  northern  side.  There  are  a  plenty  of  cattle,  used  for 
agricultural  purposes ;  and  almost  all  the  islands  outside  excepting 
Shawei  shan  and  Gutzlaff's,  produce  vegetables. 

Chapo  ^  v£  ^s  situated  on  the  north  side  of  a  bay  on  the  north- 
ern side  of  the  great  bay  of  Hangchow.  The  land  on  the  right  and 
lefl  of  it  is  high,  and  appears  like  islands,  the  coast  of  the  bay  being 
generally  low.  The  points  of  the  entrance  are  5  or  6  miles  apart. 
Rather  towards  the  north  entrance  lie  *  North  and  South '  islands. 


l84i.  Suroeifs  in  l/u  yangtsze  Kt'dng,  3^7 

about  1}  mile  from  the  shore,  and  §  of  a  mile  apart :  they  are  not 
easily  distinguished  from  the  high  land  in  the  rear.  On  the  top  of 
the  high  conical  hill,  forming  the  starboard  entrance,  are  one  or  two 
buildings ;  and  rather  more  than  half-way  down  is  a  fort,  ha?ing  4 
guns.  These  are  conspicuous  objects.  The  town  is  situated  to  the 
left  of  the  hill,  in  a  small  nook ;  it  is  defended  by  a  battery  and 
breastwork.  The  soundings  decrease  regularly  from  10  to  3}  fa- 
thoms close  in  to  the  town,  and  the  Algerine  anchored,  distant  from 
the  town  battery  about  500  yards  in  3^  fathoms  mud,  with  the  follow- 
ing bearings ;  fort  on  the  hill  N.  E.  by  E.  }  E. ;  South  island  E.  by 
S.  ^  S.  ,*  remarkable  pagoda,  W.  by  S.  |  S. 

A  group  of  small  islands,  east  of  Chapo,  distant  about  8  miles,  is 
likely  to  mislead,  as  it  is  not  laid  down  on  the  old  charts.  (Query, 
Seshan  islands?) 

Running  for  the  anchorage,  round  South  island,  at  2  cables'  dis- 
tance, and  haul  up  for  the  junks  at  anchor,  when  the  fort  on  the  hill 
bears  N.  E.  by  E.  about  I  mile,  you  will  find  from  7  to  9  fathoms 
steep  ground,  and  sheltered  from  alt  wiiids  but  S.  E.  to  E.  S.  E.  No 
dangers  were  visible. 


068 


S€rvti/s  in  lit€  yattglize  Kedtig, 


JtLii 


■ 
•Ji 

• 

0) 

• 

• 

%i 

3         1 

c 
o 

w       4)       0) 

«      O     r- 

>> 

e 

0 
•> 

• 

0 

< 

fi:) 

^     -S      >« 

^  p: 

6 

PQ 

6 

s 

\ 

V              \              \ 

>               V 

V 

V 

\ 

\            V 

\              V              * 

<5 

c 

5S 

J^     W5     OD 

—   o 

0 

^ 

« 

CO 

S  5 

S 

^  fi  a 

^  i 

o         o         o 

SI  S:  S! 

o         o_ 

CO    51 

0 

5 

0 

0       0       0       00       0       0^ 

gi  gl  SI  gl  SI  S  SI 

g> 

1 

1 

^^ 

mm      mm       mm 

"^    ^ 

•^ 

** 

^■g     I 

*-^      *-^      I-^ 

a 

»« 

jit 

Wl 

1 

0) 

• 

cS 

^ 

lis  o  S 

2  8 

0 

is 

in 

00     Q 

0 

\          \          V 

10    CO    ^ 
C«     CI     c« 

k 

^ 

o 

o        o        o 

0       0 

e 

0 

0 

0       0 

0 

000 

g;  s  $  s 

S  g 

S 

S 

s 

g  s 

s 

•^    *-(    r« 

CO     CO     CO 

••• 

■ 

s. 

03 

s 

»4 

"O 

o 

c« 

"S       ^ 

a 

•« 

§ 

"3 
o 

cd 
Of 

•d 

V 

£ 

a 

6 

J 

SL 

'/tide  of  the 

.S  c 

S| 

a 

ctf 
n 

4» 

<§<§<§ 

a 

ctf 

1   § 
§1 

J 

«« 

a 

& 

S 

Eh    0 

s 

QQ    0 

3 

1 

m 

V) 
03     ^ 

si 

o 

•3: 

Si 

•       •        • 

-3: 

V) 

0 

-« 

« 

%» 
•^ 

1 

t        •       * 

S    • 

*« 

■ 

0 

^ 

a 

• 

a 
•    0 

a 
< 

s 

e 

2 

0 
JS 

S 

m     Cd 

a 

Cd 

« 

Cd 
S 

cr 

0 
cd 

to 
QQ 

0 

e 

-1 

JS    JS 

0  & 

s       & 

"S    g*  ? 
S    S    2 

*     S     5 

S    ^    QQ 

loll.  SuiTei/i  III  Ihc  iiiiiglizc  hcuHf-. 


< 

1 

1  _l 

III    '    =  1  2  1  J2    =    = 

s  s  -  " 

2  2  2  S   S  5  S  S  5  "a  S 

i 

2 

i 

»  s  s  s 
Is  s  s  is 

s  Is  Is  k  Is  Is  Is  Is  1  s  s 

Ki    Hi 

Temple 
Shoal 
Anchorage 
S.  Head 
Anchorage 

Do 
Anchorage 

Do. 
3d  anchorage 
4  fathoois 

.5  d 

1! 

.1! 

H  tiS  £ 

g      -s 

■i        J    1  £, 
S       ^  2  £ 

m  m  IE 

z 

Toki 

Miaotao        ■ 
Pei  ho  anchorage 

Do 

Do 
Shaluy  teen 

Do. 
Tungtaze  kow 
Leaoutung    - 
Seaou  Ping  I. 

Do. 
Victoria  bay 

Do. 

Do. 
Dangerous  reef 

iffiki  Vaplute  of  the  llcighis  above  VanloH.  JuLV, 


Art.  IV.  A  brief  acctmnt  of  the  assauU  and  capture  of  the 
heights  and  forts  above  the  city  of  Canton^  S^c^  Sfc,  By  an 
eye-witness. 

On  tbe  18th  of  May,  the  transports,  d&c,  all  got  under  weigh,  for 
the  third  time  since  December  last,  for  the  Canton  river.  With  the 
exception  of  the  sick  of  the  different  regiments,  and  a  portion  of  the 
37th  regiment  Madras  native  infantry,  left  to  protect  the  island  of 
Hongkong,  and  as  a  guard  over  the  stores  there,  the  remainder  of 
Our  available  force  proceeded  up  the  river.  Nothing  of  any  importance 
Occurred  during  the  passage  up,  save  a  ship  occasionally  running 
against  a  sunken  junk,  which  however  caused  no  further  annoyance 
than  the  delay,  until  either  a  breach  had  been  formed  in  the  side  of 
the  rotten  junk,  or  the  flood  tide  had  floated  the  ship  off.  It  was  an 
Extraordinary  sight  to  see  the  Blenheim,  74,  towed  by  a  steamer, 
proceeding  leisurely  up  the  back  channel — a  passage,  through  which 
nothing  beyond  Chinese  junks  was  previously  known  to  have  pass- 
ed. This  channel  had  been,  within  the  last  few  days,  surveyed 
by  captain  Belcher  of  the  Sulphur.  In  fact,  the  Chinese  never 
would  allow  foreign  ships  to  proceed  up  this  channel,  and  it  was 
at  all  times  so  blocked  up  with  lishipg-stakes  as  to  offer  but  little 
temptation  to  their  preferring  it  to  the  old  and  better  known  passage 
by  Whampoa.  The  Blenheim  proceeded  to  within  nine  miles  of 
Oanton.  The  smaller  ships  anchored  within  from  three  to  five  miles 
Of  the  city,  while  some  of  the  18  and  20  gun  ships  took  up  a  position 
Opposite  to  and  above  the  factories. 

Early  oh  the  morning  of  the  24th,  copies  of  the  following  General 
Orders  were  sent  to  the  officers  commanding  the  different  corps, 
detachments,  d&c. 

General  Ordees,  No.  1. 

Head  quRiters,  Marion,  Canton  river,  May  24th. 

1.  The  period  has  now  arrived*  ao  long  looked  for  by  the  military  portion  at 
large  of  the  China  expedition,  when  it  may  have  an  opportunity,  in  cottperation 
with  our  gallant  associates  of  the  royal  navy,  of  proving  what  can  be  effected  by 
discipline  and  bravery. 

3.  Major-general  Gough  feels  a  confident  assurance  that  every  man  will  do  his 
duty,  that  he  will  have  the  gratifying  task,  not  only  of  recording  and  bringing 
to  notice  acts  of  gallantry,  but  (what  is  of  infinitely  more  consequence  in  the  pre- 
sent  instance,  and  will  afibrd  stronger  proof  of  devotedness  to  our  country's  honor 
and  oiv  professional  character,)  of  tmahaken  discipline  and  undeviating  attention 
<b  the  orders  issued  by  the  uflicers  in  the  command  of  columns  ul  attack. 


1641,  .C'l'ptarK  o/tU  llrighls  above  Cmfm.  :13I 

3.  Hie  lulure  of  the  poaiiion  la  b«  uarrted,  and  the  pnibtble  ncceuiiy  af  lub. 
dividing  the  force  into  upmle  colimuu  o(  atttck,  Khieh  nuv  be  led  lliniugfa  lite 
to'Wa  and  ■ubuiba,  nuks  it  the  mora  necenary  to  enforee  the  moat  ri^d  discipline, 
and  to  ^nard  agoiiut  any  man  leaving  the  nnki  upon  iny  pretence  whataver. 
The  man  who  does  eo  will  moat  pniiablr  be  cut  off;  but  even  abould  he  eeeape, 
hii  nacHi  ahoold  be  bianded  aa  a  diagiace  to  b>*  corpa. 

4.  Tlie  Cliineae  lyitam  ia  not  one  to  which  tha  British  aoldiei  ia  accoalomod, 
but  if  the  Chineao  have  not  biavery  and  diacipline,  thej  have  cunning  and  artifice. 
Thejr  have  had  ample  time  to  prepare,  and  we  inaj  be  well  aaaurod  that  theii  ajratem 
of  atratagem  will  be  called  into  foil  plaj  on  the  present  occaiion.  But,  though 
such  a  Bfitem  may  be  efibetual  agaimt  a  mob,  which  every  broken  bod;  ia,  it 
mnat  fail  befcn  the  ateady  advance  of  disciplined  nldiera.  The  majoT.gcnaml 
will  only  add,  that  Britain  baa  gained  aa  much  of  fame  by  bet  mercy  and  forbear- 
ance, aa  by  the  gallantry  of  her  tmopa.  An  anemj  in  arms  is  alwaya  a  legiti. 
mate  foe,  but  the  unarmed,  oi  the  aoj^caat  for  mercj,  of  wliatevcr  country  or 
whatever  color,  a  true  Biitiah  soldier  will  always  sparB. 

5.  Tha  troops  wiU  be  prepared,  with  cooked  provision*  for  two  days,  to  land 
this  day  at  13  o'clock,  in  two  colomna. 

(Signed!  Aamir*  S.  H.  Mountain,  Lt^eolonel,  D.  A.  G. 

At  th«  time  appoiDted,  boau  wqt«  in  readineu  for  the  conveyance 
of  the  troops  to  the  landing-place.  The  officers  of  the  expedition  are 
much  indebted  to  the  cotnnKidore,  air  Ln  Fleming  Senhouse,  for  his 
great  exettiona  in  procuring  these  boats,  the  construction  of  which 
was  admirably  adapted  for  protecting  the  troops  from  the  sun,  each 
capable  of  carrying  from  SO  to  200  men,  according  to  their  respec- 
tive sizes.  The  boats  were  lowed  up  by  the  Nemesis,  to  a  place 
about  two  miles  above  Canton,  where  they  arrived  about  7  o'clock 
p.  H.  A  more  extraordioary  sight,  perhaps,  never  was  witnessed, 
than  this  fleet  of  boats,  conveying  upwards  of  SdOO  fighting  men, 
besides  followers,  guns,  stares,  &c.,  yet  no  accident  happened.  Had 
the  enemy  been  on  the  alert,  they  might  have  committed  dreadful 
havoc  amongst  us.  The  guns  and  artillery  were  landed  during  the 
night,  but  the  remainder  of  the  force  did  not  debark  till  morning.  A 
false  alarm  roused  us  about  midnight,-  but  nothing  occurred  till  oai 
landing  at  daylight  on  the  26lh. 

The  general  was  the  first  on  shore ;  and  so  soon  as  the  37lh  were 
disembarked,  they  received  orders  to  accoinpsny  him  aa  an  escort. 
The  detachment  of  Bengal  Volunteers  also  accompanied  him.  The 
general  advanced  in  a  southwesterly  direction  about  a  mile  from  the 
landing-place  lo  a  rising  ground,  from  whence  a  general  survey  of  the 
line  of  country  we  were  to  paas  over  could  be  taken.  Crom  here  we 
could  see  the  enemy's  picquets  at  their  posts  for  miles  on  every  side. 
They  made  use  of  every  gesture  to  encourage  us  to  advance.  A 
portion  of  the  escort  was  ordered  forward  to  reconnoitre,  ir 


IW2  Capture,  of  the  Heights  nhore  Canton,  Jur.v, 

ascertain  as  soon  as  possible  the  force  of  the  enemy  in  this  position. 
A  few  of  the  latter,  beating  their  shields,  shouting  and  brandishing 
their  swords  and  spears,  appeared  to  have  all  the  wish  to  exterminate 
our  small  party ;  but  they  did  not  come  within  musket  range  of  us. 

When  the  general  had  ascertained  all  he  wanted,  his  escort  was 
directed  to  join  the  1st  brigade  in  the  right  column.  This  brigade 
was  formed  of  the  49th  and  37th  regiments,  with  a  detachment  of 
Bengal  Volunteers.  The  2d  brigade  was  formed  of  the  Royal  and 
Madras  artillery,  and  sappers  and  miners.  The  corps  of  seamen,  460 
in  number,  formed  the  3d  brigade  in  the  right  column.  The  ordnance 
attached  to  this  column  consisted  of  four  12/6.  howitzers,  four  9/6. 
field  guns,  four  5^  inch  mortars,  fidy-two  32/6.  rockets,  and  two 
light  6  pounders ;  it  was  commanded  by  lieutenant-colonel  Morris. 
The  left  column,  which  was  commanded  by  major-general  Burrell, 
consisted  of  the  Royal  Marines  (reserve),  the  18th  Royal  Irish,  the 
26th  Cameronians,  a  detachment  of  Madras  artillery,  and  engineers 
and  sappers.  The  ordnance  attached  to  it  was  one  light  6  pounder, 
and  one  5^  inch  mortar. 

The  ground  we  had  to  pass  oyer  was  chiefly  paddy-fields  and  bury- 
ing-grounds;  consequently  there  was  great  difficulty  and  delay  in 
transporting  the  guns.  The  headless  trunk  of  a  camp  follower,  who 
had  gone  a  few  yards  beyond  the  landing-place  during  the  night, 
was  found ;  his  body  was  untouched,  but  his  murderer  had  no  doubt 
carried  away  the  head  of  his  victim  to  claim  the  promised  reward. 

Long  before  our  guns  could  be  brought  to  bear  upon  the  forts,  the 
enemy  had  opened  a  brisk  fire  on  our  advanced  columns.  Their 
shot,  however,  fell  short.  About  9  o'clock  a.  m.,  we  returned  the 
fire,  simultaneously  from  the  guns,  mortars,  and  rockets.  Though 
the  enemy's  shot  fell  close  around  our  men,  in  every  direction,  yet 
no  accident  happened.  In  about  an  hour  from  the  time  our  guns 
commenced  firing,  the  Chinese  were  observed  to  collect  in  great 
numbers  outside  their  forts,  evidently  deliberating  upon  the  best  plan 
of  escape.  Our  troops  were  now  ordered  to  advance.  The  positions 
we  were  to  attack,  namely,  the  heights  and  forts  above  Canton,  were 
barely  removed  100  yards  from  the  city  wall,  and  appeared  strongly 
defended.  There  were  four  forts,  each  mounting  from  eight  to  ten 
guns,  besides  numberless  ginjals,  which  poured  forth  volley  after 
volley  of  grape. 

A  simultaneous  attack  was  made  on  all  the  forts ;  the  weather  was 
excessively  hot,  and  the  ground  of  the  worst  possible  description  for 
aoops  to  march  oyer.    The  1st  and  2d  brigades  were  directed  |o  dis- 


1841.  Capture  uftht  Heights  abwt  CiinloH,  ^03 

lodge  the  enemy  from  the  two  forts  to  the  south ;  a  ad  the  3d  bri- 
gade (the  gallant  jacks)  those  to  the  west  of  the  city.  In  the  1st 
brigade,  the  49th  took  the  lead  at  startiiig,  the  37th  M.  N.  I.  and 
Bengal  Volunteers  following  close  on  their  heels.  The  37th  were,  I 
believe,  the  first  to  reach  the  summit.  Little  opposition  was  offered 
to  their  advance.  The  enemy  had  all  evacuated  the  forts,  and  were 
seen  running  down  the  hills  in  every  direction,  letting  off  myriads  of 
barbed  rockets,  whicb  did  no  further  injury,  than  most  effectually 
to  prevent  the  course  of  their  flight  being  observed. 

In  one  of  the  two  forts  to  the  west,  the  sailors  had  hard  work  of  it, 
the  enemy  not  leaving  their  stronghold,  till,  by  means  of  escalad- 
ing  ladders,  our  fellows  effected  an  entrance,  and  there  hand  to  hand 
cut  them  to  pieces.  In  effecting  this,  our  men  were  much  cut  up, 
chiefly,  however,  by  the  flanking  fire  from  the  wall  of  the  city. 

The  reserve  was  now  directed  (6  take  possesision  of  an  entrenched 
camp,  where  the  enemy  had  rallied.  This  encampment  was  well 
covered  by  the  guns  from  the  city  wail,  and  removed  more  than  a 
mile  from  the  forts  now  occupied  by  the  first  brigade.  The  enemy 
was  evidently  in  great  force  there;  and  as  usual,  till  ouV  men  came 
too  ckise  to  be  pleasant,  waved  their  banners  and  encouraged  us  to 
come  on.  Their  officers  were  seen  riding  on  poneys  in  firont  of  the 
ranks.  Well  did  the  Royal  Irish  do  tlieir  work  that  day,  advancing 
all 'the  way  at  double  quick  step,  regardless  both  of  thb  shot  from 
the  city  walls,  and  of  the  showers  of  graplB  frohs  thie  entrenched 
camp;  in  a  few  brief  moments,  everything  was  in  their  possession, 
and  after  setting  fire  to  all  that  could  be  laid  hold  of,  they  took  their 
departure/  In  this  advance  there  were  four  officers  and  several  men 
wounded.  The  rockets  worked  splendidly,  astonishing  poor  foke 
not  a  little. 

A  fire  was  kept  up  from  the  city  wall  nearly  allnighi  During  the 
afternoon,  the  general  had  a  narrow  escape,  having  been  at  ode  time 
completely  covered  with  dust  from  a  shot  that  struck  the  ground 
close  by  his  side.  The  total  amount  of  our  killed  and  wounded  this 
day  was  about  70;  on  the  side  of  the  enemy,  the  actual  l6ss  was 
never  ascertained. 

The  troops,  bivouacked  as  they  best  could  during  the  night.  Our 
worthy  chief  was  the  first  on  the  move  in  the  morning  of  the  26th, 
when  we  ail  eagerly  looked  forward  to  a  little  escalading  practice. 
In  this  however  we  were  disappointed ;  sufficient  materials  had  not 
yet  come  up  for  effecting  the  object  contemplated,  viz.,  setting  fire  to 
the  city.  About  noon,  the  ammunition,  &c.,   arrived;  but,  unfortu*' 

VOL.    X.    N<»     V|i  50 


3U4  Caplun  of  the  Meighls  akoec  Canton,  iVL1l^ 

nai^ly,  by  thitf  time  it  rain^  in  siieh  torrettts  as  to  put  a  stop  to  all 
operations.    The-4nhrabitanls  appeared  to  be  deserting  the  otty   in 
great  numbers.    On  the  ramparts^  whiob  poured  forth  such  ▼oUeys 
yesterday,  not  a  soul  was  to  be  seen,  and  from  the  heights,  crowds 
could  be  observed  bearing  their  property  on  their  shoulders,  pouring 
out  of  the  gates  farthest  remoTed*  from  the  forts  in  our  possession.  To- 
wards afternoon,  a  flag  of  truce  (for  the  overbearing  Chinese  have 
at  length  to  their  cost  come  to  know  the  use  of  the  white  flag)   was 
seen  to  wave  from  the  most  conspicuous  part  of  the  ramparts ;  and  a 
red  buttoned  oflicer,  advancing  to  one  of  the  embrasures  nearest  to 
our  position,  and  also  waving  the  white  flag  in  his  hand,  seemed  to 
implore  an  interview.    The  general,  commodore  sir  Le  Fleming  Sen- 
house,  and  Mr.  Thom  the  interpreter,  advanced  forward.    But  on  as- 
certaining that  the  rank  of  the  Chinese  officer  was  not  equal  to  that  of 
Qur's,  the  latter  retired;  and  major-general  Burrell,  and  captain  Gough 
A.  p.  c.  to  the  general,  were  directed  to  ascertain  what  the  enemy 
wanted.    This  proved  to  be  the  ofler  of  certain  terms  to  spare  the 
city.    The  Chinese  were  told,  that  it  was  not  in  major-general  fiur- 
rell's  power  to  listen  to  any  terms  proposed  ;  and  that  if  they  wished 
for  an  interview  with  our  general,  it  could  not  take  place  from  the 
walls  of  the  city;  but  that  tents   should  be  pitched  half-way  be- 
tween our  position  and  the  city,  and  that  there  our  general  and  com- 
ippdore  should  meet  only  those  of  like  rank  from  the  enemy.    This 
was  after  some  time  agreed  to  on  all  sides,  and  the  Chinese  declared 
that  their  deputation  should  be  at  the  appointed  place  in  exactly  one 
hour,  and  a  half.     Hour  after  hour,  however^  passed,  and,  as  might 
l^ve  been  expected  from  the  previous  too  well-known  character  of 
t)ie  Chinese,  no  deputation  arrived,  and  unfortunately  the  rain  which 
now  fell  in  torrents,  not  only  prevented  the  resumption  of  hostilities, 
but  thoroughly  soaked  the  ground  which  formed  alike  the  bed  for  the 
general  and  common  soldier.     Yet.  no  complaint  was  heard,  and  the 
troops^  in  their  wet  clothes,  with  little  food  and  less  drink,  went  to 
the  respective  duties  allotted  them  for  the  night,  without  a  murmur. 
. .  Up  to  this  date,  with  the  exception  of  the  wounded,  there  was  not 
a  sick  man  in  the  force.    All  eagerly  looked  forward  to  the  morrow. 
During  this  night,  the  artillery  was  hard  at  work — guns,  mortars, 
rocket  tubes,  d&c,  with  all  their  appendages,  were  brought  into  position; 
The  infantry  was  placed  so  as  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  working 
their  guns.    The  escalading  parties  were  also- detailed,  which  con- 
sisted of  a  portion  of  the  18th  Royal  Irish  and  37th  M.  N.  I.    The 
portion  of  the  wall  to  be  escaiaded  was  between  40  and  50  feet  high, 


1841.  Capture  oj  the.  Heights  above  Canton.  ^iQfi 

and  thi?  the  ariiilery  expeeted  to  reduce  to  25  or  30  feet.     From  its 
old  and  ruined  appearanee,  it  was  believed  this  could  easily  be  effected. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  27th,  everything  was  arranged.  The 
guns  were  loaded  and  primed.  The  port  fires  were  lit,  and  the  ge- 
neral and  the  commodore  were  taking  a  last  look,  previous  to  giving 
the  signal  to  commence  firing.  The  enemy  too  appeared  on  the 
alert,  numbers  of  them  were  seen  running  backwards  and  forwards 
on  the  ramparts.  A  few  minutes  more,  and  the  work  would  have 
commenced,  had  not  an  unlooked-for  messenger  arrived  with  dis* 
patches  from  the  plenipotentiary  to  the  general  and  commodore. 
How  anxiously  did  we  all  watch  the  features  of  those  two  brave  and 
determined  ^men,  as  they  each  perased  their  documents.  Sir  Flem- 
ingwas  the  first  to  speak,  and  those  nearest  to  him  heard  him  say; 
'  [  protest  against  the  terms  of  the  treaty  in  toto.'  The  news  soon 
spread.  Captain  Elliot,  as  usual,  acting  on  the  spur  of  the  moment, 
had,  without  even  paying  those  who  are  so  -  far  superior  to  him  in 
every  way  the  compliment  of  asking  their  advice,  concluded  a  peace 
with  the  Chinese,  and  ransomed  the  city  of  Canton  for  six  millions 
of  dollars.  I  leave  the  reader  to  judge  of  the  disappointment  felt  by 
the  troops  on  learning  this  intelligence. 

On  this  day,  the  following  General  Orders  were  issued. 

Gdcbsal  Orders.    No.  2. 

HeRd  QuRrten,  Fort  YungkRiig,  Canton,  May  Q7th,  1841/ 
MRiofi.generRl  sir  Hu^h  Grouch  from  his  hoRil  eongimtubites  the  troops  of .  every 
Rrm,  composing  the  force,  upon  their  steadiness  under  fire,  Rnd  their  briUiRnt  oonw 
duct,  on  the  attack  of  the  heights,  and  the  capture  of  the  several  forts  Rbove  Can. 
ton,  and  of  the  intrenched  camp  under  cover  of  the  city  wall,  on  the  25th  inst. 
3.  This  expression  of  the  major-general's  best  thanks  was  as  fully  merited,  and 
is  as  smcerely  Recorded,  to  the  urvrI  bRttRlion,  Rnd  the  nj9\  mRrines,  whb  hRve 
nobly  upheld  the  high  chRTRCter  of  their  profession.  ' 

3.  Where  rU  were  emulous  to  nuuntRin  the  honor  of  British  sRilonr  Rnd  soldiers,* 
it  would  be  impossible  to  pRrticulRrize.  To  rU,  the  mRJorrgenerRl's  best  thRnks^ 
Rre  due ;  to  rU,  those  thRnks  Rre  heRrtily  offered. 

4.  Officers  commRnding  corps  Rnd  brigRdes  Rnd  hcRds  of  departmiBnts,  in  rc. 
eepting  the  mRJor-generRpi  thRnks  for  themselves,  will  be  plessed  to'communicRte 
them  to  their  crfBcers  Rnd  men. 

.        By:  order.,       (Signed)    ARimne  S.  H.  Mountain,  .Lt..Colonel,  D.  A.  6. 

As  the  force  was  to  remain  in  its  present  position  till  the  money 
w«8  paid,  the  most  comfortable  quarters  that  could  be  procured  were 
given  to  the  troops.  The  suburbs  of  the  city,  and  the  villages  in  the 
immediate  neighborhood  were  completely  deserted ;  not  a  Chinese  was* 
to  be  seen,  except  a  few  old  and  diseased  of  both  sexes,  who  were 
unable  to  move. 


390  Capture  nf  fhe  Heights  above  Canton.  J^lt, 

Our  loss  in  killed  and  wounded,  up  to  this  date,  amounted  to  about 
70.  That  on  the  side  of  the  enemy  must  have  been  far  more,  though 
at  first  but  few  bodies  were  found.  A  foraging  party,  when  a  few 
miles  fromour  camp,  discovered  betw^e^  IK)  and  70  dead  and  dying 
Tartars  in  one  house,  who  evidently  had  been  carried  there  tp  give 
us  a  false  idea  of  the  number  killed. 

One  part  of  captain  Elliot's  treaty  was,  that  the  Tartar  troops, 
from  thirty  to  forty  thousand  in  number,  should  evacuate  the  city.  Jay 
dowfi  their  arms,  and  proceed  to  a  distance  of  sixty  miles  from. Can? 
ton.  Since  the  arrival  of  our  force  opposite  the  walls,  the  Tartar 
and  Chinese  troops  had  been  carrying  on  a  civil  war  \^itbin  the  city, 
the  loss  on  both  sides  being  very  great.  Besides  this,  our  shipping 
and  land  force  had  so  effectually  blockaded  and. besieged  the  city, 
that  few  or  no  supplies  could  enter.  Consequently,  the  inhabitants 
were  now  driven  to  that  state,  that  they  would  agree  to  any  terms 
we  chose  to  dictate.  How  iinfortunate  that  captain  Elliot's  tempera- 
ment  should  be  so  conciliating !  As  it  is,  however,  if  the  sum  receiv- 
ed for  the  ransom  of  the  city  is  to  go  to  the  navy  and  military  as* 
prize-money,  it  wijl  amply  recompense  them  for  the  toils  and  trou- 
bles they  have  endured.  This  sum  being  quite  unconnected  with 
the  original  claims  on  the  Chinese,  it  would  be  rather. unfair  that 
those  who  succeeded  in  procuring  the  same  should  derive  no  benefit 
therefrom. 

The  29th  of  May  was  a  day  of  rest,  and  our  officers  and  men  were 
to  be  seen  in  every  direction  walking  through  the  deserted  suburbs 
and  villages  in  the  neighborhood  of  Canton.  Some  very  extraordinary 
tombs,  and  places  of  worship  or  joss-houses  were  seen.  One  very 
extensive  line  of  buildings,  close  under  the  city  wall,  was  solely  de- 
voted to  the  reception  of  the  dead.  They  were  in  strong  substantial 
coffins,  elevated  on  pillars  with  perfumed  incense-sticks  burning  on 
every  side.  The  coffins  were  generally  placed  two  in  one  vault; 
and,  with  the  exception  of  a  close  darnp  smell,  there  was  no  un- 
pleasant sensation  pepeptible.  P^tsjde  of  the  vaiflts,  evergreens  and 
creepers  were  tastefully  arrangi^d,  and  oyey  ^he  doors  of  some  of  tiiem 
beehives  were  fixed.  The  coffins  vfere  of  enormqif^  th|p|(ness  an<( 
strength.  The  contents  of  a  few  of  those  that  v|rere  opened  present? 
ed  an  appearance  almost  n^itural.  The  l^ips  were  all  en^baUnecf.' 
They  were  buried  in  thei|r  olo|he8,  the  cap  and  btfttqq?  denoting  jn 
death,  as  in 'life,  fhe:  rank  of  the  weaier.  The  body,  id  some  of  the- 
coffins  opened,  must  have  been  from  all  pearanee  an  inhabitant  of 
its  narrow  bed  for  upwards  of  half  a  century.    The  features  preseiiu 


1841.  Capture  of  tl^e  lleighU  aiovr  Canton.  307 

ed  a  dried  and  shriveled  appearance,  and  there  was.  a  strong  puni> 
gent  aromatic  smell  perceptible  on  raising  the  lid.  In  the  right  band 
of  each  was  a  fan,  and  in  the  lefl  of  many  a  piece  of  paper  having 
Chinese  characters  written  on  it.  To  an  antiquarian,  tiiere  were 
many  things  in  this  village  which  would  haye  excited  much  interest. 

Two  thirds  of  the  money  was  this  day  paid,  and  shipped  on  board 
H.  M.  ship  Modeste ;  and  as  one  million  more  was  to  be  paid  .  imme- 
diately, and  security  taken  for  the  remainder,  the  troops  expected  to 
return  to  their  ships  on  the  31st.  Some  of  the  Tartar  troops  had  al- 
ready left  the  city,  and  others  were  to  leave  the  following  day.  Every- 
thing looked  pacific.  There  were  certainly  some  riimors,  that  rein- 
forcements lyere  expected  for  the  protection  of  Canton,  and  that  ^bia 
delay,  on  the  part  of  the  authorities,  to  pay  MP  the  money  demanded, 
wa4  merely  an  exciise  to  gain  time  to  enable  the  new  troops  to  arrive. 
But  pa  tlye  plenipptentiary  g^ve  no  credence  to  these  reports,  of 
course  no  one  else  die).  However,  on  the  morning  of  the  3(Hh,  and 
before  we  had  finished  that  i]()ost  agreeable  of  all  medicines  in  a  tro- 
pical climate,  namely,  a  cheroot  after  breakfast,  the  sound  of  the^ 
bugle  was  beard  in  the  direction  of  the  general's  quarters !  The 
sound  could  not  be  inistaken.     It  was  tal^en  up  on  all  sides. 

Orders  now  arrived  for  the26tb  Cameroniana  ai|d  37tb  M;  N.  I.» 
to  proceed  and  drive  off  a  large  body  of  the  enemy,  which  waftseeQ* 
approaching  our  encampment.  The  enemy  w^s  at.  thia.linye  at 
a  distance  of  nearly  two  miles  from  our  position »  aQ4  covered  i| 
space  of  ground  upwards  of  a  niile  in  {ength.  They  were!  cerUioly 
between  ten  and  fifteen  thousand  strong,  while  our  small  body t  did 
nol  anvHint  to  much  inore  than  five  hundred.!  Captain  Knowles; 
of  the  Royal  artillery,  with  a  few  rockets,  aooq  cheeked  the^  impe* 
tuotts  ardor  of  the  enemy.  The  37th,  who  bad  been  directed  topro* 
ceed  towards  the  left,  came  upon  a  party  of  their  advanced  guar^  by 
surprise,  while  they  were  quietly  sitting  un^er  a  tree  sipping  lea,  bii^ 
who  no  sooner  saw  us  advancing,  than  they  took  to  their  d^eels  .iir 
every  direction,  leaving  their  spears,  their  cups,  and  their 'buckets  of 
tea*  for  their  pursuers,  who  found  it  a  very  pleasant  beverage  too,  ibP 
day  being  very  hot.  It  was  about  this  time  that  the  c}uarter*mastev 
general  of  the  force  dropped  down  dead  frpm  a  cm$p.de  sokiL  The 
enemy  had  now  retreated  aboiit  a  coiipLe  of  milea  aq((  taken  up  a  pot 
sition  on  a  rising  ground,  and  aa  uanal  were  waring  their  banners  and 
shields,  and  encouraging  us  to  come  forward.  Our  rockets  eontiniie<t 
to  plough  line  after  line  though  their  ranks ;  still  they^  did  not  appear 
Intimidated.    The  rain  iinfortiinately  began  to  ihreatei?.    4  stqrm 


89;^  Capture  of  the  Hrigkts  above  Canton.  Jri.Y, 

wan  .ci'idemly  npproaching.  The  atmosphere  was  close  and  dense. 
The  roll  of  distant  thunder  was  he«ird,  and  the  rays  of  the  sun  during 
the  day  had  so  heated  the  air  that  on  its  being  inhaled,  a  sensation 
waa  left  in  the  lungs  similar  to  that  felt  when  the  vapor  bath  has 
been  -raised  to  too  high  a  temperature. 

It  was  evident  that  the  enemy  must  be  driven  from  their  present 
jXMition,  otherwise  they  might  advance  upon  our  camp  during  the 
night.  The  threatening  aspect  of  the  weather  rendered  it  necessary, 
;too,  that  oo  time  should  be  4ost  in  doing  this.  It  was  1  o'clock  p.  m.; 
when  the  general  directed  the  37th  and  26th  to  advance,  and  drive 
the  enemy  from  the  heights ;  the  third  company  of  the  37th  was 
detached  to  the  left,  the  head  quarters  of  the  regiment  proceeding  to 
ihe  right;  and  the  26th  (Cameronians)  also  going  towards  a  large  vil- 
Mgc  to  the  left.  As  usual  with  the  Chinese,  the  nearer  we  approached 
die  farther  they  retired.  We  pursued  them  about  three  miles,  when 
it  was  judged  prudent  to  return.     .  • . 

The  rain  now  fell  in  torrents,  and  prevented  our  seeing  an  object 
even  at  a  few  yards  distance.  No  enemy  was  in  sight,  except  a  few 
solitary  individuals  on  the  tops  of  the  highest  hills.  The  3d  company 
pf  the  37th,  and  the  26th  regiment,  were*  seen  almost  in  a  line 'with 
and  not  far  removed  from  the  head-quarters  of  the  37th  just  before 
the  rain  commenced,  and  no  one  for  a  moment  feared  for  the  safety  of 
the  detached  company,  fn  fact  we  had  not  proceeded- many  paces  be« 
fore  the  men  said  that  the  '  teem  we  company^  was  close  on  our  rear. 

it  would  be  difficult  to  give  a  description  of  this  retrograde  move- 
ment. The  rain  had  completely  obliterated  every  trace  of  a  footpath. 
There  was  nothing  but  one  sea  of  water  before^  us.  The  thunder 
and- lightning  were  awful.  The  Chinese,  I  have  no  doubt,  looked 
upon' the  storm  as  a  judgment  inflicted  by  their  gods  upon  the  bar- 
barians. ~  About  4  p.  M.,  the  -37th  arrived  at  the  position  they  had 
started  from.  There  the  worthy  general  dtiil  stood ;  though  drenched 
with  rain,  he  would  not  move,  tilf  he  saw  us  all  safe  back.  And  how 
gratified  must  every  man  present  have  been  to  see  him  so  satisfied 
with  what  had  been  done.  With  his  head  uncovered,  he  shook  hands 
with  and  thanked  the  native  officers  for  their  exertions.  The  26th 
was  seen  approaching.  The  third  company  of  the  37th  was  supposed 
to  be  coming  up  in  the  rear  of  that  corps.  On  the  arrival  of  the 
latter,  however,  what  was  the  surprise  of  all  to  hear  that  they  had 
seen*  nothing  of  the  missing  company^  It  was  now  about  5  o'clock 
p.  M.,  and  that  portion  of  the  force  that  had  been  employed  all  day 
y9^a  ^tigued,  ai^d  the  rain  had  rendered  their  muskets  unservicieiible, 


I84t.  Capture  uf  the  Heights  abooe  Cmton.  309 

BO  thai  ii  would  have  been  useless  to  have  sent  them  in  search  of  our 
inisBing  men  i  an  eipress  was  therefore  dispatched'  for  two  com- 
panies of  the  Royal  Marines  armed  with  percMsion  muskets.  The 
rear  of  the  26ih,  while  reiiriug,  had  been  much  annoyed  by  the  ene> 
my.  Taking  advintage  of  the  almost  helpless  state  of  our  men— none 
of  whose  muskets  would  go  off,  aod  their  bayonets  becoming  all  but 
useless  weapons  when  opposed  to  long  spears,  so  that  little  reus- 
tance  beyond  self-protection  could  be  offered— -the  enemy  contrired 
to  pull  over  some  of  otir  men,  with  an  instrumeot  resembling  a  shep- 
herd's crook  attached  to  a  long  bamboo,  and  afterwards  rush  on  their 
unfortunate  victims  with  their  swords. 

Great  anxiety  was  now  entertained  for  the  fate  of  the  missing  com- 
paoy.  The  food  of  the  sepoys  had  just  been  cooked,  when  tlie  order 
arrived  to  fall  in;  and  such  was  the  anxiety  of  the  men  to  close  with 
the  soars  who  had  been  the  means  of  bringing  them  from  their  own 
country  (an  expression  the  sepoys  were  often  heard  to  make),  that 
they  preferred  leaving  everything  untouched,  saying  they  would  have 
a  better  appetite  on  their  return ;  consequently  none  of  them  had  takea 
any  food  since  the  previous  day  at  noon.  They  had  been  expoeed  tooi 
for  the  whole  day  to  very  harassing  duty,  at  one  time  under  a  bnMl- 
ing  sun,  and  at  another  under  drenching  rain.  It  was  therefore 
very  natural  to  suppose  that  by  tliia  time  Ihey  were  considerably 
fatigued. 

to  a  small  forcR  like  ours — at  leaat  small  compared  to  the  numbers 
upposed  to  us — the  loss  of  even  one  compnny  of  sixty  men  would  be 
severely  fell.  But  Providence  had  destined  it  otherwise.  An  oc* 
oasional  musket  shot  waa  heard  by  the  marines  in  search;  and  on 
advancing  towards  the  spot  whence  it  proceeded,  a  distinct  '  hur- 
rah '  was  heard  to  follow  each  report.  The  marines  also  fired  a  few 
shot,  and  returned  the  '  hurrah,'  and  before  the  men  were  aware  of 
It  (for  at  Ibis  lime  it  was  quiie  dark  and  continued  to  rain),  came 
suddenly  upon  a  large  body  of  Chinese,  who  scampered  off  as  soon 
as  they  saw  our  men  approaching,  and  exposed  to  view  ihe  lost  party, 
drawn  up  in  form  of  a  square.  A  feu  rUjnit  was  fired  by  the  marines 
in  the  direction  of  ihe  flying  cowardly  enemy,  after  which  ihe  whole 
party  turned  homewards,  the  marines  carrying  such  as  wer«  wounded. 
It  was  about  0  o'clock  p.  m.,  when  the  men  retched  the  lines,  whers 
many  hearty  congratulations  passed  on  all  sides. 

It  now  appeared  that  this  company  commenced  retiring  about  the 
same  time  with  the  rest  of  the  force  composing  the  advance;  and 
ibat  after  they  had  proceeded  a  few  hundred  yards,  their  rear  ivan 


iOO  ijaptufe  of  ike  Heights  above  Vantoh.  JuLV, 

assailed  in  the  same  manner  as  the  rear  of  the  26th ;  and  thai  before 
assistance  could  reach  them,  one  of  the  rear  rank  was  pulled  over 
and  cut  to  pieces.  Young  Berkeley,  with  half  a  dozen  men,  rushed 
forward  to  try  and  save  this  poor  feTlow.  But  it  was  too  late :  though 
he  struggled  hard  for  his  life,  and  eveif  when  surrounded  by  numbers, 
and  deprived  of  his  musket,  made  g6od  use  of  his  bayonet,  till  covered 
with  wounds  he  could  resist  no  longer.  The  musket  was  picked  up 
by  one  of  the  enemy,  who,  fixing  his  eyes  on  the  officer  (for  he  had 
by  this  time  retufrned  to  his  place  in  the  square,  which  at  the  moment 
had  been  suddenly  formed,)  and,  stepping  behind  a  bush,  deliberate* 
ly  rested  the  musket  on  a  branch,  and  coolly  turning  over  the  wet 
powder  inf  the  pan,-  apparently  not  at  all  understanding  the  use  of  the 
flibft  and  steel,  appfied  his  own  slow  match  to  the  powder,  which,  on 
explodtng,  lodged  the  ball  in  Mr.  Berkeley's  right  arm.  At  this  time 
not  a  musket  would  go  off,  and  little  resistance  could  be  offered  with 
the  bayohet  against  the  enemy's  long  spears.  The  men,  afler  remain* 
ing  in  this  position  for  a  short  time,  were  enabled  to  advance  to  a 
more  defensible  one,  where  too  they  were  soon  surrounded  by  thou* 
sands  of  the  enemy,  who  had  they  possessed  the  slightest  determination 
6ouid  have  at  once*  annihilated  them.  The  rain  ceasing  to  fall  for  a 
tittie^.  enabled  the  men  to  discharge  a  few  of  their  muskets.  The 
enemy  was  not  rembVed  above  15  yards,  and  every  shot  told  as  a  mat> 
ter  of  course.  Many  of  the  sepoys,  afler  extracting  the  wet  oartridgei, 
Htj  deliberately  tore  their  pocket  handkerchiefs  or  lining  from 
their  turbans  (the  only  dry  thing  about  them),  and  baling  water  with 
their  h^nds  into  the  barrel  of  their  pieces,  washed  and  dried  them. 
They  were,  thea  enabled  to  fire  a  few  volleys  in  succession,  and  as 
^ohshottoki  #ith  great  effect  in'  the  crowd,  the  enemywas  forced  to 
retire;! our  small  party  were  then  enabled  to  proceed  a  considerable 
^^y  homewards,  followed  however,  though  at  a  respectful  distance, 
6y  the  enemy.  The  tain  again  returning,  encouraged  the  Chinese  to 
advance ;  nothihg  therefore  was  left  for  our  men,  but  a  third  time  to 
form  a  square,  in  which-  positiob  they  made  up  their  minds  to  remain 
till  morning.'  Biiit  they  had  not  been  there  more  than  two  hours  when 
the  marines. came: up.  ( 

During  the  whole  of  the  period  this  small  party  was  so  much  ha- 
f'assed,  no  body  of  men  could  possibly  have  been  steadier,  or  behaved 
with  greater  coolness  and  bravery.  The  eagerness  with  which  they 
obeyed  the  orders  of  their  officers,  their  agility  in  warding  off  every 
blow,  and  resisting  the  sudden  rushes  on  the  square,  their  deter- 
mination in  Having  the  lives  of  their  comrades,  who  more  than  once 


Inn.  Ctiptare  oftkt  tleighU  uboet  Canton.  401 

all  but  full  into  the  tiands  of  the  enemy,  and  their  steady  conduct 
throughout,  reflect  not  only  credit  on  themselves,  but  also  on  the 
army  they  belong  to;  and  deserve  to  be  recorded  in  the  annals  of 
British  India,  as  a  proof  '  of  what  can  be  efiecied  by  discipline  and 
bravery.'  The  lo^is  this  company  sustained  was  one  private  killed, 
one  oificer  and  14  men  severely  wounded.  It  was  commahded  by 
lieutenant  HaditelJ,  an  old  and  experienced  oilicer. 

The  party  had  hardly  quitted  their  position,  when  the  enemy  open- 
ed a  fire  upon  them  Trom  a  small  gun,  which  they  had  mounted  on  a 
neighboring  rising  ground,  but  the  shot  fell  short. 

The  next  day,  sir  Hugh  issued  the  roKowing  General  Orders 
referring  to  this  affair. 

GtNltKAL  OlDEIU.     No.  3. 

Hud  Quarten.  Fort  Yungkiuig.  3tBl  .Miy,  IMI. 
To  the  wii^  of  tha  SGth  (Cimeroniinn).  th'a  camp&ny  o(  Royal  Muinei,  three 
compeniea  of  the  3Tlh  Midru  N.  Infantry,  and  detachment  of  Bengal  Voliin- 
teen,  who  were  tngigod  yeplorday  in  repelling  the  advance  of  a  large  body 
of  the  enemr,  mijor-general  sir  Hugh  Goueh  otFers  hn  best  Ihanka  for  their 
■teed;  and  ipinted  conduct,  which  viis  as  eatibfaciofv  to  the  major.gcneral.  as  it 
was  creditable  to  iliem. 

By  order.        (Sipwd)         AkMud  S.  H.  Mouhtain,  Lt-ooboel,  O.  A.  iS. 

On  the  31st,  the  enemy  again  appeared  collecting  in  large  num- 
bers, and  the  troops  were  again  under  arms.  But  from  yesterday's  expe- 
rience, we  knew  it  would  be  labor  lost  to  pursue  them.  The  general, 
meantime,  suspecting  that  this  assemblage  of  troops  was  a  preconcert- 
ed arrangement  of  the  Chinese  authorities  in  the  city,  intimated  to 
the  latter,  tliat,  unless  all  hostile  show  on  their  part  was  removed,  he 
should  immediately  storm  and  take  possession  of  the  city.  Such 
was  now  the  alarm  of  the  Rwangchow  foo,  and  Yang,  "the  rebel- 
quelling  general,"  that  they  advanced,  with  an  escort,  and  held  an 
interview  with  the  officer  commanding  the  Chinese  troops  outside, 
and  they  dispersed  on  the  following  day. 

Five  millions  of  dollars  having  been  received,  and  security  procur- 
ed for  the  remainder,  the  force  left  the  heights  above  Canton,  and 
rettirncd  to  their  ships,  leaving  this  great  city  a  second  time 'a 
record  of  British  magnanimity  and  forbearance.' 


OL,    X.    NO.    VII. 


40*21  Mtmorial  io  Ike  Emperor*  July, 


ART...y:  .  Mmoriai  from  Yihshan  and  his  eotkagues  io  the  tm* 
peror'  concerning  the.  capture  of  the  forts  and  heights  above 
Canton.     (From  the  Canton  Press.) 

This  day,  the  14tb  day  of  the  4th  moon  (3d  June,  1841),  we,  the  great  rebel- 
qaelliDc  eeneral  Yihshan,  and  the  lieutenant-genemls  Lungwan  and  Yangfang, 
reipectlulTy  take  all  the  facts  relating  to  the  Englbh  foreigners  malLing  an  attack 
00  the  provincial  city  with  their  snips,  and  that  we  eierted  ourselves  to  the 
utmost,  leading  on  our  soldiers  to  defend  the  same,  which  happily  has  escaped 
without  (much)  damage;— ^nd  after  considering  the  whole  state  of  affairs,  how 
that,  we  have  adopted  certain,  temporary  measures  suited  to  the  eiicencies  of  the 
case,  and  having  for  their  object  our  being  able  in  future  to  (maintain -the  place) : 
all  these  facts  we  now  respectfully  embody  in  the  present  memoriaU  looliing  np: 
wards,  and  hoping  that  it  will  obtain  a  sacred  glance.  .  Your  slaves  already,  on 
the  6th  day  of  the  present  moon  (26th  May,  1841),  took  all  the  details  of'^what 
had  occurred  up  to  that  date,  and  duly  forwarded  them  as  is  recorded. 

The  city  of  Canton  stands  at  the  foot  of  a  hill  called  Kwanyin  shan»  while  iti 
front  extends  to  the  banks  of  the  great  river.  To  the  northwest,  is  the  depart- 
ment of  Shaouking  foo,  and  to  the  north  are  the  lesser  districts  of  Nanheung  chow, 
Leftnchow,  &Ai.,  &c.,  all  of  whose  merchants  and  travelers  come  to  the  provin- 
cial city  by  several  branches  of  the  river,  which  passes  by  Fatee,  and  afterward 
mingle  their  waters  with  the  great  ocean. 

From  the  time  that  the  foreign  ships  forced  their  way  into  the  provincial  river, 
they  stationed  a  great  many  vessels  (at  the  most  important  points),  and  thus 
grasped  the  very  throat  and  wind-prpe  of  our  communication.  The  eastern 
branch  by  Lefitelh  (neighborhood  of  Howqua*s  Folly),  and  the  western  branch 
by  Ta  Hwang  kaou  (Macao  passage),  both  communicate  with  Whampoa,  and 
thence  to  the  Bocca  Tigris;  there  are  many  arms  of  the  sea  flowing  in  different 
directions;  the  creeks,  inlets,  and  outlets  are  most  multifarious;  during  the  floods 
the  whole  country  is  under  water,  and  there  is  no  important  ptiss  where  a  garrison 
might  be  placed-  for  defence.  Moreover,  the  flelds  are  cramped  and  narrow,  it 
is  not  easy  to  find  a  place  to  pitch  a  camp, — the  hills  on  the  north  command  the 
city,  so  that  one  may  look  down  and  see  everything  going  on  within  t  and  the 
foreigners  were*  constantly  in  the  habit  of  prying  and  spying^  for  sooth  it  was  no 
easy  matter  to  prevent  them. 

Having  previously  prepared  our  means  of  attack  by  flre  at  Nelshing,  fifteen  U 
from  thto  city,  in-  which  we  used  rafts  of  wood  floated  down  ftxim  Kwangse, 
and ; quantities  of  paddy-straw  brought  from  Kinshan  and  other  places  in  the 
lesser  district  of  Sanshwuy,  we  dispatched  several  special  mei>sengers  in  order 
to  have  them  bound,  and  properly  placed  (to  drift  on  the  foreign  ships).  But 
these  said  foreigners,  having  round  oiit  for  the  second  time  that  our  fire-rafts  were 
about  rendy,  drew  the  sword  and  commenced  the  war  from  the  1st  of  the  moon. 
Tho  rebels  sent  their  ship's  boats  secretly  to  sound  and  get  information,  but  they 
were  beaten  back  by  the  oflBcers  and  soldiers  of  the  garrison,  who  opened  upon 
them  a  fire  of  great  guns  and  matchlocks.  So  it  was  until  the  fifth  day  (Tuesaay, 
25ih  M«y>,  when  thirty-eight  sail  of  foreign  ships  rushed  up  In  a  body  and  at- 
tacked the  city;  and  at  the  same  time  (another  body  of  the  rebels)  proceeded  In 
steamboats  to  Nf'ishing,  and  opened  their  fire  upon  it.  A  number  of  native 
traitors  dressed  like  sailors  in  the  confusion  sot  into  our  ships,  which  were  filled 
with  pad  Jy-straw,  and  set  fire  to  Ihem  risht  and  left,  and  burned  the  greater  part 
of  the  fuel  in  the  rear  of  our  troops.  These  native  traitors  then  swam  on  shore, 
and  proceeded  by  land  to  our  rear,  and  thus  Nelshing,  being  attacked  simulta- 
neously on  three  points  could  hold  out  no  longer. 

At  this  time  the  river  being  blocked  up  (by  the  enemy),  there  were  no  means  of 
forwardinjc  any  communication;  those  who  hurried  onwards  to  work  the  guns  had 
no  way  of  getting  there,  and  those  who  had  previously  gone  to  hasten  the  arriv«l 
(of  other  guns)  had  no  way  of  getting  them  transported  to  the  city.    As  regards 


1S4I.  Manorial  to  Ike  Emptror.  403 

ilorei  far  Iht  loldien,  thoUgb  we  bad  abundi 
BI1M.  nbicb  w«  could  bave  ground  at  Buy  (i 
mon  peoplsiiull  braugbl  from  )be  counir; 
defence  u I'  tlie  citji.  tbe  merchanl  rould  n 
would  ba  worse,  (he  |woplB  could  not  wilboul  difficully  procure  Iheir  daily 
food.  Add  lo  Ihi?,  (bat  tbe  roar  of  ihe  cannon  wai  unceasing,  tbe  peofile  of 
Ihe  new  cilv  (loutb  lidei.  one  rollowing  Ihe  einoiple  of  Ibe  other,  all  tnoved 
into  the  old  city  (nonh  aide),  and  Ibere  Ihey  bad  a  itrugKle.  Sucb  a  Hate  of 
Ihiup  conld  not  lait  lone  before  (he  lupplv  would  become  eibauited.  and  tliea 
Ihe  anger  of  tbe  muUilude  would  be  quite  irreprcMible  !  We  Uumbly  think  that 
Ihe  Important  poil  of  tbe  provincial  city  concern!  (he  wbole  province  ;  tbould  it 
be  lost  by  any  remissnesi,  then  tbe  thieves  and  vagnbonds  of  every  diifricl  would 
avail  Ihemieivei  of  (he  opportunity,  and  rise  in  swarmi  like  so  manif  wnipi  ! 
Moreover,  an  organized  army  [(hough  disbanded)  may  be  reasiembled  \  in  march- 
ing troopi  through  the  country,  numerous  opporlunilief  prDsenl  (hemiolvei  for 
Hiecting  important  passes,  and  engaging  Ihe  enemy  at  advantage,  bul  there  is  no 

trinciple  by  which  we  may  Bbandan  (he  provincial  city  to  its  [a(e;  if  (he  city 
old  out.  or  if  il  be  los(,  the  awful  responsibility  reid  with  ui  your  slavei,  and  for 
Ihe  city  (o  be  lost  and  for  ui  id  perish  along  with  it,  does  Dot  appear  to  be  the 
plan  best  suited  to  tbe  wettara  of  the  country !  We  your  ilacea  neve  again  and 
again  reQecled  on  all  tbe  circumsiances  of  the  case,  and  are  compelled  to  con- 
fau  that  we  found  ounelvei  at  our  witi'  end  ! 

Having  previously  examined  (he  site  of  tbe  city,  and  foitnd  (hat  the  ford  on 
(he  north  ware  small  nnd  cnmped  in  tbeirconaliuctlon,  and  could  not  contain 
manv  loldien.  we  could  only  selecl  our  best  troop*  and  station  them  on  the 
northern  quarter,  placing  some  guns  there  that  they  might  make  a  iiout  defeuie. 
Thus  tbey  waited  until  the  foreigners,  having  landed  from  their  ships  at  NeiiiiiKg, 
Were  pushing  straight  forward  lo  the  nnrih  side  of  (ho  ci(y,  when  our  nien  open- 
ed a  thundering  fire  and  killed  more  than  ten  of  (he  foreign  rebels,  and  upivardi 
o(  a  hundred  of  (he  unlive  traitors!  Tbe  said  foreigner!  Upon  this  retired  lo 
(lie  bel|h1i  above  llie  (uwn,  and  the  forli  reiHAined  in  llieir  poue»ien  :  1(  being 
now  dark,  we  drew  affour  Iroops  within  (he  city.  , 

Thus  matters  went  on  till  tbe  Tlh  day  of  the  moon  (Thunday.  27(b  May),  when 
(be  whole  of  Ihe  luhabitanis  of  Ihe  city  came  rushing  In  crowds  and  iireseiiled 
pelidont.  begging  and  praying  that  ive  Would  take  meaiurei  (o  lavo  (belr  livei, 
and  a[  (be  same  time  the  soldiers  on  duty  a(  the  embraiurei  reported  that  they 
had  seen  the  foreigners  beckoning  with  their  hands  towards  the  cily  as  if  they  bad 
sotnetbing  to  comntunicatB.  We  thereupon  Immediately  ordered  the  brigadier 
HeangSuyshingto  moun(  (he  cily  wall  and  look.  He  raw  several  ■  barbarian  eyei' 
pnindng  lo  heaven  and  earlb.  bu(  could  no(  make  out  wbat  tbey  said.     He  forlh- 

wilb  called  a  lineuisl  (o  inq  "~    "'--■    '-- -■    -  ■---  ■■    - ■'- =  -■ 

Iba(  "(bey  begged  the  great 
complain  of  lo  biio."  Upoi 
Vungfuh  said  lolhem  in  an  angry  toi 

celestial  dynasty  come  out  lo  tee  auch  as  you  r  ne  nas  come  oera  ny  commano 
of  the  great  emperor,  and  he  knows  nolbini;  more  about  you  than  to  Gghl  with 
you!"  Upon  (his  the  said  barbarians  loolt  olf  their  hsti  and  made  a  bow: 
(ben  tbey  seni  awajr  the  people  who  were  about  tbem,  and  casting  their  weapons 
on  the  ground,  perlormed  an  obeisance  towards  the  city  wall.  Twan  yungfiib. 
—having  previously  got  permission  from  ui  your  slaves  to  do  so,— then  asked 
thetn  what  grievancra  they  had  to  complain  of.  which  had  cansud  (hem  to  resist 
thaforueiofthe  Centml  land,  and  condticl  themselves  so  madly  and  rebellioasly 
on  many  nccaiions.  They  in  course  replied,  ihat  "they  the  tunglish.  could  not 
carry  on  their  trade.  Ihat  llieir  goods  were  not  bein^  consumed,  tbil  iheir  capital 
was  wailing  away,  and  Ihat  their  debts  were  nol  being  repaid  them  :  and  (hat  aa 
both  parties  wem  lirlng  olF  their  great  guns  on  the  side  of  the  new  city,  tbey  bad 

side  to  befi  the  chief  general   that  he  would  Implore  the   great   emperor  in  Iheir 

bebalf,  ihat  he  would  have  mercy  upon  them,  and  cause  (heir  debts  to  be  repaid 

^  them,  and  graciously  permil  tbem  lo  carry  on  Iheir  commerce,  when  tbey  would 

Immediately  withdraw  their  ships  from  Ihe  Bocca  T'St^'i  ■><)<'  deliver  up  all  thi 


404  Memorial  to  the  Emperor.  Jni.v, 

forts  they  had  taken,  and  never  dare  again  to  raise  any  disfarb^nce:''  and  other 
words  to  that  effect.  And  at  the  same  time  all  the  bong*mercJliants  handed  in  a 
petition  stating,  that  "  the  whole  body  of  the  foreign  merchants  had  authorised 
them  to  say  for  them  that  they  only  wanted  to  carry  on  trade  as  before,  and  to 
have  the  debts  cleared  off  which  have  been  owing  to  them  for  many  years,  when 
they  would  immediately  talce  all  their  ships  of  war,  and  withdraw  them  beyond 
the  Bocca  Tigris,"  &c.,  &c. 

Your  slaves,  having  taken  an  enlarged  view  of  the  question,  and  duly  weighed} 
and  deliberated  thereanent,  came  to  the  conclusion,  that  the  defences  of  the 
Bocca  Tigris  being  already  lost,  those  within  and  those  without  hsid  alike  no 
place  of  strength  to  depend  upon,  and  it  would  be  better  to  grant  their  terms  and 
thus  save  the  city  from  its  perilous  situation,  and  reanimate  the  drooping  spifits 
of  its  inhabitsnts,  rather  than  continue  a  struggle  which  was  jeopardising  the 
many  millions  of  lives  of  the  whole  province,  and  which  migfaf  not  have  a  suc- 
cessful result  after  all.  On  summing  up  the  pecuniary  resources  of  the  single 
province  of  Canton,  we  find  that  its  custom-house  duties  and  land-taies  do  not 
yield  less  than  three  millions  of  taels  annually,  and  if  we  could  only  get  these 
foreign  claims  cleared  off,  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  the  province  would  reco- 
ver Itself:  whereas  if  we  sit  idly  waiting  for  a  long  time,  perhaps  some  unlooked- 
for  calamity  may  overtake  us,  when  not  bnly  will  it  be  impossible  for  the  pro- 
vince to  recover  itself,  but  it  will  be  involved  in  vast  expense,  thrown  into  utter 
confusion,  and  the  common  people  of  the  land,  who  are  the  very  essence  of 
the  land  itself,  should  they  meet  the  poisonous  influence  (of  a  foreign  war?},  the 
consequences  might  be  very  grave  indeed.  Therefore  it  was  tliat  after  maturely 
deliberating  together,  we  dispatched  the  Kwangchow  foo,  Yu  Paoushon,  to  do 
the  best  he  could,  and  in  accordance  with  the  request  of  the  merchants  to  grant 
for  the  time  being  the  favor  of  carrying  on  commercial  relations  to  all  countries 
on  the  same  footing;-^hus  viewing  the  recovery  of  the  people  from  their  state 
of  destitution  as  the  object  of  primary  importance/ 

Commerce  is  to  these  saia  foreigners  the  very  artery  of  life.  Let  us  wait 
quietly  till  the  foreign  ships  of  war  have  retired,  and  the  native  traitors  are  dis- 
perseo,  when,  beginning  with  the  river  in  front  of  the  city,  and  continuing  the 
work  down  to  the  Bocca  Tigris  itself,  at  everv  important  pass  we  shall  block  up 
the  course  of  the  river  with  pries  of  stones,  and  there  erect  forts  and  place  guns; 
and  thus,  having  secured  the  d6or  of  entraince,  we  shall  have  ample  means  to  op- 
pose their  progress,  and  maintain  our  defences.  And  finally,  having  thus  our 
gripe  on  their  thrapple,  should  they  ever  dare  again  to  give  rein  to  their  out- 
rageous conduct,  we  can  in  a  moment  stop  their  commerce ; — this  then  is  a  mode 
of  governing  them  whfeh  b  always  in  our  own  hands. 

These  facts  relating  to  the  late  attack  on  this  city,  and  the  temporary  expe- 
dients which  we  have  adopted  in  the  exigencies  of  the  case,  we  now  respectfully 
unite  with  the  other  memorials  which  we  have  sent  up  successively,  and  humbly 
hope  that  a  holy  glance  may  be  cast  upon  them,  and  the  sabred  will  in  course 
manifested. 

SuppUmeniary  memorial  to  the  preceding. 

Further,  your  alavea  Yihshan,  Lungwan,  and  Yangfaziff,  received  your  sacred 
majesty's  special  commands  to  lead  a  body  of  troops  to  Canton  to  attack  and  ex- 
terminate  the  English  rebels ;  and  your  slaves  Ahtsingah  ( the  Tartar  general  of 
the  garrison),  Kc  Kung  (the  viceroy)!  KleSng  (the  lieutenant-governor),  and  Yusuy 
(the  too  tungr«  or  Tartar  lieutenant-general),  had  alike  with  us  a  share  of  the 
responsibility  of  holding  out  the  provincial  city ; — ^there  was  not  a  day  that  wo 
did  not  consider  how  we  niight  massacre  utterly  this  hateful  brood,  ttiereby 
manifesting  the  majesty  of  heaven  (i.  e.  China),  and  gladdening  the  hearts  of  men. 
How  then  should  we  dare  to  act  (appkirently)  in  opposition  to  such  sentiments, 
and  bring  forward  plana  for  tempormry  expedients  7  Alas !  this  arose  wholly  from 
the  necessity  of  otir  position ;  we  could  not  possibly  help  it.  And  we  cannot  do 
otherwise  than  lay  before  the  holy  lord  the  feelings  of  bitterneaa  that  now  swell 
our  bosoms. 

There  are  ei^rht  serious  difficulties  in  the  way  of  defending  the  city  of  Canton 
from  attack,  which    vour  slave    Yangfang,  on  a  previous  occasion,  laid  befocri 


1841.  Mtmorial  to  Iht  Emptror.  UHi 

your  majfiilv  in  i  nerirn  mi'mnnil ;  and  whtn  «p,  your  elaven  Yilivljin  and 
Lungwin  iiTiTed  al'lsrwards  in    Kwanfrlung.    we   fnund   thai  on    the   ri^ht  side 

Lhe  enemy. 

On  going  up  lhe  Btreim  of  Ume.  we  tind  that  Canlon  has  earned  on  comnirririsl 
intercoiUK  willi  all  foreign  counliien  for  iboui  :iUO  years.  The  aalives  of  Canton 
mo«t  thoroughly  know  lhe  dispoiitlon*  of  the  foreigner!  and  theii  liking;  the  peol 
pie  who  dwell  on  the  coan,  such  bj  lhe  fiBhermen.  and  th^boat  poople,  thone  who 
conctanlly  come  and  go  wjtli  the  tide  through  our  military  aUliona.  are  all  in  leB|[Ua 
with  them,  and  undenland  Iheir  lanEUagc;  Iheee  are  ^edy  after  gain  and  fond 
of  atrife.  Love  of  counlrj  (of  the  naiait  tolam)  han^  loo«ely  about  tfaem  ;  there. 
fore  il  is  that  lhe  foreigners  do  not  grudge  eipensc  lo  gel  them  into  (heir  em- 
ployment, and  conaBqucnlly  their  hearts  arc  turned  lovvarda  iheir  maslerG,  while 
they  are  dead  lo  ua  ;  Ihey  obey  their  foroign  maslera  m  ail  thinsB.  they  conTcy 
lhe  most  aecret  intelligence,  and  there  is  nothing  m  short  that  they  maj  not  be 
induced  to  dot  Although  we  have  already  caught  several,  and  immedlalely  execut- 
ed them,  yet  the  traces  of  the  others  being  obtilerated  m  a  great  commercial  vorter 
like  this,  there  is  really  no  way  of  diBlmguishing  them.  A  alill  norse  feature  ia 
thai  there  am  thou  vho  falsely  make  Boldiei's  dresseB,  and  imitate  the  badgaa, 
and  enter  our  ranks  as  if  they  were  going  to  battle.  These  perhaps  run  away  at 
the  Gr«l  onset  (to  spread  a  panic  among  our  men),  or  they  attack  and  wound  our 
otGcers  and  soldiers!  Their  villuiies  are  ijuito  innumerable;  so  much  so  that 
many  of  Ihem  are  positive  spies  in  our  very  camp  \  [n  this  lile  affair  we  secreily 
caught  sevBtaJ,  and  after  decapitating  them  we  eiposcd  their  heads  to  lhe  people 
hj  vuj  of  wamin^- 

On  a  previous  occasion,  raur  majesTy't  slave  Eleiing  dunng  the  second  moui) 
(i.  o.  after  the  fall  of  the  Boguej,  had  proclamations  cut  out  and  printed  in  which 
he  assured  them  that  what  was  past  and  gorw  would  be  pardoned,  and  promiBc4 
Ihem  wealth  and  henors  if  Ihey  would  reforio  and  etert  themselves.  Your  alavca 
also  again  and  a  third  time  issued  proclamations  enhorting  Ihem  to  renovate 
ihemselves.  and  promising  most  handsome  rewards,  and  yet  thoae  of  them  wliq 

Again,  our  great  guru  by  sea  and  land  being  already  lost,  atid  we  having  nq 
others  to  replace  them,  our  vessels  of  war  being  without  tailors  lo  man  them,  out 
land  troops  whenever  ihey  approached  the  bank  of  the  river  to  repel  the  enemy, 
being  met  by  the  lita  of  the  foreigners,  which  was  fierce  in  tlie  eitreme,  Ihoiie 
defences  which  we  depended  upon,  such  aa  mounds  of  earth,  sand-bags,  cotloq 
waste,  and  cowhides,  though  built  up  more  than  a  clumg  {three  yards)  thick,  boing 
shot  through,  our  soldiers  had  not  a  spot  left  them  where  they  could  set  their  font. 
Now  although  the  IT.OOO  and  odd  troops  of  lhe  imperial  army  who  hare  been  apJ 

pointed  lo  defend  this  poet,  poweH  officers  who  hive  had  lonj  eipeneace  in  tlia 
army,  and  ihough  both  they  and  the  common  men  most  nolfly  risked  their  lives, 
ybt  alas,  the  ground  in  lhe  neighborhood  of  Canton  is  not  tilled  Cot  giving  battle ; 
il  is  difficult  thpre  to  pitch  so  much  ai  a  camp,  and  what  between  the  heat  and 
the  maisture,  if  (troops)  remain  long  there,  tliey  are  sure  to  have  a  dea)  nf 
sickness;  putting  out  of  view  those  we  left  in  gamson  at  Fuhahan  and  Shili- 
mun,  of  the  rest  we  could  only  use  some  seven  or  eight  out  of  every  Ian.  And 
upon  this  occasion,  when  lhe  foreign  ships  advanced  in  a  long  anbrokcn  lino,  and 
atucked  the  city,  our  otticers  and  people,  though  they  exerted  themselves  moat 
valiantly,  and  qmte  regardleai  of  their  peiannal  safety,  atrnegled  hard  with  them 
for  esveral  I'ays  and  nighls  ;  yel,  alas  I  the  native  traitors  fanning  and  inflaming 
tlier  mmds  of  people  on  one  hand,  while  on  the  oiher  the  li^mgn  bandilfi  having 
effected  a  landing  on  the  southern  side,  and  having  in  their  possession  all  the 
road*  and  heights  north  of  [he  city,  whence  Ihey  looked  down  upon  an,  the 
whole    provmcial  city  was  before   their  eyes,    and   ihc   danger   was  mdeed  most 


Ws,  miir  alKTSi,  h«rln(  been  fed  and  tsuimI  by  the  bounty  of  your  tntjeMy. 
utd'havtog  fivtber  (vceiredyirar  tm^mttft  command!  to  proceed  hither  for  th« 
debnce  or  the  fronlier,  what  need  U  there  for  the  slightest  eomraieention  ahonltf 
our  fingte  hvm  be  lost  (in  the  discharge  of  our  duty) ;  but  remembering  thai  ifilliia 


406  Memorial  to  the  Emperor.  July, 

this  city  are  nevcnl  millioos  of  Uycb, — what  evil  have  they  done  that  they  ahouid 
he  exposed  to  this  poisonous  in^aence  (i.  e.  the  horrors  of  war)?  Moreover  a  pro- 
yincial  city  b  a  most  important  position  I  In  it  are  all  the  granaries,  treasuries,  and 
state-prisons  (of  the  whole  province  J,  and  these  are  of  the  utmost  consequence  to 
xis !  Should  such  an  important  position  once  be  lost  through  remiasnen,  difficult 
would  it  be  to  recover  it ;  la  the  meantime,  our  native  banditti  would  avail  them, 
selves  of  the  opportunity,  and  stail  up  in  every  direction,  and  the  entire  province 
would  be  thrown  into  commotion ;  a  contingency  which  one  cannot  bear  to  con- 
template. 

To  sum  up  the  whole,  it  being  impossible  to  all  appearances  that  we  could  have 
held  out  the  city  much  longer,  and  the  consternation  of  the  people  increasing 
every  day,  the  inhabitants  came  one  on  the  heels  of  another,  and  with  mncS 
weeping  and  wailing  begged  that  we  would  take  measures  to  save  their  lives.  We, 
your  slaves,  thougnt  over  the  subject  a  third  and  a  fourth  time,  and  we  came  to 
the  oonclusbn,  that,  if  we  did  not  make  some  temporary  arrangement,  matters 
were  likely  to  |[et  ten  tiines  worse  than  they  were,  .and  so  in  like  proportion 
.should  we  find  it  difl|cult  to  exculpate  ourselves  from  our  increase  of  crime.  I^ 
however,  before  making  these  arranffen^ents,  we  have  not  laid  a  statement  before 
your  majesty,  and  waited  the  imperial  pleasure  before  presuming  to  act,  we  beg 
to  aaenre  your  majesty  that  it  was  owing  to  the  extreme  urgency  of  the  ease 
^hieh  would  not  admit  of  any  delay.  We  humbly  confess  tl^t  we  have  errsd 
jand  blundered  in  every  particular,  so  that  had  we  a  hundred  mouths,  we  could 
.not  plead  exemption  from  the  consequences  of  our  grievous  crimes.  We  there-- 
fore  beg  an  imperial  decree  that  we  be  handed  over  to  the  Board  of  Punishments 
to  be  most  severely  dealt  with. 

Second  supplementary  memorial  to  the  preceding. 

And  further,  Canton  has  held  commercial  Intercourse  with  all  foreign  coun- 
tries for  about  200  years,  and  our  hong-mercbants,  having  had  dealings  with  the 
foreign  merchants  for  such  a  length  of  lime,  the  debts  which  the  former  owe  to 
the  latter  have  in  consequence  become  very  large  On  various  occasions  the 
foreigners  have  petitioned  that  these  might  be  renaid,  and  the  different  hoppos 
have  always  at  the  time  deprived  those  hong-mercDaots  who  were  most  deeply  in- 
debted, of  their  office,  and  cast  them  into  prison,  apportioning  the  claims  to  bo 
paid  beck  by  the  other  hong-merchants  in  instalments,  as  is  duly  recorded  ;-7-such 
has  hitherto  been  the  mode  of  procedure. 

Now,  however,  the  original  hong-merchants  Woo  Pingkefin  (old  Howqua)  and 
others  have  petitioned  setting  forth,  that  **  formerly^  when  the  English  carried  on 
trade,  we  (the  bong-merebants)  owed  them  accumulated  sums;  and  although  It 
had  been  fully  understood  and  agreed  upon  that  we  were  to  pay  them  by  In- 
stalments in  a  certain  number  of  years,  yet  the  English  trade  having  been  stop^ 
pad  since  the  year  J 839  up  to  the  present  moment,  we  have  never  been  able  to- 
clear  off  the  debt.  Now  bavinr  received  your  excellency's  commands  to  ex- 
amine how  we  may  most  speedily  clear  off  these  accounts,  how  dare  we  under 
such  circumstances  procrastinate  in  the  slightest,  or  make  vain  excuses!  Besides 
our  own  ways  and  means  when  strained  to  the  very  uttermost,  we  are  still  In 
arremr  3,800,tXX)  taels;  and  as  matters  are  very  urgent,  and  the  different  tea  and  silk 
merchants  have  all  gone  away  for  a  time,  we  have  reallv  no  way  of  borrowing 
the  money.  We  can  only  beg  that  your  eicellencies  will  be  graciously  pleased 
to  lend  us  the  said  sum  of  23X),000  taels  out  of  the  monies  in  the  public  trensory, 
with  which  we  shall  dear  off  these  foreign  claims ;  and  we,  the  hong-merchants, 
shall  lay  aside  the  consoo  fund  arising  from  our  respective  shares  of  foreign  trade, 
and  pay  the  same  back  by  Instalments  in  the  course  of  four  years;"  and  words  to 
that  effect 

Your  slaves  deliberated  upon  the  matter  a  third  and  a  fourth  time,  and  it  ap- 
peared to  us,  that,  though  this  is  merely  a  debt  of  the  hong  merchants,  yet  at  the 
present  moment,  it  is  intimately  bound  up  with  the  ouestion  at  issue  with  the 
foreigners;  and  should  we  make  the  slightest  mistake  (in  refusing  the  request).  It 
might  lead  to  the  most  fatal  consequences ;  so  we  judged  it  best  to  acquiesce  and 
lend  the  hong  merchants  the  sum  required,  to  be  repaid  by  instalments  within 
fyp  ^ime  agreed  upon,  and  we  conceive  that  we  nave  good  security  forlhe 


Ib4l.  Lous  'if  {Ac  Culler  Louisa.  40? 

ullimiile  rerovery  orthe  lame.    Theretbre.  withoul  making  iunher  eic uses  for 
our  folly  and  raihnesi.  we  now  beg  Id  acituRinl  ynur  DIBJeity  wilb  the   cireun- 

■■■nce.  having  previuuily  paid  aver  ihe  .laid  sum  lo  Ihe  hong  mercliBnt*.     ThKse 
cliimi  Iwin;  now  liquidared.  surely  the  sKid  foreignen  can  have  no  further  e«- 

now  humbly 
umarial. 


AaT.  VI.     yarrativt  of  the  loss  of  H.  B.  M.'s  cutler  Louisa  in 

a  tyfaon,  July  ^\st,  IS4I.  By  W.  M. 
Jolt  20lh.  Went  on  boftrd  the  Louiaa,  with  the  commodora  and  captain 
Elliot,  for  the  purpoae  of  proceeding  to  Uonghong  to  rejoin  the  Wellesley. 
The  wind  tieing  liglit,  and  the  ebb  tido  mai(inj[  strong,  we  were  compelled 
to  anchor  about  2  o'clocli  r.  m.,  to  wait  for  the  flood,  which  made  about  5;  and 
a  good  breeze  then  springing  up,  we  stood  along  through  the  Lantao  pu- 
■age,  though  rather  too  far  to  the  southward,  having  been  drifted  down  hj 
the  tide.  The  wind  gradually  freahened  ID  about  a  double-reefed  topuil 
breeze,  and  at  10  o'clock,  6nding  we  were  going  to  leeward,  wa  anchored 
cloie  under  the  ialand  of  LafF-sam-ee ;  wind  north. 

July  2lat.  At  nbout  half  past  12  o'clock  at  night  weighed  again,  and 
eniieavored  lo  weather  the  ielftiid  of  Ichcrw,  but  could  not ;  and  the  cutter 
being  clcse  to  tlie  shore,  and  having  missed  stays  twice,  we  were  compelled 
111  go  to  leeward  of  it.  Wind  north,  a  little  westerly ;  course  to  Hooekong, 
nortlieasl.  Attempted  to  work  lo  windward,  but  couid  do  nothing;  cutter 
Bgam  missed  stays,  and  in  wenriitg,  when  the  mainsail  was  jibed,  the  main- 
boom  snapped  in  halves.  We  double  reefed  the  sail,  got  a  sheet  aft,  and  tried 
her  under  that  sail,  with  the  mizzen,  fore-stajsail,  and  Jib,  but  she  was  lag- 
ging away  to  leeward  so  fast,  that,  the  wind  too  having  inCi-eased  consider, 
ablT,  we  wore  forced  to  anchor  about  half  way  between  fehow  and  Chichow, 
with  B  reef  of  rocks  astern  of  iia:  as  we  anchored,  the  miizen  bumkin  went 
before  the  sail  could  be  taken  in. 

Aa  day  broke,  the  prospect  wai  anything  but  cheering  ;  it  wu  blowing 
■  gale  from  N.  W.  lo  N.  N.  W.,  and  eridentty  iocreaaing  in  violence 
every  moment:  a  heavy  sea  waa  running,  which  the  little  cutter  rode  out 
beautifully,  only  now  and  then  shipping  a  sea;  every  hatch  wai  now  bat- 
tened down,  and  the  increasing  sea  frequently  broke  over  us  ;  our  anchors 
and  cables  being  good,  we  held  on  well.  About  8  o'clock  a.  m.,  it  wu  mani- 
fest that  we  must  slip,  but  it  was  datennined  to  hold  on  until  we  could  du 
so  no  longer;  shout  9  o'clock  a.  m.,  the  heavy  pitching  cartied  away  the 
jib-boom ;  and,  the  gaff-topsail  being  atill  aloft,  after  much  difficulty  it  wbn 
got  down,  and  the  head  of  the  topmast  twisted  ofl*,  but  the  spar  could  not  be 


40^  Loss  of  Hit  (JiiHcr  Louisa.  Julv, 

got  on  deck ;  it  was  accordingly  lashedi  and  we  atood  by  to  slip.  About  a 
quarter  past  10  o'clock,  the  land  was  seen  through  the  haae»  close  under  our 
lee,  and  the  cutter  was  driving  down  upon  it :  we  immediately  slipped,  cut 
away  the  mizien-mast,  and  put  the  vessel  before  it,  shipping  some  very  heavy 
seas  in  the  attempt.  The  fore-staysail  was  hoisted,  but  instantly  blown  out 
of  the  bolt-rope ;  the  peak  of  the  mainsail  was  then  ordered  to  bo  swayed  tip 
above  the  gunwale,  in  order  that  we  might  have  her  under  command ; — the 
men  clapped  on  the  throal-halyards,  and  the  peak  fell  down  and  was  jam- 
med in  the  larboard  gangway  abaft ;  we  were  by  this  time  within  GO  yards 
of  the  shore,  upon  which  the  surf  was  breaking  terrifically.  Mr.  Owen, 
the  second  master,  incautiously  went  before  the  gangway,  and  attempted  to 
lift  the  peak  out  clear,  the  men  swaying  on  the  halyards  at  the  same  time  ;  it 
suddenly  flew  out,  and  jerked  Mr.  Owen  into  the  sea,  swung  round,  and  was 
brought  up  by  the  fore  rigging ;  tlie  gaff  went  in  two,  and  the  sail,  with 
part  of  the  gafl^  wont  forward,  and  was  jammed  before  the  rigging, — the 
foot  of  the  sail  towing  overboard,  thus  leaving  us  an  excellent  little  sail  to 
scud  under;  it  was  instantly  lashed  and  made  secure.  A  tumbling  sea, 
which  broke  over  us,  washed  everything  off  the  depk,  Uiat  was  not  lashed, 
and  amongst  other  things  a'  heo-coop,  which  poor  Owen  got  hold  of,  after 
^vinjK'  taken  off  his  peaojacket  in  the  water.  Another  heavy  sea  broke  on 
board,  washed  away  the  man  at  the  tiller,  and  unshipped  it ;  we  were  within 
20  yards  of  the  surf,  and  our  situation  truly  awful.  Owen's  late  now  seemed 
but  the  pyediirsor  of  our's,  and  our  moments,  we  thought,  were  numbered ; 
Ikft  the  hand  of  the  Providence  waJs  stretched  forth  to  save  up.  Lord  Ame- 
lius  fieaudeck  caught  hold  of  the  tiller,  and  endeavored  to  ahip  it,  but  a 
jheavy  lu^ch  sent  him  to' leeward ;  1  picked  it  up,  and,  with  the  assistance  of 
the  Aien,  it  was  shipped,  .put  hard  a-port,  and  we  passed  clear  of  the  end  of 
the  island,  with  the  surf  nearly  breaking  on  board  of  us. 

W.e  could  do' nothing  but  run  before  the  gale,  keeping  a  good  look-out  ahead, 
JLnd  thus  we  passed  about  an  hour  of  anxiety  and  uncertainty,  lest  there 
•should  be  other  land  to  leeward*.  Our  doubts  on  this  matter  were  soon  over. 
Jot  the  cry  of  •breakers  right  ahead '  seemed  again  to  warn  us,  that  our 
•lives  were  but  of  short  dumtioo;  the  land  appeared  towering  many  hundred 
.feet  above  us,  and 'this  roar  of  the  breakers,  as  they  dashed  against  a  precipi- 
^>us  wall  of  granite,  was  heard  above  the  fearful  violence  of  the  tempest. 
•  Hard  a-port !'— and — *  hard  a-starfooard  !* — were  shouted  out  in  quick  suc- 
cession by  captain  EUidt;  who  was  standing  forwj^  holding  on  by  the  fora 
rigging :  as  the  little  vessel  obeyed  her  helm,  a  blast,  which  seemed  a  con- 
centration of  all  the  winds,  threw  her  nearly  on  her  broadside,  but  she 
gallantly  stood  up  again  under  it,  and  we  passed  within  a  few  yards  of  a 
eroooth  granite  precipice,  on  which  the  sea  first  broke,  and  to  liave  touched 
which  would  have. shivered  the  cutter  into  a  thousand  fragments.  We  ran 
along  this  frightfiil  coast,  the  wind  nearly  abeam,  for  not  less  than  300  yards, 
expecting  every  moment  to  be  our  last:  but  God,  in  his  infinite  mercy,  was 
pleased  to  have  us  in  his  special  keeping,  and  we  rounded  ttic  end  of  this 


1841.  Loss  iij  (hf.  CutUr  LuHka.  JOO 

Und)  with  the  fimliagB  or  men  who  bad  been  delivered  from  ■  frightful,  and 
M  wfi  deemed,  «n  iaevit&ble,  deub,  with  not  &  chance  (from  the  nature  of 
the  cotM)  of  one  of  our  livea  being  saved. 

We  DOW  bul  evidenilf  (froui  the  loofc  following  eea«)  got  out  of  the  im- 
inediau:  vicinity  of  the  ialanda,  and  the  wind  abated  a  little ;  the  sail  was 
aciTcely  Hufficient  to  steady  the  vesseJ,  and  to  keep  her  before  the  aewt,  which 
frequently  broke  over  ua.  Wo  passed  through  a  space  of  aboiit  two  and  a  half 
or  three  miles,  which  was  covered  with  floating  fragments  of  wrecks  of  Chi- 
nese and  foreign  vessels,  affiirding  a  melancholy  proof  of  what  devastation 
of  property  and  loss  of  life  must  have  been,  caused,  and  that,  our  lives  being 
spared,  we  had  much  to  be  thankful  for. 

It  was  now  about  3  o'clock  p.  m.,  and  the  wind  had  gradually  veered 
round  to  G>  and  S.  B.,  and  continued  shifUcg  between  those  points,  so  that 
our  course  was  from  W.  to  N.  W.,  but  nearerthe  fbrmer  than  the  latter. 
We  concluded  that  we  had  passed  to  the  southward  of  the  Ladrones,  and, 
if  so,  that  we  must,  by  steering  that  coune,  be  running  directly  for  the  shore 
■bout  Montanha.  The  water  now  became  very  much  discolored,  so  much  so  as 
to  leave  a  sediment  on  the  decks  and  on  our  clothes,  as  the  sea  broke  over 
us  :  two  hand  leads  were  lashed  together,  and  we  got  soundings  in  7  fathoms. 
The  gale  was  blowing  with  redoubled  fury,  and  it  waa  plain  that,  this  time, 
as  wo  were  running  on  towards  the  main,  (or  rather,  the  western  inlands,) 
there  was  only  one  chance  of  safety  for  us,  and  that  was  to  get  into  one  of 
the  many  creeks  or  channels  for  boats  which  are  rather  numerous  shout  that 
pari  of  the  coast ;  and,  failing  lliis,  to  run  het  into  shoaler  water,  lei  go  the 
uiiclior,  and  put  our  trust  in  that  all-scetng  Providence,  who  had  already  twice 
preaerved  us,  "High  Jand  rigtil  ahead!"  again  put  to  Hight  all  our  specula- 
lione ;  and  we  were  once  more  lo  find  ouratlvea  saved  from  imminent  peril. 
The  wind  literally  howled  and  screamed  through  the  rigging,  and  our  little 
sail  began  to  show  syifiptoms  of  being  no  longer  able  to  withstand  the  fearful 
conSict.  Again  tlie  land  towered  above  ua,  and  a  surf  broke  close  on  our 
larboard  beam,  about  150  yards  from  the  shore  ;  we  cleared  this  danger,  and 
ran  aiong  the  land.  Suddenly,  through  the  miet,  a  gap  was  seen  in  the  out- 
line, and  higli  land  trending  away  beyond  on  both  sides,  which  captain  Elliot 
instantly  declared  to  be  a  creek ;  our  hopes  were  fixed  on  rounding  the 
point,  wliere  we  should  be,  cumpaialively  speaking,  in  shelter ;  but  the  thing 
seemed  impose ibie.  The  wind  and  waves,  aa  if  determined  not  to  be  again 
robbed  of  Iheir  prey,  raged  with  inconceivable  fury;  and  the  surf,  breaking  lo 
a  height  of  150  feel,  gave  us  too  sure  intimation  of  what  would  be  our  fate 
should  we  but  touch  the  iron-bound  coast.  We  steered  as  high  for  clearing 
the  point  as  possible;  we  gradually  nesred  it  ;  eacti  surf  broke  closer, — we 
could  only  hold  our  course  ;  we  seemed  bearing  down  upon  Ihe  breakers ;  it 
was  an  awful  moment  I— we  were  looking  for  and  expecting  the  shock,  beyond 
which  sli  would  be  oblivion  ;  a  surf  broke  alniu!>i  on  board,  and  Ihe  euiter 
waa  hid  in  the  spray— a  terrific  bitat  split  our  sail  to  shreds;  'hard  a  port!' — 


410  Loss  of  ike  Cutter  Louisa^  July, 


amoment  of  breathl(»a  siupensei-^andt  thanks  be  to  Almighty  God,  we 
ed  clear !  We  felt  directly  that  we  were  partially  sheltered,  and  stood  hy  the 
anchor,  for  we  were  drifting  right  upon  the  shore ;  it  was  accordingly  let  go^ 
and  held,  checking  her  way  for  a  moment,  and  nearly  taking  her  under  water. 
A  heavy  sea  broke  over  us,  and  1  ftncied  we  were  lifted  over  a  rock,  for  I  wu 
quite  sensible  of  a  shock,  whioh  a  person  who  has  once  been  aground  cannot 
easily  mistake ;  the  cable  flew  out  of  the  hawse,  and  the  anchor  again  brought 
us  on  our  beam-ends ;  the  water  was  up  to  the  combings  of  the  hatchways, 
but  she  roee  very  slowly ;  we  were  within  SO  yards  of  the  rocks,  and  em« 
bayed ;  the  cable  had  checked  her  considerably,  and  we  slowly  drifted  toward 
.the  shore,  captain  Elliot  conning  her.  The  cable  running  out,  she  struck  about 
15  or  20  yards  from  the  precipitous  coast,  the  next  sea  lifted  her  so  that  she 
bilged,  and  filled  instantly,  with  her  starboard  bow  touching  a  detached  roekf 
and  receding  with  the  sea.  Several  people  jumped  overboard,  others  got 
on  the  rocks  on  the  starboard  bow,  and  threw  themselves  down  to  prevent 
being  washed  ofTby  the  surf,  which  now  swept  the  vessel,  and  threatened  her 
with  almost  instant  annihilation.  Great  danger  was  apprehended  from  the 
fUi  of  the  mast,  which  would  have  come  upon  those  who  were  on  the  rock. 
One  of  the  boys  swam  over,  and  a  rope  being  thrown  him,  he  made  it  last 
to  the  shore,  and  it  was  passed  round  a  portion  of  our*  rock  of  refuge,  by 
which  means  all  hands  got  safely  on  shore.  Captain  Elliot  and  two  of  the 
men  were  washed  off  the  rock,  but  fortunately  succeeded  in  reaching  the  land* 
though  much  exhausted. 

There  we  stood,-— out  of  all  danger  from  the  violence  of  the  tempest,'— and 
saw  the  gradual  destruction  of  the  gallant  little  vessel  which  had  borne  us 
along  so  well,  through  a  storm  hardly  to  bo  surpassed  in  violence,  and 
through  perils  which  men  doubtless  sometimes  witness  but  seldom  live  to 
recount ;  and  1  do  not  believe  there  was  a  man  amongst  our  number,  23  in  all, 
who  (thoughtless  though  sailors  be)  did  not  offer  up  a  fervent  prayer  of 
thanksgiving  to  God,  who  had  so  signally  vouchsafed  to  stretch  forth  his 
hand  and  save  us. 

Two  or  three  of  the  men  now  went  up  the  hill  to  look  at  the  surrounding 
country,  but  nothing  was  seen  of  any  human  habitation ;  they  returned  and 
reported  accordingly.  About  half  past  five,  the  tide  had  fkllen  so  that  we 
went  down  to  the  wreck  to  endeavor  to  save  a  small  quantity  of  provisions, 
and  to  get  some  blankets  and  cloth  clothing  to  shelter  ourselves  against  the 
inclemency  of  the  weather.  We  succeeded  in  procuring  both,  but  not  in  such 
quantities  as  we  could  have  wished ;  and,  as  the  vessel  was  going  to  pieces, 
it  was  not  safo  to  make  a  very  long  stay  on  board.  We  got,  besides  a  sail, 
or  part  of  one,  a  tarpaulin,  and  8  bottles  of  gin,  a  small  portion  of  which  wa* 
instantly  served  out  to  all  hands,  upon  which  with  a  small  piece  of  raw  beef 
or  pork,  we  made  our  first  meal  after  nearly  24  hours '  fksting. 

As  many  as  could  get  them,  put  on  cloth  under  thin  trowsers,  and  those 
who  bad  flannel  waistcoats  were   fortunate.     We  then  began  to  make- 


1841.  Loss  of  the  Cutttr  LuuUa.  4(1 

irrangemeRU  for  posaing  tlie  iiighL  Having  found  s  Gtnure  in  the  aide  of  ■ 
precipice,  open  at  the  top  with  a  email  apace  outaide,  we  placed  itoaee  eo  H 
to  cover  a  bio&U  mountain  stream,  that  ran  throiit;li  the  centre  of  our  cnm- 
fortless  abode.and  alrapped  the  larpnulin  up  tcross  the  cntrsncf.  wlier?  it  «•« 
expoaed  to  the  unabated  fury  of  tlie  typhoon,  lluving  taken  ofTour  cioihcB 
and  wrung  them  and  put  them  on  again,  the  commodore,  captain  Elliot. 
lord  A.  Beauclerk,  myself,  the  commodore  and  capt.  Elliot's  servante,  and  a 
little  Portuguese  boy.  eat  down  in  a  circle,  with  our  backs  to  the  eidea  of  the 
cavern  and  the  tarpaulin,  and  had  a  large  blanket  thrown  over  all.  As  there 
waa  no  room  for  more  inside,  a  wet  sail  was  spread  outside  over  the  rocka- 
Mr.  Fowler  and  Lena  (2d  mate),  and  the  men  rolled  themselves  up  in  blan- 
kets, and  laid  down  exposed  to  the  wind  and  rain.  The  latter  descended  in  tor- 
rents all  night,  pouting  liown  upon  us  in  little  cascades  from  all  parte  of  the 
rock  above,  making  a  channel  amongst  the  people  on  the  sail ;  in  fact  it  was 
very  Uke  lying  down  to  sleep  in  a  running  stream.  Of  course  few  were  for- 
tunate enough  to  close  their  eyes  in  slumber,  and  the  gradual  breakuig  up  of 
the  little  cutter  continually  called  forth  an  exclamation  from  some  of  ue, 
aa  craah  alter  crash  was  heard  above  the  noise  of  the  wind  and  breakers. 
We  who  were  within   the  cleft,  remained  in   a  sitting  posture   all  night,  for 

At  teugtb  momtng  of  tbe  23d  dawned,  and  we  saw  all  that  lield  together  of 
tbt  Louiaa  {  lier  taffimil  jammed  between  two  rocka,  and  a  ftw  of  the  deck 

planks  adhering,  hut  all  the  rest  was  scattered  along  the  coast  in  fragments. 
We  stripped,  wrung  our  clothes,  and  put  them  on  again,  and  having  served 
out  a  small  quantity  of  spirits,  several  exploring  parties  went  out  to  endeavor 
to  find  some  Chinese. 

We  were  not  very  far  from  a  sandy  bay,  on  which  were  cast  up  many 
articles  of  wreck ;  along  this  bay  a  party  was  sent,  whilst  others  went  up 
the  hills  i  some  descended  to  our  own  wreck,  and  a  few  remained  in  or 
near  the  cavern.  We  bad  eot  been  down  long  before  we  disi:oveTed  under 
planks  and  timbere  the  bodies  of  three  Chinese  frightfully  lacerated  by  the 
rocks  ;  their  vessel  must  have  been  driven  on  shore  during  the  night.  Sud- 
denly 1  heard  myself  hailed,  and  looking  up  eaw  ttvo  Chinese,  each  of  them 
appropriating  a  blaoket.  All  hands  were  instantly  recalled,  and  we  began  to 
talk  to  them  ;  one  of  them  had  a  most  benevolent  countenance  and  to  him 
was  the  conversation  principally  addreeted.  This  man  gave  captain  Elliot 
a  paper  which  was  folded  and  quite  saturated  with  water,  but  aller  some  time 
we  got  two  of  the  folds  clear,  and  were  delighted  to  see  capt.  Elliot's  signa- 
ture, and  some  of  the  cutler's  men  said  they  recognized  our  friend  as  one 
of  the  boat  people  at  Macao.  He  was  instantly  ode  red  1000  dollars  if  he 
would  give  us  a  fishing  boat  to  take  us  thither ;  this  he  undertook  to  do  very 
readily,  and  beckoned  us  to  follow  him,  which  we  did,  having  lirat  shouldered 
the  beef  and  pork  and  gin,  and  put  as  many  clothes  on  aa  we  could  get.  On 
the  top  of  the  hill,  we  wer«  joined  by  the  party  whioli  went  round  the  laady 
bay  ;  they  said  they  bad  found  the  bodies  of  eleven  Chlneae,  and  the  wreck  of 


412  Los}i  of  the.  Cntier  Louisa.  Jui.v, 

a  large  junk,  and  one  of  them  had  picked  up  the  box  containing  the  com- 
modore's decorations,  which  we  distributed  amongst  ourselves  and  put  in  our 
pockets.  We  were  very  badly  off  for  shoes ;  I  had  only  one,  and  the  coose- 
quence  was  my  feet  were  much  cut ;  we  walked  along  over  two  hills  in  single 
file,  and  as  we  topped  the  third,  saw  an  extensive  valley  with  a  long  sandy 
beach  on  which  the  sea  was  breaking  heavily.  A  creek  ran  up  on  the  left 
side  by  a  considerable  village  or  hamlet,  and  the  place  seemed  full  of  people. 
Scarcely  had  we  appeared  over  the  hill  when  we  were  seen  by  the  Chinese ; 
the  women  and  children  ran  away  screaming  Fanqui !  Fanqui !  and  the  men, 
armed  with  bill-hooks  rushed  up  the  path  in  hundreds,  railiiig  at  and  menac- 
ing us.  However,  our  benevolent  guide  explained  matters  to  them,  and  about 
60  passed  us  to  go  and  plunder  the  wreck.  At  length  one  of  them  stop- 
ped captain  Elliot,  and  commenced  rifling  his  pockets;  1  was  walking 
behind  captain  Elliot,  and  the  samu  fellow  thrust  his  hand  into  my  pockets, 
in  which  was  the  star  of  the  Hanoverian  Guelphic  order  :  I  squeezed  my 
arm  to  my  side  to  prevent  his  taking  it,  when  be  shook  his  bill,  hook  in  my 
face,  and  another  fellow  jumped  upon  a  large  stone,  and  flourished  his  weapon 
over  my  head ;  still  I  held  on,  when  the  first  man  struck  me  a  severe  blow  on 
the  arm  with  the  back  of  the  bill-book.  Captain  Elliot  looked  round  just 
then,  and  said  it  was  no  use  resisting,  and  that  I  had  better  give  up  every- 
thing to  them,  they  being  twenty  to  one,  and  we  wholly  unarmed^  and  in 
their  power.  1  accordingly  resisted  no  longer,  and  repeated  captain  Elliot's 
advice  to  those  behind  me.  Having  taken  the  contents  of  our  pockets,  and 
eased  the  bearers  of  the  beef,  pork,  and  gin  of  their  loads,  they  returned 
and  stripped  us  of  clothing,  just  allowing  a  regard  for  common  decency, 
after  which  they  molested  us  no  further.  The  only  two  amongst  us  who 
were  struck  were  the  commodore  (who  was  knocked  down)  and  myself. 

On  our  arrival  before  a  httle  shed,  one  of  the  outermost  houses  of  the  viU 
lage,  our  friend  commenced  preparing  it  for  our  reception,  a  proceeding  we 
did  not  by  any  means  admire,  as  we  had  understood  that  a  boat  would  at  once 
take  us  to  Macao ;  but  he  said  the  wind  was  too  high,  which  in  truth  it  was, 
and  we  were  therefore  compelled  to  enter  and  wait  the  result.  Our  man,  who 
was  named  Mingfong,  made  a  fire,  and  give  us  a  breakfast  of  rice  and  salt 
fish,  which  we  were  too  happy  to  get ;  having  satisfied  our  appetites,  we  en- 
deavored to  dry  our  clothes  and  make  ourselves  as  comfortable  as  men  in 
our  situation  could  do.  We  presently  ascertained  with  great  satisfaction  that 
there  were  no  officers  in  the  place,  so  that  if  ve  could  manage  properly  there 
was  every  probability  of  our  escaping  a  trip  to  Peking.  Captain  Elliot  in- 
creased the  sum  originally  offered  to  2000  dollars,  if  they  would  take  us  to 
Macao  as  soon  as  tlie  wind  moderated,  and  after  some  difficulty  it  was 
agreed  to.  * 

We  had  the  satisfaction  of  seeing  the  people  passing  and  repassing  with 
different  articles  of  our  property  in  their  possession,  many  of  which  they 
brought  to  us  to  inquire  the  uses  of.  The  bodies  of  the  three  Chinese  had  been 
discovered  almost  on  the  spot  where  the  Louisa  was  wrecked ;  and  as  t)iey 


1841.  Ui»  .>J  fhf  Vullfv  UaUa  4ia 

bore  aome  frightruJ  nurke  caused  by  doihiiig  against  the  racks,  il  naa  bu|>- 
posed  we  had  muidered  them.  This  waa  a  very  awktvsrd  af&ir ;  but  we  could 
only  deny  it  strenuously,  with  every  expression  of  horror  that  such  a  crime 
should  be  imputed  to  us,  who  hsd  so  providentially  been  saved  from  the  same 
fate  as  these  poor  men.  However,  they  would  not  be  perau&ded  tn  the  con- 
traryi  or  they  did  not  uuderatand  our  explanation,  until  Lena,  by  gestures, 
showed  them  that  in  all  proiiabiJity  the  junk  people  had  lashed  themselves  to 
epatv,  and  in  endeavoring  to  reach  the  land  on  them,  had  been  dished  against 
the  rocka,  which  accounted  for  their  lacerated  appeaiance,  and  the  ropev 
found  round  their  bodies.  They  went  away  apparently  satisfied,  but  occa< 
siooally  two  or  three  would  return  and  revive  the  matter,  making  demon- 
stration orsharpaniag  knives  and  cutting  throats.  When  they  found  tho 
cutter's  arms,  they  were  aleo  very  angry,  and  stormed  and  railed  against  us 
most  violently. 

All  the  women  and  children  in  the  place  crowded  round  to  look  at  us 
(particularly  when  eating),  and  many  were  the  inquiries  made  as  [o  the 
•ex  of  old  Joe,  the  commodore's  black  Gentoo  servant,  who  wearing  ear-rings 
and  having  his  haii  turned  back  and  twisted  In  a  knot  behind,  did  bear  some 
slight  resemblance  to  a  female  ;  but  on  closer  inapection,  bis  thick  beard, 
whiskerg,  and  mustaches  might  have  satisfied  the  most  sceptical  amongst 
them  i  they  had  however  taken  away  bia  ear-rings,  and  one  savage  attempted 
to  cut  ofT  his  ear. 

We  had  another  mess  of  rice  towards  evening,  and  that  night  slept  sround 
the  fire,  though  not  very  soundly,  tor  we  were  apprehensive  the  Chinese  had 
some  design  upon  us.  but  I  bealieve  no  tiarm  was  inlendpd  ;  people  were 
walking  about  all  nighl  which  kept  us  on  the  que  vive.  The  wind  having 
moderated  very  considerably,  capt.  Elliot  proposed  to  Lhem  to  go  that  night  : 
but  they  were  afraid  of  the  ladrones,  and  though  templed  by  an  additional 
lOOU  dollars  they  refuaed:  their  wives  appeared  to  object  to  the  proceeding, 
or  I  think  they  would  have  been  induced  lo  go.  During  the  night,  capt.  Elliot 
made  a  final  arrangement,  by  whicli  we  wrire  lo  sun  al  daylight  on  tho 
morning  of  the  23d.  in  two  boats :  in  each  boni  there  were  lu  be  but  two 
people,  the  remainder  to  be  sent  for  on  our  arrival  at  Macao,  lor  which  ser- 
vice they  were  to  receive  3000  doUurs,  and  lOU  for  each  of  the  boats. 

At  daylight  on  the  '23d  we  were  prepared  lo  start,  but  the  tlhinese  tanta- 
liied  UB  by  making  thole-pins,  mending  saila,  flic.;  al  last  we  had  the  aaua- 
faction  of  seeing  two  boats  come  clown  the  creek,  and  anchor  abreast  of  our 
dwelling.  The  people  lo  whom  the  boats  belonged  now  refused  to  let  them 
go  unless  150  dollars  were  given  for  each,  and  this  aller  some  demur  was 
agreed  to,  as  every  moment's  delay  increased  the  pr(^ability  of  our  falling 
into  the  hands  of  the  officers  :  but  no  sooner  had  the  blackguards  been  promis- 
.  ed  the  150  dollars  than  they  increased  their  demand  to  200.  Here  our  friend 
Mingfoog  took  our  part  and  abused  his  countrymen  for  their  rapacity,  and  de- 
clued  we  should  not  be  so  imposed  upon,  he  would  sooner  take  but  one  boat. 
All  was  at  length  settled.     W^  Md  chowchow  (amongst  which  they  gave  i)s 


414  Loss  of  the  Cutter  Lotuaa.  July, 

part  of  our  own  pork),  and  having  bid  good  bye  to  those  who  were  to  remain 
behind,  at  about  8  a.  m .  the  cooimodore  and  captain  Elliot  got  into  one  boat, 
and  myself  and  captain  Elliot's  servant  (who  was  sick)  went  in  tlie  other ; 
they  made  us  lay  on  our  backs  at  the  bottom  of  the  boat  and  covered  us  with 
mats.  We  got  through  the  surf  and  out  to  sea  without  any  mishap,  as  the 
weather  was  fine ;  further  than  that  1  knew  nothing  until  about  2  p.  m.,  when 
they  uncovered  us  and  gave  us  some  rice.  We  had  just  finished  our  light  re- 
past, when  the  man  sitting  above  hit  me  a  pretty  hard  blow  on  the  head,  and 
made  signs  for  me  to  lie  down  again ;  this  I  did,  and  was  covered  with  the 
mat ;  a  few  minutes  after  1  heard  a  rush  as  if  some  large  boat  were  passing 
JUS,  which  was  the  case.  They  said  nothing  to  us,  but  the  other  boat  was 
liailed,  and  asked  what  was  the  news,  and  whether  many  vessels  had  been 
wrecked  on  their  part  of  the  coast;  to  which  suitable  replies  were  given,  and 
we  passed  on ;  this  was  a  mandarin  boat !  They  little  thought  what  a  prize 
was  within  their  grasp — the  two  plenipotentiaries.  Doubtless  we  were  through- 
AUt  these  three  days  of  adventure  and  peril,  in  the  special  keeping  of  Pro- 
vidence. In  about  two  hours,  1  again  ventured  to  look  up,  and  to  my  great 
joy  discovered  two  ships  anchored  at  a  considerable  distance.  1  could  not 
recognize  the  land,  and  was  quite  mystified  as  to  our  situation ;  at  last,  1 
detennined  that  it  must  be  the  Typa,  and  I  was  right :  we  passed  to  the  left 
4>f  Monkey  island,  and  Macao  opened  to  our  view  ;  glad  indeed  were  we,  and 
thankful  for  our  deliverance.  We  saw  a  vessel  not  fiir  behind  working  up  for 
Macao,  which  capt  Elliot  made  out  to  be  a  lorcha,  and  we  could  no  longer 
remain  under  cover,  but  throwing  off  tiie  mats,  stood  upon  the  thwarts  and 
waved  our  hats  to  attract  their  attention,  at  the  same  time  telling  the  Chi- 
oese  to  give  way,  which  they  did  most  lustily.  My  boat  was  a  faster  one 
than  the  other,  and  consequently  got  alongside  first,  when  1  met  with  an 
unexpected  reception  :  all  the  Portuguese  and  lascars  were  drawn  up  with 
swoids,  muskets,  and  pistols,  so  that  1  had  nearly  been  shot  at  the  moment  of 
deliverance.  However,  captain  Elliot's  servant  explained  who  were  in  the 
/Other  boat,  and  we  went  alongside  instantly  ;  they  had  mistaken  us  for  la- 
idrones,  hence  the  muskets,  swords,  and  pistols.  The  commodore  and  captain 
Elliot  were  on  board  within  a  few  minutes  after  us,  and  we  were  regaled 
with  mA  tack  and  pine-apple  by  the  people  on  board,  who  seemed  overjoyed 
jat  seeing  us. 

We  soon  came  to  in  the  Inner  Harbor,  and  were  all  landed  safely  at  the 
Bar  fort ;  the  commodore  was  in  a  blue  worsted  sailor's  frock,  a  light  pair  of 
tiowsers  of  four  days  wear,  shoes  and  a  low  crowned  hat ;  captain  Elliot,  in  a 
Manila  hat,  a  jacket,  no  shirt,  a  pair  of  striped  trowsers  and  shoes ;  I  had 
shirt  and  trowsers,  no  hat,  and  a  pair  of  red  slippers,  borrowed  of  a  Parsee 
on  board  the  lorcha.  The  commandant  of  the  fort  was  most  amiable,  and 
particularly  anxious  to  turn  out  the  guard  for  the  commodore,  who  certainly 
did  not  look  in  a  fit  mood  to  appreciate  such  a  mark  of  respect,  his  appear, 
ance  bearing  a  close  resemblance  to  a  highly  respectable  quarter-master,  who 
^ad  been  dissipatingf ;  consequently,  the  turning  out  of  the  guard  was  strongly 


1S4I.  Outrtigts  on  Aaurtcaas  in  Canton.  415 

deprec&tcd,  and  tlie  idea  abnndoned  by  Uic  gallant  Purlugueae.  Sleps  were 
inaUntlj  takea  to  iirocurt.'  llic  liberation  of  tlit>se  acill  left  ia  the  Imode  of  the 
ChiaeM.  A  boat  was  diapslched  to  the  island,  accompanied  by  Mr.  Thorn, 
and  all  the  crew  brought  to  Macao  on  tho  25th  mat. 

I  hardly  need  add,  that  on  our  arrival  at  our  quaMcrs,  we  inatanlly  cleaned 
ounelvea,  and  fully  enjoyed  the  comibrti  ol'  a  good  meal  and  an  uninterrupted 
night'fl  rest,  after  what  had  Iven  our  lot  to  uii^lereo,  and  which  with  God'i 
help,  we  bad  m  ronunatelj  eicaped— peril  by  water,  peril  by  land,  and 
peril  of  a  captivity  in  the  huida  of  the  Chineae. 


Akt.  VII.  Notiets  of  outrages  committed.  May  23rf,  on  the  ereto 
of  a  boat  bebnging  to  the  ship  Morrison,  and  en  otHtrt  teha 
toere  resident  in  Canton. 
Want  of  apace  in  our  last  number  coinpeilcd  us  to  postpone  these 
[loiicea.  Un  the  morning  of  lhe3'2d  of  May,  a  boat's  crew  from  the  . 
ship  Morrison,  captain  Benson,  consigned  lo  Messrs.  Olyphani  &-  Co., 
was  fired  on,  and  (be  officer  and  ihree  passengers  with  all  ihe  crew, 
excepting  one  who  was  lost,  were  taken  prisoners.  Mr.  Coolidge,  of 
the  house  of  Augustine  Hcarit  &-  Co.,  was  soon  after  seized  near  his 
own  factory  by  the  Chinese,  and  carried  a  prisoner  into  the  city.  Tiy 
understand  correctly  the  bearings  of  these  ouirages,  we  must  kee(r 
in   mind  the  circumstances  under  which   they  were   committed'. 

The  high  officers  from  the  court  of  Peking,  Yihshan  and  his  col- 
leagues, becoming  aware  of  captain  Elliot's  design  to  withdraw  the 
resident  merchants  fron)  the  provincial  city,  had  endeavored  to  prevent 
(his  by  declaring  in  the  most  unequivocal  and  solemn  manner  that 
all  were,  and  would  be,  safe  in  their  factories.  Warned,  however,  by 
the  constantly  decreasing  number  of  boats  on  the  river,  and  by  the 
daily  departure  of  people  from  their  homes  and  shops,  foreigners- 
made  (heir  best  etTorta  to  complete  their  business,  and  retire  from 
the  city.  Captain  Elliot's  circular  (see  page -291)  came  oul  on  (he 
morning  of  the  21st,  recommending  a  departure  before  sunset.  This 
same  day  the  hong-merchants  came  to  the  foreigners  with  a  message, 
recened  the  preceding  evening  from  the  lieul. -governor,  declaring, 
'  tha(  the  Chinese  did  not  intend  to  disturb  the  peace:  that  business 
should  proceed  as  usual ;  that  all  the  foreigners  had  be((er  remain ;  and- 
that  the  authorities  would  not  commence  hostilities:'  &.c.     ('upies  <>¥ 


XU\  Oulrnge  on  Amrrirdns  in  Canton.  JuLV, 

the  prefect's  edict,  confirmatory  of  all  this,  and  bearing  date  20th  May, 

were  sent  to  several  merchants,  English  and  Anierican.  Yihshan  and 

his  colleagues,  also  by  proclamation,  declared  that  no  hostile  purposes 

were  entertained  towards  the  foreigners  in  Ceanton.     In  the  teeth  of 

these  declarations,  the  Chinese  hastened  on  their  secret  preparations, 

and  during  the  afternoon  of  the  21st,  soldiers  and  arms  were  brought 

into  the  warehouses  of  the  hong  merchants,  not  far  from  the  factories 

where  foreigners  were  weighing  teas  t 

Referring  to  the  edicts  of  the  prefect  and  high  commissioner,  and 

to  the  state  of  affairs  at  Canton  on  the  21st,  Mr.  Morss  (partner  in 

the  house  of  Olyphant  6l  Co.)  thus  wrote  to  a  friend  in  Macao. 

'•  The  general  inference  was,  that  the  Chinese  authorities,  expecting  an 
attack  by  the  finglish  for  which  tbey  were  unprepared,  issued  these  edicts  to 
folreignerB  with  a  design  to  throw  upon  capt.  Elliot  all  the  responsibility  of  a 
renewal  of  hostilities.  From  advices  received  on  the  morning  of  the  2i8t 
of  the  progress  of  the  force  up  the  river,  it  was  evident  it  would  not  reach 
this  before  the  2iid  or  24th.  I  considered  it  prudent,  however,  after  captain 
Glliot's  circular  had  appeared,  recommending  foreigners  to  retire  from  Can- 
ton before  sunset,  to  be  prepared  to  leave  for  Whampoa  on  the  22d,  and 
arranged  with  captain  Benson  to  return  with  two  of  his  boats  on  Friday  eve- 
ning, Mr.  Coolidge  engafring  to  keep  me  company.  With  every  assurance  of 
protection  from  the  Chmese  authorities  and  of  their  psacefuJ  intentions,  we 
conceived  ourselves  perfectly  secure  in  passing  the  night  in  our  factories ; 
although  all  the  other  foreigners  had  removed.  At  nine  in  the  evening,  the 
boats  arrived  from  Whampoa.  The  linguist  had  that  moment  left  me,  and 
reported  all  quiet.  Having  made  preparations  for  an  early  move  in  the 
itiorniiig,  I  continued  writing  until  10  o'clock,  when  the  alarm  of  fire  was 
heard,  and  the  report  of  cannon.  From  the  terrace  we  saw  the  burning  junks 
moving  towards  the  vessels  at  Shameen ;  but  the  shot  were  flying  so  near, 
t'^t  we  were  soon  obliged  to  descend.  At  an  early  hour  on  Saturday  morn- 
jng,  the  comprador  un^  that  we  should  leave  before  the  Chinese  soldiers 
assembled  in  front  of^  the  factories.  Accordingly  at  6  o'clock,  one  of  the 
boats  with  the  second  officer  of  the  Morrison,  and  Messrs.  Millar,  Taylor,  and 
(jutierres,  started  for  Whampoa.  To  guard  ag[ainst  accident,  in  case  of  ex- 
iftnination,  the  boat  was  provided  with  a  chop,  in  Chinese,  stating  to  what 
ship  she  belonged.  Mr.  Coolidge  then  parted  with  me,  to  go  to  bis  factory, 
saying  he  would  soon  return ;  having  waited  for  him  nearly  two  hours,  a  noise 
i6  fioht  of  the  house  attracted  my  attention,  when  1  found,  to  my  surprise,  that 
tiie  factories  east  of  Hog-lane,  were  m  possession  of  the  mob,  who  were  busily 
removing  all  their  contents.  At  this  moment  Mr.  Coolidge's  servants  came 
to  tell  me  that  he  had  been  carried  into  the  city.  After  looking  upon  this 
scene  of  plunder  for  a  little  time,  and  fearing  it  had  already  gone  too  mr  to  be 
checked  by  the  authorities,  and  that  all  the  factories  would  share  the  same 
fate,  1  procured,  hut  with  some  difficulty,  the  assistance  of  a  police-man  with 
his  attendants,  and  under  their  protection  (after  the  payment  of  sixty  dollars), 
our  second  boat  was  carried  from  the  hong  to  the  river,  the  rabble  being  too 
intent  upon  plunder  to  give  us  more  than  a  passing  look.  Once  afloat,  with  a 
strong  flood  tide,  we  soon  reached,  the  Nemesis." 

We  now  revert  to  the  case  of  Mr.  Coolidge,  who  had  intended  to 
go- on  board  the  schooner  Parado.\  in  the  afternoon  of  the  Stsl;  but 


1841.  Ouintges  on  Americans  in  Canton,  41 1 

finding  that  many  others  were  going  in  her»  and  that  Mr.  Moras 
would  wait  for  the  Morrison's  boats,  he  concluded  to  remain,  and  go 
down  to  Whampoa  with  him  on  the  morning  of  the  22d.  From  a 
letter  detailing  the  particulars  of  his  seizure,  and  of  the  imprison- 
ment of  himself  and  others,  Mr.  Coolidge  has  allowed  us  to  make  the 
following  extracts. 

''At  this  time.  [6  o'clock  a.  m.]  all  was  quiet  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
factories.  I  went  back,  therefore,  to  my  own  house  to  see  what  was  doing 
there,  but  found  the  doors  closed,  and  the  compradore  and  coolies  cone. 
Returning  to  Mr.  Moras,  1  was  met  at  the  head  of  Uog-lane  by  a  body  of 
soldiers,  who  rushed  upon  me  with  drawn  swords,  and  would  have  cut  me 
down,  but  for  some  of  the  factory  coolies,  who  happened  to  be  near  and  cried 
out  that  I  was  an  American.  At  this  moment,  an  officer  with  a  red  button  came 
up,  followed  by  about  fifty  men  with  spears  and  matchlocks,  and  took  me  pri- 
soner. I  was  led  away  to  the  city  in  despite  of  remonstrances.  The  streets 
were  full  of  soldiers,  and  coolies  carrying  cannon  to  the  square  in  front  of 
the  factories.  After  a  long  march,  we  found  ourselves  in  an  open  space  quite 
near  to  the  city  wall,  on  the  east.  Mere  were  Yilishan's  head-quarters,  and 
everything  indicated  the  presence  of  a  high  functionary.  There  was  a  great 
crowd  and  movement,  officers  in  any  number,  and  of  all  degrees ;  with 
coolies,  grooms,  executioners,  and  guards ;  soldiers  in  uncouth  dresses,  evi- 
dtfntly  nut  of  this  province,  and  full  of  the  worst  spirit  towards  foreigners.  In 
the  streets  1  had  been  struck  with  a  general  air  of  unconcern,  which  I  could 
hardly  comprehend,  considering  how  near  the  British  forces  were ;  but,  here, 
it  was  the  reverse ;  all  was  hurry  and  bustle,  and  messengers  on  horseback 
consUmtiy  went  and  came. 

«« We  were  approaching  the  place  where  Yihshan  was,  when  an  officer 
stopped  us ;  and  after  a  delay  of  many  hours,  during  which  I  was  exposed  to 
tlie  curiosity  and  savage  abuse  of  the  crowd,  I  was  placed  in  a  chair,  and 
sent  to  the  anchftsze,  or  criminal  judge.  There,  to  my  grief  and  surprise, 
1  found  upon  their  knees,  in  chains,  bloody,  and  almost  without  covering, 
my  clerk  Mr.  Gutierres,  with  the  officer  and  part  of  the  boat's  crew  of  the 
Morrison.  The  poor  fellows  had  been  fired  on  immediately  after  leaving  the 
shore ;  some  had  been  lost  or  killed,  and  the  rest  wounded  ;  the  boat  plunder- 
ed, and  the  men  put  in  irons  and  brought  into  the  city.  Th3y  were  tell- 
ing me  these  things,  when  the  judge  fiercely  bade  them  to  be  silent,  and 
ordered  me  to  sit  down  at  his  feet.  He  then  interrogated  me,  asking  how 
many  of  these  men  were  English,  and  bidding  me  tell  the  truth  that  he  might 
out  off  their  heads  !  I  answered,  that  they  belonged  to  an  American  smp, 
which  had  been  but  two  davs  at  Whampoa.  He  said  that  ail  the  English- 
men they  took  pretended  to  be  Americans ;  and  that  we  ought  to  speak  a 
different  language,  and  wear  a  different  dress  that  he  might  know  us  apart ! 
At  this  time,  the  sailors,  exhausted  from  their  wounds  and  exposure  to  the 
sun,  fell  down,  not  being  able  to  remain  upright,  on  the  stone  fioor,  any  long- 
er ;  and  this  man,  one  of  the  highest  officers  of  the  province,  ordered  his 
coolies  to  make  them  get  on  their  knees  again !  They  did  so,  with  tears 
and  groans,  beseeching  him  for  a  little  water,  which,  was  given  to  them  on 
my  saving  they  were  mnocent  men. 

*•  After  much  cruel  and  contemptuous  treatment,  we  were  taken  to  the 
common  prison,  where  Mr.  Gutierres  and  myself  were  lodged  with  the  jailor, 
and  the  officer  and  seamen  put  into  a  cell  ;  here,  charged  with  no  offense,*  in 
.'iddition  to  the  irons  they  already  wore,  they  were  chained  two  and  two  by 
tliu  neck.     In  an  adjoining  cell  was  a  man  fruni  ileangHhan  wJiu  had  com* 

V«»L.    X.    NO.    VII.  53 


41^  Oidr(W€s  ON  A/ntrwans  »n  Canton,  Julv, 


nutted  four  inurdere,  and  he  was  less  heavily  ironed  than  they.  UppOHite 
were  the  Malays  who  belonged  to  the  Scaleby  Castle^  pinioned  so  closely 
as  scarcely  to  be  able  to  move  hand  or  foot. 

**  At  5  p.  M.  the  doors  were  opened,  and  Mr.  Millar  was  brought  in.  He 
was  lying  on  a  board*  apparently  insensible.  His  wounds  had  bc^n  so  clum- 
sily bandaged  that  he  had  fainted  more  than  once  from  loss  of  blood ;  and 
in  this  way  he  had  been  brought  through  the  streets.  Next  came  Mr.  Tay- 
lor ;  and  shortly  after  a  seamen,  who  nad  a  deep  cut  in  his  head,  and  a 
wound  in  the  side :  from  him  we  learned  that  nothing  had  been  seen  of 
the  boy  Sherry,  afler  the  boat  was  taken :  he  must  have  oeen  killed  or  driven 
overboard  and  lust. 

**  We  had  remained  for  thirty  hours  without  a  word  fh)m  any  quarter,  when 
two  of  the  junior  hong-mercliants  came,  with  some  of  the  linguists,  and 
proposed  to  me  to  go  somewhere,  and  explain  a  chop  which  Mr.  Uelano,  tlie 
vice-consul,  had  sent  in.  This  !■  declined  to  do ;  and  they  left  us,  but  re- 
turned shortly  after  to  say  that  /  might  leave  the  prison,  but  made  no  refer- 
ence to  the  men,  nor  gave  any  apology  for  the  ill  treatment  we  had  all  re- 
ceived. Of  course,  i  refused  to  go  under  these  circumstances.  The  next 
day,  the  Kwangchow  foo  came,  and  Howqus!,  and  strongly  urged  me  to  go, 
saying,  *«  it  was  all  a  mistake,*'  &c.  Their  pressing  the  matter  so  earnestly 
made  us  suppose  that  the  American  men-of-war  bad  arrived,  and  that 
they  were  anxious  to  get  rid  of  us  for  fbar  of  trouble  with  the  commodore :  on 
Ahia  account  i  was  disposed  to  slay ;  but  Mr.  Millar  was  anxious  to  get  away, 
and  the  men  too,  naturally  enough ;  and  1  therefore  agreed  to  go,  Howqua 
promising  for  the  Kwaugchow  foo  that  we  should  be  honorably  taken  home, 
and  that  full  compensation  should  be  made  to  me  for  loss  of  property  by  the 
pillage  of  the  ftctories.  Accordingly  we  were  put  into  chain  at  the  prison 
door,  but  the  blinds  of  the  sedans  were  taken  away  that  we  might  be  seen 
with  insulted  as  we  were  carried  through  the  streets.  We  had  not  gone  far, 
when  we  met  Yihshan,  surrounded  by  officers  on  horseback  and  in  chain, 
and  a  tumultuous  throng  of  soldiera  and  attendants ;  these  no  sooner  saw  us 
than  they  thrust  our  chairs  aside,  knocked  off  the  tops  with  their  swords,  and 
howled  and  hooted  at  us  as  they  passed.  When  they  had  gone,  we  were 
taken  to  the  factories,  and  there  left,  among  the  ruins,  without  protection  or 
shelter,  i  tlien  went  to  Howqua  and  remonstrated  ;  and  he  gave  ordera  that 
we  should  be  taken  to  the  consoo  house,  and  promised  also  that  a  chop 
for  Whampoa  should  be  procured  from  the  Kwangchow  foo ;  but  at  the  con- 
soo house,  we  were  tdd  the  city  gates  were  shut,  and  that  no  chop  could 
be  obtained.  We  were  left  therefore  to  speculate  on  the  chances  of  the 
night.  At  last,  word  came  that  the  English  had  landed  in  front  of  the  fac- 
tories; and  our  great  anxiety  now  was  to  let  them  know  of  our  situation; 
but  no  one  would  venture  out — ^the  coolies  from  fear  of  the  English,  and  the 
sailora  of  the  Chinese.  After  a  time,  some  one  volunteered,  and  fiad  gone 
as  far  as  the  outer  gate,  when  there  was  a  cry  that  soldiers  were  coming ; 
they  proved  to  be  the  Cameronians,  who,  quickly  forcing  in  the  doors  with  their 
muskets,  entered,  with  major  Pratt  at  their  head ;  capt.  Elliot  and  Mr.  Mor- 
rison were  with  him ;  and  I  cannot  tell  you  with  what  feelings  of  good-will 
we  looked  on  every  one  of  those  red  coats. 

«» The  soldiers  made  a  littier  for  Mr.  Millar  and  carried  him  to  the  facto- 
ries, where  his  wounds  were  properly  dressed  fbr  the  first  time  since  they 
had  been  received,  now  60  hours !  The  sailors  too  were  taken  care  of;  and 
we  were  all  soon  sent  off  in  the  boats  of  H'.  fi.  M.*8  fieet,  the  seamen  and 
Messrs.  Taylor  and  Gutierrcs  to  the  Modeste,  and  Mr.  Millar  and  myself  to 
Mr.   Dent's  schooner,  the  Aurora,  wliorc  wc  were  most  kindly  received. 

••  Perhaps  it  may  be  supposed   that,  after  all,  the  wounds  received  were 


1841.  Outrages  on  AtHerirans  in  Canton.  419 


•& 


slight,  and  that  1  have  Pxasrg<>rated  the  mifferings  of  Mr.  Millar  and  the 
others.  It  i.s  not  so.  Two  of  the  seamen  had  hullets  in  them,  and  a  third 
had  a  deep  gash  in  the  head;  Mr.  Millar  was  inost  severely  wounded  ;  and 
Mr  Gutierres  has  been  ever  since  confined  to  his  bed  from  the  effect  of  in- 
juries received  that  day.  1  cannot  better  close  this  statement  tr.an  in  th.^ 
words  of  H.  B.  M.  plenipotentiary,  who  in  his  proclamation  of  17th  :.me,  to 
the  people  of  Canton,  says :  *  It  is  well  known  that  on  the  morning  of  ^2d 
ultimo  a  disgraceful  rabble,  headed  by  the  troops,  burst  into  the  factories, 
searching  for  merchants  and  innocent  people,  living  there  under  the  solemn 
protection  of  the  government.  And  Elliot  is  well  aware  that  the  Chinese 
officers  took  a  conspicuous  part  in  this  scene  of  outrage  and  plunder.  Then 
let  the  treatment  of  some  unfortunate  Americans,  seized  by  the  ofHcers  on 
that  occasion,  be  considered.  Already  severely  woumled,  they  were  heavily 
cliained  and  mercilessly  beat  by  the  soldiers  with  their  arms.  These  wretch, 
ed  people  were  then  taken  before  the  provincial  judge,  and  this  unworthy 
dignitary,  forgetting  ail  the  principles  or  humanity  and  justice,  treated  them 
as  if  they  had  been  felons,  instead  of  being  victims  of  the  injustice  of  the 
high  commissioners.  8ome  of  them  were  killed  ;  and  is  it  to  be  believed 
ttiat  a  great  nation  will  suffer  this  perfidy  and  outrage  without  vindica- 
tion V  " 

To  the  foregoing  e.xtracts,  little  need  be  added.  The  reasons 
which  have  been  adduced  by  Mr.  Morss  for  remaining  in  Canton, 
during  the  night  of  the  21st,  are  ample  enough.  Fuller  assurances, 
and  from  higher  authorities,  could  not  be  had.  Personal  security  was 
promised,  with  complete  indemnity  in  case  of  any  loss. 

The  excuse,  that  it  was  all  a  mistake,  is  as  unworthy  as  it  is  false. 
The  firing  on  the  tx>at  was  not  a  mistake.  It  was  wanton  barbarity. 
The  soldiers  knew  the  boat  belonged  to  an  American  ship,  for  they 
were  assured  of  this  by  a  shopman  who  was  with  them.  Knowing 
the  men  to  be  Americans,  and  that  they  must  be  recognized  as  such 
when  brought  before  the  authorities,  what  did  these  base  men  do  ? 
They  gravely  proposed  to  decapitate  their  prisoners,  and  go  with 
their  heads  (which  could  tell  no  tales)  and  claim  the  rewards,  offered 
by  the  high  officers  for  the  heads  of  Englishmen  !  It  was  these  same 
soldiers,  who,  on  a  subsequent  day,  denounced  certain  natives  as  trai- 
tors, and  then  took  their  heads  in  order  to  claim  a  reward.  And,  if 
the  truth  should  ever  be  disclosed  in  this  world,  it  may  yet  appear 
that  the  head  of  the  poor  sailor^boy  was  taken  for  this  same  wicked 
purpose.  Young  Sh^^rry  was  the  son  of  the  harbor-master  of  New 
York.  When  the  Morrison  was  on  the  eve  of  sailing,  his  mother 
came  to  the  wharf,  and  begged  the  captain  and  the  mate  of  the  ship 
to  be  kind  to  him,  and  careful  of  his  welfare.  One  of  the  sailors  saw 
him  struck  and  taken  hold  of,  as  they  ran  the  boat  in,  near  the 
shore,  alongside  of  larger  crafl  lying  there.  From  that  moment, 
nothing  more  do  we  hear  of  the  boy  Sherry.  The  story  of  his  loss 
will  be  a  melancholy  one  to  his  afflicted  parents. 


Had  a  Chinese  lost  his  life  under  similar  circumstances,  and  liy 
foreign  hands,  what  would  have  been  the  conduct  of  the  provincial 
^veriiment  ?  I  Aft  for  lift  would  have  lieen  the  demand  ;  and  fail- 
ing to  apprehend  the  guilty,  the  innocent  would  have  been  made  to 
suffer.  In  the  present  instance,  the  high  officers  promised  security, 
and  reparation  should  any  loss  be  sustained.  What  reparation  have 
they  made?  What  can  they  make?  Can  they  indemnify  Mr.  Mil- 
lar, Mr.  Gutierres,  and  the  wounded  seamen,  for  the  injury  they  re- 
ceived ?  It  would  be  cruel  mockery  to  talk  of  reparation  to  the 
bereaved  parents  of  the  unfortunate  Sherry.  But  will  a  great  nation 
pass  these  things  by  unnoticed,  and  allow  the  guilty  to  go  unpunish- 
ed ?  Shall  no  investigation  be  made  ?  Shall  no  remonstrance  be 
lodged  against  the  faith-breaking  and  treacherous  officers  of  the  celes- 
tial court  1  We  have  been  told  that  when  these  innocent  men  were 
lying  with  chains  about  their  necks  in  prison,  the  address  of  the 
▼ice-consul,  sent  up  from  Whampoa  demanding  their  release,  was  not 
only  sent  back  to  him,  but  was  returned  unopened !  Conduct  such 
as  this  needs  no  comment.  If  it  may  go  unrebuked,  then  farewell 
to  all  national  honor,  to  all  personal  safety.  We  hear  that  Mr.  Morss 
intends,  on  the  arrival  hereof  commodore  Kearney,  to  submit  to  him 
the  case  of  these  outrages.  We  do  not  indeed  know  what  instruc- 
tions the  commodore  may  bear ;  but  surely  if  such  wrongs  are  to  be 
passed  by  unnoticed,  it  will  only  induce  contempt  and  lead  on  to 
the  repetition  of  these  outrages.  Whenever  he  arrives,  lie  will,  we 
trust,  do  his  duty,  and  honorably  maintain  the  dignity  and  rights  of 
his  country. 


Art.  VIII.  Jtmrnal  of  Ocrjirreficts;  mtttorological  obstrv niton s : 
nautical  survtys :  capiurt  of  forts  abovt  Canton;  Yihshan^s  mt' 
mortals;  tyfoons  and  lossts  thtrtby ;  rtdptning  qf  British 
trade;  transportation  of  tht  tx-govtmors  Lin  and  TTtng;  tm- 
perial  commissioners ;  indemnity  from  the  Chinese :  British  tX' 
pedition ;  prospects  of  the  war ;  sickness  and  deaths ;  Mrs.  No' 
ble's  departure  for  England. 

For  the  meteorological  observations,  nautical  surveys,  account  of 
the  capture  of  the  heights  above  the  city  of  Canton,  narrative  of  the 
loss  of  the  cutter  Louisa,  dLc,  we  present  our  best  thanks  to  thos^e 
gentlemen  who  have  enriched  our  present  number  with  their   very 


1841.  Juumai  oj   Ornir rentes.  421 

valuable  and   iiiieresiiiig  papers.     Always  such  coitiniiiiiiculioiiii  fur 
ihe  pages  of  the  Repository  will  be  acceptable. 

In  ihe  meteorological  tables,  the  careful  reader  may  detect  a  few 
errors,  most  of  which,  however,  are  of  such  a  nature  that  they  can 
be  easily  corrected. 

In  the  nautical  surveys,  whenever  practicable,  the  introduction  of 
Chinese  characters,  for  the  names  of  places,  will  tend  to  remove  any 
embarrassment  resulting  from  the  use  of  different  European  systems 
of  orthography.  The  Chinese  names,  in  their  own  character,  should 
always  be  inserted,  if  it  be  possible  to  obtain  them.  It  would  be  well, 
if  each  surveyor  on  the  coast  could  be  accompanied  by  a  native 
assistant. 

The  narrative  of  the  capture  of  the  forts  above  Canton,  we  hoped 
to  have  been  able  to  illustrate  by  subjoining  to  it  a  plan  of  the  city 
and  of  the  heights,  dec.  This  we  shall  endeavor  to  give  in  a  subse- 
quent number.  The  only  Tartar  troops  in  Canton  are  those  in  the 
city,  under  the  command  of  the  commandant.  All  those  who  have 
been  called  to  Canton  from  the  other  provices  are  Chinese,  not  Tar- 
tars. The  numbers  appointed  by  the  emperor,  given  us  by  a  native 
friend,  are  thus:  10,000  from  Szechuen ;  5,000  from  Kweichow ;  5,000 
from  Hoopih;  5,000  from  Hoonan  ,  5,000  from  Kwangse;  10,000 
from  Keangse; — on  the  rolls  presenting  a  grand  total  o^ fifty  thou' 
sand  fighting  men.  Probably  the  actual  number  did  not  exceed 
35,000 ;  and  of  these  we  doubt  if  more  than  20,000  were  in  or  near 
the  city.  Putting  it  at  20,000,  and  adding  an  equal  number  for  the  pro- 
vincial troops,  will  give  Yihshan  and  his  compatriots  40,000  soldiers 
for  the  defense  of  the  provincial  city,  against  less  than  3000  British 
troops  and  a  few  small  ships  of  war.  The  troops  seen  on  the  hills, 
on  the  30th,  were  villagers,  who  had  banded  themselves  as  e  ping,  or 
*  soldiers  of  righteousness,'  headed  by  leaders  chosen  by  themselves, 
each  village  having  its  own  standard  and  chief,  numbering  in  all  per- 
haps twenty-five  thousand.  It  was  well  for  these  fellows  that  they 
dispersed  themselves  when  they  did ;  for  dreadful  indeed  would  have 
been  the  havoc,  within  and  without  the  city,  had  they  spurned  the 
orders  of  the  prefect  and  magistrate  who  bade  them  (or  rather  coaxed 
them  to)  retire. 

Yihshan* s  memorial,  with  all  its  errors,  contains  some  unwelcome 
truths  for  the  imperial  ear.  It  is  said  that  many  innocent  men — 
soldiers  and  others,  natives  of  Canton — were  denounced  as  traitors 
by  the  troops  from  the  other  provinces  :  hence  the  i:tvt7  war  in  their 
own  camp  within  the  walls  of  the  city.  Yihshan  has  given  a  false 
coloring  to  this  part  of  his  report;  and  at  it  the  people  of  Canton  are 
highly  mdignant.  A  second  report,  and  of  a  later  date,  is  in  circula- 
tion. It  is  full  of  falsehood  and  deceit,  but  giyves  some  important 
information  touching  the  course  of  policy  to  be  pursued  towards  fo- 
reigners. There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  provincial  government  and 
imperial  commissioners  will  proceed  to  active  measures  of  defense  as 
soon  as  it  may  be  done  with  impunity. 

Tyfoons,  and  lasses  occasioned   by   ihemj  on  the  21st  and  26tli 


4itZ  Jounml  oj   Oct  im- fares,  July, 

instant  have  occnsionnd  grcnt  distross.  The  state  of  the  atmos- 
phere in  Macao  is  indicated  hy  the  following  notices  fnrnished  by 
Mr.  Beale. 


Wednesday  the  2U-^ 
H  A.  M.  29.42  N.  VV.  «liowery  frcsli. 
9.30      29.32  N.  W.  frwili  wind. 

10  29j2:>  N.         rainy. 

11  29.15  N.         rainy,  squally. 

12  29.03  N.  E.  stronf^  wind. 

1  r.  M.  28.9G  N.  E.  hard  j^ustii. 

2  2rt.92  E.  N.  E.  harder  giwts. 

3  28.94  B. 

3  30      29.04  E. 

4  29.10  E.         misty. 

5  29.21  S.  E.     rain,  gu^iy. 

6  29.27  S.  hard  piitfs. 


7  29.34  S.  rain,  mudenling. 

8  29.38  S.  rain,  muKlcrating. 


9  29.45  S.  rain,  hiff^h  breeze. 

10  29.53  S.  rain,  strong  breeze 

11  29.54  S.  rain. 

12  29.54  S.  fresh  breeze. 


Monday  the  26/A. 
7.30  A.  M.  29.17  N.  W.  rain. 
W  28.94  N.  W.  heavy  rain. 

10  28.94  W.       hif^h  wind. 
10.40          29.00  S.  VV.  rain,  hiffh  wind. 

1 1  29.08  S.  W.  do. 
0.25  p.  M.  29.25  S.  W.           do. 

1  29.33  S.  S.  W.  moderating. 

2  29.37  S.         gusty. 

3  29.40  S.         less  wind. 

4  29.44  S.         heavy  rain. 

5  29.49  S.  do. 

6  29.53  S.  do.  from  wind. 


7  29.58  S.  high  breeze. 

H  29.58  S.  rain. 

9  29.64  8.  rain. 

10  29.68  S.  rain. 

11  29.70  S.  fresh  breeze. 

12  29.70  al.  frosh  breeze. 

The  wind  from  the  north  in  the  first  tyfoon  was  remarkable  for 
its  strength  and  duration.  The  effect  upon  vegetation  in  Macao 
was  very  destructive,  everything  appearing  as  if  it  had  been  scorch- 
ed; the  air  was  filled  with  salt  spray.  Fortunately,  the  greater  part  of 
the  rice  crop  in  this  vicinity  had  been  harvested. 

The  above  table  shows  that  the  wind  on  the  2d  day  veered  from 
N.  round  to  W.  and  S.  W ;  but  at  Whampoa  and  Hongkong,  we 
have  been  told,  it  veered  from  N.  round  to  E.,  S.  E.,  and  S.  W. ; 
this  would  indicate,  according  to  the  theory  of  Redfield,  thai  the 
vortex  was  between  Macao  and  Hongkong. 

We  regret  that  our  information  respecting  these  tyfoons  is  so  limit- 
ed, and  shall  feel  particularly  obliged  by  any  additional  information 
that  may  be  communicated  for  our  next  number.  Native  craft  of 
every  kind  has  suffered  severely.  One  instance  is  thus  described  in 
a  letter  to  the  editor  of  the  Canton  Register,  written  July  24th,  by 
captain  W.  Eraser  of  the  Good  Success.     He  says — 

>»  On  Thursday,  the  22d  instant,  at  daylight,  blowing  strong  from  the  S. 
to  S.E.,  we  passed  a  quantity  of  wreck,  chairs,  die.;  at  noon  moderate  with 
a  heavy  sea ;  observed  a  man  on  a  piece  of  wreck  close  to  the  ship ;  shorten, 
cd  sail  and  instantly  hove  the  ship  to ;  lowered  the  quarter  boat,  and  for- 
tunately picked  the  poor  fellow  up«  in  tlie  last  slate  of  exhaustion;  From 
his  account  he  had  been  three  days  adrift,  on  the  piece  of  plank  from  which 
we  took  him ;  he  is  a  native  of  Portugal,  and  had  been  a  seacunnie  on  board 
the  schooner  *  Rose,'  fVom  the  east  coast,  bound  to  Macao ;  which  vessel 
appears  to  have  foundered  during  the  dreadful  tyfoon  of  the  21st  instant, 
when  the  unfortunate  commander  and  crew  met  a  watery  gnve. 

>•  At  noon,  the  Grand  Ladrone  bearing  N.  ^  £.  distant  29  miles,  after  se- 
curing the  boat  and  making  sail,  observed  a  junk  off  the  weather  bow,  with 
loss  of  mizzenmaat,  m^ing  signals  of  distress ;  hauled  up,  and  passed  close 
to  windward  of  her ;  she  appeared  to  be  a  total  wreck  and  sinking ;  the 
whole  of  her  sails,  bulwarks,  and  rudder  were  gone,  and  the  sea  was  making 
a  continual  breach  over  her ;  she  had  a  numerous  crew  on  board,  who  were 


1841  Jotininl  of    Orntrt'rmt'S  i'l-\ 

tn&king  iiiobI  earnest  ititrcatics  on  their  knees  tur  assistance ;  hove  the  ship 
to,  lowered  both  quarter  boats,  and  fortunately  succeeded  in  taking  off  the 
whole  of  the  crew,  46  in  number;  the  poor  fi'llows,  when  safe  on  board,  knew 
not  now  to  express  their  thankfulness  for  their  narrow  escape  from  the  awful 
death  to  which  they  were  so  imminently  exposed ;  the  junk  was  evidently 
settling  down  fast  in  the  water,  and  no  doubt  in  a  few  hours  more  would 
have  sunk.— [  feel  thankful  to  Providence  that  made  me  the  humble  means 
of  saving  so  many  human  beings  from  a  watery  grave ;  at  the  same  time  1 
assure  you  1  feel  thankful  for  my  escape  from  the  late  severe  weather ;  for 
although  we  had  not  a*  tyfoon,  beinff  well  to  the  southward,  still  we  en- 
countered a  heavy  gale  from  the  S.  W.,  with  a  tremendous  sea,  which  en- 
dangered the  ship  in  running  before  it,  and  forced  me  to  lie  to  for  nearly  18 
hours  under  a  close-reeted  main-topsail." 

How  different  this  treatment  from  that  shown  to  those  who  were 
on  board  the  unfortunate  cutter  Louisa.  Our  readers  cannot  fail  to 
be  interested  in  the  narrative,  given  in  preceding  pages,  of  the  loss  of 
that  vessel.  She  was  brought  out  from  England,  and  formerly  belong- 
ed to  the  factory  of  E.  I.  Co.  in  China;  on  the  arrival  of  the  king's 
commission  she  was  taken  into  royal  service,  and  ever  since  has  been 
a  conspicuous  object ;  repeatedly  under  Are,  from  the  Chinese  forts 
and  men-of-war,  she  always  escaped  unharmed.  But  she  could  not 
withstand  the  dreadful  fury  of  the  tyfoon.  She  started  from  Macao 
on  the  morning  of  the  20th  in  company  with,  or  a  little  before,  the 
Young  Hebe — both  bound  to  Hongkong.  The  Young  Hebe  returned 
to  Macao  dibuiasted  in  the  forenoon  of  the  23d,  having  narrowly 
escaped  shipwreck,  near  Chungchow  off  the  southwest  extreme  of 
Lantao.  The  liOuisa  was  reported  to  have  been  last  seen  by  the 
people  in  the  Hebe  three  or  four  miles  ahead  of  them,  in  the  Lan- 
tao passage,  rather  far  to  leeward.  Of  her  fate,  however,  nothing 
was  reported  in  Macao,  either  by  boats  or  by  the  steamers  that  came 
in  during  the  23d,  and  the  morning  of  the  24th,  and  great  anxiety 
began  to  be  felt  for  the  safety  of  those  who  were  in  her.  From  I- 
chow,  she  seems  to  have  been  driven  on  towards  Chook-chow,  round 
the  Great  Ladrone  southward,  and  thence  almost  due  west  to  the 
place  where  she  struck  :  this  was  south  of  Santchou,  on  an  island 
north  of  Ty-Ioo.     The  proper  name  of  island  we  do  not  know;  its 

south  point  is  called  ^  ^  Tee-ioOf  and  its  northwestern  j^  jSl 
KamUan;  and  ^  ^h  /k^  Fti'sha  tseun  is  believed  to  be  the  village 

near  which  the  cutter  was  lost. 

Totally  lost,  H.  B.  M.'s  cutter  Louisa;  ships  James  Laing  and 
Prince  George ;  schooner  Rose ;  Snarleyyow ;  and  Black  Joke. 

Wrecked  or  on  shore;  transports  Franijee  Cowasjee  and  Nazareth 
Shah ;  brig  Jane  ;  schooner  Sylph. 

Dismasted  or  otherwise  injured ;  H.  B.  M.  ship  Sulphur,  schooner 
Young  Hebe  ;  and  brig  Algerine  ;  ships  Penang ;  Royalist  (late  Mary 
Gordon);  Isabella  Robertson;  Austin;  Fatima;  Urgent;  Pestonjcc 
Bomanjee;  Suliniany;  Helen;  Beulah ;  America;  City  of  Palaces; 
Arun;  Mermaid;  John  Barry;  Agnes:  John  Toinkinson;  Betsy  and 
Sarah;  Ciiy  ofDcrry. 


I'ii  JnunutI  of   Occur rettcei. 

The  Duich  ship  Middelburg,  bound  from  fiatavia  to  Japan,  tn* 
countered  the  tyfoon  on  the  25ih,  and  came  into  Macao  Roads  on 
the  31st  for  repairs. 

British  trade  at  the  port  of  Ccuiton  has  been  reopened  by  a  procla- 
mation, issued  on  the  i6ih  instant,  in  obedience  to  the  imperial  will, 
by  the  three  commissioners  Yihshan,  Yang  Pang,  Tseshin,  and  the 
governor  and  It.-governor  of  Canton,  Ke  Kung  and  Gleang. 

ET^overnors  Lin  and  T*ang  have  been  ordered  to  be  transported 
to  Ele,  in  disgrace ;  and  there  they  are  to  try  to  make  atonement  for 
their  crimes  committed  against  the  state.  The  order  for  T&ng  came 
during  the  first  tyfoon,  on  the  2 1st,  requiring  his  departure  tiu/on^ 
ter.  A  similar  order  was  sent  for  Lin  in  Chekeang.  It  is  generaUy 
supposed  that  Keshen  is  again  in  the  ascendant. 

The  three  commissioners  now  in  Canton,  it  is  said,  will  shortly  pro- 
ceed to  Peking,  and  the  troops  from  the  other  provinces  return  '*  in 
triumph ''  to  their  homes !  The  death  of  Lungw&n  occurred  near  the 
close  of  the  last  month  ;  from  some  superstitious  notions,  the  demise 
of  this  commissioner  was  for  a  time  concealed  from  the  public. 

Indemnity  from  the  Chinese  has  been  obtained  for  the  fiilbaino, 
the  Black  Joke,  and  in  part  for  the  property  lost  by  the  destruction 
of  the  factories  in  Canton :  the  whole,  we  suppose,  will  soon  be  forth- 
coming. N.  B.  In  the  items  of  ransom  money,  given  on  page  349,  in 
our  last,  the  sum  of  $280,000  should  have  been  $380,000. 

The  British  expedition  is  still  at  Hongkong,  and  its  future  move- 
ments are  uncertain.  Some  reinforcements  have  arrived  during  the 
month ;  among  them  is  the  H.  Co.'s  armed  steamer  Phlegethon^  in 
construction,  armament,  dLc,  quite  like  the  Nemesis. 

The  prospects  of  the  war  at  present  are  much  clouded.  Has  the 
emperor  changed  his  purpose?  Is  the  decree  for  extermination 
revoked  ?  Is  the  hostile  altitude  all  at  once  to  be  exchanged  for 
peace  ?  Are  the  demands  of  the  British  crown  about  to  be  granted  ? 
But  will  foreign  merchants,  or  foreign  diplomatists,  put  any  more 
faith  in  the  promises  of  this  perfidious  government?  Apparently 
there  is  a  change  in  the  councils  of  the  government,  and  there  are 
signs  of  a  disposition  to  yield.    Their  reality  will  soon  be  tested. 

Sickness  and  death  have  prevailed  much  among  the  military  and 
naval  forces,  since  the  capture  of  the  heights;  the  sickness  has  abat- 
ed, and  the  deaths  are  becoming  less  frequent.'  The  Chinese  troops 
also  have  suffered.  Nor  have  the  foreign  residents  escaped  without 
admonition.  One  of  our  oldest  residents,  James  Innes  esquire,  died 
on  the  1st  instant,  aged  55  years.  There  have  been  some  other 
deaths  during  the  month. 

Mrs.  NobUj  widow  of  captain  Noble,  of  the  Kite,  sailed  for  Eng- 
land on  the  I5lh,  in  the  Appolline,  captain  Deane.  Subscriptions  in 
China  for  Mrs.  Noble,  made  by  her  countrymen  and  other  foreigners, 
have  been  raised  to  near  ten  thousand  dollars.  Donations  are  also 
being  made  in  India  on  her  behalf 


THE 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY. 


Vol.  X.— August,  1841.— No.  8. 


Art.  I.     Notices  of   Chusan:    its  geological  formation;   climate; 
productions;  agriculture;  commerce  and  capabilities ;  people,  4*c. 

In  continuation  of  the  article  on  Chusan  in  the  June  number,  a  few 
remarks  on  the  geology  of  the  island  and  coast,  extracted  from  the 
Calcutta  Journal  of  Natural  History,  may  not  be  uninteresting.  The 
article  in  that  Journal  was  written  by  lieutenant  Ouchterlony,  Madras 
engineers. 

"  The  prevailing  rock  of  the  island  belongs  to  the  ancient  volcanic 
class,  and  comprises  many  varieties,  but  principally  clay-stone,  clay- 
stone  porphyry,  felspar,  compact  and  pOrphyritic,  and  trachyte. 

'*  In  portions  of  the  cliffs  on  the  south  and  north  coasts,  the  rocks 
are  observed  to  assume  a  columnar  strnoture,  and  dykes  and  masses  of 
greenstone  burst  through  the  beds  of  day-stone  on  various  points^  in- 
durating and  altering  them  t6  a  considerable  extent.  On  the  west 
coast,  the  clay-stone  porphyry  assumes  a  slaty  or  la'minated  structure, 
and  appears  to  be  quarried  extensively  both  for  use  on  the  island  and 
for  exportation  to  the  main  Und,  affording  excellent  slabs  for  paving 
and  for  floors,  and  good  blocks  for  common  building  purposes.  A 
coarse  conglomerate  is  also  to  be  seen,  intervening  between  beds  of 
the  claystoncy  imbedding  angular  fragments  of  many  descriptions  of 
igneous,  rocks,  and  passing  into  a  compact  and  workable  porphyry, 
which  is  also  quarried  and  made  use  of  for  pillars,  blocks  for  corn 
mills,  basement  slabs,  &c.,  Alc.  The  very  best  materials  for  road- 
making  and  repairing  are  ^.readily  procurable  in  most  parts  of  the 
island ;  and  for  buildings  of  any  descriptions  in  the  sea-port  town  of 
Tinghar,  such  as  barracks,  warehouses,  dockb  d&c,  slone  could  bfi 

VOL.    X.    NO     VIII  51 


•I'iti  Notices  of  Chusan.  Auo. 

quarried  to  almost  ai.iy  extent  from  the  neighborhood  of  Sin*koug, 
on  the  western  coast,  and  delivered  in  Chusan  bay  by  water  convey- 
ance at  an  economical  rate.  No  limestone  is  of  course  procurable  on 
the  island,  and  the  small  quantity  of  lime  which  is  used  by  the 
natives  is  obtained  from  shells  of  the  Ostrea  tribe,  which  it  is 
probable  abound  among  the  islands  of  the  archipelago.  Sand  also  b 
not  procurable  on  any  of  the  coasts,  *  but  a  supply  may  be  obtained 
from  several  of  the  islands,  which  are  exposed  to  the  direct  wash  of 
the  sea ;  it  is  however  scarce,  and  generally  speaking  not  well  adapted 
for  making  mortar.  The .  clay  formed  by  the  decomposition  of  the 
trap  ranges,  and  washed  down  by  the  numerous  streams,  makes  ex- 
cellent -bricks.'' — The  following  observations  of  lieut  Ouchterlony 
refer  to  a  few  points  along  the  coasts  of  China  and  Leaoutung.*  *  * 

*<  Commencing  with  the  southern  province,  called  Kwangtung,  the 
capital  of  which  is  Canton,  we  may  observe  in  the  promontory  and 
head-lands  of  Macao,  the  extremity  of  a  range  of  granitic  hills,  which 
appears  to  run  to  the  north-eastward,  being  there  connected  with 
higher  and  more  important  chains  at  the  distance  of  about  70  miles  in- 
land. Extending  from  the  boundary  of  this  province,  and  forming  the 
seacoast  as  far  as  Namoh,  there  appears  to  be  a  continuous  but  rugged 
range  of  igneous  rocks,  much  dislocated  and  broken  up  in  various 
parts,  but  preserving  the  same  general  characters  throughout.  Fur- 
ther north  as  at  Amoy,  these  rocks  assume  a  trappean  appearance, 
and  the  provinces  of  Chekeang  and  Keangsoo,  as  far  north  as  the 
estuary  of  the  Yangtsze  keang,  seem  to  be  traversed  by  lofly  but  ir- 
regular ranges  of  hills  and  mountains  of  an  igneous  or  perhaps  vol- 
canic nature,  having  a  direction  nearly  due  north  and  south. 

"  The  group  of  islands  forming  the  Chusan  Archipelago,  has  already 
been  described,  as  composed  of  ancient  volcanic  rocks.  Our  infor- 
mation now  becomes  imperfect  as  far  as  Shantung  province,  but 
from  analogy  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  same  system  of  rocks 
continues  along  the  coast,  as  far  as  the  northeastern  extremity  of 
that  province,  which  forms  the  southern  arm  of  the  bay  of  CheThie.' 
The  continuity  of  the  same  rocks  seems  evident  from  the  geological 
character  of  the  Ta-koa  and  other  scattered  islands  in  the  narrow 
gorge  at  the  entrance  of  the  bay,  indicating  a  connexion  with  the 
high  ridges  in  the  opposite  district  of  Leaoutung  in  Tartary. 

**  Tliegreat  alluvial  plains  of  Cheihie  next  require  notice:  they  are 
bounded  by  the  trap  ranges  of  Tangchow  foo  to  the  southeast,  and 

"  Subsequent  observations  show  that  sand  may  be  procured  in  several  of  the 
small  bays.  &.C.,  in  different  parts  of  the  island. 


1841.  .\„tires  «J  Chmaa  421 

lo  thft  AaKliviirJ  by  ilie  bny,  and  by  lofty  Alpine  ranges  seen  in  N. 
Ini'klude  40,  beyond  the  line  of  (he  Great  Wall,  and  trending  away  io 
the  north  west  ward.  It  is  in  Foochow  that  a  moat  iuteresting  disco- 
very—that of  coal  —has  been  made,  which  will  presently  be  noticed. 

"  On  the  aubjeet  of  orea  and  minerals,  but  little  information  could 
lie  expected  from  a  hasty  examinaiinn  of  a  line  of  sea-coast,  nor  are 
deposits  of  this  kind  likely  to  exist  in  (he  volcanic  hills,  and  allutial 
plains,  wliicii  prevail  throughout  the  tract  of  country  visited  by  the 
ex.pedilion.  As  regards  organic  remains,  and  for  nearly  similar  rea- 
sons,  I  have  lillle  lo  communicate.  There  are  however  raised  beaches 
near  Canton,  which  contain  bivalve  shells  of  the  genus  Ostrea,  *  pre- 
senting a  remarkable  feature  of  resemblance  with  those  elevations  of 
lines  of  coast  prevailing  so  generally  in  Europe,  and  recognized  also 
in  America.  These  raised  beaches  have  probably  been  produced  by 
llie  latest  upheavings  or  expansions  of  igneous  rocks  before  noticed, 
as  existing  on  this  part  of  the  coast. 

"The  existence  of  coal  in  China,  and  its  being  worked  by  the 
inhabitants  has  long  been  known,  and  two  localities  of  this  mineral 
have  come  under  my  notices-one  near  Canton,  and  the  other  in  Chi- 
nese Tartary.  The  former  of  these  carboniferous  deposits  is  situated 
lo  the  northwest  of  Canton,  where  a  chain  of  hills  running  east  and 
west  separate  the  province  from  (he  low  lands  of  central  China. 

"One  of  the  most  interesting  geological  facts  elicited  during  (he 
progress  of  the  expedition  to  the  norlhward.  was  the  existence  of  a 
seeond  of  these  carboniferous  deposits.  The  locality  of  the  mineral, 
though  not  actually  viitited,  was  pretty  accurately  ascertained,  being 
about  latitude  39°  lU'  north,  and  longitude  131°  25'  east,  and  situated 
within  a  mile  of  the  seacoast.  Some  junks  were  found  laden  with  this 
coal,  of  which  it  is  rather  difficult  to  form  a  correct  opinion  from  the 
small  quantity  brought  away:  I  should  however  pronounce  it  anthra- 
cite of  inferior  equality.  Some  specimens  of  the  rocks  prevailing  on 
the  coast  were  brought  away  by  the  parties  who  visited  this  district, 
and  prove  that  igneous  rocks  prevail  there  also.  A  slaty  rock  of  the 
nature  of  shale  was  said  to  have  been  found  in  the  water  courses,  but 
unfortunately  no  specimens  were  preseived.  The  mere  existence  of 
the  rock  would  however  imply  the  occurrence  of  a  regular  coal  series, 
in  which  more  of  better  ijuality  may  be  found, 

"  No  metallic  ores  of  any  description  were  seen  in  any  spot  visited 
by  the  expedition,  during  the  past  year  (1840),  nor  does  the  general 
appearance  of  the  country  to  the  eastward  convey  an  impression  ot 

'     3re  Chinrw  Kqm-iilnry.  vnl   IX.,  pii»^  :Utl> 


428  Nuiicesi  of  Chttsan.  Ave. 

their  existence,  excepting  that  iron  might  per  haps  be  met  with  in  the 
mountains.  The  gold  and  silver  produced  in  China,  are  obtained,  ex- 
clusively it  would  seem,  from  the  western  provinces  bordering  on  Ti- 
bet ;  but  upon  this  point  no  information  as  to  the  precise  locality  of 
the  mines  has  been  obtained.  Veins  of  the  roetallip  ores  are  however 
very  unlikely  to  be  found  among  the  igneous  rocks  of  the  eastern 
coasly  so  far  at  least  as  they  came  under  niy  observation." 

CUwmU.  During  the  southerly  monsoon,  the  weather  was  hot, 
and  sometimes  very  expressive;  the  range  of  the  thermomeiery  with 
the  maximum  and  minimum  for  each  month,  can  be  seen  by  turning 
to  the  tables  inserted  on  pages  353-376.  During  the  oonherly  mon^^ 
soon,  generally  speaking,  the  weather  was  very  cold,  with  fine  clear 
days.  During  the  cold  season  of  January  and  February,  there  was 
much  ice  on  all  the  ponds,  though  the  duration  of  this  low  tempera- 
ture was  never  long  enough  to  freeze  the  canals  completely  over. 
Little  snow  fell  during  the  winter  184(MI,  and  neves  in  suflicient 
quantity  to  cover  the  plain ;  the  hilb  around  the  city  were  once  only 
capped  with  snow,  which  lay  three  or  four  days.  The  natives  of  the 
island  said  that  the  winters  were  frequently  much  more  severe, 
that  the.  ice  was  very  thick,  ^nd  snow  lay  in  the  vallies.  It  was  subse- 
quently ascertained  that  the  winter  at  Canton  and  vicinity  had  also, 
been  mild. 

Efftcts  of  eUmait  on  heaUh.  It  may  be  asked,  seeing  the  favora- 
ble position  of  the  isli^id,  and.  the  comparative  mildnesa  of  the  cli« 
mate,  what  was  the  apparent  cause  of  the  unhealthinesaof  the  troops 
there?  To  this  it  may  be  answered,  thai  there  were  several  circum-^ 
stances  which  produced  disease.  The  expedition  reached  Chusan  at 
the  hottest  season  of  the  year ;  and  after  the  occupation  of  Tinghae, 
the  soldiers  had  unavoidably  to  submit  to  severe  laborious  duty,  and 
that  at  a  time  when  it  was  impossible  to.  procure  fresh  provisions  for 
them.  The  men  were  also  much  exposed  to  the  heat  of  thei  sun  by 
day,  and  to  the  unusually  heavy  dews  by  night ;  indeed  so  damp  wasi 
the  air  at  night,  that  the  clothes  of  those  who  were  exposed  to  ia 
were  speedily  saturated  with  moisture.  The  strength;  of  the  mem 
was  in  this  way  exhausted ;  and,  while  thus  weakened  thipy  were  aisoi 
exposed  to  the  malaria  of  the  district  which  arose  from^  the  extensive 
paddy  cultivation  over  the  whole  valley, — ^a  vast  sheet  of  flal  muddy 
ground— K>pened  to  the  rays  of  the  sqmmer  sun ;  it  vkta  then  that  in- 
termittent fever  seized  upon  them,  followed  by  severe  dysei^ery, 
which  proved  fatal  to  a  roost  fearful  extent,  l^o  so  greni  a  degref  did 


1841.  yuiift.<  iij   Chusuii  4iii» 

fever  prevail,  that  of  the  whole  force  very  few  individuals  escaped 
without  sufTering  from  attacks  more  or  less  severe. 

Some  parts  of  the  city,  being  very  low  and  damp,  were  extremely 
iiohealthy :  of  these  the  office  of  the  eheheen,  or  magistrate,  was  a 
striking  example ;  for  of  the  whole  number  of  British  officers,  civil 
and  military,  who  lived  there,  not  one  escaped  severe  attacks  of 
fever  or  dysentery.  The  place  had  to  be  evacuated,  and  another 
choeen  for  the  magistracy.  Several  intelJigent  Chinese,  when  ques- 
tioned on  the  subject  of  the  prevalence  of  fever,  said  that  it  was  very 
common  over  the  whole  island,  especially  in  the  allies,  where  the 
fields  were  kept  constantly  flooded ;  but  that  during  the  past  year 
disease  had  prevailed  to  a  very  much  greater  extent  than  was  gene- 
rally the  case,  and  not  only  in  the  island  itself,  but  also  at  Ningpo, 
Chinhae,  Hangchow  foo  (the  provincial  capital),  and  other  places. 
Indeed,  the  number  of  Chinese  who  were  seen  to  be  laboring  under 
fever  was  very  great,  and  proves  that  intermittent  fever  was  very  com- 
mon among  them.  All  the  low  lands  and  plains  in  Chekeang  and 
Keangsoo  are  said  to  be  unhealthy  in  summer,  and  especially  to  fo- 
reigners. 

It  is  a  qti^estion  of  considerable  interest,  whether  the  unhealthiness 
of  Chusan  is  inherent  to  the  place  itself,  or  rather  dependant  on  ac« 
cidental  circumstances.  To  form  a  careful  judgment  on  this  point, 
would  require  a  much  longer  residence  on  the  island  than  was  af- 
forded last  year  ;  bui  there  can  be  little  doubt,  that  the  mode  of  irri- 
gating the  vallies  is  the  chief  source  of  disease,  especially  where  it 
is  carried  to  so  great  an  extent,  as  it  was  in  the  two  Tallies  of  Yung- 
tung  and  Yentsang.  It  was  said,  by  those  best  able  to  form  an  opi- 
nion on  the  subject,  that  the  surface  of  the  valley  in  which  Tinghae 
is  situated  could  be  effectually  drained,  it  being  above  high  wates 
mark.  If  Chusan,  or  any  other  place  where  the  land  is  devoted  to 
rice  crops,  should  in  future  be  occupied  by  foreigners;  it  would  be  a 
subject  well  worthy  of  attention,  whether,  if  the  land  should  be  drain- 
ed and  other  grains  cultivated,  the  salubrity  of  the  place  would  not 
be  increased. 

Commerce.  The  island  did  not  appear  to  have  been  a  place  of 
much  trade.  Large  quantities  of  distilled  spirits,  were  produced  and 
exported,  and  also  paddy  and  salt-fish:  these  were  the  chief  exports) 
and  many  junks  were  employed  in  these  branches  of  trade.  No  silk 
was  produced,  and  but  little  of  a  coarse  kind  of  tea,  which  was  chiefly 
grown  in  small  patches  for  domestic  use,  the  chief  supply  of  the  city 
coming  from  the  main  land.     Salt  was  ms|de  from  sea-water,  a^  ^U 


4:iO  Nuftres  of  Chitsan  Auo. 

points  oa  tlie  beacli,  where  it  wan  practicable,  but  not  in  large 
quantities.  Ice  was  imported  from  the  northern  ports,  and  stored  in 
large  houses  having  thick  mud  walls  and  well  thatched  roofs,  and  was 
used  for  the  preservation  of  fish.  In  the  suburbs,  were  several  large 
timber-yards,  well  stocked  with  good  spars  and  blocks  of  wood. 
These  yards  belonged  to  persons  of  wealth,  who  however  deserted  all 
on  the  first  arrival  of  the  troops,  but  eventually  returned,  and  begged 
to  have  their  property  restored,  which  was  done.  This  wood  does 
not  grow  on  the  island,  but  comes  over  in  rafts  from  the  main. 
Great  numbers  of  fishing-boats,  of  various  sizes,  belonged  to  persons 
at  Tinghae,  but  the  chief  place  for  their  resort,  as  also  of  junks  firom 
Fuhkeen,  was  Shinkea  mun  (Sinkamong)  the  southeastern  point  of 
the  island,  where  there  was  always  a  considerable  degree  of  bustle 
and  activity. 

Bricks  were  made  in  large  quantities  at  several  places,  as  also 
tiles,  earthern  jars,  and  water  pipes :  these  were  well  burnt,  with 
charcoal,  in  a  kind  of  kiln ;  the  clay  is  of  a  blue  color ;  and  the 
bricks  were  hard  and  durable,  and  emitted  a  strong  metallic  sound 
when  struck.  The  bricks  of  which  the  parapet  of  the  city  wall  was 
built,  were  of  large  size,  and  each  had  the  date  of  its  manufacture 
stamped  upon  it.  Lime  was  made  from  oyster  and  other  shells,  and 
burnt  with  charcoal  in  an  open  hearth,  having  a  large  blowing  ap- 
paratus or  air  bellows,  of  simple  construction,  attached  to  it. 

Great  numbers  of  tallow  trees  were  grown  in  the  island,  which 
yielded  abundance  of  vegetable  tallow ;  and  several  large  candle  ma- 
nufactories were  seen  in  full  operation,  where  candles  of  all  sizes 
and  colors  were  manufactured. 

Cotton  is  also  grown,  but  not  to  any  very  great  extent;  the  seeds  are 
removed  by  the  small  mill  in  common  use  in  the  east,  with  horizontal 
cylinders,  and  a  rough  kind  of  fly  wheel.  Carding,  spinning,  weav- 
ing and  dyeing,  were  also  frequently  seen  in  the  various  villages. 
Indigo  was  also  produced  in  good  quantity,  and  many  large  jarsof  this 
article,  in  process  of  making,  were  seen  in  some  of  the  houses.  Var"" 
nish  trees  were  common ;  and  the  transparent  varnish,  of  which  the 
Chinese  are  so  fond,  was  also  produced,  but  not  to  any  large  amount. 

Numerous  grains,  vegetable  productions,  6lc,,  were  produced  in 
the  island,  as  wheat,  buckwheat,  rice,  millet,  Indian  corn  (or  maize), 
barley,  sugar-cane,  sweet  potatoe,  spinach,  beans,  brinjal,  onions, 
carrots,  yams,  lettuce,  turnips,  ginger,  rhubarb,  tobacco,  and  perhaps 
even  some  more  that  were  not  noticed.  Of  fruits,  there  were  pears, 
peaches,  pU|ms,  oranges,  limes,  loquats,  and  a  kind  of  cherry.  *  Iii 


1841.  .\oficea  of  Chusfin  4;Jl 

some  situations,  the  rice  was  sown  at  different  periods,  so  that  while 
one  part  of  the  crop  was  ready  for  the  sickle,  another  was  yet  in  the 
blade.  Whether  by  this  means  the  ground  was  made  to  yield  more 
abundantly  could  not  be  clearly  ascertained,  but  that  was  the  impres- 
sion obtained  by  conversation  with  the  natives. 

Agricultural  implements  were  few  and  simple :  a  hoe  with  a  long 
blade,  a  rake  and  fork,  a  plough  and  a  rough  kind  of  harrow,  were 
used.  The  plough  was  substantially  made;  and  just  within  the  south- 
ern gate  of  the  city  was  a  foundry  for  casting  the  shares.  For  the 
irrigation,  of  the  fields,  a  very  good  chain  pump  was  used,  made 
wholly  of  wood,  and  the  chain  was  formed  of  short  pieces  carefully 
jointed  together ;  sometimes  in  place  of  this,  a  coarsely  made  rope 
was  used ;  when  the  water  had  to  be  elevated  only  a  short  distance, 
and  the  pump  was  worked  actively  either  by  men  or  oxen  according 
to  its  size,  a  large  body  of  water  was  speedily  raised.  AH  the  larger 
farmhouses  had  one  or  more  of  these  pumps.* 

Afler  the  rice  is  cut,  it  is  tied  up  in  bundles,  and  the  heads  beaten 
violently  on  a  strong  wooden  grating,  by  which  means  the  grain  is 
separated ;  this  is  husked  or  cleaned,  sometimes  by  being  pounded  in 
a  large  mortar  with  a  stone  headed  beater,  but  at  others  by  means  of  a 
large  stone  wheel,  drawn  by  a  bulbck,  and  made  to  traverse  in  a 
stone  gutter  or  channel  in  which  the  grain  is  placed.  The  fanning- 
mill  is  of  good  construction,  and  similar  to  those  now  used  in  Europe, 
which  are  doubtless  copied  from  a  Chinese  original.  The  mill 
consists  of  two  granite  stones ;  the  nether  millstone  is  fixed  and  has 
a  deep  groove  round  it,  with  a  spout  for  the  exit  of  the  flour ;  the  up- 
per stone  is  somewhat  smaller,  with  a  handle  by  which  to  turn  it,  and 
a  hole  near  the  centre  for  the  entrance  of  the  grain;  the  flour  is 
cleaned  by  means  of  a  sieve. 

The  Chinese  are  remarkably  fond  ofa  kind  of  bean  paste,  which 
is  made  by  boiling  beans  in  a  large  caldron  for  several  hours ;  they 
are  then  passed  through  the  mill,  and  a  kind  of '  souring '  added  to 
the  semifluid  mass,  which  is  allowed  to  stand  for  some  hours,  and 
afterwards  put  into  small  wooden  frames,  covered  with  cloth ;  these 
are  submitted  to  the  action  of  a  strong  press,  to  remove  the  water ; 
afler  which  the  paste  is- exposed  for  sale,  sometimes  in  mass,  or  made 
up  like  very  thin  pulse  cakes,  and  occasionally  taken  and  formed  into 
a  solid  brown  cake. 

Capabilities  of  the  island.  There  can  be  little  doubt  from  the 
mildness  of  the  climate,  and  the  great  variety  of  land,  in  the  vallies, 

*    See  Chinese  Repository,  vol.  V.,  page  465. 


r.'*'      ♦"      ^JK,fir  _lGv 


*-^  >«  .^v^^c^  <<     -<-.^   u^.  •t(f»rif--  -f    .^  I'ji^^r   .Uirf.    laL.   ""^r  .2ce  zul 

.«is#fi/i   >•  VM^  i#'  'x0^  -Uiv^     ".jstifaia  Cane.  » <siief 

»'<ui  ^<i«^^4  v^  ><iut  ^^  «ui  «c  cuf  3uiee> 

4/  r^^.  ft<^M  #\Mi^  ^iV»ti*wKi»^>e  fcareer  flMKcseoaiiaera  mk  place 
fi^.«4Mi^  ^A^  f^l^fM  4C  4r4SeM»c  p4a<eei  and  cte  poius  k 
4/^r^>Jv^  \$^  Y4€%  ffWi^  Uif  Oki^  Cbilt  c€  the  hmgmen ;  bot  m 
Hvt^^A^^.  MM*  nitfJuM  mm  b^z^  ^  chc  Bamci,  beenae  tkef 
4,4  11^4  wmh  U9  mil  tiv^r  fMck,  or  feared  that  tliej  iImmU  Mt  be  paid 
^^  ^^  ^^#  #^/r«Mr  4)4</trtirswi4(iea  arose  froni  the  saiives,  who  fCMg  tiK 
*^4fit^^  w^rf^  n*$$i%\\,  mmtniimm  ealM  fMi  all  tbe  oeighbon  aad  attack* 
04  Ut^,m^  (f0f  iM  ^ir^vMC  of  beatini;  them  and  stealiof  tbdr 
4Ufth^AifthU  i^^fk  h\¥p  mnA0i,  oceasionaJly,  by  the  eoontrf 
ihni  i\^if  fffff^tAUrttt  ir^ro  uli^n  ffi>m  them  near  the  gates^  and  pay- 
ffM^oi  U'^  «i'>v4f«  f^fi^red;  but  the  men  were  in  absolute  want 
//f  ff^-h  \ffovi<tot$'',   4u4   ft  m  94kJ  (hat  hunger  will  break  through 


1841    .  Motices  of  Chusan.  433 

stone  walls.  After  a  time,  when  the  people  of  the  island  saw  that 
they  could  dispose  of  their  bullocks,  goats,  and  poultry,  profitably, 
and  that  the  proper  price  was  freely  given,  abundance  of  provisions 
came  to  market,  and  all  these  irregularities  ceased.  For  the  last 
three  months  of  residence  at  Chusan,  there  was  a  good  display  of  all 
table  requisites  constantly  brought,  not  only  from  the  island  itself,  but 
from  the  neighboring  islands,  Ningpo,  and  other  parts  of  the  main ; 
Shantung -cabbages,  Nanking  pears  (of  very  good  quality),  Keangse 
walnuts,  Fuhkeen  oranges,  with  all  the  vegetable  products  of  the 
islands;  as  well  as  bullocks,  milch  goats,  geese,  wild  and  tame  ducks, 
fowls,  and  abundance  of  fish;  occasionally  doer,  pheasants,  par* 
fridges,  and  snipe,  were  offered  for  sale  at  very  moderate  prices ;  on 
twoier  three  occasions  woodoocks  were  shot  by  some  of  the  sports- 
men, in.  their  rambles  over. the. hills. 

>  The  peopU.  At  iirslgceat: difficulty  was  e.\perienced  in  obtaining 
coolies  to  pecfbtm^  the 'Various  duties  required  of  them,  and  it  often 
took  a  morning's  hard  work,  to  collect  a  few  men  together ;  but  after 
a  while,  finding  that  thoy  were  well  and  regularly  paid,  they  flocked 
in  great  numbers  to  the  city,,  so  that  any  amount  of  able-bodied 
strong  men  could  at  once  be  procured. 

On  the  whole  it  may  be  remarked,  that  the  soldiers  behaved  with 
great  propriety  at  Chusan,  complete  order  and  regularity  being  main- 
tained over  them  by  their  officers ;  some  of  the  respectable  Chinese 
householders  expressed  their  surprise,  that  they  had  so  little  annoy- 
ance from  the  English  soldiers,  who,  as  they  often  said,  were  so  well 
behaved,  and  so  very  different  from  tho^e  of  their  own  army,  who 
never  let  at  an  opportunity  slip  of  enriching  themselves  at  the  ex- 
pense of  those  in  whose  city  they  dwelt  Ou  one  or  two  occasions, 
when  there  were  rumors  of  an  ^ttack  being  made  on  the  city,  by 
Chinese  soldiers  to  be  sent  from  Ningpo,  some  of  the  friendly  Chi- 
nese were  warned  not  on  any^nccount  to  allow  the  ofiicers  or  soldiers 
of  their  own  nation-  to  secrete  themselves  on  their  premises,  lest  tbey 
should  bring  themselves  into  trouble ;  when  they  all  said,  that,  far 
from  wishing  to  harbor  any  of  the  soldiers,  they  would  as  soon  take 
in  the  same  number  of  the  most  arrant  thieves,  and  that  they  knew 
their  own  interest  far  too  well  to  do  anything  of  that  kind.  Of  those 
householders  who  remained  in  their  own  dwellings,  after  the  occupa- 
tion of  the  city,  very  few  if  any  were  at  all  molested,  but  retained  their 
houses  and  property  to  the  last;  and  if  their  buildings  were  wanted 
for  barracks  or  hospitals,  rent  was  paid  for  them  according  to  valua- 
tion.    Hid  thf!  shopkeepers,  &/C.,  taken   care  of  their  goods  at  fudt 

vol,.    X.    NO.    viu.  55 


4*(]t  VolUctiofis  manic  by  Dr.  Cantor  at    Ckusaii,  Aug. 

and  not  led  their  shops,  little  of  the  injury  to  property  that  did  occur 
would  have  taken  place ;  but  almost  ail,  both  rich  and  poor,  fled 
away,  leaving  their  houses  entirely  unprotected,  a  portion  of  whose 
contents  were  taken  by  various  people  of  the  expedition  for  their  own 
immediate  use,  but<by  far  the  greatest  part,  indeed  almost  the  whole, 
by  Chinese  thieves  from  the  villages,  who  ransacked  the  deserted 
houses. 

For  some  time,  three  of  the  regiments  were  quartered  in  the  centre 
of  the  city.  Chinese  shops  were  instantly  opened  near,  and  even 
among  the  quarters  of  the  men  ;  and  the  sellers,  seeing  that  the  sol- 
diers had  plenty  of  money,  used  every  effort  to  obtain  their  custom. 
It  was  amusing  to  see  the  mode  of  bargaining-  carried  on ;  it  was 
done  partly  by  signs,  showing  the  amount  of  money  asked  and  offei- 
ed  for  various  goods,  and  partly  4)y  words — for .  the  foreigners  soon 
acquired  a  knowledge  of  a  few  of  the  most* common  Chinese  words, 
and  the  Chinese  picked  up  a  few  English  and  HiiidaBtanee  terms, 
as  also  the  numerals  and  names  of  coin,  from  which  a  curious  com- 
pound or  mixed  language  arose,  which  however  answered  the  pur- 
|>ose  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  parties. 


Art.  it.     Conspectus  of  coikciions  made  by  Dr.  Cantor,  assistant 

surgigon,  during  his  employment  with  H,  M.    26th    regiment, 

on  the  expedition  to  China,  1840. 

[This  article  first  published  in  the  Calcutta  Journal  of  Natural  History, 
No.  5,  has  been  kindly  forwarded  tn  us,  with  a  few  corrections,  by  Dr.  Can- 
tor.    It  will  form  a  valuable  addition  to  previous  articles  on  Chusan.] 

Penang, — Fishes,  Shells,  Zoophytes,  Insects,  Plants. 

Singapore. — Fishes,  Shells,  Zoophytes,  Crustacea,  Plants 

China  Sea. — Fishes,  Molluscs,  Zoophytes,  Animalcula. 

Lantao  I.    (Canton  Prov.) — Fishes,  Shells,  Crustacea,  Plants,  Geo. 

logical  specimens. 
Chusan. — Mammalia,    Birds,    Reptiles,   Fishes,   Shells,  Crustacea, 

Annulata,  Arachnidse,  Insects,  Plants,  Seeds,  Geological 

specimens. 

Con:)pGCtus  of  Animals  observed  and  collected  at  Chusan.   (Rough 

draft.) 


11^41. 


CoUettiinia  inmh   hi/   Dr    Cantor    at  (^huaan. 


4:<r, 


].     MAMMALIA 
Noctiiio  ? 
Canis  jSinensis. 
Felis  catus? 

Felis ?  (wildcat.) 

Mania  (the  Indian  apecics.) 
Sua. 


Equua  caballua. 

— —  aainua. 

Boa  taurua  (allied  to  the  Brahmuny 

bull). 
Capra. 


None  of  the  larger  wild  beasts  occur,  most  likely  in  consequence 
of  a  thick  population.  Of  domesticated  animals,  the  pig,  affording 
the  most  favorite  animal  food,  is  prodigiously  numerous.  Few 
horses  and  oxen,  the  latter  used  exclusively  for  the  plough.  Goats 
numerous. 

2.  AVES. 

Few  wild  birds,  (in  conacquence  of  the  absence  of  foreata,)  chiefly  gralla- 
tores,  crowa,  aparrowa,  awallowa.  Of  domesticated  fowl  —  geeae,  ducka, 
and  fowl,  plentiful,  and  of  large  aize  and  excellent  quality. 

3.  REPTILIA. 

Emya,  Thonyx,  Sepa,  Agama, 

Hemidactylus,        Naja,  Python,  Coluber, 

Lycodon,  Tropidonotua,        Rana,  .  Myla, 

Bufa 

Southern  and  central  China  is  crowded  with  reptiles  beyond 
description.  In  Chusan,  Naja  appears  to  be  the  only  venomous  ter- 
restrial serpent.  None  of  the  larger  saurians.  All  the  forms  of  rep- 
tiles are  tropical,  except  Rana  esculenta. 

4.  PISCES.     A,  Fresk-water. 

Anguilla,  Synbranchus,  Eleotris,  Gobiua, 

Ophicephalus,     Anabaa,  Cobitia,  Coliaa, 

Cyprinus,  Silunia. 

All  tropical  forms,  with  the  exception  perhaps  of  Anguilla,  which 
resembles  the  European  species. 

B^    Sea  and  Estuaries. 

Carcharias,         Trygon,  Hemirampbua,      Stromateua, 

Platax,  Macropodua,  Trichiuria,  Nebria, 

Solea,  Latea. 

Little  can  be  said  of  the  pelagic  fishes,  as  unfortunately  the  fisher- 
men followed  the  example  of  most  of  the  other  inhabitants,  and  de- 
serted the  vicinity  of  the  English. 

5.  MOLLUSC  A.     A.  Tamstrial,  Fresh^water,  aud  Estuaries, 


Limax, 

Paludina, 

Cerithium, 

Ampullaria, 

Lymnea, 

Succinium, 

Meiania, 

Clausilia, 

Pupa, 

Helix, 

Bulla  (Bulliea,) 

Vitrina, 

Achatina, 

Bulimus, 

Planorbis, 

AnodontA, . 

Cyrena, 

MytiluR. 

436 


ColUetions  made  by  Dr.  Cantor  at  C^usam. 


Aug. 


CoDsideriDg  the  limited  extent  of  the  loctlity,  the  number  of 
genera  is  remarkable.  The  Lymnea  bears  a  sUong  resemblance  to 
L.  rivalis,  Sowerbj  ;  bnt  appears  to  be  the  onlj  European  form. 


B.  PeUgie  (imh 

Mtimg  tke  Ckimtm  Sett^ftpm  tke  ^twtkuu  • 

iiiw<y  mp  IS  Ctnmam) 

Terebella, 

Bulla, 

Pterocera, 

SSerpula, 

Amkala, 

Stnmbus, 

Spiroriris, 

Vennilia, 

BalanoB. 

Lepas, 

Anatifeia, 

Pdlicipes, 

Aflpergiliiim, 

Gastrochena, 

Sden, 

Mya, 

Brydne, 

Amphidesma, 

Cytherea, 

Venui, 

Isoeardia, 

CuciuhBa, 

Area, 

Hytia, 

Modiola, 

Mytalns, 

Matteui, 

Meleagrina, 

Ostrea, 

Placuna, 

Gryphea, 

Spondylui, 

PUeopsia, 

BuUcs, 

Neritina, 

Nerita, 

Nalksa, 

ianthina. 

Sigaielus, 

Stomatella, 

HaKoCis, 

Ptramidella, 

Scalaria, 

Oelpbinula, 

Solarimm 

Trochus, 

Monodonta, 

Turbo, 

Pbananella, 

Turritella, 

Cerithinm, 

Pleorolonia* 

Tuibinella, 

Canularia, 

F^Mciolaria, 

Funis, 

Pynda, 

Stnithiolaria, 

Ranella, 

Morex, 

Triton, 

Rostellaria, 

Cassidana, 

Casns, 

Ricinula, 

Harpa, 

Dolium, 

Bnccinum^ 

Teiebfa, 

Cdumbella, 

Milra, 

Vduta, 

Oyuk, 

Cypnea. 

Ancillaria, 

Oliva, 

Conus, 

Nautilus, 

Aigonauta, 

Pholas, 

TelUna, 

Cardium, 

Donax, 

Spondylus, 

Cbaros, 

Pinna, 

Strombus, 

6.    ANNULATA. 

• 

Hirudo  officinalis.     Hirudo?    (Head  in  the  shape 

of  a  hammer,    A\m 

found  by  Mr. 

Griffith  in  the  Naga 

hills  in  1896.) 

7.    CRUSTACEA. 

f^gorus. 

CHmgoo. 

Limulus. 

■ 

8.    ARACHNIDiE. 

Lycoss, 

Aranea, 

Oxypes, 

Dfctyns, 

Thomisus, 

Phaknginum. 

Remarkable  for  their  specific  snd  numerical  strength. 

9.    INSECTA 

i. 

DytiscQs, 

Apodeus, 

Hydrous, 

•|<*fniftt 

Gyrinns, 

Acrocinus, 

CyeldUB, 

•Caskidi, 

Elater, 

Eumolpus, 

Silpha, 

Chrysemeia, 

Ateuchus, 

CoccioneUa, 

Ontophagus, 

Histor, 

Phaneus, 

Helops, 

Macraspis, 

Coriarus, 

Cetonis, 

Gryllotalpa, 

Gymnetis, 

Gryllus, 

Lucanus, . 

Forficnla, 

Man^s, 

Blatta, 

Spectrum, 

Vespa, 

Acrydium, 

Apis, 

Cimex, 

Bombus, 

Helops, 

Xylocops, 

1841.  Collections  made  hy  Dr.   Cantor  at  Ckusan. 


43: 


9.    INSECTA.  (Cantifnud.) 


Nepa, 

Corixa, 

Bocydium, 

Phalsaa, 

TabanuB, 

Conops, 


Tfigona, 

I'olistes, 

Libellala, 

AgrioD, 

Myrmelion, 

Sphez, 


NotonecU, 

Cicada, 

Sphinx, 

Culex, 

Oestnu, 

Musca. 


Melipoma, 

Fapilio, 

iEshna, 

P&norpa, 

Phryganea, 


The  greater  number  not  identified.  Tropical  forms  prevalent ; 
strong  resemblance  to  the  insects  of  Assam  and  Sjlhet,  collected 
by  Messrs.  M'Clelland  and  Griffith,  in  1835-6 ;  Nepa,  and  a  few  but- 
terflies, apparently  European. 

10.    AMMALCULA. 

Not  identified,  several  forms  found  all  over  the  earth,  in  the  ocean, 
as  well  as  in  fresh  water. 

PLANTS  flowering  in  Chusan  in  July,  August,  and  September.* 


RanunculaceiB.  CekMrinete^ 

Ranunculus,  Ilex. 

R.          aquatica,  PapUianacea, 

Nymphaacea^  Many  species. 

Nymphfea  nelumbo.  Rosacea. 

CructfercSt  **  AmygdaHea. 
Thlaspi  bursa-pastoris  ?    Amygdala  persica. 


firassica, 

{Sinapis  arvensis. 
Ruedacea^ 

Reseda  luteola  1 
Oxalidea*    . 

Oxalis  stricta.   . 
Hypericine^E^ 


(Apricot,) 
PrunuB, 
^.  'Dryadea, 
Geum  rivale, ' 
Rubus  ideus. 


AraliacetBt 

Hedera  helix. 
UtnbeUifercB^ 

Caruro  carui, 

DaucuB  Carota. 
CaprifoliaceoB^ 

Sambucos  Japonic^. 
CureubUaeea^ 

Cuomia  Melok 

(Water-meJoo   and  .se- 
veral other  species,)  , 

Momordica  balsaraina. 


R.         Chamemorus,  ComposittB^ 


Fragaria. 


Hypericum  montanum,  y-  Rotea^ 

H.  perforatum.  "  -Rbsa  Sihica, 

Ampe^tc/fte, 

Vitis  vinifera. 
AurantiaceiB^ 

Citrus  (3  to  4  species) 
CamellicR, 


Thea  viridis, 
Camellia. 

Mdlvace<B^ 
CKMSypium, 
Hibiscus. 

Ac6rtn<e, 
Acer. 


V.  Jr&tn&oots^ 

Pomum/ 
■  Pyrus, 

P.  Cydonia. 
OranatecB^ 

Punica  granatum. 

Myrtus. 
P&ntOaeete, 

Portolacca. 
Cra$sulac&Ey 

SeibpervivuDi, 

Seduroacre. 


Gnaphalium, 

Inula,  *    • 

Senecio, 
'    GtMyasiitbemumi   '     '^ 

Aitemisia  SineaaiB,:  and^ 
2  or  3  more  species. 
Lahial(B^ 

Rosmarinus  officio. 
1 


Mentha 


Origanum  — 
Bafaginoa, 

Symphytum  ? 
VerbenacetB^ 
Verbena. 


,1 
,1 


*  The  greater  number,  in  Dr.  Cantor's  Herbarium  have  not  yet  beea  identiiledi 


4:JH 


Kdirfs  Rfhiiinn  fo  Militnrif  Of^frathti^. 


Ave, 


PLANTS  (CtmtittHetlj. 
SoUmecB^  Juglandecp^ 


Nicotiana  tabacum. 
Datura  metel, 
Solanum  nigrum, 
S.  dulcamara^ 
Capeicum. 
CcnwUvtdaceaej 
Coavolvulus  batatus, 
C 1 


Juglans  regia, 
Afnen/aoMP, 
a,  CujnUi/enjf^ 

Qoercus 1 

/S*  Salicinece^ 

Saliz ? 

S.  baby  Ion  ica. 

Pinua  ? 


Potyganeae^ 
Polygonum  (several  sp.)  Junipenn 
Rumex  acetosa,  ScUamineoe^ 


Zingiber  officinalis. 

Pahna^ 

r  attain  a  small  Afuict, 
Boiassus,  I  size,  produce  Futtgi. 

j  tbund  in  gar* 
(^  dens. 


Alismacea, 

Alisroa  plantago  ? 
LUiaceet^ 

Lilium  — ^-~  ? 
AsphodeUatt 

Allium  (several  sp.) 
irideoB^ 

Iris ? 

GraminetEy 

Triticum, 

Oryza, 

Zea  mays, 

Milium  panicum. 
Ftfices, 


Betel, 


Rheum. 
ChenopodecB^ 

C.  bonus-henricus. 
Atrocorpot, 

Moras  nigra, 

M.  alba, 
I/fttcecB, 

Cannabis ? 

Humulus  lupulus. 

European  forms  much  more  frequent  in  the  botanical,  than  in  the 
animal,  kingdom.  Plants  characteristic  of  this  part  of  China  are 
the  tea  shrub;  Stillingia  sebifera  (tallow-tree);  Dryandra  cordata 
(varnish  tree) ;  Humulus  lupulus  (hops).  The  tropical  forms  attain 
but  a  small  size,  their  fruits  do  not  ripen,  and  the  brilliancy  of  the 
flowers  is  strikingly  inferior  to  that  of  the  Indian  Flora.  In  the 
month  of  August,  the  thermometer  rises  to  US'*,  in  December  it 
sinks  to  22^ 

The  geological  features  of  Chusan  are  primary  rocks  (the  highest 
about  1800  feet),  and  vallies  with  alluvial  soil.  The  whole  line  of 
coast  from  Macao  to  Chusan  appears  to  be  primary  formation. 


Art.  III.      Mmariab   and  edicts   relating  to  ike  military  opera- 
tions  on  the  coast,  during  the  visit  of  the  first  English  expedition. 

No.  1. 

Trb  slave  Yukeen,  an  imperially  appointed  high  commissioner,  and  lieu- 
tenant-governor of  the  province  of  Keiingsoo,  kneeling  presents  this  me- 
morial, on  which  he  prays  that  a  sacred  glance  may  be  cast. 


1811.  Edicts  Itelaling  to  Militnrtf  Opei'atioHS.  43(1 

Your  slave  has  just  received  a  communication  from  the  Board  of  War 
to  the  tbllowing  effect. 

•«  We  have  received  an  imperial  edict  stating  that  •  the  fbo-tootung  (or 
Tartar  lieut.-general)  Haeling  has  memorialiaed  U8»  praying,  that,  *  the  whole 
of  the  ports  and  harbors  along  the  sea-coast  be  secretly  and  suddenly  closed, 
so  that  neither  a  -.ingle  individual  nor  a  single  ship  be  pehnitted  to  go  out  or 
in ;  by  which  means  the  grain  and  rice  of  the  Central  land  shall  irat  be  fur- 
tively conveyed  to  the  outer  seas  for  the  support  of  the  foreigners,  and  by 
which  means  we  shall  be  able  at  once  to  pounce  upon  all  the  native  traitors, 
and  thus  get  good  information  as  to  the  positition  and  intentions  of  the  fo- 
reigners, &c.,  &c.'  The  said  memorial  refers  to  Tingfaae,  which  has  just 
been  recovered ;  command,  therefore,  that  the  high  commissioner  presiding 
in  that  quarter  examine  carefully  into  the  actual  circumstances  of  the  case ; 
and  let  him  with  his  whole  heart  and  soul  ponder  and  deliberate  if  the 
proposal  may  be  put  in  force  or  not,  and  duly  report  the  same  in  course  to 
us;  and  at  the  same  time  let  the  original  proposition  of  Haeling  be  fairly 
copied  out  and  sent  on  for  his  careful  inspection,  ^.,  6ic.    Respect  this  !** 

Your  slave,  in  respectful  compliance,  has  made  due  examination,  and  found 
that  along  the  whole  line  of  sea-coast,  salt  is  produced  (naturally)  in  lalge 
quantities ;  the  people  have  no  constapt  means  of  employment  (on  'shore), 
and  their  disposition  is  to  follow  a  sea  life.  Those  who  possess  some  little 
capital,  trade  to  the  north  and  south  of  the  empire ;  they  bring  foreign  goods 
and  produce  into  general  consumption,  and  thus  give  employment  and  sup- 
port to  multitudes  of  the  poorer  classes ;  those  who  possess  no  capital  make 
their  vessels  their  homes,  while  the  wide  ocean  is  their  estate ;  these  sink  and 
rise  amid  the  tempestuous  billows,  aud  when  their  fishing  is  successful  they 
exchange  their  commodities  for  an  humble  measure  of  rice  and  common  food ! 
Thus,,  if  we  number  those  who  live  chiefly  by  the  sea  in  the  two  provinces  of 
Keiogsoo  and  Gbfike&ng  alone,  th^  cannot  bounder  several  tens  of  thousands 
of  individuals ;  while  those  who  reap  benefit  from  the  commerce  carried  on 
through  them,  are  absolutely  innumerable !  In  reference  to  the  two  provinces 
of  Canton  and  Fuhke^n,  their  saline  productions  are  still  greater,  and  their 
commerce  is  still  more  extensive ;  and  as  the  people  who  are  employed  in  it 
are  more  numerous,  so  in  proportion  is  their  power  of  working  evil !  Were 
we  at  once  to  shut  all  the  ports  as  has  been  proposed — granting  that  those  who 
have  capital  might  invest  it  in  some  other  form  and  engage  in  another  line 
of  business  (as  some  in  anticipation  have  already  been  petitioning  me  about), 
— ^yet  those  who  possess  no  capital^  being  thus  suddenly  deprived  of  their 
means  of  support,  must  ftll  into  the  stream  of  evil,  and  become  robbers  and 
pirates!  . .     .« 

Moreover,  on  looking  back  to  what  took  place  last  year,  after  Tinghae  was 
jost,  the  fishermen,  because  that  their  means  of  Uvelihood  were  cut  off, 
cherished  in  their  hearts  a  strong  thirst  of  revenge^  The  tungcbe  of  Sh«- 
poo,^  Shoo  Kungahow,  chief  magistrate  of  Tinghae  was  at  that  time  chief 
magistrate- of  Kinheftn,  (a  minor  district  of  Ningpo  foo),  and  at  a  single  wave 


440  Edicts  Relatifig  to  Military  Operations.  Aug. 

of  his  hand  Beveral  hundreds  of  these  fishing- vessels  flocked  to  him,  all  bunt- 
ing with  desire  to  re-conquer  the  place ;  but  as  the  regulations  of  the  army 
would  not  aUow  it,  they  were  compelled,  in  a  short  time,  one  and  all  of  them 
to  disperse ;— >this  however  shows  that  they  (the  fishermen)  had  no  share  in 
supplying  the  foreigners  with  necessaries. 

After  the  6th  moon  of  last  yeaF»  the  foreigners  made  a  •iitictice  of  getting 
into  thei^ship's  boats,  and  sailing  along  the  whole  line  of  coast  of  the  eastern 
part  of  the  province  ofCblikeang,  trying  to  purchase  bullocks  and  locking 
for  fresh  water.  Now,  although  our  poor  people  might  desire  to  make  a  profit 
hj  them,  yet  they  did  not  dare  to  hold  any  intercourse  with  them ;  but  after- 
wards, seeing  the  oflloers  bestow  cattle  and  sheep,  and  eatables  (alludes 
to  filepoo's  presents  to  the  admiral),  they  publicly  gave  themselves  up  to 
thft  business  of  supplying  the  foreigners  without  the  slightest  dread  about 
the :  matter,  ibr  ths  msgistrates  having  put  on  no  prohibition,  the  >peopl6 
thought  that  they  were  doing  no  wrong !  And  thus  afikirs  went  on  till  the 
arrival  of  the  new  fooynan,  Lew  Yunko,  who  strictly  forbade  such  inter- 
course, and  then  they  gradually  began  to  retrace  their  steps. 

Thus  then  they  were  the  stupid  poor  people,  dwelling  along  the  sea<-eoast, 
who  supplied  thn  English  rebels  with  necessaries,  and  even  they  had  an  ezam- 
ple'sfaowB  them  to  do  so  ;n«-the  merchant  ships  and  fishing-vessels  had  really 
nothing  whatever  to  do  in  the  matter.  Moreover,  the.  owners  of  these  raer- 
chaol  vessds  are  people  :of  solidity,  and  have  some  property  at  stake ;  some  of 
these  vessels  with  their  cargoas  are  worth  several  thonsandsof  taels,  and 
many  more  are  worth  several  tone  of  thousaadsef taels  of  stiver.  The  district 
officers  give  them  a  stamped  chop  or  pass;  when  they  arrive  at  any  plaee, 
it  is  therein  stated  r  when  they  sail,  they  have  an  appointed  port  to  go  to ; 
the  smodarins,  soldiers,  and  pdioe-nmaers  along  thei  coast:  all  have  their 
ears  and  eyes  about  them^  they  ore  ever  oa.theqiiivive;>  if  these*  vessels 
wess  carrying  neoeaBsries  to  theifiunignefs^'  impoMhle  'would  it^  to^tspnee^l 
it  from  or  deoetva  thtmJ^  Thiai:  woald'  cause-  the  officers  and  their  fd- 
lowvve  to'sqmeeaeand  extort  as  the  price  of  their  coomvance,  and  the  profit 
they  obtainad  firom  one  party  woold  not  pay  the  bribes  required  by  the  other 
patty;  therefore  the  most  of  tiiens  have  the  good  «ense  to  keep  well  while 
the^  are  well. 

Aaad  touching  the  :fiiAaBg*ves8sl8,  tholigfa  the  owners  of  these  may  be  poor 
:  peoplo,  yetihey  leave  in  the  mommg  and  return  at  night,  by  regulatkm  ;they 
. havo  A  apecifie  point  which  they  asi  out  from*.aod  which  'they  cosae  back  to. 
Then  is  a  petty  officer  duly  appointed  to  seacsh  and  «;nmine  them,  and 
as  they  are  hut  small  cnft,  it  can  he  aeeo'at.a  single  glance  if  they  ifave 
anything  on  board  prohibited  or  not.  And  further,  last  year  it  was  the  nitive 
merchant  ahifM  that  assisted  the  unperial  troops  to  beat  back  the  foreign 
.ships  of  war  from  Ghapo.  it  was  the  merchant  ships; of  the  two  pro- 
vinces of  KeingBOO  and  Chekeftagthsl?  eanied  over  the  troops  intended  to 
slaoghter  the  English  rebels.  It  was  Ahe  fishing-boau  that  spied  for  us,  and 
brought  all  information  about  the  afikirs  of  the  foreignem  and  rescued  the 


Ib4l.  Edicts  Relating'  to  Militarif  Opirations.  4-11 

unfortunate  natives  of  Tinghae.  It  was  the  fishing-boats  that  aided  us  to 
prepare  all' manner  of  combustibles,  whereby  to  attack  the  foreign  ships  by 
tire ;  and  it  is  at  this  moment  the  fishing-boats  that  regularly  carry  thQ  grain 
and  the  pay  tor  the  imperial,  troops  now  in  garrison  at  Tinghae ; — ^thus  then 
the  trading  junks  and  the  tishixig-boats  are  what  we  must  of  necessity  em- 
ploy»  and  there  is  no  principle  of  reason  by  which  their  egress  may  be  stop- 
ped* or  their  im:aus  of  livelihood  cut  off. 

But  granting  that  there  are  trading  junks  which,  setting  the  laws  at  de- 
fiance, siiil  hold  illegal  communication  with  foreigners,  and  continue  to  sup- 
ply them  with  provisions, — these  must  anchor  off  the  small  uninhabited  is- 
Unds,  or  out-of-the-way  nooks  and  comers,  where  the  footsteps  of  the 
authorities  never  reach ;  they  cannot  possibly  enter  the  regularly  appointed 
trading-places  and  harbors  betbre  the  eyes  of  all  men.  Now,  if  the  pro. 
posal  to  clo^e  our  ports  suddenly  were  to  be  put  into  effect,  we  should  only 
be  throwing  obstacles  in  the  way  of  the  fair  trading  merchantmen  and  the 
well  disposed  fishermen,  while  we  should  be  as  far -as  ever  from  finding  a 
clue  by  which  to  put  a  stop  to  the  illegality  of  supplying  the  foreigners  with 
provisions.  ' 

I  find  that  our  tisheriueu  devote  themselves  exclusively  to  their  occupation 
of  taking  fish  and  mending  their  nets ;  tiioy  are  most  actively  employed 
during  the  whole  year,  and  even  then  they  can  hardly  get  food  to  put  in  their 
moutlis  with  all  their  exertions ;  and  there  are  many  among  them  who  in  their 
whole  life-time  never  see  such  a  thing  as  a  silver  dollar ;  if  these  people 
were  to  carry  provisions  to  the  foreign  .banditti,  it  could  only  be  with  the 
prospect  of  making  a  large  profit  by  doing  so,  and  what  they  would  really 
gain  by  such  transactions  would  be  small  indeed.  If  we,  theretbce,  by  promis- 
ing them  handsome  rewards,  could  awaken  their  cupidity,  we  might  thus 
torn  them  to  very  good  account ;  for  tliey  would  must  certainly  never  throw 
away  the  ciiance  of  obtaining  inexhaustible  riches,  for  the  paltry  sums  to 
be  scraped  up  by  clandestinely  supplying  the  foreigners  with  necessaries. 

Acting  upon  this  principle,  your  slave,  after  his  arrival  at  Chftkeiing,  pub. 
lished  a  proclamation  offering  certain  rewards  for  capturing  alive,  or  killing 
the  foreign  robbers— and  instigating  every  class  of  people  from  the  highest 
to  the  lowest  to  join  heart  and  hand  in  the  good  work,— >if  there  were  any 
who  clandestinely  supplied  the  foreign  banditti  with  necessaries,  then  were 

they  immediately  to  be  beheaded  for  holding  such  traitorous  intercourse ; 

and  at  the  same  time,  1  sought  oiit  .Paou  Hingtse  and  the  others  wba  last 
year  captured  the  false  foreign  mandarins  Anstruther  and  Douglas,  and  had 
them  haudaomeiy  rewarded  on  the  spot ; — thus  for  the  last  month  and  more 
the  disposition  of  the  Tinghae  people  has  been  exceedingly  favorable,  their 
spirits  are  up,  and  they  are  overflowing  with  a  desire  to  show  thejr  valor.' 

In  fine,  I  have  collected  from  all  parts  a  great  many  runners,  whom  1  ha  vie 
stationed  at  out-of-the-way  places  and  little  islands  off  the  coast ;  these  are 
instmcted  to  go  on  board  tlie  foreign  ships,  either  under  the  pretence  thst 
they  have  got  fish  to -sell,  or  that  they  wsnt  to  buy  opium,  aiid  they  are  to' 
bpy  uul  the  best  piaii  by  winch  they  may  get  llie  fori:igiicrb  uiunarud  and 
VOL.   X.   NO.    viii.  oO 


442  Edicts  Rdating  to  Military  Operations,  Auo. 

captured.  By  this  system  pf  extending  the  rewards  to  all  classes,  the  impe- 
rial troops  will  feel  ashamed  to  be  ourdone  in  courage  and  activity,  they  will 
therefore  fight  with  the  keenest  animosity ;  and  in  fine,  this  being  the  time 
when  we  must  of  necessity  make  use  of  all  our  vessels  and  all  our  people* 
the  proposals  of  the  gallant  foo  tootung  to  close  the  ports  is  quite  imprac- 
licable*  and  needs  not  further  to  be  discussed. 

Regarding  the  subject  of  •*  native  traitors,"  those  who,  properiy  speaking, 
belong  to  the  two  provinces  of  Keingsoo  and  Ch«ke&ng  are  very  few  indoed. 
And  those  that  are  from  Canton  and  Fuhkeen,  are  yet  born  the  children  uf 
your  sacred  majesty.  Perhaps  through  desire  of  gain,  perhaps  pressed  by 
want,  they  have  entered  the  sorvice  of  fhe  rebels.  But  both  these  supposi- 
tions admit  of  palliation,  and  the  door  of  repentance  may  still  be  left  open  to 
them ;  if  they  can  indeed  assist  in  killing  the  robbers  let  them  be.  praised, 
and  rewarded  on  the  same  footing  as  your  majesty's  well-behaved  subjects. 
Those  who  are  sensible  of  their  crime,  who  fear  the  punishment,  and  who 
voluntarily  give  themselves  up,  let  them  only  be  required  to  give  soma  proofs 
of  their  sincerity,  and  get  some  person  or  persons  to  become  security  for 
them,  when  they  slioufd  be  let  freely  go  and  absolved  from  all  Qirther  con* 
sequences  on  account  of  thuir  previous  conduct.  But  those  who  know  well 
what  they  arc  about,  and  coutentcdly  follow  the  rebels,  plans  must  be  laid, 
and  money  must  be  paid  to  have  them  seized  and  brought  to  trial,  when  their 
heads  will  be  struck  off  and  exposed  on  the  sea*beach  in  terrorem  ;  their  pro- 
perty  will  be  confiscated  and  Uieir  crime  laid  at  the  door  of  their  fkmilies  and 
relations,  in  order  to  reform  men's  hearts,  and  strikingly  manifest  the  laws 
of  the  land.  If,  however,  we  proceed  on  one  broad  principle  of  seising  in* 
stanter,  the  whole  of  the  native  traitors,  not  only  would  this  be  blocking 
up  the  road  of  self-renovation  to  them,  but  we  should  thereby  confirm  them 
in  their  intention  to  follow  the  fortunes  of  the  rebels ;  and  not  only  would  the 
search  (in  the  manor  proposed)  be  like  pursuing  fish  through  the  ocean,  but  I 
fear  that  it  would  likewise  give  vent  to  a  great  deal  of  malignity ;  mutual 
recrimiuatious,  and  false  accusations'  would  be  the  consequence,  whereby 
nimiben  of  innocent  people  would  be  involved,  which  is  by  no  means  "proper. 

Your  slave  in  one  word  takes  this  stupid  view  of  the  question  : — th«^  sup- 
plies to  foreigners  must  be  interdicted,  but  the  poru  must  on  no  account  be 
closed  ;  native  traitors  must  be  searobed  after  and  apprehended,  but  there 
must  be  method  and  discrimination  in  setting  about  it.  1  have  communicated 
with  the  fooyuen  Lew  Yuuko  upon  the  subject,  and  finding  that  he  takes 
much  the  same  view  of  matters  as  myself,  right  it  is  thai  1  obey  the  im- 
perial decree  in  memorializing  yotir  majesty  on  the  subject.  Moreover,  at 
the  present  moment  Tinghae  in  Ch«kofing  has  been  recovered,  and  the 
foreign  ships  have  all  fled  away,  therefore  the  circumstances  of  the  case 
now,  are  widely  different  to  what  they  were  previously.  Your  slave  dares 
not  in  the  slighest  degree  to  procrastinate  or  throw  obstacles  in  the  way  of 
public  business,  but  as  in  duty  bound  submits  his  real  opinious  to  your  ma. 
jesty  m  the  foregoing  statement.     A  most  respectful  memorial. 


1811.  ■    EJict:i  Rt  luting:  to  MUUary   Optrutiofis.  44.*i 

No.  2. 

An  imperial  edict  to  the  following  effect  hu  just  been  receired.  Ting 
Tingching*  viceroy  of  Fuhkeen  and  Chftkeiiog  baa  banded  up  to  us,  a  me* 
morial,  stating  how  that  at  Hesmun  (or  Amoy)  they  had  beat  off  an  Eng- 
lish ship,  tkc.,  &c.,  of  which  the  following  is  an  extraut : 

*'  Upon  this  occasion  (6th  moon,  5ih  day.  i.e.  3d  July,  1840;,  an  English 
ship  of  war  sailed  into  the  harbor  of  Amoy,  under  the  pretence,  as  they  said, 
that  they  wislied  for  peace!  At  that  time  both  civil  and  military  of* 
ficers  wont  forward  to  impede  their  landing,  and  gave  them  a  hearty  scold- 
ing; they  did  not  permit  them  to  come  on  shore.  Whereupon  these  rebel- 
lious foreigners  iiad  the  hardihood  to  change  their  flag  and  fire  off  their  guns ; 
and  a  principal  person  of  the  ship,  dressed  in  foreign  clothes,  but  speaking 
tbo  Flowery  speech,  came  right  before  our  fort,  and  alternately  made  use 
of  the  most  bland  and  the  most  abusive  language.  Just  then  Chin  Be^nfuh, 
acting  as  major  (or  show  pei)  of  the  central  division  of  the  admiral's  troops, 
list  fly  an  arrow  and  hit  him  right  in  the  hollow  of  ihe  breast,  when  he  fell 
dead,  and  our  soldiers  in  succession  firing  ofiT  their  matchlocks  shot  two  of 
the  foreigiiefs  who  fell  into  the  sea.  Chin  Shingyuen,  acting  as  a  tsan- 
tseing  (or  colonel),  who  was  commanding  on  tho  occasion,  seized  a  long 
spear,  with  which  he  run  a  white  foreigner  through  the  body  and  killed  him  ; 
and  the  people  of  our  war  ships  afloat,  and  our  mandarins  and  soldiers  from 
the  shore,  firing  c*T  volley  after  volley  of  great  guns  and  matchlocks,  hit  and 
wounded  an  immense  number  of  the  foreigners,  <5ic,  &c.  &c." 

By  this  it  would  sppear  that  they  have  managed  the  business  remarkably 
well.  Let  all  the  civil  magistrates  who  have  exerted  themselves  in  the 
adkir— Huch  as  Tsae  Kkilung,  acting  sub-prefect  of  Amoy,  Koo  Keangchung, 
ci-d«vaut  Bub- prefect  of  Aiuoy*  Hoo  Kw5yung,  acting  magistrate  of  the 
Tung-gau  district,  and  Kin  Kwangyaou,  head  of  the  cruizing-station  of 
Yuugshih, — be  recommuncd  to  the  Board  of  Appointments,  that  they  be 
promoted  and  rewarded  on  an  extra-liberal  footing.  Let  the  oflicer  who 
commanded  on  the  occasion,— >Cbin  Shingyuen,  acting  as  a  tsantspiing  (or 
colonel)  of  the  admiral's  troops  for  the  defence  of  Haetan,  but  actually  a 
showpei  [or  major]  of  the  right  division,— be  promoted  to  the  rank  of  a 
toosze  [or  lieutsnant-cotonel],  and  immediately  employed  as  such,  having 
first  changed  bis  button  for  a  higher  grade.  Let  Chin  8e«nfuh,  acting  as 
showpei  [or  major]  of  the  central  division  of  the  admiral's  troops,  but 
actually  a  tseSntsuog  [or  captain]  of  the  right  division,  be  promoted  to 
the  rank  of  toosze  [or  lieuteoant-colouel],  and  employed  immediately  as 
such*  having  first  changed  his  button  for  a  higher  grade ;— and  let  each  of 
these  officers  have  a  peacock's  feather  bestowed  upon  him  as  a  mark  of  our 
favor.  At  the  same  time  let  the  following  military  officers  who  signalized 
themselves  in  attacking  and  beating  off  the  enemy,  viz.,  Lin  Keenyew,  Loo 
Bzejin,  and  Ho  Yewshe,  and  Uing .  Kwei,  a  weiynen  [or  special  deputy]  of 
the  haekwan  (hoppo  or  collector  of  customs)  of  the  Puhkeisn  seas,  be  all 
promoted  as  vacancies   may  occur,,  and  have  honorable  employment  in 


414  Kdirts  Relating  to  Mititary  Operations.  ^V^- 

the  mean ti mo.  And  let  a  special  communication  be  made  to  the  Board  of 
War,  that  those  who  were  wounded,  and  the  relations  of  those  soldjers  who 
fell  in  battle,  may  ha\'e  compassion  shown  them  according  to  the  established 
j^giilations.    Respect  this  1 

No.  3. 

On  the  12th  day  of  the  8th  moon  (10th  September  1840V  the  following  im- 
penal  edict  was  received.  T&ng  Tingching,  viceroy  of  Fuhkeen  and  Chdkegng, 
has  handed  up  to  us  a  memorial,  stating  how  Uiat  the  English  ships  of  war 
came  to  Amoy,  raising  disturbances,  and  how  that  our  officers  and  soldiers 
with  united  effort  attacked  and  beat  them  back.   The  ibilowinff  is  an  extract : 

"  Two  English  stiips  have  been  at  Amoy  in  the  province  of  Fuhkeen,  rais- 
ing disturbances.  On  the  2dth  day  of  the  7tii  moon  [23d  August],  they 
hung  out  their  red  flags  and  entering  by  Tsingkeen,  they  rushed  right  up  to 
the  admirers  reviewing  ground.  At  that  instant  the  said  tetfih  [or  ad- 
miral]  Chin  Keaeping,  leading  on  his  marine  cruizerSf  civilians,  mi)itar3r 
officers,  <(i€.,  &C.,  opened  hin  great  guns  and  attacked  them  in  repid  succes- 
sion, and  hit  one  of  the  ships  on  the  stem,  and  knocked  her  boat  to  pieces. 
Next  day  the  said  foreign  ships  again  approached  the  fort,  which  covera 
the  admiral's  review  ground,  and  commenced  firing,  whereupon  the  foo- 
tseing  [or  brigadier]  in  command,  Uingtih  fired  ofi^  all  his  great  gu*as  at 
one  time,  and  thus  hulled  the  foreign  ships  twice,  which  caused  them  im- 
mediately to  desist  from  fighting,  snd  to  haul  off.  The  said  fofpigners  having 
lowered  a  boat  from  the  ship's  stem,  the  people  in  it  were  trying  to  over- 
take the  large  ship,  when  the  ycw-keen  [or  colonel]  Seay  KwApeaou  and 
others  gave  them  chase  and  drove  them  into  a  small  creek  at  the  back  of  the 
Tsingkeen  island  ;  they  then  fired  off  their  guns  and  hit  five  foreigners  who 
tumbled  head  over  heels  in  their  boat.  Imukediately  after  tliis  they  hauled 
off  again ;  and  now  having  got  up  their  anchors  and  stood  far  out  to  sea,  there 
is  no  trace  of  them,  &c ,  <kc." 

On  this  occasion  having  beat  back  the  foreign  ships  with  the  thunder  of 
our  cannon,  and  every  mandarin  engaged  in  the  affair  having  exerted  his 
strength,  let  the  said  admiral  make  a  memorandum  of  those  officers  who 
have  been  eminently  conspicuous  tor  their  good  services  in  the  afikir,  and 
hand  up  their  names  to  us,  that  we  may  make  a  manifestation  of  imperial 
goodness  in  their  behalf.  We  cannot  permit  however  any  false  substitution  or 
exaggeration.  As  regards  the  yew-he«  I'inS.  Kingyew,  who  was  woundi*d 
just  as  he  was  going  into  action  and  has  since  died — his  case  is  indeed  very 
much  to  be  pitied.  Let  a  special  communication  be  made  to  the  Board  of 
War  that  imperial  compassion  be  shown  to  his  relatives.  And  as  for  those  of 
our  imperial  troops  who  fell  in  action,  let  it  be  clearly  ascertained  who  and 
what  they  were,  and  let  our  compassion  be  shown  to  their  relatives  accord- 
ingly.    Respect  this ! 

No.  4. 

On  Xht  2l9t  year,  3d  rooom  snd  9th  day  of  Taoukwong  [.list    Msrch 
1H41 1.  Mie  ttillowiiii^  imperial  edict  was  received. 


IS'H.  Rflirfa    Rtfafhii^' tif  Mitiftiri/    Oftfrationa.  M** 

**  Woo  Wanyung,  lieutenaiit-^rovornor  of  Fiilikceii  tias  handed  up  to  us  a 
memorial,  regarding  thoee  mandarins  vviio  particularly  distinguislicd  them- 
selves in  attacking  and  beating  back  the  English  ships. 

**  Last  year  the  rebellious  English  ^foreigners  went  in  th<Mr  ships  of  war 
.0  Arooy,  in  the  province  of  Fuhkecn,  and  there  raised  disturbances ;  when 
our  magistrates  and  oiilitaxy  with  united  effort  attacked  them  and  beat  them 
)ack.  Under  these  circumstances  it  appears  to  us  right  and  proper  that  we 
3hould  make  a  proportionate  manifestation  of  our  goodness,  and  forasmuch 
we  uow  decree  the  following  : 

"Lew  Yaouchuo,  a  taoutae  [or  intendant]  of  the  circuits  of  Hing,  Vucn, 
and  Yung ;  Lingtih  and  Ye  Changchun,  both  brigadiers, — let  these  three 
be  recommended  to  the  Board  of  Anpointments  for  promotion  a^  may  appear. 

*«Sze  Muh  waiting  to  fill  a  district  magistrate-ship,  let  him  after  he  has 
filled  said  office  for  a  time,  be  promoted,  passing  through  the  regular  gradcf*, 
as  vacancies  occur. 

**  Sun  Chepung,  acting  as  yewkuh  in  the  rear-divisinn  of  the  admiral's 
troops,  let  htm  now  be  promoted  to  the  rank  of  a  tsantseang,  and  let  him 
be  presented  with  a  peacock's  feather. 

Seay  Kwttpeaou,  a  yewkeih  in  the  left  division  of  the  admiral's  troops ; 
C^hang  Jeu,  a  toosze  of  the  Miogan  encampment;  and  Too  Szejin,  acting 
as  a  showpei  in  front  division  of  the  admiral's  troops, — Int  those  three  be 
advanced  in  their  respective  grades  as  vacancies  occur. 

•*  Woo  Kwdyung,  acting  magistrate  of  Tung-gan  district  and  ci-devant 
magistrate  of  Tihgan  district,  let  him  be  advanced. 

"  The  chief  magistrate  of  Tung-gan  district,  having  petitioned  for  leave 
of  absence  on  account  of  illness,  let  him  proceed  to  tSzechuen,  and  be  there 
be  employed  among  his  own  kindred. 

••  Chin '  Yungshe,  a  chebeen  or  magistrate  of  a  district,  let  him  be  prefer- 
red to  a  vacancy  as  soon  as  he  arrives  at  the  provincial  city.  Respect  this !" 

No.  6. 

An  imperial  edict  has  been  received  to  the  following  effect  Yukeen 
has  handed  up  to  us  a  memorial  regarding  the  capture  of  certain  of  the  Bng- 
lish  banditti,  accompanied  with  a  list  of  the  officers  and^ common  people 
who  distinguished  themselves  on  the  occasion.  The  English  banditti  in  the 
course  of  last  year  having  invaded  the  lesser  districts  of  Teseke,  Yuyaou 
and  other  places  on  the  coast  of  ChCkean^,  at  that  time  our  civil  and  mili- 
tary mandarins  dispatched  a  number  of  wciyuen  (special  messengers)  who 
took  alive  several  of  their  party ;  and  having  laid  a  deep  plan  by  which  they 
inveigled  one  of  their  ships  among  the  quicksands  where  she  was  wrecked, 
the  said  rebels  did  not  dare  to  come  prying  and  spying  any  more  about  the 
coast  of  our  central  land.  And  we  have  further  heard,  that  from  the  6th 
moon  of  last  year  until  now,  the  mandarins  and  common  people  of  those 
places,  as  well  as  the  weiyuen,  and  shoolee  (clerks  or  secretaries)  have  all 
assisted  in  keeping  off  the  foreign  robbers ;  it  is  right  therefore  that  those 
who  have  thereby  acquired  a  snnall  degree  of  merit,  as  well  as  those  who  have 


4-4(i  Edicts  litlatin**  to  MiUtary  Operations.  Aug. 

Btreiiiiouijiy  cxurLcd  lliiMiisi.'lvos  shuuUi  havc»  a  small  measure  of  imperial 
goodness  awarded  ihem  in  [jroportiu.:  to  ihiMr  services,  that  we  may  thereby 
inspirit  them  and  stimulate  (oth«*m  to  t'oliow  ihe  onod  example). 

Tang  Tingtsae,  the  chief  mairistrate  of  Ningpo  district,  has  hereby^  a 
peacock's  feather  bestowed  upon  him  which  he  may  wt>ar. 

Hwang  Me^n,  assistant  magistrate  of  Hoochow  foo  in  the  province  of 
Keftngsoo,  now  waiting  to  fill  a  chief  magistrate's  place,  has  hereby  a  pea* 
cock's  feather  bestowed  upon  him  which  he  may  wear ;  and  let  him  be  ap* 
pointed  to  fill  the  first  vacancy  of  chief  magistrate  that  occurs  in  Kefingaoo. 

Shoo  Kungshowv  acting  magistrate  of  Tinghae  has  hereby  a  peacock's  fea* 
thor,  and  let  him  have  rapid  promotion  passing  through  the  regular  grades. 

Ye  Kwiin,  chief  magistrate  of  (>hinhac,  to  be  promoted  to  fiU  the  office  of  a 
sub*prefect. 

Kung  Fayuh,  formerly  acting  as  assisant  to  the  chief  magistrate  of  Chin* 
hae  now  waiting  to  till  the  office  of  a  choo  poo  (or  confidential  Morataiy)  to 
be  advanced  to  the  first  vacancy. 

'  Wang  Chungyang,  formerly  tcting  chief  magistrate  of  Yujraoa  district* 
now  waiting  to  fill  an  assistant  magistrateship,  let  him  have  a  plain  blue  fea- 
ther bestowed  upon  him,  and  lot  him  be  at  once  promoted  to  a  ohief  niagis* 
trate's  office  without  requiring  him  to  be  an  assistant. 

Sun  Yingchaou  assistant  to  the  magistrate  of  Yuyaoa,  let  htm  hie  promoted 
as  a  vacancy  occurs. 

Chaoa  TingchaouV  head  police  officer  of  Sinkong  in  the  district  of  Ting, 
hae,  let  him  have  a  plain  blue  feather  bestowed  upon  him,  tnd  lot  him  be 
employed  as  a  magistrate's  assistant. 

Wang  Tingpang,  seijeant  of  Sinkong  military  station,  left  him  have  a  plain 
blue  feather,  and  be  advanced  to  a  lieutenancy. 

Sun  Ning,  assistant  to  the  magistrate  of  £efittng  district  in  the  province 
of  Kefingsoo,  let  him  have  a  plain  blue  feather  and  be  promoted  to  the  office 
of  tnngpwan  in  Keiingsoo. 

Sun  Fungyaou,  an  officer  serving  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  Yellow 
river,  Leang  Tsochnng,  waiting  to  fill  a  chief  magistrateship  in  Kefingsoo^  And 
Kae  Kingwen,  acting  as  tungpwan  in  Kefingsoo,  let  all  these  be  advanced 
to  the  sub-prefecture.  Woo  Tingpaou,  waiting  to  fill  a  clerkship  in  the 
court  of  the  criminal  judge  of  Kefingsoo,  and  now  acting  as  a  lewan  (con* 
fidential  clerk)  in  the  couit  of  the  treasurer  of  the  province,  let  him  be  em* 
ployed  immediately  as  a  chief  magistrate. 

Fung  Seihyung,  chief  magistrate  of  Tteeping  district,  Wang  Shetseng  chief 
magistrate  of  Tungyang  district,  and  Yin  Tibfoo  chief  magistrate  of  Tae. 
hueo  district,  let  these  three  be  advanced  to  be  mien  of  districts  of  the 
second  magnitude. 

Heu  Gaechang,  now  waiting  to  fill  a  chief  magietrateship,  let  him  haw 
the  first  vacancy. 

Seay  Tsooleiing  waiting  to  fill  a  clerkship  to  a  ^reftotore  in  Kefingsoov' 
let  him  have  an  appointment  the  moment  a  vacaney  occun. 


1841.  Edtct6  Rdatnt^  to  MiUlury  Optra tnnia.  447 

Chio  Chcyuiigi  a  clioo  poo  of  Changcliow  diHtrict  iti  the  province  of 
Kuangsoo,  let  him  be  prouiuCed  to  the  Unit  vacancy. 

800  Joofun,  waiting  to  fill  the  office  of  an  officer  of  the  9th  secondary  raukt 
let  him  immediately  have  a  place  and  employment. 

Yen  <;hingche,  assiatant  to  the  magistrate  of  the  Ganhe  district,  let  him 
be  promoted  as  a  vacancy  occurs. 

Faug  Keih,  waiting  to  fill  a  clerkship  in  the  salt. department ;  Sun  Eteaoti, 
waiting  to  fill  an  assistant  magistrateship,  Seay  Vuiigkwang  of  the  same 
office,  and  Wang  Hupeih,  waiting  to  fill  a  we-jiih-lew-ship,  let  all  these  be 
employed  and  promoted  at  the  first  oppiirtunity.  Kew  Kingtsing,  a  bachelor 
of  arts  by  purchase  of  Tinghae  district,  and  Paou  Hingtsae  one  of  the  com- 
mon people,  let  both  of  those  have  a  button  of  the  6th  rank  (white  stone) 
bestowed  upon  them. 

Uoo  Yotwan,  and  She  Keae,  let  both  ot'  these  be  promoted  to  the  we-juh- 
lew-ship  9th  rank  secondary,  and  their  names  returned  to  the  Board  of  Ap- 
pointments, that  they  may  be  afterwards  employed^  in  order  to  stimulate 
others  to  do  likewise. 

As  for  those  other  civil  and  military  officers  and  soldiers  who  exerted 
themselves  in  the  defence  of  the  coast,  let  the  high  officers  consult  regarding 
tliem,  and  report  their  names  snd  wait  till  we  see  it  convenient  to  make  a 
display  of  imperial  goodncsain  their  case,  let  there  be  no  false  substituting 
of  names  or  exaggeration  of  services.  Cause  also  tliat  what  are  agreed  upon 
to  be  reported  to  us  be  also  handed  over  to  the  Hoard  of  Appointments  for 
their  informatioiL    Thelist  of  names  is  returned  herewith.    Respect  this  ! 

(Supposed  to  be  issued  some  time  in  the  month  of  April.) 

No.  6. 

On  the  25th  day  of  the  4th  moon  (14th  June),  the  following  imperial  edipt 
was  received.  .  ,    ..  ,  .j,:  .^,^,^.    ,  . 

••  £lepoo  having  now  arrived  at  Peking,  cause  that  our  blood  relations, 
prince  Juy,  prince  Chwang,  prince  flwuy,  the  princes  of  the  different  prin- 
cipalities, the  members  of  the  cabinet,  the  members  of  the  (seneral  Council, 
and  the  presidents  of  the  six  Boards,  consult  together  with  the  Tribunal  of 
Kuntshments,  and  examine  into  the  merits  of  his  case.  Let  his  cbnfidential 
attendant  Changhe«  be  handed  over  to  the  Tribunal  of  Punishments,  and 
let  a  sUtement  of  his^  trial  (or  confession)  be  returned  to  us  for  further  ex- 
amination !" 

Notes.  All  the  foregoing  edicts,  d&c,  Nos.  1  to  6,.  we  have  ex* 
tr acted  from  the  Canton  Press.  Yukeen,  on  the  disgrace  and  re- 
moval of  Elepoo,  was  appointed  his  successor,  at  which  poet  he  now 
remains,  and  will  soon  have  work  enough  on  his  hands.  It  was 
under  his  administration,  and  by  some  of  his  minions  not  unlikely, 
that  captain  Stead  of  the  Pestonjee  Bomsiijee  was  murdered. 

The  man  who  was  shot  by  an  arrow  from  Chin  Seenfuh's  quiver, 
was  Mr.  Thoin,   by   wliose   liund  the  edict  was  translated,  twclvu 


•W?  Mediiul  Mi:i.<iun(if^i/  Socitiif.  Am. 

iiioittlis  Hfier  ili«  tireadt'ul  accident  occurred.  (See  vol.  IX.  pp.  222, 
<Slc.)  For  some  particulars  of  the  atfair  alluded  to  iu  No.  3.  above, 
iiee  also  vol.  IX.  page  327. 

The  vessel  and  parties  alluded  to  in  No.  5,  are  the  Kite,  Mrs. 
Noble,  and  others,  who  were  imprisoned  at  Niugpo.  See  present 
volume  p.  191. 


Art.  IV.  MitttUes  of  a  general  merting  of  the  Medical  MUsivnary 
Society  in  China,  held  1st  July,  1441,  with  its  serond  annual 
report, 
TiiK  Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  members  and  friends  of  the  So- 
ciety was  held  at  the  residence  of  A.  Anderson,  esq,  at  Macao,  on 
Thursday,  the  Ist  July,  I84L  At  2  p.  m.,  the  Rev.  E.  C.  Bridgman, 
vice-president,  took  the  chair.  There  were  present,  the  Rev.  Messrs. 
Bridgman,  Boone,  Ball,  and  Roberts,  and  A.  Anderson,  W.  Bell,  W. 
Leslie,  W.  Blenkin,  P.  Young,  J.  Uolliday,  B.  Hobson,  VV.  Lock- 
hart,  S.  W.  Williams,  John  Slade,  J.  R.  Morrison,  esquires. 

Mr.  Bridgman  opened  the  meeting,  by  ob  erving,  that  the  friends 
of  the  Society  had  now  been  called  together  with  the  view  of  inform- 
ing the  public  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Society,  and  of  affording 
to  the  members  an  op|iortunity  of  electing  new  office-bearers. 

The  report  of  the  committee^was  then  read,  detailing  the  proceed- 
ing of  the  Society's  agents  since  (he  last  general  meeting,  on  the 
20th  November,  1838;  the  continuance  of  Dr.  Parker  at  Canton 
until  the  close  of  June,  1840,  when  he  proceeded  on  a  long  purposed 
visit  to  the  United  States;  the  consecutive  arrivals  of  Mr.  Jjockhart 
and  Mr.  Hobson  from  England,  and  of  Mr.  Diver  from  die  United 
•States  ;  and  the  return  of  the  latter  gentleman  to  America,  owing  lo 
continued  ill  health. — ^TJie  treasurer's  account  showed  a  balance  in 
the  hands  of  the  treasurer,  on  the  30tb  of  June,  of  1561  dollars,  car- 
ried to  the  credit  of  the  Society, — aller  an  expenditure,  since  the 
3Qth  of  November,  1838,  of  little  more  than  1700  dollars. 

The  medical  reports  of  Messrs.  Hobson  and  Lockhart,  of  the  hos- 
pital at  Macao,  since  August  1st,  1639,  and  at  Cbusau  between 
September  1840,  and  February  1841,  were  also  read.  It  was  tlivu 
moved  by  Mr.  Bell,  seconded  by  Mr.  Bllnkin,  and  resolved, 


Id4l.  Medic al  Missionary  Sttciety,  449 

<*  Thai  the  several  reports  which  have  just  been  read  be  accepted 
and  approved." 

Moved  by  Mr.  Blenkin,  seconded  by  Mr.  Williams,  and  re- 
solved, 

"  That  the  best  thanks  of  the  meeting  be  returned  to  Messrs. 
Lockhart  and  Hobson,  for  their  very  able  services,  and  interesting 
reports." 

Mr.  Hobson  returned  acknowledgments  both  for  himself  and  Mr. 
Lockhart. 

The  meeting  then  proceeded  to  ballot  for  the  election  of  office- 
bearers.    The  result  of  tlye  ballot  was :. 

President  T.  R.  Colledgb,  Esq. 
Vice-Presidents. 
Rbv.  p.  Parker,  m.  d.  )  Rbv.  £.  G.  Bridgman. 


W.  Jardinb,  ElsQ. 
R.  Inglis,  Esq. 
A.  Anderson,  Esq. 
G.  T.  Lay,  Esq: 


Lancelot  Dent,  Esq. 
William  Bell,  Esq. 
James  Matheson,  Esq. 
W.  Blenkin,  Esq. 


Recording  Secretary.    J.  R.  Morrison,  Esq. 
Corresponding  Secretary.  Rev.  S.  R.  Brown. 
Treasurer.  W.  Delano,  Jr.  Esq. 
Auditor  of  Accounts.  W.  Leslie,  Esq. 
On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Hobson,  seconded  by   Mr.   Boone,  the 
thanks  of  the  meeting  were  returned  to  the  committee  fur  their  past 
services. 

'  On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Leslie,  seconded  by  the  other  members  of 
the  committee,  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were  returned  to  Mr.  Mor- 
rison, for  his  services  as  secretary. 

On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Anderson,  seconded  by  Mr.  Lockhart, 
the  committee  were  instructed  to  collect  the  annual  subscriptions 
due,  and  to  endeavor  to  improve  the  funds  of  the  Society,  by  obtain- 
ing donations  in  its  behalf. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned.  ' 

E.  C.  Bkidgman,  Chairman. 

SECOND  REPORT. 

The  disturbed  s^ate  of  affairs  in  China  for  two  years  past,  and  the 
freqvt^nt  dispf^rsion  qf.the  commiinity  incident  upon  that  condition 
of  things^  have '  hitherto  prevented  the  committee  of  management 
from  calling  together  a  general  meeting  of  the  Society  since  the  time 
that  its  first  stated  meeting  was  held,  in  the  mouth. of  November, 
1S38.     The  objects  of  the  Society  have  in  the  meanwhile,  however, 

vol..    X.    NO.    VIII.  o7 


450  Medical  Missionatif  HonHy.  Aug. 

by  no  means  been  neglected :  and,  although  its  operations  were  for  a 
time  hampered  by  the  state  of  public  affairs  just  alluded  to,  yet  have 
the  institutions  maintained  by  the  Society  yielded,  upon  the  whole, 
not  less  of  happy  results  than  in  days  of  greater  freedom  from  dis- 
turbing influences. 

It  is  a  year  since  the  committee,  in  publishing  the  hospital  reports, 
thought  it  their  duty  to  give  to  the  public  some  particulars  of  their 
proceedings  during  the  time  that  had  intervened  since  the  friends  of 
the  Society  had  met  together.  But  as  there  may  be  those  now  pre- 
sent who  have  not  had  opportunities  of  fierusiiig  that  statement,  it 
will  be  not  inappropriate  here  briefly  to  recapitulate  the  particulars 
of  what  was  then  published. 

When  the  whole  English  community  had  been  compelled  by  the 
proceedings  of  the  Chinese  government  to  leave  Canton,  Dr.  Parker 
was  enabled,  as  an  American  citizen,  to  remain  there.  The  house 
which  had  hitherto  been  always  occupied  by  him  as  the  Ophthalmic 
Hospital  had  been  shut  up,  during  all  the  time  that  the  foreign  com- 
uiunity  was  held  in  confinement,  from  March  to  May,  1839 ;  and  to 
repeated  requests  afterwards  made  that  it  might  be  reopened,  the 
senior  hong-merchant  invariably  returned  a  decided  refusal.  Dr. 
Parker  was  so  fortunate,  however,  as  to  find  a  convenient  place  for 
receiving  applicants  (very  few  in-door  patients  being  admitted),  in 
the  dispensary  of  Messrs.  Cox  and  Anderson,  both  then  at  Macao. 
The  re|)ort  uf  his  proceedings  there  during  the  year  1839,  as  also  a 
previous  report  for  the  last  quarter  of  1838,  have  been  already  pub- 
lished by  the  committee.  Dr.  Parker  remained  at  Canton  till  the 
month  of  June,  1840;  when,  upon  the  establishment  of  a  blockade 
of  the  port,  he  closed  the  hospital ;  and,  with  the  full  approbation  of 
the  committee,  took  that  occasion  to  pay  a  long-purposed  visit  to  his 
native  land.  He  went  with  the  expectation  of  returning  to  resume 
his  labors  here  ailer  an  absence  of  a  year  or  two. 

At  the  time  of  the  Society's  last  meeting,  the  20th  of  November, 
1838,  the  lio|ies  entertained  of  the  arrival  of  a  physician  from  Eng- 
land or  America,  to  extend  the  Society's  operations  had  not  yet  been 
realized :  and  after  the  hospital  at  Macao-had  been  kept  open  by  Dr. 
Parker,  during  the  months  of  July,  August,  and  September,  it  had 
become  necessary  to  close  it  on  the  return  of  that  gedtleman  to  his 
usual  field  of  labor  at  Canton  in  October.  In  the  following  January, 
however,  the  expectations  of  the  Society  were  gratified  by  the  arrival 
from  England  of  William  Lockhart,  esq.,  m.  r.  c.  s.;  a  gentleman  of 
whose  high  professional  talents  and  character  most  of  the  members 


1841.  Mtdical  Missionary  Socidy.  451 

present  have  long  since  become  acquainted.  lie  came  out  in  con- 
nection with  the  London  Missionary  Society;  and  having  immediate- 
ly offered  his  services  to  the  committee,  they  were  not  less  imme- 
diately accepted.  On  the  2dth  of  February,  18;I9,  the  hospital  at 
Macao  was  accordingly  placed  under  his  charge.  The  study  of  the 
language  engaged  all  his  attention  at  the  first,  and  the  hospital 
was  not  thereiiire  formaUy  o|ieiied  (though  some  few  patients  were 
received)  until  the  1st  of  July.  Unfortunately,  it  had  not  been  long 
open,  when  the  measures  of  the  Chinese  government  against  all  bear- 
ing the  name  of  Englishmen,  compelled  Mr.  Lockhart,  on  the  13th 
of  August,  again  to  close  it. 

Seeing  little  to  be  done  at  that  time,  Mr.  Lockhart,  with  the  ap- 
probation of  those  members  of  the  committee  whom  he  was  able  to 
consult,  resolved  on  spending  some  in<mths  at  Batavia,  with  the  view 
of  further  studying  the  Chinese  language  under  the  tuition  of  Mr.  Med- 
hurst,  and  of  gaining  an  acquaintance  with  the  Chinese  in  those  parts. 
He  lefl  China  in  September,  IStlH*  and  did  not  return  till  towards  the 
close  of  June,  1840. 

In  the  interim,  two  other  medical  niissiunarics^,  Win.  Beck  Diver, 
M.  D.,  from  the  United  States,  and  Benjamin  llubson,  m.  b.,  m.  r.  c.  s., 
from  England, — the  former  in  connection  with  the  American  Board 
of  Commissioners  tor  Foreign  Missions,  the  latter  in  connection  with 
the  London  Missionary  Society, — had  arrived  in  China,  and  iiotiBed 
to  your  committee  their  desire  of  oflfcring  to  the  Society  their  ser- 
vices. This  olfer  was  made,  and  their  services  accepted  on  the  1st 
of  July,  last  year ;  and  Mr.  lockhart  having,  August  1st,  reopened  the 
Macao  hospital,  these  gentlemen  gave  him  their  assistance  until  his 
removal  to  Chuian  at  the  end  of  that  month,  when  the  hospital  was 
placed,  for  the  future,  under  their  joint  care.  In  December,  however, 
Mr.  Diver's  health  failing,  he  was  compelled  to  take  a  voyage  for  its 
recovery ;  and  finding  little  benefit  from  a  short  trip,  taken  in  the 
first  instance,  to  the  straits  of  Malacca,  he  was  induced  to  proceed 
from  Singapore  to  the  United  States.  Mr.  Ilobson  has  continued  in 
charge  of  the  hospital  till  now,  receiving  a:<sistance  from  Mr.  I^ock- 
hart,  since  that  gentleman's  return  from  Chusan  in  March  last. 
Mr.  Hobson's  report  is  in  the  hands  of  the  secretary,  and  will^bc 
read  to  the  meeting. 

During  the  time  that  Canton  was  thrown  open  to  merchants  of 
England,  by  the  occupation  of  the  river  by  the  British  forces,  in 
April  last,  Mr.  Ilobson  made  a  renewed  attempt  to  reopen  the  hos- 
{iitiil  at  Ciiuton ;  but  the  bcniur  hong-nierchaiit  contmucd  to  refuse 


4tV2  Medical  Missionary  Soneiy,  Avg. 

permission  for  the  old  house  to  i>e  reoccupied.     It  was  in  contempla- 
V  tion  to  engage  another  bouse  ;  but,  looking  at  the  uncertain  posture 

of  affairs,  and  the  probability  of  having  soon  again  to  close  it,  that 
step  was  not  taken. 

Allusion  has  been  made  to  the  removal  of  Mr.  Lockhart  from. 
Macao,  in  August  last  year,  to  Chusan,  and  the  meeting  will  havei 
pleasure  in  hearing  the  interesting  report  of  his  operations  there.  He- 
opened  his  house,  in  the  town  of  Chusan,  or  Tinghae,  on  the  13th  of 
September ;  and  it  was  constantly  crowded  with  applicants  for  me* 
dical  relief  from  that  time  till  the  day  of  his  embarkation,  the  22d 
of  February,  when  the  removal  of  all  theBritbh  forces  from  thence- 
of  course  rendered  his  longer  stay  there  impracticable.  While  wait- 
ing to  be  guided  by  the  progress  of  events  inthe  choice  of  a  new 
station,  Mr.  Lockhart  continuestto  improve  himself  in  a  knowledge  of 
the  :  language,  and  to  afford  assistance-  to  Mh  Hobson  in  the  care 
of  the  hospital  at  Macao. 

The  number  of  patients  that  were  admitted  into  the  hospital  at 
Canton  during  the  year  1839,  was  about  800,  making  an  aggregate, 
since  the  commencement  of  the  Institution  in  November,  1835,  of 
about  7000.  For  the  six  months  of  lb40,  that  it  remained  open, 'Dr. 
Parker  has  left  no  report;  but  the  eagerness  for  medical  aid,  and  the 
number  of  patients,  were  never  greater  than,  at  the  time  he  left  Can- 
ton, on  the  17th  of  June. — The  number  of  patients  admitted  to  the 
hospital  at  Macao,  during  one  month  and  a  half  of  1839, -and  eleven 
months  (from  August  1st  to  June  30th)  of  1840^1,  was  1457,— r 
making,  with  those  admitted  during  three  months  of  1838,  a  total  of 
2150.  At  Chusan,  during  of  a  period  of  little  more  than  five  months, 
amid  much  greater  opportunities  of  free  access  to:  the  people,  the: 
number  of  patients  attended  to  was  3502. 

The  treasurer's  accounts  are  submitted  to  the  examination  of  the 
meeting.  In  those  exhibited  at  the  first  annual  meeting  in  Novem- 
ber, 1836,  afler  an  expenditure,  during  three  quarters,  of  91741.85, 
a  balance  was  shown  of  9780.71.  The •  expenditures  since  that  date 
has  been  91631.07,  and  the  receipts  9241 1.98,  leaving  a  balance  in 
the  bands  of  the  treasnrer,  at  this  date,  of  91561.62. 

It  remains  to  be  observed,  that,  owing  to  the  departure  from  China 
of  several  office-bearers  of  the  Society,  the  committee  have  found  it 
necessary  to  make  some  provisional  appointments,  which  they  hope 
will  meet  the  approbation  of  the  meeting. .  .Mr.  VVetmore  had 
become  treasurer  on  Mr.  Archer's  departure  from  China,  when  he 
and  Mr.  Green,  the  auditor  of  accounts,  both  notified  their  rettirn 


IS4I.  lii'piirt  of  .»/.    J/.   N.    iiospifai  at   Chttaan.  4."i:5 

home.  Mr.  Snow  and  Mr.  [<eslie  were  then  requested  to  till  their  re- 
spective places.  But  Mr.  Snow  being  also  called  away,  it  became 
necessary  to  fill  up  anew  the  office  of  treasurer :  Mr.  Delano  accepted 
it,  at  the  request  of  the  committee.  Mr.  King  having  also  left  China, 
Mr.  Brown  of  the  Morrison  Education  Society  has  undertaken  the 
duties  of  corresponding  secretary.  Though  the  president  and  all 
but  two  vice-presidents  are  at  present  absent  from  China,  y(*t  as  these 
officers  have  no  specific  duties  to  perform,  it  has  not  appeared  neces- 
sary to  supply  their  places. 

In  conclusion,  the  committee  have  to  hope,  that  the  Society  will 
feel  satisfaction  with  the  proceedings  of  its  agents;  and  with  this 
hope  they  now  resign  their  offices  into  the  hards  of  the  meeting. — 
They  cannot  refrain  from  expressing  gratitude  to  Him  whose  creatures 
we  all  are,  for  opportunities  afforded  them  of  benefiting  their  fellow- 
men,  while  they  look  forward,  with  confident  expectation  to  continual* 
ly  enlarging  fields  of  usefulness,  and  increasing  opportunities  of  con-' 
veying  to  the  minds  of  their  patients  the  healing  influences  of  moral 
care,  and  especially  of  the  hopes  that  the  Gospel  alone  offers. 


Art.  V.     Report  of  the  Medical  Missionary    Society's    operations 

at  Chusan  in  1840-41.  By  W.  I^ckhart. 
The  island  of  Chusan  having  been  brought  under  British  influence, 
it  was  judged  desirable,  by  the  committee  of  the  Medical  Missionary 
Society,  to  send  one  of  its  agents  to  Tinghae,  the  chief  town  of  that 
district,  with  the  view  of  establishing  a  Hospital  there,  for  the  relief 
of  the  natives,  and  for  carrying  on  the  objects  of  the  Society,  as  far 
as  possible,  and  thus  in  a  new  station  to  test  the  advantages  of  this 
means  for  obtaining  a  beneficial  influence  over  the  minds  of  the  peo* 
pie. 

Accordingly,  the  operations  of  the  M.  M.  S.  were  commenced  at 
Chusan,  September  i3th,  1840,  and  terminated  February  22d,  1841; 
during  this  period,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  list  of  cases,  3o0*2  patients 
were  attended  to. 

At  the  first  establishment  of  the  hospital,  the  inhabitants  did  not 
understand  its  object;  but  by  attention  being  paid  to  some  of  the  sick « 
who  were  met  in  the  streets*,  and   by  (f\plainin<r  to  othcMs  that  mc- 


434  Rvporl  of  M.  M.  S.  Hospital  al  Chusan.  Aug. 

diciiie  would  be  given  for  the  relief  of  their  ailments,  if  they  applied 
for  it,  some  few  were  induced  tu  attend ;  and  sliortly  afterwards  great 
numbers  came  daily  at  all  hours,  desiring  that  medicines  might  be 
given  to  them.  At  some  times  as  many  as  300  old  and  new  cases 
presented  themselves  in  one  day,  but  this  large  number  was  unusual; 
from  80  to  120  being  the  common  amount  on  iine  days  during  the 
latter  weeks  the  hospital  was  o|>en. 

Besides  attendance  on  such  persons  as  resorted  to  the  hospital, 
several  were  attended  at  their  own  homes ;  by  which  an  opportunity 
was  given  to  observe  the  management  of  families  in  that  part  of  the 
country,  and  freer  intercourse  maintained  with  the  people,  than  might 
otherwise  have  been  practicable.  Occasionally,  when  parties  were 
sent  to  various  paruof  the  island,  vi;sits  were  made  to  distant  villages, 
and  medicines  afforded  to  many  afflicted  with  disease;  and  where  the 
cases  could  not,  for  various  reasions,  be  attended  to  at  the  moment, 
cards  of  direction  were  given,  to  enable  them  to  come  to  the  city, 
where  they  could  receive  the  required  aid. — Papers  stating  the  nature 
of  the  hospital  were  also  sent  to  the  villages,  in  various  valliea;  and 
in  a  short  time  patients  came  from  all  parts  of  the  island,  seeking 
relief;  also  from  Ningpo,  Hangchow  foo,  (the  capital  of  the  pro- 
vince), and  other  neighboring  towns  on  the  main,  as  well  as  from 
Pooto,  Lowang,  and  other  islands:  many  Fuhkeen  men  from  the 
trading  junks  at  Sing-kesi-mun  (a  large  seaport  town  at  the  S.  E. 
point  of  the  island)  were  applicants.  Indeed,  the  number  of  patients 
from  the  city  itself  was  very  small,  compared  with  those  who  came 
from  a  distance.  During  the  last  six  weeks  of  residence,  the  number 
of  individuals  who  came  from  Lowang,  a  large  island  about  30  miles 
south  of  Chusan,  was  sometimes  40^^ or  50  in  one  day.  Of  these, 
some,  who  required  frequent  attention,  remained  in  the  city ;  others 
came  and  went  as  their  medicine  was  expended,  or  according  to  the 
time  prescribed  to  them. 

In  respect  to  the  eKnuiie,  it  may  be  observed  that  during  the  south 
monsoon,  the  weather  was  hot,  and  sometimes  very  oppressive^the 
thermometer  in  the  shade  frequently  standing  at  90"*  during  the  day : 
the  average  for  the  night  being  about  72''.  During  the  north  mon* 
soon,  the  weather  was  generally  very  cold,  with  fine  clear  days. 
Towards  the  latter  end  of  December,  1840,  and  during  the  whole  of 
January  and  February,  1841,  the  thermometer  was  as  low  as  25*  or 
26*  during  the  night ;  and  occasionally,  when  the  wind  was  high,  it 
stood  at  28*  during  the  day.  Of  course,  at  this  time,  there  was. much 
ice  on  all  the  ponds,  though  the  duration  of  (his  low  tem|M!rature  wab 


1841.  Report  of  M.  M.  S.   ffo.<pitai  at  Chnsan.  455 

never  long  enough  to  cause  the  cauiils  to  be  frozen  over.  Little 
snow  fell  during  the  winter,  and  never  in  sufficient  quantity  to  cover 
the  plain.  The  hills  round  the  city  were  once  only  capped  with  snow 
for  three  or  fuur  days.  The  natives  of  the  island  said  that  the  cold 
of  winter  was  frequently  much  more  severe,  that  ice  was  very  thick, 
and  that  much  snow  lay  in  the  valites. 

It  may  be  asked, — ^seeing  the  favorable  position  of  the  island  (in 
lat.  30^  N.,  and  long.  122**  5'  E.),  and  the  comparative  mildness  of 
the  climate,— does  much  disease  exist  among  the  natives  themselves, 
or  was  it  from  particular  causes  alone  that  the  British  troops  suffered 
so  severely  while  located  there  ? 

Several  intelligent  Chinese,  when  questioned  on  the  subject  of  the 
prevalence  of  fever,  said,  that  it  was  very  common  over  the  whole 
island,  but  es|)ecially  so  in  the  vallies  where  the  fields  were  kept  con- 
stantly under  water,  and  that  during  last  year  disease  prevailed  to  a 
very  much  greater  degree  than*  is  generally  the  case,  and  this  not 
only  on  the  island  of  Chusan,  but  about  Ningpo,  Chinhae,  Hang- 
chow  foo,  and  other  places.  Indeed  the  number  of  Chinese,  who 
were  seen  to  be  suffering  under  fever  or  its  consequences,  was  very 
great.  Some  parts  of  the  city,  being  very  low  and  damp,  were  ex- 
tremely unhealthy ;  of  this  the  cAeAcen,  or  magistrate's  office,  was  a 
striking  example,  for  of  the  whole  number  of  British  officers,  civil 
and  military,  who  lived  there,  not  one  escaped  severe  attacks,  either 
of  fever  or  dysentery,  and  the  place  had  to  be  evacuated,  and  other 
quarters  chosen  for  the  magistracy.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
malaria  exists  to  a  powerful  degree,  in  nearly  the  whole  of  the  val* 
lies,  arising  from  the  excessive  moisture  in  which  the  surface  of  the 
ground  is  kept  by  the  banking  up  of  the  streams  from  the  hills,  and 
during  wet  weather  the  canals  and  dikes  overflow,  and  the  country  is 
flooded  with  water.  During  the  summer  months,  the  days  are  very 
hot;  and  at  night  the  dews  are  exceedingly  heavy,  so  that  if  any  one 
be  exposed  at  this  time,  their  clothes  soon  become  saturated  with 
mobture. 

As  to  the  reasons  to  be  assigned  for  the  degree  of  sickness  that 
prevailed  among  the  troops  while  at  Chusun,  this  is  not  the  place  to 
speak  fully  of  them,  and  doubtless  the  medical  gentlemen  connected 
with  the  force  will  publish  portions  of  their  own  reports.  But  a  few 
of  the  causes  may  be  hinted  at,  of  which  the  most  prominent  were— 
the  labortotis  but  unavoidable  duties  which  the  men  had  to  perform — 
their  exposure  to  the  sun  by  day  and  to  the  heavy  dews  by  night, 
united  to  which  was  the  want  of  fresh  provisions,  which  could  not  at 


Aoiy  llcpurl  of  it.  J/.  A',  ItospiUil  at  Chusati.  Aug. 

first  be  at  all  procured. — When  the  strength  of  the  men  was  worn 
down,  being  exposed  to  the  malaria  of  the  locality  in  which  they 
were,  fever  seized  upon  them,  followed  by  severe  and  almost  incura- 
ble dysentery,  which  proved  fatal  to  a  most  fearful  extent.  To  so 
great  a  degree  did  these  diseases  prevail,  that  of  the  whole  force  very 
few  of  the  men  escaped  more  or  less  severe  attacks. 

it  IS  by  no  means  clear,  whether  the  island  of  Ghusan  would  be  at 
all  more  unhealthy  than  any  other  place  of  the  same  latitude,  -  were 
it  not  for  the  mode  adopted  in  the  cultivation  of  rice  by  means  of 
stagnant  water.  If  a  good  system  of  draining  the  fields  wereesta*' 
blished,  or  even  the  flood-gates  removed  from  the  streams,  whereby 
the  water  is.  dammed  up,  it.  is  very  probable  that  the  land  would  in  a 
few  months  l>ecome  dry,  and  the  exceiM  of  malaria  would  subside^ 
its  cause  being  in  a  great  measure  removed.  It  is  impossible  to  say 
whether  the  ground  could  be  thoroughly  dried,  and  whether  this 
wonid  effect  the  desired  change  or.  not ;  it  is  at  least  probable  that 
it  would  do  so,  and  if  the  island  be  ever  again  iit  British  hands  it 
might  be  tried. 

The  mode  of  irrigation  is  well  shown  in  the  extensive  valley  of 
Yungtung,  in  which  Tinghae  is  situated;  Sluices  are  placed  in  all 
the  streams  and  the  whole  valley  is  one  swamp,  indeed  so  wet,  that  it 
is  impossible  to  walk  across  the  valley,  except  on  raised  flagged  path- 
ways.,  in  all  the  other  vallies  where  a  streaui  is  available,  the  same, 
mode  is  adopted,  and  by  much  the  greater  portion.  Yentsung,  the 
next:  valley  to  the  above^  is  a  pool  of  shallow  water.  And  that .  mala^ 
ria.' should  be  rife  in  such;  districts,  whea  during  the  hot  summer 
moiiths  so.  large,  a  surface  of  mod  i&  exposed  to  the  rays  of  the  sun, 
cannot  be  wondered  at-     : 

In  illustration  of.the;r«port  of  :case8,-it  may  be  well  to  make  a  few 
general  observations  on  ^those  diseases' whichv  most  prominently  pre-' 
setued;  themselves.    .         •    /t   ,    .•  •  >  •  • 

Inttrmiitefd  Fever.  This  -disease  prevails  to  a  very  great  extent 
among  the  people;  and  from  all  that  could  be  ascertained,  regarding 
its  prevalehce  in  various  districts,  by  repeated  inquiries  of  respectable 
Q:incs#;  and  :nfttive  medical  men  jit  is  very.  :generaL 
:  Of. the.  c.ist)!^  which]  presented-,  those  in  which,  quinine  waa ex- 
hibited' 86on  recovered  :i  but  this  remedy  was  only  .given  to  patienia 
who  came  regularly;  to  othera  general  remedies  were  given,  which 
appeared  tin  some  cases  to  be  benefioiai.-  Several.  Chinese  physiciaos 
also  applied  for  relief  froialhtS'  disease^andrfitiding  thatthe-qnintne 
was  of  service  to  thcmr  would  soinetunes. bring  friends  for  the  mcdi- 


184 1 V  Report  uf  J/.  At.  S,  Hospital  tU  Ckusan.  457 

f 
cin6.  They  themselves  used  tiger's  boues,  giuseog,  and  other  things ; 

but  acknowledged  that  their  remedies  were  not  very  effectual.   Some 

were  pressing  in  their  intreatiea  for  a  supply  of  quinine,  which  could 

not  be  given,  as  the  quantity  on  hand  was  very  inadequate  to  the 

large  demands  for  It. 

The  two  cases  of  paralysis  of  the  arms  from  torture,  occurred  in 
respectable  men.  One  of  these  was  in  the  country,  endeavoring  to 
buy  provisions  and  other  things  for  sale  in  the  city,  when  some  Chi- 
nese soldiers  seized  him,  and  having  beaten  him  severely,  tied  his 
arms  behind  him  round  a  tree  for  a  length  of  time,  until  he  had  lost 
all  power  of  motion.  The  other  man  had  some  property,  of  which 
he  was  robbed  by  a  party  of  thieves,  who  then  tied  his  arms  behind 
him  in  the  same  manner.  Both  these  cases  were  benefited  by  medical 
treatment. 

Opium  smoking.  It  was  said,  by  one  or  two  householders,  that 
this  was  a  very  common  practice  among  the  respectable  people,  who 
usually  lived  in  Tinghae,  even  affecting  one  third,  some  said  one 
half,  of  these  persons.  But  few  of  them,  however,  presented  them- 
selves at  the  hospital,  desiring  medicine  to  cure  them  of  the  habit. 
Occasionally,  persons  were  seen  in  private  houses  using  the  opium 
pipe^  but  no  considerable  data  were  afforded,  whereby  to  jndge  re- 
garding this  subject. 

EUphaniiasis  prevails  to  a  great  extent  throughout  the  island,  ^nd 
many  cases  were  se6n  in  which  fearful  ravages  had  b^n  committed 
by  this  disease.  It  presented  itself  much  more  frequently  in  Chosan 
than  it  does  at  Canton,  but  froin  what  cause  is  not  apparent  Some 
of  the  incipient  cases  were  slightly  benefited  by  frequent  pnrj^atlvds, 
repeated  bathing  of  the  limbs  with  warm  water,  followed  by  the  use 
of  stimulating  liniments.  But  the  period  during  which  the  6ates 
were  attend^  to  was  not  sufficient  to  show  whether  the!  benefit 
would  be  permanent  or  not. 

Fs&ra^  and  other  cutaneous  diseases,  existed  among  the  people  iri 
much  the  same  degree  as  in  other  parts  of  China. 

In  the  case  of  Opening  into  the  trachea,  the  disease  commenced 
nine  years  ago,  wh6h  a  small  abscess  appe&iFed  in  front  of  the  trachea : 
this  increased  in  si^e  end  probably  a  large  slough  came  away,  and 
uleeralioil  went  oh'  till  in  couirse  of  a  shdH  time,  an  6pening  was 
made  into  the  trachea  just  below  the  cricoid  cartilage,  and  (hid  efn- 
larged  until  it  attained  its  present  size — three  quarters  of  an  inch  in 
diameter,  and  comprising  the  whole  breadth  of  the  trachea,  and  is 
now  stationary ;  the  edges  have  not  cicatrized,  but  sebrete  a  small 

VOL.    X     NO     VIII.  58 


Ao8  Report  of  it.  M.  S.  Ho&pittil  at  Chusan.  Aug. 

quantity  of  pus.  While  the  wouud  is  open,  the  man  cannot  of  course 
speak  at  all,  and  breathing  is  puinful  to  him,  as  the  instant  admission 
of  cold  air  into  the  lungs  produces  severe  cough ;  but  to  obviate  this 
inconvenience,  he  uses  a  solid  fiat  plug  of  paper  of  proper  size,  and 
by  carefully  adjusting  it  to  the  opening,  he  is  able  to  breathe  freely 
through  the  mouth,  and  to  speak  distinctly  though  with  a  rough  and 
hoarse  voice.  The  man  had  no  pain,  and  enjoyed  tolerable  health, 
though  be  had  an  emaciated  appearance,  and  was  subject  to  cough, 
and  occasionally  to  asthmatic  attacks. 

The  case  of  mortification  of  both  feet  occurred  in  a  beggar,  who 
was  found  lying  on  some  straw  in  one  of  the  Chinese  public  offices. 
He  had  been  much  exposed  to  the  severe  cold,  while  poorly  clad,  and 
not  having  had  sufficient  food,  numbness  came  on  in  both  feet.  When 
he  was  first  seen  they  were  both  cold  and  black ;  there  was  also  a 
black  gangrenous  spot  on  the  tip  of  the  nose.  The  use  of  wine  and 
of  nourishing  diet  was  of  much  service  at  first;  a  line  of  separation 
formed,  the  man  began  to  rally  and  was  stronger;  but  suddenly  a 
change  took  place,  great  prostration  came  on,  inability  to  open  the 
jaws  supervened,  and  he  shortly  died. 

The  man  having  disease  of  the  os  calcis  came  from  Lowang;  large 
abscesses  had  formed  round  the  heel  for  some  months,  and  when  he 
came  to  the  hospital,  the  posterior  half  of  the  os  calcta  was  found  to 
be  black  and  loose,  and  was  easily  removed.  Considerable  hemor- 
rhage took  place  on  the  removal  of  the  bone,  but  soon  ceased  ;  heal- 
thy  granulations  sprung  up  from  the  surface  of  the  sound  bone,  and 
the  wound  gradually  contracted-  and  closed,  and  shortly  aflerwards 
the  man  was  able  to  walk  about  with  ease. 

The  compound  fracture  of  the  humerus,  was  in  a  boy  14  years  old, 
and  resulted  from  a  gunshot  wound  received  during  an  affray  be- 
tween a  foraging  party  and  some  villagers  in  the  valley  of  Chaeho.  A 
party  of  sipahis,  accompanied  by  one  of  their  own  officers,  were 
buying  provisions  for  the  regiment,  and  had  purchased  a  quantity  of 
fowls  and  vegetables,  when  some  of  the  Chinese  knocked  the  money 
out  of  the  officer's  hand^  while  others  ran  off  with  a  musket  belong- 
ing to  one  of  the  men ;  the  rest  of  the  party  fired  at  the  thieves,  and 
this  little  boy,  who  was  standing  by,  received  a  wound.  The  ball 
passed  through  the  lefl  arm  a  little  above  the  elbow ;  great  heroor^ 
rhage  had  followed,  as  was  evident  from  the  boy's  clothes  having 
been  saturated  with  blood ;  to  stop  this  a  small  cord  had  been  tightly 
bound  round  the  arm.  When  he  was  brought  to  the  hospital,  some 
days  alter  the  accident,  the  cord  was  almost  buried  in  the  flesh,  and 


1841.  Report  aj  M.  it.  S,  Hospital  at  Chusan,  459 

the  limb  was  much  swollen  ;  at  first,  it  was  thought  that  the  ball  hail 
traversed  the  elbow-joint,  but  this  was  found  not  to  be  the  case,  and 
that  the  humerus  only  had  been  fractured.  He  remained  two  months 
in  the  hospital,  during  which  time  the  wound  on  the  inner  side  heal- 
ed, and  on  the  outer  side  2  or  3  sinuses  only  remained,  at  the  bottom 
of  which  were  felt  some  small  portions  of  loose  bone.  The  fractured 
bone  became  consolidated,  and  the  elbow  could  be  moved  without 
pain ;  and  the  case  promised  to  terminate  favorably  in  every  respect 
when  it  was  last  seen.  ^ 

The  case  of  compound  fracture  of  the  os  frontis  was  in  a  boy  of 
16  years,  and  occurred  in  a  quarrel  which  took  place  between  some 
foreign  sailors  and  villagers  regarding  the  sale  of  a  bullock,  for  which 
the  priice  had  been  paid :  but  a  misunderstanding  arose,  and  the 
owners,  wishing  to  get  back  the  bullock,  attacked  the  sailors,  who; 
in  self-defense,  drew  their  cutlases  on  their  opponents,  and  this  boy 
received  a  wound  in  the  head.  Much  blood  flowed  from  one  of  the 
large  branches  of  the  temporal  artery,  which  was  wounded.  The 
external  wound  was  three  inches  long,  the  os  frontis  was  cut  through 
about  one  inch,  and  a  portion  of  loose  bone  lay  at  the  bottom  of 
the  wound,  which  being  removed,  left  the  dura  mater  exposed  for  the 
space  of  a  circle,  half  an  inch  in  diameter.  The  bleeding  gradually 
ceased,  the  wound  was  dressed  with  simple  ointment  and  wet  lint, 
and  a  bandage  rolled  tightly  round  the  head.  No  symptoms  of  dis. 
turbance  of  the  functions  of  the  brain  took  place,  but  profuse  sup« 
puration  of  the  whole  surface  of  the  wound  ensued ;  this,  however, 
gradually  diminished/and  the  wound  closed  completely,  and  the  boy 
left  the  hospital,  having  merely  a  slight  pain  in  the  neighborhood  of  > 
the  wound  with  occasional  feelings  of  uneasiness  over  the  scalp.  This 
case,  as  well  as  the  former,  required  watching  at  the  time  the  islaiid 
was  evacuated,  and  the  hospital  necessarily  closed ;  however,  it  is  to 
be  hoped  that  they  will  both  do  well. 

It  is  an  interesting  subject  of  inquiry  as  to  what  may  be  the  pro- 
bable cause  of  the  large  amount  of  disease  of  the  eye,  which  exists 
among  the  people  of  this  country.  From  the  delicacy  of  the  organ, 
and  its  exposure  to  irritating  agents  of  various  kinds,  it  is  in  all  coun- 
tries subject  to  many  diseases,  to  which  this  people  are  liable  in  com-^.. 
mon  with  others;  but  as  will  be  seen  from  the  subjoined  list  of  cases,' 
trichiasis,  entropium,  granular  lids,  catarrhal  ophthalmia,  pterygium, 
contraction  of  the  tarsi,  and  opacity  of  the  cornea,  prevail  to  a  very 
great  extent,  much  greater  than  is  the  usual  proportion  in  other  parts 
of  the  world.     It  is  evident  that  this  cannot  arise  from  the  formation 


460  Report  of  M.  M.  S.  Hospital  at  Chusan.  Aun. 

of  the  eye  itself,  for  though  the  eyes  of  the  Chinese  are  small,  and 
the  eyelids  drawn  inwards  and  downwards,  in  many  cases,  so  aa  to 
make  a  distinct  fold  at  the  inner  angle,  as  is  especially  seen  in  many 
of  the  females,  still  this  is  the  natural  condition  of  the  eye  throughout 
the  whole  nation,  and  it  is  difficult  to  understund  how  the  natural, 
state  of  any  organ  can  make  it  liable  to  disease.  It  is  true  that  some 
individuals  are  born  with  such  «  Qonformation  of  body,  that  they  are 
more  prone  than  others  to  disease,  but  this  is  altogether  an  abnormal 
condition :  whereas  the  form  of  the  eye  in  this  people  is,  as  before 
mentioned,  perfectly  natural.  And  how  can  it  be  supposed  that  al* 
most  one  third  of  the  human  race  should  be  thus  predisposed  to  a 
diseased  condition  of  so  important  an  organ !  It  would  appear,  aa 
the  result  of  observation,  that  the  more  frequent  occurrence  of  the 
above  named  diseases,  arises  in  a  great  measure  from  two  causes. 

1st  The  severe  inflammation  of  the  orga^n,  which  comes  on  at  th^ 
commencement  of  the  northerly  and  northeasterly  winds  in  October, 
November,  and  Deceni^ber :  this  being  permitted  to  run  its  course 
without  relief  being  obtained,  leavea  as  its  consequences,  various 
changes  in  the  tissues,  of  a  more  or  less  injurious  nature  according  to 
the  intensity  of  the  primary  inflammation  of  the' eye  and  its  append* 
ages,  and  the  healthy  or  unhealthy  condition  of  the  sufferer. 

2d.  The  injurious  effects  of  a  practice  which  ts  commonly  followed 
by  the  Chinese  barbers  of  everting  the  lower  lid,  and  rubbing  its  in- 
ner surface  gently  with  an  ivory  or  bamboo  instrument,  ahaped  like  a 
small  scoop,  which  they  also  pass  under  the  lid  and  deep,  into  the  inner 
and  outer  canthi ;  this  they  call  *  washing  the  eye^'  and  the  declared 
intention  is  the  removal  of  any  portion  of  mucus  that  may  be' lodging 
on  its  surface.  This  is  a  very  common  habit  and  may  be  seen  daily  xtk 
the  barber's  shops,  where,  after  the  head  has  been.  sha.ved,.  the  man 
fita  composed  -  as  if  enjoying  exquisite  delight,  while  the  barbet  j^ 
thus  operating  on  his  eyes.  If  the  person's  eyes  be  eitamilied  aftev 
this  process,  they  will  be  found  to  be  very  red  and  in  a  states  of  coesi- 
derable  irritation,  and  in  process  of  time  chronic  coojqnctiviti^. 
supervenes,  and  this  being  considered  as  the  result  of  the  eye  not 
being  sufficiently  cleansed,  the  practice  is  persisted  in,  and  the  con- 
junctiva  of  the  lid  becomes  covered  with  granulations.  In  othet 
cases,  the  conjunctiva  becomes  indurated  like  thin  pjarolMnf iil»  the 
tarsal  cartilages  contract  and  induce  entropium.  Other  diseases  also 
result  in  process  of  time,  variously  modified  according  to  circum- 
stances;  as  for  instance,  exposure  to  the  cold  wind  inducing  an  at^ck 
pfaCutc.  inflammation  of  the  organ. 


1841.  Rrport  of  M.   .»/.  S.    iiaspiiai  at   Chusan.  AiM 

The  case^  of  entropiiiin  were  opprated  upon  in  ihe  usual  mode  of 
removing  a  fold  of  skin  from  the  upper  lid  and  dividing  the  tarsal 
cartilage.  This  was,  generally  speaking,  completely  successful,  and 
the  state  of  the  eye  much  improved  in  most  of  the  cases  ;  in  others 
the  cornea  had  become  so  opaque  from  the  long  continuance  of  the 
disease  that,  although  the  constant  pain  and  irritation  caused  by  the 
inverted  lids  were  removed,  the  power  of  vision  was  little  increased. 
.  The  Chinese  surgeons  adopt  a  plan  of  operating  for  this  disease, 
which  is  common  in  Canton  as  well  as  in  Chusan.  The  object  is  to 
inclose  a  fold  of  the  upper  lid,  between  two  narrow  strips  of  bamboo, 
which  are  then  bound  tightly  together  at  their  ends  by  thread ;  the 
fold  of  skin  sloughs  and  falls  off,  and  the  contraction  that  occurs  dur- 
ing the  healing  of  the  wound  everts  the  edge  of  lid.  But  this  is 
objectionable;  in  the  first  place,  on  account  of  the  pain  caused  during 
the  separation  of  the  slough,  and  still  more  so,  from  the  circumstance 
that  when  the  disease  is  thus  treated,  considerable  transverse  con- 
traction of  the  lids  takes  place,  which  induces  a  shortening  of  the 
tarsal  cartilage,  and  if  this  condition  of  the  lid  exists  to  any  extent,  it 
is  almost  as  prejudicial  to  the  eye  as  the  original  disease,  and  if  it 
have  continued  for  a  length  of  time,  is  not  remediable  by  a  surgical 
operation. 

During  the  northerly  monsoon,  and  especially  at  its  commence- 
ment, several  cases  of  severe  catarrhal  ophthalmia  presented  them- 
selves ;  in  some  of  these  the  disease  had  existed  for  several  days, 
extensive  destruction  of  the  cornea  had  taken  place,  and  in  a  few 
cases,  one  or  both  eyes,  were  lost ;  but  when  the  disease  was  recent,  al- 
though very  severe,  it  was  in  most  cases  speedily  relieved.  The'  plan 
of  treatment  adopted  was  that  which  is  now  generally  followed ; 
namely  using  the  strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  (10  grains  to  an 
ounce  of  water).  This  was  dropped  into  the  eye,  blisters  were  ap- 
plied to  the  temples,  and  active  purgatives  administered.  The  strong 
solution  was  applied  daily  for  three  or  four  day;^,  and  then  changed 
for  one  of  5  grains,  and  occasionally  fresh  blisters  were  applied  after 
the  first  had  healed.  The  success  of  this  practice  was  on  the  whole 
very  gratifying ;  and  in  no  case  that  can  be  remembered,  did  loss  of 
the  eye,  or  deep  ulceration  of  the  cornea  ensue,  when  the.  case  had 
come  early  under  treatment.  And  it  would  appear,  as  the  result  of  th^ 
cases  met  with  at  Chusan,  that  the  use  of  the  nitrate  of  silvei:  was 
much  more  beneficial  in  removing  the  disease,  than  ({epletjon  would 
have  been  under  the  same  circumstances.  Qrantilar  lids  prevail  to  a 
great  extent,  and  arc  the  result  of  loiig  coiitiniied  irritatiori  of  the 


MVZ  Report  of  M.  M.  S.   Hospital  at  Chusan.  Ai'c. 

conjunctiva  as  aliove  inoiiiioiiod.  This  <)iatR  of  grannlation  of  the 
palpebral  conjunctiva  iniiuces  in  course  of  time  entropium,  which 
has  already  been  spoken  of:  but  still  more  frequently,  more  or  less 
dense  opacity  of  the  cornea  itself  comes  on.  It  does  not  appear  that 
persons  afflicted  with  granular  liddofleu  become  completely  blind,  but 
constant  pain  and  lachrymation  are  produced,  and  the  sight  mate- 
rially  injured  by  the  degree  of  opacity  of  the  cornea  which  almost 
constantly  accompanies  this  affection.  The  application  of  sulphate 
of  copper,  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver,  and  other  remedies,  were 
useftil  in  relieving  the  irritation  of  the  organ,  and  removing  more  or 
less  of  the  opacity  of  the  cornea. 

It  may  not  lie  out  of  place  to  mention  here,  that  of  all  the  females 
who  came  to  the  hospital  (and  they  were  not  few),  and  of  others  seen 
in  various  parts  of  the  island,  not  one  among  them  had  feet  of  the 
natural  size.  Some  were  not  so  much  compressed  as  others,  but  the 
practice  of  confining  the  feet,  during  its  growth,  is  universal  at  Chusan, 
while  at  Canton  and  Mncao  many  women  have  their  feet  completely 
free,  and  of  natural  size.  Though  several  females  came  to  the  hos- 
pital affected  with  various  diseases,  and  with  ulcers  of  the  leg,  only 
in  one  or  two  instances  was  there  seen  any  ulcer  or  other  disease 
apparently  caused  by  the  compression  of  the  foot,  and  the  forced  dis- 
tortion of  its  bones.  It  cannot  be  said  with  any  degree  of  certainty 
how  far  this  practice  is  injurious  to  health;  but  it  would  appear,  from 
the  observation  of  numerous  instances,  among  different  classes  of 
society,  both  in  children  and  adults,  that  it  does  not  cause  so  much 
misery  as  might  be  expected  from  the  severe  treatment  to  which  the 
feet  are  subjected  in  infancy.  Very  frequently  when  walking  in  the 
open  country,  strong  healthy  women,  though  having  their  feet  very 
much  compressed,  were  seen  walking  about  with  readiness,  and  not 
apparently  sufitsring  from  any  pain  in  the  feet  whatever :  others  also 
have  walked  several  miles  to  the  hospital,  and  have  had  to  return 
home  the  same  day,  so  that  locomotion  is  by  no  means  prevented. 

It  is  ever  interesting  to  observe  the  effects  on  health,  which  are 
caused  by  the  habits  and  customs  of  a  people,  and  this  is  one  not 
undeserving  of  some  attention  as  more  intimate  acquaintance  with  the 
Chinese  is  obtained.  And  torturing  as  this  treatment  of  the  feet  would 
appear  to  be,  and  unsightly  as  are  its  consequences,  it  is  perhaps 
on  the  whole  not  more  injurious  to  health  and  comfort,  than  are  the 
practices  inflicted  by  fashion  on  the  female  sex  in  western  nations. 

The  accompanying  list  of  diseases  is  not  entirely  without  interest 
in  its  relation  to  vital  statistics.     It   shows  that  intermittent  fever 


1841. 


Ktpurt  of  J/.   .17.  <S\  IlospHat  ni  Chusnn. 


4(>a 


prevails  lo  a  cousiderable  extent  aiiioiij;  the  natives  of  Cliusan  and 
the  neighboring  districts,  also-  that  some  of  the  diseases  of  the  eye 
are  very  frequently  met  with;  but  it  is  at  the  same  time  evident,  that 
the  hospital  was  not  open  to  the  admission  of  patients  for  a  sufficient 
length  of  time,  to  afford  any  certain  data,  on  which  fully  to  rely ; 
neither  is  the  amount  of  the  population  in  these  districts,  so  accurately 
ascertained,  as  to  show  the  relative  amount  in  that  and  other  localities 
in  China.  However,  as  other  openings  occur,  and  fresh  stations  of 
the  Society  are  established,  some  Interesting  facts  regarding  the  exact 
state  of  health  among  this  people  may  be  arrived  at,  especially  if 
longer  residence  at  any  place  be  afforded  than  was  the  case  at 
Tinghae.  And,  though  the  trial  of  the  Society's  operations  at  Chusan, 
was  short  and  imperfect,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  step 
which  was  taken,  in  sending  one  of  its  agents  there,  was  well  advised, 
and  shows  the  advantage  of  at  once  occupying  every  new  station  that 
may  be  practicable;  since  by  endeavoring  to  administer  to  their  relief, 
and  to  remove  the  diseases  to  which  they  are  exposed,  much  can  be 
done  among  the  people  for  their  individual  benefit,  a  better  insight 
obtained  into  their  manners  and  customs,  and  a  beneficial  influence 
obtained  over  their  minds. 

Register  of  cases  from  September  23(/,  1840,  to  February  20M, 
1841. 

General  and  coyts<i<t<<t(mai.«—T  Rheumatism  .  76 

2 
2 
1 


dis€€ises. 
Intermittent  fever  . 
Anasarca  afler  fever 
Ascites 

Enlargement  of  spleen 
Dysentery 
Icterus 
Dyspepsia 
Gastrodysia    . 
Constipation 
HflBmatemesis 
Chronic  hepatitis    . 
Haemoptysis 
Tussis   . 
Asthma 
Bronchitis 
Chronic  laryngitis  . 
Cynanche  tonsillaris 
Headache 
Toothache 


423 

25 

3 

6 

7 

10 

62 

5 

3 

2 

2 

2 

61 

2 

4 

1 

6 

13 

3 


Disordered  bowels  in  children      7 


Nodosity  of  joints   . 
Partial  paralysis  of  arms  . 

n  n      of  face   • 

Paralysis  of  arroa  caused  by  tor 

ture  inflicted  by  Chinese 

officers 
Prostration  from  starvation ;  (1 

died,  1  recovered) 
Erysipelas  of  face  and  limbe 
Salacia 
Opium  smoking 

Cutaneous  diseases. 
Elephantiasis  of  one  leg  . 
Elephantiasis  of  both  legs 
Elephantiasis  of  both  legs,  with 

deep  sloughs  upon  leg  • 
Elephantiasis  of  both  legs,  loss 

of  toes,  protrusioii  of  meta- 
tarsal bones 
EleyL'^nliasis  of  both  legs,  with 

deep  ulcers 


2 
4 
1 
5 

27 
16 


1 


3 


404 


Reperi  of  31.  M.  S.  Uosptiat  ai  (Amsam. 


Au<;. 


Psoriasis  inveterata  of  whole 

body           •         >         .  8 

Paonania  of  leg        t         »  id 

Fnoriasii  of  nates    »         »  4 

PHoriasiif  of  ham      •         %  t) 

Ptioriatsis  of  face      .         .  1 

Pfiora     ....  140 

PcHfra  inveterata     .  43 

Lepm.of  body  and  limbs  12 

Tinea  capitis           .  6 

Tinea  scutulata  2 

Ecthvtna        ...  2 

Purpura  hoBmorrhagica    .  1 

GenersU  surgical  affeciioMs. 

Abscesses  of  varintis  parts  115 


'1^1 


riiecal  abscens  of  fingers  5 

Sinus  of  thigh         .         .  1 

Inflammation  of  knee  joint  1 
Sloughing  of  tendon  of  index 

finger  ...  I 
Accidental  amputation  of  finger  1 
Inflammation  of  submaxillary 

glands         ...  I 

Inflamed  mamma  .  .  3 
Irritable  ulceration  round  the 

nipple         ...  4 

Carbuncle      ...  1 

Tumor  of  neck        .         .  V 

Large  tumor  of  face  1 

„        „    on  back  of  neck  1 

Indurated  swelling  of  leg  "  1 

Enlarged  glands  of  neck  2 

Polypus  nasi  (both  removed)  .2 
Ulcers  of  varioiis  parts  6t9 
Large  opening  into  trachea 

below  the  cricoid  cartilage  1 

Paraphymosis  1. 

Varicose  veins  of  leg  6 

Excrescences  round  the  anus  4 

Fistula  in  ano  .  .  4 
Fistula  in  ano,  very  e;xtensive, 

triiveraing  the  whole  of  the 

nates  1 

Large  bleeding  haeinbrrhoids  1 

Severe  bite  on  the  leg  by  a  pig  1. 

Severe  burns  on  leg        .  2. 

Lupus  of  nose  and  face   ,  4 

Woimds  of  head  and  limLj      •  10 

<i'ontusion  on  thorax  U) 


Contusion  of  various  joints         10 
Syphiiisi  chancres  •  2 

Gonorrhea  and  bubo  2 

Stricture  of  urethra  .  1 

Mortification  of  both  feet*  and 

sloughinff  of  part  of  the  nose 

from  odd    . 
Skiughs  on  both  feet 
Large  slough  on  the  larynx 
Large  slough  on  nates  with 

great  induration  of  cellular 

tissue 
Large  slough  on  face  in  children 
Anchylosis  of  wrist  with  carious 

l»onc 
Caries  of  tibia 
Necrosis  of  tibia 
Removal  of  half  of  the  os  calcis 

bv  exfoliation 
Caries  of  ulna,  great  bony  depo- 
sition from  periostitis  . 
Necrosis  of  humerus 
Caries  of  alveoli  of  supr.r-max- 

illary  bone 
Caries  of  ilium 

Caries  of  one  of  the  phalanges 
'   of  the  middle  flnger 
Caries  of  glenoid  cavity  of  the 

scapula 
Perforation  of  bony  palate, 

secondary  syphilis 
Compound  fracture  of  humerus, 

.  a  gun-shot  wound 
Compound  fracture  of  os  frontis, 

from  blow  of  a  cutlas  . 
Old  dislocation  of  the  head  of 

the  radius  . 
Contraction  of  elbow 
Dorsum  of  hand  thrown  back 

on  forearm,  from  bum 
Distortion  of  foot,  sole  looking 

upwards  and  backwards,  so 

that  the  man  walked  on  his 

instep 
Contraction  of  supinator  radii 

longus,  with  inability  to 

move  the  wrist  joint     . 
Dislocation  of  lower  jaw  hfifh 

sides 


1841. 


Report  of  31.  M.  S.  Hospital  at  Macao, 


465 


Retraction  of  foot  inwards  I 

Scrotal  hernia        -         -  1 

Inguinal  hernia      -        -  1 

Umbilical  hernia    -         -  1 

Diseases  of  the  ear, 
Surditas  from  excess  of  cerumen  6 
Surditas  from  caries  of  tem- 
poral bone  •        .         •  1 
Surditas  from  disease  of  mastoid 
cellsy  large  external  opening 
behind  the  ear              .      '       1 
Diseases  of  the  eye  and 
its  appendages. 
Abscess  on  eyelid  -                    3 
Hordeolum                                   3 
Small  tumor  of  lid  -        -     '        1 
Ulcer  of  lids  •                 -             1 
inflammation  of  Meibonian. 

g^nds        ...  I 

Trichiosis       .  .         144 

Entropium  (operated  on  22)      70 
Eetropium      ...  35 

Contraction  of  tarsi  40 

GoatraotioB  of  tarei  (aflter  4iai> 

tiye  w^tipn  for  entrqpium)  24 
Lippitudo       ...  95 

Copji^nctivitis         -        .  20 

Catarrhal  ophthalmia,  sevei^    134 
Citfbnic  oph^Imia  8 

GrdAuiar  lidsislight  opacity      220 
Gini^ar  lids  wi^h  much  op^. 

,.pity  !•        ....      30 

Ptsrygium  (operated  on  0)       146 

Cohtmction  x>f  puncto  lacry.* 

•  nialia    •      .  1 

Ulceration  of  cornea,  slight        SO 


Ulceration  of  cornea,  severe      51 
Opacity  of  cornea  .  311 

Opacity  of  cornea,  very  dense     8 
Staphyloma    .         .  12 

AlMcmes  of  eyelids  and  scalp, 
causing  great  contraction  of 
eyelids,  and  loss  of  vision         1 
Loss  of  vision  in  both  eyes  from 
dense  vascular  opacity  of 
cornea        ...  2 

Loss  of  vision  in  one  eye  from 

entropium  •        .  16 

Loss  of  vision  in  both  eyes  ftom 

entropium  •         •  8 

Loss  of  vision  in  one^eye  from 

opacity  of  cornea  18 ' 

Loss  of  vision  in  both  eyes  from 

opacity  of  cornea    .    •  10 

Loss  of  vision  in  one  eye,  slough- 
ing cornea  from  catarrhal 
opfithalmia  .  16 

Loss  of  vision  in  both  eyes, 
sloagbing  cornea  from  ca^ 
tanihal  opbthabnia  8. 

Hernia  tridis  of  one  eye  •  6 

Hernia  tridis  of  both,  eyes  2 

Closure  of  pupil  by  lymph  1 

Contraction  of  both  pupils  to    ' 

a  point  -      •         •         -  1 

Synechia  anterior  •        -4 
S3meci^a  posterior  -        -  8 . 

Cataract  lenticular  -  6' 

Gatairact  capsular   -        •  5 

Amaurosis      .     '    •        -  4 


Total   3502. 


Aat^  ¥L  .  Report  of  the  Medical  MisssmMory  Society's  operations 

Mt  Macao  in  1840^1.     By  Benjamik  Hobsov*. 
IS'JiAyi  i8^i  the  Society's  hospital  in  Macao,  as  mentioned  in  a 
fbr^erreport,  was  iirst  opened  for  the  reception  of  •patients.    It  urts 
closed  on  the  5th  of  Oct.  following,  in  cokisequenoe  of  the  absence: 
of  >any  offheir  medical  officer  to  take  charge  of  the  eatablishtneat. 


VOL.    X.    NO.    VI It. 


59 


4C0  Rcpuri  of  M.  M.  S.  tlospitat  at  Mtuaa:  Ato. 

On  the  first  of  July,  1839,  it  was  reopened  ;  but  owing  to  the  ex- 
traordinary events  of  that  year,  it  was  found  necessary  to  suspend  its 
operations  on  the  l^th  of  the  subsequent  month.  During  that  short 
space,  167  persons  applied  for  medical  relief.  Although  medicines 
were  ■  administered  for  some  months  afterwards  to  occasional  appli- 
cants, the  'doors  df  the  hospital  were  not  again  thrown  open  to  receive 
either  in  or  out-patients  until  August,  1840. 

From  that  time  up  to  the  present  (June  39th,  1841),  with  the  ex- 
ception of  occasional  interruptions  from  the  unsettled  state  of  affairs, 
there  has  been  a  portion  of  each  day  devoted  to  this  department  of  the 
Society's  operations.  '' -  •    *^ 

The  capabilities  of  this  institution  have  not  as  yet  been  fully  test- 
ed) both  from  its  recent  origin,  and  the  fear  and  disquietude  which  per^ 
vaded.  the  native  community  a  few  months  since,  as  well  as  from  a 
rductance  to  allov  its  medical  duties  to  encroach  upon  the  time  that 
was  necessary  to  devote  for  acquiring  some  attahiments  in  the  Ian* 
guage :  all  of  which  have  induced  a  less  extensive  opening  of  the 
hospital  than  ptherwise  would  have  been  desirable.  But  now,  judg- 
ing from  the  increase  of  attendance  for  the  last  few  months,  from  this 
city  J  and  the  numerous-  and  populous  towns  and  hamlets  in  this  vici- 
nity, it  is  reaisohably  anticipated  that  its  influence  and  usefulness 
\yill  rapidly  advance.  ''  ,  . 

The  cases  that  have  cpme  under  treatment  have  been  varied,  but 
as  will  be  seen  from .  the  subjoined  list  are  chiefly  surgical.  A  few. 
of  the  more  important  ones  were  admitted  into  the  house,  and  if 
tfieir  circumstatices  required  it,  a  small  allowance  of  money  was  grant- 
ed to  buy  rice  and  fuel.  Many  more  would  have  gladly  availed  them- 
selves of  the  convenience  which  the  wards  afforded,  had  it  been  con- 
sidered  expedient  at  the  time  to  receive  them.  While  speaking  upon 
thiir' subject'  it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  observe,*  that  when  the 
hospitals  are  not  under  the  surveillance  or  jurisdiction  of  Chinese 
officers,  as  they  have  been  at  Chusan  and  Macao,  there  are  most 
pleasing  facilities  afforded  for  distributing  religious  books,  and  hold- 
ing free  intercourse  with  the  people. 

If  we  may  judge  from  the  experience  of  the  past,  both  here  and  at 
Chusan,  thererlippeftrs  no  want  of  readiness  on  the  part  of  the  native^ 
to  acknowledge  the-superiority  of  foreign  medical  skill,  nor  any  indis- 
position- rtonaiunK  themselves  of  the  gratuitous,  aid  profferedi  to  them.. 
Biit//until  fall  confidence  is  experienced,,  there  is  a  strongs  and*  n^atu* 
ral  aver8ioe(:io*submit' to  operations,  or  patience,  suffrciently  great  to 
continue  ^iibro  any  length  of  time,  .the  utse-ot'tlic  remedies  prescribed- 


1841.  Repont  of  M.  }I.Ji.  fio,ipilni  at  J/aea^.  467) 

The  treatment  of  chronic  diseases,  is  as  usual. less, satisfactory  .than 
the.  acute,  as  the  patient  not  being  wholly  disabled  by  the  fprmter  is 
less  anxious  about. recovery,  and  more  unwilling  tO'perseverei.in  the 
mode. of  treatment  recommended. .  fiut  although. there  is  often  imr 
patience  manifested  in  not  receiving  immediate  cure,  .and.  great 
dread  of  enduring  pain,  yet  when,  the  patient  has  decided  to  submit  tO; 
the  operation  proposed  he  generally  bears  it  with  fortitude.  In  minor, 
operations,. it  is  found  better. at  once  to  perform  .ihem  withoat  con- 
suUing:  the  patient,  asthey^  are  completed  before  iJhere  is  timefoi;  th^i 
fears  to  be  excited.  A  few  general  remarks  upon  the  tabular,  list  of 
cases  will  close  the  present  report.  .     /      <  /<  .: 

Of  .the  diseases  of  the  eye  which  form  such  .an.  essential,  aiid  imi: 
portant' class  of  the  maladies  of  this  people,,  catarrhal: and. cJbfonic; 
ophthalmia,  acute  conjunctivitis,  granular  lids,  en tropium,  pterygium,. 
and.trichiasis,seem  to  be  the  most  general.  These. ophthalmia,  whiohi 
the  native  physicians  appear  .n^ver  to  attempt  to  remedy,  from  neglect 
or  .irritation,  usually  excite  a  varicose,  state  of  the  vessels  of.  the  cour. 
jUnctiva^  and  a  thickened  vascular  condition  of  the  cornea,  and  tarsi,, 
terminating  in  opacity,  leucoma,  and  finalloss  of  vision.  :  In  the  ca-. 
tarrhal  and  acute  ophthalmia,  although  the  practice  of  employing  local 
stimulants  is  not  recommended  by  some  high  authorities  in .  ophthaj- 
mic-  surgery,  yet  the  use  of.  nitrate  of  silver  from  5  to  10  grains.to 
an.'Aunce  of  distilled  .water,:  haa  been  found  very  successful,. con*, 
joined  with  aperients  in  their  treatment.  Strong  solutions  .also  of 
subratetate.of  lead;  and*  sulphates  of  copper  and  sine,  have  proved  of 
the  gseatest. service  in  the  chronic  ophthalmia  with  granulations: and» 
opacity.  ...  .:.       ..  .  ..m-  .    .     ,--ji . 

The.  natives,  of  this  province,  especially  aged  persona,  appear:  very 
liable  to  cataract,  and  it  is.  hoped  that,  the  neatt  report  iwilL  contain 
datatof  some  value,  regarding  their  general  character; and. treatment. 
.  Cutaneous  dioeajMia^  also,  form  a.  principal  part  of  the.;diseasea.of 
the, Chinese..    Pustular, scabies  affects  the  lower. .orders  to  a  great 
exteoA* •  *and ..  althougbi  >often>  forjoiidable  in  its  appearance,  is  rapidly 
cure4-  by  ithe  .union  '.  of  sulphur  with  some  oxide  of  mercury.  .  A 
similar  kind  of  treatment,  has  been  very  successful  in  icuring, psori-: 
asisitan-auUta.' •..'       •.  i  ..  ,  -  •♦,  ii-.    .  •  i.  •!.  !.:.j  )•"?<.    «•..  .  ..  .i» 

.ii:Th<i?ulcer3.enumerated;incJude, ulcerations  Attcoeedingiwounds^ 
injuries,  and«other  causes,,  affecting  d iffbrent/ parts :of  the  body,  .but, 
chiefly  the  lower  extremities.  ...They  are-very  numeroua  among  thet 

wojking  classes,  arising  probably  from  the  heavy  weights  borne, ,  a 
)70or  vegetable  diet,  or  want  of  cleanliness.     From  neglect  and  in- 


468  Report  of  ^i.  M,  8.  Hospital  at  Macao.  Aug« 

nfpproprtate  applications  they  often  become  large  and  indolent^  but 
by  means  of  ablution  and  dressings  of  warm  water,  escharotic  solu- 
tions, or  stimulating  ointments,  they  speedily  assume  a  healthy  ap- 
pearance. As  linen  is  difficult -to  obtain,- and  oiled- silk  expensive,  a 
kind  of  paper  manufactured  by  the  Chinese,  which  is  soft,  flexible, 
not  easily  rent,  and  peculiarly  well  adapted  to  spread  ointments 
upon,  has  been  in  a  great  measure  substituted  for  the  former ;  and' 
for  the  latter,  oiled  paper  of  h  superior  quality,  also  prepared  by 
the  natives;  the  same  brushed  over  with  a  thin  coating  of  gum  ara- 
bic  forms  an  efficient  sticking  plaster  for  small  wounds. 

In  September,  a  boy  aged  16,  from  the  country,  was  admitted  as 
a  patient  with  three  large  sloughing  ulcers  of  the  leg.  His  health 
was  impaired,  and  his  pulse  quick  and  feeble  ;  some  medicines  were 
administered,  and  the  ulcers  at  first  poulticed,  and  afterwards 
dressed  with  solutions  of  nitrate  of  silver,  sulphate  of  copper,  and 
the  ordinary  stimulating  ointments,— but  no  benefit  followed  their 
use ;  on  the  contrary  the  ulcers  assumed  a  phagedenic  character, 
and  attended  with  irritative  fever ;  other  remedies  also  -equally  fail- 
ed in  checking  the  progress  of  the  ulceration.  Opium^  dissolved  in 
nitric  acid  slightly  diluted,  was  now  applied ,r  which  happily  produc- 
ed an  immediate  change,  the  deep  sloughs  of  muscle,  nerves,  and 
vessels  were  thrown  off,  and  all  the  sores  presented  a  healthy  gra- 
nulating appearance.  The  warm  water  dressing,  with  the  occasion*^ 
ai  use  of  sulphate  of  copper  in  solution,  now  speedily  healed  them. 

The  abscesses  usually  niei  with  are  large  and  chronic^  Those 
of  the  scalp  are  frequent.  Carbuncles,  which  are  so  common  in  hot 
climates,  often  come  utider  treatment. 

Acote  rheumatism  has  not  yet  been  observed,  but  en  the  contrary, 
chronic  rheumatic  pains  of  the  joints  and  muscles,  are  daily  seen, 
arising  probably  from  the  usual  causes  of  cold  and  damp  in  winter. 

Wounds  and  contusions  have  been  numerous,  some  have  been  severe 
from  attacks  by  pirates.  The  chief  character  has  been  lacerated* 
and  superficial.    A  few  have  been  punctured  and  gun-shot  wounds^ 

In  April,  a  patient  aged  24  was  admitted  with  a  gun  shot  wound  of 
the  leg;  he  stated  that  he  received  the  shot  from  a  Pqrtaguese  sol- 
dier, who  suspected  him  unjustly  to  be  i^  thief;  it  waf  follpwed  by 
considerable  hemorrhage  and  pain.  A  nativp  friet^d^  seeing  (be  ba)l 
near  the  outlet  of  the  wound,  forthwit)>  by  a  gash  cut  it  qat  4^u| 
two  days  afterwards  he  came  to  the  hospital.  The  l^^ll  ))ad  entered 
posteriorly  by  the  side  of  the  tendp  achilles,  two  inches  ^bove  $he 
inferior  extremity  of  the  fibula,  leaving  a  ronqd  ragged  wpund;  apfl 


1841.  Report  of  M.  M.  S.  Hospita/  at  Macao.  4011 

comminuting  that  bone,  remained  flattened  and  uneven  at  the  sur- 
face of  the  wound  in  front.  The  incision  which  had  been  made  to 
extract  it  was  three  inches  in  length,  parallel  and  close  to  the  anterior 
tibial  artery.  Several  loose  portions  of  bone  were  removed,  warm 
water  dressing  applied,  the  leg  rolled,  and  its  position  fixed.. 

The  wound  quickly  granulated  and  healed,  with  the  exception  of 
a  sinus  anteriorly,  which  was  kept  open  by  portions  of  loose  bone  still 
felt  deeply  in  the  wound.     These  gradually  becoming  more  superfi- 
cial, were  taken  out  with  little  injury  to  the  soft  parts ;  in  a  month 
the  patient  was  dismissed,  the  leg  being  straight  and  strong. 

In  September,  a  man  aged  40,  from  the  island  of  Honam  near  Can- 
ton, entered  the  hospital  suffering  excruciating  pain  from  retention  of 
Urine.  On  examining  the  patient,  it  was  discovered  that  he  was  fre-» 
qaently  subject  to  these  seizures,  but  they  were  of  short  duration 
compared  with  the  present,  which  was  three  days.  The  bladder  was 
readily  recognized,  distended  with  fluid  rising  up  to  the  umbilicus, 
the  pulse  quick,  and  countenance  anxious.  The  urine  was  imme- 
diaitely  drawn  off  by  a  silver  catheter ;  it  was  dark,  of  strong  am<* 
moniaeal  odor,  and  exceeded  two  quarts.  The  next  day  it  wa» 
again  necessary  to  renew  the  operation,  and  for  many  days  after- 
wards, changing  the  size.  The  prdHtate  was  five  times  its  natural 
size,  and  the  urine  deposited  large  quantities  6f  thick  whit6  sedi- 
ineiit^  which  on  examination  was  found  to  be  chiefly  the  magnesio*' 
phosphate^*  Active  purging,  with  the  daily  use  of  the  catheter,  in 
three  weeks  restored  him  to  his  usual  health ;  he  returned  subs^Uent* 
ly  to  dffcAr  thanks,  and  held  continued  well.  As  future  attacks  might 
reasonably  be  expected,  a  silver  catheter  was  made  for  him  at  his 
own  expense,  which  he  learned  how  to  use.  Other  cases  of  reten- 
tion from  stricture,  or  enlarged  prostate,  have  been  similarly  treated, 
with  the  warmest  thanks  for  the  relief  imparted. 

Two  cases  of  dislocation,  one  of  the  humerus  into  the  axilla,  and 
the  other  of  the  first  phalanx  of  the  thumb  upon  the  anterior  surface 
of  the  metacarpal  bone  may  just  be  noticed-  Both  had  been  dislocated 
for  more  than  six  weeks  when  they  applied  for  admission.  The  first 
was  occasioned  by  a  fall  from  the  mast  to  the  deck  of  a  ship,  and 
the  other  from  a  blow.  In  the  one  case,  extensive  and  counter -exten- 
tion  was  steadily  maintained  for  two  hours  and  a  half,  by  means  of 
ropes  and  pullies;  and  (he  other  for  a  considerable  Jengtb  of  time 
and  repeatedly,  by  a  small  cord  f)xed  with  a  dove  hitch;  but  neither 
of  them  could  be  reduced,  although  the  system  was  nauseated  hy 
tartarized  antimony.     Far|her  efforts  cQujd  nqt  he  employed. 


470 


Rrpart  (if  M.  M.  S.  Hospital  at  Macao. 


Aug. 


A  few  interesting  cases  of  thickening  and  deposition  of  serum  in 
the  cellular  tissue  of  the  leg,  greatly  distorting  its  size  and  shape, 
have  been  treated  successfully,  with  stimulating  liniments,  equal  and 
continued  pressure  by  rollers,  and  saline  aperients.  Butassooa.as 
the  pressure  is  removed,  and  the  patient  begins  to  walk,  the  disease 
has  a  tendency  to  return,  and  the  integuments  thicken,  and  become 
hard,  as  in  elephantiasis. 

Some  cases  of  enlarged  spleen  have  come  under  observation,  but 
too  few  at  present  to  remark  upon. 

From  the  many  opportunities  that  have  presented,  in  examining 
the  effects  of  opium-smoking  upon  the  Chinese,  some  allusion^  to  it 
may  be  expected.  It  is  the  unbiassed  conviction  of  the  writer  front 
the  cases  observed,  that  its  habitual  use  is  injurious  to  the  health  and 
happiness  of  those  addicted  to  the  practice.  Its  baneful  influence  isi. 
insidious  but  certain;  and  its  moderate  indulgence,  if  means  permit  y 
lays  the  foundation  for  its  continued  and  increasing  use. 

The  three  cases  of  poisoning  mentioned  in  the  list,,  were  produced 
by  swallowing  a  large  dose  of  the  extract  of  opium,  under  the  influ-i 
ence  of  excited  feelings;  two  were  dead  before  remediies  could  be 
employed,  the  other,  a  young  female,  recovered;  having  vomited  the 
opium  before  it  could  be  absorbed  into,  the  system.; — Farther  remarks 
upon  the  nature  and  character  of  the  diseases  of  thisi  and.  the:  neigh- 
boring provinces,  will  be  reserved  for. a  future  report^  wiien  more  am* 
pie  opportunity  has  been  afforded,  to  form  an  important  and  more  ex- 
tended analysis  of  them.  •.  i    i.  .!    .  

Register  of  diseases  attended  to  in  M,  M.S,  Hospital  at  Macaoi 

from  August  1840,  to  July  IQAi 

Diseases  of  tkk  eye.  i' 
Catarrhal  ophthalmia       . 
Chronic  ophthalmia 
Conjunctivitis  acute  and  ch. 
Catairact         .         •         • 
Entropium     .         •        '  • 
Ectropium      .         ••     '  • 
Granular  lids 
Opacity  of  cornea  , 
Ulcers  of  cornea 
Staphyloma    . 
Pterygium 
Leucoma       . 
Triishiasis      .         •        •    . 
Amaurosis      .         .         • 
Epiphora 
)[{ypopiuiu 


•  • 

Glaucoma    ...  ; 

.^...  •  I 

35  Iritis      .         .         ^ 

6 

21 

Nyctalopia     • 

; 

38 

Synechia  posterior 

22 

Closure  of  pupil      .         . 

O 

16 

Loss  of  vision 

11 

4 

Diseased . eyelids     .  .       ..  • 

II 

43 

Conical  cornea        .    .     . 

35 

Ptosis    .                  .         •. 

8 

Tiimor  of  upper  lid           .  '  ' 

« 

5 

Enlarged ''  camicula          . 

28 

Abscosses  of  lachrymal  sac 

•1 

10 

Diseases  of  thb  skin. 

15 

Scabies     .      •         •.       • 

97 

12 

Psosiaris 

47 

6 

Lepra    • 

7 

3 

Impetigp 

9 

Ibll. 


Rvpuri  tij  J7,  J7.  •>'.  Uof^/jUal  (U  Macao. 


171 


Porrigo  .         . 

Herpes  .         « 

Lichen  .    «.    •         « 

Ecthyma 
Strophulus      * 
Bullae     .         .         «         • 
Icthyosis       • .  •;       •         • 
Erysipelas      .         .      ,  •  .  . 
Diseases  of  the  chest.. 
AciitJB  brbnchitis     .      ,  •     ' 
Ghronic  bronchitis        '  .     * 
HaBOioptysis   .         .    >  '   » 
^^tarrh  ..        .         . ; 

Asthma  .    .    .    .;    .         . 
Chronic  laryngitis  .' 

' Diseases  of  the  abdomin, 
Dylspepsia 
Ascites- •  •       .^ 
Diarrhpea...,  .. 
Enlarged  spleen 
Inguinal  hernia 
In^ilial  hernia  congenital 
Umhilical  hernia  congenital 
HflBfnorrhoids  :  ■..    •..*'. 
Confitipaiipq      .    .;.,;;  .   ; 
Gastrodynia  •        ... 
Diseases  of  the  urinary  organs 
Retention  of  urine  fj-om  enlarged 

prostrate -or  stricture'' 
Hydrocele 


jf. 


;ii 


). 


r. ,  n 


•    I 


Diseased  ^testi     ; 
Phymosis  (congenital)     . 
Ulcers  of  prepuce  and  glans 

penis   '       .         .         .  6 

Bubo'    .         .         .         .8 
Dysuria  .         •         .  3 

Gonorrhoea     ....        .  9 

Diseases  of  the  uterine  system, 
Amenorrhoba  •         .  3 

Su^pressio  mensis    '        .  2 

Prolapsus  uteri        .  1 

loflammationi  of  pudenda. .  •  4 

Generjal  diseases. 
Ulcers  .        -        1        -        220 


9 1  Abscesses       *         .         -  70 

7   Carbuncles     -         -         -  19 

9   Rheumatism  •         •         -  96 

4  Lumbago  ...  6 
1 1  Intermittent  and  continued 

'  1 !     fever  -         .         .  13 

1  j  Onychia  *  -  •  14 
liWhitloe          .         .         .  7 

'Inflammation  of  joints     .        ,18 

2  !  Disease  of  hip  joint  '  .  5 
17 !  Dislocations             .         .    •         4 

8 1  Fractures .      • .       -         •  .3 

33 1  Necrosis  and  caries  -  9 

2  I  Exfoliation  of  outer  table  of 

1       skull  .         -         .  '  1 

I  Exfoliation  of  the  lower  jaw  '      4 

30  Anasarca        -         ...  17 

4iCachexy.  -  -  .  -  ^  9 
lO.^Thickenlng  of  cellular  tissue 

5  '.  of  the  leg  •  -  ,  .  '  11 
4  Diseased  cervical  glands  17 
1'  Varicose  veins  .  -'  '  11 
1  {  Enlarged  thyroid  gland  .  •  6 
7  \  Inflammatioa  of  tendo  achiUe0  >  7 
5;  Encysted  tumors  efface  «    ,.        9 

•  ^  I  Ganglia  on  tendons  .  4 

Poisoning  by  opium  by  taking 
a'  large '  dose  of  the  extract      '3 
10 "Deformity  of  bones  of  foot  from 
81':  i light  and- irregular, bandagiiig  I 


5 ;  Anomalous  or  unnecessary  to 


64 


name  -     •    - 

.Vaccinations  not  entered 

GENERAL  SUMMARY. 

Ophthalmic  diseases 
Cutaneous,  diseases 
Pectoral  diseases    - 
Abdominal  diseases 
Urinary  diseases 
Uterine  diseases 
General  and  local  diseases  not  . 
classified    -       .  •         •,  .     725 


342 

191 

63 

76 

"51 

10 


Total        1457 


.    .  '  -rt^. 


47^  JUuslfaiions  of  Men  nnd  Things  in  China.  Aug. 


Art.  VIL  Illustrations  of  men  and  things  in  China:  angUngfor 
frogs ;  trials  of  strength ;  economy  of  Chinese  workmen ;  quad' 
rating  cash.     From  a  private  Journal. 

Angling  for  frogs,  I  observed  a  lad  one  evening,  with  a  fish-pole 
and  line,  walking  about  in  the  grass,  along  the  bunks  of  the  rice- 
fields,  and  on  making  up  to  him  found  that  he  was  catching  frogs, 
or  *field  hens,'  as  he  called  them.  He  bobbed  the  pole  up  and  down 
in  the  tall  sedge  a  few  times,  and  presently  pulled  up  a  lusty  croaker, 
which  was  straight  conveyed  to  the  basket  hanging  by  his  side  to  join 
«  dozen  more  already  in  it  There  was  no  hook  attached  to  ^he  line; 
the  bait,  a  live  young  frog,  was  only  tied  around  its  body,  and  at 
this  time  apparently  writhing  with  pain  from  the  bite  of  the  frog  just 
caught.  This -strange  kind  of  bait— strange  to  me  because  it  seemed 
to  prove  the  whole  race  of  frogs  guiky  of  downright  cannibalism — 
was  employed  by  several  other  lads,  companions  of  my  new  acquain- 
tance, who  were  angling  for  their  dinners  out  of  the  paddy-fields. 
Frogs  are  constantly  seen  m  mftrket,  sold  as  articles  of  food,  and  I 
am  informed  that  they  are  usually  caught  in  this  manner ;  but  per- 
haps the  chfltrge  of  devouring  their  species  can  -be  explained  away 
by  supposing  that  the  bobbtng  ^nd  kicking  of  the  bait  at  the  end  of 
.the  line  attracts  their  atteation,  and  they  jump  at  it.  » 

Trials  of  strength.  The  C^finese  haiv^  a  mode  of  testing  the 
bodily  strength  of  persons  by  causing  them  to  lift  stones  of  difierent 
weights.  These  dto'des  are  pieced  Kke  wheels  at  each  end  of  an  axle 
about  foiir  feet  long[,  anid  weigh  from  15  to  50  catties  each.  Light 
ones  are  made  of  wood  for  youfng  persons  to  practice.  They  are 
lifted  with  one  or  both  banda,  eitherover  the  head  or  at  arm's  length 
while  standing  erect  or  akimbo^-indeeil  in  aH  possible  ways  to  ex- 
hibit their  muscular  pro^i^ess.  This  was  the  mode  of  testing  xhe 
candidates  for  military  renown  at  C^nton^  as  is  described  oh  page 
;i07  of  the  last  voliime.  A  note, .  explanatory  of  the  3d  verse  of  Ze- 
chariah,  chap.  Xli,:in  the  Piotoral  Bible  s^ys,  when  epeaking  of  a 
burdensome  stone,  '-that  according  lo  Jerome,  large  and  heavy  round 
ston^  wejre  kept  in  the  towns  and  villages  of  Judea,  and' the  youth, 
exercised  themselves  rn  trying  who  should  lift  it'  highest.'  '  In  the 
piratical  fiiarbary  states,  it  is  said  that  European  captives,  when  dis- 
posed of  as  slaves,  were  compelled  by  their  captors  or  intended  pur- 
chasers to  afford  evidence  of  strength  by  lifting  large  stones,  provided 
for  the  purpose. 


s, 


1^1.  tUusirations  of  Men  and  Things  in  China.  4T3 

Economy  of  Chinese  workmen,  Tlie  number  of  itinerant  work- 
men of  one  kind  or  another,  which  line  the  sides  of  the  streets,  or 
occupy  the  areas  before  public  buildings  in  Chiuese  towns,  is  a  re- 
inarkable  feature.  Fruiterers,  pastry-men,  cook-stalls,  venders  of 
gimcracks,  and  wayside  shopkeepers,  are  found  in  other  countries  as 
well  as  in  China;  but  to  see  a  traveling  blacksmith  or  tinker,  an 
itinerant  glass-mender,  a  peripatetic  umbrella-meuder,  a  locomotive 
seal-cutter,  an  ambulatory  barber,  a  migratory  banker,  a  peregrinatory 
apothecary,  or  a  walking  shoemaker  and  cobbler,  one  must  travel 
hitherwards.  These  movable  establishments,  together  with  fortune- 
tellers, herbsellers,  chiromancers,  d&c,  pretty  well  fill  up  the  space, 
so  that  one  often  sees  both  sides  of  the  street  in  Canton  literally  lined 
with  the  stalls  or  tools  of  persons  selling  or  making  something  to  eat 
or  to  wear.  The  money-changer  has  simply  a  small  table,  with  a 
few  drawers,  behind  which  he  sits;  the  cutter  of  seals  has  a  similar 
stand  on  which  he  works.  The  barber  has  the  chest  of  drawers  hold- 
ing his  apparatus  contrived  like  a  seat,  and  if  he  has  not  a  furnace  of 
his  own  he  heats  his  water  at  the  blacksmith's,  or  the  cook's  fire  near 
by,  perhaps  shaving  his  friend  gratis  by  way  of  recompense.  The 
herbseller  or  apothecary  chooses  an  open  place,  where  he  will  not  be 
trampled  upon,  and  there  displays  his  simples  and  his  boluses,  with 
his  gay  signs  and  promises  to  all  around.  The  book-pedler,  fortune- 
teller, and  chooser  of  lucky  days,  arrange  themselves  on  either  side, 
with  their  tables  and  array  of  sticks,  pencils,  boards  and  pictures,  all 
trying  to  '*  catch  a  little  pldgeon."  The  spectacle-mender,  the  cutter 
of  rings,  the  razor-grinder,  the  maker  of  clay  puppets,  and  the  cob- 
bler, are  not  far  off,  all  plying  their  trades  as  busily  as  if  they  were  in 
their  own.  shops.  Then  besides  the  hundreds  of  stalls  for  selling 
articles  of  food,  dress,  or  ornament,  there  are  innumerable  pedlers 
going  to  and  fro  with  baskets  slung  on  their  shoulders,  each  bawling 
his  own  peculiar  cry,  which,  with  cooiiea  transporting  burdens,  chair- 
bearers  carrying  sedans,  and  passengers  following  one  another  like  a 
stream,  so  fill  up  the  streets,  hardly  six  feet  wide  anywhere,  that  it 
is  no  easy  matter  to  navigate  among  them.  Notwithstanding  all  these 
obstructions,  it  is  worthy  of  note,  and  highly  praiseworthy  in  the 
Chinese,  that  these  crowds  pass  and  repass  with  the  greatest  rapidity, 
without  altercation  or  disturbance,  each  one  giving  in  a  little,  and 
passing  by  hi^  neighbor  with  the  utmost  quietness. 

Among  all  the  street  workmen,  hardly  one  of  them  excels  the  black- 
smith for  the  |)ortability  of  his  establishment.  The  construction  of  hi)* 
bellows  has  already  been  explained  (Vol.  IV.  page  3^),  but  that  is  only 
vni..   .\.   \u.  VIII.  00 


474  iUuslratiuns  of  Men  and  Things  in  China.  A\io\ 

a  pact  of  his  economy.  ■  I  saw  one  a  few  days  sincCi  mending  a  pan, 
and  the  arrangement  of  his  toob  was  very  unique.  The  fire  was 
held  in  an  iron  basiiy,  not' unlike  a  coal< scuttle  in- shape, -and  the 
inouth-pieoe  of  tlie  bellows  entered  on  the  back  corner.  The  anvil 
was  a  smail  square  mass*  of  iron  pia(Oed '  on  a  block/  and  a  partition 
basket  dose  ;by  held  the  eoal  aiid'his  toob/wilh  the  old  iron  and  other 
rubbish  he  cacDied.  •  The^'water*  tottfemper  the  iron- was  contaiu^ 
ed  in  an  earthen  pot,  which  just  at  ithis  time  was  most  usefully 
employed  in  boiling  his  dinner  over  the  forge  lire.  After  he  had  done 
the  job^  be  took  off  his  dinner,  •  threw  the  water  on  the  fire,  picked 
out  the  coals  and  put  them  back  into  the  basket,  threw  the  ashes 
away,  set  the  anvil  astride  of  the  belbws,  and,  laying  the  fire-pan  on 
the  .basket,  slung  the  bellows  on  one  end  of  his  pole,  and  the  bas- 
ket on  the  oth^,  and  walked  off.  i  '* 
•  QitadreUing  cask  is  a  term'  which  may  lie  applied  to  a  very  common 
gaaie  among  the*  Chinese,  and  which  consists*  in  throwing  down  a 
handful  Of  an  unknown  number  of  cash,  and  countings  them  out  by 
fouffs ;  the  issue  of  the  game,  depends  on:  the  remainder.  This  game 
is  Called  cha  ion,  and  in  this  part  of  the  country;  is  one  of  the  most 
popular!;  even  beggars,  who  haver  hardly  a  cash,  and  people  in  the 
streets,  who.  are  waiting  for  employment,  are  ofVenr  seen  'playing  it; 
and  in  the  gambling-houses,  it  is  one  of  the*  most  common  gamesi 
Sitiall  stones,  bits  of  crockery,  and  buttons^  are  sometimes  used  as  well 
ascashr  There  are  three  modes  of  betting.  In  ^one- case,  suppose 
tlie*bettor  simply  says  one  odd,  and  stsikes  30 cash  on  his  bet,' he 
sweeps  up  90  cash,  if  that,  proves,  to  be  the  xase,*  but  only  loses  his 
stakeeif  the  remainder  is  0,  2;  or  3.  Thiai  is  called /on  tan,  and 
goes. oil  the  principle,  thai  as:  there-are  three  •ehancesi- to  one  that 
the  bettor  will  lose,  so  if  he  wins^  in  fairness,  he^  trebles  his  wager; 
A  second  variety,  called /aeniMi^,  goes  by  opposiies.  To  do  this, 
a  square  is  drawn,  or  supposed  to  be  drawn,  having  the  side  nearest 
the^holder-  marked  1,  his  right  hand  side'2,  his  lefl  hand  4,  and  the 
opposite  side  3.  If  the  bettor  says  one  odd,  he  doubles  his  stakes  if 
that  reraaiudier  turnaup/but  loses  them  if  there  be  three  lefl.  Should 
2  or  Osbe  lefl,  neither  party  loses  or  wins.  In  a.  third  sort,  called 
/leem,  the  wagerer  says,  he  wilf  buy  1^  remainder  to  get  2,  (or  3,  or  4 
as  he  pleases).:  Then,  if  otr  quadrating  the  pile,  one  cash  bo  lefl,  he 
doubles  his  stakes,  but  loses  it  if  there  be  3  or  0  lefl ;  while  each  party 
keeps  his  own  if  there  be  2  left.  One  reason  of  the  popularity  of 
the  gaiuei  is  perhaps  owing  to  the  ease  of  playing  it,  the  difficulty  of 
deception,  and  (ho  number  of  persons  who  can  pl<'iy  it  at  unce — all  uf 


J84I.  Journai  of  Octurrenet^.  47o 

them  the  .same  variety,  or  each  taking  a  dilTereiit  one.  Ten,  twenty, 
and  more  men,  are  ofleii  seen  around  a  table,  different  members  of  the 
group  exhibiting  all  the  passions  of  the  gambler — fear,  hope,  success 
or  disappointment,  as  they  win  or  lose  alternately.  A  clerk  on  the  in- 
side of  the  table  holds  the  stakes,  and  keeps  the  accounts,  remunerat- 
ing himself  and  his  master  from  the  winners  by  a  small  percentage. 
The  petty  officers  of  government  also  receive  a  sum  from  these  esta- 
blishments for  connivance,  the  amount  of  which  de|)end8  altogether 
upon  the  arrangement  the  parties  can  make,  since  the  laws  strictly 
interdict  all  gambling.  >    •     . 


Art.  VIII.  Journal  of  Occurrences :  new  plcHrpotentiary  and  dd- 
miral;  their  rapid  traveling;  their  line  of  policy;  British 
forces  in  China;  second  expedition  northward r  manner  of  con' 
ducting  the  war ;  Hongkong ;  H,  Rustomjee^s  donation  for  sea- 
men; departure  of  capt,  Elliot  and  commodore  Bremer  from 
China;  visit  of  the  prefect  of  Canton;  affairs  at  Canton; 
Yihshan  and  his  colleagues. 

The  new  plenipotentiary  and  admiral.  During  the  night  of  Tuesday 
the  10th,  the  H.  £.  I.  Co.'s  steam  frigate  Sesostris  arrived  in  Ma- 
cao Roads, — having  left  Bombay  on  the  17th  ultimo, — bringing  as 
passengers — their  excellencies  sir  Henry  Pottinger,  baronet ^  d£rC., 
&c.,  her  Britannic  majesty's  sole  plenipotentiary  and  minister 
EXTRAORDINARY  to  the  court  of  Peking,  charged  also  with  the  duties 
of  the  chief  superintendent's  office — sir  William  Parker^  k.  o.  b., 
rear-admiral,  and  commander-in-chief  of  the  British  naval  forces  in 
the  East  Indies; — major  G,  A,  Malcolm,  3d  It.  dragoons  (a  regiment 
now  in  India),  secretary  of  legation  to  the  special  mission — Mr. 
assistant-surgeon  ly.  IVoosnam,  medical  attendant  to  sir  Henry; — 
B.  Chimmo,  esq.,  naval  secretary  to  the  rear-admiral,  and  C  E, 
Tennant  his  flag-lieutenant. 

Wednesday  morning,  at  daylight,  the  Nemesis  went  out  to  the 
Sesostris,  and  by  8  o'clock  sir  Henry  Pottinger  and  sir  William  Par- 
ker had  landed, — which  they  did  under  a  salute  from  the  battery  on 
the  Praya  Grande.  They  immediately  met  the  major-general,  sir 
Hugh  Gough,  commander-in-chief  of  the  land  forces  of  the  expedi- 
tion (who  happened  to  be  for  a  few  days  in  Macao):  after  wliich,  ac- 
companied 'by  captain  Elliot  and  Mr.  Johnston,  who  had  gone  off  in 
the  Nemesis  to  receive  them,  ihey  proceeded  1o  wait  upon  his  excel- 
lency the  governor  of  Macao. 


476  Journal  of  Ocmrrenrfs.  Arc. 

Afler  a  conference  between  sir  Henry  Pottinger  and  capt.  Elliot, 
and  another  between  sir  Henry  and  the  rear-admiral  and  the  major- 
general,  stir  William  Parker  reeinbarked  in  the  SesKMtris  and  pro- 
ceeded, soon  after  noon,  to  Hongkong  to  assume  command  of  the 
squadron. 

His  excellency,  sir  Henry  Pottinger,  took  up  his  residence  at  the 
office  of  the  chief  superintendent,  in  Macao. 

2.  The  rapidity  of  their  travtHng  is  notable,  we  believe  exceeding 
that  of  any  who  ever  came  from  Europe  to  China.  The  June  mail 
came  on  with  them.  They  left  London  on  the  5th  of  June,  and  on 
the  7th  of  July  reached  Bombay,  which  they  left  oathe  17th,  arriv- 
ing in  China  in  67  days  after  they  left  England. 

:i.  The  Hue  ofpoHey  which  has  been  marked  out  for  and  by  these 
high  officers  may  easily  be  conjectured  from  their  public  acts- 
prompt,  vigorous,  warlike. 

On  Thursday  the  12th,  sir  William  having  returned  in  the  Queen 
from  Hongkong,  a  second  conference  took  place  between  sir  Henry 
Pottinger  and  the  two  commanders-in-chief.  The  governor  of  Ma- 
cao returned  the  visit  of  their  excellencies,  the  plenipotentiary  and 
the  rear-admiral.  In  course  of  the  day,  sir  Henry  Pottinger  inspect- 
ed the  steamer  Queen,  and  engaged  (so  we  understand)  a  passage  in 
her  for  himself  and  suite  to  proceed  northward  up  the  coast. 

The  following  notices,  dz.c.,  are  from  the  Hongkong  Gazette  extra. 

NOTIFICATION. 

The  annexed  extract  of  a  letter  addrencd  on  the  15th  of  May  lart,  by  H.  M.*s 
principal  secretary  4>f  state  for  foreign  affiurs  to  sir  Henry  Pottinger,  baronet,  and 
likewise  a  transcript  of  one  the  commissions  therein  referred  to,  are  pabliahed  for 
the  general  information  and  (guidance  of  H.  M.*s  subjects  in  China. 

By  order. '  G.  A.  Malcolm, 

Macao,  IQth  August,  1841.  Secretary  to  H.  M.^  special  mission  to  China. 

R  XT  a  A  c  T. 

Foreign  office,  May  15th,  1841. 
**  The  queen  having  been  graciously  pleased  to  select  jou  •  to  be  H.  M.*s  pleni. 
potentiary  on  a  speciu  mission  to  the  goTemment  of  China,  and  also  to  act  aa 
chief  superintendent  of  the  trade  of  H.  M.*s  subieots  with  that  country,  I  herewith 
transmit  to  you,  in  your  former  character,  a  fuU  power  authorizing  and  empower, 
ing  you  to  negotiate  and  conclude  with  the  minister  or  mmistera  ▼ested  with 
similar  power  and  authority  on  the  \  part  of  the  emperor  of  China,  any  treaty  or 
agreement  for  the  arrangement  of  difimnees  now  subsisting  between  Great  Britain 
and  China :  and  also  a  commission,  under  the  royal  signet  and  sign^manual,  >  con* 
stituting  and  appointing  you  H.  M.*8  chief  superintendent  of  trade  in  C^ina. 

"  These  -two  instruments  invest  you  with  all  the  power  and  authority  requisite 
for  enabling  you  to  discharge  the  duties  which  are  confided  to  you. 

(Signed)  **  Palm  skston." 

True  extract.  G.  A.  Malcolm, 

Secretary  to  H.  M.*s  special  mission  to  China. 

L.  8.    Victoria  R. 

Victoria,  by  the  grace  of  God.  queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Bri- 
tain and  Ireland,  defender  of  the  faith,  &c.,  &c..  Ate. 

To  all  and  singular  to  whom  these  nretents  akall  come,  greeting!  Whereas, 
by  a  certain  act  of  parliament  made  and  paiaed  in  llie  session  of  pariisment  hold- 
en  in  the  third  and  fourth  years  of  the  reign  of  our  liite  rfiyni  nr^decemor.  king 
William  the  fourth,  intituled    "  An  act  to  regiilatp  ihf  (ri«(l«>  In  Th.na  iukI  India.** 


1841.  Journal  of  Ormrmirfn.  477 

it  is  amongst  oth«r  things  enacted,  that  it  shall  and  may  l»e  lawful  for  \U,  by  any 
commission  or  commissions,  warrant  or  warrants,  under  our  royal  sign-manual  to 
appoint  not  exceeding  three  of  our  subjects  to  be  superintendents  of  the  trade  of 
our  iubjects  to  and  from  the  dorainion^f  the  emperor  of  China,  for  the  purpose 
of  protecting  and  promoting  such  trade,  and  by  any  such  commission  or  warrant 
as  aforesaid,  to  settle  such  gradation  and  subordination  among  the  said  superin- 
tendents (one  of  whom  shall  be  styled  the  chief  superintendents  and  to  appoint, 
such  officers  to  assist  them  in  the  execution  of  their  duties,  and  to  grant  such  sa- 
laries to  such  superintendents  and  officers,  as  we  shall  from  time  to  lime  deem 
expedient.  And  whereas,  by  a  commission  or  warrant  bearing  date  the  tenth 
day  of  December,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  thirty-three,  our  said  late  roynl 
predecessor,  king  William  the  fourth  did,  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers  conferred 
oy  the  said  act  of  pariiament,  appoint  William-John,  lord  Napier,  William  Hi^n- 
ry  Chicheley  Plowden,  esquire,  and  John  Francis  Davis,  esquire,  to  be  such 
superintendents  as  aforesaid : — and  whereas,  in  consequence  of  the  death  of  the 
said  William-John,  lord  Napier,  who  by  the  said  commission  or  warrant  was 
appointed  the  chief  superintendent,  and  of  the  resignation  or  removal  of  the  other 
persons,  who  have  from  time  to  time  been  provisionally  ap|iointed  to  fill  the 
office  of  chief  superintendent,  a  vacancy  has  arisen  iu  the  said  office. — Now 
know  ye,  that  we,  reposing  especial  trust  and  confidence  in  the  loyally,  integri- 
ty, and  skill  of  our  trusty  and  well-beloved  sir  Henry 'Pot  linger,  a  baronet  of  our 
United  Kingdom,  and  a  colonel  in  the  service  of  the  East  India  Company,  do  by 
these  presents,  in  pursuance  and  exercise  of  the  authority  in  us  vested  by  the  said 
act  of  parliament,  appoint  him  the  said  sir  Henry  Poltinger,  baronet,  to  be  chief 
superintendent  of  tne  trade  of  our  subjects  to  and  from  the  dominions  of  the  em- 
peror, of  China,  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  and  promoting  such  trade.  And 
we  do  declare  and  direct,  that  the  office  of  him,  the  said  sir  Henry  Poltinger, 
baronet,  as  such  chief  superintendent  aforesaid,  shall  be  holden  during  the  plea- 
sure -of  Us,  our  heirs,  and  successors : — and  we  do  hureby  strictly  charge  and 
require  him,  the  said  sir  Henry  Poltinger,  baronet,  in  the  execntion  of  this  our 
commission,  to  conform  to  and  observe  all  stich  rules  and  regulations,  as  are  or 
shall  be  given  to  him  for  his  guidance,,  either  under  our  royal  sign-manual,  or  in 
such  instructions  as  shall  from  time  to  time  be  given  to  him  in  our  privy  council, 
or  bv  ns  through  one  of  our  principal  secretaries  of  slate. 

Given  at  our  court  at  Buckingham  palace,  the  fourteenth  day  of  May,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-one,  in  the  fourth  year  of 
our  reign. 

Bv  her  majesty's  command.  (Signed)  Palmbrston*  . 

Sir  Henry  Poltinger,  baronet,  commission. 

True  copy.  G.  A.  Malcolm. 

Secretary  to  her  majesty's  special  mission  to  China. 

IfOTIPlCATIOa. 

In  taking  charge  of  the  offices  of  her  majesty's  sole  plenipotentiary,  minUter 
extraordinary,  and  chief  superintendent  of  British  trade  in  Cnina,  sir  Aenry  Pot- 
tinger  deems  it  requisite  and  profter  to  publicly  notify,  that  he  enters  on  his  im- 
portant functions,  with  the  most  anxions  desire  to  consult  the  wishes,  and  16 
promote  the  pros|ierity  and  well-being,  as  well  as  to  provide  for  and  secure  the 
safety,  of  all  her  majesty's  subjects,  and  other  foreigners  (so  far  as  the  concerns 
of  the  latter  can  be  affected  by  his  proceedings),  at  this  moment  residing  in  any 
part  of  the  dominions  of  the  emperor  of  China:  and  that  he  will  be  ready  and 
happy,  at  all  times  and  under  all  circumstances,  to  give  his  best  attention  to  any 

aueslions  that  may  be  submitted  to  him.  At  the  same  time,  it  becomes  his  first 
uty  to  distinctly  intimate,  for  general  and  individual  information,  that  it  is  his 
intention  to  devote  his  undivided  energies  and  thoughts  to  the  primary  object  of 
securing  a  speedy  and  satisfactory  close  of  the  war,  and  that  hcf  therefore  cari 
allow  DO  consideration  connected  with  mereantile  pursuits,  and  other  Interests,  to 
interfere  with  the  strong  measures  which  he  may  find  it  necessary  to  authoriee 
and  adopt,  towards  the  government,  and  subjects  of  China,  with  a  view  to  com* 
pelling  an  honorable  and  lasting  peace. 


4T^  Journal  *»i    iMrrmrremns.  Ar<S. 


Sir  Hearr  Potiinger  b  coMckm*.  iKai  asoag  tlie  ycrMWU  to  vImmi  ibb  BOlii- 
calioa  is  addresied,  there  are  ievr  iudif  idwals  vho  are  aot  as  wall  qaaliftcd  as 
hioneif,  to  forai  a  cofrael  €  itiaiaif  of  the  reliaaec  to  be  piaeed  oa  the  agreeawal 
aad  pnMBiws  oi  the  proTiacial  eoveraa^eat  of  Caaioa.  lie  Ins  iallMatfirf  to  tint 
goverwneflt.  that  he  b  villiag  m  the  preseat  to  reipecl  the  nirtag  traee,  bat 
that  the  sliichteft  infnctjoa  ol  its  tenas  vill  lead  to  aa  iastaat  reaewal  of  active 
hostilities  ia  ihb  firuvince;  aad  it  b  accocdiagtj  to  he  borae  ia  BHad  that  «Kh 
aa  ereat  b  aot  oety  highly  probable,  imm.  the  well  aadentood  paHMy  aad  bad 
faith  of  the  proviacial  ofteefs  theasdvca.  bat  also  In  caaw  they  aay  be 
pelled«  at  aay  aioawat,  by  ordm  froai  the  iMperial  cahnat,  to  wtL  awk 
disavow  their  owa  acts:  with  these  viears  aad  smtiaeats,  it  oaly  reaMias  for 
Heary  Poltioger  tu  ware  her  aajeaty^s  sobjects.  and  all  (»lher  fotttKaers, 


putUag  theanelves  or  their  propefty  ia  the.  power  of  the  l.hiaaee  aathoritica.  dor^ 
IDC  the  laeseat  anoMalnai  aad  BMettled  slate  of  oar 


lag  the  pieseat  anoialnai  aad  aosettled  slate  of  oarreliiioai  arith  the  ei 

aad  to  declare,  that,  if  they  do  so.  K  aast  be  dearty  aadttHaod  to  be  at  their 

owa  risk  aad  peril. 

Sir  Heaiy  Pottiager  avaib  biaiself  of  thb  oppottaaity  to  aaaoaace,  that  the 
arraageoients  which  have  beea  nade  by  hb  predecessor,  coaaacted  with  the  is- 
lead  of  Hoagfcoag,  will  rpwaia  ia  foree  aatil  the  pleaaare  of  her  majesty  regard- 
ing  that  islaad,  and  those  arraageiBeBts,  shall  be  receired ;  aad  oa  thb  poiai»  sir 
Heary  Potllnger  further  desires  to  call  the  atteatioa  of.  all  coacaraad  to  the 
pablie  ootice  issoed  by  her  majesty's  pleaipoteatiary  oa  the  lOth  of  Jaaa  last. 

Dated  at  Macao  oo  the  12th  day  of  Aagast,  1841. 

(Sigaed)  Hwnx  POrrDon, 

Her  majesty's  pleaiaotitiafT* 

Oo  Friday  the  13di,  further  confeffences  having  been  held  between 
these  high  tMffieers,  the  two  coitUDanders-in-chief,  sir  William  Parker 
and  air  Hugh  Gongh,  repaired  on  board  the  Queen,  which  moved  off 
immediately  for  Hongkong. 

Major  Malcolm,  accompaniedby  Mr.  Thorn,  joint-interpreter,  pnn 
ceedeid  in  the  Nemesis  to  Canton;  bearing  letters  to  the  provincial 
govemtnent— the  tenor  whereof  may  be  conjectured  from  the  notifr- 
cation  given  above.  We  understand  the  authorities  inCanion  have 
been  duly  notified  of  air  Henry's  appointment  as  plenipotentiary,  and 
of  his  assumption  of  the  office  of  chief  superintendent. 

The  arrival  of  major  Malcolm  in  Canton  on  the  morning  of  the 
14th,  produced  oo  small  excitement  arhong  .t*he  Chinese. 

4.  Tkt  British  forves^  now  in  China,  are  partly  on  the  coast  of 
Fuhkeen,  and  partly  oflf  Canton.  Those  in  this  neighborhood,  under 
command  of  capuin  Nias,  senior  officer,  are  the  Herald,  Alligator, 
Sulphur,  Starling, '  Hojralist,  Toong  Hebe,  and  one  steamer — and 
some  hundreds  of  troops  at  Hongkong — in  all  quite  enough  to  repel 
any  aggression  the  Chinese  may  be  disposed  to  make.  

5.  The  $€amd  expediiiati  northward^  moved  from  Hongkong  on 
the  21st  insuat,  and  was'  to  proceed  up  the  coast  in  three  divisions, 
with  the  ships  of  war  clet^red  for  working  their  guns.  Amoy  seems  to 
hate  been  fixed  on  for  the  first  point  of  attack,  and  its  fall  will  proba- 
bly be  announced  by  the  first  arrival  firom  the  north. 

6.  The  mamur  of  amdueting  the  war  will,  we  apprehend,  be.  left 
to  the  wisdom  and  skill  of  the  two  comroander»>iii-Ghief,. sir.  Hugh 
Gough  and  sir  William  Parker^  and  be  waged  in  right  good  earnest,- 
until  such  lime  as  the  Chinese  may  deem  it  proper  to  sue  for  peace 
on  honorable  terms. 


J 84 1.  Journal  uj   Urxurrcnces.  479 

7/  Hongkong — at  least  the  Chinese  part  of  the  new  settlement — 
was  desolated  by  a  fire  on  the  night  of  the  I2th,  from  which  it  has 
rapidly  recovered ;  the  number  of  inhabitants  is  again  increasing. 
Lt.  William  Pedder,  r.  n.  has  been  appointed  harbor-master  and  ma- 
rine magistrate ;  Mr.  Alexander  Lena,  assistant ;  and  Mc.  Joseph  R. 
Bird,  clerk  of  the  public,  works.  Mr.  Samuel  Fearon,  interpreter 
and  clerk  of  the  court,  has  been  appointed  notary-public  and  coroner. 
Henry  H^lgate,  esq.,  has  been  appointed  acting  colonial  surgeon. 

8..  Heerjeebkoy  Rufitontjee^s  donation  in  behalf  of  foreign  seamen 
in  China,  is  thus  announced  in  the  Hongkong  Gazette. 

My  dear  sir, — ^The  large  number  of  foreign  seamen  at  all  times  adrifl  in  China, 
and  their  entire  dejiendence  upun  Ibe  chanty  of  the  foreign  hospital  in  Macao, 
for  the  comfort  they  require  when  suffering  from  diseases,  has  frequently  at- 
tracted my  attention.  Being  aware  that  this  institution  is  kept  up  by  your  person- 
al eiertions  and  grntuitous  attendance,  and  that  the  funds  received  for  the  main- 
tenance of  patients  sent  fn>m  on  board  ship,  by  which  alone  it  is  supported,  have 
been  at  all  times  insufficient  to  meet  the  ex|ieiises  of  the  hospital,  I  deem  it  highly 
desirable  that  some  provision  should  be  made  for  the  support  of  a  useful  institu.- 
tion,  and  to  prevent  pecuniary,  losses  being  entailed  on  those  devoting  a  large 
jiortioH  of  their  time  to  the  relief  of  their  suffering  fellow-men. 

It  will  afford  me  much  satisfaction  to  promote  this  subject,  by  such  means  as 
are  in  my  power,  and  I  have  the  pleasure  to  acquaint  you,  that  I  propose  to  de- 
vote the  sum  of  twelve  thousand  dollars  for  that  purpose.  This  amount  shall  be 
placed  in  tlie  hands  of  Messrs.  Jardine,  Matheson  &.  Co.;  the  interest  to  be  de- 
voted to  the  maintenance  of  those  patients  now  de|>endent  upon  the  hospital; 
and  to  meet  such  expenses  as  are  necessary  for  the  support  and  efficiency  of  the 
institution. 

For  the  management  of  the  funds,  I  have  appointed  James  Matheson,  esq.,  J. 
Robt.  Morrison,  esq.,  and  yourself,  granting  you  conjointly  the  power  of  appro- 
priating the  whole  amount  to  the  rounding  of  a  hospital  for  foreign  seamen  at 
Hbiizkong,  or  any  other  British  settlement  on  the  coast  of  China,  should  such  a 
step  be  afterwards  deemed. advisable* and  this  be  considered  the  most  useful  way 
of  applVifig  the  fuiids  to  the  object  in  view. 

Hopmg  that. such  an  institution  will  continue,  to  prosper,  that  by  it  many  may 
be  benefited ;  and  that  it  will  receive  from  government  the  support,  and  assis- 
tance which  are  necessary  to  jts  efficiency, 

.  .    -  Believe  me,  my  dear  sir,  your's  faithfully, 
^'  .  (.Sigped)  Hrbrjvkbhpt  Rostqmjxe. 

To.'Aleiander  Anderson,  esq^  acting  surgeon  to  H.  M.  superintendents. 

9.  Copt,  EIHot  with  his  lady  and  family^  commodore  sir  J  .J.  G* 
Bremer,  and  Alexander  Anderson,  esq.,  embarked  on  the  24th  in  the 
Atalanta.  Captain.  Elliot,  upon  his  embarkation,  was  aaluted  with 
13  guns,  from  one^  of  the  Portuguese  forts.  The  French  corvette, 
*Danaide,' — recently  arrtred — saluted  sir  Gordon  Bremer's  broad 
pennant.     The  Atalanta  piroceeded  to  sea  the  same  evening. 

10.  Affairs  in  Conlori  continue  quiet,.  though.\a  great  deal  of  an- 
xiety exists  among  the  Chinese  in  certain  quarters.  Thia  is  caused 
mainly  by  the  movementof  the  expedition*  nortbward. 

1 1.  The  prtfect  of  CkaUon^  who  has  acted  so>  prominent  a  part  in 
negotiations  at  thetpfovinoial  city,  came  post-haste  to  Macao  to  8i»ek 
an  interview  with  sir  Henry:  Pottinger  ;  he  saw  major  Malcolm,  and 
then  went  back  again  to  his  superiors. 

12.  Yihshan  and  his  colleagues  still  remain  at' the  provincial  city  : 
•iiid  duubiless^  continue  to  deceive  their  mudter  with  their  hla^  ^tato* 


480  Journal  uj  Occurrnucs. 

inents-'^^f  which  a  goodly  number  may  be  seen  in  the  accompanying 
memorial — which  we  copy  from  the  Canton  Press. 

The  imperial  Rppointed  great  rebel  quelling  general  Yibahan.  and  his  colleagues 
Lungwan  and  Yang  Fang  most  res|»ectfully  present  this  memorial  before  the 
throne  of  the  great  emperor,  detailing  how  that  the  ships  of  the  English  foreigners 
have  left  the  provincial  river;  how  that  they  (the  English)  have  given  us  back 
the  forts:  bow  that  our  militia  and  volunteers  have  slaughtered  a  great  many 
native  traitors  and  foreign  robbers  who  were  raisinc  disturbances :  and  how  that 
we  have  restored  tranquillity  to  the  provincial  city, — on  all  of  wbicb»  looking 
upwards,  we  pray  that  a  sacred  glance  may  be  cast.  * 

Your  slaves,  after  having  sent  off  their  memorial  to  your  majesty,  on  the  15th 
day  of  the  4th  month  (i.  e.  Friday,  4tb  June),  detailing  the  temporary  expedients 
they  bad  had  recourse  to  in  the  exigencies  of  the  case  for  the  placing  of  affairs  on 
a  perfectly  secure  basis. — at  oua  and  the  same  time  took  the  greatest  precautions 
for  the  defense  of  the  city  and  its  tranquilisation,  and  commanded  that  the 
English  ships  should  forthwith  get  up  their  anchors  and  depart.  The  said  fo-* 
reigners  immediately  got  more  than  ten  sail  of  their  ships  under  weigh  and  left 
the  river,  when  one  of  their  commanders,  Warren,  petitioned  us  saving,  that "  the 
real  truth  of  the  matter  was  the  foreign  mi*rchants  of  every  nation  were  very 
hard  pushed  for  money,  and  worrying  nim  for  payment  of  their  debts,  and  there- 
fore if  was  that  he  and  they  (captain  Warren  and  the  English)  had  no  resource 
but  to  beg  that  they  might  6e  cleared  off; — that  they  had  no  intention  whatever 
to  offend  or  commit  imv  act  of  agression  upon  the  heavenly  dynasty; — and  foras- 
much he  implored  us,  the  great  general  and  colleagues  and  all  the  high  officers  of 
the  province,  that  we  would  supplicate  the  great  emperor  to  show  tnem  mercy, 
and  pardon  their  offenses." 

Your  slave  finds,  that  the  foreirn  sliips  having  on  this  occasion  bolted  into  the 
river  by  violence,  was  all  caused  by  the  native  traitors  showing  them  the  wa^^ ; 
which  m  fine  led  to  the  nide  people  of  the  islands  and  the  foreign  robbers  a\'ail- 
ingthemselvesof  the  state  of  things  to  work  evil;  they  robbed  and  plundered 
the  villafces  so  that  we  could  not  but  take  strenuous  measures  to  extirpate  theu 
roof  and  branch.  But  the  traces  of  these  native  traitors  are  exceedingly  secret, 
and  cunningly  concealed ;  there  are  some  who  put  on  the  clothes  of  foreigners ; 
there  are  others  who  dress  like  (our)  soldiers  and  militia;  their  ramifications 
extend  everywhere,  ko  that  we  mnst  send  detachments  to  scour  the  whole  coun- 
try tu  catch  them.  If  we  send  our  regular  troops  after  them  in  so  many  direc- 
tions, it  is  to  be  feared  that  they  might  not  discriminate  deariy  before  slaying, 
and  tbns  calamity  would  be  entailed  on  the  peaceably  disposed  people,  which 
might  lead  to  some  very  shocking  catastrophe.  It  therefore  appeared  to  us  the 
best  plari  that  the  country  people  of  the  different  villages  should  tbrm  themselves 
into  armed  associitions  for  mutual  defense.  The  headman  (of  one  of  these  armed 
associations)  Leang  Tsaeying  and  others,  divided  themselves  into  several  bodies, 
and  going  in  different  directions,  they  succeeded  in  capturing  upwards  of  two 
hundred  native  traitors  and  foreign  robbers,  black  and  white;  among  which  last 
were  two  chief  persons.  Your  slave  thereupon  sent  orders  to  the  militia,  gentry 
and  others,  that  as  they  took  them,  so  should  they  behead  them  at  Namoan! 
In  reference  to  one  of  these  chief  persons,  the  said  gentry  and  others  reported  to 
us  by  petKion.  that  "  he  was  in  reality  Bremer,  and  that  they  (the  English)  were 
willing  to  pay  a  hundred  dollars  to  ransom  the  body,  which  they  (the  said  gen- 
try and  others)  had  slowed  away  in  a  secluded  house  ;*' — but  wnether  this  really 
be  the  case  or  not,.we  shall  first  investigate  cleariy  and  afterwards  duly  memo- 
rialise your  majesty  thereupon. 

Their  excellencies  proceed  to  state  that  they  have  already  sent 
troops  to  occupy  the  forts,  isstied  proclamations  to  quiet  the  people, 
and  will  immediately  commence  the  work  of  repairs,  d&c.  After  hav- 
ing suffered  what  they  have,  we  think  they  will  be  very  slow  in  pro- 
ceeding with  any  work  of  defence  or  aggression  that  will  be  likely 
to  lead  to  a  renewal  of  hostilities.  Yihshan  and  his  colleagues  have 
earned  for  themselves  a  bad  refKitatioii  among  the  people  of  Canton. 


THE 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY. 


Vol.  X.— September,  1841. —  No.  9. 


.1 


f  ■ 


Art.  I.      Reminiscences  of   Chusan,  during  its  occupation  by  the 
British  in  1840-41.     From  a  Correspondent. 

The  beiirts  of  all  the  people  in  the  fleet  beat  high,  when  the  ships  had 
assembled  at  Buffaloe's  Nose.  This  island  is  remarkable  for  a  per- 
forated rocky  which  forms  an  extensive  cavern  that  shows  to  great 
advantage  when  one  is  coming  in  from  sea.  The  spot  itself  is  hilly, 
and  produces  only  a  few  vegetables,  with  a  little  rice  suflicient  for  its 
poor  inhabitants.  For  the  benefit  of  mariners  it  may  be  remarked, 
that  there  is  a  mountain  streamlet  containing  abundance  of  water, 
clear  as  crystal,  where  any  quantity  may  be  obtained  at  the  lowest 
ebb|  by  merely  damming  up  the  rill.  There  is  another  watering 
place,  though  not  available  at  low  tides,  on  the  side  which  fronts  the 
main*  As  there  are  few  natives  living  on  the  island*  water  may  al- 
ways be  procured  here  with  the  greatest  ease,  and  without  fear  of 
molestation. 

Several  communications  now  took  place  between  the  epmiaitnders 
of  the  squadron  y  and  slow  was  our  movement  towarda  the  place  of 
our  destination.:  We  came  across  a  fisherman,  a  poor  ignorant  man, 
who.  however  understood  very  well  the  depth  of  the  wateri  and  could 
also  point  out  various  dangers;  but  there  his  knowledge  ended. 
When  he  first  came  on  board  the  Wellesley,  he  was  quite  bewilder- 
ed, and  really  imagined  that  bis  life  would  fall  a  sacrifice  to  the  ruth- 
less barbarians.  Bi|t  by  degrees  he  became  more  composed.  The 
visions  of  dreadful  revenge^  on  the  part  of  the  Chioesei  officers,  now 
started  up  before  him,  and  he  began  to  quake.    Once  he  even  poiiit- 

VOL.    X.    NO.    IX.  61 


482  Reminiscences  of  Chusan.  Sep. 

ed  out  a  smack,  which  he  said  was  manned  by  soldiers.  A  boat 
being  dispatched  to  take  her,  the  prize  was  brought  alongside,  and 
proved  to  be  a  leaky  concern  with  only  one  old  fisherman  in  it.  This 
was  the  commencement  of  our  heroic  deeds. 

To  obtain  a  knowledge  of  the  passage  to  Chusan  harbor,  which 
not  one  individual  amongst  all  our  sailors  had  yet  done,  the  Atalanta 
was  sent  ahead  to  reconnoitre.  On  entering  the  harbor,  several  war- 
junks  were  discovered  close  in  shore.  The  Chinese  had  no  warning 
of  our  arrival;  but  as  soon  as  it  was  ascertained,  that  the  fleet  had 
anchored  near  Chusan  harbor,  a  furious  edict  was  issued  by  the  dis- 
trict magistrate  Yaou,  who,  by  a  carte  blanche  from  the  It.-governor, 
had  been  enabled  to  promulgate  such  orders  in  cases  of  emergency. 
This  paper,  however,  only  mentioned  the  sale  of  opium,  and  never 
once  alluded  to  any  hostile  intentions  on  the  part  of  the  barbarians ; 
though  it  made  considerable  demands  on  the  good  citizens  of  Chu- 
san. To  insure  obedience  to  his  orders,  the  worthy  Yaou  had  made 
the  principal  firms,  both  in  the  suburbs  and  the  city,  responsible  for 
any  acts  of  aggression  on  the  part  of  the  foreigners,  and  actually 
took  hostages  from  the  people,  to  insure  the  good  behavior  of  the 
invadefsl  > 

The  sudden  appearance  of  the  first  steamboat  caused  a  great  sen- 
sation amongst  the  inhabitants,  who  came  in  thousands  to  the  beach 
in-order  to  behold  the  strange 'vessel.  To  do  this  they  had  leisure 
enough,  for  she  had  grounded  oir  a  sand-bank,  and  could  not  get  off 
before  the  water  had  risen  to  a  considerable  extent.  No  native  boats 
came  near,  though  there  was  a  great  stir  amongst  the  musketoe  fleet 
in  the  harbor.  The  master  of  the  Wellesley,  on  approaching  Pagoda 
Hill,  in  order  to  take  the  soundings  along  shore,  was  beckoned  off  by 
a  fierce  officer  with  a  fan.  But  this  rude  barbarian  actually  believed, 
that*  he  might  have -taken  the  place  with  his  boat's  crew,  which  was 
by  no  means  one  of  the  stronge<<t.  Having  ascertained  that  the  fargecit 
vessel  couid  approach  close  to  the  shoroj  the  fact  was  communicated 
to  the':commanders.  They  would  have  done  well  if  ihey  had  imme- 
diately proceeded  with  the  favorable  breeze  then  blow^g;-  As^  it 
was,'  however,  the  progress  of  the  expedition  was  deferred  a  whole 
day;  several  vessels  grounded,  and  the  transports  got  in  with  consi- 
derable difficulty.  ..    .      .     : 

The'  Wiellesley  had,  on'  Saturday  the  4th  July,  taken  up  her  posi- 
tion ck>8e  to  the  suburbs.  The  merchant  junks  in  the  meanwhile 
had  lef>,  and  now  commenced  an  emigration,  which  very  soon  empti^ 
ed   the    harbor  of  a  large  number  of  native  craft.      This  lasted 


1841.  Reuiiniscencts  oj  Chusau.  48H 

throughout  the  night,  and  on  the  morning  we  discovered  nothing  hut 
war-junks,  with  a  few  of  their  boats. 

The  Wellesley  having  taken  up  her  position,  and  no  official  person 
having  made  his  appearance,  it  was  considered  high  time  to  summon 
the  island  with  its  dependencies  and  citadel  to  surrender.  Lord  J. 
accompanied  the  mission,  which  proceeded  on  board  a  very  sorry-  look' 
ing  junk.  Here  the  British  officers  had  not  long  to  .wAit,  before  the 
vice-admiral,  with  his  aid-de-camp  and  flag-captain,  made  his .  ap. 
pearance.  He  was  a  decrepit,  ill-favored,  elderly  man,  without  bad- 
ges of  rank,  so  that  he  might  have  been  taken  for  a  common  citizen. 
He  told  the  party,  that  he  had  only  recently  arrived  from  Fuhning 
foo  in  Fuhkeen„  to  enter  upon  the  duties  of  this  station  ;  he  behaved 
in  a  very  friendly  manner,  while  his  flag-captain  grinned,  and  his 
aid-de-camp  frowned.  The  summons  being  handed  to  him,  he  gave 
them  to  the  latter,  on  the  plea  that  he  could  not^  read,  a  thing  not 
uncommon  amongst  Chinese  naval  officers.  The  brow  of  this  gal- 
lant son  of  Neptune  contracted  sadly  as  he  perused  the  summons, 
whilst  the  old  admiral  listened  with  a  vacant  smile.  It  was  now  pro^ 
posed,  that  they  should  adjourn,  and  go  on  board  the  Wellesley,  lord 
J.  most  generously  offering  to  remain  behind  as  a  hostage.  This 
proposition  all  the  three  Chinese  rejected  with  the  utmost  indigna- 
tion, saying, '  we  put  too  much  faith  in  your  word,  to  doubt  our  safety 
on  board  of  one  of  your  vessels.'  They  came,  therefore,  with  great 
glee  over  the  gangway.  The  district  magistrate  Yaou,  in  the  mean? 
while  had  made  his  visit,  and  for  a  little  time  proudly^  paced  the 
Wellesley's  deck,  without  taking  notice  of  anything  around-  him. 
As  soon,  however,  as  he  saw  the  old  admiral  coming  on  board,  he 
ran  away,  without  giving  any  reason  for  so  doing. 

The  three  worthies  were  now  seated  in  the  large  cabin,  next  to 
the  commodore,  and  whilst  sipping  their  tea,  the  captain  proposed  to 
show  them  the  vessel.  They  however  refused  to  enjoy  this  treat,  and 
with  terious-  countenances  deliberated  about  the  surrender.  ■  To  this 
they  finally  appeared  inclined,  but  observed  at  the  conclusion,  that 
they  were  too  weak  to  offer  any  resistance,  and  that  therefore  all  the 
loss  of  human  life  would  be  on  their  heads,  if  any  conflict  commenc- 
ed. With  this  declaration  they  lefl  the  vessel,  promising  to  give  a 
decisive  answer  within  a  very  short  time.  The  old  admiral  continu- 
ed to  laugh,  appearing  not  to  be  at  all  aware  of  any  impending 
danger. 

On  Sunday  morning  we  perceived  great  activity  on  shore,  and  a 
messenger  had  been  dispatched  to  Niugpo  for  additional  assistance. 


484  Reminiscences  of  Chusan.  Sep. 

This  puny  host,  therefore,  from  sheer  ignorance,  was  determined 
to  defend  itself,  and  for  this  purpose  the  soldiers  had'  put  a  number 
of  miserable  oannon  between  paddy  bags,  in  order  to  repel  the  bar- 
barians by  celestial  (ire. 

Towards  the  afternoon  the  soldiers  had  all  embarked  in  boats,  and 
it  was  an  animating  sight  to  see  the  whole  harbor  covered  with  red 
coats.  The  music  played  as  they  passed  the  flag-ship,  and  all  ap- 
peared one  joyous  scene.  There  was  at  that  time  scarcely  one  sick 
man  among  them. 

A  shot  from  the  Wellesley,  fired  over  the  heads  of  the  Chinese 
forces,  was  intended  to  induce  them  to  surrender.  But  they  were  too 
ardent  in  hope  to  meditate  such  a  thing.  OflT  went  their  cannon  like 
crackers,  the  balls  struck  the  Alligator  in  several  places,— one  actual- 
ly took  away  some  paint,,  another  carried  away  a  halliard,  a  third 
(strange  to  say)  lodged  in  a  gun  carriage.  Such  was  the  damage 
done  to  the  British  fleet.  The  ships  now  opened  a  tremendous  fire, 
and  the  Pagoda  Hill  was  instantly  cleared  of  its  crowded  military 
occupants,  and  the  suburbs  were  forsaken.  The  British  forces  land- 
ed instantly,  and  took  possession  of  the  heights  on  Temple  Hill. 
They  might  have  pushed  on  without  any  obstacle,  for  the  enemy  waa 
panic  struck,  but  the  attack  on  the  city  was  deferred  till  Monday. 

The  junks  nearest  the  men-of-war  were  very  much  riddled,  and 
a  humane  surgeon  shortly  afterwards  went  to  see  whether  he  could 
do  anything  for  the  wounded.  The  first  indication  of  slaughter,  ob- 
served on  board  the  admiral's  junk,  was  a  raven  ominously  perch- 
ed on  the  mast,  looking  down  with  his  bright  eyes  into  the  cabin. 
The  party,  sent  to  afford  relief,  shuddered  when  they  saw  the  bird  of 
prey  over  a  heap  of  corpses.  Several  balls  had  passed  through  the 
jnnk,  and  the  frightened  sailors  had  either  crowded  into  the  cabin  for 
protection,  or  had  huddled  their  dying  comrades  together  there,  with 
ih6  hope  of  carrying  off  their  bodies,  which  they  indeed  essayed  to 
do,  during  the  hottest  fire  from  our  guns.  And  here  we  must  bear 
testimony  to  their  bravery.  The  Chinese  will  venture  everything, 
face  the  cannon's  mouth,  in  order  to  carry  a  disabled  or  dead  com- 
rade from  the  field.  One  poor  fellow  was  seen  climbing  up  the  shore 
with  great  difficulty,  having  lost  a  limb,  but  still  trying  to  saive  him- 
self, undaunted  by  the  loss  of  bkxid. 

In  the  admiral's  cabin,  orders  for  attacking  the  barbarians  were 
found,  and  also  a  part  of  a  Chinese  Bible !  He  himself  was  badly 
wminded  in  the  side,  and  his  flag  captain  fell  at  the  first  discharge. 
The  worthy  Yaou  had  embarked  with  all  his  eflrnct*<  and  retinue,  and 


1841.  RfminisffUffs  oj  Chmati.  4^s5 

was  paddling  down  the  canal  into  the  open  !»ea,  when  one  of  his 
clerks  inquired  whether  his  was  the  behavior  of  a  faithful  servant. 
This  sarcasm  went  to  the  heart  of  the  highminded  magistrate,  and 
he  jumped  overboard,  never  to  rise  again,  whilst  the  head  of  the 
police  followed  his  mad  example. 

The  worthy  Samaritan,  above  alluded  to,  took  one  of  the  wounded 
men  on  board  the  flag-ship,  for  his  leg  had  been  smashed  and  it  re- 
quired amputation.  This  he  willingly  underwent,  and  when  the 
operation  had  been  performed,  he  asked  for  a  pipe  and  a  cup  of  tea 
with  the  utmost  indifference.  He  was  indeed  a  philosopher,  and, 
fortunate  man,  has  lived  to  receive  a  pension  from  the  great  emperor. 

The  suburb  was  now  nearly  abandoned,  and  some  of  the  Indian 
sailors  made  very  free  with  their  neighbors'  property,  having  absolute- 
ly forgotten  the  distinction  between  meum  and  tuum.  It  proved  to 
be  a  very  filthy  place,  with  only  very  few  good  and  spacious  houses. 
There  was  an  immense  quantity  of  ardent  spirits  stored  in  the  ware- 
houses; the  streets  were  redolent  with  the  fragrancy  of  salt-fish;  and 
stores  of  wheat  and  pulse  were  found  in  some  of  the  houses  of  the 
merchants.  When  our  officers  set  to  work  to  dash  in  pieces  the  pots 
of  li(|uor,  it  literally  flowed  through  the  streets,  and  the  air  was  in- 
fected with  the  noxious  smell. 

Proclamations,  issued  by  the  commander-in-chief,  were  stuck  up 
promising  security  of  persons  and  property  to  the  Chinese.  Officers 
were  seen  standing  in  the  streets,  threatening  to  punish  every  sol- 
dier who  dared  to  lay  hands  on  plunder.  But  you  might  as  well 
have  preached  against  the  entrance  of  musketoes ;  for  scarcely  was 
the  eye  turned  to  watch  one  depredator,  when  ten  might  be  seen 
coming  forward  from  various  quarters  with  their  booty. 

Two  solitary  Fuhkeen  men  were  seen  unconcernedly  smoking 
their  pipes,  near  the  body  of  an  unfortunate  man,  who  had  been 
struck  by  a  ball,  and  was  gasping  his  last  breath*  On  being  made 
acquainted  with  the  peaceful  intentions  of  the  British,  they  remarked, 
that  such  benevolence  wanted  no  more  striking  proofii  than  that  be- 
fore them,  and  if  their  designs  were  so  kind,  why  then  did  they  come 
at  all  to  Tinghae.  They  were  however  anxious  tp  avail  of  the  prof- 
fered protection  for  their  own  benefit,  and  if  they  did  not  share  In 
the  booty,  they  certainly  amassed  enough  in  one  day  to  support  them- 
selves for  a  whole  year. 

Thousands  were  now  seen  leaving  Tinghae,  through  the  northern, 
eastern,  and  western  gates,  and  a  general  flight  froio  the  city  seemed 
to  be  determined  upon. 


n 


4rt()  Keminiscfjices  uj  Chiisan.  Sep. 


The  Chinese  troops  were  siiii  firing  from  the  walls  near  ihe  south- 
ern gate,  and  threw  one  ball  very  near  our  outpost,  when  the  British 
artillery  came  vup,  and  with  shells  quieted  these  brave  fellows.  The 
commandant  was  killed  by  the  first  shot,  and  the  whole  host  of  at- 
tendants, when  they  saw  him  a  lifeless  corpse,  immediately  dispersed. 

The  night  passed  away  tranquilly,  but  on  the  next  morning  a  ge- 
neral storming  of  the  city  was  to  take  place,  and  besides*  the  three 
regiments  and  Volunteers,  a  party  of  blue  jackets  was  to  assist  in 
this  affair.  But  alas !  the  city  was  mute,  and  only  the  suburbs  show- 
ed that  some  miscreants  had  been  at  work.  A  fire  raged  amongst 
the  dense  hovels,  formerly  the  seat  of  filth  and  vice,  and  were  in  a 
very  short  time  reduced  to  ashes.  By  the  exertions  of  the  English, 
however,  the  fire  was  soon  extinguished. 

When  the  stillness  of  death  reigned  throughout  the  city,  the  staff 
approached  closely;  Happily  a  ladder  had  been  left,  perhaps  on  pur- 
pose to  scale  the  walls ;  and  a  few  planks  from  the  adjacent  houses 
served  as  a  bridge  over  the  ditch ;  and  thus  the  invaders  got  directly 
into  the  city.  At  first  not  a  living  being  was  to  be  seen  ;  after  long 
waiting,  there  crawled  forth  a  poor  frightened  creature,  begging  hard 
for  his  life;  and  when  others  ascertained  that  no  harm  was  done  him, 
they  gradually  ventured  out.  In  a  short  time  a  small  number  had 
assembled  and  read  the  proclamation,  whilst  one  individual  offered 
his  services  to  post  up  the  remaining  copies  throughout  the  town ; 
these  were  read  with  great  eagerness,  but  were  soon  torn  down,  pro- 
bably by  some  myrmidons  of  government.  Before  the  doors  of  several 
houses  a  large  inscription,  '*  spare  the  lives  of  intelligent  creatures,'' 
was  stuck  up.  Upon  the  walls  of  the  southern  gate  was  found  a 
tablet,  evidently  placed  there  by  the  officers,  intreating  the  enemy  to 
spare  their  children,  the  people.  Banners,  bows  and  arrows,  powder, 
shot,  &c:;  were  found  thrown  about  in  extraordinary  confusion, 
thus  showing  that  their  owners  had  fled  in  the  utmost  trepidation. 
What  most  attracted  attention,  were  the  guns  with  immense  touch- 
holes,  loaded  with  stones  and  grape  to  the  very  muzzle. 

At  length  the  poor  inhabitants  gained  courage,  and  to  show  their 
confidence  they  boiled  large  quantities  of  tea,  which  theyserved  out 
to  all  who  passed  by,  they  themselves  first  tasting  it,  to  show  that  it 
contained  nothing  poisonous.  • 

The  admiral's  house  was  found  in  great  confusion,  the  silks  strew- 
ed about  in  confusion;  two  very  valuable  caps  were  placed  on  a  shelf, 
and  many  curious  articles  covered  the  ground.  It  wa»  unfortunate, 
indeed,  that  the  soldiers  first  discovered  the  library  of  this  veteran, 


1841.  Jlcminiscence>  of  Chusfiii.  4a7 

which  contained  a  number  of  very  valuable  works,  principally  static, 
tical,  and  mostly  unknown  to  the  sinologues  of  the  west.  With  Van- 
dalic  destruction  this  valuable  collection  was  soon  thinned ;  and 
only  when  it  was  too  late,  the  loss  of  such  a  treasure  was  discovered 
by  its  few  reroainLng  fragments.  The  collection  of  official  papers  was 
immense,  and  literally  filled  one  considerable  building.  They  were 
huddled  together  without  any  order,  and  the  worms  had  indeed  done 
their  best.  Still  there  were  picked  out  of  the  mass,  some  edicts  issued 
as  early  as  Shnnche's  reign.  The  office  itself  was  in  a  miserable 
condition.  How  the  old  gentleman  could  spend  a  winter  in  such  a 
hovel  is  quite  inexplicable. 

The  civil  magistrate's  office  was  still  worse  than  that  of  the  admi- 
rar«y  and  the  smell  in  the  rooms  as  bad  as  that  arising  from  moulder- 
ing graves.  Even  the  ladies'  apartments,  which  had  only  a  few  hours 
previously  been  abandoned,  were  so  uncleanly  that  a  Chinese  coolie 
actually  fainted  on  entering  them.  There  were  numerous  rooms  for 
clerks  and  officers  of.  every  description,  but  it  is  difficult  to  under- 
stand how  people  could  live  in  such  damp  and  infected  places,  unless 
they  possessed  something  of  the  amphibious  nature  of  the  toad. 
There  was  also  a  public  treasury,  labeled  with  large  letters,  and 
sealed  in  the  Chinese  fashion,  to  prevent  the  barbarians  from  forcing 
the  deposit.  The  latter,  however,  might  have  spared  themselves  the 
trouble,  for  when  our  commissioners  went  to  ascertain  what  the 
place  contained,  they  found  only  four  dollars,  a  quantity  of  small  and 
useless  cash,,  with  rusty  guns  in  abundance  and  a  few  old  nets,,  and  a 
good  deal  of  rubbish.  Here  also,  in  the  office  of  the  civil  magistrate, 
were  the  Luh  Poo^  or  Six  Boards,  in  miniature ;  and  each  of  the 
buildings,  dedicated  to  their  use,  contained  the  necessary  papers.  None 
other  however  was  so  well  stored  as  that  appropriated  to  the  Bo«ird  of 
Punishments,  for  there  were  lawsuits  literally  ten  yards  long,  with 
sundry  remarks  of  the  magistrates.  In  any  museum  they  would  be  a 
great  curiosity.  To  rummage  them,  however,  could  not  be  done  with 
impunity,  for  they  had  been  heaped  up  for  many,  generations,  and  at 
the  least  touch  they  would  fly  about  as  if  they  had  gottea  wings,  occa- 
atotting  such  a  disagreeable  smell,,  that  one.  person  got  severely  ill  for 
having  ventured  to  examine  them.  Order  seems  to  have  been  en- 
tirely forgotten,  and  there  was  an  utter  want  of  arrangement  in  all  the 
archives. 

Thesepapers  had  been  abandoned,  even  by  the  soldiers,  when  all 
at  once  some  emissaries  sent  by  the  officers  of  Ningpo  began  to  steal 
them.    And  then  it  was  that  one  of  them  lost  his  tail  for  his  icmcritv, 


1>*I*  lifmftnst:riirr,>  nf  (.^tMsatl  SeP. 

Hiid  that  the  adniirars- records,  like  the  Alexandrian  library,  were 
doomed  to  the  flames,  not  to  heat  the  public  baths,  for  there  was  no 
such  thing  in  Tinghae,  but  to  make  bonfires.  And  a  hard  work  the 
police  had  of  it,  for  the  edicts  refused  to  burn,  as  if  they  had  been 
made  of  asbestus.  When  this  work  of  destruction  was  going  for- 
ward, an  officer  of  the  engineers,  attracted  by  curiosity,  picked  out  a 
chart  from  among  them,  and  a  doctor  discovered  some  papers,  on 
which  the  emperor  had  writlen  with  his  vermilion  pencil.  But  with 
the  exception  of  these  two  individuals,  nobody  else  was  moved  by 
this  rude  conflagration,  at  which  the  Chinese  were  most  indignant. 

The  most  valuable  parts  of  this  establishment  were  the  granaries, 
in  which  the  paddy  was  laid  up  in  good  order,  each  building  being 
labeled  with  the  year,  when  the  grain  was  deposited.  When  rice  was 
becoming  scarce,  the  stock  on  hand  was  offered  for  sale  at  a  very  re- 
duced rate,  but  none  of  the  inhabitants  dared  to  buy  for  fear  of  future 
punishment.  So  the  whole  remained,  except  what  the  fowls  and 
ducks  consumed,  and  of  these  there  was  at  first  a  very  small  quantity 
in  possession  of  the  foreigners.  All  the  side  courts  were  overgrown 
with  rank  grass;  the  artificial  tanks  were  full  of  stagnant  water;  but 
there,  was  no  garden  to  please  the  eye  or  to  perfume  the  air  with  its 
flowers  or  fruit.  Chairs  and  tables  there  were  enough,  with  basins 
sufficient  to  have  served  a  battalion.  The  worthy  magistrate  alsahad 
laid  up  a  stock  of  spirits,  and  had  a  large  quantity  of  furs  scattered 
about  in  the  house.  But  so  rapid  had  been  his  flight,  that  the  very 
supper  was  left  on  hia  table,  and  not  a  single  article,  not  even  the 
indispensable  opium  pipe,  had  been  removed.  Whilst  beholding  all 
these  things,  there  stole  in  a  number  of  Chinese  and  quickly  walked 
off  with  a  load  of  furs.  A-nd  not  even  satisfied  with  this  booty,  they 
took  away  the  chair,  that  bad  seryed  them  to  get  over  the  wall. 

Some  writer  has  compared  Tinghae  with  Venice,  and  if  that  com^ 
parison  holds  good,  Mongha  near  Macao  certainly  resembles  Ver- 
sailles, and  its  straw  hovefe  are  comparable  to  the  Thuilleries,  for  both 
are  the  habitations  of  men.  Tinghae  has  a  few  tolerable  streets  with 
good  shopa  and  many  hovelr.  There  are  all  together  in  the  city 
HOOO  dwellings,  and  reckoning  tea^  inhabitants  for  each,  there  will  be 
30,000  citizekis;  Some  calculators  would  only  allow  five  individual 
for  each  house,  bdl  we  request  them  to  show  us  a  single  habitation 
containing  only  five  inmates.  There  is,  generally,  the  man  and  his 
wife,  with  four,  five  or  six,  or  more  children,  and  also  some  relative, 
friend,  or  domestic.  In  the  larger  abodes  there  are  ofleti  found 
from  forty  to  sixty  individuals.     This  is  not  mere  conjecture,  but  has 


\b-i\'  Reminiscences  oj  Chusan.  ^«'^** 

been  ascertained  on  the  spot.  Now  by  giving  an  average  of  ten  in- 
habitants to  each  dwelling  we  do  not  overstep  the  mark.  The  whole 
island  counts  about  47,000  houses,  including  every  hamlet,  accord- 
ing to  a  census  taken  by  the  magistrate  ;  Chusan,  therefore,  must 
have  a  population  of  470,000. 

The  wall  of  Tinghae  is  very  old,  and  in  some  places  tumbling 
down.  It  was  repaired  in  the  times  of  Kanghe,  when  the  Mantchous 
had  obtained  firm  possession  of  the  island^-  and  remains  in  the  state 
in  which  the  ancestors  of  the  present  race  left  it.  The  principal 
buildings  have  towards  the  street  a  mere  bare  wall,  and  consist  of  a 
row  of  houses,  the  wood  of  which  is  beautifully  varnished,  superior  to 
anything  we  have  ever  seen  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  empire.  The 
walls  of  the  houses  are  composed  of  a  kind  of  gypsum.  What  at- 
tracted most  attention,  were  the  numerous  beautiful  carvings  of  land- 
scapes, diversified  with  bamboos,  birds,  d&c.  The  handsome  red 
lackered  bedsteads,  with  very  elegant  designs  cut  in  wood,  and 
splendidly  gilded,  could  not  easily  be  exceeded. 

Two  temples,  one  dedicated  to  ancestors,  the  other  to  the  god  of  , 
cities,  contained  many  S|)ecimen8  of  native  art.  The  colossal  figures 
at  the  entrance  are  larger,  perhaps,  than  those  at  Honam,  and  the 
Budha  that  sits  upon  the  lotus  flower  might  well  pass  for  a  giant. 
Nothing,  however,  is  so  remarkable  as  the  Goddess  of  Mercy,  riding 
on  a  dolphin  in  a  troubled  sea,  and  exhibiting  her  power  to  save. 
Had  such  a  piece  of  workmanship  been  found  at  Athens,  it  would 
have  passed  for  the  greatest  work  of  ancient  genius  ever  known  ;  but 
unfortunately  it  was  in  Chusan.  There  were  also  to  be  seen  in  these 
temples,  images  of  the  disciples  of  Budha,  exhibiting  in  their  coun- 
tenances the.  human  passions,  very  exquisitely  executed. 

The  pantheon,  or  too  shin  meooii,  is  another  very  large  temple, 
without  a  single  idol ;  having  in  it  a  kind  of  pagoda,  and  a  very  large 
bell.  There  was  a  foundling  hospital,  a  great  part  of  whose  walls 
the  barbarians  demolished,  and  moreover,  another  one  for  the  old 
and  decrepit.  Besides  these  two,  tHtere  were  three  buildings  used  as 
arsenals,  full  of  flags,  balls,  guns,  arrows,  bows,  uniforms,  d&c,  of  all 
of  which  the  foreigners  took  possession.  The  cannon  were  almost 
useless.  The  plaited  soldiers'  jackets,  so  inlaid  with  iron  as  to  be 
ball  proof,  served  as  excellent  winter  clothing  for  the  lascars,  who 
looked  very  grotesque,  when  stalking  about  the  city  in  this  dress. 
The  arrow  rockets  were  curiously  constructed,  but  in  such  a  manner, 
a<4  to  render  them  entirely  hkrnfless.  All  the  military  stores  were 
very   well   arranged.     Some  of  these  articles  w'erc  sold  at  auction, 

VOL.     X.    NO.    IX.  62' 


490  Keminisccnici  oj  Chu^ati.  Sep. 

others  were  destroyed,  and  a  few  sent  home  as  trophies.  There  were 
arms  enough  to  equip  ISIOO  men,  the  amount  of  the  naval  and  land 
forces  of  the  Chusan  group. 

Tinghae  has  two  colleges,  one  of  which  is  a  very  extensive  build- 
ing. In  the  smaller  one  were  stuck  up  ail  the  themes  which  the 
students  were  working  out,  when  the  assault  took. place.  Judging 
from  the  many  books  found  in  these  colleges,  the  inhabitants  roust  be 
a  reading  race.  By  far  the  greater  part  of  the  works  were  poetical. 
Orders  were  sent  out,  that  they  should  all  be  brought  to  the  magis* 
trate's  office,  but,  alas,  the  greater  part  had  already  perished. 
There  were  also  the  books  of  a  tract  society,  established  in  order  to 
circulate  religious  works  gratis.  Of  these  there  were  a  good  number 
in  the  houses  of  the  poor.  The  situation  of  a  teiAple  dedicated 
to  Confucius  was  romantic,  enough,  though  rather  worse  for  its  age. 
Close  to  it  was  another  building  of  a  different  nature,  a  pawn* 
broker's  shop,  the  most  extensive  house  in  the  .city.  The  stores  found 
in  this  place  were  large.  It  is  extraordinary  that  this  building  should 
have  been  completely  full,  for  so  large  a  collection  rather  betokens  a 
very  low  state  of  morals.  The  owner  was  again  and  again  cited  to 
take  possession  of  his  property,  but  he  never  made  his  appearance. 
A  great  quantity  of  the  clothes  were  stolen,  others  were  sold  at  auc- 
tion, and  the  remainder  were  still  on  hand  when  the  place  was  eva- 
cuated, and  were  then  seized  upon  by  pilfering  natives. 

Beyond  the  wall,  there  was  a  temple  in  a  very  romantic  glen,  filled 
with  trees,  and  planted  in  the  rear  with  bamboos.  There  were  also 
two  powder  mills,  but  only  one  had  powder  in  its  stores ;  and  this 
was  condemned  and  thrown  into  the  water. 

On  the  day  of  capture,  the  city  presented  a  very  curious  scene. 
As  soon  as  the  rabble  had  ascertained  that  they  were  not  to  be  kill- 
ed outright,  they  got  up  a  system  of  plundering,  which  was  carried 
on  with  a  great  deal  of  boldness.  It  was  very  apparent  that  the 
most  respectable  class  of  people  had  left  the  place,  and  that  only 
desperate  characters,  who  had  mothing  to  lose,  remained.  The  cri- 
minals in  the  prisons  had  probably  been  set  at  liberty,  before  the 
officers  finally  abandoned  the  city.  One  of  them  was  seen  dragging 
along  his  chain.  A  humane  officer  knocked  off  his  fetters,  and  the 
first  use  the  fellow  made  of  his  freedom  was  to  commence  robbing. 

When  matters  became  very  bad,  a  representation  was  made  to  the 
commander  to  piit  a  stop  to  such  deeds  of  villany,  by  not  allowing 
the  least  article  to  pass  out  of  the  gates.  He  however  replied,  that 
this  would  interfere  with  the  liberty  of  the  subject,  and  that  the  in- 


1841.  Reminisfenfr.<  nf  Chusan.  491 

habitants  themselves  ought  to  look  after  their  own  affairs,  provided 
there  was  free  egress  of  every  article.  This  answer  was  most  satis- 
factory to  the  light  fingered  gentry.  There  were,  however,  some  fel- 
lows who  reasoned  in  this  manner:  if  we  retain  the  most  valuable 
articles  of  the  citizens,  they  will  certainly  come  back  ;  but  if  they 
are  allowed  to  carry  away  everything,  they  will  no  longer  trouble 
themselves  about  Tinghae.     This  proved  in  the  end  to  be  true. 

The  7th  was  a  very  rainy  day,  and  the  native  marauders  were  busy 
in  clearing  the  suburbs  of  salt-fish.  In  this  laudable  effort,  they 
were  charitably  assisted  by  the  soldiers  on  duty,  who  helped  them  to 
carry  the  bags  down  to  the  beach  to  their  boats,  being  no  doubt  thank* 
ful,  that  some  of  the  causes  of  the  abominable  odor  were  removed. 
There  were  also  found  a  great  number  of  paper  dollars,  well  execut* 
ed,  which  served  as  a  currency  in  hades ;  for  being  once  burnt,  they 
are  supposed  to  pass  for  good  coin  amongst  the  shades.  But  it  seems 
that  no  Ferdinands  are  there  current,  those  found  being  all  Carolus- 
es.  The  robbers  were  also  very  eager  after  cash,  a  commodity 
which  the  military  at  first  viewed  with  the  utmost  contempt.  They 
afierwards  learnt  the  use  of  this  heavy  circulating  medium,  and  deep- 
ly regretted  that  they  had  cast  away  whole  bags  of  this  coin. 

'In  the  city  no  shops  were  yet  open,  and  the  removal  of  property 
went  on  at  such  a  rate,  that  within  a  week  it  might  be  expected  the 
whole  city  would  be  empty.  All  fear  was  at  length  banished,  and 
the  good  citizens  began  to  draw  up  papers  full  of  complaints,  which 
if  verified,  would  have  made  many  an  applicant  a  rich  man. 

Tenders  were  now  issued  for  coolie.<i,  but  if  any  were  to  be  had, 
they  must  be  caught  by  main  force,  and  even  then  they  would  run 
away,  as  soon  as  they  could  do  it  with  safety.  Two  clerks  happened 
to  be  taken  into  the  magistrate's  office.  They  stole  the  very  ink  and 
pencils  that  were  given  them  to  write  with,  and  then,  taking  as 
much  clothing  as  they  could  get  hold  of,  walked  away.  There  were 
also  two  clamorous  cooks,  who  walked  off  with  the  kitchen  uten- 
sils, as  complacently  as  if  they  had  been  their  own.  It  was  therefore 
no  wonder  that  the  houses  very  soon  became  empty,  and  that  the 
peaceful  owners  became  clamorous  for  protection. 

Orders  were  finally  issued,  to  stop  these  robbers  at  the  gates,  and 
not  allow  them  to  climb  over  the  walls.  This  regulation  gave  rise 
to  still  greater  evils.  The  thieves,  if  they  could  not  force  the  gates, 
which  they  very  of\en  attempted,  \e(i  their  booty  there  and  ran  away; 
if  it  happened  that  an  honest  man  went  the  same  way,  he  also  was 
forced  to  deliver  up  his  load.    An  immense  quantity  of  goods  of  every 


492  Reminisrtnres  of  Chnsan.  Srp. 

deacriptioa  was  thus  collected  at  the  guard-house.  Complainanu  then 
rushed  in  crowds  to  the  magistrate's  office  lo  claim  their  own,  and 
if  their  petition  was  granted,  they  helped  themselves  indeed  very  li- 
berally, indemnifying  themselves  for  their  previous  losses.  Mistakes 
took  place  without  number,  and  the  most  clamorous  of  the  whole  set 
were  often  the  greatest  rogues.  Now  and  then  the  true  owner  receiv- 
ed his  own.  Once,  a  musician,  with  a  great  quantity  of  instruments, 
had  left  the  gate,  and  was  stopped  by  a  field  officer.  As  soon  as 
the  latter  wanted  to  seize  him,  the  former  hoping  lo  act  the  part  of 
Orpheus,  and  anxious  lo  clear  himself  from  malicious  intent,  began  to 
play  a  very  lively  air  on  one  of  his  pipes.  But  the  harmony  did  not 
affect  the  veteran's  ears,  and  the  poor  musician  was  marched  off  to 
the  office,  for  feloniously  abstracting  musical  instruments.  By  no 
means  abashed,  however,  the  delinquent  put  his  arms  a-kimbo ;  and 
thus  began  his  speech  :  *'  When  I  listen  to  the  regimental  music,  the 
sound  of  my  instruments  appears  to  be  harsh  and  grating,  how  could 
1,  then,  longer  enter  into  competition  with  its  strains?  Moreover  it 
appears  to  me,  that  you  have  quite  music  enough  ;  and,  as  the  voice 
of  mirth  will  be  heard  no  more  in  this  city,  of  what  use  is  my  abode 
amidst  the  afflicted  ?  I  can  carry  on  my  profession  only  amongst 
joyous  parties."  For  this  speech,  the  biythe  musician  was  liberated, 
and  received  a  passport  to  depart  in  peace. 

In  one  instance,  a  coffin  having  been  allowed  to  pass,  the  applica- 
tions for  permission  to  carry  out  old  fathers  and  mothers  became  very 
numerous,  iintil  the  sentries  opened  these  receptacles,  and  instead  of 
corpses  they  generally  found  silks.  This  no  k>nger  succeeding,  other 
stratagems,  and  some  not  very ,  reputable,  were  had  recourse  to. 
Some  carried  their  plunder  over  the  walls.  One  man  was  going  to 
pass  a  recruit  who  stood  sentry  on  the  walls.  The  latter  beckoned 
him  to  leave  off  his  illicit  business,  yet  was  not  heeded.  But  in- 
stead of  obeying,  the  man  came  with  a  whole  load,  and  being  repell- 
ed, he  attempted  to  force  his  way.  The  soldier  then  fired,  and  the' 
robber  fell  dead. 

An  elderly  rogue  had  stationed  himself  below  the  city  wall,  and 
was  in  the  habit  of  taking  care  of  the  stolen  articles,  in  order  to 
carry  them  over  the  ditch.  By  some  means  he  was  overloaded,  and 
sunk  in  the  water  to  rise  no  more.  In  some  instances,  the  venge- 
ance of  the  people  overtook  these  marauders,  and  they  administered 
Lynch  law.  For  instance,  a  man  was-  found  bound  l^and  and  fool  in 
a  ditch,  who  had  attempted  to  empty  a  house  of  its  contents.  Ano- 
ther was  seen  tied  to  a  post  near  the  market  place,  with  such  force 


IH4I.  Rftuhii.'ir^fifr.s  of  i*fm.<fm.  41KI 

that  the  eyes  started  out  of  their  sockets,  and  the  bloo^l  from  his  hands 
and  body.  Had  the  cords  not  been  immediately  loosened,  he  would 
have  died  within  less  than  an  hour.  A  third  was  brought  to  the 
office  bound  iu  the  most  frightful  manner.  The  agony  the  fellow  had 
endured  had  robbed  him  of  speech,  and  it  was  two  hours  before  he 
could  give  an  account  of  himself.  His  captor,  a  literary  graduate, 
was  surprised  at  being  upbraided  for  his  cruelty,  but  merely  remark- 
ed in  self-vindication,  that  what  he  had  done  was  simply  an  act  of 
common  justice.  He  could  not  or  would  not  bring  a  witness,  and 
though  the  prisoner  had  not  the  appearance  of  a  gentleman,  he  was 
dismissed  for  want  of  evidence. 

After  a  few  days  had  elapsed,  several  shops  were  opened,  poultry 
became  very  plentiful,  and  it  was  of  the  best  description.  Bat  the 
pork  was  very  inferior,  and  repulsive  even  to  a  hungry  stomach. 
Beef  was  likewise  brought  into  the  market.  All  this,  however,  was 
only  of  short  duration.  As  soon  as  the  shopkeepers  had  sold  off  their 
stock  they  removed  from  the  city,  and  the  supplies  failed  entirely,  for 
some  emissaries  had  been  sent  to  threaten  the  inhabitants  with  death, 
if  they  dared  to  supply  the  English  with  provisions.  Such  interfer- 
ence ought  never  to  have  been  suffered,  and  its  tragical  conse- 
quences should  serve  as  a  warning  example  in  future.  As  soon  as 
the  authorities  nt  Chinhae  ascertained  that  this  prohibition  was  borne 
patiently,  they  seized  the  comprador  that  used  to  supply  the  com- 
missariat. The  people  of  the  island  got  the  credit  for  having  com- 
mitted this  misdeed,  and  several  respectable  persons  were  imprisoned 
for  six  weeks,  though  the  Ningpo  government  subsequently  declared, 
they  had  kidnapped  the  man — an  enterprize  worthy  of  such  dignita- 
ries. This  was  done  again  to  try  how  far  the  patience  of  the  English 
would  stretch.  As  they  were  not  forced  to  give  up  this  man,  which 
they  certainly  would  have  done,  had  they  been  obliged  to  do  so  by 
strength  of  arms,  they  grew  more  bold,  first  carried  off  servants,  then 
took  captain  Anstruiher,  and  next  murdered  an  artillery-man. 

The  authorities  at  Ningpo  we're  thunderstruck  by  the  occupation 
of  Chusan.  They  could  collect  only  a  few  hundred  men  to  attempt 
a  reoccupation.  In  this  emergency  a  large  subscription  was  got  up 
by  a  patriotic  graduate,  who  enlisted  a  body  of  militia,  to  guard 
Chinhae,  a  place  which  had  been  left  without  defense.  If,  when  the 
provocation  was  given,  a  force  had  been  sent  to  Ningpo,  the  moral 
effect  would  have  been  lasting,  provisions  would  have  come  in  abun- 
dance, death,  which  made  such  havoc  amongst  the  troops,  would  have 
been  prevented,  and   the  terms  obtained  at  the  Pei  ho  would  have 


♦104  Rcmini teeners  of  (^huaan  Sf.p. 

been  lionorable.     Rut   the  men  who  never  could  be  our  friends  were 
.spared,  and  our  own  people  were  sacrificed. 

Tftng  Tingching  was  then  f^^e  governor  of  Fuhkeen  and  ChS- 
keang.  We  saw  his  severe  proclamations  against  opium  stuck  up 
at  every  corner,  threatening  death  and  destruction  to  every  smoker, 
for  Tinghae  was  full  of  people  made  wretched  by  this  drug.  His 
name,  however,  was  little  known  in  t^is  part  of  his  jurisdiction, 
for  he  had  never  yet  made  a  tour  through  Chfikeang.  Still  he  was 
charged  with  the  Ioms  of  Chusan,  and  summoned  to  appear  at  a  court 
of  inquiry.  In  great  haste  he  sent  his  general,  a  Chinese  by  birth, 
but  a  Tartar  in  heart,  to  protect  Ningpo.  This  man,  a  hero  of  tho 
first  order,  would  fight  at  all  hazards,  and  determined  upon  annihi- 
lating the  barbarians.  His  agents  were  constantly  lingering  about 
Tinghae,  but  90  betrayed  their  master,  that  all  his  plans  were 
speedily  made  known  to  us. 

Next  after  T^ng  was  Lew,  the  previous  I ieut. -governor,  a  Man* 
tchou,  who  was  called  to  Peking  to  answer  for  his  misdeeds  in  losing 
Chusan.  He,  likewise,  was  a  hero,  fierce  as  a  lion  in  his  edicts,  and 
cruel  to  our  prisoners :  but  a  lamb  in  the  execution  of  his  military 
exploits. 

When  the  emperor  heard  of  the  fail  of  Tinghae,  he  dispatched 
Elepoo  to  Chinhae,  as  his  special  commissioner.  This  heavy  headed 
statesman  held  the  office  of  jgovernor  of  Keangnan  and  Keangse. 
He  was  in  the  confidence  of  bis  sovereign,  and  therefore  considered 
as  the  most  suitable  personage  to  execute  his  behests.  It  was  indeed 
an  occasion  for  displaying  his  power,  but  being  an  infirm  man,  he 
was  fond  of  ease  and  peace,  and  on  no  account  would  engage  in  bos- 
tilities.  For  this  he  was  very  much  abused,  and  lost  his  influence, 
so  that  the  war  party,  though  by  no  means  the  most  numerous,  got 
the  upper  hand  at  Peking. 

As  soon  as  the  people  of  Chusan  perceived  that  the  English  did 
not  rescue  the  comprador^  they  lost  all  confidence,  and  withdrew  to 
the  interior  or  to  Ningpo.  When  hardly  pressed  for  an  answer  for 
so  doings  they  audwei'ed,  '*  there  is  no  security  for  life  and  property, 
we  may  be  seized  by  the  agents  of  our  government,  and  lose  our  life 
for  traitorous  intercourse."  A  very  decent  man,  at  that  time  employ- 
ed  by  a  foreigner,  incautiously  went  out  of  the  gate  one  day,  and 
was  seized  and  delivered  over  to  the  Ningpo  authorities.  This  cir- 
cumstance struck  great  terror  into  the  people,  and  the  city  was  soon 
entirely  deserted.  Even  the  rabble  was  seized  with  fear,  and  unless 
ei^gaged  in  plundering  the  houses,  did  not  mike  their  appearance,  so 


1811  KttMini.<i:cn(i'>  III  Chiisan  Uh'i 

that  a  Chinese  became  quite  a  rarity.  Wlicn  the  inhabitants  were 
invited  to  come  back  in  order  to  receive  protective  papers  for  iheir 
houses  and  furniture,  only  a  few  availed  themselves  of  the  offer.  In 
virtue  of  this  notification,  the  untenanted  dwellings  were  subsequently 
occupied  by  our  soldiers. 

It  was  a  most  melancholy  task  to  walk  through  the  city»  now  as 
much  abandoned  as  if  it  had  been,  visited  by  the  plague.  Even  the 
few  vegetables  that  used  to  be  brought  to  the  market  ceased  to  come 
in ;  there  was  literally  nothing  to  be  obtained  for  either  love  or 
money.  When  some  stragglers  were  angling  in  the  canals,  it  often 
happened,  that  a  number  of  servants  were  standing  around  to  buy 
the  first  fish  or  eel  that  was  caught.  For  many  miles  around  the 
city,  not  a  single  hen  was  to  be  seen,  and  if  a  stray  cock  unfortufiMe- 
ly  happened  to  approach  the  redoubtable  place,  his  life  was  forfeited, 
and  he  was  in  the  pot  before  he  could  even  have  time  to  crow !  If  any 
poor  peasant,  in  hopes  of  making  a  good  profit  on  his  produce  ven- 
tured to  direct  his  course  to  the  gates,  some  straggling  parties,  in 
search  of  provisions  were  sure  to  intercept  him.  To  get  a  single 
duck  safe  and  sound  to  one's  house  required  a  convoy,  and  then  even 
the  poor  bird  might  not  reach  its  destination.  Very  ridiculous  scenes 
and  many  curious  accidents  thus  occured,  and  though  most  stringent 
orders  were  promulgated  against  seizing  any  provisions,  still  the  sol- 
diers, urged  on  by  hungry  stomachs,  proved  the  most  refractory  peo- 
ple in  the  world.  Nobody  will  starve  without  a  struggle ;  so  long  as 
there  is  still  a  morsel  of  food  to  be  gotten,  it  will  be  sought  for  by 
some  means,  whether  right  or  wrong.  — ' 

Nothing  gave  rise  to  so  many  troubles  at  Chusan,  as  the  visits  of 
the  military  to  the  villages.  In  one  instance,  some  stout  peasants 
seized  an  officer,  and  one  of  them  was  shot  with  a  pistol.  A  party 
of  sipahis  was  likewise  attacked,  several  Chinese  were  killed,  and 
one  of  the  detachment  received  a  wound  with  a  bill-hook,  of  which 
he  died.  In  most  instances. there  was  as  much  wrong  on  the  part 
of  the  foreigners,  as  on  that  of  the  Chinese,  but  the  want  of  fresh  pro- 
visions was  the  main  cause  of  all  these  mischiefs.  Private  individuals, 
in  the  neighboring  villages,  stuck  up  papers  on  the  gates  urging  the 
people  to  defend  and  preserve  their  cattle  for  ploughing.  This  had  a 
great  effect,  and  the  consequence  was,  that  in  a  very  short  time,  not  a 
single  ox  or  cow  was  to  be  had,  unless  taken  by  force;  it  was  so,  that 
the  people  in  the  villages,  on  perceiving  tlie  approach  of  an  English 
party,  gave  a  signal,  and  drove  away  all  their  cattle.  There  were, 
moreover,  always  some  invisible  agvnts  at  work,  to  enforce  the  niau« 


41M3  Rr.minhcrinr,<  of  Chmuti.  Str. 

dales  of  the  Chinese  authorities.  They  wrote  down  names  of  indi- 
viduals who  showed  the  least  kindness  to  the  strangers,  and  so  fright- 
ened the  possessors  of  stock,  that  they  preferred  to  have  their  cattle 
carried  off  by  main  force,  rather  than  sell  them  in  a  fair  manner. 
There  was  another  inconvenience  quite  unexpected.  The  natives 
had  seen  very  little  silver  money,  and  at  first  would  receive  nothing 
but  copi)er  cash.  We  have  often  seen  them  taking  one  hundred 
Chinese  copper  coin  in  preference  to  a  half  dollar ;  indeed  they  had 
an  utter  abhorrence  of  all  but  Caroluses,  and  even  these  they  would 
receive  only  at  a  discount.  However,  tolah  (dollar),  loopta  (rupee), 
&c.,  ere  many  weeks  had  passed,  were  constantly  in  the  mouths  of 
the  populace.  The  imperial  currency  lost  all  value,  and  there  was  a 
thirst  after  her  majesty's  coin,  such  as  we  have  not  yet  seen  any 
where  else  in  all  this  world. 

From  time  to  time  we  heard  rumors  of  landing  of  forces  from 
Ningpo,  yet  only  a  few  stragglers  ever  came  to  the  neighborhood  of 
the  city.  For  awhile  no  hostile  excursions  were  attempted  into  the 
country.  But  all  at  once  the  war  cry  resounded.  A  large  force,  it 
was  stated  had  landed,  atTsinkong,  the  western  extremity  of  the  is- 
land. A  large  detachment  of  the  49th  was  immediately  ordered  out. 
Though  no  enemy  was  found,  this  enterprize  effected  one  good  ob- 
ject, it  made  the  English  acquainted  with  the  splendid  harbor  of  that 
place,  and  they  also  discovered  an  excellent  location  for  the  troops, 
who  had  already  suffered  much  from  sickness.  Had  the  26th  been  dis- 
patched there  at  that  time,  hundreds  of  lives  might  have  been  saved. 
Subsequently  another  alarm  was  given,  on  the  appearance  of  some 
war-boats  along  the  eastern  part  of  the  island.  This  roused  the  active 
sir  Fleming  Senhouse,  who  soon  afterwards  went  around  the  whole 
island.  This  was  th»  most  extensive  excursion  made  during  the 
occupation,  and  its  importance  was  greatly  enhanced  by  an  able  pa- 
per he  subsequently  wrote  upon  the  subject.  In  most  places  the 
people  were  sullen  and  refractory,  but  finding  they  had  to  deal  with 
a  staunch  veteran,  they  changed  their  tone,  and  become  submissive. 
Had  these  tours  been  more  frequently  taken,  the  island  would,  in  all 
probability  have  submitted  entirely  to  our  control. 

It  may  be  in  place  to  speak  a  few  words  here  about  this  much 
decried  island.  When  a  man  is  attacked  by  a  fever  and  dysente- 
ry, he  certainly  has  not  much  desire  to  prate  about  the  romantic  spot 
which  has' been  thfe  immediate  cause  of  his  sickness;  he  is  far  more 
likely  to  complain  of  his  situation  and  the  badness  of  the  climate. 
After  having  gotic  through  the  silent  city,  and  beheld   the  pillaged 


1841.  Reminiscences  of  Chusan.  AW* 

houses,  with  nothing  but  devastation  and  misery  on  every  side,  Cliu* 
san  was  sadly  lowered  in  one's  esiimaiiou,  and  was  looked  upon  as 
the  most  miserable  place  in  all  this  wide  world.  Bui  when  a  man  in 
health  and  spirits,  ascended  the  mountains  and  crossed  the  vallies 
teeming  with  abundance,  he  soon  changed  his  opinion.  With  the 
exception  of  the  northwestern  part  of  the  island,  the  whole  is  very 
fertile,  producing  rice,  wheat,  cotton,  indigo,  &c.,  in  great  abun- 
dance. Every  one  of  these  articles  is  of  good  quality ;  the  vegeta; 
bles  are  in  the  highest  state  of  perfection.  Many  (lowers  grow  wild. 
One  romantic  scene  follows  the  other,  and  the  traveler  seems  to  be  on 
enchanted  ground.  These  charming  groves  of  bamboo,  the  stately 
trees,  the  murmuring  rivulets,  and  the  perfumes  that  refresh  the 
senses,  have  an  indescribable  effect,  and  are  in  strong  contrast  with 
what  one  observes  when  landing  at  Tinghae.  How  often  have  the 
hearts  of  tourists  bounded  with  joy  and  adoration  on  perceiving  such 
beauties,  all  the  handy  works  of  the  great  Creator  1 

Chusan  has  great  resources  in  itself,  and,  were  proper  duties  le- 
vied on  merchandize,  could  easily  sup|>ort  a  government.  Its  valleys, 
teeming  with  plenty,  are  cultivated  by  a  stout  industrious  race  of 
laborers.  The  only  beggars  seen  were  a  few  cripples.  The  disad- 
vantages of  this  unfortunate  island,  so  much  talked  of,  were  mostly 
of  our  own  making.  An  impartial  writer  would  find  few  causes  for 
complaint,  either  in  its  situation,  soil,  climate,  or  productions.  The 
capital,  Tinghae,  is  indeed  placed  in  the  poorest  valley,  so  far  at  least 
as  salubrity  of  situation  is  concerned.  The  many  instances  of  ele- 
phantiasis we  saw»  and  the  raging  of  the  fever  subsequently  amongst 
the  native  population,  sufficiently  attest  the  unhealthiness  of  the 
place.  It  is  indeed  worse  than  Batavia  throughout  the  whole  sum- 
mer and  nutumn ;  and  this  we  learned  to  our  cost.  Many  were 
sick  under  their  teats,  and  the  majority  not  in  the  most  enviable  situa- 
tion. Wb  flattered  ourselves,  however,  that  as  soon  as  the  poor  suf- 
ferers, could  be  properly  k>caied  in  the  city  and  regularly  attended  to, 
there  would  be  some  abatement  of  their  diseases.  In  this  we  were 
greatly  deceived.  The  foundation  of  a  destructive  evil  had  been  al- 
ready laid,  all  the  strength  of  the  sick  men  was  gone,  and  in  rapid 
succession  they  sank  into  the  arms  of  death.  The  large  pawnbroker's 
sliop  was  the  hospital  of  the  26th,  and  there  were  at  one  time  move- 
than. 400  paiiiants  crowding  its  spacious,  rooms.  It  was  heart-rending 
to  see  so  many  young  men  stretched  out  on  the  floor,  pale  and  ema- 
ciated, and  past  recovery.  On  many  a  morning,  from  three  to  seven 
were  carried  out  to  be  buried  on  the  hill,  where  tlicy  had  prcviou^lv 

VOL.    X.    NO     IX.  63 


496  Remtniscences  of  Ckusan.  Sep. 

encamped.  On  that  melancholy  spot  were  the  remains  of  several 
hundreds  laid,  to  moulder  until  the  last  great  day. 

The-  hospitals  of  the  49tb  Irish  were  in  several  houses  in  the -city, 
and  the  loss  of  life  was  proportionately  as  great  as  in  the  other- regi- 
ments. The  poor;  fellows  sunk  under  exhaustion,  without  even  a 
groan.  This  fever-  had .  a  most  disastrous  effect  in  dampening  the 
spirits,  and  in  taking  away  even  the  love  of  life.  It  would  shake  the 
sufferer  for  six  or  eight  hours,  and  leave  him  in  a  state  of  dreadfut 
inertia.  When  the  disease  did  not  yield  to  remedies,  the  patient  was 
soon  a  dead  man,  and  he  died  as  if  he  had  fallen  asleep  from  weari- 
ness: But  a  far  more  virulent  enemy  was  the  dysentery,  which  with 
malignant  intent  seldom  gave  up  its  victim.  .  It  raged  with  fearful 
fury*.  The  Bengal  Volunteers  suffered  dreadfully  from  this  scourge. 
Their  hospital  being  in  the  Pantheon,  one  of  the  lowest  parts  of  iho 
city,  it  gave  the  death  stroke  to  numbers  of  the  strongest  men. 

When  the  wretchedness  was  at  its  height,  captain  Elliot  exerted 
himself  with  laudable  zeal,  to  alleviate  the  sufferings^which  he  could 
not  remove.  He  went  into  the  hospitals,  visited  the  sick,  and  pro- 
cured them  all  kinds  of  refreshment,  without  the  slightest  reference  to 
expense.  The  admiral  subsequently  did  the  same,  and  the  most  hu- 
mane attentions  and  rich  supplies  were  provided.  But  the  epidemic 
had  already  singled  out  its  victims,  and  the  provisions  came  now  too 

late ! 

Of  the  officers  few  suffered  from  the  scourge,  and  there  were  only 
one  or  two  instances,  of  any  of  them  tlying  in  consequence  of  the 
climate.  They  had  generally  healthy  nourishment  and  exposed  them- 
selves less  to  the  enervating  heat  of  the  sun.  Nobody  however  stood 
it  better  than  the  sappers  and  miners,  who  had  to  do  the  hardest  work, 
and  were  most  exposed^  yet  scarcely  lost  a  single  man.  The  18th 
toa  suffered  comparatively  less,  bejng  from  the  ftrst  quartered  near 
the  beach  in:  the  suburbs.  In  the  fleet  the  cases  of  sickness  were  few, 
and  though  there  were  many  patients  among  the  soldiers  when 
the  vessels  .were  at  the  mouth  of  the  Pei  ho,  yet  they  recovered  rapid- 
ly on  their  return  to  Chusan. 

In  the  meanwhile  little  progress  was  made  with  the  internal  go- 
vernment of  our  island. .  An  attempt  to  create  constables  throughout 
the  city  proved  abortive,  the  candidates  for  these  high  honors  proving 
themselves  to  be  great  rogues,  and  utterly  unconscious  of  the  com- 
pliment paid  them  in  being  called  to  serve  her  gracious  m^esty, 
queen  Victoria.  In  several  of  the  valleys  also  some  respectable  na- 
tives were  nominated  to  till   the  same  office ;  they  quietly  received 


1841.  Reminiscences  of  Cfiusan.  499 

their  luliographed  commission,  bul  naught  did  they  f^e  about  it. 
The  silent  influence  of  the  Chinese  authorities  was  everywhere  felt, 
but*their  agents  were  never  seized  and  brought  to  account.  In  the 
fort  near  Sinkea  mun,  the  very  cooking  utensils  were  found,  when  it 
was  captured,  and  their  .owners  must  have  abandoned  the  place  only 
a  few  hours  before  our  troops  arrived  to  seize  them. 

Cbinhae  was  still  blockaded,  and  several  vessels  were  detained. 
But  as  there  was  no  intention  of  closing  the  harbor,  they  were  soon 
set  at  liberty.  On  a  certain  day,  4he  rumor  spread,  that  a  junk  from 
Japan,  richly  laden  with  copper  and  other  valuable  articles,  had  been 
stopped.  This  attracted  great  attention,  and  the  matter  was  imme- 
diately investigated.  But  the  rich  prize,  to  the  great  astonishment 
of  every  body,  proved  to  be  a  Siamese  junk,  laden  with  sapan^wood, 
black  sugar,  and  other  cheap  articles.  At  another  time,  more  than 
thirty  vessels  were  brought  into  the  Chusan  harbor.  Most  of  them 
were  from  Chaougan  in  Fuhkeen,  and  had  brought  -sugar.  The 
truce  having  been  at  last  agreed  upon,  (hey  were  aU  set  at  liberty, 
with  the  hope  of  thus  recovering  the  English  prisoners  at  Ningpo. 
The  Chinese  officers,  however,  taking  good  care  not  to  pay  any  atten- 
tion ta  this  act  of  clemeucy,  continued  to  retain  our  unfortunate 
countrymen. 

The  announcement  of  the  friendly  intentions  of  the  authorities  at 
Chinhae  was  made  by  a  large  present  of  bulk>cks.  '  Commissioner 
Elepoo  did  this,  in  imitation  of  sihtilar  grants  made  in  the  gulf  of 
Cheihlc.  But  he  was  not  aware  that  the  great  emperor  would  visit, 
with  severe  displeasure,  this  act  of  giving  away  sacrificiiti  animals  to 
clamorous  barbarians.  The  edict  to  this  effect  did  not  arrive,  until 
after  the  admiral  had  left  for  Canton ;  it  was,  however,  as  ■  some 
rightly  thought,  an  indication  that  a  different  line  of  policy  had  been 
adopted  towards  foreigners.  And  it  must  be  remarked,  that  the 
threata  towards  the  English  were  hurled  with  greater  force,  in  the 
same  ratio  as  our  concessions  and  kindness  were  increased  towards 
the  Chinese  authorities.  This  ought  to  be  remembered  as  a  matter 
of  fact,  and  as  a  beacon  in  all  future  negotiations. 

The  steps  in  the  transition  were  wonderful.  Elepoo,  who  had  been 
all  politeness^  gradually  relaxed  in  his  kind  regards,  and  began  to 
lUtidn*  to  those  martial  men,  who  constituted  his  cotery.  These  were 
-a i galaxy  of  heroes,  such  as  the  world  has  seldom  seen,  ready  to 
swailowidown  the  Britons,  that  daringly  kept  possession  of  Chusan. 
A  strange  order  now  came  from  Peking,  ordering  the  commissioner 
to  build  some  line-of-baitle  ships  forthwith.     Tlie  old  man  had  heard 


5(H)  Rrtuinisrenirs  of  Cftusnti.  Sep. 

of  the  Brit >?^  seventy-four's,  but  had  never  yet  seen  them.  As  his 
master  wanted  to  have  exact  imitations  of  these  vessels,  he  gave  his 
directions  to  the  naval  inspector  at  Ningpo  to  construct  them  ac- 
cordingly. This  good  man  considered  the  matter  maturely,  and 
knowing  that'the  command  was  peremptory,  and  the  task  such  as  he 
could  not  accomplish,  at  once  despaired  of  success,  and  committed 
suicide.  His  son  was  so  exasperated  by  this,  that  he  brought  in  an 
accusation  against  commissioner  Elepoo  for  harsh  and  cruel  treatment. 
This  charge  was  carried  before  the  high  authorities  at  Peking,  and 
caused  great  disasters  to  Elepoo.  Unable  to  manufacture  large  ships, 
the  Chinese  set  to  work  to  cast  immense  guns,  such  as  might  de- 
stroy a  whole  fleet  at  a  single  discharge.  The  founder  was  express- 
ly ordered  up  from  W&nchoo,  and  the  workmen  went  to  work  in  real 
earnest  Towards  the  end  of  1840,  it  was  announced  that  all  the 
peices  for  the  newly  erected  batteries  were  ready,  and  a  trial  thereof 
was  ordered.  The  first  piece,  on  being  fired,  killed  a  corporal  and 
two  privates ;  and  nobody  could  be  prevailed  upon  to  make  a  further 
experiment.  But,  strange  to  say,  Elepoo  now  resolved  upon  casting 
guns  on  a  still  larger  scale.^  New  junks  likewise  were  to  be  built  in 
the  south,  for  a  protection  to  the  harbor.  New  fortificyitions  went 
on  with  a  good  will,  and  in  a  short  time,  the  whole  of  Chinhae  was 
encased  in  armor  like  a  tortoise.  So  far.  matters  went  on  well, 
but  the  soldiers,  of  whom  it  was  said  5000  had  been  collected,  began 
to  be  clamorous  for  their  pay,  and  the  good  citizens  of  Ningpo  had 
to  contribute  considerable  sums  to  satisfy  their  demands.  The  k>cal 
authorities,  moreover,  had  promised  every  body,  that  would  fly  from 
the  contaminated  city  of  Tinghae,  a  pittance  of  thirty  cash  per  day.; 
these,  on  account  of  the  great  numbers,  made  rather  a  heavy  drafl 
upon  their  resources.  Still  the  money  was,  as  we  were  told,  actually 
paid.  It  is  said  too  that  the  supreme  government  placed  a  sura  of 
JO  nuiliona  nt  the  disposal  of  the  generals  at  Ningpo  for  military 
o|>erations  I 

As  soon  as  the  truce  was  concluded,  and  the  admiral  had  left,  an 
edict  was  published  by  Elepoo,  declaring  that  he  would  henceforth 
catch  no  more  foreigners.  This  totally  changed  the  state  of  affairs 
in  Tinghae.  Thousands  of  people  flocked  into  the  city ;  shops  were 
opened  in  every  direction  ;  and  the  provisions  of  the  best  description', 
became  so  abundant  that  they  exceeded  the  consumption.  The  im- 
provement of  the  recently  deserted  city  became  every  day  more  vi- 
fiUe.  Such  a  sudden  transformation  perhaps  has  been  very  rately 
.w.itnessed.     Hams,  fowls,  ducks,  geese,  pheasants^  liulk>cks,  pigs. 


1 84 1 .  Rtmhusrt'ntfs  of  ( *liusun .  iiO  I 

and  tlie  most  delicious  Ash,  with  a  variety  of  vegetables  and  tViiii^, 
were  crowded  into  the  market ;  the  prices  too  were  moderate  and  the 
buyers  were  in  high  spirits.  The  magic  words  iolah  and  loopee, 
made  every  Chinese  heart  rejoice ;  it  was  ihe  generaJ  watchword, 
that  sounded  in  every  street  and  shop.  Many  pedlars  made  use  of 
these  favorable  circumstances,  and  brought  over  a  very  great  quantity 
of  curiosities,  knicknacks,  silks,  porcelain  and  sundries,  which  al- 
ways found  ready  purchasers. 

A  remarkable  circumstance  must  here  be  recorded.  Since  the 
population  had  become  very  numerous,  and  our  soldiers  were  living 
yiuch  amongst  the  people,  being  quartered  in  their  houses,  crimes 
materially  decreased.  Cases  of  violence  had  been  committed,  be- 
cause there  were  no  provisions;  but  now  as  the  necessaries  of  life 
might  be  obtained,  few  cases  of  aggression  occurred.  The  military 
cannot  be  praised  enough  for  the  good  discipline  they  maintained 
from  the  moment  they  were  quartered  in  town.  At  first,  the  good 
citizens  permitted  themselves  to  steal  largely  from  the  soldiers ;  but 
as  this  was  usually  punished  with  the  loss  of  their  cues  and  hard 
blows,  and  one  robber  in  the  attempt  of  breaking  into  a  house,  was 
nearly  shot,  the  gentry  ceased  their  illegal  efforts;  and  during  Janua- 
ry, 1841,  there  were  scarcely  thirty  cases  brought  before  the  magis- 
trate ;  and  most  of  these  culprits  were  punished  for  selling  ardent 
spirits — a  prohibited  article. 

,.,Such  immense  stores  of  this  liquor  had  been  amassed  in  the  city, 
that  it  took  several  hundred  coolies  many  weeks  to  carry  it  out  of  the 
gates,  when  the  owners  were  ordered  to  do  so,  on  penalty  of  seeing 
the  pots  smashed  in  ctise  of  refusal.  Many  hundred  porters  did  no- 
thing else,  but  carry  out  furniture,  and  this  did  not  cease  throughout 
the  winter*  When,  however,  the  stock  was  a  little  diminished,  they 
began  to  pull  down  the  uninhabited  houses,  and  carried  away  the 
rafters,  doors,  and  window- frames.  In  this  an  example  had  been  set 
by  our  people.  In  November,  the  weather  beginning  to  become  cold, 
and  fuel  being  rather  dear  and  scarce,  many  houses  disappeared  very 
quickly.  Yea,  even  the  previous  existence  of  some  streets  might 
haxre  been  doubted,  if  they  had  not  been  seen  before,  .so  leveling-was 
the  system  to  which  cold  winter  gave  rise. 

Many  representations  were  made  to  put  a  stop  to  this  proceeding, 
and  orders  were  actually  issued  forbidding  the  use  of  houses  and 
furniture  for  fire-wood;  but  Jack-frost  had  become  ^commander-in- 
chief,  and  his  stern  commands  alone  became  the  rule  of  action. 
How  the  sipahis  and  camp  followers  would  enjoy  themselves  at  a 


•Vi^i  Re/Mhtisirtufs  oj  C/tusnti.  Skp. 

rousing  fire,  ami  lorgei  all  troiililes  when  lliey  coiilil  but  warm  1  hem- 
selves,  need  not  be  told.  Under  these  circnmstances,  Elepoo  made 
a  grand  proposal,  through  an  emissary,  to  |>ermit  us  the  pleasure  of 
warming  ourselves  on  a  large  scale,- and  once  for  all  :-^he  proposed 
setting  fire  to  the  great  city,  and  so  deprive  us  of  our 'homes*-  When 
the  emissary  delivered  the  message,  on  a  cold  winter's  evening,  the 
barbarian  to  whom  these  comfortable  words  were  delivered,  turned 
around,  and  said  in  reply  :  '*  As  his  excellency  shows  such*  conaid^ 
ration  for  our  welfare,  tell  him,  that  we  are  equally  interested  for  Af5, 
and  to  return  the  compliment,  hotli  Haiigchow  and  Ningpo  shall  be 
burnt  down  in  the  sight  of  all  the  grandees  uow  assembled  at  Chirr- 
hae,  as  soon  as  Tinghae  is  reduced  to  ashes."  The  emissary  to6k 
a  memorandum  of  this  reply, 'and  carried  it  back  to  his  master,  and 
there  was  nothing  more  heard  about  firing  the  town. 

Whilst  negotiations  were  going  on  very  comfortably  at  Canton,  th6 
imperial  cabinet  entertained  quite  different  designs,  founded  upon 
the  clemency  hitherto  experienced.  We  may  here  remark,  that  aH 
the  important  state-papers,  regarding  the  poor  barbarians,  were  care- 
fully communicated  to  them,  but  by  whom  we  must  not' tell.  And 
so  exact  were  these  gentlemen  in  the  information  they  gave  to  us, 
that  on  comparing  it  afterwards  with  various  documents  obtained  at 
Canton,  there  was  found  to  be  not  the  feast  decrepaacy.  No  change 
in  measures  or  men,  no  manifestoes,  no  speeches,  no  letters  in  the 
secret  department  were  exchanged,  of  which  copies  were  not  pro- 
cured.    So  it  is  believed. 

The  most  curiouis  perhaps  is  Keshen's*  correspondence -with  com- 
missioner Elepoo  and  the  court.  If  you  wish  to  prove  the  sincerity 
of  this  statesman,  you  have  merely  to  read  his  advice  to  his  fellow 
officers.  In  December,  he  told  Elepoo  to  get  possession  of  Chu- 
san  by  fair  or  foul  means,  no  matter  how,  for  hostilities  must  very 
soon  commence,  since  the  (Tai-barians  were  unbending  in  their  de- 
mands. He  went  even  so  far  as  to  address  a  circular  to  all  the  mari- 
time authorities,  strongly  urging  them  to  complete  their  fortifications, 
and  not  to  delay  their  hostile  preparations,  ^o  the  emperor  he  said, 
'•  We  must  fighl  for  our  rights;  there  can  be  no  peace  granted  by  us  ; 
the  barbarians  must  be  humbled."  The  correspondence '#as  doubt- 
less genuine,  for  it  bore  aU  the  marks  of  Keshen's  plain  and  un- 
adorned style.  In  consequence  of  these  exhortations,  and  the  more 
savage  decrees  of  the  great  emperor,  Ellspoa  goaded  'OU' by  Yn  and 
Lew  resolved  upon  annihilating  the  English  at  once.  The  old  man 
was,  liowcvcr,  very  much  against  it  at  heart,  and  so  at  first  tried  what 


1841.  Hemintsic/uo  of  Uhusuii  .>(W 

words  would  do  to  accomplislj  his  purpose.  He  therefore  sent  an 
emissary,  who  described  in  very  strong  colors  tlie  impending  fate  of 
the  whole  English  army,  and  declared  the  readiness  of  the  commis- 
sioner to  spare  their  lives,  if  they  would  only  quietly  evacuate  the 
island.  As  no  decisive  answer  was  given  to  this  humane  proposal, 
Elepoo  was  forced  to  side  with  the  war  party.  But  before  he  had 
declared  his  determination  of  exterminating  the  whole  brood,  he  was 
accused  of  being  too  peacefully  inclined  towards  the  barbarians. 
Consequently  he  was  deprived  of  his  military  seals,  and  the  new 
lieut-governor  Lew,  was  appointed  to  lead  on  the  attack.  He  was 
a  very  heroic  man,  and  had  lately  came  from*  Szechuen  after  having 
fought  with  the  barbarians  there;  still  he  thought  it  prudent  to  defer 
the  assault  to  the  I2th  or  14th  of  the  first  month.  That  day  arrived, 
and  most  unfortunately  it  was  then  discovered,  that,  in  order  to 
attack  an  island,  there  must  be  transports  for  the  troops,  and  men-of- 
war  to  protect  them.  Yu,  general  and  guardian  of  the  prince,  im- 
mediately laid  an  embargo  upon  all  the  Fuhkeen  junks  then  in 
the  river,  but  the  crews  ran  away,  refusing  to  serve  his  imperial  ma- 
jesty, for  they  would  not  come  in  contact  with  the  barbarian  ships. 
What  was  to  be  done  under  such  circumstances?  Lew  wrote  a  very 
excellent  epistle  to  the  emperor,  stating  that  one  must  wait  heaven^s 
time  before  venturing  upon  a  hostile  expedition,  wind  and  weather 
not  being  at  the  disposal  of  poor  mortals,  and  that  on  this  account 
the  expedition  was  to  be  deferred  until  everything  was  favorable. 
The  emperor,  well  knowing  that  Lew  was  a  fierce  and  valiant  man, 
told  him  to  wait  his  time,  and  thus  the  matter  rested. 

The  common  people,  however,  were  so  much  frightened  at  the 
impending  attack,  that  they  again  left  the  city  in  crowds.  In  fact, 
they  doubted  whether  the  English  prowess  could  really  withstand  the 
authorities  at  Ningpo,  and  protect  them.  To  entertain  such  doubts 
was  very  befitting,  for  with  the  exception  of  the  taking  of  Tinghae,  a 
mere  matter  of  moonshine,  they  had  never  seen  an  instance  of  their 
valor.  When,  however,  they  perceived  that  the  authorities  delayed  to 
strike  the  death-blow,  they  again  gathered  courage,  and"  brought 
in  ifiresh  supplies  as  usual. 

At  Tinghae  was  a  very  wonderful  phenomena,  for  the  convenience 
of. both  parties,  the  creation  of  a  new  language,  so' unique  in  its  kind' 
thai  it  deserves  notice.  When  our.naval  folks  went  into  the  country 
to  buy  bulk>oks,  they  held  their  two  forefingers  to  the  forehead,  and 
exclaimed  boo!  boo!  There  was  no  mistaking  the  meaning  of  ihi:* 
booi  and   the  oxen--  were  immediately  brought  for  sale.     Hence  ii<* 


504  Reminhcetires  of  Ckusati.  Sep. 

general  agreemcni,  a  cow  was  boo.  When  the  camp-followers  went 
to  buy  a  fowl,  they  called  out  cackle !  cackle  !  and  cocks  and  hens 
went  henceforth  under  the  name  of  kake ;  a  goose  for  the  same  rea- 
son was  called  wak;  and  a  duck,  kwak;  and  so  on,  with  all  articles 
in  common  use.  There  were  moreover  many  Hindostanee  and  En- 
glish words,  so  much  abridged,  that  they  woald  have  puzzled  even 
Adelung ;  hut  still  they  were  intelligible  to  all  concerned.  Behold 
then  a  lingua  franca^  springing  up  of  its  own  accord,  curious  in  its 
structure,  wonderful  in  its  grammatical  bearing,  and  still  highly  ase. 
ful  to  both  parties.  Any  new  comer,  who  at  first  heard  the  parlance 
of  the  market,  laughed  outright,  especially  when  he  was  addressed 
by  the  title  of  foke^  which  had  become  the  general  appellation  of  all 
strangers,  but  when  he  perceived  how  easily  business  might  be  tran- 
sacted in  this  new  dialect,  which  claimed  affinity  with  the  lan- 
guages of  both  Asia  and  Europe,  and  was  neither  polysyllabic  nor 
monosyllabic,  he  very  soon  put  on  a  serious  face,  and  thought  it  al* 
most  as  euphonic  as  Greek  or  Italian. 

Whilst  our  soldiers  rapidly  recovered  during  the  cold  weather, 
confidence  between  the  strangers  and  the  natives  was  daily  gaining 
ground.  The  Chinese  now  discovered,  that  it  was  their  interest  to 
abide  by  their  new  masters,  for  they  had  tolah  and  loopee,  while  the. 
foreigners  were  only  too  glad  to  keep  them  in  good  humor,  lest  pro- 
visions might  fail.  But  for  fear  of  the  Chinese  authorities,  who  kept 
the  people  from  bringing  teas  and  raw  silk,  Tinghae  would  have  fur- 
nished these  goods  to  our  shipping ;  but  as  it  was,  none  but  pedlars 
made  their  appearance,  though  some  very  respectable  houses  at 
Ningpo  sent  over  agents  to  test  the  market. 

'  A  few  words  here  respecting  our  magistracy.  At  first  difficulties 
were  experiienced  in  regard  to  penal  punishments,  for  according  to 
the  manifesto  promulgated,  the  Chinese  law  ought  to  have  prevailed ; 
but  had  this  been  strictly  folk>wed  up  to  the  letter,  many  poor  fellows 
must  have  lost  their  lives.  As  matters  were,  however,  the  culprits 
were  generally  urged  to  repentance  bjr  blows  and  imprisonment,  and 
by  the  loss  of  their  tails  if  they  were  felons. 

During  autumn  and  winter  the  legal  and  magisterial  authorities 
made  more  frequent  visits  into  the  country,  and  a  kind  of  government 
was  thus  established.  The  jarring  elements  would  very  soon  have 
been  reduced  to  order,  and  already  good  effects  began  to  appear  iii 
various  parts  of  the  island.  Order  began  to  prevail  in  the  valleys ;  the 
disafiected  had  in  a  few  instances  been  severely  punished  ;  and  there 
wa»  HO  wish  fur  new  scenes j>f  riot.     Cliusau  in  a  little  time  would 


1811.  iicfniniscrncr::  of  Chusan  oOo 

have  been  completely  under  our  influence,  had  the  proper  measures 
been  adopted.  The  news  of  the  evacuation  came  like  a  tliunder- 
clapy  and  just  at  the  moment  when  we  had  received  the  authentic  do- 
cuments of  the  emperor's  resolution  to  carry  on  an  exterminating  war 
against  us  at  all  risks.  Orders  must  be  obeyed ;  accordingly  the 
announcement  was  made  to  Elepoo,  that  the  place  would  be  surren- 
dered back  into  his  hands. 

At  this  the  native  population  was  deeply  grieved,  and  the  inhabi- 
tants left  the  city  with  greater  speed,  than  when  at  first  the  English 
nuuidetrvis  came  into  it.'  There  was  the  fear  of  their  rulers,  who 
would  certainly  plunder  them  of  every  dollar,  and  accuse  them  as 
traitorous  natives.  The  city,  therefore,  again  became  more  deserted 
than  ever  before,  and  consternation  was  depictedlii  every  coun- 
tenance. 

Our  prisoners  arrived  from  Ningpo  on  the  23d  of  February,  when 
the  troops  had  already  embarked  except  a  city  guard.  Then  came 
the  imperial  commissioners,  Chang  the  slave  and  confidential  ser- 
vant of  Elepoo,  two  sergeants,  styling  themselves  captains,  and  one 
corporal.  They  went  with  the  BVitish  officers  to  the  city;  and  when 
our  guards  wei*e  released,  they  having  brought  no  Chinese  soldiers  to 
replace  them,  the  mob  rushed  into  the  temple  of  Confucius,  and  clear- 
ed the  building  of  the  pawnbroker's  articles  there  deposited.  When 
the  city  was  restored  to  his  imperial  majesty,  a  few  of  the  people  as- 
sembled at  the  southern  gate,  and  the  soldiiers  having  all  marched 
out,  and  one  foreigner  remainiiig,  they  fell  down  upon  their  faces,  and 
would  have  done  him  reverence  in  order  to  show  the  high  veneration 
in  which  they  held  the  British  rule.  The  flag  was  then  hauled  down, 
and  the  guard' embarked. 

Thus  did  Elepoo  recover  Chusan.  But  his  master  was  indignant  at 
his  having  gotten  possession  of  this  p^ace  in  a' peaceful  manner.  He 
wanted  him  to  display  the  terrors  of  tlie  celestial  empire,  for  which 
the  old  man  had  neither  strength  nor  courage.  From  being  governor 
of  three  provinces,  he  had  now  become  a  supplicant  and  a  culprit, 
and  may  yet  be  traniiportedf  in'  his  old  age,  if  he  is  not  already  on  his 
way  to  banishment: 

By  this  surrender  the  English  lost  the  key  of  China,  a  splendid 
emfMiriuhn',  and  a  market  which  would  in  a  short  time  have  rivaled 
any  other  in  Asia.  This  might  be  proved  to  nearly  a  mathematical 
certainty,  but  Chusan  has  at  present  a  bad  name;  it  is  the  Walcheren 
of  these  regions.  With  better  management  and  caution,  no  such 
distressing  sickness  would   have  occurred ;  but  living  in  swamps  in 

v-OL.    X.    NU.    IX'.  ()4 


50(>  Capture  of  Captain  Austruther  at  Tinghae.  Skf. 

any  part  of  the  world  must  be  productive  of  fevers  and  djsentery. 
Curtail  the  wholesome  subsistence  of  a  regiment,  and  place  them 
under  similar  on  a  marsh  circamstances  in  summer,  and  the  con* 
sequences  will  be  just  the  same  as  they  were  at  Tinghae. 


Art.  II.  Capture  of  captain  Anstruther  at  Tinghae,  with  notices 
of  the  conduct  of  the  Chinese,  and  native  drawing  of  the  cage 
in  which  It.  Douglas  was  confined. 

Lord  JoceJyn,  in  his  interesting  little  book,  alluding  to  captain  An- 
struther, says :  **  This  officer  was  a  particular  favorite  with  the  whole 
force,  and  in  his  frequent  walks  into  the  country  around  Tinghae, 
when  performing  his  military  duties,  had  apparently  made  himself  a 
great  friend  with  the  country  people,  for  whose  amusement  he  used 
to  sketch  likenesses  much  to  their  astonishment.  The  night  but  one 
previous  to  his  capture,  the  artillery  camp  was  aroused  by  screams 
proceeding  from  his  tent,  and  when  some  of  his  brother-officers  trac* 
ed  the  sound  to  his  quarters,  he  was  found  asleep,  but  upon  being 
awoke,  said  that  he  had  boen  dreaming  that  the  Chinese  were  carry<^ 
ing  him  off,  tied  arms  and  legs  to  a  pole^  and  gagged,  within  sight  of 
the  camp.  This  is  curious,  as  from  what  we  were  able  afterwards  to 
discover,  through  the  means  of  a  paid  agent,  it  was  nearly  the  case, 
and  he  was  homo  within  half  a  mile  of  the  very  tents."     p.  122. 

The  few  particulars  which  we  have  now  to  lay  before  our  readers, 
are  derived  from  an  authentic  source,  and  present  a  striking  pictnre, 
on  the  one  hand  of  patient  and  cheerful  endurance  of  siiffiBrings,  9nd 
on  the  other  of  dastard  cruelty,  which  draws  the  Chinese  into  very 
unfavorable  contrast  with  those  whom  they  love  to  stigmatize  as 
*  barbarians.' 

On  Wednesday,  the  16th  September,  1840,  captain  P.  Anstruther, 
of  the  Madras  artillery,  was  seiaed  and  carried  off  by  a  party  of  Chi^ 
nese.  He  left  the  camp  at  10  o'clock  a.  m.,  and  passed  out  from  the 
northern  gate  of  Tinghae,  about  1000  or  1200  yards,  to  a  point,  on 
the  iefl  of  the  great  northern  road,  where  there  are  several  houses  and 
gardens,  and  from  whence  a  road  branches  off  to  the  westward.  Pro- 
ceeding along  this  road,  he  ascended  the  pass  between  the  hills,  and 
then  turning  to  the  left  he  gained  the  top  of  a  knoll,  where  he  pitch-^ 
ed  a  small  flag,  and  took  sundry  bearings,  iu  order  to  facilitate  the 


1^41.  Capture  vf  Captain  A  nst  rut  fur  at  Tinghae,  507 

survey  in  which  he  was  eiigageil.  To  the  westward  lay  a  long  and 
pretty  valley  leading  to  the  level  ground,  northwest  of  the  camp 
at  Tinghae. 

From  the  knoll,  captain  A.  went  down  the  western  side  of  the 
pass,  and  in  a  very  short  time  was  sensible  that  he  had  gone  too  far. 
His  path  led  by  a  joss-house,  or  temple,  on  the  right,  and  on  both  sides 
was  so  overhung  with  thick  trees  as  to  make  it  quite  dark.  The 
temple  stands  in  a  walled  garden,  full  of  large  trees.  He  determined, 
as  soon  as  he  could  get  through  this  dark  and  dangerous  looking 
place,  to  return  to  the  camp.  But  on  reaching  the  end  of  the  grove, 
he  fouud  that  he  and  his  attendant,  an  old  Cascar,  were  followed  by  a 
crowd.  He  took  no  notice  of  this,  but  turned  to  the  left,  meaning  to 
ascend  the  hill  again.  He  had  hardly  turned,  when  a  Chinese  soldier, 
rushing  out  from  the  crowd  with  a  hoe  in  his  hand,  struck  furiously 
at  the  old  Lascar,  who,  to  avoid  the  blow,  and  in  great  alarm,  ran  up 
his  master,  and  the  captain,  taking  from  him  the  iron  spade,  which 
he  had  used  to  pitch  the  flag-staflf,  met  the  soldier  and  drove  him 
back :  but  a  number  of  others,  armed  with  double  pronged  spears, 
renewed  the  charge,  and  the  poor  old  nun  and  his  master  both  had 
to  run.  Captain  A.  now  bade  the  Lascar  to  make  the  best  of  his 
way  up  the  hill,  thinking  the  Chinese  would  only  follow  him  (An- 
struther),  and  so  allow  the  old  man  to  make  good  his  retreat.  But 
he  refused  to  leave  his  master.  Moreover,  the  armed  people  kept  on 
the  hill-side  so  as  to  cut  oflf,  if  possible,  all  chance  of  escape  in  that 
direction ;  the  captain  therefore  determined  to  attempt  to  force  his 
way  through  a  long  valley. 

*'  I  am,"  says  he,  "  but  a  bad  runner,  and  my  poor  old  servant  was 
worse,  so  1  went  slowly  along  the  valley,  turning  round  now  and 
then  to  keep  the  Chinese  at  bay.  Meantime,  the  whole  population 
of  the  valley  gathered  with  loud  shouts  in  our  front,  and  it  was  evi- 
dently a  hopeless  job.  I  could  not  get  my  old  man  to  leave  me  and 
try  to  escape  unnoticed,  so  we  went  on  together,  and  at  a  turn  in  the 
path,  which  had  now  crossed  to  the  southern  side  of  the  long  valley 
(which  lies  east  and  west),  I  was  opposed  by  a  few  scoundrels  with 
sticksr  and  Stones.  I  charged  them,  and  they  got  all  round  me,  and 
then  my  poor  old  man  ran  back  about  eighty  yards,  where  he  was 
tnti  by  the  crowd  following  us,  and  struck  down.  I  have  an  inex- 
pressible reluctance  to  write  what  follows — but  must.  I  attempted 
to  force  my  way  towards  him,  but  could  not,  and  I  saw  the  inhuman. 
villains  pounding  his  head  with  large  stones,  as  he  lay  with  his  face 
downwards.     I  cannot  doubt  that  he  died."  ^ 


ntp*  f'aptmrt  mj  Caffiatm  \myirmiker  «f  TtM^hne.  StP. 

Tbe  Tender  will  be  pieased  to  lemm  that  ibe  two  ams  of  this  unibr- 
tuoate  old  Lascar  are  the  peo^KNiers  of  captain  A.,  and  are  now  at 
school.     He  says  again  : 

"  I  nriw  saw  that  attempt  at  flight  was  useless,  and  expecting  a 
fate  stmiUr  to  that  of  mr  Lascar,  I  set  to  work  to  make  the  rascals 
pay  for  it,  and  fought  mj  best.  Nunbers  of  coarse  prerailed,  and  I 
was  sent  down.  Instead  of  dashing  out  mj  brains  they  set  to  work, 
bound  my  hands  behind  ose,  and  my  ankles  together,  and  tied  a  large 
gag  in  my  mouth.  Then  quietly  taking  a  large  bamboo,  they  ham- 
mered my  knees,  jost  orer  the  knee-cap,  to  prevent  the  possibility 
of  escape.  I  was  then  pot  into  a  palanquin,  which  was  eridcntlj  kepc 
ready  for  some  such  contingency,  and  hurried  off  to  the  northwest, 
and  thence  by  a  circuitous  course  round  to  the  southwest  angle  of  the 
island  ofChusan,  to  a  Tillage  about  len  miles  west  of  Sapper's  Point. 
Here  we  waited  till  night-fall,  my  conductors  comforting  me  by  re- 
peating the  word  Ningpo,  and  by  drawing  their  hamb  across  their 
throau." 

After  many  tomings  and  windings,  with  barbaious  treatment  added 
to  the  wounds  and  bruises  already  received,  the  prisoner  arrived  at 
his  new  quarters  in  Ningpo  iiext  day,  about  3  o'clock,  p.  x.  There 
he  was  im mediately  brought  before  the  magistrate  of  the  district,  and 
examined  as  to  the  number  of  ships,  men,  di^c,  at  Chusan,  a  compra- 
dor, who  had  been  seized  alxMit  a  fortnight  after  their  landing  at 
Tinghae,  acting  as  interpreter  He  was  then  fed  and  sent  u>  a  pri- 
son, which  was  prepared  for  him  by  Uie  removal  of  four  officers  who 
had  been  confined  by  the  emperor's  orders  for  allowing  the  English 
to  land  at  Chusan.  He  ascertained  also  that  by  the  first  broadside 
of  the  Wellesley  the  naval  officer  of  the  station  was  mortally  wound- 
ed, and  the  chief  officer  of  the  island  killed  by  the  first  skeU  fired  on 
shore*  These  two  deaths  struck  great  terror  into  the  officers  every- 
where, as  they  believed  the  English  aimed  at  them. 

In  the  jail,  the  prisoner  was  forced  to  get  into  a  cage  with  wooden 
bars,  one  yard  long,  one  yard  high,  and  two  feet  wide  outside  the 
bars!  An  iron  ring  was  put  round  his  neck,  his  hands  put  into  hand- 
cufis  locked  to  a  stick  about  one  foot  loiig  which  was  fastened  to  the 
ring  on  his  neck.  Very  heavy  leg  irons  had  been  put  on  him  when 
at  the  magistrate's.  These  irons,  he  supposed,  weighed  IQibs*,  and 
were  worn  for  four  weeks.  In  the  cage,  a  chain  was  locked  to  his 
leg  irons,  and  by  night  the  jailor,  with  a  light,  slept  close  by  him. 
Next  day  he  went  again  to  the  office  of  the  magistrate,  who  inquired 
about  the  steamers.     The  prisoner  offered  to  draw  one,  which  he  (lid 


1841.  Capture,  of  Cnptain  Ansfnithtr  at  Tinghae. 


509 


•  .  • 


•'>I0  Six  Months  with  tht  .China  Expedition .  Srp. 

with  the  magistrate's  permission  ;  the  sketch  pleased  his  honor  mucii, 
so  that  he  became  civil  and  friendly,  and  gate  both  the  captain 
and  the  comprador  a  dinner.  After  this  he  got  some  hot  water  and 
washed  oflf  the  blood  and  dirt  which  had  accumulated  during  the 
struggle :  '*  I  found  my  head  handsomely  laid  open  to  the  bone,  my 
legs  and  arms  covered  with  bruises,  but  no  wounds  of  any  cooae* 
quence." 

On  the  22d  of  September,  he  met  lieutenant  IX>uglaa,  r.  n.,  who 
was  also  in  a  small  cage — a  picture  of  which,  given  on  the  preceding 
page,  has  been  executed  by  a  Chinese  artist  in  a  style  so  exceedingly 
barbarous  as  to  render  it  quite  comparable  with  the  savage  treatment 
endured  by  its  occupant.  Mrs.  Noble  was  brought  to  the  prison  the 
next  day ;  and  several  others,  who  were  wrecked  ia  the  Kite,  had 
also  arrived :  these  were  all,  not  excepting  Mrs.  N.,  chained  and 
confined  in  cages.  Captain  Anstruther,  at  this  time,  by  his  skill  in 
drawing,  had  so  far  gained  the  good-will  of  the  magistrate,  that  he  was 
furnished  with  a  new  cage,  3  feet  6  inches^  by  2  feet  I  inch.  "  This 
was  comparative  comfort."  A  narrative  of  the  captivity  of  Mrs.  N., 
and  of  the  liberation  of  the  whole  party  in  February,  was  published 
in  our  number  for  April.  Referring  the  reader  to  that  narrative,  we 
here  conclude  this  brief  notice,  only  remarking  that  the  treatment 
of  captain  Anstruther,  It.  Douglas,  and  the  other  gentleman  and  sai- 
lors, was  much  more  cruel  than  that,  savage  as  it  was,  endured  by 
Mrs.  Noble. 


Art.  III.     Six  Months  with  the  China  Expedition;  or  kaves  from 

a  soldier's  not^ook.     By  lord  Jocelyn^  late  military  secretary 

to  the  China  mission.    London:  John  Murray,  1841.      IX>ade- 

cimo,  pp.  155. 

From  this  little  book,  we  are  able  to  glean  a  few  incidents,  which 

will  be  new  and  interesting  to  most  of  our  readers.  *  Six  Months  with 

the  English  Expedition  to  China,*  would  have  been  a  better  phrase 

than  Chinese  expedition ,  for  a  Chinese  expedition  it  was  not.     The 

leaves  of  the  soldier's  note-book,  which  we  expected  to  find  fresh  and 

untouched,  appear  in  several  instances  mutilated  with  long  erasures. 

Many  things,  which  must  have  occurred  under  his  lordship's  own 

eye,  and  which  a  military  secretary  would  be  very  apt  to  put  in  his 


184(.  SU  Mouilis  with  tlu   China    Expcdiiion,  511 

note-book,  are  wanting.  *' Reasons  of  state,"  perhaps,  caused  these 
vmisaions.  The  words  China  and  mandarin,  used  as  adjectives,  never 
sound    well   in  our  ears ;  indeed,   we  thoroughly  dislike]  the]  word 

*  mandarin,'  for  it  is  neither  English  nor  Chinese,  and  is  oflen  so 
used  as  to  convey  an  erroneous  idea  of  its  meaning.  To  talk  of  man* 
darin  guns,  mandarin  swords,  mandarin  boats,  mandarin  chopsticks, 
mandarin  wine,  6lc.,  is  both  ridiculous  and  nonsensical.  For  **Chi, 
na  mission"  authority  may  he  had  by  citing  such  phrases  as  Burmah 
mission,  Canada  mission,  d&c;  and  then  we  might  go  on,  and 
write  America  mission,  Holland  mission,  England  mission.  Thus 
too  we  may  have  all  manner  of  China  things — China  tea,  China  rhu* 
barb,  China  opium,  China  pride,  China  language,  China  religion, 

China  emperor,  China  mandarin,  and  such  like. 

In  turning  over  the  leaves  of  lord  Jocelyn's  book,  we  have  observ- 
ed some  things,  given  as  facts  and  opinions,  which  we  think  are 
erroneous. 

Thus,  he  says,  "  when  a  Chinaman  leaves  the  flowery  land  to 
wander  in  countries  beyond  the  sea,  he  rarely,  if  ever,  is  permitted  to 
return  to  his  native  land  ;"  and  adds,  in  a  note,  this  is  '*  an  expres- 
sion taken  from  the  Chinese,  a  liberty  which  it  will  be  seen  the  au- 
thor often  avails  himself  of  in  other  parts  of  his  narrative."  (p.  2,) 
Now  the  truth  is,  the  Chinese,  who  go  abroad,  are  never  forbidden 
to  return,  and  they  generally  do  return.  This  erroneous  statement 
he  cites  to  substantiate  another,  which  we  also  consider  as  unfound- 
ed; viz., '  the  Tartar  rulers  deem  it  necessary  to  their  system  to  keep 
their  subjects  as  blind  as  possible  to  the  movements  and  feelings  of 
all  foreign  nations.'  Now  so  far  as  we  can  discern,  they  entertain 
no  such  opinion  or  purpose ;  and  *  systematic  darkness '  is  no  more 
inculcated  by  the  rulers  than  it  is  by  the  people.  Instead  of  taking 
this  opinion  second-hand,  and  endorsing  it,  lord  J.  ought  to  have 
exploded  it,  as  he  has  done  another,  which  is  akin  to  it,  viz.,  that, 

*  the  Chinese  people  are  hostile  to  their  Tartar  rulers.' 

On  page  4th,  he  says  the  military  power  rests  in  the  hands  of  the 
Tartars  (Mantchous),  while  the  civil  appointments  and  magistracy 
rest  with  the  people.  Here  again  he  is  in  error ;  there  is  no  such 
division  of  power. 

On  the  same  page  he  says,  *'the  police  have  strict  orders  never  to 
interfere  [with  mobs],  as  they  conceive  that  difficulties  are  far  more 
likely  to  arise  from  meddling  with,  than  benefits  to  accrue  from  sup- 
pressing, them."  The  case  he  cites  in  confirmation  of  this,  is  inap- 
posite.    The  |K>lice  very  ollen  interfere  to  suppress  mobs  ;  and  8&;iic 


•>l'i  Sii  Jioit/A>  itiik  iht  China  Exitcditton.  Sef. 

of  our  readers  may  remember  an  insUoce  of  this,  which  happened  oo 
the  12th  of  December,  183d,  at  Caatoo,  wheu  a  mob  of  some  ten 
thousand  of  the  black-haired  race  had  driven  the  fankmd  into  their 
factories,  and  would  have  soon  driven  them  out  again,  but  for  the 
timely  interference  of  the  police.  In  the  case  cited  by  lord  Jocelyn, 
the  people  took  a  stand  against  the  government,  and  refused  to  let  its 
ageuts  enter  their  houses  to  search  for  opium,  until  the  people  them- 
selves had  first  searched  the  said  agents.  And  we  remember  many 
similar  instances,  in  which  the  people  en  masse  have  resisted  success- 
fully the  will  of  their  rulers.  As  for  Taouk Wang's  life,  it  is  in  no 
more  jeopardy  from  his  people,  than  is  that  of  the  king  of  the  French, 
or  that  of  queen  Victoria,  from  their  "  loving  subjects." 

Again,  when  bis  lordship  tells  his  readers  that  the  opium-trade  did 
not  occupy  the  attention  of  government  until  t%0,  he  is  out  of  his 
reckoning  by  at  least  twenty  years.  All  he  says  about  the  injurious 
effects  of  the  drug  is  quite  true.     Wheu  at  Singapore, 

*'  I  bad  the  curiosity  to  visit  th(e  opium-smoker  in  his  heaven ; 
and  certainly  it  is  a  most  fearful  sight,  although  perhaps  not  so  de- 
grading to  the  eye  as  the  drunkard  from  spirits,  lowered  to  the  level 
of  the  brute,  and  wallowing  in  his  filth.  The  idiotic  smile  and  death- 
like stupor,  however,  of  the  opium  debauchee  has  something  far  more 
awful  to  the  gaze  than  the  bestiality  of  the  latter.  Pity,  if  possible, 
takes  the  place  of  other  feelings,  as  we  watch  the  faded  cheek  and 
haggard  kx)k  of  the .  being  abandoned  to  the  •  power  of  the  drug ; 
whilst  disgust  is  uppermost  at  ihe  sight  of  the  human  creature  leveled 
to  the  beast  by  intoxication. 

"One  of  the  streets  in  the  centre  of  the  town  is  wholly  devoted  to 
the  shops  for  the  sale  of  this  poison';  and  here  in  the  evening  may  be 
seen,  after  the  labors  of  the  da^  are  over,  crowds  of  Chinese,  who 
seek  these  places  to  satisfy  their  depraved  appetites.     *     ••    • 

"  Some  entering  half  distracted  to  feed  the  craving  appetite  they 
had  been  obliged  to  subdue  during  the  day ;  others  laughing  and 
talking  wildly  under  the  effects  of  a  first  pipe ;  whilst  the  couches 
around  are  filled  with  their  different  occupants,,  who.  lie  languid  with 
an  idiotic  smile  upontheir  countenance,  too  much  under  the  influence 
of  the  drug  to  care  for  passing  events,  and  fast  merging  to  the  wished- 
for  consummation.  The  last  scene'  in  this  tragic  play  is  generally  a 
room  in  the  rear  of  the  building,  a  species  of  deatli-house,  where  lie 
stretched  those  who  have  passed  into  the  state  of  bliss  the  opium- 
smoker  madly  seeks — an  emblem  of  the  long  sleep  to  which  he  is 
blindly  hurrying." 


l^4l«  iS'u  Months  with  the  Chinese  Expedition,  oi3 


Lord  Jocelyn  thinks — nay  he  affirms,  positively — ihhi  *  some  part* 
of  the  twenty  thousand  chests  of  opium  surrendered  to  Lin  was  ac- 
tually destroyed,  and  this  "  no  doubt  was  so,"  in  order  "  to  keep  the 
face  of  the  commissioner  clean"  (p.  \5.)  He  supposes  that  very 
much  of  it  was  not  destroyed,  and  proves  this  by  a  curious  train  of 
reasoning,  thus :  **  the  present  sale,  being  one  chest  of  Patna  and 
Benares  to  two  of  Malwa,  (it  having,  previously  to  the  surrender  of 
the  opium,  been  generally  the  reverse,)  gives  the  merchants  of  Ma- 
cao the  idea  that  the  market  is  already  overstocked  with  their  own 
article,  privately  sold  by  the  mandarins — a  view  of  the  subject  that 
seems  more  than  probable."  That  Lin  and  T&ng,  or  their  agents, 
did  not  abstract  one  half  of  the  twenty  thousand  chests,  cannot  in- 
deed be  disproved  by  direct  evidence.  That  X&ng  had  a  disposition 
bad  enough  to  do  such  an  act,  no  one  can  doubt,  who  knew  that 
man.  But  that  Liu  did,  or  would,  aid  or  abet,  or  connive  at,  such 
conduct,  no  one  who  knows  him  will  believe.  The  opinion,  that  the 
whole  was  faithfully  destroyed,  which  was  at  the  time  expressed  in 
our  pages, — an  opinion  advanced  after  having  seen  the  extensive 
preparations  made  under  Lin's  own  eye  for  its  complete  destruction 
at  Chinhow — we  have  never  seen  cause  to  reverse  or  question. 

After  the  British  government  had  determined  to  send  an  armed 
expedition  to  China,  one  of  the  first  objects  sought  for  was  the  pos' 
session  of  an  island  as  a  depdt  for  the  troops  and  commissariat,  which 
might  at  some  future  day  answer  as  an  establishment  for  trade.  The 
Indian  government  proposed,  that  immediately  upon  the  arrival  of 
the  expedition  in  China,  the  forts  at  the  Bogue  should  be  razed  to  the 
ground,  and  the  island  of  Lantao  occupied  as  ^  point  eCappui;  'but 
as  the  authorities  on  the  spot  took  a  different  view '  of  the  case,  the 
expedition  proceeded  northward  passing  by  Canton.  This  was  done  in 
accordance  with  instructions  from  the  government  at  home — so  lord 
Jocelyn  tells  us,  and  so  we  long  ago  supposed.  And  he  adds,  that  it 
was  a  sad  disappointment  to  all  the  combined  force,  '*  and  those  who 
had  been  rejoicing  in  the  expectation  of  new  laurels  to  be  gathered 
on  the  battlements  of  the  Bogue,  now  walked  the  decks  listlessly,  un- 
willing and  unable  to  conceal  their  disappointment." 

There  is  something  like  inconsistency  between  the  course  of  con- 
duct here  and  that  at  Chusan  :  '  the  forts  at  the  Bogue  were  spared, 
because  it  was  the  great  wish  of  the  government  at  home  to  save  the 
effusion  of  blood,  until  aU pacific  negotiations  had  failed;'  at  Chusan 

"  However,  it  happened  otherwise  :  and  the  morning  of  the  5th  of 
July,  1810,  was  the  day  f.iifd  for  licr  majesty's  flag  to  wave  over  the 

vol..     v.     \«».    IX.  (m  • 


514  Siz  Jlomtki  wiik  tkt  Chttttst   Kipeditiom.  Sep. 

ino6t  beautiful  inland  appertaining  lo  ilw  CeutraJ  empire,  the  first 
European  banner  that  has  floatetl  a.s  conqueror  over  the  *  Flowery 
Laud.'  Tlie  dawn  of  day  brought  ouch  the  same  spectacle  as  the 
preceding,  excepting  that  a  fow  guns  were  mounted  on  the  joss-house 
hill,  and  the  mandarins  were  seen  actively  employed  running  about 
along  the  whai  f.  Soon  afterwards  they  were  remarked  to  take  their 
diflerent  stands  with  the  troops,  one  among  them  with  hu  party  iQ 
the  martello  tower  being  {particularly  conspicuous.  The  war-junks 
were  drawn  up  and  crowded  with  men.  The  British  men-oS^war 
were  lying  in  line  with  their  larboard  broadsides  towards  the  town* 
at  a  distance  of  two  hundred  yards  from  the  wharf  and  foot  of  the 
hill.  They  consisted  of  the  Wellesley,  74 ;  Conway  and  Alligator, 
28;  Cruizer  and  Algcrine.  18;  and  ten  gun-brigs.  At  eight  o'clock, 
the  signal  was  hoisted  to  prepare  for  action ;  still,  however,  time  was 
given  by  the  commodore,  hoping  to  the  last  they  would  repent,  and 
it  was  not  until  two  o'clock  that  the  troops  left  the  transports  in  the 
boats  of  the  squadron,  and  took  up  their  position  in  two  lines  in  rear 
of  the  men-of-war,  to  land  under  cover  of  the  fire.  At  half-past  two 
the  Wellesley  fired  a  gun  at  the  martello  tower :  this  was  immediately 
returned  by  the  whole  line  of  junks,  and  the  guns  on  the  causeway 
and  the  hill ;  then  the  shipping  opened  their  broadsides  upon  the 
town,  and  the  crashing  of  timber,  falling  houses,  and  groans  of  men 
resounded  from  the  shore.  The  firing  lasted  on  our  side  for  nine  mi- 
nutes, but  even  after  it  had  ceased  a  few  shots  were  still  heard  from 
the  unscathed  junks.  When  the  smoke  cleared  away  a  mass  of  ruin 
presented  itself  to  the  eye,  and  on  the  place  lately  alive  with  men, 
none  but  a  few  wounded  were  to  be  seen ;  but  crowds  were  visible 
in  the  distance  flying  in  all* directions;"     Page  54. 

Lord  Jocelyn,  in  laboiing  to  justify  the  conduct  of  the  leaders  of 
the  expedition  in  attacking  the  Chinese,  blames  "  these  infatuated 
l>eople  •"  yet  he  adds,  "  they  roost  justly  observed,  it  seemed  hard 
tliat  they  should  be  made  to  suffer  for  the  sins  of  the  Canton  goTern- 
ment"  It  certainly  was  so.  Those  officers,  we  think,  behaved 
manfully.  They  knew  well  their  position.  To  have  yielded  without 
a  struggle,  would  in  them  have  been  mean  and  traitorous.  Far  bet- 
ter would  it  have  been  to  have  taken  some  uninhabited  spot  for  a 
place  of  rendezvous,  and  thus  have  <' saved  the  effusion  of  blood, 
until  all  negotiations  had  failed."  The  first  atuck  should  have  been 
made,  if  made  anywhere,  at  Peking,  or  on  the  obstructions  to  the 
capital — for  to  that  point  the  expedition  ought  to  have  moved  at  once 
and  directly,  with  all  its  comiiined  forces,  provided  all  just  and  pro« 
{icr  demands  were  not  met  at  TcciUsin. 


1841.  *SV/    Mimihs  with  thv    C^iimst    ilt/miidoM.  •'>l'i 

111  the  several  engagements  which  have  taken  place  between  the 
British  and  Chinese  forces,  there  have  been  instances  of  brave  con- 
duct, which  would  do  honor  to  the  people  of  any  country.  Speaking  of 
an  afTair  of  the  Blonde  at  Ningpo,  our  author  says,  **  the  Chinese  are 
described  by  those  engaged  here  to  have  shown  no  want  of  personal 
courage ;  nor  did  it  appear  that  any  imputation  could  be  cast  upon 
them  at  Chusan,  where  our  force  was  so  infinitely  superior  and  their 
defenses  so  utterly  pueriie.'*  So  at  Chapoo,  **  a  mandarin  on  the 
ramparts  made  himself  particularly  conspicuous,  vauntingly  parading 
his  person  and  directing  his  soldiers,  whilst  the  shot  from  the  Alge- 
rine  was  falling  around  him  in  all  directions."  The  Chinese  lack 
discipline  more  than  courage.  Let  them  be  -trained  and  well  found 
with  European  implements  and  munitions  of  war,  and  depend  on  it 
they  will  prove  themselves  no  contemptible  foe. 

The  following  is  lord  Jocelyn's  account  of  the  fire  which  occurred 
in  the  suburbs  oti  the  night  of  the  5th  of  July. 

*'  Before  sunrise  that  mornincr  a  (ire  had  broken  out  iu  the  suburbs 
where  some  of  the  regiments  were  quartered,  and  w  here  the  guns 
from  the  squadron  on  the  previous  day  had  done  t-heir  chief  havoc. 
At  the  hour  It  was  first  perceived  the  boat^  of  the  men-of-war  were 
collecting  with  their  seamen,  to  act  as  a  reinforcement  in  the  attack 
on  the  town.  They  were  immediately  countermanded,  and  directed 
to  land  with  fire-buckets  to  assist  in  extinguishing  the  flames.  It  was 
still  dark ;  and  the  large  warehouses  on  the  beach  were  stored  with 
sanishu,  a  composition  something  like  whiskey,  and  extracted  from 
rice.  The  ammunition  of  the  dismounted  ordnance  was  scattered 
on  the  ground;  and  amidst  the  fallen  ruins  of  the  place  the  killed 
and  wounded  Chinese  still  lay  stretched.  The  fire  burst  out  in  a 
sudden  flame;  it  soon  communicated  with  some  of  the  tubs  of  ammu- 
nition, which  went  off  in  loud  explosions.  The  flames  were  then 
seen  to  leap  along  the  tops  of  the  houses  containing  the  samshu ;  and 
these,  blazing  out  in  volumes  of  light,  communicated  with  one  ano- 
ther, until  all  the  shipping  in  the  harbor  was  illuminated  with  the 
blaze,  the  glare  from  the  spirits  shedding  its  sickly  light  over  the  sol- 
diery and  seamen.  Every  endeavor  had  been  made  by  the  officers 
the  previous  evening  to  destroy  the  samshu,  but  it  afterwards  appear- 
ed the  whole  pi. ice  was  a  manufactory,  and  flooded  with  the  spirit. 
Some  people  imagine  that  the  fire  was  occasioned  by  the  Chinese, 
but  it  seems  far  more  probable  that  it  arose  from  the  carelessness  of 
the  soldiery  themselves."    Page  tjl. 


5 Its  Sit   JiomtJks  aritk  tit    4''Mtmfsr  Rfpe4ittmm  ScP. 

The  aiuck  made  oo  some  piratical  craft  in  the  Chus^o  Archipe- 
lago, when  the  ^hips  were  proceeding  thence  lo  the  north,  is  thus 
described : 

'*  During  our  passage,  the  P} lades  conrette,  captaio  Anson,  fell  in 
with  three  pirate  junks,  and  nut  being  aware  of  their  character,  sent 
two  of  her  boats  to  board  one.  As  soon  as  thej  ranged  alongside, 
upwards  of  one  hundred  men  started  up,  who  had  hitherto  kept 
themselves  concealed,  and  commenced  firing  and  hurling  spears  and 
stinkpots  upon  ihe  crews  of  the  boats.  Our  men  immediately  shoved 
off  a  short  distance,  and  pouring  m  some  well-directed  rolleys  killed 
more  than  half  of  the  number,  aud  the  remainder  jumped  orerboard 
and  made  for  the  shore,  which  many  were  destined  never  to  reach  in 
their  wounded  state.  The  junk  was  ilten  burnt  and  set  adrift,  bat 
the  Py lades  was  unable  u»  came  up  with  the  remaining  two,  with 
whom  she  had  no  chance  while  they  were  running  before  the  wind. 
However,  in  this  aflWir  she  had  two  men  killed  and  five  others  wound- 
ed. These  junks,  and  the  men-of-war,  carry  nets  along  the  quarter, 
to  throw  over  small  boats  that  may  come  alongside  in  a  uUlet^  which, 
if  done  effectually,  renders  them  an  easy  prey."  Pagt  100. 

The  particulars  of  the  wreck  on  the  Lewchew  islands  is  more  cir- 
cumstantially detailed  by  lord  J.  than  by  any  other  writer  that  has 
yet  fallen  in  our  our  way. 

*'Oae  of  the  transports,  called  the  Indian  Oak,  had  been  sent  from 
Chusan  in  the  month  of  July,  or  beginning  of  August,  with  the  let- 
ters of  the  expedition,  and  was  unfortunately  wrecked  on  the  coast 
of  Great  Lewchew,  which  island  captain  Basil  Ilall  describes  in  one 
of  his  books.  Luckily  for  the  wrecked  mariners  they  fell  into  the 
hands  of  good  Samaritans,  for  the  kindness  of  the  natives  exceeded 
all  that  has  hitherto  been  known.  They  stood  on  the  (>each  ready  to 
receive  them  with  open  arms,  changed  their  dripping  clothes  for 
their  own,  brought  them  into  their  houses  and  fed  them,  aud,  not 
contented  with  this,  wandered  along  the  icoast,  endeavoring  to  pick 
up  the  articles  washed  from  the  vessel,  returning  them  to  the  right 
owners,  who  all  declared  that  they  do  not  believe  that  a  single  nail  of 
the  vessel  that  was  driven  on  shore  was  appropriated  by  a  native 
without  permission.  Their  greatest  anxiety  was  to  send  home  the 
remains  to  queen  Victoria,  and  at  length  they  decided  upon  building 
a  junk  out  of  her  relics  to  send  to  England,  as  they  said  to  her  ma- 
jesty. She  came  to  Chusan  in  the  beginning  of  Octolier,  and  seemed 
rather  a  pretty  vessel,  although  the  siiiiors  had  oainteil  upon  the  stern 
the  •  Foliv.'  "   Pni^e  l-.M). 


1841.  Six  Months  with  tht    (lihu'sr  Kxpedithm.  517 

The  30th  of  August  was  fixed  upon  as  the  day  for  an  interview 
with  Keshen.  On  that  morning  captain  Elliot,  accompanied  by  the 
gentlemen  attached  to  the  mission  and  three  or  four  naval  officers, 
pushed  off  from  the  steamer  before  daylight,  and  proceeded  towards 
the  shore  in  a  number  of  boats,  manned  and  privately  armed.  An 
encampment  had  been  thrown  up  on  shore  for  the  reception  of  the 
mission. 

*'  A  blue  screen  was  placed  at  the  entrance,  so  aa  to  hide  the  in- 
terior from  the  gaze  of  the  public,  and  here  we  were  met  by  many 
mure  mandarins,  and  marshaled  into  tlie  presence  of  Keshen ;  he 
rose  at  our  entrance,  and  received  the  mission  with  great  courtesy 
and  civility.  Indeed,  the  manners  of  these  high  mandarins  would 
have  done  honor  to  any  courtier  in  the  most  polished  court  in  Eu- 
rope. He  begged  us  to  remain  covered,  and  was  introduced  to  each 
person  separately,  and  expre?)sed  his  hopes  that  the  supplies  had  been 
received  by  the  squadron.  He  made  some  excuse  fur  the  reception 
in  the  tents,  but  intimated  that  Takoo  was  some  distance  from  the 
landing-place.  Judging  from  appearance,  he  might  have  been  a  man 
of  forty,  and  looked,  what  he  is  said  to  be  by  his  countrymen,  a  per- 
son of  great  ability:  his  tail,  the  Chinese  appendage  to  men  of  all 
ranks  except  priests,  was  remarkable  from  its  length,  and  the  care 
that  was  evidently  bestowed  upon  it.  He  was  dressed  in  a  blue  silk 
robe,  with  a  worked  girdie ;  on  his  legs  were  the  white  satin  boots 
common  to  all  the  higher  orders ;  his  head  was  covered  with  a  man- 
darin summer  cap,  made  of  a  (ine  straw  ;  in  it  was  placed  the  deep 
red  coral  button,  denoting  the  rank  of  the  wearer,  and  the  peacock's 
feather  drooping  between  the  shoulders.  On  the  whole,  his  dresa 
was  plaiu;  but  the  mandarins  when  in  full  costume,  judging  from 
specimens  taken  at  Chusan,  must  have  a  gorgeous  appearance.  The 
encampment  was  surrounded  with  a  high  canvass  wall,  resembling 
that  which  encircles  ^he  private  apartments  of  great  men  and  native 
rajahs  when  traveling  through  India.  Inside  this  screen  were  eight 
sroaU  tents,  in  each  of  which  a  table  and  forma  were  placed.  These 
formed  an  oval ;  and  in  the  centre  was  erected  a  canvass  cottage,  of 
rather  an  ingenious  description ;  whilst  at  the  upper  end,  concealed 
by  another  screen,  stood  the  tent  of  conference.  This  was  lined 
with  yellow  silk  (the  royal  color),  and  worked  with  the  arms  of  the 
empire  at  the  back.  The  interpreters  and  captain  Elliot  remained 
with  the  commission,  whilst  the  rest  of  the  officers  and  g.Qntlemen 
sought  the  different  tents  around,  in  which  the  lower  orders  of  man- 
darins were  busy  preparing  a  breakfast  for  the  party ;  for  it  was  ai) 


'>!•'**  Six  Munths  with  tin    (Vihtfist    K/ftat/ition.  Skp. 

exlraorditmry  ihing  in  this  visit,  ihal  everything  was  apparently  done 
by  mandarins — none  of  their  servants   being  admitted.     The  meal 
consisted  of  numerous  little  plates,  piled  one  upon  the  other,  contain- 
ing birds'-nest  soup,  sea-slugs,  sharks'  fins,  hard-boiled  eggs,  whose 
interiors  were  far  advanced  to  chicken  hood,  and  dressed  fish ;  these 
were  the  greatest  delicacies.  This  is  but  a  small  portion  of  the  snpplj  ; 
for  at  the  table  where  I  had  the  honor  to  partake  of  the  good  fart^ 
there  were  no  less  than  thirty  of  these  little  saucers.     These  break- 
fasts were  spread  in  the  diflerent  tents,  and  each  was  intended  to 
stay  the  ravenous  appetites  of  five  barbarians.     So  afraid  were  the 
mandarins  of  our  seeing  their  weakness,  that  they  had  not  only  plac- 
ed the  before-mentioned  screen  around  their  encampment,   but  had 
thrown  up  a  mud  embankment,  which,  however,  failed  in  its  inten- 
tion;   for,  although  we  were  soon  brought  back  by  the  watchful 
guards,  we  managed  to  get  a  glance  of  the  forbidden  land.   The  forts 
had  been  repaiied  since  our  last  visit,  and  were  now  crowded  with 
soldiers ;  a  few  outworks  had   been  thrown  up,  but  they  were  ex- 
tremely paltry,  and  indeed  the  whole  thing,  as  a  military  position, 
was  quite  ludicrous.     With  two  six-pounders  and  a  couple  of  hun- 
dred marines,  they  might  have  been  ours  at  any  moment.    We  were, 
nevertheless,  much  struck  at  the  immense  bodily  strength  and  power 
of  these  northern  Chinese,  particularly  of  the  men  who  were  employ- 
ed tracking  the  boats  upon  the  river;  who,  although  seemingly  a 
wretched  class,  more  like  beasts  of  burden  than  human  beings,  are 
possessed  of  such  physical  powers,  that  six  or  eight  of  them  will  drag 
against  the  stream,  and  with  apparent  ease,  a  boat  of  considerable 
tonnage.     In  the  course  of  the  day  some  of  the  Tartar  body-guards 
went  through  the  sword  exercise  and  other  mauoeuvres  for  our  amuse- 
ment.    These,  consisting  rather  in  grotesque  antics  and  ludicrous 
faces  than  in  the  use  of  the  weapon  itself,  are  supposed  to  be  as  ef- 
fective in  frightening  an  antagonist,  whilst,  for  the  same  reason, 
many  of  the  troops  we  saw  farther  to  the  south  at  Chusan  and  Ning- 
po,  wore  a  tiger  uniform,  a  dress  cut  and  painted  to  resemble  that 
animal.     These  Tartars  were  dressed  in  a  white  cotton  garb  and 
black  cap,  and  their  weapons  were  swords  and  matchlocks,  or  bows 
and  arrows.     They  were  considered  the  €liU  of  the  Chinese  troops 
belonging  to  the  emperor's  body-guard,  and  believed  to  descend  from 
the  same  tribe  as  the  sovereign  himself.     Afler  a  conference  of  six 
hours,  during  which  period  the  loud  voices  of  the  plenipotentiaries  in 
high  argument  had  often  struck  upon  our  ears,  the  British  plenipo- 
ientiury  c.ime  forili,  and  the  rest  of  the  party  having  performed  ihei' 


1841.  lUuslraltuns  nj  Men  and  Things  in  China.  »>iy 

salaams  lo  llic  Cliiiiese  commissioner,  we  departed  for  the  Wellcsley ; 
greatly,  I  believe,  lo  the  relief  and  satisfaction  of  the  mandarins.'* 

One  more  extract  is  aH  that  we  have  space  for  at  present.  It, 
together  with  a  sketch  that  accompanys  the  book,  affords  a  good 
view  of  the  termination  of  the  Great  Wall — and  probably  more  ac- 
curate than  any  hitherto  published. 

"  Our  line  lay  along  the  shore  of  Tartary,  where  the  Chinese  Wall 
rneets  the  sea,  not  at  the  point  generally  supposed,  but  at  a  large 
town,  apparently  a  place  a  great  trade.  This  great  work  is  seen 
scaling  the  precipices  aud  topping  the  craggy  hills  of  the  country, 
which  have  along  this  coast  a  most  desolate  appearance.  Some  of 
the  party  who  went  in-shore  in  the  steamer  to  within  two  miles'  dis- 
tance, made  the  discovery  that  the  opinion  hitherto  received  from 
lord  Macartney's  works,  that  the  wall  comes-  down  abruptly  into  the 
sea,  was  erroneous,  as  it  traverses  a  low  flat  for  some  miles  from  the 
foot  of  the  mountains  before  entering  the  town,  which  stands  upon 
the  water's  edge.  Here,  although  only  in  the  month  of  September, 
the  air  became  cold  and  cutting,  and  the  change  of  temperature  was 
felt  severely  by  the  officers  and  men  who  had  been  for  the  last  four 
years  wanderers  in  the  Indian  seas.  But  the  different  climates  of 
this  immense  empire  are  not  more  varied  than  the  interests,  lan- 
guage, and  dress  of  the  provinces ;  and  although  an  honorable  mem- 
ber of  the  House  of  Commons  has  represented  them  as  joined  by  a 
bond  of  unity,  he  would  in  reality  be  surprised  to  find' the  slight  con- 
nection or  similarity  that  exists  between  them  in  any  one  of  these 
|X)ints."    Page  117. 


Art.  IV.  lilustratiofts  of  men  and  things  in  China:  picture  of 
the  battle  tir  the  rear  of  Canton,  and  drawing  of  a  steamer 
and  ship  of  war. 

Since  the  late  attack  on  Canton,  some  Chinese  have  been  trying  to 
turn  a  penny  by  selling  pictures  of  the  steamers  and  ships  of  war, 
and  also  of  the  Ta  pei  kwei  tsze  too^  or  '  Sketch  of  the  great  rout  of 
the  devils,'  both  of  them  explained  by  annexed  descriptions  in  verse. 
The  picture  of  the  rout  does  not  vary  more  from  true  proportion  as  a 
work  of  art,  than-  the  design  docs  from  the  truth  as  a  matter  of  his- 


•ViO  lUustraliona  uj  Men  and  Thiu^f  in  China,  Sep. 

tory  ;  bul  we  must  oot  look  for  truth^telling  pictures  any  more  thao 
veracious  edicts  ;  no  Chinese  would  run  the  risk  of  selling  a  picture 
of  the  defeat  of  the  emperor's  heroes.  In  this  design,  the  village  of 
Neishing  is  placed  on  the  right,  a  steamer  and  sloop  of  war  close  by, 
with  a  gig  shot  in  two  going  down  head  foremost  in  the  foreground- 
In  range  with  Neishing  are  two  villages,  and  in  the  back-gound 
three  others;  troops  are  sallying  out  in  all  directions,  some  armed 
with  shields  and  a  sword  in  each  hand,  others  carrying  flags  with  the 
character  yung^  or  '  the  brave,'  upon  them.  About  a  dozen  foreign 
soldiers,  distinguished  by  square  hats,  are  scattered  here  and  there ; 
one  lies  beheaded,  four  or  five  are  unresistingly  meeting  their  fate, 
some  are  trying  to  resist,  and  the  rest  are  looking  on.  No  one  Chi- 
nese has  fallen,  but  one  fellow  looks  as  if  he  had  just  been  wounded. 
The  description  runs*  somewhat  thus. 

The  rebelliouB  barbarians  are  indeed  detestable, 

Thoy  *ve  turned  topsy-turvy  people,  dwellings,  land : 

Heaven  sent  down  red  rain  upon  them. 

And  the  villagers  were  all  exasperated. 

Reusing  their  valor  they  cut  them  off  without  number, 

Happy  to  be  able  so  soon  to  extermiuate  them. 

From  henceforth  general  peace  will  pervade, 

And  a  gloriouH  life  will  itself  have  sway. 
The  sheet  containing  drawings  of  the  ships  of  war  and  the  steam- 
ers has  a  longer  account  of  the  attack  than  the  preceding,  abd  also  a 
description  of  the  steamer.  These  pictures  are  tolerable  representa- 
tions of  the  vessels,  and  as  they  are  eagerly  purchased,  will,  by  being 
scattered  over  the  country,  serve  to  give  the  people  a  general  idea  of 
them.  It  is  headed,  *  drawing  of  a  steamer  and  man-of-war;'  the 
former  is  thus  described  : 

She  *s  more  than  300  cubiUi  long^ 

And  thirty  odd  in  height,  and  breadth  ; 

Iron  is  used  to  bind  her  stiff  and  stout. 

And  she  's  painted  black  all  round  about ; 

Like  a  weaver's  shuttle  is  her  shape ; 

On  both  sidee  carriage  wheels  are  fixed; 

And,  using  fossil  coal  to  make  a  fire. 

They  whirl  round  as  a  race  horse  flies. 

Of  white  cloth  all  the  sails  are  made. 

In  winds  both  fair  and  foul  she  goes; 

On  her  bow  is  the  god  of  the  waves. 

At  stem  and  stern  is  a  revolving  gun  ; 

Her  forai  is  truly  terrrific  to  men. 

Tli€  gud  of  the  North  displaying  his  sanctity, 


1841.  Jllustrniwns  oj  Mm  and  Thing  $  in  China.  <Vil 

The  sunken  rocks  then  shoaled  the  steamer  (Atalanta); 
All  who  saw  it  witnessed  to  the  justice  of  heaven. 
None  of  the  plans  of  the  foreigners  took  effect, 
Which  greatly  delighted  the  hearts  of  men. 
The  lines  annexed  to  the  picture  describing  the  battle  are  as 
follows : 

The  English  barbarians  excited  commotion. 

Outrageously  opposing  all  principles  divine. 

On  the  third  day  of  the  last  fourth  month. 

They  seditiously  attacked  the  city  of  Rams. 

The  god  of  the  North  displaying  his  sanctity,* 

The  sunken  rocks  straight  shoaled  a  vessel. 

Moreover,  going  into  Neishing, 

Their  men-of-war  grounded  on  the  sands. 

And  the  devilish  soldiers  were  completely  routed. 

On  the  sixth  of  the  month  (May  26), 

The  rockets  were  fired  into  the  city. 

One  gun  gave  even  three  reports. 

Heaven  rained  down  red  rain. 

And  the  fire  of  the  guns  was  extinguished. 

The  villagers  on  the  north  of  the  city, 

Their  valor  roused,  drove  them  before  them ; 

From  the  White  Cloud  hills. 

The  lord  of  heaven  sent  down  rain, 

And  several  hundred  devilish  barbarians. 

Were  by  it  quite  destroyed.  , 

The  head  of  one  was  caged  in  terrorem, 

His  name  was  called  Bremer. 

Their  courage  and  heart  failing, 

Routed,  they  threw  off  their  clothes  and  run. 

Our  people  rousing  their  martial  courage. 

From  all  parts  cut  off  their  retreat, 

And  the  whole  crew  was  clean  swept  away. 

The  barbarian  ships  all  retired. 

Going  out  far  beyond  the  Tiger's  Grate. 

It  is  hard  to  endure  heavenly  justice  ;— 

At  this  time  the  climate  was  pestilential. 

And  they  died  of  grievous  diseases. 

Caused  by  the  incensed  deities. 

Henceforth  there  will  be  general  peace, 

Bvery  one  enjoying  an  honorable  life, 

And  the  people  hereabouts  will  be  very  happy. 

*  One  of  the  shot  from  the  English  ships  hit  an  image  of  this  deity  in  a  temple 
near  the  southern  whII.  and  broke  its  arm:  the  .Atalanta  soon  after  got  on  the 
rockb  near  the  Dutch  Folly,  which  the  pcDpIc  ascribed  to  the  wrath  of  the  god. 

VOL.    X.    NO     IX.  t>6 


522  Capture  of  Amoy.  Sep. 

There  is  also  a  third  drawing  of  the  steamer  alone,  having  ap- 
pended to  it  part  of  the  same  description  that  is  on  the  other  sheet. 
In  this  picture,  the  men,  dressed  in  red  jackets  and  green  breeches, 
are  represented  half  as  high  as  the  masts,  while  one  man  perched  on 
the  foretop,  spy-glass  in  hand,  is  looking  out;  his  glass  is  made  full 
as  large  as  the  yard  near  him.  A  yellow  cannon,  three  times  the 
diameter  of  the  mast,  shows  conspicuously  at  either  end.  The  wheels 
are  particolored,  and  drawn  above  water ;  perhaps  this  is  to  show 
that  they  are  round.  As  a  specimen  of  skill  in  design  it  is  much 
inferior  to  the  others. 


Art.  V.  Progress  of  H.  B.  M.'s  second  expedition ,  from  Canton 
to  Amo^y  with  particulars  of  the  capture  of  Amoy  on  the  2^h 
of  August. 

The  progress  of  the  expedition  we  are  now  able  to  bring  down  to 
the  Ist  instant;  but  we  have  intelligence— -to  the  23d  from  Amoy, 
where  provisions  were  abundant  and  all  was  quiet, — and  to  the  1 1th 
from  Pihkioan,  where  the  Wellesley  was  at  that  date.  Pihkwan  ia 
above  latitude  27^,  north  of  the  boundary  line  between  Fuhkeen  and 
ChSkeang. 

The  arrival  in  China,  on  thti  10th  of  August,  of  H.  B.  M.'s  sole 
plenipotentiary  and  minister  extraordinary  to  the  court  of  Peking, 
was  noticed  in  our  last  number,  and  some  particulars  of  his  proceed- 
ings given  down  to  the  14th. 

On  the  15th,  major  Malcolm  returned  from  Canton,  having  de- 
livered his  dispatches,  and  held  a  conference  with  the  prefect.  This 
interview,  coupled  with  the  arrival  of  sir  Henry  Pottinger,  had  evi- 
dently some  influence  on  the  minds  of  the  provincial  officers,  induc- 
ing a  desire  to  maintain-  a  pacific  course ;  but  the  commissioner  Yih- 
shan,  it  was  said,  still  continued  to  indulge  his  warlike  predilections. 

On  the  18ih,  the  prefect,  having  come  down  to  Macao  from  Can- 
ton, requested  an  interview  with  the  plenipotentiary,  which  was 
denied :  he  paid  a  farewell  visit  to  captain  Elliot,  who  was  about 
sailing  for  England,  and  was  afterwards  received  by  major  Malcolm, 
at  the  office  of  the  superintendents. 

By  this  interview  and  that  at  Canton,  the  Chinese  aiithoritic:>  niu&t 


1H4I.  Cupturt  oj   A  mot/  h'i'd 

have  been  convinced,  \vc  iliink,  thai  they  were  now  having  lo  deal 
with  one  of  elevated  rank,  with  whom  they  could  not  enter  on  any 
half-and-half  negotiations.  By  this  time,  too,  they, must  have  been 
fully  aware  of  the  intention  to  proceed  and  carry  on  hostilities  north- 
ward. And  erelong  the  emperor  must  understand — if  he  does  not 
already — that  open  war  ur  honorable  peace  are  his  only  alternatives. 

We  have  been  told  that  the  prefect,  when  he  came  down  from 
Canton,  brought  a  dispatch  from  the  governor  Ke  Kung,  in  reply  to 
sir  Henry's,  but  of  its  tenor  we  are  wholly  uninformed.  It  was  said, 
by  the  Chinese  in  Canton,  that  the  authorities  there  received  from  sir 
Henry  a  dispatch  for  the  emperor:  whether  they  did  or  not,  we  have 
not  been  able  to  ascertain ;  they  must,  however,  have  reported  his  ar- 
rival, with  circumstances  calculated  to  raise  suspicion  respecting 
their  previous  report — known  to  have  been  sent — *'  that  all  difficul- 
ties with  the  barbarians  were  settled." 

On  the  19th,  the  Nemesis,  having  arrived  in  Macao  Roads  during 
the  previous  night,  received  on  board  all  who  were  lo  join  the  naval 
and  military  portions  of  the  expedition, — including  Mr.  Thom  attach- 
ed as  interpreter  to  the  major-general,  and  Mr.  GutzlaflT  attached  to 
the  admiral, — and  proceeded  to  Hongkong. 

Friday,  the  20th.  The  steamer  Queen  arrived  from  Hongkong, 
bringing  intelligence  that  the  expedition  was  ready  to  start  north- 
ward. In  the  evening,  sir  Henry  embarked  with  his  suite,— con- 
sisting of  major  Malcolm,  secretary  of  legation;  Mr.  R.  Woosnam, 
surgeon  attached  to  the  mission  ;  Mr.  Morrison,  Chinese  secretary, 
and  acting  secretary  and  treasurer  to  the  superintendents ;  with 
.  Messrs.  A.  W.  Elmslie  and  W.  H.  Medhurst,  jr.,  clerks.  The 
steamer  did  not  leave  Macao  Roads  till  next  morning. 

The  21st.  The  fleet  began  moving  out  of  the  bay  of  Hongkong 
this  morning  ;  and  ere  the  Queen  arrived,  the  admiral  had  anchored 
outside.  Sir  Henry,  however,  being  desirous  of  visiting  the  island, 
proceeded  into  the  bay,  and  landed  in  the  evening  and  also  the  next 
morning,  in  order  to  see  the  officers  of  the  government  there,  and  to 
observe  the  progress  of  the  public  works.  He  is  said  to  have  been 
much  pleased  with  the  situation  and  prospects  of  the  rising  town. 

The  22d.  Sir  Henry,  after  having  arranged  with  major-general 
Burrell  and  Mr.  Johnston  all  matters  for  the  defense,  &.C.,  of  Hong- 
kong, proceeded  on  soon  after  noon,  and  at  4  o'clock,  joined  company 
with  the  squadron  under  sail  on  the  southern  side  of  the  island ;  dis- 
patches having  been  put  on  board  the  Atalanta,  she  returned  to  Ma- 
cuo,  and  the  squadron  moved  northward. 


t'ttpturt   u/  AiHoi/.  Skp. 

I.     The  heaiiinoai  sthips  quite  out  of  tlie  Lnmnia  channel, 
ing  was  the 

Order    of  sailing. 

Bentinck,  surveying  vtsstl. 

Queen.  Wellesley.       SEensniis. 

Phlegethon.      Blenheim.  Nemesis. 

Columbine.        Marion.  Modeste. 


mij 

§  = 

imii 

Dbuid, 

Hilt 

Is. 

c-^J  ;-ii        Blonde. 

mw  Mp. 

tun 

S  i.'iswi     wing  skip. 

FlUDU. 

Pruizeb. 

Algrkine. 

2ath.  At  noon  a  liittc  lo  (he  westward  of  Breaker  Point,  the  ships 
making  good  progress. 

25th.  At  noon  about  ~0  miles  from  Chapel  Island,  and  the  order 
of  sailing  pretty  well  preserved  by  the  whole  squadron.  During  the 
afternoon,  the  wind  increased  considernbly  from  the  southeastward  ; 
at  dark,  with  a  strong  breeze,  the  iihips  r.tn  iiilo  Amoy.  The  whole 
squadron,  however,  was  not  anchored  till  rather  a  late  hour,  in  a  fine 
moonlight  evening.  In  taking  up  her  anchorage,  the  Columbine 
ran  ibul  of  the  Wellesley,  not  without  »iine  serious  damage,  Mr. 
William  Maitland  having  been  siruck  with  great  violence,  and  oiliera 
narrowly  escaping.  Some  guns  were  iired  from  Quenioy,  as  the 
squadr6(i  passed. 

Thursday,  tke  26fA,— just  two  years  since  the  English  were  driven 
from  Macno, — was  signalized  by  operations,  thus  announced  by 
c  1  B  c  u  L  A  R . 
lb  her  BriUnaic  Ut^tMj/'t  tutjeM  in  China. 

Htrmnjesly'f  plenitiolentiary,  &c.,  hai  ihe  highest  degree  of  utiafartlan  in 
■nnouncin;;  to  H,  M.  lubjecti,  and  othen  who  feel  an  inlereit  in  the  quesliiin, 
that  Ihe  cily  of  Amoy,  Willi  il>  very  mteniive  end  fonnidabJe  litie  of  balleriri 
Knd  fleet  afgun-boati  and  w*r-j>mks  (the  whole  mounting  upwards  to  five  liim- 
drad  pieeei  of  cannon  i,  wa>  leken  pouession  of  nn  Ihe  96lh  Inilant.  after  ■  ihort 
tiut  animated  Jefeiite  ou  (he  pert  of  llie  Chineae,  by  H.  M.'s  navaJ  and  Jaiid 
fdrcei,  under  (he  command  of  llieir  eicellenciei.  renr-admiral  lir  William  Pariipr, 
■.  c.  ■  .  and  major-general  sir  Hugh  Goiigh.  h.  c.  b.  This  brilliant  echievement 
hat  been  happily  accomplished  wi(h  a  very  Iriding  lou:  and.  in  addition  (o  Ihe 
worki,  all  of  whic:h  have  been  diimantled  and  deitmyed.  and  (he  |:uDi  spiki.d 
and  broken,  immenK  magazines  full  of  munhtoni  uf  wnr  have  been  either  remov- 
ed, or  rendered  uwlen. 

Arrangemcuti  are  now  in  nroitrtM  for  leaving  a  dHachment  of  iroops  on  Ihe 
imall  island  ofKoolangau  (which  is  lenaraled  from  the  inHnnfAmny  hy  n  rhan^ 
nM  of  deep  waler).  and  lome  of  H.  M.'s  ships  will  likewise  irniiiin  ai'lhii  pull, 
uliiKl  ihr  i;rrHt  Imdy  <if  the  eiprdilipii  adviincr>  in  ilir  nurlhUHid.  oi  iliai  Urili>h 


I ,^4 1 .  I  V//i/ </ / V   of   A  III II tf .  />;5r» 

or  other  ships  thut  may  tourh  here  liiiriitg  the  eri^^uirig  season,   will  find  ample 
protection,  and  be  secure  from  any  ri^k  ot  moirstation. 

Her  majesty's  plenipotentiary  deems  it  quite  superfluous  to  say  one  word  as  to 
the  manner  in  which  this  important  service  has  heen  perlorined.  The  tacts  require 
no  eulogium.  The  Chinese  government  vainly  imagined  they  had  rendered 
Amoy  impregnable,  but  were  undeceived,  in  prenence  of  the  viceroy  of  the  pro- 
vinces of  ChC'keang  and  Fuhke^n.  (who.  with  a  number  of  high  officers,  witness- 
ed the  attack  from  the  heights  above  the  town. )  in  the  short  space  of  four  hours 
from  the  firing  of  the  first  gun  ;  and.  had  the  op|)osition  been  a  hundred  times 
greater  than  it  was,  the  spirit  and  bearing  of  all  employed  showed  that  the  result 
must  have  been  the  same.         Goo  5avr  the  CIuekn. 

Dated  this  3lst  of  Aug.,  1841.  on  board  H.  M.  S.  Blenheim,  in  Amoy  harbor. 

HsNRY  PoTTiNGF.R,  H.  M.'s  plenipotentiuiv. 

Omitting  to  attempt  to  give,  tor  the  present,  any  description  of  the 
city  of  Amoy,  we  will  detail  such  facts  as  have  coni^^  to  our  know- 
ledge respecting  its  defenses  and  their  fall,  as  above  noticed. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  island,  upon  which  the  city  stands,  and 
south  from  it,  was  a  heavy  battery,  about  1100  yards  long,  and  its 
wall  about  14  feet  at  the  base,  mounting  9Q  guns;  over  against  this, 
in  a  southwesterly  direction,  on  Red  Point,  was  another  battery  of 
42  guns:  nearly  between  these,  but  further  westward, on  the  islav.d  of 
Koolangsu,  were  several  other  batteries. 

Early  in  the  morning,  which  was  hot  and  calm,  the  admiral,  ge- 
neral, and  plenipotentiary,  (the  staff  of  each  accompanying  them,) 
embarked  on  board  the  Phlegethon  to  reconnoitre.  They  proceeded 
within  range  of  the  long  line  of  guns  to  the  right  on  Amoy,  and  of 
the  works  to  the  ler't  on  Red  Point,  taking  such  positions  in  their 
course  as  to  enable  them  to  observe  the  defenses  on  either  hand,  as 
well  as  those  on  Koolangsu,  where  the  men  were  seen  engaged  add- 
ing to  their  sand  t>atteries. 

A  Chinese  merchant  was  sent  off,  in  course  of  the  morning,  with 
a  flag  of  truce,  to  the  squadron,  to  ask  what  might  be  its  object.  A 
demand  of  surrender  was  returned  by  his  hands.  A  junk  with  a 
white  flag,  found  afterwards  to  be  owned  by  Siamese,  came  in  while 
the  vessels  were  advancing  to  engage,  and  stood  on  for  some  time 
after  the  action  had  commenced,  seemingly  in  perfect  confldence  of 
being  let  alone. 

At  1  o'clock^  the  Queen  and  Sesostris  stood  in  for  the  east  end 
of  the  long  battery,  and  the  Blonde  with  the  Druid  and  Modeste  for 
Koolangsu.  The  Sesostris  flrst  flred.  It  was  returned.  The  Queen 
then  commenced.  The  batteries  on  all  sides  soon  opened.  The 
Bentinck  gave  the  soundings  for  the  VVellesley  and  Blenheim,  in 
front  of  the  long  battery,  distant  400  yards.  '*  The  Chinese  did  en- 
dure the  Are  right  manfully,"  standing  to  their  guns  till  they  were 
shot  down  by  musketry  in  their  rear.    The  batteries  were  never  com- 


•VAi  f\tpttirt   iff  Am**w  Sr.r. 

pleiely  silenced  by  ilie  shi|»*  4'»»^,  ind,  it  u  bt-iiefed,  ihey  never 
would  hare  Ijeen.  1 1  m^ts  ni*i  iiiJ  tlie  troops  Unded.  that  ibe  majorttjr 
of  the  men  fled.  Some  were  bsvoneted  uhere  iher  stood  at  their 
guns;  and  two  or  three  chi«r  u£cers  tiestmied  thenisclres— one. 
Mrange  to  say,  by  walking  co<»21y  into  the  wjter.  The  tfoops  landed 
at  several  points,  and  drove  ail  belbre  tliem.  The  battel les  oo  Red 
Point  were  almost  entirely  disregarded.  By  sii  o'clock  the  Modeste. 
and  some  of  the  otiier  vmaftls,  were  at  anchor  in  the  Inner  Harbor. 
Tlie  troops,  baring  passed  through  the  aocithem  suburbs,  mounted 
the  heights  between  them  and  the  chief  town,  where  they  birouack- 
ed  lor  the  nigh?;  and  entered  the  citadel  ueu  morning.  Thus  fell 
the  boasted  strength  of  Amoy. 

The  wall  of  the  long  battery  was  found  to  be  a  masterly  piece  of 
work.  When  looked  at  from  ilie  sea,  it  had  api^eared  as  a  town  wall, 
with  saiid  batteries  in  front ;  but  instead  of  thi^,  it  was  a  strong  and 
thick  wall,  of  good  height,  with  only  small  low  gun-ports,  and  a  de- 
fense between  one  gun -port  and  another  of  a  thick  earth  battery  of 
equal  height  with  the  wall  :  over  each  gun-port,  too,  mud  was  laid, 
so  as  to  prevent  the  striking  off  of  splinters  from  the  stone. 

About  iUO  sizeable  junks  were  found  in  the  Inner  Harbor,  which 
is  spacious,  well-protected,  and  having  good  anchorage. 

The  27th,  Friday,  was  occupied  by  sir  Hugh  Gough  in  possessing 
himself  of  the  citadel  and  town.  Late  in  the  day,  the  plenipotentiary 
and  admiral  landed,  and  risked  the  town. 

Yen  Fihtow,  the  governor  of  Fuhkeen  and  Chekeang,  having  been 
for  some  little  time  past  residing  at  Amoy,  must  have  been  spectator 
of  the  fight;  but  no  certain  information  could  be  obtained,  regarding 
either  him  or  of  admiral  Tow  Chinpew,  commander-in-chief  of  the 
naval  forces  of  the  province.  The  admiral,  it  was  said,  had  gone  out 
on  a  cruise.     Yen  and  Tow  are  both  natives  of  Canton. 

In  course  of  this  day,  the  body  of  the  officer  who  had  walked  into 
the  water,  was  found  lying  on  the  beach.  If  he  was  actually  the  per* 
1*011  he  was  staled  to  be — the  tsungping — he  was  the  chief  in  com* 
mand  at  the  time,  having  left  his  usual  station  at  Qucmoy  to  take  the 
place  of  the  absent  admiral. 

On  the  2dLh,  early  in  the  morning,  the  plenipotentiary  and  admiral 
landed,  and  went  up  to  sir  Hugh's  quarter  in  the  city.  Sir  Henry 
visited  several  of  the  large  buildings  in  the  citadel;  and  in  course  of 
the  day,  removed  with  his  suite,  on  board  the  Blenheim. 

Here  we  must  close  these  details  for  the  present,  only  remarking 
that,  the   Druid  42,   Pylades    18,  and  the  Algerine   10,  with   three 


18  41.  Jonnial  of   Ornirrnires.  »Vi7 

trannports,  and  10(1  men  (being  one  vi'xwg  of  the  IHtli,  and  the  entire 
detachment,  120  or  150  men  of  the  2Gth  Cameronians)  were  to  re- 
mained on  Koolangsu,  Amoy  being  evacuated,  and  the  squadron 
under  orders  for  thn  northward,  destined  it  was  supposed  for  Ning- 
po,  Chinhae,  and  Chusan. 


Art.  VI.  Journal  uf  Occurrences:  treachery  of  the  Chinese;  arms 
supplied  to  the  Chinese  by  foreigners ;  bad  feeling  among  the 
people;  prefect  of  Canton  and  the  literary  graduates;  fsher- 
men  and  pirates;  loss  of  the  schooner  Maria;  affairs  at  Hong' 
kong ;  Yihshan's  policy ;  rumors  of  Keshen ;  an  imperial  edict. 

TsciLCHERY  of  ike  Chinese^  officers  and  people,  need  not  now  surprise  any 
one.  Contrary  to  thu  stipulations  made  for  the  ransom  of  Canton,  obstruc- 
tions have  been  thrown  into  the  river,  fortifications  n;built,  mtuiitions  of  war 
collected,  ^^c;  and  it  is  said,  there  are  foreigners  now  in  the  city  of  Canton 
manufacturing  powder.  In  the  beginning  of  August,  it  was  found  that 
attempts  had  been  made  to  stake  the  river ;  but  the  Chinese  government 
made  many  excuses  for  this,  and  many  promises  that  such  doings  should  stop. 
However,  in  the  early  part  of  this  month,  captain  Nias — seeing  that  they 
did  not  desist — destroyed  the  defenses  on  VVangtong,  and  proceeded  further 
up  the  river,  destroying  a  number  of  boats,  and  declaring  to  the  people,  by 
proclamation,  that  he  would  destroy  whatever  else  was  undertaken  contrary 
to  the  previous  stipulations. 

2.  Arms  being  supplied  to  the  Chinese  by  foreigners  is  a  topic  on  which,  fur 
the  present,  we  shall  say  but  little.  Many  particulars,  of  things  done  in  this 
line  of  business,  might  be  told,  and  some  erroneous  statements  that  have  gone 
abroad  might  lie  corrected ;— of  these  latter,  we  believe  the  reports  respect- 
mg  Mr.  Coolidfie  to  be  utterly  unfounded,  having  been  assured  that  he  has 
had  nothing  to  do,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  this  matter.  How  far  what  has 
been  done  is  to  be  regarded  as  improper,  we  do  not  feel  ourselves  prepared  to 
say.  The  character  of  any  given  act  must  be  determined  mainly  iiy  its  at- 
tendant circumstances. 

3.  Much  bad  feeling  among  the  people  in  Canton  and  vicinity  exists :  this, 
however,  seems  to  be  directed  against  certain  local  officers,  and  against  fo- 
reign belligerents,  but  not  against  foreign  merchants.  The  conduct  of  the 
literati  towards  the  old  prefect  of  Canton  is  a  case  in  pomt ;  and  some  tran- 
slations, to  appear  in  our  next  numinrr,  will  show  the  popular  feeling  towards 
the  belligerents.  The  people  know  they  have  been  wronged.  Their  number 
is  legion ;  and  if  the  war  is  to  be  carried  on  against  them,  while  they  arc 
armed  with  European  weapons,  the  havoc  will  be  dreadful,  and  perhaps  not 
all  one  side. 

4.  Row  between  the  prefect  of  Canton  and  the  literary  graduates.  On  the 
16th  instant,  his  honor  Yu  Paoushun,  the  prefect  of  Canton,  decked  with  his 
*  new  feather,'  proceeded  in  the  due  course  of  duty  to*  the  great  Hall  of  Ex- 
amination, where  the  literary  candidates  had  atisembled  for  their  annual 
exercises.  On  his  entering,  some  of  th«?se  high  spirited  gontrv  seemed  re.-^- 
tive,  showed  symptoms  ol  aiscuntcnt,  and  bogan  tu  ridicule,     ("or  thib  Ihi^y 


iV.28  Journal  of  Occurrrnrrs. 

were  called  to  order,  and  sharply  reprimanded ;  whereupon  the  public  voice 
broke  forth.  The  gentry  became  clamorous,  began  to  liias,  called  his  honor 
a  traitor t  and  hurled  their  inkstones  at  his  head !  Unable  to  withstand  such 
missiles,  the  old  gentleman  determined  to  withdraw ;  but  on  leaving  the  Hall, 
one  of  the  most  daring  of  the  malcontents  attempted  to  break  his  chair.  A 
row  ensued.  The  Nanhae  been— the  magistrate  of  the  district  of  Naohaet 
who  is  second  in  authority  to  the  prefect— then  came  forward,  soothed  these 
excited  literati,  and  begged  them  to  come  again  next  day  for  examination, 
when  the  commissioner  of  justice  would  come  to  the  Hall.  On  the  18th,  the 
prefect  had  resolved  to  resign  his  office  immediately.     This  he  has  done. 

5.  The  fishermen  and  pirates  have  come  in  hostile  collision ;  and  it  is 
said,  that,  within  a  period  of  three  months,  more  than  a  hundred  of  the  latter 
have  been  seized  by  the  former,  and  handed  over  to  the  local  authorities  of 
Heangshan,  who  have  sanctioned,  and  aided  in,  the  operations  of  the  fisher* 
men,  many  of  whose  boats^  are  well  armed. 

6.  Ti^e  schooner  Maria  was  lost  on  the  night  of  the  23d  instant,  near 
Chuenpc,  where  she  was  aground,  with  her  crew  disabled.  We  have  been 
told  she  had  nothing  on  board  but  stores,  when  she  was  boarded  by  a  party 
of  Chinese,  suppos^  to  be  villagers,  dismantled  and  broken  up,  and  her  crew, 
fourteen  in  number  and  a  Parsee,  natives  of  India,  all  carried  off.  Eight  of 
the  l&have  come  back. 

7.  Affairs  at  Hongkong  seem  gradually  progressing:  captain  J.  F.  My- 
lius  has  been  appointed  land  officer  on  the  island  ;  T.  G.  Fitz  Gibbon,  clerk 
in  chaTge  of  the  post-office;*  and  Mr.  C  Fearon,  at  present  resident  at  Ma- 
cao^ has  been  sworn  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  British  notary  public.  Mail 
packets*  by  ships  arriving  at  Hongkong,  are  to  be  immediately  delivered  to 
the  harbor-master  or  to' the  clerk  in  charge  of  the  post-office  there ;  or  at  the 
superintendents'  office  in  Mhicao,  on  their  arrival  in  the  Macao  Roads.  A  jail 
has  been  built ;  and  a  piece  of  land,  to  the  east  of  Cantonment  hill,  haa 
been  allotted  for  the  burial  of  the  dead.  Unauthorized  burial  elsewhere  will 
be  treated  as  a  trespass. 

8.  Yihthan*s  policv  is  becoming  more  and  more  tortuous,  and  this  pacifi- 
cator of  barbarians,  if  not  careful,  will  yet  get  entangled  in  the  meshes  of  his 
own  web.  At  the  first  of  the  month,  he  was  basking  in  the  bright  sunshine 
of  imperial  favor— gained  by  his  false  reports  to  the  emperor.  Recently, 
however,  he  has  been  disturbed  by  the  reports  from  Amov  ;  and  will  be  dis- 
turbed  still  more,  when  the  emperor  shall  ha;ve  heard  of  the  fall  of  Ningpo 
and  Chinhae,  by  the  same  barbarians  which  were  so  recently  subdued  and 
pacified  by  his  brave  and-  worthy  general.  It  is  said,  Yihshan  is  now  playing 
his  cards  to  become  the  people's  man — by  enlisting  aiid  paying  villagers,  the 
soldiers  of  righteousness,  by  buying  arms  and  ammunition  for  them,  &c« 
But,  we  tear,  he  and'  they  both  may  yet  pay  dear  for  their  temerity  and 
treachery. 

9.  The  rumors  about  Keshen  have  been  very  contradictory  during  the 
month :  at  one  time  he  was  reported  as  bound  in  prison,  and  the  famous  com- 
prador was  said  to  have  been  cut  into  ten  thousand  pieces.  More  recent 
reports  seem  to  indicate,  that  he  is  rising  again  to  influence.  Hut  we  have 
no  direct  iuformstion  of  him,  or  of  his  anairs  at  court,  since  the  British  ex- 
pedition  moved  northward. 

10.  An  imperial  edict  is  in  Canton,  said  to  have  been  written  afler  a  die- 
patch  from  sir  Henry  reached  Pekiiig,  and,  though  not  made  public,  is  be- 
lieveid  to  be  peaceable  in  its  tenor,  hinting  that  money  and  greater  privileges 
of  trade  than  existed  formerly,  might  be  granted  to  bring  about  an  amicable 
adjustment  of  existing  difficulties,  out  declaring  that  no  territory  can  be  ced- 
ed, and  bevercly  blainuig  the  provnicml  authorities  for  thoir  late  false  reports. 


THE 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY 


Vol.  X.— October,  1841.— No.  10. 


Art.  I.  7^00  papers  relaiing  to  the  present  position  of  affairs 
between  the  English  and  Chinese.  Written  by  Chinese,  and  tran- 
lated  by  J.  L.  S. 

BsroRS  introducing  the  translation  of  these  two  papers,  a  few  words  must 
be  said  explanatory  of  the  state  of  affairs  both  when  they  were  written  and 
at  present.  The  Chinese,  like  the  people  of  other  countries,  are  apt  to 
boast  of  great  things ;  and  their  boastings  arc  usually  proportionate  to  their 
ignorance.  A  few  years  ago  the  ships  of  the  imperial  navy  were,  by  very 
respectable  men,  declared  to  be  invincible ;  the  Imogene  and  Andromacho 
did  sonietfainff  to  correct  this  opinion ;  and  by  subsequent  events,  it  has  been 
quite  exploded.  **  Meet  the  imperial  troops  on  shore,  and  though  there  be 
ten  barbarians  against  one  son  of  Han,  the  celestial  forces  must  conquer ; 
nay  (said  old  ffovemor  Loo)  even  the  very  rocks  must  melt  before  the  terri- 
fic splendor  of  our  arms,  at  the  dreadful  thunder  of  our  artillery."  Yet  on 
trial,  the  land  forces  have  proved  themselves  to  be  no  better  than  the  naval. 
They  have  both  failed  utterly,  always,  everywhere.  Since  the  fall  of  Amoy, 
on  the  26th  of  August,  an  opinion  has  become  prevalent,  amon^  the  best 
mformed  Chinese  in  Canton,  that  it  is  vain  to  expect  the  naval  and  military 
forces  of  the  emperor  can  match  the  English  either  by  sea  or  on  land.  The 
odd»— not  in  strength  nor  in  courage,  but  in  implements  and  in  discipline — 
are  too  great  to  warrant  any  hope  of  success  on  the  part  of  the  Chinese. 
Prior  to  the  fall  of  Amoy,  the  destruction  of  the  forts  at  the  Bogue,  and  the 
move  on  Canton,  the  Chinese  to  a  man  believed  that  their  strongest  fortifi- 
cations were  impregnable.  Such  was  the  opinion  current,  when  the  following 
papers  were  written,  which  two  are  fair  specimens  of  the  many  that  have 
been  circulated. 

Another  baseless  opinion  is  becoming  prevalent  in  this  neighborhood  :  it  is 
that  the  people  armed  will  prove  themselves  invincible.  In  captain  Elliot's 
policy,  it  was  a  principle,  that  the  people  should  be  left  unmolested  and  uu- 
harmed,  and  th^ir  cood-will  secured  by  every  practicable  means.  They  be- 
lieved, so  far  as  we  know,  that  both  their  persons  and  their  homes  (the  homes 
of  the  living  and  the  dead)  were  inviolable.  In  this  belief  they  have  found  that 
they  were  deceived.  All  along  it  had  been  maintained,  that  the  trar  was 
beinjr  waged, — and  was  U)  be  carried  on, — only  against  the  government. 

VOL.    X.    NO.    X.  67 


530  Affairs  btlweeti  the  English  and  Chinese,  Oci'. 

Every  care  had  been  taken  to  make  it  ro ;  and  so  it  had  been  lu  o  great  de- 
gree. During  the  operations  at  Canton  however — notwithstanding  the  pre- 
cautions adopted  hy  the  leaders  of  the  expedition— outrages  were  committed, 
by  camp-followers,  and  boats'  crews,  if  not  by  any  others.  These  outrages — 
molesting  the  bodies  of  dead  laid  up  in  coffins,  and  other  doings  of  which  it 
is  a.  shame  even  to  speak — are  the  more  to  be  deprecated,  especially  by 
British  officers,  because  they  have  caused  so  much  and  such  strong  hostility 
among  the  people.  It  was  bad  feeling,  produced  in  this  way,  that  excited 
and  drew  out  those  *  soldiers  of  righteousness  *  who  appeared  in  such  frrcat 
numbers,  and  po  much  annoyed  the  British  troops,  on  the  heights  above 
Canton.  The  fury  of  the  armed  populace,  on  the  second  day  of  their  ap- 
pearance there,  was  checked  by  the  local  government,  at  the  requisition  of 
sir  Hugh  Gough.  This,  and  the  immediate  withdrawal  of  his  forces,  con. 
spired  to  produce  in  the  minds  of  the  people  the  opinion,  above  expressed, 
that  being  armed  they  are  invincible.  Ever  since  that  time,  this  baseless 
opinion  has  been  gaining  strength  and  extending.  Vihshan,  having  found 
that  the  troops  from  the  other  provinces  were  useless,  has  advised  their  re- 
turn, and  is  now  taking  advantage  of  the  bad  feeling  among  the  people,  with 
a  view  evidently  of  arraying  them  against  the  foreign  belligerents.  This  hos- 
tility on  the  part  of  the  people,  and  this  purpose  of  Vil^han  to  avail  himself 
of  it,  were  both  seen  in  what  was  done  a  few  weeks  agb,  when  captaiin  NiOs 
proceeded  up  the  river  to  Tae  8heih,  or  near  to  that  village,  where  several 
boats  loaded  with  stone  were  destroyed.  The  boats,  it  was  supposed,  were 
intended  for  blocking  up  the  river,  contrary  to  the  stipulations  made  between 
tho  English  and  Chinese  authorities,  when  the  latter  paid  six  millions  and 
the  former  withdrew  from  (Canton.  Of  course,  it  was  only  right  that  they 
should  be  destroyed.  But  in  doing  this,  the  Chinese  say,  some  innocci^t 
people  were  lost,  with  their  boats  loaded  with  ballast  intended  for  the  ship- 
ping at  Whampoa.  Q^  the  inhabitants  of  Tae  ISheih  and  the  neighboring 
villages,  these  proceeding  were  looked  upon  as  new  outrages;  and  accord- 
ingly they  sent  away  their  wives  and  children  and  resolved  to  fight.  "  Why," 
said  they*  "  did  the  authorities  of  Canton  give  six  millions  to  Elliot  ?  Why 
did  they  not  give  it  to  us,  and  we  would  have  destroyed  all  the  barbahans  ?'* 
They  feul  that  they  have  been  wronged ;  and  they  know  they  are  nume- 
rous, a  hundred  to  one,  or  a  thousand  to  one,  against  the  foreigners ;  and 
they  believe  that  their  cause  is  just.  "  Let  government  enroll  us  and  pay 
ns,  soldiers  of  righteousness,  and  we  will  guard  the  empire."  VVliat  is  to 
be  the  issue  of  all  this,  it  is  impossible  to  conjecture.  Yilishan  is  evidently 
desirous  of  carrying  on  hostile  operations  ;.  and  if  he  finds  that  the  people 
are  ready  to  meet  his  wishes,  another  collision,  we  fedr,  must  take  place. 
To  avoid  an  issue,  so  nmch  to  be  deprecated,  will  require  much  wisdom  and 
prudence  on  the  part  of  the  British  authorities..  Yihshan  will  be  anxious  to 
do  what  he  has  promised  his  master  he  intended  to  accomplish ;  but  if  he 
does  this,  a  renewal  of  hostilities  will  be  the  sure  consequence. 

A  single  occurrence  will  illustrate  the  conduct  of  the  camp-followers.  A 
dozen  or  more  of  them  having  gone  ofl^on  a  ramble  in  a  village,  only  six  or 
seven  returned.  These  endeavored  to  excite  sympathy  for  their  lost  com- 
panions,  and  begged  the  officer  in  command  to  send  out  armed  men  to  take 
vengeance  on  the  villagers.  But  they  were  soon  hushed  and  humbled  by  on 
order  for  their  own  flogging. 

Thelaking  off  of  a  dead  lady's  little  foot,  to  a  barbarian  might  seem  to  be 
no  very  heinous  act ;  but  in  the  sight  of  a  Chinese  it  is  an  unpardonable 
offense  ;  and  if  the  maimed  lady  chance  to  have  living  relatives  of  influence, 
its  utmost  will  be  exerted  to  aveiign  the  insult. 

No  anim«»6ity  exipt*  ninoiig  r|i<»  (Jhiufen  niorr  dnndiv  than  that  caused  by 


1841.  Ajf'airs  btlwttn  tht   Eni»lisli  and  Cliiutst.  531 

uuch  acts ;  and  liie  preceding  allusions  have  been  made  witli  the  ho|N>  ur  pre- 
venting the  like  occurrences  in  future.  We  could  have  adduced  other  in- 
stanced ;  but  these  are  enough.  We  have  endeavored  to  place  the  subject  in 
its  true  light,  and  here  we  leave  it  without  further  ooninieut. 

No.  I. 
Tang  Shun,  a  graduated  scholar,  and  others  of  the  chief- district, 
memorialize  the  proviuciai  authorities,  in  relation  to  the  looae  and 
disorderly  proceedings  of  the  English  barbarians.  All  our*  people 
cherish  feelings  of  like  enmity  towards  them,  and  irnite  in  earnestly 
beseeching,  that  rigorous  measures  be  adopted  for  theii'  extermina- 
tion, in  order  to  accord  with  the  general  state  of  feeling,  and  to  tran- 
qtiilize  the  affairs  of  the  maritime  regions.  Opinions  respecting  the 
advantageous  and  injurious  state  of  things  in  these  regions,  the  vil- 
lage gentry  unitedly  lay  before  their  superiors,  and- when  the  just 
<lri[gm  of  important  afTuirs  are  by  the  people  thus  brought  to  the 
fibtice  of  the  said  superiors,  they  will  not  refuse-at  onceto  attend  to 
their  reasonings.  Now  the  English  barbarians «have. precipitated  re- 
•  bellibh,  in  order  to  effect  their  purposes,  and  this  cannot  be  borne 
with  u>pon  any  principle  of  reason;  and  oiir  generals  and  troops  hav- 
riigb^bn  wounded  by  them,  is  what  really  excites  the  indignation  of 
both  ^ods  and  men.  They  have  brought  their  optiim  too,  and  for 
a  long  time  have  been  poisoning  and  injuring  our  people ;  and  still 
furthei',  following  the  bent  of  their  wolfish  covetousness*,  they  have 
forthwith  taken  forcible  possession  of  our  island  (Hongkong). 

Although  formerly,  in  the  time  of  the  Ming  dynasty,  Macao  was 
indeed  loaned  to  the  Portuguese  barbarians,  yet  this  was  nothing 
more  than  receiving  rent  fur  houses  which  were  just  about  sufficient 
for  snails  to  live  together  in ;  and  we  have  not  yet  heard  that  they 
4iave  seized  upon  the  land  by  deceiving  the  people,  as  hares  are 
enticed  into  the  cages  which  are  constructed  For  them !  But  ye 
stupid  ahd  rebellious  barbarians,  publicly  issue  proclamations,  and 
talk  largely  of  attending  to  the  litigations  of  the  people,  incoherently 
hoping  for  fees  1  You  endeavor  to  conceal  your  injurious  designs, 
but -your  wickedness  is  made  palpably  manifest.  Having  formerly 
exhibited,  as  in  a  mirror,  your  iniquities  at  Tinghae,  it  therefore  be- 
comes necessary  that  Hongkong  should,  be  defended  against  such 
results  in  future.  The  population  of  the  whole  seaboard  being  register- 
ed in  the  census,  and  the  people  occupying  their  own  homes,  it  will 
be  found  as  difficult  to  eject  them,  as  it  was  at  Choogei.^     Ifper- 

*  Clioogai  is  a  district  near  Cochinchinn.  from  which  one  of  tho  emperors  of 
the  Hnii  dyiinsty  attempted  to  expel  all  the  inhabitants  for  their  uncontrolable 
^oililiuii.  >Mit  could  not  etfect  liis  purpose.     The  writer  is  under  the  impression 


53'i  A  fairs  between  the  English  and  Chinese.  Oct. 

chance  the  English  were  to  assemble  together  in  their  inusquito-den 
(at  Hongkong),  thus  spying  about  so  near  to  the  Bocca  Tigris,  they 
would  by  land  and  water  employ  both  their  curtains  and  nets ;  and 
how  then  would  the  people  of  this  province  be  able  to  rest  upon  their 
beds?  And  truly  tor  your  lives  may  you  cherish  apprehension,  for 
this  rs  a  correct  view  of  the  state  of  things,  and  is  laid  before  you 
through  upright  intentions. 

We,  Shun  and  others,  have  long  been  read  in  the  classics,  and  wo 
thoroughly  understand  the  great  principles  of  right ;  and,  cherishing 
for  our  villages  the  sincerest  attachment,  we  «io  not  loosen  our  hold 
upon  them.  All  classes  contemplate  opposition  and  vengeance,  and 
desire  to  devour  the  heads  of  the  enemy,  and  with  combined  in- 
tentions of  eumity  wish  to  break  the  legs  of  these  invaders. 

We  respectfully  look  up  to  their  excellencies,  the  high  imperial 
commissioner  and  the  viceroy,  to  stand  by  the  country  in  the  deve- 
lopment of  her  plans,  and  to  afford  their  aid  to  the  people  in  putting 
an  end  to  calamities.  We  wait  in  hopes  that  the  forces  may  be  sum- 
moned together,  and  for  the  manifestation  of  the  brilliant  majesty  of 
celestial  vengeance,  repressing  rebellion,  putting  an  end  to  violence, 
and  yielding  to  the  general  wish  of  attacking  and  subjugating  the 
enemy.  Then  shall  we  behold  their  power  melt  away  like  the  snow, 
the  affair  will  be  as  easly  arranged  as  the  catching  of  glow-worms, 
the  cause  of  the  righteous  indignation  of  the  literati  and  the  people 
will  be  triumphant,  and  the  maritime  domains  will  possess;  the  joy  of 
widely  extended  peace.  It  is  on  these  accounts  that  we  are  induced 
to  appear  before  your  excellencies. 

Reply  of  the  commandiuft  to  the  preceding. 

It  appears  that  the  village  gentry r  Tang  Shun  and  others,  have 
memorialized  in  relation  to  the  English  barbarians  giving  loose  rein 
to  disturbance,  and  have  combined  in  earnest  entreaty  that  the  mat- 
ter may  be  settled  by  rigorously  proceeding  to  extermination.  We 
perceive  that  you  cherish  the  principles  of  reason  and  justice,  and 
regard  your  families  and  your  country  as  one  interest ;  and  that,  by 
decided  wrath  and  combined  enmity,  both  literati  and  people  exhibit 
the  great  principles  of  right.  These  rebel  barbarians  are  indeed 
outlaws,  and  reports  of  their  proceedings  having  gone  up  to  the  ce- 
lestial ears,  immense  forces  have  now  been  summoned  from  several 
provinces,  that  with  combined  energies  they-  may  make  thorough 
extermination.     Only  wait  until  the  grand  forces,  like  clouds  assem- 

ihRt  tliR  English  will  Rtteinpt  to  expel  all  (he  natives  from  their  homes  on  Hong* 
kong.     Tr. 


1641.  Affairs  bttween  the  English  and  Chinese.  53^1 

ble  together,  and  then  ii  will  not  be  diflli^.uit  to  capture  the  chiefs  of 
these  rebel  barbarians,  in  order  to  demonstrate  the  celestial  ven- 
geance,  and  soothe  the  feelings  of  the  people.  Wait,  therefore,  until 
their  excellencies  the  governor  and  lieutenant-governor  issue  their 
declaration. 

The  lieuL-ffovemor's  reply. 

I,  the  lieut.-governor,  have  also  seen  the  representation  of  the  said 
graduate  and  others,  ivho  with  upright  feelings  sincerely  desire  to 
mount  the  war>chariot,  and  with  righteous  courage  to  put  the  wheels  in 
motion,  so  that  with  hearts  of  combined  and  deep-rooted  enmity  and 
wrath  they  may  increase  the  determination  for  pure  and  per- 
fect peace.  If  their  disposition  be  thus,  their  praise  is  worthy  of  the 
highest  commendatidn.  The  English  rebels  in  every  matter  have 
been  outrageously  ambitious ;  and  it  is  their  advancing  in  their  pal- 
pable rebellions,  at  which  both  gods  and  men  unite  in  indignation, 
and  which  heaven  and  earth  cannot  bear.  We  respectfully  look 
up  for  the  clear  illumination  of  his  sacred  majesty,  who  has  delivered 
his  imperial  commands  to  Yihshan,  the  rebel-quelling  general,  and 
the  assistant  commissioners  and  high  ministers,  to  proceed  to  Canton 
lo  arrange  affairs.  Upon  the  day  that  the  grand  army,  like  clouds 
shall  assemble,  the  insignificant  and  disgraceful  force  of  the  enemy 
will  be  mowed  down  and  exterminated ;  for,  by  making  a  thorough 
charge  and  an  extended  line  of  attack,  we  may  with  rigorous  ven* 
geance.make  an  entire  end  of  them.  Then  may  we  behold  the  mari- 
time regions  enjoying  peace  and  quietness. 

I,  the  lieut.-governor,  desire  with  the  said  graduated  gentlemen  to 
unite  in  listening  to  the  songs  of  victory. 

No.  2. 

Now,  of  the  wealthiest  nations  beneath  the  heavens,  there  are  none 
comparable  to  the  Central  Land  ;  aud,  of  the  most  eminent  of  men, 
there  are  none  like  our  own  literati;  and  if  we  speak  of  the  manners 
of  the  outside  barbarians,  they  are  not  to  be  compared  to  us.  But 
the  detested  English  rebels,  during  a  year  past,  have  by  their  troops 
been  entailing  troubles  upon  our  country,  and  every  man  throughout 
the  empire  cannot  but  gnash  his  teeth  with  vengeance,  and.  heartily 
desire,  entirely  to  exterminate  the  said  horde.  Then  will  cease  their 
just  indignation.  There  are,  hovever,  certain  parties,  who,  void  of 
understanding,  and  scheming  after  heavy  gains,  disregard  father, 
mother,  wife  and  children,  and  aid  the  vicious  to  do  wickedly.  These 
should  be  regarded  with  extreme  pity,  and  at  the  same  time  with 
intensest  indignation ;  even  birds  and  beasts  are  divided  into  their 
kinds,  and  why  still  more  may  it  not  be  so  with  men  ? 


^;^ 


AH 


M#7\v     !».'/ 


/*;     I^Mi*fi:^M.    «MVA    iViMrA 


Oct, 


K«nlU  liir  viriiir  »*]  coir  si»r.T<H,  Jifc^t.  i*f***-»cif^  f»pn%  realm,  atMl 
rrarbfts  till  itirir  inhnlMiuMts,  «'i«r*  uiii^fHit  mot.  m>  u*  tiflm;  biit  now, 
^ir  fiiiOfu  tticwr  arr  itiAiir  wtir«  v«^««»ra  «iu:  senaraxr  iliLiiw  ives  fiiw 
thvsr  |fririw  and  T^taititiiK,  aiii  4irr!W)n«J^  bUiAV  itir  ttJipJ 
Vt^il*  tttfsr  ui*  l»<^^iitn«ff  ttimd  jiwr  h-uir  *-^*f^iiiu»  And, 
the  Huriisii  arr  ut^v«Miimn|^   itntommai^ir  %i^«ratt^  ;)r.itMM!&,  9r*ductii|r 

€>aMl  v»  iNootl  xlK*ir  fihiitov,  »#»  ^  hi-^t**  mi  <<i&«M»wrriTiir  c^rr^w;   bat 

tkmm  m  xhmr  limiiMT<(-'<mi>  4«u»i]ii£  muiuar  r*iMft<i>  uj  «aNmnr.  P4 
wBTJi,  iftcsY  wrrr  ma»5  wi»  ^tiwc^tic  itioir  ,  :i«r  £;itri»ii  ^  wahh,  snd 
niniu  wiibTufcga  iuea»  «aMM«c  ihtor  9aKi»<  «%(in  timn  s»acre 
piamnr  vauiKsa.  Ai  jumiami.  xbe^  ^  sCil  coir^wi  <«  <^  a  liaiAied 
urtOL  atncl  n  e^  ^kcaofdtv  nt^aasaia^  w  vas  v^  aiTMtc  Mk  ihr 
Jht  •Hicri)  »na  air  rf>ouirtM2  )i«  ^  jwwi.  ?Vc^Imiii$  Uir«  ms%-  wnk  «o 
«n4arucx  ynu  ta  vltf'  iKir  tff  iiHi3aiM«r« .  amK*r  <ia  liir  ^biofi^  ic^kmn  shxpai 
«  war:  ^r'  xiffv  viti  can  mE  vmv  ^us.  aac  maiir  ^«ia  jA 
fiBituq^  xtirv  VST  fnsoi  ¥i«  «» cjwi^   v;«r  trtas  an*^ 

viia  Tunr  suffiL.     Or,  Mrtuua^  iihrc  «»a«   4f?^K«&  vmi  «iv  a 

ja  «rHr  i»  maar  am«<«  ^lif  t>}ui^  aM  «ii>v  jb»c  uxia  wn  anil 

ii'c  manmoL. 

Chi  a  firmcf  nccasina,  1  vusv'tf  w  tti:^Mi  a^  ^  ttiMr  UiHe  , 
xtatm :  ^UL.  l«o«auni£  avavr  «d  cti»r  i-itjiqs  Tracvasus;^  1  atMr  sr^vral 
cirji'fr  atMcauotsc  ih  vamr  sua  svcuraML  i-crcMax^  <ij<«m^r  ^>'>^  >■>« 
i;nE-  I  7«eroR!i«fi  uiai  wasj  Jiatv  a«im  nt^D^Ml  u>v»  xiKor  sa.i^  ai*4 
icT  fliean  csxxu&b  feaii  Miar  s^lus^  ai>£  I  Ufem^Jk'«Y  ^c^e^^aiv  essoe  this 
tcj  ararniafi  vd  a  sw^cai.  aa  «aio<Y  »  vara  a]  i^^xfi  jy\>7%Kv._  Left  Uidiae 
via*  aioe  aft  ir^eseui  cnuvt^  Uw  s&^fi  sii.i^  as  «H«ni 

I  ^CMBitye  «c  ruMT  siisaiKw  aM  rK^mu    If  ^»f9r  a?v  ttiaM'. 
zi0>«r:i,  cK««s  E4.r>.tsa  «^jtJi3u  aa^^  «*iUi  ar 


1841.  Bengal  Govrmmental  Nutificaiions.  535 

cereljf  concerned  for  the  welfare  of  all  you  good  people,  do  I  now 

lajT  the  matter  before  you. 

Nloie,  Np.l,  it  will  perceived,  is  a  petition.  It  is  in  private  circulation,  and 
the  orifrihaMs  remarkable  for  the  high  cIrssIc  style  in  which  it  is  written.  No.  2, 
is  a  well  written  paper,  though  in  style  is  much  lessclassie  than  No.*].  It  is  pested 
on  the  walls  as  a  kind  of  public  admonitory  declaration,  a  custom  by  no  means 
unusual  among  the  Chinese.     Tr.  .        ■  .1 

■  ■ « 

•     -  ■  T 

Art.  II.  Btngal  governmental  notifications,  being  extracts  ofdis" 
patches  to  the  right  honorable  t/ie  earl  of  Aucklemd,  g.  C,  b., 
governor  general,  S^c,  S^e,,  from  sir  Hugh  Gimgh,  and, sir  Le 
Fleming    Senhouse,    respecting   operation   before    Canton, 

To  the   right  honocable  the  earl  of  Auckland,  .g.  g.  b.,  govcmor-general,  Slc, 

Heed  quarters,  ship  Marrion,  C^ton  river,  proceeding  50  Hongkong,.  June  3d, 
1841.    My  Lord—  .      ;  * ;  i .  r 

1.  My  letter  of  the  18th  from  Hongkong  will  have  made  your  lordship  aware  of 
temponry  abandonment  of  the  movement  on  Amoy,  in  order  to  resume  active  ope- 
rations  against  Canton,  consequent  upon  the  constant  arrival  and  concentration  of 
large,  forces  frona  the  several  provinces,  and  other  demonstrations. indicative  of  an 
interruptkm  to  our  friendly  intercourse  with  tlie  provincial  government.       '      '^ 

2.  Fcona  the  judicious  and  unwearied  exertions  of  sir  Le  Fleming  Sepi^qu^e,  the 
senior  naval  officer,,  the  fleet  of  men^f- war  and  transports  was.  prppared  tosail 
on  the  18th,  but  in  consequence  of  light  and  variable,  winds,  the  whole  did  not 
get. under  weigh  until  the  19th.  H.  M.S.  Blenheim  took. up  her  positioa. within  six 
miles  of  Qanton.in.  the  Macao  passage  on  the  21st  islt.,''but  the  whok:  of  the  force 
was  not  assembled  until  the  morning  of  the  23d,  when  I  proceeded  with  si^iLs 
Klemiii^  Senliouse  to  th(V  vicinity  of  the  suburthi  of  the  city,  fiDrthe  dou<^  9^if^% 
of  mieeting  H.  M.  plenipotentiary  and>  ascertaining^  aa  far  aa  pofnble  the  extiaqt 
of  this  enemy's  preparations.  •      '    ;      ;  .,;  j.;^"  .,  t      .   -:„..» 

3.  It  being  the  anxious  wish  ■  both  of  sir  Le  Fleming ,  Senhouso  and  mys«>y.  t^ 
commence  active  operaiions  on  so  auspicious  an  epoch  as  the  anniversary. 9^.  the 
birth  of  our  sovereign,  ev«ry  exertion  was^made,  and  the  troops  wene.  placed  by.  2 
p.  M.^n  that  day  in  various  craft,  procure^  during  the  previpus  day  and,nigl((t  .b^y  the 
great  exertions  of  her  royal  navy.  : ;  n   :  .  ;     .      -  ui 

4.  .  From  an  the  sources,  from  which  I  had  been  en^a^lod  to  collect  i^fopi^ution, 
or  rather  from  the  conjectures  of  penionB  who  liave  long  resided  in.  Qhina,.  (for  no 
European  had  been  permited  to  see  the  country  above  the  factories*  and  the  Chinese 
wquldgive  no  information),  I  was  induced  to  decide  on  making  my  grincipalpoim 
of  debarkation  to  the  northwest  of  the  city,  while  another  column  was  to  take.  pes. 
sesstonof  the  factories,  drawing  the  attention  of  the  enemy  to  .t|iat  quarter,,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  cooperate  witli  the  naval  force  wJiich  was  to  attack, the  river 
defenses,  in  order  to  silence  numerous  new  works  recently  erected  by  the  Chinese 


o36  Bengal  Oooei'Hmentai  NulificatioAs,  Oct. 

alonj;  the  whole  southern  face  of  the  city.    A  roont  «pihted  and  judicioua  recon- 

^oinance  made  by  captain  Belcher,  of  H.  M.  S.  Sulphur,  the  previoui  eveningr. 

established  the  practicability  of  effecting  a  landinpr  at  the  point  I  had  selected. 

5.  Every  arran^ment  having  been  completed  by  two  o'clock,  and  the  boats  and 
other  carft  placed  in  tow  of  the  stcamen,  the  force  moved  to  the  point  of  attack, 
as  follows : 

Right  column,  to  attack  and  hold  the  factories,  in  tow  of  the  Atalanta,  consist. 

Officers,  other  ranks.        ing  of  her  majesty's  26th  regiment,  as  per  margin,  an 

15  294  otflcer  and  20  rank  and  file  of  tiie  Madras  artillery,  with 

one  6  pounder  and  one  5^  inch  mortar  and  30  sappers,   with  an  officer  of  engi. 

neers,  under  mojor  Pratt,  of  H.  M.  26th. 

Left  column^^towed  by  the  Nemesis,  in  four  brigades,  to  move  left  in  front. 

fH.  M.  49th,  commanded  by     Officers,  other  ranks- 
major  Stephens,  28  273 
lieuU^colonel   Morris,    ^  37th  Madras  N.  I.,  capt.  Duff,       U  219 
49th  regiment.             •  ]  One  company  Bengal  Volun. 

t   teen,  captain  Mee,  .        .  I  114 

3d,  (artillery)  brigade,  un.  ^  Royal  artillery,  licut.*  Spencer,         2  33 
der    captain    Knowles^  Madras  artillery  including  gun 

R.  A.                               (    Lascars,  captain  Anatruther,        10  231 

Sappers  and  miners,  capt.  Cotton,    4  137 

Ordnance.    Four  12  pounder  howitzers.    Four  9  pounder  field  guns.    Two  6 

pounder  field  guns.    Three  5^  mortars.    Fifteen  —  two  32  pounder  rockets. 

2d  naval  brigade,  under  f  *f * 'y^'  S?''!;^*'' VSS*"  ^"''  1 1  i  tq 

M.  ship  Blonde.  ^  g^,^^^  j,  y^  g^jp  Nimnd.       16  231 

1st  (right)  brigade,  reserve,  i  Royal  marines  capt.  Ellis  9  373 

under  nnajor.geitoral      <  18th  Royal  Irish,  lt..colonel 
BtirreU.  (    Adams        ....        25  494 

6.  The  right  column  reached  its  point  of  attack  before  5  r.  m.,  and  took  poa. 
session  of  the- factories,  when  major  Fnttt  made  the  necessary  arrangements  for 
strengthening  his  p6at,  holding  his  men  ready  for  ofifensive  or  defensive  oi«'ratk>n8. 

7.  The  left  column,  towed  by  the  Nemesis,  from  the  difficulties  of  the  passage 
with  such  a  fleet  of  craft  as  she  had  in  tow,  did  not  reach  the  Sulphur  until  durk, 
which  vessel  captain  Belcher  had  judiciously  anchored  close  to  the  village  of 
Tsing.hae,  the  pomt  of  debarkation,  about  five  miles  by  the  river  line  above  the 
factories.  I  could  tlierefore  only  land  the  49th  regiment,  with  which  corps  I 
made  a  reconnoissance  to  some  distance,  meeting  a  few  straggling  parties  of  the 
enemy.  After  friacing  the  picquets,  the  corps  fell  back  on  the  village  of  Tsinghae 
to  protect  and  cover  the  landing  of  the  guns,  which  was  effected  during  the  night, 
by  the  zealous  efforts  of  the  artillery.  The  following  morning  the  remainder  of 
the  column  landed,  and  the  whole  proceeded  soon  after  daylight. 

"  8.  The  heights  to  thenorth  of  Canton,  crowned  by  four  strong  forts,  and  the 
city  walls  which  nm  over  the  southern  cxtromity  of  these  heights,  including  one 
elevated  point,  appeared  to  be  about  three  miles  and  a  half  distant ;  the  inter- 
mediate  ground,  undulating  much,  and  intersected  by  holk>ws  under  wet  paddy 
cultivation,  enabled  me  to  take  up  successive  positions,  until  we  approached  with, 
in  range  of  the  forts  on  the  heights  and  the  northern  face  of  the  city  walb.  I  had 
to  wait  here  some  time,  placing  the  iiiun  mider  cover,  to  bring  up  the  rocket  bat« 
tery  and  artillery. 


1841*  Bengal  Governmental  Sotijications.  •)37 

9.  I  hmve  iflready  informed  your  lordship,  that  I  was  totally  unacquainted  with 
the  country  which  I  had  to  pass  over,  the  amount  of  the  enemy's  force,  or  the  dif. 
ficulties  that  might  present  themselTcs  at  cTery  step ;  but  I  had  the  proud  con* 
ciousness  of  feeling  that  your  lordship  had  placed  under  me  a  band,  whom  no  dis. 
parity  of  numben  could  dishearten,  and  no  difficulty  could  check.  They  nobly 
reaUzed,  by  their  steadiness  under  fire,  their  disciplined  advance,  and  their 
animated  rush,  my  warmest  anticipations. 

10.  Having  at  8  o'clock  got  up  the  rocket  battery,  with  two  5^  inch  mortan, 
two  13  pounder  howitzers  and  two  9  pounder  gims,  a  well  dirteted  fire  was  kept 
up  on  the  two  western  forts,  which  had  much  annoyed  us  by  a.  haavy  fire,  I  now 
made  the  disposition  for  attack  in  echelon  of  columns  from  the  kft,  and  directed 
the  49th  regiment  to  carry  a  hill  on  the  left  of  the  nearest  eastern  fort,  supported 
by  the  37th  Madras  native  infantry  and  Bengal  Volnnteen,  under  lieut..colonel 
Morris  of  the  49th  regiment.  The  16th  Royal  Irish,  supported  by  the  royal  marines, 
under  major-general  Burrell,  I  directed  to  carry  a  hill  to  their  front,  which  was 
strongly  occupied  and  flanked  the  approach  to  the  fort  just  mentioned.  This 
movement  was  to  cut  off  the  communication  between  the  eastern  forts,  and  cover 
the  advance  of  the  19th  in  their  attack  and  storm  of  the  nearest.  Major-general 
Burrell  had  directions  to  push  on  and  take  the  principal  square  fort,  when  tlie  49th 
made  their  rush.  Simultaneous  with  these  attacks,  the  brigade  of  seamen  was  to 
carry  the  two  western  forts,  covered  by  a  concentrated  fire  from  the  whole  of  the 
guns  and  rockets. 

11.  During  the  whole  of  the  advance,  my  right  had  been  threatened  by  a  large 
body  of  the  enemy  which  debouched  from  the  western  suburbs,  and  just  as  I  was 
about  to  commence  the  attack  a  report  was  made,  that  heavy  columns  were  advanc- 
ing on  the  right,  I  was  therefore  compelled  to  detach  the  marines  under  captain 
Ellis,  to  support  the  brigade  of  seamen,  and  to  cover  my  figh#aiid  rear.  . 

13.  At  about  i  past  9  o'clock,  the  advance  was  sounded,  and  it  has  seldom  fallen 
to  my  lot  to  witneee  a  more  soldier-like  and  steady  advance,  or  a  more  animated  at. 
tack.r  Every  individual,  native  aB  well  as  European,  steadily  and  gallantly  did  his 
duty.  The  18th  and  49th  were  emulous  which  should  first  reach  their  appointed 
goals ;  but,  under  the  impulse  of  this  feeling  they  did  not  lose  sight  of  that  disci- 
pUno  which  could  alone  insure  success.  The- advance  of  the  37th  M.N.  I.,  and 
Bengal  Volunieen  in  support,  was  equally  praiseworthy. 

13.  The  result  of  this  combined  movement  was,  that  the  two  forts  were  captured 
with  [comparatively  small  loss,  andthat^  in  little  more  than  half  an  hoiur  after,  the 
order  to  advance  was  given,  the  British  troops  looked  down  <m  Canton  within  100 
paces  of  its  walb. 

14.  The  well  directed  fire  of  the  artillery  in  the  centre  was  highly  creditable,  and 
did  great  execution. 

15.  In  cooperation  with  these  attacks,  I  witnessed  with^o  ordinary  gratifica- 
tion  the  noble  rush  of  the  brigade  of  seamen  under  tlieir  gallant  leader,  captain 
Boorchier,  exposed  tq  a  heavy  fire  from  the  whole  of  the  northwestern  rampart. 
This  right  attack  was  equally  suceessful,  and  here  also  tha  British  standard 
proudly  waved  on  the  two  western  forts,  while  the  British  tars  looked  down  upon 
the  northwestern  face  of  the  city  and  its  suburb. 

16.  During  the  great  part  of  the  day,  a  very  spirited  fire  from  heavy  pieces  of  ord. 
nance,  ginjals  and  matchlocks,  was  kept  up  on  the  diflferent  c<rfumns,  occupying 
Uie  heights  and  forUi. 

VOL.    X.    NO.    X.  (58 


536  Bpigal  Governmental  Notifications,  Oct.   • 

17.  A  •tron^ly  entrenched  camp  of  contideimble  extent,  occupied  apparMitly  bj 
about  four  tiiotiiand  men,  lay  to  Uie  northeaat  of  the  city  npon  riiin|r  gtound  ae- 
pamted  by  a  tract  of  paddy  land  from  the  baae  of  the  heighte.  Frequent  attaeks 
were  made  upon -my  left  by  bodies  sent  from  this  encampment,  but  were  as  fres. 
quently  repulsed  by  the  49th.  This,  however,  ezpoeed  the  men  to  a  heavy  ^n  from 
the  walls  of  the  city. 

18.  About  3  6'clock,  perceiving  that  officen  of  consequence  were  joining 
this  force  from  the  city,  and  had  occupied  a  village  in  rear  of  my  left,  I  directed 
the  49th  to  dislodge  them.  This  was  instantly  efiected  in  the  same  spirited  man. 
ner  that  had  marked  every  movement  of  this  gallant  corps.  About  3  o^doek,  it 
was  evident  that  some  officer  of  •high  rank  had  reached  the  encampment,  (I 
have  since  understood  that  it  was,  Yang,  the  Tartar  general)  and  that  prepanu 
twns  were  making  for  a  fresh  attack.  I  ordered  down  the  18th,  therefore,  with 
one  company  of  the  royal  marines  to  roinforce  the  49th,  and  directed  manjor- 
general  Burrell  to  assume  the  command,  to  repel  the  projected  attack  and  instant, 
ly  to  follow  up  the  enemy  across  a  narrow  causeway,  the  only  approach,  and  take 
and  destroy  the  encampment.  This  duty  was  well  and  gallantly  performed,  but 
I  regrot  to  say  with  rather  severe  loss  from  the  difficulty  of  approach,  ezpoeed  to 
a  heavy  fire  from  the  guns  and  ginjals  on  the  northeast  face  of  the  city  waU.  The 
enemy  were  driven  at  all  points  and  fled  across  the  country ;  the  encampment  was 
burnt,  the  magazines,  of  which  there  were  several,  blown  up,  and  the  permanent 
buildings  of  coniiderable  extent  set  on  &n.  I  had  as  much  pleasure  in  witness- 
ing, as  I  have  in  recording,  my  approval  of  the  spirited  conduct  of  captain  Grat* 
tan,  who  commanded  the  two  leading  companies  of  the  18th,  across  the  causeway. 
These  companies  were  closely  followed  by  the  49th,  the  remainder  of  the  18th 
and  company  of  royal  marines,  who  passed  along  a  bank  of  the  paddy  field  to 
their  left.  The  enemy  not  appearing  inclined  to  move  out  of  the  town  to  support 
this  point,  I  directed  the  force  to  return  to  the  heights. 

19.  Having  reconnoitred  the  walb  and  gates,  I  decided  on  taking  the  city  by 
assault,  or  rather  upon  taking  a  strong  fortified  height  of  considerable  extent 
within  the  city  wall,  before  the  panic  ceased,  but  the  hill  in  our  rear  bdng 
peculiarly  rugged,  and  its  base  difficult  of  approach  on  account  of  the  narrowness 
of  the  path  between  the  wet  paddy  fields,  I  had  only  been  enabled  to  get  up  a 
very  few  of  the  lightest  pieces  of  ordnance,  and  a  small  proportion  of  ammuni. 
tfcm.  I  therefore  deemed  it  right  to  await  the  arrival  of  this  necessary  arm  to  make 
the  assault. 

90.  The  following  morning,  the  96th,  at  10  o'clock,  a  fiag  of  truce  was  hoist, 
ed  on  the  walls,  when  I  deputed  Mr.  Thom  (whom  captain  Elliot  had  sent  to  mo 
as  mterpreter,)  to  ascertain  the  cause.  An  officer  stated  that  they  wished  for 
peace.  I  had  it  explained  that,  as  general  commanding  the  British,  I  would  treat 
with  none  but  the  general  commanding  the  Chinese  troops — that  we  came  before 
Canton  much  against  the  wishes  of  the  Britiih  nation,  but  that  repeated  insults 
and  breaches  of  faith  had  compelled  us  to  make  the  present  movement,  and  that' 
I  would  cease  fromr  hostilities  for  two*  hours  to  enable  their  general  to  meet  mo 
and  sir  Le  Fleming  Shenhouse,  who  kindly  accompanied  me  throughout  tho 
whole  operations,  and  to  whoee  judicious  arrangements  and  unceasing  exertions 
for  the  furtherance  of  the  united  services  (and  I  am  proud  to  say  they  are  united 
in  hand  and  heart.)  I  cannot  too  strongly  express  my  seme  of  obligation.    I  fur. 


1841.  Bengal  Govtmmtntal  JVotifictiiions,  589 

thtr  explained,  Ui&t  captain  Elliot,  H.  M.  plenipotentiary,  waa  with  the  advanced 
aqoadron  to  the  aouth  of  the  city,  and  that  if  I  did  not  receive  a  communication 
from  him,  or  had  not  a  lahefactory  interview  with  the  feneral,  I  ihonld,  at  the 
termination  of  the  two  hoora,  order  the  white  flag  to  be  etmck. 

21.  Aa  the  feneral  did  not  make  hie  appearance,  although  nomeroua  meaaagee 
were  received  between  thia  time  (about  noon)  and  4  p.  M.,  I  hauled  down  the  white 
flag.  The  enemy  however  did  not,  which  waa  rather  convenient,  aa  it  enabled  me 
to  get  up  my  gune  and  ammunition,  without  expoeing  my  men  to  firer. 

23.  During  the  night  of  the  36th,  everything  waa  prepared  on  our  eide,  with 
the  exception  of  one  12  pounder  howttaer,  the  carriage  of  which  had  been  diaabled, 
the  guna,  by  the  indefatigable  exertion  of  the  officen  and  men  of  the  royal  artillery 
and  Madraa  artillery  and  eappera,  were  placed  in  poeition.  AU  waa  ready,  and  the 
neceeaary  ordera  were  given  for  opening  the  batteriea  at  7  o'clock  on  the  morning 
of  the  37th,  and  for  the  amault  at  8,  in  4  colnmne. 

83.  The  right  column,  compoeed  of  the  royal  marinea  under  captain  Ellie,  had 
directiona  to  paaa  through  a  deaerted  village  to  the  right  of  the  north  gate,  to  blow 
the  gate  open  with  powder  baga  if  poeaible,  and  if  not,  to  eecalade  a  circular  work 
thrown  up  aa  a  eecond  defenae  to  that  gate. 

24.  The  eecond  column  on  the  right,  conaiating  of  the  brigade  of  eeamen,  under 
captain  fiourchier,  was  directed  to  make  the  aaaanlt  by  escalade  on  the  oppoatte 
side  of  the  circular  defenae,  where  the  wall  appeared  comparatively  low,  covered 
by  a  heavy  fire  of  moaketry  from  the  hill  within  pistol  shot  of  the  walla.  Thia 
colimm  would  have  been  exposed  only  to  the  fire  of  a  few  flanking  guns,  which  I 
calculated  would  have  been  kept  imder  by  the  fire  of  the  covering  party. 

25.  The  Idth  fioyal  Irish,  imder  lieutenant-coionel  Adams,  were  ordered  to 
advance  from  the  rear  of  a  hill  doee  to  the  five  storied  pagoda,  and  to  eecalade 
the  walla  behind  this  pagoda,  (which  waa  not  flanked  except  by  one  gun)  although 
they  were  high,  from  36  to  30  feet,  but  I  hoped  by  the  concentrated  fire  of  the 
guna  to  have  reduced  an  exceedingly  high  and  apparently  slight  parapet  The 
escalade  of  thia  corps  waa  to  be  covered  by  -the  Bengal  Volunteers  and  a  company 
of  the  37th  M.  N.  I. 

36.  The  left  aasault  waa  to  be  made  by  the  49th,  uuder  lieuLi^olonel  Morris. 
This  corps  waa  directed  to  escalade  by  a  bastion  directly  in  front  of  and  com. 
manded  by  the  principal  fort  in  our  possession,  called  by  the  Chineeo  Ytmg.Kang. 
tai,  the  fire  of  musketry  from  which  would  have  prevented  the  enemy  from 
making  use  of  their  guns.  To  strengthen  this  attack,  two  companiee  of  the  37th 
M.  N.  I.  were  to  occupy  the  heights  and  keep  up  a  rapid  fire  upon  the  walL 

37.  The  ground  waa  peculiarly  favorable  for  these  several  attache,  and  for  the 
efibctive  fire  of  the  covering  parties,  without  a  chance  of  injuring  the  assailanta. 
The  heights  which  we  occupied  are  from  90  to  350  paces  from  the  city  wall,  with 
a  precipitoua  glen  intervening.  On  making  a  lodgement  on  the  walle,  each 
column  waa  to  communicate  with  and  support  that  on  ita  inner  flank,  and  when 
united,  to  make  a  ruah  for  the  fortified  hill  within  the  walla,  on  which  the  artillery 
waa  directed  to  paly  ttom  the  moment  the  advance  waa  aounded.  I  directed 
captain  Knowles  to  aecertain,  as  far  aa  practicable,  by  the  firo  of  heavy  rockete 
and  aheUf,  whether  it  was  minded,  which  alone  I  apprahended— the  Chineee,  usu. 
ally  forming  their  mines  so  aa  to  make  them  liable  to  exploeion  by  eueh  meane. 

^8.    The  flags  of  trace  still  appeared  upon  the  walls  at  daylight  on  the  87thi 


540  Bengal  Gooernmenial  Notifir.aiions.  Oct.. 

and  at  a. quarter  past  tix  o^cloek  I  was  on  the  point  of  sending  the  interpreter  to 
explain,  that  I  could  not  respect  such  a  display,  after  my  flaf  had  been  taken 
down,  and  should  at  onee  reeame  hostiliies.  At  this  moment,  an  officer  of  the  royal 
nayy,  who  had  been  traveling  all  night,  haying  missed  his  way,  handed  me  the 
acoompanying  letter  from  U.  M.*s  plenipotentiary.  Whatever  might  be  my  sen. 
timents,  my  duty  was  to  aequieice  the  attack,  which  was  to  have  commenced 
in  45  minntes,  was  countermanded,  and  the  feelings  of  the  Chineee  were  spared. 
Of  the  policy  of  the  measures,  I  do  not  consider  myself  a  competent  judge :  bnt 
I  say  feelings,  as  I  would  have  been  responsible  that  Canton  should  be  equally 
spared,  with  exception  of  its  defenses,  and  that  not  a  soldier  should  have  entered 
the  town  further  than  the  fortified  heights  within  its  walls. 

99.  At  10  o^clook,  Yang,  the  Tartar  general,  requested  a  conference,  when  sir 
Le  Fleming  Senhouae  accompanied  me,  and  a  long  and  uninteresting  parley  enso. 
ed,  in  which  I  explained  that  H.  M.  plenipotentiary,  having  resumed  negotiatione 
with  the  local  authorities,  I  should  await  a  further  communication  from  him.  At 
13  Q^dock,  capt.  Elliot  arrived  in  camp,  and  all  further  active  opeartions  ceased. 

30.  .  The  following  day  at  12  o^olock,  in  a  conference  with  the  Kwangchow 
foo,  under  the  walls,  every  arrangement  was  made  for  the  evacuation  of  the  city, 
by  as  large  a  portion  of  the  Tartar  troopa  as  could  be  got  ready,  and  I  permitted 
an  officer  of  rank  of  pass  through  my  Unes  to  procure  quarters  for  them.  I  wan. 
now  given  to  understand  that  the  force  amounted  at  45,000  men-  from  other  pro. 
vinces,  exclusive  of  the  troope  belonging  to  the  Kwangtung^rovince.  At  the 
request  of  captain  Elliot,  I  acquiesed  in  the  former  passing  out  of  the  northeast 
gate  to  the  left  of  my  position,  and  permitted  them  to  carry  away  their  arms  and 
baggage,  on  condition  that  no  banner  should  be  displayed  or  music  sounded. 

31.  About  12  o^clock,  the  foUowing  day,  I  perceived  numbers  of  men,  appa. 
rently  irregulars,  and  armed  for  the  moot  part  with  k>ng  spears,  shields  and  swords, 
collecting  upon  the  heights  three  or  foqr  miles  to  my  rear.  As  they  continued 
rapidly  to  increase,  detaching  bodiee  to  their  front,  I  directed  general  BurrelL  to 
take  charge  of  our  position,  and  hold  every  man  ready  in  case  a  sortie  or  other, 
act  of  treachery  under  cover  of  a  flag  of  truce  should  be  intended ;  and  I  advanced 
with  a  wing  of  the  36th,  which  corps  I  had  withdrawn  two  days  previously  from 
the  factories  (three  companies  of  the  49th,  the  37th  Madras  N.  I.,  and  the  com. 
pany  of  Bengal  Volunteers,  supported  by  the  royal  marinee.  The  two  large  corps 
i  kept  in  reeerve,  ready  to  return  and  act  on  the  flank,  should  an  attack  be  made 
on  our  poeitlon  from  the  town.  When  I  descended  the  heights  about  4000  men 
appeared  in  my  front.  I  directed  the  wing  of  the  36th,  under  major  Pratt,  sup. 
ported  by  the  37th  Madras.  N.  I.  to  advance  and  drive  them  from  rather  a  strong 
poaitwn  they  had  taken  up  behind  an  embankment,  along  the  bed  of  a  strsam. 
Thii  duty  the  36th  and  37th  performed  meet  creditably,  and  as  the  Chinese  made 
Kivlly  at  what  appeared  to  be  a  military  post  in  my  front,  I  directed  that  it 
ohould  te  destroyed,  which  waa  instantly  eftcted  by  the  86th,  and  a  magasine, 
nnexfteiediy.iband  in  the  village,  blown  up.  These  duties  having  been  perform, 
qd  withoct..ihe  less  of  a  man,  the  Chineee  throwing  away  their  spears  and  flying 
the  moment  a  fire  was  open  upon,  them,  I  directed  the  49th,  royal  marines,  and 
Bengal  Volunteers  to  fall  back  on  our  positwn,  and  rein^n^th  tho  wing  of  the 
-26th  and  37th  Madras  N.  I.,  (about  380  men)  to  wateh  the  movement  of  the 
Chioiise.  who  had  retreated  to  a  range  of'  heights  in  my  front,  having  no  banners. 


1841.  Btngal  Governmental  \otiJi cations.  541 

and  apparently  but  few  matchlocks  amongst  them.  Within  two  hours,  however, 
from  7000  to  8000  men  had  collected  and  displayed  numerous  banners.  When  1 
first  moved,  I  had  ordered  captain  Knowles,  of  the  royal  artilliery«  to  bring  out  a 
few  rockets,  but  our  advance  was  so  rapid  that  he  did  not  get  them  up,  until  the 
repulse  of  the  first  body. 

32.  At  this  moment,  the  heat  of  the  sun  was  hardly  supportable,  and  both 
officers  and  men  were  greatly  exhausted.  I  must  here  state,  and  with  sincere 
sorrow,  that  major  Becher,  deputy  quarter  master  general,  a  most  estimable  and 
willing  officer,  whose  service  throughout  the  previous  operations  were  as  credita- 
ble to  him,  as  they  were  satisfactory  to  me,  fell  by  my  side  from  over-exertion, 
and  expired  within  a  few  minutes.  My  aid.de.camp  captain  Gough,  was  alsq 
alarmingly  unwell  from  the  same  cause,  and  I  ordered  him  back  to  camp,  when 
the  enemy  were  repulsed,  but  hearing  that  the  Chinese  were  again  assembling,  he 
returned,  and  meeting  the  Bengal  Volunteers,  very  judiciously  brought  them  back. 

33.  The  Chinese  having  advanced  in  great  force,  some  rockets  were  fired  at 
them,  but  although  thrown  with  great  precision,  appeared  to  have  little  effiict,  and 
as  the  approach  of  a  thunder  storm  was  evident,  I  became  anxious,  before  it 
broke,  to  disperse  this  assemblage,  whose  approach  bespoke  more  determinatwn 
than  I  had  previously  witnessed.  I  ordered  major  Pratt  to  attack  a  large  body 
who  were  advancing  through  the  paddy  fields  on  his  left,  and  to  clear  the  hills  to 
his  front.  Capt.  Duff,  with  the  37th  Madias  N.  I.  supported  by  the  Bengal  Vo. 
lunteera  under  captain  Mee,  I  ordered  to  advance  direct  to  his  front  and  dislodge 
a  body,  which  had  reOccupied  the  post,  that  wo  had  previously  burned,  and  then 
push  forward  and  clear  the  hills  to  his  front.  I  witnessed  with  much  satis&ction 
the  spirited  manner  in  which  these  officen  executed  my  orders,  and  the  enemy 
were  driven  in  at  all  points.  The  right  of  the  37th  being  threatened  by  a  military 
post  at  the  foot  of  the  hills  to  our  right,  the  Bengal  Volunteen  dispersed  the  oc 
cupants.  This  however  separated  them  from  the  37th  Madras  N.  I.,  and  perceiv. 
*ng  that  this  latter  corps  was  advancing  further  than  I  intended,  I  ordered  captain 
Ommaney,  (of  the  3d  Madras  light  cavalry,  who  with  Ueutenant  Mackenzie  of 
H.  M.  90th  regiment,  accompanied  me  as  amateurs,«-and  both  were  most  lealoua 
and  useful  in  conveying  my  ordera)  to  direct  the  Bengal  Volunteen  to  move  up  to 
its'  support.  Captain  Duff  meanwhile,  to  open  his  communication  with  the  26th 
on  his  left,  had  detached  a  company  under  lieut.  Hadfieid  for  that  purpose. 

34.  The  thunder  storm  was  now  most  awful,  and  finding  that  as.our  men  ad- 
vanced, the  Chinese  retired,  I  considered  that  it  would  be  injudicious  to  follow 
them  further,  and  directed  the  whole  to  fall  back.  The  rain  continued  to  fall  in 
torrents,  and  most  of  the  fire  locks  had  got  wet,  at  one  time  the  26th  had  been 
unable  to  fire  a  single  musket,  this  emboldened  the  Chinese,  who,  in  many  in. 
stances,  attacked  our  men  hand  to  hand,  and  the  26th  had  frequently  to  charge 
bodies  that  advanced  close  to  them. 

35.  As  the  Chinese,  even  in  this  mode  of  warfare,  could  make  no  impre8Bion« 
they  retreated,  and  the  26th  and  37th  Madras  N.  I.  and  Bengal  Volunteers  fell 
back.  Understanding  from  captain  Duff  that  his  detached  company  was  with  the 
26th  I  directed  the  whole,  after  a  short  halt,  to  return  to  our  position,  and  was 
exceedingly  annoyed  on  the  force  concentrating,  to  find  the  detached  company, 
under  lieut.  Hadfieid,  had  never  joined  the  26th,  I  immediately  ordered  two  com. 
panies  of  marines  with  the  percustfion  locks  to  return  with  captain  Duff  to  tjie 


54^  Bengal  GovemmaUal  Notijicaiions,  Oct. 

■erne  of  tbii  day*:<  contest.  It  gives  me  no  ordinsfy  gntificatioi^to  say  that  a 
little  after  dark,  they  found  lieot.  Hadfieid  with  his  gallaat  eonpany  hi  iqoare 
surrounded  by  some  thousand  Chinese,  who,  as  the  37thni  firebcka  weald  not  fo 
^  ofl^  had  approached  close  to  them.  The  sepoys,  I  am  proud  to  say,  in  this  eiitieal 
situation,  nobly  upheld  the  high  eharaeter  of  the  native  army,  by  unshrinking  dis. 
cipline  and  cheerful  obedience,  and  I  foel  that  the  eipiession  of  my  best  thanks  ia 
due  to  lient.  Hadfieid  and  to  lieot.  Devwenx,  and  ensign  Barkeley,  who  aealoasly 
supported  him  during  this  trying  aosne.  The  Isst  named  officer,  I  regret  to  say, 
was  severely  wounded.  The  marines,  with  captain  Jhdt,  fired  a  eouple  of  vuUiee 
into  this  crowd,  which  instantly  disperpsd  them  with  great  loss. 

36.  At  daylight  the  next  morning  I  felt  myself  caUedj  upon  to  send  into  the 
city  and  inform  the  Kwangehow  foo,  that  if,  under  evisting  cireumstanees,  a  si. 
milar  insult  was  offioed  or  any  demonstration  made,  indicative  of  hostile  intermp. 
tion  to  the  negotiations  pending  under  a  flag  of  tniee  far  the  evaeualaoB  of  the 
city  by  the  Chinese  troope  and  a  ransom  of  its  delivetanee,  I  would  at  once  hao^ 
down  the  white  flag  and  resume  hostilitieB.  At  19  oPekttk,  captam  ElUol  johied 
me,  and  a  communication  waa  received  that  the  Kwangehow  foo  would  meet  ue 
under  the  walls.  Pmvious  to  hie  sfiival,  vast  numbers  of  Chinese  appeared  on  the 
hills,  which  during  the  early  part  of  the  morning  had  been  dear.  Guns  and 
ginjalls  were  fired  in  all  directions,  various  banners  displayed,  and  large  partiea 
thrown  out  in  advance.  About  7500  Tutar  troope  had  marrthed  out  of  the  city 
that  morning,  and  were  still  moving,  with  their  arms,  but,  as  stipulated,  withoot 
music  or  banners.  I  felt  some  doubt  whether  tseaehery  was  not  eontempJated, 
and  I  therefore  made  sooh  a  disposition  of  our  troops,  as  to  ensure  its  defeat.  By 
2  (^elock  from  13,000  to  15,000  men,  evidently  the  etme  descriptkm  of  fafce,  that 
we  had  met  the  preceding  day,  had  assembled  on  the  etme  heights. 

37.  The  Kwangehow  foo  now  arrived,  and  it  became  evident,  and  he  waa 
perfectly  in  my  power,  that  no  combination  existed  between  the  troope  in  the 
town  or  theee  marching  out,  and  the  assemblage  in  my  rear.  I  therefore  ordered 
the  wing  of  the  26th,  the  other  wing  had  been  left  at  Tein|^e,  to  keep  up  the 
communication  with  the  rear,  and  a  wing  of  the  49th  with  the  37th  M.  N.  L  and 
the  royal  ?"»•""**  to  be  prepared  to  disperse  the  esseilints.  On  joining  the  Kwang • 
chow  foo,  and  explaining  my  determination  to  pot  my  threat  in  force  if  the  enemy 
advanced,  he  assured  me  that  this  hostils  movement  waa  without  the  knowledge, 
and  against  the  wishee,  of  the  Chinese  aulhoritiee;  that  there  were  no  officen 
with  Uiis  militia  in  our  rear,  that  it  had  eesembled  to  protect  the  villages  in  the 
l^ain,  and  that  he  would  instantly  send  off  a  offioer  of  rank  (his  own  assistant) 
with  orden  for  its  immediate  dispenion,  if  I  would  depute  an  officer  to  accompany 

him. 

38.  Capt.  Moore,  of  the  34th  Bengal  N.  I.  depoty.judge  advocate  general,  volnn. 
teered  this  haxardoos  duty.  This  affioer  had  accompanied  me  as  one  of  my  per. 
sonal  staff  throughout  all  the  operations,  and  he~and  major  Wilson,  pay  master  to 
the  expedition,  who  kindly  volunteered  to  act  m  the  same  eapaoity,  had  by  their 
zealous  service  been  most  useful  to  me  in  a  country,  where  all  my  orden  were  to 
be  conveyed  by  offieere  on  foot  through  an  intricate  line  of  communication.  Capt. . 
Moore  was  quite  successful,  as  the  whole  body  instantly  retreated  and  entirely 
dispersed  as  soon  as  he  and  the  Chinese  officer  bad  made  known  to  the  leaden 
the  object  of  their  coming.  .  ^ 


1841.  Bengal  Govenutienlul  Sotijicaiions.  d43 

r  39.  Finding  that  five  millions  oi  dollara  had  been  paid  and  that  H.  M.  pleni. 
potentiary  wma  perfectly  eatiafied  with  the  Mcurity  ibr  payment  of  the  remaining 
million  for  the  ransom  of  Canton,  that  upwards  of  14,500  Tartar  troops  had  march, 
ed  ont  of  the  town  under  the  terms  of  the  treaty  without  colors  or  banners  flying, 
or  music  beating,  that  3,000  had  gone  by  water,  and  that  the  remainder  were 
prepared  to  follow,  when  carriage  was  provided,  I  acceded  to  the  wish  of  H.  M. 
plenipotentiary  to  embark  the  troops,  the  Chinese ,  furnishing  me  with  800  coolies 
to  convey  my  guns  and  ammunition.  These  coolies  being  furnished  soon  after 
daylight  on  the  1st  instant,  I  sent  all  the  guns  and  stores  to  the  rear  covered  by 
the  26th,  royal  marines,  37th  M.  N.  I.  and  Bengal  Volunteers,  and  at  12  o'clock 
the  British  flag  was  lowered  in  the  four  forts,  and  the  troops  and  brigade  of  seamen 
marched  out  and  returned  to  Tsinghae. 

40.  By  the  excellent  arrangements  and  under  the  active  superintendence  of 
capt.  Bourchier  of  H.  M.  ship  Bonde,  and  captain  Maitland  of  H.  M.  ship  Welles, 
ley,  the  whole  were  reftmbarked  by  3  o*ck>ck,  without  leaving  a  man  of  the  army 
or  navy  or  a  camp-follower  behind,  and  under  tow  of  the  Nemesis,  reached  their 
respective  transports  that  night. 

41.  I  have  now,  my  lord,  detailed,  I  fear  at  too  great  length,  the  occurrences 
of  eight  days  before  Canton.  I  might  have  been  very  brief,  perfect  success  at. 
tending  every  operation— 4>ut  by  a  mere  statement  of  the  leading  facts,  I  should 
not  have  done  justice  to  the  discipline  of  the  small  but  gallant  band,  whom  it  was 
my  good  fortune  to  command,  and  whose  devotedness  was  worthy  of  a  better  foe. 

42.  I  have  not  touched  upon  the  brilliant  conduct  of  the  royal  navy  in  their  at- 
tacks and  various  operatkms  to  the  south  of  the  city,  as  these  will  be  detailed  by 
their  own  chief,  to  whom,  as  I  have  said,  I  cannot  too  strongly  express  my  obliga. 
twns. 

43.  In  a  body,  where  all  have  done  their  duty  nobly  and  zealously,  it  would  be 
invidious  to  particularize :  I  will  however  entreat  your  lordship's  favorable  notice 
of  the  commanding  officera  of  brigades  and  corps,  from  whom  I  have  received  the 
most  able  assistance,  and  to  whom  my  best  thanks  are  due.  To  major-general 
Burrell  commanding  the  right  brigade,  who  was  zealously  supported  by  lieut. 
colonel  Adams,  commanding  18th  Royal  Irish,  and  capt.  Ellis,  commanding  the 
marine  battalion,  to  capt.  Bourehier  of  H.  M.  ship  Blonde,  commanding  the 
brigade  of  seamen,  supported  most  ably  by  capt.  Maitland  of  H.  M.  ship  Wei. 
lesley,  and  capt.  Barlow  H.  M  ship  Nimrod,  to  lieuU.coL  Morris,  commanding  the 
left  brigade,  whose  good  fortune  it  was  fint  to  carry  the  heighU  and  place  the 
colon  of  the  49th  in  the  fint  fort  taken,  gallantly  seconded  by  major  Stephens, 
who  commanded  the  49th  in  the  fint  operation,  and  major  BIyth,  who  commanded 
that  corps  during  the  latter  part  of  the  day — capt.  Duff  commanding  37th  M.  N. 
I.  and  capt  Mee,  commanding  the  Bengal  Volunteen. 

To  major  Pntt,  commanding  H.  M.  /26th  regiment.  This  corps,  though  not  at 
first  much  engaged  from  the  nature  of  its  position  at  the  factories,  proved  on  the 
30th,  by  its  spirited  and  steady  conduct,  which  nothing  eould  exceed,  how  valua. 
ble  its  services  would  have  been  throughout^ 

To  capt.  Knowles  of  the  royal  artillery,  senior  officer  of  that  arm,  my  best 

•  thanks  are  due  for  his  valuable  services.    Lieut,  the  honble.  R.  C.  Spenser,  with 

the  detachment  of  royal  artillery  well  supported  the  high  character  of  that  dis. 

tinguished  corps.    The  zeal  of  capt.  Anstruthcr,  commanding  the  Madns  artil. 


1 


5-^4  Bengal  Oovtraincntal  Notifications.  Oct. 

lery,  was  indefatigable,  as  were  the  efforts  of  every  individual  of  that  valuable 
body  in  bringing  up  the  guns  and  ammuniton. 

To  captain  Cotton,  field  engineer,  I  feel  under  the  greateat  obligations,  and  I 
experienced  the  most  ready  support  from  every  officer  under  him.  Of  one  of  them, 
lieut.  Rundall,  I  regret  to  say,  that  I  shall  probably  lose  the  services  for  nme 
time,  in  consequence  of  a  severe  wound.  The  useful  labon  of  the  sappers  called 
for  my  best  thanks;  they  were  cheerfully  prepared  to  place  the  ladders  for  the 
escalade. 

I  feel  greatly  obliged  to  all  the  general  staff— all  accompanied  me  on  shore,  and 
to  their  indefatigable  attention  in  conveying  orders  on  foot,  at  times  to  a  oonsidenu 
ble  distance,  I  was  much  indebted.  To  lieut  col.  Mountain,  deputy  acQutant^  my 
best  thanks  are  duo  for  his  unwearied  exertions  and  valuable  services  not  only  upon 
the  present,  but  upon  every  occasbn.  The  exertions  of  major  Hawkins,  deputy 
commissary  general,  were  unceasing,  and  by  his  judicious  arrangements  (and  those 
of  his  assistant,)  the  troops  were  amply  supplied.  The  excellent  arrangements 
by  Dr.  Grant,  the  officiating  superintending  surgeon,  and  medical  staff  of  corps;, 
call  also  for  my  acknowledgment.  I  beg  tc  bring  to  your  lordohip's  particular 
notice  my  aid.de.camp,  captain  Gough,  of  the  3d  light  dragoons,  from  whom  I 
have  upon  this,  as  upon  every  occasion,  received  the  moet  active  and  unremittin|^ 
assistance. 

44.  Having  now  conveyed  my  approval  of  the  conduct  of  the  commanding  of- 
ficers  of  brigades  and  corps,  and  the  heads  of  departments,  permit  me  to  draw 
your  lordship's  special  attention  to  the  praiseworthy  conduct  of  the  sailors  under 
my  command^  which  in  my  mind  does  them  the  highest  credit.  During  the  eight 
days  this  force  was  on  shore,  (and  many  of  the  corps  were  unavoidably  placed  in 
situations  where  samshu  was  abundant,)  but  two  instances  of  drunkenness  oc. 
curred :  and  I  deem  it  but  justice  here  to  mention  a  strong  fact.  The  soldiers  of 
the  49th,  finding  a  quantity  of  samshu  in  the  village  they  had  so  gallantly  taken, 
without  order  or  previous  knowledge  of  their  officer,  brought  the  jars  containing 
this  pernicious  liquor,  and  broke  them  in  front  of  their  corps,  without  the 'occur, 
rence  of  a  single  case  of  intoxication.  * 

45.  This  dispatch  will  be  presented  by  captain  Grattan,  whose  conduct  I  have 
abeady  mentioned  to  your  lordship,  and  whom  I  have  selected  for  this  duty  alone 
on  account  of  that  conduct.  He  is  a  most  intelligent  officer,  and  will  be  able  to 
give  your  lordship  any  further  informatkm.        I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 

HoGB  GouOH,  major-general,  commanding  expeditwnary  force. 
P.  S.  It  is  with  4eep  regret  that  I  have  to  mention  the  loss  of  lieutenant  Fox, 
of  H.  M.  S.  Nimrod,  a  most  promissing  young  officer  attached  to  captain  Barlow^ 
battalion  of  seamen,  who  fell  at  the  storm  of  the  western  forts.  Mr.  Walter 
Kendall,  mate  of  the  same  ship,  a  very  deserving  officer,  lost  his  leg,  I  am  sorry 
to  add,  at  the  samb  time. 

*  I  have  the  honor  to  forward  a  return  of  the  killed  and  wounded,  and  a  Ibt  of 
ordnance  captured.  Of  the  killed  and  wouned  on  the  enemy's  side,  it  is  difficult 
to  form  a  correct  estimate;  but  the  Kwangohow  foo  acknowledged  to  me  that  of 
the  Tartar  troops,  500  had  been  killed,  and  1,500  wounded  on  the  35th  May— and 
I  conceive  that  the  killed  and  wounded  on  the  Chinese  side,  upon  the  30th,  and 
in  the  diflbrent  attacks  made  upon  my  flanks  and  line  of  commumoation,  must 
have  been  double  those  numbers. 


1841.  Btiigal  Govenimentul  Notijicatioiis.  545 

Extracts  from  the  ditpatehet  of  sir  H.  Le  Fleming  Senhouse,  ^m  4*^m  dated 
June  2d  1841,  and  addressed  to  commodore,  sir  J.  J.  Gordon  Bremer. 

I  closed  my  former  letter  ^ith  the  details  of  our  proceedings  up  to  the  moment 
the  eipedition  was  about  to  leave  Hongkong  for  Canton.  I  have  now  the  grati- 
fication to  enter  upon  the  details  of  a  succession  of  operations,  highly  honorable 
I  trust  to  her  majesty's  arms,  and  by  which  the  large  and  populous  city  of  Canton 
has  been  laid  in  complete  submission  at  the  feet  of  the  queen's  forces. 

No  overt  act  of  hostility  had  taken  place  up  to  the  2 1st  May,  eicept  remount- 
ing the  guns  in  the  Shamedn  battery,  but  the  Chinese  appear  to  have  been  per- 
fectly ready  for  attack.  All  remained  quiet  in  the  river  until  about  11  o'clock  p. 
M.,  when  an  attempt  was  made  with  fire  rafts  to  burn  the  advanced  vessels.  This 
attack  not  only  totally  failed,  but  was  followed  up  by  a  gallant  attack  on  the  She- 
meftn  battery,  and  the  silencing  of  it  by  the  vessels  of  the  squadron,  under  the  im* 
mediate  supperintendence  of  captain  Herbert  of  the  Calliope,  and  the  destruction 
of  large  flotilla  of  fire  vessels,  which  the  Chinese  had  been  preparing,  and  had 
brought  out  of  the  branch  of  the  river  which  leads  north  of  the  town.  About  the 
same  time,  though  later  in  the  night,  the  Alligator  was  attacked  oflf  Howqua's 
fort;  and  to  show  how  necessary  it  was  to  have  been  always  on  our  guard,  the  fire 
junks  came  up  with  the  flood  tide  in  a  direction  with  the  merchant  vessels  at 
Whampoa,  where  all  seemed  to  sleep  in  secirity.    Captain  Kuper's  account  of 

Mn      1     ^'^  prompt  and  decisive  conduct  in  repelling  (he  attack,  I  have  also 
"®'         the  honor  to  forward. 

Opinions  were  uncertain  as  to  the  feasibility  of  entering  the  northward  branch 
of  the  river,  and  of  floating  at  low  witer.  To  determine  this  I  availed  myself 
once  more  of  the  leal  and  great  ability  of  commander  Belcher,  who  most  hand- 
somely volunteered  to  eiplore  it  with  his  own  boais,  assisted  with  three  others 
from  the  Py lades,  and  Modeste,  and  Algerine,  all  placed  under  the  command 
of  that  gallant  and  judicious  officer  lieutenant  Goldsmith  of  the  Druid,  who  was 
attached  to  the  Blenheim,  in  that  ship's  launch,  and  who  had  orders  to  protect 
commander  Belcher  in  his  snrveyinis  operations. 

The  major-general  and  myself  went  to  Canton  to  make  a  reconnoisance  and  a 

personal  inspection  oh  the  same  day,  the  23d.    In  our  progress  we  observed  a 

firing  and  explosions  in  the  direction  of  captain  Belcher's  party ;  and  commander 

Belcher's  letter,  a  copy  of  which  I  enclose,  gives  the  detail  of  a  gallant 

^^'  and  spirited  affair  which  took  place  in  the  creek.    At  11  at  night, 

commander  Belcher  returned  with  the  gratifying  intelligence  that  he  had  dis- 
covered an  excellent  landing  place  on  a  pier,  with  water  enough  for  the  Sulphur 
close  to  it  at  low  water.  Tiie  grr  und  directly  around  it  rose  in  low  hills,  and  a 
line  of  hills  appeared  to  continue  to  the  height  near  the  city,  although  there  might 
be  swampy  ground  in  the  small  vallies  dividing  them. 

Our  united  force  conslstiog  of  the  ships  and  vessels  named  in  the  mar^^in.  com- 
prising in  their  crews,  officers,  seamen,  and  marines  inclusive,  about  32U0  men, 
Farming  the  Macao  fort  division,  out  of  which  about  1000  officers,  seamen,  and 
Blenheim;  Blonde,  Sulphur,  marines  were  landed  to  serve  with  the  army. 

Hyacinth;  Nimrod,  Modeste,  The  military  force  under  that  gallant,  distin- 
Pylades,  Cruiser,  Columbine,  guished,  and  experienced  officer  major-general 
Algerine,  Start!  ig.  Steamers,  sir  Hugh  Gough,  comprised  her  tmajesty's  49tb 
AtalauU  and  Nemesis.  regiment,  311  in  number,  37lh  Madras  natives 

Forming  the  H^ampoa  dinsian.  infantry  340,  Bengal  Votantee  s  79.  royal- artil* 
VOL.   X.   NO.   .\:  69 


546  Bengal  Gocemmenial  Notifications.  Oct. 

Calliope,  Conway,   Herald,         lery  38,  Madras  artilleiy  232,  sappen  and  mi- 
Alligator,  nera  171,  her  majesty's  18th  Royal  Irish  535, 
The  Wellesley,  at  Wangtong  9tid    and  her  majesty's  26th  Cameronians  317,  mak- 
up  her  maruuM  and  1 60  ttamtn,    Ing  about  2223. 

Captain  Herbert  was  stationed  at  Whampoa  with  the  Calliope,  Conway,  Her- 
ald and  Alligator,  and  was  directed  on  the  24th  to  talce  the  command  of  the  force, 
afforded  by  the  four  vessels  under  his  orders,  and  pushing  up  with  the  flood-tide 
with  such  vessels  as  could  proceed,  or  with  the  boats  of  the  ships,  endeavor  to 
take  possession  of  and  secure  the  arsenal.    I  informed  him  that  the  ships  near 
the  factory  would  drop  down  and  secure  the  Dutch  fort,  and  to  keep  up  an 
enfilading  fire  on  the  face  of  the  works  thrown  up  in  front  of  the  city  where  I 
understood  many  guns  where  mounted.    I  left  it  to  his  own  judgment  to  act  ac- 
cording to  circumstances,  in  endeavoring  to  drive  the  enemy  from  the  French 
fort  and  to  endeavor  to  open  the  communication  with  the  ships  of  war  to  the 
westward  and  with  the  commanding  officer  of  the  left  column  stationed  at  the 
factories.    1  beg  to  enclose  a  letter  I  have  received  from  captain 
^'      '   Hertiert,  detailing  the  part  he  took  in  the  affair  that  followed,  whore 
the  usual  gallantry  and  seal  were  displayed  by  her  majesty's  seamen  and  royal 
marines.    Commander  Warren,  with  his  gig's  crew,  first  placed  his  colors  on 
the  walls  of  the  French  fort.     Commander  Warren   was  also  ordered,  with  the 
ships  under  his  command,  to  take  up  his  anchorage  in  line  along  the  town  from 
the  western  fort  as  far  as  the  factory,  and  to  connonade  the  exterior  to  prevent 
the  enemy  from  firing  on  the  right  culdmn  as  it  passed.    After  the  enemy's  fire 
had  been  silenced  he- was  to  leave  the  Nimrod  and  another  vessel  to  keep  thei 
enemy  in  check  at  that  quarter,  and  to  detach  the  rest  of  his  foree  to*  secure  the 
Dutch  fort,  and  to  place  them  with  the  Atalanta  so  as  to  enfilade  the  line  of  bat- 
teries in  front  of  the  city,  but  he  was  not  toeipose  his  ships  to  the  front  fire  of  the 
heavy  guns,  said  to  be  placed  there,  until  the  enemy  were  shaken  in  their  position. 
The  landing  of  the  left  column  was  placed  under  his  particular  charge,  and  it 

was  not  to  land  until  he  bad  made  the  signal.  

So  affectually  and  vigorously  did  commander  Warren  eiecute  these  instruc- 
tions, that  when  the  right  colqmn  passed  his  station,  every  things  had  been  com- 
pleted and  all  was  still ;  the  detail  of  this  gallant  affair  is  aune&ed  in 
a  copy  of  his  letter,  where  I  regret  to  observe  the  loss  of  men  was 
more  than  had  been  ordinary. 
A  return  of  the  killed  and  wounded  is  here  added,  and  although  it  may  appear 
strange  to  see  the  wounded  of  the  army  in  the  naval  report,  yet  the  two 
cor|»  had  been  so -entirely  mingled  together,  their  services  so  blend- 
ed, and  such  intimate  harmony  has  existed,  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  make  any 
separation  between  the  acts  of  either  or  the  cireumstances  that  concerned  them. 
The  two  officers  who  had  fallen,  major  Becher  of  the  Indian  army,  deputy  quarter 
master  general,  a  very  old  officer  who  had  served  ably  in  the  Burmese  war,  and 
]ient.  Fox,  first  of  the  Nimrod,  have  united  the  regret  of  all  by  their  characters 
and  services.     The  same  shot  took  off  the  legs  of  lieut.  Fox  and  of  Mr.  Keudal 
bis  shipmate,  the  gunnery  mate  of  the  Nimrod,  the  former  fell  a  victim  to  his 
wound,  the  latter  has  survived  amputation.  I  thought  it  would  gratify  Mr.  Kendal 
to  give  him  an  acting  commission  as  lieut.  of  the  Nimrod  in  lieut.  Fox's  vacancy, 
on  the  field  of  battle  until  your  pleasure  is  known — thongh  his  wound  will  disable 
him.from  doing  his  duty  perhaps  for  some  time,  and  may  oblige  him  to  go  home. 


1841.  Bengal  Governmental  Noiificaiioms,  547 

I  have  the  honor  to  inclose  li^ts  of  the  officer*  who  .have  been  engaged  in  the 
operationt  on  shore  and  afloat  in  boats,  but  it  must  be  remarked  that  the  duties 
and  the  fatigues  of  commander  Pritcbard  of  the  Blenheim^  and  of  those  who 
remained  on  board  their  respective  ships,  were  increased  in  the  same  ratio  as  their 
numbers  were  diminished,  and  that  the  ultimate  success  is  the  attainment  of  the 
whole  body,  each  working  in  his  praticular  sphere.  The  names  of  many  will  be 
seen  who  have  already  distinguished  tiiemseives  at  Chuenpee,  Anunghoy,  Wang- 
tong  and  the  many  affairs  in  the  Canton  river,  and  no  doubt  hav^e  already,  like 
tbeir  brother  officers  at  Acre,  been  so  fortune  as  to  secure  their  country's  notices 
Never  was  there  a  superior  set  of  zealous  able  commanders.  Commander. 
Belcher  and  Warren  have  only  continued  in  that  path  of  able  and  Judicious  ser- 
vice on  which  they  have  bo  long  traveled— -their  own  services  will  always  attract 
attention,-— of  the  lieutenants,  It.  Joseph  Pearce,  It.  Goldsmith*  It  Watson, 
sir  Frederick  Nicholson,  It.  Morshead,  first  of  their  respective  vessels,  may, 
perhaps,  be  named  without  injury  to  all  others  who  wdl  played  their  parts,— to 
It  KeUett,  of  the  Starling,  I  am  much  obliged;  and  It.  Mason,  of  Ike  Algerine, 
has  won  his  promotion  by  a  long  series  of  gallant  and  brave  services.  I  beg  to 
acknowledge  the  seal  and  (he  assistance  I  have  had  from  every  captain  and  offi- 
cer of  the  squadron  whom  I  have  bad  the  happiness  to  command. 

No    1. 
To  captain  T.  HitRBEaT,  commanding  the  advanced  squadron. 

Her  majesty's  ship  Alligator,  off  Howqua's  folly.  May  22d,  1841. 
Sir,— I  have  the  honor  to  acquaint  you  that  last  night,  shortly  after  12  o'clock 
an  attack  was  made  by  the  Chinese  upon  her  majesty's  ship  Alligator,  under  my 
command,  by  fire  rafts.  They  were  chained  in  pairs,  and  brought  down  in  a 
direct  line  for  the  ships  on  a  flood  tide :  owing  to  the  confined  position  I  was  in> 
and  the  sunken  junks  and  line  of  stakes  astern,  I  could  not  ship,  but  by  steering 
ship,  and  the  activity  of  It.  Stewart,  first  of  this  ship,  and  Messrs.  Woolcombo 
and  Baker,  mates,  in  command  of  the  boats,  they  were  towed  clear,  although 
they  passed  within  ten  yards  of  the  bows:  as  I  had  reason  to  believe  that  a  con-, 
siderable  force  was  assembled  in  the  vicinity,  to  take  advantage  of  any  accident 
that  might' occur,  I  fired  several  shots  on  both  sides  to  clear  the  banks.  No; 
damage  has  been  sustained.  I  have  thejionor  to  be,  dtc., 

(Signed)  Auovstus  L.  Kupkr,  captain  (acting). 

No.  2. 

Capt.  sir  H.  Le  Flrmisig  Sbjibocsb,  kt.,  k.  c.  h.  senior  officer,  dbc,  Ac. 

Her  majesty's  ship  Sulphur,  off  Canton,  May  23d,  1841. 

Sir, — In  pursuance  of  your  directions  I  proceeded  up  the  creek  on  the  western 
side  of  Canton  in  order  to  examine  the  nature  of  the  country,  our  force  consisting 
of  the  Druid's  launch,  lieutenant  Goldsmith  (1st  lieutenant  of  the  ship)  Sulphur's 
pinnace,  and  two  cutters,  Mo.deste,  Pylades,  and  Algerine's  cutters.  Starling's 
cutter,  and  my  gig.  ihe  two  first-named  boats  carrying  guns. 

On  approaching  Neishing,  where  the  boats  of  the  squadron  were  yesterday 
engaged)  I  observed  the  fast-boats  of  the  enemy  collected  in  great  numbers,  part 
retreated  by  a  creek  to  the  left,  but  shortly  after  returned  and  manifested  a  dispo- 
sition to  impede  our  progress,  by  firing  guns  and  drawing  up  acron  ihe  creek. 
Our  advance,  and  notice  of  our  determination  by  a  round  from  each  of  the  boats 


548  Bengal  Govirnmenial  Noiificaiions,  Oct. 

ctiT>  tng  guns,  pnt  them  to  flight,  tnd  In  a  very  short  period  13  fast-boats,  5  war 
junlcs  and  small  craft  collected,  amounting  to  88  in  all.  were  in  flames.  Fire 
rafts  were  in  readiness,  on  the  banks  of  the  creek,  but  too  well  secured  by  ohaina, 
and  therefore  beyond  our  ability  to  destroy  during  our  short  stay. 

The  whole  force  behaved  with  their  usual  gallantry,  and  the  eommander  of 
the  division  under  my  direction  (lieutenant  Goldsmith)  afforded  me  that  steady 
determined  sup|)ort,  which  so  particularly  distinguishes  him,  and  which  caused 
me  to  ask  you  for  his  cooperation. 

The  enemy  being  posted  in  force  on  a  hill  above  us,  prevented  me,  in  obedi- 
ence to  your  orders,  from  eiposing  my  small  party  by  an  attempt  to  dislodge 
them.  But  I  fully  succeeded  in  effecting  my  reconnoitre  by  being  hoisted  to  the 
mast  head  of  the  largest  junk  from  whence  I  was  able  to  survey  the  whole  sur- 
rounding country. 

Prdm  that  eiaminatlon  I  am  happy  to  acquaint  you  that  landing  on  solid  ground 
is  perfectly  practicable.  That  the  advance  to  the  batteries  situated  on  the  hllla 
north  of  Canton  is  apparently  easy,  and  I  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  our 
mlillery  will  not  meet  with  any  eitraordinary  difllculty. 

On  my  return  I  landed  ^at  the  temple  at  Tsangpoot  where  I  found  sand  baga^ 
and  five  small  guns  which  were  spiked  and  thrown  into  the  sea.  This  temple,, 
with  other  large  commodious  buildings,  will  afford  ample  quarters  for  the  troops 
which  may  first  be  landed. 

Nojcasualties  whatever  occurred.  I  brought  out  with  me  one  large  fast-boat 
of  sixty  oars,  the  boat  from  which  the  officer  escaped;  and  in  pursuance  of  your 
separate  orders  collected  vessels  for  the  conveyance  of  2000  soldiers. 

1  have  the  honor  to  enclose  a  list  of  boats  and  officers  engaged,  and  am  sir, 
(Signed)        Your  most  obedient  servant,         Ed.  Bblchbh,  commander. 

No.  3. 
To  oapt.  sir  H.  Lt  FLKmno  SairiiousB,  kt,  x.  c.  h.  dbc.,  dbc.,  Canton  river. 

Sir,— 1  received  your  orders  ofthe  84th  instant,  a  little  before  noon  on  that  day, 
and  immediately  proceeded  with  the  boats  and  marines  of  the  Calliope  and  Con- 
way to  the  Alligator  off  Howqua's  fort,  making  the  signal  to  the  Herald  to  cloae 
and  send  her  boats. 

I  ordered  captain  Kuper  to  move  the  Alligator  up  the  right  bank  of  the  river 
past  Napier's  fort,  where  he  anchored  her  in  her  own  draught,  and  the  boata 
were  pushed  up  as  far  as  |-ossible  without  exposing  them  to  the  enemy's  fire. 
A  little  before'  sunset  1  observed  the  Algerine  moving  down  past  the  Dutch  fort 
and  she  shrotly  anchored  and  engaged  a  battery  on  the  Canton  side  which  she 
silenced;  anxious  to  cooperate  with  her  I  went  ahead  with  captain  Bethune  to 
reconnoitre,  but  was  stopped  by  a  she  t  through  my  boat  from  the  French  fort. 

I  remained  under  cover  of  the  point  until  dark,  when  I  sent  captain  Bethune 
with  a  division  of  boats  to  support  her,  and  a  concerted  signal  having  been  made, 
I  joined  her  with  the  wh^Ie  force  at  2  a.    . 

The  arsenal  being  secured,  I  reconnoitred  the  line  of  defense,  and  perceived 
that  it  could  not  be  attacked  with  advantage  without  having  heavier  guns  in  posi. 
tion  than  those  of  the  Algerine.  I  therefore  lost  no  time  in  ordering  the  other 
sloops  down,  and  at  the  same  time  put  myself  In  communication  with  major 
Pratt,  commanding  H.  Af .  86th  in  the  factory. 

Finding  that  the  Modeste  was  the  only  vessel  likely  to  be  got  across  the  bar. 


1841.  Bengal  Governmental  yotifirationa.  549 

and  there  appearing  even  some  doubt  of  her  accomplishing  the  passage,  I  filled 
shell  guns  in  three  of  the  captured  war  junks. 

Captain  Eyres  having  succeeded  by  great  eiertion  in  getting  his  vessel  over  the 
bar,  I  this  morning  moved  her.  Algerine.  and  the  gun  junks  on  the  French  fort, 
the  enemy  deserted  the  upper  defense,  and  about  9  a.  m.  opened  the  fire  from 
the  fort,  which  was  speedily  silenced;  I  then  cleared  the  beach  by  a  few  well 
directed  broadsides,  and  made  the  signal  to  advance.  Captain  Belhune  immedia- 
tely landed  on  shore  with  the  storming  parly  and  the  fort  was  carried  in  the  most 
gallant  style;  the  whole  line  oC  defense  extended  about  two  miles  from  the  factory, 
which,  with  the  exception  of  the  French  fort,  had  been  lately  constructed  in  the 
strongest  manner,  has  been  destroyed,  and  communication  is  opened  with  the 
ships  of  Napier's  fort.  The  guns  destroyed  are  64  in  number,  including  four  1U4 
inch  calibre— the  Dutch  fort  was  not  armed. 

To  that  excellent  and  able  officer  captain  Bethune,  I  fell  particularly  indebted, 
and  my  best  thanks  are  also  due  to  commanders  Warren  and  Gifford,  who  aaaiated 
in  the  attack.  This  ia  the  Rixth  time  I  have  had  occasion  to  mention  the  gallant 
conduct  of  commander  Eyres;  lieutenant  Mason,  commanding  the  Algerine, 
acquitted  himself  entirely  to  my  satisfaction  ;  and  both  captain  Eyres  and  himaelf 
apeak  in  the  highest  terms  of  the  aasistanee  they  received  from  lieutenant  8hute, 
and  Mr.  Dolling,  mate,  their  seconds  in  command,  and  all  the  other  officera  and 
men. 

Lieutenants  Haskell  and  Hay,  senior  of  Cniizer,  and  Fylades,  directed  the  guna 
in  the  jnnk  with  the  frreateat  ability—- captain  Bethune  speaks  in  the  highest 
terms  of  lieutenanta  Watson,  Coryton,  Colinson,  Morshead,  Hayes,  Hamilton, 
and  Mr.  Brown,  master,  aa  also  lieutenant  Hayes  of  the  Bombay  marines,  and 
of  all  the  other  officers  and  men  employed  more  immediately  under  his  ordexa,  a 
list  of  whom  is  annexed.  The  party  of  marines  was  commanded  by  lieutenant 
Urquhart,  assisted  by  lieutenant  Marriott,  lieutenant  Somerville,  agent  of  trana. 
ports,  aided  with  some  boats  of  the  transports.  Lieutenant  Gabbott,  of  the  Madras 
artillery,  threw  sliells  with  great  effi;ct  from  one  of  the  junk^  and  major  Pratt 
offi^red  in  the  handsomest  manner  to  cooperate  in  the  attack,  if  required. 

(Signed)  T.  Herbert. 

"  ~  Capt.  of  H.  H.  ship.  Calliope,  and  senior  officer  present. 

No.  4. 

To  captain  sir  Homprret  Lk  Flkmino  Ssnbouse.  kt,  k.  c.  h.,  6lo, 

Her  majesty's  sloop  Hyacinth,  off  Canton,  May  26th,  184L 
Sir, — I  have  the  honor  to  acquaint  you  that  immediately  on  the  receipt  of  your 
letter  of  the  24th  instant,  I  weighed  with  the  advanced  squadron  and  ordered  her 
majesty's  sloop  Nimrod  to  attack  the  Shame^n  fort,  ou  the  west  end  of  the  sub- 
urbs,  supported  by  her  majesty's  sloop  Pylades.  Her  majesty's  sloop  under  my 
command  being  placed  abreast  of  the  English  factory  to  silence  and  dislodge  any 
troops  th&t  might  be  there,  and  also  with  a  view  of  covering  the  landing  of  her 
majesty's  26th  regiment  Her  majesty'f  sloops  Modeste,  Cruiser,  and  Columbine, 
taking  up  a  position  to  attack  the  Dutch  folly  fort,  and  to  enfilade  the  line  of  bat* 
teries,  lately  thrown  up  in  front  of  the  city  to  the  eastward  of  that  fort.  On  the 
ships  taking  up  their  position  three  fire  vessels  were  sent  adrift,  and  although  the 
tide  was  running  very  strong  by  timely  dispatch  of  boats  they  were  enabled  to 
clear  the  ships  and  low  three  on  shore  «nd  set  fire  to  the  suburbs. 


450  Pm  Nang  (^hr  i,<ang  sin.  Oct. 

In  the  perfonnnnce  of  this  service  they  opened  their  fire  on  the  boats  and  ship- 
piiir.  Ill  half  an  hour  the  enemy  were  completely  silenced  to  the  eastward  of 
the  Dutch  folly  fort.  After  reconnoitring  the  factory  .and  finding  it  quite  desert- 
ed. I  immediately  ordered  the  preconcerted  signal  for  her  majesty  bri^  Algerine 
and  steamer  Atalanta  to  approach  with  her  majesty's  26th  regiment,  when  they 
lauded  and  took  possession  of  the  factory  without  the  slighest  casualty.  This 
service  being  completed,  I  ordered  lieut.  Mason,  commanding  her  majesty's  brig 
Algerine,  to  proceed  to  attack  a  fort  to  the  eastward,  which  I  feel  much  pleasure 
in  reporting  to  you  was  done  in  a  particularly  spirited  and  gallant  style  by  that 
officer,  but  perceiving  the  firing  to  be  so  heavy  from  the  forts,  I  ordered  the  boats 
of  her  majesty's  ships  to  her  support.  Her  majesty's  sloop  Hyacinth's  under  lieut. 
Stewart,  and  Mr.  Peter  Bareley,  mate;  Modeste's  Mr.  Fitsgerald,  mate;  Crui- 
ser's, lieut.  Haskoll,  and  Mr.  Thomas  J.  Darke,  mate;  Pylade's,  lieut.  Hay,  and 
Columbine's  lieuts.  Hamilton,  Helpman,  and. Mr.  Miller,  mate.  It  is  gratifying 
to  me  to  inform  you,  by  half  past  seven  the  fort  of  eleven  guns  were  silenced  and 
the  guns  spiked,  under  a  heavy  fire  of  ginjalls  and  musketry  from  houses  ;  at  the 
same  time  I  regret  to  add,  it  was  not  done  without  considerable  loss.  It  would 
be  impossible  to  particularise  upon  ap  occasion  where  every  officer  and  man 
engaged  against  an  enemy  defending  themselves  with  much  vigor  at  all  points, 
but  in  addition  to  my  best  thanks  and  acknowledgments  to  commanders  Barlow, 
Eyres,  Giffard,  Anson,  and  Clarke,  and  lieutenant  Mason,  I  hope  you  will  give 
me  leave  to  recommend  to  your  particular  notice  my  own  1st  lieutenant  W.  H. 
Morshead.  who  was  wounded  in  the  hand  in  a  personal  engagement  with  an 
officer.  Lieut.  Mason  of  .the  Algerine  speaks  in  the  highest  terms  of  the  conduct 
of  Mr.  Dolling,  mate,  and  Mr.  Higgs,  second  master  of  that  vessel.  I  cannot  con- 
clude without  eipressions  of  approbation  of  the  steadiness  of  commander  Rogers, 
of  the  India  Navy,  in  conducting  the  Atalanta  to  her  station. 

I  beg  leave  to  attach  a  statement  of  the  billed  and  woonded,  and  damage 
sustained  by  the  ships  engaged.  I  -have  the  honor  to  be,  Ac. 

(Signed)  William  Wakrbit,  commander. 

NbU,    The  whole  number  of  killed  was  |5,  of  wounded  1 12,  making  a  total  of 
127  in  the  military  and  naval  forces. 


Art.  III.  Poo  Nang  Che  tsang  sin;  A  supplementary  Sack  of 
Wisdom,  new  and  improved  edition,  in  10  vols,  small  octavo. 
By  SchoUfiticus. 
Chinese  literature  is  exceedingly  rich,  and  its  stores  almost  inex- 
haustible. Having  patiently  perused  classics,  poets,  historians  and 
romances,  and  imagining  himself  to  have  obtained  a  comprehensive 
knowledge  of  all  the  writings  of  this  people,  one  is  surprised  to  stum- 
ble upon  other  works,  which  require  a  new  sttidy  to  unravel  their 


1841.  PuQ  Xuiig  Che  tsdiig  sin.  451 

meaning.  In  fact,  ii  may  be  considered  a  hopeless  task  fur  any  one 
man  to  master  the  written  language  in  all  its  branches;  and  probably 
there  is  not  one  in  the  national  college,  who  can  at  first  sight  ex- 
plain every  book — so  various  are  these  works  in  their  style. 

Compare  Chinese  book-making  with  this  art  amongst  [other  na- 
tions, and  you  will  soon  perceive,  that  it  widely  differs  from  that  of 
any  other  people  ancient  or  modern. 

As  for  ancient  learning  in  the  west,  we  have  to  decipher  old  and 
defective  manuscripts,  requiring  much  toil  and  great  critical  judg- 
ment; for  they  are  in  foreign  languages,  which  are  imperfectly  under- 
stood, since  the.  people  who  spoke  them  have  either  ceased  to  exist, 
or  have  totally  changed  their  idioms.  And  when,  after  much  labor, 
the  parchment  is  put  into  the  printer's  hands,  it  contains  either  the 
deeds  of  heroic  nations  of  which  the  very  traces  are  lost,  or  alludes 
to  manners,  usages,  and  religion  to  which  the  rieaders  are  stangers 
and  can  feel  no  attachment.  The  most  stirring  orations  of  a  Demos- 
thenes and  Cicero  have  lost  much  of  their  intrinsic  value,  since  there 
exists  no  longer  a  Philip  or  Cataline  to  rouse  every  passion  and  feel- 
ing of  patriotism.  Sentiment,  style,  grandeur  of  conception,  contain- 
ed in  their  classical  writings,  can  never  fail  deeply  to  interest  the 
tasteful  reader ;  yet  those  who  now  identify  themselves  with  the  an- 
cients, and  are  so  hurried  on  by  enthusiasm  as  to  become  Greeks  and 
Romans  for  a  season,  seem  ridiculous  in  the  eyes  of  many.  Even 
the  imitators  of  the  noble  patterns  of  eloquence  and  poetry  are  dis- 
regarded, and  the  only  thing  that  remains  for  the  attentive  student 
of  Grecian  and  Roman  classics^  is  to  embody  their  spirit  in  his  works 
and  to  exhibit  all  their  natural  beauties  in  modern  language,  adapted 
to  existing  circumstances. 

With  the  Chinese,  however,  it  is  quite  diffei'ent.  When  they  first 
felt  the  want  of  a  written  medium,  they  engraved  their  characters  on 
bamboo ;  and,  though  it  be  no  easy  work  to  read  a  book  cut  out  on 
such  a  hard  substance,  yet  it  better  resists  the  gnawing- tooth  of  time, 
than  our  present  flimsy  paper,  which  the  slightest  touch  or  the  most 
gentle  attack  of  a  worm  reduces  to  tatters.  It  is  not  easy  to  divine 
how  that  prince  of  literature,  Confucius,  managed  with  hi^  innutne- 
rable  blocks,  when  he  composed  the  Shoo  King.  Without  telling  us 
whence  he  got  all  his  bamboos,  he  makes  up  stories  and  repeats 
speeches  which  were  uttered  more  than  a  thousand  years  before  his 
day,  just  as  if  he  had  been  present  and  taken  them  down  iii  short 
hand,  and  every  Chinese  looks  upon  his  writing  as  genuine  history, 
lie  was  a  most  fortunate  author,  fur  his  authority  has  never  beeli 


452  Poo  Natig  Che  tsdtig  bin,  Oct. 

questioned,  except  by  some  sceptical  barbarians,  and  if  there  are  even 
galring  contradictions  in  his  compilations,  Che  hwangte  gets  all  the 
credit  of  them,  he  having  burnt  all  the  books  of  the  literati,  so  that  not 
a  single  vdlume  escaped.  He  indeed  must  have  made  bonfires  of  all 
the  bamboo  slips  and  like  the  caliph  Omar  heated  a  good  many 
ovens,  for  otherwise  how  could  he  have  obliterated  every  trace  of  lite- 
rature amongst  a  great  nation  7  Moreover  he  must  have  been  a  very 
partial  mam,  since  he  left  all  other  authors  unscathed,  and  only  pun- 
ished poor  Confucius  for  his  herisies,  waging  war  not  so  much  against 
the  philosopher's  own  works,  as  against  his  compilations,  the  thoughts 
of  ancient  sages.  Imagine  Taoukwang  giving  orders  to  all  the  school- 
boys of  the  empire  to  deliver  up  their  classics  to  be  burnt,  and  con* 
template  the  scene  in  anticipation,  and  you  would  behold  a  more 
sublime  spectacle  than  even  Lin's  destroying  the  opium,  or  Yih- 
shan's  burning  the  vesselis  of  the  aliens. 

This  stubborn  belief  in  their  authenticity,  however,  has  given  a 
peculiar  character  to  thie  whole  literature  of  this  country.  It  has 
taught  all  succeeding  writers  to  quote  the  assertions  of  their  prede- 
cessors as  axioms,  and  to  avoid  the  trouble  either  of  thinking  upon  a 
subject  or  of  reasoning  about  the  justness  of  a  remark.  Moreover 
the  propensities  of  the  sons  of  Han  for  talking  and  writing  being  of  a 
superior  order,  there  is  naturally  no  end  to  books.  The  ancient 
authors,  in  imitation  of  Confucius,  boldly  assumed  the  high  ground 
of  dictation,  and  wrote  Whatever  come  into  their  minds.  If  the  rea- 
der will  take  the  trouble  of  looking  into  the  celebrated  writings  of 
the  Shih  Tszti  or  ten  philosophers,  (Greece  had  only  seven,)  he  will 
soon  convince  himself,  that  these  men,  in  many  instances,  put  sound- 
sense  and  logic  at  defiance,  mix  fable  and  truth,  talk  direct  nonsense 
and  practical  wisdom  in  the  same  brieath,  and  leave  the  reader  to 
doubt,  whether,  when  writing,  they  had  been  sober  or  not.  Even 
Confucius,  much  admired  as  he  is  and  justly  too,  is  not  free  from  this 
fanlt.  Now  it  would  have  been  pardonable,  in  these  lawgivers,  to  talk 
thus  for  their  own  amusement,  or  to  raise  a  laugh  at  their  expense  in 
future;  but  it  is  rather  too  bad,  that  they  should  have  taught  the  whole 
race  of  authors  after  them,  to  repeat,  parrot-like,  sense  and  nonsense, 
and  to  fill  thousands  of  volumes  with  the  same  odd  verbiage.  The 
great  mischief  is,  that  this  literature  is  so  very  void  of  realities,  and  so 
loves  to  sore  in  undefined  and  fairy  regions,  leaving  men  and  things  as 
they  are  to*  thke  care  of  themselves.  In  poesy  we  must  make  due 
allowance,  for  if  rhymesters  and  verse-makers  were  not  allowed  to 
watider  through  the  air,  there  would  be  an  end  to  the  whole  profea- 


1841,  Poo  Xatig  Che  tsdiig   siit.  «>5IJ 

sion.  PhilcMopbers,  too,  must  have  their  due  allowance  ot'  threading 
through  metaphysical  labyrinths  with  light  steps,  und  be  indulged  sub- 
lime flights,  amusing  themselves  with  nonentities  and  building  ethe- 
real castles,  speaking  in  riddles  and  beguiling  human  reason.  But 
when  we  find  geographers,  historians,  &c.,  talking  the  same  absur- 
dities, and  writing  and  quoting  poetry  where  they  ought  to  use  only 
sober  prose,*  we  cannot  but  be  displeased.  We  have  had  the  misfor- 
tune of  opening  hundreds  of  volumes  either  descriptive  or  narrative, 
and  we  have  found  little  information.  Take  a  topographical  work, 
for  instance,  and  you  will  find  that,  besides  names  and  dates,  which 
are  tolerably  correct,  there  is  such  a  collection  of  gall imatia.  that  fifty 
volumes  might  be  condensed  into  one.  There  are  indeed  honorable 
exceptions,  but  they  are  few.  Their  very  statistics  do  not  always 
escape  this  bane,  and  many  an  edict  is  as  poetical  as  Le  Taepih's 
effusions.  This  taste  has  prevailed  throughout  all  ages,  even  when 
knight  errantry  and  romance  were  entirely  out  of  vogue.  If  any  man 
shonld  abandon  the  beaien  track  and  write  useful  books  for  some 
good  to  the  purpose,  he  would  be  denounced  as  a  literary  heretic.' 
Still  the  nation  at  large  is  remarkable  for  the  practical  tendency  of 
its  genius  and  sound  sense,  though  occasionally  disturbed  by  cunning, 
so  that  its  literature  forms  a  direct  contrast  to  the  current  principles 
of  action. 

•  (Jtider  such' circuinstances  one  would  have  thoutrht;  that  useful 
knowledge,  conveyed  in  the  prize  essays  at  the  public  examinations, 
would  win  th^  diiy*;  but  it  is  not  so.  All  the  successful  candidates, 
whose  treatises  are  printed  and  subjected  to  the  judgment  of  the 
pu-blic^  excel- in  rodomontade  and  quotations  from  authors  as  spicy 
laiid' incoherent  as  some  of  our  own  Latin  Collectanea.  It  is,  hoWever; 
a  most  extraorditatiry  thing  that  these  glaring  defects  in  literature  are 
made  up  by^  work  of  fiction,  which  take  th<»  very  opposite  road,  and 
instead  of  dwelling  upon  names/  intrigues,  foolish*  stories,  rites  and 
ceremonies,  like  all  grave  historians,  give  a  lively  description  of  the 
age*,  countries  and  people.  There  is  a  historical  work  called*  San 
Kwo  Ghe^  in' many  large  octarb  voluhata,-^andj  when' your  hiive  forced 
yourself  to  read  the -dry  and  uhinteresting ' detttil  of  its  pages,  you 
have  scarcely  any  conception  of  the  extraordinary  eveiris  that  filfed 
CHina  with-vrtv  and  devastation  for  a  loiig  period ;  but  after;  having 
read' the  little  book  of  fibtion  of  the  same  name,  yoiiseem  to  live  iii 
those  remote  ages,  and  see  the  heroes  and '  heroines  actiially  flitting 
before  youi  as  if  the  author  werie  using  a  magic  tahtern; .  There  are 
hundreds  and  thousands  of  volumes  of  this^  kiiid^  \fhich,*wtthft]rtheir 
VOL.  X.  NO.  x:  70' 


5i>4  Poo  Nai^  Che  Isang  bin:  Oct. 

defects  convey  ideas  of  the  existing  state  of  things,  such  as  you  might 
in  vain  look  for  in  the  most  celebrated  authors,  that  pretended  to  ac- 
tual delineation  of  facts.  Another  instance  of  distorted  genius  we 
have  in  the  case  of  Soo  Tungpoo,  who  has  often  had  the  honor  of 
passing  for  a  poet,  though  he  is  in  fact  a  mere  essayist.  He  has  col* 
lected  edicts,  epigrams,  poems,  ditties,  discourses,  romonstrances, 
and  we  do  not  know  what  besides,  and  has  gained  every  high  renown 
with  his  countrymen.  But,  when  you  have  perused  all,  you  find  that 
your  knowledge  about  the  times  in  which  he  lived  is  by  no  means 
expanded,  and  that  the  historical  novel  of  the  Sung  dynasty,  is,  so  far 
as  information  goes,  far  more  valuable.  A  spell  has  come  over  the 
host  of  Chinese  authors,  a  magical  narrowmiudedness,  communicat- 
ed by  the  book-making  fraternity  at  Peking,  the  highest  doctors  and 
literary  characters  of  the  empire.  They  never  write  sober  prose, 
or  detail  simple  matters  of  fact ;  consequently  the  servile  crowd  of 
imitators,  throughout  the  provinces,  dare  not  deviate  from  the  esta- 
blished rule. 

Such  a.  state  of  things  has  more  than  one  disagreeable  conse- 
quence. The  worst  perhaps  is,  that  foreigners,  and  even  natives  of 
common  education,  can  understand  only  a  small  part  of  these  works. 
Wherever  there  are  quotations,  taken  at  random  from  some  quaint 
authors,  without  regard  to  the  context,  even  Chinese  literati  are  at  a 
stand.  The  great  bulk  of  books,  therefore,  must  first  be  attentively 
studied,  before  they  can  be  intelligible  to  the  common  reader.  One 
can  not  take  up  a  work  and  read  on,  without  constantly  meeting 
with  hard  passages,  which  may  perhaps  be  explained  by  repeatedly 
perusing  the  whole  context.  Few  men,  however,  have  either  leisure 
or  patience  to  do  so,  and  hence  it  happens,  that  by  far  the  greater 
part  of  the  written  language,  remains  sealed  up  in  libraries.  We 
have  seen  extensive  collections  of  books  in  Chinese  houses,  scarcely 
one  of  which,  if  not  a  novel,  had  ever  been  touched  since  it  came  out 
of  the  hands  of  the  binder. 

But,  notwithstanding  all  these  faults,  the  Chinese  highly  esteem 
and  admire  their  national  literature,  ft  is  their  darling  object  of  pur- 
suit. Whether  good  or  bad,  books  will  always  find  a  publisher,  and 
be  reprinted  in  endles8»8uccessioui  All  that  they  have  of  their  own 
productions,  however  ancient,  are  written  in  a  living  language  which  is 
spoken  at  this  day,  with  few  variations.  Their  numerous  characters 
have  rendered  the  imprint  of  their  thoughts  lasting ;  the  men  who 
first  civilized  their  country  are  of  their  own  flesh  and  blood ;  and 
their  errors  and  excellencies  arc  perpetuated  amongst  their  posterity. 


184I.  Poo  Nang  Che  tsang  sin.  555 

With  such  endearing  remembrances,  ii  is  scarcely  possible  that  the 
Chinese  ever  could  despise  their  grandsires  ^r  their  immortal  works. 
And,  reasoning  consistently  that  the  experience  of  many  centuries 
will  stamp  maxims  with  greater  veracity,  than  the  suggestions  of  the 
new-fangled  freak  of  a  moment  howsoever  specious,  they  naturally 
stand  by  all  that  the  ancients  have  said,  and  will  not  go  a  step  far. 
ther,  and  whether  right  or  wrong  they  staunchly  maintain  their  writ- 
ings and  multiply  numberless  editions.  The  Board  of  Rites  even 
refused  to  change  the  system  of  geography,  though  the  missionaries 
gave  ocular  proofs  that  there  existed  a  great  number  of  other  coun- 
tries, besides  those  entered  on  the  list  bequeathed  by  the  ancients. 

What  would  Rome  have  been,  if  Csssar  had  understood  the  art  of 
xylography,  and  had  printed  his  commentaries,  with  a  good  sized 
newspaper,  to  convince  the  world,  that  he  was  solely  living  and  act- 
ing for  the  benefit  of ;the  commonwealth  7    There  would  have  been 
no  end  of  books,  if  the  versatile  Greeks  could  have  availed  them« 
selves  of  this  art,  and  transmitted  their  thoughts,  at  their  hearts '  de- 
sire, to  the  most  remote  ages.     Such  however  was  the  good  fortune 
of  the  Chinese.     When  the  original  writers  had  carefully  consigned 
their  sentiments  to  slips  of  bamboo,  their  ingenious  countrymen  pro- 
cured paper,  and  ink,  and  printing  with  blocks,  struck  off  innumerable 
copies.     Thus  it  happened  that,  during  the  middle  ages,  books  were 
reprodured  with  immense  facility,  and  nothing  of  ancient  lore  was 
lost   to  the  world.     We  have  therefore  treatises  upon  every  subject, 
within  the  compass  of  human  comprehension,  and  when  our  western 
nations  glory  in  some  new  invention,  let  them  remember,  that  seme 
obscure  Chinese  author  had  perhaps  a  crude  idea  of  the  same  matter 
many  centuries  ago,  and  has  written  long  essays  upon  the  subject.  We 
really  despair  of  adducing  anything,  of  which  the  Chinese  have  not 
some  notion.,  expressed  either  in  curious  prose  or  long  winding  rhymes. 
We  have  seen  treatises  on  hollow  shot,  rockets,  and  bombs,  as  they 
were  tised  in  the  ninth  century ;  we  have  met  with  essays  on  metallic 
currency,  and  the  banking  system ;  we  have  even  seen  notices  about 
the  power  of  steam,  and  its  practical  application  to  useful  purposes ; 
and  a  great  many  other  things,  which  are  at  first  sight  really  sur- 
prizing.   But  they  are  mere  infant  notions,  incipient  thoughts,  which 
if  properly  followed  up  would  lead  to  great  results.     Nor  are  they 
brought  to  light  by  the  present  generation,  but  are  the  conceptions  of 
writers  who  lived  centuries  ago;  but  it  is  enough  to  have  all  these 
things  in  books,  and  to  prove  that  China  once  possessed  profound 
and  inventive  thinkers. 


5i>(i  Poo  Mang  (Vte  fsang  .<i«.  Oct. 

Pardon  lis,  gontle  reader,  for  taking  this  very  roundabout  way  to 
offer  our  criticism  upon  the  work  before  us.  It  belongs  to  a  nondes* 
cript  genus,  is  neither  fiction  nor  truth,  but  a  collection  of  anecdotes 
for  the  valuable  purpose  of  teaching  people  wisdom.  Hence  it  has 
received  the  honorable  appellation  of  a  '  sack,'  which  we  shall  endea- 
vor to  empty  at  random,  to  show  in  some  measure  its  contents. 
.  In  the  preface,  we  are  given  to  understand,  that  this  is  a  prime 
collection,  made  by  P&ng  Manglung  on  purpose  to  enlighten  man- 
kind, and  has  undergone  many  improvements,  until  it  attained  its  pre- 
sent size.  In  examining  the  index,  we  perceive  that  the  compiler 
divides  the  subject  into  superior  wisdom,  clear  wisdom,  searching 
wisdom,  wisdom  of  bravery,  artful  wisdom,  ready  wisdom,  wisdom  iii 
speaking  and  military  affairs,  wisdom  of  the  harem  and  miscella- 
neous wisdom ;  each  of  these  species  is  illustrated  by  the  example  of 
the  most  celebrated  personages,  that  ever  lived  in  China,  including 
ladies  and  gentlemen.  The  writer  naturally  begins  with  Confucius, 
the  minor  of  wisdom.  He  was  a  courtier,  saw  much  of  high  life,  was 
occasionally  reduced  to  great  straits,  and  frequently  obliged  to  deny 
his  own  principles.  The  question  has  often  been  put,  whether  a 
statesman  can,  under  all  circumstances  in  which  he  is  placed  by 
his  office,  adhere  to  rectitude  or  not ;  if  this  is  applied  to  the  Chinese 
we  give  an  answer  unhesitatingly  in  the  negative.  The  philosopher 
himself  felt  this  frequently.  On  being  charged  with  the  murder  of 
a  man,  likely  in  his  way,  he  makes  out  a  case  of  moral  turpitude, 
which  though  extremely  offensive  to  the  wellbeing  of  human  socie- 
ty, was  not  deserving  of  capital  punishment  by  the  laws  of  the  land, 
and  this  is  quoted  as  an  instance  of  his  superior  wisdom.  And  then 
there  follows  the  moral  of  the  thing,  that  an  intelligent  prince  might 
take  away  the  life  of  servants,  in  whom  he  discovered  the  latent  pro- 
pensities of  future  mischief.  This  is  indeed  a  very  convenient  doc- 
trim*.  At  another  time  the  sage  had  his  horse  arrested  by  the  pea- 
santry on  account  of  a  trespass  upon  a  corn-field.  Confucius,  how- 
ever, talkfid  them  out  of  this  presumption  and  got  his  steed  back. 

A  general  was  falsely  accused,  by  an  unworthy  sycophant  to  his 
prince  of  having  acted  deceitfully.  The  sovereign  summoned  the  ac- 
cuser before  him,  at  once  saw  through  the  falsehood,  and  sen,t  hjni 
back  to  the  warrior  to  receive  punishment  for  his  crime.  The  gene- 
ral looked  upon  the  miserable  man,  and,  showing  hjm  his  death  war- 
rant signed,  then  asked  whether  he  would  atone  for  his  wickedness 
by  fighting  the  enemy;  but  mark,  he  added,  tfyou  Jose  the  battle  you 
must  die.  The  culprit  went  away  and  conquered  the  foe. 


I?*4I.  Puo  \ans{  (*he  t.<ans{  sin.  'ViT 

Another  prince  observed  a  soJdier,  on  duty,  steadfastly  fixing  his 
eyes  on  a  favorite,  a  very  beautiful  lady ;  and,  upon  being  asked  what 
he  was  about,  gave  nu  answer ;  but,  being  sent  against  the  enemy 
with  the  prospect  of  making  the  damsel  his  wife  in  case  of  success, 
he  manfully  fought  the  battle,  and  obtained  the  hand  of  the  fair  one. 
This  was  a  man  of  wisdotn. 

An  emperor  sent  a  eunuch  to  the  western  sea  to  purchase  some 
extraordinary  jewels.  On  his  return  they  were  hid,  and  even  the 
record  of  the  transaction  was  kept  a  secret.  A  minister  asked  the 
reason  of  this  strange  proceeding,  and  was  told,  that  the  undertaking 
had  entailed  so  much  misery  upon  the  soldiers  as  well  as  on  the  peo- 
ple, that  the  wisest  thing  .to.  be  done  was  to  obliterate  all  remem 
brance  of  the  affair.     This  was  wisdom. 

Kwang  Woo  of  the  Han  dynasty  killed  an  officer,  and  then  one  of 
the  underlings  collected  several  thousand  papers  to  slander  him,  and 
passed  them  over  to  the  emperor.  The  Jiitter  handed  them  over  to 
the  lictors,  and  giving  orders  to  burn  them,  requested  to  let  the  man 
rest  in  peace.     This  is  another  sample  of  wisdom. 

Some  individuals  seem  to  be  gifted  with  this  valuable  attribute, 
which  we  might  have  been  translated  foresight.  The  book  before  us 
gives  a  number  of  instances,  such  as  the  suggestions  of  Chekwo,  a 
statesman,  who,  by  suitable  advice  and  deep  observation  of  the  state 
of  things,  saved  the  life  of  his  prince,  and  prevented  a  total  defeat  of 
his  forces.  But  this  was  not  his  only  prudent  act,  he  always  found 
out  ways  and  means,  and  had  he  lived  in  our  times,  he  ought  to  have 
been  made  a  minister  of  finance  to  pay  off  national  debt.  Another 
worthy  courtier,  whenever  he  saw  any  approaching  danger,  would  on 
no  account  give  himself  up  to  joyous  festivity,  to  which  he  was  much 
addicted,  but  would  remain  sober  and  quiet,  until  the  critical  mo* 
ment  was  passed. 

A  very  enterprizing  .<«choIar  having  arrived  at  the  capital,  and 
there  proved  himself  very  inquisitive,  gave  evidence  of  considerable 
accomplishments,  so  as  to  attract  the  notice  of  a  censor.  On  nearer 
acquaintance,  he  was  discovered  to  possess  talents  and  abilities  that 
fitted  him  to  undertake  the  government  of  the  whole  country.  The 
prudent  sovereign  having  fully  convinced  himself,  that  this  aspiring 
genius  would  prove  troublesome,  had  him  instantly  killed. 

One  of  the  petty  princes  murdered  a  man,  and  wanted  to  employ 
his  son  in  a  high  office,  because  he  was  of  an  unbending  character 
and  never  swerved  from  the  principles. of  rectitude.  His  minister 
however  remonstrated,  and  proved  that  he  would  never  forgive  the 


a58  Poo  Nang  Che  stung  sin.  Oi-t. 

prince  for  having  beheaded  his  parent.  Yet  the  monarch  doubted 
the  result  until  he  found  the  son  in  open  rebellion,  and  was  obliged 
to  sentence  him  to  death. 

A  general  was  accused  of  misdeeds  in  the  most  severe  manner,  so 
that  the  prince  was  obliged  to  call  him  to  court,  in  order  to  give  an 
account  of  his  proceedings.  One  of  the  presidents  having  himself 
denounced  him  as  a  traitor,  there  was  very  little  chance  of  escaping 
the  doom.  But  the  general,  on  entering  the  imperial  appartnients, 
did  not  show  the  least  symptom  of  fear,  but  with  a  noble  front  met 
his  master.  The  latter  cast  a  searching  look  upon  th  e  hard  features 
of  the  warrior,  and  perceiving  nothitig  suspicions,  immediately  de* 
dared  him  iiinoceot,  and  put  the  false  accuser  to  death. 

Thousands  of  superstitious  people  thronged  around  a  living  Budha^ 
who  was  stopping  in  one  of  the  temples,  and  pasted  the  surrounding 
images  with  gold,  in  order  to  show  due  respect  towards  the  moving 
idol.  Suddenly  there  came  a  hail-storm  that  did  great  damage,  and 
he  crops  of  the  people  were  nearly  annihilated,  yet  still  it  did  not 
cease.  Thereupon  an  influen-ial  man  lighted  a  fire,  burnt  the 
images,  got  the  gold  which  had  melted  into  a  lump,  and  then  had  it 
distributed.     The  hail  than  immediately  ceased. 

An  officer  who  had  to  administer  justice  in  several  districts,  made 
it  the  business  of  his  life  to  inquire  accurately  into  the  state  of  the 
people  under  his  charge,  and  when,  by  reiterated  interrogatories,  he 
had  fully  ascertained  a  man's  circumstances  he  put  it  carefully  down 
in  a  book.  On  a  certain  day,  he  comamnded  all  to  appear  in  order  to 
raise  an  income  tax,  according  to  the  valuation  of  property.  He  gave 
at  the  same  time  to  eaeii  a  paper  requesting  thim  to  write  down  what 
he  might  be  able  to  pay.  When  they  appeared  before  him,  they 
were  surprised  to  find  an  accurate  account  drawn  up  of  their  goods 
and  chatties,  with  a  fair  valuation  already  made. 

A  marsh  in  Keangsoo  prevented  communication  between  two 
thickly  inhabited  districts.  An  ingenious  native,  therefore  planted 
rushes,  encircled  the  waters,  and  completely  drained  a  part  of  them 
into  a  ditch  dug  on  purpose.     But  enough  of  this  wisdom. 

We  are  now  come  to  searching  wisdom,  and  quote  only  a  few  in- 
stances. A  man  had  written  an  essay,  part  of  which  was  obliterated 
by  a  villain,  and  other  characters  were  put  in  the  blanks.  The  writer 
lost  thereby  his  promotion,  and  bitterly  complained  about  the  injus- 
tice done  to  him.  But  being  anxious  to  discover  the  trick,  which  had 
been  played  upon  him,  he  held  the  paper  towards  the  light,  and 
there  di^icovered  the  original  characters,  which,  when  subsequently 


1841.  Poo  Xaiig  Che  slang  sin,  oo9' 

immcrged  in  water,  appeared  all  legible ;  and  the  auilior  of  llie  deceit 
was  Beverly  ptiiiished. 

A  murder  had  been  committed,  but  the  real  author  of  it  could  not 
be  found  out.  Though  there  were  a  number  of  criminals  in  the.prison, 
upon  whom  suspicion  fell,  the  horrible  deed  could  be  brought  home 
to  nobody.  In  this  emergency  the  officej  invited  all  the  prisoners  to 
a  repast,  and  had  their  fetters  knocked  off.  When  all  had  risen  from 
their  meal,  they  returned  to  their  dungeons  and  only  one  man  was 
kept  back.  He,  witli  a  frightened  countenance  asked  for  the 
reason  of  not  being  allowed  to  go  with  his  fellows,  and  was  told, 
that  he  was  the  murderer.  On  inquiring  farther  for  the  proof  of 
this  assertion,  he  was  informed,  that  he  had  taken  the  chopsticks 
in  his  led  hand,  and  the  murdered  man  having  been  wounded  in  his 
right  side,  he  therefore  must  be  the  assassin.  Though,  in  our  humble 
opinion,  this  is  a  non-sequitur,  the  culprit  was  actually  convicted  on 
the  proof  thus  adduced  by  the  wary  officer. 

Of  the  wisdom  of  bravery  we  have  an  instance  in  a  general,  who 
was  sent  against  the  Huns.  After  having  inveigled  them  into  securi- 
ty, he  suddenly  attacked  them  with  fire  and  sword  and  cut  off  the 
heads  of  more  than  one  hundred  individuals.  By  this  surprise  and 
an  act  of  treachery,  he  so  frightened  the  enemy,  that  they  willingly 
surrendered.  Of  this  wisdom  both  Yang  Fung  and  Yihshan,  have 
given  proofs,  but  they  did  not  succeed  so  fully,  and  therefore  deserve 
no  place  in  this  book. 

From  the  chapter  of  artful  wisdom  (a  term  that  might  also  be  tran* 
slated  low  cunning),  a  great  deal  might  be  quoted,  because  it  is  habi- 
tual to  all  sons  of  the  Han.  Proofs  of  this  propensity,  however,  being 
of  daily  recurrence,  we  refrain  quoting  instances  from  ancient  lore. 

Of  ready  wisdom  there  are  sundry  examples.  The  heir  to  the  im- 
perial crown  was  approaching  a  first  rate  archer,  and  would  certainly 
have  been  killed,  if  he  had  not  attended  to  ihe-<  exclamation  of  a  mi- 
nister to  throw  himself  down  instantly.  Thr  promptness,- with  which 
the  admonition  was  obeyed,  saved  his  life.-  Another  courtier  having 
ascertained,  that  a  minister  had  some  treasonable  designs  aji^ainst 
his  sovereign,  saw  himself  powerless  in  hivlHind',  without  being  ablis 
to  render  any  assistance  to  his  msscer.  He  therefore  managed 
to  have  all  the  bridges  destroyed,  by  which  the  soldiers  would  ad- 
vance, and  thus  procured  time-  for  his  prinee  tb^  advance  upon  the 
capital. 

An  emperor  asked  his  minister  wiiat  books*  he  was  accustomed  tb 
read  at  home.     The  statesman  was  highly  surprised  at  this  question, 


500  IVuiUon  Uie  of  Sativt  Words.  Oct. 

and  remarked :  "Your  majesty  asks  about  the  books  i  read,  and 
never  inquires  about  the  state  of  the  country  over  which  you  rule." 

Another  emperor  asked  one  of  his  servants,  how  he  succeeded 
with  the  field,  about  which  there  had  been  a  lawsuit,  and  was  told, 
that  his  sphere  was  with  superior  men  who  did  not  design  to  converse 
about  such  trifles. 

These  may  suffice  as  specimens  from  the  Sack  of  Wisdom.  May 
the  reader  be  as  much  benefited  thereby,  as  the  kind-hearted  compil- 
er of  this  work  intended.  The  language  is  very  terse,  in  imitation 
of  the  style  of  the  classics.  Had  we  spoken  about  the  wisdom  of 
speech,  or  rather  repartees,  we  might  have  brought  forward  many  a 
good  answer  to  an  impertinent  question.  The  perusal  of  the  whole 
leaves  the  impression  of  dullness,  that  is  heightened  by  the  reader's 
ignorance  of  the  personages,  that  are  the  actors  in  these  stories.  One, 
who  wishes  to  read  the  work  with  zest,  must  previously  have  become 
acquainted  with  the  heroes  and  heroines,  and  be  their  admirer,  and 
their  several  anecdotes  may  then  be  found  amusing,  but  otherwise  it 
will  be  a  very  sorry  task. 


<  i . 


Art.  IV.      The    wanton    use  of  neUive.  words  by  foreign  writers, 
reprobated  by    the  dotonial  Magazin!e  and  Friend  of  India. 

.Wbbn  occasionlilly  ■  we;  haVe  hinted,  our  dislike  of  the  practice  of 

.uaing  native  words,  and  others  that- are  not  English,  we  have  only 

uttered  the  sentiments  of  itiany  competent  judges  in  literary  matters. 

.We  h&-ve  no  dislike  to  Chinese  or  Japanese,  to  Arabic  or  Mantchou, 

iMalay,\9ugis,  Siamese,  .Pali,.*  Sanscrit;  or 'the- modern  dialects  of 

•Iqdia ;  though.  w,e  profer  plaiii.  English  to.  any  of  these:  languages.    .  It 

b48  become  very  common, r  however,'  among  a!)certaia  class  of  writers, 

.and  chiefly  such  as  wish  to  make  a  great  shbw  of  <  &  little  knowledge, 

to  bespangle  their  pages  with  native  words — words  foreign  to  thelan- 

.g^age  in/  which,  they;  write:,  we  say  '  chiefly,'  because  some  have 

.fallen.into  this  habit,  without  aoyrduch:: intention^:  and;  who  .are  far 

enough  from  wishing  to  make  a  display  of  learning  which  they  do  not 

, possess.'    Though  our  own  pages  may  not  always!  be  free  from  the 

fault  in  question,  yet  we  do  not  hesitate  to  join  with  the  Colonial 


1841.  Wanion  Use  of  Native  Words.  561 

Gazette  and  Friend  of  India  in  reprobating  it.  The  better  to  show 
at  what  we.  are  aiming,  we  will  here  enumerate  some  of  the  local 
wxirde,;  which  may,  and  ought  to  be,  we  think,  disused '.—cAtncAtii, 
chop^  consoOf  cumsha^ftmkwei^foke^  hong,  joss'house,  junk,  mandarin^ 
Tnaske,  muster,  samshew,  ^c. 

The  writer  in  the  Colonial  Gazette,  who  subscribes  himself'  Plain 
English/  argues  the  case  like  a  lawyer.  Addressing  the  editor  of  that 
journal  as  judge,  he  says : — 

.  "The  parties  I  would  cite  to  your  bar  are  many,  of  various  pro- 
fessions, and  of  either  sex — Mrs.  Postans,  sir  William  Lloyd,  Mr. 
Vignej  captain  Osborne,  captain  Havelock,  in  short,  almost  all  who 
have  lately  written  on  the  affairs  of  India;  and  the  offense  to  be  laid 
to  their  charge  is  that  of  introducing  into  their  narratiYos  oriental, 
and  therefore  unintelligible  words,  wantonly,  without  necessity,  and 
from  affectation,  to  the  exclusion  of  the  English  equivalents,  which 
would  have  embodied  the  meaning  with  equal  significance  to  the 
mind  of  the  author,  and  with  the  trifling  advantage  to  the  reader  of 
being  understood.  This  strange  unnatural  mode  of  concealing,  -rather 
than  expressing,  what  is  meant  to  be  said,  is  so  fiequent  with  these 
writers  (for  in  this  respect  they  are  all  alike),  that  one  is  led  to 
speculate  on  what  can  be  the  common  cause  that  has  infected  so 
many*  otherwise  sensible  and  agreeable  people  with  such  an  epidemic 
of  bad  taste.  *  *  *  Whatever  may  be  the  cause  that  has  seduced 
these  writers  into  this  unfortunate  habit,  it  is  high  time  that  it  were 
corrected ;  it  is  high  time  that  they  should  be  admonished  of  the  intolera* 
ble  weariness  which  gradually  steals  over  the  mind  of  the  reader  from 
the  constant  occurrence  of  words,  the  meaning  of  which  is  only  to 
be  gqessed  at  by  the  context.  Let  them  consider  how  seriously  the  usjb 
of  this  piebald  jargon  must  prevent  their  works  from  becoming  po- 
pular; how  much  it  must  retard  that  consummation,  so  devoutly  tp 
be  wished,  when  the  public  mind  of  England  shall  make  itself  fa- 
miliarly and  in  earnest  acquainted  with  the  condition  and  the  pros- 
pects, the  rights  and  the  wrongs,  of  our  Indian  possessions.  *  *  * 

<'  To  introduce  a  better  order  of  things,  to  awaken  interest  where 
there  is  indifference,  and  to  substitute  knowledge  for  ignorance, 
should  be  the  object  and  ambition  of  all  writers  upon  India;  but  to 
succeed  in  instructing,  they  must  condescend  to  please^  At  any 
rate,  it  is  in  their  power  to  cease  to  offend  by  calling  common 
things  by  uncommon  names.  The  lively  and  entertaining  Mrs. 
Posuns,  who  describes  the  domestic  life  of  the  natives  so  well,  must, 
if  she  wishes  for  readers  in  London,  as  well  as  at  Bombay,  be  content 

VOL.    X.    NO.    X.  71' 


502  Wanton  Use  of  \alive  Words.  Oct; 

to  describe  her  next  visit  to  the  court  of  a  Mohaiuirieclan*  chief  without: 
calling  it  ^durbar — must  till  it  with  courtiers  and  attendants,  instead 
ot  cheleths  Ktid  chobdctrs — pay  her  respects  to  bis  wives;  instead. of  hia 
btbtes — find  their  eyelids*  tinged  with  antimony,  instead  of  50(»rmiiy, 
and  be  entertained  with  dancing  girls,  instead  of  natcket.  Surely 
the  names  of  the  people  and  places  she  encounters  might  be  suf* 
fici^nt  to  gratify  her  taste  for  dissonant  and  barbarous  sotinds,  with- 
out inflicting  upon  us  the  native  appeHations  of  ordinary  things. 
Does  she  not  meet  with  Syud  A^im^oo-deen,  Jemsetjee  Jeejeebhoy, 
and  Janjerjee  Nasserwanjee ;  and  does  she  not  travel  to  Parabotfaee, 
Mahabuleshwar,  and  Pertabghur,  and  might  she  not  be  content? 
Nabobs' and  rajahs,  and  even  maha-rajahs,  we  shall  always  be  glad 
t«  hear 'about  from  so '^amusing  and  graphic  a  writer;  but  we  must 
takethe  liberty  of  Informing  her,  that  many  of  the  articles  she  deals 
in  are  unquestionably  contraband,  and  that  the  next  time  she  pre- 
sents herself  with  her  luggage  to  be  overhauled— and  we  hope  it  will 
not  be  long  before  she  makes  the  experiment-* neither  ehattrahs,  nor 
bhuprahs^  nor  howdaks,  nor  bunders,  nor  bobfifees,  will  be  permitted 
to  pass  muster  at  the  critical  custom*house.'' 

'  In  popular  works,  instead  of  giving  the  names  of  weights  and  mea- 
sures, dz.c,  in  native  terms,  their  equivalents  ought  in  roost  if  not  in 
ail  case»  to  be  introduced.  For  the  names  of  officers,  corresponding 
titles  may  generally  be  obtained.  But  for  persons  and  places  native 
names  must  be  used,  with  few  exceptions.  Thus  we  must  write 
'Yunnan  and  not  *  the  Cloudy  South,'  Szechuen  and  not  '  the  Four 
Streams.'  However,  Yellow  river.  North  river,  and  some  other  names, 
are,  we  think,  preferable  to  the  native  terms  Hwang  ho,  Pih  ho,  6lc, 
If  writers  desire  to  have  their  books  and  essays  read  extensively,  they 
mtist  direst  them  of  all  unnecessary  encumbrances.  The  Friend  of 
India  reasons  well  on  this  pointy  and  w<b  gladly  quote  from  his  excellent 
paper  the  following  pertinent  remarks  made  in  support  of  the  Co- 
lonial Gazette,  in  behalf  of  Plain  English. 

*' However  it  may  serve  to  give  an  oriental  character  to  their  com- 
positions, and  possibly  to  impress  the  English  reader  with  a  feeling  of 
respect  for  their  learning,  its  natural  and  inevitable  tendency  is  to 
abridge  the  number  of  their  readers,  and  to  disgust  those  who  master 
courage  to  go  through  their  productions.  Indian  subjects  are  still 
coiHparatively  unwelcome  in  England,  and,  until  oflate^  were  all  but 
proscribed  in  what  was  esteemed  good  society.  It  is  a  happy  cir- 
cumstance that  this  feeling  of  aversion  has  been  in  some  measure 
removed,  and  that  a  more   lively    interest  is  now  taken  in  everything 


1841.  VVanion  Use  of  Xaiioe  Words.  fi63 

that  relates  to  ibis  country.  This  favorable  dispoaitioii  ought  to  be 
fostered  by  ali  those  wlio  have  information  to  communicate;  whereas 
the  course,  wliich  is  now  pursued,  \^  calculated  in  too  many  instances 
to  revive  and  increase  the  prejudice  agamst  everything  Indian.  We 
are  fully  aware  that  it  is  impossible,  on  all  occasions,  to  avoid  the 
adoption  of  native  words,  more  especially  in  cases  in  which  corres- 
ponding or  suitable  words  cannot  be  found  in  £nglii«h  for  things  which 
do  not  exist  in  England ;  then  an  explanation  of  the  foreign  and 
barbarous  term  should  invariably  be  given.  But  in  some  of  the  works, 
to  which  the  writer  alludes,  numerous  instances  may  be  found  of  so 
unnecessary  a  use  of  native  terms,  that  it  can  be  traced  only  to  the 
loYe  of  display  or  to  mere  wantonness.  There  is  too  great  a  dispo-* 
sition  manifested  to  introduce  them  on  every  possible  occasion.  Any 
writer,  however,  who  is  persuaded  that  to  be  understood  is  a  higher 
object  than  to  be  admired  for  the  use  of  foreign  and  learned  words, 
will  seek  to  reduce  the  occasions  in  which  they  are  introduced,  and 
to  regulate  the  adoption  of  them  by  the  rules  of  a  rigid  necessity.  If 
our  cotemporaries  wil4  not  take  amiss  the  advice  of  one  who  feels 
deeply  interested  in  the  growing  influence  and  |)ower  of  the  Indian 
press,  we  would  ask  them  to  bear  in  mind,  that  they  are  no  longer 
writing  for  an  Indian  audience  only ;  that  it  is  from  their  columns 
that  the  community  in  England  and  on  the  continent  is  gradually 
forming  its  estimate  of  the  British  institutions  of  India,  and  of  their 
influence  on  the  well-being  of  its  population.  Tiiey  must  remember 
that  nearly  eighty  thousand  copies  of  new.<<papers,  published  in  India, 
Bnd  their  way  during  the  year  to  England,  and  that  they  are  writing 
for  the  meridians  of  London,  Paris,  and  Vienna,  as  well  as  for  that  of 
Calcutta.  They  cannot  therefore  be  too  careful  how  they  allow  their 
pages  to  be  disfigured  with  words  almost  unintelligible  in  Europe, 
and  for  which  corresponding  terms  might  easily,  or  with  a  little  care, 
be  found  in  our  own  tongue." 

No  one  of  the  words,  which  we  have  given  above,  is  without  its 
equivalent  in  English ;  and  a  full  equivalent :  thus  for  chinchin,  you 
may  have  thanks  or  beg,  as  the  case  may  chance  to  be :  for  chop,  you 
may  have  edict,  passport,  &lc.;  for  eonsoo,  public  hall :  to  say  the 
cunsoo  in  Canton,  is  quite  as  definite  as  to  say  the  public  hall,  or  the 
hotel  in  London ;  for  the  consoo  in  Canton  are  probably  as  numerous 
as  the  public  halls  in  London  ;  almost  all  the  commercial  companies 
in  Canton,  and  all  the  different  trades,  have  their  respective  conioo 
{^  fir  kung  so,  or  public  places),  each  one  its  own  ;  thus  the  com« 


oG4  Morrison  Edwaiion  Society.  Oct. 

pany  of  merchants  licenaed  to  trade  with  foreigners  has  its  consoo, 
where  its  public  biisiuess,  that  which  its  members  have  in  common, 
is  transacted. 


Art.  V.      The  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Morrison  Education 

Society:  read  September  29th,  1841. 
The  third  annual  meeting  of  the  Morrison  Education  Society  was 
held  at  the  residence  of  Rev.  S.  R.  Brown,  in  Macao,  on  Wednesday 
the  29th  September,  1841.  The  following  gentlemen  were  present, 
Messrs.  L.  Dent,  J.  Matheson,  W.  Bell,  E.  MoHer,  S.  W.  Williamis 
W.  A.  Lawrence,  B.  Hobson,  and  the  Rev.  Messrs.  E.  C.  Brid^man, 
W.  J.  Boone,  W.  C.  Milne,  D.  Ball,  J.  L.  Shuck,  and  S.  R.  Brown. 
In  the  absence  of  the  recording  secretary,  Mr.  Brown  was  requested 
to  act  in  his  place  pro  tern. 

The  President,  Mr.  Dent,  having  taken  the  chair,  addressed  the 
meeting  to  the  following  efl^t : 

«*  Looking  to  the  long  period  that  has  elapsed  since  our  last  meeting, 
I  consider  it  necessary  to  offer  a  few  preliminary  observations  before 
our  report  is  submitted  to  the  meeting,  and  1  regret  to  perceive  it  is  so 
small,  arising  from  the  dispatch  of  several  vessels  this  day,  and  other 
local  occurrences,  which  I  know  have  prevented  the  attendance  of 
many  friends  of  the  Society.  The  peculiar  circumstances  that  have 
caused  the  irregularity  in  our  meetings  are  too  well  known  to  require 
explanation.  Indeed,  it  is  a  matter  of  surprise  that  the  Society  has 
been  able  to  struggle  through  the  difficulties  it  has  had  to  contend 
with,  during  the  last  three  years ;  and  our  present  position  is  greatly 
owing  to  the  exertions  and  good  management  of  the  Corresponding 
and  Recording  Secretaries,  to  whom  were  necessarily  intrusted  the 
interests  of  the  Society,  and  the  other  trustees  have  had  little  further 
to  do,  than  to  express  satisfaction  and  sanction  their  acts.  The  trus- 
tees have  heretofore  been  unable  to  encourage  the  friends  of  the  Society 
by  exhibiting  any  very  flattering  results,  but  h&ve  had  to  bespeak  their 
patience  until  the  slow  but  (they  felt)  sure  course  they  were  adopting 
had  time  to  develop  itself.  I  have  now,  however,  the  pleasure  to  an- 
nounce the  commencement  of  active  operations.  Our  valued  corres- 
pondents in  America,  professors  Silliman,  Goodrich,  and  Gibbs,  of 


1841.  Morrison  Education  Soritty.  565 

Yale  College,  who,  from  its  first  estahliHliiuent,  have  taken  a  serious 
interest  in  the  Morrison  Education  Society,  and  exerted  themselves  to 
promote  our  views,  at  length  succeeded  in  procuring  a  teacher,  tho 
Rev.  Mr.  Brown,  who  brought  such  testimonials  as  any  man  might 
be  proud  of.  His  talents  and  attainments  are  of  a  high  order,  and 
witn  these  are  combined  presevering  industr}',  habits  of  teaching, 
and  well  directed  zeal. 

«*  Mr.  Brown  came  out  accompanied  by  his  lady,  and  although  I  ap» 
proach  this  subject  as  one  almost  too  delicate  to  be  discussed  at  a 
public  meeting ;  yet  I  feel  it  &  duty  to  express  my  opinion  of  the 
very  great  advantage  received  from  Mrs.  Brown's  presence.  She  is 
equally  with  her  husband  devoted  to  the  good  cause,  aud  cooperates 
with  him  in  every  way  to  insure  its  success ;  but  this  1  almost  con. 
sider  secondary  in  importance  to  the  example  the  pupils  have  daily 
before  their  eyes  of  domestic  virtues  and  happineits,  which  cannot  but 
exert  a  most  salutary  influence  on  their  own  social  habits.  Ill  health 
rendered  a  visit  to  the  Straits  desirable,  which,  while  it  has  hap. 
pily  been  of  advantage  in  the  principal  object,  has  not  been  unproduc- 
tive to  the  Society,  as  Mr.  Brown  had  thereby  an  opportunity  of  per- 
sonally inspecting  the  Chinese  schools  and  mode  of  teaching  in 
other  pUces.  Nor  was  any  detriment  experienced  here,  his  place 
having  been  most  efficiently  supplied  by  the  gratuitous  services  of  the 
Rev.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Boone,  and  the  Rev.  Mr.  Milne ;  and  although  I 
am  well  aware  that  to  them  the  satisfaction  of  having  done  so  much 
good  is  a  sufficient  reward,  yet  not  the  less  are  the  grateful  acknow- 
ledgments of  this  Society  due. 

^  All  particulars  connected  with  the  present  state  of  the  school  and 
the  progress  of  the  boys,  which  are  most  satisfactory,  are  detailed  in 
the  report.  The  number  of  pupils  has  been  small,  but  the  object  was 
to  teach  a  few  well,  and  not  to  make  a  display  of  numbers ;  nor  has  it 
been  from  want  of  applications,  but  they  were  necessarily  refused,  so 
that  those  admitted  begin  to  consider  it  a  privilege.  One  of  the  most 
advanced  and  intelligent  boys,  formerly  under  the  care  of  this  Society, 
was,  I  may  call  it,  inveigled  away  by  commissioner  Lin  to  act  in  the 
capacity  of  interpreter,  and  it  may  be  presumed  of  adviser  as  to  the  ciis. 
toms  and  opinions  of  foreigners ;  and  he  remained  with  Lin  during  the 
whole  period  of  his  holding  office,  and  was  fully  employed  in  translating 
English  papers  and  books,  and  well  treated.  This  is  a  very  good 
proof  as  well  of  the  proficiency  of  the  boy,  as  of  the  soundness  of  the 
system  of  education,  that  combines  western  with  Chinese  learning. 
This  is  the  second  or  third  instance  in  which  boys  known  to  be  edu- 


5l3H  Morrison  Education  Society.  Oct. 

cAtcd  by  the  « outside  barbarians, '  have  lieen  officially  em|>loyed,  and 
we  shall  gradually  by  such  means  dis|)el  the  prejudices  of  this  people 
a;rainst  foreigners. 

**The  truMleen  have  been  obhged  for  the  present  to  discontinue  pecu^ 
niary  assistance  to  other  schools,  it  being  necessary  to  devote  their 
limited  aif^ans  to  the  main  object ;  but  this  state  of  things  will,  I  trust, 
bt*.  unLy  temporary  and  that  we  shall  soon  be  enabled  to  afford  deserv- 
ing  fellow. laborers  a  helping  hand.  (  am  thus  brought  to  consider 
the  state  of  our  funds,  which  is  the  last  topic  I  shall  trouble  you  with, 
generally  a  disagreeable  one.  By  the  treasurer's  account  we  have  little 
more  than  sufficient  for  one  year's  expenditure,  even  on  our  present 
limited  scale.  But  I  am  in  noways  discouraged  at  this.  We  have 
refrained  from  any  appeal  to  the  public  until  we  could  show  ourselves 
deserving  of  support — feeling  fully  satisfied  that  when  the  time  came, 
we  should  not  have  to  apply  in  vain,  to  the  liberality  of  this  commu- 
nity  and  the  friends  of  education  generally  for  the  furtherance  of  such 
a  useful  object.  Funds  must  be  raised,  not  only  for  carrying  on  and 
extending  our  present  school^  but  for  establishing  one  more  at  least 
elsewhere,  for  which  events  now  in  progress  in  China  offer  a  most 
cheering  prospect,  and  they  will  not,  £  am  sure,  be  found  wanting. 

••I  will  not  detain  you  from  the  Report  further  than  merely  to  draw 
your  attention  to  the  substitutions  the  committee  have  been  obliged 
to  make,  for  the  members  of  their  body  that  have  left  the  country, 
which  acts  will  require  your  sanction,  no  provision  for  the  same  being 
made  in  the  constitution.  There  war,  three  years  since,  a  notice  of 
a  motion  to  rectify  the  omission,  but  subsequent  events  prevented  the 
regular  forms  being  complied  with  for  that  purpose." 

The  President  concluded  his  remarks  by  inviting  attention  to  the 
report,  which  was  then  read. 

REPORT. 

DORiNG  the  three  years  elapsed  since  the  members  of  this  Society 
were  last  assembled,  in  general  meeting,  its  operations  have  been 
constantly  but  silently  advancing ;  and  the  results,  which  are  now 
to  be  reix)rted,  are  such,'  both  in  character  and  amount,  that  they 
cannot  fail  to  give  equal  satisfaction  and  pleasure  to  all  who  are  in- 
terested in  the  intellectual  and  moral  improvement  of  their  fellow- 
men.  Enough  has  been  done,  we  trust,  notwithstanding  the  unfavo- 
rable circumstances  of  th^  times,  to  secure  full  approbation  for  the 
past,  with  strong  encouragements  for  the  future.  While,  therefore, 
it  behoves  us  to  persevere  with  increased  zeal  in  the  good  cause  ef 


1841.  Morrison  Education  t^ocitly.  o<i7 

education,  let  us  here  record  our  grateful  ackiiovvlcdgtncnts   for  tliu 
success  vouchsafed  to  this  Society  through  Divine  Providcucc. 

Since  its  organization  in  183(>,  only  two  annual  meetings- h:ivc 
been  held— one  in  September  I8J)7,  and  the  other  in  October  1838. 
The  reports  which  were  read  at  those  meetings,  with  a  paper  pre- 
viously published  containing  the  particulars  of  the  formation  of  the 
institution,  give  a  full  account  both  of  its  design  and  of  its  proceed- 
ings to  the  date  of  the  second  report. 

On  the  day  for  the  annual  meeting  in*  1839,  the  whole  of  the  Brit- 
ish community,  having  left  Canton  and  Macao,  was  afloat  on  board 
their  ships,  at  Hongkong  or  in  this  vicinity.  In  1840,  such  was  the 
disturbed  state  of  public  affairs,  that  it  was  still  deemed  inexpedient 
to  attempt  to  convene  a  general  meeting  of  its  members. 

The  trustees,  from  time  to  time,  have  held  meetings,  and  as  fre- 
quently as  business  and  circumstances  required  or  allowed ;  and  they 
have  now  to  submit  a  succinct  «iccount  of  what  has  been  done  in 
furtherance  of  the  object  of  the  Morrison  Education  Society,  since  its 
members  and  friends  were  last  assembled,  October  3d,  1838. 

In  the  second  report,  which  was  then  read,  hope  was  expressed  of 
the  speedy  arrival  in  China  of  a  tutor  to  engage  in  the  Society's  ope- 
rations. This  hope  was  well  founded.  On  or  near  the  day  of  our  last 
meeting,  the  Society's  committee  in  New  Haven,  in  accordance  with 
a  request  from  the  trustees,  made  choice  of  the  Rev.  Samuel  R.  Brown 
to  become  the  pioneer  in  carrying  on  the  education  of  those  here 
placed  under  its  auspices. 

On  the  17th  of  October,  Mr.  Brown,  with  his  lady,  embarked  in 
the  ship  Morrison — the  owners  of  that  vessel  having  generously  of- 
fered them  a  free  passage  to  China, — and  arrived  here  February 
23d,  1839.  The  next  day  they  landed  at  Macao.  Mr.  Brown,  hav- 
ing made  the  necessary  arrangements  tor  a  home,  proceeded  at  once 
to  Caiium,  where  the  trustees,  and  many  of  the  other  members  of 
the  Society,  had  the  pleasure  of  welcoming  him,  and  of  making  his 
acquaintance. 

Of  the  many  honorable  testimonials,  with  which  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Brown  were  furnished  by  their  friends  in  America,  one  will  be  am- 
ply sufficient  to  show  in  what  estimation  the  bearer  of  it  was  held 
by  those  who  knew  him  best.  The  paper  is  from  Dr.  Day,  the  vene- 
rable president  of  Yule  College,  at  which  place  it  is  dated  October 
12th,  1838,  and  ib  here  jfiven  entire.  He  writes  thus: 

**  Having  b<  en  informed  that  Samuel  K.  Brown,  a.  m.  a  graduate  of  tins 
college,  ha«  been  selected  as  a  proper  person  to  be  cuiploycd  as  an  nistructor 


568  Harrison  Education  Society.  Oct. 

m  the  Bcrvice  of  the  Morrison  Education  Society,  I  take  pleasure  in  making 
the  following  statement  respecting  his  qualifications  for  this  office. 

•«  Mr.  Brown  passed  through  the  regular  courM  of  four  years  study  in  this 
institution,  and  received  the  degree  of  A.  B.  in  the  y^ar  18H2.  During  his 
residence  here,  he  was  distinguished  for  the  activity  of  his  intellect,  the  ver- 
satility of  his  talents,  and  the  elegance  of  his  taste.  In  every  department  of 
sciences  pursued  in  this  college,  he  maintained  a  distinguished  rank.  He 
was  generally  beloved  for  his  amiable  deportment,  and  respected  for  tlje 
Fptrituality  of  liis  mind,  and  the  consistency  of  his  life  as  a  professed  Christian. 

M  At  the  close  of  his  collegiate  course,  he  was  selected,  in  concurrence  with 
my  own  viefws,  as  one  eminently  qualified  to  fill  the  station  of  teacher  in  th6 
Institution  for  the  deaf  and  dumb  in  the  city  of  New  York.  Of  the  manner 
in  which  he  discharged  the  duties  of  that  office,  I  can  speak  only  from  the 
information  I  have  received  from  those  who  were  associated  with  him  there  in 
the  duties  of  instruction.  From  them  I  learn,  that  he  distinguished  himself, 
at  an  early  period,  for  the  accuracy  and  extent  of  his  acquaintance  with  the 
language  of  signs,  and  that  his  whole  course  of  instruction,  during  a  num- 
ber of  years  while  he  was  connected  with  the  Institution,  was  marked  by  un- 
common zeal,  energy,  and  perseverance. 

•'  I  feel  authorized,  therefore,  to  express  the  hope  and  belief,  that  Mr.  Brown 
will  be  found  peculiarly  well  qualified  for  the  important  station  to  which  be  is 
now  called ;  and  i  would  cordially  commend  him  to  the  Christian  courtesy 
and  friendly  patronage  of  all  who  are  interested  in  tlie  cause  of  learning  and 
true  religion."        (Signed)        «•  Jeremiah  Day,  president  of  Yale  Ckdlege." 

Having  passed  a  few  days  in  Canton,  and  become  acqaainted  with 
the  views  and  plans  of  the  trustees,  regarding  the  course  they  desired 
him  to  pursue,  Mr.  Brown  returned  to  Macao  and  entered  upon  it 
immediately.  On  the  29th  of  April,  1840,  he  laid  before  the  trus- 
tees a  brief  statement  respecting  his  labors  up  to  that  date,  and  from 
it  some  extracts  are  here  introduced. 

**  It  is  now  a  little  more  than  fourteen  months  since  my  arrival  in 
China.  My  destination  to  this  country  was  entirelv  unlooked  for  till 
twelve  days  before  I  lefl  America.  Indeed,  I  had,  for  a  twelvemonth 
previous  to  that  period,  been  accustomed  to  think  of  an  early  and  in- 
timate friend  as  the  chosen  agent  of  this  Society,  fiut  a  singular  in- 
terference of  Providence,  detained  him  at  home,  and  sent  me  hither 
in  his  stead.  I  came  in  haste,  but  with  an  eager  desire  to  be  employ- 
ed in  promoting  the  cause  of  education  among  this  people,  under 
your  auspices. 

*<  At  first,  the  political  and  commercial  troubles  in  China  cast  a 
shade  over  my  prospects;  but,  finding  that  the  president  and  mem- 
bers of  the  Society,  notwithstanding  circumstances  so  unfavorable  to 
didiberation  uiH>n  any  !<uhi«;ct  not  connected  with  politics  and  trade, 


1841.  llurrison  Education  tSocicly.  oG9 

deliberation  u|)Ofi  any  subject  not  connected  with  |K>litics  and  trade, 
retained  their  ardor  in  this  cause,  it  ill  became  me  to  be  discouraged. 
The  fears  therefore,  which  had  at  first  arisen,  subsided,  and  I 
endeavored  to  apply  myself  with  all  diligence  to  the  study  of  the  Chi* 
nese  language,  as  a  preparatory  qualification  for  future  labor  in 
teaching  Chinese  youths. 

"  At  this  study  solely,  I  spent  the  first  six  months  after  my  arrival, 
residing  with  S.  W.  Williams  esq.,  by  whom  we  were  hospitably  receiv- 
ed on  our  arrival.  Mrs.  Brown  also  devoted  her  time  as  far  as  pos- 
sible to  the  same  employment. 

'*  On  the  26th  of  August,  1839,  we  removed  to  the  house  of  E.  B. 
Sqnire  esq.,  who  with  other  British  residents  was  obliged  to  flee  from 
this  place,  in  order  to  protect  his  wife  and  children  from  threatened 
violence.     While  there  our  studies  were  considerably  interrupted. 

"On  the  first  of  November  we  removed  to  the  house  procured  for 
the  use  of  the  Society,  and  o(>ened  a  school  on  the  4th  of  the  same 
month,  with  six  pupils,  who  had  applied'  for  admission  in  the  summer 
previous.  The  object  of  the  Society  being,  not  to  give  a  little  in- 
struction to  many,  but  a  thorough  education  to  all  its  beneficiaries, 
and  for  other  obvious  reasons,  it  was  deemed  best  to  commence  with 
half  a  dozen  pupils.  These  boys  fortunately,  with  one  exception, 
came  from  the  country,  and  were  thus  placed  more  completely  with- 
in our  control.  The  eldest,  a  boy  of  fifleen>  by  a  few  months'  pre- 
vious study  had  acquired*  so  mudh  knowledge  of  the  English  tongue, 
as  to  place  him  in  advance  of  the  rest,  and  has  acted  as  a  monitor  in 
the  school  to  a  good  deal  of  advantage.  The  others  began  de  nav9. 
With  this  class  I  have  labored  to  attach  them  to  thfe  school,  to  lay 
the  foundation  of  along  course  of  instruction,  and  make  it  a  model 
for  future  classes.  The  objects  proposed  in  the  constitution  of  the 
Morrison  Edaeation  Society,  have  been  before  me  in  every  arrange- 
ment It  is  not  merely*  a  teachings  but  an  education  aocieiy,  which 
aims  at  the  trainingof  the  entire  man,  physical,  intellectual,  and  moral. 

*' With  these  ends  in  view,  I  have  assigned  half  of  each  day  to 
Chinese,  and  half  to  English  studies,  beginning  at  6  in  the  morning 
and  closing  at  9  o'clock  p.  m.  Thus  eight  hours  are  given  to  books, 
and  from  three  to  four  to  exercise  and  recreation  in  the  open  air. 
My  own  study  is  the  school-roiom,  and  the  pupils  are  therefore  con- 
stantly under  supervision ;  out  of  school  they  are  not  permitted  to 
leave  the  prewiBS,  where  there  is  ample  room  for  their  sports.  They 
have  never  manifested  any  displeasure-at  this  degree  of  restraint, 
while  it  excludes  from  them  many  influences  abroad  which  would  injure 

VOL.    X.    NO.    X.  72 


570  Morrison  EduciUion  Sucuty.  Oct. 

their  manners  and  morals.  As  to  rewards,  they  receive  none  but  the 
approbation  of  those  placed  over  them,  and  that  of  a  good  conscience, 
which  1  endeavor  to  persuade  4hem,  not  without  success  I  trust,  is 
better  than  every  other.  Punishments  are  seldom  required,  for  there 
are  few  rules  to  be  broken,  those  only  which  their  own  convenience 
and  happiness  obviously  demand.  True  I  have  had  occasion  to 
rebuke  that  gentile  sin  of  lying,  but,  except  in  one  instance,  have  had 
no  occasion  to  resort  to  corporal  punishment.  An  appeal  to  the  con- 
science, or  an  intimation  that  they  may  be  sent  home,  is  ordinarily 
quite  sufficient  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  an  offense. 

"  They  mingle  in  the  family,  and  we  try  to  treat  them  as  sons,  and 
encourage  familiar  confidence  in  us  as  their  best  friends.  They  are 
present  with  us  at  our  morning  and  evening  devotions  of  their  own 
choice;  and  in  short,  we  seek  to  make  them  feel  that  they  are  at  homct 
and  to  give  them  the  education  of  a  Christian  home.  About  four 
weeks  ago,  another  class  of  five  boys  was  received,  which  is  taught 
by  Mrs.  Brown,  and  the  Rev.  W.  C.  Milne,  who  has  kindly  offer- 
ed his  services  for  an  hour  each  day.  Of  this  class,  one  proved  to 
be  unworthy  of  patronage,,  and  was  accordingly  dismissed,  as  was  one 
of  the  first  class,  who,  after  an  experiment  of  two  months,  was  found  to 
be  unable  to  keep  pace  with  the  rest  At  present,  therefore,  there 
are  nine  pupils  in  the  school,  all  of  whom  appear  to  be  promising 
lads. 

''Of  these  four  are  supported  at  the  expense  of  the  Society,  i.  e. 
their  board  and  tuition  are  given  them.  The  other  five  are  maintain- 
ed by  private  individuals.  The  first  class  have  now  been  studying 
English  five  months,  half  of  the  time,  averaging  2}  months  constant 
study.  They  spent  about  a  month  at  home,  during  the  newyear 
holidays.  -    —  :      - 

**  Of  methods  of  instruction  this  is:not  theHimetaspelk..  ifia/* 
quiries  are  made  as  to  .their  progress,  some  of  the  trustees  can  best 
answer  them;  and  on  this  head  I  onJy  remark,  that  I  have  ever  pre- 
ferred that  they  should  begin  with  learning  a  less  amount  thoroagMjr, 
rather  than  more  superficially." 

At  the  last  meeting  of  the  trustees,  held  on  the  27th  instanty  a 
second  report  was  submitted  to  them  by  Mr.  Brown,  in  which  the 
account  of  his  labors  is  brought  down  to.  tliai  date;  and  from  which 
further  extracts  are  here  introduced. 

**  Now  that  it  becomes  my  duty  to  lay:  before  the^mitees  a  state-" 
nientiof  my  doings  for  sometime  past j. I  may  be  allowed  to  forewarn 
them  not  to  expect  too  much.     The- labors  of  a  student  arc  noiseless' 


1841.'  Murrhnn  -Ethwation  Sochty.  571 

and  little  apt  to  attract  the  attention  of  men  at  large,  and  it  is  only 
when  he  can  exhibit  the  accumulated  results  of  long  application,  that 
he  receives  the  meed  of  praise.  Still  farther  removed  from  the  cog- 
nizance of  most  men,  are  the  humbler  labors  of  the  school-master, 
and  it  would  be  too  sanguine,  for  me  to  expect  to  present  to  you,  at 
this  early  day,  facts  for  the  public  that  will  rival  in  interest  those  that 
are  reported  from  other  quarters  around  you.  Nevertheless  I  would 
fain  hope  that  the  report  now  submitted  to  your  inspection,  may  meet 
with  so  much  approbation  as  to  give  fresh  encouragement  to  the  com- 
mittee of  trustees,  and  strengthen  their  confidence  in  the  practica- 
bility and  the  excellence  of  what  they  have  undertaken. 

"  The  same  general  principles  and  plans,  that  were  alluded  to  in 
raff  first  report  of  April  1840,  have  been  followed  since  then  in  the 
conduct  of  the  school.  The  same  division  of  time,  between  English 
and  Chinese  studies,  exists  as  before,  half  of  each  day  bring  allotted 
to  either.  Thus  the  morninrg  is  devoted  to  Chinese,  and  the  afternoon 
and  evening  to  English  lessons.  A  respectable  elderly  Chinese  man 
is  employed  aa  teacher,  whose  habits  and  manners  are  becoming  and 
exemplary,  and  who  is  very  faithful  in  teaching  after  the  Chinese 
mode.  Being  myself  obliged  to  spend  the  same  hours  in  Chinese 
study,  I  have  not  as  yet  been  able  to  introduce  any  essential  im- 
provements upon  the  common  method  of  teaching  pursued  in  this 
country;  consequently  the  pupils  have  spent  this  portion  of  time  in 
committing  to  memory  the  Chinese  classics,  and  in  learning  to  write 
Chinese.  In  the  meantime,  their  ability  to  understand  the  native 
books  has  increased.  The  subjects  of  those  books  which  they 
read  at  school,  as  well  as  the  style,  are  the  main  hindrances  to 
a  more  intimate  acquaintance  with  what  they  read.  We  should  rarely 
look  for  or  find  young  persons  like  them,  even  in  England  or  A- 
merica,  who  could  discourse  on  moral  or  political  economy,  and  these 
are  the  topics  which  fill  entire  volumes  of  the  books  which  are 
put  into  the  hands  of  tyros  in  China.  There  is  also  another 
difficulty  in  the  way  of  a  Chinese  boy,  when  he  commences  to  read 
the  books  of  his  own  country,  that  which  in  the  nature  of  the  case 
cannot  be  experienced  in  an  alphabetic  or  syllabic  language.  The.- 
English  child  has  only  to  learn  the  powers  of  26  letters,  and  then 
he  ia  master  of  most  of  the  phonetic  elements  that  compose  all  words. 
Not  so  with  the  Chinese  youth  ;  he  has  no  such  royal  road  to  the  art 
of  reading,  for  instead  of  having  to  learn  little  more  than  26  letters,  he 
must  commit  to  memory  the  names  and  meanings  of  at  least  as  many 
characters  as  there  are  words  to  be  read.    After  all,  I  suspect  that  it  will 


572  Morrison   Eihuntion  Society.  Oct. 

he  found  that  this  is  enough  to  task  the  mind  of  a  child  with  at  once, 
and  that  there  is  more  philosophy  than  absurdity  in  the  method  of 
instruction  pursued  in  the  schools  of  China.  With  a  thorough  know- 
ledge of  the  Chinese  classics,  a  European  teacher  might  undoubtedly 
make  improvements  upon  the  native  mode  of  teaching ;  but  experL 
ence  teaches  me,  (and  that  of  others  confirms  the  remark,)  that  to 
suggest  a  new  method  of  instruction  to  a  Chinese  master,  more  con- 
sonant with  our  own  views,  is  at  once  to  diminish  his  interest  in  his 
employment,  because  he  cannot  appreciate  what  goes  against  all  pre- 
cedent in  his  own  mind  ;  and  if  persisted  in,  will  utterly  destroy  it. 

'*  While,  therefore,  the  pupils  of  this  school  have  pursued  the 
usual  course  of  Chinese  study  in  their  own  way,  I  have  myself  devot- 
ed the  same  portion  of  time  to  the^atudy  of  Chinese,  apart  from  them^ 
in  order  to  qualify  myself  as  soon  as  possible  to  interfere  with  this 
part  of  their  education.  With  what  success,  it  is  not  for  me  to  say. 
Allow  me,  however,  to  express  an  opinion  reafpecting  the  importance 
of  this  study,  to  him  who  would  do  good  by  means  of  education 
among  this  people.  If  it  id  necessary  for  a  teacher  .among  his  own 
countrymen  to  understand  the  minds  of  those  whom  he  instructs, 
how  much  more  imperative'  is  the  necessity,  in  order  to  insure  suc- 
cess among  a  strange  people  in  a  foreign  land.  Now  language  is  the 
portrait  of  the  mind  in  action,  and  he  who  would  be  familiarly  ac- 
quainted with  it,  must  become  qualified  to  judge  of  its  picture 
with  the  skill  of  an  artist.  Jt  is  because  this  attainment  is  so  rare 
that  there  is  so  much  misconception  and  ignorance  respecting  the 
peculiar  feelings,  prejudices',  habits,  and  history  of  the  Chinese. 
We  meet  them  day  after  day,  but  our  interviews  respect  the  most 
palpable  and  common-place  things,  while  in  other  points,  our  minds 
and  theirs  are  widely  removed  from  mutual  contact.  There  is  little 
or  no  play  of  sympi^thies  between  us.  Our  intercourse  is  much  like 
that  of  two  untaught  mutes,  that  meet  with  ideas  circumscribed  by 
the  limits  of  what  their  eyes  have  seen,  and  picture  to  each  other  in 
pantomime,  the  mere  outlines  of  tbe  few  thoughts  tbej  have  in  com- 
mon, and  then  part  ag^in  in  utter  ignorance  of  eac)»  otber'p  spirijtr 
ual  being. 

«  Every  one  who  has  endeavored  to  acquaint  himself  with  tbe  Chi; 
nese  people  through  the  medium  of  their  language,  has  feU  this,  yet 
it  is  an  acknowledged  and  remarkable  fact,  that  some  of  the  first 
links  of  the  chain  that  would  unite  us  to  them  are  still  wanting.  .  For 
instance,  some  of  the  simplest  questions  in  grammar^  which  would 
have  b^n  solved  long  ago  in  respect  to  any  western  Lingiiage,  that 


1841.  Morriioji  Eduratinn  Sorifit^.  57JI 

liad  been  ro  long  stnilied,  are  to  this  clay  nnasked  and  unanswered  in 
any  work  on  Chinese  philology  in  the  English  language.  The  ques- 
tions are  simple,  but  the  answers  none  has  given.  They  meet  the 
student  at  the  outset  of  his  course,  and  are  ever  and  anon  recurring, 
till  the  philosophic  mind  is  tired  of  leaping  chasms  in  its  way. 

**  The  existence  of  these  terr6B  incognita  in  the  Chinese  language 
renders  it  incumbent  on  those  that  are  now  engaged  in  the  study  of 
it,  and  especially  one  who  undertakes  to  carry  out  the  enlarged  views 
of  the  Morrison  Education  Society,  lo  devote  immediate  and  unre- 
mitted attention  to  subjects  that  have  so  long  remained  uninvestigat- 
ed, until  he  has  done  all  in  his  power  to  place  them  before  the  world 
in  their  true  light.  From  these  remarks,  the  committee  can  judge 
of  the  expediency  and  wisdom  of  their  early  recommendation,  that 
their  educational  agent  should  devote  much  of  his  first  years  to  study. 
I  have  followed  it  with  the  earnest  wish  to  prepare  myself  to  be  as 
useful  as  possible  in  the  cause  of  the  Society. 

**  In  English  studies  the  boys  have  made  creditable  advances  since 
they  were  visited  by  the  trustees  on  the  4th  of  March.  Two  of  them 
have  nearly  gone  through  a  vol.  of  274  pages  on  geography,  besides 
a  smaller  work  previously,  and  the  other  four  have  pursued  the  small 
work  abovementioned,  and  about  half  of  Parley's  Geography.  In  the 
science  of  numbers,  they  have  first  studied  a  work  on  mental  arith- 
metic, and  have  since  proceeded  in  Gordon's  book,  through  the  fun- 
damental processes  of  written  arithmetic,  to  reduction,  and  compound 
addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  and  division.  Twice  a  week 
they  have  spent  a  portion  of  the  day  in  learning  to  write  with  the 
pen.  As  in  every  other  school',  there  are  diversities  of  talent  here, 
and  different  degrees  of  natural  adaptation  to  the  various  branches  of 
learning.  Still,  as  a  whole,  I  am  persuaded  that  their  progress  will 
be  gratifying  to  the  friends  of  the  Society.  In  reading,  there  has 
been  a  marked  improvement,  as  also  in  speaking  English,  and  in 
composition  during  the  last  five  months.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Milne  and  the 
lady  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Boone  deserve  much  for  the  talent  and  faithfulness 
they  have  exhibited  in  their  training,  during  the  period  of  my  ab- 
sence at  Singapore  and  Maleicca.  The  "moral  character  of  the  boys, 
struck  me  at  once  as  being  decidedly  improved.  There  is  more 
truthfulness,  regularity  of  habits,  conscientiousness,  and  gra- 
titude for  the  benefits  they  receive,  than  I  have  ever  seen  before 
among  them.  These  things,  too,  are  not  by  any  means  the  minor 
objects  of  their  education.  All  that  adds  to  the  formation  of  excel- 
lence in  character  |s  most  highly  to  be  prized.     I  am  afraid  to  be 


574  Morrison  Education  f^ocieiij.  Oct. 

positive  on  the  point,  (being  warned  by  past  experience,)  but  I  should 
think  there  is  little  danger  that  the  pupils  now  here  would  ever  leave 
us  of  their  own  accord,  without  permission.  The  school  is  known  to 
a  considerable  extent  among  the  Chinese,  in  this  vicinity,  and  a  good 
many  applications  have  been  made  for  admission  to  it.  It  is  well 
known  by  all  these  persons,  that  the  highest  recommendation  an  ap- 
plicant can  bring,  is,  ceteris  paribus ^  an  engagement  to  remain  under 
instruction  for  an  indefinite 'period  of  time,  to  be  limited  only  by  the 
discretion  of  the  Society.  So  many  applica^ons  have  been  declined, 
that  those  now  here  can  but  feel  that  they  are  privileged  above 
others,  their  fellows. 

"  Much  more  might  have  been  done  in  the  form  of  instruction,  had 
the  school  been  properly  supplied  with  books.  But  though  every 
desire  has  been  manifested  by  the  trustees  to  meet  this  deficiency, 
it  still  remains.  There  are  many  difficulties  in  the  way  of  furnishing 
a  school  here,  which  are  unknown  in  more  favored  situations.  We 
need  books  made  expressly  for  the  use  of  schools  in  which  Eng- 
lish is  not  ttie  vernacular  tongue.  This  desideratum  can  only  be- 
supplied  gradually,  and  by  the  united  efforts  of  those  who  best  know* 
what  is  wanted,  and  how  to  furnish  ii.  As  the  cause  of  education 
advances  in  the  eastern  world,  the  production  of  such  works  wiTt 
doubtless  keep  pace  with  it.  In  India,  where,  by  the  enlightened 
pc^icy  of  the  English  government,  the  subject  of  education  for  all 
classes  of  men  is  receivings  more  and  more  attention,  this  fact  is  one'* 
of  the  signs  of  the  increased  interest  with  which  popular  education  is 
regarded.  In  justice  to  oor  pupils,  it  ought  to  be  said  that  they  have 
labored  under  great  difficulties  for  the  want  of  books  enough.  For 
example,  in  geography,  all  could  not  learn  the  same  lesson,  for  they 
had  but  two  books,  so  that  four  boys,  but  partially  acquainted  with 
the  language,  have  been  obliged  to  read  together  in  one  book,  and 
two  in  the  other.  In  the-  study  of  arithmetic  the  difficulty  was  still 
greater,  because  they  had  but  one  book  for  all  the  six,  and  therefore 
were  compelled  to  depend  almost  wholly  on  oral  instruction,  which 
of  course  adds  as  much  to  the  labor  of  the  •instructor,  as  to  the  in- 
convenience of  the  learner.  I  trust  this  evil  will  soon  be  removed, 
since  books  have  been  repeatedly  sent  for,  and  if  the  wishes  of  all 
concerned  here  are  obtained,  will  not  be  long  in  coming.  One  of 
the  former  officers  of  the  Society  has  kindly  offered  to  procure  a  sup- 
ply for  the  school  on  his  return  to  England,  whither  he  has  gone. 
I  am  also  happy  to  state  to  the  trustees,  that  I  was  successful,  to 
some  extent,  ill  procuring  books  in   the  Straits;  and  that,  while  at 


1 841.  Morrison  Education  Socidy.  o75 

Malacca,  duriiigMie  last  summer,  the  Rev.  J.  Legge,  principal  of  the 
ADglo*Chinese  College,  prepared  with  me  a  volume  for  the  press, 
which  I  believe  will  very  much  facilitate  the  acquisition  of  the  Eng- 
lish language  by  pupils  here  and  in  Chinese  schools  elsewhere. 

*'  I  beg  to  express  my  thanks  to  the  trustees  for.  the  very  consi- 
derate kindness  with  which  they  assented  to.  and  approved  of  my 
absence  the  last  summer.  I  hope  it  has  not  been  without  advantage  to 
the  cause  in  which  I  am  engaged,  while  the  expenses  of  the  Society 
have  been  not  very  materially  increased  by  the  measure,  which  the 
health  of  my  family  required.  In  the  meantime  I  had  an  opportunity 
ol  observing  what  is  done  for  the  education  of  the  Chinese  in  the 
Straits.  The  college  at  Malacca,  where  I  was  hospitably  enter- 
tained by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Legge,  I  found  in  as  flourishing  a  condition 
as  could  be  expected,  at  this  early  stage  of  its  progress  under  the 
present  incumbent.  The  school  has  been  flUed  up  anew  since  Mr. 
Legge  took  charge  of  it,  on  the  death  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Evans.  It  had 
in  July  about  35  boys,  who  had  been  at  school  only  a  few  months. 
They  were,  however,  making  rapid  advances  in  learning  to  read. 
Should  the  college  continue  to  be  under  the  same  superintendance  as 
at  present,  it  will,  I  doubt  not,  satisfy  all  the  just  expectations  of  its 
friends. 

<*  In  Singapore  there  are  three  schools  for  Chinese  boys,  taught  by 
English  and  American  masters.  The  largest  of  these,  when  I  was 
(here,  was  that  supported  by  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  Foreign  Missions.  The  next  was  in  the  Singapore  Institution,  and 
the  other  under  the  care  of  the  missionaries  of  the  American  Pres^ 
byterian  Board,  The  last,  though  small,  is  a  good  beginning.  The 
Institution  school  had  not  flourished  of  late  in  its  Chinese  depart- 
ment, Messrs.  Moor  and  Dickinson  informed  me,  partly  because  of 
an  epidemic  among  the  native  population,  and  partly  because  the 
European  instructors  are  too  much  occupied  in  the  other  depart- 
ments to  allow  them  to  devote  much  personal  attention  to  it.  It  is 
conducted  by  native  masters  in  their  own  way.  A  few  Chinese  boys 
are  found  in  the  English  department,  and  I  noticed  a  very  intelli- 
gent lad  who  had  risen  to  the  first  class,  and  was  reciting  a  lesson  in 
algebra.  Perhaps  this  branch  of  the  school  may  be  revived  to  bet- 
ter advantage  when  the  number  of  European  masters  is  increased,  or 
by  the.  training  of  Chinese  teachers  to  take  chage  of  it. 

*<  The  first .  mentioned  school,  that  of  the  American  Board,  being 
of  some  years,  standing,  and  having  had  tlie  exclusive  attention  of 
the  gentlemen  charged  with  it,  uflurs  at  the  present  time,  the  niobt 


o7G  Momson-  Education  Socitly.  Oct. 

pleasing  results  to  the  observer.  It  contains  not  far  from  50  scholars, 
all  of  whom  with  one  or  two  exceptions,  are  Chinese,  and  all  are 
boarding,  not  day-scholars.  If  any  one  doubtful  of  the  expediency  of 
teaching  English  to  the  Chinese  were  to  visit  this  school,  he  could 
hardly  fail  to  have  his  doubts  removed.  Honorable  mention  has  fre* 
quently  been  made  of.it,  and  its  success  certainly  deserves  it.  It  is 
now  under  the  care  of  Mr.  A.  North,  who  exhibits  much  skill  and 
enthusiasm  in  his  employment. 

"  In  reviewing  all  that  I  have  seen  of  schools  for  the  Chinese  dur- 
ing my  absence,  I  am  more  than  ever  convinced  of  the  fitness  of  the 
spot  chosen  by  the  founders  of  this  Society  for  their  operations. 
Schools  in  the  colonies  will  benefit  their  people,  but  they  will  I  am 
constrained  to  think,  exert  little  influence  upon  the  mother-country. 
Many  reasons  might  be  adduced  for  this  opinion,  but  I  cannot  en- 
large. This  view  is  not  confined  to  myself,  but  has  been  expressed 
by  all  with  whom  [  have  conversed  upon  the  subject  abroad. 

*'  In  conclusion,  then,  may  I  not  hope  that  the  foregoing  statements 
will  serve  to  strengthen  the  determination  of  the  committee  to  extend 
the  benefits  of  education,  as  far  as  possible,  to  the  multitudes  of  Chi- 
na. The  invisible  hand  of  Providence  is  even  now  at  work  pre- 
paring to  break  up  new  avenues  into  the  midst  of  the  darkness  you 
would  disperse.  AH  things  around  us  conspire  to  say,  a  change  is  at 
hand.  A  magnificent  train  of  events  seems  to  be  coming  up  in  the 
future.  May  we  be  prepared  to  meet  it,  bearing  to  those  on  whom  it 
is  to  come,  the  proffer  of  a  still  better  boon,  the  pure  and  peaceful 
culture  of  the  mind." 

Of  those  youth  who  were  under  the  patronage  of  the  Society  pre- 
vious to  Mr.  Brown's  arrival  only  a  few  words  need  be  said.  The 
interruption  of  friendly^  icrtercourse  between  the  Chinese  and  fo- 
reigners in  March  1839,  drove  them  all  from  their  studies,  excepting 
the  one  at  Singapore,  who  has  of  late  received  his  whole  support 
there,  from  those  under  whose  tuition  he  is  being  educated.  After  a 
short  absence,  the  three,  who  had  been  with  Dr.  Parker,  came  back  and 
continued  with  him,  till  he  embarked  for  the  United  States  of  America 
in  July  1840.  Probably  some  or  all  of  them  will  resume  their  studies 
with  him,  on  his*  return  to  China:  Of  the  others,  none  have  since 
engaged  in  their  studies  as  formerly.  One  of  them,  having  been  sought 
out  while  residing  jn  Macao,  in  the  sping  of  1899,  was  by  the  strongest 
persuasions  and  promises' induced  to  enter  the  service  of  his  im- 
perial majesty's  high  comniissioner,  who  employed  him  as  English 
Hjtcrpreter  and  tmnslator,  and  through  him  obtained  translations  of 


1841;  Morrison   Education  Socttty.  577 

many  extracts  from  the  newspapers  of  the  day,  from  Murray's  Cyclo- 
paedia of  Geography,  and  other  foreign  works,  some  of  them  relating 
tp  China.  The  efforts  made  to  secure  the  services  of  this  youth, 
while  yet  his  education  was  but  half  completed,  are  good  evidences 
that  the  Chinese,  even  in  the.  highest  stations,  appreciate  the  value 
of  an  acquaintance  with  foreign  languages  and  literature.  The  youth 
was  kindly  treated  by  the  commissioner,  well  remunerated,  and  en- 
joyed good  opportunities  for  improving  his  knowledge  of  his  own 
language.  He  was  kept  thus  employed  till  Lin's  removal  from  office, 
and  has  since,  in  accordance  with  his  recommendation,  been  engaged 
in  the  study  of  the;  historical  and  classical  writings  of  his  own  coun- 
trymen. His  English  studies,  however,  have  not  been  at  any  time, 
and  still  are  not,  entirely  neglected.  Many  items  of  information 
obtained,  through  this  medium,  were  sent  up  to  the  imperial  court ; 
and  it  wa^.  the  intention  of  the  commissioner,  to  publish  to  his  own 
countrymen  the  results  of  his  inquiries  concerning  foreign  nations. 
He  is  understood  to  have  taken  all  his  papers  with  him,  on  leaving 
Canton,  and  he  may  perhaps,  erelong,  arrange  and  prepare  his 
materials  for  publication. 

From  the  inquiries  made,  in  obedience  to  a  resolution  passed  at 
the  last  annual  meeting,  respecting  Chinese  schools  beyond  the 
boundaries  of  the  empire,  very  few  returns  have  been  made,  and  but 
little  information  gained. 

School-books  are  still  a  great  desiderata.  The  Chinese  Chrestoma- 
thy,  containing  a  series  of  easy  lessons  on  reading,  writing,  geography, 
mathematics,  architecture,  the  liberal  arts,  natural  history,  domestic 
^nd  commercial  affairs,  etc.,  will,  it  is  hoped,  l)e  found  useful  as  a 
.<^chool-book  .for  those  who  have  made  some  progress  in  learning 
English.  Another,  and  a  smaller  work,  comprising  a  large  variety 
of  common  conversational  phrases,  in  the  composition  of  which  Mr. 
Blrown  was  engaged  a  part  of  the  time  during  his  visit  to  the  Straits, 
will  .doubtless  be  found  equally  useful.  It  is  now  passing  through 
the  press  at  Malacca  and  some  of  the  sheets,  forming  the  first  part  of 
the  book,  are  already  in  the  hands  of  the  boys  under  his  tuition. 

The  state  of  the  funds  of  the  Society  will  be  seen  by  the  treasurer's 
report,  accompanying  this.  Since  the  organization  of  the  Society, 
no  special  efforts  have  been  made  to  increase  its  funds.  The  sums 
originally  subscribed  were  thought  to  be  sufficient  for  making  a  fair 
beginatng;  and,  further,  strong  confidence  was  entertained  that,  on  a 
teacher  being  procured,  scholars  collected,  and  the  business  of  edu- 
cation fairly  commenced,  it  would  not  be  any  very  difficult  matter,  in 

V<IL.    X.    NO.    X.  73 


578  Morrison  Education  Socieiy.  Oct. 

a  community  of  such  weli-koowu  liberality  as  that  formed  by  the  foreign 
residents  in  China,  to  raise  the  means  requisite  for  carrying  on  this 
good  work.  The  time  has  now  come,  then,  when  the  trustees  feel 
they  are  in  duty  bound  to  make  known  to  all  the  friends  of  this 
Society  its  wants j  and  to  urge  on  them  its  claims. 

In  the  absence  from  China  of  the  vice-president  and  auditors,  their 
places  have  been  temporarily  filled  by  other  members  of  thd~Society, 
nominated  by  the  trustees ;  and  in  these  arrangements  it  is  hoped 
the  Society  will  concur. 

Hitherto  the  number  of  pupils  has  been  small;  but  it  may  now  be 
doubled,  or  even  trebled,  and  with  very  little  increase  of  expendi- 
ture. That  this  result,  however,  may  be  attained  with  its  fullest 
advantages,  the  desirableness,  already  felt,  of  having  at  least  one  more 
teacher,  is  forced  upon  the  attention  of  the  trustees.  This  want  has 
been  most  amply  supplied  by  the  gratuitous  services  of  Mrs.  Boone 
and  the  Rev.  Mr.  Milne,  who,  with  the  Rev.  Mr.  Boone,  have  had 
entire  charge  of  the  school  and  library  during  Mr.  Brown's  absence 
from  Macao,  from  April  1st  to  Sept  1 0th  of  this  year.  For  these  time- 
ly and  valuable  services  the  warmest  thanks  of  the  Society  are  especid* 
ly  due.  The  desirableness  of  early  procuring  the  permanent  assistance 
of  another  teacher,  already  alluded  to,  must  be  apparent  to  every  one ; 
and  the  trustees  confidently  hope  that  the  present  meeting  will  au- 
thorize those,  who  may  be  intrusted  with  the  management  of  the  So- 
ciety's aflfairs  for  the  coming  year,  to  adopt  the  necessary  measures 
to  attain  an  object  so  essential. 

In  closing  this  report,  the  trustees  would  encourage  themselves, 
and  all  the  friends  of  the  Society,  by  renewed  reference  to  the  grand* 
and  noble  object  to  which  it  aims.  It  is  impossible,  by  any  language, 
adequately  to  express  the  high. importance  of  training  young  Chinese 
in  .the'  manner  proposed  by  this  institution.  It  should  be  ^  borne  in 
mind,  also,  that  a.  new  era  has  here  begun  in  the  course  of  events,  and, 
under  these;  new  and  improved  prospects  opening  before  us,  it  is  time 
the.work  of  training  the  intellectual  man  be  urged  on  upon  a  broader 
scale  and  with  augmented  force; 

After  the  reading  of  the  report,  it  was  moved  by  Mr.  Moiabr, 
seconded  by  Mr.  Williams,  and  unanimously  resolved : — 

«« Thkt  the  report  now  read  be  accepted  and  approved,  and  printed  under 
the  direction  of  the  committee  of  trustees;'*       —  •     < 

It  wfis  next,  on  motion  of  Mr.  MAtheson,  secondedby  Mr.  Booke, 
unaniihously  resolved :—  •  n-  . 

"That  the  especial  thanks  of  the   Society  be  conveyed  to  professors 


iti'ki'.  Morrison  Education  Socidy.  5T9 

GihlM,  Silliinan,  and  Goodrich,  of  Yale  College,  for  their  promptnesa  in  ac- 
ceding to  the  request  of  the  truateea  to  select  a  tutorr  and.  to  promote 
generally  the  interests  of  the  Society,  and  for  the  admirable  selection  they 
have  made  in  the  Rev.  Mr.  Brown.'* 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Bell,  seconded  by  Mr.  Hobson,  it  was  re- 
solved : — 

■'That  the  thanks  of  the  Society  be  given  to  the  Rev.  Adr.  and  Mrs. 
Boone,  and  the  Rev.  Mr.- Milne,  for  their  valuable  services  in  teaching  the 
school,  and  taking  charge  of  the  library  during  the  late  visit  of  Mr.  Brown 
to  the  Straits,  and  for  their  generosity  in  doing  so,  without  entailing  ex- 
pense of  any  kind  on  the  Society." 

'*<iln  reply  to  this  resolution,  Mr.  Boone  briefly  remarked,  that  the 
services  he  had  rendered  to  the  Society  were  entirely  unworthy  of 
thanks;  that  it  had  been  a  pleasure  to  him  to  do  even  that  little,  and- 
if  an  opportunity  should  occur  again,  it  would  give  him  equal  pleia-. 
sure  to  repeat  it,  and  as  much  more  as  lay  in  his  power.  Mr  J  Milne 
responded  on  his  part,  that  in  his'own  view,  if  there  was  any  obliga-' 
tlon,;  it  was  mutual,  for  he  had  esteemed  it  a  privilege,  to  further  in 
any  measure  the  objects  of  the  Society,  and  he  still  regarded  it  in* 
that  light.  It  had  given  him  great  satisfaction  to  see  in  this  school 
those  germs  of  good  to  China,  which  had  been  planted  by  the  instru- 
mentality of  the'  Morrison  Education  Society,  and  would  there,  he 
trusted »  be  nourished  into  growth  and  maturity.  He  was  happy  to 
testify  that  the  difference  between  the  present  and  former  intellectual 
conditions  of  those  to  whom  their  patronage  had  been  extended,  af- 
(brded  striking  evidence  that  a  mental  stimulus  of  no  ordinary  kind, 
in  this  country,  had  been  at  work  in  those  minds,  while  the  moral 
results  of  this  first  experiment  were  no  less  delightful  to  one  who  had 
been  in  a  situation  to  make  the  comparison.  He  concluded  by  saying 
that  he  could  not  doubt  that  the  friends  of  the  Society  would  hence- 
forth be  encouraged  to  sustain  it  liberally. 

Mr.  Bridgman  then  rose,  and  asking  liberty  to  bring  to  the  notice 
of  the  Society  the  labor  of  conducting  the  school  now  under  its 
direction,,  spoke  as  follows: — Since  the  opening  of  the  school  in 
this  house,  I  have  visited  it  once  or  oflener  every  week.  These  informal 
visits  have  afforded  good  opportunities  of  observing  the  whole  routine 
of  tuition  and  discipline.  From  one  of  the  trustees,  thus  situated, 
something  more  than  an  approving  voice  is  due.  To  those  who  see 
only  the  report  which  has  been  submitted  to  the  meeting  this  morn- 
ing,, the  labors  connected  with  the  management  of  such  a  school, 
cannot  appear  in  their  full  magnitude,  nor  is  it  possible  for  me  to  set 


580  Morrison  Educaiimi  Society.  Oct. 

them  before  you  in  their  just  proportions.  You  must  go  into  the 
school-room,  and  daily  watch  the  scene  there,  in  order  fully  to  estimate 
either  the  amount  of  labor  or  its  results.  Besides  giving  instruction, 
and  listening  to  recitations  at  fixed  hours  each  day,  a  watchful 
care  must  be  maintained  both  night  and  day  over  the  pupils,  whether 
they  be  in  or  out  of  the  school-room.  The  weight  of  the  burden 
imposed  by  these  duties,  none  can  learn  except  by  experience — at 
least  I  had  never  known  it,  unless  1  had  learned  it  in  this  way. 
Where  the  instructors  are  deeply  interested  in  the  welfare  of  their 
pupils,  (as  I  know  they  are  in  this  case,)  they  are  often  insensible  to 
the  burden,  and  sometimes  sink  under  it  before  they  are  aware  to- 
what  an  extent  they  are  tasking  their  energies.  .  lii  this  school  the 
burden  has  been  heavy  enough — heavier,  I  think,  than  our  friendst 
themselves  imagine ;  and  the  results  of  their  efforts  for  the  benefit  of  their 
pupils,  greater:  of  this,  at  least  I  am  certain,  that  but; for  personal 
observation,  made  as  already  stated,  1  "should  not  have  estimated; 
either  so  highjy,  by  one  half,  as  I  do  now.  Some  mayi  regret  that  the 
number  of  pupils  has  been  so  small ;  I  do  not.  Mr.  Brown  required' 
much  time  for  the  study  of  the  Chinese  language,  and  it  is  well  that 
he  has  had  so  much.  In  the  school,  a  good  beginning  has  been: 
made,  better  in  my  judgment,  than  otherwise  could  have  been ;  and 
now  if  our  means  will  admit,  the  number  of  pupils  may  be  increased. 
I  will  not,  Mr.  President,  dwell  longer  upon  this  subject,  but  I  am 
unwilling  to  sit  down,  without  uttering  one  word  of  encouragement. 
j  In  the  toilsome  hours  of  study  and  teaching,  it  must  be  a  consolation 
i  to  know  that  one  has  the  approbation,  the  sympathy,  the  countenance, 
and  the  support,  of  those  who  are  around  him.  Thanks,  because 
they  cost  little,  are  not  the  less  due.  Better  encouragement  than 
thanks  will  be  given :  still  these,  poor  as  they  are,  should  not  be 
withheld;  and  I  am  sure,  sir,  that  you,  and  every  one  present,  wil| 
wish  to  have  entered  on  the  records  of  this  meeting,  ,the  resolution 
which  I  now  beg  leave  to  submit  to  it : 

«•  ResoWed,  That  the  thanks  of  this  Society,  be  given  to  the  Rev.  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Brown  for  the  care,  assiduity,  and  zeal,  whicii  they  have  so  con- 
stantly  exhibited  in  carrying  into  effect  its  object  in  ed^cating  Chinese 
youths." 

Mr.  Dent  followed  him,  saying,  I  second  this  resolution  most  cor? 
dially,  and  I  fear  I  shall  only  impair  the  effect  of  Mr.  Bridgman's 
remarks  by  adding  anything.  He  speaks  from  an  intimate  acqttaint'* 
ance  with  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brown,  and  a  thorough  insight  into  al| 
their  arrangements  and  plans,  the  result  of  almost  daily  intercourse. 


1841.  Morrison  ^duration  Socitly.  *>Hl 

My  opportunities  have  of  course  been  more  limited,  but  in  visiting 
the  establishment,  and  examining  the  boys,  I  have  been  highly  grati- 
fied with  their  progress  and  their  quiet  cheerful  demeanor,  and  the 
general  air  of  order  and  comfort  around  them,  so  different  to  what 
they  have  been  accustomed  to.  Mr.  Brown's  services  would  be 
valuable  at  any  time,  but  I  consider  the  Society  singularly  fortunate 
in  obtaining  them  at  the  outset  of  its  course.  He  is  most  assiduous 
in  his  attention  to  the  boys,  prosecuting  at  the  same  time  his  study 
of  the  Chinese  language,  and  of  their  system  of  education,  with  the 
view  of  improving  it,  and  from  his  talents,  acquirements,  and  patient 
spirit  of  investigation,  with  an  entire  devotion  to  the  cause,  we  may 
confidently  look  forward  to  the  realization  of  some  of  the  more  extend' 
ed  objects  of  the  Society  at  no  very  distant  period.  Most  sincerely 
do  I  trust,  both  for  their  own  sakes  and  the  interests  of  the  Society, 
that  the  health  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brown  will  enable  them  to  carry  out 
the  system  they  have  so  successfully  commenced. 

The  resolution  was  then  put  to  vote,  and  unanimously  carried. 

Mr.  Brown  responded  to  the  resolution  in  the  following  terms : 

I  am  not  one,  Mr.  President,  who  undervalues  the  good  opinion  of 
others,  especially  when  it  is  expressed  by  those  whom  it  is  my  great 
desire  to  please,  in  the  discharge  of  duties  they  have  seen  fit  to  assign 
to  me,  but  still  permit  me  to  say  that  of  thanks^  deserve  none.  If  I 
have  done  what  I  could  to  promote  the  interests  of  this  Society,  it  was 
no  more  than  I  ought  to  do.  Less  could  not  have  been  expected,  for 
<<  to  him  that  knoweth  to  do  good  and  doeth  it  not,  to  him  it  is  sin." 
I  on  the  other  hand  feel  greatly  obliged  to  the  members  of  the  Society 
for  the  liberal  means  they  have  furnished  me  to  carry  out  their  plan 
of  operations.     •  .  .  i« 

In  the  reports  that  I  have  sent  in  to  tlie  committee  of  trustees,  and 
from  which  extracts  have  been  read  in  your  heariiig  to-day,,  perhaps 
all  that  is  necessary  has' been  said  respecting  my  Jabors  in  behalf  of 
the  Society.  You  there  see  what  studies  have  principally  engaged 
my- attention,  what  course  has  been  pursued  in  the  school,  and  so  far 
as  results  can  be  spoken  of,  what  has  been  effected,  how  much  gain- 
ed, and  how  much  lost.  The  last  of  these  reports  has  likewise  given 
me  an  opportunity  to  express  my  thanks  to  the  trustees  for  leave  of 
absence  during  the  last  summer.  While  the  cause  of  the  necessity 
to  .leave  home  was.  distressing,  an  opportunity  was  thereby  afforded 
me,  to  make  observations  upon  schools  similar  to  our  own  in  other 
places,  which  I  should  ever  have  wished  to  enjoy,  as  a  means  of  fur- 
thering the  ends  of  the  Morrison  Gducation  Society ;  and  I  trust  it 


582  Morrison    EdtuatioH  ^tririy.  Oct, 

will  be  fuuiiil  not  only  thai  the  health  of  my  family  has  been  bsnefit- 
ed,  but  that  the  facilities  for  proeecuting  the  liusiness  of  education 
here  have  been  increased.  For  both  those  results,  T  am  directly 
indebted  to  the  gentlemen  in  whose  hands  the  management  of  the 
concerns  of  the  Society  is  placed. 

The  state  of  the  Chinese  schools  at  Singapore  and  Malacca,  has 
already  been  concisely  laid  before  yon.  I  will,  therefore,  only  take  this 
opportunity  to  express  my  conviction  in  regard  to  one  matter  but  slight-^ 
ly  touched  upon  before,  and  no  longer  interrupt  the  deliberatioii^  of 
the  meeting. 

It  is  not  because  it  is  new  that  I  introduce  the  subject  now,  ibr  it 
^as  one  of  the  persuasions  that  led  to  the  formation  of  this  Society. 
It  is  this,  sir,  that  the  founders  of  the  Morrison  Education  Society 
selected  the  best  spot  for  the  sphere  of  their  operations,  and  that  tf 
we  would  hope  to  effect  any-  great  change  in  the  system  of  education 
prevalent  in  China,  it  must  mainly  be  done,  by  efforts  made  in  China 
itself.  I  am  fur  from  wishing  to  discourage  those  benevolent  persons 
who  have  undertaken  to  educate  the  Chmese  in  their  colonies  abroad. 
I  have  seen  too  many  happy  fruits  of  their  labors,  to  indulge  such  a 
thought  even  if  any  d  priori  reasoning  of  my  own  had  ever  suggest- 
ed it.  The  schools  among  the  Chinese  colonists  are  of  great  value 
to  those  for  whom  they  were  intended:  they  are  exerting  a  silent 
steady  influence  upon  those  communities,  slowly  but  surely  elevating 
them  in  the  scale  of  society,  and  lending  their  aid  to  the  cau8e<of 
Christianity.  But  as  means  of  affecting  this  country,  they  oughtinot 
in  my  present  judgment,  much  to  be  relied  on.  Many  things  concur 
to  strengthen  this  opinion.  The  very  relation  of  a  coloAy  to  the 
mother-country  is  one  of  them.  Who  would  think  of  bringing  about 
any  great  revolution  in  England,  by  measures 'set  on  foot  in  New 
South  Wales  or  the  Canadas.7  It  were  opposing  one!8  selfta  a  cucV 
rent  of  influence  that  always  eetsin  the  opposite  direction.  .  Th^<to* 
lonies  on  the  other  hand,  would  soon  feel  the  effect  of  changes 
wrought  at  home.  The  argument  is  still  more  applicable  to  the  casein 
hand.  The  Chinese  who  go  abroad,  by  that  very  act  outlaw  them^ 
selves.  The  communities  they  form  in  other  lands,  are  not  reckoned  as 
belonging  to  the  empire,  and  have  as  little  to  do  with  the  Chinese 
government  as  if  they  did  not  exist.  Now,  what,  humanly  speaking, 
can  be  expected  of  them,  so  perfectly  isolated  from  the  mass  of  their 
countrymen  1  Not  certainly,  that  they  will  do  much  to  improve  the 
condition  of  China. 

But  perhaps  it  may  l)e  said,  that  many  of  the  colonists  will  return  to 


I84L  Morrison  Education  Socieltf.  '  583 

their  own  country,  and  so  renew  their  connection  with  this  people, 
with  aU  the  advantages  derived  from  a  residence,  and,  it  may  be,  an 
education  in  more  enlightened  parts  of  the  world.  Could  this  be  ex- 
pected, it  would  very  much  enhance  the  value  of  schools  among 
them,  as  means  of  indirect  benefit  to  China.  But  according  to  the 
be9t  information  I  have  been  able  to  obtain  on  the  subject,  not  more 
than  three  or  fouc^  in  a  hundred  of  those  who  emigrate  from  thia 
country  ever  return  again,  and  some  say  even  less.  Is  it  not  evident 
then  jihai  the  major  part  of  what  is  done  for  the  education  of  the 
Chinese  in  foreign  lands  must  be  confined  in  its  effects  to  the  places 
where  they  sojourn,  when  so  few  of  those  whom  these  efforts  can 
reach,  find  their  way  back  again  to  the  '  central  Jand  ? ' 

But  allowing  that  more  were  to  return,  and  with  the  best  inten- 
tions to  do  good  among  their  own  people,  they  are  marked  at  once  as 
the  men  wh0  have  been  among  'barbarians'  to  learn  wisdom,  and 
who  oow:^  most  arrogantly  and  presumptuously  in  the  estimation  of 
the  Chiuesej  would  teach  them  the  ethics  and  philosophy  of  *  outside' 
dwellers  in  darkness.  Such,  you  are  well  aware,  sir,  is  the  regard  of 
this  people  for  those  of  other  lands,  and  such  would,  be  the  reception 
that  any  innovations  from  such  a  source  would  meet  with. 

It;  may  perhaps  be  thought,  that  the  same  difficulty  lies  in  the  way 
of  our- exertions  here.  In  kind,  it  is  true,, but  not  in  degree.  In  the 
fiiat  place. those  whom  this  Society  educates,  come  directly  from  the 
QOttufry  and  from  the  people  of  China,  under  our  influence,  and  are 
not  expatriated  by  doing  so.  They  come  with  the  consent  and  ap* 
probation  of  their  nearest  friends,  who  are  themselves  a  part  of  the. 
nation^  and  in  some  measure  pledged  by  thiii  assent,  to  receive  their 
children,  kindly  when  they  return. t  There  is  therefore  much  more 
rctason  and  hope  that  boys  who  have  been  trained  in  the  Society's 
schools,  will  be  less  affected  by  the  prejudices  that  have  been  allud- 
ed to,,  than  those  who  have  resided  abroad,  during  the  period  of 
their  .education.  The  pupils  taught  here  will  also  be  less  divested  oC 
their  national  character,  feeUngs,  and  tastes^  than  others  who  have  long 
intermingled  with  people  of  other  nations.  A  careful  observer  of  the 
Chinese  in  the  Straits  is  not  long  in  discovering  the  traces  of  this 
effect  of  mingiing  with  foreigners,  which  must  of  course  become  more 
distinct  in  course  of  time,  and  may  operate  as  f  tie  to  detain  them  where 
they  are,  or  to  diminish  their  influence  with  their  countrymen, 
should  they  return  homo.-  We,  however,  are  sure  that  all  those  whom' 
we  educate,:  >vi7i  return  to  their  own  people,  and  bo  associated  with 
ihem^in  afler  life,  and  while  thoy  will  be  improved  (we  hope)  in  many 
respects,  they  will  still  be  Chinese^ 


•584  Morrison  Etiucation  Society.  OcT. 

But  what  most  dissociates  the  Chinese  colonists  from  the  great 
mass  of  the  na*on,  is  the  fact  that  their  children  in  those  situations-, 
having  foreign  mothers,  know  ahnost  nothing  of  the  language  of  their 
fathers.  1  have  seen  a  group  of  30  boys  or  more,  from  the  age  of 
ten  to  thirteen  or  fourteen  years,  of  whom  only  one  could  speak  a  word' 
of  Chinese  beyond  the  names  of  a  few  of  the  most  familiar  objects. 
In  general,  this  language  is  as  foreign  to  them  as  it  is  to  us,  and  if 
they  ever  learn  it,  they  must  do  it  in  the  same  way  that  we  do.  It  is 
essential  to  the  success  of  this  Society,  sir;  that  the  pupils  in  its 
schools  should  be  thoroughly  versed  in  their  own  literature;  otherwise 
they  can  never  transfuse  into  it  the  knowledge  which  they  derive 
from  foreign  sources,  nor  can  they  be  respected  among  a  people, 
where  extensive  literary  attainments  are  the  only  way  to  eminence  and 
distinction.  It  seems  to  me  almost  impossible,  in  ordinary  cireum- 
stances,  that  a  boy  born  and  brought  up  in  a  colony,  should  rise  to  a 
station  of  commanding  influence  in  China.  If  he  makes  tolerable 
attainments  in  the  dialectof  his  neighborhood  he  will  do  well. 

I  am  sure  that  the  members  of  this  Society  concur  with  me  in  the 
sentiment  that  the  post  for  us  is  Aere;  that  our  point  of  attack,  all 
friendly  as  it  is,  should  be  in  China  itself  and  nowhere  else. 

The  benevolent  originators  of  this  association  were  most  judicious 
in  determining  to  approach  as  near  as  possible  to  the  Chinese  with 
the  blessings  of  education  in  their  hands,  to  offer' for  their  reception. 
Here  in  the  name  of  the  Society  would  I  stand ;  by  all  laudable 
means  endeavoring  to  convince  them  of  the  value  of  these  gifts,  and 
in  this  service,  I  am  ready  to  toil  until  I  die. 

Mr.  Dent  then  rose  and  said: — I  have  now  to  submit  the  following 
proposition  for  the  consideration  of  the  meeting,  and  I  should  do  so 
with  much- more  confidence  and  satisfaction  if  we  had  a  fuller  attend- 
ance.^  I  - 

«*  Resolved^ — ^That  the  trustees  be  requested  to  take  measures  for  the  increase 
o^^  the  annual  subscribing  members,  and  the  donations  to  the  funds  of  the 
Society,  and  to  procure  an  additional  teacher,  with  reference  to .  the  prospect 
and  desirableness  of  an  extension  of  pupils." 

The  points  embraced  in  this  preposition  would  appear,  to  fall  with-' 
ifi.  the  province  of  the  trustees,  and  under  ordinary  circumstances 
they  certainly  would,  nor  does  it  arise  from  any  difference  of  opinion 
amongst  us  as  to  their  desirableness,  that  we  have  not'  acted  in  the 
matter.  But  the  gentlemen  of  the  meeting  will  recollect  that. the 
present  trustees  have  retained  office  Tor  the  last  two  years  from  the 
necessity  of  the  case  : — during  that  period  they  have  not  hesitated  to 


ISH-  Morrison    litlueaiion  Society.  585 

incur  the  responsibility  of  any  arran|;ements  and  outlay  that  were  nece*- 
sary  fer  carrying  on  the  operations  of  the  Society ;  the  time,  howerer, 
haa  now  arrived  for  extending  them,  which  will  iofolve  additional  bx- 
penae  and  new  engagemeuta,  and  they  felt  it  iheir  duty  to  defer  any 
proceedings  thereon  until  the  sense  of  the  members  of  the  Society 
was  declared.  I  fully  expect  that  you  will  affirm  -the  propoailion, 
which  I  bring  forward  solely  in  the  capacity  of  a  member  of  the  So- 
ciety, but  at  the  same  time  I  wish  you  clearly  to  understand  to  what  we 
shall  all  be  pledged  thereby.  It  is  not  merely  a  question  of  raising 
funds  to  meet  our  present  or  an  increased  expenditure,  but  the  much 
more  important  one  of  inviting  hither  another  teacher.  Mr.  Brown 
has  permitted  me  to  state  that  he  is  well  acquainted  with  a  gentle- 
man, who,  he  thinks,  would  be  willing  to  accept  our  invitation;  he  was 
a  fellow-teacher  with  him,  and  possesses  every  requisite  qualification, 
(and  we  want  no  better  testimony,)  and  the  expenses  would  at  first  be 
moderate,  since  he  would  require  to  remain  some  time  in  connection 
with  Mr.  Brown.  This  does  not  materially  alter  the  case.  With  Mr. 
Brown  we  are  difietently  situated ;  he  is  already  here,  and  we  are  mu- 
tually committed  to  each  other,  for  weal  or  wo;-bui  it  ia  agrave  consi- 
deration to  increase  our  reaponaibility  by  calling  away  a  peraou  from 
hia  friends  and  home.  The  alternative  would  be,  that  now  we  have 
surmounted  ,all  preliminary  difficulties,  and  made  such  satiafaclory 
progress,  and  that  new  channels  to  our  exertions  are  opening  to  us 
under  much  brighter  prospects,  we  shall  be  compelled  to  bait  in  our 
course  of  uaefuluess,  without  even  a  person  to  supply  Mr.  Brown's 
place  should  sickness  utirormnaLely,  or  othur  cirt^umstaiicea  cause  hia 
absence.  But  1  have  now,  us  I  ever  have  had  from  the  first  ettiablish- 
ment  of  the  Society,  the  most  perfect  confidence  that  this  commuaily 
and  the  friends  of  education  abroad,  will  liberally  respond  to  the  ap- 
peal which  we  now  at  length  feel  jnstifieil  in  making  to  them.  While 
then  I  have  not  attempted  to  disguise  the  conserjuences,  I  still  attongly 
urge  the  adoption  of  my  proposition. 

Mr.  Bridgman  succeeded  Mr.  Dent,  and  spoke  to  the  following 
efleet  on  the  same  resolution  : 

For  the  non-appearance,  on  our  list  nf  subscribers,  of  so  many  of 
the-  names  of  the  foreign  residents,  some  explanation  ought  to  be 
made.  Perhaps  the  trustees  have  done  wrong  in  this  matter;  but  the 
fact  is,  they  have  never  presented  the  list  to  the  community  for  signa- 
tures since  the  organization  of  the  Society.  I  know,  however,  that 
there  are  many, 'now  in  China,  who  are  ready  to  aid  thia  Society, 

VOL.    X:    NO.    X:  74 


586  Morrison  Education  Society.  Oct. 

for  they  have  expressed  iheir  wish  to  contribute  to  its  funds,  and  an 
opportunity  will,  doubtless,  soon  be  afforded  them  for  so  doing. 

One  topic  more  I  wish  to  advert  to  at  this  time.     A  point  has  now.) 
been  gained,  at  which  the  Annual  expenditures- may  be  fixed  with  a  . 
tolerable  degree  of  exactness,  since  they  will  vary  only-  according  to 
the  extent  of  operations.    To  cover  a  steady  outlay,  ia  salaries, 
rentals,  ds^c,  there  ought  to  be  an  equally  steady  income.:      In  addi-> 
tion  to  what  is  contemplated  in  the  resolution,  I  wish  to  repeat  a 
suggestion,  which  I  have  heard,  respecting  the  establishment  of  pro- 
fessorships  in  aid  of  this  Society.  In  our  own  favored  countries^ theses 
are  common.     Some  also,  I  believe,  have  already  been  established  in 
India.     And  I  trust  the  time  is  not  far  off  when  we  shall  see  such  in 
in  China:  by  a  single  act  securing  to  an  institution  like  this  the  means 
of  supporting  an  able  teacher  in  perpetuo  is  doing  good  on  a.  noble 
scale,  and  would  be  in  excellent  keeping  with  that  generous  spirit 
which  has  oflen  been  exhibited  here  in  China.  A  recent  instance  of  this 
liberality  is  Mr.  Rustomjee's  donation  for  seamen.     A  /professorship 
founded  in  this  way,   so  as  to  secure  the  constant  services,  of  a 
master  of  arts  and  sciences,  for  the  native  youth,  is  a  species  of- 
munificence,  which,  while  it  will  carry  down  the  name  of ! its  founder, 
in  grateful  remembrance  to  future  generations,  will   bean  along  with 
it  blessings  the  most  permanent  and  valuablethat  man  can  bequeath 
to  posterity.  '  •:.       >         :         ^  ; 

The  question  being  put  it  was  carried  unanimously. 

The  members  present  then  proceeded  to  ballot^for  officers  for  the 
ensuing  year;  and  the  following  gentlemen  were  elei^ted.^ 

TR  U  8TE  Se.  '     • 

LANCELOT  DENT,  Esq.  President.  ' 

WILLIAM  BELL,  Esq.  Vice-president. 

JAMES  MATHESON,  Esq.  Treasurer. 

Rev.  E.  C.  BRIDGMAN^  Corresponding   Secretary. 

J.  R.  MORRISON,  Esq.  Recording  Secretary. 

AU  DITORS. 

W.  H.  MORSS,  Esq.        ALEX.  MAT HESON,  Esq,    ^ 
After  the  ballot,  the  business  of  the  meeting^being  finished,  it  was 
dissolved. 

Lancelot  Dent,  President,. 

Oct.  29  <  A. — P  0  St  script. 
Since  the  late  meeting  of  the  Society,  while  the  report  has  been 
passing  through  the  press,  twelve  new  pupils  have  been  received  into 


1841.  Journal  of  Occurrences.  587 

the  school,  so  that  the  whole  number  is  now  eighteen.  Of  these 
several  have  been  waiting  for  a  year  past  to  be  admitted,  and  all 
came  unsoaght,  as  soon  as  it  was  made  known  that  there  was  a  wil- 
lingness on  the  part  of  the  Society  to  receive  more.  Were  it  expedi- 
ent to  take  a  larger  number  now,  there  would  be  no  difficulty  in 
obtaining  as  many  as  might  be  desired. 

The  parents  of  those  lately  added  to  the  school,  and  of  some  of  the 
more  advanced  class,  have  engaged,  after  a  month's  trial  of  the  boy's 
character  and  capacity,  to  enter  into  a  written  agreement  to  allow  those 
wha  are  approved  to  remain  a  definite  number  of  years  under  instruc- 
tion, and  in  case  of  removal  before  the  expiration  of  that  period,  to 
refund  the  money  expended  by  the  Society  on  account  "of  their  sons. 

./Vo/e.     From  the  treasurer's  report,  which  we  have  not  space  for 

here,  it  appears  that  the  total  amounts  of  receipts  is  99820.75,  and 

the  expenditure  97636.25,  leaving  a  balance  in  the  treasurer's  hands 
of  92184.50. 


Art.  VI.    Journal  of  Occurrences :  progress  of  //.  B.  M.'s  second 
.    expedition;  losses  of  the  Chinese  at  Amoy;  Keshen's  trial;  Lin's 
recall  and  new  appointment  onjhe  Yellow  river ;  affairs  at  Can* 
ton  and  Hongkong.  .. 

Progress  of  the  second  expedition  up  to  the  25th  instant  has  been 
reported  here,  with  the  taking  of  Chusan  on  the  isi,  Chinhae  on  the 
10th,  and  Ningpo  on  the  13th.  Adverse  winds,  usual  at  this  season 
of  the  year,  prevented  its  more  rapid  progress  north  and  kept  the 
ships  windbound  several  days,  thus  delaying  its  operations. 

After  taking  Chusan  on  the  1st,  several  days  were  spent,  wait- 
ing  for  the  winds  to  moderate,  during  which  time  parties  were  sent 
out  to  see  that  no  military  remained  upon  the  island.  One  party  went 
through  the  vallies  to  Singkoiig,  where  the  Coiumbine  and  Nemesis 
met  them,  and  from  whence,  many  of  the  soldiers,  it  was  ascertained, 
had  started,  and  passed  into  Seaou  Sha-aou.  From  this  last  place,  the 
party  was  informed  that  the  prefect  started,  carrying  otT  with  him  his 
treasure.  This  party  returned  over  the  hills,  crossing  the  head  of  the 
Chaeho  vally,  on  its  way  back.  Two  other  parties  went  out,  each  in 
a  different  direction.  One  of  these  two,  on  its  return,  brought  in  22 
bullocks.  At  first  there  was  some  difiicutly  in  procuring  provisions; 
but  the  people,  being  well  paid,  soon  of  themselves  began  to  bring  in 
their  produce,  and  there  was,   at  the  last  dates,   an  abundance  of 


588  Journal  of  Oceurrenen,  Oct.  ^ 

everything  at  Chusan.  Regarding  the  retaking  of  Tingha^,  our  in- 
formation is  as  yet  so  incomplete,  that  we  must  refrain  from  saying 
more  than,  that  the  loss  was  severe  on  the  side  of  the  Chinese  :  1500 
men  are  reported  to  have  fallen ;  and  sir  Hugh  Gough  himself,  is 
said  to  have  led  on  the  attack. 

On  the  8th,  the  weather  having  become  mild  and  fair,  Chinhae 
was  reconnoitered ;  the  ships  moved  on  towards  it  the  next  day,  and 
the  place  was  taken  on  the  10th.  The  fire-eating  commissioner 
Yukeen,  and  general  Yu  Pooyun,  were  there  during  the  action.  The 
commissioner,  seeing  the  odds  turning  against  him,  tried  to  kill  him- 
self by  drowning,  but  was  taken  out  of  the  water  by  his  attendants  and 
carried  off;  and  report  says,  what  is  yet  doubtful,  that  he  went  as 
far  as  Yuyaou,  and  there  died  of  poison,  or  of  swallowing  gold.  The 
general,  doubtless  desiring  to  fighting  another  day,  prudently  retired 
to  Ningpo,  but  not  until  he  found  his  stronghold  no  longer  defensible. 
The  troops  at  Chinhae  were .  Iitimerous,  and  the  works  of  defense 
Extensive  and  as  strong  as  the  Chinese  could  make  them.  Here  too 
the  destruction  of  life  is  supposed  to  have  been  great ;  among  the 
killed  were  many  officers,  of  whom  several  are  said  to  have  commit- 
ted suicide. 

Ningpo,  a  beautiful  city,  and  fully  two  thirds  the  size  of  Canton, 
was  occupied  on  the  13tli.  Trusting  to  Chinhae — from  which  it  is 
distant  only  a  few  miles  on  the  same  side  of  the  river — the  Chinese 
had  prepared  no  defenses  at  Ningpo,  except  some  men  with  jingalls 
and  matchlocks,  who  fled  as  soon  as  they  ascertained  that  the  British 
forces  were  advancing.  The  steamers  did  not  reach  the  town  till  near 
dark,  when  the  officers  had  moved  off,  leaving  behind  them  in  the 
public  treasury  about  960,000.  Ningpo  is  the  chief  city  of  a  prefec- 
ture of  the  same  name,  and  a  fine  specimen  of  Chinese  cities ;  its 
streets  are  comparatively  wide,  and  the  place  abounds  with  arches 
("p/ie/on^^,  chiefly  of  the  Ming  dynasty,  affording  some  beautiful 
specimens  of  ornaments  deeply  cut  in  granite.  Public  agents,  for  the 
care  of  property  detained  or  captured,  were  appointed,  and  they  had 
already  about  9 100,000  in  specie  or  goods  under  their  care.  The 
inhabitants  had  many  of  them  written  over  the  doors  of  their  houses 
'  submissive  peopU,' 

On  the  20th  and  2 1  st,  the  Nemesis  and  Phlegethon  moved  up  the 

river  about  40  miles  westward  to  Yuyaou  /&^  jdk),  without  hin- 
drance or  opposition.  The  scenery  all  along  the  river  is  described, 
by  those  who  visited  it,  as  being  most  beautiful.  Yuyaou  is  the  chief 
city  of  a  district  of  the  same  name. 

Captain  Aiistruther  had  taken  up  his  head  quarters  in  his  old  resi- 
dence, the  prison  of  Ningpo,  but  now  surrounded  by  hi^  artillery, 
instead  of  liciors  and  turnkeys.        - 

There  is  a  great  want  of  interpreters  in  the  expedition,  there  being 
but  four,  excepting  Pome  Chinese:  Mr.  Gutzlaff  at  Ningpo,  Mr. Thpm 
at  Chinhae,  Mr.  Medhurst  at  Chusan,  and  Mr.  Morrison  with  the 
plonipotentiary. 

The  foregoing  are  all  the  particulars,  of  any  interest,   thai  have 


1 1^4 1.  Journal  tij  Orrurrfnres.  oHQ 

come  to  our  knowledge,  [t  does  not  appear,  from  any  thing  that  we 
have  yet  seen,  what  are  the  intentions  of  the  leaders  of  the  expedition 
regarding  future  operations.  To  move  much  further  north,  during 
the  winter,  must  be  nearly  or  quite  impracticable ;  we  can  hardly 
suppose,  however,  that  sir  Hugh  Gough  and  sir  William  Parker  will 
remain  inactive,  while  Hangchow  and  other  large  cities  may  be 
reached  by  the  steamers.  They  have  commenced  a  course  of  action, 
which,  it  is  natural  to  suppose,  they  will  deem  it  expedient  to  follow 
up  vigorously,  until  either  the  Chinese  come  forward  and  conclude 
an  honorable  peace,  or  the  queen's  arms  shall  rule  the  country.  The 
iron  disposition,  which  has  so  long  made  this  empire  impenetrable  to 
the  foreigner,  must  soon  end.  It  is  not  to  be  tolerated  much  longer 
by  the  spirit  of  the  age :  and  its  downfall  both  in  China  and  Japan, 
must,  and  will,  we  apprehend,  soon  be  witnessed.  It  does  not  appear 
thai  any  Chinese  officer  had,  up  to  the  25th,  come  forward  to  seek 
for  peace.  And  it  remains  to  be  seen,  whether  the  son  of  heaven 
can  treat  on  equal  terms  with  the  other  potentates  of  the  earth — 
whether  this  proud  supremacy  will  bend  or  break.  To  save  the  efiu* 
sion  of  blood,  and  the  evils  of  capturing  cities,  it  has  always  seemed 
to  us  desirable  that  this  question  should  be  carried  directly  to  the 
emperor  in  person.  It  may  be  he  does  not  yet  understand  correctly 
the  object  aimed  at,  nor  fully  comprehend  how  free  intercourse  may 
be  allowed  and  his  throne  retained. 

When  one  neighbor  offends  another,  or  commits  depredations  on 
his  property,  or  injures  the  life  or  limbs  of  his  people,  whether  the 
evils  are  done  by  the  master  himself  or  by  his  servants,  the  master  is 
the  one  who  ought  to  be  remonstrated  with,  andvcorog^iled  to  make 
reparation  and  give  securities  for  future  good  befiavior.  If  the  evil 
deeds  were  done  by  a  servant  or  a  son,  either  might  be  retained  till 
the  pleasure  of  the  superior  was  known.  But  it  would  be  highly  im- 
proper to  commence  indiscriminate  chastisement,  until  every  means 
of  reaching  the  master  had  failed.  This  supposed,  case  is  not  perhaps 
perfectly  analogous  to  the  quarrel  with  the  Chinese.  Yet  we  think 
that  direct  access  to  the  emperor  ought  to  have  been  sought — and 
still  ought  to  be  sought.  In  the  supposed  case,  if  the  offended  neighbor 
should  fall  upon  the  outworks  of  the  other,  pull  down  his  defenses, 
lake  possession  of  his  barns  and  store- houses,  to  the  great  and  irre- 
coverable loss  of  innocent  persons — persons  who  were  in  noways 
answerable  for  the  injury^  and  who  could  by-  no  means  influence  the 
will  of  the  master — such  conduct  would  be  harsh,  and  every  disin- 
terested and  right-minded  person  would  deprecate  such  proceedings. 
Could  we  have  any  influence  with  the  directors  of  the  present  expe- 
dition, we  would  urge  them  tjO  carry  this  question  directly  home  to 
the  emperor:  we  would  urge  jthis — as  we  have  from  the  first  urged  it, 
because  it  seems  to  us  the  most  proper  manner  to  settle  the  diffi- 
culty, and  the  way  too  in  which  it  can  be  done  with  the  least  injury' 
to  the  offending  party,  and  with  the  least  cost  to  the  offended. 

The  sufferings  and  losses  sustained  already,  by  casualties  and  colli- 
sion on  both  side^,  are  neither  few  iigr  light.     Sq  man  can  foresee 


590  Journal  of  Occurrences,  Oct. 

where  these  things  will  terminate ;  yet  every  benevolent  heart  roust 
ardently  desire  that  such  expensive  and  destructive  operations  may 
be  speedily  succeeded  by  peace  and  profitable  intercourse.  The 
loMses  of  the  Chinese  are  immense;  and  if  long  continued  must,  we 
think,  lead  to  the  overthrow  of  the  ruling  dynasty.  Irrecoverable 
ruin  has  already  overtaken  thousands,  many  of  whom  can  have  no 
part  or  lot  in  the  matter,  besides  the  bitter  cup  of  sorrows  that  is 
handed  out  of  them.  We  do  not  desire  to  see  the  old  order  of  things 
restored  ;  but  un  those  who  broke  it  up  and  who  are  now  guiding  the 
course  of  events  here,  great  responsibilities  are  devolved  ;  and  these 
men  must  not,  in  their  zeal  to  work  out  good  results,  be  regardless  of 
the  ways  and  the  means  of  accomplishing  their  end. 

Both  officers  and  men,  attached  to  the  expedition  must  needs  be 
keep  well  on  the  alert,  scattered  as  they  now  are,  and  garrisoned  in 
five  distinct  places — namely,  Hongkong,  Amoy,  Chusan,  Chinhae, 
and  Ningpo;  their  duties  too  cannot  but  be  sufficiently  onerous  dur- 
the  months  of  winter. 

Letters  have  been  received  here  from  Amoy  to  the  20th.  •  All  was 
then  quiet,  and  the  Chinese  merchants  were  beginning  to  confide  in 
their  new  masters.     Supplies  were  abundant. 

2.  The  loss  of  the  Chinese  at  Amoy  are  detailed  to  some  extent 
in  a  memorial  to  the  emperor  by  Yen  Pihtow,  governor  of  Fubkeen 
and  Chekeang,  who  asks  for  3,000,000  taels  of  silver*  (or  about 
3,333,000  dollars)  for  immediate  use.  Keang  Keyun  of  Kinmun  (or 
Quemoy),  the  governor  says*,  fell  into  the  water  and  died,  in  endea- 
voring to  drive  back  the  assailants,  as  they  were  landing.  He  was 
the  commander- in-chief  pf  the  naval  forces,  the  admiral  being  to  the 
northward  and  wind-bound.  Four  other  officers  are  reported,  by  the 
governor,  as  having  fallen  in  the  action;  their  names  are  Ling  Che, 
Hwa  Kwoking,  Yang  Shanke,  and  Le  Keming — one  a  colonel,  and 

•the  others 'of  the  rank  of  ensign.  Wang  Shetsin,  Nataochoo,  and 
Yang  Tingkeang,  were  among  the  wounded  ;  the  first  a  major,  the 
second  and  third  It.-colonels.  Among  the  soldiers,  the  killed  and 
wounded  were  very  many. 

3.  Keshen's  trial  has  been  reported  in  the  Peking  Gazette ;  a 
translation  of  that  report  of  the  trial  we  quote  from  the  Canton  Press : 
it  remains  to  be  seen  whether  this  high  officer  is  to  be -sacrificed. 

The  royal  prince  Wo  shih,  and  the  minister  Jihseaou  and  others,  respectfully 
intimate,  that  having  in  council  assembled  come  to  deliberate  decisions,  beg  leave 
now  to  lay  their  report  before  the  throne. 

'•On  the  thirteenlh  of  the  seventh  month  and  twenty-first  year  of  Taookwang, 
his  majesty's  commands  were  received  as  follows :  '  Yinglung  re^iorts  that 
Kesben  has  been  placed  under  arrest,  ^nd  brought  to  the  capital,  and  has  been 
delivered  over  to  the  Board  of  Punishments;  and  we  appoint  our  princes  royal» 
Juy  fsin,  Chwairg  tsin,  Tingkeun,  and  Hwuy  tsin,  the  great  literary  doctors,  the 
high  military  otticers  of  the  privy  council,  and  the  vice  presidents  of  the  ^ six 
Boards  to  assemble  together  and  constitute  a  Board  of  Punishment  to  sit  ia 
judgment  upon  (Kesben's)  affairs.     Respect  this.' 

"  \Vhereiipon  the  Kwangchow  foo  and  the  adjutant  general,  Yinglung.  having 
delivered  Keshan  up  to  the  «aid  Board,  we  the  ministers  and  others  in  council  as- 
sembled bruught  him  forth  before  us.  and  in  regular  order  examined  into  each 


1841.  Journal  of  Occitrrencts,  691 

particular,  to  all  and  each  of  which  be  in  person  rpplied ;  and  we  memorialize  and 
respectfully  request  the  sacred  glance  to  he  cast  u|)on  the  case,  praying  that  tor- 
ture may  be  added  in  the  examination.  It  appears  that  Kesben,  last  year  was 
appointed  to  Kwangtung  to  examine  into  the  affairs  uf  the  barbarians/  and  in 
consequence  of  there  being  no  person  who  understood  the  barbarian  language, 
a*he  passed  though  Shantung  ne  wrote  a  letter  to  To  Kwanpoo,  the  lieut.-go- 
vemor,  that  he  wished  to  take  with  him  to  Canton  Paou  chung.  who  understood 
the  barbarian  language,  and  who  wns  of  the  same  Canton  village  as  the  be<&ii 
magistrate,  Chaou  Tszeyung.  After  his  arrival  at  Canton,  be  first  proceeded  upon 
the  principles  of  reason  to  deliver  his  lucid  commands,  after  which-  the  said 
barbarians  demanded  that  a  port  for  trade  should  be  given  them,  but:  ere  the 
uegotiations  were  completed,  they  forthwith  attacked  the  fort  of  Taekok  and 
also  surrounded  that  of  Shakok.  In  consequence  of  this,  Keshen  attempted  to 
rescue  (the  forts)  from  the  dangerous  position,  but  was  destitute  of  plans,  and 
became  willing  in  behalf  of  the  English  to  memorialize  the  emperor  to-give  them 
the  region  of  Hongkong  as  a  place  upon  which  to  dwell.  The  said  barbarians, 
intently  scheming  to  have  the  rule  of  the  place,  immediately  issued  their  false 
proclamations  there,  and  spread  out  their  tents. 

"During  the  twelfth  month  the  said  barbarians  wished  to  deliver  up  Tinghae, 
and  they  sent  their  barbarian  ships  to  ('anton  to  have  an  interview,  while  Ke- 
shea  sent  a  letter  to  Elepoo,  to  go  and  receive  it  (Tinghae)  back  from  the  barba- 
rian teye  who  wastdetained  in  Ch^kedng.  In  the  present  year,,  first  month  and 
fifteenth  day,  Keshen  repaired  to  the  Bocca  Tigris  to  make  examination,  and  on 
arriving  at  the  otfing  of  Tsze  sze,  the  barbarian  eye  Elliot  sought<an  inter^'iew  iit 
order  to  deliver  back  Tinghae,  and  being  desirous  of  seeking  commercial  inter- 
course he  presented  his  statement  of  regulations,  several  points  of  which  were  to 
be  deliberated  upon,  many  of  them  being  troublesome  matters  connected  with 
trade.  A  great  many  of  these  points  too  were  so  embarrassing  that  it  was  neces- 
sary that  their  contradictory  bearing  should  be  pointed  out.  At  that  time  the 
Kwangcbow  foo,  the  military  officers  and  the  hong  merchants,  all  were  in  waiting 
at  the  said  place  (Tsze  sze),  and  Paouchung,  thoroughly  understanding  the  bar- 
barian language,-  was  therefore  ordered  to  interjiret.  On  the  nineteenth  day^ 
Keshen  having  gone  to  the  Bocca  Tigris  to  inspect  the  forts,  and.  when  he  had 
arrived  at  Tow  wan,  Elliot  again  came  to  seek  an  interview.  He  earnestly  be- 
sought that  the  whole  of  Hongkong  should  be  given  to  htm,  and  also  at  the  same 
time  brought  forward  several  points  touching  residence  and  trade^  to  all  of  which 
he  requested  Keshen  to  affix  his  seals. — But  Keshen  withheld  assent. 

'.'  Od  the  twenty-eighth  the  said  barbarians,  bearing  of  the  coming  of  oar  grand 
army,  and  supposing  that  so  great  a  force  must  certainly  be  designed  for  attackinz 
and  exterminating  them,  were  about  commencing  the  attack  themselves,  and 
Keshen,  being  anxious  for  the  safety  of  the  Bogue,  sent  Paouchung  to  present  a 
docament  in  which  it  was  stated  to  them  that  they  could  proceed  to  Hongkong 
to  remain  there  for  the  time  being,  and  ordering  them  to  keep  quibt,  as  the  nego- 
tiations would  be  determined  after  an  answer  had  arrived  in  reply  to  the  clear 
memorial  which  had  beeti  made  to  the  court.  Paou  chung  was  also  ordered  that 
if  the  barbarians  did  not  manifest  obedient  tampers,  then  to  take  the  docament 
and  bring  it  back.  Paou  chung,  having  seen  the  barbarians,  and  finding  their 
designs  to  be  murderous  and  wicked  withheld,  the  document. 

"  On  the  first  day  of  the  second  month,  the  barbarians  attacked  the  fort  of  Sha. 
kok,  and  Keshen  called  troops  to  rescue  it  but  could  not.  We,  the  ministers 
bilve  examined  (Keshen)  on  the  whole  of  the  foregoing  charges,  and  at  the  close 
of  the  third  examination  Keshen  could  only  tremble  with  fear  and  acknowledge 
his  own  unpardonable  crimes.  AX  the  time  he  and  the  barbarian  eye  held  their 
negotiations,  he  without  delay  fully  delivered  Hongkong  over  to  the  English  for 
tlie  time»  not  daring  to  deceive  them  nor  persevering  to  receive  the  things  they 
had  to  offer,  but  his  entire  policy  Was  decidedly  bad,  and  he  now  requests  that 
w'e,  -the  ministers,  would  on  his  account  memorialize  and  implore  that  the  celes- 
tial iarvor  might  be  manifested  in  inflictingupon  him  the  heaviest  punishment."  > 
.  Emperor'.M  repl^f.  .  On.  the.  eixteenth  of  the  xixth  month  tha  imperial  will  was 
received  us  follows::  "  Let.  Kesheu  be  remanded  to  the  origijial  judges  uf  princes, 


o92  Jounia/  oj  ( hmrretues . 

magnates,  and  ministers,  that  assembled  as  a  Board  uf  Punishment  lliey  may 
determine  tlie  sentence  for  his  crimes  and  report  accordingly.     Respect  this/* 

Farther  report  of  the  couneil.  "  In  obedience  to  the  above^  we  proceed  to  record 
our  decision.  Keshen  when  sent  as  a  high  commissioner  to  Canton  to  examine 
into  and  airange  the  affairs  of  the  barbarians  should  have  applied  the  most  atten- 
tive care  and  thorough  ability  and  devised  plans  for  tlie  full  settlement  of  every 
point.  When  the  barbarian  English  became  refractory  towards  his  clear  com- 
mands for  arrangement,  and  manifested  their  wolfish  dispositions,  he  ourbt 
straightway  to  have  memorialized  the  court,  requesting  troops  to  be  prepared  in 
order  that  at  an  early  day  they  might  be  exterminated.  But  he  incoherently  pre- 
sented them  a  place  to  dwell  at,  and  for  the  time  being  gave  Hongkong  to  them, 
which  is  the  excuse  they  (the  English)  give  for  taking  possession  of  it.  In  ail 
matters  where  it  was  necessary  to  guard  and  watch,  he  made  no  previous  prepa- 
rations, and  consequently  the  barbarians  have  attacked  and  destroyed  the  forts  in 
succession,  and  the  very  important  place  (the  Bogue)  cannot  now  be  guarded. 
He  has  throughout  been  guilty  of  the  greatest  political  errors,  and  it  is  in 
accordance  with  the  laws  that  bis  case  should  be  mquired  into  and  deliberated 
upon,  for  it  is  owing  to  his  not  making  previous  preparations  that  we  have  lost  our 
important  passes,  the  city  fortifications,  and  encampments.  The  law  decrees  im- 
pri8(>ment  and  decapitation,  and  we  hereby  sentence  him  to  be  beheaded,  hut  to  be 
imprisoned  until  after  autumn  and  then  to  be  executed. 

'*Paou  chung  is  a  criminal  who  formerly  resided  with  barbarians,  and  clandestine- 
ly acted  as  a  comprador,  but  there  are  other  and  additional  charges  of  lawlessness 
against  him,  and  accordingly  we  distinctly  sentence  him  to  receive  additional 
punishment. 

"All  of  us,  the  ministers  in  council  assembled,  having  adjudged  and  deliberately 
settled  the  whole  circumstances  of  the  case,  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of 
reason,  make  our  record  and  present  it  up  to  the  throne  that  the  imperial  will  may 
be  received  and  recorded." 

4.  Lin  has  been  recalled  and  ordered  on  to  the  Yellow  river, 
which  has  rebelled  and  overflowed  its  banks,  producing  great  des- 
truction at  the  capital  of  Honan,  laying  it  in  ruins. 

Kaefuug  Too,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  the  midst  of  an  extensive 
plain,  four  or  five  miles  south  from  the  river,  and  quite  below  its 
surface. 

5.  Affairs^at  Canton  have  continued  undisturbed  through  the 
whole  month,  commercial  business  proceeding  as  usual,  i.  e.,  as  those 
most  interested  will  have  it — '  very  badly.'  The  authorities  seem  an- 
xious to  preserve  the  peace  in  this  province ;  they  also  seem  desirous 
of  making  a  shown  of  defenses.  If  lefl  alone  they  will  doubtless 
refrain  from  hostile  acts.  Nearly  all  the  troops  from  the  other  pro- 
vinces have  left  Canton,  and  a  corps  of  native  militia  has  been  orga- 
nized in  its  stead,  numbering  two  or  three  thousand  strong.  Many  of 
these,  it  is  said,  are  robbers  and  pirates,  and  of  course  are  no  great 
favorites  with  the  quiet  people  of  the  provincial  city.  The  emperor 
has  appointed  a  new  commissioner,  Tih-e-shun-poo,  a  Mantchou,  who 
has  arrived  at  Canton ;  he  comes,  it  is  supposed,  not  to  make  war, 
but  to  find  out  the  truth  regarding  what  has  been  done. 

6.  Honffkong  seems  to  be  gradually  rising  into  notice.  The  num- 
ber of  Chinese  now  on  the  island  is  said  to  be  no  less  than  15,000, 
three  times  what  it  was  twelve  months  ago.  A  granite  jail  has  been 
completed,  and  a  court-house  is  bing  erected.  Sickness  has  greatly 
diminished ;  '*  and  a  carriage  and  pair  with  coachman,  d&c,  have 
just  arrived  from  Manila  to  show  off  on  the  new  road." 


THF. 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY. 


Vol.  X.— NovEaiBER,  1841.— No.  11 


Art.  I.      Ta  Tiing  hwang  it  Shifig  Ileun,  or  Sacred  Instructions 
of  the  emperors  of  tlie  Ta  Tsing  dynasty.     By  Philosinensis. 

The  Central  Empire  has  its  classics ;  and  if  there  are  any  books  in 
the  world,  which  are  read  and  commented  upon,  these  works  cer- 
tainly receive  that  honor :  nor  is  this  attention  entirely  limited  to  the 
Chinese.  By  way  of  imitation,  the  whole  list  of  sinologues  is  most 
ardently  attached  to  these  works,  discussihg  and  praising  the  merits 
of  the  Four  Books  and  Five  Classics.  M'any  pages  have  been  filled 
with  their  wonderful  remarks,  and  thisir  still  more  extraordinary 
deductions.  By  way  of  compliment,  sooie  mbdeni  philosophers  have 
most  magnanimously  reduced  the  origin'  of  the  creation  and  conti* 
nuation  of  all  things  to  the  yin  and  ydng  principles,  and  most  learn- 
edly argued  the  matter.  What  would  Confucius  say,  if,  rising  from 
his  grave,  he  should  hear  these  disciples  of  Plato,  AVistotle,  and  Kant, 
discussing  those  absurdities,  which  he  rieally  n^ver  meant  to  inculcate? 
Having  ourselves  once  been  caught  ahd  deceived  by  the  attractive 
name  of  classics,  we  warn  the  reader  hot  to  fail  into  a  similar  error 
when  attempting  to  learn  Chinese.  In  our  acceptation  of  the  word, 
classic  means  everything  elegant,  excellent,  and  correct  in  diction. 
The  very  quintessence  ofthe  language  is  contained  iii  classical  works ; 
and  by  mastering  them,  one  has  entered  into  the  spirit  of  the  litera- 
ture of  a  country.  Now  as  far  ad  thought  is  concerned,  all  this  ap- 
plies to  the  Chinese  classics;  but  whosoever' hopes  to  find  the  bejuties 
of  language  ii?  the  said  books;  will  be  sadly  disappointed.  Though 
Mencius  is  eminent  on  accoiiiit  of  his  |>erspicuity,  yet  by  some  he  is 
stigmatized  as  a  babbler,  because  he  vny  according  to  thehrvievv^Uiv^ 

VOL.    X.    NO.    XI.  75' 


594  Sacred  Instructions  of  the  Ta  Tsiug  Einpcrors,  Nov. 

diffuse.  Whnt  shall  we  then  say  about  the  terse  Shoo  Kin^,  and  the 
far  famed  She  King,  abounding  in  repetitions?  What  about  the  mi* 
nute  Le  Ke,  the  unintelligible  Yih  King,  on  the  title  page  of  which 
ought  to  be  written,  noli  me  tangere?  Add  to  these  the  skeleton  of 
Chun  Tsew,  the  Lun  Yu,  the  Ta  Heo,  and  Chung  Yung  as  classical 
patterns.  We  are  perfectly  aware  that  these  are  barbarian  notions, 
and  that  an  outcry  will  be  raised  against  such  sweeping  remarks ; 
still  they  will,  on  close  examination,  be  found  true.  Further  dib- 
cuhsion  of  this  topic,  however,  would  carry  us  into  a  different  direc- 
tion than  we  were  going  to  take,  and  we  shall  therefore  waive  it. 

The  great  emperors  of  China,  are  not  like  other  monarclis,  who 
sit  quietly  on  the  throne  to'^Mrjoy  themselves,  leaving  the  instruction 
of  iheir  subjects  to  a  host  of  teachers,  and  taking  no  actual  share  in 
the  same.  No,  they  in  turn  become  schoolmasters  and  preachers, 
^for  the  benefit  of  their  children,  the  people.  The  Shing  Yu,  trans- 
lated into  English  by  Dr.  Milne,  may  be  considered  as  a  specimen  of 
Kanghe\s  eloquence  ;  but  this  work,  intended  for  the  nation  at  large, 
sinks  into  inaignificance,  when  compared  with  the  Shing  Heun,  now 
.before  us.  Here  in  this  great  work,  you  find  sermons  from  all  the 
Manlchou  emperors,  full  and  lucid  upon  all'  subjects ;  but  not  being 
intended  for  the  eyes  of  the  vulgar,  the  diction  is  puzzling,  and  many 
passages  are  intelligible  only  to  the  Hanlin.  From^  Caesar  down  to 
Frederic  the  Great,  we  have  never  before  heard  that  kings  and  em« 
perora  systematically  schooled  their  officers,  and'gare  them  regular 
ts^sks  to  learn,  in  ord^r  to  improve  them  in  the  art  of  governing;  but 
this  is  actually  the  case  in  Cbina-*-^thu8  evincing  its  superior  claim  to 
civilization.  True,  the  ancient  kings  did'  the  same;  yet  their  dis- 
pQuifses  wore  exceedingly  short,  bat  think  of  thia*  work  now  before  us ; 
we  pufi^lvea  possess  seventy  volumes,  and  this  is  scarcely  a  third 
part  of  the  whole.  Every  year  additions  are  made  ;  and  could  we  by 
chance  get  f  sight  of  the  supplement  of  1840,  what  splendid  and 
touching  passages  mighjt  be  found,  upon  the  art  of  subjecting  barba- 
rians, and  ruling  with  qndiapM.ted  sway !  How  should  we  see  the  jus- 
tice SLXifl  truth  and,  mercy  of  the  celestial  empirie  lauded  to  the  sky ! 
Despaiijing,  however,  of  obtaining  a  sight  of  this  supplement,  we  mqst 
.be  content  with- what  we  have,  though  we  can  only  glance  at  the 
miscellaneous  contents  of  these  volumes:  If  they  are  in  the  poaae»' 
sion  of  any  other  foreigner,  we  are  ignorant  of  the  fact,  and  should 
they  ever  have  been  mentioned  in  any  learned  periodical,  we  have 
never  seqn  the  passage,  and  must  therefore  not  be  accused  of  relating 
old  stories. 


1^41.  Sacrf.d  Instruction i  of  the  Ta  T^ing  Emperors.  595 

We  have  omitted  to  tell  the  i-eader,  that  these  volumes  are  very 
thin,  containing  on  an.  average  only  from  sixteen  to  tweiyty  leaves^  and 
are:  printed^  in  large  elegant  oharax^ters^  so  that  the  oldest  officersicari 
t-cad.  them  with  ease.  The:(irst  discourse  was  pronounced:  by  Teeh^ 
mingy  more  than  two  centuries  .ago.  'J'his  was  the  Arst  Mantclioa 
chief.that  aimed  at  the  possession  of  China:.  The  preface  states  <  that 
he^  Teenming,.by  the  prevailing  destiny  of  heaven,  had  oblained  pos^ 
session  of  the  empire  (this  was  exceedingly  problematical*  at  that 
time))  "and  he  wished  to  establish  it  by  the  virtues  of  the.sages^  ruling 
over  it  according  to  the  principles  of  benevolence,  filial 'piety  ^wis* 
domv  and  keeping  possession  of  it  by  the  sword -and  hi& own  .valorf 
He  found,  the  nation  in  the  most  wretched  conditiony  and  .by  rescuing 
thCipeofile  from  their  degraded,  state,  gave  peaee  to  "the  universe;.  A 
new  code  of  instractions:  having  become  necessary,  he  set  to: .work  .in 
good  learnest^.'  and  the:. present '  collection  of  sermons  wasithos  com<» 
mencedi  *.•  '   ;     .  •  /     ^  ....  m*.        "•  .-.      ;•  t    '■••  v     ».  i-.:!  -i  •>.,: 

The.  first  oration  is  on  the  subject;  6r.<piety,' .whidh:  isth^  most 
important  duty  of  man.     The  exordium  is  as:  follows  r*^*     ::.    >    :. 

"A  prince  is  the  son  of  heaven,  all.  the-.mifmsterB  and- public  funcf 
tionariesiare-liis  sons,  and  the>  people  are  again,  the  •  children. of  Ahe 
fbrmer.  A  prince  serves  heavon  as  a  father^  and^  never  forgetful^ 
thinks  with  reverence  about  rendering  his- 'virtues {illustrious,;  and 
looking  up  receives  the  gift,  i.  e.  theiinvestilareof  theempice.  Tho.mit 
nisters  ought  in  their  turn  to  .view  the.  ehnperor  as  iiietr  father^  i|lid 
serve  him  as  such,  never  be  rapacious,':or:play  the. traitor,  prote<5t  the 
people,  observe  the  laws,  and  take  care  thai  there  be  no  treason 
growing  amongst  the  nation."  i 

The  art  of  government  especially  engages  his  attention,  and  like 
Louis  Philippe  he  thinks,  that  the  grand  central  point,  to  which  all 
efforts  of  government  should  convergej  ought  to  be  to  establish  a 
laisling  peace.  The  first  requisites  to  effect  this,  are  a  wise  prince 
and  a  good  minister,  who  must  with  united  strength  cooperate; 
second  to  these  is  the  blessing  of  heaven.  .Let  there  be  the  utmost 
justice  in  imitation  of  the  righteous  arrangements  made  by  heaven 
and  earth,  and  there  will  be  prosperity  and  success,  and  all  the  em- 
pirie  will  .submit.  People  will  all  enjoy  lasting  peace,  and  prosperity 
will  prevail  throughout  the  land.  Now  wh6n  the  .one.  man— i.  e.  the 
sovereign — loses  his  virtue,  calamity  spreads  to  all  regions,  and  the 
evil  is  worse  than  that  wrought  by  demons.  This  was  instanced  on 
occasion  of  the  emperor  Wanleih's  attacking  a  friendly  empire,  when 
all  the  troops  brought  against  the  Mantchous  were  killed. 


596  Sacred  Instructions  of  the  Ta  Tsing  Emperors.         Nov. 

Then  followji  a  lecture  addressed  to  kings,  in  better  taste  than 
Napoleon's  speeches  at  Erfurth  and  Dresden  before  the  crowned 
heads.  Be  wise,  be  just,  do  not  hanker  after  riches,  and  your  rule 
will  be  (irmly  established.  The  ministers  and  authorities  in  general 
get  some  wholesome  advice.  In  this  imperial  sermon,  the  orator 
asserts,  with  great  propriety,  that  all  evil  practices  proceed  from  the 
heart.  Keep  your  heart,  he  adds  in  a  virtuous  state,  and  all  events 
will  prove  fortunate,  you  will  be  praised  and  become  popular,  riches 
will  fall  to  your  share,  and  your  glory  will  be  resplendent.  On  the. 
other  hand,  if  you  harbor  vicious  purposes,  the  contrary  will  take 
place.  You  may  wipe  off  a  stain  and  cleanse  yourself  from  defilements, 
but  a  froward  heart  will  still  remain.     So  much  for  Teenming. 

And  now  we  turn  our  attention  to  Shunche,  a  young  dabbler  in 
affairs  of  government.  A  question  may  naturally  arise  here,  whether 
some  of  these  sermons  were  not  written  by  Adam  Schaal,  the  Jesuit, 
the  emperor's  adviser  and  steady  friend  ?  Certainly  there  is  some* 
thing  here  and  there  beyond  the  range  of  Chinese  ideas,  but  we  shall 
not  decide  the  question.  Six  small  volumes  constitute  the  whole 
published  under  Shunche's  administration ;  we  transcribe  the  table  of 
contents.  The  1st,  contains  a  sermon  on  government,  on  piety^ 
on  sacred  filial  duty,  on  the  study  of  the  sages,  on  humility,  econo- 
my, and  continence:  the  2d,  a  sermon  on  harmony,  instructions  for  the 
ministers,  on  petitions,  on  receiving  reproof,  on  filling  an  office :  the 
3d,  a  sermon  on  merits  obtained  at  the  examinations,  on  choosing 
people  to  be  promoted,  on  restraining  inferiors:  the  4th,  a  sermon  on 
managing  riches,  on  compassionating  the  people,  on  giving  alms,  on 
enforcing  the  sacrificial  code,  on  propriety  towards  the  generation 
past,  on  praising  the  patriotic  and  chaste :  the  5th,  a  sermon  on  pro- 
moting literature,  exhortations  addressed  to  commanders-in-chief,  on 
summons  to  surrender,  exhorti^tions  to  Mongols,  and  a  benevolent  go- 
vernment, on  realizing  the  interests  of  the  great  multitude :  and  the 
6th,  a  sermon  on  tranquilizing  the  people,  on  avoiding  punishments, 
on  repressing  greedy  parasites,  on  eschewing  evil,  and  on  remitting 
or  forgiving  faults. 

The  subjects  handled  are  certainly  diffuse  enough,  and  any  comr 
mon  mind  would  have  been  afraid  to  grapple  with  such  variety,  but 
not  so  the  youth  Shunche.  The  sermon  on  government  is  a  well 
written  piece,  and  its  most  prominent  feature  is  the  inculcation  of 
our  responsibility  to  heaven.  The  principle  that  princes  were  creal* 
ed  on  account  of  the  people,  and  not  the  people  on  account  of 
nrinces,  which  is  in  itself  so  obvioiiH,  hnn  nevertheless  been  frequent- 


1841.  Sacred  Instructions  of  the  Tu  Tsing  Emperor:^.  .'>97 

ly  contested,  and  by  some  governments  entirely  declared  null  and 
void.  The  Chinese,  however,  acknowledge  it  in  all  its  force,  though 
they  seldom  reflect  upon  its  tendency.  Such  expressions  as  the  so- 
vereignty of  the  people,  or  giving  an  account  to  the  nation,  are  foreign 
to  the  language,  whilst  the  claims  of  the  public  at  large  for  good  go- 
vernment are  fully  admitted,  and  suQScieutly  commented  upon.  The 
prince  has  only  to  give  an  account  to  heaven,  and  not  to  any  other 
power.  Heaven,  however,  keeps  ou  him  a  searching  eye,  and  detects 
all  his  errors.  It  might  appear  that  similar  expressions  point  to  some- 
thing more  than  the  material  heavens;  such  is  not,  however  the  case, 
and  the  gross  pantheistical  idea  is  in  all  these  edicts  prominently  and 
boldly  expressed. 

But  to  return  to  Shunche.  This  ruler  did  not  only  preach  from 
a  pulpit,  but  likewise  held  very  edifying  discourses  during  his  plea- 
sure excursions,  thereby  improving  time  and  giving  an  excellent  ex- 
ample to  his  ministers.  Even  from  the  nursery  there  issued  a  voice, 
that  of  his  beloved  mother,  which  furnished  matter  for  a  very  long 
sermon,  which  is  of  course  upon  filial  duty. 

The  transition  to  the  use  of  riches  is  very  rapid.  The  good  em- 
peror makes  it  out,  that  his  predecessors,  the  Ming  princes,  had 
taxed  the  blackhaired  people  too  much,  and  though  levying  duties 
and  imposts  constitutes  a  part  of  governmental  functions,  still  there 
must  be  economy  so  as  to  lighten  the  burdens  of  the  people.  Shun- 
che boldly  inveighs  against  the  odious  usurpation  of  many  grandees, 
who  seized  upon  the  people's  fields  to  make  hunting  parks  thereof. 
This  speech  would  find  few  admirers  in  old  England,  and  very  likely 
would  be  hooted  at  in  parliament,  stiJl  it  boldly  maintains,  that  the 
more  you  extend  pleasure-grounds,  the  more  you  narrow  the  territory 
for  cultivating  the  necessaries  of  life.  This  truism  has  found  a  great 
many  admirers,  and  there  are,  with  the  exception  of  the  imperial 
demesnes,  no  parks  where  deer  are  kept,  for  the  pleasure  of  the  gran- 
dees. In  this  same  speech,  the  monarch  bitterly  complains,  that  the 
waters  were  disobedient,  and  that  droughts  repeatedly  afflicted  the 
land.  He  therefore  graciously  remits  the  taxes,  and  permits  the  peo- 
ple to  recover  from  these  various  caJ amities.  Hunger,  in  addition  to 
the  sword,  had  devastated  the  land,  and  it  required  an.  indulgent  fa- 
ther to  raise  the  drooping  heads  of  his  numerous  children.  At  one 
time  he  gave  40,000  taels  of  his  own  savings,  and  his  queen  did  the 
same,  which  money  was  put  into  the  hands  of  a  trustworthy  minister 
to  be  distributed  amongst  the  sufferers. 


598  Sar.red  JintntrtioHS  of  the  Ta  Tsing  Emperors.  Now. 

The  orntion  on  ceremonies  is  one  of  the  most  eloquent.  With  the 
Chinese,  ceremony  is  an  excellent  substitute  for  sincerity,  humilit}^ 
nnd  sundry  other  qualifications,  which  some  nations  deem  necessary 
to  the  formation  of  character  and  the  well-being  of  society.  It  is 
Shunche's  wish  to  inspire  his  officers  with  veneration  for  the  ages 
lung  gone  by,  and  to  rouse  his  ministers  to  worship  the  manes  of  the 
departed  sages,  including  kings  and  nobles,  and  even  the  Mongols 
who  held  for  a  time  the  sceptre  of  China.  He  himself,  when  cross'> 
ing  the  frontier:*  of  Mongolia,  sent  a  deputation,  to  sacrifice  at  the 
tombs  of  their  chiefs  in  order  to  conciliate  the  invisible  assistance  of 
those  ancient  heroes.  In  this  sermon  it  is  stated,  that  the  spirits  of 
the  departed  dwell  at  the  graves,  and  ought  to  be  carefully  watched^ 
The  emperor  in-  person  once  made  a  pilgrimage  to  the  tombs  of  the 
Ming  emperors,  and  finding  them  in  ruins,  he  straightway  ordered 
them  to  be  repaired.  The  policy  of  these  barbarians,  from  the  moM>. 
ment  they  invaded  the  Chinese  empire,  was  to  conciliate  the  people 
at  Urge.  Having  scarcely  any  definite  creed  of  their  own,  they  mo«> 
deled  their  religion  entirely  according  to  the  Ch'mese  tenets,  and 
showed  great  regard  towards^ the  dead.  All  this  amalgamated  them 
with  the  myriads  over  whom  they  be<^ame  victors-  by  dint- of  the'>rapii- 
dity  of  their  movements.  To  give  a  good  example,  a nd<  become  the 
leader  of  fashion  to  his  nation,  Shunche  venerated  the  shades  of  the 
Ming  emperors,  his  former  foes,  and  ^  was 'generous  to  them ^  when 
they  could  no  longer  injure  him. 

The  discourse  upon  the  art  of  tranquilizing  the  people,  may  in 
these  times  of  war  and  fighting  be  read  to  some  purpose.  Shunche -s 
were  perilous  times.  The  shock  given  to  the  empire  was  terrific,  heavy 
rolling  were  the  waves,  that,  one  after  the  other,  swept  along  with  irre- 
sistible fury,  and  in  this  troubled  sea  the  monarch  stood  at  the  helm  of 
state.  The  Chinese  had  exhausted  themselves  in  edicts;  brolhen* 
hoods  and  conspiracies  agamst  the  intruders  continued  to  exist,  but 
did  not  effect  their  end, — the  expulsion  of  the  hateful  Mantchous. 
Afler  so  many  exertions,  which  were  isolated  and  ill-directed,  the 
seeming  enthusiasm  of  the  people  died  away.  That  there  is  no  real 
patriotism  in  China,  some  may  believe;  but  that  there  are  designing 
persons,  who,  under  the  garb  of  Jove  for  their  country^  will  draw  mul- 
titudes after  them  to  serve  their  own  purpose,  cannot- he  denied.  Such 
figured  in  Shunche's  time :  and  to  render  them  powerless,  he  wrote 
this  political  sermon.  He  includes  in  his  amnesty  the  very  robbers 
in  the  mountains,  and  endeavors  by  all  means  in  hi^'  power  to  attach 
Ihem  to  his  government.     That  these  are  mere  words  we  all  know ; 


1441.  Siured  lnsirartiaiis  af  the  Ta  Tuing  Emprrorf.  W) 

and  that  the  emperor'a  show  of  compassion  frequently  consiDlcd  in 
cutting  people  to  pieces  aiiil  decapitaliug  iliein,  there  is  no  douhl; 
jrei  at  the  bottom  of  his  henrt  he  wan  a  well- meaning  prince.  In 
every  piece,  the  great  ruler  quotes  something  of  himseir,  whereby  he 
exemplified  the  doctrines  he  recom mended ;  and  in  many  iimUncea, 
peculiar  situations  jn  life  gave  rise  to  an  oration,  uomething  like 
Massilou's  uralium  JuatOre. 

Kaiiglie  wna  a.  [Iiiiikiii<;  niun,  who  had  also  a  great  propensity  for 
wtiliiii^,  anil  hence  we  tind  no  less  Ihnu  fiO  parts- filled  with  his  sec- 
mons.  This  great  man  deserved  to  rank  lii^ili  amon^at  hi:t  country' 
men.  Though  not  as  practical  as  Peter  the  great,  nor  as  warlike 
as  Lewis  XIV.,  with  both  of  ihcni  lie  hnd  all  the  <|uali[ie3  necessary 
to  sway  a  great  naiinu,  and  lo  act  aa  a  reformer.  In  this  career, 
hriwever,  he  slopped  shorL  When  versed  in  European  sciences,  wlieii 
inliiaately  acqiiairiied  with  tlicir  immeuse  advantages  for  promoting 
civilization,  wlien  considering  ilie  extraordinary  capabilities  In  the 
Chinese  character  to  produce  first  rate  men,  Kanghe  after  maturely 
weighing  the  cost,  turned  back  from  the  gigantic  enterprise  of  mak- 
ing the  Chinese  a  great  nation.  lie  was  the  only  learned  individual 
in  the  Central  Kingdom,  and  he  carefully  guarded  the  treasures  he 
liad  ac(|uircil  with  so  much  liibor,  like  a  miaer ;  he  kept  them  to  him- 
Mlf,  and  with  him  died  all  scientific  pursuit. 

-  But  we  must  go  on  with  our  review,  and  can  only  bestow  a  glance 
upon  Kanghe's  voluminous  writing!>.  His  funeral  sermon  on  the 
death  of  his  mother  is  touching,  the  style  is  chaste  and  elegant,  with- 
out  the  fulsomeness  common  with  the  Chinese  on  similar  occasbns. 
He  does  not  aim  at  expressions,  which  are  understood  only  by  the 
Hanlin  and  court,  and  perfectly  unintelligible  to  all  others.  This  is 
indeed  a  very  rare  excellence,  for  scarcely  any  state  papers  that  are 
rnauufsciured  at  the  national  college,  are,  in  our  acceptation  of  the 
word,  perspicuous ;  the  more  they  are  filled  with  obsolete  phrases  and 
high  sounding  words,  the  greater  la  the  admiration  paid  lo  them ;  it 
is  not  the  sense  the  reader  prizes,  but  the  sounds  and  the  combiua- 
tion  of  sentences. 

The  treatise  addressed  to  the  authorities  at  the  capital  is  excel- 
lent, full  of  good  sense,  denouncing  direful  punishment  to  the  evil 
doer,  and  encouraging  unseen  merit.  Kanghe  shows  himself  an 
enemy  to  dull  routine,  encourages  men  of  mind  to  come  taivrud  and 
exert  themselves  for  the  benefit  of  the  state,  exhorts  the  ministers  to 
diltgeiice,  and  most  unmercifully  treats  the  prevarications  that  then 
existed.  Indeed,  if  one  wishes  to  obtaiti  a  view  of  the  court  aa  it  ac- 
tually was,  he  has  only  to  tcad  ihi^  paper.     The  monarch  say»: 


0(M)  Sacred  histructions  of  the  Tn  Taing  Emperon.  Nov. 

"  i  am  here  early  in  the  inoriiiiig;  you  assemble  in  my  presence ; 
let  not  ti)e  time  be  spent  iii  idle  ceremonies,  but  let  business  be  dis- 
patched. The  land  is  full  of  robbers ;  the  people  suffer  under  the 
hand  of  the  oppressor ;  you  must  assist  me  in  making  an  end  of  this 
miserable  state  of  affairs,  and  then-  you  will  be  ministers  indeed." 

Then  he  enters  upon  the  different  departments  of  the  state,  and 
gives  to  each  its  due  meed  of  praise  and  censure.  When  speaking  of 
religion,  he  plainly  shows  that  h<s  is  a  freethinker,  but  withal  sa* 
perstitious ;  for  we  see  the  man;  whom  we  have  been  taught  to  vene- 
rate as  an  astronomer,  bringing  an  accusation  against  the  Astronomi- 
cal Board,  for  not  having  foretold  an  easterly  gale. 

Kanghe  delighted  in  sermonizing  about  military  affairs,  and  this  is 
the  topic  upon  which  he  dwells  most  diffusely.  He  was  himself  a 
warrior,  who  had  fought  in  the  deserts  of  Mongolia.  His  reign  was 
filled  with  rebellions  and  insurrections.  He  therefore  buckled  on  his 
armor,  traversed'  his  wide  dominions  on  the  north,  inspiring  his 
soldiers  with'  valor  by  his  own  example.  And  when  seated  in  his 
cabinet,  he  delighted'  tb  expatiate  on  those  events,  and  to  review 
them  in  writing,  commenting  upon  each  campaign.  He  moreover 
prided  himself  upon  his  generalship,  and  minutely  drew  up  the 
plans  of  attacks  and  operations,  and  when  his  officers  succeeded,  he 
got  all  the  credit  for  the  successful  termination.  A  translation  of 
these  sermons  would  throw  much  light  uiK>n  the  history  of  the  Man- 
tchou  conquest. 

The  next  essays  consist  of  sdrmofis  upon  compassionating  the  peo- 
ple,' relieving  their  wants,  directing  their  industry,  strengthening 
their  resolves,  repuirirtg  the  dykes,  &;c.:— all  very  proper  when  put 
into  execution,  but  very  unsatisfactory  when  ending,  as  was  general- 
ly the  case,  in  fine  words.  When  preaching  to  his  officers  about 
their  duties,  he  abstains  from  all  metaphors,  and  in  straightforward 
language,  tells' them  many  things,  which  could  not  have  been  very 

palatable. 

In  discussing  the  natuire  of  the  laws,  and  particularly  urging  the 
execution  thereof,  so  that  the  law  should  be  supreme  and  rule  the 
land,  Kanghe  makes  many  remarks  at  once  shrewd  and  apposite. 
Perfectly*  aw^re  that  there  existed  many  prevarications,  he  erected  a 
aionfe  pillar  near  ofte  of  the  gates  of  his  palace,  where  everyone 
might  state  his  complainU.  The  consequence  was,  that  a  host  of 
pettifogging  lawyers  were  always  in  attendance  to  present  false  ac- 
cusations, and  involve  the  plainest  cases  in  greater  doubt.  He  was 
moreover  grieved,  that  many  soldiers  of  the  eight  standards,  whom 


1841.  JSacred  Instructioiis  of  the  Ta  Tsing  Emperors.  60t 

he  most  particuiarl j  patronized,  and  to  whom  ho  allowed  large  dona- 
tions*  deserted,  and  found  shelter  amongst  the  people.  On  the  other 
hand  niitnbers  of  vagabonds,  the  refuse  of  society,  repaired  to  the 
banners,  in  order  to  screen  themselves  against  the  crimes  they  had 
committed.  And  notwithstanding  all  the  laws  which  were  enacted  to 
put  down  these  abuses,  the  military  continued  deaf  to  his  exhortations. 
Amongst  the  vices  of  his  times,  both  people  and  officers  were  addicted 
to  gambling,  greatly  to  the  detriment  of  good  manners.  Parasites 
swarmed  at  the  court.  The  very  ministers,  when  engaged  in  im* 
portant  deliberations,  could  not  keep  state  secrets,  and  the  people 
were  soon  aware  of  the  resolutions  that  had  been  taken.  All  this 
heterogenous  matter,  Kanghe  embodies  in  his  admonitions,  adds  there- 
to his  remarks  and  his  threats,  earnestly  insisting  upon  a  reform. 

As  many  parts  of  the  empire  had  been  laid  waste  during  the  late 
war,  the  emperor  published  a  discourse  upon  the  promotion  of  agri- 
culture. '  When  I,'  he  says,  '  marched  forward  with  my  army,  I 
forbade  the  soldiers  to  trample  upon  the  fields  of  the  people,  and  pre- 
served their  harve.si8.*  He  examined  the  capabilities  of  the  soil, 
compared  the  produce  of  various  fields,  and  even  went  so  far,  as  to 
count  the  grain  in  the  ear,  in  order  to  form  a  correct  idea  of  their 
specific  fertility.  The  locusts  repeatedly  committed  great  ravages 
and  destroyed  the  hopes  of  the  husbandman,  whilst  drought  and 
inundations  occasioned  equal  or  greater  calamities.  He  suggests 
remedies  for  every  one  of  these  evils,  but  proves  himself  by  no  mean^ 
a  good  political  economist,  believing  that  the  price  of  provisions  may 
be  regulated  by  an  imperial  ordinance. 

These  useful  admointioiis  he  follows  up  by  an  essay  on  music  and 
rites,  the  inexhaustible  themes  of  empty  heads.  Kanghe  had  heard 
the  music  of  the  west,  and  was  much  pleased  with  its  harmony.  He 
kept  for  a  long  time  a  skillful  musician  from  Java,  who  used  to 
cheer  his  lonely  hours  by  the  soft  tones  of  his  flute,  and  when  this 
Orpheus  died  he  was  almost  inconsolable.  He  gave  directions  that 
some  foreign  pieces  of  music  should  be  introduced,  and  the  whole 
native  system  reformed.  Whenever  he  was  present,  the  courtiers  paid 
attention  to  these  mandates,  but  they  detested  the  innovation,  and 
soon  dropped  the  western  airs  altogether. 

Kanghe  is  the  only  monarch  of  the  reigning  family,  that  traveled- 
through  the  provinces,  in  order  to  investigate  the  state  of  affairs  with 
his  own  eyes.  Ho  has  left  us  a  volume  descriptive  of  the  experience 
he  gained,  and  the  views  he  entertained  respecting  these  excursions; 
Fearing  that  his  large  train  of  courtiers  might  oppress  the  people; 
vOl.  X.  NO.  XI.  76 


603  Sacred  Instructions  of  the  Ta  Tsing  Emperors,  Nor. 

nod  instead  of  proving  a  blessing  would  entail  new  hardships  upon  the 
natives,  he  took  care  to  make  sufficient  provision  himselfi  so  as  not 
to  exact  supplies  from  the  neighboring  cities,  an-  endeavor  in  which 
he  never  succeeded. 

Having  studied  mathematics,  he  tried  to  apply  his  knowledge  to  the 
management  of  the  Yellow  river,  the  imperial  canal,  and  the  Hwae 
ho.  To  discourse  upon  this  subject  was  his  especial  care;  but  though 
this  may  be  considered  as  out  of  place,  yet  the  reader  will  find  on 
perusing  the  two  volumes  on  this  subject,  that  the  emperor  was  well 
acquainted  with  hydraulics.'  All  art,  however,  has  been  put  at  defi* 
ance  in  restraining  the  inundations  of  the  Hwang  ho,  and  the  famed 
industry  of  the  Chinese,  with  the  multitudes  that  have  set  to  work  to 
strengthen  the  dykes,  has  been  of  little  avaiL  Kanghe  did  not  des- 
pair of  ultimate  success,  and  therefore  cheered  up  his  officers,  and 
gave  them  the  most  minute  directions,  how  they  might  effect  in  a 
scientific  manner,  what  sheer  brute  strength  and  the  force  of  numbers 
could  never  accomplish. 

Like  all  mortals,  Kanghe  was  occasionally  vain,  and  plumed  him- 
self  upon  the  great  benefits  he  had  conferred  upon  the  country. 
Above  all  he  taxes  his  memory  with  the  many  instances  of  having 
remitted  imposts,  when  by  some  means  or  other  the  people  could  not 
pay,  or  the  soldiers  had  devoured  the  produce.  We  forgive  him  this 
little*  variety,  for  he  wished  to  render  his  reign  popular,  and  to  leave 
lasting  traces  of  his  benevolence.  Though  these  arts  of  considerate 
kindness  may  long  ago  have  been  forgotten;  they  still  live  in  theae 
panegyrics  upon  himself. 

In  giving  instructions  to  his  generals,  he  asserts,  that  national 
contests  ought  to  be  engaged  in  with  the  utmost  hun>anity,  (we 
should  have  thought  it  far  more  advisable  not  to  commence  them  at 
all,)  and  to  realize  this  point,  he  makes  suitable  suggestions.  It  would 
be  a'  happy  thing  if  the  celestial  soldiers  would  conform  to  these 
rules,  but  they  seem  to  give  the  text  a  meaning  the  opposite  to  which 
it  was  intended  to  convey.  The  same  desire  which  dictated  these  di- 
rections to  the  military,  made  likewise  ample  provision  for  their  com- 
fort. The  army  is  to  be  stinted  in  nothing,  the  arrears  are  not  only 
to  be  paid,  but  the  private  debts  of  the  soldiers  liquidated,  and  money 
paid  in  advance.  This  was  the  liberality  of  an  emperor,  who,  well 
aware  that  the  spur  of  the  Mantchou  hordes  had  taken  possession  of 
China,  wished  to  encourage  the  conquerors  to  maintain  their 
ground.  In  two  different  orations  he  praises  the  faithful  and  brave, 
who  sacrificed  themselves  for  their  country,  and  shed  their  blood  in 
the  emperor's  cause. 


1841.  Smrtd  lattruetutni  of  tht  Ta  Tiing  Emptron.  603 

Great  addilioai  of  territory  having  been  mnde  to  the  ChineM  em- 
pire, KiDgh*  inimedUiely  comes  forward  to  ihow  hia  knowledge  of 
geography,  and  in  one  of  his  speeches  asseris,  that  there  was  not  a 
famoua  river  or  Riouniain  of  which  he  could  not  indicate  the  name. 

The  emperor  wrole  abnut  the  establishment  of  posii  for  conveying 
dispatches  throughout  the  empire,  he  rebuilt  the  graves  of  the  former 
emperors,  put  duwn  the  large  bands  of  robbeii  that  traversed  (be 
country,  and  in  fact  directed  all  matters  with  a  steady  hand,— his 
whole  life  was  a  continued  series  of  arduous  exertions. 

In  the  speeches  addressed  to  foreign  princes,  Kanghe  is  as  rude  na 
Tioukwang.  He  feela  extremely  exasperated  against  the  king  of 
Cochinchina,  who  refused  to  be  revereniially  obedient,  and  did  not 
deliver  up  some  prisoners  that  had  taken  refuge  in  hia  dominions. 
The  Russians,  who  had  encroached  upon  his  territory,  he  threatened 
with  destruction,  if  they  did  not  immediately  abandon  their  ill-gotten 
lands.  Alt  the  Mongol  princes  received  distinct  directions  how  to 
behave  under  circumstances  of  peculiar  interest,  and  when  the  small- 
pox had  broken  out  in  iheir  camp,  and  brought  thousands  to  the 
grave,  Kanghe  actually  established  a  quarantine,  and  would  not  allow 
a  tribute- bearer  to  approach  the  imperial  city. 

Kanghe's  style  is  easy,  in  many  instances  elegant,  and  the  sub- 
jects upon  which  the  imperial  author  treats  are  always  interesting. 
The  present  collection  is  the  best  commentary  upon  his  reign,  and 
afler  deducting  the  delusions  created  by  system,  we  cannot  but 
award  a  fair  claim  of  celebrity,  to  one  of  the  greatest  emperors  that 
ever  graced  the  Chinese  throne. 

Yungching's  was  an  ephemeral  reign,  but  he  also  indulged  in 
writing  sermons,  which  are  indeed  very  formal,  and  the  contents 
shallow.  His  remarks  npon  sacred  virtue  are  unique  in  their  kind. 
He  praises  the  favorable  oinena  that  appeared  at  the  commencement 
of  his  governmeul,  and  speaks  very  fivorably  of  his  own  enterprizes. 
Fond  of  ceremony,  he  expatiates  upon  the  literary  p:irties,  which 
were  given  in  hia  pnUce,  at  which  the  greaieEt  acholars  were  present. 
He  was  a  man  of  form,  who  delighted  in  everything  that  was  in 
strict  keeping  with  the  rules  of  etiquette,  and  wai  desirous  of  im- 
printing the  same  character  upon  the  whole  court. 

His  speech  on  piety  is  a  valuable  document,  because  ii  exposes  the 
governmental  creed  in  the  clearest  manner.  The  creniion  and  pre- 
servation of  all  things  depends  upon  the  five  elements,  and  the  con- 
iroling  power  over  (he  same  are  the  yin  and  ^mtg,  which  may  like- 
wise pass  under  the  name  of  demons  and  gods 


604  Sacre4  tnsiruciions  of  the  Ta  Tsinjf  Sfkper&ri.         Nii. 

This  monarch  having  been  an  asiirper,  and  driiea  his  brother 
from  the  throne,  great  dissension  reigned  on  that  acoocmt  amongst 
hi^  family,  and  he  therefore  wrote  a  very  elaborate  treatise  upon  har- 
mony: Another  sermon  dwells  upon  the  art  of  choosing  suitable  men 
for  the  various  offices,  a  third  speaks  about  the  rewards  due  to 
veterans,  and  a  fourth  treats  upon  the  love  of  the  people.  The  latter 
contains  regulations  respecting  the  support  of  the  aged,  and-  the  snc^ 
cor  of  the  needy  in  times  of  calamity.  Three  other  volumes  contain 
instructions  to  ministers;  some  suggestions  for  avoiding  punishment, 
and  for  the  encouragement  of  agriculture  contain  nothing  new.  An 
essay  however  upon  the  improvement  of  manners  is  on  many  ao- 
eoiints  remarkable.  It  places  the  solution  of  this  great  problem  in 
the  bands  of  the  Tribunal  of  Rites,  and  in  fact  mafcea  a  reformation  of 
life  a  mechanical  process. '  There  is  also  much  said  about  the  minor 
virtues,  such  as  economy,  in  which  soldiers  are  very  defective. 
Kunghe  had  given  in  gratuities  to  the  ^ight.  standards,  more -than 
five  millions  of  taels  in  cash,  in  order  to  enable  the  warriors  to  buy  a 
little  property,  but  they  spent  the  whole,  and  remained  as  poor  aa 
ever,  to  Ihe  great  regret  of  the.  generous  donoF>  *  Amongst  thedege^ 
nerate  practices  of  the  age  was  pugilism,  against  which  th^  emperor 
very  gravely  inveighs, -and  exhorts  hiff  people  to  introduce  more  manly 
sports,  superior  to  the  amusements  of  loitering  vagabonde.- 

Yungching'a  attention  was  likewise  directed  towards  thepreeerva- 
tion  of  the  canald,  and  the  proper  construction '  of  loekst  •  He  was 
fr^uently  obliged  to  remit  the  taxes  to  the  people,  and- talkes  great 
credit  to  himself  for  having  done  so.  He  urges  the- erection  of  large 
granaries  and  the  accumulation  ef  all  kind  of  stores,  in  order  to-aid 
ta  timdff  of  dearth.  Being  himself  of  economical  habile,  he  hoarded 
not  only  grain,  biit  collected  valuables  to  an  enorftious  anieunt. 

The  monarch  is  loud  in  hia  praises  of  the  true  patriots,  wao 
fought  for  the  country^  glprj*  He  promises  to  give  them  solid  proofs 
bfhie  high  consideratien^  of  merit.  'Yonr  names,  ^"M^ir  he,  '  shall 
be  transmitted  to  the  latest  posterity  by  ^rhole  races*'  of  noblemen  ^ 
your  sons  shall  be  promoted  to  the  highest  offices  in  the  State;  you 
shall  be  patterns  for  the  whole  nation.'  Such  are  the  prospects  he 
holds  out  to  all  patriots  and  true  lovers  of  their  coui]^try.  And 
here  we  close  our  review,  for  we  do  not  possess  the  discoursea  of  the 
three  other  em|)erors  who  succeeded  him.  *•  : 

In  no  work  that  we  have  read,  is  the  whole  theoryof  the  Chinese 
gtyvernment  so  painly  laid  dbwn;  aa- tti  these  volu'tnek/  There  is 
more  freedom  of  speeeh,  %  gveater  expansion*  of  thoiij^hi;  ani^^  more 


1841.  Lift  of  Father  G,   Ma^aillans.  605 

interesting  mode  of  treating  snbjects,  than  in  any  other  of  their  state* 
papers,  that  we  ever  perused.  Though  full  of  repetitions  and  quaint 
phraseoloi/y,  the  whole  range  of  imperial  thoughts  is  fairly  submitted 
to  our  view,  and  we  hear  heaven's  son  speaking  without  reserve  to 
our  weak  comprehension.  As  a  literary  production  also,  these  dis- 
courses rank  very  high,  and  contain  the  essence  of  Chinese  govern- 
mental papers. 


Art.  II.  An  abridgment  of  the  life  of  father  Gabriel  Magaillan$, 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  missionary  into  China;  writ  en  by  fa- 
ther  Lewis  Buglio,  his  inseparable  companion  for  thirty-six 
years.     From  Magaillans'  New  History  of  China.  I^ndon,  1688. 

Father  Gabriel  de  Magaillans,  a  native  of  Portugal,  was  born  in  the 
year  1609.  He  spent  his  first  years  in  the  house  of  one  of  his  uncles 
who  was  a  canon,  and  who  took  care  to  educate  him  in  piety  and  the 
fear  of  God.  Afterwards  he  studied  in  the  schools  of  the  societv  of 
Jesus,  in  the  famous  university  of  Coimbre ;  where,  moved  by  the 
good  example  of  those  fathers,  he  resolved  to  forsake  the  world,  and 
was  received  into  the  Society  at  seventeen  years  of  age.  Being  as 
yet  but  a  noviciate,  he  begged  leave  that  he  might  be  sent  to  the 
missions  of  the  Cast  Indies,  which  would  not  be  granted  him  how- 
ever, till  he  had  completed  his  studies  of  rhetoric  and  philosophy. 
He  arrived  at  Goa  in  the  year  1634,  where  he  was  immediately 
employed  to  teach  rhetoric  to  the  young  religious  of  the  house.  Two 
years  afterwards  he  earnestly  desired  that  he  might  be  sent  to  the 
mission  of  Japan,  which  was  with  great  reluctance  at  length  con- 
sented to  by  his  superiors,  in  regard  of  the  great  progress  which 
their  scholars  made  under  such  a  master.  When  he  arrived  at 
Macao,  the  father  visiter  ordered  him  to  teach  philosophy,  to  which 
he  thereupon  began  to  settle  himself:  but  at  the  same  time  there 
came  a  Christian  mandarin,  who  discharged  him  from  that  employ- 
ment. And  indeed  the  father  visiter  was  willing  to  lay  hold  of  the 
opportunity  of  such  an  officer,  by  his  means  to  get  the  liberty 
of  sending  a  person  of  merit  into  China,  to  assist  the  missionaries 
there.  For  at  that  time  there  was  no  person  in  the  whole  college 
who  was  proper  for  that  country;  and  this  was  the  reason  that  father 
Magaillans,  observing  so  favorable   ^  conjuncture,  earneMly  beggecf 


606  Life  of  Father  6.  Magaillani.  Nor. 

the  employment,  which  was  granted  him  aa  aooo.  Thereupon  he 
departed  with  the  mandarin,  and  arrived  at  the  city  of  Hangchow,  the 
metropolis  of  the  province  of  ChSkeaiig,  where  the  vice-provincial 
then  resided.  At  the  same  time  also  there  came  intelligence  from 
the  province  of  Szechuen,  that  father  Lewis  Buglio,  who  was  gone  to 
lay  the  tbundntions  of  a  mission  there,  was  fallen  sick  and  wanted  a 
comptinion.  Thereupon  father  Magaillans  oflfered  himself  and  obtain- 
ed leave  to  go  and  assist  him;  and  though  it  were  a  journey  of 
above  four  months  from  Hangchow  to  the  capital  city  of  Szechuen, 
nevertheless  he  fortunately  arrived  there,  and  became  a  great  help  to 
father  Biiglio;  and  then  it  was  that  he  applied  himself  with  great 
industry  to  the  study  of  the  Chinese  language  and  letters,  which  ha 
learned  with  an  extraordinary  ease. 

Two  years  after,  there  happened  a  violent  persecntion  against  the 
preachers  of  the  gO!*pel,  raised  by  the  bonzes  of  that  province,  who 
assembling  together  in  great  numbers  from  the  neighboring  cities, 
accused  the  fathers  of  rebellion  in  all  the  Tribunals  of  that  muro* 
polls.  The  chief  mandarin  therefore  of  the  Tribunal  of  Crimes 
fearing  a  revolt,  at  a  time  when  the  kingdom  was  turmoiled  with 
several  insurrections,  ordered  that  the  fathers  should  be  well  drubbed, 
and  then  expelled  out  of  the  limits  of  the  province.  But  they  putting 
their  confidence  in  God's  assistance,  and  the  protection  of  the  man- 
darins, of  which  the  greatest  part  were  their  friends,  would  not  for* 
sake  their  station.  Thereupon  the  bonzes  every  day  hung  up  libels 
against  the  fu there,  in  the  principal  quarters  of  the  city ;  as  also 
against  the  mandarins.  But  one  of  the  military  mandarins,  who  was 
a  Christian,  took  care  to  have  them  pulled  down  by  the  soldiers.  On 
the  other  side,  the  fathers  writ  feveral  books,  wherein  they  explained 
and  asserted  the  truth  of  their  faith,  and  refelled  the  impostures  of 
their  adversaries.  This  persecution  lasted  three  months ;  but  then  the 
bonzes,  whether  it  were  that  they  were  afraid  of  the  mandarins  who 
protected  the  fathers,  or  whether  they  wanted  money  to  maintain 
<hem  any  longer  in  the  capital  city,  retired  home  one  after  another ; 
and  then  the  governor  of  the  city,  who  favored  the  fathers,'  dis- 
charged  the  superior  of  the  bonzes  from  his  employment ;  which  put 
all  the  rest  to  silence,  and  absolutely  stifled  that  uproar. 

In  a  short  time  after,  they  were  exposed  to  a  persecution  much 
more  formidable  than  the  former,  for  the  rebel  Chang  Heenchung, 
followejl  by  a  numerous  army,  and  filling  all  places  where  he  came 
with  fire  and  slaughter,  advanced  toward  the  capital  to  make  himself 
master  of  the  place,  and  there  take  upon  him  the  title  of  emperor  of 


1041.  Lift  i>f  Fdtktr  a.   .VagailUtns.  607 

China,  as  li«  reallj  did.  Upon  ihts,  &  great  numlier  of  people  fled  for 
sheltet  10  the  mouutaiiia,  and  the  fathers  among  the  rest,  with  a  re- 
•olution  to  expect  the  issue  of  these  disorders.  Id  the  meantime,  the 
rebel  took  the  capital  city,  where  he  made  a  bloody  havoc;  and 
ihree  months  afier,  undersiaiidiiift  that  great  numbers  of  people  were 
fled  to  the  mouRiains,  anil  among  ilie  rest  the  fathers,  he  sent  several 
companies  ofwldiera  who  brought  back  a  considerable  part,  of  which 
number  were  the  f-itiiers.  But  when  ihpy  came  into  his  presence, 
he  received  them  with  extranrdinary  honors,  and  promised  them  that 
as  sonn  aa  he  had  secured  liimiiair  in  the  quiet  possession  of  the  em- 
pire, he  would  erect  magniiicent  churcheii  in  honor  of  the  God  of 
heaven.  In  the  meantime,  he  gave  them  a  magnificent  house,  where 
the  fathers  hung  up  the  picture  of  our  Savinr,  and  baptized  severaJ 
persons,  and  amongst  the  rest  the  tyrant's  fniher-in-law.  And  indred, 
during  the  three  years  that  he  usurped  the  government,  fur  the  first 
year  he  behaved  himself  with  much  ju^ice  and  liberality.  Bui  being 
provoked  by  several  insurrections  in  several  parts,  he  resolved  to 
subdue  the  province  of  Shense,  the  inhabitants  of  which  are  a  war- 
like aorl  of  people,  and  before  his  departure  to  to  secure  the  province 
ofSzechuen,  that  it  should  not  be  in  a  condition  to  revolt  In  pur- 
suance of  which  cruel  resolution,  he  put  to  death  an  itiflitile  number 
of  people  by  all  manner  of  torments.  Some  were  cut  into  quarters, 
others  flayed  alive,  others  were  cut  in  pieces  by  bits,  and  others  were 
mangled,  but  not  suflcred  to  die.  A  hundred  and  forty  thousand 
soldiers,  also  of  the  province  of  Szechuen,  he  cauaed  lo  be  massacred, 
80  thai  the  province  was  almost  depopulated.  Thereupon  the  faihera, 
observing  these  horrid  butcheries,  and  despairing  to  make  any  farther 
progress  under  the  government  of  so  barbarous  a  tyrant,  presented  a 
petition  to  him,  wherein  they  desired  leave  tn  retire  ttll  the  troubles 
that  harassed  the  kingdom  were  appeased.  Bui  the  tyrant  was  so 
enraged  at  this  pRtition,  that  about  two  hnurs  afler  he  aeni  for  the 
domestic  servants  belonging  to  ilie  t'aiher?,  nnd  ordered  them  to  be 
flayed  alive;  accusing  them  that  thpy  hiid  instilled  liinre  thoueJns  into 
their  masters'  heads.  Preaeuily  ihe  r.ithera  hasieneil  to  save  iheir 
lives,  and  told  the  tyrant,  which  wns  no  more  than  the  truth,  that 
those  ]>oor  people  had  not  the  lei?i  knowledire  of  their  design.  How- 
ever, after  some  discourse,  the  barbarian  ordered  the  fathers  to  be 
laid  hold  of,  and  carried  to  the  plncc  of  execution,  nnd  ihere  to  be 
cut  in  pieces:  which. had  then  been  executed,  if  his  chief  general  who 
was  his  adopted  aon,<  had  not,  while  they  nerc  leading  to  the  pUce 
of  torment,  by  his  argumenta  and  his  intercession  obtained  their  par- 


WS  Life  of  Father  G.  MagaiUoM.  Nov. 

don.  Thereupon  the  tyrant  tent  away  with  all  speed  to  have  them 
brought  back  again  into  his  presence,  where,  after  he  had  loaded 
them  with  ill  language  and  reproaches,  he  committed  them  to  the 
custody  of  certain  soldiers,  with  orders  to  guard  them  day  and  night. 
In  this  condition  they  remained  for  a  whole  month,  at  the  end  of 
which  he  sent  for  them  one  morning  into  his  presence.  They  found 
him  then  very  bloodily  employed  in  giving  orders  for  the  putting  to 
death  a  great  number  of  persons,  and  verily  believed  that  their  last 
hour  had  been  at  hand,  filit  at  the  same  time  it  was  the  will  of  God, 
that  the  scouts  came  in  one  after  another,  bringing  intelligence  that 
some  of  the  avant  couriers  of  the  Tartars'  vanguard  were  at  hand. 
But  the  tyrant,  not  giving  credit  to  their  intelligence,  would  needs 
mount  without  his  arms,  and  attended  only  by  some  of  his  most  faith- 
ful friends,  rode  forth  to  make  a  farther  discovery  of  the  enemy  him- 
self, at  which  time,  being  forced  to  a  skirmish,  he  was  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  fight,  shot  through  the  heart  with  an  arrow.  Thus  the  fa- 
thers, finding  themselves  at  liberty  by  the  death  of  the  tyrant,  resolved 
to  retire  to  their  house.  But  by  the  way  they  met  a  troop  of  Tartars 
that  shot  several  arrows  at  them,  insomuch  that  father  Magaillans 
was  shot  quite  through  the  arm,  and  father  Buglio  into  the  thigh, 
where  the  head  of  the  arrow  struck  rery  deep  in  the  flesh :  so  that 
although  father  Magaillans  made  use  of  his  teeth  to  pull  it  out  he 
could  not.  Till  looking  about  him  in  that  extremity,  he  spyed  at 
last  a  pair  of  pincers  lying  in  a  blind  place  to  which  they  had  retired 
for  shelter,  by  the  help  of  which  he  drew  the  arrow  out  of  the  wound, 
not  without  great  loss  of  blood. 

The  same  evening  thejr  were  presented  to  the  prince  who  com- 
manded the  army,  who  being  informed  what  they  were,  entertained 
them  with  an  extraordinary  civility,  and  ordered  two  lords  to  take 
care  to  furnish  them  with  all  things  necessary.  Howe\er,  the  fathers 
underwent  great  hardships,  for  above  a  year  together  that  they  follow- 
ed the  army,  till  they  came  to  Peking,  more  especially  for  want  of 
victuals,  of  which  there  was  great  scarcity  in  the  army  for  some  time : 
80  that  father  Magaillans  was  constrained  for  three  months  to  live 
upon  a  small  quantity  of  rice  only  boiled  in  fair  water.  But  upon 
tlieir  arrival  at  court,  the  Tribunal  of  Ceremonies,  which  takes  care 
of  all  strangers,  caused  them  to  be  lodged  in  the  royal  hostery,  with  a 
large  allowance  of  provisions  for  their  entertainment.  There  they 
resided  two  years,  which  being  expired,  a  person  of  quality  was  com- 
manded to  take  cato  of  their  entertainment  During  all  which  time 
th9f  employed  themselves  in  preaching  the  gospel,  and  baptized  se« 


I8JI.  Lift  of  Father  a.  SlagaiUans.  <{09 

veral  persons.  The;  continued  seven  years  at  court,  before  they 
were  known  to  the  king.  But  then  the  prince,  understanding  who 
Ihejr  were,  was  extremely  joyful  at  their  preaervation,  and  gave  them 
a  house,  a  church,  revenues,  and  money  to  buy  them  vestmenis. 
Thereupon  father  Magaillans,  in  testimony  of  his  gratitude  to  the 
kiiig  for  so  many  favors,  employed  himself  day  and  night  in  making 
several  curious  and  ingenious  pieces  of  art  lo  please  him  ;  yet  not  ao, 
but  that  he  was  no  less  diligent  in  the  conversion  of  souls,  as  well  by 
preaching  as  by  writing.  He  also  wrote  several  relations,  and  tran- 
slated the  book  of  Thomas  Aquinas  concerning  the  resurrection  of 
the  body,  which  was  received  with  great  applause. 

After  a  reign  of  eight  yean  the  king  died ;  and  because  his  son, 
who  is  the  present  emperor,  was  very  young,  he  appointed  four  pro- 
tectors to  govern  the  empire  during  his  son's  minority.  Now  at  the 
lieginning  of  their  regency,  some  foatmen  belonging  to  a  Christian 
niandarin,  to  revenge  themselves  upon  their  master,  against  whom 
they  were  highly  incensed,  falsely  accused  father  Magaillans  of  having 
given  presents  in  favor  of  that  mandarin,  who  was  put  out  of  his  em- 
ployment; which  is  a  great  crime  in  China.  Thereupon  the  father 
was  carried  before  the  Board  of  Punishments  where  he  was  put  lo 
the  rack  twice,  by  the  squeezing  of  both  his  feet  in  a  press,  which 
though  it  were  a  hideous  pain,  yet  the  father  endured  it  with  a  con- 
stant resolution,  nor  would  be  brought  to  confess  a  thing  of  which  he 
was  not  guilty.  Nevertheless  the  judges,  contrary  to  all  justice,  con- 
demned him  to  be  strangled,  and  sent  their  sentence,  according  to 
custom,  to  the  four  regents.  But  they,  ss  well  for  that  he  was  a 
sicanger,  as  because  they  were  satisfied  of  his  innocency,  acquitted 
him,  and  restored  him  to  his  liberty. 

Three  years  afler,  in  the  persecution  which  all  the  fathers  sulfered 
for  religion,  ha  was  appreiiendad  with  others,  and  loaded  for  four 
whole  months  together  with  nine  chains,  three  about  his  neck,  three 
about  his  arms,  and  three  about  his  legs;  he  ivns  also  condemned  to 
have  forty  lash<>.s,  and  to  be  banished  out  of  Tartary  as  long  as  he 
lived.  But  a  great  earthquake  that  happened  at  that  time  at  Peking, 
delivered  both  him  and  the  rest  nf  his  companions.  Afterwards  for 
several  years  together,  he  made  it  his  business  as  well  to  perform  the 
actual  functions  of  the  mission,  as  to  please  the  reigning  prince, 
who  had  taken  possession  of  the  government,  »>(h  his  ingenious)  in- 
.vent^ns;  laboring  like  an  ordinary  mechanic.  10  the  end  that  the 
fikvor  of  the  prince  might  be  a  means  to  maiaum  and  augment  llie 
faith,  which  was  the  father's  only  aim. 


610  Life  of  Father  O.  MagaiUans,  Not. 

Three  years  before  his  death,  the  wounds  which  he  received  in  his 
feet,  when  he  was  put  upon  tlie  rack,  broke  out  again,  which  he  en. 
dured  with  an  extraordinary  patience.  Two  months  before  he  died, 
these  pains  were  accompanied  with  defluxions  that  stopped  his  respira- 
tion, so  that  he  was  constrained  to  sleep  sitting  up  in  a  chair  for 
fear  of  being  choked ;  which  was  the  reason  that  many  times  he 
never  shut  his  eyes  for  several  nights  together.  He  wanted  for  no* 
thing  during  his  sickness,  but  no  remedies  could  surmount  the  force 
of  the  distemper,  which  daily  increased ;  so  that  upon  the  sixth  of 
May,  in  the  year  1677,  between  six  and  seven  o'clock  in  the  evening, 
as  he  sat  in  his  chair,  and  the  distemper  still  urging  with  more  vio- 
lence, he  sent  for  the  fathers  who  gave  hirn  the  viaticum  and  ex- 
treme unction,  after  he  had  some  days  before  made  a  general  confes- 
sion. And  so  about  eight  o'clock,  he  placidly  surrendered  his  soul  to 
his  Creator,  in  the  presence  of  all  the  fathers',  the  servants,  the  neigh- 
bors, and  the  several  Christian  mandarins,'  who  could  not  forbear 
weeping  at  his  departure.  The  nelct  day  father  Verbiest,  now  vice- 
president  of  the  mission,  went  betimes  in  th6  morning  to  give  notice 
to  the  king  of  the  death  of  the  father.  The  prince  bid  him  return 
home,  whither  he  in  a  very  short  time  would  send  him  his  own  orders 
what  to  do.  Accordingly  within  halfan  hour,  he  sent  three  persons 
the  most  considerable  in  his  coiift,  with  an  eulogy  in  honor  of  the  fa- 
ther, two  hundred'  taels,  or  about  thirty-three  pounds,  and  ten  great 
pieces  of  damask  for  his  shroud,  with  a  command  to  perform  all  the 
customary  ceremonies' before  the  corpse  of  the  deceased,  and  to  be- 
wail him  after  the  usual  manner,  which  the  two  messengers  did,  shed- 
ding, a  great  number  of  tears  in  the  presence  of  the  whole  assembly. 
The  eulogy  which  the  king  gave  the  father  was  in  these  words: 
"  r  understand  that  Ngan  Yuensoo  (for  by  that* name  they  called 
the  father  in  China)  has  died  of  a  distemper.  I  make  him  this  writing, 
in  consideration  thai  while  my  fatherlivedi  who  was  the  first  emperor 
of  our  family,  this  same  holy  person  by  his  ingenious  pieces  of  art 
delighted'lhe  genius  and  humor  of  my  father;  and  for  that  after  they 
were  invented'  he  took  care  to*  preserve  them  with  an  extraordinary 
industry,  and' beyond  his  strength:  B\it  more  especially  for  that  he 
came  from  a  region  so  far  distant;  and  on  the  other  side  of  the  sea  to 
abide  several  years  in  China.  He  was  a  man  truly  sincere  and  of  a 
solid  wit,  as  he  made  appear  during  the  whole  course  of  his  life.  I 
was  in  good  hopes  his  disease  might  have  been  overcome  by  reme- 
dies. But  contrary  to  my  expectation  he  is  removed  for  ever  from  us, 
to  the  great  sorrow  and  sensible  grief  of  my  heart.     For  that  reason, 


1841.  Lift  of  Father  G.  Magaillans.  511 

I  make  Iiim  a  preaent  of  two  hundred  taels,  and  ten  large  pieces 
of  damask,  to  show  that  my  design  is  never  to  forget  our  vassals  that 
repair  to  us  from  places  so  remote." 

Below  were  written,  the  emperor's  words. 

The  sixteenth  year  of  the  emperor  Kaoghe,  the  sixth  day  of  the 
fourth  month,  which  answers  to  the  seventh  of  May,  in  the  year  of 
Christ,  1677,  the  next  day  after  the  father's  death. 

.This  eulogy  was  printed,  as  also  an  abstract  of  the  life  of  the  fa« 
ther,  and  given  about  to  all  the  princes,  great  lords,  mandarins,  to 
our  friends,  and  all  that  were  Christians.  Which  was  of  great  con- 
sequence and  mainly  contributory  to  the  credit  and  reputation  of  our 
sacred  law,  when  the  world  should  understand  the  high  esteem 
which  the  king  had  of  the  p^^eachers  of  the  gospel. 

Two  days  after,  the  king  sent  again  the  same  three  persons  to 
weep  before  the  corpse  of  the  deceased,  because  he  had  ordered  them 
to  accompany  it  to  the  grave,  which  was  an  extraordinary  honor. 
However,  the  fathers  had  not  as  yet  given  notice  to  their  friends  of 
his  death,  for  fear  of  the  disturbance  it  would  be  to  their  minds :  and 
yet  there  was  a  great  concourse  of  friends  and  mandarins,  who  came 
with  their  presents  to  perform  the  usual  ceremonies;  while  others  sent 
their  eulogies  and  encomiums  upon  the  father,  written  upon  white 
satin. 

Some  days  before  he  was  buried,  the  same  three  persons  came  to 
tell  us,  that  it  was  the  king's  pleasure,  his  funeral  should  be  very 
magnificent.  So  that  the  fathers,  as  well  to  conform  themselves  to 
the  will  of  the  prince,  as  to  show  their  high  value  of  the  eulogy  which 
the  prince  had  sent  them,  made  more  than  ordinary  preparations. 

Upon  the  day  of  the  funeral,  the  same  three  persons  came  in  very 
good  time  to  accompany  the  corpse,  according  to  the  king's  command. 
There  came  also  a  great  number  of  mandarins,  acquaintances,  and 
other  persons  to  pay  the  same  respects.  And  as  for  the  ceremony,  it 
was  performed  after  the  following  manner. 

Ten  soldiers  marched  before  with  their  arms  to  clear  the  streets; 
they  were  followed  by  ten  ushers  of  several  Tribunals,  that  carried 
tablets,  whereon  was  written  an  order  of  the  mandarins,  to  give  way 
under  pain  of  punishment.  Twenty-four  trumpeters  and  hautboys, 
with  several  sorts  of  other  instruments  followed  them,  and  preceded 
the  king's  eulogy,  that  was  written  upon  yellow  satin,  and  carried  in 
a  litter,  surrounded  with  four  and  twenty  pieces  of  satin  of  various 
colors.  This  eulogy  was  attended  by  several  Christian  eunuchs,  of 
which  there  were  some  that  waited  upon  the  king's  person*  A.(^f^^\^^ 


612  Lift  of  Father  G.  MagaiUans.  Nor. 

appeared  three  other  litters  adorned  with  several  pieces  of  silk.  In  the 
first  was  carried  the  cross,  in  the  second  the  picture  of  the  Holy 
Virgin,  and  in  the  third  the  picture  of  St.  Michael.  These  litters 
observed  a  convenient  distance  one  from  the  other,  and  in  the  spaces 
between  there  went  a  great  number  of  Christians,  of  which  some 
carried  lanterns,  some  banners,  and  others  censers ;  others  carried 
wax  tapers,  sweet  odors,  and  other  things.  Afler  that  in  another  ban- 
ner was  carried  the  portraiture  of  the  father,  surrounded  with  pieces 
of  silk,  which  the  king  had  ordered  to  be  drawn  to  the  life  three 
years  before,  together  with  the  pictures  of  all  the  rest  of  the  fathers, 
by  a  famous  painter  of  the  palace.  This  picture  was  attended  by  a 
great  multitude  of  Christians,  among  which  there  were  above  three- 
score in  mourning.  The  fathers  came  last,  and  just  before  the  stately 
toffin ;  which  was  put  into  an  hearse  varnished  over  with  gold  and  ver- 
milion, under  a  canopy  of  a  rich  piece  of  red  velvet,  which  was 
environed  with  certain  pieces  of  white  and  blue  damask,  and  was  the 
king's  gift.  The  coffin  was  carried  by  seventy  men,  who  had  every 
one  a  mourning  bonnet  upon  their  heads,  and  the  number  of  those 
that  followed  the  cotiin  was  so  great,  that  the  front  was  distant  from  the 
rear  above  a  mile.  When  they  came  to  the  place  of  interment,  the 
responses  were  sung,  with  other  usual  prayers  and  ceremonies  of  the 
Christians.  To  which  purpose  eight  Christian  mandarins  in  sur- 
plices assisted  the  father  that  performed  the  office.  The  Christians 
also  suiiu  with  great  devotion,  the  litanies  of  the  Holy  Virgin,  and 
then  the  body  was  put  into  a  sepulchre  made  of  brick.  So  soon  as 
the  ceremony  was  over,  you  might  hear  the  lamentations  and  moans 
of  the  whole  assembly  accompanied  with  tears  that  showed  the  realr- 
ty  of  their  grief;  the  three  persons  also  sent  from  the  emperor  per- 
formed their  parts.  And  three  days  after  they  returned  by  the  king's 
order,  and  paid  the  same  funeral  respects  as  upon  the  burial  day. 

Never  was  seen  in  this  court  a  funeral  so  magnificent,  whether 
you  consider  the  multitude  of  those  that  were  at  it,  their  modesty 
their  tears,  and  their  sincere  sorrow,  or  the  honors  done  to  the  party 
deceased  by  the  king,  and  the  eulogy  which  he  gave  him,  contrary 
to  the  usual  custom.  So  highly  had  this  good  father  merited  all 
along  the  marks  of  esteem  that  were  bestowed  upon  him,  by  the- mo- 
desty which  he  showed  in  all  his  actions,  by  his  extreme  <sharity  fer 
all  the  world,  and  particularly  toward  the  poor,  by  his  affability  to  all 
sorts  of  persons,  by  the  hardships  which  he  suffered  for  the  love  of 
God,  and  his  zeal  for  the  advancement  of  the  Christian  religion, 
though  at  ihe  expense  of  his  life  and  reputation. 


1841.  tUuslrnliomi  of  Mat  and  TTiiugs  in  China.  fil3 

The  king,  uiiderstaitding  by  ilie  persona  whom  lie  had  deputed  lo 
be  preunt  at  the  ceremony,  the  soleoiDity  of  the  funeral,  and  with 
what  pomp  and  decency  it  had  been  perrormed,  was  extremely  satis- 
fied ;  so  that  when  the  falhera  went  to  return  their  thanks  to  his  ma- 
jesty, he  made  iheni  approach  very  neai  his  person,  entertained  them 
with  a  pnnicular  sweetness  and  faTor,  and  cheered  them  for  Ilieir 
loss,  with  expressions  Tull  of  goodness  and  sincerity. 


Art.  hi.  Illuslralions  of  men  and  things  in  China:  a  Chinese 
loy-boolc,  Ilie  Tung  Yuen  TiS-tsxe,  or  Eastern  Qarden's 
MisctUany. 
This  little  book  no  doubt  occupies  a  niche  among  Chinese  literary 
productions  analogous  to  the  toy  and  picture  books  in  English  litera- 
ture. But  how  unlike  are  the  two  I  It  is  as  much  at  antipodes  to  all 
our  notions  of  a  toy-book,  calculated  to  amuse  or  instruct  a  child,  as 
is  the  country  whence  it  came  to  the  land  of  Tom  Thumb  or  Jack 
attd  Gill.  However,  let  us  examine  il.  Tor  it  shows  how  onr  '  long-tail- 
ed '  friends  would  '  leach  the  young  idea,'  and  what  the;  sup|>ose 
ought  to  interest  the    youthful  mind. 

In  order  immediately  to  set  before  the  lad  the  paragon  of  excel- 
lence, the  unattainable  mark  which  he  is  ever  to  keep  in  view,  while 
approaching  as  near  lo  it  as  possible,  a  picture  of  Confucius,  seated 
at  >  table  with  four  disciples  standing  before  it  in  respectful  attitudes, 
forms  the  frontispiece.  To  show  v\v.\\  ••i<t:\\  \,i:r^mi'i-d^v  is  rcfire^cmed 
in  this  picture,  the  kelin  or  unicorn  la  Urawii  capering  in  Iront.  Next 
lo  this,  we  have  first,  plans  of  ihe  heavens  above,  that  is,  the  consiel- 
lations  with  their  names  attached,  the  stars  being  Joined  together  by 
lines  like  eyelet-holes  in  a  lady's  neckerchief;  and,  second,  the  earth 
beneath,  i.  e.  China  and  the  four  seas  surrounding  it.  If  we  can 
once  possess  ourselves  of  the  idea  tbni  any  body  regards  these  (uo 
pictures  as  really  correct  represent aiiona  of  what  they  profebs  to  deli- 
neate, we  have  a  clue  lo  many  n  wrong  notion  in  the  minds  of  the 
Chinese.  It  is  not  difficult  for  people  who  have  been  taught  that  the 
other  countries  of  the  world  are  nothing  but  such  contemptible  islets 
as  they  here  see  lliem,  no  larger  ihnn  ilieir  names,  lo  infer  that  their 
iiihabiiania  areas  debased,  weak  and  igiioiani  am  ihey  are  petty;  hav- 


<il4  Illustrations  of  Men  and  Things  in  China,  Nov. 

ing  no  sagH  among  tliem  like  their  own  peerless  Confucius.  We  see 
from  this  what  reason  Teen  Kesheih  (vol.  III.,  page  304)  thought 
he  had  for  congratulating  himself  that  he  had  '  clothing  and  caps, 
and  did  not  live  in  a  hole.'  It  is  hard  for  us  to  believe  that  people 
live  in  this  world  who  imagine  that  all  this  may  be  true,  but  there  are 
probably  millions  of  such. 

Following  these  two  drawings,  there  is  a  picture  of  Confucius  talk- 
ing with  a  boy,  in  illustration  of  the  following  story. 

The  name  of  Confucius  was  Yew,  and  his  style  Chungne ;  he  establish- 
ed himself  a9  an  instructor  in  the  weAtern  part  of  the  kingdom  of  Loo.  One 
day,  followed  by  all  his  disciples,  riding  in  a  carriage,  he  went  out  to  ram- 
ble,  and  on  the  rond,  came  across  several  children  at  their  sports ;  among 
them  was  one  wliodid  not  join  in  them.  Confucius,  stopping  his  carriage,  ask- 
t^d  him,  saying,  '•  Why  is  it  that  you  alone  do  not  play  \"  The  lad  replied, 
••.Ml  play  is  without  any  profit:  one's  clothes  get  torn,  and  they  are  not  easi- 
ly mended  ;  above  me,  I  disgrace  my  father  and  mother  ;  below  me,  even  to 
the  lowest,  there  is  lighting  and  altercation  :  so  much  toil  and  no  reward,  how 
can  it  be  a  good  business  ?  It  is  for  these  reasons,  that  I  do  not  play."  Then 
dropping  his  head,  he  began  making  a  city  out  of  pieces  of  tile. 

Coufucius,  reproving  him,  said,  ••Why  do  you  not  turn  out  for  the  car- 
riage !"  The  boy  replied,  ^•From  ancient  times  till  now,  it  has  always  been 
considered  proper  for  a  carriage  to  turn  out  for  a  city,  and  not  for  a  city  to 
turn  out  for  a  carnage."  (>onfucius  then  stopped  his  carriage,  in  order  to  dis  • 
course  of  reason.  Hogot  out  of  the  carriage,  and  asked  him,  ••You  are  still 
young  in  years,  howls  it  you  are  so  quick  V*  The  boy  replied,  saying,  '^A 
human  being,  at  the  age  of  three  years,  discriminates  between  his  father  and 
mother ;  a  hare,  three  days  after  it  is  born,  runs  over  the  ground  and  furrows 
of  the  fields ;  fish,  three  days  after  birth,  wander  in  rivers  and  lakes :  what 
heaven  thus  produces  naturally,  how  can  it  be  called  brisk  ?" 

Confucius  added,  **In  what  village  and  neighborhood  do  you  reside,  what 
is  your  surname  and  name,  and  what  your  style  1"  The  boy  answered,  •*  I 
live  in  a  mean  village  and  in  a  poor  land ;  my  surname  is  iiang,  my  name  is 


T6,  and  1  have  yet  no  style." 

Confucius  rejoined,  "  I  wish  to  have  you 
do  you  think  of  it  1"    The  youth  replied,  •> 


come  and  ramble  with  me ;  what 

^w  jw .- .       —  J r — y    A  stern  father  is  at  home,  whom  I 

am  bound  to  serve ;  an  affectionate  mother  is  there,  whom  it  is  my  duty  to 
cherish  ;  a  worthy  elder  brother  is  at  home,  whom  it  is  proper  for  me  to 
obey,  with  a  tender  younger  brother  whom  1  must  teach ;  and  at  home  is  an 
intelligent  teacher  from  whom  1  am  required  to  learn:  when  have  I  any 
leisure  to  go  a  rambling  with  youl" 

Confucius  said,  "  I  have  in  my  carriage  thirty -two  chess-men  ;  what  do 
you  say  to  having  a  game  together?"  The  lad  answered,  ** If  the  emperor 
love  gaming,  the  empire  will  not  be  governed ;  if  the  nobles  love  play,  the 
government  will  be  impelled;  if  scholars  love  it,  learning  and  investigation 
will  be  lost  artd  thrown  by ;  if  the  lower  classes  are  fond  of  gambling,  they 
will  utterly  lose  the  support  for  their  families  ;  if  servants  and  slaves  love  to 
game,  they  will  get  a  cudgeling ;  if  farmers  love  it,  they  will  miss  the  time 
for  ploughing  and  sowing :  for  these  reasons  I  shall  not  play  with  you." 

Confucius  rejoined,  •*  I  wish  to  have  you  go  with  me  and  fully  equalize  the 
empire ;  what  do  you  think  of  this  1"  The  lad  replied,  «•  The  empire  cannot 
be  equalized :  here  are  high  hills ;  there  are  lakes  and  rivers  ;  either  there  are 
princes  and  nobief«,  or  there  are  slaves  and  servants.  If  the  high  hills  bo 
leveled,  the  birds  and  beasts  will   have  no  resort ;  if  the  rivers  and  lakes  be 


ltS4l.  tllustralioHs  of  Mta  and  Tkingi  in  China.  6lo 

tilled  up,  tliefiiiliES  and  turLles  will  liuve  nowhere  to  go;  A<i  away  with  kings 
and  nobles,  and  (lie  L-oiiimon  ]ieopif!  will  have  much  diepute  abouL  righl  and 
wrong;  Qbliteratu  aluvea  and  aervaQts,  and  who  will  there  be  to  BBrve  tliB 
princi;  i  If  the  empire  be  bo  vast  and  unaettlcd,  how  can  il  be  tH|ualixeii !" 
Confuciua  a^in  aslted,  ••  Can  you  teli,  under  the  whole  aky,  what  fire  has 
no  smoke,  what  water  no  lish  ;  what  hill  liaa  no  atones,  what  tree  no  branch- 
es ;  what  man  has  no  wife,  what  woman  no  husband  ;  what  coiv  has  no  calf. 
what  mare  no  coll ;  what  cock  has  no  hen,  what  hen  no  cock  ;  what  conali- 
tutesan  excel  I  am  man,  and  what  an  inferior  man  ;  what  is  that  which  has  not 
enough,  and  what  Ihal  has  an  overplus  ;  what  city  is  without  a  market,  and 
who  IS  Ihe  man  Without  a  utyie  I" 

The  boy  replied, "A  glowworm's  fire  has  no  smoke,  and  well-water  no  fish  ; 
a  mound  of  earth  has  no  stones,  and  a  rotten  tree  no  branched ;  genii  have  no 
wives,  and  linriea  no  husbands  ;  earthen  cows  hove  no  cakes,  nor  wooden 
mares  any  colta;  lonely  cocks  have  no  hens,  and  widowed  hens  no  cocks ;  he 
who  is  worthy  is  an  excellent  man,  and  a  foni  is  an  inferior  man  ;  a  winter's 
day  is  not  long  enough,  and  a  summpr's  day  is  too  long  ;  the  impenal  cily 
has  no  market,  and  littlu  folks  have  no  style." 

Confucius  inquiring  said.  ■' Do  you  know  what  are  the  conneclmg  bonds 
between  heaven  and  earth,  and  what  ia  the  beginning  and  ending  of  the  dual 
power*!  Wlial  is  loft,  and  what  ia  riffht ;  what  is  out,  and  wl»l  in;  who  is 
father,  and  who  is  mother;  who  is  husband  and  who  is  wife!  [Do  you 
know]  where  the  wind  comes  from,  sod  from  whence  the  rain !  From 
whence  the  clouds  issue,  and  the  dew  arses!  And  for  how  many  tens  of 
thousands  of  miles  the  eky  and  earth  go  parallel  7" 

The  youth  answering  said,  "  Nine  multiplied  nine  times  makes  eighty-one, 
which  is  the  controlling  bond  of  heaven  and  earth  ;  eight  multiplied  into  nine 
makes  seventy-two,  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  dual  powers.  Heaven  is 
lather,  and  earth  is  mother ;  the  sun  is  husband,  and  the  moon  wife  ;  east  ia 
left,  and  west  is  right ;  without  is  out,  and  inside  is  in ;  Ihe  winds  come  from 
Tsang-woo,  and  the  rains  proceed  from)  wastes  and  wilds ;  the  clouds  issue 
from  the  hills,  and  the  dew  rises  from  the  ground.  Sky  and  earth  go  parallel 
for  ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  inilce,  and  the  four  points  of  compass 
have  each  their  stations." 

Confucius  asking,  said,  "  Which  do  you  say  is  the  nearest  relation,  father 
and  mother,  or  hiuEiand  and  wife  ]"  I'lie  boy  responded,  "  Olio's  parents  are 
near ;  husband  and  wife  are  not  (so]  near." 

Confucius  rejoined,  "  While  husband  and  wife  are  alive,  they  sleep  under 
the  same  coverlet;  when  they  are  dead,  they  lie  in  the  same  grave ;  how 
then  can  you  say  they  are  not  near !"  The  boy  replied,  ■■  A  man  without  a 
wile  IS  like  a  carriage  without  a  wheel :  if  there  be  no  wheel,  another  one  is 
made,  for  lie  can  doubtless  get  a  new  one :  so.  if  one's  wife  die,  he  seeks 
again,  for  he  also  can  obtain  a  new  one.  The  daughter  of  a  worthy  family 
must  certainly  marry  an  honorable  husband:  a  house  having  ten  rooms 
always  has  a  plate  and  a  ridge-pole :  three  windows  and  ^ix  lattices  do  not 
gtve  the  lii;ht  of  a  single  door :  the  whole  host  of  stars  with  all  their  sparkling 
lirilliaiice  do  not  equal  the  splendor  of  the  solitary  nioon  :  the  affection  of  a 
lather  and  mother — alas,  if  il  be  once  lost  I" 

Confucius  sighing,  said,  "How  clever!  how  worthy  I"  The  boy  asking 
the  sage  said,  ■>  You  have  just  now  been  giving  me  qucsUonv,  which  I  have 
answered  one  by  one ;  I  now  wish  to  seek  instruction;  wii I  the  teacher  in 
one  sentence,  atford  me  some  plain  insi  ruction !  I  shall  be  much  gratified, 
if  my  request  be  not  rejected.''  He  then  said,  "Why  is  it  tliat  raal- 
lards  and  ducks  are  able  to  swim ;  how  is  it  that  wild  geeae  and  cranes  nan 
sing ;  and  why  arc  Itrs  and  pines  green  through  the  Wiutur  1"     Confucius  re. 


610  Iltustrations  of  Men  and  Thhigs  in  China.  Nov. 

plied,  *•  Mallards  and  ducks  can  swim  because  tbeir  feet  are  broad ;  wild  greese 
and  cranes  can  singr  because  they  have  Jong  necks  ;  firs  and  pines  remain 
green  throughout  the  winter  because  they  have  strong  hearts."  The  youth 
rejoined,  '*  Not  so;  fiflhes  and  turtles  can  swim,  is  it  because  they  all  have 
broad  feet  ?  Frogs  and  toads  can  sing,  is  it  because  their  necks  are  long  ? 
The  green  bamlKK)  keeps  fresh  in  winter,  is  it  on  account  of  its  strong 
heart  1" 

Again  interrogating,  he  said,  ^  How  many  stars  are  there  altogether  in  the 
sky  r*  Confucius  replied,  *•  At  this  time  inquire  about  the  earth ;  how  can 
we  converse  about  the  sky  with  certainty  V*  The  boy  said,  *•  Then  how 
many  houses  in  all  are  there  on  the  earth  ?"  The  sage  answered,  "  Come 
now,  speak  about  something  that's  before  our  eyes ;  why  must  you  converse 
about  heaven  and  earth."  The  lad  resumed,  •«  Wdl,  speak  about  what's  before 
our  eyes — how  many  hatrs  are  there  in  your  eyebrows  ?" 

Confucius  smiled,  but  did  not  answer,  and  turning  to  his  disciples  called 
them  and  said,  **  This  boy  is  to  be  feared ;  for  it  is  easy  to  see  that  the  subse- 
quent man  will  not  be  like  the  child."  He  then  got  into  his  carriage,  and 
rode  off. 

The  ode  says. 

Do  not  despise  a  youth,  a  bright  intelligent  lad; 

Whose  talents  are  discursive  and  great,  in  wisdom  surpassing  men ; 

While  discoursing  about  things  in  general,  of  af!airs  without  a  limit, 

It  is  evident  that  an  ancient  sage,  has  manifested  himself  in  the  body. 

The  pages  of  the  book  are  divided  into  two  parts,  having  no  connec- 
tion with  each  other.  On  the  lower  part,  succeeding  this  story,  cornea 
the  Hundred  Family  Names  (see  vol.  [V.,  page  153),  and  above  it  is 
the  Thousand  Character  Classic  (see  vol.  IV.,  page  229),  both  of 
them  '  as  dry  as  chopped  hay '  to  the  juvenile  mind.  There  are  also 
in  the  upper  division,  various  lists  of  persons,  comprising  the  disciples 
of  Confucius,  famous  heroes  and  scholars,  the  24  youths  renowned 
for  their  filial  duty  (see  vol.  VI.,  page  130),  &c.;  also-short  admoni* 
tions  in  verse,  curious  directions  how  to  divine  good  or  bad  luck  from 
candlewicks ;  and  lastly,  nearly  200  pictures  of  the  most  common 
objects  in  nature,  with  their  names  attached.  These  pictures  indicate 
a  very  primitive  state  of  the  art  of  drawing,  and  are  altogether  so  rude, 
that  if  the  author  had  not  very  discreetly  told  the  lad, '  this  is  a  horse,' 
he  would  perhaps  have  called  it  a  handsaw.  If  these  pictures  are  those 
to  which  IMr.  Davis  refers,  in  his  work,  as  being  employed  by  Chi- 
nese teachers  in  giving  instruction,  and  we  have  little  doubt  but  they 
are,  he  ought  to  have  given  us  a  better  idea  of  their  merits. 

In  the  lower  part  of  the  book,  succeeding  the  Thousand  Character 
Classic,  the  stripling,  who  may  wish  to  wander  farther  in  this  Eastern 
Garden,  is  entertained  with  various  multiplication  and  division  tables, 
.and  then  led  to  a  plat  whereon  are  depicted  the  sublime  calculations 
of  the  abacus  or  swanpan.  Then  follow  a  large  number  of  parterres, 
containing  a  choice  selection  of  phrases  and  terms  with  appropriate 
definitions  and  illustrations.     They  embrace  the  whole  range  of  sub- 


ISJI.  lUustraliam  of  Mm  'ind  Things  in  China.  GIT 

jecta  which  the  Hspirnnt  to  hme  will  ever  require  to  learn,  caueheil 
ID  the  most  commendable  brevilj ; — from  the  starry  heavens  to  the 
grasshopper  in  the  field,  nothing  is  omitted.  Thej  occupy  more  than 
three  fourthH  of  the  ppHce  aurroanded  by  the  garden  wall — i.  e.  the 
cavers  of  the  book,  and  comprise  a  good  many  rare  things.  Along 
one  of  the  sides  of  this  gnrden,  the  youth  is  delighted  with  all  kinds 
of  formulas  for  letter-writing,  and  taught  how  to  subscribe  himself  to 
ail  grades  of  people,  and  to  all  ranks  of  his  relations ; — not  by  "  Your 
affectionate  Iriend,""  Your  obedient  servant,"  or  "Your  dutiful  son," 
as  barbarians  do;  but  by,  "  Your  foolish  younger  brother,"  "  Your  fool- 
ish nephew,"  "  Your  marriage  cousin,"  &.e.  He  is  also  taught  how  to 
comply  with  the  rules  of  etiquette  in  the  construction  of  his  visiting 
and  invitation  cards,  in  his  proposals  for  matrimony,  and  in  his  notes 
of  condolence :  truly  as  the  sage  says,  "  nothing  is  without  its  ceremo- 
nies." Next  to  this  bed  of  delights,  which  may  be  called  the  Dutch 
end,  where  all  the  trees  are  clipped  into  the  shape  of  gable  roofs  with 
one  chimney,  young  gentlemen  and  ladies  are  brought  to  a  plat 
where  they  have  specimens  of  letter-writing,  and  other  documents 
necessary  to  the  completion  of  a  polite  education.  Among  the  best 
of  the  former,  we  select  the  following  letter  from  a  husband  to  his 
wife,  and  her  answer. 

Wandoring  in  a  distant  land  of  atransers.  how  quickly  hna  a  year  paeaod 
away!  Always  remembering  my  iged  parents  in  thoir  hall,  and  my  little 
one  in  the  arms,  t.  depend  upon  my  worthy  wife  In  wait  upon  the  one,  and 
to  bring  up  the  other;  thus,  by  reason  of  your  constant  and  unifoim  conduct, 
my  tatner  and  mother  never  having  occasion  to  regret  my  want  of  filial  duty 
towards  them,  nor  my  children  the  lii:!<s  of  my  care  and  inecmction,  will  evince 
the  great  affection  of  my  worthy  wifr;.  In  this  foreign  land,  when  (  have 
obtained  a  little  competence  according  to  my  wishes,  packing  up  tny  bag- 
gage, 1  will  quickly  return  home.  Kilt  thai  you  may  not  be  continually  an- 
xious for  me.  I  aend  you  a  letter  to  L:»lm  you,  together  with  a  certain  sum  of 
money  to  use  in  the  household  expenses.  Ll^l  every  one  of  your  apprehcn- 
siona  be  removed,  and  fail  not  to  make   some  allowances   (or  me.     To  my 

worthy  wifCi  — •  in  her  spartmcnl.  I  lior  husband  wishing  peace,  aend 

this  letter. 

Reply. 
Since  you  lefl  the  Hibiscus  hua  twice  bloomed.  The  orders  given  when 
you  left  have  all  been  moat  diliirc.>nily  kept  in  my  mi;mory.  not  presuming  to 
oppose  thorn.  Those  in  the  hijjh  hall  I  have  constantly  waited  upon,  always 
doing  It  myself.  The  delicate  girls  and  tender  boyit  I  have  myself  nouriEhed ' 
all.the  various  duties  of  the  houaelmld  I  have  du-ectcd.  Vou  need  have  no 
anxiety  upon  these  points,  but  while  In  yonr  distant  land,  do  your  buamcss. 
and,  it  poeaible,  plan  how  to  procure  gain  sutficient ;  thfrn  will  you  nnickly 
return  boroe,  to  wait  upon  your  parents,  and  nourish  all  your  liule  ones, 
causing  all  those  of  your  own  flpsh  and  blood  to  rejoice  together,  Hliing  iho 
lioiisn  with  laughter.  Then  will  not  your  a<jed  parents  lean  upon  the  villoi-c 
i^U   longing  tor  .you,  nor  your  poor  handmaid  eing  tlio  Gray  hair  ballad. 

H(L.   X.   NO.   Xt.  76 


618  Progress  of  the  Expedition  to  China.  Nov. 

While  writing  1  wipe  away  the  tears,  nor  can  I  write  all  I  wish,  but  add  the 
desire  Uiat  you  will  do  what  is  right  and  enjoy  yourself.  To  tJie  I'eet  of  luy 
worthy  husband,  his  dearly  attached  wife  sends  a  hundred  salutations. 

There  are  besides  these,  fonnulas  for  deeds,  leases,  taxation  re- 
ceipts, partnership  agreements,  and  among  others  one  for  selling  chil' 
dren  on  account  of  the  poverty  of  the  parents  to  be  brought  up.  We 
approach  now  to  the  end  of  this  garden,  and  among  other  things  to 
Lead  ih^.  youthful  mind  to  wander  onward,  if  he  should  have  become 
weary,  a  variety  of  diagrams  are  exhibited  showing  the  great  number 
uf  relatives  it  is  possible  for  a  man  to  have,  with  their  names  and 
proper  precedence.  This  is  no  laughing  matter  to  a  Chinese,  who  is 
taught  to  make  a  god  of  his  grandfather,  and  worship  his  parents.  To 
this  table  of  pedigrees  succeeds  a  second,  in  which  the  boy  will  take 
nmch  more  interest;  it  is  a  table  of  calculations  showing  the  chances 
jie.has  of  being  a  rich  or  a  poor  man  by  casting  his  natiwty  at  so 
many  fuels  and  cash  per  sign.  It  is  a  complicated  affair,  somewhat 
like  a  bramble  bush,  and  not  fully  understanding  it  ourselves,  we 
will  not  venture  to  lead  our  readers  through  it.  As  if  to  induce  one 
to  penetrate  it,  however,  there  are  impersonations  of  the  four  seasons 
placed,  in  the  midst,  in  the  shape  of  reverend  looking  sages  bedecked 
with  horary  characters :  very  unlike  they  are  to  our  representations 
of  the  seasons  in  the  guise  of  flowery  spring,  joyous  summer,  mellow, 
ripe  autumn,  and  shivering,  scythe-bearing  winter. 

Last  of  all  in  this  garden,  sit  the  emperors,  generation  after  gene- 
ration, from  the  Toe  Koo,ot  the  Great  Ancient  who  lived  when  the 
memory  of  man  ran  not  to  the  contrary,  down  to  the  present  Taou- 
kwang :  "  May  he  live  for  ever  and  ever,''  says  the  loyal  cultivator 
of  this  garden,  as  he  bows  his  visitor  out,  and  so  do  we. 


Art.  IV.  The  cxpeditioH  to  China:  narrative  of  events  since  the 
battle  above  Canton;  sickness  at  Hongkong;  tyfoons  of  ^\st 
and  26M  of  July;  the  fall  of  Amoy,  Chusan,  Chinhae,  and 
Ningpo.     By  a  Correspondent. 

After  the  events  detailed  in  the  Repository  for  July,  1841,  p.  390, 
no  movement  of  any  importance  took  place  from  the  period  of  the  re- 
turn of  the  force  to  Hongkong,  till  the  arrival  of  her  majesty's  picni- 


I8JI.-  Pragrmt  of  thr  F.rpfiiitinu  la  China.  filtt 

potenlinry  sir  H.  Polliiiger,  and  rear-admirnl  nr  W.  Parker.  Prepa- 
rations were  then  iiiimc<iiately  inudt;  for  iltc  espcditiuii  to  the  norili. 

Sickness  had  in  ihe  meanlinie  prostraiei)  many  in  tlie  navy  anil 
arm;.  Death  had  numbered  some  or  their  best  men  among  its  victims. 
Though  inhaling  iIjc  iioisonnus  miasma  during  the  seven  days'  so- 
journ on  the  heigliis  alinve  the  ciiy  of  Caninn,  siill  tlie  men  continu- 
ed free  from  disease,  K\clienient  and  hard  work  seemed  to  siecl 
them  against  it.  Dn  the  [inssnge  down  the  river  they  jirst  becrnn  to 
suffer.  Our  gallnni  mid  respected  commodore,  sir  H.  Le  Fleming 
Senhouse,  was  the  iirsi  to  sink  under  the  disease.  He  carried  with 
him  to  the  grave  the  regrets  of  all.  From  him  the  military  derived, 
at  all  times,  every  jiossible  as.sistance.  To  cooperate  with  them 
fteemed  to  afford  him  pleasure.  He  was  buried  at  Miicno,  and  a 
pionument  erected  over  hi»  remains  by  a  joint  subscription  from  tlin 
army  and  navy.  The  health  of  the  troops  on  board  ship  soon  began 
to  improve.  Tho.ie  on  shore,  however,  continued  to  sufTer  mucli. 
They  consisted  of  the  HTtli  M.idras  native  infantry,  aap|iers  and  mi- 
ners, recruits  of  ihc  l^ih  Royal  Irish,  and  the  deiachnieni  of  Bengal 
Volunteers. 

On  the  increase  of  sickness,  100  men  or  the  UTih  regiment,  and 
the  whole  of  the  other  troops  on  shore,  were  rpumb.irkcd.  In  ilicm  a 
rapid  and  decided  improvement  speedily  took  pl.ice.  The  head 
quarters  of  the  37th  regiment,  about  .jOO  stronsr,  were  left  on  shore, 
and  unfortunately  housed  in  barracks  very  ill  iiih{iiv<l  for  ihi^  c!iinge- 
able  climate.  Disease  in  them  rapidly  increased  to  an  alarming  ex- 
tent: hospital  gangrene  made  its  appearance;  and  the  slightest  abrad- 
ed surface  degenerated  into  a  foul  malignant  ulcei.  Sores  which 
had  been  cicatrized  for  days  and  days  again  broke  out.  Men,  who 
had  been  wounded  at  Chiienpe  and  elsewhere,  and  who,  poor  fel- 
lows, proud  of  their  wounds,  and  rendered  by  them  di.iqualiiied  for 
further  active  service,  looked  forward  with  pleasure  and  anxiety  t» 
the  period  of  return  to  their  homes  in  India,  where  they  would  be 
enabled  to  spend  the  rest  of  their  days  in  ease  and  comfort  with  their 
families  on  the  bountiful  pension  of  Iheir  hunorahle  masters,  were 
now  cut  off.  Out  of  600  men,  barely  100  were  fit  for  duty.  Tivo  of 
the  officers  of  the  regiment  had  died,  and  of  the  remaining  sixteen, 
one  only  was  off  the  sick  list.  The  corps  was  exactly  in  this  state, 
with  a  hospital  crowded  to  overfiowitig,  when  the  lyfbnn  of  the  2lsi 
July  came  on.  It  was  during  the  surgeon's  visit  on  the  morning  of 
that  day,  that  the  hospital  cnme  down,  crushing  under  its  ruins  the 
miserable  bed-ridden  patients.      Thungli   many   Mi.iiained   in)>iri 


e20  Progress  of  the  Expedition  to  China.  Nov. 

from  which  they  never  recovered,  btill,  surprising  to  say,  only  one* 
man  was  killed,  a  |)oor  helpfesb  maniac. 

By  dint  of  great  exertions  on  the  part  of  the  officers  and  men,  (for 
DO  other  assistance  coufd  be  procured,)  the  sick  were  extricated  from 
the  wreck  of  the  hospital,  and  placed  in  one  of  the  other  barracks. 
Ala&l  merely  to  have  the  same  scene  acted  over  again.  Barrack 
after  barrack  was  leveled  with  the  ground.  The  officers'  houses  fol- 
lowed. The  force  of  the  wind  tore  the  very  flooring  from  the  sleep- 
ers. It  was  now  sauve  que  pent  There  was  danger  in  remaining  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  lines.  The  wind  and  drenching  rain  continued 
unabated,  and  torrents  in  the  form  of  cascades  poured  down  the  hills, 
sweeping  everything  before  them. 

The  sea,  at  all  other  times  so  stiU  and  smooth  here  in  the  harbor, 
was  now  fiercely  agitated.  It  had  incroached  on  the  land  far  be- 
yond its  natural  bounds.  Ships,  drifting  from  their  anchorages,  were 
seen  rapidly  nearing  the  shore,  whil6  their  crews  were  laboring  hard 
to  cut  away  the  masts,  their  only  chance  of  preservation.  Occa- 
sionally, as  the  atmosphere  cleared  across  the  bay,  several  ships  could 
be  seen  clustered  in  one  spot,  giving  each  other  a  friendly  embrace ! 
Ships  of  seven  and  eight  hundred  tons  were  on  shore  in  Water,  which 
on  ordinary  occasions  is  barely  knee-deep.  Innumerable  boats 
were  scattered  in  fragments  on  the  beach,  while  underneath'  and 
around  them  were  many  mangled  and  lacerated  corpses  of  Chinese. 

At  3  r.  M.,  the  tyfoon  was  at  its  height,  the  houses  were  all  unroof- 
ed, and  no  covering  remained  to  protect  from  the  raging  elements. 
The  natives  were  running  wildly  about  in  all  directions,  vainly  be^ 
seeching  succor  from  their  gods.  The  last  days  of  Hongkong  seem- 
ed to  be  approaching.  It  was  a  grand  but  awful  sight.  It  will  be 
easier  to  conceive,  than  to  describe,  the  helpless  and  wretched  con- 
dition in  which  the  inhabitants  of  this  newly  colonized  island  spent 
this  night.  The  following  day,  temporary  buildings  were  thrown 
np  for  the  protection  of  the  men,  and  a  second  ship  was  now  procured 
for  250  of  the  sick.     But  deaths  still  daily  occurred  amongst  them. 

On  the  night  of  the  25th,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  26th  of  Ju^y, 
the  island  was  again  visited  by  a  tyfooii,  which  though  not  so  violent 
as  that  already  described,  swept  away  everything  that  escaped  the 
gale  of  the  21st.  It  destroyed  the  temporary  buildings,  and  exposed 
the  wretched  inmates  a  second  time  to  the  fury  of  a  tempest  of  wind 
and  rain,  and  the  consequences  were  most  disastrous.  Meantime, 
the  crews  of  the  men-of-war,  and  also  the  troops  on  board  ship  were 
rapidly  convalescing,  and  on  the  2 1st  of  A tigtist,  the  day  on  which 


I84K  Progress  of  (he  ErprdUum  to  China.  6*21 

(!h6  fleet  got  under  weigh  for  Amoy,  but  few  sick  remnined.  The 
26<h  Cameronians,  37th  M.  N.  1.,  the  detachment  of  Bengal  Vo- 
lunteers, and  a  few  artillery  and  sappers  were  lefl  behind  at  Horig- 
koDg. 

The  capture  of  Aihoy  was  chiefly  a  naval  operation,  and  the  little 
that  waff  left  for  the  troops  to  do  was  done  by  the  18th  Royal  Irish. 
Scarcely  had  the  fleet,  on  the  26th  August,  taken  up  their  position 
opposite  the  batteries  of  Amoy,  when  a  boat,  bearing  a  white  flag  was 
seen  to  approach  the!  Wellesley.  An  oflicer  of  low  rank  was  the 
bearer  of  a  paper,  demanding  to  know  what  our  ships  wanted,  and 
directing  us  "to  make  sail  for  the  outer  waters,  ere  the  celestial 
wrath  should  be  kindled  against  us,  and  the  guns  from  the  batteries 
annihilate  us!'*  Thef  line  of  works  certainly  presented  a  roost  formida- 
ble appearance,  and  the  batteries  were  admirably  constructed.  Man- 
ned by  Europeans,  no  force  could  have  stood  before  them.  For  four 
hours  did  the  ships  pepper  at  them  without  a  moment's  cessation. 
The  Wellesley  and  Blenheim  each  fired  upwards  of  12,000  rounds, 
to  say  nothing  of  the  frigates,  steamers,  and  small  crafl.  Yet  the 
works  were  as  perfect  when  they  lefl  ofT  as  when  they  began,  the  ut- 
most penetration  of  the  shot  being  16  inches.  The  cannonade  was 
certainly  a  splendid  sight.  The  stream  of  fire  and  smoke  from  the 
sides  of  the  liners  was  terrific.  It  never  for  a  moment  appeared  to 
slack.  From  20  to  30  people  was  all  that  were  killed  by  this  enor. 
tarns  expenditure  of  powder  and  shot. 

It  was  nearly  3  p.  m.  before  the  18th  landed,  accompanied  by  sir 
Hugh  Gougli  and  staff.  They  landed  close  to  a  high  wall,  which 
flanked  the  mFaio  line  of  batteries,  covered  by  the  Queen  and  Phlege- 
thoo  steamers.  Th^  flamk  companies  soon  got  Over  the  wall  driving 
th6  edemy  before  them.  They  opened  a  gate  through  which  the  rest 
of  our  meii  entered,  and  advancing  along  the  battery  quickly  cleared 
it,  killing  more  men  in  ten  minutes,  than  the  men  of  war  did  during  the 
whole  day ;  three  of  our  fellows  were  knocked  over,  besides  others  in- 
jured. One- officer- cut  his  throat  in  the  long  battery,  anothei^  walked 
into  the  sea  and  drowried  himself  in  the  coolest  manner  possible. 
The  enemy  fled  on  all  sides  so  soon  as  our  troops  landed.  We  bi- 
vouacked as  best  we  could  during  the  night,  and  next  morning  took 
possession  of  the  city  without  hindrance.  Much  treasure  had  been 
carried  away i  the  mob  leaving  only  the  boxes  which  contathed  it.  Inf- 
mense  quahtitiiss  of  military  stores  were  found  in  the  arsenals,  ttid  th6 
fouhderies  were  in  aciive  o|)eratioh.  One  two  declcer,  modeled  from 
ours,  and  carrying  J30  guns,  was  ready  for  sea,  and  others  were  on  the 


(>22  Progress  of  the  Expedition  to  China.  Nov. 

slocks.  But  few  war-junks  were  stationed  here,  the  Chinese  admiral 
being  at  this  time  absent  with  his  fleet.  During  the  engagement  the 
Phlegethon  steamer  was  nearly  severely  handled.  She  came  suddenly 
opposite  and  close  to  a  masked  battery,  the  guns  from  which,  having 
the  exact  range,  opened  upon  her.  Fortunately  for  the  steamer,  the 
water  was  sufficiently  deep  jlo  come  close  into  the  land.  Captain  Mc- 
Cleverty  immediately  landed  his  mpn,  advanced  directly  on  the  bat- 
tery, and  took  possession  of  it,  killing  a  great  portion  of  the  garrison. 
This  was  a  very  spirited  affair,  and  attracted  universal  admiration. 

After  obtaining  complete  possession  of  Amoy  and  all  its  defenses, 
sir  William  Parker  and  sir  Hugh  Gough  respectively  issued  the  fol- 
lowing Notices  to  the  force  under  their  command.  For  the  circular 
of  H.  M.  Plenipotentiary  regarding  this  operation,  see  page  524. 

GKffBRAL      MXMORANDOM. 

Welicsley,  at  Amoy,  31st  August.  1841. 
Rear-admiral  sir  W.  Parker  observed,  with  much  satisfaction,  the  precision 
with  which  the  ships  of  the  squadron  took  their  stations  on  the  26th  Instant ;  and 
he  begs  to  convey  to  the  captains^  officers,  seamen,  and  royal  marines,  and  also  to 
those  of  the  Indian  navy,  his  approbation  and  best  thanks  for  the  excdieni  gun 
practice,  gallantry,  and  good  conduct  which  they  exhibited  on  that  occasion.     . 

(Signed).  William  Parkbr.  Rear-admiral. 

To  the  rpspective  captains,  commanders,  and  commanding  officers  of  H.  M. 
shi|is  and  vessels,  and  of  the  Indian  navy. 

Gerrral    Ordrrs/  .        i: 

Head-quarters,  ship  Marion,  Amoy  harbor,  September  5th,  1841. 
Major-general  sir  Hugh  Gough  has  again  derived  the  highest  gratification  from 
the  gallant  and  soldier-like  conduct  of  the  troops,  at  the  capture  of  the  batteries, 
heights,  city,  and  citadel,  of  Amoy,  and  of  the  strongly  fortified  island  of  Koo- 
lang- so,  in  co-operation  with  H.  M.*s  ships. 

2.  Although  the  reststauce  upon  them  was  more  feeble  than  the  majorgenenil 
anticipated,  he  has. the  proud  conviction,  that  the  noble  emulation  >an(|  eager 
spirit,  with  which  the  several  corps  (including  two  detachments  of  royal  .ma- 
rines) proceeded  to  the  attack,  together  with  their  patient  endurance  of  fatigue, 
would  equally  have  enabled  him  to  carry  all  before  him,  bad  the  enemy  made 
more  active  use  of  the  great  advantages  of  his  positfon. 

3.  Sir  Hugh  Gough  has  no  ten  satisfaction  in  noticing  the 'conduct  of  the 
troops  on  shore,  amid  temptations  of  no  ordinary  nature,^-shopfl  oa  all  sides 
abounding  with  liquor,  and  l^ouses  full  of  valuable  property,  abandoned  in  many 
cases  by  their  owners,  and  already  broken  open  by  the  populace. — A  few  in- 
'st^nces  alone  of  misconduct  called  for  the  roajor-generars  disapprobation,  and 
for  the  faost  part  sobriety  and  regularity  have  been  maintained. 

4.  It  is  also  highly  to  the  credit  of  the  troops,  that,  upon  a  sudden  order  to  re- 
embark,  after  eight  days  on  shore,  all  the  regiments  paraded  in  perfect  orde?, 
and  embarked  with  as  much  regularity,  and  as  rapidly  as  the  majorgenenil 
could  have  expected,  had  the  most  ample  time  been  given  for  preparation,  with- 
out one  solitary  instance  of  inebriety,  and  without  leaving  even  one  followf»r 
behind. 


1841.  Progress  of  the  Ezpcdition  to  China.  G23 

S.  The  -majorogeuenil,  tberafore,  feels  it  but  justice  thus  to  record  his  senti- 
meMtSf  and  to  beg  commanding  olficere  of  corps,  and  the  beads  uf  departments, 
lo  accept  bis  tbaulKS,  and  to  convey  tbem  to  ibe  officers,  non-commissioned  of- 
ficers, and  soldiers,  under  tbeir  respective  commands. 

6.'  Sir  Hugh  Guugh  has  much  pleasure  in  expressing  his  sense  of  obligntidn  lo 
captam  Giffard^of  the  royal  navy,  for  his  valuable  services  and  judicious  ar- 
ran^ments'at  the  disembark'atioa  and  embarkation  of  the  troops.. 

By  order.  (Signed)     •  AimiifB  S.  H*  Mountaiit, 

t  ■ .    l^leui.-colonel.  Dep.  Adj.-general,  Expeditionary  Force. 

I,  A  g^r/isou  of  detachmeutfl  from  Ihe  18lh  and  26th  regiments,  and 
the  Madras  artillery  was  led  at  Amoy,  with  U.  M.  ships  Druid,  Py- 
lades  and  Algerinc.  On  the  5th,  the  fleet  were  steering  for  Ningpo, 
Aft^C. clearing  the  Formosa  channel,  the  wind  chopped  .round  to  the 
north,  and  dispersed  the.  fleet.  They  afterwards  rendezvoused  at  the 
bland  of  Justrin-the-^wayy  in  the  mouth  of  the  Ningpo  passage. 
. :  Ghusan  was  the  first  point  of  attack,  and  thither  the  fleet  directed 
their  course.  On  the  29lh,  they  arrived  off  the  city  of  Tingh^e.  The 
batteries  on  this  island  have  been  very  much  extended  and  strength- 
ened since  it  was  given  up.  The  brass  guns  were  quite  new  and  ad- 
mirably constructed;  though  .there  was  no  improvement  in  their  car- 
riages. With  the  exception  of  four  large  24  prs.^  which  were  on  tra- 
versing carriages  similar  to  those  in  the  steamer,  all  the  others  were 
even  more,  rude  than,  those  found  on  the  former  visit  to  the  island. 
On  the  afternoon  of  the  29th,  lieutenants  Spencer  and  Barrow  of  the 
artillery  landed  on  Melville  island,  and  a  battery  was  thrown  up  for 
the.purpose  of  shelling  Pagoda  hill,  on  which  strong  fortifications  had 
^en  raised j  and  which  appeared  to  be  well  garrisoned.  This  bat- 
tery was  thrown  up  under  a  very  heavy  and  admirably  directed  fire 
from  the  hill.  ;  , 

,,..Oji,  therlst  of  October,  the  troops  landed  at  Sapper's  ix>int;;  during 
tb^  JLauding  a.  very  heavy  fire  was,  opened  u|>on  us  from  the /long 
shore  bnttery.  The  shot  fell  around  the.  boats. on  all. sides,  several 
from  the  gipjalls  hit  the  men,,  but  they  were  too-far  spent  to  do  mate- 
rial.damage.  The  Chinese  were  strongly  posted  on  the  heigl^ts  abov^ 
us.  The  landing  was. covered,  by  the  Columbine  and  Phlegethon. 
The  55th  were  the  first  on  shore,  sir  Hugh  Gough  and  staff  with 
^hem.  They  found  it  impossible  to  await  the  landing  of  the  other 
troops,  there  being  no  cover  from  the  incessant  fire  the  enemy  pour- 
ed down  upon  them.  The  advance  was  sounded,  and  away  they  went 
up  the  hill,  major.  Fawcet  leading  in  gallant,  style. .  Tiie  sight  was 
now  very  animating,  tl^e  Chinese  coming  tiown  to  meet  them  in  tho 
most  determined  way,  and  firing  their  matchlocks  and  ginjails,  till  the 
hill  blazed  with  tire. 


()24  Progress  of  the  Expedition  to  China.  Nov. 

The  gallantry  of  some  individuais  was  most  conspicuous.  One 
man,  in  particular,  attracted  universal  attention. .  Standing  on  the 
peak  of  the  hill,  while  the  shot  from  the  Phlegethon  and  Nemesis 
plunged  every  moment  within  a  few  feet  of  him,  he  waved  a  flag, 
and  the  nearer  the  shot  .came  to  him,  the  .more  he  waved.  At  last 
a  shot  from  the  steamer  cut  him  down.  Another  warrior  quickly 
took  his  place,  and  was  in  like  manner  disposed  of. 

By  this  time  the  55th  were  close  on  the  Chinese ;  the  latter  waited 
till  they  were  within  spear's  length  and  then  retreated.  The  55th  had 
an  officer  killed  in  the  advance,  ensign  Duall,  formerly  sergeant-major 
of  the  regiment.  This  was  thl9  first  day  he  ever  acted  as  an  officer, 
and^he  died 'with  the  regimental  colors  in  his  hand.  Twenty  men  of 
the  same  corps  were  put  hors  du  eomhai  before' they  reached  the  lop  of 
the  hill.  Assistant'-surgeon  Hiitchrnson  was  struck  down  by  a  ginjall 
ball.  It  hit  him  obliquely  on  the  head,  first  taking  off  the  peak  of  hi9 
cap.  Me^time  captain  A nstrirther,- with  two  light  guns,  accom- 
panied by  thie  18th,  pushed  on.  towards  the  right,  driving  in  small 
parties  of  the  enemy.  The  batteries;  in  thi^  direction,  were  quickly 
cleared.  Many  of  the  Chinese,  who  were  retiring  along  the  cause-' 
way,  seeing  our  men  advance  into*  the  battery,  quickly  turned,  and  a 
verj  smart  affair  followed.  They  assembled  in  great  numbers  close 
to  some  brass  guns,  and  there  fought  like  Turks;  in  their  haste, 
however,  they  tired  too  high  to  do  mirchr  inj^iry,  aiid  some  of  the  ad- 
vance saved  their  lives  by  making  good  use  of  their  pistols.  Atthis 
place  general  Re5,  the  chief  naval  and  military  commander,  was 
icilled ;  and  all  his  officers,  sticking  to  him  to  the  last,  also  fell  with 
him.  Their  conduct  in  fact  was  noble,  nolftitig  could  have  surpass- 
ed it. 

While  this  was  going  on.  Pagoda  hTIT,  from  the  contihiied  fire* from 
the 'Modesto  and  th^  party  on  Melville  island^  became  too  warm  for 
the  enemy,  and  they  evacuated  it.  The  55th,  now  joined  bj  the 
"Madras  rifles,  pushed  on  to  the  heights  immediately  above  the  city, 
attended  by  the'  sappers,  and  iieut.  Baker  of  the  artillery  with  guns 
and  rockets.  This  artiHery  opened  a  fire  on  the  city,  while  the  rifled 
|)eppered  away  at  the  men  on  the  Walls^  and  one  of  the  light  steamers 
coming  close  under  Pagoda  hilltbrew  shells  into  it,  and  also  the 
party  on  Melville  island.  'Ther  walls  were  at  the  same  time,  scaled 
by  the  55th  and  the  sappers;  And  so  fell  Ohusan  for  the'  second 
time,  captain  Pears  of  the  sappers  being  firM  in  the'  city.  '  The  49th 
regiment,  the  marines,  blue  jackets,  and  some  artillery  forming  the 
reserve,  were  not  required; 


Id4i:.  frogreat  of  the  Eiptdition  to  China.  (>25^ 

Tbe  suburbs  of  the  city  had  been  occupied  eniiral|  as  a  militar)' 
post,  the  in  habitants  evidently  not  being  allowed  lo  enter  it.  The 
names  on  the  streets,  hay,  even  those  on  ihe  doors  in  chalk,  were  just 
as  we  led  them.  The  beach,  however,  was  so  altered  by  the  exten- 
sive works  thrown  up,  that  no  one  could  have  possibly  recognized  it. 
As  soon  as  Tioghse  was  fully  occupied,  various  pariiea  of  troops 
scoured  the  island  in  all  directions,  and'  previously  to  the  body  of  the 
expedition  leaving  the  island,  a  military  government  was  formed, 
and  400  men  left  as  a  garrison.  Sir  Hoary  Pottinger  issued  the 
following  circular  the  day  after  taking  possession  of  Tinghae,  iu 
which  he  declares  his  intention  respecting  the  group. 


Her  Britannic  mijuty's  plenip-itenliuy  In  Chin*  has  tlio  Dtmoit  ntiabetion  in 
annooneing,  for  general  infonnition.  that  the  cit;  of  Tinghae,  the  capital  of  the 
ChuMP  group  or  ialanda,  was  f  Dslerday  rr-oecupied  bj  her  mijcaty'a  Torces. 

During  (lie  eight  monthn  that  have  elapaed  sineo  this  ialind  wb*  evacuated  bj 
her  niajesLy'a  rarL:ei  in  Fcbmiry,  1841,  the  Chinise  goTemmcnt  appeara  to  have 
uxorted  itacif  giiatlj  [o  atrcnglhftn  the  defcnae*.  Tlis  wholo  bci  faco  or  the  city  m 
now  one  continued  line  of  fortiticationa,  extending  for  nearly  two  milea,  and  re 
duubti  and  intrenched  campe  have  been  thrown  up  in  every  direction. 

The  Chinese  troopa  made  a  better  itEempt  al  leaiatanco  than  thoy  have  hitherto 
done,  but  nothing  could  withaland  the  intiopid  valor  and  diiciplios  of  her  m^eatj'i 
combineil  foicea,  and  io  len  thantva  Imuni  the  Intteriea  were  cleared,  the  oily 
eaqaladed,  and  Ihe  enemy  flying  inall  directknia. 

Great  quantitiea  of  oriliiiii<:i.'  t^inm^^l  which  arc.  iWit  (oriy  pieces  of  brass 
cannon),  with  other  anni,  and  mihtacy  aiorei  ofi-'very  dcscnption,  beaidn  magazmcti 
of  gunpowder,  and  ia^e  |;ranaries  of  rice,  have  brcn  faund ;  and  from  a  vsricly  of 
concurrent  circumstances,  it  is  evident  that  the  Chinese  authonlics  had  no  concep- 
tion that  tlie  place  could  hr  taken  in  such  rapid  and  gnllant  slylc. 

Arrangcmenla  will  be  niiile  immediately  for  ealabliahing  a  provisional  govern, 
nent,  and  her  mijealy'a  j>li.>ntpotentiaTy  deenii  it  advinable.  after  what  lias  already 
happened,  to  intimate  lo  Iter  majenty'if  gubjoclB  and  ail  others,  that,  under  no 
circumslancei,.  wiU  Tin^hiu  and  il4i  dBpandencics  be  rciloreii  lo  ihe  Chinese 
govemmeni,  until  the  mlinli:  of  the  dcnianda  of  England  arc  not  only  complied 
with,  but  carried  into  full  itfcct. 

God  save  the  queen, 
ship  Blenheim,  in  Cliuean  harlior,  this  second  day 
Hkxrv   PoTTEViCR.  H.   M.  Plcmpotcn I lary . 

A  proclamation  was  alao  inaHe  to  the  naiive  population  of  Tinghae 
n  few  days  afterwards,  of  which  the  PjHowinn  irnnslntioti  is  extracted 
from  Ihe  Hongkong  Gnzelle  of  ffov.  23(1 

The  cily  of  Tinghae,  the  capital  of  the  Cliusan  islaiid  and  Kb  depeiidenciu. 
having  hsen  again  taken  posaeuiun  of  hy  Ihe  combined  forcei  of  her  Britannic 
iHHJesly,  in  eoiifarmiiy  wiih  (he  royal  commands  to  Ihal  effect' which  her  majeitv 


6'i6  Progress  of  ihi  ELptdiiion  to  China,  Not» 

baft  b«an  |ii«as«d  to  isne  tbrough  lier  inigesty't  high  miowtert;  it  it  bertby  made 
known  to  the  inhabitanU  of  the  Mid  city  of  Tingbae  and  its  dapandanelM,  that 
the  British  government  has  resolved  to  retain  the  said  city  and  islands  and  their 
dependencies,  aotil  the  demands,  which  the  uudersigued  plenipotentiary,  Sue,,  has 
been  directed  to  malce  from' the  imperial  government  of  China,  shall  be  not  only 
acceded  to,  bat  carried  Into  full  eflteet 

The  Inhabitants  are  therefore  giwn  to  nndersland,  that  yean  may  probably 
elapse  before  the  said  city,  4m>,  will  be  restored  to  the  emperor's  autborltjr. 
Ill  the  meantime,  a  military  government  will  be  formed,  to  protect  the  well 
disposed  and  quiet,  and  to  punish  the  ill  disposed  and  refractory.  Snob 
regulations  as  may  become  necessary  from  time  to  time,  will  be  notified  to  the 
|ieople  by  proclamations;  and  all  classes  are  hereby  invited  to  resume  their  osual 
trades  and  uccu|iations.  nnder  the  assurance  of  being  fostered  and  proteeted,  so^ 
Icmg  as  they  conduct  themselves  as  orderly  and  obedient  subjects  of  the  govern- 
ment under  %vhich  they  are  living. 

That  the  people  may  have  every  facility  to  obtain  redress  of  any  wrongs 
committed  against  them,  and  to  convey  their  representations  to  the  government, 
captain  Dennis,  one  of  the  officers  of  the  queen  of  England's  forces,  has  been 
appointed  a  mililar)*  magistrate. 

God  save  the  queen  of  England. 

Given  under  my  hand  in  Chusao  this  sixth-day  of  October,  1841. 

(Signed)  UfeiiRr  PoTTiaosR,  H.  Af.  Plenipotentiary. 

True  co|)y.  J.  Robt.  Morkisok,  Chinese  Sec.  dkc. 

Oil  ilie  9tli  of  October,  the  fleet  were  adfanoiDg  on  Chinhae  id  the 

order  indicated  by  the'  following  General  Orders  of  the  cominander- 

iii-chief,  to  the  fleet,  and  of  major-general  sir  Hagh  CkHigh  to  the 

troops. 

GBVBRAL    MEMORANDUM. 

Wellesley,  at  Uie  anchorage  of  Just-in-thcway,  9th  Oct.,  1841. 

The  following  poeitioni  are  to  be  taken  by  the  ships  of  the  aquadron  in  the  attack 
on  Chinhae,  and  for  covering  the  landing  of  th6  troops  on  the  right  hand  of  the  river. 
When  the  signal  No.  470,  for  anchoring  witb  springa  on  the  cables,  ia  made,  the 
Wellesley  will  place  herself  about  due  north  of  the  citadel  (or  Josabooae  hill)  aa 
clbee  in  aa  she  can 'be  carried  without  risk  of  her  taking  ground  at  low  water. 
Tlie  Blenheim  to  theeast  of  her,  the  Blonde  to  the  southward  and  westward  of 
the  Wellealey,  and  tUe  Modeate  to  the  southward  and  westward  of  the  Blonde, 
aa  near  to  the  Chinese  positkma  aa  their  respective  drafts  of  water  will  admit  of 
with  safety  to  the  ships,  and  taking  care  not  to  obatmct  the  fire  of  each  other. 

The  object  of  thia  divisbn  of  the  ahips  will  be  to  drive  the  Chinese  out  of  the 
citadel  with  abells  and  shot  (if  well  within  range  of  the  latter),  and  to  prsvent 
reinfoieenlentB  being  sent  up  to  it  from  the  eity  of  Chinhae,  also  to  open  a  landing 
plaoei  if  practicable,  for  the  seamen  and  marinea  at  the  foot  of  the  hill  on  the  weal: 
aide,  where  a  battery  has  been  conatmctod,  and  the  landing-plaoea  atakad  to  thi» 
point.  For  the  purpoae  of  driving  the  Chinese  from  the.  walla  of  the  eastern 
part  of  tbe  city,  the  fire  of  the  Blonde  and  Modeste  should  be  mainly  directed. 

The  seamen  and  marines  must  be  held  ready  to  assault  the  citadel  whenever 
the  signal  shall  be  made  for  disembarking  them,  which  will  probably  be  on  the 
locks  on  the  north  side  of  tbe  hill,  or  at  the  point  already  referred  to. 


1841.  Pfgrta  of  the  Erptdition  to  China.  t(3T 

The  tTMuportt  mc  to  be  anchond  to  the  sutmnl  of  tha  Tmaglei;  the  Cniiier, 
CirfiiiablDe,  tad  Benlinck  to  take  ponlMnn  off  the  creek,  innde  tboee  Mtndt,  for 
coreiinf  the  lBiidiD)[  of  the  tniopa.  The  Craiier  to  be  u  far  adfanced  to  the 
woatwaTd  and  eatniice  of  the  hufaor  aa  ma;  be  piactieahle,  without  being  expoaed 
tu  the  fire  of  tha  baUoriee  in  the  baibor. 

The  deaoatria  to  anchor  off  the  north  aide  of  Paaaage  ialand  to  aball  the  citadel 
and  battery  on  the  caatem  end,  and  if  poiaible  to  Sank  the  batteriaa  on  the  rt|ht 
bank  of  the  rirer. 

The  QoeaB  to  place  hera^  inaide  the  TriaD|[)ea.  on  far  ndvincfil  m  may  be 
practicable  for  bnnting  ahella  in  the  encampment  oF  the  Chlnene  towirde  the 
IbrtUled  hill  and  to  clear  the  aoutheaat  part  of  the  Cilidvl  lull,  should  the  diiiiexs 
be  driren  on  that  aide  by  the  6ra  of  the  abipa  to  the  nonhwaid ;  alao  lu  iholl  tlic 
batteriaa  on  the  loam  aide  which  defenda  the  entrant?  nC  tli?  haibor.  The  Phk'- 
(ethoD  and  Nemeaia  to  proceed  to  aupport  the  Qiicen  (on  receiving  direetiona  to 
do  ao  from  eomnandeia  Gif&rd  or  Clarke,)  aa  eoon  aa  all  the  troopa  are  landed ; 
and  a  atrlrt  lookonl  la  to  be  kept  for  the  recall  of  either  of  the  ateamera,  and  to 
repeat  any  aipia]  made  bj  the  ihip  to  the  norUiwaid. 

Wbenerer  the  amrender  of  the  citadel,  or  the  advance  of  the  troopa,  cauae*  tha 
Chbieaa  to  gire  way  from  their  batteriaa  in  the  harbor,  or  that  they  can  be  ap- 
proached with  adranlage,  the  Cruiier,  Columbine,  and  Bentinck  are  to  proceed  in. 
aide,  and  commander  Qmrd  will  take  care  alwaya  to  have  one  veaael  in  a  poailioa 
to  keep  up  tha  oommunioalion  with  the  general. 

Tha  facegoing  outhne  will  be  aofficient  to  appiiae  the  napaetira  captaina  and 
ofioata  of  tha  oontamplalaJ  opentiona,  but  tha  duratitai,  of  the  Bra  of  the.  ihipa, 
and  any  altaiationa  of  their  poaition,  muat  of  couiae  be  govemMl  by  tbail  diacte. 
lion,  to  meet  any  change  of  oircomatancaa. 

The  following  nnmber  of  aaaman  and  marinea  we  to  form  rhr  landing  P"^7 
tinder  the  command  of  captain  Herbert  of  th«  BIcnhrim.  and  lo  take  with  Chem 
9ne  day'a  praviaion.  From  the  WeHealey  and  BIrnheim  rarh  150.  from  the  Blonde 
SO,  and  tba  Modeale  '20 ;  making  in  all  310  seamen,  with  a  pnipar  propoction  of  olfi. 
le  u  delatled  id  my  mema.  □>'  Ihu  ^5lh  of  September.    The 


•  from  the   Cruiier  and  Columbine  a 


renmg  (c 


Icatay  by  one  of  tlie  anuU  iteamon. 

(Signed)  w:  PARiaa,  Rear^dmiral. 

Ta  tkg  caplaxn*,  cimmnndert,  and  cmmmdinfr  offirtri  af  the  tkijHimd  Btnrlw. 

Head-qnaiters,  H.  M.  S.  Wdloiloy,  Oct.  9th,  1841. 
Aittack.    The  folluwing  i>  the  propoeed  order  of  Ilia  landing  for  Ihs  Mtack  of 
the  citadel  and  fartiiicd  hoJghta  of  Chinhae.    The  troops  with  the  HBrnea'a  bat. 
talion  and  royal  maiinen  to  land  in  three  columni. 

Left  eolunai  tdKA  wiicA  ntajor-grnrral  lir  Hash  G:iugh  will  land. 
Madras  artillery  and  gun.Iaicara  7  Offcrri.  t04  Rank  andSli 

Hojal  artUlefy  ....  4  , 

Sappeim 4  100 

H'.'-M.'i  aStK  meiment     ...  18  417  ' 

U.^-a  mih  regimaui'    ...  12  Sfett 

RiSea 4  110 

Total        4S  1015 

Ofdnonn.      Four  42-5  mountBin  bointian,  and  two  S^  inch  Morten.  -  Doulia 
beaun  and  nalivea  to  carry  ibiil,  113. 


t528  Progress  of  the  ErpcMioti  to  China:.  Nov, 

Centre  cobimn  under  iifnt.*fioUmel  Mofrin.  /  - 

Royal  artillcVy  .         .         .  Ojffuierti,  ^  Rank  and  file 

.  Madras  artillery         .         -         ...  I  50 

Madraii  sappers         ....  1  40 

H.  M.*s  4J^th  rcfrliiient  .        .  23  346  ' 

ToUl        as  440 

Ordnance.    Two  i2  pounder  howitzers ;  two  9  poander  ficld-guns.  Doolie  bearers 

and  shot  carriers,  40. 

Right  column  under  captain  Herbert^  R-  k. 

Royal  artillery  1  Offieere,         2Z  Rank  and  Jile. 

Madras  artillery        .        .  • .     .      1  ,  12    , 

Seanieus'  battalion     .  -^      .         .         .  15  400 

Royal  marines  -        .       ' .        . '  8  *    276 

Madras  sapiiers         .    .     .     v    -  1   .  30 

Total.      26  — '. :;741 

^  Ordnance.    Two  5j|  inch  mortars.     Dooly  bearers  and  natives  to  carry  shot,  30. 

2.  Officers  commanding  18th,  49th,  and  55^  regiments  will  be  pleased  to  send 
to.  head-quarlcrs,  as  soon  as  may  be  practicable  after  landing,  the  men  of  their 
respective  coqis  whom  they  were  requested  to  select  for  the  deputy  provost 
maxshars  guard  in  General  Order  of  the  6th  inst. 

3.  The  European  troops  will  land  as  heretofore  in  light  marching  order,  and 
one  day's  cooked  provisions.  •  The  native  troops  will  also  carry  one  day's  provision. 

4.  The  landing  will  take  place  if  possible  at  daylight  to-morrow  morning. 

By  order.         (Signed)        AutunB  8.  H.  Mountain,  lt..col.  deputy  adj..general. 

f  Early  on  the  moruing  of  the  10th,  the  ships-of-war  were  in  position, 
and  commenced  bombarding  the  city.  The- troops;  about  2200 
strong,  landed  early  in  the  day.  Oh  Brecon noitring^  the  general  ob- 
served a. very  extensive  line  of  encampments  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
ijiver.  The  city  being  on  the  left,  he  determined  to  make  the  first, 
iittack  on  U>  .  To  effect  this  object,  hisi  small  army  was  divided  into* 
ihree  columns^  a  right,  a  lefl,  and  centre.  Detaching  the  two  former 
Onwards  towards  the  enemy's  flanks,  he  ordered  the  latter  to  ad- 
vance.  There  were  fully  5000  men  in  this  encampment,  who,  on' 
seeing  our  small  centr^^  column  coming  up,  turned  out  to  give  battle, 
and  formed  in  good  order.  They  did  not  appear  at  all  sensible  of  the 
near  approach  of  the  fiank  columns,  and  must  indeed  have  thought 
it.piesumptious  in  the  extreme,  for  as  to  attempt  to  drive  them  from 
their  stronghold  with'the  handful  of  men  in  the  centre  column.  The 
position^'of  the 'enemy  here  was  very  strong^  ^hd  oii  it  the  city  of 
Ningpo  defended  entirely  for  its  preservatipn.. 

Long  before  our  men  had  fired  a  shot,  tl^e  ph^nese  had  CQmmpnc. 
ed  a  spirited  and  well  directed  fire  from  their  ginjallsr  and  field 
pieces,  reserving  their  sma^l  arms  till  our  iQenapprpap  bed  nearer. 
Their  fire  was  solely  directed  against  the  ceiitre  eolumn,  the  reijnainr 
ing  two  being  screened. from  their. view  by  rjsiiig  grpiind. 
^  This  day  will  long  be  remembered  on*ihe'«ide  of  %M  Chmese^by 
the  few  who  survived  it.     Boldly  and  steadily  d  id -the  centre  tdvarrce 


1841.  Progress  of  the.   Erpedition  to  (Uiiiin.  Ci:29 

till  withhi  good  gunshot  range  of  the  miem)r.  The  latter  loo  roolly 
waited  to  receive  them.  The  word  was  hardly  aiven  them  to  fire, 
whenalmost  simultaneously  the  flank  parties  poured  forth  their. volley;) 
of  musketry  on  the  enemy.  The* latter  were  quite  bewildered,  the^ 
knew*  not  which  way  to  turn.  Utterly  paralizingat  the  suddenness 
of  the  attack,  they  stood  motionless;  gazing  around,  a  few  match- 
locks and  ginjnils  occasicmally  returned  our  fire.  At  length,  the 
living  mass  moved,  broke  up,  and*  fled  on  all  sides,  leaving  the  fleld 
covered  with  the^doad  and  dying.  Our  men  pursued;  several  hand 
to  hand  encounters  took  place,  the  enemy,  in  many  instances  pre- 
ferring to  die.  rather  than  yield  themselves  prisoners.  Upwards  of 
500,  however,. were-sooii  surrounded,  the  main  body  retreating  towards 
the  'Tiver,  v:ainly  expecting  (a»  they- did  on  the  7th  of  January  last 
at'Choenpe)  that  the  water  would  protect  them  from  the  strong  arm 
of  the  barbarians.  Oiir  men  were  fast  closing  on  the  fugitives.  They 
bayoneted  several.  Hundreds  took  to  the  water,  which  in  a  short 
time  became  blackened  with  their  floating  corpses.  To  the  last,  they 
would  not  lay  down  their  arms.  Many  oflicers  committed  suicide.. 
One  man,  a  Tartar  general  of  high  rank,  he  who  declared,  when 
the  British  were  formerly  at  Chusan,  that  if  permitted  by  the  em- 
peror "  he,  would  catch  all  the  barbarians  in  a  net,  give  their  flesh  to 
tho.wild  beasts,  and  prepare  their  skins  for  the  celestial  troops  to 
sleep  upon,"  was  caught  in  the  act  of  cutting  his  throat,  but  a  wound 
in  the  arm  prevented  his  accomplishing  this  purpose  with  the  usual 
expertness  of  the  Chinese. 

jWhlle  the  flght  was  raging  in  the  valley,  the  ships  never  for  a  mo- 
ment ceased,  bombarding  the  city.  Sir  Hugh  Gough»on  reassembling 
his  men,  was  advancing  in  the  direction  of  the  city,  when,oa  ascend-^ 
ing  a  height,  he  perceived  the  enemy  pouring  out  at  the  gates  on  one 
side,  while  the  marines  and  sailors  were  eflecting  an  entrance  by 
means  of  escaiading  ladders  on  the  other.     Thus  terminated  the  ope- 

rations  of  the  day,      ;       .     .        , .    , 

.  Our  casualties  at. Tinghae  and  Chinhae,  including  one  ofllicer  kill- 
ed and  one  officer  wounded,  were  17  killed  and  3(5  wounded.'  On 
the  part  of  the  enemy,  1500  miist  have  bit  the  dust  at  Chinhae,  and 
about  1000  at  Tinghae.  The  prisoners  had  their  tails  cut  ofi*,  and 
were  then  set  at  liberty..  The  .arrangements  on  the  part  of  sir  Hugh 
Gougb  were  admirable,  and  highly  applauded  by  all. 

A  garrisonofdOO  men  were  tef]t  at  Ohinhae,>and  on  the^  13th  Oct. 
the  troops  and  smaller  ships  proceeded  up  ihe  river  to  the  city  of  Nihg- 
"^po.     To  the  surprise  of  all,  no  resists^nce  w^^s  offered:  for  the  enemy, 


630  Progress  of  the  Kxpediiion  to  China,  Nov. 

placing  the  iitinofii  confidence  in  the  defenacs  of  Chinhae,  which  in 
their  opinion  neither  celestial  nor  terrestial  power  could  destroy,  had 
taken  no  precautions  for  the  preservation  of  this  rich  and  populous 
city.  Nothing  whs  left,  therefore,  but  to  take  quiet  |x>saesiuon. 
The  far  famed  Tartar  troops  were  nowhere  to  be  seen,  and  the  few 
inhabitants  who  remained,  shut  themselves  up  in  their  houses  and 
marked  the  words  'submissive  people'  on  their  doors.  For  some 
days  the  streets  were  deserted,  except  by  the  victors.  Gradually, 
however,  the  people  regained  confidence,  many  of  the:  shops  were  re- 
opened, and  provisions  of  every  sort  were  procurable. 

The  duties  of  our  troops,  as  will  easily  be  supposed,  were  arduoaa 
and  harassing.  With  the  exception  of  a  few  oases  of  cholera,  caosr^ 
ed  by  fatigue  and  exposure,  all  continued  very  healthy.  This  may  be 
attributed  to  the  praiseworthy  conduct  of  the  troops,  the  total  ab* 
aence  of  every  description  of  intemperance,  and  the  abundant  supply 
of  good  food. 

H..  M.'s  plenipotentiary  announced  these  varioua  movements  in  n 
.circular  to  H.  B.  M.  subjects. 

CnCUUkK  TO'  UKa  MAJBBTT'S  8UBJICT8   IN  CHINA. 

Her  Britannic  majesty's  plenipotentiary  in  China  has  the  renewed  extreme 
gratification  of  announcing,  for  general  information,  the  further  brilliant  and 
hnportmnt  suoeesaee  of  her  msjesty'B  combined  naval  and  land  (bveee  in  the  redae- 
tion  and  oeaapa^ioB,  oin  thq  IQlh  snd  13th  inataqta»  respoetively,  of  Utt.  ottioa  of 
Pl^inhae  and  Ningpo. 

The  city  of  Chinhae  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tahea  or  Ningpo  river,  and 
was  covered  so  strongly  by  its  citadel  (a  fort  built  on  a  lofly  headland  jutting  tpto 
the  sea),  and  a  number  of  hea^y  batteries  and  outworks  on  each  bank'  of  the 
estuary,  that  the  imperial  commisskmer,  Tukeen,  who  had'  come  speekfff  lo 
ddend  it,,  and:  otfaec  oivil  and  aiiUtacy  Chiaose  authoritisa,.  appeaiv  (lemi  their 
lieolamations^  to  have  flattered  theniNLves»  even  «fUr  theiv  past  and  recent  ex. 
I^flioc^  of  the  power  o£  the  Britiah  arms,  that  the  place  could  not  be- taken;  but 
the  J  were,,  as  on  all  prevroua  occasrons,  speedily  undeceived ;  and,  although  the 
Chinese  troops  displayed  considerable  bravery,  and  in  many  indivicftaal  fisfanfffle 
would  neither  retreat  nor  surrender  (though  deserted  by  their  offietosand  conradii>, 
the  main  bodies  were  driven  tfrom  one  nUymg  spel  to  another,  and  at  leoglk  reoU 
ed  and  entisely  dispersed ;  whik|l|  t^e  fort  and  worka  were^  doraottiiiyed.  w  nsndeied 
fOterl^  u^naUe,  by  thei  overwhelming  9Ad  beautiful  practice  of  the  squadron. 

U  ia  reported,  that  a  great  man^  of  the  Chinese  officers  of  rank  have  fallen  ; 
with  a  large  number  of  men,  but  no  precise  information  has  yet  been  obtained  on 
this  point.  The  imperial ' commissioner  is  stated  to  have  attempted  to- drown 
himself  immediately  after  the*  batilei^  and  to  have  sioee*  died  at  a  sborl^  distance 
inlandi  frOro  the  fffeotstof  thMH attampt,  of  soaieother  mie^lained  ca|iff« , 

AtyMit.  one  hundred  aM  ^^ty  Y^^fam  of  brass  ordnance,  eadwuve  of  iron  cannon, 
m%nx   hundred   ginJ^llB'  end  walLpicccR  of  various  calibre,  and  some  thousand 


Id4l.  Pn^ress  of  tht  Expedition' to  China.  (Ml 


•  'UidoUieT  wkriiko  weipoiu, .  win  ciptun.il;  bBaidca  whiebj  Mvemi 
eitnuin)  maguinet  of  gunpowdtir  have  been  blown  up  or  otherwiaa  dcatlojMil. 

It  aflbrdi  her  iDajsMy'a  plenipotealiBry  the  higheat  ulditionK]  Mtii&ctum  to 
■dd,  tll>t  Ihii  ■chieTBment  hai  boen  happily  flffeetad  until  a  much  uiialkT  km  on 
Ota  iMa  than  oould  have  been  almost  biop«d  Tor,  Ibora  bainf  only  flvs  killed  and 
about  thirty  wnunded,  of  all  ainu  of  her  majeaty'i  forcoa. 

The  nacaaaary  amapunenta  havifif  biMni  made,  aod  isconnolaBDaaa  had.  diiHng 
t)ia  lllh  and  13th  iiutanti,  tha  aquadnin  named  in  the  oiaripn,*  canying  the 
tioopa,  muinea  and  extra  aearneD  (toni  the  abipa  left  bebiod,  mored,  on  the  13tb, 
up  the  liver  to  Ningpo.  which  waa  found  undofended,  the  Chineee  loldiei*  having 
poaitivelj  rofoaed  to  foce  our  troope  again,  in  coiuequencs  of  which  tha  civil 
mandarin!  and  all  the  mditarf  officeia  flod  from  the  oitj  ^raut  two  boure  belbra 
tba-  KpMdnm  reaobed  A.  The  olty  waa  therefore  peaeaablj  ooonpiad  bj  the  tnMpa 
aadM  hii  exeelleDc;  eir  Hugh  Gough,  a.  c.  i^  aud  the  ehipt  DMond  in  the  tiveri 
willliQ  one  hundred  jarda  of  the  wall*. 

God  aave  the  queen- 
Dated  on  board  the  ateam  fngate  Qoeen,  in  the  river  of  Nin^pn,  Ihi*  15th  day 
of  October,  1841.  (Big1»d)  Hmav  Porrntaaa.  H.  M.  Plenipotentiary. 

The  commander-in-chief  expressed  his  sense  of  the  conduct  of  the 
combined  force  in  the  attack  on  Chinhae,  and  subsetjuent  movement, 
in  (he  following 

GiaiRALMaMOftiXDOii. 

H.  H.  S.  Hodeile,  at  Ningpo.  October  14tb,  1841. 

IIM  Mtmmander-in-chief  ha*  witnened,  wilh  Ihe  bifbeM  gTBtilcilion,  the  gal' 
lanlryand  aieelleat  condncl  whioli  ha*  been  further  manifaiteil  by  tha  cSptaint. 
oOoeia,  ieamen,  and  marine!  of  her  m^eily'i  aqaadrati  and  tboM  of  the  Indian 
navy  nnder  hi*  cummand,  in  the  cajiture  of  tbe  citadel  and  city  of  Chiabae,  aod 
the  itccupalion  of  Nlngpo  on  tha  lOlh  and  13th  initanta. 

He  ■oliced.  with  great  sal irfael ion,  (be  sdoiirabla  precMmtof  tha  Are  from  the 
•liipaand  ileanl  VMsel*  agtinit  (be  citnilei,  and  the  ardor  wrih  which  (he  pnrly  nf 
ofioorv.  *eamen  and  royal  marines,  headed  by  csptaini  Herbert  and  Baurcliier 
of  tba  Blenheim  and  Blonde,  dlfemharlced  and  advanced  la  Ihe  aiutill  over  a 
iteop  and  dil11cu](  Ricen( ;  be  n  no  leu  pleased  wllb  (he  regulnriiy  and  diipalch 
wi(h  which  hi*  excellency  lieirienanl-general  sir  Hugh  Gough  and  the  Imopa 
were  landed  on  tbe  righ(  bank  of  ll>e  river  :  taken  under  the  direction  of  caplein 
Gtlfkrd  of  (he  Crniier,  and  with  The  proceedinga  orihe  ilnop]  and  itcam  venell 
atatioaed  intbat  dlreetiom  And  he  begg  tu  cnnvey  lo  every  individoal  of  Ihe 
■quadron  preaent,  bia  endra  Bfipfol>mion  of  their  conduct  and  eiertjoni. 

LU  Somerville, agan(,  and  (be  maaier^of  (hetranipom  which  accompanird  the 
eipeditloD  from  Cbutan.  are  alto  aniilled  In  tbe  rear-admirsl's  approbation  and 
(hank*,  for  (he  proniplKade  with  wliich  their  ahlpi  were  gol  under  isil  when  the 
ligtml  waigivnn,  and  the  attention  with  which  (he  pretcrib^d  poiit ions  were 
(■ken  up  ■((he  anchorage  off  Chinhae,  a*  well  a*  tha  dadra  wbiefa  thej  ban 
tbrMlghaul  manifeatad  to  forward  ibe  public  aervioe  upon  all  oaoaiieM. 

Sir  W.  Parker  feeli  aawirad,  that  every  perwn  in  the  squadron  mu*t  participate 


032  Progress  of  the  Etpedit'wn  to  China.  NoVJ 

Willi  bim  ill  admiration  of  the  gallantry  with  which  the  strung  posittous  of  the 
Chinese  were  all  carried  by  the  British  troops  on  shore. 

(Signed)  W.  Parkicii,  Rear«dinirBl. 

.  To  thceaptains,  eommandertt  a«i^  eomnuuuUng  qfieen  of  U,  M.  tkipg  atui  vstsets, 
a»d  of  the  Indian  nav^^  and  li.  SomerviiU,  agenty  and  the  mattaM  of  IroJuporCf  oi  tho 
capture  ofChin/uu. 

-  Captain  Anstruther  took*  possession  of  his  old  quarters,  where  he 

found  the  identical  cag^  in  which  he  was  confined,  and  which  has  been 

sent  to  India  in  the  Larne.     About  £20fi00  sterling  in  sycee  were 

also  found  in  this  house,  and  about  970,000  in  the  treasury.     Stores 

of  copper  coin  to  the  amount  of  many  lacks  are  known  to  be  in  the. 

city,  and  the  sale  of  thb  contents  of  the  granaries,  d&c,  realized  on* 

an  average  91000  per  diem,     duantities  of  valuable  silks  and  china-- 

ware  were  discovered,  and  the  granaries  were  stored  with  a  couple 

of  years  supply  of  grain,  &c.  Now  that  war  is  prociaitHed,  and  prize 

agents  established,  the  labors  of  the  soldier  and  sailor  may  yet  be. 

well  rewarded.  ..'  •».  <  :  ,  j,       ■:., 

On  the  20th  and  21st.  October,*  the  light  steamers  proceeded  up, 
the  river  about  40  miles  above  Ningpo  ot  Yuyaou.  They  could  have 
gone  much  higher,  but  were  here  stopped  short  by  a  large  and  well 
built  stone  bridge  of  six  arches.  There  was  no  show  of  defense,  nor 
interruption  to  the  progress  of  the  steamers.  The  scenery  on  each 
side  of  the  river  is  described  as  being  most  beautiful,  and  the  country 
around  abounds  in  cattle  and  sheepl  A  ransom  has  been  demanded 
for  Ningpo,  and  if  not  granted,  the  city  will  be  ransacked  and  burnt 
to  the  ground  by  order  of  sir  Henry' Pottinger.  .    .^ 

This  will  no  doubt  appear  an  austere  and.  unnatural  preceding,, 
but  the  more  we  become  acquainted  with  the  haughty  and  overbear^- 
hig",  the  despotic  and  cruel  character  of  the  Chinese,  the  less  harsh' 
and  unnattiral  will  it  appear.  Like  all  Our  eastern  wars,  this  one 
has  hitherto  been  a  war  of  negotiation,  till  we  (bund  the  enemy  were 
laugWnS  At  us-  Henceforth,  we  must  war  not  only  with  the  govern- 
meni,  but  with  the  people  al:io,  ere  we  attain  our  object;  Two  years 
campaigning  has  at  length  convinced  us  of  the  utter  inutility  of  ob- 
taining a  direct  official  intercourse  with  the  emperor  thrbiigh  his 
deceitful  and  lying  officers,  who  to  cloke  their  own  weakness,  an p^ 
consequently  the  weakness  of  the  ^mpire^  willfully  misrepresent  the 
true,  slate:  of  things.  •/  --  .« .  •       •> 

AlasU  ill 'these  two  years  our  tosses  have  been  fearfully  large.  The 
nature  of  ihem  will  for  ever  excite  feelings  of  grief  and  remofse  in 
some,  sympathy  and  sorrow  in  others.,.  Nearly  half  one  regiment  in 
high  health  and  spirits,  was  swallowed  up  by  the  vasty  deep,  none 


1841.  Tritti  and  CoiuUmnalion  of  EUpito.  iVf\l\ 

survived  to  tell  the  sad  tale,  no  trace  of  the  wreck  remained.  But  it 
ia  disease,  not  the  field  of  action,  that  has  dug  graves  for  so  many  of 
our  men.  Malaria,  capricious  in  its  action,  and  unsearchable  in  its 
nature,  in  a  few  brief  months  almost  annihilated  our  small  but  intre- 
pid force.  Sound  was  the  advice  of  governor  Lin,  when  he  recom- 
mended the  emperor  to  use  no  means  to  expel  the  enemy,  that  if  the 
expense  did  not  ruin,  disease  would  destroy,  us.  It  must  now  be 
'  war  to  the  knife.'  By  so  doing  will  the  emperor,  and  people  too, 
be  convinced  that  England  must  and  will  have  her  demands.  At 
this  advanced  period  of  the  season,  and  with  our  force  so  divided,  we 
cannot  expect  to  do  much  more  until  reinforcements  arrive.  It  is 
only  surprising  that  our  gallant  little  band  have  already  done  so 
much.  In  a  few  months  more,  and  we  shall  probably  have  10,000 
men  in  the  field.  To  quote  the  words  of  the  Great  Duke,  ''  England 
never  can  engage  in  a  little  war." 


Art.   V.      Tht  trial  and  condemnation  of  his  excellency,  commission- 
er  Elepoo,     Translated  from  the  Peking  Gazette  by  J.  -L.  S. 

The  hereditary  prince  Hoshih,  and  the  high  minister  Jinshow  and 
others,  kneeling  respectfully  lay  their  reix)rt  before  the  throne: 

In  obedience  to  the  imperial  will,  having  assembled  together  to  sit 
in  judgment  upon  the  affairs  submitted  to  our  deliberations,  and  having 
previously  received  the  imperial  instructions  to  institute  an  investiga- 
tion in  relation  to  Elepoo,  who  formerly  held  the  office  of  governor 
of  the  two  Keang  provinces  (Keangnan,  i.  e.  Keangsoo  and  Ganhwuy 
and  Keangse),  in  obedience  thereto,  we  have  had  him  brought  before 
us  in  council  assembled,  and  have  ascertained  by  investigation  the 
clear  import  of  every  circumstance ;  and  Elepoo,  bowing  to  the 
ground  and  knocking  his  head,  through  alarm  and  fear  lost  all  com- 
mand of  himself.  It  appears  that  Elepoo  received  an  imperial  com- 
mission, last  year,  to  examine  into  and  arrange  the  affairs  of  the  bar- 
barians in  Chekeang  ;  and  after  he  had  arrived  in  the  province  he 
employed  skillful  spies,  summoned  together  the  bravest  of  the  militia, 
collected  provisions,  selected  the  most  able-bodied  of  the  troops,  and 
laid  many  plans  for  advancing  upon  and  exterminating  the  enemy. 
Afterwards,  he  earnestly  desired  to  order  tlic  said  barbarians  to  repair 

VOL.  X.  Nu.  yi.  80 


034  Trial  aiul  CoiuiemnaiioH  of  EUpoo.  Nov. 

lo  Canton,  there  to  wait  until  affairs  could  be  examined  into  and  ar- 
ranged. To  gain  renown  he  concluded  to  offer  them  presents,  and 
to  order  persons  to  proceed  to  them  and  clearly  explain  his  com- 
mands, and  at  the  same  time  to  spy  out  their  real  strength.  He 
deemed  it  proper  to  dispatch  Changke,  a  person  of  his  household 
whom  he  had  promoted  six  degrees,  with  an  official  messenger  Chin 
Chekang,  over  the  sea  [to  Tinghae]  to  oRer  bullocks  and  sheep  and 
various  articles  as  presents,  in  return  for  which  the  said  barbarians 
presented  foreign  broadcloths  and  various  commodities.  Elepoo  fear- 
ed to  make  an  absolute  refusal  of  the  whole  of  the  said  articles,  which 
would  have  struck  the  barbarians  with  suspicion  and  dread.  But 
instead  of  being  thus  affected,  they  acted  deceptively  with  regard  to 
the  time  of  their  proceeding  to  Canton,  and  Elepoo  under  these  cir- 
cumstances received  their  presents.  In  reply  to  a  memorial,  touching 
the  above,  the  imperial  will  was  received,  strongly  enjoining  that  the 
articles  be  sent  back.  Elepoo  in  obedience  thereto,  forthwith  took 
the  various  kinds  of  presents,  and  ordered  Chin  Chekang  to  go  and 
give  them  back  to  the  barbarians,  who  would  not  receive  them. 

During  the  second  month  of  the  present  year,  the  barbarians  wish- 
ing to  deliver  back  Chusan,  Changke  and  Chin  Chekang  were  sent 
to  take  one  barbarian  man  and  one  woman  to  proceed  and  make 
known  the  strict  injunctions,  that  when  the  city  had  been  given  up 
then  all  the  barbarians  should  be  delivered.  The  presents  which  they 
had  previously  made  were  all  sent  back,  and  having  received  them, 
they  set  sail  for  Canton.  But  Elepoo  did  not,  in  obedience  to  the 
imperial  will,  forthwith  advance  and  slaughter,  and  make  an  imme- 
diate and  thorough  extermination  of  them.  The  whole  of  his  proceed- 
ings being  improper  and  really  marked  by  imbecility,  and  being  un- 
worthy to  bear  so  high  an  office,  he  earnestly  besought  that  his  crimes 
might  be  visited  with  heavy  punishment.  We,  the  ministers,  having 
taken  inta  consideration  from  first  to  last  the  whole  of  the  evidence 
which  he  in  person  has  laid  before  us,  respectfully  memorialize  that  in 
relation  thereto  the  sacred  commands  may  be  recorded. 

Respecting  the  above  case  of  Elepoo,  the  imperial  commissioner 
and  high  minister,  his  management  of  the  barbarian  affairs  in  Che- 
keang,  and  his  not  being  able  at  once  to  recover  Tinghae,  the  impe- 
rial will  was  repeatedly  transmitted  that  he  shouJd  proceed  to  exter- 
minate the  enemy ;  but  on  every  occasion  he  delayed  and  idly  look- 
ed about  him,  and  through  excessive  timidity  did  not  go  forward, 
and  thus  for  every  purpose  he  proved  himself  weak  and  useless.  We 
therefore   jointly  solicit  the  imperial  will,  that  Elepoo  may  be  forth- 


1841.  Journal  of  OccurreiHti.  S.'Vi 

with  disgraced,  frnin  tlie  office  lie  formerly  held  as  governor  of  the 
two  Keang  provinces,  and  be  sent  to  Ele,  that  by  atrenuotis  exertiona 
he  may  make  amends  for  his  offenses. 

Changke  and  the  official  messenger  Chin  Chekang,  who  formerly 
proceeded  to  the  barbarian  ships,  as  we  have  found  by  euminaiion, 
only  acted  in  obedience  lo  Elepoo,  and  accordingly  we  acquit  them 
of  crime.  Let  Chin  Cliekang  return  (o  his  military  station,  and  lei 
Changke  be  released. 

Thai  which  your  majesty's  ministers,  hare  adjudged  of  the  cases 
brought  before  us  in'  council  assembled,  we  now  reverently  report  to 
the  court,  that  the  imperial  will  may  be  received  and  recorded. 

The  imperial  repltf.  His  majesty's  commands  have  been  received 
aa  follows  : 

"  la  consequence  of  Elepoo  having  unsatisfactoiily  managed  the 
military  affairs  of  Chekeiing,  our  imperial  will  was  delivered  to  the 
princes  and  high  ministers  to  adjudge  the  crimes  of  which  he  was 
guilty,  and  it  appears  that  prince  Jinchow  and  others,  in  council 
assembled,  have  now  reported  upon  the  above  case.  Elepoo,  holding 
the  office  of  high  imperial  commissioner  for  the  arrangement  of  af- 
fairs in  Chikeang,  was  unable  forthwith  to  recover  the  captured  ter> 
litories.  The  imperial  will  was  repeatedly  transmitted  to  him,  that 
he  should  advance  and  slaughter  the  enemy,  yet  on  every  occasion 
he  delayed  and  idly  gazed  about,  really  proving  himself  to  be  imbe- 
cile and  worthless.  Let. him  be  forthwith  disgraced  from  the  office 
he  formerly  held  as  governor  of  the  two  Keang  provinces,  and  let 
him  be  sent  to  Ele,  that  by  strenuous  exertions  he  may  make  amends 
for  his  crimes,  aud  be  a  warning  to  others.     Respect  this." 


Art,  VL      Journal  of  Occunrnr.fs :  progress  of  the  tear,  doings 
at  Ningpo,    Chinkae,    and    Chusan;    operations  of  the   Nemesis 
and   PhUgethon  on  the  coast:   iwtices  of  things  at  Amot/ ;  the 
governor's  first  memorial;    Jlimgkong;    seizure    of  a    boat    at 
Canton;  imperial  cabinet  and  state  of  the  country . 
For  the  detailed  account  of  the  expedition,  given  in  Article  Fourth, 
by  a  correspondent,  (the  writer  of  (lie  article  referred  to  in  the  Repo- 
sitory for  July  last,)  our  best  thanks  are  due.     We  ahall  be  much 
obliged,  and  our  readers  will  be  mucii  graiiEied,  by  a  continuation  nf 


636  Journal  of  Occurrences,  Nov. 

theae  notices,  from  one  who  is  evidently  in  a  situation  where  he  can 
convey  accurate  and  full  accounts  of  nearly  all  the  proceedings  of 
the  expedition.  We  are  not  so  anxious  to  get  opinions  and  senti- 
ments respecting  these  doings,  as  we  are  to  present  our  readers  with 
accurate  and  full  narratives  of  all  that  is  done — the  acts  of  both  the 
belligerents,  with  faithful  notices  of  the  accompanying  circumstances, 
localities  defined,  fortifications  delineated,  positions  marked,  move- 
ments described,  dates  recorded,  names  given,  &c.,  d&Cy  all  in  such 
a  manner  that  every  operation  may  be  rightly  judged  of  and  appre- 
ciated.    This  done,  the  reader  can  form  his  own  opinions. 

2.  From  Ningpo,  our  information  is  to  the  1st  instant,  furnished 
by  captain  Clarke,  late  of  the  Columbine,  who  kindly  paid  us  a  visit 
while  in  Macao  on  his  way  to  Europe,  in  company  with  several  of  his 
fellow  officers,  returning  in  consequence  of  having  been  promoted. 
Ningpo  is  fully  two  thirds  the  size  of  Canton,  and  equally  densely  po- 
pulated ;  accordingly  the  number  of  its  inhabitants  could  not  have  been 
less  than  600,000.  To  destroy  this  city  by  fire,  and  render  all  its 
inhabitants  houseless  just  at  the  commencement  of  winter,  would  be 
a  harsh  measure.  We  are  unwilling  to  believe  it  was  sir  Henry's 
purpose  to  rase  it.  It  was  believed  at  Ningpo,  when  captain  Clarke 
left  that  place,  that  some  overtures  were  about  to  be  made,  on  the 
part  of  the  Chinese,  for  the  ransom  of  the  city  or  for  a  settlement  of 
all  British  claims.  It  was  said,  moreover,  that  one  of  Keshen's  for- 
mer aid-de-camps  (captain  White)  had  arrived  at  Ningpo.  But  no- 
thing had  transpired,  so  far  as  we  know,  that  could  warrant  any 
strong  expectation  of  such  overtures  beinff  soon  made  as  would  be 
accepted.  There  are  rumors  in  Canton  of  an  advance  having  been 
made  on  Hangchow — by  no  means  an  improbable  event — for  at  that 
point  the  invaders  reach  the  grand  canal,  the  principal  artery  which 
supplies  the  capital  of  the  empire  with  its  life-blood.  There  is  also  a 
rumor  that  Keshen  has  been  sent  again  to  negotiate. 

3.  Regarding  Chinhae  we  can  for  the  present  only  add,  to  what 
our  correspondent  has  given,  an  extract  from  a  communication  written 
from  on  board  the  Nemesis,  and  published  in  the  Canton  Register. 

"  Early  on  the  10th,  basily  employed  as  usual,  taking;  in  troops ;  they  were 
landed  by  the  Phlegethon  and  us  in  two  separate  divisions,  55th  and  18(h  regi- 
ments by  the  Phlegethon,  and  rifle  corps  and  artillery  by  the  Sesostris;  we  landed 
the  49th  in  the  rear  of  the  enemv,  say  five  miles' from  the  encampment,  about  9  a. 
M.;  then  passed  on  to  the  admhw,  who  had  taken  up  his  position  off  the  joss-house 
fort,  distant  one  mile,  running  the  i^auntlet  with  tne  several  batteries  lining  the 
bank  of  the  river,  giving  and  receiving  fire  from  the  enemy's  fortifications;  several 
shot  passed  over  us,  but,  as  usual,  we  passed  uninjured;  the  joss-house  fort  suffered 
severely  from  the  shelling  of  the  Wellesley,  Blonde,  Modeste,  and  Nemesis, 
keeping  up  an  incessant  fire  on  the  troops  as  they  passed  to  and  from  the  fort.  No 
shot  were  fired  from  this  fortification;  10.30  a.  m.  being  close  in  shore,  observed 
a  large  body  of  the  enemy  drawn  out,  with  their  banners  fiying,  in  three  separate 
divisions;  we  gave  them  a  few  round  shot  when  thev  retreated  within  the  walls  of 
the  city.  At  this  time  the  Blenheim  came  up,  Hnd  poured  a  destructive  fire  IntQ 
the  joss-house  fort :  about  noon  the  firing  ceased,  though  just  previouslv  a  man 
was  observed  waving  a  flag  in  defiance  at  the  joss-house,  and  whilst  t>b8erving 
him  a  shell  from  the  Wellesley  eiploded  immediately  upon  it,  scattering  it  to  the 
\uiids.     At    1*2..*^)  the  marines  and  blue  jiickefs  landed,  gained  the  hill  as  the 


1841.  Journal  of  Omtrrfnces.  ""  <>37 

enemy  were  deserting  il;  a  few  shot  were  exchanf^ed  on  their  way  down  tlie  o|». 
fKMite  side  to  gain  the  city,  which  they  soon  had  possession  of  with  little  opposi- 
tion, narrowly  escaping,*  in  their  impetuosity,  an  extensive  mine,  sprung  by  the 
enemy,  one  man  only,  a  drummer  of  the  Blenheim's  marines,  was  killed  by  the 
explosion.  During  this  short  |i«riod,  the  troops  had  routed  the  celestials  with 
great  slaughter,  the  latter  fought  with  a  desperation  scarcely  before  witnessed, 
with  the  exception  of  only  a  few  cases;  in  several  instances  the  pikes  of  the  enemy 
crossed  the  British  twyonet,  with  a  determined  resolution  to  conauer  or  die ;  but 
desperation  could  not  compete  with  British  courage  and  discipline ;  the  sons  of 
Han  were  entirely  routed,  with  immense  slaughter ;  the  rifles  here  and  elsewhere 
did  great  execution,  every  ball  brought  its  man  down ;  at  this  spot  they  were  sur- 
nrbed  by  the  49th,  and  numbers  were  picked  off  as  they  enoeavored  to  escape 
into  the  water;  the  bank  was  strewed  with  the  dead  and  dying,  and  scores  of 
t>odies  floated  by  us.  At  flrst  little  quarter  was  given,  but  soon  a  stop  was  put  ta 
the  dreadful  camagel  The  engineers  bad  surprised  one  battery,  and  turned  the 
guns  towards  the  city.  That  night  the  larger  portion  of  the  troops  remained 
encamped  on  the  seat  of  their  conquest,  a  small  party  only  crossing  to  the  city 
for  the  purpose  of  supporting  the  marines. 

"  On  the  1 1th  at  6  A.  m.  landed  and  proceeded  to  the  joss-house  fort ;  it  was  but 
an  apology  for  a  temple.  Images  of  all  descriptions  strewed  our  path ;  dead  bodies 
were  found  intermingled  with  their  hideous  idols,  most  horrible  to  view.  The 
entrance  gate,  looking  towards  the  ships,  was  that  in  which  the  shell  from  the 
Wellesley  had  exploded ;  we  had  an  opportunity  of  witnessing  its  effects :  six 
men  were  lying  down  horribly  mutilated,  one  nearly  in  halves.  At  4  p.  m.,  we  again 
walked  on  shore  and  entered  the  city;  in  one  house  we  saw  a  man  and  woman 
lying  dead,  a  man  with  a  shot  through  his  thigh,  and  a  poor  woman  with  her  lee 
snot  off,  since  amputated  and  doinj^well;  at  another  place  we  sawfour  poor  chil- 
dren lying  dead  from  the  effects  of  our  shot;  God  only  knows  where  the  poor 
mother  was ;  the  father  was  frantic,  sometimes  embracing  his  lost  dear  ones,  at 
another  rushing  towards  a  large  vase  of  water,  attempting  to  drown  himself,  but 
being  restrained  by  bis  friends.  We  retired ;  it  was  a  scene  too  distressing  to 
witness  several  other  scenes  are  on  record — but  enough  of  these  miserable  mise- 
•ries,  necessary,  or  rather  unavoidable,  evils  of  war." 

4.  Chusan,  we  understand,  was  reoccopied  previoasly  to  the 
move  on  Chinhae,  in  consequence  of  the  impracticability  of  at  once 
getting  the  squadron  up  against  the  strong  winds  and  current.  Our 
dates  from  Tinghae  are  to  the  2d  of  November.  There  had  been 
some  firing  on  the  guarils  by  Chinese  secreted  in  houses,  and  one 
man  had  been  caught  armed.  Besides  these  doings,  everything  was 
going  on  satisfactorily,  though  a  great  many  complaints  of  thefU  and 
robberies  were  daily  brought  to  the  office  of  the  magistrate. 

5.  Some  operations  of  the  iron  steamers.  Nemesis  and  Phlegethon, 
in  addition  to  what  have  been  noticed  already,  we  here  introduce 
from  the  same  communication  before  quoted  in  the  Canton  Register. 

On  the'  3d  September  the  ships  with  the  exception  of  the  Droid,  Pylades  and 
Algerine  and  three  transports  for  the  protection  of  the  river,  weighed  and  made 
sail  for  Bufialoe's  nose,  the  first  place  of  rendezvous ;  wind  foul;  and  continued  so 
neariy  the  whole  way;  it  waa  evident  the  N.E.  monsoon  had  set  in,  and  it  became 
a  question  if  the  transports  would  be  able  to  beat  up;  the  place  of  rendezvous  waa 
|riven«  and  every  vessel  made  the  best  of  her  way  up.  We  parted  company  and 
ran  in  shore,  anchoring  all  night  out  of  the  heavy  sea,  taking  advantage  of  the 
tides,  thus  we  continued  to  pursue  our  eoorse  pleasantly.  At  one  of  our  anchora- 
ges we  landed  and  procured  pigs,  poultry,  and  vegetables ;  during  the  former  part 
of  the  day  we  amused  ourselves  in  strolling  about  the  island ;  when  from  the  top  of 
the. hill  we  espied  several  bulTocks,  wo  immediately  concealed  ourselves,  returned 
to  the  ship,  and  after  dinner  landed,  and  by  stratai^em  procured  three  fine  onen, 
for  which  I  paid  SIO,  the  owner  of  only  one  appearing,     f^ie  foliowinpr  day  at 


t>38  Journal  of  Occurrences,  Nov. 

tlawn  got  under  wcij^li,  tuok  a  fisherman  out  of  his  boat,  and  made  him  pilot  ua  to 
a  harbor,  in  which,  from  tlie  hill,  the  captain  had  perceived  a  fortification ;  about 
7.30  A.  Mn  we  entered  an  extremely  narrow  paange,  which  was  commanded  by  a 
battery  of  several  giins^  but  the  tide  took  us  in  so  rapidly  that  in  a  few  momenta 
we  passed  their  line  of  fire ;  we  were  as  much  surprised  as  the  enemy,  the  weather 
beingr  thick  and  misty,  and  in  about  5  minutes  obtained  sight,  or  rather  practical 
information  of  the  presence  of  another  fort;  bang,  bang  went  the  guns  from  the 
shore,  and  bang,  bang  went  the  ship's  barkers;  the  captain  moored  her  head  and 
stem  to  the  largre  junks,  and  then  commenced  in  earnest,  and  in  10  minutes  we 
drove  them  out  of  the  fort  witli  our  destructive  fire  of  grape  and  cannister,  almost 
at  pistol  shot ; — about  50  men  were  then  landed,  headed  by  their  gallant  captain, 
who  planted  the  British  union  on  the  walls  of  the  enemy's  fort ;  three  cheers  were 
given,  and  three  times  reechoed  from  the  Goddess  of  revenge ;  4  guns  were  spiked, 
two  of  which  were  brass,  but  too  heavy  to  be  removed,  the  men  then  returned, 
and  commenced  searching  among  the  numerous  junks  for  wood  of  which  we 
procured  about  40  tons,  which  materially  assisted  us  in  getting  to  oar  place  of 
destination.  At  11.30  a.  m.,  unmoored  and  steamed  down  the  narbor,  when  we 
observed  a  large  body  of  soldiera  drawn  out  to  attack  us  if  we  landed ;  the  guns 
were  loaded  with  grape  and  cannister,  but  when  within  range  a  panic  was  evident 
among  them ;  sauve  tjue  peut,  and  away  they  went  belter  skelter,  but  not  before 
they  had  received  our  two  doses  and  third  in  the  shape  of  a  32  M.  shot.  Retomed, 
and  burnt  three  large  war.junks,  mounting  altogether  S'guns ;  anchored  and  went 
to  dinner.  After  dinner  weighed  and  steamed  to  our  friend  at  the  entrance  of  the 
harbor;  but,  after  giving  him  a  few  shot,  which  were  not  returned,  landed  and 
took  possession,  the  fort  having  been  just  deserted.  Here  I  believe  14  guns  were 
destroyed,  beside  several  tents,  and  at  5  p.  m.,  we  left  the  harbor  of  Sheipoo, 
bending  our  course  to  the  place  of  rendezvous,  arriving  at  Buflalo^s  nose  at  noon 
on  the  18th  Sept.,  and  found  only  Sesostris  at  anchor.  On  the  19th,  the  Crulzer  and 
Rustomjee  Cowasjce  arrived ;  three  days  after  several  transports  arrived,  and  we 
were  ordered  to  go  on  to  Kite  point,  where  we  found  the  Phlegethon,  and  Ann 
and  Lyra;  the  Phlegethons,  supported  by  the  crew  of  the  two  vessels,  had  been 
on  shore  and  burnt  tne  village  in  which  poor  captain  Stead  was  murdered,  and  ^ 
another,  where  a  few  days  previously  the  chief  mate  and  one  of  the  crew  of  the' 
Lyia  were  murdered  while  buying  stock--«everal  Chinese  soldien  were  killed. 
We  have  heard,  per  Ariel,  which  vessel  had  just  arrived  from  Sheipoo,  that  the 
killed  among  the  soldiers  were  100,  and  five  officeza;  a  very  creditable  little  a&ir 
for  one  vessel  and  a  few  men.  ' 

6.  A  few  notices  of  things  at  Amoy  we  here  throw  together, 
chiefly  collected  from  remiDisceiices  published  in  the  Canton  Press. 
Among  the  wounded,  on  the  part  of  the  Chinese,  was  a  corporal,  who 
was  brought  off  by  the  soldiers  and  put  on  board  of  a  man-of-war. 
*  He  had  his  arm  taken  off  with  stoical  apathy,'  and  beginning  to 
recover,  was  set  at  liberty  on  shore.  While  a  prisoner,  he  appeared 
-rquite  indifferent  to  everything  about  him,  and  gave  direct  and  appa- 
rently faithful  answers  to  all  questions  that  were  put  to  him.  Among 
the  defenses,  besides  the  cannon  and  matchlocks,  there  were  found 
great  quantities  of  bows  and  arrows,  which  with  the  Chinese  seem  to 
be  in  universal  use  both  on  sea  and  on  land.  The  buildings,  at 
Amoy  called  *  Haehong,'  forming  the  establishment  of  the  sub-pre- 
fect, were  so  spacious  as  to  furnish  quarters  for  the  whole  55th  regi- 
ment. In  one  of  the  attached  building  was  a  quantity  of  treasure, 
'  packed  up  in  wooden  cylinders  that  opened  like  a  box,  each  of 
which  had  a  lock,  and  a  label  over  it,  signifying  from  whence  the 
silver  had  been  obtained.'  The  commandant's  office,  near  the  south- 
ern gate,  was  occupied  by  the  sappers  and  miners,  and  there  also 
was  found  some  treasure,  which  had  been  forwarded  from  Fuhchow 


Tur  the  payin«iii  ul'  iliu  troops.  'I'lie  adniiiiirs  oHicf,  m  ilie  cilaJel,  a 
coinplele  tabyriitlh  of  houses,  was  more  (lian  sutlicient  for  a  regi- 
ment. Here  the  I8ih  and  staff  took  up  their  quarters,  and  one  or  the 
soldiers  found  an  opium  pipe.  Bj  accident  one  of  the  wings  of  this 
building  was  burnt  down,  during  the  second  night  of  occupation. 
Near  by  was  the  residence  of  the  vice-ndmirnl  of  t'urmosa,  'a  titular 
guardian  and  duke  of  the  empire.'  Outside  the  citadel  was  the  in- 
tendani'a  office,  and  near  it  a  rounder;,  where  were  found  some  cop- 
ier and  treRBure.  In  the  town  was  the  residence  of  the  commissioner 
of  customs,  and  a  temporary  seat  of  the  governor,  from  which  all  the 
effects  had  been  removed.  Large  ({unntities  of  timber  were  found  in 
the  navy  yard.  In  one  of  the  houses  was  found  '  a  Koran  with  a 
Chinese  translation.'  The  place  was  provided  with  a  foundling  hos- 
pital, yet  the  writer  of  these  reminiscence.'^  uHls  us  that,  "  near  this 
very  house,  is  a  small  lank, covered  with  diickwred,  where  a  number 
of  newborn  babes  were  found  sewed  up  in  mats  and  drowned."  The 
troops,  which  landed  on  the  2(>th  of  August,  embarked  on  the  4lh  of 
llie  following  month.  The  people,  down  to  our  latest  intelligence, 
only  a  few  days  ago,  continued  quiet,  and  had  even  brought  back  to 
captain  Smith,  n  sailor  who  had  deserted  ET.  B.  M.'s  service. 

7.  The  jint  mcmnriai  from  governor  Yen,  sent  up  to  his  master 
on  the  ^th  of  August,  gives  a  somewhat  different  account  of  these 
matters.  On  the  morning  of  the  2tith,  his  excellency,  being  at  Amoy, 
sent  off  a  man  named  Chin,  who  understood  the  language  of  the  bar- 
barians, to  demand  the  reason  of  their  coming,  when  their  three  lea- 
ders, who  falsely  styled  themselves  high  officers,  returned  answer, 
that,  unless  the  demands  made,  last  year  at  Teenlsia  were  instantly 
granted,  they  should  commence  hostilities,  and  occupy  Amoy.  Then 
came  the  lug  of  war;  and  his  excellency,  iit  the  head  of  liis  troopa 
undaunted,  attacked  and  sunk  one  steimcr  and  5ve  ships  of  war, 
killing  of  the  rebellious  barbarians  an  innumerable  number.  But, 
strange  to  narrate, '  the  more  he  killed  the  moie  they  appeared  :'  ergo, 
there  was  no  alternative  but  to  retreat,  catrrying  with  him  his  seals, 
liut  not  until  the  office  had  been  set  on  fir';  by  the  rebels.  However, 
matters  were  not  to  be  left  long  in  this  state.  Mure  than  100  villages 
had  combined,  and  more  than  10,000  warriors  were  mustered,  ready 
to  fight.  On  this,  and  some  subseiiiieni  memorials,  the  governor 
founded  his  plea  for  the  3,000,000  of  taels. 

8.  Hongkong  continues  steadily  to  improve,  in  the  number  of  its 
iiihabilants,  and  in  the  progress  of  its  public  works.  If  by  and  by 
the  pleasure  of  her  majesty  be  expressed  in  its  favor,  the  plac*  will 
probably  rise  more  rapidly. 

9.  Seiriire  of  a  boat  at  Canton.  As  Mr.  A.  P.  Edwards,  super- 
cargo of  the  American  ship  Hannibal  was,  early  on  the  morning  of 
the  ItJth  instant,  proceeding  in  a  boat  with  a  crew  of  four  men  from 
Whampoa  to  Canton,  he  was  arrested  fay  the  Chinese  at  a  military  sta- 
tion on  the  souihern  side  of  the  island  of  Honan,  where  he  was  com* 
pcllcd  to  land,  and  the  hands  of  himself  and  of  the  crew  were  Iwiind 
liehiiid  tlicii).       U|>un  the  ticck  of  Mr.  Cdwards,  a  heavy  chain  was 


010  Juurnni  of  Ocvtu'rencf^ 

put  and  secured  by  a  lock,  and  under  a  strong  guard  of  soldiers  the 
party  was  conducted  across  the  island  to  a  boat,  in  which  they  were 
taken  to  the  city  of  Canton  to  the  residence  of  the  governor  of  the 
province.  After  some  delay,  the  prisoners  were  brought  before  the  au- 
thorities for  examination,  when  Mr.  Edwards  waa  recognized  by  the 
hong-merchant  Kingqua,  whose  intervention  procured  the  immediate 
release  of  Mr.  Edwards  and  his  boat's  crew,  who  were  taken  from 
the  city,  first  to  the  consoo  house,  and  thence  to  the  foreign  factories. 
Mr.  Edwards  was  detained  for  about  nine  hours,  and  his  hands  were 
so  tightly  bound,  that  after  removing  the  cords,  some  time  elapsed 
before  circulation  was  restored  and  the  use  of  his  arms  recovered. 

We  understand  that  the  place  at  which  iM r.  Edwards  was  arrested, 
id  in  a  back  passage  which  it  has  never  been  customary  for  foreign 
boats  to  take  when  going  to  and  from  Canton  and  Whampoa;  and 
the  seizure  appears  to  have  been  occasioned  by  the  boat's  being  out  of 
its  usual  course,  and  coming  within  reach  of  the  ignorant  zeal  of  the 
soldiers,  who  were  reprimanded  by  the  authorities  when  it  was  ascer- 
tained that  the  innocent  had  been  made  to  suffer  thereby. 

Though  defenses  have  been  riiised  at  and  near  Canton,  yet  we 
cannot  learn  that  there  is  any  disposition,  on  the  part  of  the  Chinese, 
to  interrupt  the  present  order  of  things.  A  watch,  taken  from  Mr. 
Edwards,  was  returned  to  him,  andso  was  his  boat;  and  some  gold 
/pieces  were  refunded.  The  authorities  in  Canton  are  exceedingly 
annoyed  because  many  of  their  people  have  gone  into  the  service  of 
the  English  ships  of  war,  and  these  traitors  are  they  suspect  em- 
ployed as  informers  and  spies.  Against  such  they  are  on  the  watch. 
Considering  the  situation  in  which  the  boat  was,  without  any  one  to 
explain  her  object,  and  considering  too  the  state  in  which  the.  coun- 
try is,  it  is  not  surprising  she  was  brought  to  and  her  people  taken 
into  custody  :  under  similar  circumstances  the  same  would  probably 
have  been  done  in  any  other  country.  The  treatment  of  Mr.  Ed- 
wards, while  in  custody,  was  barbarous,  and  the  repetition  of  the  like 
ought  never  to  be  allowed.  In  the  present  excited  state  of  the  peo- 
ple, prudence  would  seem  to  suggest  that  deviations  from  old  custom 
should  be  as  few  as  possible,  especially  in  all  cases  where  there  is 
nothing  to  be  gained,  but  much  hazarded,  by  such  deviations. 

10.  On  the  imperial  cabinet  and  general  state  of  the  empire  we 
intended  to  have  remarked  at  some  length,  as  at  this  moment  they  , 
are  topics  of  great  interest.  Want  of  space  stops  us  short :  the  latest 
direct  expression  we  have  heard  from  the  cabinet  is  this,  there  shall 
he  no  peace,  no  treaty  with  the  rebels ;  while  new  defenses  are  being 
raised  from  one  end  of  the  empire  to  the  other,  on  the  remote  frontiers 
of  Tibet,  and  at  Teentsin  and  in  Mantchouria.  However,  it  remains 
to  be  seen  what  effect  the  operations  at  Ningpo,  &c.,  will  have  on 
his  majesty's  councils.  The  case  is  a  desperate  one,  and  if  deter- 
mined to  carry  on  hostilities,  the  whole  resources  of  the  empire 
must  be  put  in  requisition ,  and  after  all  they  will  assuredly  be  found 
wanting. 


CHINESE    REPOSITORY. 


Vol.  X.— Decembeb,  1841.— No.  12. 


Abt.  I.  A  New  History  of  China,  containing  a  description  of  the 
most  considerable  particulars  of  that  empire.  By  Gabriel  Ma- 
GAiLLANB.  London,  1688.  pp.  352. 
Thb  author  of  ihia  work,  introduced  to  the  notice  of  the  reader  in 
our  last  number,  traveled  over  all  the  principal  parts  of  China,  from 
the  year  1640  to  1648,  when  he  was  carried  to  Peking,  where  he 
remained  nine- and- twenty  years,  till  his  death  in  1677.  He  wrote  in 
obedience  to  an  order  of  his  superior,  Francis  fierraiido,  viaiiorot' 
China  and  Japan,  and  was  evidently  well  iiifurmed  regarding  those 
things  of  which  he  gives  an  account.  Magaillaus'  iranslalor,  in 
order  to  prepare  the  way  tor  his  new  history,  like  same  more  modern 
writers,  cuts  up  and  gives  to  the  winds  wlintever  had  been  before 
published  respecting  this  country,  '  so  vast,  so  rich,  so  fertile,  so  ex- 
traordinary.' In  its  day,  the  book  must  have  been  indeed  very  va- 
luable, and  even  at  this  time  it  afTords  some  ijirormatioo  not  often 
met  with  in  other  works.  Ferdinand  Mendez  Pinto,  where  he  doea 
not  apeak  of  Portuguese  affairs,  '  is  siuft  wiih  fables.'  Gonzalez  de 
Mendoza,  sincere  and  true  as  to  what  he  says  of  the  travels  of  Mar- 
tin (le  Harrada  and  Jerome  Marin,  listened  too  much  to  the  vaunting 
relations  of  the  Chinese.  Pedro  Cubero  ScbaMiiiri  is  equally  bad. 
Trigaut,  the  Annual  Letters,  Semedo,  Martini,  Schall,  Gceaton, 
Rougemont,  Couplet,  R.  P.  ofOrlennce,  and  some  others,  "seem  the 
inost  worthy  of  credit  and  esteem;"  but  .  ,  .  and  "but  though  these 
authors  are  every  one  worthy  to  be  esteemed  and  valued,  certain  it  is 
that  we  wanted  still  a  very  great  number  of  cnnsiderable  paiiiculnrs;" 
and,  "I  make  no  question  but  this  translation  will  be  grateful  to  the 
more  e.iact  pan  of  the  learned  world." 
IWL     X.    NO.   -vti,  SI 


042  A  Nao  History  of  China.  Dec. 

The  Mantchous,  or  <  eastern  Tartars/  as  our  author  calls  them, 
'  who  were  formerly  so-  barbarous  that  they  had  not  any  king,  nor 
any  word  to  signify  the  king/  became  masters  of  China  in  a.  d.  1643- 
44,  a  few  years  after  Magaillans  arrived  in  this  country.  Their  ori- 
gin is  thus  described  by  our  author's  translator.  We  quote  his  words 
only  in  part. 

It  was  about  ten  generations  prior  to  Shunche's  time  (so  that  mo- 
narch often  said)  that  three  nymphs, —  Augela,  Chaugula,  and  Fee- 
cula, — descended  from  heaven  to  bathe  in  a  river  of  Tartary;  one  of 
them,  Fcecula,  having  found  an  herb  called  alkakengi,  having  red 
fruit,  under  her  robes  which  she  left  on  the  shore,  devoured  it  with 
such  a  greedy  appetite  that  she  became  pregnant ;  and  while  her  two 
companions  returned  to  the  heavens,  she  remained  on  the  earth  till 
she  had  given  birth  to  a  boy,  which  she  nursed  for  a  time,  and  then 
placing  him  on  an  island  of  the  river,  and  telling  him  that  a  fisher- 
man would  come  and  take  care  of  his  education,  she  followed  and 
rejoined  the  other  nymphs,  and  the  fisherman  accordingly  came. 
The  descendants  of  this  child,  who  grew  to  be  a  man  of  extraordi- 
nary valor,  ruled  the  country.  But  in  the  fifth  generation,  the  people 
rebelled,  and  all  of  the  reigning  family  were  exterminated  except  one. 
This  prince,  closely  pursued  and  despairing  of  his  life,  sat  himself 
down  upon  the  ground,  and  a  magpie  came  and  perched  upon  his 
head,  so  that  his  enemies  took  him  for  the  stump  of  a  tree.  Thus 
far  the  story  is  altogether  fabulous.  But  what  follows  is  certain. 
The  founder  of  the  present  family  made  himself  known  by  the  bloody 
wars,  which  he  carried  on  to  revenge  the  death  of  his  father,  whom  the 
Chinese  officers  had  caused  to  be  murdered,  and  other  outrages  com- 
mitted against  the  nation.  He  was  lord  of  the  valley  of  Moncheu, 
which  Martini  takes  to  be  a  great  city.  Wanleih,  whose  reign  com- 
menced 1573,  gave  htm  the  government  of  the  valley  and  neighbor- 
ing regions,  on  condition  that  he  would  defend  them  against  the  in- 
cursions of  the  oriental  Tartars,  who  were  divided  into  seven  small 
principalities.  His  grandson  was  the  father  of  Shunche,  who,  at  the 
age  of  six- years,  succeeded  to  the  throne  of  China.  Thus  it  appears 
that  these  Mantchou  princes  '  have  derived  their  origin  from  a  petty 
captain  of  a  horde,  or  chief  leader  of  banditti  or  wandering  Tartars.' 
See  page  21-23. 

Of  the  names  which  the  Chinese  and  foreigners  have  given  to  this 
country,  Magaillans  has  written  learnedly,  correcting  Polo  and  all  his 
other  predecessors.  Presuming  that  our  readers  are  as  well  inform- 
ed as  our  author,  on  most  of  the  points  in  question,  we  will  only 


I84f,  A  Neu,  History  a/  China.  643 

notice  whnt  he  ttjz  reapeciini;  the  countries  of  Catai  and  Mangi. 
The  western  Tartars  call  the  Chinese  Hari  Kittn^  or  '  Blnck  Barba- 
rians,' which  is  the  name  they  also  give  to  China-  Here  he  tells 
us  that  Marco  Polo  should  not  have  written  can  (kan  or  khan)  for 
king,  but  htm,  which  is  according  lo  the  ptuntinciaijon  nf  the  west- 
ern Tartars.  The  Mimcbous  formerly  called  China  Nica  Coram, 
i.  e.  'the  kingdom  of  bitrbariiins;'  but  now,  that  ihey  are  its  masters, 
they  imiiati.'  ilie  Chinese  and  call  it  Tulinifia  Curum,  i.  e.  the  cen- 
tre kiogdoni.  Here  again  he  informs  us,  that  Polo  abould  have  writ- 
ten Hanpaiu,  ibe  king's  court,  and  tioi  Cambalu.  Mangi  is,  he  aays, 
deriTed  from  Mirnl  Zu,  (Man-lfi/c)  which  sigmlies  burbariaiia.  Tlio 
southern  provinces — ihose  south  of  ilic  "  Ydm  cu  liinm  (Yangtsze 
keang)  the  riier  son  af  the  sea," — were  alsocalled  Wan  Han,  or  ^bar. 
bariansof  tbe-soiitb.'  ARer  alT this,  and  much  more,- our  author 
tomes  to  the  conclusion  that  the  northern  prorinces  were  called  Kilai 
and  the  southern  Mangt. 

Further,  he  "  also  with  good  reason  takes  notice  of  the  hyperboles 
whieh  Marco  Polo  makes  use  in  deacribin([  the  city  of  Kimaai,"  i.  c. 
Hangchow,  where  the  Venetian  traveler  found  twelve  thousand 
bridges.  To  end  all  disputes  concerning  the  name  of  this  famous 
city,  Magaillans  produces  the  following  extract  from  Chinese  chro- 
nicles. 

"1r  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ,  1200,  a  captain  of  the  oriental  Tartars 
that  some  yean  aince  subdued  this  empire,  made  lumaelf  master  of  the  pro- 
Tineea  ufPekiag,  Shaose,  and  Shantung,  which  the  Vcllow  nv?r  separates 
fton  the  other  twelve.  Ttiereupon  he  caused  himself  to  be  crowned  king. 
and  named  his  family  Taileaou.  Someyeara  alter,  anolber  captain  of  the 
.eastern  TarUn  made  war  upon  him,  got  possessian  of  bis  kingdom,  exter- 
minated the  reigning  family,  and  called  his  own,  and  Ins  kingiiom  Tae. 
Kin  kwd,  or  the  kingdom  of  Gold,  which  continofd  till  tlio  year  12(>0;  at 
what  time  the  other  twelve  provinces  were  subdued  by  an  emperor  of  the 
family  of  Sung.  Upon  this  soma  ofhis  chief  roioiaturs  advised  him  to  send 
great  presents  to  the  Grand  Hsn,  who  had  a  little  before  subdued  the  west- 
em  Tartaia,  and  lo  desire  his  assistance  for  the  expulsion  of  tlie  Tartara  out 
oftbG  three  provinces  which  they  had  usurped.  But  olliera  orhls  eouncd- 
lors  laid  boibre  him  the  ill  consequence  of  provoking  iliat  termble  nation  of 
the  western  Tartars,  or  molesting  the  eaatern,  wit)i  wbom  tiiey  bad  far  seve- 
ral years  preserved  an  amicable  correspondence ;  withal,  that  it  was  no  good 
policy  to  expel  tigera,  and  bring  more  cruel  lions  into  iheir  room.  Never- 
theless the  Grat  counael,  though  the  worst,  was  followed:  and  the  Grand 
Han  was  called  in  with  his  Tartars,  alr<^ady  the  vanquiahers  of  so  man]' 
nations,  who  in  a  short  time  eicterminatcd  the  lamily  of  Toe-Kin,  and  made 
themselves  mssters  of  the  tliree  provinces.     But  so  soon  as  tliey  had  finiahed 


«44  A  New  History  of  China.  Dec: 

that  conquest,  they  perfidiously  turned  their  arms  against  the  king  of  China, 
who  kept  his  court  in  a  city  belonging  to  the  province  of  lionan,  bordering 
upon  the  Yellow  river.  This  prince,  being  terrified  by  the  neighborhood  of 
those  barbarians,  fled  in  all  haste  to  the  city  of  Uangchow  in  the  province 
of  the  Cheke&ng,  where  he  settled  his  court.  Of  which  the  ban  no  sooner 
had  intelligence,  but  he  crossed  the  Yellow  river,  and  after  little  or  no  resis- 
tance made  himself  master  of  the  provinces  of  Honan,  Nanking,  and  (;h«. 
kc&ng,  and  consequently  of  the  village  of  Hangchow,  which  M.  Polo  calls 
Kimsai.  Thereupon  the  king  of  China  fled  into  the  province  of  Fuhke«a« 
and  from  thence  into  that  of  Kwangtung,  where  having  embarked  himself 
with  a  design  to  seek  out  foreign  shelter,  he  suflfered  shipwreck  in  the  gulf 
of  the  island  of  Hainan,  and  there  miserably  perished,  so  that  all  the  rest  of 
China  submitted  voluntarily  to  the  Grand  Han."    page  19. 

The  independent  mountaineers,  in  Szechuen,  Yunnan,  Kweichow 
and  Kwangse,  he  says,  pay  no  tribute  to  the  emperor,  nor  yield  him 
any  obedience,  being  governed  by  absolute  princes,  whom  the  Chi- 
nese call '  local  lords,'  and  <  local  oflicers.'  Their  towns  are,  for  the 
roost  part,  so  environed  with  high  mountains  and  steep  rocks  '  as  if 
nature  had  taken  a  particular  care  of  their  fortification.'  Within 
these  mountains  lie  extensive  fields  and  plains  and  many  towns  and 
villages.  Though  they  speak  the  Chinese,  '  they  have  a  particular 
language  also,  and  their  manners  and  customs  are  likewise  somewhat 
different  from  those  of  the  sons  of  Han.*  Nevertheless,  adds  our  au' 
thor,  <  their  complexion  and  the  shape  of  their  bodies  are  altogether 
alike ;  but  as  to  their  courage,  you  would  think  them  to  be  quite 
another  nation:  the  Chinese  stand  in  fear  of  them,  so  that  after  se- 
veral trials,  which  they  have  made  of  their  prowess,  they  have  been 
forced  to  let  them  live  at  their  own  liberty,  and  to  consent  to  a  fret 
traffic  and  commerce  with  them.'  He  gives  an  account  of  one  of  the 
chiefs,  who  with  an  army  of  forty  thousand  men,  was  beguiled  and 
destroyed  by  a  Chinese  usurper :  of  this  catastrophe  he  himself  was 
an  eye-witness. 

Magaillans  also  discourses  about  the  nature  and  merits  of  the  Chi- 
nese language,  notices  particularly  the  tones  and  aspirates,  and  says 
that  *  he  who  will  industriously,  and  under  a  good  method,  apply 
himself  to  the  study  of  it,  may  be  able  in  a  year's  time  to  understand 
and  speak  it  very  well ;'  and  that  '  those  then  employed  in  the  mis- 
sion were  at  the  end  of  two  years,  so  perfect  in  the  language  that 
they  were  able  to  confess,  catechize,  preach,  and  compose,  with  as 
much  ..ease  as  in  their  own  native  tongue.     He  then  proceeds  to  say, 

<•  That  there  is  no  question  to  be  made  of  this  apparent  truth,  when  we 
consider  rhn  great  number  of  bookn  which  the  tiithers  have  made  and  translat- 


1841.  A  .Vtw  HixtoTfi  of  Cliinn  O-l'i 

ed,  M(l  daily  make  anil  iranalate  inlo  tlie  CliincRC  liLntfuagv,  wliicit  am 
eateemcd  and  ailmired  by  the  Chinese  themaElvcs.  iiuch  as  arc  thiMC  boohs 
which  father  Matthew  RiccJ  compaeed  upon  our  BScrad  law,  and  upon 
several  other  subjects.  Of  whom  the  Chinese  speak  to  this  day  ss  of  a 
prodigy  of  knowledge,  and  all  sorts  of  knowledge:  so  that  there  ia  not  any 
person  of  quality  io  the  empire  that  does  not  know  and  speak  of  him  with 
applause.  The  learned  quote  him  in  their  writings  aa  one  of  their  moat 
ramons  doctors ;  and  tho  handle  rail- work  men,  to  put  olf  their  wares,  and  sell 
thera  at  s  high  rate,  assure  the  buyers  that  they  were  the  inventions  of  that 
illustrious  person  fsther  Matthew  Ricci.  In  short,  they  esteemed  and  ho. 
nored  him  to  that  degree,  that  scversi  believe,  that  ss  Confucius  was  the 
priace,  the  saint,  the  master,  and  doctor  of  the  Chinese,  so  father  Matthew 
Ricci  was  the  same  among  the  Europeans:  which  was  the  highest  praise 
thcM  idoliseTS  of  Confucius  could  give  hira.  Father  Diego  Pantoja  has  also 
composed  several  learned  treatises  of  the  seven  deadly  sins,  of  the  seven 
virtues  which  ore  their  contraries ;  upon  the  Pater  Noster,  upon  the  Ave 
Maria,  and  the  Credo.  The  Others  Alfonso  Vanhone,  and  Julio  Aleni,  wrote 
several  tomes  upon  the  Christian  religion,  upon  the  life  of  Christ,  of  th» 
Holy  Virgin,  aud  the  Saints,  and  upon  several  other  subjects.  Father  Ma. 
nuel  Dias  the  younger  translated  all  the  Gospels,  with  the  commentaries  and 
explanations  of  the  fathers,  which  makes  i.  work  no  less  large,  than  pious 
and  learned.  FtUher  Francis  Furtado  published  a  treatise  of  rhetoric  and 
logic,  with  certain  other  books  De  Cnlo  and  De  Mundo,  as  also  of  the  soul  of 
man.  The  fathers  John  Terencio,  John  Ron,  and  John  Adam,  hai'c  written 
a  great  number  of  other  bookp  upon  our  holy  luw.  and  upon  all  tliu  parts  oi' 
the  mathematics.  Fsther  Lewis  Buglio,  viho  was  always  my  cliiefcst  con- 
Bolaiion  and  inseparable  companion  in  all  my  travels,  atSictiocis  and  iinpn- 
Bonments,  for  thirty  yeare  togetlier,  traoGliLli^d  the  lirst  part  of  Ht.  Thomas, 
which  the  more  learned  Chinese  esteem  and  admire  to  that  degree,  that  1 
heard  one  of  them  who  had  read  the  Treatise  of  God,  declare  liis  thougiils  in 
these  words,  'certainly  this  book  is  a  mirror  wherein  to  let  us  see  our  own 
ignorance.'  The  same  father  Buglio  wrote  seveiial  other  piccps  upon  several 
other  subjects;  among  the  rest,  that  elo^juent  and  learned  apology,  in 
answer  to  a  bouk  which  Yang  Kwangseen,  that  wicked  inlidd,  published 
both  in  this  court,  and  over  the  whole  empire,  against  the  Christian  religion 
andthepreacher  of  it;  and  which  he  entitled  PiiA  TiA  £,  mpaning  ■  Because 
1  could  no  longer  forbear'  Whereupon  the  futlier,  that  he  might  conform  him- 
self to  the  style  and  language  of  the  country,  entitled  hid  answer,  •  I  have 
answered  because  1  could  no  longer  forbear.'  Qnlh  titks  are  very  significant 
in  the  Chinese  language :  but  the  father's  was  more  higiily  eatc-emed  because 
it  carries  two  eignihcations.  The  first,  I  refute,  because  I  could  no  longer 
forbpsr;  the  second,  I  have  refuted  a  bookeiilitied,  Bopausi;  1  could  no  longer 
forbear.  And  which  was  more  to  be  wondered  at,  tho  father  composed  thi 
greatest  part  of  these  books,  in  the  boats,  upon  the  roKdw  nnd  in  the  inna. 
underthe  power  of  rebels  and  barbarians;  m  pnson  with  three  chains  upon 


H4r»  A   AVir  History  of  China.  Dec. 

his  lege,  three  about  itis  neck,  and  six  upon  his  hands)  and  in  a  word,  in  the 
midst  of  continual  persecutions.  1  could  say  much  more  in  praise  of  that 
person  truly  pious,  and  of  great  reputation,  did  I  not  fear  that  the  share  which 
I  had  in  his  Hutferings,  and  the  strict  friendship  that  was  between  us,  would 
render  me  suspected  of  too  much  partiality.  Father  Ferdinand  Verbiest  at 
the  same  time  wrote  a  learned  answer  to  a  book,  or  rather  a  satire  full  of 
mistakes  and  doltish  ignorance,  which  the  same  Yang  KwangseSn  wrote 
against  the  European  mathematics.  Father  Anthony  Gouvea  composed  a 
catechism.  Father  John  Monteiro  wrote  two  books,  the  one  of  the  Law  of 
God,  and  the  other  of  True  Adoration.  Father  Francis  Sambiesi  wrote  four 
treatises,  of  the  immortality  of  the  soul ;  of  morals  ;  of  painting,  and  bounds, 
all  very  short  and  highly  esteemed.  .  1  myself  wrote  a  treatise  of  the  resur- 
rection of  Christ ;  and  another  of  the  universal  resurrection  Nicholas  Tri- 
^ut,  Lazaro  Calaneo,  Gaspar  Ferreira,  and  Alvaro  Scmedo,  all  fathers  of  the 
society  have  composed  dictionaries  very  large  and  very  exact,  and  Gaspar 
Ferreira  has  written  above  twenty  treatises  upon  several  subjects.  Father 
tSoeiro  made  an  abridgment  of  the  Christian  law ;  and  father  Nicholas  Lon- 
gobardo,  who  died  but  a  few  years  ago  in  this  court,  fourscore  and  sixteen 
years  old,  has  written  several  godly  treatises,  besides  a  treatise  of  earth- 
quakes, highly  esteemed  by  the  learned  of  this  empire.  In  short,  there  have 
been  a  great  number  of  other  books  written  concerning  the  Christian  reli- 
gion, and  of  all  sciences  and  subjects  which  amount  in  all  to  above  five  hun- 
dred tomes  printed,  besides  manuscripts.  There  is  printed  in  China  a  cata. 
logue  of  all  the  fathers  that  ever  traveled  into  the  country  to  preach  the 
gospel;  wherein  are  also  the  names  set  of  all  the  books  which  they  have 
written.  From  whence  I  conclude,  that  so  many  books  could,  never  hai'e 
been  translated  and  written  in  a  foreign  language,  and  in  soahortatime 
(fourscore  and  thirteen  years],  h«d  not  the  language  been  very  easy :  so 
that  it  follows  that  the  Chinese  language  is  more  easy  to  learn  than  any 
other ;  and  that  it  is  withal  very  elegant,  very  copious,  and  very  expressive  ; 
since  it  wants  for  no  terms  to  explain  and  unfold  the  subtleties  and  mystaries 
of  theology,  philosophy,  and  the  rest  of  the  sciences."    pages  78-82. 

Our  author  concludes  his  chapter  on  the  language,  with  the  first 
paragraph  of  the  first  article  of  the  commentary  which  he  had  made 
upon  the  works  of  Confucius ;  i.  e.  he  gives  the  original  of  the  text 
juf  Confucius,  with  both  a  verbal  and  free  translation  of  the  same, 
adding  also  a  free  translation  of  the  commentary.  This  translation, 
^ith  Magaillans'  remarks,  we  subjoin. 

'*  The  method  for  great  meu  to  learn,  consists  in  three  things.  The  first 
is  to  unfold  the  rational  nature :  the  second  is,  to  reform  mankind ;  and  the 
third  to  stop  at  the  sovereign  good. 

**  As  to  the  first,  the  rational  nature  is  the  heart  of  man,  for  the  Chinese 
make  no  distinction  between  the  understanding  and  the  will ;  but  attribute  to 
the  heart  whatever  wc  attribute  to  those  faculties.     The  heart  is  a  substance 


1841.  A  AW  Historg  uj  China  iU7 

pun)  and  iiilelligFtil  tvitliouc  &ny  darkneM  or  obccunty  ;  giiui  wliere  man  his 
alwkjpa  rewly.  411  requisite  reuDnings  to  anawer  to  all  dilficuitiM  that  present 
tbemaelves.  But  becsuse  that  at  the  very  momeot  of  our  birth,  thit  inielli- 
geot  and  rational  nature  is  caged  up  and  enclosed  within  tbe  primn  of  the 
body,  and  for  that  our  inordinate  paMion*  keep  it  bound  and  chained,  it 
cornea  to  be  obwured  a.\ni  iroublt^d  For  Ihis  r<^ason,  lI  ta  aec-aaary  Lbnl  mi>ii 
should  apply  theiiiselveH  tn  Itanung  and  inlbrDiattoii  by  putting  of  questions, 
to  the  end  I  be  rational  Intarl  may  be  dL-livered'  from  its  bondige  and  sla- 
very, that  ao  it  may  bi>  able  to  break  the  chahiH  and  fellers  of  the  possionii, 
and  return  to  ita  primitive  beauty,  light,  mid  imtlurslanding ;  in  the  same 
iiiaoner  as  a  tornished  mirror  being  polished  recovers  its  former  lustre. 

"The  second  conaiBlJ  in  rpforming  the  people.  For  example,  I  who  am  a 
king,  a  magiatrats,  aftiiieiolafamily,  &c.:  if  I  have  already  purified  my 
rational  nature,  it  is  my  Uuiy  to  t-xtencl  n  to  that  dc?rep,  tlial  she  mny  be 
able  to  communicate  herself  to  other  men,  by  causing  thorn  to  abandon  the 
corruptions  anil  dcfilenienta  of  vice  and  evil  customs,  and  1  ought  to  deal  ao 
by  my  people,  as  I  do  with  garments,  when  they  are  spotted  or  besmeared. 
For  if  they  are  well  washed  and  scuured,  they  become  clean  and  handsome 
as  they  were  before. 

"The  third  cone ists  in  attaining  and  stopping  at  the  sovereign  good.  This 
sovereign  good  is  the  sovereign  accord  of  things  and  of  reason.  When 
preat  men  enlighten  their  intelligent  naturo,  and  renew  the  virtue  of  the 
people,  they  do  it  not  by  hap-bsBard  or  withont  design :  but  all  their  end  is 
10  bring  their  virtue  to  perfection ;  to  the  end  there  might  not  be  one  single 
person  among  the  people  whose  virtue  was  not  renewed,  or  who  was  not 
renewed  by  virtue.  When  they  are  arrived  ;it  n  li  l'i'  ■  -"  -■ililini-j.  und  to 
such  an  extraordinary  excellency,  they  may  iio  asuured  lliey  have  attained 
the  sovereign  good;  like  those  who  ader  a  I'^ng  and  tiresome  journey  at 
length  coming  to  their  own  homes,  may  say  triL'v  have  atiained  the  linal  end 
of  their  traveling.  These  are  the  three  most  necessary  and  principal  things 
in  that  book,  and  as  it  were  the  mantle  or  oiilwnrd  garment  that  covers  the 
clothes,  or  as  the  string  that  holds  a  row  of  beads  tog«ther- 

"Thnse  are  the  expressions  of  the  Chinese  commcnlator.  Hero  by  the 
way  we  may  observe,  that  possibly  there  can  be  nothing  more  proper  thau 
these  words  of  Confucius  to  explain  the  functions  of  a  minister  of  the  gospel 
who  is  obliged  in  the  lirst  place  to  perfect  himself  and  next  his  neighbor, 
to  the  end  we  may  arrive  at  the  sovereign  good,  wliich  is  God,  the  su- 
preme and  utmost  end  of  all  things.  Nevcrthelem,  the  Chinese  being  pagans 
and  carnally  minded  people,  have  accommodated  these  three  poinls  to  the 
government  of  the  kingdom,  wherein  like  politicians  they  place  all  their 
liappiness  and  ultimate  end.  In  the  second  place  we  are  to  observe  that  the 
ancient  Chinese  did  understand  there  wan  a  God.  And  therefore  when  I 
oppose  their  learned  men  in  dispute,  1  frequently  make  use  of  this  dilemma. 
Either  Confucius  did  understand  what  he  defined,  or  he  did  not :  if  he  did 
Understand  what  he  defined,  he  knew  there  was  a  God,  who  is  no  other  tlmn 
ihat  bovorcign  good  of  which  he  speaks,  and  which  you  also  ought  to  know 


Mta  A  Sew  hiistorif  of  China.  Dec. 

uiid  adore  as  well  as  he.  If  he  did  not  understand  that  what  he  defined 
was  God  himself,  he  was  verj*  ignorant;  since  as  you  yourselves  confess,  the 
syllables  che  and  shtn  signify  that  sovereign  good  which  contains  and  com- 
prehends all  others  :  which  is  an  attribute  that  cannot  be  given  to  any  crea- 
ture, what  advantages  soever  be  may  have,  but  only  to  God  alone." 

Of  the  wit  of  the  Chinese,  and  of  their  principal  books,  our  au- 
thor writes  with  much  accuracy,  and  the  chapter  is  worth  reading. 
The  work  of  Mencius  comes  last,  in  his  review  of  classical  literature: 
in  this  work  "  there  appears  a  wonderful  deal  of  wit,  subtlety,  and 
eloquence ;  the  discourses  are  pertinent,  the  sentences  grave  and  mo- 
ral, and  the  style  lively,  bold,  and  persuasive." 

The  structure  of  the  government  is  minutely  described,  and  also 
the  capital  and  its  buildings.  The  bribery  and  rapacity  of  the  offi- 
cers were  as  notorious  in  Magaillans'  time  as  they  are  at  present. 
**If  we  consider  the  natural  inclination  and  insatiable  avarice  of  the 
Chinese,  there  is  very  little  money  in  China ;  but  if  we  consider  the 
riches  it  possesses  within  itself,  there  is  not  any  kingdom  that  may 
compare  with  it."  He  says  the  covetousness  of  the  Chinese  is  such, 
and  their  laws  forbidding  the  export  of  specie  so  rigid,  that  the  money 
which  they  have  '  rammasked  together  must  needs  be  immense,  and 
so  much  the  more  because  whatever  once  enters,  is  never  carried  out 
again.'  He  denies  the  existence  of  paper  money,  though  he  admits 
that  there  have  been  'certain  tickets  signed  and  sealed  with  the 
king's  seal.' 

With  the  following  extract,  which  will  show  what  ways  and  means 
there  are  in  the  empire  for  steamers,  we  conclude  our  notice  of  this 
•  new  history.' 

•>  The  fourth  of  May,  in  the  year  1642,  1  departed  from  the  city  of  Hang- 
chow,  capital  of  the  province  of  Ch5keang,  and  the  twenty-eighth  of  August 
of  the  same  year,  i  arrived  at  Chingtoo,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Sze- 
chuen.  During  these  four  months,  I  made  four  hundred  leagues,  all  the  way 
by  water,  counting  the  windings  and  turnings  of  the  rivers ;  yet  so  that  for 
a  whole  month  1  sailed  upon  two  different  streams,  though  during  all  the 
other  three  months,  I  kept  the  grand  river  of  Keang,  which  is  called  the  son 
of  the  sea.  During  this  tedious  journey  by  water,  I  met  every  day  with  such 
vast  quantities  of  timber  trees  tied  one  to  another  of  all  sorts  of  wood,  which 
if  they  were  fastened  together,  would  make  a  bridge  of  several  days'  journey. 
1  sailed  by  some  of  these  that  were  fastened  to  the  shore,  above  one  hour, 
and  sometimes  for  half  a  days  swimming  with  the  stream.  Now  the  most 
wealthy  merchants  of  China  are  they  that  trade  in  salt  and  wood,  there 
being  no  other  commodities  for  which  they  have  a  more  considerable  vent. 
This  wood  therefore  is  cut  down  in  mountains  of  the  province  of  Szechuen, 
upou  the  frontier  of  Clilna,  to  the  west:  and  after  they  have  caused  it  to  be 


1841.  The  Chinese  Long  Measure.  649 

carried  to  the  bank  of  the  river  Keaog,  which  about  these  parts  falls  iDto  this 
empire,  they  saw  it  into  boards,  and  with  little  expense  carry  it  into  most 
parts  of  the  provinces,  where  they  make  a  very  great  profit  by  the  sale  of  it. 
The  breadth  of  these  trains  of  timber  is  about  ten  feet,  and  the  length  either 
longer  or  shorter,  according  to  the  merchant's  stock,  but  the  longest  are 
sometimes  about  half  a  league.  They  rise  above  the  water  tour  or  five  feet, 
and  are  made  after  this  manner.  The  people  take  as  much  wood  as  is  re- 
quisite for  the  height  or  thickness  of  four  or  five  feet,  and  breadth  of  ten. 
Then  they  make  holes  at  the  ends  of  the  pieces  of  wood,  through  which  they 
put  wreaths  of  recda  or  twisted  osiers,  to  which  they  fasten  other  pieces  of 
wood,  suffering  the  float  to  fall  down  with  the  stream,  till  the  whole  train  be 
as  long  as  they  desire.  All  the  parts  of  the  float  being  thus  contrived,  move 
and  yield  to  the  water  as  necessity  requires,  as  pliably  as  the  links  of  a 
chain.  Only  upon  the  fore- part  of  the  float  they  set  four  of  five  men  with 
oara  or  poles  to  guide  the  float,  and  make  it  swim  where  they  please.  Upon 
these  floats  at  such  and  such  distances,  they  build  little  wooden  cottages, 
which  they  sell  whole,  as  they  are,  at  the  sieveral  places  where  they  stop 
during  their  journey.  Here  the  merchants  sleep  and  shelter  themselves,  as 
in  their  houses,  dress  their  meat  and  eat  it,  and  put  their  furniture  and  uten- 
sils therein.  The  same  merchants  also  bring  from  the  mountains  and  fo- 
rests, where  they  cut  their  wood,  several  sorts  of  medical  herbs,  parrots,  mon- 
keys, and  other  things,  which  they  sell  in  the  cities  and  other  places  through 
which  they  pass,  to  other  merchants  that  vend  them  over  all  the  provinces 
of  the  empire.  Great  quantities  of  this  wood  are  brought  to  Peking,  though  it 
be  distant  above  seven  hundred  Portuguese  leagues  from  the  mountains 
where  the  wood  is  cut  dowu.  And  thus  a  man  may  easily  judge  by  what  I 
say,  that  there  is  no  kingdom  in  the  world  that  can  compare  with  China,  for 
the  benefit  of  going  and  trading  by  water."    pages  131-133. 


Art.  it.      Inquiries  and  calculations  respecting  the  Chinese  Long 
Measure,     By   aJ^* 

Thr  statements  that  have  been  published  with  respect  to  the  length 
of  the  Chinese  le  (S^)»  and  indeed  of  all  their  measures  of  length, 
differ  so  much  from  one  another,  that  we  are  at  a  loss  whenever  called 
upon  to  make  any  calculations  in  which  it  is  necessary  to  use  their 
table  of  long  measure.  The  writer  cannot  flatter  himself  that  he 
shall  throw  much  light  upoti  the  subject,  but  hopes  to  be  able  to  en* 
gage  for  it,  from  Chinese  students,  the  attention  it  deserves.  The 
matter  might  be  set  at  rest,,  by  procuring  from  a  Chinese  office  the 

VOL  X.    so     XII.  82 


I 


r>5(l  Tlit  Chinese  Long  Measure.  Dec. 

standard  measure,  which  could  easily  be  compared  with  our  own, 
and  the  proportion  ascertained ;  but  unhappily  we  cannot  get  access 
to  any  office  in  this  vicinity.  It  may  not  be  without  use,  however, 
to  request  of  the  individuals  engaged  in  the  present  expedition,  to 
procure  a  Chinese  cheik  (  f?)  measure,  should  it  be  in  their  power; 
which  I  should  think  might  be  done  at  Amoy,  Ningpo,  or  Chusan. 
The  information  contained  in  the  subsequent  part  of  this  paper,  will 
suggest  the  queries  necessary  to  be  asked  from  the  ofDcer  from  whom 
such  a  measure  may  be  obtained.  I  would  mention,  however,  espe- 
cially the  following  questions  as  claiming  peculiar  attention. 

As  there  are  four  different  cUeih  used,  inquire  the  use  to  which 
any  that  may  be  obtained  are  applied;  or  in  other  words,  whether  it 
may  be  that  of  the  Mathematical  Tribunal,  or  the  land-surveyor's, 
6lz,  What  cheih  is  used  in  measuring  the  U — the  mathematical  or 
the  land-surveyor's?  Aud  ne.Kt,  which  of  these  two  may  be  used  in 
measuring  the  1/1010  (oiy^)  or  Chinese  acre. 

The  dilRcuIty  of  coming  to  any  conclusion  on  this  subject  at  pre- 
sent, arises  from  the  various  lengths  which  are  assigned  by  difiereut 
writers  to  the  cktih  and  to  the  /e.  In  many  Chinese  works  we  have 
the  following  table  of 

LONG     MEASURE. 

10    %t  tsim  make  a  j^  cheih. 

6  ^f\  cheih  make  a  -^  poo. 

IWO  ^  poo   make   a  |g^  Ic. 

Could  any  one  of  these  be  ascertained,  the  others  could  of  course 
be  easily  calculated  ;  but  the  statements,  as  T  have  said,  differ  mate- 
rially, and  we  are  at  a  loss  on  which  to  rely.  With  respect  to  the 
number  of /e,  of  the  present  standard,  that  make  a  degree  of  the  me- 
ridian, we  have  met  with  three  statements.  The  Chinese  Repository, 
vol.  II,  page  446,  and  Mr.  Morrison  in  his  Chinese  Calendar,  say  that 
the  Jesuits  divided  the  degree  into  250  le,  Milburne  says,  in  his. Ori- 
ental Commerce,  vol.  11,  page  472,  that  they  divided  the  degree  into 
200  le.  Mr.  GutzlafT  says,  in  a  Chinese  work,  that  the  degree  is  180 
Ic.  Besides  these,  I  have  met  with  a  statement  of  P.  Pr6mare  in  a 
note  to  his  *'  Researches  on  the  times  anterior  to  those  spoken  of  in 
the  Shoo  King,"  in  which  he  sa}'8  '*  that  ten  le  make  very  nearly  one 
of  our  (French)  leagues."  This,  however,  I  think  was  said  of  the 
le  used  by  the  Chinese  previous  to  the  alteration  introduced  by  the 
Jesuits.  That  le  was  the  192.5  part  of  a  degree,  and  equal  to  1692 
feet,  which  is  a  little  more  than  j\f  of  a  French  marine  league.     The 


1811.  The  C7iine.<e  Long  Measure.  Col 

Jesuits,  I  have  no  doubt,  although  I  cannot  find  the  statement  of  the 
fact  anywhere,  changed  it  so  as  to  make  it  correspond  exactly  with 
the  y^  of  their  league.  Perhaps  each  of  the  statemnnts,  that  the  ie  is 
the  250th  part  of  a  degree,  and  that  it  is  the  200th  part,  are  derived 
from  this :  the  first  being  the  ^^  of  the  French  astronomical  league, 
which  is  the  ^^  of  a  degree :  and  the  latter  the  y^  of  the  marine 
league,  which  is  the  ,>^  of  a  degree.  I  cannot  find  any  authority 
for  the  /e,  as  at  present  established,  being  180  to  the  degree,  except 
the  work  of  Mr.  GutzlaiT  above  quoted. 

We  shall  be  able  to  form  some  opinion,  as  to  which  of  these  state- 
ments may  be  the. most  correct,  by  calculating  from  each  the  length 
of  the  cheih,  and  comparing  the  i;^'A  thus  obtained  with  that  given 
U8,f  by  the  various  writers  on  this  subject.  The  calculations  below 
show  what  its  length  is  according  to  each  of  these  statements..  . 

l.s^  Calculation. 
A  degree  according  to  Mr.  Baily's  tables  is  365, HO  feet.     We 
have  tlien  at  the  rate  of  I  HO  le  to  the  degree: 
365,11 0-M 80=2028.39  feet  =  fi76  13  yards  =2.60  le  to  I  mile. 
2028.39-^-360=5.6344  feet    =  1  ^  poo. 
5.6344-^5=1.1269  feet  =  I  /J  cheih. 
1  cheih,  then,  is  equal  to  13.5228  inches. 

2d  Calculation.     At  200  le  to  the  degree. 
A  degree  is  365,110-^200=1825.55  ft.  =  608.52  yds  =  2.89  & 
to  I  mile. 

1825.55^360=5.071  feet  =  I  -^  poo. 
5.071—5=  1.014  feet  X  I2=12.1(i8  ins.  to  a  cheih. 

.      3cf  Calculation.     At  250  le  to  tlie  degree , 
A  degree  is  36S,  1 10^-250=1460.44  feet  =  486.8J  yds.  =  3.61  le 
to  I  mile. 

1 460.44-r 360=4.056  feet  =  1  poo. 
4.056-;-5=0.81 12  feet  =  9:7344  inches  to  a  cheih. 
The  authorities  for  the  length  of  the  cheih,  that   have  been  met 
with  are  as  follows : 

1.  Dr.  Hutton  in  the  Edinburgh  Review.  China  Mathematical 
foot,  1.127  English  foot. 

2.  China  imperial  foot  1.051  feet.     Cavallo  1.050  feet. 

3.  Milburne's  Oriental  Commerce,  vol.  11,  page  472. 

4.  Foot  of  Math.  Tribunal,  147.7  French  lines,  or  I3J  Eng.  inch. 

5.  Builder's  foot,  called  Kungpoo,  143.1  French  lines,  or  12^7^ 
Cng.  inch. 


<>52  The  Chintst  l*ong  Measure.  Dec. 

t).  Tailors'  and  tradcsmens'  foot,  150  French  lines,  or  13}  Eng. 
inch. 

7.  The  foot  used  by  engineers,  141.7  French  lines,  .or  12^/ir  Eng. 
inch. 

'*  The  /e,"  he  says  ''  contains  180  fathoms  of  10  feet  each  of  the 
last  mentioned  lengths,  which  makes  the  It  1897  English  feet,  and 
192^  It  measure  a  mean  degree  of  the  meridian  nearly;  but  the 
European  missionaries  divided  the  degree  into  200  ie,  each  h  measur- 
ing 1826  Eng.  feet." 

Make  Brun,  in  his  Geography,  gives  the  very  same  table  in  French 
lines  as  Milburne.  I  subjoin  it,  as  I  fancy  Milburne  has  made  a 
mistake  in  converting  French  into  English  measure.  The  propor- 
tion,  according  to  which  this  is  calculated,  is,  that  40,000  French 
feet,  inches,  or  lines,  equal  42,638  English  feet,  inches,  or  lines. 
Make  Brun,  vol.  I,  page  618.* 

Mathematical  foot  147.7  French  lines=l3.120  English  inch. 
Foot  of  the  merchants  150  French  lines  =  13.324  English  inch. 
Ch6's  or  carpenter's  143.1  French  lines  =  12.7114  English  inch. 
Land-surveyor's  141.7  French  lines  =  12.5870  English  inch. 

We  have  then  the  following  results : 

MpUe  Brun  and 
Hutton.  Milburne.        CavaMo.  Rees'  Cyclo. 

Math.  ft.         13.524  in.         13.125  in.  13.120  in. 

Land  surv.      12.612  in.         12.65    in.         12.6  12.5870  in. 

CHM  at  .80  U  to  V  =  13.5228  inch  {  'S^'tSl'^^X^ 

(  Which  agrees  with   none 
Cheih  at  200  le  to  T  =  12.168  inch    I  but  is  nearest  to  the  land 

(  surveyor's  of  Make  Brun. 

Ckeih  .t  250  fe  to  1-  =  9.7344  inch  {  ^JlTetti^Xwro'nr"' 
These  calculations,  it  will  be  seen,  do  not  verify  the  length  of  the 
chtih  given  by  any  of  the  authorities,  but  I  am  disposed  to  believe, 
from  a  review  of  the  whole,  that  at  present  the  It  is  reckoned  at  200 
to  the  degree,  and  is  therefore  equal  to  1825.55  feet  or  608.52  yards. 
2.89  It  will  then  be  equal  to  one  English  mile. 

While  on  this  subject,  I  will  add  an  estimate  of  the  Chinese  mow 
according  to  the  land-surveyor's  chtih^  of  Make  Brun.  The  table  qf 
land  measure  is  as  follows : 

*  The  table  given  in  Rees'  Cyclopaedia  agrees  exactly  with  that  of  Malte 
Biun,  as  above  expressed  in  English  inches  and  hundredths  of  inches,  (t  would 
therefore,  only  uselessly  prolong  ihis  article  to  transcribe  it. 


1841.  Diary  and  JoHrnat  iif  Parsees.  tt-U 

5  /^  aWA  rn.ke  I  i^  poo : 
24  J^;,,,,,  ,nake  1  /^fun; 
60  ^  poa  make      1    «   kco; 

4  II   Afo   or   240     ^  poo  make  I  j^  vtow. 

12.587  X  5  =  62.935  inches  ^5.244  ft,  or  I  poo. 
S.S44  X  5.344  ^  27.499636  square  feel,  or  I  square  poo. 
27.4995-"«H-9  =  3  0555  sqr.  yd.  X  240  =  7aj.32  w|r.  yil.  to   I 
mow;  which  is  6.6  moto  lo  one  Ecigliah  acre. 


Art.  III.  Diary  and  Journal,  during  tourt  to  England  and  rt- 
sidtnee  in  that  cmmtry,  of  one  year  by  Ardiueer  Curie^ee; 
and  of  tteo  yean  and  half  by  Jehayter  Nowrvjee  and  Hirjte- 
bhay  Mtrwanjee,  all  of  Bombay. 
TuiB,  it  in  said,  '  ia  an  age  of  bronze.'  Is  it  ao?  la  society  so  hordea- 
ed  that  no  impreaaion  can  be  made  upon  it?  Are  the  nations  so  pe- 
trified that  they  are  like  dead  metal,  spiritless,  unmovable,  inxctivel 
la  an  apathy  like  that  which  cohered  the  world  in  the  darkest 
times  of  the  Middle  Ages,  again  coming  over  the  whole  wide  world? 
Threescore  and  ten  years  ago,  what  was  the  state  of  the  British  em> 
pire  compared  with  what  it  oow  is  ?  What,  at  that  time,  was  the 
condition  of  the  British  colonies  in  North  America  compared  with 
.  what  the  United  States  now  are?  Oo  the  continent  of  Europe,  in 
India,  in  New  Holland,  and  on  some  of  the  islands  of  the  sea,  what 
h^  been  the  progress  of  affairs?  Has  there  not  been  one  uninter- 
'  rupted  series  of  changes,  old  foundations  broken  up  and  new  ones 
laid,  old  and  venerated  systems  demolished  and  new  ones  farmed  ? 
In  arts,  in  sciences,  in  morals,  in  religion,  in  government,  and  in 
almost  everything,  has  there  not  been  an  aspiring  activity,  such  as 
seldom  if  ever  before  existed?  And  does  not  this  activity  still  con* 
tinne  and  increase,  so  as  to  baffle  conjecture  respecting  its  future 
aebievements  ?  Where,  for  example,  wilt  tsrroinite  the  inventions 
resulting  from  the'  wonder-working  power  of  steam  ?  Look  at  the  be- 
nevolent institutions  of  this  age:  when  were  voluntary  associations 
sither  so  numerous  or  so  extensive  in  their  operations  as  they  are 


G54  Diary  andJoumm  of  Parsee^^  DbcI 

at  thifl  day  ?    When  were  the  poor,  and  the  sick,  and  the  infirm,  and 
the  ignorant  so  muchjcared  for  as  they  are  in  our  owa  times  1 

That  there  is  in  thb  age  much  that  is  hard  and  unfeeling,  we  ad- 
mit, for  there  are  still  those  who  can  keep  themselves  aloof  from  all 
the  great  and  good  enterprises  of  the  daj,  and  pass  by  the  most 
wretched  sufferers  unpitied  and  unrelieved,  without  taking  any  part  or 
interest  in  the  melioration-  of  their  fellowmen.  But  4o  act. thus  is 
not,  we  think,  in  accordance  either  with  the  fashion  or  prevailing 
spirit  of  the  present  generation. 

The  two  works  named  at  the  head  of  this  article,  are  pleasing 
proof  that  the  spirit  of  the  age  is  active,  and  enterprising,  and  becom- 
ing more  and  more  free.  People  of  different  and  distant  nations  are 
coming  into  nearer  and  better  relations  with  each  other;  and  in  these 
altered  circumstances,  they  see  themselves  in  contrast  with  others, 
detect  their  own  defects,  see  the  advantages  and  improvements  of 
others,  and  learn  to  make  just  comparisons,  so  as  to  reject  the  evil 
and  useless,  and  to  select  whatever  may  seem  likely  to  promote  their 
own  and  the  public  good. 

The  Parsee  gentlemen,  named  above,  by  visiting  England,  and  by 
publishing  the  results  of  their  observations  there,  have  set  a  noble 
example,  which  will  be  followed  by  many  others.  In^  few  years, 
we  expect  to  see  Chinese  publishing  the  resoKs  of  their  observatiom 
in  Europe  and  America,  and.  bringing  from  thence  the' most  useful 
modern  improvements.  .'j  '    :  .     >-  i.    ''.tv    ;:.•.  t.  i 

The  first  of  the  two  works  before  us,  a  "  Diary  of  an.  Overland 
Journey  from  Bombay  to  England,  and  of  one  year's  residence  in 
Great  Britain,  by  Ardaseer  Cursetjeev  u.  e.v.f.  a.  s/,  chief  engineer 
and  inspector  of  machinery  at  the  4ionorable  E.  I.  Company's. steam** 
factory  and  foundery  at  ^Bombay,"  was  published  in  London  last 
year,  in  a  neat  pamphlet,  comprising  106  pages.  ■■.'■'.,:'.. 

The=  second,  a  *'  Journal  of  &  Residence  of  two  years-  andi  c  half  in 
Great  Britain,  by  Jehangeer  Nowrojee  and  Hirjeebhoy  Merwanjee^ 
of  Bombay,  native  architecu,"  was  published  early  this  year  in  Loni> 
don,  and  is  a  handsome  volume  of  SOOpages.^  -    u  .-. 

These  gentlemen,  all  members  of  the  Lowjee  family,  visited  Eng^ 
land  chieAy  for  the  purpose  of  improving  their  knowledge  in  naval 
architecture^  in  which  profession  the  family  has  .been  distinguished 
for  more  than  a  century.  It. is  well » known  that  some  of  the/ finest 
ships  in  the  world  have  been  built  in  the  hon^  £.  1.  Company's  dock»> 
yard  at  Bombay,  under  the  direction  of  Parsee  master- builders. 
While  in  England,  the  three  gentlemen  of  the  Lowjce  Caroily,  appear 


a 


1841.  Diary  and  JuurHul  af  Parstei.  <»3 

lu  bare  paid  the  inoal  particular  aitentioii  to  all  the  iinpfoveineuta  iu 
■team  navigalkta ;  but  tlieir  observations  were  not,  by  any  means, 
limited  lo  what  belongs  appropriately  to  their  own  profeMion.  Both 
of  their  works  are  written  in  very  good  style,  and  are  characterised  by 
manly  spirit  and  sound  aeiixe.  To  tbe  Parsees  ibey  must  be  full  of 
int«ren,  and  the  English  reader  cannot  fail  to  derive  from  their  pe- 
roMi  noiae- :  useful  bints  and  much  amusement.  Par  ourselves,  at 
luaat,  we  oan  say,  we  have  read  iliem  with  a  groM  deal  of  pleasure; 
and  reeommeud  ihi:ir  perusal  to  all  who  are  interested  in  the  Par- 

I,  the  direct  descendants  of  the  ancient  Persians. 

faring  our.  readees  to  peraue  the  Diary  and  Journal  at  their  lei- 
sure, we  wili  here  lay  before  them  a  few  particulars,  which  we  hare 
learned  from  the  Parsees  tbeiaselves,  during  an  acquaintance:  with 
soma  of  th«m  for  more  than  ten  years.  Always  we  have  found  them 
kind,  aSUdb,  generous,  and  ready  la  cuminuaicais  information  re- 
spoDting  their  nation. 

-  After  the  conquest  of  Persia,  632  B.  c,  the  despotism  of  the  usur- 
peri  caliph  Omar,  obliged  the  followers  of  Zoroaster,  or  the  ancient 
Persians,  to  quit  thei>  homes  fur  the  sake  of  their  religion.  Sunw 
fled  (o  tbe  north,  others  to  the  west,  while  moat  of  them  went  lo  the 
bay  of  Ormns,  where,  owing  to  oppression  by  the  Musaulmeu,  they -did 
not  remain  longer  tlian  15  years.  Thinking  that  no  country  could 
aSbrd  them  a  better  place  for  keeping- their  religion  than  Hindoalan, 
tb^  now  led  tbe  bay  Ormus  fbrDieu.  There  they  stayed  about  17 
years,  and  then  lefl  fnr  Sanjan,  being  much  oppressed  by  the  Portu- 
guese government.  When  they  came- oppoaite  Sanjan,  the  rijfiof 
that  placei,  named  Jadee  Rana,  sent  a  messenger  on  board  one  of" 
their  vesaels  to  inquire)  who  :they  were,  and  why  they  had  come 
hither,  and  demanded  that,  before  landing,  four  of  their  men.  should 
come  om  shore,  and  acquaint  the  r4j&  with  their  deaigna  Acoordiagly, 
next  day,  four  of  them  landed,  and  were-  kindly  received  rby  the  r4j4; 
who 'questioned  them  about  their  leaving  Persia  and  Uwis  motives  fbs 
ill  They  aitswered  thai  it  wasoo  aceount.of  ibetrr  rdigion.;  i  Nexl 
he  wished: to  know  what  iheir  religion  waa,  an  ac<i*uiit  of  «bi«h.was 
accordingly;  furnished  to  him  ia  fbun  daysv  wrkteD'in  Sanmrit  and 
oomprised.ini  I6veraea.  Ther^jj,  extremely  surprised  at  the. purity 
of  their  religion,  not  only  gave  them  a  kind  recepiion,buL  became  half 
ineMued.to  adopt  their  .ttith...  Bebra  reueivini^  permidsioii  to  land, 
lhc9>werarif!equiradJovCbinge  their  dresd,  to  lay  dowoi  iheirraruu 
iiBTurilo  baMkcBiagaiiiv.to  adopt  the  Snuscni  Inngnage,  and  to  yield 
to  ceruinictiiiigflfeLin- ttleir   diot,  insTriagc.  uoiemouicsi  CKluioes, 


656  Diary  and  Journal  of  Parsees.  Dec. 

&c.,  all  of  which  were  in  no  way  prejudicial  to  their  religion;  and 
consequently  these  changes  they  agreed  to  adopt.  On  landing  they 
built  an  aguiarif,  or  fire-temple,  for  their  worship. 

They  had  continued  there  five  hundred  years,  without  any  moles* 
tation,  when  Mohammed,  surnamed  Dagura,  after  having  conquered 
the  greater  part  of  Guzerat,  sent  a  force  of  3000  men,  under  his  gene 
ral  Ulaf  khan,  to  take  possession  of  Sanjan.  But  two  hundred  years 
before  this  event,  most  of  the  Parsees  had  left  Sanjan  for  Cam  bay, 
Broach,  Surat,  Uklasur,  Vuriow,  Nowsary,  seeking  for  a  livelihood. 
When  the  ruler  of  Sanjan,  one  of  the  descendants  of  Jadee  Rana, 
heard  of  the  approach  of  the  army  of  Mohammed,  he  requested  his 
Parsee  subjects  to  fight  against  them,  which  they  refused  to  do,  as  it 
would  be  acting  contrary  to  the  treaty,  which  they  had  made  with 
his  forefathers.  However,  afler  being  much  urged  by  the  high  offi. 
cers  of  the  state,  they  consented  once  more  to  take  arms.  The  Parsee 
fighting  men  amounted  to  1400,  and,  headed  by  Ardaseer,  marched 
against  the  Mohammedans  and  completely  routed  them.  When  Mo- 
hammed heard  of  the  defeat  of  his  troops,  and  knew  that  the  rij4  was 
aided  by  Parsee  warriors,  he^ent  reinforcements,  which,  joining  the 
the  defeated  army,  marched  a  second  time  and  were  victorious. 
Great  losses  were  sustained  on  both- sides.  The  few  remaining  Par- 
sees,  being  now  again  under  the  control  of  the  opponents  of  their  re- 
ligion, left  Sanjan,  and  joined  their  friends  in  other  parts  of  India. 

After  the  British  obtained  possession  of  Bombay,  many  Parsees 
came,  to  that  place,  and  thence  went  to  Calcutta,  Madras,  China, 
&c.  There  are  in  Persia  at  present,  it  is  supposed,  about  200,000 
followers  of  Zoroaster,  but  they  are  much,  disturbed  in  their  religious 
rites  by  the  Mohammedans.  The  number  now  in  India  is  probably 
about  50,000.  .  ,    :  ;  i      .    .  t  . 

.  Almost  all  the  Parsees  are  merchants;  or  servants  of  merchants. 
There  are  no  tailors,  barbers,  d&c,.  among  them.  .  The  Parsees  are 
dependant  apon  others  for  theprodiiction  of  almost  all  the  necessa- 
ries of  life.  If  reduced  to  poverty,  they  either  become  servants,  or 
are'  supported  by  their  friends.  As.  with'  the  Greeks,  so  with  the  Par- 
iees,  there  ia  a  great  contrast-  between  those  of  ancient  and  those  of 
inoderns  tiiiiea;  Some  of  the  Parsees  are  very-  wealthy  and  very  libe- 
ral en^  charitable  men.  '  .;;.\  7.  o  : 
.'  The' religion*  of  the  Par9ee». is  called  Jfiodyesn^,  or  Yndaprust^ 
meaning  worshiper  of  God-.<  Mmd  and  'Fibd(  both  i -signifying  God ; 
and  yrsn^  and  prustyio  worship.-*  Byfbreigners  it  iv  contracted,  and 
called''Magi',and^  its  followers  Magiahs.  •  Zoioastcr^ ; their  la wgiver^ 


1841.  Diary  and  Journal  of  Par  sees.  Co7 

was  born  392  years  before  the  Christian  era.  He  was  dpscended  from 
the  well-known  family  of  Feridoon.  His  father  was  Porosusp  bin, 
Petarusp  bin,  Arovundrup  (or  Ariindusp)  bin,  Hurchudrap  (or  Huch|^* 
dusp)  bin,  Chuckmos  (or  Chukhusnos)  bin,  Petarusp  bin,  Hudrusn6 
(or  Hurdrusn^)  bin,  Hurdur  (or  Hurdar)  bin,  Supatum  bin,  Vedsut 
bin,  Usfunx  (or  Ujum)  bin,  Rujusn6  bin.  Dorasroon  bin,  Menochehr 
bin,  Eruch  bin  Feridoon ;  his  mother  was  Dogdoe,  daughter  of  Furm- 
rua,  also  a  descended  from  Feridoon.  His  birth  was  in  the  city  of  Rea, 
in  Persia,  then  governed  by  Gustusp,  or  Darius  Hystaspes.  No  sooner 
was  he  born  than  he  began  to  laugh,  and  many  were  his  miracles  at 
an  early  age,  which  excited  the  attention  of  all.  The  pagan  priests, 
knowing  that  he  was  the  prophet  expected  to  come,  commenced 
seeking  his  ruin.  But  he  was  saved  from  all  dangers  and  perils ;  once 
on  a  day;  while  a  child  he  was  taken  and  thrown  into  a  heap  of  burn- 
ing wood,  but  the  fire  became  like  cold  water.  At  another  time  he 
was  attacked  in  a  street,  and  in  many  other  ways  wicked  men  tried 
to  kill  him,  but  could  not.  When  he  was  about  twelve,  he  was  admit- 
ted to  the  company  of  several  wise  men,  and  was  there  admired  by 
his  jealous  countrymen  (or  his  deep  sense  and  understanding.  He 
was,  as  his  followers  believe,  now  taken  into  favor  by  the  Almighty, 
who  made  him  an  obje<it  of  reverence  with  the  people ;  and  by  this 
assistance  of  God,  during  his  communication  with  him,  he  made  out 
laws  for  his  country.  Being  dissatisfied  with  the  existing  language, 
or  the  Pehlvi,  as  it  was  not  a  rich' one,  he  invented  another  more  rich, 
in  which  he  wrote  the  Twenty-one  books,  or  Noosuck,  held  in  the 
highest  respect  by  the  Persians  of  all  ages,  and  which  are  as  follows, 
in  their  Zend  and  Persian  names. 

Ztmd,  Persian,  Zend.  Penian, 

1  Eutha,  Satroodyest,  12  Siutbranunain,  Kesut, 

2  Huee,  Satrood^ur,  13  Ungaeos,  Sufund, 

3  Veriu,  Vubest  Mathre,  14  Muzda,  Pureut, 

4  Utha,  Bug,  15  Isbustbremcba,  Bugaunyest, 

5  Ratos,  Dwazdeb  Hummauit,  16  Huwora,  Mirdoom, 

6  Assaud.  Nadwun,  17  Aa«  Hoosparein, 

7  Chad,  Pacbem  18  Eem,  Dnwas  Rooted, 

8  Hucha,  Rutoostide,  19  Dra^obio,  Uskurum, 

9  Vuniraeos,  Brus.  2U  Dudud.  Vundidad, 

10  Duzda,  Cussroob,  21  Vastarem,  Wadokl. 

11  Munnuiigo,       Vistasp, 

These  books  of  the  Persians  contain  moral  and  natural  philosophy, 
and  treatises  on  the  arts,  d&c;  but  the  Parsees  in  India  have  only  a 
part  of  them,  some  having  been  lo^t  during  the  last  war,  when,  their 
king  being  deposed,  they  were  obliged  to  flee  with  whatever  they 
could  lay  their  hands  upon.  The  names  of  these  books  form  a  short 
prayer,  and  are  daily  repeated  not  less  than  100  times  by  every  ma- 

VOL  Z.   NO.    XII.  83 


653  Diary  and  Journal  »/  Pursces.  Dec. 

gian,  however  irreligioiM,  and  very  much  oftener  by  the  religious  and 
devout.  They  repeat  the  prayer  with  amazing  rapidity,  so  that  a 
stranger  can  scarcely  make  out  anything  from  it.  They  are  ac- 
customed to  say  this  prayer  from  a  very  early  age,  about  four,  and 
thus  it  is  fixed  in  their  memories,  without  being  understood.  In  each 
of  the  last  five  days  of  every  year,  they  are  reqnired  to  repeat  it  1200 
times,  in  addition  lo  a  great  number  of  repetitions  in  their  long  prayer 
of  pages. 

Zoroaster,  so  called  by  the  Greeks,  meaning  the  '  living  star,'  is  by 
the  Persians  called  Zurtoste,  Zuratoste,  Zuzdoste,  Zurdhoste,  and 
Zurthost,  all  having  the  meaning  of  '  bright  deeds.*  The  Magiana 
are  distinguished  by  their  sudrm,  and  coosty,  the  latter  is  called 
Ueveogunen  in  the  Zend,  and  Ueveogaun  in  the  Pehlvi.  It  is  made 
of  seventy-two  threads  of  fine  wool,  denoting  the  72  paragraphs  con* 
tained  in  the  sacred  book  of  Izeshne  or  Izume. 

in  making  it,  six  pieces  are  first  formed,  each  of  twelve  threads, 
denoting  the  twelve  chapters  of  the  Dwazdeh  Hummaus,  one  of  the 
21  books,  and  the  six  pieces, -denoting  the  six  intervals  in  which  God 
made  the  universe,  are  made  into  one  which  forms  a  coosty.  This 
done,  the  u|>sido  is  turned  round,  showing  that  the  dead  will  rise 
again  in  another  world,  that  is  in  heaven.  This  coosty  is  required  to 
be  tied  and  united  round  the  body  eight  times  in  a  day,  and  some- 
times oflcner.  In  tying  it  round  the  body,  there  are  three  .turnings, 
denoting  Hoomut,  Hooukht,  and  Hoourest,  meaning,  that  he  will  not 
think,  nor  do,  nor  wish  what  is  sinful.  There  are  four  knots,  two  on 
the  fore  and  two  on  the  back  part  of  the  body :  and  in  tying  the  first 
he  says  there  is  only  one  God,  who  has  no  partner  or  relative;  in  tying 
the  second,  he  is  satisfied  with  the  Muzdyesn6,  and  thinks  it  the  best 
that  exists ;  in  the  third,  he  believes  in  Zoroaster  as  the  true  prophet ; 
and  in  the  fourth,  he  says,  as  far  as  it  may  be  in  his  power,  he  will 
always  take  the  path  that  leads  to  virtue.  Moreover,  the  four  knots 
denote  the  elements.  The  sudrai  is  used  to  protect  the  coosty  from 
touching  the  skin,  and  thereby  making  it  impure;  it  is  a  law,  there- 
fore, that  every  one  wear  it. 

The  magians  have  separate  names  for  every  day  and  month,  and 
when  both  are  of  the  same  name  it  is  a  holy  day. 

According  to  their  law,  God  made  the  universe  in  one  year,  but  at 
six  different  intervals,  with  periods  of  rest  following .  each  of  them. 
The  order  of  creation  was  this;  first  heaven  was  made;  second,  wa- 
ter; third,  earth;  fourth,  trees;  fifth,  brutes,  d&c,;  and  sixth,  man. 

Parsees,  on  account  of  >heir  religious  views,  do  not  allow  other 


1841.  Diary  and  J tiurnnl  oj  i*ar sees.  ^50 

sects  to  join  them.  They  are  strict  in  their  observances.  If  any 
culinary  vessel,  be  touched  by  one  of  another  caste,  it  must  be  thrice 
washed  to  purify  it ;  and  if  it  chance  to  be  a  mineral  substance  il  can 
never  again  be  considered  as  pure. 

Their  religion  requires  them  to  say  their  prayers  five  times  a  d<ty. 
The  first  prayer,  that  said  between  sun-rising  and  midday,  is  called 
Havun  ;  the  second,  that  between  midday  and  3  p.  m.,  is  called  Ru- 
peetun ;  the  third,  to  be  said  before  night,  is  called  the  Ogirun ;  the 
fourth,  to  be  said  before  midnight  is  called  Aevasruthrnm  ;  and  the 
last,  to  be  said  before  morning,  is  called  the  Hoseen.  In  saying 
great  their  prayers,  they  turn  their  faces  to  the  luminous  objects,  as 
the  most  visible  signs  of  the  invisible  deity.  They  do  not  touch  the 
dead  of  either  lower  or  superior  animals,  neither  do  they  allow  their 
shadow  to  fall  upon  them,  and  if  this  happens  to  be  done  they  roust 
consequently  bathe.  Ablution  is  frequently  required  by  their  religion. 

Some  of  the  Parsees  attend  at  their  temple  every  day^  but  most  of 
them  only  on  specially  appointed  days,  which  are  the  1st,  9th,  17th  and 
20th  of  every  month.  There  is  no  preaching,  but  every  one  says  his 
prayers,  some  orally  and  standing,  while  others  sit  and  use  their 
books.  The  priests  are  numerous;  but  are  neither  very  learned,  nor 
much  respected;  If  a  man  does  forbidden  acta,  he  and  his  family 
ara^xcluded  from  participating  in  the  sacred  ceremonies ;  but  if  ho 
makes  atonement  for  his  crime,  a  restoration  can  then  take  place. 

Fire  is  consecrated  and  preserved  in  their  temples  with  great  care, 
and  the  ceremonies  regarding  it  are  made  a  subject  of  particular 
attention. 

The  doctrines  of  Zoroaster  were,  for  the  most  part,  delivered  in  pa- 
rables, designed  to  civilize  and  improve  the  barbarians  of  his  age. 
His  followers  have  labored  to  prove  that  their's  is  the  only  sect  whose 
dead  are  not  turned  into  demons. 

Their  treatment  of  the  dead  is  remarkable.  The  bodies  of  the 
deceased  are  exposed  to  the  vultures,  in  costly  buildings,  common  to 
all  Parsees.  Theae  buildings  are  of  a  circular  form,  about  ten  feet 
high,  surrounded  by  walla  of  the  same  height.  In  the  centre  of  these 
there  is  a  hole,  ten  feet  deep,  communicating  with  secret  vaults. 
There  are  many  lines  of  communication,  and  numerous  apartments. 
There  are  three  receptacles  of  unequal  dimensions,  one  for  children »: 
one  for  females,  and  one  for  men.  The  ashes  or  remains  of  the  dead 
are  left  in  the  centre  hole.  A  cemetery  calculated  to  receive  the 
bodies  of  t35  men,  35  women,  and  35  children, — a  model  of  which  is 
in  possession  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society, — has  at  the  base  a  cir. 


6G0  Diary  and  Journal  qf  Pontes.  Dec. 

cumfereDce  of  175  feet,  aad  of  170  at  top,  which  is  open,  so  that 
the  bodies  of  the  men,  women,  and  children,  are  all,  in  their  respec- 
tive places,  exposed  to  the  sun  and  rain.  The  three  receptacles  for 
the  bodies  are  in  a  circular  form,  one  within  the  other,  the  partitions 
running  parallel  with  the  outer  wall  of  the  cemetery.  The  innermost 
receptacle  ts^or  the  children,  the  next  for  the  women,  and  the  other 
for  the  men. 

It  has  been  asserted  by  some  of  the  most  distinguished  orientalists, 
that  the  language  in  which  the  sacred  writings  of  the  Parsees  are 
composed  is  a  fabrication  of  the  Zoroastrian  priests,  subsequent  to 
their  expatriation  from  Persia,  and  that  their  writings  are,  as  far  as 
regards  antiquity,  entitled  to  no  consideration  whatever.  Against  this 
assertion,  the  Parsees  advance  the  following  remarks.  They  affirm 
that  in  various  parts  of  Persia,  at  the  present  day,  inscriptions  are  to 
be  found  in  a  character  which  they  denominate  Cuneiform,  exhibit- 
ing historical  records  of  the  sixth  and  fiflh  centuries  before  Christ, 
written  in  three  different  languages. 

The  inscriptions  in  the  simple  and  literal  cuneiform  character  in- 
variably occupy  the  most  distinguished  place  of  the  three  upon  the 
tablets,  and  exhibit  other  points  of  evidence,  to  indicate  that  the  lan- 
guage in  which  they  are  written  must  have  been  the  native  and  ver- 
nacular language  of  the  sovereign  by  whose  orders  they  were  engrav- 
ed. To  the  analysis  of  this  character,  and  to  the  examination  of  their 
language,  a  good  deal  of  time  has  been  devoted ;  and  it  is  ssserted  that 
the  Persian  language  of  the  ages  of  Cyrus  and  Darius  is  unquestiona^ 
bly  the  parent  of  the  tongue  now  called  the  Zend,  and  which  has 
been  so  successfully  elaborated  by  continental  students,  and  by  none 
with  greater  skill  and  perspicuity  than  by  M.  Bournouf  in  his  admi- 
rable "  Commentaire  sur  le  yacnoe.V 

The  Anti-Alexandrian  Persian  is  in  fact,  to  all  appearance,  an  in- 
termediate formation  between  M?^  language^  of  Zend  Avesta  and  some 
primitive  tongue  which  gave  rise  to  the  various  cognate  derivatives 
of  Sanscrit,  Pali,  Pelasgian,  Etrusian,  and  t^e  many  branches  of  the 
Indo-Teutouic  family. 

The  preceding  remarks  on  th^  language  are  quoted  almost  ye/rba- 
tim  from  the  notes  of  major  Rawlinson,  who  is  writing  a  meippir  to 
illustrate  the  cuneiform  inscriptions  of  Persia,  and  to  show  the  clos9 
affinity  between  this  Anti-Alexandrian  Persian  and  the  Zend.  He 
considers  it  as  incontrovertible,  that  the  dialect  in  which  are  cornpos- 
ed  the  Vundidad,  Vispereii,  Izeshne,  d&c,  is  merely  a  modification  of 
th0  true  vernacular  tongue,  used  in  Persia  in  the  ages  of  Cyrus  and 


IS4I.  Diary  and  Jouriint  of  Pantts.  *iCl 

Darius,  about  twelve  centuries  anterior  to  th«  period  of  the  Indian 
emigration  of  the  Parseea  ;  and  that  there  ia  scarcely  a  single  radical 
of  any  importance,  in  any  of  the  sacred  books  of  the  Parsces,  which 
may  not  be  traced,  under  same  modiiicaiion  or  oiher,  to  a  corres- 
pondent term  in  some  living  dialect  of  Persia;  and  consequently  he 
has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  these  writinea  of  the  Parsees  were 
brought  from  Persia  in  their  present  state,  and  are  thus  now  entitled 
to  the  same  degree  of  consideralinn,  among  the  Parsees  in  India,  as 
they  enjoyed  among  their  aucesiors  ai  ihe  period  of  iheir  expairialioii. 
Education  among  the  Parseeu  of  India  has  bcpn,  and  ia  still,  gresi- 
ly  neglected.  Females  have  liiile,  ur  no  knowledge  of  letters,  hi  sew- 
iug  aud  embroidery  they  nre  expert,  and  are  well  accusionied  to  the 
duties  of  the  kttcheu.  'I'hey  are,  ii  is  said,  most  raiihTuI  to  iheir 
husbands.  They  are,  in  their  way,  mure  devotr^d  10  rehgiou  than  are 
the  men,  and  have  the  almost  entjre  charge  of  the  rehgious  educa- 
tion of  ihe  young,  who  aie  for  this  pvirpose  placed  under  llieir  care 
usually  when  about  three  years  old.  This  branch  of  education  con- 
sists in  learning  to  reciie  prayers,  which  neither  teachers  nor  pupils 
understand.  In  the  day  schoiils,  the  boys  are  first  taught  arithmetic 
by  a  master,  who  givt.'S  oral  lessons;  writing  the  same  lessons  on 
boards,  with  chalk,  comes  next  in  course.  At  this  Mage,  certain  cere- 
monies must  be  observed  by  their  parents.  The  alphabet  ia  now  to 
be  learnl,  and  reading  t.illows.  The  pay  to  the  masters  is  very  small, 
never  more  than  six  rupees  annually,  even  by  the  rich.  The  schools, 
iu  fact,  hardly  deserve  this  designation,  and  children  are  often  sent 
to  them  solely  in  order  ihat  they  may  be  out  of  the  way  of  their  pa- 
rents at  home.  However,  within  a  few  years  some  English  schools 
have  been  opened  for  their  benefit,  in  l8'2-3,  n  foundation  was  laid 
byElpbiastone.of  which  Parsees  have  availed  themselves  fur  the  edu- 
cation of  their  sons.  In  periodicil  literature,  the  Parsees  have  also 
become  interested,  and  hive  already  four  newspapers  and  a  monthly 
journal,  all  published  at  Bombiy. 

Naltt. —  I.  One  of  lhB<B  iiRpcri  appenrs  Ibrice  a  week,  anolEier  Iwicr.  and  twn 
once.  Ono  ii  called  the  Bomliay  Ttlescnpe,  snoliier  ii  Ihe  Bumhay  Whip 
(Bombay  Chnbnoh).  and  tbe  iniinlhiy  19  Myled  the  Ocenn  of  KnnwIedKe:  iM  pub. 
liihed  in  GuzarallaB,  Iho  common  ian^age  among  tbe  Parsoea  of  India. 

%  We  here  correct  an  eiprcMion  in  our  number  for  Oi;(i>ber,  whrre  we  ought 
10  have  said  Afr.  HerjeMoy'i  dnnnlinn,  and  not  "Mr.  Rnslomji'e'i  dnnnlion." 
Rustonyee  is  Ihe  name  gittniohia  fslher  al  birth,  and  then  Ruslomjee'i  ions 
mu)l  ench  have  their  reipeclivp  given  name  preceding  thai  of  thuir  father,  mid 
thus  wr,  ouibl  to  have  wrillPir  Herjephboy  Kustomjee. 

While  on  Ihi)  subject  w«  may  remark,  that  very  few  of  ihe  names  of  ibe  Par- 

mlstreai.   nnd  are   limilarin    iiie  In   our   Mr.  *iid   Mt>      Thp   namei  are   aniRlIv 
■elected  liy  attroi<ig;er>,  who  In  doing  this  mirlc  ont  a  liurnscopt  ihowing  |Jie  lun'i 


062  fllu.<tratiuns  of  Mt.n  and  Things  in  China,  Dec. 

plane  in  the  zodinc  Ht  fhe  lime  the  child  was  born;  and  each  of  the  signs  havinc 
letters  peculiar  to  iiself.  the  child  is  called  by  a  name  which  begins  with  one  of 
those  letters  belonging  to  thai  sign  in  which  the  sun  was  at  the  child's  birth. 


Art.  IV.  Illustrations  of  men  and  things  in  China:  manufacture 
of  Itattcrns  ;  an  ode  arranged  in  squares^  with  stnne  account  of  its 
reputed  author,  Soo  Humy ;  Chinese  portable  writing  apparatus. 

Manufacture  of  lanterns. — The  making  of  the  transparent  lanterns, 
80  universally  used  by  the  Chinese,  employs  many  thousands  of  work- 
men. The  framework  of  the  lantern  is  made  of  fine  bamboo  splints, 
which  are  split  by  the  hand  with  a  knife,  and  woven  on  a  frame  of 
the  proper  size ;  this  work  is  done  by  women  and  children,  and  it  is 
said  an  expert  hand  can  finish  six  or  eight  in  a  day.  When  brought 
to  the  shop,  the  workmen  in  the  first  place  cuts  off  the  fag  ends, 
shapes  it,  and  rearranges  all  the  splints,  so  thaUthe  interstices, 
which  are  very  hirge,  will  be  nearly  of  equal  size ;  he  then  stiffens 
them  with  a  coat  of  glue,  and  lays  the  skeleton  away  to  dry.  When 
a  suitable  number  are  ready,  he  takes  his  station  near  the  glue-pot, 
and  laying  a  piece  of  thin  and  coarse  bamboo  paper  called  ska  che^ 
upon  the  frame  which  he  holds  in  his  hand,  he  brushes  it  down  even- 
ly and  smoothly  over  the  splinths  with  a  brush  filled  with  glue. 
The  glue  is  made  from  a  species  of  fucus  (a  Delesseria  f)  found  on 
the  rocky  shores  of  Hainan,  and  brought  to  Canton  in  junks  in  a  dry 
state ;  it  is  boiled  to  a  proper  consistence,  and  when  dried  upon  the 
lantern  is  almost  transparent.  Two  or  three  coats  are  laid  on,  each 
being  well  dried,  afler  which  the  lantern  is  mounted  with  a  socket 
for  the  candle,  and  a  wire  for  the  handle,  and  hung  up  for  sale. 
When  the  customer  selects  it,  a  painter,  usually  one  of  the  workmen, 
adorns  it  with  flowers,  or  with  his  name,  his  style,  the  sign  of  his 
shop,  or  any  other  characters  he  wishes,  fits  in  a  grotesque  handle  if 
desired,  and  charges  from  five  cents  to  ten  or  twenty  times  that,  ac- 
cording to  the  size  and  finish. 

Lanterns  are  used  by  the  Chinese  for  many  purposes  unknown  to 
western  nations.  Officers,  when  traveling  by  night,  always  have  large 
ones  cari'ied  before  them  with  their  titles  written  upon  them;  and 
private  persons  carry  one  in  their  hand  with  their  names  upon  them. 
By  night,  a  lantern  hung  at  a  shop  door  serves  Imth  for  an  illuminat- 
ed ai'fnf  ind  to  lighten  the  street.    Besides  the  kind  of  lanterns  abov 


lljJt.  llluitialiimt  »/  J/(H  ifW  Tkiugi  in  China.  fl63 

desctibed,  the  Chinese  make  very  elegant  ones  nf  colored  pnper 
called  tiow  ma  tSng,  or  horse-racing  lampa,  having  two,  three  or  awra 
cylinders  one  within  the  other,  and  very  delicately  balanced.  Wind- 
flapa  are  ao  contrived  that  the  drad  of  heated  air  circulating  up 
through  the  laniern,  causes  the  inner  cylinders  to  turn  round ;  and 
aa  ihey  are  made  of  paper  figures  set  in  a  frame,  the  effect  of  so  many 
tiny  men,  women,  cliildreii,  liurses,  or  otlier  nniinnis,  pursuing  one 
another  round  and  round  is  vecy  hc.iulifut.  There  are  others  of 
etill  more  elaborate  uorkmaniihip  ihan  ihese  made  for  gandeea,  de 
scribed  to  us  as  being  twenty  cubits  in  diumeier,  containing  many 
sorts  of  "lamps  placeil  within,  Hnd  ftt  aniCicially  and  agreeably  that 
the  light  adds  beauty  to  the  pHintinir,  and  the  amolce  gives  life  and 
spiritto  the  figures  in  the  lantern,  ivhicb  art  hasso  contrived,  thai  they 
seem  to  walk,  turn  abnnt,  ascend  nud  descend.  You  shall  see  horses 
run,  draw  chariots  and  tilt  the  earth;  vessels  sailing;  kings  and 
princes  go  ill  and  out  with  inrgc  ir.iins,  and  great  crowds  of  people 
both  afoot  and  horsebnck,  armies  marching,  and  a  thousand  other 
divertisements  and  motions  repiesemed.  "  These  and  many  other 
sorts  are  got  up  for  the  feast  of  lanterns,  to  the  great  jollity  of  all 
sorts  of  people. 

Soo  Hwuy'i  Odt.  Sometime  ago,  we  noticed  a  ballad,  the  eha- 
racters  of  which  were  arranged  in  the  shape  of  a  cow.  We  have 
here  a  more  elaborate  performance,  in  which  the  characters  are 
placed  so  as  to  form  squares,  with  a  large  character  in  the  centre  of 
each.  It  is  a  sonnet  upon  a  husband's  long  absence,  and  is  popularly 
ascribed  to  Soo  Ilwuy  of  the  first  Tsin  dynasty.  In  the  Tang  Sxt, 
or  History  of  ihe  Passions,  is  a  short  account  of  Soo  Hwuy,  from 
which  we  take  a  few  particulars  regarding  this  lady,  and  the  ode  she 
wove. 

"  Soo  Hwuf ,  (aJso  styled  JeS-lan,)  flouriEhcd  during  the  Tsin  (iynasty, 
B.C.  ^50;  she  was  the  daughter  of  a.  military  n^riccr,  and  at  the  age  nf  six- 
teen was  married  to  Tow  Taou.  She  bad  very  BU|it.'rior  parts,  was  retiring 
and  modest  in  ber  demeanor,  as  well  as  beautiful  and  elegant  in  her  pereon, 
nor  did  she  seek  to  be  known  abroad ;  bnt  her  temper  was  rather  haaly,  and 
she  was  liable  to  tits  of  jealousy.  Her  husband  Tow  (also  styled  Leenpo) 
had  been,  on  account  of  his  spirited  conduct  and  bis  talents,  appointed  by 
Fookeen  to  a  very  responsible  office,  which  he  tilled  with  great  reputation 
and  credit.  However,  while  he  was  the  chief  magistrate  of  Tsinchow.  for 
opposing  the  emperor  he  was  transported  to  the  tronticr  at  Tun.hwang ;  but 
in  theinsurroction  of  Fookeen,  thecity  of  BeBTigyang  bccameavery  impor- 
tant place;  and  being  in  danger.  Tow,  on  account  of  his  talents,  was  pp. 
l>ointed  general  to  quiet  the  eoiHhorn  provinces,  and  in  consequence  made 


6G4  Illustrations  of  Mai  and  Things  in  China.  DfiC. 

his  residence  at  Seangyang  in  Honan.  He  had  a  concubine,  called  Yangtae, 
a  very  skillfal  actor  and  singer,  unequalled  by  any  in  her  day,  whom  be 
loved  very  much.  He  had  placed  her  once  in  a  separate  house,  which,  when 
his  wife  Soo  heard,  she  inquired  and  ascertained  where  it  was,  and  gave  her 
a  severe  beating.  Tow  was  very  much  disturbed  at  this  conduct,  and  Yang- 
tae also  telling  him  all  her  other  misdemeanors,  slandering  and  vilifying  her, 
he  wished  to  take  her  with  him  to  Seingyang,  where  he  was  then  going,  but 
iioo  would  not  accompany  him.  Tow  thereupon  took  Yangtae,  and  ceased 
all  intercourse  with  Soo ;  but  she,  deeply  grieved  for,  and  repentant  of,  her 
folly,  wove  an  hwuy  vdn,  or  revolving  composition,  on  silk,  in  which  many 
different  colors  were  so  blended,  that  •  it  rejoiced  the  mind,  and  entranced 
the  eyes.'  It  was  about  a  foot  square,  and  contained  more  than  eight  hun- 
dred characters ;  and  if  read  either  up  or  down,  crosswise,  backwards  or  for- 
wards, it  made  sense ;  nor  was  a  stroke  or  a  point  in  it  deficient.  The  talent 
and  ingenuity  displayed  in  it  was  surpassing,  excelling  that  of  the  ancients 
and  putting  to  shame  the  moderns ;  she  called  it  the  seuen-ke  picture.  Even 
learned  persons  called  hardly  understand  it,  upon  which  Soo  laughing,  said, 
*  1  who  am  nothing  uncommon  have  made  this  piece  of  anagramatic  compo- 
sition, and  now  none  of  you  can  explain  iV  She  sent  it  by  a  faithful  do- 
mestic to  her  husband,  who  narrowly  examined  it,  and  was  so  affected  by 
its  extraordinary  elegance  and  singularity,  that  he  dismissed  Yangtae,  and 
sent  a  carriage  loaded  with  presents  to  Soo  to  bring  her  to  him.  She  was 
therefore  exceedingly  beloved,  and  wrote  more  than  five  thousand  lines, 
which  however  were  irrecoverably  lost  during  the  commotions  of  the  Tsuy 
dynasty,  together  with  this  worked  anagram." 

From  a  notice  in  the  Koo  Sze  Tsin  Yuen^  or  Deep  Researches  into 
Ancient  Matters,  it  would  appear  that  Soo  Hwuy  wrote  this  while  her 
husband  was  banished  beyond  the  frontiers,  and  before  he  went  to 
Seangyang ;  it  is  also  there  said,  that  the  emperor  compassionated  her, 
and  as  a  reward  for  her  talents  and  skill  in  weaving  it,  recalled  T^ow 
Taou.  The  sonnet  is  written  in  heptameters,  and  contains  280  cha- 
racters ;  it  commences  at  the  character  kwan  ^  near  the  circle  in 
the  lefl  upper  corner,  and  reads  along  the  top  and  down  the  right 
side ;  the  lines  there  reascend,  forming  all  the  squares  on  the  right 
side,  and  then  again  go  down  and  up  until  they  end  next  to  the  .circle 
at  ke'e  ik^,  which  is  the  second  word  of  a  line,  and  is  connected 
with  the  first  column  of  large  characters  on  the  lefl  side.  The  last 
four  lines  are  placed  somewhat  irregularly  so  as  to  bring  the  two 
characters  teen  tsze  "J?  •T-  the  emperor,  in  the  middle.  The 
last  character  in  the  piece  is  hwan  ^  to  return.  The  whole,  to  say 
the  least,  is  ingenious  in  its  arrangement,  and  is  a  good  specimen  of 
a  kind'  of  litefary  trifling  common  among  the  Chinese— one  that  would 
uot  be  misplaced  in  D'lsraeli's  Curiosities  of  Literature. 


lltustratuiHt  iif  Men  aud  Thing*  in  China. 


SOO   HWUYS  ODE,  CALLED 


Seuen-kc 


666  Hlmtrations  of  Men  and  Things  in  China*  Dec. 

Translation   of   Soo    Hwut's   Ode. 

When  you  received  his  majesty's  commands  to  quiet  the  distant  fron- 
tier, 
Going  with  you  to  the  river's  bridge,  we  there  bade  our  sad  farewell : 
Restraining  my  grief  and  hiding  my  tears,  1  lefl  with  you  this  word : 
'<  O  do  not  forget  my  love  and  affection,  nor  tarry  long  away." 
Who  would  have  guessed  that  since  you  left,  not  a  word  should  I 

receive. 
Have  you  thought  that  to  your  lone  wife  e'en  the  spring  is  bleak  and 

cold?  ^Jjju  '-* 

At  the  foot  of  the  g^nimeous  stairs  the  greensward  is  left  unmown, 

And  our  nuptial  chamber  with  dust  and  webs  is  all  o'erstrown. 

^  Even  now,  when  I  speak  of  our  farewell,  my  soul  with  dread  doth 

start, 
And  my  mind  revolves  what  I  would  be  my  lord  again  to  see. 
One  time,  to  be  the  deep  sea  moon,  I  much  desire, 
And  then  to  be  the  cloud  upon  the  mountain's  brow  is  my  heart's  wish : 
For  the  giddy  mountain  clouds  for  aye  my  husband's  face  do  meet, 
And  the  deep  sea  moon  year  by  year  shines  down  upon  the  land 

abroad. 
The  first  flying  here  and  flying  there,  reach  my  beloved's  place ; 
And  at  thousands  and  ten  thousand  miles,  you  see  each  other's  face. 
^  Far  far  along  the  distant  road,  the  mountain  pass  while  us  dividing, 
Do  I  bemoan  my  lord,  who  now  beyond  the  marches,  so  long  has 

absent  been. 
At  the  time  you  led,  when  we  bade  good-bye,  the  leaves  of  the  reeds 

were  yellow ; 
Who  then  would  have  thought,  that  the  plum  would  have  blossomed 

its  boughs  so  oft  ? 
Each  kind  of  flowers,  scattering  its  leaves  abroad,  has  met  the  early 

spring : 
The  time  of  genial  spring,  doCh  urge  men  to  commune:  but  to  whom 

shall  I  turn  ? 
The  pendent  willows  cover  the  ground,  which  for  you  I  oil  pull  down, 
The  falling  flowers  bestrew  the  earth,  which  none  do  sweep  away : 
^Before  the  hall,  the  vernal  herbage  grows  most  rich  and  fragrant. 
Taking  the  lute  of  Tsun  in  my  arms  I  turn  me  to  the  pictured  hall. 
Where  for  your  sake,  I  try  to  thrum  the  ballad  of  departed  friends. 
Sending  my  inmost  thoughts  away,  they  reach  the  northern  bounds — 
The  northern  bounds — how  far  they  are,  o'crpassed  the  hills  and 

streams. 


1841.  Illustrations  of  Men  ami  Things  wi  China.  667 

Along  the  dreary  distant  way,  the  word  of  a  letter  has  ceased  so  long, 
My  silvery  dress,  upon  my  pillow,  with  my  tears  is  deeply  dyed, 
And  on  my    gilded  robe  and  on  my    satin    coat,  the  flowers  are 
^  wholly  spoiled.  .|-..,. 

This  spring  did  the  cry  of  the  geese  and  storks,  in  their  passage 

north  when  heard, 
Seem  to  me,  whose  friend  is  far  dispart,  like  tearing  my  heartstrings 

out. 
The  strings  of  my  lute  had  not  yet  broke,  but  my  feelings, v^ere  alt 

subdued  ; 
My  grief  was  at  its  utmost  bent,  but  my  song  was  still  unsung. 
I  feel  that  your  present  love  for  me  is  stable  as  the  hills, 
And  my  thoughts  from  you,  my  lord,  for  a  moment  never  stray.  ^, 
When  I  had  woven  but  half  my  task,  T  presented  it  to  his  majesty. 
Wishing  him  to  release  my  husband,  that  he  may  quick  return  to  me^ 

Portable  writing  apparatus.    The  Chinese,  and  others  who  write 
with  a  hair  penciJ,  have  a  sort  of  pocket  inkhorn  which  is  very  neatly 
contrived.     It  is  usually  carried  in  a  long  pouch,  which,  along  with 
two  or  three  others,  containing  a  pipe,  chopsticks,  fan,  d&c,   hang 
pendent  from  the   girdle.    It  consists  of  a  brass  tube  as  long  as  the 
pencil,  having  a  lid  at  the  end  to  close  it  up,  and  a  cup  or  bowl  to 
contain  the  ink.     The  cup  is  frequently  dispensed  with,  and  in  its 
stead  the  cap  of  the  pencil  is  made  of  brass,  and  liquid  ink  put  into  it 
to  saturate  the  pencil.  In  an  inkhorn,  now  before  us,  from  Lewchew, 
the  brazen  tube  to  hold  the  pencil  is  seven  inches  long,  and  the  cup 
for  the  ink  holds  about  a  table-spoonful ;  both  tube  and  cup  have  a  lid, 
and  the  four  pieces  are  all  connected  by  a  cord  running  through  rings, 
by  which  it  is  carried.  Another  one,  from  Japan,  is  in  a  single  piece;, 
the  cup  is  attached  to  the  tube  somewhat  as  a  ladle  is  joined  to  its 
handle,  and  one  lid  closes  them  both ;  a  long  cord  running  througli 
a  ring  secures  it  to  the  girdle.     In  both  of  them,  the  ink  is  kept  from 
evaporating  by  a  ball  of  cotton  wool.     A  seal,  also  from  Jjewchew,  is 
made  of  buffalo's  horn,  and  composed  of  three  parts.     The  lower  part 
is  a  cup  to  hold  the  ink,  the  upper  is  the  seal,  and  fits  closely   into 
the  middle  part;  the  three  are  kept  together  by  a  cord  running 
through  them,  by  which  also  it  is  worn.     The  stamp  is  very  neatly 
cut  in  intaglio  in  the  seal  character.     The  custom  of  wearing  seals 
and.inkhorns  by  the  side  is  referred  to  in  Ezekiel  ix,  2,  and  from 
Harmer'zf  description  of  this  part  of  the  Persian  dress,  considerable 
resemblance  to  the  Chinese  is  observed. 


tlTi^i  •  Hioffrnphira/  Notin-  of  P.  Premarr.  Drc. 


.»> .  • 


Art.  V.      Biographical  notice  of  Plre  Joseph  PrHnare.     Tran- 
slated from  R^musat's  Nouveaux  Melanges  Asiatiques,  by  S.  R. 

Among  the  host  of  learned  men  whose  labors  have  rendered  the 
mission  to  China  illustrious,  there  are  two  who  deserve  to  occupy  an 
eminent  rank  in  the  memory  of  the  lovers  of  learning ;  one  as  a 
grammarian  and  philologist  and  the  other  as  a  historian  and  astrono- 
mer.  The  first  is  Pr^mare — ^the  second  is  Gaubil.  Couplet,  Noel, 
and  Parrenin,  among  the  early  missionaries,  Amiot  and  Cibot, 
among  those  of  a  more  modern  period,  did  not  equal  Pr6mare  in  pro- 
found knowledge  of  the  Chinese  language,  and  in  reading  authors 
who  owe  their  celebrity  to  their  literary  merit.  Schall,  Verbiest, 
Grimaldi,  have  not  rendered  to  astronomy  greater  services  than  Gau- 
bil, and  his  researches  into  history  and  antiquity  are  even  above 
those  of  Martini,  of  Visdelou,  and  Mailla.  Unquestionably,  these  two 
learned  missionaries  had  acquired  the  one  and  the  other,  an  ability 
in  point  of  Chinese  literature,  which  no  one  of  their  order,  much  less 
of  other  Europeans,  has  ever  surpassed,  or  perhaps  ever  equalled.  It 
would  be  difficult  to  decide  which  of  these  two  men  had  the  better 
knowledge  of  Chinese.  Perhaps  Premare  had  more  fully  acquainted 
himself  with  certain  niceties  of  the  language,  and  more  deeply  pene- 
trated into  its  genius;  but  Gaubil,  drawn  towards  graver  objects, 
threw  the  light  he  had  acquired  upon  points  the  most  important. 
Both  were  of  the  number  of  men  of  letters,  of  whom  France  ought 
to  be  proud. 

The  place  and  period  of  the  birth  of  Joseph  Henry  Pr6mare  are 
unknown ;  we  only  know  that  he  was  one  of  the  Jesuits  who  set  out 
from  Rochelle,  on  the  7th  of  March,  1698,  to  go  and  preach  the  gos- 
pel in  China.  He  made  the  passage  in  seven  months,  in  the  Amphi- 
trite,  in  company  with  PP.  Bouvet,  Domenge,  and  Baborier.  There 
were  in  all  on  board  that  vessel,  eleven  Jesuit  missionaries,  several  of 
whom  have  shed  great  lustre  on  the  mission  ^o  China.  Pr6mare  ar- 
rived on  the  6th  of  October  at  Sanshan  (or  St.  John's);  and  on  the 
17th  of  February  of  the  following  year,  he  wrote  to  P.  De  la  Chais^ 
an  account*  of  his  passage,  with  some  particulars  that  he  had  ga- 
thered respecting  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Batavia,  Acheen,  and  Ma- 
lacca.    The  first  year  of  his  residence  in  China,  he   was  obliged  to 

occupy  himself  solely  in  studying  the  language,  so  as  to  put  himself  in 

—         ■  » 

•     See  I^tlrpj»  Riiifiantn.  vol.  XVI,  pnge  338. 


1841.  Bioffraphiral  Notice  of  F.  Prfmare.  669 

a  condition  to  discharge  his  duties  in  the  provinces.  We  learn,  by  a 
letter*  that  he  addressed  to  P.  le  Gobien,  the  1st  of  November,  1700, 
that  he  was  then  at  Yuenchow  Too  in  Keangse.  One  readily  per- 
ceives that  he  was  still  under  the  influence  of  those  impressions  from 
which  a  traveler  finds  it  so  difficult  to  secure  himself  at  first,  and  to 
get  rid  of  al\erwards.  The  weak  side  of  Chinese  institutions  had  up 
to  that  time  struck  him  singularly,  and  the  abuses,  inevitable  in  the 
administration  of  a  vast  empire,  and  of  which  so  many  superficial 
travelers  have  given  descriptions  more  or  less  darkened,  were  all  that 
he  had  time  to  observe. 

The  learned  missionary  had  formed  a  very  favorable  opinion  of  the 
Chinese,  and  fully  recognized  the  falsity  of  his  prejudices,  when  he 
wrote  the  letter ,t  in  which  he  refuted  so  completely  the  fables  and 
absurdities  with  which  the  Relations^  translated  from  the  Arabic 
by  the  Abb6  Renaudot,  are  replete,  and  of  which  the  notes  and  ad- 
ditions by  the  translator,  are  far  from  being  free.  That  celebrated 
book,  many  passages  of  which  would  not  disgrace  the  collection  of 
Arabian  tales,  has  at  all  times  excited  the  indignation  of  the  mission- 
aries to  China,  among  whom  many  have  set  themselves  to  correct 
its  inaccuracies ;  but  the  refutatiou  of  P.  Pr^mare  is  the  most  com- 
plete and  the  most  solid.  From  that  time,  he  devoted  himself  to  the 
study  of  the  Chinese  language  and  literature,  no  more,  like  most  of 
the  other  missionaries,  with  the  single  view  of  discharging  the 
ordinary  duties  of  preaching,  but  as  a  man  who  wished,  after  the  ex- 
ample of  the  most  distinguished  among  them,  to  put*  himself  in  a 
state  to  write  in  Chinese  on  religious  subjects,  and  to  search,  for 
himself,  in  the  national  monuments,  for  weapons  to  rebut  error,  and 
cause  the  truth  to  triumph.  His  success  in  this  new  career  was  so 
remarkable,  that  after  a  few  years  he  was  able  to  compose  some 
books  in  Chinese  which  are  esteemed  for  their  elegance  of  style. 

It  was  while  he  was  occupied  in  profound  researches  into  Chinese 
antiquities,  that  P.  Pr6mare  found  himself  led  to  undertake  a  singular 
project  which  had  misled  several  of  the  missionaries  of  China,  and, 
what  is  most  remarkable,  precisely  those  who  had  best  studied  the 
ancient  Chinese  authors.  The  scheme  was  to  search  in  the  King 
/^),  and  in  the  literary  monuments  of  the  ages  that  preceded  the 
burning  of  the  books,  for  traces  of  traditions  which  \yere  supposed  to 
have  been  transmitted  to  the  authors  of  those  bpoks,  by  the  patri- 

*     See  Lettres  Edifiantes,  vol.  XVI,  page  392. 

t     See  Lettres  Edifiarites,  vol.  XXI.  page  183. — See  Chinese  Repository,  vol. 
I.  pages  n.  4*2,  for  an  account  of  Renaiidol's  work. 


<>70  Biographiral  NottM  of  P.  Prf.mare.  Dec, 

nrchs,  who  founded  the  Chinese  empire.  The  sense  of  certain  passages, 
sometimes  obscure,  the  various  interpretations  which  had  been  given 
at  different  periods,  the  allegories  contained  in  the  Book  of  Odes,  the 
enigmas  of  the  Book  of  Changes  (Yih  King),  and  the  analysis  of 
certain  symbols,  were  to  the  missionaries  who  were  prepossessed  of 
these  ideas,  so  many  arguments  suited  to  strengthen  them  in  an  opi-. 
nion,  which  they  regarded  as  favorable  to  the  propagation  of  Chris- 
tianity. It  was  certainly  with  that  view,  and  not  to  excite  a  vain 
curiosity,  that  they  applied  themselves  to  spreading  these  extraordi- 
nary notions. 

P.  Pr^mare  speaking  of  his  works,  to  which  we  shall  allude  here- 
after, wrote  as  follows  to  Fourmont :  **  The  ulterior,  and  highest  end 
to  which  I  have  devoted  this  notice,  and  all  my  other  writings,  is  to 
cause,  if  I  can,  that  all  the  world  may  know  that  the  Christian  reli- 
gion is  as  old  as  the  world,  and  that  the  God-man  was  most  cer- 
tainly known,  by  that  or  those  men  who  invented  the  hieroglyphics  of 
China,  and  composed  the  King  ij^)-  Here  you  see,  my  dear 
friend,  the  only  motive  that  has  sustained  and  animated  me,  during 
more  than  thirty  years  in  studies,  which,  without  this,  had  been  very 
tedious." 

But' the  perseverance*  which  Pr6mare  and  his  brethren  directed  to 
sustain  these  opinions,  and  the  strong  conclusions  which  some  wished 
to  deduce  therefrom,  brought  upon  them  much  dislike,  from  those 
men  who  did  not  partake  of  their  views,  and  who  therefore  con-'' 
nected  the  inquiry  with  the  great  quarrel  between  the  Jesuits  and 
Dominicans,  about  the  meaning  of  the  Chinese  rites  and  ceremonies, 
and  the  pretended  atheism  of  their  literature.  Men  who  were  less 
passionate  did  not  abstain  from  disapproving  of  the  opinions  of  the 
Jesuits  upon  Chinese  antiquity ;  and  Fourmont,  to  whom  P.  Pr^mare 
had  communicated  his  ideas  ou  that  subject,  avowed  that  they  had 
never  appeared  probable  to  him,  because,  said  he,  "  the  ancient  Chi- 
nese were  not  prophets." 

It  was  very  natural  to  receive  so  strange  a  scheme  with  distrust, 
and  one  of  which  the  consequences  might  be  so  serious ;  but  it  was 
less  just  to  suspect  the  intelligence  or  the  good  faith  of  respectable 
men,  who  were  not  less  distinguished  for  their  science  than  for  their 
uprightness.  It  were  better  to  examine  the  texts  upon  which  they 
rested  their  assertions,  and  to  see  if  those  texts  were  not  susceptible 
of  more  natural  interpretations  than  those  which  they  proposed.  This 
is  what  few  |>erFons  at  that  period  were  able  to  attempt ;  and  what 
has  \teen  done  since,  in  a  manner  to  clear  Pr6mare  and   his  compa- 


1841.  Biographical  Notict  of  P.  Primart.  t)7l 

nions  completely  of  the  unjust  allegations,  of  which  they  had  been  the 
object,  [t  is  seen,  in  reading  those  very  books,  that  they  contain 
numerous  vestiges  of  opinions  that  had  their  origin  in.  the  west,  and 
must  have  been  carried  to  China  in  very  remote  times.  But  one 
sees  too,  at  the  same  time,  that  the  opinions  and  doctrines  in  which 
Pr^mare  believed  he  saw  the  fragments  of  sacred  traditions  or  antici- 
pations of  Christianity,  appertain  to  that  oriental  theology  from  which 
Pythagoras,  Plato,  and  the  entire  school  of  Neoplatonists,  have 
borrowed  so  much.  Pr^mare,  Bouvet,  Fouquet,  and  many  others,  there- 
fore, had  as  good  a  right  to  seek  for  ideas  and  dogmas,  analogous  to 
those  of  Christianity,  in  the  Single,  the  Yih  King,  the. Chung  Yung, 
and  in  the  writings  of  Chwang  tsze,  of  Laou  taze,,  and  Hwaenan 
tsze,  as  had  Eusebius,  Lactantius  and  St.  Clement  of  Alexandria, 
to  see  prophecies  in  the  books  of  the  false  Orpheus  or  Mercurius 
Trismegistus.  We  see  that  these  opinions  which  have  been  ascribed 
to  a  weakness  of  mind  or  whimsicalness,  show  on  the  contrary  in 
those  who  have  set  them  forth,  vast  erudition  and  a  profound  acquaiat- 
ance  with  the  philosophical  works  of  the  Chinese.  The  facts  coU 
lected  by  Pr^mare  were  exact;  his  manner  of  explaining  them  was 
affected  by  the  influence  under  which  his  researches :  were  Under- 
taken. There  is  room  to  believe  that,  after  this  explsnatioa,  we  shall 
read  with  Jess  disrelish  the  very  interesting  fragment  from  the*  same 
author,  entitled  Recherches  sur  le  temps  anUrieurs  d  ceuz  cUtni 
parte  le  Shoo  King,  et  sur  la  mythologie  Chinoise,  and  inserted,  by 
De  Guignes,  at  the  head  of  the  Shoo  King  translated  by  Gaubil,  in 
the  form  of  a  preliminary  discourse.  Amiot  has  treated  this  work  with 
great  severity ;  the  only  one,  with  the  short  extracts  given  by  Des- 
hautesrayes,  where  persons  who  do  not  know  Chinese,  can  find  any 
quotations  from  the  most  ancient  books  on  the  fabulous  traditions  of 
China.  He  aims  especially  at  the  numerous  citations  i>y  which  these 
researches  are  sustained.  We  see,  according  to  him,  at  a  single 
glance,  that  two  or  three  by  no  means  voluminous  writers  could  have 
furnished  them  all. 

This  innocent  fraud  it  is  indeed  easy  to  discover  by  much  the 
same  marks,  in  the  memoirs  of  several  missionaries,  and  particularly 
in  those  of  Cibot,  and  of  Amiot  himself;  butPrdmare  had  no  occa- 
sion to  resort  to  it.  His  extensive  reading,  and  indeed  his  variety 
of  learning,  in  the  Chinese  whether  ancient  or  modern,  are  weU.  at- 
tested from  other  quarters.  There  is  no  need  of  other  proof  than  his 
Notitia  LinguaB  Sinics,  the  most  remarkable  and  most  important 
of  all  his  works;  the  best,  without  sontradiction,  of  all  those  that  Eu- 


072  Biographical  Notice  of  P.  PrHnart.  Dec. 

ropeans  have  hitherto  composed  on  the  subject.*  It  is  neither  a  sim- 
ple grammar,  (as  the  author  himself  very  modestly  says,)  nor  a  rheto- 
ric, as  Fourmont  has  given  us  to  understand.  It  is  a  treatise  of 
literature  nearly  complete,  wherein  Pr6mare  has  put  together,  not 
merely  all  that  he  had  collected  upon  the  usage  of  particles,  and  the 
grammatical  rules  of  the  Chinese,  but  where  he  has  also  inserted  a 
great  number  of  observations  upon  style,  phrases  peculiar  to  the  an- 
cient language,  and  the  common  idiom,  proverbs,  and  the  most 
usual  tropes,  the  whole  being  supported  by  a  host  of  examples  cited 
textually,  translated  and  commented  upon  when  it  was  necessary. 

duitting  the  beaten  track  of  the  Latin  grammarians  whom  all  his 
predecessors,  Varo,  Fortigny,  and  Castorano,  had  taken  for  their 
models,  he  has  struclr  obt  a  method  entirely  new,  whereby  he  has 
sought  rather  to  render  all  method  superfluous,  by  substituting  for 
rules,  the  phrases  themselves  from  which  one  may  deduce  them.  This 
single  statement  comprehends  at  once  an  eulogium  upon  the  work  of 
Premare,  and  the  only  well  grounded  criticism  to  which  it  is  expos- 
ed. The  author  judged  dthers  by  himself;  and  he  believed  that  they 
would  consent  with  him,  to  acquire  the  Chinese  by  practice,  instead 
of  studying  it  theoretically.  Perhaps,  as  it  has  been  said  elsewhere, 
he  considered  particular  cases  too  much,  in  the  room  of  combining 
them  in  the  form  of  general  observations.  His  book  is,  in  fine,  one 
that  furnishes  excellent  materials  for  a  work,  rather  than  a  work 
really  finished. 

This  form  which  Premare  gave  to  his  Ndtitia,  is  what  hindered  it 
from  being  printed  in  China,  and  what  will  always  be  an  objection 
to  the  European  publication,  because  it  contains  in  three  small  quarto 
volumes,  little  less  than  twelve  thousand  examples,  and  fifty  thousand 
Chinese  characters. 

We  cannot  say  that  the  plan  pursued  in  it,  is  suited  to  an  elemen- 
tary book  designed  for  beginners ;  but  when  one  has  already  a  smat- 
tering of  the  language,  he  can  get  ideas  on  the  subject  from  that 
work,  which  otherwise  he  could  not  obuin,  but  by  a  diligent  reading 
of  the  better  Chinese  authors,  and  that  for  a  long  time. 

Pr6mare,  who  from  1727  maintained  with  Fourmont  a  constant 
correspondence,  and  who  showed  in  all  his  letters  the  greatest  eager- 
ness to  afifbrd  the  academician  all  the  aid"  that  he  asked  of  him,  must 
4iave  believed  that  he  gave  him  peculiar  pleasure,  when  he  announc- 
ed to  him,  at  the  end  of  1728,  that  he  had  sent  him  a  grammar,  by 

*  R6musat  subsequently  wrote  a  sraramar,  founded  upon  Prcmare's,  wbicb  is 
belter  adapted  to  tbe  puqioaes  of  such  a  book. 


1841.  Biographical  Notice  of  P.  PrHnare.  673 

the  aid  of  which,  he  •ould,  for  the  future,  make  rapid  progress  in 
the  study  of  Chinese.  Unfortunately,  Fourinont  had  also  drawn  up 
a  grammar,  or  to  speak  more  correctly,  had  translated  that  of  Varo 
from  the  Spanish.*  The  fruits  of  the  labor  he  had  expended,  and 
the  merit  which  he  believed  he  had  acquired,  all  seemed  to  him  anni- 
hilated in  a  moment,  by  the  announcement  of  a  book,  with  which  he 
well  knew,  his  own  could  not  bear  a  comparison. 

It  is  worth  the  while  to  see  with  what  unaffected  grief  he  tells  of 
that  event ;  for  such  it  really  was  to  him.  He  hastened  to  deposit, 
for  himself,  in  the  Royal  Library,  before  the  arrival ~tif  his  friend's 
work,  the  manuscript  of  the  Grammatica  Sinica,  so  as  to  have  it 
quoted  and  commented  upon  by  the  Abb6  Bignon  ;  and  when  Pr6- 
mare's  Notitia  came  to  hand,  he  by  these  precautions  had  prepared 
the  way  to  compose  for  hirmself  a  comparative  examination  of  the 
two  works,  and  to  make  it  appear  that  in  all  important  points  they 
agreed,  although  his  own  was  the  better  of  the  two.  He  then  publish- 
ed the  result  of  this  comparison  in  the  preface  to  hisSwn  grammar. 

Pr^mare  was  no  longer  living,  when  that  book  appeared  ;  but  be- 
fore his  death,  he  had  been  informed  of  the  precautions  which  Four- 
moii^took,  to  prevent  his  Notitia  from  being  much  known.  '*  You 
say  (he  writes  to  him  in  1733)  that  they  have  done  all  they  could  to 
get  my  Notitia  from  your  hands.  If  it  is  from  envy,  and  to  suppress 
yours,  that  is  unjust ;  if  it  is  to  see  aiid  become  acquainted  with  it, 
that  is  laudable.  Only  the  terms,  (o  get  it  from  your  hands,  do  not 
please  me.  When  I  sent  it  to  you,  I  knew  in  whom  I  confided, 
and  I  never  dreamed  that  you  would  be  the  only  one  to  read  it.  I 
made  it  in  order  to  render  the  study  of  Chinese  easy  to  future  mis- 
sionaries, and  to  all  the  savans  of  Europic,  who  are,  like  you,  curiou 
to  search  into  Chinese  antiqnitles^'f 

fiut  Fourmont  survived  his  friend,  and  the  work  of  the  latter  was 
lost  from  view,  and  remained  forgotten,  until  in  spite  of  the  keeper 
I  found;  in  the  cabinet  of  oriental  MSS.,  the  original  of  the  Notitia 
Lingus  SinicaB,  and~^rought  it  to  remembrance  by  publishing  my 
obligations  to  Pr6mare.  The  autograph  manuscript,  which  is  in  the 
Royal  Library,  is  in  three  small  volumes  in  quarto,  and  not  in  five 
as  Fourmont  said,  written  on  Chinese  paper'  doubled.  The  Latin  part 
is  in  many  places  difficult  to  read.  From  that  original,  a  very  exact 
copy  has  been  made  and  again  from  that  a  second,  which  has  pass- 

*     See  the  circumstances  of  that  plagiariam,  in  Rinittsat's  Eleroens  de  la 
Grammaire  Chinoise,  pref.  |>.  14. 
t    A  letter  vvriUeri  to  Fourmoiil,  from  Macao,  Obt.  Otk;  1733.' 

VOL.   x;  NO.  xii.  fe5' 


(374  Biogruj^iicai  Nulict  of  P.  Prtiuare.  Dec. 

1^(1  into  England,  which  it  is  said,  is  destined  for  publication  ;  at  least 
is  there  not  a  security  from  the  fear,  some  might  have  enlertained ,. 
that /so  precious  a  maniiscript  might  some  day  or  other  be  lost  or 
destroyed.* 

.  Besides  this  grammar,  Pr6ro are  also  compiled,  in  company  with  P. 
Ilei;vieu,  a  Latins-Chinese  diciiooary^  lie  put  into  the  Chinese  parti 
of  it  nearly  all  thiit  we  find  in.  Dauet,  without  forgetting  a  singly 
pi^case  that  gives  to  the  words  ^a  new  sense  or  usage,  /rhia  work 
founed  a,  large  quarto  volume.     We  know  net  that  it  has- ever  beei^ 

sent  to  Europe.  

!  Premave  also  translated  from  the  Chinese  a  drama  eati tied,  "  the 
Orphan  of  the  House  of  Chaou.''  This  piece,  which  furnished  to  Voln 
laire  somq  positions  for  hisOrphelin  de  la  Chine,  i?  in  Du  Halde;  and 
until  the  publication  of  the  comedy>  translated  into  English  by  Mr. 
Davis,  was  the  only  specimen,  from  which  one  in  Europe  could  judge 
of  the  Chinese  theatre.  We  besides  owe  to  Pr^mare  the  acquisition  of 
a  great  number «6f  Chinese  books,  which  he  seut  to  Fourmont  for  the 
Royal  Library,  and  among  which  it  is  proper  to  notice  the  collec- 
tion of  A  hundred  dramatic  pieces,  composed  under  the  Yuen  dynas- 
^r^lone,  the  thirteen  classics,  and  many  romances,  and  colLectioi|8t 
qJ^  poetry,  'rbo  correspondence,  of  Pr^mace  was  very  extensive,- and  to 
judge  of  ijt  by  the- four  entire  letters  and  the  .variou3  extcacts.  from 
others,  which  have  been  pubdished,  it  must  contain maayi  interesting 
details.  .  Unfortunately,  Fourmont^ ,  who  was  the:  one  to  whom  hci 
wrote  mos|  frequently,. has  preserved  scarcely  anfy  ,of  them,  or  at  least 
^nlytone  has  been  fQuad  among  his  papers.  ..     * 

.  We  are  aware  of  three,  works  written  in  Chin^sei  by  Pr6mare;  the 
IffeofSt.  Joseph  which  he  had  composed  in  1718  or  17.19-;  the  Z«mA 
Shoo  the  yih  or  the  True  Sense  of  the  six  classes  Qf  cbaracters,-^a 
wosk,  ID;  which  the  author,  upon  the  .prigin  of  the  Chinese  characters, 
seta  forth, those  singular  hypotheses,  qf  which  we  have  already  spok- 
ca;;  ^Mid.Ustly,,  a  small  tract  upon  the  attributtes  of  Qod,;  which  he 
has  inserted  in  his  Nptiti^  Lingua  Sinicae,  si9  an  example  of  the 
manner; ill  which  one  might  write  upon  religious  subjepU  ia  Chinese. 
There  are  still  in  the*  Hpy^tl  Library,  some  treatises  in  Latins  aird 
Frenph,  in  aill  of  which  the  object  is  to  establish,  develops  and  defend 
Vhe  system  of  explaining, Chinese  characters  and  antiquities,  embracr 
ed  by  Bouvet  and  Pr^mare.  Several  of  these,  tri^cta  are  from  .the 
hand  of  Pr^mare,  and  composed  by  him,  in  part  from  materials  col- 
lected by  Bouvet. '   We  see  there  also  the  originals  of  many  of  his 

*     Since  publisbed  at  Mcklauca  initial. 


I'S4 1 .  Monm-iid  from   Lnr  ^  Vttnkit  of  CJukr/aitg\ •■  H » .j ' 

letters  addre9se(i  to  ihe  cbnfessor  of  Louis  XV.,  and  to  some  others. ' 
Three  of  his 'letters  have  been  published  in  the  L^ttres  Edifianles.' 
A  fourth  which  had  remained  among  Fourmont's  papers^  hits  been' 
given -by  M.  Klaproth,  in  the  Annates  Enoyclopediques.  It  contains 
a  judgment  upon  t hie  grammar  of  Fourmont,  both-  very  severe  and' 
very  well  founded,  addressed  to  Fourmont  himself,  arid  expressed • 
with  a  candor  and  simplicity  worthy  of  commendation. 

Pr^marei  had  had  three  attacks  of  apoplexy  in  1781,  and  it  was' 
feared  that  paralysis  would  follow.  These  accidents  were  attributed' 
to  the  very  great  ardor  with  which  he  had'  devoted  himself  to  th^' 
study  of  Chi  niese.  He  survived  the  first  attacks  of  the  malady/  fbr  a' 
few  years,  and  died  in  China  about  1734  or  1735.  It  is  sad  to  leave 
so  many  chasms  in  the  dates  and  other  circumstances  of  the  life  of 
a-mi^ionary  so  illustrious.  The  fault  belongs  to  the  compilers  of  the 
L'ettres  Edifiantes,  who  have  neglected  to  render  to  Pr6mare  the* 
homage  whi6h  they  have  paid  to  many  of  his  companions,  who  have 
not  rendered  so  important  services  to  letters. 


Ai^T<  VI.  .  A  memorial  addressed  to  his  imperial  mtgesty,  by,  Lew 

Yunkq  the  lieutenant'^ overnor  of  Chekedng  and  his  colkagnes^ 

respecting  the  fall  of  Ningpo,  and  the  state  of  tlie  defences  in 

tilt  province.  Dated  Oct.  ^IthXS^X^  and  forwarded,  by  expressi 

Lsw-Yunko,  the  lieutenant-governor  of  Chekeang,  with  Kemingpaou 
and  H&ngkih  the  commandant  and  lieutenant-general  of  Hangchow, 
kneeling  send. up  to  his  majesty  their  report,  respecting  the  attack 
made  on  Ningpo  by  the  rebellious  foreigners,  the  loss  of  that  city, 
and  the  imminently  dangerous  state  of  affairs  both  at  Shaouhing  and 
Hangchow;  and  also  respecting  the  provisional  appointments  of  the 
provincial  commissioner  of  finance,  Ching  Tsooshin  (late  of  Fuh-^ 
keen),  with  general  Le  Tingyang,  and  the  intendanl  Luh  Tseihchang, 
to  superintend  and  direct  the  forces  stationed  for  the  defense  of  the 
commanding  position  at  Tsaougo.  Respectfully,  they  lay  this  report 
before  his  majesty,  hoping  a  sacred  glance  may  be  cast  thereon. 

The  fall  of  Chinhae,  the  impossibility^f  maintaining  the  defense  of 
Ningpo  for  a  single  day,  and  the  consequently  disheartened  state  of  all 
the  inhabitants  on  the  west,  from  the  district  of  T«izeke  to  Hangchow, 


\ 


676  Memorial  from  Lew  Y^nko  of  CMkedng.  Dec. 

the  capital  of  the  province,  have  been  duly  reported  to  the  throne,  by 
your  majesty's  minister  Lew,  in  successive  dispatches,  dated  the 
12th,  i:)th,  and  the  24th  of  October. 

On  the  16th  of  October,  Liih  Tseihchang,  the  iotendant  of  the 
departments  of  Ningpo  and  Shaouhiiig,  made  a  report.  The;  said 
intendant,  on  the  10th  of  October  fought  at  Chinhae ;  but  on  account 
of  the  fierce  bearing  of  the  rebellious  foreigners,  our  soldiers  were 
unable  to  withstand  them  and  maintain  their  defenses;  and  the 
heights  of  Kinke  and  Chaoupaou,  with  the  chief  town  of  the  district, 
were  one  after  another  lost.  The  said  intendant,  seeing  that  the 
case  was  impracticable,  threw  himself  into  the  river  that  he  might 
sacrifice  life  in  the  maintenance  of  duty ;  while  in  a  state  of  insensibili- 
ty, he  was  taken  from  the  water  by  the  marines  {liL  water  braves),(|ind 
in  a  small  boat  was  sent  off  to  Tszeke,  when  recuscitation  commenc- 
ed, and  he  began  to  revive,  although  his  thighs  had  been  severely 
wounded  by  his  fall.  Having  heard  that  the  commander-in-chief  (Yu 
Pooyun)  had  fallen  back  for  the  defense  of  Ningpo,  and  that  the  im- 
perial commissioner  and  high  minister  Yukeen, — having  attempting  to 
sacrifice  life  in  the  maintenance  of  duty,  but  being  rescued  from  the 
water  by  the  people, — had,  after  reaching  Ningpo,  expired  on  the 
road  while  being  borne  off  from  thence  to  the  provincial  capital ;  the 
said  intendant,  seeing  the  routed  troops  come  rushing  into  the  city  (of 
Ningpo)  in  perfect  confusion  and  disorder,  now  at  length  took  off  his 
wounded  self  to  Shangyu,  and  there  assembled  together  the  scattered 
soldiers,  purposing  to  return  and  defend  the  city  of  Ningpo. 

On  the  15th  of  October,  Shaou  Yung,  a  domestic  of  T&ng  Tingtsae 
the  prefect  of  Ningpo,  reported  that,  on  the  12th,  a  steamer  came  up 
to  the  city  and  sounded  the  depth  of  the  water,  and  that  early  on>  the 
morning  of  the  13th,  eight  ships  of  war  coming  up  near  to  the  city, 
T&ng  Tingtsae,  the  commander-in-chief  Yu  Pooyun,  and  the  chief 
magistrate  of  the  district,  went  out  with  their  troops  for  the  defense 
of  the  place;  but  on  account  of  the  small  nymb^r  of  their  troops  and 
the  constant  firing  of  the  enemy,  they  were  unable  to  maintain  the 
defense;  and  seven  or  eight  hundred  of  the  foreign  soldiers  haYing 
made  a  rush  into  the  city,  TUng  Tingtsae  leaped  from  the  wa)|  over 
the  western  gate  into  the  moat  The  people  belonging  to  the  small 
boats  dragged  him  out  of  the  water,  and  bore  him  away  to  tl^e  ci^y 
[of  Tszeke f],  in  an  apparently  lifeless  condition;  bqt  on  the  applica- 
tion of  ginger  gruel,  he  showed  symptoms  of  life  and  began  to  breathe. 
The  other  officers,  civil  and  military,  the  said  domestic  knew  not 
where  they  had  gone.  C)n  passing  through  the  city  of  Tszeke,  he 
.iaw  it  deserted  and  empty. 


1841.  Memorial  from  Lew  Yunko  of  Chekedng.  677 

The  fall  of  Chinhae^  and  the  state  of  Ningpo— extremely  dangerous 
like  a  pile  of  eggs,  we  your  ministers  had  already  faithfully  reported  ; 
and  now  on  the  13th  Ningpo  has  suddenly  fallen,  and  thus  this  pro- 
vince of  Chekeang  has  lost  one  of  its  eastern  defenses,  and  the  two 
districts  of  Funghwa  and  Seangshan  (on  the  south  of  Ningpo),  are 
left  Isolated  and  exposed  in  a  manner  much  to  be  regretted.  On  the 
west  of  Ningpo,  although  the  rivers  and  channels  are  rather  narrow, 
so  that  the  large  vessels  of  the  rebels  may  not  be  able  easily  to  make 
their  way  upon  them,  yet  their  boats  and- small  craft  will  be  able  to 
go  in  every  direction. 

On  the  15th,  a  dispatch  was  received  from  Wang  Woots&ng,  the 
magistrate  of  Tszeke,  stating  that  the  inhabitants  were  flying  in  great 
numbers  and  confusion,  and  that  the  danger  was  so  great  that  it  was 
impossible  to  afford  any  security  for  the  defense  of  the  place.  The 
above  named  domestic,  Shaou  Yung,  has  now  again  reported  verbally 
that  when  he  passed  through  Tszeke,  the  place  was  entirely  vacated. 
That  place  being  thus  left  without  inhabitants,  the  people  of  the 
neighboring  districts  Yuyaou,  Shangyu,  Hwuyke,  Shanyin,  Seaoushan, 
together  with  the  inhabitants  of  Hangchow,  are  day  after  day  removing 
in  great  numbers;  and  the  removals  are  numerous  in  proportion  as 
the  respective  places  are  near  to  the  late  scene  of  action.  Perhaps 
the  rebels,  hearing  of  this  state  of  our  affairs,  may  come  either  in 
their  small  craft  or  on  foot,  and  improve  the  opportunity  to  make  new 
attacks.  It  is  feared,  therefore,  that  Tszeke  and  the  other  places  on 
the  rivers  will  hardly  be  able  to  maintain  their  defenses  against  them. 
And  should  the  rebellious  foreigners  not  presume  to  enter  so  far  into 
the  country,  still  there  is  reason  to  fear  that  treacherous  natives  will 
seize. on  this  opportunity  to  rob  and  to  plunder.  The  number  of  these 
outlaws  daily  increasing,  it  is  further  to  be  feared  that  they  will  band 
themselves  into  factious  bands,  and  give  rise  to  internal  disorders. 

Pondering  on  this  state  of  things,  a3  we  relate  them,  it  is  impossi- 
ble to  repress  the  bitter  grief  and  painful  anxiety  of  our  hearts. 

We,  your  majesty's  ministers,  with  the  other  high  provincial  au- 
thorities, having  taken  into  CQi}9Jderation  the  whole  state  of  affairs, 
are  only  able,  under  existing  circumstances,  to  gqard  and  defend  the 
most  important  positions,  hoping  thereby  to  secure  the  safety  of 
Shaouhing,  and  also  ^o  cut  off  from  Hangchow  the  approach  of  the 
invaders.  In  looking  at  the  several  positions  in  the  province,  the 
narrows  oil  tl^e  river  TsaoqgQ  are  found  to  be  the  most  important. 
From  ^l^epce,  on  the  one  side,  Sliangyu  and  Tszeke,  and  other  dis- 
tricts, may  be  overlooked  ;  while  on  the  other,  defence  may  j)e  afford- 


678  Memorial  from  Lvw   Yunko  of  dtekrdng.  t)F.o. 

ed  to  Shaouhing  and  the ;  provincial  capital.  There  consc(iucntIy  it 
seems  desirable  to  appoint  soldiers  for  defense;  and  by  this  mean? 
prevent  the  sudden  incursions  of  the  rebellious  foreigners,  and,  by 
repressing  the  depredations  of  robbers,  keep  the  country  in  subjec- 
tion, and  gradually  restore  internal  security. 

At  this  moment,  not  one  of  the  soldiers  in  the  province  is  avaihible 
for  such  service.  But  the  600  Tartar  troops,  formerly  ordered  from' 
Nanking  for  the  reinforcement  of  Ningpo,  having  not  yet  ai^rived; 
we  have  sent  an  express  to  their  commander  to  march  directly  to 
Tsaougo,  and  to  have  the  50  pieces  of  artillery  from  Keangsoo 
brought  on  also  for  immiediate  service.  '-^ 

Tsaougo  being  a  position  of  such  great  iiVipbrtance,  in  a  military 
point' bf  view,  and  its  defetises  so  essential  to  the  safety  of  the  prt>vince| 
it  becomes  in  the  highest  degree  necessary  to  select  a  kiian  of  great 
experience  and  ability  to*' take  co^mmand  at  that  post.  This  d6 he; 
there  may  be  some  hope  of  success.  ..  .    i  .    ':    i 

By 'the  present  turn  of  our  affairs,  the  people'  of  the  province  are 
becoming  more  and  more*  alarmed,  and  the  danger  is  very  great! 
Lew  and  his  fellow-officers,  your  majesty's  ministers,-  are  day  and 
night  engaged  in  devising  means  to  quiet  the  people.  But  to  dO:thi^ 
is  impossible.  -.  •   •  i 

Moreover,  the  rebellious  foreigners,  now  -flushed  with  success- and 
eager  for  conquest,  it  is  very  much  to  be  feared  that  they  Will  se^k 
out  a  new  way  to  attack  Chapoo^  or  by  some  of  the  channels 'a)ii> 
proach  Tseenshan  in  the  district  of  H&ening,  and  thus  gain  a^ce?is 
to  the  provincial  capital.  '  Hence  the  presence- of  th^  lieutenant-go^ 
vernor  is  required  at  Hangchow,  in  order  to  give  stability  to  thiit  im-^ 
portant  position  and  prevent  disorders  theria.  AllMhe  gentry  also 
belonging  to  the  city,  hai^  been  forbidden'  to  leave  the  pllic^.  "     '  ' 

Ghing  Tsooshin,  lat^  Commissioner  of  justice  in  the '  province  of 
^uhkeen,  is  found  to  be  an  able  and 'intelligent  roan,  and  your  ma- 
jesty's tninister,  the  lieutenant-governor,  has  long  been  acqtiainteti 
with  his  talents.  On  the  recommendation  of  the'  imperial  commis- 
sioner Vukeen,  your  majesty  had  already  been  pleased  to  accede  to 
the  proposal  of  his  being -put  in  cotlfimnhd  of  troops  in  this  province: 
But  Chinhae  had  fallen  before  he  could  reach  that  post,  so  that  hi^ 
assistance  there  was  not  availed  of  for  its  defense.  He  has^ince  arriv- 
ed at  this  metropolis;  and  the  lieutenant*governor,  having  pointed 
out  to  him  the  situation  and  circumstances  of  Tsaougcy,' has  appoint- 
ed him  temporarily  to  take  command  of  and  defend*  (hat  position. 
This  officer  has  not  shrunk  back  from  the  danger,  but  willingly  and 


Id4|.  Mumoriai  froMi  Lew    Yiuiko  uj  Chekcdng.  <u9 

bpldijr  undertaken  the  duties  of  that  station ;  and  accordingly)  clotbed 
with  proper  authority  to  act,  he  has  repaired  thither  to  take  com- 
mand, and  give  security  to  the  inhabitants,  and  to  seize  and  severely 
punish  traitorous,  natives. 

Luh  Tseihchang,  the  intendant  of  Ningpo  and  Shaouhing,  is  al 
presept  at.Shangyu  collecting  the  scattered  soldiers. 

Le  Tlngy^ng,  the  commander-in-chief  of  Keuchow,  after  having 
l^^en  wounded  alGhinhae,  retired  to  Shaouhiug,  and  there  rallied 
an(|  .collected  his  forces ;  and  we  have  deemed  it  right  to  order  him 
to.  repair  to  Tsaoiigq,  to  joiii  commissioner  Ching  Tsooshin,  and  as^ 
sist  in  the  direction  of  affairs  at  that  station. 

;,Tseaug  Wanking,  the  provincial  commissioner  of  justice,  has  been 
directed  to  repair  to  Shaouhing,  and  to  remain  there  with  the  troops, 
to  act  Jp  .conQeri  with  Ching  Tsooshin. 

;  .  A  commissariat  has  been  established  at  Shaouhing,  in  order  easily 
to  afford  the  requisite  supplies. 

The  troops  which  have  been  repeatedly  asked  for  from  Showchun, 
K,eapg|se,  .and  Hoopih,  have  not  yet  arrived.  Those  stationed  at 
Tsaougp  are  few,  aud  having  been  already  defeated,  will  be  again 
the  ^nore  easily  shaken  and  moved.  That  by  such  a  force  the  enemy 
will  be  overcome,  we,  your  majesty's  ministqrs^  really  cannot  give 
any  assurance. 

.The  soldiers  on  the  liou  tenant-governor's  own  establishment  not 
being  distinguished,  for  their  valor,  your  majesty's --minister,  Lew,  has 
therefore  enrolled  the  brave  and  patriotic  among  the  people,  and  put 
thfim  Mti<^ci;  discipline.  The  whole  number  of  these  recruits,  in  and 
about  Hangchow,  is  about  twenty  thousand.  Their  leaders  are 
brought  day  after  day  before  the  lieutenant-governor,  who  labors  to 
inspire  them  with  a  sense  of  fidelity  and  justice,  and  at  the  same 
time  encouraging  them  with  pecuniary  rewards.  .  By  this  means, 
these  troops  have  been  somewhat  emboldened ;  but  those  who  fought 
at:Tinghaeand  Chinhae  are  scattered  and  disheartened.  Thus  the 
Regular  troops  at  Harigcfhow  tire  weak  and  feeble,  while  the  recruits 
ai'e  wholly' unused  to  war.  Under  these  circumstances  of  extreme 
danger,  it  is  impossible  to  give  any  security  that  either  will  stand  to 
their  posts.. 

We  are  overwhelmed  with  fear  and  anxiety,  our  strength  of  body 
isind  mind  -is  exhausted,  and  oiir  weakness  and  inability  are  extreme, 
it' id  not  in  our  power  to  repay  the  imperial  favor.  We  can  only 
beg  his  maj^csty  lo  direct  what  wo  otight  to  do,  and  cause  us  to  fulfill 
oiir  djily.    Then  great  will  be  uur  gratitude. 


r^ 


(i80  Memorial  /ram  Lew  Yunko  of  CUikeang.  Dbc. 

Postscript,  Your  majesty's  minister  Lew,  entrusted  with  an  im* 
port  territorial  governmeot,  and  having  within  the  current  month  lost 
several  cities  in  succession,  begs  that  he  may  be  delivered  over  to  the 
proper  Board  for  examination  and  punishment,  as  a  warning  to  others 
not  to  fail  in  like  manner. 

With  regard  to  Liih  Tseihchung  the  intendant  of  Ningpo  and 
Shaouhing,  and  Le  Tingyang  the  commander-in-chief  of  Keuchow, 
with  any  who  have  been  rescued  from  the  attempt  to  sacrifice  life  in 
the  discharge  of  duty,  or  wounded  in  battle  and  have  retired  into  the 
country — his  majesty's  will  is  requested;  and,  in  view  of  the  present 
want  of  men,  it  is  desired,  that  their  examination  may  be  delayed, 
and  their  awards  or  condemnation  postponed,  so  that  we  may  avail 
ourselves  of  any  assistance  which  they  are  able  to  afford. 

Furthermore  ;  when  we  shall  have  made  examination  with  regard 
to  T&ng  Tingtsae,  and  ascertain  whether  he  be  dead  or  alive,  and 
shall  have  obtained  any  information  concerning  general  Yu  Pooyun, 
then  a  separate  memorial  shall  be  addressed  to  the  throne. 

[From  Hangchow]  this  memorial  is  respectfully  sent  by  an  extra 
express,  to  travel  at  the  rate  of  more  than  six  hundred  le  (about  200 
miles)  per  day.  We  prostrate  beg  that  the  august  ruler  will  cast  on  it 
a  sacred  glance,  and  grant  ikistruction.     A  respectful  memorial.  • 


The  following  translation  of  a  memorial,  regarding  the  death  of 
Yukeen,  we  borrow  from  the  Canton  Register  of  the  7th  instant. 

**  Lew,  -lieutenant-governor  ojf  ChSkeftng,  respectfully  reported  on  the  15tb  of 
October,  1841,  the  death  in  the  service  of  his  country  of  the  commissioner 
.Yukefiii,  and  that  t^e  coffined  corpse  had  already  been  forwarded  to  Keiiigsoo, 
and  looking  up  prayed  for  the  imperial  glance  on  the  subject. 

**  I  humbly  beg  leave  to  state  that,  because  yesterday  the  reports  of  what  had 
become  of  the  imperial  envoy  and  great  minister,  were  contradictory  from  all 
quarters,  after  I  had  made  a  report  to  your  imperial  majesty,  requesting  speedy 
inquiries  should  be  made,  I  besides  made  another  report,  which  is  on  record ;  and 
after  I  had  dispatched  the  documents,  I  forthwith  selected  the  tosvn  (general) 
of  the  province  of  Keangnan,  Choo  Lungho,  and  entrusted  him  with  the  official 
seals  of  the  imperial  envoy  and  great  minister,  thobe  of  the  governor  of  the  two 
Kefing  provinces  and  of  the  salt  commissioner  of  the.  Ha  we  (rivers)  to  convey 
to  the  provincial  capital  (of  GhSkeiinx). 

"  Moreover,  it  is  authenticated  that  Kinshing,  the  domestic  servant  of  the  said 
great  minister,  petitioned,  saying : 

"  On  the  26th  day  of  the  8th  month  (Oct.  10th)  he  received  rerbal  orders  from 
his  minister,  that,  because  the  barbarian  ships  were  successively  and  uneipected- 
ly  entering  (the  river),  he  ordered  him  to  take  his  official  seals  and  deliver  them 
to  Choo  Lungho,  to  carry  back  (to  the  provincial  capital);  he  then  forthwith 
embarked  and  led  the  battle  from  the  shm  to  the  f/ew  period^rom  6  a.  m.,  to  5 


184L  Memorial  from^Lew  Vunko  of  CUkcdng.  ^St 

r.  II.;  but  wheii  the  Chaoupaoa  and  Kinke  hills  and  the  dUiriet  town  were  lost, 
his  master,  seeing  he  coald  do  no  more,  went  to  the  water's  edge,  and  looking 
towards  the  celestial  gate,  and  performibfr  the  ceremony  of  obeisance  to  the 
emperor,  he  immediately  plunged  into  the  water,  to  die  with  an  nnderiatlng 
adherence  to  the  line  of  daty.  '  ' 

'*  Bat  the  soldiers,  having  dragged  him  oat  of  the  water,  carried  him  oat  of  th^ 
town,  and  conveyed  hlmi  to  the  pablic  office  of  NIngpo,  and  there  changed  hU 
clothes,  and  gave  him  to  dririk  (some  medicine),  he  being  ^areely  able  to  breathe. 
th6y  th^n  pursued  with  argent  haite  their  course  on  foot,  and  on  the  neit  day, 
about  I  p.  M.,  having  passed  the  city  of  Yttyaou  about  4  or  5  le,  Yttkeftn  espired; 
and  now  he  had  brought  the  corpse  to  th^  provincial  capital  to  be  prepared  for 
the  grave.  <  •  v  - 

*'  His  tnaster  left  no  sons,  bat  had  directed  that  his  nephew,  Tihchrn,  Ihe  son 
of  his  younger  uterine  brother,  tlie  hereditary  duke  Yubang — styled  Ching- 
yung— a  secretary  of  the  Military  Board,  should  succeed  him  in  his  estates  ;  such 
are  the  circumstances;  after  I  had  read  the  petition,  my  tears  began  to  flow,  and 
I  could  not  control  my  grief. ..... 

'*  A  coffin  of  thick  wood  was  immediately  bought,  his  official  colleagues  as- 
sembled,  to  attend  the  shrouding  of  the  body  in  a  proper  manner,  which  was 
adorned  with  many  costly  oraaments  and  grave-clothes. 

"At  the  present  time,  as  the  province  of  Ch6keang  is  to  be  defended  against 
the  barbarian  banditti,  the  whole  province  is  filled  with  false  rumors,  and  cir- 
oamstances  are  extremely  pressing,  and  it  is  not  convenient  to  keep  the  coffin  of 
thd  said  great  minister  lon.^  in  the  province  ;  therefore  HwangneSn,  who  is  wait* 
i^g  for  the  appointment  of  n.ehsfoo  \n  the  province  of  Keftngsd6,  and  Lan  Wei- 
\Van,  the  magistrate  Of  Chaouw^n,  and  captain  KwanCae/  of  the  cily  of  K£$ng. 
iiing,  have  been  directed  to  accompany  the  domestic  (of  the  ^deceased)  ib  the 
governor's  office- in  Kefinghing  (Nanking),  to  manage  the  funeral. 

"As  the  said  great  minister,  from ! the*  eomiD<^neemenC  of  the'tifae  when  thri 
Imrbarian  rebels  began  to  excite  dMarbanees  until  now,  arged  With  sharp  wordi 
their  utter  extermmation,  and-  was  earnest  in  bis  phins  to  manifeiit  the  dread  ma- 
jesty 6f  his  country,  although  the  fiOwer  of  the  rebels  is  great,  and'  their  will  and 
determination  fixed  and  strong ;  yet  now,  because  the  earne'st  Wishes  of  his  heart 
h^v^  not  been  fulfilleki',  his  strength  failed  hfm,  and  he  died  a  vietifti  to  bit  duty} 
ff  catastrophe  Worthy  of  the  detrpiest  eomnftiserfrtfon  !  ■..;'■■< 

"Lboking  up  I  fervently  beg  that  th^  celestial  favor  will  ^jraeioinrty  bow  down- 
and  confer  aburtdaiit  compassion,  iii  order  to  st^mnlato  mralstertfto  a  likO'devo* 
tldn,  and  to  sobthe  the  faithfnl  spirit  (of  (he  deceased),  (h^nfhhaUnistersj and 
people  of  the  empnv  will  heartily  bear  (the  same  fate).  -  c  ' 

"TUb  said  great  minister  left  orders  that  his  rtephew,  Tihcbin>shoald  btf  bltf 
heir.  Oh  interrogating  bis  servants,  I  have  learnt  that  he*  h  yet  \o(  tender  age,^ 
and  that  he  resides  in  Keangmng  with  his  relations,*  who*  are  flM'feroalea^  h^ 
bkving  no  other  relations  and  noAiith'fiil  and  sincere  adherentaon  whom  he:oiiy 
diepeiid  (witlr him V.  --      J  ..i.i   .■•.',-..■  t 

'*'  I  farther  b^g  the  favor  that  it  be  penniftfrd,  when  the  €0ffih'r6ln:hes>hi^  nMtv'e* 
ptaee,  to  alh>#  Yuhi[ng  to  superintend  the  funeral  rites. 

"As  to  the  pablic  papers  of  reports  of  the  sard  great  minister  whc(w  in  life,.  and> 
the  repKes  containing  the  imperial  wtH,  by  me  they  have  been  reverently  opened,i 
uudttey  all  relate  to  the  miKtary^affairs  of  the  pronnce  of  Cfa€keaAg,and  I  forth  j 

VOL.    X     NO     .XII.  t6 


682  Journal  of  Occurrences.  Dsci 

with  respectfully,  managed  accordingly;  if  there  any  relating  to  the  affairs  of  the 
province  of  Keangsoo,  I  will  forthwith  write  and  dispatch  them  to  Leang,  the  It.- 
governor  of  that  province,  that  each  separate  circumstance  may  be  attended  to. 
.  *' General  Choo  Lungko  has  brought  the  official  seals  of  the  (late)  imperial 
envoy  and  great  minister,  which  I  have  deposited  in  the  treasury,,  and  when 
there  is  a  good  opportunity  I  will  respectfully  transmit  them.  The  official  seals 
of  the  governor  of  the  two  Keang  (provinces),  with  those  of  the  salt  commissioner, 
of  the  two  Hwae,  I  have  directed  Yang  Chunchaou,  who  is  waiting*  for  the  ap*. 
pointment  of  a  Uwan  in  the  treasurer's  office,  to  meet  and  join  with  the  said 
general  and  convey  and  deliver  them  to  Leang.  I  further  beg  that  the  vacant 
governor-generalship  of  the  two  Keiing  provinces  be  immediately  filled  up,  that 
the  (present)  weighty  affairs  may  be  superintended  and  managed.  I  have  re»> 
pectfully  written  this  report,  to  be  hastened  on  at  the  rate  of  600  (s  a  day,  and 
looking  up  I  pray  for  the  holy  glance.    A  respectful  refiort." 


Art.  VII.     Journal  of  Occurrences:  imperial  edict  urging  on  the 
war  of  extermination;    new    measures    of  the    cabinet;   Keshen 
again  called  into  sexmce;   affairs  in  Ckikedng^  at  Hangchow^ 
Ningpo,  Chinhae^  and  Chusan;    defenses  at  Te'entsin;  Amoy;- 
Canton;    admiral   Kwan^s  family;    captain  Grattan;  British 
forces;  prospects  of  the  war;  commercial  mission  from  France ; 
death  of  an  envoy  from  Letochew. 
There  evidently  is  a  diversity  of  opinion,  in  the  Chinese  govern- 
ment, regarding  the  measures  to  be  pursued  towards  the  *  rebellious 
foreigners ;'  Keshen  and  Elepoo  are  among  the  leaders  in  one  party, 
and  Yukeen  and  Lew  Yunko  are,  or  were,  prominent  in  the  other, 
and  rival  party.  Both  and  all,  for  aught  we  know,  are  equally  disposed 
to  consider  their  own  government  as  supreme,  and  to  look  upon  the 
English  as  vassals,  tributary  to  the  court  of  the  son  of  heaven,     fiut 
one  party,  aware  of  the  defenseless  state  and  weakness  of  the  coun- 
try, and  of  its  inability  to  contend  in  war  against  the. superior  skill 
and  discipline  of  the  British,  has  prudently  advised  his  majesty  time* 
ly  to  yield  to  the  necessities  of  the  case,-  so  as  to  preserve  such  de- 
fenses as  they  have,  and  concede  only  such  things  as  they  cannot 
withhold.     Such  a  line  of  policy  would  have  preserved  the  country  in 
peace,  and  perpetuated-  the  old  exclusive  policy — for  how  long  a 
period'  no  one  can  tell.     However,  prudence  does  not  always  dwell 
with  counselors.     The  rebellious  barbarians — proud,  hauffhty,  over- 
bearing, robbers, — must  be  caught,  caged,  beheaded,  their  skins 
given  to  the  soldiers  to  sleep  upon,  and  their  carcasses  cast  out  for 
the  beasts  and  the  birds  to  devour.     With  this  party,  Lin  linked  his 
destiny,  and  afler  reaching  Canton,  in  March,  1839,  swore  he  would 
not  stop  midway  in  the  execution  ofjus  master's  will.     Clothed  with 
extraordinary  powers,  he  would  listeu  to  no  overtures ;  entire  surren- 


1841.  Journal  of  Occurrertcfs.  683 

der,  unconditional  submission,  trembling  obedience,  were  his  only 
terms.  All  ideas  of  equality  between  the  parties,  or  of  rights  on  the 
side  of  the  far-traveled  foreigners,  were  spumed.  The  spirit  of  re- 
bellion must  be  checked,  and  the  proud  humbled.  The  utter  imprac- 
ticability of  sustaining  this  line  of  policy,  in  dealing  with  the  lion, 
was  most  plainly  pointed  out  to  Lin  and  those  around  him,  during 
the  visits  we  made  at  Chunhow  in  the  summer  of  1840 ;  and  its  ^on^ 
sequences  were  foretold.  Such  honest  healing  was  by  no  means 
palatable.  The  die  had  been  cast,  and  only  one  course  remained  to 
be  pursued.  To  it  the  imperial  government  has  adhered,  and  is  still 
adhering-7-if  the  paper  we  here  introduce  can  be  received  as  authentic 
evidence. 

On  the  15th  of  November,  the  Inner  Council  at  Peking  received  the  fol- 
lowing imperial  edict 

*«£ver  since  the  English  rebels,  last  year,  rose  against  legitimate  rule,  caus- 
ing disturbances  in  the  three  provinces  of  Canton,  Fuhfteftn,  and  Ch^keang, 
the  dwellers  on  the  coasts  have  been  sorely  harassed;  some  have- been 
plundered  and  spoiled  of  all  things,  while  others  have  been  dispersed  and 
driven  from  their  homes.  Wb  cherish  tender  solicitude  for  all  the  inha- 
bitants throughout  our  wide  dominions.  The  frequent  perusal  of  memorials 
from  every  quarter,  takes  from  our  food  and  sleep  ail  peace  and  repose. 

«*By  our  command,  Vihking  has  boon  appointed  majestyMearing generalissimo^ 
and  Tih-e-shun  and  Wdnwei  have  been  made  joijU-assisiarU  high  ministerSf 
to  lead  and  direct  the  veteran  troops  from  every  region,  and  with  promptitude 
to  advance  and  exterminate.  On  reaching  Chekeang,  at  once  the  grand 
army  assuredly  must  achieve  great  honors ! 

**  Fearing  lest  our  troops,  in  their  march  through  the  country,  not  being  suf- 
ficiently under  restraint,  may  excite  disorder,  the  said  generalissimo  and  his 
colleagues  have  been  charged  to  give  strict  injunctions  to  all  the  command- 
ing officers,  requiring  them  to  instruct  all  under  their  authority,  carefully  to 
keep  the  regulations  of  the  law,  and  not  to  offend  in  the  smallest  degree. 
If  there  be  offenders,  let  them  be  dealt  with  according  to  the  laws  they  have 
broken.  '  If  through  indulgence  or  negligence  anything  be  concealed,  and 
subsequently  brought  to  notice,  the  said  generalissimo  and  his  colleagues 
shall  be  answerable  for  the  same. 

«« Along  the  whole  coasts,  let  those  whq_live  in  the  viUages  and  hamlets 
collect  their  brave  men  into  bands,  and  connect  them  one  witfa  another  for 
mutual  aid;  and  thus  in  behalf  of  their  countr/ cut  off  the  robbers,  while 
they  afford  protection  for  themselves  and  their  estates. 

**  Those  who  possess  remarkable  ability  and  talents,  capable  of  being  em- 
ployed in.  defense  against  the  proud  refaielsj  are  permitted  to  repair  to  the 
encampments,  and  there  submit  themselves  to  examination ;  and  the  said 
generalissimo  and  his  colleagues,  having  estimated  their  talents  and  deter- 
mined for  what  service  they  are  adapted,  will  at  once  recommend  them  to 
our  notice,  and  wait  till  We  confer  appointments. 

V  Formerly,  when  the  religious  vagabonds  in  the  three  provinces  made  insur- 
rection, many  bravely  volunteered  in  the  cauae  of  righteousness,  and  rose  to 
high  offices.  The  said  generalissimo  and  his  colleagues,  must  needs  use 
many  expedients  to  arouse  and  encourage,  so  that  none  possessing  valor  and 
discretion,  in  any  degree  however  humble,  may  be  left  in  retirement. 

**  Ministers  and  people!  Inhabitants  of  our  dominions  ^  Ye  are  all  the 
children  of  our  dynasty.  For  these  two  centuries,  ye  have  trod  our  earth, 
and  eaten  our  food.  Whoever  among  you  has  heavenly  goodness,  must  needs 
detest  these  rebellious  and  disorderly  barbarians,  even  as  ye  do  your  personal 


1 


684  Journal  of  Occurrences.  Dbc^ 

foes.    On  no  account  allow  youraelvee  to  be  deceived  by  their  wiles*  and  act 
or  l|ve  abroad  with  them. 

«*  All  w  ho  have  dared  to  join  with  those  robbers,  and  have  been  brought  under 
their  influence,  if  now  of  their  own  accord  they  will  return,  then  their  past 
offenses  shall  be  forgiven ;  and,  allowed  to  renovate  themselves,  they  ahall  be 
permitted  to  aid  in  acquiring  merit,  and  shall  participate  in  the  happiness  of 
universal  peace. 

^^Letail  the  govemots  and  lieutenant-governors  in  the  maritime  provinces 
cause  this  edict  to  be  printed  and  published  on  yellow  paper,  and  let  it  be 
everywhere  distributed,  that  all  may  know  our  earnest  desire  to  save  those 
who  are  abroad,  and  to  give  peace  to  those  who  are  within  our  dominions." 
'  Respectfully  and  carefully  published,  on  yellow  paper,  by 

H.  M.  minister,  the  rebel,  quelling  ceneralissimo  Yihshan, 

H.  M.  minister,  joint-assistant  high  minister,     Tse  Shin, 

U.  M.  minister,  governor  of  the  two  Kwang,   Ke  Kung, 

El.  M.  minister,  acting  lt.-gov.  of  Kwangtung,  Leing  l^oushang. 

The  original  of  this  document  reached  Macao  in  an  unofficial 
form, — a  bookseller's  handbill-^about  the  lOih  of  this  month;  and 
ere  this  time,  it  has,  we  presume,  been  published  in  due  course  in 
Canton.  It  roust  have  been  wfritten  after  the  n\enioria|8  of  Lew 
Yunko  aud  others  had  been  laid  before  the  throne,  detailing  the 
losses  in  Chekeang.  But  it  shows  no  signs  of  blenching  from  the  con* 
test.  As  in  this  province  last  year,  so  now  in  Chekeang,  a  grand 
army  of  veteran  troops  is  to  be  assembled,  ''  to  advance  and  extermi- 
nate," and  to  achieve  great  honors  I  Hither,  last  year,  the  army 
came ;  and  wo  know  its  results.  It  was  a  scourge  to  the  country. 
The  soldiers  were  like  wolves  and  tigers  to  the  blackhaired  people, 
and  in  some  instances  they  actually  devoured  human  flesh.  Well, 
therefore,  may  his  majesty  feel  solicitude  regarding  the  march  of 
the  troops  through  the  country. 

'  Yihking,  like  Yihshan,  is  a  member  of  the  imperial  family,  and  is 
high  in  office  and  high  in  favor  at  Peking ;  butwe  have  no  idea  that 
be  can  or  will  exercise  any  more  restraint  in  Chekeang,  than  Yih- 
shan has  done  in  this  province. — Tiheshun  is  the  same  person  thf^t 
was  recently  in  Canton,  called  in  one  of  our  former  numbers,  Tike' 
shunpqo.     Both  he  and  Wanwei  are  Tartars. 

The  free  and  full  pardon  granted  to  traitors  by  the  emperor,  is  the 
most  remarkable  feature  in  this  *  yellow  edict.'  its  eflect,  we  appre- 
hend, will  be  the  reverse  of  what  his  majesty  designs  it  to  be.  Tens 
of  thousands  of  the  blackhaired  race  are  now  under  British  protec- 
tjpn  ;  and  in  the  face  of  this  proclaniatlon,  these  notorily  will  not  with- 
draw from  this  protection,  biu,  as  things  are  going,  they  will-  induce* 
many  more  to  come  where  they  enjoy  a  security  which  the  Chinese 
government  cannot  afibrd.  In  Chekeang,  many  villages  and  towns 
have  declared  themselves  the  obedient  subjects  of  thie  British. 

52.  New  measures  of  the  cabinet.  The  heavy  drafts  on  H.  M/s  trea- 
sury, exceeding  those  of  ordinary  times  by  some  tens  of  millions  of 
dollars,  per  annum, — have  induced  the  cabinet  to  havA  (recourse  to  an 

old  expedient, — the  ^  in  kae  keuen,  or  the  sale  of  official  rank,  by 
which  means  a  person  can  rise  to  office  without  passing  through  the 


1841.  Journal  of  Ormrrmm.  685 

common  course  of  literary  examinations.     The  subject  of  opening 
sundry  mines  has  also  been  mooted. 

3.  Keshen  has  again  been  called  into  the  service  of  his  country^ 
but  not  in  an  official  capacity.  He  was  to  acopnipauy  the  majesty* 
bearing  generalissimo  Yihking  and  the  other  commissioner  on  their 
new  omission  to  Chekeang — at  which  place  they  had  arrived  early 
in  thia  month:  at  least,  so  we  are  informed  by  letters  from  Ningpo. 

4.  Affairs  in  Chikedng  are  in  a  very  precarious  state,  so  far  as 
the  Chinese  government  is  concerned,  as  may  be  seen  by  the  memo- 
rial of  Lew  Yunko,  and  others  which  are  in  our  possession.  The 
defeat  of  the  imperial  forces,  first  at  Tinghae  on  the  1st,  and  again 
at  Chinhae  on  the  10th  of  October,  gave  a  dreadful  shock  to  the  war 
party.  In  a  memorial  written  by  general  Yu  Pooyun— one  of  the 
heroes  of  Lee nchow,  in  the  war  of  1832 — we  have  a  most  dolorous 
account  of  the  state  of  things  in  and  about  Ningpo.  The  memorial 
was  written  after  the  fall  of  Chinhae,  and  before  the  advance  on 
Ningpo,  but  the  date  is  not  given.  The  old  general  labors  to  throw 
the  responsibility  of  defending  the  city  upon  the  prefect  T&ng  Ting- 
tsae.  The  consternation  was  universal  ;  and  the  cries  of  the  people, 
flying  in  crowds  in  all  directions,  heart-rending. 

T&ng  Tingtsae  is  a  brother  of  our  late  governor  T&ng  Tingching, 
now  in  exile.  Of  Yu  Pooyun  we  have  heard  nothing  since  he  left 
Ningpo.     There  is  a  report  that  Luh  Tseihchang  is  dead. 

5.  HangchmOf  according  to  dates  from  Ningpo  to  the  4th  instant, 
had  not  been  attacked  ;  and  large  bodies  of  troops  were  being  col- 
lected. We  do  not  know  whether  to  give  credit  or  not  to  a  rumor 
of  an  intention  to  march  on  that  place ;  had  this  been  done  immedi- 
ately after  the  f;)i|  of  Ningpo,  little  resistance  would  have  been  made^ 
Unless  the  Chinese  answer  the  demands  made  on  them,  the  place  we 
suppose  must,  during  the  winter  or  in  the  spring,  share  the  same  fate 
that  has  befiillen  Ningpo.  Lew  Yunko's  solicitude,  for  the  safety  of 
the  provincial  capital,  was  not  without  cause. 

6.  Ningpo,  on  the  4th,  was  remaining  very  quiet,  and  good  order 
was  preserved  among  the  native  inhabitants.  No  ransom  had  been 
paid. 

7.  Chinhae,  Regarding  the  storming  and  taking  of  this  place,  by 
the  British  forces,  on  the  1 0th  of  October,  we  have  collected  a  few 
more  pcirticulara,  which  we  here  introduce.  The  condi^ct  of  the 
Chinese  at  the  tower  on  the  hill,  commanding  the.town,  and  under 
which  it  was  difficult  anywhere  to  land,  their  steady  adherence  to 
(t)eir  guns,  under  a  heavy  and  well-directed  fire  from  the  two  )ine-of- 
hattlc  s^iips,  and  the  Blonde  and  Modeste,  was  indeed  wonderful. 
AVhile  shot  and  shells  were  falling  thick  about  them,  making  almost) 
a  complete  ruin  of  the  temple  within  the  tower,  and  while  their  tents 
were  burning  around  them,  they  were  steadily  laboring  to  put  out  the 
fire,  until  they  saw  it  was  rapidly  approaching  the  magazine.  So 
long  as  any  hope  for  them  remained  they  stood  ;  but  the  soldiers  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  river  having  been  dispersed,  all  the  forts  on 
the  north  side  taken,  and  their  commaiuder-in-chief  with  the  imperial 
commissioner  both  disappearing,  then  these  brave  fejlows  fled. 


(186  Jiiumal  of  Occnrrenees.  Deo. 

On'  the*  south  side  of  the  river  was  a  large  encampment,  two  or 
three  entrenched  heights,  and  three  batteries  directed  across  the 
river.  There  the  main  body  of  the  land  forces  debarked  a  littJe  be- 
low the  first  tents,  and  advanced  in  separate  columns,  so  as  to  sur- 
round the  Chinese,  and  cut  off  their  retreat.  Officers,  who  were  in 
the  advance,  speak  highly  of  their  courage,  many  of  them  fighting 
hand  to  hand.  Many  were  driven  into  the  water,  where  they  were 
being  fired  upon — the  poor  fellows  not  knowing  how  to  ask  for  quar- 
ter,— when.  Sir  Hugh  coming  up,  accompanied  by  Mr.  Thom,  two 
flags  were  displayed,  on  which  were  inscribed,  in  Chinese,  '  Yield 
aiA  be  saved* — *  Resist  and  perish.'  By  this  means,  many  were  brought 
out  of  the  water,  and  about  500  were  retained  for  two  or  three  days 
tis  priscmers,  who,  on  the  departure  of  the  force  for  Ningpo,  were 
released,  having  suffered  only  the  loss  of  their  tails! 

8.  Chusan.  This  year  Tinghae  and  the  other  parts  of  the  island 
are  presenting  a  far  more  favorable  appearance  than  they  did  last 
year.-  Ac  Tinghae  all,  or  nearly  all,  the  people  remain ;  the  place  is 
flourishing ;  and  the  season  healthy.  The  city  is  kept  clean  ;  good 
order  observed;  and  supplies  are  ample.  By  those  now  possessing  it, 
it  is  pronounced  'a  flourishing,  little  country  town.'  With  an  external 
commerce,  Tinghae  may  rise,  and  quite  outstrip  Hongkong  and  Ko- 
langsoo.  The  engineers  were  busily  employed  in  making  comforta- 
ble barracks  for  the  troops. 

Surveys  are  being  carried  on  this  year  again  vigorously  by  captain 
CoUinson.  These  surveys  will  prove  of  great  advantage,  in  future ; 
and  we  hope  they  will  be  extended  as  far  as  possible,  by  sea  and  land. 
'  9:  Defetises  at  Te'entsin  have,  very  naturally,  been  a  subject  of  at- 
tention, with  the  imperial  government,  since  the  visit  of  the 
British  squadron  there  last  year.  At  Takoo  on  the  south  bank  two 
new  forts  have  been  built,  and  three  repaired  on  the  north.  New 
b.arracks  have  also  been  erected,  and  vast  quantities  of  military  stores 
and  many  troops  had  been  collected.  A  body  of  water*braves — a  class 
of  marines — more  than  10,000  strong,  has  been  collected. 
■  10.  Amoy^  by  latest  accounts,  was  continuing  to  enjoy  quiet  and 
prosperity,  under  its  new  masters.  The  following  particulars,  we  bor- 
row from  the  Canton  Register;  they  are  from  a  document  written  by 
Lew'Yunko. 

"I  have  respeclfully  inquired  as  to  the  affairs  of  the  barbarians  in  the  province 
of  Ptihkefin ;  and  1  state  tbem  separately  for  your  majesty's  glance. 

**  1. — 1  have  inquired  and  found  that  the  governor  Yen,  formerly  directed  all 
bis  subordinates  lo  seize  ail  the  great  and  small  vessels,  Ac,  and  to  consult  on 
and  plan  an  aitack  (on  the  English  ships)  by  fire.  I  have  now  heard  that  the 
said  rebels,  hearing  of  the  rumors,  were  already  prepared ;  the  plans  were  there- 
fore stopped  in  tiie  middle.  I  heard  that  he  had  also  devised  other  different  plans, 
the  secrecy  of  which  could  not  get  bruited  abroad,  and  I  had  no  means  of  mak- 
ing, an  inquiry  about  them.  Further,  when  he  heard  that  the  lieut.-governor  (of 
Canton)  £,  had  received  the  imperial  orders  to  repair  to  FuhkeCn,  all  affairs 
were  again  stopped,  and  he  determined  not  to  move  the  troops,  waiting  for  (he 
arrfvat  of  the  new  Imperial  envoy  to  superintend,  and  then  he  would  again  draw 
the  sword ;  but  in  all  places  the  water  braves  and  the  recruits  are  still  constantly 
drilled;  as  to -the  rest  of  affairs,  there  was  not  the  least  movement ;  and  I  cannot 
make  any  inquiries  on  wiiicii  (p  found  a  report. 


1841.  Journal  of  Occurrences^  687 

"3. — I  have  inquired  and  fottnd,  that«  as  formeriy,  the  barbartan  8bi(>s  at  Ko* 
langsoo  are  seven  in  namber;  and  they  remain  there  for  the  purpose  of 
selling  large  uuanlities  uf  opium  and  other  goods.  I  have  heard  that  one  ship, 
having  fiiiishea  her  sales,  has  sailed  ;  afterwards  another  ship  arrived  for  the  pur- 
pose of  sales:  thus,  when  one  has  finished  another  begins;  the  time  of -their  going 
and  coming  is  uncertain ;  they  do  not  presume  to  carry  on  their  trade  at  any 
other  place  than  there;  neither  do  they  annoy  or  vex  the  natives;  nor  do  they 
agitate  in  any  other  manner.  I  have  heard  that  the  said  rebels,  knowing  that 
Amoy  is  as  warm  as  Canton,  said  that  they  intended  to  remain  there  a  year.  ' 

"  3. — I  have  heard  that  all  ferry  boats  plying  between  Amoy  and  Changchow, 
Ihe  rebellious  barbarians  have  ordered  to  hoist  the  English  dag;  and  then  they 
are  allowed  to  pass  to  and  fro;  and  although  the  boatmen  are  unwilling  to  obey, 
still  they  dare  not  return  to  Amoy;  yesterday  I  heard  that  eight  sail  of  the  peo- 
ple's grass  boats  entered  the  port,  when  they  were  forthwith  seised  by  the  rebels 
and  burnt. 

"  4. — I  have  heard  that  the  barbarians  have  privately  ordered  five  native  trai- 
tors, of  the  island  of  Kolangsoo  to  secrete  themselves  at  Tseunchow,  Tungyan, 
and  Amoy ;  to  make  secret  inquiries  after  news  of  the  Chinese  officers  and  sol- 
diersi  and  that  they  pay  them  at  the  rate  of  $500  a  month,  for  their  expenses: 
therefore  the  said  rebels  cannot  but  know  all  our  movements. 

"  5. — I  have  heard  that  the  villagers  in  the  near  neighborhood  of  Kolangsoo, 
when  carrying  a  bridal  chair  on  the  road,  have  been  subjected  to  the  abrupt 
attnck  and  abduction  of  the  barbarians,  who  have  taken  and  forcibly  detained 
the  newly  married  bride,  paying  $100  (to  the  bridegroom),  and  ordering  him  to 
take  another ;  and  when  the  bride's  relations,  sorrowing  and  lamenting,  beeged 
her  release,  they,  the  English,  refused  it;  and  only  on  appealing  to  the  said  na- 
tion pseudo  public  officer,  (captain  Smith),  at  his  place  of  receiving  petitions,  was 
she  sent  back ;  and  some  presents,  camlets,  dtc,  were  bestowed. 

"  6. — I  have  learnt  on  inquiry  that  the  war-junks  which  the  rebellious  foreignem 
seized,  have  not  yet  been  burnt,  but  are  anchored  off  the  Haeso  hill.  In  the 
afternoon  of  the  19th  day,  some  of  the  neighboring  inhahilants  cautiously  wont'to 
set  them  adrift,  intending  to  deliver  them  up  to  the  public  officers,  and  receive  the 
rewards ;  but  they  did  not  think  they  were  watched  by  the  barbarians,  who  sent 
their  boats  in  cliase,  opened  fire  from  their  guns,  and  killed  three  men,  and 
brought  the  junks  back." 

11.  Canion  is  suffering  much  by  the  movements  at  the  north:' 
The  Chinese  have  gone  on  with  the  repair  of  their  defenses  in  and 
near  the  city;  but  we  have  no  evidence  that  they  meditate  injury  to 
those  engaged  in  commerce.  Fifteen  or  twenty  British  ships  with 
a  few  others,  are  now  at  Whampoa,  and  some  of  their  merchants  are 
at  the  provincial  city. 

12.  Admiral  Ktoan's  family  has  been  brought  to  the  notice  of 
his  majesty,  by  Yukeen,  Jate  governor  of  the  two  Keang  1(Keang8e, 
Keangsoo,  and  Anhwuy).  Kwan  Teenpei,  who  fell  last  February  ai 
the  battle  of  the  Bogue,  was  a  descendant  of  the  god  of  war,  Kwan  te. 
The  admiral's  family  resides  in  Keangning,  the  metropolis  of  Keang- 
soo, the  ancient  Nanking.  The  eldest  son  is  dead  ;  and  the  second, 
a  youth  of  eighteen,  is  ordered  to  repair  to  court  immediately  the*' 
period  of  mourning  is  over,  that  he  may  receive  imperial  favors.  His 
mother,  now  above  80  years  of  age,  is  immediately  to  receive  a  pen*' 
sion  from  government. 

13.  Captain  Grattan.  We  are  indebted  to  a  friend  at  Ningpa  for 
fhe  following  '  •■' 

Extract  from  General  Orders,  by  lieut.-gencral  sir  Hugh  Gough,  x.  cl'fa.,^ 

dated  Ningpo,  Nov.  4th,  1841.  .'.-..•. 

**  Lieut-general  sir  Hugh.  Gough  is  most  happy  to  communicate  to  the 


688  Journal  of  Occurreneei. 

forces  the  highly  gratifying  approval  of  the  right  honorable  the  govemor.ge« 
ncral  in  India  conveyed  in  a  letter,  which  his  excellency  has  had  the  honor 
to  receive  from  bis  lordship,  and  of  which  the  following  is  an  extract : 
-  «*  •!  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt,  through  captain  Grattan, 
of  H.  M.'s  18th  Royal  Irish,  of  your  dispatch  dated  3d  ofJune  last,  reporting 
in  detail  the  successful  series  of  operations  in  the  neighborhood  of  Canton 
during  tbe  last  week  in  May,  which  ended  in  the  bhUiant  triumph  of  the 
British  arms,  over  an  infinitely  superior  Chinese  force,  and  the  signal  humi^ 
liation  and  submission  of  the  enemy. 

M  •  The  great  successes  of  the  troops  under  your  command,  acquired,  as  they 
were,  by  a  marked  combination  of  shill,  decision,  courage  and  good  conduct, 
and  evincing  throughout  a  zealous  and  cordial  co-operation-  with  H.  M.'s 
naval  forces,  while  they  so  highlv  redound  to  your  own  honor,  demand  also 
my  sincerest  congratulations  and  my  warmest  thanks  and  approbation. 

«*  *  i  have  not  failed  publicly  to  record  the  testimony  of  the  feelings  with 
which  the  government  of  ladia  has  learnt  these  remarkable  achievements, 
and  have  Uie  pleasure  to  refer  you  to  the  enclbsed  copy  of  the  extraordinary, 
Gazette  of  the  7th  of  August,  for. a  knowledge  of  the  terms  in  which  it  has 
been  expressed. 

^ '  I  would  add,  that  while  it  has  occurred  to  nie  that  the  possible  contin- 
gencies of  the  military  service  may  require  the  presence  of  every  available 
officer  with  his  regiment  in  China,  (and  the  public  utility  of  captain  Grattan's 
return  to  head-quarters  has  been  pointed  out  to  m^  by  thut  officer,)  1  have 
at  the  same  time  strongly  urged  on  H.  M.'s  government,  that  any  honors  or 
benefit  that  might  have  resulted  to  captain  Grattan  had  he  proceeded  to  Gng- 
land  with  dispatches,  may  not  be  withheld  frpm  him  on  account  6t  his  speedy 
return,  under  the  opinion  I  have  expressed  to  him,  to  a  field  of  service,  where 
he  has  been  so  gallantly  employed." 

14.  British  forces  in  Chinir  are  being  augmented  by  frequent  ar- 
rivals from  England  and  I  fid i a  of  trartfsports  and  ships  of  war.  The 
Cornwallis,  74,  having  come  in  during  the  month,  has  proceeded  north- 
ward wiUi:Olbet  vessels  carrying  troops,  6lo,  hi  the  course  of  a  few 
months,  the  Gliinese  may  expect  to  have  some  ten  or  twelve  thousand* 
\)arbarian  troops,,  with  .an .  increased  number .  of  ships  of  \var  and 
steamers.  Having  destroyed  all  opposition  in  Chekeaug  and  Keaug- 
nan,  and  advanced  well  up  upon  the  Yangtsze  keang,  &to  as  to  hinder 
communication  between  the  north  and  the  south,,  her  majesty's  high 
officers  must  then  see  Peking. 

15.  The  prospects  of  the  war  are  now  seem  to  indicate  that  great 
revolutions  must  soon  take  place.  The  emperor  is  determined  to 
resist  unta  the  very  uttermost.  <  '*  Frilled  with  inexpressible  indigna^ 
tion  and  wrathy  he  has  sent  down  his  decree  to  exterminate  the- 
**  rebellious  tribe,"  and  has  ordered  his  ablest  ministers  and  generals, 
tio  take  the  field  with  their  bravest  troops. 

:    16.'  Colonel  A,.  deJancigny^  'xn  charge  of  a  commercial  mission! 
from  the  Freiich.  govern tnentta  Eastern  Asia,^  arrived  in  Macao  on 
the  I4th  instant,  in' the  Erigone,  French  ship  of  war. 

,  17.  Thw  death  of  an  .envoy  from  Lewchew  is  reported  in  a  late 
Gazette:  it  occurred  on  the  14th  of  July  in  Keangsoo,  as  the  emba»-. 
sadors  (a  principal- and  a  secondary)  were  returning,  from  Peking  to 
one  of  the  ports  in  Fuhkeeu,  where  they  were  to  reembark :  their, 
boat  wa9  caught  in.  a  storm  and  updet :  the  principal  embassador  was 
aaved,  the  other  was  dtuwued.       ^  ^^^  ^^/   y[y  f/  ^ 


^cfi^r 


\ 


♦ 


♦^ 


/ 


^ 


N^ 


i^ 


fix  c& 

RETURN 
TO 


% 


>//% 


<^ 


% 


%,4 


/ 


^ 


■^ 


^ 


4" 


^  <fe 


MAIN  CIRCULATION 


'\ 


^ 


^ 
^ 


ALL  BOOKS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  RECALL 
RENEW  BOOKS  BY  CALLING  642-3405 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


APR  2  Q  1994 


^       AITO  Disc  CIRC 


J 


♦'i-: 


Mi  0 


tTtr 


^■^  "iq  1396 


" '  '^N  Di£P7 


OEt-fr* 


•  •  • 


aPR2?'94 


y 


f^ 


'o. 


FORM  NO.  DD6 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


^ 


«a- 


# 


'«>^' 

s^'%. 


% 


V 


^ 


4 


^ 
?• 

^^. 


.# 


^^ 


<f 


•w 

^-i^. 


13 


%. 


>>rp 


*0 


<f 


'« 


*i> 


tj^ 


r.r 


rf-r.,. 


0^  X  (d^)  X 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 
■illllilil 

CDS301M7S1  i 


^^^vS^ 


.        ^-yppTS;     J- 


(^ 


rf^-C 


.03)  X  (i 


^''^y^Tr^}       f 


PB